A n A kkadian L exical C ompanion

F or Biblical Hebrew
Etymological-Semantic and Idiomatic Equivalents
with Supplement on Biblical Aramaic

Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

 A n A kkadian L exical C ompanion
F or B iblical H ebrew
Etymological-Semantic and Idiomatic Equivalents
with Supplement on Biblical Aramaic
Cover Illustration
To thc riiiht, a beardcd Assyrian scribe ( t u p i a m i A i i n r a \ t ) holds a tablet m li ìs loft hand and inipresses ìt
with a Stylus. The figure on thè left ìs writing witli a brush on a piece of skin or papyrus and ìs probablv
ìtitended to represent an Aramean Scribe ( l u p s a r r u A r a m a a ) .

Idi Ahtnar, anriciit Til-Biirsib. Wall paiaring, noti’ destroycd. llcight oj ngisler: abotil 1.40 tu. Pcrhaps early agitili
century or ei'cu lo reign oj Adail-nirari III (810-783).

-(ANEP 74, 276:235)

 An Akkadian Lexical Companion
For Biblical Hebrew
Etymological-Scmantic and Idiomatic Equivalents
with Supplement ori Biblical Aramai'c

Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

K'FAV PUBLISHÍNG 1IOUS.C INC.

Copyright © 2009 Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Tawil, Hayim
An Akkadian lexical companion to biblical Hebrew : etymological-semantic and idiomatic
equivalents with supplement on biblical Aramaic / by Hayim Tawil.
p. cm.
ISBN 978-1-60280-114-1
1. Hebrew language-Dictionaries-Akkadian. 2. Hebrew language-Dictionaries-English. I. Title.
PJ4831.T38 2009
492.4'3921—dc22
2008050209

Published by
KTAV Publishing House, Inc.
930 Newark Avenue
Jersey City, NJ 07306
[email protected]
www.ktav.com
(201)963-9524
Fax (201)963-0102
 I dedicate this work to
My parents
Joseph and Esther
V-T
to
My daughter
Taphat Tonya
My soli Arye Joseph, his wife Limor
to
My grandson Hod Hayim
and
My granddaughter Hadar Ziviah

cm r':pj rnt?i?

(l’rovcrhs 17:6)
My hcartfelt apprcciation to thè pcople attd institutions that ctiablcd this projcct to conte to Jruition:

Mr. Harry Bpstein

Dedicateci to Prof. Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

In honor ofShirley and Al (lindi, and Irene and Sonny (lindi

By their children

Michael Tawil
In memory ofhis parents Yitzhak ben Yael and Rachel bat Helena

Zvi Erenyi
In memory ofhis parents Abraham M. and Stephanie

Isaac Tawil

Sepharadic Rabbinical College

In appreciation of Prof. Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

Professor Richard Whitc

For his countless efforts and great contributions

Yeshiva University
 Table of Contents

Acknowledgnients viii

Preface jx

Abbreviations xv

Lexicographical Entrics xxi

Typology of Passages Cited xxii

Biblical Hcbrcw-Akkadian Lexical Companion i

Biblical Aramaic 437

Hebrew and Akkadian Nainc Corrcspondcnce 457

Brief Overvicw of thc Akkadian Language 465

Akkadian to Hcbrew Concordancc 472

Akkadian to Biblical Araniaic Concordance 485

Sclcctcd Bibliography 486

vii
 Acknowledgments

I ani indcbted to my friends Profs. Yakov Elman, Mitchcll Orlian, Samuel Schncider, 1 Iaym Soloveitchick,
and Peter Merkel for always showing keen interest m thè progress of my project. A note of thanks to thè
administration of Yeshiva University, to Dr. Hillel Davis, Vice President for University Life, and Provost
Dr. Mortoti Lowengrub. In addition, I owe a debt of gratitude to my colleague Prof. Richard Steiner for
his scholarly suggestions.
1 benefited from thè insight and thè criticai comments of Profs. Barry Eichler, George Landes,
Nachum Sarna z”l, Alan Schwartz, JefFrey Tigay, and Shalom Holtz. However, any errors are thè author’s
responsibility.
Throughout this project my research was aided by thè professionalism extended to me by thè library
staff of Yeshiva University. 1 thank Leah Adler, Zalman Alpert, Mary Ann Linahan, John Moryl, Moshe
Schapiro, and especially Zvi Erenyi.
The manuscript of this Lexical Companion was typed by my students Evan Anziska, Avi Bloom, Jonathan
Edelstem, Shmuel Greenwald, Aaron Leibtag, Pinhas Rothman, Judah Rosenblum, Ami Steinberger,
Michael Yankovich, and Azoulay Zohar. Much gratitude for their proficiency, alacrity, and reliability. I
express my deepest thanks and appreciation to my senior students Chaim Gitler, Dani Kahana, Jonathan
Miller, Joseph Ringle, Adam Scheier, and Jonathan Strauss, whose kind and tireless cooperation in typing
and editing thè first draft of thè Lexical Companion enabled me to complete this undertaking. I am grateful
also to Aaron Koller for his assistance in thè development of sections of thè introduction, to Salini Dweck
z”i for his comments, and to my nephew David Bibi, who, during my sabbatical year, had an uncanny knack
for making order out of chaos.
Many thanks to my student Michael Siev for his unstinting and selfless help in preparing thè Companion
for publication.
I express my appreciation to my sisters Miryam Elkayani and Ashira Bibi, and to Dr. Gloria Silbert for
making my sabbatical year in Israel enjoyable and fruitfiil.
 Preface

Thirty four years ago, in his article “Sonic Remarks More specifically, this Akkadian Lexical
011 a New Approach Co Hebrew,” published on thè Companion does not confine its interest solely
occasion of M. A. Beek’s sixty-fifth birthday, thè to etymological equivalents, but also embraces
Assyriologist R. Frankena expressed thè need for semantic and idiomatic relationships. While thè
a suitable tool to provide students of thè Hebrew prodigious amount of data assembled will appeal
L3ible with linguistic inforniation from Akkadian. In primarily to Hebrew Bible and East Semitic
his suniniation he states: scholars, I tliink anyone with some knowledge of
Biblical Hebrew and Akkadian will want to consult
This article 011 thè relationship between Hebrew and this Lexical Companion from time to time. To that
Accadimi ìs a first attempi to reach a new approach end, thè contribution of thè Lexical Companion will
to Hebrew, whieli will profit from thè ever more meet concerns on several main levels:
manifest afFinity of both languages and in whicli thè
1.T0 help uncover meanings for Hebrew
mentioned parallels are not considered incidental, but
words that hitherto have eluded clear definition
symptomatic for this underlying affinity. The existing
parallels between Hebrew and Aecadian in words, in particular contexts, but whicli have either
grammatical structure and idioniatie expressions, Akkadian cognates or vocable equivalents
in my opinion, warrant new investigations into this employed in a similar context;
relationship between Hebrew and Aecadian in order 2. To propose nuanccs for Hebrew words
to understand both languages better. This would
suggested by similar Akkadian usages;
require a joint effort of Hebraists and Assynologists. If
more people would be convinced of thè necessity and 3. To illuminate idioms from related expressions
importante ofsuch a study, thè first ami of this article in Akkadian;
would liave been attained. 4. To correct a certain understanding of
Hebrew words and expressions in light of their
O11 August 1998 1 embarked 011 a personal journey
Akkadian equivalents;
to undertake and bring sudi a project to fruition.
Because of its complicated writing system, 5. To show that thè large resource of
Akkadian is a ratlier difficult language to learn and Akkadian literature, though geographically and
thè majority of people whose main interest is thè temporally somewhat remote and linguistically
Hebrew Bible bave liniited access to thè Akkadian somewhat different from Hebrew, nonetheless,
material. Indeed, thè hundreds of thousands of can offer a large number of insights for thè
tablets uncovered in Mesopotamia can be used to task of understanding and interpreting Biblical
elucidate and shed light 011 thè language of thè Hebrew;
“Scrolls.” Although in thè last one hundred years 6. Last but not least, “indirectly” to introduce
or so there have been numerous studies concerning those biblical scholars and students who are not
individuai words, idiomatic expressions, and phrases familiar with thè Akkadian language to thè vast
understood in light of Akkadian, so fiir, to my Assyrian and Babylonian material as compiled
knowledge, there has been no widescale attempi in all thè volumes of The Assyrian Dictionary of
to systematically evaluate thè parallels and cognates thè Orientai Institute oj thè University of Chicago
between these two branches of thè Seniitic family (CAD)—as of thè completion of this Companion,
of languages. thè volume U/W has not been published—and

IX
 thè three concise volunies of Wolfram von lence upon them as well;
Soden’s Akkadischcs Handumterbuch (AHw).
2. Emphasis 011 poetic usage and parallelism.
Our comparative philological studies of Biblical Accordingly, thè set of words that occur in
Hebrew and Akkadian are based, to some degree, parallelism with thè terni in question will both
on thè methodology employed by my late teacher individually and collectively supply invaluable
Moshe Held. In his tribute to Held’s scholarship as semantic evidence;
expressed both in his teaching and his writing, thè 3. The parallel usage in a parallel context
distinguished Sumerologist and Assyriologist W. W. as a check 011 etymological comparison to
Hallo, whose scholarship was not pursued solely in determine ìf thè two terms are also seniantically
thè spirit of l’Assyriologie pour l’Assyriologic, states: equivalcnt. If there is none, then it is doubtful
whether thè comparison should be pursued from
his writing has had a signifieant impact on thè
interrelated fields of Assyriology, Seniitic linguistics, a philological point of view;
and biblical cxegesis. Particularly prominent aniong 4. To establish thè semantic development of
his contributions are his lexicographical insights. thè lexeme from its concrete-physical connota-
One mcthodological need that he consistently tion to its abstract meaning, instead of consid-
emphasizcd was thè recognition that comparative
ering thè lexeme as comprised of two or more
Semitic lexieography cannot contcnt itself with what
homonyms.
in some circles is known as “comparative Semitic
philology,” i.e., thè mere identifìcation of cognates, Comparative Semitic lexieography has been
ali identifìcation which often is highly speculative a staple of biblical studies for a millennium. In
at best. Kather, it must also encompass thè realms late antiquity thè Hebrew language of thè Bible
of functional equivalents, of loan translations, of so-
was interpreted with thè help of thè commonly
called calques. Such equivalcnces are much harder
used Aramaic. Beginning in thè Middle Ages and
to ldentify, requiring as they do a cotnmand of thè
continuing through thè nineteenth century thè
entire semantic field in which a given word is at honie,
language of greatest use to thè Biblicist was Arabie.
as well as its entire range of attcstations, especially
in poetic contexts. One illustration aniong many However, with thè discovery of Akkadian 1 55 years
from Held’s owii oeuvre is his convincing cquation ago and Ugaritic 80 years ago, thè focus has shifted.
of Hebrew sahat /suhà and Akkadian hastu /suttatu, The student of Bible and thè biblical languages now
all in thè approximate sense of pit or netherworld. has at his disposai undreamt of riclies. The hnguistic,
Establishing this equation involved, in Held’s own cultural, legai, and mythological backgrounds, can
words, “thè study of idiomatic correspondences and be brilliantly, if only partially, illuminated. Indeed,
thè establishment of interdialectical distribution based thè Semitist H. W. F. Saggs, in his inaugurai lecture
on actual usage.” Availing myself of thè sanie generai “Assyriology and thè Study of thè Old Testament,”
methodology, 1 shall here attempt to demonstrate thè delivered at University College Cardiff, observed:
functional equivalence of certain terms in Sumerian,
Akkadian, and Hebrew that share thè semantic field Although Assyriology is, properly speaking, thè
of divine aboniinations or taboos. (JQR 76 [19851:21- produci of thè last century and a lialf, this short period
22). of continuous and productive study of thè civilizations
concerned has honourable antecedents. The prophet
Accordingly, our Lexical Companion has adopted Isaiah hiniself, in whose time Assyrian imperiai power
thè following methodology: and cultural influence were at tlieir heiglit, showed a
keen interest in thè affairs and even certain features
1. Special stress on disclosing thè meaning of
of thè culture of Assyria, which he hailed as God’s
words by means of an inductive method rather
instrument, directed against a godless nation. His
than thè use of an etymological one. Therefore, interests appear to have extended beyond Theology
thè denionstration of thè etymological equiva­ to Comparative Semitic Philology, for we find thè
lence between two terms docs not grant thè prophet making a pun based 011 cross-correspondences
demonstrator thè right to force semantic equiva­ between Hebrew and Akkadian vocabulary. “Are

x
 not,” he credits thè Assyrian empire with saying, “my our knowledge of Akkadian is not only thorough,
commanders all kings?” (Isa 10:8). The literal answer but secure, since it is not based 011 etymologies
to this rhetorical question was—as Isaiah well knew— derived from elsewhere. Akkadian, then, provides
that they were not. Isaiah was showing his lmguistic
thè Biblicist with astonishing reserves of linguistic
erudition, in that thè Akkadian word for “king” was,
data.
in thè Assyrian dialect of Isaiah’s time, a homophone
This Lexical Companion involves a direct
of thè Hebrew word for ‘commander’; so that to cali
an Assyrian fìeld-commander by his proper title in comparison of Akkadian and Biblical Hebrew
Hebrew was to cali liim a king in his own language.” and Biblical Aramaic. The centrai thesis is that
(Saggs, 1969:4—5). unmediated comparison can assist in explicating
otherwise difficult biblical lexemes and idioms.
Consequently, Ugaritic and Akkadian exem- The assumption behind thè thesis is that Akkadian
plify two characteristics of thè perfect resource for lexieography is further advanced than Hebrew
biblical study; unfortunatcly, cadi possesscs only lexieography. Though this may seem paradoxical,
one charactcristic. or at least lamentable, it is, in fact, inescapable.
Ugaritic, whethcr or not it is classified as The two factors that created this state of affairs—
Canaanite, is patently a dose relative of ancicnt and that ensure that it will continue for thè
Hebrew. Not only is it a nearby brandi off thè sanie foreseeable future—are thè quantity of texts at
bough of thè family tree, but thè chronological thè lexicographer’s disposai and thè types of texts.
and geographical gaps separatmg Ugaritic from The mundane component of language, usually thè
early Biblical Hebrew are remarkably small (at most basic competent, is in fact disproportionately
least from thè perspective of Seniitists, who were unattested in Biblical Hebrew. Words for tools
accustomed to explaining biblical texts in light of and household items are often attested only in
classica] Arabie of two millennia later and hundreds metaphorical use. The word for “upper millstone,”
of miles away!). On thè other hand, Ugaritic is, is attested only in a legai context (Deut 24:6)
when all is said and done, not a particularly well- and twice in narrative pasasages (Judg 9:53; 2Sam
attested language; its literature has revealed itself 11:21), none of which clearly identifies thè object,
to be rather limited in scope, and its language is and thè word for “lower millstone” does not occur
correspondingly narrowly known. It stili seems safe at all. The word for “hoe” is attested but once, and
to assume that a native Ugaritic speaker could help only because Isaiah tries to describe rocky land (Isa
modern biblical philologists with many textual and 7:25: 'p-nsr “Hi?S3 D'inn ‘rr.}.
literary conundrums, but thè texts we have do not Akkadian is, by and large, free of these
allow us to reconstruct cnough of thè language to problems. The difficulty is that Akkadian is thè
stand in thè native speaker’s place. Semitic language genetically most distant from
Akkadian, in contrast, is phenomenally well- Hebrew and its cognates. A historical linguist
attested, and, just as importantly, thoroughly trained in comparative reconstructive techniques
studied and understood on internai evidence. The of, say, thè Indo-European languages, would scoff
study of a given Ugaritic text begins with certain therefore, at thè idea that direct Akkadian-Hebrew
reference tools at hand: lexicons of ancient Hebrew, comparison could be profitable. A word is in order,
Akkadian, Arabie, Phoenician, Aramaic and so on. therefore, as to thè state of affairs in thè ancient
Given a Ugaritic text and 110 other knowledge of Semitic world that enables such comparison to be,
Semitic languages, thè philologist would have little in fact, extraordinarily profitable.
chance of deciphering any of it. But thè hundreds of The Semitic daughter languages present thè
thousands of preserved Akkadian tablets of all genres historical linguist with a far more complicated state
and types, from many different periods and locations, of affairs than their Indo-European counterparts
enable thè Assyriologist to suspend comparative do. The fict that Sanskrit differs so sharply from
work and focus 011 thè language at hand. This luxury (ïreek and Latin was a cruciai fact that allowed thè
afforded to Akkadian lexicographers ensures that similarities to be seen and thè proto-forms to be

xi
reconstructed with relative case. The reconstruction questions regarding thè linguistic features identified.
of Proto-Semitic, on thè other hand, is complicateci The question of how a particular idiom made its way
by thè fact that thè Semitic languages, millennia from Akkadian into Hebrew, for example, is moot;
after splitting, were in dose cultural contact. There thè fact that thè parallel existed is what is ofinterest. In
are Akkadian loanwords in Ugaritic, Canaamsms in this respect, this approach is thoroughly synchronic.
thè Akkadian of thè Amarna letters, West Semitic Each such parallel, of course, could and sliould
morphological and syntactic features in thè Old provide further material for thè historical linguist
Babylonian Mari letters, and dozens of proven to ponder. If a particular semantic development
cases of Aramaisation of thè Akkadian of thè Neo- can be traced in two Semitic languages, does this
Assyrian Empire, as well as pervasive influence of indicate a claque or simply parallel independent
Akkadian on thè Aramaic of thè time. And Arabie development? I )oes thè presence of similar idioms in
absorbed from every language with which it had different Semitic languages indicate an inheritance
contact! Sudi a situation does not readily letid itself from Proto-Semitic, some kind of Semitic way of
to historical reconstructions of any type, inuch less viewing thè world, or simply a borrowing? These
of a simple Stammbaum forni. questions are of historical interest, and in thè realm
This sanie phenomenon ofinterlingual influence of diachronic studies tliey are fundamental. But thè
because of intercultural contacts, precisely because philologist can dispense with such questions, because
it hinders efforts at thè reconstruction of Proto- thè object of philology is not a historical dictionary,
Semitic, demands a more heavily synchronic focus. but a viable and dcfensible interpretation of a text.
The aim, then, is not reconstruction of an Ur-form, It is for these two very different camps that
but interpretation of attested forms. Philologists I have written this Lexical Companion. My own
who work on texts in “dead” languages know well interests are philological, and thus synchronic. My
that thè primary source for thè tneaning(s) of a given primary focus has been to identify thè words in
terni must be thè text itself. However, contexts thè Bible that have Akkadian cognates and, where
are all too often insufficient, and thè text is all too possible, to show that this connection is not merely
often unwilling to reveal itself to modern scholars. of historical interest, but can liclp in elucidating thè
A philologist must then cast his net elsewhere, biblical text. This is, I believe, especially important
searching for sources of helpful information, and thè wlien idiomatic expressions are involved.
perentiial contact between languages in thè Semitic It is an obvious truth that idiomatic phrases and
world and thè concomitant impact each had on thè expressions are thè most difficult component of a
others, and received in turn, provides a welcome language for a non-native speaker to understand.
source of relief. When dealing with a “dead” language, thè lack
The biblical philologist has always been able to of native informants to inforni us of thè precise
turn to other Semitic languages for parallel lexical significance of idioms is often an insurmountable
items and morphological features. Scholars such problem. The only tool in thè hands of thè
as U. Cassuto, W. F. Albright, H. L. Ginsberg, S. philologist, then, is context, and in thè case of idioms
Loewenstamm, Y. Avishur, and J. Greenfield, to that appear only a few times, often there is simply
name but a few, showed that literary features of thè not enough data to enable any finn conclusion.
Bible were shared by other Northwest Semitic texts, Early exegetes seem to have followed their instinets,
that this was another realm in which comparative interpreting phrases as they saw fit, in an inescapably
Semitics could elucidate biblical passages. And my ad hoc manner.
teacher Moshe Held continually emphasized that We can now do better, however. The examples
idioms and figures of speech could be elucidated within demonstrate clearly that thè plentiful and less
in this manner, and stressed that Akkadian could be ambiguous expressions in thè Akkadian texts enable
just as helpful to biblical studies in this respect as thè us to ascertain with some certainty and precision
more closely related Northwest Semitic dialects. thè meaning of thè biblical idiom. In some cases
In such studies, it is proper to eschew historical thè idioms are not only semantic but etymological

Xll
equivalents; in others, etymologically unrclated and morphology of Akkadian, we refer thè reader
but semantically equivalent idioms are shared by to John Huehnergard, A Grammar of Akkadian,
Biblical Hebrew and Akkadian. The meaning of Harvard Semitic Series 45 (Winona Lake, Ind.:
thè expression )Tn in Gerì 18:10,14 seems Eisenbrauns, 2005) and to David Marcus, A Manual
clearly to be “(at this time) next year” on internai oj Akkadian (Lanham, Md.: University Press of
biblical grounds, as was seen already by thè medieval America, 1978). For those interested in learning
exegetes, though it literally means “at thè time about thè development of cuneiform writing and
living.” The existence of thè Akkadian expression thè literary history of Akkadian, as well as thè actual
ana balàt “next year” clinched thè point, as it, too, literature itself, as a starting point, we refer thè reader
means literally “at thè living.” Hebrew ITO and to Karen Rhea Nemet-Nejat, Daily Life in Ancient
Akkadian balàt(u) are semantic, but not etymological, Mesopotamia (Westport and London: Greenwood
equivalents, but they forni idiomatic phrases with Press, 1998) and to Benjamin R. Foster, Bcforc
ldentical meanings. Again, this miglit be explained thè Muses: An Anthotogy oj Akkadian Literature, 3rd
by thè tools of anthropology, historical linguistics, edition (Bethesda, Md.: CDL Press, 2005).
sociolinguistics, psychology, or some other field, When citing an Akkadian passage directly
and may in turn have implications for those fields, from thè CAD, we have included thè CAD’s
but this lies beyond thè interest of this work. Idioms translation. However, when thè CAD provides a
that have remained unelucidated within their partial translation (because we have included more
biblical contexts due to a paucity of attestations can of thè Akkadian passage) or 110 translation—and
benefit from thè vast resources at thè disposai of thè thus thè translation is, at least partly, ours—we have
Assyriologist. Even in cases where exegetes thought indicated this by citing thè CAD reference with
thè meaning of a particular biblical expression was an asterisk (*CAD). Also, since many using this
clear, nuances can be discovered, subtitles can be dictionary will have little or no working knowledge
distinguished, and corrcctions can be introduced of thè Sumerian language, where thè CAD, 111 its
into thè Hebrew lexicon in light of Akkadian. transcription, cites thè Sumerian logogram used
Inaddition tothisparticularbenefitofAssyriology by thè scribe to express thè Akkadian (a common
for biblical lexieography at thè level of thè idiom, scribal practice), we have replaced it, whenever
there is, of course, thè more straightforward use of possible, with thè actual Akkadian word intended
cognates. In instances in which thè meaning of a by thè scribe. Lastly, it is thè policy of thè CAD
Biblical Hebrew lexeme is ambiguous and debated, to transliterate thè niain-entry terni when citing a
evidence from Akkadian often helps to adjudicate passage; mstead, we have transcribed and normalized
aniong thè possibilities. thè terni. We have listed thè page in thè CAD and
The material collectcd bere sliould be of interest thè AHw as a source so thè interested reader can
also to those whose passions He not in thè meaning finti thè specific references to thè originai text, and
of thè texts, but in thè history of thè languages. The others, with full publication details.
cognates collectcd sliould provide data to those We make no claim to provide thè last word
interested in working on thè Semitic family tree in 011 thè subject. Ours is only a pioneering attempt
generai or in thè eastern or northwestern branches to summarize what comparative philology has
more specifically. achieved so far. More documents will be discovered
and thè texts that are known today will be re-
For those biblical scholars unfamiliar with thè read. In generai we have tried to be thorough in
Akkadian language, we have provided in thè recording all cases where Akkadian can shed light
appendix a very brief overview of its history, 011 Biblical Hebrew. We have also tried to consult
phonology, and morphology to afford thè Biblicist all appropriate comparative studies, but, as can be
an immediately accessible means to better appreciate seen from thè bibliography, thè field is expanding
thè Akkadian passages cited here. For those rapidly. We have also tried to spread a wide net
interested in learning more about thè phonology to take in commentaries and studies of thè biblical

xm
verses containing thè Hebrew words that thè to quote from thè 'leaching of thè h'athers: Kb
Akkadian countcrparts can illuiminate. However, “riO?1? nofcòtpn. To that end: Ì“TD?Q p^nt? ^13
in case we have overlooked relevant studies or have □ni
omitted any Biblical Hebrew and Akkadian words With humility, 1 am grateful to thè Lord God
that are etymologically and semantically equivalent for guiding me to see this work to its conclusion.
and comments, it is then, mdeed, appropriate >bs‘ ni •2'i7n' *n 'p'.
Isa 40:31

Hayim ben Yosef Tawil

New York - Raanana
2009 tD“D2?n

xiv
 Abbreviations

HEBREW BIBLE RABBINICI WORKS

Cicn Ciencsis JT’WNm
Abod. Zar. Abodah Zarah
Exod Exodus mas?
Abot Abot
Lev Lcviticus tnpl Arak. Arakin
Nuni Numbers 137»3
B. Bat. Baba Batra
Deut Deuteronomy a’127
B. Mec. Baba Mecia
Josh Joshua SBnrr
B.Qam. Baba Qainma
Judg Judges B’USitff Bek. Bekhorot
i Sani i Samuel N Vsia» Ber. Berakhot
2Sani 2 Samuel 3 ^Nia» Bcsah Bcsah (Yom Tob)
iKgs L KillgS N D'OVa Bik. Bikkurim
2Kgs 2 Kings 3 a^Va Dem. Demai
Isa Isaiah ìrr»®’ Eduy. Eduyot
jer Jeremiah irpìST Erub. Erubin
Ezek Ezekiel VspTn'’ Ciit. Ciittin
Hos Hosea SBttn Hag. Hagiga
Joel Joel bsr Hai. Hallah
Amos Amos ma» Hor. Horayot
Ob Obadiah n’731» Hul. Hullim
Jon Jonah n:v Kel. Kelim
Mie Micah ns’» Ker. K eri tot
Nah Nahum ama Ket. Ketubbot
Hab Habakkuk pïpan Kil. Kilayim
Zcph Zephaniah n’JDS Maas. Maaserot
Hag Llaggai ’jn Maas. Sh. Maaser Sheni
Zech Zcchariah maT Mak. Makkot
Mal Malachi '•stòìì Makh. Makhshinn
Ps Psalms B’Vnn Meg. Mcgillah
Prov Proverbs '’Vira Meil. Meilah
Job Job 3T8 Meri. Menahot
SoS Song of Songs a^TOn T» Mid. Middot
Ruth Ruth mi Miq. Miqwaot
Lani Lamentations ns’N Moed Moed
Ecc Ecclesiastes flVnp Moed Q. Moed Qatati
Esth Esther U10N Nashim Nashim
Dan Daniel Virn Naz. Nazir
Ezra Ezra KIT» Neg. Negaim
Neh Nehemiah H’anJ Nez. Neziqin
i Chr i Chronicles S avrn "n37 Nid. Niddah
2Chr 2 Chronicles 3 B’ttv: "H37 Oliai. Ohalot

XV
Orlali Orlah AnBib Analecta Biblica
Parah Parali ANEP J.B. Pritchard, Ancient Near East
Peah Pcah in Picturcs
Pes. Pesahim A NET J.B. Pritchard, Ancient Near
Qid. Qiddushin Eastern Texts Relating to thè Old
Qin. Qinnim Testament (3d ed.)
Rosh lia-Sh. Rosh ha-Shanah AnOr Analecta Orientalia
Sanh. Sanhcdnn AnSt Anatolian Studies
Shab. Shabbat AOAT Alter Orient und Altes Testament
Shcbi. Shebiit AOB Altorientalische Bibliothek
Sbcbu Shcbuot AP Aramaic Papyri of thè Fifth
Sheq. Shcqalim Century B.C.
Sot. Sotah ARI Arclieology and thè Religion of
T. Yom Tebul Yom Israel
Taan. Taanit ARM Archives royales de Mari
Tarn. Tamid ArOr Archiv Orientální
Tg. J. Targum Jonathan AS Assyriological Studies
Tg. N. Targum Neofiti BA Biblical Archaeologist
Tg. O. Targum Onqelos BAR Biblical Arclieology Review
Tem. Temurot BASOR Bulletin of thè American Schools
T er. T erumot of Orientai Research
Toh. Toharot BBR Bulletin for Biblical Research
Uqsin Uqsin BBS Bulletin of Biblical Studies
Yad. Yadayim BDB E. Brown, S. Driver, C. Briggs,
Yeb. Yebamot Hebrew and English Lexicon of
Zab. Zabim thè Old Testament
Zeb. Zebahim BHK R. Kittei, Biblia Hebraica
Zer. Zeraim BHS Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia
Bib Biblica
bibliographical bin Babylonian Inscriptions in thè
AB Anchor Bible Colleetion of James B. Nies
ABD Anchor Bible Dictionary BiOr Bibliotheca Orientalis
ABL Assyrian and Babylonian Letters BRcv Bible Review
Adapa S. Izre’el, Adapa and thè South BWL Babylonian Wisdom Literature
Wind BZ Biblische Zeitschrift
ADI) C.H.W. Johns, Assyrian Deeds BZAW Beihefte zur ZAW
and Documents CAI) The Assyrian Dictionary of
AfO Archiv fur Orientforschung thè Orientai Institute of thè
AHw Akkadisches Handwòrterbuch University of Chicago
AIA S.A. Kaufman, The Akkadian CBQ Catholic Biblical Quarterly
Influences on Aramaic CCT Cuneiform Texts from
AJSL American Journal of Semitic Cappadocian Tablets
Languages and Literatures CI)A A Concise Dictionary of Akkadian
AKA The Annals of thè Kings of CH Code of Hammurabi (M.
Assyria Roth, Law Collections from
AL Amarna Letters (W.L. Moran, Mesopotamia and Asia Minor)
The Amarna Letters) CML J.C.L. Cìibson, Canaanitc Myths

xvi
 and Legends JNES Journal ofNear Eastern Studies
CT Cuneiform Texts in thè British JNSL Journal of Northwest Semitic
Museuni Languages
CTA Corpus des tablettes en Jouon/M P. Jouon, Grammar of Biblical
cunéifornies alphabétiques Hebrew
découvertes à Ras Shamra-Ugarit JQR Thejewish Quarterly Review
DCH Dictionary of Classical Hebrew JSJ Journal for thè Study ofjudaism
HDD Dictionary of Dcities and Demons JSOT Journal for thè Study of thè Old
DNSI Dictionary of North-West Semitic Testament
Inscriptions JSOTSup Journal for thè Study of thè Old
DSD Dead Sea Discoveries Testament Supplement Series
DULAT A Dictionary of thè Ugaritic JSS Journal of Semitic Studies
Language in Alphabetic Tradition JTS Journal of Theological Studies
EBib Études bibliques KAI Kanaanàische und Aram;iische
EI Eretz-Israel Inschriften
EJ Encyclopedia Judaica KAR Keilschrifttexte aus Assur
EM Encyclopedia Miqrait religiòsen Inhalts
Gilgamesh A.R. George, The Babylonian KAT Kommentar zum Alten Testament
Gilgamesh Hpic KB3 The Hebrew and thè Aramaic
CiKC Gesenius’ Hebrew Gramniar, ed. Lexicon of thè Old Testament
E. Kautzsch, trans. A.E. Cowley 1994-2000 (3d ed.)
GPL Z.S. Harris, A Grammar of thè LKA E. Ebeling, Literarische
Phoenician Language Keilschrifttexte aus Assur
HAR Hebrew Annual Review MAI) Materials for thè Assyrian
Hh lexical series HAR.ra=Hubullu Dictionary
HKAT Handkommentar zum Alten MAOG Mitteilungen der Altorientalischen
Testament Gesellschaft
HS Hebrew Studies Maqlu G. Meier, Die assyrische
HSS Harvard Semitic Studies Beschwòrungssammlung Maqlu
HTR Harvard Theological Review MRS Mission de Ras Shamra
HUCA Hebrew Union College Annual MSL Matenalien zum sumerischen
ICC International Criticai Lexikon
Commenta ry NAB New American Bible
IDB G.A. Buttrick (ed.), Interpreter’s NEB New English Bible
Dictionary of thè Bible NIDOTTE The New International Dictionary
IEJ Israel Exploration Journal of Old Testament Theology and
IOS Israel Orientai Studies Exegesis
JANES The Journal of thè Ancient Near NIV New International Version
Eastern Society NJPS Newjewish Publication Society
JAOS Journal of thè American Orientai OBS Orientai and Biblical Studies
Society OIP Orientai Institute Publications
JB Jerusalem Bible OLZ Orientalistische Literaturzeitung
JBL Journal of Biblical Literture OTS Oudtestamentische Studien
JBQ Thejewish Bible Quarterly PEQ Palestine Exploration Quarterly
JCS Journal of Cuneiform Studies PRU Le Palais Royal d’Ugarit
JEA Journal of Egyptian Archeology Qad Qadmoniot
JJS Journal ofjewish Studies RA Revue d’Assyriologie

xvii
RAcc F. Thureau-Dangin, Rituels adj. adjective
accadicns Adii. Adad-niràri
RB Revue biblique adv. adverb
REB Revised English Biblc Akk. Akkadian
REJ Revuc des ótudes Juives app. appendix
RLA Rcallcxikon der Assyriologie Ar. Arabie
RSV Revised Standard Vcrsion Aram. Aramaic
RV Revised Version Asb. Assurbanipal
SAA State Archives of Assyria Asn. Assur-nasir-apli 11
SBL Society of Biblical Literature Ass. Assyrian
SBT Studies in Biblical Theology astrol. astrological
ScrHier Scripta hierosolymitana astron. astronomical
Sem Semitica BA Biblical Aramaic
SJOT Scandinavian Journal of thè Old Babyl. Babylonian
Testament BH Biblical Hebrew
STT The Sultantepe Tablets bib. Bibliography
TCL Texts cunéiformes du Louvre Bil. Bilingual (texts)
TDP R. Labat, Traité akkadien Bogh. Boghazkòy
de diagnostics et prognostics BT Babylonian Talmud
medicaux bus. business
THAT E Jenni and C. Westermann Camb. Cambyses
(eds.),Theologisches Hand- Can. Canaanite
wòrterbuch zum Alten Testament chem. chemical (texts)
TWAT Theologisches Wòrterbuch zum chron. chronicle
Alten Testament comm. commentary
UF Ugarit-Forschungen conj. conjuction
UT Ugaritic Textbook corr. corresponding
VAB Vorderasiatische Bibliothek CPA Christian Palastinian Aramaic
VAS Vorderasiatische Schriftdenkmaler Cyr. Cyrus
VAT tablets in thè collection of thè Dar. Darius
Staatliche Museen, Berlin dat. dative
VT Vetus Testamentum dem. demonstrative
VTSup Vetus Testamentum Supplement denom. denominative
WBC Word Biblical Commentary det. determinative
WO Die Welt des Orients diagn. diagnostic
WZKM Wiener Zeitschrift fìir die Kunde DN divine name
des Morgenlandes DSS Dead Sea Scrolls
YOS Yale Orientai Series EA El-Amarna
ZA Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie econ. economie (texts)
ZAW Zeitschrift fur die alttestamentliche Eg- Egyptian
Wissenschaft Elam. Elamite
ZDMG Zeitschrift der Deutschen En. el. Enuma elis
Morgenlandischen Cìesellschaft Esarh. Esarhaddon
ZDPV Zeitschrift des deutschen Etana Etana tnyth
Palastina-V ereins etym. etymology, etymological
ext. extispicy
OTHER ABBREVIATIONS fcm. femmine

XVIU
 Fest. Festschrift NB Neo-Babylonian
%• figurative Nbk. Nebuchadnezzar II
fr. from Nbti. Nabonidus
fragni. fragment(ary) Ner. Neriglissar
gcn. genitivo noni. nominative
geogr. geographical OA Old Assyrian
gloss. glossary OAkk. Old Akkadian
c;n geographical name OAram. Old Aramaic
HB Hebrew Bible OB Old Babylonian
Hcb. Hebrew Old Pers. Old Persian
licnicr. hemerology opp. opposite (of)
Hitt. H itti te orig. originai (ly)
Hurr. Hurrian OT Old Testament
IE Indo European part. participle
ímp. imperative pass. passive
ine. incantation (texts) Per. Persian
ilici. includitig Ph. Phoenician
indecl. indeclinable pharm. phamaceutical (texts)
inf. infinitive physiogn. physiognomatic (oniens)
inscr. inscription pi. plural
interj. interjeetion PN personal name
interr. interrogative prep. preposition
intrans. intransitive pres. present
Izbu Summa izbu Pre-Sar. Pre-Sargonic
K Keret pret. preterii
LB Late Babylonian pron. pronoun, prononiinal
LBH Late Biblical Hebrew prot. protasis
LE Laws of Eshnunna pub. published
lcg- legai (texts) Pun. Punie
let. letter Q Qumran
lcx. lexical (texts) rd. read
LH Late Hebrew redupl. reduplicateci, reduplication
lit. literally ref. reference
Ludlul Ludlul bel nemeqi rei. religious (texts)
lw. loanword rit. ritual (texts)
MA Middle Assyrian RN royal name
masc. masculine RS Ras Shamra
math. niathematical (texts) s. (sub.) substantive
MB Middle Babylonian Sar. Sargon II
mcd. medicai (texts) SB Standard Babylonian
Mes. Mesopotamia(n) Sem. Semitic
meteor. meteorology, meterological Semi. Sennacherib
MH Mishnaic Hebrew Shalm. Shalmaneser
MN month name sing. singular
mng. meaning stat. const. status constructus
MT Masoretic Text Sum. Sumerian
NA Neo-Assyrian syn. synonym(ous)

XIX
Syr. Syriac var. variant
TiSl- Tiglat-pileser Tn. wr. writtcn
Tukulti-Ninurta I WSeiii West Semitic
trans. transitive WSem. word in peripheral Akk.
translat. translation ★ Precedes rcconstructed forni.
translit transliteration // Parallelism
Ug- Ugaritic <> Akkadian v; Hebrew sub.; and
V. verb vice versa

xx
 Lexicographical Entries

Entries contain thc following: Mari, Elam, Alalakh, Bogh, EA, Qatna, RS, Emar,
1.Thc vocalizcd Biblical Hebrew entry Nuzi and Ugarit.
arranged in alphabetical order word by word and 7. Reference to thè main entry of thè Akkadian
not by root, e.g., “heart.” lexeme in thè lite Assyrian Dictionary of thè Orientai
2. The Akkadian etymological and semantic Institute of thè University of Chicago, e.g., CAI) B
equivalent, e.g., Hbhu “heart.” 1643 (=CA1) volume B, p. 164, left column), and
also in Akkadisches Handworterbuch, e.g., AHw i8b
3. A minimal grammatical analysis (adj., 1111111.,
(=AHw, p. 18, right column).
prep., s., v.); when thè word is a plural tantum it is
entered under its plural forili. 8. The principal meaning(s) as used in Akkadian
and Biblical Hebrew. Alternative English renderings
4. Special features exhibited by thè lexeme,
of thè sanie area of meaning are separateci by
i.e., Sum. Lw. > Akk. > BH, e.g., Sum. é-gal “big
commas, e.g., “to smile, mock.”
house” > Akk. ëkallum “palace, tempie” > BH
bs'H “tempie”; Akk. Lw. > BH e.g., Akk: miksu 9. This section presents thè various idiomatic
> BH “tax”; WSem. Lw. in Akk., e.g., hayaru correspondenccs between thè two languages,
“donkey foal” = (Heb. T?)- quotmg in full both thè vocalized BH verse and
5. When necessary, thè identifìcation of thè thè Akk. sentence, if possible in a similar context.
BH and thè Akk. stenis: The idiomatic expressions, in thè majority of
cases, include both thè etymological and semantic
nm. 1 ihbkkw Bili. AKAMAIC AKKADIAN
equivalents, i.e., both thè BH and Akk. entries will
Qal Po'al G or I/1
correspond etymologically and semantically, while
Niph'al lacking N or IV/1
thè second lexeme of thè idiomatic compound will
Pi'el Pael I) or II/1
be semantically equal, e.g., Heb: H^in = Akk:
Hiph il ‘ Aph'el S or III/1
lihlìu mariti “sick heart.” In other cases, thè idiomatic
Hitpael Ethpa'al l)t or II/2
correspondenccs between thè two languages will be
6. The period of attestation of thè Akk. lexeme
both etymologically and semantically equal, e.g.,
corresponding to thè geographical regions of north
Heb: 3ÍCD D1? = Akk: likbu tabu “good heart.” In a
(Assyria) and south (Babylonia) Mesopotamia:
few special cases thè idioms will correspond only
LB = Late-Babylonian (600 u.c.E—50 C..E.) semantically, e.g., Heb: ÌT1T3 = Akk: asm parsu
MA = Middle Assyrian (1500-1000 B.C.E.) “a cut-off land.” This entry will likewise indicate
MB = Middle Babylonian (1600—1000 B.C.E.) thè frequency of thè expression, such as hapax,
NA = Neo-Assyrian (1000-600 B.C.E.) idiomatic hapax, etc.
NB = Neo-Babylonian (1000-600 B.C.E.)
10. When necessary, thè entry includes a
OA = Old Assyrian (1950-1750 B.C.E.)
lexicographical discussion to correct certain
OAkk. = Old Akkadian; including Ur 111 (2350—
understandings of BH words and expressions 111 light
2000 B.C.E.)
of their Akk. equivalents, and to propose nuances
OB = Old Babylonian (1950-1600 B.C.E.)
for BH words suggested by similar Akk. usages.
SB = Standard Babylonian (after about 1500
B.C.E.) 1 1. Bibliography of recent lexical studies,
In this entry special locai categories recognized, indicated by IUJ .
as penpheral Akkadian, as such are Chagar Bazar, 12. Cross references, indicated by ,jr .

xxi
 Typology of Passages Cited

The passages eited frotn thè Hebrew Bible and (C0112). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry
Akkadian sources to exemplify thè usage of thè terni used with a contrasting second Hebrew terni;
cognates are arranged according to literary usage (b) Akkadian cognate of main entry terni and
or linguistic construction. The following categories a second Akkadian terni that is not a cognate of
are used. An mdication is given of thè number of eitlier Hebrew terni to express thè sanie contrasting
words utilized and thè cognate relationship of those meaning: Ì131 - ’pS = Akk. bikitu - hidàtu “weeping
words.
H = Hebrew word; A = Akkadian word; subscript indicates
cognate relationship (e.g., Hi and Ai are cognates; H2 and
A2 are not). (Dip) Diplomatic
Terms utilized in treaties and royal correspondence

(I)ip) (in relationship of father-son in a legal-treaty

(Ad) Addaci con text), e.g., p1? 'b H'ÌT Nini 3K1? i1? •’3Ì5 “1 will
be a father to him and he shall be a son to Me” (2Sam
A Hebrew terni that has thè opposite meaning in
7:14); Akk: (in a treaty relationship between a major
Akkadian.
and a minor king), e.g., una PN abtya umma PNf
(Ad). Hi I A1 : (a) ìliÒ “to be unable”; leu “to be màrukama una sepe abtya amqut “to l'N , my father, thus
able.” says PN , your son: I fall at thè feet of my father” (EA
73:1 -3; let. Byblos).

(CA) Cognate Accusative Construction

(Den) Denotative
The use of verbal and nominai forms of thè sanie
root in which thè noun is thè direct object of thè (Dem). Hi | Ai: (a) Hebrew inaili entry terni;
verb. (b) Akkadian cognate to express thè sanie literal
meaning in similar contexts:
(CA). H 1 (v) H1 (n) | Ai(v) Ai (11): (a) Hebrew noun
□'3K n»T “facial sweat” (Cïen 3:19) = Akk; e.g., summa
forni and verbal forni of thè sanie root; (b) Akkadian
panusu zu'ta ukallu “if his face sweats” (CAI) Z i68b b).
cognate noun and verbal forni of sanie root:

nSffill NOI! “commit a sin” (Exod 32:31; Lev 4:28; iKgs (Den2). Hi | Ai: (a) Hebrew main entry terni;
16:19; Ezek 33:16 and passim) = Akk: luta hatù, e.g., (b) Akkadian cognate to express thè sanie literal
sa hltu ihtu tagammilsu atta “you pardon bini who has meaning in different contexts:
eommitted a siti against you” (CAD H I57b).
rs ’b? nrninm rrasn anr n:r-r tò “gold or glass
cannot match its (Wisdom’s) vaine, nor can vessels of
(Con) Contrasting Usage quality gold be exchanged for it” (Job 28:17); Akk:
The use of two terms expressing somewhat opposite e.g., kissusn sa gisnugalli zakakatum lubusti sa ezida “its
meanings. retaining wall is made of alabaster, thè overlay of Ezida
consists of (blue) glass (or glaze)” (CAI) Z 15b).
(Coni). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew mairi entry
terni used with a contrasting second Hebrew terni;
(b) Akkadian cognates of each to express thè sanie
(Eu) Euphemism
contrasting meaning: “I^n - NÌ3 — Akk. bà'u - alaku (Eui). Hi I Ai: (a) = Akk. birku “male
“to come - to go.” genitals” (lit. “knee”).

xxi 1
 (Hen) Hendiadys (Pari). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Parallel usage of Hebrew
main entry terni and a second Hebrew term; (b)
(Hem). H i | Ai: (a) □,0®1 p.NI = Akk. ersetu u
parallel usage of Akkadian cognates of thè two
samu “thè wholc world” (lit. “land and sky”).
Hebrew terms:
(H2). Hi | A i : (a) Din; = Akk. ckútu (u)
almattu “dcstitutc, unprotccted people” (lit. “orphan "DT//D5? “name//fame,” e.g., "n1? '“DT HT] D1?»1? '13© ilT
and widow”). “ R this shall b e my name forever, this my fame for a l l

eternity” (Exod 3:15; Isa 26:8; Ps 135:13; Prov 10:7; Job

(Id) Idiomatic Usage 18:17) = Akk: sume kabtu zikrì sira eli naphar bclc ma’dis
iskunuinni “they (thè great gods) have I l i a d e my name
A phrase whose meaning differs from thè literal
far more important, my fame far superior to that of all
meaning of its component words. other rulers” (CAD Z 11 ^b b, Shalmanesser III).
(1) Ai: (a) Hebrew main entry terni; (b) Akkadian
cognate to express thè sanie idiomatic meaning:
(Par2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Parallel usage of Hebrew
main entry term and a second Hebrew terni; (b)
(Idi). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry terni parallel usage of Akkadian cognate of one term with
used with a second Hebrew terni; (b) Akkadian a non-cognate Akkadian term to express thè sanie
cognates of each to express thè sanie idiomatic parallelism:
meaning:
fbs//‘ntip “to rcjoice//to be happy” (jSani 1:20 and
31? 310/3ÌE "joy of thè heart,” i.e., “happiness, passim) = Akk: dêsu//hadá, (CAD E 88b h).
willingness,” e.g., OTH# (iKgs 8:66 ^ 2Chr
7:10) / 31? 3ÌB1 no© (F.sth 5:9) “happy and glad heart”
— Akk: tub libbi, e.g., tub libbi tub siri “joy of thè heart/
(Phr) Phraseology
mind (and) joy of thè body” (CAI) S ii6h 3’ and The manner in which an idea is expressed in
passim; Muffs, 137-41). words.

(Pliri). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry

(Id2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew mani entry terni term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian
used with a second Hebrew terni; (b) Akkadian cognates of each to convey thè sanie meaning:
cognate of main entry terni and a second Akkadian
□T 3ÏÏ “discharge of blood” (Lev 15:25) = Akk: dama
terni that is is not a cognate of eitlier Hebrew terni zàbu, e.g., siri istahha dami izzu\ba\ “my body is loose,
to express thè sanie idiomatic meaning: and my blood has ebbed a way” (BWL 44:92, Ludlul).
(have intercourse with a young woman): Heb: ttf’Xl (Phr2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew main entry
’EHj? de? OH; bhn isa1? rnsjan ìd1?’ rasi ‘ Si man and term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian
his father eohabit witli thè sanie young woman and cognate of main entry term and a second Akkadian
thereby profane my lioly name” (Amos 2:7); Akk: una terni that is is not a cognate of either Hebrew terni
sihirti alàku: summa amelu ana sihirti illak “if a man has to convey thè sanie meaning.
intercourse with a young girl” (Paul, VT 32 I1982]
D'OJS ÌHT “male descendants” (iSam 1:11) = Akk: zcr
492—93). Cf. summa amelu ana sinnisti ina aìdki ikka! “if
amèluti, e.g., amëluti ibtani àruru zer amclùti itlisu ibtanu
a man eats during intercourse” (*C'AI) A 32ih 7’).
“he createci mankind, Aruru helped him (Marduk) to
create every human being” (CAD Z 96I1 5a).
(Mer) Merismus
(Mer). Hi | Ai: (a) Dipi' — Akk. umu u mus'u (Seq) Sequencing
“all thè time” (lit. “day and night”).
The use of two or more identical parts of speech
within thè sanie phrase or sentence.
(Par) Parallelism (Sec]i). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry
The use of words or phrases that are similar or term used with a second Hebrew terni; (b) Akkadian
complementary in structure or in meaning. cognates of each to express thè sanie idea:

XXlll
 ]3nnn - H33 “wccp - constantly pray,” e.g., línn’l H33 (Sd) Synecdoche
130» 131’ nei "Xï'r bsTI’a “he (Jacob) wept and
(Sd). Hi | Ai: (a) (p«n) nìS?? Sn~IK = Akk.
constantly prayed to Him at Bethel, he (Jacob) would
kibràt arba'i / erbetti “die whole world” (lit. “thè
meet Him there and He would speak to us” (Hos 12:4;
cf. also Esth 8:3) = Akk: baku - utnennu, e.g., aria ilisu four corncrs of thè eartli”).
ibakki utenemien “he weeps and constantly prays to his (Sy) Syntactical Construction
god” (CAD E 163!) d). (Sy). Hi | A 1 : (a) I lebrew main entry term and (b)
Akkadian cognate used in sanie syntactic structurc
(Seq2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew mani entry to express thè sanie meaning:
term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian b n2D “destine, consigli” (lit. “count with,” i.e., “turn
cognate of main entry term and a second Akkadian into”), e.g., iinsn raa1? do1??) sin1? zrrs ’n’aai “i
term that is is not a cognate of either Hebrew term will destine you for thè sword, all of you will kneel
to express thè sanie idea: down to be slaughtered” (Isa 65:12) = Akk: ana...marni
“cliange, turn into” (used widi terms for destruction,
nbtS’1 “and he (Jchoram) went and sent (to
anmhilation, etc.), e.g., ana kakki nàkin ìimnus “may
Jehoshapat of Juciah)” = Akk: ilìakma ispuranna
(Istar) deliver him to thè weapons of thè enemy”
“(and Niqmaddu king of Ugarit) went and sent (to (CAD M 226I1); assn.. .nisëya imnu ana kardsi “because
Suppiluliuma, thè Great King)” (RS 17.340 = PRV
he consigned my people to destruction” (CAD ibid.).
IV pp. 48-52 9-10).

(TM) Transferred Meaning

(SM) Simile/Metaphor (TMi). Hi I A1 : (a) 'S = Akk. pi sani “thè
(SMi). Hi I Ai: (a) D'13? DT = Akk. dama klma me command of tlie kmg” (lit. “thè mouth of thè
“blood like water.” king”).
(SM2). Hi I Ai: (a) ITH ‘'SD3 = Akk. agapi sa sari (TM2). Hi | Ai: (a) D'Ì3 E71"! = Akk. ayàbà dasu “to
“thè wings of thè wind.” defeat (lit. “trample”) hostile nations.”

xxiv
 — Akk. abu s. OAkk. on (CAD Ai 6jb; AHw HKNDIADYS

7b). father. 6. (Hen 1) (parents [lit. fiither and mother]): 3K

DK1, e.g., r-fa ÌB«1 “his fiither and mother
IDIOMATIC USACI'
who bore him” (Zech 13:3); Akk: abu - ummu, e.g.,
1. (Idi) (faniily, clan) DN rP3, e.g., Num 3:24:
abum \um\mum àlidus ulti resus “thè parents who
3X IV5 X"1®?; Akk: bit ubi, e.g., tarbìtum si ana bit
begot her elevated her” (CAD A 7ob 4'). Heb:
abisu itàr “this foster child returns to his family”
nSKI ÌT3X £"01231 “and when her parents died”
(CAD A| 73a).
(Esth 2:7); Akk:, e.g., istu abum ummurn imutìmi
I K W M I U R I I I MI \\IN(.
“since thè parents died” (CAD A ibid.).
2. (TM2) ([earliest] forefather, ancestor |in a
DIPLOMA TIC
genetic sense|) e.g., [Ttàjinn □n'hX (Jer 11:10);
7. (D2) (father-son relationship in a legai/
jicttan fri# “your earliest forefather” (Isa
treaty con text) e.g., miT WHl 3ìÒ Í1? ITnK '3X
43:27); Akk: abbu mahrùli “earliest forefathers,”
‘I will be a father to him and he shall be a
e.g., esmctu abbisu mahruti “thè bones ofhis earliest
son to Me” (2Sam 7:14); Akk: (vassal to overlord)
forefathers” (CAD A 72a 3 and passim).
e.g., ana PN| abiya umma PN màrukama ana sepe
3. (TM2) (master or ancestor |in a 11011-
abiya amqut “to PN , my fither, thus says PN ,
genetic sense] of profession or art) e.g., 32T “ON
your son: I fall at thè feet of my father” (EA
‘ancestor of those who dwell in tents
73:1-3; let. Byblos).
and amidst herds” (Gen 4:20); “1133 ©Sri *73 'ni?
l’HRASKOI.OCY
33W] “ancestor of all who play thè lyre and pipe”
(Gen 4:21); Akk: e.g., anàku cluka abu ummàni 8. (Phri) (expressing a familial relationship):
kalama “I ani superior to you, a master of every maternal grandfather: DK ,'3K (Gen 28:2; Judgy: 1);
craft” (BWL 158:1 1, Tamarisk and Palm). Akk: abi ummi (CAD A| 7ob 3); paternal uncle:

4. (TM2) (protector [of orphans|): □,'ì?Ìrr ,'3X 3X (Lev 18:14; Gen 29:12; Num 27:10); Akk:

ÍKHj? |Ì»lp3 ]H1 “thè father of ahi abi (CAD A| 7ia 5; ibid., Kjyb 3); paternal

orphans, thè champion (lit. judge) of widows, aunt: 3N nlnt? (Lev 18:12; 20:19); Akk: ahat abi
(CAD A| ibid).
God in his holy habitation” (Ps 68:6); Akk: \da\
yàn kinàtim abi ckiàtim “(Samas) righteons judge, II) Weinfcld, JAOS 90 (1970) 193-94.
father of homeless girls” (CAD E 72b). 9. (in a legai definition for an orphan)e.g., 'pN
5. (TM2) (terni of respect) e.g., VnS? 127ÌH □si 3K nb 1 ‘she (Esther) has no father or mother”
n3T1 “but his servante carne (Esth 2:7); Akk: sa aba u umma la isù “who has no
forward and spoke to him, ‘Sir’ they said” (2Kgs father or mother” (MSL I,i 1 1:28-29, ana ittisu).
5:13); VEnSÌ bx-jV' ,3K "OH “IQin “and cf. Paul, Ma’arav 2/2 (1979-80) 1 16-18.
he (Elisha) cried: ‘My father, my father, IsracTs
chariots and horsemen!’”(2Kgs 13:14 and 2Kgs "TDK = Akk. abàtu A v. OB 011 (CAD A| 4ia; AHw
2:12; see also 2Kgs 6:21 ); Akk: ana abbini day ani sa 5a). to perish (intrans.: Heb. Qal; Akk. Dt-stem);
C!N qibima “speak to our lionors (i.e., fathers), thè to destroy (trans.: Heb. Pi‘el, Hiph‘il; Akk. Ci-,
judges of Nippur” (*CAD A| 7U1 2 and passim). D-stem).

1
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

IM IR ASLOLOC; Y following thè second radicai was reduced to vocal

1. (Phr2) (said of buildings, objccts) Heb. shewa in BH as vocalized by thè Masoretes).”
(Pi‘el): e.g., /TÓSO •'I3ipVnÍa3/nÍÍ3p!? "I3X In light “of two probable Akkadian cognates
□,rP“13 “destroy holy places/shrines/molten abàtu A ‘to destroy, ruin’ and abàtu B, a stative
images/bars (of a gate)” (Deut i2:2/2Kgs 21:3 verb connoting absence and flight,” Levine
and Ezek 6:3/Num 33:52/Lam 2:9); (Hiph'il): maintains that “thè semantic rango of Biblical
r'rtz-t: “destroy chariots” (Mie 5:9). Hebrew ’àhàd encompasses thè meaning of thè
Akk. (G-stem): e.g., dura/sallià/ginunà/kilila/ two probable cognates.” Accordingly, Levino
sippa abàtu “to destroy a wall/outer wall/temple asserts that Akk. abàtu B “to run away, floe” finds
tower/battlement/doorpost” (CAD A 42b 1 its semantic equivalcnt with thè Heb. participle
a); (D-stem): e.g., salma/kudurra/narà ubbutu “to -nk fugitive, e.g., “OK “I3K “ my ancestor
destroy an image/boundary stone/stela” (CAD was an Aramean fugitive” (Deut 26:5). Heb. “OK
A, 43a 2). is then thè semantic and etymological equivalent
2. (Phr2) (said of land, thè inhabited world) of Akk. munnabtu (N-stem) “fugitive, deportee.”
pxn rnriK, e.g., nny? pan rnrix no *75? (U Gibson, 1971:74:7; Barker, 16-17; Levine, Oreenfield
“13SJ ■’bap “why is thè land in ruins, l;est., 149—58; Steiner, (.ìreenberg l:est., 127-38.
laid waste like wilderness, with none passing
through?” (Jer 9:11); Akk: màta/dadme ubbutu
rOX = Akk. apu A (abu) s. OB on (('AD A 1 <J9b;
“to destroy country/the inhabited world,” e.g.,
AHw 62a). reed (thicket).
màt nukurti u’ahbit “(Marduk) has destroyed thè
enemy’s country” (CAD A] 43b c); C.N adì naphar DI \i1 i \1 1 \•

dadmesu ktma til abùbi u’abbit “I (Sennacherib) 1. (Deii2) (BH hapax) ...npK nvriK UV 12*711
destroyed thè entire inhabited world (so that it (my days) pass like reed-
was) like a ruin (left by) thè flood” (*CAD A boats, like an eagle swooping onto its prey” (Job
43b and passim). 9:26); Akk: e.g., malkì la kansutisu kima api uhassisma
3. (Phr2) (said of thè wicked) Heb. (Pi‘el): “he (Esarhaddon) broke thè unsubmissive kings
thè wicked tried to destroy me” like a marsh reed” (*C'AD A 201 a).
(Ps 119:95). Akk. (D-stem): kmnùti ubbutu, e.g.,
qarràdu ili mu’abbit Icmnù[ti] “warrior amongst thè
= Akk. abùsu s. OB 011 (CAD Ai 92a; AHw
gods who annihilates thè wicked” (CAD A 43b
9li). storehouse, stable.
d)'
D 1 N l 1 1 \ 1 i \ i
4. (Phr2) (said of thè enemy) 'Tj'’3'''ÍX T13ÌC
“your enemies shall perish” (Judg 5:31; cf. Ps 1. (Den2) vby? D13K “iìodi inap li» j?t
92:10); Akk: e.g., mu’abbit egruti zà’irì “(Marduk) “an ox knows its owner, and an ass its master’s
who destroys thè obstinate enemies” (CAD A stali” (Isa 1:3; cf. also Prov 14:4; Job 39:9); Akk:

44a) • e.g., eqlàtu osar warkati tarbasu adi Intàti sa ammari u

abàtu occurs in EA as a gloss to halàqu, thè abusu “thè fields behind thè cattle pen incliidmg
true semantic equivalcnt of thè Heb. Qal of H3X: thè ammari- and iite'H-buildings” (CAD A 923).
summa yànummi sàbc pittàtum ina satti anmti halqat Unlike Akk., Heb. employs thè denominative
(gloss: abdat) gabbi màtàti sani bëliya “if there are verb in thè Qal pass, part., i.e., (“ITO) D13X
no archers (here) this year, all thè lands of thè “fattened (oxeti)” (Prov 15:17) and (□“’p!13X
king my lord will he destroyed” (EA 288: 5 1—53; □'1313) “fattened geese” (iKgs 5:3).
let. Byblos). As noted by Barker, “thè forni abadat Also, Akk. employs thè expression bit abusàti,
marks thè first known occurrence of thè old Can. which refers to “a stable,” e.g., bit abusati sa ekal
pf. 3 f.s. and corresponds to Heb. ITlpK, which belutiya sa rës hamiluhhi “(I rebuilt) thè abusm of
would have been originally vocalized 'abadat, as my lordly palace, which is situateci alongside thè
thè Amarna Can. forni (note that thè a-vowel top of thè hameluljhu” (CAD A 92b 2b), and Heb.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

employs thè hapax noun ÌT03KP “her granaries” withered” (Jer 23:10; cf. also Jer 4:28; 12:4; 14:2;
(Jer 50:26), a forni absent from Akk. Isa 24:4; Hos 4:3; Joel 1:10); Akk: pihat eqlim sa
IH Holladay, jeremiah 2:419; Mankowski, 15—16. ibbalu inassi “he is responsible if thè field dries up”
(CAI) A| 3oa b).
3. (Phr2) (said of crops, orchards) e.g., ^3^
“P3K <> Akk. abàru B s. SB (CAD A^ 38a; AHw
]D3 ®ÌT'P1 “thè new wine dried up, thè
4a, s.v. abàru II). Heb. strong (adj.); Akk. strength
vine withered” (Isa 24:7); cf. Akk: gisimmaru/siimu
(s.).
abàlu “to dry up, said of thè date palm/garlic”
(CAI) A 303 c); (for trans, cf. sippàti ubbulu “to
The Akkadian substantive abàru “strength”
dry up orchards” [CAD A 30I1 2|).
occurs frequently with either of two other terms
4. (Phr2) (said of parts of thè body) Ì1ÉG
denoting strength: dunnu and umàsu, e.g., gamir
‘73^. rby TO33V/3K3"1 r'ps? “ indeed his flesh
dunni u abàri “(Sargon II) consummate in power
shall be in pain and his body (i.e., throat) will dry
and strength” (CAI) A^ 38b c). Heb. T3X is
up” (Job 14:22); Akk: abàlu said of pà “mouth,”
attested said of thè strength of a bull (cf., ÌTTI
lisànu, “tongue,” libbu “belly” (for trans, cf. kal
CTT3K DB □■'1SÌ DEI? D'OKI “wild oxen shall
pagriya ubbalu “they (thè demons) dried up my
fall with tliem, young bulls with mighty oxen”
whole body” [*CAD A| 3 ia c[).
[Isa 34:7; cf. also Ps 50:13; 68:3 j |); Akk. abàru is
The BDB and DCH have one entry for
not attested in this usage. Note also that with a
^3K, which connotes both “mourn” and “dry
chatige in vocalization, Heb. “P3X* is utilized as
up,” whereas KB’ rightly has two entries and
an epithet of thè Lord, i.e., ^ìnt?y3pir “P3K
considers I “mourn” and II *73K “dry up” as
“thè mighty one of Jacob/Israel” (Gen 49:24; Isa
homonyms. Driver was thè first to equate II ^3^
49:26; 60:16; Ps 132:2,5/^1 1:24).
to Akk. abàlu “to dry up,” noting thè parallelism
of II *73K to 273^ (Jer 12:4; Amos 1:2) /0P2?
= Akk. abàlu B v. OA, OB on (CAI) A| ‘^/‘rpa/^pj? “ to wither/desolate” (Isa 24:4/
29b; AHw 3a). to dry up (intrans.: Heb. Qal, Isa 33:9). However, Driver does not maintain
Akk. G-stem); to dry (trans.: Heb. Hiph‘il, Akk. two homonyms, stating that “there is a graduai
l)-stem). transition from thè physical meaning” (i.e., to dry
up) “to its application to a montai state” (i.e., “to
I>l IRASL.OLOCY
mourn' "). The verb ^3^ is employed thirty-nine
1. (Phr2) (said of water) e.g., T103 T.^Xr times, fourteen of which should be considcred as
□’3i D'o wt73,i irni-in? wpw ennn vbv “i II b3N “dry up, wither” (Isa 24:4,7; 33:9; Jer 4:28;
(thè Lord) dried up, covered thè abyss over him 12:4,11; 14:2; 23:10; Ezek 31:15; Hos 4:3; Joel
(thè cedar, i.e., Assyria); I restrained her rivers, I 1:10; Amos 1:2; Job 14:22; Lam 2:8). Akk. abàlu
let thè underground waters dry up” (Ezek 3 1:15); does not have thè meaning “to mourn.”
Akk: e.g., nàrsu isekkiruma siqissu ubbalu “dams
Ili Driver, Gaster 73—75; Greenberg, AB 22A
up its canal and lets its irrigation system dry up” 642-43.
(CAI) A 3 1 a d); Ila naqbisu ubbalam “Ea will dry
Cf. ^Fl.
up his spring” (CAI) A| 3 1 b). In light of this
Akk. usage of abàlu “to dry up” with bodies of
= Akk. abnu s. masc. and fem. OAkk. on (C'AI)
water such as nàru and naqbu, we have understood
Ezek 31:15 (above) differently from Greenberg, A| 54b; AHw 6b). stone.
who translates “I cause Tehom to mourn 011 his TRANSFERRLI) me-aninc

account.” 1. (TMi) ([rain down| hailstones) ItDpn

2. (Phr2) (said of land) e.g., PÒN '3SQ “na (isa 30:30); Akk: e.g., abnum rabitum izannun
-131« niK? TO^V/pXn “because of a curse thè “large hailstones will rain down”; cf. alme aqqullu
land dried up//the pastures of thè wilderness ina muhhisunu azznnun “I have rained on them

3
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

glowing stones” (CAI) A 6oa 6). statue of stone” (CAD A s6b).

SLQUENCINC
1 1. (Phr2) (sling-stoncs) (Zech9:1 5;
Job 41:20; 2Chr 26:14); Akk. (Mari, Shemshara):
2. (Seqi) (wood and stono) fJÌ (e.g.,
aban waspim, e.g., u aban waspim istcn awilam
Deut 4:28; 2Kgs 19:18); Akk: issu u abnu “troos/
imahhasma [i<| asu ul ibassi “should a sling-stone
wood and stones” (CAD A| 55b).
hit a man, there is 110 physician at hand” (C’AI)
PIIKASEOLOGY
A, 339a)•
3. (Pliri) (procious stono) ÌT1 jp11 ]3K; Akk: 12. (Phr2) (throw a stono) |3$ -“•/“-‘rrn
abnu aqar-tu/suqurtw, (cf. “lj?'). (Zech 5:8; 2Kgs 3:25/Lam 3:53); Akk: alma nadu
4. (Phri) (hoavy stones) }3X “133 “thè (CAD A| 58a ; 58b 3').
heaviness of stono” (Prov 27:3); Akk: abnu kabtùtu 13. (Phr2) (striko with a stone) |3K3 ÌISH
(CAD A| 55b). (Exod 21:18; Num 35:17); Akk: alma mahàsu, e.g.,
5. (Phri) (reforrmg to a pouch of stono abnam ana pisu mahàsam la alc'c “I cannot hit him
woiglits) O'S "'53X; Akk: aban kïsi; s.v. D1'?. with a stone on his niouth” (CAD A 553 1).
6. (Phri) (fire stones) ‘'íaX; Akk: aban isati.
Ili \Oi \ I I \ !
s.v. C9X, 5, below.
14. (I)en2) (used in reference to laying
7. (Phr2) (choicest storie) |I1 ]3N! lit. “stono
foundations) nny-io', e.g., rrnt? np bi?
of dioico” (Prov 17:8); Akk: aban nisiqti, e.g.,
ina muhhi rcs agesu aban ini mussavi abnc nisiqti lu nra? ]3i<; n"i; ’p ix ìi?3pn “ onto wliat wero its

askunuma “I (Agum-kakrime) decoratoci thè top bases sunk? Who cast its cornorstone?” (Job 38:6;

ofhis headdress with ini mussati-stono (and other) cf. also Isa 28:16); Akk: e.g., isdisu ina abni danni...
precious gems” (CAD N 27ib 2'); sa huràsi russi usarsid “I (Shalmanesser I) set its foundation on
u abnc nisiqti uscpis“I (Esarhaddon) had (a tiara for massive stone”; eli abni sadi zaqri usarsida temmensu
Assur) made of shilling gold and precious gems” “I (Sargon II) set its foundation upoti massivo

(CAD N, ibid.); Heb: 10 rvf? (Prov 1:9; 4:9) mountain stono” (CAD A 55b).
should porhaps stand for ]PI '03K “a diadem Akkadian abnu “stono” is attested in both thè
of stones of choice”; Akk: agii sa abnc nisiqti “a masc. and fem. In thè vast majority of texts thè
tiara of stones of choice (i.e., precious gems)” plural is written with thè Sumerian logogram NA
(CAD N, ibid.). MBS and, therefore, unless NA .MES is followed
8. (Phr2) (huge stono) PÒi-!? ]3X (Josli 24:26; by an adjectival forili, which would indicate thè
iSam 6:14; 14:33 and passim); Akk: abnu rabitu gender, it is unclear whether thè scribe, had he
“big stono” (CAD A 553 lex. section)/abnù not used thè Sumerian logogram, would have
dannutu, e.g., dura rabà ina almi dannuti sitiq sadè employed thè masc. (abnu) or fem. (abnàtu) plural.
rabe'ùti “a big wall of mighty stones quarried in In thè above-citod passages, we have arbitrarily
thè big mountains” (CAL) A 563 2 and passim); normalized NA .MES using thè masc. plural.
Heb: nibna “ mighty stones” (for building
purposes) e.g., rrsn “iD^-ni^na □'ni* wcn = Akk. bubu'tu s. OB, SB (CAD B 3ooa;
“(thè king ordered) mighty stones to be quarried... AHw 1 35a), a boil.
to lay thè foundation of thè tempie” (iKgs 5:3 1).
DENOTATIVE
9. (Phr2) (stono wall) □,’33tf npín “wall
(made) of stones” (cf. Neh 3:35); Akk: diir almi, 1. (BH hapax) r“i>? ^33 rï3B3N n“|È3
e.g., pasquti diir abnisuna kima karpat pahari uparrir □nsp “ an inflammation breaking out in boils in
“I shattered, as if they were an earthenware pot, all thè land of Egypt” (Exod 9:9,10); Akk: e.g.,
their stono walls of diffidili access” (CAD D i93b summa istu qaqqadisu adi sepesu bubu'ta sàmta mali
2'). “if ho is covered from head to foot with rod boils”
10. (Phr2) (stono stola) |3X rQ?SP (Gen 35:14); (CAD B 3ooa a and passim).
Akk: nani sa abni “stola of stone”; salam abni “a The Akk. variant buhbuhtu may reflect thè

4
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biislical Hebrew rna«

spclling witli two 2 ’s in thè Hch. word (thus 3 ib; AHw 3b). Likewise note thè sub. abrakkutu
reflecting a Proto-Semitic g). As notcd by thè (SB), thè Service and status of a female steward at
CAD (B 301 a note), “in CAD I/J 4, thè words thè Assyrian court (CAD A 6ib).
ibltu A and B should be combined into one word, li! Lamhdin, JAOS 73 (1953) 146; Ellenbogen, 3-5;
as thè equation witli bubu'tu...shows; thè word Croatto, VT 16 (1966) 113-15; Redford, 226-28;
denotes some fcstering boil and probably is to be Mankowski, 16-20.
connected with ebú ‘to be thick’” (= Heb. !"QI?).
Note also that thè equation with Akk. ibi tu might
Dttf = Akk. agammu s. OB on; Sum. a-ga-am (CAD
reflect thè prosthetic X in Heb. nÌQiON.
Aj 1423; AHw 153). marsh.
IH Cohen, Hapax 109:4.
While Heb. D3K mainly connotes “pool, pond”
(Ps 107:35, 1 14:8; Isa 41:1 8), thè word is employed
(n“lDX) "13X = Akk. abru B s. OB on (CAD A
at least once meaning “swamp reed, marsh,” e.g.,
643; AHw 73). wing.
mi 12"l^ □■'pa^n n^l “and they set thè marsh 011
SEQUENCING
fire” (Jer 51:32). Akk: e.g., qani apparati sa qereb
1. (Seqi) (wing - pinion) “OK - *]??> e.g., agamme aksitma “I (Sennacherib) cut thè reeds that
Tj n# □'sasn i?:-? binari -pzr, “thè great were in that swamp” (CAD A 1423 a).
eagle with great wings and long pinions” (Ezek
(Il Mankowski, 20—21.
17:3; cf. also Deut 32:1 1: ìnrij?' VS3? ÉnB-1
Ìn"12X bs “he will spread His wings and take
him, bear him along on His pinions”); Akk: kappu m — Akk. agamm s. OB 011 (CAD A i42b; AHw
- abru, e.g., kima issuri nuhhutu abruya usemmit 15a), large bowl, basin.

kappiya itaprusa ul alc'i “my wings are clipped like

In Akk. agannu can be of either metal or stone:
(those) of a bird, he plucked my pinions, 1 cannot
agannu sa siparri/eri/kaspi/huràsi/uqni “an agannu-
fly (anymore)” (CAD A| 643). Cf. thè Heb.
bowl of bronze/copper/silver/gold/lapis lazuli.”
sequence Hlíia - “DN - D'SÍ? “wings - pinions -
In EA 14 iii 65, a list of gifts from Egypt, includes
feather” (Ezek 17:3); Akk: kappu - abru - nuballu
agannu sa abni “a stone agamiu-bow\.” It is used
“wings - pinions - tail feathers” (CAD A 643).
in thè preparation of perfume (CAD A 1433 c)
and in ritual (CAD A 143b d). Likewise, in BH
= Akk. abarakku s. OAkk. on (CAD A| 32b; it is used for ritual (Exod 24:6) and in SoS 7:3 it
AHw 3b). steward. is employed in thè metaphor “lìlDn ]3K “(your

DENOTATIVE
navel) is like a moon-shaped bowl.”

i. (BH hapax) bv ina linai ras'? ixip’i in m ankowski, 21—22.

fHX bs “and they hailed at his presence,
‘O cliief steward of thè royal household’, and so — Akk. agi>apu.
he placed him over all thè land of Egypt” (Gen
See »133.
41:43); Akk: e.g., 1 abarakku peti sikkàtim ina qàtim
nukàl “we are holding one abarakku, thè turnkey”
(CAD A| 32b 2). nnax = Akk. egirtu s. NA (CAD E 45b; AHw
The etymology of thè noun is stili uncertain. It iyoa). letter.
has been suggested that thè word is thè imperative PUR ASEOLOCY

of a verb, a Semitic loanword from Egyptian ’b- [. (Phri) (to give a letter) niax ]na (Neh
r.k “attention.” 2:7,9); Akk: egirta nadànu, e.g., sa egirtu armctu
Akk. employs thè fem. forni abarakkatu (OB, iddinanni “who gave me a letter in an envelope”
Mari, SB, NA) “housekeeper, female steward,” (CAD E 46a).
as well as its beitig a title for goddesses (CAD A 2. (Phri) (to correspond) nÍD^ÍH nn3X, e.g.,

5
rnaK An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

nixs irrito1? rvniCD bs rrbbin 3-\--3X nbsr to melù, an d njptón to saqiì. Speiser further
CITTÌ* “(also in those days thè nobles of Judah) maintains that orthographically “edu should have
kept up a brisk correspondence with Tobiah and resulted in some such forni as Heb. ëdê, as Heb.
Tobiah with them” (Neh 6:17); Akk: egirtu alàku, ’es ‘fire’ is a well-attested allofoni! for ’isse.”
e.g., kt udirti egirtu sa e bai li ina muhhiya la tallakanni Il II Speiser, BASOR 140 (1955) 9—li; Mankowski,
“until now no letter from thc palace has come to 25-27.
me” (CAD E 463 and passim).
3. (Phri) (to open a letter) n“l3X Pir® “open
= Akk. àdiru B adj. SB (CAI) A| i28a; AHw
a letter” (Neh 6:5); Akk: egirta petu, e.g., egirtu sa
I 3b). full of awe.
asapparkanni balàt qepu la tapatti “do not open thè
letter that I am sending you without (thè presence PARAI.[ LL1SM

of) thè qcpu-offìcuV’ (CAD E 45b). i.(Par2) r'-'^X/CI'p? “great (kings)/

4. (Phr2) (to send a letter) n“13X nb» (Neh awesome (kings)” (Ps 136:18); aniSVa-’T'™
6:19); Akk: egirta sapàru, e.g., minu sa sitini sa libbi “mighty/heroes” (Judg 5:13); THX/TÌXJ
egirte anni te ina ekalli laspur “1 am writing to thè “resplendent/awesome” (Ps 76:5); Akk: palhu/
palace what all this is about in this letter” (C'AI) àdiru “reverent/full of awe” (CAD A i28a) cf.
E 4jb and passim). also, qarràdu la àdiru “fearless hero” (( 'Al ) ibid).
5. (Phr2) (to write a letter) n“)3X 3H3 (2Chr
cf. ntt v.
30:1); Akk: egirta satàru, e.g., stse sa iddinasuni PN
ina libbi egirte...issatar “PN wrote down in a letter
that thè horses that he has given him” (CAD E II = Akk. urudù s. SB Sum. lw (AHw i436b).

45b). copper.
rn.3x occurs only in thè late books of
The Heb. lexeme THX(3) employed in Isa
Nehemiah, Esther, and Chronicles, replacing thè
10:34 was basically rendered as “in their majesty”
earlier Heb. word “ISO “letter.”
(NJPS); “with its noble trees” (NEB); “by a
01 Hurvitz, VT 47 (1977) 31 1-14; Mankowski, 22-25.
majestic (blow)” (WBC]); “with its splendor”
(Wildberger, 447); “in its majesty” (AB 19).
“IN! = Akk. e dà s. SB; Sum. lw. a-dé-a (CAD E 3 5b; It should be observed, however, that “P'IX is
AHw i87b). onrush of water, high water. always employed in BH as an adjective, never as
a substantive. In light of thè parallel word ^T“!3,
The Heb. lexeme "IX is attesteci only 111 Gen
Tur-Sinai equates “P'IX (metathesis) to thè Akk.
2:6 and Job 36:27, both cases pertaining to thè
substantive urudù “copper.” Akk. urudù occurs in
story of creation. Heb. “IX was first compared to
Sennacherib’s annals: apsasàte gisnugalli adi apsasàte
Akk. edu by Dillerman. However, thè equation
pitiq urudè sa zahalu litbusa “thè alabaster (anmial-
of both Akk. and Heb. as loanwords from Sum.
shaped) colossus together with thè colossus cast
a-dé-a was articulated by Speiser, who argued
of copper, which was coated with a silver alloy”
that Gen 2:6: bs nx njpcpni pxn |0 ~bï' “1X1
(OIP 2 110:31—32; 123:33—34). Accordingly, Isa
‘an onrush of water would swell up
10:34: THX? ]133i?ni//l7H33 '3^3 ^31
from thè ground and water thè whole surface of
bis: may be rendered as “and thè thicket of thè
thè soil” “might have been lifted verbatim from
an Akk. lexical work.” In thè Akk. vocabulary forest shall be hacked away with iron (ax) and thè

VAT (10270 iv 44ff.) Sum. a-dé-a = Akk. edu is Lebanon (forest) shall fall by copper (hatchet).”
employed as a synonym of milu “flood,” (ground) Cf. Heb. ni3i?,3.
flow, where in another vocabulary edu is defined Moderi! Heb. uses thè term “HX for
as saqà sa eqli “to water a field.” Thus, Speiser “bronze.”
concludes that in Gen 2:6 “IX corresponds to edu, ILI Tur-Sinai, ScrHier 8 (1961) 186.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

“nX — Akk. adaru B v. OB on (CAD Ai io8a; month of Ea and of Enki’s(?) “happiness.”

AHw ria). Akk. to fcar, he in awe; Heb. to be Ili Kutscher, VTSupp. 16:168; M.E. Cohen, Cultic
glorious. Calendari 3 4off.

l’AR ai.lli.ism

i.(Par2) /V—:n “magnify//glorify”: DnK ?? hàbu B v. lex. (CAD H 21 a), to love.

~'“X" rnin “magnify and glorify (his)
hàbu is attested only once, in a lex. list (Malku V
teaching” (Isa 42:21); X*V/“HK “be glorious/
88) in which it is equated to thè Akk. verb ràmu
be awesonie”: ribnn «nÌ3/E7“rpn "HÌO rDD3 'ti
“to love” (CAD H 2ia). The CAD (CAD H 2ia
x^? noi:1 ‘who is like You, majestic in holiness/
n.) notes “perhaps to Heb. ahab, since this text
awesome in splendor, working wonders” (Exod
contains in thè left column a number of WSem.
15:1 1; cf. also 15:6); Akk: adàru/palàhu “to be in
words.”
awe/fear (of a deity)” palhàku adràku sutaduràku
“I ani in awe and fear, I ani constantly in fcar” Due to thè orthography ha-a-bu indicating a
(CAD A| ioyb 2); adàru/kabàtu: àdttrma \ni\ska middle weak verb, .von Soden’s (AHw 3o6a)
ukabbit “I feared and honored thè oath taken by etymological equation with thè gemenant hbb
you (Samas)” (CAD Ai io8b). (WSem. interchange h’b-hbb) seems more plausible
( ;! —-S. on both etymological and semantic grounds.
v cf. mn v.

”1*7^ — Akk. Addarti s. OAkk. 011 (CAD A| 1 iob;

AHw I2a). name of thè twelfth month. 3ÌK = Akk. apu B s. NA (CAD A 201 a; AHw 62a).
Akk. opening in thè ground; Heb. pit > spirit of thè
DI-NOTATI Vi;
pit > spirit.
I. (I)en2) Occurs only in LBH in Esth 3:7,13;
8:12 and passim: TJX t£Hh and Ezra 6:15: PIT1? The term (nÌ)nÌX is employed sixteen times in
“HH. BH, ten of which are juxtaposed and parallel
to (O^iTT “ghosts” (Lev 19:31; 20:6,27; Deut
In NB thè month is depicted as Addaru arkù “thè
18:11; rSam 28:3,9; 2^gs 21:6; 23:24; Isa 8:19;
last month” (CAD Ai 1 1 la 3') also referring to thè
2Chr 33:6). It has been shown by Hoffner that
intercalary Addarti, e.g., amat sani sì Addaru diri
mx is an ancient terni employed in most Near
“this is an edict of thè king: this month of Addaru
Eastern languages for a ritual pit through which
is an intercalary month” (“Perforili your religious
mortals communicated with chthonic deities (i.e.,
services in thè month of Addaru”) sa Nisanni
Sum: ab; Hittite: a-a-bi; Ug: ’eb; Akk: apu; Heb.
tcpii “which is preceding thè month of Nisannu”
3ÍX). Hofhier’s suggestion to equate Akk. apu to
(CAD D i_s<_;b, s.v. diri; C'AI) A| 1 toh b). In
Heb. 31X was rejected by Cohen on semantic
Esarhaddon’s atinals thè month is described as:
grounds as “invalici...unlcss thè root meaning ‘pit’
ina Addarti arah mitgàri “in thè month of Addaru,
can be demonstrated internally for Hebrew 3ÌX.”
a favorable month” (CAD A_ 1 1 la). Note thè
However, as noted by Cogan and Tadmor, “in
Yemenite Hebrew vocalization with a dages forte
Hebrew, thè semantic development seems to be
(i.e., "HX).
from ‘pit’ to ‘spirit of thè pit’.” This can be seen
As noted by M.E. Cohen: “It is not clear whether from Isa 29:4, where thè prophet refers to 3ÌX
th e name addaru is of a semitic origin, presumably as thè hole of thè ncthcrworld calling thè spirits
a cognate of thè Akkadian verb adàru A (‘to be earthward, e.g., TOn “IBÍ7D1 "“"ir pX!2 rÒStfl
worried’, to become obscured (said of heavenly ~r~?;x -131:131 “bip p.xc nixs r;-- -r-?;x
bodies)’) or adàru B (‘to be afraid’) or whether “then you shall speak from thè bottoni of
thè month name is an Elamite or foreign word.” thè netherworld, from thè low of thè underworld
Accorditig to Assyrian Astrolabe B this was thè your word shall come, your voice shall be like thè

7
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

pit of thè ground (i.e., thè netherworld) and your PI 1 R AS F, O LOC. Y

voice shall chirp from thè underworld.” 1. (Phri) (3stronomic3l omcns) nini<,
Ili Hoffner, JBL 86 (1967) 385-401; Cohen, 73- e.g-.mnn bx Q-wn ninxai HD^n % □,i3n
74:144; Cogan-Tadmor, AB 11 267. nano apiari inn’ ■'? “do not learn thè manner
of thè nations, nor by thè omcns of thè sky be
psnicked; let thè mitions be p3mcked by them,
(TiK-'in-in-iTin) 'ÌH = Akk. aya (ayi, aya, d)
(for thè kiws of thè n3tions 3re as nothing)” (Jer
interj. OB, SB (CAD A| 22ob; AHw 23b). alas,
10:2); Akk: itti (idàt) samc, e.g., idàt crscti itti sanie
woe.
sadda inassàni sanie u crscti istcnis giskimma ubbaìuni
\ah\enna ul HAR.MES samc u ersetu ithuzu “thè signs
The Akk. interj. aya “alas” is employed exclusively
occurring in thè sky as well as those on thè earth
in thè expression u'a aya “woe and alas,” usually
give us signals, heaven and earth bring us omens
expressing in lamentation thè idea of dissatisfaction
in thè sanie way, they are not rele3sed sepsrately
and pain, e.g., musi u urrim u’a aya rakis\sum] “woe
(because) heaven and e3rth 3re interconnected”
and alas are with him day and night” (CAD A
(CAD 1/J 307b).
221 a b); u'a aya sarpis ibakkima “bitterly crying
2. (Phri) (to remove a sign) (BH h3p3x)
woe and alas” (CAD ibid. and passim). Not
nhi* “133 “remove signs,” i.e., “landimrks”: fcÒH
unlike Akk., Heb. employs thè expressions 'ÍX nÌX
n?3n tò anriki nn’ps# (Job 21:29)
“woe woe” (Ezek 16:23); 'ti? 'iN 'f?1? “who
is thè seni3iitic equivalcnt (in different context)
cries woe! who cries alas!” (Prov 23:29); 'in 'in,
of Akk. itta nukkuru, e.g., nukkirani ittu lemuttu sa
e.g., ninx 'ini 'nx ’in ib nsp' “they shall not
basti ina biti\ya\ “remove thè evil sign that occurs
mourn for him, ‘Woe, my brother, alas, sister!’”
in my house” (CAD N| iÓ7b e).
(Jer 22:18; cf. also Zech 2:10); iil-iìl, e.g., 3. (Phri) (to give a a sign) nÍX ]n3, e.g., ]?*?
in-in moK' nium broi napip ninrn “ in every nix a?b wn in1 “ assuredly, my Lord will
square there shall be lamenting, in every Street provide for you a sign of His own accorci” (Isa
cries ‘Ah, woe’” (Amos 5:16); Akk: sapàdu/u'a 7:14; cf. also. Deut 6:22; Josh 2:12; Neh 9:10);
ay(a) qabà, e.g., |ina muhhi bl\ti isappid u’i iqabbima Akk: itta nadànu, e.g., itti Istar sarratim inaddansi
“he performs thè wailing for thè tempie, says “he provides her with thè mark of Istar, thè
‘Woe!’” (CAD S i5ob b). queen” (CAD I/J 3053).
Ili Held, EI t6 (1982) 83:50. 4. (Phr2) (to see a sign) nix HK"), e.g., ìrnhiK
X’33 TÍÏ? ìÒ “we did not see our signs,
there is 110 longer any prophet” (Ps 74:9); Akk:
“1ÌK = Akk. urru s. OAkk. 011 (AHw 14333). Akk.
itta amàru, e.g., summa ittu memeni àmuruni “(I
day; Heb. light.
swear) I have not seen any sign” (CAD I/J 3063);
Whereas Akk. urru is thè etymological and ittàti dunqi suàtina àmurma “I S3W these favorable
semantic equivalcnt to Heb. “IÌK, it seems that thè signs” (CAD I/J 3o6b).
Akk. substantive connotes “day,” whereas Heb. 5. (Phr2) (to place a sign) nix n,??/D‘'t£? (Exod
means only “light.” Note, for example, thè Akk. 10:2; Isa 66:19; Jer 32:2o/Exod 10:1); Akk: itta
sakànu, e.g., ana itti damiqti...suknassu “provide
merismus urrà u musa “day and night” (AHw
him with a good sign” (*CAD I/J 3063); u itti
14333), which corresponds semantically to Heb.
sunqu ina màtisunu ittaskin “and a sign predicting
n’rbi QT “d ay 3nd night.” The common Akk.
filmine occurred in their country” (CAD I/J
word for light is num (CAD N 3473).
307a).
Cf. BA "lU. 6. (Phr2) (to annui, eradicate an omen) “IS!1
nini* (Isa 44:26); Akk: itta pasàsu, e.g., ittàtu
niX = Akk. ittu (cttu) s. OAkk. on (CAD 1/J 304b; kalisina passa “all thè signs are eradicateci” (CAD
AHw 4063). sign, omen, kndmark. I/J 3063).

8
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

7. (Phr2) (good omen, sign) nÍK •'SI? n»SJ 2. (Idi) (hearing impediment). }TX il"]??;
raiob “pcrform for me a favorable sign” (Ps Akk: uznà kabàtu “to be heavy with thè ear, have
86:17); Akk. e.g., itti damiqti.. .suknassu “provide a hearing impediment.” See 133 v.
him witli a good sign” (*CA1) I/j 3o6a). 3. (Id2) (to inforni, reveal) }TK ìlba, e.g., 'ili
denotativi ; bxratp |Tk r.$ nba “ and thè Lord revcaled to
8. (Den2) (landmark) '“ply QTÒKV «bri Samuel” (iSam 9:15; cf. also 2Sam 7:27;Job 33:16
msan nnhxi “ you must have consulted thè and passim); Akk: uzna petá/puttá, e.g., ilu uzni sa
wayfarers, do not remove tlieir landmarks” (job sarri uptatti “thè god has (only) wanted to reveal
21:29); Akk: e.g., mimi harràn sa PN \minù\ ittasa to thè king” (ABL 355 r. 19-20; cf. also ABL 355
“which is tlie road to Utnapistim - what is its r. 20; 402 r. 3-4; 1239 r. 10; AHw 14483); attama
landmark?” (CAI) I/J 3053); u\addim\a itta ba’i missum uzni la tapti “why did you not inforni me?”
uruhsa “I gave a landmark, (now) take thè road (CAD N 74b). Note thè similarity in phraseology
according to it” (CAD ibid.). in a treaty context: (“Is that why all of you have
9. (Den2) (sign) nix 'a mótfn Tira?; nx tjk conspired agamst me?”) rn?3 ■'ÍTK HK nbà ftfl
D?Tmb Cp-rri '?! Kin “you must keep My •r- Il OS? ‘ ‘for 110 one informs me when my own
Sabbath, for this is a sign between Me and you son makes a pact with thè son of Jesse” (rSam
throughout thè ages” (Exod 31:13); Akk: ahràtas la 22:8); Akk: (loyalty oath) \uzna\ sa PN ummisu u sa
immassà si lu ittu “lest ever after they be forgotten, RN \sar Assur\ bëlikunu la tupattani “if you do not
let this be thè sign” (referring to thè statues set by reveal it to PN, his mother, and to Assurbanipal,
Marduk at thè gate of Apsu) (Eli. el. V 76). |king of Assyria], your lord” (Waterman, RCAE
(J1 Fishban, Stillatoti 1 (1975) 213-34. 1239:2.6-7).
4. (Id2) (pay attention) ]TX nCSH, e.g., ntSH
DÌTX = Akk. ziipu s. NB (CAD Z i63b; AHw 'ïl'T-'; TIP 'bx “Be attentive to me and deliver
1538b). origanum (CAD); marjoram or hyssop me” (Ps 71:2; cf. also Prov 5:13; 22:17); ÍDH
(CDA 450). THOK J7I3© ’b “direct your attention to me, hear
my prayer” (Ps 17:6); Akk: uzna sakànu lit. “to
As noted by Mendenhall, thè Heb. 3ÌTK, which is set one’s ear, direct one’s attention,” e.g., \an\a
employed teti times in BH, “is of relatively little temeqiya issakin uzunsu “he (thè god) paid attention
importance in Babylonia.” Indeed, Heb. 3ÌTN to my (Assurbanipal’s) prayer” (*CAD S 1473);
(with thè prosthetic X), a plant growing 011 walls quii uznam sukni “listen, pay attention” (CAD S
(e.g., iKgs 5:13), is found once in a NB list of >46b and passim).
plants in thè royal garden of Mcrodach-baladan,
PIIRASHOLOCY
followed by thè plants zamburu “thymc” and hastì,
a plant yielding seeds used as a spice. 5. (Phr2) (to dose, stop up one’s ear) ]TK DCSK
“dose, stop up one’s ear,” e.g., npy-TD Ì3TN DCSK
HI! Lòw, ^:84f 1.; Mendenhall, BASOR 133 (1954)
‘he closes his ear at thè cry of thè wretched”
28-29.
(Prov 21:13; cf. also Isa 33:15; Ps 58:5); Akk: uzna
sakàku “to block, stop thè ear,” e.g., simat la natàli
|TX = Akk. uzuu s. OA, 013 011 (AHw 1447^. ear. sakàk uzni u sibit pi ana sat timi lisimusu “may they
idiomatic usaci ; (thè gods) decree for him for all time a fate of
1. (Idi) (to give understanding, lit. open thè not seeing, stopping up of thè ears, and seizure of
ear) JTK nnB, e.g., 1JK ’b nnS ’H “thè Lord gave thè month” (CAD S 68a); uznàya sa uttammima
me understanding” (Isa 50:5; 48:8) (cf. }TX npS ussakkika hasikkis itbal amirasin ipteti nesmàya “my
“open thè ear” |Isa 42:20]); Akk: uzna petti; seme ears that were clogged and blocked like a deaf
suppèsu piti uznèsu “bear his supplication, give man’s—he removed their wax and opened my
him understanding” (AOAT 2 449:6). hearing” (BWL 52:18—19, Ludlul).

9
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

(□^pT) C'pTK ?? Akk. is qàti (is qàti, izqàtu) s. maintain that thè forni D'pT may be a by-form
SB, NB (CAD I/J 2053; AHw 4o8b, s.v. iz/sqàtu). of □,pTX where thè dropping of thè X should be
fetters. considered as an apheresis of thè weak consonant
i* not supported by a full vowel but having only a
l’I irasiìoloc.y
shewa, e.g., anion Ora) - tr-noNn; lana*? - ian?
1. (Phri) (to go in fcttcrs) □,'p-T3 “^bìl (Isa
(Lee 4:14; cf. Jouon, 17d).
45:14); Akk: ina is qàti aìàku, e.g., PN ina massarti
ina is qàti parziìli lilliku “let PN come, under guard
and in iron fetters” (CAD I/J 205b a). m* = Akk. hua (hua issuru) s. lex.* (CAD H 2i2b;
2. (Phr2) (to put in fetters) □,'pT3 pril/ION, AHw 350I1). hoot-owl (Heb. metathesis).
e.g., ^333 3“‘“33"//Q'p'3 D IT??!? “IClsV No sufficient etymology was provided for thè
b.H3 “ to bind their kings in fetters//their nobles hapax pi. □•'ni* employed in Isa 13:21. The medieval
in chains of iron” (Ps 149:8; cf. also Jer 40:1); Jewish exegists, such as Sacadia, Ibn-Janah, Qimhi
D%p"3 tp?-, n^in? brn “and all her nobles were and thè niodern Luzzatto for example identifiecl
bound in chains” (Nah 3:10); Akk: ina is qàti n_i** with thè LH n-’Q? ‘ ‘marten,” a carnivorous
tamàhu/nadá/sabàtu “to put/seize in fetters,” e.g., animai of thè genus Mustela, related to thè weasel
sarràni annute isbatu-nimma ina biriti parziìli is qàti e.g., ...□,enn nvmb mbr nmnts noa nan3
parzilli utammchu qàtà u scpà “they seized these ...□■''aE;! □,’©anb binnm dt □■'©anb nbsm
kings and put (them) in irons chains (and) iron QV □,'i?3©i7 n,Q?m “large clean cattle bear at
fetters, hand and foot” (CAD I/J 205b b); ana nitie months...a dog at fifty days, a cat at fifty two
paniya supurassima is qàti luddëma “send him to me days...a marten at seventy days...” (M. Rab. Cïen.
and I will put him in fetters” (CAD ibid.). 20:4). Without any etymological support, modern
Both KB’ and DCH maintain that D’pTX is a pi. biblical scholarship identifies ni** with thè eagle-
tantum of thè sg. pTS*, which is a by-form of pT* owl Uubo bubo (KB1 29b). 'Po our mind, it seems
pi. □‘’pT. On thè other hand, on account of thè best to equate etymologically and semantically
dages forte, BDB and others derive thè vocable thè Heb. onomatopoeic ni** (metathesis), which
from thè root ppT “bind, fetter” employed in is parrallel with naS?1' nÌ33 “ostriches,” with thè
LH, but not attested in BH. If our etymological Akk. sub. hua “hoot-owl.” Akk. hua is identified
and semantic equation of Heb. D^pTi* to thè Akk. in thè lexical texts with Ima issurum “owl-bird”
compound is qàti (lit. “wooden (nnplement) of and is equated with thè commonly employed
thè hands”) “handeuffs” is plausible, then thè noun qadu “owl” (C'AD H 2i2b). For metathesis
use of thè dages forte will fall under thè category occuring between Akk. and Heb. see Tawil, Beit
of spontaneous gemination, which regularly Mikra 154/155 (199X) 339-44.
occurs with thè non-final consonant (i.e., ,D“'ip!23 Cf. II
□'S?*! D'ÌIBS? and others; cf. Jouon, 78-80). To
our mind thè LH verb ppT is denominative from nX = Akk. ahu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD A( 195b; AHw
CPpT/ITptti;, as can clearly be seen from thè once- 2ib). brother.
attested concrete and physical usage of thè verb,
idiomatic usaci ;
employed in thè idiom □,?!in?n!//nPp,'T3 O'pIpT
1. (Idi) (one to another) W'K (Gen
(“and what of war can be waged by
37:19; 42:2i,28/Gen 26:31; Jer 34:17); Akk: ahu
meri”) “bound by fetters//and placed in chains”
aha/ahu ana ahic e.g., lu ahum ana ah\im\ maskattam
(Finkelstein, Sifrc, 321). Such is also thè concrete
usëbil “whether one (partner) has sent a deposit to
usage of thè verb in Tg. J on Isa 60:1 1 □rP3i?!21
thè other” (CAD A( 203b 3a and passim).
tran? = Tg. J. ’pp'pT “and their kmgs
chained.” This LH denominative verb developed I k ANSI I UHI l> M Lì A N I N G

thè abstract sense “tie > need, be dependant 2. (TM) (friend) nX - SH “kin - friend” (Ps
on.” Accordingly, contrary to KB3, DCH, we 35:14; 122:2); Akk: ahu - ibru “kin - friend,” e.g.,

10
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew nina T

ahi atta ebri atta “you are my brother, my fellow” 42:15; 44:26); Akk: ahu sihru “younger brother,”
(CAI) I/J sb a); atlànukka aham u ebram ula isti e.g., umani anàku ana ahika sahrim sa kinàtimma
“apart from you I bave no friend or fellow” aturuma “now indeed have I become a younger
(CAD ibid.). brother of yours?” (CAI) A i99b 2 and passim).
l’ARAI.LLI.ISM 9. (Phr2) (nephew) PIN }3 (Gen 12:5; 14:12);
3. (Par2) (brother//mother’s son) DN }3//nX, Akk: màr ahi (CAD A_ 200a 5 and passim).
e.g., ì]m *:r •n-r^'y./'r-nNi7 n-z; ri- “be Note thè WSem. pi. aliate (CAD A| 197a 2').
master over your brotbers//and let your motber’s
Cf. rnnx.
sons bow to you” (Gen 27:29; cf. also. Ps 50:20;
69:9); i m |5 vm n^; *rn rr» xéh “looking
about he saw his brother Benjamin, his mother’s mnX
x
= Akk. alihutu
^^
s. OA, OB 011 (CAD A V186b; j

son” (Gen 43:29; cf. also Deut 13:7; Judg 8:19); AHw 2ob). brotherhood.
Akk: ahu//màr urnrni “brother//mother’s son,”
ni no 1 A I Ivi:
e.g., summa attunu ina pan RN....sïï ahhcsu màr
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) ninXH ntf “ISnb
ummisu karsisunu takkalani “(you swear) that you
bK-rò' T-ni n-lin; “m orcïer to annui tìie
will not denouncc his (Assurbanipal’s) brothers,
brotherhood between Judah and Israel” (Zech
his mother’s sons, in his presence” (Wiseman,
1 1:14); Akk: e.g., ahhutukunu sa itti màre Assur u
Trcaties, 270 = SAA II 39:270); Ug: ah//bn um,
kidinnutakunu sa aksuru “your (thè Babylonians’)
e.g., dslv \a\hm lh//tmnt hn um “who has seven
brotherly relations with thè Assyrians and your
brothers//eight mother’s sons” (Krt:8-9; cf. also
privileges that I (Assurbanipal) have confirmed
CTA 6 VI: 10—1 1; CTA 14 I: 8—9).
(are very much on my mind)” (CAD A| i87b 3
IMPLOMATIC and passim).
4. (i)ip) (ally) n«, e.g., d’to rn? n?T iÒl
“and they (thè Tyrians) were not mindful of thè
ninX = Akk. ahàtu s. OAkk. on (CAI) A| 171 a;
covenant of allies” (Amos 1:9); □“’liïn HE “IQK’T
AHw i8b). sister.
'nx 'b nnna nm nbxn “and he (Hiram) said:
idiomatic usaci :
‘My ally, what sort of towns are these you have
given me?”’ (iKgs 9:13; cf. also iKgs 20:33); 1. (Id2) (one to another) nnilK HEK (Exod
Akk: M[isri\ qadu Hatti u salmu ahhu kì riinu adì 26:5,6,17 and passim); Akk: ahàtum ana ahàtim
danti “Egypt and Liatti are at peace and brothers (CAD A| 173b 3).
forever, like (thè two of) us” (CAD A^ 200b 1'); TRANSFKRRFI) MLANINC

ana sanarli sa Kinahhi ardàni ahlftya “to thè kings of 2. (TM) (terni of endearment) T1Ì1K ^rOS1?
Canaan, thè servants of my brother” (CAD ibid. ‘you have captured my heart, my sister, my
and passim). bride” (SoS 4:9; also SoS 4:12; 5:1,2); Akk: e.g.,
piiraslolocy
summa ahàti atti ma kinàtimma tara’imini “if you are
5. (Phri) (paternal uncle) 3K 11X (Gen 29:12; indeed a sister to me, so that you love me truly”

Num 27:4,7,10; Lev 18:14; Josh H'-A)', Akk: ahi (CAD Ai 172!-) 2).
abi “uncle” (CAD i99b 3' and passim). PHRASEOLOCY

6. (Phri) (maternal uncle) DN PIX (Gen 29:10; 3. (Phri) (paternal aunt) 3K ninK (Lev 18:12;
Judg 9:1,3); Akk: ahi ummi (C’AI) A 200a 4'). 20:19); Akk: ahàt abi (CAD A| i72b 2').
7. (Phr2) (older brother) biiah I1N (iKgs 4. (Phri) (maternal aunt) QX niPIN (Lev 18:13;
2:22)/TÌ33n nX (Job 1:13,18); Akk: ahu rabii 20:19); Akk: ahàt ummi (CAD ibid.).
e.g., Sin ahum rabum ina ili ahhisu “Sin, thè oldest 5. (Phr2) (elder sister) rÒHan ninK (Ezek
brother aniong thè gods, his brothers” (CAD A 16:46,61); Akk: ahàtu rabitu, e.g., ana ahàti rabiti
I99b and passim). ugdallil “he offended thè elder sister” (CAD A
8. (Phr2) (younger brother) }ÈDj?n ilN (Gen 172b 3'b).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

6. (Phr2) (nephcw) ninX J3 (Gen 29:13); sanctuaries (with mountings) in silver and gold
Akk: màr ahàti (CAD A 172I") 3'). and made them shine like thè sunlight” (CAD
A| 1 8oa 2').

TI7X = Akk. ahàzu v. OAkk. on (CAD Aj 173b;

AHw i8b). to seize. (n)m — Akk. aliammo (ahammu) adv. OA, OB on
idiomatic : usac;e
(CAD A_ i68a; AHw i8a). separately, moreover.

1. (Idi) (to lcarn) noV/mX “ seize//learn,”

The BH hapax nX employed in Ezek 18:10 has
i.e., experience: nipnba '-jpbr;//z-r, "rx constituted a problem for exegetes. The NJPS
“skilled in battlc//cxpcricnccd in warfare” (SoS
declares that “meaning of Heb. is uncertain,”
3:8); Akk: ahàzu//lamàdu (BWL 72:45, comm.
translatmg thè stich n©i?1 Dn f'IS |5 T^lni
on Theodicy). Compare thè semantic equation
rbm nnx?; m as “suppose, now, that he has
of thè following expressions: Heb: SJ“in 'Hïïb
begotten a son who is ruffian, a shedder of blood
“expericnced in doing evil” (Jer 13:23); Akk: (iìu)
who does any of these things.” This rendering was
sa lemnëti ihuzu “but (thè god) who has taken up
followed by Greenberg. However, Delitzsch was
evil” (En. el. IV 18).
thè first to equate our hapax nX to Akk. aliamma.
2. (Id2) (to assist) T? TTOS, e.g., TOn
He suggested that nK was probably employed
TP" F1T0X “yet I was always with You,
as a rare substitute for thè more frequent nnX.
You assisted me (lit. You held my right hand)”
He based his suggestion on Akk. aljamma and
(Ps 73:23); ^TDNn] •,?n?n na “even
ealled attention to its lexical equation to edissisu
there Your hand will be guiding me, You will
“alone, by himself, oneselP’ (('AD A| i68b lex.
assist me (lit. Your right hand will he holding me
section). Garfinkel elaborates, stating that “we
fast)” (Ps 139:10); Akk: qàta ahàzu, e.g., ahuz qàssu
suggest that if thè reference to Akkadian aljamma
putur aransu “help him, absolve his sin” (CAD A
is accepted, it should be sought in thè graph
!79a).
’àhni, misunderstood and, therefore, incorrectly
KB* maintains a hoinonym II TI1K from uhhuzu, divided by thè Massoretes. The stich would then
denom. from ihzu “setting, to cover with gold, be translated ‘and if he (i.e., thè child) by himself
silver, leather.” Since Akk. uhhuzu “to mount
committed one of these acts.’”
an object with precious material” is not treated
Ili Greenberg, A15 22 331; (iarfmkel, 34-36.
by thè CAD and AHw as a homonym of ahàzu
“to hold, seize,” and is not listed separately, one
would expect thè sanie development in BH, "inX = Akk. ahàru, uhhuru v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) A|
where thè verb TF1X should be treated as one single i7ob, s.v. ahàru; AHw i8a, s.v. ahàru; 14043, s.v.
root. Heb. TPIK (G-stem) in thè sense “mount, uhhuru) (most common in thè Pi‘el and D-stem). to
cover with gold, silver etc.” is attested at least five be behind, hold back, delay.
times, e.g., D'HÌ? '’BSJS rP3n nS; Th^l “and he denotative

(Solomon) mounted (i.e., covered) thè tempie

1. (Deni) (Heb. attested 17 times, 11 times
with cedar wood” (iKgs 6:10; cf. also ìKgs 6:6);
with thè negative prt.): “inxn “do not
innxi fi3 ■'t?5ii3 Tìnx deh? un “white
delay” (Gen 24:56; Ps 40:18; 70:6; Ecc 5:3; Dan
cotton and blue wool covered up by cords of
9:i9/Cien 34:19; lixod 22:28; Deut 23:22; Isa
fine linen and purple wool” (Esth 1:6; cf. also Job
46:13; Hab 2:3); Akk: ul/la uhhuru “not to delay”
26:9); cnnxo K03b nnra »5D1 “and thè throne
(AHw 1 8a and passim).
had a footstool mounted with gold” (2Chr 9:18);
Akk. (D-stem) e.g., passùru sa sinni-pira uhhuzu In EA *ahàru is attested only in thè stative, e.g.,
“table edged with ivory” (CAD Ai 179b); csrct u inuma sàbcsu u narkabàtisu ahrunim-mi “and if his
màhàzi...kaspa huràsa uhhizuma unammera kima troops and chariots are delayed” (C.AI) A| i7ob;
urne “I (Esarhaddon) decorated thè cellas of thè EA 59:25-28; let. fr. Tunip); Heb: (similar idea)
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew rrnriK

e.g., 'MB ì-rrx BÌIE “why is thè clatter Lord): D'O1?*? ■HS?t?3i?!l jnnK ptfin■'3K
ofhis (Sisera’s) chariots delayed” (Judg 5:28). “I am thè first and I ani thè last, and there is no
As noted by die CAI) (A i7ob, s.v. *ahàru god but Me” (Isa 44:6; cf. also Isa 48:12; 41:4);
n.) “thè only attestation for ahàru is in this letter Akk: (said of thè gods): atta tidi DN...ultu mahràti
where it is a solecisni possibly due to a scribe adi arkàti “you, Assur, know (everything) from
whose native language was a West Semitic thè past to thè future” (CAD M| 1 i2b i); (said
dialect.” In Akk. texts and vocabulary entries only of buildings): inDKn Ì1-TÌ1 IT3n "1133 ITT bi"I3
thè D-stem uhhuru “to be late” is attested. Such ]Ì2)X“!n |!3 “thè glory of this latter House shall
is thè case in BH, where thè stem “HIK (Pi ‘el) is be greater than thè former one” (Hag 2:9); cf.
mainly employed. However, thè Qal impf. seems Akk: ckallu sirtu epset màt Assur sa eli mahriti ma'dis
to occur once, in Gen 32:5: “lOXfcO (<~intÌT*). suturai “a sublime palace in Assyrian style that was
larger than thè previous one” (CAD M 1 ioa b).
|Ì“inK :: ahrttn(u) adv. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD A| Cf. "iris v.; rrnnx nns.
i94b). behind.

denotati vi; ~ Akk. ahurrtì s. SB (CAD A^ 2i6a; AHw

1. (I)en2) EA 245:9-12 (let. Megiddo): 23a), boor.
u izzizmc cirkisu (gloss: ahrunu) u irkabmi itti
denotativi ;
Yasdata “and I stood behind bini and rode with
Yashdata.” 1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) nriX □"TX O’OÍÍD
‘thè one who rebukes a
As noted by Barker, “silice cuneiform has no
boorish man will find favor more than one who
sign for 0, thè first u in ahrunu bere represents, of
is soft of tongue” (Prov 28:23); Akk: e.g., ahurram
course, thè long 0 in Heb. ’aharSn. The u at thè
dannam ensam u ulàlam sutàbulum kurnma Istar “it
end is thè Can. 3111.s. pronominai suffix.” For a
is in your power, Istar, to interchange thè brute
similar usage, cf. Gen 33:2: nlnSEýn DÉn
and strong, and thè weak and powerless” (CAD
bnn n«i cnnoK ìt-Ò’''! n&ò nxi n±;K“! irr-fr
A| 2i6a lex. section).
D'annX *pV “he (jacob) placed thè maids and
their children up front, Leah and her children H! Driver, ZAW 50 (1932) 147-48.
behind, and Rachel and Joseph behind.”
Note thè semantic equivalencc between thè n'HnX = Akk. ahrntu s. pi. tantum; OB on (CAD
Heb. formula P“)D« - PENTÌ “ thè first - thè last” Ai 193b; AHw 2ia). future.
(said of time): DÌan "li? |ÌC?inn DVn ]!3
IDIOMATIC USACI;
“from thè first to thè last day” (Neh 8:18); Akk:
1. (idi) (future) nnnx(3) (Gen 49:1 ;
mahrù - arku “first - last” (said of time): ina timi
Num 24:14; Deut 4:30; Hos 3:5 and passim);
mahre... ina unti arkc “on thè first day, on thè
Akk: ina ahràt unii, e.g., matima ina ahràt umë rubà
second day” (CAD Mi 1 iob); la ùmka urkù alla
arkiì sa ina patisti...innahu anhùssu luddis “any time
mahri ibe'is “will not your future be worse than
in thè future, let a later ruler in whose reign (this
your past?” (CAD M| 1 1 ib); “bi; ibDK ]ÌE;inn
chapel) becomes dilapidated restore it” (CAD A
-m-i.-pn? p-nx- nn -first
1943 b and passim).
thè king of Assyria devoured them and fìnally
Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon crunched their TRANSFER RED MEANING

bones” (Jer 50:17); Akk: (said of kings): kimahhi 2. (TMi) (posterity) Heb: rp-prÒ ÍnnnX TT
sarrànisunu mahruti arkùti la pàlihuti Assur u Istar □I2t? niíP "inX 1Ì13 “may his posterity be cut
bcliya... ukallim Sanisi “thè sepulchres of their off, may their nanies be blotted out in thè next
former and latter kings, who did not fcar Assur generation” (Ps 109:13; cf. also Ps 37:37; Ezek
and Istar, my lords..., I (Assurbampal) exposed to 23:25; Prov 24:20); Akk: e.g., nifi malnate tanittaka
thè sun” (Streck, Asb II, 56 VL70-73); (said of thè lisma lidbuba |...| el ahràte litibma “may thè people

'3
 TT
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

of thè present (day) hear your praise and speak texts.

your [...], may it be pleasing for posterity” (CAD Ili Cohen, Hapax 42; Mankowski, 31-33.
A 194-b 2).
Cf. |nns .“inx .iris v. 0# ,nsx) 'K = Akk. ay (<’). interr. OAkk. on
(CAD A| 220a; AHw 24a). whcrc?
10« = Akk. cddctu (cddcdu) s. EA, SB (CAD E 233; dinotativi

AHw i8_sa; 266a). boxthorn.

1. (Den2) f nK “ where is Abel, your
brother?” (Gen 4:9); Akk: e tàsina qutrinna “where
Heb. “ItpK is attested in Judg 9:14, i5(twice); Ps
can you smeli incense?” (CAD Aj 22ob c).
58:10, and in thè place name (Con
50:10,11). Whereas thè CAD (E 23b note)
maintains that “thè relation to thè Heb. ’àtàd and = Akk. ayàbu s. OB on (CAD A 222a; AHw
cognate Syr. and Arabie words remain uncertain,” 23b). enemy.
von Soden (AHw 226a) equates thè words. Further,
parallelism
both CAD and AHw derive cddctu from thè Akk.
1. (Par2) (adversary//enemy) n'N//-!^ (e.g.,
verb ededu “to be or to become pointed” (CAD
Isa 1:24; Ps 27:2; 81:15; Lam 2:4; 4:12; Esth 7:6);
E 243; AHw i85b); Heb. “PI 11. The boxthorn is
Akk: nakru - ayàbu, e.g., nàkinka takammu ayàbika
described in Akk. texts as a prickly bush, equated
takassad “you will capture your enemies, you will
to other thorny plants such as gissu (=Heb. 'pp)
conquer your enemies” (CAD A| 223b); (enemy-
and asàgu, e.g., birìt issi rabbuti gissi amurdinne harràn
adversary[from thè verb “hate”]) - 3’X (Num
eddeti etettiqu salrnes “(my troops) marched safely
10:35; 2Sani 22:41 = Ps 18:41; 68:2; 83:3); Akk:
between tali trees, thornbushes, (and) prickly
ayàbu - zà’iru, e.g., inàru ayàlnya usamqitu zà’iriya
vines, 011 a thorny road” (CAD E 23b); sammu sii
“they (thè gods) killed my foes (and) overthrew
kima cddctt[i x x sjursúsu sihilsu kima amurdinnimma
my enemies” (CAD Z 14b c); nàsir napistiya kàsid
usah\hal x x] “thè roots of this plant are as |...| as
ayàlnya muhalliq zà’irìya “(Samas) thè guardian
(those of) thè boxthorn, its prickles, like (those
of my (Nabunaid’s) life, thè conqueror of my
of) thè prickly vine, prick [thè hands(?)[” (CAD
enemies, thè destroyer of my adversaries” (CAD
ibid.).
Z 15a); ayàlnsu na’erà zà’erisu ana qàtisu mulli’ama
tir cf. "nn v. “slaughter his (Samsuiluna’s) enemies, deliver his
foes into his power” (CAD A[ 222b).
D'tpX = Akk. etemmu s. OA, OB on (CAD E 3973; 2. (Par2) (enemy - evildoer) pS blJS - 3^ (Ps
AHw 263b). spirit of thè dead. 92: io)/D,'ÌJ“!P - 3'X (Ps 27:2; 64:2—3); Akk: ayàbu
- lemnu, e.g., akul ayàbiya aruh lemnutiya “devour
denotativi ;
my enemies, consume my foes”; sipta atta salmu
i.(Dem) (BH hapax) IKTni
sàkip lemni u ayàbi ana mahrisu tamannu “you recito
CT?Ì?TO bxi rrhxn b#] □■'ÏÏXn bx] “they (thè
before it thè incantation, ‘you, figurine, are thè
Egyptians) will consult thè idois and thè spirits of
one who overthrows thè wicked and thè enemy’”
thè dead, and thè ghosts and thè familiar spirits”
(CAD A 223b and passim).
(Isa 19:3) ; Akk: e.g., il ani ukahbit etemmë api ah “I
have honored thè gods and revered thè spirits” PIIRASEOLOC'.Y

(Etana II i 33); ina ilàni u ana etemml cqlàti u lutati la 3. (Phr2) (enemy’s land) D’K (Lev
ilaqqa “(and he swore) by thè gods and thè spirits 26:38,39; iKgs 8:46; Jer 31:15 and passim); Akk:
of thè dead he would not take away thè fields màt ayàbi, e.g., sumqut màti ayàbiya “overthrow
and thè houses” (CAD ibid.). The juxtaposition thè land of my enemies” (CAD A 2233); dà’is
of Heb. “false gods” with D'EX “spirits of màtàti ayàbi “who (Shalmaneser I) tramples over
thè dead” is parallel to thè Akk. pair ilàni “gods”/ thè enemy countries” (CAD A 222b).
eternine “spirits of thè dead” in thè above two 4. (Phr2) (thè enemy’s back of thè neck)

14
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for. Biblical Hebrew

ax e.g., ?p3K Tjb •inr.u," spin tj-i; arm You scattered Your enemies” (Ps 89:11);
“(Judah)...your hand shall bc on thè back of thè 'n ^p “advance,
neck of your foes, your father’s sons shall bow O Lord! may Your enemies be scattered, may
low to you” (Gen 49:8); Akk. kisàd ayàbi, e.g., Your foes flee before You” (Num 10:35; Ls 68:2;
zikaru dannu mukabbis kisàd ayàbisu “(Assurnasirpal cf. also Jer 18:17); Akk: qablàt/illat ayàbi purruru,
II) thè mighty man who treads 011 thè necks ofhis e.g., kakku bit màtàti Bel làmu ayàbi upenir \illassu\
enemies” (CAD A 222X1). “encircling thè enemies, thè weapon of Bel, thè
5. (Phr2) (thè king’s enemies) ■'3,K lord of all lands, scattered his forces” (CAD A
( 1 Sani 18:25; 29:8; Ps 45:6); Akk: ayàbu sa sani, 223a c).
e.g., lusibit ayàbi' sa sani ana qàtisu “I will send thè 10. (Phr2) (to fall said of thè enemy) 3"K b?3,
king’s enemies through him” (CAD A 224-d, EA e.g., b?’ bv, ibrá3i ripari b$ frriK bs;a
162:58). “if your enemy falls, do not exalt; if he trips, let
6. (Phr2) (thè head of thè enemy) 3’K ©N“l, your heart not rejoice” (Prov 24:17; Ps 27:2);
e.g., r;PK mi fnrp: □Tibx “God will smash Akk: ayàba sumqutu, e.g., nàkirika tiskipu lisamqitu
thè head of His enemies” (Ps 68:22); Akk: qaqqad ayàbika “may they overthrow your foes, bring
ayàbi, e.g., sàbi pittàtu sa sani biti...tirahhas qaqqad down your enemies” (CAD A 2243).
ayàbisu “thè archers of thè king my lord...sbatter 11. (Phr2) (to drive out thè enemy) 3’ÌK ©“13,
thè head of his enemy” (EA 141:30—33; let. npCpH "ip^l 3'ÌK ^3Sp “and He drove out
Beirut; cf. CAD Ai 224a); qaqqad ayàbi biliya PN thè enemy from before you and by His command
uqallil “PN has put my lord’s enemy to shame” ‘Destroy’” (Deut 33:27); Akk: ayàba taràdu, e.g.,
(CAD A| 223b; ARM 2 113:29). tàrid ayàbi u Icmni “thè driver out of enemy and
7. (Phr2) (to hand over/deliver an enemy into foe” (*CAD L 1253).
thè hand of) T? 3’K T?!?n/“]3D/n50/jrn (e.g., 12. (Phr2) (to look at as an enemy) j’J? ìinijn
Judg 16:24; 1 Sani 24^/Judg 2:14/183111 26:8/Ps 3’K3 “thè eye looked at thè enemy,” i.e., “look
3 1:9; Lam 2:7); Akk: ayàba ina qàt.. .nadànu/mulhi, with disfavor, look angrily, avenge,” e.g., bsp ’S
e.g., ayàbisu na'cra zà’cristi ana qàtisu multi'ama 'TV nn^-j ‘p’iQl ,3ip,'15n rPS “for He saved me
“slaughter his enemies, deliver his foes into his from my foes and let me gaze angrily (i.e., avenge)
power” (CAD A 222b). upon my enemies” (Ps 54:9); ‘H1E73 'TV EOR]
8. (Phr2) (to destroy/annihilate an enemy) “my eye shall look angrily,” i.e., “take revenge
3'x npsn/nax/n-pn, e.g., 'rrà rrasn on my enemies” (Ps 92:12; cf. also Ps 59:11). Cf.
'tipi •'“nis bs ni5^ni “in Your faithfulness, Akk. àli ki ayàbi nikilmanni “my city glares at me
annihilate my enemies, destroy my mortai foes” as (if I were) an enemy” (CAD A 223a c).
(Ps 143:12; cf. also 1 Sani 20:15); 71 TpD'fc H3H ' 3 13. (Phr2) “isy “and his (thè
•’bsjs *72 (nnsir) n-iair mrx- nan *? king’s) enemies lick thè dust” (a symbol of
“surely, Your enemies, O Lord, surely, Your submission) (Ps 72:9); Akk: u tidagalu ayàbùnu u
enemies perish, all thè evildoers are scattered” (Ps tikalu cpra “our enemies should see (this favor)
92:10; cf. also Judg 5:31); Akk: ayàba nera/’sagàsu / and eat dust” (CAD A 2243; EA 100:35 let. thè
hulluqu, e.g., anàr ayàbi asgis zàimànu “I (Neriglissar) city Irqata).
killed my enemies, I slaughtered thè foe” (*CAD Note thè semantic equivalence of thè second-
A 223a); nir ayàbisu musharmitu gàrcsu “who kills millennium Akk. treaty formula itti nakrìya tu natu­
his enemies and liquidates his foes” (CAD Ni rata (itti sàtmiya tu salmata) “with my enemy be an
I79b); sa naphar ayàbi uhatliqu “who destroyed enemy, (with my friend be a friend)” (PRU IV,
all foes in battle” (E11. el. VII 56); hulliq ayàbiya pp. 36,49) to Heb: nN Tmi OplTX nX TD-W
turud ìcm\ntya\ “destroy my enemies, drive out iinns) “i will be an enemy to your enemies (and
my adversaries” (CAD L 1253 2'). a foe to your foes)” (Exod 23:22).
9. (Phr2) (to scatter an enemy) 3'K pS/“TTS, In Amarna thè forili ibi is employed, e.g., ibi
e.g., nn-TS ynn “witli Your powerful usurruna “I (Labaya) would repel my foe” (EA
 nrra An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion kor Biblical Hebrew
T

252:28; let. Shcchem). “The forni ibi seems to fem. formation (CAD A^ 2253).
indicate that tlie scribe was thinking of thè Can. In Ps 42:2 :ns?n should perhaps be
word, for it resembles Ug. 'ih and Heb. rei id :h?Jn considenng thè case as an
li! Weinfeld, JAOS 90 (1970) 194; Barker, 173. haplography of thè I"l.

■»' ( ì. nrrK. Further note thè Emarite WSem. phonetic

variant chi (Lmar 370:45'; 373:19), where thè
contraction of thè diphthong ay > c occurs
nZTX = Akk. ayàbùtu s. Man (CAD A| 2243; AHw
in thè Emarite forni chi < *ayiu (see Pentiuc
243). hostility.
2001:48-9).
The BH substantiverQ'K is employed five times:
twice in thè idiom □bis: nrrK “an ever-lasting (mb^) = Akk. ayalu B s. NA, NB (CAD A|
enmity,” referring to hostility between nations, 22ób; AHw 24b). help.
i.e., thè Phihstines and Israel (Ezek 25:15; 35:5);
three times depicting hostility between humans The nouns a n d nò;#* are hapax in forili, e.g.,
(Num 35:21,22) and animals (Gen 3:15). At Mari, pK “I5?3 ''n^n “I ani a man with no help” (Ps
ayàbùtu is employed twice to describe hostility 88:5); rram thtsò tò;# pn~in b# “(O, Lord)
between humans, e.g., summa ana ru’tm ayàbuta be not far off, my help, hasten to my aid” (Ps
itawu u awatum usi “if he plots a hostile act against 22:20). Akk. ayalu “help” is probably a WSem.
a friend and thè secret gets out” (CAD A| 2243). lw., e.g., assa sibùtu aitasti ana ayaliya u ana kitriya
■»' Cf. 3’S. lizziz “since I have made a request, let him be at
my side to help and assist” (C'AI) A| 22ób); LÚ
Kaldànu sarru temu liskunma ana ayalinu lihls “may
rPK = Akk. ayù s. lex. (CAD A] 23ób). Akk. (a bird
thè king give thè Chaldean instructions that he
of prey); Heb. falcon.
hasten to our help” (CAD ibid.).
Akk. ayù is a hapax employed in a lex. list (a-IA-ù
MUSEN = a-a-1ti]), and Heb. ÌVX is attested twice
pK = Akk. yànu indeci. MB, EA on (C'AI) I/J 3233;
in sequence with ÌTI/nin “kite” (Deut 14:13/
AHw 24b). there is not.
Lev 11:14) and occurs in parallelism with tD’l?
CONT RAST I N(l USACE
“bird ofprey” (Job 28:7).
Also, ÌTK is an onomatopoeic word, imitating 1. (C'0112) (is - is not) Heb. with 2T, e.g., KTÌ"!
thè cry of a bird of prey. P# py rT3 “is it (thè land) wooded or not”

HI Saloncn, Or. 19 (1950) 407. (Num 13:20; cf. also Exod 17:7; Judg 4:20); Akk.
with basti “there is,” e.g., sarru uzna liskunma kt
ibassi u kt yànu “thè king should pay attention to
— Akk. ayalu A (yalu, yulu) s. OB on (CAD A|
whether this is thè case or not” (CAD I/J 323b).
2253; AHw 243). stag, deer.
l’HRASEOl.OGY
sequuncinc ;
2. (Phr2) (there is no one) p# (Gen 3 1: 5o;
1. (Seqi) (gazelle - deer) - ‘OS (Deut
Isa 41:28; 50:2); Akk: yànummi amelu (C'AI) I/J
12:15,22; 15:22; iKgs 5:3; SoS 2:9; 8:14); Akk:
323b 2', EA).
salititi - ayalu, e.g., sugullàt...sirrimc sabati ayall...
ina àliya C.N lu aksur “I (Assurnasirpal II) brought The word yànu “begins to be used in MB,
together wild ass, gazelle, and deer herds in my EA, and Bogh., replacing OB ut ibassi, and it is
city, Calali” (CAD A| 22$b 1). found there, as well as in NB, nearly exclusively
Whereas thè forni r.b'N “ hind” is employed in in letters. NA letters use lassù [Aram. ‘'rTX >Ò|
BH ten times, in Akk. ayalatu occurs once, in OB, instead” (C’AI) I/J 3243).
only as a fem. personal name, and in a WSem. Cf. ©\
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

II "=]i$ — Akk. akktì (ahu) s.; lex.*; SB, NA (C'AI) A in thè presence of thè king, my lord” (CAD ibid.,
2753; Ahw 29I1). a kind of owl. EA 161:8; let. Amurru) = BA K2Hp (cf. BA
Kinp).
While Heb. is commonly employed as an adv.
in thè scuse of “surely, only, but” etc., Doron tkansff .rrkd mhaninc;

Dan, with some sound reasons, has suggested that 2. (TMi) (to ravage, said of thè land) e.g.,
Heb. once employs thè homonym II to be p# apri# “and thè land of your
equated etymologically and semantically with enemies shall consume you” (Lev 26:38; cf. also
Akk. akkù “a kind of owl.” Namely, Isa 34:14-15 Num 13:32); Akk: e.g., màtu <màta> itti ramanisa
employs it in parallelism with thè “arrow-snake” itakal “one land will ravage another without a
i.e., TÍBp and ni’H “buzzards.” Consequently, reason” (*CAD A| 2^6b 8).
contrary to this biblical intonation, Dan suggests M Ol INC 1 N (.

to divide thè verse (Isa 34:1 5) as follows: HMp ni2r 3. (Seqi) (to eat, drink) Tinti) (e.g., Isa
‘ï|p: nr/^K nbsa nnni nsjpavBborn riap 2115; 22: i 3; 2Sani i i : i i), ab D’ai vb nnb
nniSJT nrX ni"! “there thè arrow-snake shall nn© “he (Moses) ate no food and drank no water”
nest and lay eggs/(there) shall brood and hatch (Exod 34:28); Akk: akàlu - satù, e.g., akala ul ikkal
thè owl/there thè buzzards shall gather with one me ul isatti “he neither eats food nor drinks water”
another.” (CAD A 246a lex. section and passim).
Akk. akkù (akù) is equated in SB and NA 4. (Seqi) (to eat, be sated) J72C7 - (Isa
lexical syn. list with thè commonly attested qadù 44: l6; Joel 2:26), Akk: akàlu - sebù, e.g., ikul aklarn
“owl” (OB,SB). As noted by thè CAD (Q 52(1, PN adi selnsu “Enkidu ate thè bread until he was
n.) “thè word is an onomatopoeic designation sated” (George, Gilgamesh, 176:99); akalam ula
from which thè verb qadù ‘to hoot’ is derived” csebbi “I cannot be sated with bread” (C'AI) ibid.);
e.g., (this city will be abandoned) ina libbisa qadù Heb. n^ar*? bis# “ eating without being
iqaddù “in its midst owls will hoot” (CAD Q 5 1 b satisfìed” (Hag 1:6).
s.v. qadù A). 5. (Setp) (to eat, wear) tiz'jb bí?b DO1?
Ili Dan, Beit Mikra 183 (2005) 345-61. “bread to eat and clothing to wear” (Gen 28:20);
Cf. nx. Akk: e.g., sa akàlu u apràku sa hëliyama “what I
eat and what I wear, all belong to my husband”
(C'AI) A| 247a).
boitf = Akk. akàlu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) A| 24511;
PIIRASEOLOC'.Y
AHw 26b). to eat.
6. (Phri) (to consume, said of a fire) titf, n*?aX
IDIOMATICA LJSACL
(e.g., Num 26:10; Joel 1:19,20; Nah 3:13); Akk:
i. (Ich) (to slander) “IÒ73 “slander” (lit. isàtu akàlu (C'AI) A 2543 and passim).
“eat thè flesh”) e.g., D'ina 'bv 3np3 7. (Phr2) (to eat nieat) “IÉ?3. e.g., “lÉa bóX
òsa] òrà nan ò ns nra nx “when ninCI “eat meat and drink wine” (Isa 22:13;
evil mcn assail me to (lit.) devour my flesh (i.e., cf. also Exod 16:8,12); Akk: sira akàlu, e.g., asar
slander me), it is they, my foes and my enemies, wasbàku stru ukultum ana akàliya ul ibassi “where I
who stumble and fall” (Ps 27:2); Akk: karsa akàlu am living, there is 110 meat for my consuniption”
“to denounce, slander,” e.g., summa attunu ina (CAD S 1193). Referring to cannibalism:
pati RN...& ahhësu màr ummisu karsisunu takkalani nin/cna "ira “eat/feed Oli thè flesh of
“(you swear) that you will not denounce his one’s children” (in a curse formula) e.g., n*??ÌO
(Assurbanipal’s) brothers 011 his mother’s side in ’jTúai ""a ira "aa *“? “ you shall eat your
his presence” (C'AI) A| 2563; Wisemati, ’l'reaties, own issue, thè flesh of your sons and daughters”
270 = SAA II 39:270); belimi ana sarrùti sa ikkalùnim (Deut 28:53); “i&3 n«i air:a "ira na DTibaxm
karsiya ana pani sani bcliya la lesenune “my lord, (I arnia “i will cause theni to eat thè flesh of their
say) do not listen to thè liars who denounce me sons and thè flesh of their daughters” (Jer 19:9;

■7
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

cf. also Isa 49:26); Akk: (in a curse formula), i.e., red bug, (all) thè vermin of thè field” (CAD M
sira akàlu to eat thè flesh (of) e.g., ina baltutekunu 159a); kima erbe kalmutu miinu àkilu àlànikunu
scrkunu sera sa sinnisàtekunu màrèkunu màràtckunu... màtkunu nagikunu lusàkilù “may (thè gods) cause
takkul “in your life you shall eat your own flesh, vermin, thè caterpillar, and thè ‘eater’ to consume
and thè flesh of your wives, your sons, and your your cities, your country, and your provinces like
daughters” (*( 'Al ) A 250!) b; Wiseman, Treaties, locusts” (Wiseman, l'reaties 73:599—600 = SAA II
572—73 = SAA li 53:572-73); ana burisunu sere 55:599-600); OAram (Sefire) e.g., inbs ]rÒEn
màrésunu màràtesunu ékulu iksusù kurussu “in “isnia box nrabs p “ may thè gods let loose
their hunger they ate thè flesh of their sons and caterpillar, vermin (of thè field), crop-consuming
daughters and chewed skin” (Streck, Asb. II 36, devourer against Arpad and its people” (Fitzmyer,
IV:44—45). In a curse formula: e.g., inSTl “127=1 ET#1) Sefire IA 30-3 1).
‘and they shall devour one another’s flesh HI Tawil, BASOR 225 (1977) 59-62; A. Hurowitz,
(because of thè desperate straits)” (Jer 19:9); Akk: JBL ,2, ( 2002) 327-30.
(in a curse formula) e.g., ina sunqi husahhi amelu ser
améli likul “in hunger and want one will eat thè
bok =Akk. akalu (aklu) s. OAkk. on (CAD Ai
flesh of another” (*CAD A 25ob b; Wiseman,
238b; AHw 26a). Akk. bread, food; Heb. food.
Treaties, 450 = SAA II 46:450); sunqu \is\sakkamma
ahu sir ahi ikkal “there will be hunger, they will Cf. v.;
eat one another’s flesh” (CAD ibid., 013 ext.).
8. (Phr2) (to eat bread) DII1? bstf (e.g., Exod = Akk. akanna. adv. MB, Bogh., RS, EA, MA,
16:3; iKgs 13:23; Ps 102:10); Akk: akala akàlu, on (CAD A| 259b; AHw 27b). thus.
e.g., akala ul ikul u sikara [ul isti] “(none) could eat
or drink beer” (CAD A 247b e). In EA and Bogh. thè forni karma (—Heb. |?)
9. (Phr2) (to eat from thè table) is employed, i.e., kimé - kanna “just as - thus,”
e.g., Ò3X2 rn 1 -5- 'H- "rn e.g., kimé abuka u anàku sulmàna...ltashànuma u
“deal graciously with thè sons of Barzillai inannama atta u anàku...kanna lu tàbànu “just as
thè Gileadite, let them be among those who eat your father and I were desirous of peace between
from your table” (iKgs 2:7; cf. also 2Sam 19:29; us, so now too should you and I be friendly
iKgs 18:19); Akk: ina passùri akàlu, e.g., \su\tnma with one another” (*CAD A 26ob and passim;
ina passù\ri]ya ikkal sarrum summa ina bukiniya \ikk\ let. of Suppiluliumas); Heb: ]3-3/ÌQ3 (also in
alu qar\ràdii\ “indeed from my dish thè king eats, comparison) e.g., lì?» ÌD? “like
indeed from my bowl thè warriors eat” (CAD A one keeping account thus he is” (Prov 23:7; cf.
249b). also Judg 1 1:10; iSam 25:25; Ps 48:1 1).

'V Cf. “73K; “73^0.

= Akk. ekèpu v. OB (lex.), SB, NB (CAD E
=Akk. àkilu s. Mari, SB (CAD A| 266b; AHw 693; AHw i94b). Akk. to approach; Heb. to press.

293). (a pest that devours crops).

The Heb. root '"pK is employed twice, once as a
ni \(11 \ 1 1 \ i verb (Prov 16:26) and once as a noun (Job 33:7).
1. (Deni) (BH hapax) ‘ ‘crop devourer,” Both are to be equated to thè Akk. verb ekèpu.
e.g., •-? a?1? rny" ìòi bzx’z asb Tny?l Whereas in thè literary texts thè Akk. verb seems
nip'lXn “and I shall banish for you thè devourer to be rcstricted to thè notion of events that are
(i.e., locust) so that it will not destroy for you drawing near, approaching, e.g., urne imlù ukkipa
thè yield of thè soil” (Mal 3:11); Akk: àkilu, adannu “thè days arrived, thè period drew near”
e.g., INIM.INIM.MA \mu\na àki[la mubattira\ (*CAD E 693 b), in thè lex. texts Akk. ekèpu is
sàsira samàna kalmat eqli ina eqli siili “incantation employed in a group with sanàqu, which, among
to remove caterpillar, ‘eater’, mubattiru, cricket, other meanings, connotes “to press, put pressure
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

on” (CAI) S 1343 lex. section). qàt ili elisu ibbassi “there is a boy here, thè ‘hand
The LH root '■pn “to draw near, bring of a god’ is upon him” (CAD Q 1873). More
dose,” first employed in 111. Kil, is a by-form of specifically, qàt ili pertains particularly to Nergal,
thè originai verb '"pX. thè god of mutànu “pestilence,” e.g., mutànu
anumma ina àlim ibbassù mutànu ula sa DN “there
is iiow an epidemie in thè town, but thè epidemie
= Akk. ikkaru s. OAkk. on; Svim. lw. engar
is not from Nergal” (CAD M 296a; cf. also CAD
(CAD I/J 4<ja; AHw 368a). farmer.
Q i87b and passim). Cf. also Ug. yd ilm (Gordon,
SliQUliNCINC;
UT 54:11— 12).
1. (Seq2) (farmer and oxen) Ì1QS1 “DX 2. (Id2) (Heb: divine being [but note Hos
“plowman and (oxen) team” (Jer 51:23); Akk: 2:1]), Akk: human beings) □''nbx/DÒX/bx
e.g., sa la alpi u ikkari “without oxen or farm (Hos 2:i/Ps 29:1; 89:7; Job 38:7). Cf. Akk: màr
laborers” (C’AI) I/J sia 3'). ili, e.g., amelu màr ilisu kuppirma “cleanse this man
denotativi ; (who is) a ‘son’ ofhis (personal) god” (CAD I/J
2. (I)en2) (farmer mourning, orlackingjoyous loob 4'). Whereas in Heb. “sons of God” depiets
singing) e.g., ’Sn'T b# "13pQ1 b3X “IPX WljPl divine beings, thè celestial entourage of thè Lord
'03 “they shall cali thè farmer to mourning and (cf. Gen 6:2,4; Job 1:6; 2:1), thè Akk. expression
to lamentation those skilled in wailing” (Amos màr ili refers solely to human beings. This is thè
5:16); Akk: e.g., ikkarsu ina seri ay Usa alala “his case also in Hos 2:1, where Children-
farm worker (who violates thè oath) shall never of-the-Living-God,” likewise refers to humans.
sing thè harvest song in thè field” (CAD I/J 52a b). Note also that thè Dead Sea fragment 4QDeut9
(=DJD 14:90; 137-38 011 Deut 32:8) •'3? "ISpP1?
II) Paul, Amos, 205; Mankowski, 32—33.
bx-z" ' “in relation to Israel in number” has thè
variali t □■'mbx "ISPO1? “( equal to) thè number
= Akk. ul (ula). adv. OAkk. 011 (CDA 4203) ofthe sons of thè Divine.” Cf. Tigay, Deuteronomy,
not. 513-18.
3. (W2) (god at one’s side) Weinfeld (Genesis,
CDA (ibid.) cites thè use of ul for emphasis:
1 82b) maintains that thè expression ‘’T should
ul ki eqel burkùti nadnassu “given bini not as a
be compared to thè Akk. idiom il idi, i.e., ilsu ana
hereditary field.” In both Heb. and Akk. thè term
idisu (sukun) “(place) his god at his side” (CAD I/J
can directly precede thè verbal forili, thus “do not
1 la lex. section). Namely, thè five occurrences
onnyDT/?[T/,'T b#1? may mean “to thè God
who walks at my/your/their/our side” (Gen
= Akk. ilu. s. OAkk. 011 (CAD I/J 91 a; AHw 3i:29/Deut 28:32; Prov 3:27/Mic 2:1/Neh 5:5),
373b). god. instead of thè traditional rendering “aceording to
idiomatic : usaci; thè power of one’s hand.”
1. (Idi) (plague) The expressions rii *78 T I K ANSI I R U | D MIÌANINC;

(Job 19:21), Q’nbKn T ( iSam 5:1 1) “hand of 4. (TM2) (thè statue or image of a god) e.g.,
God” express in generai thè notion of plague: bpf/./bx. e.g., bpa !ìnrr//-nr.p-" b$ brr
H3ÌPP? rrin) 7! T “thè hand of thè Lord (will iab napn ‘ ‘he also makes an image and worships
strike your livestock).” Indeed, ’H T in Exod it//fashions an idol and bows down to it” (Isa
9:3 is modified at thè end of thè verse by “D”7! 44:15; cf. also 45:20; 46:6); Akk: e.g., (oil given)
“pestilence.” Similarly, in Akk. inscriptions ana pasàs ili “to anoint thè images” (CAD I/J i02a
and especially in medicai texts qàt ili “hand of a 7; Mari); ili IUarnti u istaràtisa usèsamma sallatis
god,” as well as qàt “thè hand of’ Istar/Adad/ amnu “I (Assurbanipal) had thè images of thè gods
Samas/Marduk/Ea (etc.), expresses thè notion of and goddesses of Elam brought out and declared
“calamity and diseases,” e.g., suhàrum annikiarn tliem booty” (CAD ibid. and passim^.

19
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

l'IIRASLOLOCY (Assurbanipal) acted so as to please god and man,

5. (Phri) (god of thc mountain) Heb: b# (befitting) thè living and thè dead” (CAD I/J 983
"HE?; Akk: ilù sa sadi (CAD I/J 93b 5). Note also 4' and passim).
onn ’nb# “thè god of thè mountains” (iKgs 1 3. (Phr2) (god and king) CrÒN (•?[")3)
20:23,28). (“to revile”) “God and king” (iKgs 21:10,13);
Akk: ilu u sarru, e.g., tupsar sani...kiribti ili u sani
Speiser (AB 1:124) fmds some difficulties with
asru tia’du mutili libbi sarri “thè scribe of thè king...
Albright’s (]BL 54 11933J: iSotf.) derivation fr. blessed by god and king alike, thè h limbi e and
Akk. sa dii “mountain.” However, Sarna (Genesis, pious one, he who gladdens thè heart of thè king”
1989:385) states that “thè modern conjecture that (AKA 388:1—4); sa...sana u ilisu la iptalhu “who
has gained widest currcncy connects shaddai with does not respect either thè king or bis gods”
Akkadian sadtì ‘a mountain’... thè name would (CAD ibid.); ana sùhuz sibitte palali ili u sarri “to
have onginally meant ‘thè One of thè Mountain’ instruct them with respect to feudal tenure and
probably referring to cosmic mount corresponding thè loyalty due god and king” (CAD ibid.).
to thè divine epithet ‘The Rock’.” 14. (Phr2) (god-fearing) □‘'nb# KT (Gerì
6. (Phri) (god of heaven) D’Ip©!! b# (Ps 22:12; Job 1:8; Ecc 7:18 and passim); Akk: palili
136:26); ■’nb# (Gen 24:7; Ezra i:2;Jonah ili “god-fearing” e.g., palili ili u sani “god and
1:9; Neh 1:4,5; 2:4,20; 2Chr 36:23); Akk: ilu king fearing” (CAD P 44b 2'); ana sulmz sibitti
sa samc “gods of heaven” (CAD I/J 92b 2' and palali ih u sani akli sàpiri urna'irsunùti “I (Sargon)
passim). sent overseers and supervisore to teach them (thè
7. (Phri) (god of (your) father) b# (Gen natives to be Assyrianized) thè correct behavior
49:25); 3X ■’ìlb#; Akk: il abika, e.g., Assur ili abika (and) to serve thè gods and thè king” (CAD ibid;
usalla u littula kima ana ahùtim ase’uka “I pray to AHw 81 3a c).
Assur, thè god of your father, that he should look Ili Stieglitz, BAR 13/6 (19S7) 46-49; Aster, Paul P’cst.
on how I beseech you for a (more) brotherly Voi. 1: 135-141.
attitude” (CAD I/J 953 4' and passim). c:f. ba
8. (Phr2) (god of heaven and earth) 'rÒ#
p.KH ■'nbxi. D'arn “thè god of heaven and thè
= Akk. algamesu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) Ai
god of earth” (Gen 24:3); Akk: ilù sa samc u crscti
337b; AHw 35b). Akk. (a kind of stone); Heb.
“gods of heaven and earth” (CAD I/J 92b 2' and
hailstones.
passim).
9. (Pliri) (tempie) □,,rÒ#(n) rV3 (Gen tfTDilblS; is attested three times, all in Ezekiel, in thè
28:17,22 passim); Akk: bit ili, e.g., masmassàkma bit compound idiom KTDÒX “’23X, “hailstones,” e.g.,
ilim ullal “I ani thè exorcist, I purify thè tempie” sincri niiyp nni nòsn -:rN “hailstones
(BWL 156:6). fall and tempestuous winds burst forth” (Ezek
10. (Phr2) (gods of thè land(s)) ’n1?# (^3 13:11,13; 38:22). In Akk., however, thè literal
ni:n#n) (2Kgs 18:35 = isa 36:20), pan 'rò# translation of thè logogram NA .SAL.HÚB =
(Zeph 2:1 1); Akk: ilù sa màtim (qabbì) (CAD I/J algamesu is “storie of thè jenny,” probably referring
93a and passim). to thè color of thè stone (C'AI) Aj 3383) e.g., 5
i 1. (Phr2) (god(s) of all thè meri) (bs) -ròs sappi huràsi sa zannili algamesi “five gold vessels
“IÊ73 (Jer 32:27); cf. Akk: il amcli “god(s) of man” with a stand of algamcsu” (C'AI) A| 3383).
(CAD I/J 9sa 3 and passim). The Akk. substantivegamesu, which is attested
12. (Phr2) (god and man) C'"'1?#. e.g., only in NA, means “precious stone,” e.g., crimtu
a-nb# na&pn -ri-T “ (have I stopped gamësu ina kisàdisa takarrar “you place an egg-
yielding) my new wine, which gladdens God shaped gamësu-stone (pendant) around her neck”
and men” (Judg 9: 9,13 ); Akk: ilu u amelu tu, e.g., (C'AI) Ci 32b), possibly from *aggamesu (CAD
ana ili u amclùtu ana mltuti u baltùti tàbta epus “I ibid.). Such seems to be thè relation between thè

20
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

BH hap ax r'OÌI (Job 28: i 8), which is employed in — Akk. ulalu s. OB on. (AHw 1407!!). Akk.
thè context of precious stones, and Heb. tó'Oabx weak, poor; Heb. worthless; worthless gods.
— Ug. algbt (“24 talents of algbí') in a list of
commodities (PRU II 127:15). Of thè twenty denotative of thè substantive,
BH employs thè noun four times in thè singular
to niean “worthless”: twice is employed
= Akk. clulu (uhllu) s. UR III, OB (CAI) E
in parallelism with "lj?E? “lies” (Jer 14:14; Job
i36b; AHw 2iob). The sixth month.
13:4) ancl twice thè lexeme occurs in thè idioms
rrbbpra ‘ ‘worthless kingdoms” (Isa 10:10)
The month is employed once in LBH in Neh 7:1. As
and Vbxn 'VI “worthless shepherd” (Zech
noted by M.D.Cohen (The Cultic Calendars,322)
1 1:17). Akk. ulalu, however, is employed mainly
“The Assyrian Astrolable B describes thè month
to describe thè socially deprived, a worthless
as: ‘The month clùlu, thè work of thè Eiamite
and weak person. ulalu is equated mainly to cristi
Ivtar, thè goddesses are purified in thè sacred river,
“weak” and dunnamù “person of low stature”
they have their annual cleansing’... This raised thè
(AHw 1407^. When Heb. D“'í7'’t7ï< is employed
possibility that thè name of thè month may have
only in thè plural, it comes to euphemistically
derived from ulìuìu ‘to purify’, to consacrate (a
meati “worthless gods, idols.” Similar semantic
deity). But it may be valid to suggest thè opposite,
development occurs in thè substantive
namely, that whatever thè reai, originai meaning “vanity,” which in thè plural (i.e., aònri) means
of thè month clùlu, eventually it was understood “false gods/’
as deriving from ullulu ‘to purify’ and so a custom
of consecrating goddesses envolved during thè
— Akk. clammakku s. OB on; Sum. e-lu-
month.”
ma-gùm (CAD E 7sb; AHw icjób). (a precious
wood).
— Akk. allanu s. OAkk. on (CAD Ai 354b;
AHw 373). oak. Heb. CT?!?1?# occurs in iKgs 10:11,12 in thè
context of thè decoraticeli of thè tempie and thè
BH and Akk. employ pb# = aliami both as a tree king’s palace, e.g., □’'a!?i?#n 'XV n# ttfin
and a wood. As a tree, alianti is listed as one of ~??2~ 71 n'i? “thè king used thè
thè magnificent trees pianteci in Assurnasirpal II’s almug-wood for decoration in thè House of thè
royal garden (CAD A| 354b). This tree appcars in Lord and in thè royal palace” (iKgs 10:12). Such
thè following context: (“an orchard with vines”) is also thè account of Sennachenb describing thè
cqlti qabìu sa allàn “a grove with oaks” (CAD A building ofhis royal palace, e.g., ...usi taskarinni
354b 0- As a wood alianti occurs in contexts musukkanni crini surmcni barasi elammaku sindà
involving a dcscription of thè representation of a ana musab bclùtiya abnima “I built for my royal
god, e.g., \kara\nu damusu aliami idàsu “his blood residence...from...ebony, boxwood, musukkannu-
is wine, his arms are oak” (CAD A 354b b). wood, cedar, cypress, juniper, clammakku-wood,
and wood from Sindu (i.e., India)” (CAD E
Similarly, as wood is employed in Isa 44:14
in a description of thè construction of idols. 75b).

In BH this tree symbolizes strength of a hostile

n3!pbx = Akk. almattu s. OB on (CAD Ai 3Ó2b;
nation (Amos 2:9). This notion is absent from
AHw 38a). a woman without fìnancial support,
Akk.
widow.
Ili Paul, Amos X8b.
IlliNDIADYS

1. (Heti2) (orphan and widow) iiaD1?#'! Din;,

Cf. e.g., naabxi Din; asrp nt?i? “(thè Lord) who

21
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

upholds die cause of thè orphan and thè widow” Akk: alpu - immeru, e.g., \sa\ patar Anim àkil alpi
(Deut io: i 8), D'1 Din; 11235? “uphold u immeri biris niI “thè dagger of Anu, which used
thè right of thè orphan, defend thè cause of thè to consume oxen and sheep, lies in thè pasture”
widow” (Isa 1:17 and passim); Akk: ekùtu (u) (CAD A 3^>4b lex. section and passim).
almattu, e.g., tustësir ekùtu \alma\ttu “you (Samas) 2. (Seq2) (ox and ass) 'H?*? CPI^vH E'EÓíCTi
give justice to thè homeless girl (and) thè widow” nanxn “as for thè cattle and thè asses (that till
(*CAD E 73a); dannimi ensam ana la habàlim ekutam thè soil)” (Isa 30:24); Akk: alpu - imérù, e.g., lu sa
almattam sutësurim “in order that thè mighty not kima alpu isanna hi sa kima immeri ilabbù...lu sa kima
wrong thè weak, to provide just ways for thè waif imcri inangagu “or (a spirit) that lows like an ox, or
and thè widow” (Roth, CH Epilogue xlvii 59f.). bleats like a sheep, or brays like a donkey” (CAD

As noted by thè CAD (A| 3643), “thè term A 3653 1 and passim).

almattu, 3lthough usually covered by thè modem I11 thè lexical lists, Akk. suru “bull” is equated to
term ‘widow’, does not denote simply 3 woman alpu “ox” (CAD A 3653 lex. section). Such is
whose husband has died, but 3 married woman also thè case in 13H where □■'sbg ‘ ‘oxen” is once
who has no fin3ncÌ3l support from 3 imle member employed in parallelism with “Tìtó “bull,” e.g.,
of her family... - and who thus...is in need of “li© rp3 nÌX13H 3"}1 "13 013X ^XS “where
legai protection.” Such is also thè connotation of there are no oxen, there is no crib of grain, but
njabx in BH. T3ni3r, for example, thè daughter- crops are iticreased by thè strength of a bull” (Prov
in-law of Judah, is not called njlpbx until she is 14:4); "li®3 33iry/3n?'’ ^ÒX? “who guides thè
told by her father-in-law to dwell in her father’s ox//and urges thè bullock” (Ben-Sira 38:25).
household (Gen 38:1 1 ). By returning to her father’s BDB (48—49) and KB’ (S4b) maintain that
household she is thus deprived of her father-in- BH consists of two homonyms, I ^ÒX : 1. “tame,
law’s support. Cohen has pointcd to various other docile”; 2. “friend, intimate”; 3. “cattle” (Ps
C3ses of this leg3l status of thè ÌIJllÒX. He likewise 144:14) equated to thè verb ^X/^X “to learn,
has shown that thè motif of thè “widowed city” teach”; and II ^ÒX: “chief,” “tribai chief,”
refers to an unprotected city, e.g., ÌIDlÒlO ìtlVÌ! equated to and derived from thè noun ^Sx
O'iìQ '1131 “she (thè city) has become like thè “thousand.” However, it seems that BH has I
defenseless, thè princess among thè states” (Lam ^ÒX only with extended semantic development.
1 : 1 ; cf. also Isa 47:8,9; 54:4; Jer 5 1 : 5 ) . Unlike thè segolate pi. noun □,’SlpX “oxen,” Heb.
Note thè hapax masc. forni liÒX employed employs once thè noun (in thè pl.)//]X2S
in Jer 51:5: “but Israel is nota “oxen//sheep, ” e.g., ^sòx-.-nisò^a 1331x2
widower (i.e., without protection),” implies that thè □òsci? “our sheep number thousands...our
Lord has not deserted Israel; He is her protection. oxen are well cared for” (Ps 144:13—14; Ben-
CI Cohen, JANES 5 (1973) 75-8 r. Sira 38:25). As its semantic development ^ÒX
Cf. is metaphorically employed (in parallelism with
OÒX) to mcaii “oxen” (as thè leader of thè cattle),
“chieftain,” e.g., 3XÌa ,'S1l?X ÒH33 TX
— Akk. almanutu s. SB (CAD A| 3623;
"ipn iQTnX1' “now thè chiefs (lit. oxen) of Edom
AHw 383). widowhood.
are dismayed//thè leaders (lit. rams) of Moab,
Cf. naa 1 ?»!.
trembling seizes them” (Exod 15:15 and passim).
Another extended metaphorical usage of
= Akk. alpu s. OAkk. 011. (CAD A^ 364b; depiets a terni of endearment such as r|ÒX//'’?X

AHw 38b). ox. *HJJ? “my father//the chieftain of my youth” (Jer

SI (HI \i 1\ <. 3:4; Prov 2:17); ■'SÒX “ my chieftain and

1. (Seq2) (ox and sheep) njS/fXS - □‘’SÒX my intimate” (Ps 55:14).

“oxen - sheep” (Deut 7:13; 28:4,5 i/Ps 8:8); IIJ Avishur, 2001:9-22.

22
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

□X = Akk. ummu s. OAkk. on (AHw 141611). 5. (Phr2) (queen mother) ^pn DK, e.g., Din
mother. IrpÒ 3 ÏZ' D*Ò K03 “and he (Solomon)
had a throne placed for thè queen mother and
idiomatic usaci ;
she sat on his right” (ìKgs 2:19); Akk: ummi sarri,
1. (U2) (parting of thè ways) THÌT DX, e.g.,
e.g., sisù sa masenni sa ummi sarri “thè horses of thè
ovnn w*-3 Tj“nn rx ^ bzz ^?p nps? *?
steward of thè queen mother” (ABL 1379:8 and
“for thè king of Babylon lialts at thè parting of thè
passim in ABL). Cf. ^35?.
ways, at thè beginning of thè two ways” (Lzek
21:26); Akk: ummi harràni “parting of thè ways,” The Eiamite word for mother is amma, e.g., ana
i.e., “crossroads.” balàt Pilkisa amma hasduk “for thè life of l’N (my)

1 1 1 -: N1 )1 A d y s belovcd(?) mother” (CAD H 1393 s.v. hasduk, cf.

also CAD A 66b, s.v. amma).
2. (Heni) (parents; lit. mother and father) 3K
OfcO; Akk: abu u ummu. Cf. I Ieb. 3X. The hapax phoenetic vanant ammatu “mother”
pi ir as I'.olck; y
(CAD A 75b) is employed in thè syn. list llxplicit

3. (Phri) (mother, begetter) rn^ÌV/DX, e.g., Maìku = sarru (I 62; JAOS 83 [1963] 436, 163)

your father alongside other words for “mother,” such as ugu

and your mother shall rejoice//your begetter (AHw 1403^, irnnitu (CAD I/j 1373 s.v. *imnu),
shall exalt” (Prov 23:25); rn3//ni2Kip HnX alittu (=Heb. n-òr).
«“-n “thè only one of her mother// Note thè Emarite WSem. forni itnrnu “mother”
thè delight of her begetter” (SoS 6:9); Akk: (in (Emar 253:11; see Pentiuc 2001:89).
thè idiom) ummi àlitti “mother begetter,” e.g.,
IH Garfmkel, 45.
adi adirli ahi la immald\u\ ummi àlitti la banàt ina
libbisa “before my father had begun to beget (me),
(before) my mother who gave birth to me had ni2K = Akk. arntu s. OAkk. on (CAD A 8oa; AHw
formed (a ehild) inside berseli” (CAD A 2943 4Sa). slave girl.
b; cf. also ibid., 341 b 2', s.v. àlidu); \k\alah ummu si ;qui;ncin(;
àlittaka (iirra “dog, your mother who bore you is 1. (Setp) (slave and slave girl) npXI “I3J7
Pire” (BWL 196:19, Fable of thè Fox); cf. Akk: (Exod 21:32; Job 31:13 and passim); Akk: ardu
ummasu harsassu “his mother, his begetter” (En.
u am tu “slave and slave girl” (CAD A 8ia and
el. I 84); Heb: SoS 8:5.
passim).
4. (Phr2) (mother’s womb) DK □n“]/',yp/'|£33
piirasloi .ocy
(e.g., Judg 16:17; Ps 22:1 1 /Isa 49:1; Ps 7i:6/Num
12:12); 'm )I25P ^ “PT2 '3 “for I have 2. (Phr2) (to buy a slave girl) ìipX HDjp (Lev
been a nazirite to God sitice I was in my mother’s 25:44); Akk: aiuta sàmu (CH §278).
womb” (Judg 16:17); 'm 'SJpp//,ttnp |123P ’H 3. (Phr2) (to sell a slave girl) HDX H3P (Exod
'Dtp T31TT “thè Lord appointed me from birth// 21:7); Akk: amia nadànu “to sell a slave girl” (CAI )
He chose me from my mother’s womb” (Isa A; 80 2').
49:1; cf. also Jer 1:5); Akk: libbi ummi, e.g., I ’ N
inuma ina libbi l’N ummiya saknàku imtut “l’N = Akk. ammatu s. OA, OB on (CAD A 7oa;
died when I was stili in thè womb of PN, my AHw 44a). forearm; cubit.
mother” (CAD L i66b); sarru rabu sarru dannu...
sa Sin u Nitigal ina libbi urnmisu ana sirnat sarruti Note thè possibility that Heb. TlOn, which is
isimu simassu “(Nabunaid), thè great king, thè parallel to PIIT “arm,” should be rendered as
mighty king...whom Sin and Ningal destined for TipX “my forearm” (Isa 63:5). The MT TIDO
kingship (when) in his mother’s womb” (VAB IV “my rage” may be considered as carryover from
218 1 1—5); cf. ummi remi sa Quia “my mother, thè Isa 63:6, where Tipo is parallel to 'SK.
womb of Cìula” (*CAD R 26ob). The basic meaning of Akk. ammatu =

23
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Heb: H!2K is “forearm,” from which is derived ummànu with Heb. ]ÌI3N in Prov 8:30 may be
thè measurement “cubit,” which reprcsents open to question.
thè distance from thè elbow to thè tip of thè IH Albright, BASOR. 94 (1944) 18:28; Mankowski,
extended middle finger. As noted by thè C'AI)
33- 34-
(A 75 n.), “In OB thè ammatu was divided into
30 ubànu (‘fingers’) and was equivalent to about
"1Í3X :: fimuru v. EA. say.
18 inches or 50 centimeters. In NB, probably
under Aramaic influence, thè ammatu was divided EA 138:36: u tlmu\ru\ amclut Gubli “and thè men
into 24 ubànu_____ In SB thè ammatu rabitu (‘large of Byblos said...”
cubit’) was equivalent to thè OB ammatu and in
Sirice in standard Akk. amàru means “to see,
NB thè ammatu rabitu was equivalent to about 24
glance at” (C'AI) A sa), never “to say,” it is clear
inches or 75 centimeters.”
that thè Can. scribe was thinking of thè Can. verb
“IOX “say.” Note also thè /-preformative for 3 per.
nax = Akk. ummatu s. OB on (AHw 1414b). Akk. 111. pi. imper. in tini urti (for Heb. TlfDK’'). Cf. also
main body, bulk; Heb. tribe, small group of people. tesmuna “they will bear” (EA 82:1 1); timahhasanni
“they will strike me” (EA 77:37); tidaggalu, tikkaìu
The sub. HI2X is employed three times in BH:
“they will see,” “they will eat” (EA 100:34,36);
once (□‘'Ï3K) in parallelism with □,'Ì3 “nations” (Ps
tidu “they will know” (EA 105:36 and passim).
1 17:1 ), and twice as a term denoting tribai units: of
Such is also thè case in Ug., e.g., tlk “they
thè Ishmaelites, □nbiò nwm iry “ twelve
will walk” (IAB III—IV: 13); tskn “they will dwell”
chieftains according to their people” (Gen 25:16);
(Ik: 192). This forni of thè f-preformative for thè 3
and of thè Midianites, associated with DX ÍV3,
per. 111. pi. imper. has survived even in BH, e.g.,
e.g., 3K n,3 nìm ©K“l “he (Zur) was thè tribai
!D“1j?rn “they (thè boncs) carne together” (Ezek
head of an ancestral house (in Midian)” (Num
25:15). 37:7); ,'33t5)nri “will regard me” (Job 19:15).

As suggested by Malamat, thè Heb. forni ILI Barker, 18.

HSX should be equated to thè Akk. sub. ummatum
attested twice in thè foundation inscription of “1BK = Akk. immeru s. OA, OB (C'AI) I/J 1293;
Yahdun-Lini, thè king of Mari, who relates that AHw 378b). sheep, sheep and goats, ram.
he destroyed “thè city of Haman—thè people
denotative
(i.e., thè tribai organization of Hana (ummat
Hana)—which all thè chieftains (abu) of Hana 1. (bh hapax) ■npx jnàri nn1??; òn?]

had built.” Malamat likewise calls attention to thè “13© “Naphtali is a hind let loose that yields sheep
fact that “thè well-known tribai organization of from thè sheepfold” (Gen 49:21).
thè Haneans, whose heads are designated by thè ^ Cf. BA “IBK; Heb. "190.
revealing term abu, is called ummatum.”
II) Dossm, Syria 32 (1955) 1-28, ìii 17, 28; Malamat, = Akk. amsali adv. OB on (C'AI) A 793;
JAOS 82 (1962) 144. AHw 45a). Akk. yesterday; Heb. yesterday night,
darkness.
m — Akk. ummànu (>ummianu). OB on; Sum. lw.
Heb. employs thè lexeme five times, three of
um-mi-a (AHw 14153). craftsman, artisan.
which are employed in Gen (19:34; 31:29,42)
(BH hapax) 'T nÉy» “thè work of thè and means “yesterday night”; ©EX occurs once
craftsman’s hands” (SoS 7:2; cf. also thè variant in Job 30:3, meaning “darkness.” In 2Kgs 9:26,
forili ]ÌQX []er 52:15]).
however, ©!3K, like its cognate amsali, connotes
Greenfield’s (VT 76 [1985] 17-18), following of “yesterday,” e.g., amsali istu Mari usima nubatti ana
Albright’s (JBL 60 [ 1941 ] 210) equation of Akk. Zuruban ubilma “yesterday I left Mari and spent

24
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew ma
* :
t t

thè night traveling toward Zuruban” (CAD A — Akk. inhu s. SB (CAD 1/J i47b, 1483;
79'à). AHw 3823). sigh, groan, a song of mourning.
As noted by thè CAD (A 7yb n.) “except
denotativi :
in thè lit. texts eited, amsali is used only in thè
1. (Deii2) nnwa ,'ni3?n |irn òd 'a “my
013 period. In later texts it is replaced by timàli
life is spent in sorrow, my years in groaning” (Ps
‘yesterday’.”
31:11; cf. also Isa 51:11; Ps 102:6 and passim);
cf.
Akk: e.g., inhiya sùnuhùti Istar ismcma “Istar heard
my (Assurbanipal’s) sorrowful /w/|M-songs” (C"A1)
nnnpx s. <> Akk. matàhu v. MA, NA (CAD M I/J 148a b).
4033; AHw 6323). Akk. to carry, transport, pick up,
l’he C"AD I/J has two separate entries: inhu A
lift; Heb. pack.
“suffering” and inhu B “a tune or song.” See
CAD I/J 1483 s.v. inhu B for thè arguments for
Heb. nnriiDX is employed fifteen times, solely
two separate entries.
in thè Joseph story in Gen 42—44. Although thè
nominai forni *amtahtu is non-cxistent in Akk., cf. r™ v.
Cìreenfield maintains that thè Heb. substantive
is to be derived from thè Akk. verb matahu “to — Akk. ninu pron. OA, OB on (CAD N
carry, pick up/lift up.” He thus renders nnriQX as 2393; AHw 791 a), we.
“pack” and semantically equates thè noun to
“pack” from XÉ73 “lift, carry.” Although thè pron. with thè prosthetic X is
predominant in BH, thè forni 13Ï13 = Akk: ninu is
(Il Cìreenfield, ZAW 77 (1965) 90—92.
attested five times (Gen 42:11; Exod 16:7,8; Num
32:32; Lam 3:42).
Ì12K :: aniyana v. Emar; WSem. word (Eniar 388:35;
388:46) to mourn.
■’ìx cf. ■oix.
The Emarite masc. du. sub. àniyàna “two
mourners” was equated by Pentiuc (2001:26) with
thè Heb. Ì13X “to mourn,” attested in parallelism i"P3X :: anàyi s. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD A io6a);
with ‘to lament,” twice employed in Isa = Akk. inituQ) (AHw 382b). boat.
(3:26; 19:8). DliNOT’ATT Vi:

1. (Deii2) anàyi is a gloss in EA 245:22—30: u

n3X = Akk. atiàhu 13 v. 013 011 (CAD A iosb; AHw Zura\ta\ yilqvmc La\baya\ istu Magidda u yiqhi ana
4ya). Akk. to sing (G-stem), to moan (D-stem); yà\si] iname libbi clippi (gloss: anàyi) ùtassarussu ana
Heb. to groan, sigh. sarri “and Zurata removed Labaya from Megiddo
saying to me, ‘I will send him by boat to thè
DI-NOTA II Vi;
king.’” Uur gloss preserves thè genitive case
I. (Den2) 1|P3 -““r 1033 HQn? HTO H0
ending i. “Later, case endings evidently began
“how thè beasts groan, thè herd of cattle is
to lose their significancc, and this development
bewildered” (Joel 1:18; cf. also Exod 2:23; Lam
accelerated their eventual virtual elimination in
1:4 and passim); □*’rT3«ari “those who
Heb., along with all other short vowels at thè end
moan and groan” (Ezek 9:4); Akk: utannuhu// of words” (Barker 1969, 19).
damàmu “to nioan//to mourn,” e.g., uttanah hi
2. (Den2) ini tu (a hapax) is equated in a
ursànu ki summaii idammum “he moans like thè Syn. list to tcbitu (also a hapax). Based 011 thè
ursànu-b'wd, he mourns like thè dove” (CAD A presumcd derivation of tcbitu from thè verb tebu
iosb 3). “to submerge,” AHw 382b s.v. initu 111 translates
cf. nmx, am v. initu as “cin Sccschiff,” equating it to WSem. ÌT3X.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

The CDA also reads tèbltu and translates initu as (c) perishability. Thus in Amos’ vision thè wall of
“boat(?).” CAD I/J [job s.v. initu B, on die other Israel is portrayed as being extremely weak, not
hand, reads thè lexical entry as hi-bi-tum, not té-bi- durable, and 011 thè verge of collapsing.
tum, and thus maintains that thè meaning of initu Ili Landsberger, JNF.S 24 (1965) 285-96; Cohen,
is unknown. 137:76; Paul, Amos 2333 23 sb; Mankowski, 35-36.

The Akk. unùtu “vessel, utensil” is almost

ccrtainly related to thè Can. root ’ny, thè originai = Akk. anàku pron. OAkk on (CAD A io6a;
meaning of which then would have been “vessel.” AHw 49b). I.
The meaning “boat” seems to be a semantic
EA 287:64—66,69 employs thè Can. forni anuki,
development. Likewise related would be Aram.
e.g., ana 2 sepe amqutmi aradka anuki “at thè two
mà'n (emphatic mà’nayyà’), where thè initial m is
feet I fall, I ani your servant.” The forni anuki
a noun prefix.
has a long u vowel instead of a long à of Akk.
Ili Barker, 19.
This from rcflects thè Can. shift of *à > 0, which
Cf. BA }K0*.
is represetited in Aniarna by long m because
cuneiform has 110 sign for O. This cliange had
= Akk. annaku s. OA, OB on (CAD A 1273; not yet taken place in Ug.; cf. Ug: gan — Heb:
AHw 49b). tin. gà'ón; smal — Heb: s'mo’l; kasat = Heb: kiss'ot.
denotativi ;
Silice thè shift had occurred by thè time of thè
Aniarna Letters, this phonetic change reflects thè
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) ni3Ìn bs 3S3 TI nani
period 1450—1 350 U.C.E. For other instances of this
Dirai? n*p nnx na òt? 'n npìn ^ inni ^
shift in Can. Aniarna, cf. rusunu “our head” (EA
bfcnÉr ps? rnj?? a» 'n ni?K9] ^ “idìo
264:18) = Heb: WEJIÓ; sunu “sheep” (EA 263:12)
i*? nini? nis? fT’pix 16 “ lo, my Lord was standing
= Heb: |Xi5; ahrunu “behind him” (EA 245:10)
by a wall of tin, with tin in his hand. And thè
= Heb: Ì3nntf; sukini “caretaker, overseer” (EA
Lord asked me, ‘What do you see, Amos?’ ‘Tin’,
256:9) = Heb: ]DD.
I replied. And my Lord declared, ‘Lo, I am setting
Aniarna employs thè 1 per. c.sg. anu (= Heb: '3X
tin in thè midst of my people Israel. I will pardon
= Ug. 'an) e.g., u nwtima sut anu idesu “moreover,
them no more’” (Amos 7:7—8). As maintained
when he died, I (Rib-Hadda) knew of it” (EA
by Landsberger, thè hapax substantive is a
89:38—39); compare thè parallel expression anàku
loanword from Akk. annaku “tin.” Thus thè usuai
idêsu “I knew ofit” (EA 1 14:30; 92:23). CAD, on
meaning “plumb-hne” must be discarded. The
thè other hand, maintains that “thè few passages
word does not mean “lead” and thus cannot be
in EA where a-na appears instead of thè normal
a plumb-line. In BH thè word for lead is rnSS?,
anàku (such as EA 155:48; 260:8; 286:14, beside
which is a loanword from Akk. abàru (cf. n“ISÌ?).
anàku in thè sanie letters) are to be considered
The interpretation of Amos’ vision is indeed
careless writings rather than WSem. loans” (CAD
far from clear. Note thè expressions nt?n? niOÌl
A_ ma).
“bronze walls” (Jer 1:18; 15:20); ^T”13 “T’jp “iron
wall” (Ezek 4:3); Akk: dùr siparri “bronze wall,” Ili Yoimgblood, ACR, 334; Barker, 23.
e.g., atta samas ittasi ina muhhiya u duri siparri sa
izqupu ana sàsu “you (thè pharaoh) are thè sun HS3X = Akk. anpatu s. SB (CAD A 1433; AHw
that rises over me (Abimilki), a wall of bronze 54a). (kind ofbird).
erected for me(!)” (EA 147:53; let. Tyre). These
expressions metaphorically symbolize strength Heb. nSJX is employed alongside nn’On “stork,”
and power. Therefore, Landsberger suggests that nson “hoopoe,” “bat” (Lev 11:19; Deut
in Amos 7:7—8, tin is a Symbol of (a) softness, (b) 14:18). In thè Akk. lex. bird-list anpatu occurs
uselessness unless alloyed to another metal, and alongside essebu (cnsubu = Heb: rp©r), a nocturnal
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

bird of ili portcnt related to thè owl; kiliìi “owl” of thè verb rukkusu (‘to construct’) in connection
(as an ominous bird); issùr lemutti “evil bird.” with thè building of an asuppu suggests that thè
word refers basically to thè method of construction
of a building and only later to thè use and function
= Akk. encsu v. OA, OB on (CAD E i66a;
of such constructions. The latter is illustrated by
AHw 2i7b). to become weak.
thè corresponding Heb. term asuppim attested in
BH employs thè root ©3X nine times; once it occurs iChr 26:15 and 17, also Neh 12:25.”
as an intransitive verb ©3K*] “and he (David’s son)
became critically weak” (2Sam 12:15), and eight “)DN = Akk. escru B. v. OB on (CAD E 3343; AHw
times thè verb is attested in thè Qal pass, part., twice
249b). to shut in.
used in parallelism with ròn “ to be sick,” e.g.,
Pilli. ASEOI.OGY
3 “011 a day of sickncss//and
unhcalable wound” (Isa 17:1 1; cf. also Jer 30:12). 1. (Phn) (to put in prison) JV5
In Akk. thè verb has a wider rango of meanings, '‘and he (thè king of Assyria) (arrested him)
and can refer to humans as well, e.g., inisma iktamis (Hoshea) and put him in prison” (2Kgs 17:4);
ippalsih “he became weak, his knees gave way, he Akk: e.g., yànu ana bit kili ussurisu “if not, put him
collapscd” (CAD E i66a). in prison there” (CAD E 335b 4).

While BH TPX is semantically developed, i.e.,

= Akk. esèpu v. OB 011 (CAI) E 33ob; AHw “bind/tie > arresi, keep in confìnement,” in Akk.
248b). to collect. such a development is not apparent. Akk. eséru
primarily means “to shut in, enclose, confine, take
PI IRASEOl.OGY
captive,” e.g., sàsu kima issur quppi qereb Ursaiimma
1. (Phr2) nxnri *10« - 1?! 10« “collect thè
al sarrutisu ésirsu “like a bird in a cage I shut him
yield - collect grain,” e.g., ïJPTTÏÍ nSPXI
(Hezekiah) up in his capitai, Jerusalem” (CAD E
“and you shall gather your grain and wine
334b 1).
and oil” (Deut 11:14; cf- ;lls° Lev 23:39; 25:3);
Cf. D'IlDif IV3.
Akk. se’a esèpu “to collect barley,” e.g., eqlam
crisma se’am u lu samassammu sa ibbassu èsip tabal
iqbìsum “he said to him ‘cultivate thè field, and = Akk. appu s. OAkk. on (CAD A, i84b; AHw
collect and take away thè barley or thè sesame 6oa). Akk. nose, tip; Heb. uose > anger (trans, mng.),
that will grow (there)’” (CAD E 33ob 2'). nostrils (i.e., D’SN).

IDIOMAT IC USAGE

^jÒK* = Akk. asuppu s. MB, NB; pi. asuppàti (CAD 1. (Idi) (to prostrate) D'SX ~Hjp ( iSam 24:9;
A 3493; AHw 773). (a somewhat insubstantial 28:14 passim); Akk: appa qadàdu, e.g., appasu
building). liqdud ina qaqqari lippalsih “let him prostrate himself,
let him squat on thè ground” (CAD Q 4sa b).
The substantive is employed twice in Heb. in
2. (Id2) (breath) TI rp©» irSK nn “ our breath
thè pi. abs. C'iSpXn 2V5 “thè vestibuie” (iChr
is thè Lord’s anointed” (Lam 4:20; cf. Exod 15:8);
26:15,17); Akk: bit asuppi, e.g., bit asuppi u mùsu
Akk: sàr appi “breath” (lit. “thè nose’s wind”) e.g.,
“a vestibuie exitway” (CAD A, 349b); ahi ina bit
summa sàr appisu ina pisu ussa “if his breath comes
asuppi u ahi ina tarbasi “half in thè vestibuie and
out his mouth(?)” (CAD S 139b c).
half in thè yard” (CAD ibid.); bit asuppi bit kàri
IJ? ' Cf. BA
“a vestibuie and a store house” (CAD ibid.). The
substantive is likewise employed once more as pi.
const. in Neh 12:25: ,'3pX “thè vestibules - Akk. cpattu (pi. epadatu) s. OA (C
of thè gates.” E 1833; AHw 222a). Akk. (a costly garment); Heb. (a
As noted by thè C'AI) (A, 349b 11.) “thè use garment wom for ritual purposes).

27
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hehrew

DENOTATIVI* of thè Persian kings Darius I (521—486 B.C.E.)

i. (Den2) ]Z'nb:: “bò e-kVe ■'ípN'i an» "rx and Xerxes I (485-465 B.C.E.), thè appadàn(a),
“lapis lazuli and other stones for settings for thè regardless ofits etymological origin, is commonly
ephod and for thè breastplate” (Exod 25:7); Akk: rendered now as “colonnaded audience hall,”
e.g., cpadam ana ummiàniya subiìam “send one “ Hall'./ Saulcnhallc.”
cpaf/M-gartnent to my principal” (CAD E 1833). The first to reject an Indo-European origin
and thè etymology of appadàn(a) proposed above
All Akkadian references are Old Assyrian and
was thè Iranian scholar Oswald Szemerényi,
concerti thè shipping of these garments. Therefore,
who states: “As for thè origins of this term, for
there is no way from context to determine their
generations it had been held that appadàn(a)~
use.
represented (a)apa-dhàna from thè root dhà-,
The CAD maintains that epattu is “to be
Iranian dà- ‘put, place’. It is deeply disquieting
connected with Heb. ’cpod and Syriac pcdtà ‘vestis
that this incredible ‘explanation’ should have
sacerdotalis’.”
been repeated without a niurmur by so many
scholars for so long.” Ili thè light of Hemming’s
na» — Akk. appadan(u) s. LB, Old Pers. lw. (CAD obscrvation that thè spelling of thè Old Persian
A i78b; AHw 593). (a colonnaded audience hall). word is appadan- accusative appadànam and not
apadàna-, Szemerényi deduces that “thè first
miNOTATl VK
coiiclusion forced upon us is that thè word cannot
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) p? inSX VW)
be of Indo-European origin, for in IE consonant
©ip ■'335 “in1? □’B' “h e will pitch his royal pavilion
gemination is not allowed. And this once more
between thè sea and thè beautiful holy mountain”
suggests that we may have to do with a word of
(Dan 11:45); Akk: agà sum appadàn Dariyàmus ab
thè substratum or adstratum.” Accordingly, W.
ab abiya itcpus “this (building) called appadàna, my
Hinz’s reconstruction of Cyrus’ (559—530 B.C.E.)
great-grandfather, Darius, built” (CAD A 178IV).
appadàn at Parsagadae, which was influenced by
This architectural structure, derived Old Persian Assyrian architecture, gives us a good idea of
appadàna “audience hall,” is attested in thè Talmud what such a palace looked like. Namely, besides
(OLT vi 2777 8). One may also be tcmptcd to thè porticoes, a characteristic feature is thè row
see thè word in SoS 3:9, where thè hapax of windows 011 both thè ground floor and thè
“palanquin” should be read e.g., ìróì? f“1SK floor above. Consequently, Szemerényi suggests
lian'pn nb'^iz; ^‘pan i1? “King Solomon that thè substratum origin of appadàn(a) is thè
made him a colonnaded audience hall from thè Akk. appàti, equated to thè West Semitic hilàni
timbers ofLebanon.” “ l'cnstcrhaus.” These two architectural terms
The Old Persian vocable appadàn(a) has been are attested in thè Neo-Assyrian inscription of
variously rendered by both Iranian and Semitic Tiglat-pileser III (744—727 B.C.E.), Sargon II
scholars. At thè turn of thè last century, for (721—705 B.C.E.), Sennacherib (704—681 B.C.E.),
cxample, Clair Tisdall, in his study “The Aryan and Assurbanipal (668—627 B.C.E.). These kings
Words in thè Old Testament,” translated thè bragged of their great architectural achievements,
word simply as “palace,” stating that “It conics especially that of thè bit hilàni, which was built
from apa and thè root dà (Sanskrit dha) ‘to after thè fashion of thè Hittite (i.e., late Hittite
place’. In Sanskrit also we have apa-dhà ‘to set = Syrian) architecture: bit appàti tamfil ckal Hatti
apart’. Apadàna would therefore niean a building sa ina lisàn Amurri bit hilàni isassusu usepisa mihrit
‘set apart’ for thè king.” Tisdall’s etymological bàbisin “In front of their (thè palace’s) gates I
interpretation was followed by Kent some fifty had a bit appàti built, a replica of a Hittite (i.e.,
years later. However, in light ofthe excavations of Syrian) palace, which they cali bit hilàni in thè
Herzfeld and Schmidt at Persepolis and Susa, and language of Annirru (i.e., west)” (CAD 1 83b).
thè discovery of thè magnificent palace complex Accordingly, Szemerényi rejects von Soden’s
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

equation and thè allcgcd borrowing of Akk. hilàni 12:39); Akk: kurummata epu (CAD E 24711).
from Hittite hilaamar “portai ” on thè grounds that
Whereas in Akk. thè more common word word
bit hilàni is attested already in Old L3abylonian. He
for “baker” is nuhatimmu (Sum. lw.) (CAD N_
similarly discards thè assertion made by thè CAD
3 1 3b) = LH Dinn?, in Mari, Chagar Bazar, Nuzi,
that bit appàti is a “foreign word”(?) meaning
MB, Alalakh, NB, Akk. employs thè substantive
“portico.” Szemerényi thus concludes, that while
epu (CAD E 2483) = Heb: Ì12X (e.g., Gen
hilàni should be equated to Northwest Semitic hln
40:1,5,17; Hos 7:4,6). Note also that in Chagar
“window” (Ug./Heb.), so too, appatu should be
Bazar eptì “baker” is parallel to tc'inu “miller”
associated with thè well-known Akk. noun aptu,
(CAD E 2483 a) = Heb: jlTiED (Judg 16:21).
which likewise connotes “window, window
opening.” Therefore, he continues, silice “thè
Old Persian appadàn must be thè rendering — Akk. uppulu v. NA (AHw 14253). to be
of Akk. bit appati and not of a simple appai-, it late (said of cereal crops).
follows that it represents a hybrid compound imiraslology

appat-dàn(a) - ‘Tcnstcrhaus’. The first component, i. (Phr2) (bh hapax) 1 3 3 vb napsrn nanrn
appat- ‘window’, was reduced to appa- just as nan nVsg ■'a “but thè wheat and thè emmer
Dàryat-vahus, Zarat-ustra were, in Old Persian, were not hurt, for they ripen late” (Exod 9:32);
reduced to Dàiraya and Zara-.” Akk: sc’u uppilu late barley (AHw 14253); cqlum
In light of thè above remarks, Winckler’s hirrëtum harpàtum cqlum hirrctum uppulàtum “thè
equation of |THSK in SoS with appadan(a) fìelds (with) early furrows and thè fields with late
and Szemerényi’s interpretation that thè Old furrows” (CAD H 1993).
Persian appa(t)-dàn(a) “window house” derives
(il Cohen, Hapax 128:51.
from Akk. bit appati (—bit hilàni) seems thè most
suitable conclusion. Namely, (a) phonetically
thè gemination of pp in appirion agrees with thè — Akk. apapu v. Mari (CAD A i66b; AHw
doubling of thè consonant/) in Aramaic PBK, Old 573). to encircle(?)
Persian appadàn(a), as well as with Akk. (bit-)appati. Note ARM 4 43 r. 7: [x\ x la innapapù, which CAD
(b) Orthographically, thè interchange of d with r translates: “(thè troops) must not be encircled(?)”
in thè Old Hebrew script is commonly attested Heb. “to surround, encompass” is employed
in BH and, therefore, Heb.'p'HSX may well stand five times, always in a negative context, e.g., niì?"1
for ]nSKC|(vO“ISK. Such an interchange exists in “misfortunes” (Ps 40:13), ni!? “bounds of
this very word in Armenian, i.e., aparan-k “Hans, death” (Ps 1 16:3). Three times occurs with
vomehmes, pràchtiges Hans, Palast.” 330 “to encircle” (J011 2:6; 2 Sani 22:5 = Ps
Ili Cohen, Hapax 126:47; Szemerényi, Clordo» l'est., 18:5).
2 33~37: Steiner, Blau Irst., 551-61.

s. <> Akk. aparu v. OB on (CAD A i66b;

nSX = Akk. epu v. OB 011 (CAD E 247b; AHw AHw 57b). to put covcring 011 someone’s head
23 ia). to bake. (Akk. G- and D-stem).
l'I irasfology ni no 1 \ 1 IVI

1. (Phri) (to bake in thè oven) “11303 HSK [. (Den2) (BH hapax) TTS? b? "1SX3 ©Snm
(Lev 7:9); Akk: ina tirimi teppi “you bake in thè “and he (thè prophet) was disguised by thè head
oven” (CAD E 2483). covering on his eyes” (iKgs 20:38,41); Akk: e.g.,
2. (Phr2) (to bake bread) Dii1? H2X (Lev alkamma lulabbissima luappirsima suhàrtam luddin
26:26; Isa 44:15,19); Akk: akla epù (CAD E 24711 “come, I will provide her with clothing and
lex. section). headcover and then will sell thè girl” (CAD A
3. (Phr2) (to bake cake) n3JJ Ì12X (Exod i67b 3, OB let.).

29
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Akk. employs thè substantive upru headcover, T»n n*? rnxn izh '3 wn ^pi ytfirn
e.g., upur zikàri/.tinnisti “male/female headcover”
“for when Joshua and all Israel saw that thè elite
(AHw 1425^. fighting unit had captured thè city” (Josh 8:21);
IIJ] Cohen, Hapax j 3 1:6o. lappa ^Nntjr 3 1 $) “and thè elite fighting
unit erupted from its position” (Judg 20:33; cf.
I015X :: ncsbcttu s. syn. list; WSem. word (CAI) N also Josh 8:2,7,12,14,19; Judg '6:9,12; 20:29,36—
iyoa; AHw 782b). finger. 38). Note also thè poetic hapax pair //□‘HI3É?
e.g., “la^an ipnrjn o? wé bra nain %
ncsbcttu followed by sulpu, sinqàtu, is equated in D'Onici irpH □■nOÈ; ianpn “against thè walls of
Malku IV 217— 18 to thè standard Akk. word for Babylon raise a signal, strengthen thè watch, set
finger ubànu. As noted by Lambert (JSS 19 [1974I up sentries, prepare thè elite fighting unit” (Jer
83) “ncsbcttu ‘finger’, is of course cognate with thè 51:12).
Hebrew 'sba' of thè sanie meaning, with similar
IH Tadmor, lìeer-Shcva III (1988) 171-78 (Hcld lrst.);
forms in Arabie, Ethiopic and Ugaritic.”
Elat, Kaìlai Irst., 232-38.

3“)K = Akk. urbu s. SB, NA; WSem. lw. (AHw

n3"lK = Akk. erbu (crcbu, aribu) s. OB on (CAD E
I428b). elite fighting unit.
2s6b; AHw 2343). locust.
Tadmor, in “The urbi of Hczekiah,” deals simu .l/mltaimior

with an old crux intcrprctum that semantically 1. (SM2) (like a multitude oflocusts) n3“lX3
and contextually elucidates both Akk. urbu and nn1?, e.g., ppua nnp •’ìs ^rn pbaj?]
BH 3“1K. The key Akk. passage is drawn from now Midian and Amalek, and all
Sennacherib’s annals (700 B.C.E.), describing thè Kedemites, were spread over thè plain as a
Hezekiah’s actions: ...su Hazaqiyau pulhi melammo multitude oflocusts” (Judg 7:12; cf. also Judg 6:5);
ishupusuma urbi (LÚ ur-bi) u sàbcsu damquti sa ana Akk: kima arihi ma'di, e.g., kima tibut aribi ma’di sa
dunnun LJrsalimmu ài sarrùtisu uscribuma irsu batlàti pan satti mithàris ana epes tuqmàte tebùni seni'a “one
itti 30 bilat huràsu 800 bilat kaspu...nàre nàràtc ana and all, they were riseti against me to offer battle,
qcrcb Ninua ài bclutiya arkiya usëbilamma ana nadàn like a spring itivasion of countless locusts” (CAD
mandatti u epes arduti ispuru rakbiìsu “that Hazaqiya,
E 257I1 21).
thè fear of my majesty stunned him and he sent
2. (SM2) (more numerous than locusts) 3"]
after me to Nineveh my capitai city thè urbi
i-3-xa “more numerous than locusts,” e.g.,
force and his choicest force, which he brought
“ispp nrh "N-. n?nsa ìpi -p “ they are more
to Jerusalem his capitai to strengthen it and in
numerous than locusts and cannot be countcd”
order that they should assist bini, together with
(Jer 46:23; cf. also Nah 3:15,17); Akk: sa eli erbi
30 talents of gold and 800 talents of silver...male
ma'dii “more numerous than locusts,” e.g., sisc
and female musicians and he sent his messengers
pare imcrc alpe u sene sa eli erbi ma'dii aslula ana
to me to pay thè tribute and to perforili thè
Assur “as booty, I carried off to Assyria horses,
ceremony of submission to me” (Tadmor, Beer-
mules, asses, oxen and sheep, more numerous
Shcva III [ 19881 172).
than locusts” (CAD E 2S7b 2).
As noted by Tadmor, in light of Sennacherib’s
l’HRASPOLOGY
usage of thè idioms sàbc damquti “choicest
(military) force” (line 39); tillàti rasà “to obtain 3. (Phri) (to consume said of a locust) ^pK
auxiliaries” (line 41), Akk. urbu does not meati rqnxn, e.g., npnxn bpx man "iri'. “what thè
“Arabs” as previously understood. Accordingly, grub has left thè locust devoured” (Joel 114; 2:25);
urbu, which is a WSem. lw. in Akk., should be Akk: akàlu sa erbu, e.g., ebùrmàti erbu ikkal “locusts
rendered as “elite fighting unit,” semantically will eat thè country’s harvest” (CAD E 257b and
and etymologically equated to thè BH SIN, e.g., passini).

30
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

4. (Phr2) (to invade, said of a locust) libi? erbetti sari usasbita sigarsin “I (Sennacherib) mstalled
n5"|Kn, e.g., ^ *7sn “and (colossi) at their entrances in all four directions”
thè locust invaded all thè land of Egypt” (Exod (CAD S i36b 2 and passim).
10:14); Akk: tebii sa erbu “thè locust invades” (lit.
“goes up”) e.g., \ina satti sia] ti erbu itebbima se'i ehurì
= Akk. argamannu s. Bogh., SB, NB, NA.
ikkal “within thè sanie year locusts will invade
(CAD A^ 2533; AHw 673). reddish purple wool.
and devour thè barley crop” (CAD E 25711); cf.
also thè Akk. idiom tibut erbi “thè invasion of thè SF.QUHNCl NC

locusts” (CAD ibid.). 1. (Seqi) (bluish purple and reddish purple)

5. (Phr2) (to descend said of a locust) ^23 n^ppO (e.g., Exod 25:4; 26:1,31,36; Ezek
“descend like a locust” (Judg 7:12); Akk: 27:7); Akk. takiltu - argamannu, e.g., lubulti
e.g., erbu ana (IN maqàtu “locusts descend upon birme lubulti kite takiltu argamannu...amhursu “I
c;n” (CAD E 2573 c). (Assurnasirpal II) received from him brightly
HI Held, Landsberger Irst., 399-401; Tawil, BASOR trimmed garments, linen garments, and wool
225 (1977) 59-62. (dyed) blue purple and red purple” (CAD A,
2S3b ib and passim).

(fem. S73“|K) — Akk. erbe (fem. erbef). l'HRASHOI OCY

num. OAkk. on (CAD 2253; AHw 232b). four. 2. (Phr2) (purple cloth) jlpriK "133 (Num
4:13; Judg 8:26); Akk: nahlaptu sa argamanni (CAD
SY N liCDOCI I I
A 253b lex. section).
1. (Sd) (thè entire earth, i.e., thè four corners/
quarters of thè earth) nÌ333 I?3~!X (Isa The hapax in forni )13“!X employed in 2Chr 2:6
11:12; Ezek 7:2); Akk: kibràt arba’i/erbetti (fr. exhibits thè intervocalic shift of m>w, hence
OAkk. on) e.g., sar kibràtim arbà'im “(Naram- |Q3“jK (attested 30 times) = 1]?“!« (attested once).
Sin) thè king of thè four quarters” (CAD K Ili Mankowski, 38-39.
33 la); eli nifi kibràti arbàtim lirik re titi “may my
(Nebuchadnezzar’s) stewardship over thè people nnx = Akk. uni I s. MA, MB on (AHw 14353).
of thè four quarters last long” (CAD K 332a and stali.
passim).
PHRASEOIOGY
2. (Sd) (all thè winds, i.e., thè four winds)
(a;wn) nirrn i?3-]k, e.g., ninn usnxs ’3 i . (Phri) (borse stalls) D'OID nÍ’IX/nÍIK

□31^ TlÉnS D'atèn “I (thè Lord) dispersed you (iKgs 5:6/2Chr 9:25); Akk. me slse “stalls of

like thè four winds of heaven” (Zech 2:10; cf. horses,” e.g., a[sak\ku ina uré sise usnilrna “he made
also Jer 49:36; Ezek 37:9; Zech 6:5 and passim); thè asakku lie down in thè stable” (CAD S 328b
lex. section).
Akk: sari erbetti four winds, e.g., Adatl ina sari
erbetti irtakab paré\su\ sii tu iltànu sadii amurr\u\ Not unlike Akk. uré alpi “stali of oxen” (AHw
“Adad rode on thè four winds, |his] asses, thè 1435b)/uré umàmi “stali of animals” (AHw ibid.),
south wind, thè north wind, thè cast wind, thè BH ni“ix is not restricted to horses: nan3 bzb nÌ"1N
west wind” (Atra-hasis, 122 r. 5—6). For similar noroi “stalls for all kinds of beasts” (2Chr 32:28).
imagery, cf., 'S33 bv NT.] 3113 bv 33T]
ITH “He (thè Lord) mounted on a chcrub and
= Akk. arànu s. SB, NB (CAD A^ 23 la; AHw
flew gliding on thè wings of thè wind” (Ps 18:1 1
653). chcst, coffin.
= 2Sam 22:11). In Ezek 42:16-20 ninn y3"]X
“four winds/directions” is employed similarly to Heb. |Ì“lt? is employed 201 times, thè majority of
thè above Akk. text, in thè course of measuring cases referring to thè Ark of thè Covenant. Four
thè four sides of thè Tempie area as east, north, times it is employed in a secular context concerning
south, and west (cf. also iChr 9:24); cf. Akk: ana “money-chest,” e.g., ITO |i“lt? }H3n i?TÌT nj?"1
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion kor Biblical Hebrew

*10?n ^3 na© •;r.:v..:rì7“ “in 3|ri 3. (Phri) (to leave thè path) nnK 3TZ7, e.g.,
“and die priest Jchoiada took a chest and bored a nnx 3TÌJ1? in noia “one who leaves (thè 1113111)
holc in its lid and thè priestly guards...deposited path resents discipline” (Prov 15:10); Akk: urha
there...all thè money” (2Kgs 12:10; cf. also 2Chr czcbu, e.g., tustammatii sipirkama uruhka tczzib
24:8; 2Kgs 12:1 1; 2Chr 24:10); Akk: arànu sa PN “then you will reduce your own output, forsake
“incoine from thè cashbox of PN” (CAD A 23 ih your path” (BWL 99:24, Counsels of Wisdom).
b). 4. (Phr2) (traveller) nná “13SJ, e.g., ni1?!??? laffiQ
Heb. ]Ì“1N once connotes “coffin,” e.g., ItOan”') n"1N “13SJ n3© “highways are desolateci, travellers
nnsa? ]Ì“1X3 inx “and he (Joseph) was have ceased” (Is3 33:8); ‘'“131Ì? “travellers”
cmbalmcd and placed in a coffin in Egypt” (Gen (L3111 1:12; 2:15); Akk. àlik urhi “traveller,”
50:26). “The reason for this isolated occurrence is e.g., àlik urhi czib \b(\t(?)-su “thè traveller left bis
that coffins were not customary in Israel until just house” (IJgaritica 5 |iy68] 277:10; ALIw 14293 3);
before thè destruction ofthe Second Tempie, and àlik harràni “traveller” (CAD A: 342b 2).
so this coffin in thè Joseph story is but reflection 5. (Phr2) (evil way) SH iïlK, e.g., S?n nnK bpB
ofEgyptian practice” (Marcus 1975, 89—90). Such 3ve 3voided every evil W3y” (Ps
is also thè case in Akk., where thè word for coffin 119:101); Akk: urhu lummunu, e.g., urhu lummunu
arànu occurs once in a short funerary inscription sakin\sum\ (opposite: damqum) “set for him 3n
in which an unnamed Assyrian king describes unf3vonible p3th (opposite: good)” (*CAD L
thè burial ofhis father: arànu asar taslilt\isu\ ina cri 246b).
danni bàbasa aknukma udannina sipassa unut huràsi 6. (Phr2) (stniight/just p3th) /nit^a n"]k
kaspi mimma [arsii kimàhi simat bciutisu sa irammu “i®VD,'1©''a, e.g., robb “12?*' ninna □■'pTán
mahar Samas ukaiìimma itti abi bàniya ana kimàhi ^[On ■'3113 “who lc3ve thè p3ths of justice to
askun “I sealed thè opening of thè stone coffin, his follow thè ways of darkness” (Prov 2:13 cf. 3lso
resting-place, with strong copper and reinforced Is3 26:7; Ps 27:1); Akk: uruh kitti “just p3th,” e.g.,
he seal. I exhibited before Samas and placed with ina amat ilùtika rablti sa la ustcpclu harràn sullum u
my father my begetter in thè tomb thè gold and mcsrc uruh kitti u misari lisaskina “through your
silver equipment, whatever is prepared for a tomb, (Ssnias) great, immutable divine word, may he
(and) his lordly insignia, which he loved” (*CAD (Nabiìnàid) est3blish a path of well-being and
A 23 ih c; TuL 57—58; 6—18). prosperity, a path of truth and justice” (VAB IV
Ili Oppenheim, JNES 6 (1947) 116—20; Tawil, JANES 260 20—22); cf. harràn kitti u misari “a path of truth
3 0971 ) 33-36; Marcus, JANES 7 (1975) 85-94. and justice” (CAD M 1 i8a); padàn misari “3 W3y
of justice” (CAD ibid.).
7. (Phr2) (p3th of no return) 31© iÒ n~)N,
ÌTIK = Akk. urhu (arhu) s. OB 011 (AHw 14293).
e.g., Tjbnt? 3ìis nnk, rrs* nspa rr.'jp '3
path.
“for a few more years will pass and I shall go thè
PHKAS1ÍOLOG Y
way of no return” (Job 16:22); Akk: uruh la tari
1. (Phri) (straight/just path) n"]N “1ET “make “way of no return” (AHw 14293 53).
thè path straight (i.e., prosperous)” e.g., *?33 8. (Phr2) (roundabout (devious) paths) ninni?
f nn-IK -lET’ Nini msn “in all your ways ni^jP^pSJ (Judg 5:6); Akk: (functional equivalent)
acknowledge Him and He will straighten your
e.g., urhi sumrusi (uruh narkabtim) “difficult path
path” (Prov 3:6; cf. also Prov 9:15); Akk: urha
(thè path of a chariot)” (CAD N| 353b lex.
cséru/sutesuru “to cause one’s path to succeed/
section); urhu pasqutu “steep, difficult paths”
prosper” (CAD E 3 5 5b; Tawil, JBL 95 [1976]
(AHw 845b, s.v. pasqu).
407). Cf. 6 below.
et'. BA r-x\
2. (Phr2) (walk on thè road) n“]K3 (Prov
8:20; cf. judg 5:6: ninna w^); Akk : ina urhi aìaku
(AHw 14293 5). "pK — Akk. araku v. OA 011 (CAD A 2233; AHw

32
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

63b). to become long, last long (Qal), prolong Marduk, thè great lord, prolong your reign”
(D-stem, Hiph il). (CAD ibid. and passim).
idiomatic usaci : The opposite meaning of thè expressions 11NÌ1
1. (Itb) (to be paticnt) e.g., w-2:/rN are thè Heb. phrases m~l “ISj? (Mie 2:7;
vtiB bv “ir in"|X?ni -ex -H-xn cnx Vri’ “a Job 21:4) and 5E?S3 “lïj? (Num 21:4; Judg 10:16;
sagacious man in forbearing, it is his glory when 16:16; Zech ri:8) “to be/become impatient.”
he overlooks an ofFcnse” (Prov 19:1 1); ‘'Qtp l^a*? These phrases semantically correspond to thè
niant<: 'rhr.?' ’sx “for Akk. expression ikka kará/kurrú “to be short
thè sake of My name I will be paticnt, and for My tempered irritable, impaticnt,” e.g., libbaka litibka
glory I shall muzzle My mouth for you, so as not ikkaka ahhuri la ikarru “let your heart cheer up, do
to destroy you” (Isa 48:9; cf. DEI! v.); 'S •'113 HI? not be impaticnt” (CAD ibid. and passim). Note
•'Eia? •>?■’-Sj? nm ^ITif “what is my strength also thè Akk. idiom la kàsir ikki “forbearing,”
that I should cndure? and how long have I to live, e.g., anàku RN libbu rapsu la kàsir ikki mupassisu
that I should be patient?” (Job 6:11); Akk: ikka hi tate “I, Assurbanipal, thè magnanimous and
aràku, e.g., “if my lord please, I will give orders forbearing, who expunges sins” (CAD I/J syb c). For
to thè ‘house,’ and they will send (thè dates) to thè similar idea cf. thè Heb. nominai idiom
my lord” - yàtiù ikki sa bcliya liriksi adì multili sa nn .d'sn e.g., nKisni jjtfsn ji» xr:...c'sx tj-ik...
ana IJruk erruhamma sullupi.. .ana bcliya anandinu “(thè Lord)...is forbearing...forgiving iniquity,
“othcrwise, may my lord have patience until I transgression, and sin” (Exod 34:6-7 and passim).
come to Uruk and can transfer thè dates to bini II! Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 48-50; Malamat, AfO Beiheft
(myself)” (CAD I/J 59b b). 19 (1982) 215-24.

l’IIRASHOl.OGY Cf. BA ma V.

2. (Phri) (to prolong days/hfe)

e.g., □■'!?; TpK* JTIT HKT “he shall see offspring//
"jj-lk s. = Akk. arku adj. OA, OB on (CAD A_ 28^b;
he shall have a long life” (Isa 53:10); Akk: unii
AHw 693). Akk. (s) length; Heb. (adj) long.
urruku/suruku, e.g., arrak urne urappas kimti “he
(thè future king) will attain long life, enlarge thè IMIRASliOI.OCY

family” (CAD A, 2263); zcraka lirnid ùmc\ka\ liriku i. (Phri) (to lengthen days/hfe) "~X//D"n
“may your offspring be numerous, your days □,,P; (said of 3 king) e.g., ìb nnra ?jpp bwp □'"’il
long-lasting” (CAD A 2243). “I??1 □ipiu □■'P; “he (thè king) 3sked You for
□'p; e.g., npngny/^ 39" ira1? life, You gnmted it to him, a long life, everkisting”
□’D' “in order that you may fare well//and have (Ps 21:5; cf. also Prov 3:2); inrri'x D'a; rpx
a long life” (Deut 22:7); Akk: aràk urne//tub libbi 'nyw'l inxnxi “I shall fili bini with long days
“to attain long life//well-being,” e.g., ana baìàt and show him My salvation” (Ps 91:16); Akk:
napsàti aràk urne tub libbi sa bcltiya usalla “I pray (to e.g., amelu su ùmùsu irriku baìàt ùnti arkuti “thè
thè gods every day) for well-being, long-lasting days of that man will be long, he will have a long
days, good spirits for my lady” (CAD A; 22^b b life” (CAD A 2853 b); ana Assur-uballit...bcliya
and passim). unii arkuti...lisruksu “ìmy he (Marduk) gnint long
inròpa bv D,p; r-ia- ^a1? “so that he days to my lord Assur-uballit” (CAD A 2853 b).
(thè future king) may attain a long reign” (Deut
Cf. “pK v.
17:20); Akk: urne pale sùruku “to prolong thè reign
(of a king)” e.g., firn tu tàbtu... sa urruk urne palca...
I issa kin ina pisun “may a good decision concerning ]“!& = Akk. ercnu A s. OAkk. on; Sum. B';erin (CAD
E 2743; AHw 237b). cedar.
thè prolongation of thè days of my (Esarhaddon’s)
rule be pronouneed by them (thè gods)” (CAD denotativi ;

A 2253 b); Marduk bêlu ratní paleka lurrik “may 1. (Dem) (BH hap3x) “IST ^573 )b paiH
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

irrói? innen ‘rx ‘ri??* rìx...‘:'i" ]~à ytoa him their wealth” (CAD E 3 ioa).
iab napn b^z “ he secures for himself trees of 2. (Phr2) (wide earth, spacious land) pN
thè forest, he plants cedar trees, and thè rain nam (Exod 3:8; Neh 9:35; cf. also rODI pi*
makes them grow... he also constructs a god and □'“P “spacious land”s |Geti 34:21; Judg 18:10;
bows down to it. He fashions it into an idol and iChr 4:40]; pN ‘rr":/2n-/'rM-p “earth wide
worships it” (Isa 44:14—15). space,” Hab i:6/Isa 8:8/Job 38:18); Akk: (said
of thè netherworld) i.e., crscti rapsati “wide
ì“là was first compared to Akk. ercnu “cedar” by
netherworld,” e.g., iti kigallam rcstirn in irat ersctim
Delitzsch in 1874. As noted by Cohen thè above
rapastim...usarsid temensa “I laid its foundations
Isaiah verse, which depiets in thè manufacture
solidly 011 thè primordial ground, 011 thè bosom of
of images for cultic use, is contextually to be
thè wide netherworld” (CAD E 3iob); luscsbitka
compared to thè following Akk. passage: siptu
sarruta ina crscti rapasti “let me make you hold
attimannu kassaptu sa tubtana'enni salam bini salam
dominion over thè vast netherworld” (Nergal
creili “incantation: whoever you are, sorceress,
and Ereskigal 83).
who keeps sceking me out, (prescribed ritual): an 3. (Phr2) (limits of thè earth) psn 3ÌI1, e.g.,
image made of tamarisk wood, an image made of crrian? iraeh p«n ain bv ratzrn “it is He who
cedar wood” (Maqlu IX 39—40). is enthroned above thè limits of thè earth, so that
In most MT manuscripts, thè 3 is written its inhabitants seem as grasshoppers” (Isa 40:22);
small, a device Cohen maintains was used to Akk: puluk crscti, e.g., ina ìc'ika kìni multiti puluk
prevent confusion with T“1K, thè more common samc u crscti “on your (Marduk’s) reliable writing
BH vocable for “cedar.” board, which establishes thè border of heaven and
1X1 Cohen, Hapax 44-45; Mankowski, 39—40. earth” (CAD 344a; AHw 87911).
4. (Phr2) (bosom of thè earth) pKH p’Il, e.g.,
anni niEN n'ný nainnnn rnjsri n» pan p'nm
n35“lK = Akk. arnabu (fem. arnabtu) s. OAkk. on
ni™ npx “ and from thè cliest (i.e., foundation)
(CAD A 2943; AHw 703). hare.
of thè earth (i.e., ground) to thè lower ledge two
;
denotativi
cubits, and one cubit thè width” (Ezek 43:14);
i.(Den2) «in rna nbm •’? rqjlKn n$i Akk: irat ersctim, e.g., \udd\appir imhulla ana isid
□3*7 xin naat? no'nspn *b nonsi “ and thè hare, samc ana irat ersctim ùbi\l di’a\ “|he drove] away
for although she brings up thè cud, she has no thè Evil Wind to thè horizon, to thè surface of
true hoofs, she is unclean for you” (Lev 1 1:6; thè netherworld be took [thè Headache]” (13WL
Deut 14:7 alongside danian); Akk: e.g., sa 52:5, Ludlul).More specifically, in NB, in thè
arnabàtim ina Razcm ibdru “who hunted hares in building description of thè tempie of Babylon,
Razèm” (CAD A 2943 a; let. Mari). irat crscti or irat kigalli (with this meaning) is used
li! Cohen, Hap ax 110:6. to indicate thè foundation site of thè tempie (CAD
I/J 1 87a).
5. (Phr2) (thè end of thè earth) (pN Ì13£p
= Akk. ersetu s. OAkk. on (CAD E 3o8b;
p«n) e.g., baa nax pan nsp ~ij? rns^in
AHw 2453). earth, netherworld.
DpST 1*1?? ìllìl*1 “bring out thè word to thè ends
A. liarth of thè earth, say ‘thè Lord has redeemed His
imirasloloc ; y
servant Jacob’” (Isa 48:20 and passim); Akk: pàt

[. (Phr2) (earth yielding produce) 113112 pN crscti “thè ends of thè earth” e.g., puluhti mclammi
sarrutiya pàt sanie u ersctim lu iktum “thè awe of my
ròn;1 (Ps 67:7; cf. also Lev 26:20; Ezek 34:27;
(Samsuiluna) royal aura has indeed covered thè
Zech 8:12) e.g., n$ ]nn ìEnKi nitsn jrr 'n oa
whole heaven and earth” (CAD P 3093 d)).
thè Lord bestows His bounty, our land
yields its produce” (Ps 85:13); Akk: e.g., samu IIF.NDIADYS

hengallasunu ersctum hisibsa “heaven and earth offer 6. (Heni) (earth and heaven) D’OE?] pK

34
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

(Gen 2:4; Ps 148:13); (in parallelism) make thè earth shake—this is my fame, she who
e.g., CTOtën prri pKH yz “between earth and makes thè heaven tremble, she who makes thè
heaven” (Ezek 8:3; iChr 21:16); Akk: erse tu u earth shake—this is my fame” (CAD ibid.); ana
sanili, e.g., àlànii ersetum u samù sa bcliyama “thè hissat sumiki samù u ersetu irubbu “at thè mention
cities, thè earth and thè sky (belong) to my of your (Istar) name heaven and earth quake”
master” (CAD E 309K Mari). CAD E 3 1 3b notes (CAD R 563 b).
that “thè customary term for earth, as opposed e. (simile oflongevity) e.g., 13T li?!?1?
to heaven, is ersetu, however in OA, OB and SB pNH bv D'Dfil ’iy’S “so that your days will be
literary texts thè pair sanili/qaqqaru also occurs, multiplied...as thè days of heaven on earth” (Deut
and in thè inscriptions of thè Achaememd kings 11:21); Akk: (a similar idea) e.g., kima samù u
qaqqaru is even more frequent than ersetu.” ersctim dàrù bèli lu dàri “may my lord endure as
a. (heaven and earth) pNI □'’OE? “heaven and long as heaven and earth endure” (CAD D 1 r6b);
earth” (e.g., Exod 20:11; 31:17; 2Sam 18:9 and adu sanie erseti dàrùni “as long as heaven and earth
passim); Akk: sanili u ersetu (CAD E 3oya 1 and endure” (CAD ibid., NA).
passim). f. (said of thè Lord) e.g., rról?/n3p/iq3
b. (in parallelism) nnni? pN//l?yi3Q D'DC? pNI □'BEI’ “create heaven and earth” (e.g., Gen
“heaven above//earth below” (Deut 4:39; cf. 1:1/Gen i4:22/Ps 115:15; 121:2); Akk: (said of
also Ps 50:4); cf. also pipi?1? pKV/Dn1? D'OE; thè gods) hauti same u ersctim “to create heaven
“heavens in (their) height//earth in (its) depth” and earth,” e.g., ina balika samù u crscti la ibannù
(Prov 25:3); Akk: denti saniti//saplànu ersetu “sky “without you (Marduk) heaven and netherworld
above//earth below,” e.g., C.N (’.N pattasunu cannot create” (CAD B 88a b); sa sanie ibnùt u
gamram elcnu samassunu saplànu ersessunu...KN... ersctim ibnù “(Ahuramazda) who created heaven
isàm “RN has bought (thè villages) (IN and (IN to and created thè earth” (CAD E 3 ioa).
their fullest limit, (including) thè sky above them,
lì. The Netherworld
thè earth below them” (CAD E 309!!; Alalakh,
OB); elcnum sikkùsu lisnunu sarnài saplànum sursusu PURASHOI.OCY

ersetam lu tarnliu “above may its pinnacles be abreast 7. (Phri) (to go down to/up from thè
thè heavens, below may its foundations hold fast netherworld) pK TT “ go down to thè
to thè earth” (CAD E 3093, OB hymn). netherworld,” e.g., nina D1??
c. (heavens and earth as witnesses) e.g., nvnnn pì< b$ c'b-,z ht “all of them
pxn n#i nwn nì$ arri ara TiTSJn “i calied slain, falleti by thè sword—they who descended
to heaven and earth this day to witness against uncircumcised to thè lowest part of thè
you” (Deut 4:26; 30:19; 3 1:28); Akk: e.g., sanili u netherworld” (Ezek 32:24, cf. 32:18); ‘'33 ITH
erset\um\ lu idiini “Heaven and Earth be witness” «•'n ninrn non^ri nni n^i?n □nxn
(CAD E 3oyb, RS). pN1? “(who knows) if a man’s life breath
d. (heaven and earth quaking) e.g., tÌ7*'S7“l!3 does rise upward (to heaven) and if a beast’s breath
pXH nfcjfl D'Q©n nx “I am going to shake heaven does go down to thè netherworld” (Ecc 3:21);
and earth” (Hag 2:21; cf. also Hag 2:6); j'PiSI? TP (as a cloud fades away) Pl^iT tib biNtp “I“ir
p&O CTO© *Srr ibip in' 3KET “and “so whoever goes down to Sheol does not come
thè Lord will roar (i.e., thunder) from Zion and up” (Job 7:9); Akk: ana ersctim aràdu, e.g., stimma
give his voice (i.e., thunder) from Jerusalem, so nìtclli ana samc (gloss: samema) summa nurrad ina
that heaven and earth trcmble” (Joel 4:l(>); Akk: crscti “(even) though we were to go up to heaven,
(said of thè gods) e.g., sanie ina m'ubi erseti ina (even) if we were to go down to thè netherworld”
minuti “when heaven trembles, when thè earth (CAD E 3iob, EA 264:17); Istar ana ersctim ùrid ul
is shaken” (CAD N 3483 lex. section); sanie mah ila “Istar has gone down into thè netherworld and
ersetu unarrat tanàdàtua muribbat sanie munarritat erseti has not come up” (CAD E 3 iob)..
tanàdàtua “I (Istar) make thè heavens tremble, I 8. (Phr2) (thè netherworld as a place of 110

35
“HK An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

return) e.g., pN VX 3^ *Òl "Vx D“IU3 The above motif of thè divine fulfillment of thè
‘before I depart—never to return, to die king’s request seems likewise to be employed in
netherworld of darkness” (Job 10:21); cf. Hll© '2 Ps 61:6, where thè MT TW'V is an alternate forni
“her house of nenNì “request.” Thus, thè idiom nEHN ]H3
sinks down to thè netherworld...all who go to her “fulfill (thè king’s) request” = n2?“P }ni Such
cannot return” (Prov 2:18—19); Akk: (designation is also thè case in Akk. inscriptions where erèsu
of thè netherworld); Sum: kur nu-gi -a = Akk: “to request” is juxtaposed to nadànu “to fulfill”
erset la tari “land of no return” (C'AI) E 3o8b (=Ug: ’rs - ytn/slh “to ask - grant, bestow”)
lex. section) e.g., ultu ulìànumma Istar ana erset la e.g., isti Atiim hàwirisa tëtersassum dàri’am balàtam
(<3n(wr. kur nu-gi -a) uridu “ever silice Istar went arkam màdàtim sanàtim balàtim ana Ammiditana
down to thè land of no return” (CAD E 3iob, tusatlim Istar tattadin “she requested from Anu, her
Descent of Istar). husband, a lasting, long life for him, many years
9. (Phr2) (depths of thè netherworld) pX of life, to Ammiditana she has granted, Istar has
pan H.i?r‘.n-/n>r.nr (Ezek 31:14,16,18/Ps given” (*CAD E 2833 14'); qihiamma sa terrisanni
63:10); Akk: saplìt erseti (Tallqvist, Totenwelt, 11 — luddikku “teli me, and I will give you what you

12) ■
desire of me” (CAD E 283b and passim).
The standard Akk. word for “land” is màtu. Whereas Akk. employs thè verb erësu “to ask,
request, desire” (CAD E 281 a), it is absent from
Ili Held, JANES 5 (1973) 173:1; 175:23,28; Tawil,
BH. H owever, thè verb occurs in EA as arasti,
ZAW 92 (1980) 43-59.
e.g., u Addaya ràbis sani ardsu bitasunu “(and as
for thè |garrison| that belongs to) Addaya, thè
11K = Akk. araru A v. OAkk. 011 (CAD A 234b; commissioner of thè king, I (Abdi-Heba) want
AHw 653). to curse. their house” (EA 285:24—25; let. Jerusalem).
eoe;na rk accusat ivi: EA employs thè substantive eresu “desire,
1. (CA) rnKB3 □nx] “ cursed with a curse” wish,” e.g., “(send your man to me to thè palace)
(i.e., referring to a treaty curse) e.g., OHN rnNS3 u la kàsid irìsu u ussirtisu “and I will send him to
•’ian c-rrp □ m \-,x: onw “ with a curse you you as soon as thè request is granted” (CAD E
are being cursed, yet you continue to defraud Me, 281 a; EA 82:17; lct- Byblos).
thè whole nation of you” (Mal 3:9); Akk: (with Ili Barker, 25; Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 47-48.
gods as thè subject) errata aràru “to curse with a
curse” (in royal inscriptions, boundary stones,
S2X = Akk. isàtu s. OA, OB on (CAD I/J 227b;
treaties) e.g., Sin ahum rabum ina ili aljhësu erretam
AHw 3923). fire.
rabitam tirursu “may Sin, thè eldest brother among
thè gods, his brothers, curse him with a terrible PUR ASKOI.OGY

curse” (CAD A 234b OB); arrat la pasàri lìrurusu 1.(Phri) (to blow said of fire) /27X PIEO
“may they curse him with a curse that cannot be mz, e.g., nD'bv m vbv nnsp
dispelled” (CAD A 2353 2). Tra?; ©x? ■ ‘to blow thè fire upon them, so as
Cf. rnw?. to melt...I will blow upon you thè fire of My
fury” (Ezek 22:20—21); Akk: isàtu nàpàlm, e.g.,
ina qàti habbàti isàtum naphat. màtam ikka\l| “at thè
ntthK = Akk. eristu s. OA, OB on (CAD E 2983;
hands of thè robbers fire is already blowing and
AHw 24ib). wish.
it will consume thè land” (CAD 2Ó4b 2 and
1’ 11 R AS HOLOC. Y passim).
t . (Phr2) (bli hapax) i b nnra iih 2. (Phri) (to burn in fire) ©N3 rÒj?, e.g.,
nS?3!3 *73 rnstp npiO “You have granted him vxz bzz □‘pp 3n$p!i irrjrjs? 'n -zt"
(thè king) thè desire ofhis heart, have not denied “may Cod make you like Zedekiah and Ahab,
thè request ofhis lips” (Ps 21:3). whom thè king of Babylon burned in fire” (Jer
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

29:22); Akk: ina isàti qalu, e.g., dmsu ckallasu u §25 and passim); annàti...ana libbi isati ana nasaki
niscsu ina isàtu iqtali “(Neriglissar) burned his wall, uba’iika “those men seek to cast you into a fire”
his palace, and his people” (CAD Q 703 c and (CAD I/J 23 ib; EA).
passim). 8. (Phr2) (to fall or strike said of tire) ^ail
m n,'sn/T'y5n/"iJJ2/^iÉ; (e.g., isa 44:16; n*??; rx/stc. e.g., nwn }p ròsn □■'ròx m
47:i4/Exod 35:3; Ezek jg-.ij/zChr 28:3/Jer 11:16; “God’s fire fell from heaven” (Job 1:16; cf. also
17:27); Akk: ina isàti saràpu/qarnu (CAI) I/J 2303 1 Kgs 18:38); □ba: ms n^na arrbi? iQia’’ “may
2'; 23 ib b and passim). coals drop down upon them, may He cast them
3. (Phri) (to consume said of fire) K?X rÒpX into thè fire” (Ps 140:1 1); Akk: isàtu maqàtu, e.g.,
(Judg 9:15,20 and passim); Akk: isàtu akàlu, e.g., summa isàtu istu samc irnqutrna minima uqalli “if
C!N ikul isàtum misilsu ikul u misilsu yànu u sàb Hatti lightningstrikes from heaven and burns anything”
jànu “fire had consumed Ugarit, that is, it consumes (CAD I/J 228a); stimma ina musi isàtu ana bit amdi
half of it but did not consume thè other half nor imqut “if fire has struck a man’s house at night”
thè Hittite troops” (CAD I/J 23ob passim). (*CAD I/J 228b and passim).
4. (Phri) (to kindle a fire) m Akk: 9. (Phr2) (to be extinguished said of fire)
isàta qàdu (cf. Ip' v.). m nnpp/rmp/-]^, e.g., m n?pn oaxp
5. (Phri) (fire stones) ©X ''IDX (Ezek 28:14,16 “for lack of wood a fire goes out” (Prov 26:20; cf.
only); Akk: aban isàti “fire stone” (CAD I/J 228a also Lev 6:5; Isa 66:24; Jer 4:4; 21:12); S2Xp
lex. section). Since in thè lex. texts aban isàti is □’lSip “they shall be extinguished like burning
equated to pc/indù narnari “stone of illumination” thorns” (Ps r 18:12); *6 13 “Ipm n2Tpn bv ©Xm
(CAD ibid.; AHw 854b, 2d), Ezek 28:14,16 may n?pn “thè fire on thè aitar shall be kept burning,
be a reference to thè hedge at sparkling gemstones not to go out” (Lev 6:5); Akk: isàtu bullà/bàlu,
(Greenberg, AB 22A 584). Speiser maintains that e.g., isàtu ina muhhi garakku la tcbclli “thè fire on
“©X in Gen 22:6 cannot mean ‘fire’ silice thè flame thè aitar must not go out” (CAD B 733 1).
would scarcely have been kept going throughout
10. (Phr2) (to send fire, ravage with fire)
along journey.” Therefore he suggests that
»x(3) nVr. e.g., ròpx] ^xm rrrm m T'inai
“what is evidently meant bere is equipment for
~~m |5 niapnx “so I will release fire against thè
producing fire, other than wood itself, which is
house of Hazael, and it shall devour thè fortress
separately specified.” Akk. uses analogously (aban)
of Ben-Hadad” (Amos 1:4,7,10 and passim);
isàti fire (stone) (Speiser, AB 1 163).
Ipt? prp '[’-xV ~y;~pp wX2 iròt? “they
6. (Phr2) (to rain fire) ©X “ICOpn, e.g., 'HI
release fire against Your sanctuary, they dishonor
©NI nn?3...nnp bs T'apri “and thè Lord rained
Your dwelling place” (Ps 74:7); Akk: (commonly
upon Sodom...sulfur and fire” (Gen 19:24); “IC2P''
employed in E A) ana/ina isàti umssuru “to ravage
nnajl m □'na D’SJKn bv “He will rain down
with (lit., release, send) fire,” e.g., tuwassirùna
upon thè wicked coals, fire, and sulfur” (Ps 1 1:6;
àlàni sani ana isàti “they ravage thè cities of thè
cf. also Ezek 38:22); Akk: isàta suznunu, musaznin
king with fire” (EA 125:40-45; let. Gubba; cf.
almi u isàti eli ayàbi “he (Enlil) who makes stones
also EA 185:24; 189:2; Cochavi-Raincy, Lcsoncnu
and fire rain upon thè foes” (CAD I/J 228a);
60 [1997I 174-75).
Akk: nabla suznunu “to rain fire,” e.g., kima
11. (Phr2) (to set a fire) »X D*1?? (e.g., iKgs
Adad sa rihsi elísunu asgum nablu disutiu usaznin “I
18:23,25); Akk: ana isàti sakànu, e.g., u sakan \àìì\
(Assurnasirpal II) thundered over them like Adad-
sani bdiya ana isàti “and set [thè cities | of thè king
of-the-Devastation, I rained fire upon them”
my lord 011 fire” (EA 174:15-17; let. Hasabu; cf.
(CAD Z 43a 2' and passim).
also EA 176:12—13).
7. (Phr2) (to cast into thè fire) /^X ~bti~
tóX? (Jer 36:23; Exod 32:24); Akk: ana isàti nadú/ Cf. BA xrx

nasàku, e.g., awilum su ana isàtim su nti innaddi

“that man will be thrown into that fire” (CH mtfK = Akk. ittu; cf. TÌOV

37
 T *
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

ì"lt£?X = Akk. assatu s. OAkk. on (CAD A 4Ó2b; wife” (Lev 18:20); Akk: assai tappe “friend’s wife,”

AHw 83b). Akk. wife; Heb. woman, wife. e.g., sa ana alti tappèsu issu [mesti] “he who covets
his friend’s wife” (CAD A 4653 p).
idiomatic usaci ; 7. (Phr2) (lawful spouse) ITHS HE?N (lit.
1. (Idi) (to marry) Pipò, e.g., HE?!* Nini covenental wife), e.g., H3 nn"|33 nr,N...=r~ÌN':
njr “"^r.pr “he will marry a woman in her but you (thè people
virginity” (Lev 21:13; Gen 24:4,7; Lev 21:13); of Israel) say...with whom you bave broken faith,
Akk: assata lequ/ahàzu, e.g., stimma assat am samtam though she is your marnage partner and your
ëtahaz “if he marries another woman” (*CAD A lawful wife” (Mal 2:14); Akk: assat simàtim (CAD
i75b 2 and passim). A2 4653 p).
2. (Id2) (to divo re e) HEW ri1??; (lit. “send free) 8. (Phr2) (love or dislike a wife) Í0É7 -
a wife,” e.g., ima rp'pni incpK etn in (Deut 21:1 5; Judg 14:16); Akk: assata ranni - assata
“in« etiò nrrm “ if a man divorces bis wife and zèru, e.g., assatka sa tarammu la tanassiq assatka sa
- • : t : :
t

she leaves him and marries another man” (Jer tazirru la tamahhas “do not kiss (if you enter thè
3:1; Deut 24:1); Akk: assata ezèbu (lit. to abandon netherworld) your wife you love, do not hit your
a woman) e.g., stimma aunlum...assassu ìzitnma wife you dislike” (CAD A 4653 p).
samtam itahaz “if a man...divorces his wife and 9. (Phr2) (another woman) rnnx Ì1E?N (Judg
takes another” (CAD E 4223 c and passim); Heb: 11:2; iChr 2:26); cf. Akk: assatu sanitu “another
■n rrn nrnsïn nrws? 's “for thè Lord wife” (CAD L 137I-) 2; Ai 175b 2).
has called you like a wife divorced (lit. forsaken) Unlike Heb., Akk. distinguishes between assatu
and grieved in spirit” (Isa 54:6). “wife” and sinnistu “female/woimn” (CAI) S
S KQU HNCI N C1 286b).
The OB forni issu “woman” (pi. issu) e.g.,
3. (Seq2) (husband - wife) 7VDK - ti'K/bv'3
issu u awilum palhtisima “mcn and wonien alike
(Exod 2i:3,22/Judg 20:4); Akk: mutu - assatu,
revere her (Istar)” (CAD I/J 2Ó7b); ìitta’id belet
e.g., mutum u assatum ittaprusu “husband and wife
ift rabit Igigi “may thè patroness of women be
separateci” (CAD A 4633 b); atta lu assatu anàku lu
honored, thè greatest (goddess) among thè Igigi”
mutka “you be my wife, I your husb3iid” (CAD
(CAD ibid.).
ibid. lex. section); bel assati (= Heb: bpS)
In thè syn. list ìixplicit Malku—santi (I 75;
e.g., summa bel assatim assassu uballat “if thè wife’s
JAOS 83 [ 19631 434:75) thè Hurrian word for
master allows his wife to live” (CH §129).
“a woman” astu is equated with SAL EDEN —
imirasfolocìy
sinnistu hurìtu “woman (in) Hurrian” (CAD A
4. (Phri) (sister-in-law) nN nEftjl (Gen 38:8; 4753).
Lev 18:16; 20:21); Akk: assai ahisu (AHw 843). Further, thè unusual hapax pi. formation n©N
5. (Phr2) (nian’s wife) ETX e.g.,E7‘,«1 (Ezek 23:44) may reflect thè Akk. forili of thè pi.
nstàrn -xtn n?:r r,i?:...ETN nm ri# “ie;n construct assàt “women of’; thè forni presupposed
“if a man commits adultcry with a married for thè phrase Pip-Tìl TìtiVi “immoral wonien” is all
woman...thè adulterer and thè adulteress shall be thè more striking. See Garfìnkel, 46-47.
put to death” (Lev 20:10; cf. also Gen 20:7; Prov
6:26); Akk: asat aweli, e.g., ràhu asti awélim aransu
ì"P2?Ni = Akk. asitu s. MA on (CAD A 332b; AHw
kab\tumma\ “grave is thè guilt of one who has
743). tower.
intercourse with another man’s wife” (CAD A
Ml,H I NI INC.
4633 lex. section).
6. (Phr2) (friend’s’s wife) SJ“! nE?X, e.g., i. (Seq 1 ) (tower - wall) ^
insn nm-irx “ if a man commits adultcry irinirain “h er (Babylon’s) towers have fallen, her
with his friend’s wife” (Lev 20:10); ^rPÍDJ? FIE?# walls have been demolished” (Jer 50:15); Akk:

“(do not have carnai relations) with your friend’s duru//asitu “wall//tower,” e.g., diirsu rabà u

3«
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

asayàtesu sa agurri ana napàli aqbàsu istu usscsu adì in such case for exaniple, as kusarikku—husarikku
gabadibbtsu ippul ana idi uttr “its great wall and “buffalo”; husahhum=kusahhum “famine”
its towers of kiln-fired bricks I ordered him to (Knudscn, AOAT 1 [1969] 48-49) as well as
demolish, from its foundation to its parapct he isihtu=isiktu “assignment, task” (CAI) I/j i9ob).
demolished (it) and turned it into ruins” (*CA1)
A_ 333a i; AKA 81:27-30 Tiglat-pilcscr I).
t: v
= Akk. iskaru A s. OAkk. on; Sum. ’lw. és-
The juxtaposition of Akk. duru “wall” and asì tu gàr (CAD I/J 244b; AHw 395b). product to be
“tower” eorroboratcs thè parallelism of //ÌT©# delivered, t3sk.
ìlQin “towcr//wall” and shows that this pair is
DliNO IATI Vi;
in 110 way different from ni2Ìn//?“!3i? “tower//
1. [\ )eii2) *T]T ninp D'3-l HI "r
wall” in Hebrew and Ugaritic.
-r-rn }E? n::~p “men of Dedan
IH Cohen, Hapax 46—47; Mankowski, 40—42. were your dealers, many islands were agents of
your trade, ivory tusks and ebony they delivered
~wK = Akk. isku s. OB, SB (CAI) I/J 25ob; AHw to you by contract” (Ezek 27:15); “I3tp#//!in3f3
3963). testi eie. “tribute//delivered product,” «Tehn '3%
nnp: -2-^ tapi iqt? •'3‘pa n-e;; nmn “let thè
l’IlRASHOIOGY
kings of Tarshish and thè islands pay tribute, kings
1. (Phr2) (crush a testicle) miP “crushed
of Sheba and Seba deliver produets” (Ps 72:10);
testes” (Lev 21:20); Akk: iska hepù, e.g., summa
Akk: maskè sa pagri lihhurù ana iskar liddinu “let
sinniltu ina salte iska sa a'ili tahtepi “if a woman
them take thè skins from thè carcasses and give
should crush a man’s testicle during a quarrel”
them as working material” (CAD I/J 246b f);
(Roth, Ass. Law Code 8). For a similar notion
iskar ilàni lu iskarsina “thè task of thè gods should
see Deut. 25:11: (“if two men get into a fight
(now) be their (mankind’s) task” (CAD I/J 2453,
with each other, and thè wife of thè one comes
lex. section).
up to save her husband from his antagonist”)
veni?? njp'rnrn pit nnben “ and seizes him by Greenberg (AB 22A 555) notes that “according
his genitals....” to thè parallelism of Ps 72:10 ‘tribute’ (mnhli) they
delivered (ysybw)/ skr ‘they offer’—our phrase has
Ili Cohen, Hapax 1 10.
been translated ‘rendered you tribute’ (NJPS). But
thè trading partners of Tyre not her tributaries.
?? Akk. ishunnu, ishunnatu s. OB, SB, NA Hence I ascribe to thè loanword ’skar (from Akk.
(CAD I/J iyoa, i9ob; AHw 3873). cluster ofgrapes. iskaru) thè sense of‘produci to be delivered’—i.e.,
under agency contract—an attested meaning of
di -notati vi;
thè Akk3dÌ3n word (CAD I-J 246ff. def. 3).” The
1. (Den2) -?3n/r“r:r/]s;r “duster
CAD (I/J 249 n.), on thè other hand, maintains
of grapes/grapes/henna” (SoS 7:9/(!en 40:10;
that Heb. eskar “tribute” probably corresponds to
Num 13:23/SoS 1:14); Akk: e.g., sàmtu nasàt inibsa
3 kind of t3x.
ishunnatu ullulat ana dagàla tàbat “a carnelian (tree)
was in fruit, hung with bunches of grapes, lovely HI Mankowski, 42.

to behold” (George, Gilgamesh, 672:173—74).

As noted by thè C’AI) (I/J Hjob n.) “thè = Akk. àsipu s. MB, MA on; lw. Akk. (CAD
word ishunnatu is a kulturwort and is possibly to be A 43 ia; AHw 1487^. exorcist.
connected with Heb. esqol and Syr. segala ‘bunch
di-notati vi;
of grapes’.”
1. (I)en2) (only in Daniel) nppn “inn ^31
Note thè interchange of thè Heb, final b with bz bs niT 1 pii tipi -irx r:-3
Akk.» cf. e.g., Heb. ET1? =Akk. nesu “lion.” Note ^33 “i?;# □•'stëxn o-?;-3-rr “ whenever
also thè alteration in Akk. of written k and h, thè king put a question to them requiring wisdom

39
 riBrn An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
t : -

and understanding, he found them to be ten Akk: ispata mullu (in transfered mng.), e.g., màt
times better than all thè magicians, thè exorcists Assur ana sihirtisa kima ispati umalli “I (Esarhaddon)
throughout thè realm” (Dan 1:20; 2:2,10); Akk: filled thè entire land of Assyria (with soldiers) like
asu àsipu bàru sa’ilu... “thè physician, exorcist, a quiver” (CAD I/J 257b).
diviner, dream interpreter...” (CAD A 4323 b); 4. (Phri) (to carry a quiver) ÌIStÌN e.g.,
ina pagri immeri àsipu bìta ukappar “thè exorcist pp rns? i,p,i...nsp “while Elam bore
purifìes thè tempie with thè sheep carcass” (CAD thè quiver...and Kir bared thè shield” (Isa 22:6);
A 4333); àsipu ina umi ulluluni a’ila usaqba “on thè Akk: ispata nasu, e.g., ana Annunitum bclet tàhazi
day when they make thè purification thè exorcist nasàta qasti u ispati “for Annunltu, lady of battio,
will make thè man talk” (CAD A 433I1). who is equipped with bow and quiver” (CAD
I/J 257b 1).
Ellenbogen’s suggestion (followed by Kaufman
and most recently by Mankowski) to equate thè
Heb. verb (i.e., inSTlSQ ÍnN ^D^.) in 2Kgs = Akk. itti prep. OAkk., OB, MB, EA, RS, SB,
5:3,6,7,11 to thè alleged Assyrian denominative NB (CAD I/J 302b; AHw 4053). with.
ussupu “to exorcise, purify” is unacceptable. As
EA (85:3 1 and passim) employs thè forni it.
noted by Cogan and Tadmor, thè equation “is
wrong, such a verb does not exist in Akkadian.”
Indeed, von Soden has no entry for this alleged FlK = Akk. atti pron. (fem. sing.) OAkk. on (CAD
ussupu for it seems that Akk. (w) àsipu is a primary A 5 1 ib; AHw 87b). you.
noun. The earlier forni TIN Kt. for riN is employed seven
Ili Ellenbogen, 43; Kaufman, AIA 39:40; Mankowski, times in BH (Judg 17:2; 2Kgs 4:16; 4:23; 8:1; Jer
43-42; Cogan-Tadmor AB 1 1 64. 4:30; Ezek 36:13; cf. also iKgs 14:2).
Cf. BA m.

nriK = Akk. atta pron. (masc. sing.) OAkk. on

= Akk. ispatu s. OB on (CAD I/J 2573; (CAD A 502b; AI lw 873). you.
AHw 397b). qui ver.
SF.QUF.NCINC
— Akk. atanu s. OAkk. on (CAD A 48 ib;
1. (Seqi) (arrow - quiver) :Ì1S©# - □‘'SII AHw 86a). jenny.
like arrows in
SFQUF.NCINC:
thè hand of a warrior (are sons born to a man in
1. (Seqi) (jackasses - jennies) :rÓnK - □‘Hbn
his youth); happy is thè man who fills his quiver
r.lNp'i n:r,N -gs) onsp mtsp d,n©ì c—bn n-!t;r
(with them)” (Ps 127:4—5); Akk: usu - ispatu, e.g.,
"12 “ ten jackasses laden with thè best of Egypt
[nàs] qasti usu u ispat “[carrying] bow, arrow, and
and ten jennies laden with grain” (Gen 45:23);
quiver” (CAD I/J 257b).
Akk: atànu - imcru, e.g., atànu u imcrum sa esemsersu
2. (Seq2) - rp?D - nst??N - 3"in - DIO
mahsu ustazziquninni “thè she-ass and thè donkey
“borse - sword - quiver - spear - javelin” (in a
whose backbone is sore have been causing me
time of war) (Job 39:19—23); Akk: murnisqi...ispàtc
aggravation” (CAD A 4823 b).
tilpànàtc u ussi mimma sumsu unùtu tàhazi “(in
2. (Secp) (jennies - foals) D^pa :CTTi? - nihN
order to muster) thè steeds, thè quivers, bows and
rné?j? Dnai □,s?3“|N nns □•'©‘7© Dìrapì nip'rp
arrows, all kinds of battle equipnient” (CAD I/J
mDS DT1»!• D ,-I©i? nihN “30 milch caniels with
2583, Senn.). : I T " : : ~t • : v

their colts, 40 cows and 10 bulls, 20 jennies and 10

piirasf.oi.ocy
jackasses” (Gen 32:16); Akk: atànu - murù jennies -
3. (Phri) (to fili up a quiver) HSp iòp, e.g., foals, e.g., idùsa murisina atànu izira bùnsina burtàtu
□HO inSP# -1 m “happy is thè “jennies trampled their foals, cows rejected their
man who fills his quiver with them” (Ps 127:5); calves” (C'AI) A 482b b).

40
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew mns-
T

N IKASl-Ol OCY to those of Ezekiel, e.g., ina let mite\qi] sa ekalli

3. (Phri) (young of thè jenny) ni3hK )3 “PB, “beside thè passageway of thè palace” (CAD M
e.g., Kin pns Nin; nan 44oa b).
niah# ]? ts? bi", -ir:- bv 33T “lo your king is (Il Garfìnkel, 48—49.
coming to you, he is victorious, triumphant, yet ^ cf. pni? v.
hunible, riding on a donkey and 011 thè young of
thè jenny” (Zech 9:9); nih# ]3//TI?, e.g.,
13h# '33 Hp-lÈÒl HT» ]Sa9 “ile (|udah) tethers DflK = Akk. attunu (<antunu) pron. (masc. pi.) OA,
his foal to a vine and his young ass to a choice OB on (CAD A 5 1 sa; AHw 88a). you.

vine” (Gen 49:11); Akk: (Mari) hayaru màr atàni

“young of thè jenny//the son of thè jenny,” e.g.,
(binn) — Akk. timali/u s. OB 011 (AHw
hayaram màr atànim anàku usaqtil salimam birit Hanc
13 59b). yesterday.
u Idamaras askun “I had a donkey foal, thè young
of a jenny, slaughtered, 1 (thus) established peace Heb. employs also thè forms ^lEn# (Isa 30:33;
between thè Haneans and Idamaras” (CAD A Mie 2:8) and ( iSam 10:1 1). These forms,
4823 d; ARM 2 37:5—14). together with thè more common attested
As noted by Held (BASOR 200 [1970I 37), five times (iSam 4:7; 14:21; 19:7; 2Sam 5:2), are
“significant indeed is thè employment of thè employed with thè prosthetic N, replacing thè
WSem. expression hayaru màr atàni (‘ayir ben earlier forni *71071 (=Akk: timàlì) used always with
atónot in Zech. 9:9) as hendiadys, in view of thè □ICL^K? (—Akk: salsùmi) “thè day before yesterday,”

pair 'ayir//ben àtòn in Gen 49:11. This usage is e.g., DICS^© tirali “yesterday and thè day before
wholly consistent with thè practice of forming yesterday” (e.g., Gen 31:2,5; Exod 5:7,8; Deut
a hendiadys from a pair of words employed in 4:42; 2Sam 3:17); cf. also Dltf1?© b^m (iSam
synonymous parallelism.” 4:7; 2Sam 5:2) = Akk: timàìi salsùmi, e.g., Arbàya
aki sa ti mài i sassùme(for saìsùme) errubu ussu “thè
HI Held, BASOR 200 (1970) 32 40.
Arabs come and go just as they used to (lit.
yesterday, day before yesterday)” (CAD S 268b
pTlX = Akk. metequ s. OB 011 (CAD M 440; AHw b and passim).
Ó49b). passage. Also, except in thè lit. texts cited, amsali
“yesterday” is used only in thè OB period. In later
The substantive p^HS is employed four times, all
texts it is replaced by timàli (CAD A 791% n.).
in Ezekiel (41:15,16; 42:3,5), as an architectural
ííf' cf. rr:x
term describing thè tempie structure. It seems
best to derive it from thè Akk. verb etequ “to pass
along” and to equate it to thè Akk. architectural nim — Akk. attina (<antina) pron. (fem. pi.) OA,
term metequ “passage” used in a context similar SB (CAD A 5 [ 2b; AHw 88a). you.

4i
 a
3 :: ba prep. EA; WSem. gloss. in(to), with, by. Heb. Pi'el).

M ( .> I I N ( INI.
EA 245:33—35: u 'Aurata laqìrni kaspc iptirìsu ina
qàtisu (gloss: bà-diù) “but Zurata has taken his i. (Seq2) (write - confimi) “1X3 - 3n3: FarDI
ransom money for himself (lit. into his hand).” 3cd''ìi “iN3 narri rninn •’nrii ^3 n# □•'23bs
Here WSem. ba is a gloss for thè standard Akk. “and on those stones you shall inscribe every word
preposition ina. of this Teaching, confimi thè true legai case well”
c:f. t. (Deut 27:8); flT I!?!?1? nin^H bs “IX31 prn 3in?
«^1 ns’i nyiab firn ’(“is?)Tiy '3 i3 &nip
3-T3^ ‘ ‘write thè prophecy down, confimi its truth
Ì1K3 = Akk. In’u (blbu) s. MA on (CAI) 13 297a;
on thè tablets, so that thè reacier will be fluent in
AHw 1 34b). drainage opcning.
it. For there is yet a prophecy (rei. thè prophecy
IH NOI \ l l \ l is a witness) for a set terni, a truthful witness for a
time to come” (Hab 2:2—3); Akk: satani - barn “to
1. (Dcm) (BH hapax), ..."li?©1? fiSSO nani
write down, to confimi, establish thè legai truth,”
HK33 n-Tn n#?|?n n3Tïïn “and there, north
e.g., inuma [tuppum\...innczbu balum sibù ina nis
of thè gate of thè aitar, was that infuriating image
in thè drainage opening” (Ezek 8:5); Akk: Adad- ilim ubbirù issatir inanna sibù ina nis Him libirrùsu

niràri...bihe sa duri sa bit Assur...iksir “Adad-nïrárï “when thè written testimony was made out, it

has made watertight thè drainage openings of thè was written without witnesses having confirmed

wall around thè Assur tempie” (CAD B 2<j7a); it by oatli, now let witnesses under oath (also)
confimi it” (CAD B 1293).
cf. more specifically salmdniya ina lu i sa duri taphà
“you (witch) have immured figurines of me in Cf. Akk. burtu employed in thè idiom tuppu
thè drainage opening of thè (city) wall” (CAD B burtu “tablet with a sworn statement, deposition”
297I1, Maqlu). (CAD B 3393).

Note that similar to thè Akk. passage (from In light of thè above Akk. semantic
Maqlu), which involves ritual against witchcraft, equivalent, Heb. “1X3 should be rendered as
BH Ì1N3 (also employed in depicting some sort “establish, confimi thè true legai situation” and
of witchcraft activities) should be rendered not just “expound, explain, state clearly” as thè
“drainage opening” and not just “approach” as term is usually translated.
universally translated. NJPS notes “meaning of (il Tigay, Deuteronomy, 5:5; Tsumura, ZAW 94 (1982)
Heb. uncertain.” 294-95.

The Neo-Assyrian by-form bìbu is to be

equated to thè LH-Aramaic 3V3 .3'3, "1X3 = Akk. burtu A s. OB on (CAD B 33 sa; AHw
11-IJJ Kaufman, AIA 43. 141 a), well, pond, pit.

simili ;/mi; iaphor

"IÍO = Akk. barn v. OAkk. on (CAD B i25b; 1. (SM2) (for a woman): ^130 □'» nn©
AHw io8b). to be stable, be proved (Akk. G-stem); ~-,#3 Tjinp D^Tàl ‘ ‘drink water from your own
to confimi thè true legai situation (Akk. D-stem, cistern, running water from your own well” (Prov

43
 An Akkadian Lexical, Companion por Biblical Hebrew

5:15; SoS 4:15); Akk: e.g., sinnistu burtu burtu is good in my (Samas-sum-ukin) eyes and in thè
suttatu hiritu sinnistu patri parziìli sclu sa tanakkisu eyes of thè whole country” (CAD B 53 3K).
kisàd etli “a woman is a pitfall, a holc, a ditch, a 2. (Den2) (to stink) ©a:n aVpin a-n “it
woman is a sharp iron dagger that cuts a man’s became infested with maggots and stank” (Lxod
throat” (CAI) B 338b> 4, Dialogue of Pcssimism). 16:20); Akk: e.g., summa uzunsu bi’sat “if his ear
imirashotocy
smells bad” (CAD B 4b 1).

2. (Phri) (well water) “1X3 'P (Num 20:17; 'V Ct: mi .C'wXZ: BA v.; ÏTK3* adj.
21:22); Akk: me burti, e.g., libbi kaskasi dandanni
kànfi lemnuti kima me burti elluti unih “like thè Erta = Akk. bu su A s. SB (CAD B 352b; AHw
clear water of a well, he appeased thè heart of 143b). stendi.
thè strong and mighty, (of thè one) who puts thè
Di \o 1 \ 1 l\ 1
wicked into fetters” (CAI) B 337b g).
i. (Den2) inm brni i©#3 “its (thè
3. (Phri) (well of water) CTQ “IK3 (Gen
dying locusts’) stendi and foni odor will arise”
21:19,25; 24:1 1; 26:18,19); Akk: me burti, e.g., lu
(Joel 2:20); (said of corpses |Isa 34:3, Amos 4:10]);
ina me burti ina me nari tuballalma tasallah “you mix
Akk: e.g., summa ina MN milu illikma nàru musa
either in well water or in river water and you
ana escni irissunu la tabu Adad ina màti ikkalma màtu
sprinkle” (thè mixture) (CAD B 337b 2').
bu’ussa ussan “if a flood comes in MN and thè
4. (Phr2) (to dig a well) "IK? n“G/nsn,
odor of thè water of thè river is unpleasant to
e.g., Di?n rr-i? nn3//D,i© nnsn ix? “thè
smeli, Adad will wreak havoc in thè land till thè
well that thè chieftains dug//that thè nobles of
stendi of thè land is smelled everywhere” (CAD
thè people deepened” (Num 21:18; cf. also Gen
B 353a; Summa àlu).
26:21,18,19,25 and passim); Akk: burta herá/
petú “to dig/open a well” (CAD B 3 3 5b b and '»■ Cf. rxz v. crtóta.
passim).
denotativi ; — Akk. Insù adj. Bogh., SB on (CAD B
5. (Dc'112) (referring to a garden well), e.g., 27ob; AHw 13 la). Akk. malodorous, ofbad quality,
D,an □’P “1X3 D'33 “a garden sprmg, a well (morally evil).
of fresh water” (SoS 4:15); Akk: ina libbi eqli anni
denotativi ;
dimtu u kirù ina libbi kin burtu agurra rasippana “in
1. (Den2) 3'©#3 frin □■'33Ï ni©!?1? “and
thè middle of this field there is a watchtower and
he (thè beloved) hoped to yield grapes, instead
a garden, in thè middle of thè garden there is a
he yielded grapes ofbad quality” (Isa 5:2,4 only);
well built up with baked bricks” (CAD B 33ób
Akk: zeru/pitu/lurindu/sikaru Insù “seed/(garlic)
2').
bundle/pomegranate/beer ofbad quality” (CAD
Cf. “ria.
B 27ob 2).
Cf. rxz v. osa.
VX! = Akk. ba'àsu A v. OA on (CAD B 4b; AHw
94a). to stink (Akk. G-stem; Heb. Qal); to besmirch
— Akk. budulhu (bidurhu, buddarhu) s. SB,
(Akk. D-stem; Heb. Hiph il).
NB (CAD B 30sb; AHw 1363). bdellium.
deno tati vi :

1. (Deni) (to besmirch) ,3©,K3nì7 'riN 3r.“3ï denotative

pan 3©,3 “you (Simeon and Levi) have brought 1. (i)en2) an©n |3#i ròn:pn □© “bdellium
troublc on me (Jacob), besmirching me among is there and lapis lazuli” (Gen 2:12); f“'SÍ3 ÍVS?!
thè inhabitants of thè land” (Gen 34:30); Akk: and its (thè manna’s) texture (lit. eye) is
sunkunu sa ina paniya u ina pan màtàti gabbu banù la like thè texture of bdellium” (Num 11:7); Akk:
tuba’asa “do not besmirch your reputation, which ina rnuhhi bidurhu u siparru sa taspura subila ana

44
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical H EBREW

paniya “with rogarci to thè bdellium and bronze (2Kgs 12:6,7,9,13 and passim); Akk: batqu sa ekalli
about which you have written, send (them) to “damage to thè palace” (CAD B i6>7b b).
me” (CAD 15 3063).
syntactic construction

Note that “most likely an Aram, borrowing 3. (sy) Orari) pn?1? “ for repairing (thè
into NB replacing some Babylonian name for a tempie)” (2Kgs 12:8); Akk: ana batqi, e.g., ana
common aromatic” (CAD B 3o6a). batqi sa bit Istar “for repairing thè tempie of Istar”
(CAD B i68a.

(prQ) — Akk. batàqu v. OA, OB on (CAD In mng. 3d, CAD (B i67b) states: “thè late
B i i) i b; AHw i 143). to cut off or through, break substantive batqu should be considered an Aram,
apart. loanword (from thè Late Hebrew and thè Aram.
denotativi ;
bedeq) and read badqu. This seems preferable to
assuming a special development in Akkadian (NA
i.(l)en2) pri3 (hapax) “cut off, through,”
and NB).”
e.g., ann-ra “ip~3i 15^3 IO1**
103-11 “ they
(your lovers) shall stone you (jerusalem) and slit (il A. Hurowitz, [NES 45 (1986) 289-294.
you with their swords” (Ezek 16:40); Akk: e.g.,
issuk mulmuUa ihtepi karassa qerbisa uhattiqa usallit
— Akk. ubanu s. OB 011 (AHw 13<>8b). Akk.
libba “he (Marduk) shot off thè arrow, it broke
finger, big toe; Heb. thumb, big toe.
open her belly, it cut to her innards, it pierced thè
heart” (Eli. el. IV 101—2). l’HRASEOLOGY

The BH verb p“Q is a hapax employed in thè 1. (Phr2) (big toe of thè foot) |H3 “big
toe of thè foot” (e.g., Exod 29:20; Lev 8:23,24);
late hook of 2Chr 34:10: rP3H p-Tll^l pH?1? “to
Akk: ubànàt sepesu “thè big toes ofhis feet” (AHw
mend, (examine) and repair (lit. strengthen) thè
house.” 13993 3)-
As noted by Cìreenfield BH (pm) p"D Akk. ubànu stands for *ibhàmu and Heb. bShen for
“meant originally ‘to split, crack’, then in line *buhmu. While thè semantic equivalent of Akk.
with known semantic cognates bdq will in time ubànu “finger” is Heb. i?3¥#, Heb. |Ì13 is thè
develop thè meaning it has in MH” (i.e., to etymological and semantic equivalent only when
examine, check) “as one may refer to Akkadian both connote “big toe.”
parasti ‘to cut’> to investigate.” Ili Albright, VTSupp 4 (1956) 256.
(Il Cìreenfield, HUCA 29 (1958) 217 -22; Cohen,
1 16:29; idem. Klein Irst. 702-03; Hurowitz, licit Mikra
pi"iÌ3 = Akk. epqu s. Nuzi, SB (CAD E 2463; AHw
176 (2003) 94 96.
23ob). leprosy (Heb. metathesis).
Cf. pi?.
denotativi ;

1. (Den2) (bh hapax) rnn? D“ró3 nii?3 nani

pi? = Akk. batqu s. NA, NB (CAD B i67b 3tl;
xin lina -risa nns ain pns nr6 nin? “and
AHw 1 i_5a). damage, repair work.
behold thè discolorations on thè skin of thè body
l’i irasholocy are of dull white, it is leprosy broken out on thè
1. (Phr2) (to repair) (rP3n) p"1? pm'? (2Kgs skin; he is clean” (Lev 13:39); Sum: lù-sahar-sub-
22:5, passim); Akk: batqa sabàtu, e.g., batqu sa ussc ba “one covered with scales” = Akk: sa epqam malti

bat\qute\ isabbata “they will repair thè damaged = “full of leprosy” (C'AI) E 2463 lex. section).

foundations” (( 'Al ) B 167!! c); batqa kasàru, e.g., Note “thè Sum. equivalent sahar-sub-ba also =
anàku batqu sa ekalli ...akassar “I myself will repair Akk: garàbu, saharsubbu indicates that epqu means
thè damage in thè palace” (CAD B 167I1 b). ‘leprosy,’ and replaces OB saharsubbu” (CAD E
2. (Phr2) rran p~a “d amage to thè Tempie” 246b).

45
rnns An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

forms of thè Mari dialect Old Akkadian, which

n.““2 = Akk. bi'àru s. SB (CAD B 2i7b; AHw
shares with Hebrew thè shift à > 0, written il.”
L24a). spot on thè skin.
IH Frankena, Beck l:est., 48—49.
di ; notati VE.

i. (Den2) ninb rhns rnn? D-m -rò?

“(shiny marks) on their skin and thè spots on thè ibis = Akk. bulli A s. MA (CAD B 3 12b; AHw
skin are white” (Lev 13:38); Akk: pi’àsu hi’ara u I 37b). dry wood.
bu’sànu “his mouth has ... and ...-disease” (CAD denotativi ;

B 217b). 1. (Den 1) (BH hapax) TiapK fS? blì1? “should

I worship dry wood” (Isa 44:19); Akk: buia
KID = Akk. bà ti v. OA, OB on (CAD B i78b; tunakkar pi’itta la tunakkar “you remove firewood
AHw 1 i6b). to come, walk along. but do not remove thè embers” (CAD B 3 i2b).

contrastino usaci ;
II *70 = Akk. bulu s. OB 011 (CAD B 3 1 3a; AHw
1. (Coni) (come - go) Tjbn - KÌ3, e.g., bz
TjV: ]? xar nay “ he must depart just as he carne” 1 37b)- Akk. herd, wild animals; Heb. wild animals.

(Ecc 5:15; cf. also Ecc 5:14); Akk: bà'u - alàku, Ili noi \ 1 1 \ 1
e.g., ba'àm tuppini lu nilqéma lu nittallak “come, let
1. (I)eri2) (BH hapax) D’in ^13 ’S
us take our document and leave” (CAD B 181 a
iprite nnton n»n ^31 “for thè wild animals
2)- acclaimed him, and all thè beasts of thè field
imiraseology
rejoiced” (Job 40:20); Akk: e.g., abràte mala basa
2. (Phr2) (come to, pass through a gate) NÌ3 ana Nissaba \dulia] bui seri namrnassè suppà narb\èsa\
“iy©3 (e.g., Jer 17:27; Ezek 26:10; 2Chr 33:14); “let all thè human race, as many as exist, [give
Akk: ina bàb bà'u, e.g., “after they had ascended to praise| to Nisaba, thè creatures of thè bush, thè
thè heavens of Anu” ina bàb Ani Utili! u Ha iba’\ù\ wildlife, extol [her] greatness” (BWL 172:15—16,
“and passed through thè gate of Anu, Enlil, and Nisaba and Wheat).
Ea” (CAD B i8oa 2). liJ Cohen, Hapax 51.
denotativi ;

3. (Dem) nn'SJn Ki3 “ come to thè city” fl2 = Akk. Inisu D s. NA, NB (CAD B 35oa; AHw
(e.g., iSam 10:5; 2Sam 17:17; iKgs 14:12) and
143a), byssus.
Akk: ribit àli bà'u “to cross thè city square” (CAD
IMIR aseoi.ooy
B i78b lex. section; ibid. t8oa).
1. (Phr2) (111 clothing) f 13 b'2'?/~'~^~
As noted by Frankena, “whereas thè CAD B,
“robe/mantle of byssus” (Esth 8:15; iChr 15:27);
178fF., gives already thè meaning ‘to come in, to
Akk: saddin/multati busi “fabric/headband(?) of
come to meet, to come into (thè presence of a
byssus.”
person)’....This meaning is also recorded by voli
2. (Phr2) (aniong expensive merchandise),
Soden in AHw, 1 ióf., but he distinguishes a verb
e.g., fai nippli ;r:a-N...~r.nnt cn# “Aram was
bà'u I ‘entlang gehen’, with vowel à, from a verb
your dealer... (in) purple goods, embroidery,
bà’u II ‘kommen’ a Canaanite verb with vowel
and byssus” (Ezek 27:16); Akk: e.g., busi lubulti
M...it is interesting to see that von Soden lists sub
birmc kitê amhursu “I received from him byssus,
bà’um lì only passages from Mari texts, whereas
multicolored clothing, and linen” (CAD B
thè verb bà'um I does not occur there.” “This is
35°a).
so striking,” Frankena continues, “that, in my
opinion thè verbs bà’um I and bà’um II have to be
treated as only one verb, as done in thè CAD. I "113 = Akk. bum B s. MB on (CAD B 3423; AHw
consider thè Mari forms (with u vowel) dialectical 141 a), pit, well.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

PHRASHOl.OGY me” (CAD B 6a d).

1. (Phri) (well water) “113 'D (2Kgs 18:3 1; Isa 3. (Don 1) Ì?2K ET3P (an uncontrollable youtb)
36:16); Akk: me buri (CAD B 342I} lex. section). “disgraces his mother” (Prov 29:1 5); Akk: ahi atta
2. (Phri) (to open a pit) “113 nnS, e.g., •'31 la tubàsani “you are my brother, do not disgrace
"13 KTK n-13' •’? “113 ETN nn?' “when a man me” (CAD B 6a 2).
opens a pit or digs a pit” (Exod 21:33); Akk: bum
The SB adj. bayasù (bayàsu) “modest, decent”
petti, e.g., mustcsir nàràti ina qercb sadì mupattù bur
(CAD B 34a) may be equated to thè LH ptf’3
kuppl ina qirib hursàni “(Marduk) who direets thè
“humble, modest” (Ben Yehuda, Dictionary,
rivers among thè hills, who opens thè wells of thè
1:532).
springs among thè mountains” (CAD B 342b 2).
3. (Phri) CD^CD TÍ3 “mud pit” (jer 38:6; Ps
is' cf. noia ,nrà.
40:3); Akk: buru sa itte “bitumen pit” (CAD B
342b 1). nem
T
cf. neh.
4. (Phri) D'Q Ì3 'ptf Cp“) “IÌ3ni) “(and thè
pit was empty); there was no water in it” (Gen
IH :: ba, :ru v. limar; WSem. word (Emar 194:18-
13 D'O P# “IÌ3Q “'“’CX T.nVr “I have
3 7 :2 4 );
19). to scatter > to distribute.
released your prisoners from a dry pit” (Zech
9:11); Akk: \me\ istti u mù ina buri y\ànu\ “they
Pentiuc’s (2001:34) suggestion to equate thè
used thè water and there is no (more) water in thè
Emarite v. (Ci - stelli) with thè twice employed
well” (C'AI) B 342b 2).
Heb. v. “IT3 (Pi1 el) is plausible. Heb. “1T3 has two
5. (Phr2) (diga well)"lÌ31Sn/n“13 (Exod2i:33;
connotations: “to scatter” i.e., nÌ3"1p “1T3
Ps 7:16); dtk^?? moncn.-.D'an rnxa ns -siri
raarr 1 ■‘scatter thè people who delight in wars”
“and he (Isaac) dug thè wells...and thè Philistines
(Ps 68:31). as well as “to distribute” (Qal) (said
filled them up” (Gen 26:18); Akk: bum hcrù, e.g.,
of booty), LBH: “IÌT;r Dnb En3“H HT3
umtaìli buri sa uharru \anàku\ “he has filled in thè pits
“spoil, booty and property he shall distribute for
that I dug” (George, Gilgamesh, 546:157).
them” (Dan 11:24). This may be comparable to
Cf. “82
thè Emarite expression zizu bazàru “to distribute
shares” (see Pentiuc 2001:34-5). Note also thè
= Akk. ba’àsu B v. CA, OB on (CAD B usage of thè more common Heb. v. “1T3 “to
5b; AHw ii2b). to come to shame (intrans., Qal, scatter” (labial b and p interchange).
G-stem); to put to shame (trans., Hiph‘il, D-stem).

I’ 11 k AS LO LOG Y
H"Q = Akk. bcru A v. OA 011 (C'AI) B 212a; AHw
122I1). to choose.
1. (Phr2) (said of enemies of thè nation)
p’S Vi...^3: “ let all who hate Zion...come D) Nili AIIV!
to shame” (Ps 129:5); Akk: zà’iràni...ibtasu’ù
1. (Den 1) (said of persons) “1113
“those who hate (Assyria) come to shame” (C’AI)
“??0 'E73K “select picked men/soldiers/men (of
B sb c).
valor)” (iChr 19:10; Exod 17:9; 18:25); Akk:
DliNO IATI Vii sàbam damqam/awili damqútim bèru “to choose best
2. (Deni) (said of enemies of individuai) men/noblemen” (CAD B 2i2b 1); u mundahsi
-rp3r: “,ct thosc who scck niy ëpis qabli u tàhazi...abirma “I (Esarhaddon) selected
life be put to shame” (Ps 35:4; Isa 45:24); Akk: fighters (and) combat troops” (CAD, ibid.).
lihbit rami libàs barristi “may my love prevail, (and) 2. (Dem) (said of law and justice) CDBE7D
she who slanders me come to shame” (CAD B 6a 3ìq na irrs nsn? nb nnnp? “let us choose
d); àmen libàsanni “may whosoever looks at me justice for ourselves, let us know aniong ourselves
(with evil intent) come to shame 011 account of what is good” (job 34:4); Akk: kitta u misara teber

47
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

“you (Samas) select law and order” (CAI) 13 2T2b prostrate myself severi times each” ina bantc (gloss:
lex. section). batnuma) u scrutna (gloss: zuhruma) “011 my belly
(lit. chest) and 011 my back.”
Akk. behcru (Heb. “IPO) “to select, levy (troops)”
is employed only in NB and is an Aram. lw. Cf. noa ,"inis.

(CAD 13 i86a).
Note also tbat thè Akk. verbal adj. beni “elite = Akk. bùtuttu s. OAkk. on (CAD B 359a;
troops” is employed only in OB and Mari and AHw i44b). pistachio.
is equated in thè lexical list to sàbe nisqi “select
sequencinc;
troops.” Likewise, Mari employs thè compound
forni (sàbu) bahru, which may be equated to thè 1. (Seq2) (BH hapax) tDSJÍ? nmB ti'vb TTHÍrn
Heb. □'nm when it refers to “elite troops” (e.g., □■Hjxn D'acpi abi nió? rán aypi “bring
2Kgs 8: r 2; Jer 48:15). down a gift for thè man (Joseph): some balm and
,jr
some lioney, gum, laudanum, pistachio nuts and
Cf. CAD B 21 ih; AHw i22b.
almonds” (Ceri 43:11); Akk: ...100 dispu.. 10 imcr
bulli sa buttiate... 1 o imcr riqqc tabi “ 100 (containers)
ntOD :: battìi v. EA ; WSem. gloss (CAD B 1773).
with honey...io homers of pistachio nuts... 10
to be secure.
liomers of sweet-smelling balm” (*CAD B
denotativi ; 359b).
1. (Dem) EA 147: 52—56 (let. Tyre): atta (,U Cohen, Hapax 35.
Sanisi sa ittasi ina muhhiya u duri siparri sa izkupu
ana sàsu u assurti ahi sarri bcliya dannati nuhti (gloss:
n"T3 = Akk. birtu s. OB on (CAD B 26ib; AHw
batitì) “you are thè sun-god, who rises for (or,
I2yb). citadel, fortress.
over) me, and a wall of bronze that is reared
for me(!), and because of thè mighty power of denotativi;

thè king, my lord, I (Abimilki) ani secure (i.e., 1. (Dc'112) only in thè late books: Esth 1:2,5
confident, at case).” and passim; Neh 2:8; 7:2; iChr 29:1,19; 2Chr
The forni batitì corresponds to Heb: THIES 17:12; 27:4 (rn,?“V3); Akk: al dannutisu sa PN
(e.g., Ps 13:6; 25:2; 26:1; 31:15). ... birtu ana ramaniya asbat sippìsa aksur cbal subat
sarnttiya ina libbi addi “1 occupied thè citadel of
PN’s fortified city for myself, and set up a palace in
= Akk. batàlu v. OB on (CAD B 174b; AHw
it as my royal residence” (CAD B 26ib).
1 i6a). to cease activity.
Ili Mankowski, 47.
denotativi ;

1. (Deri2) (BH hapax): 'S nÚDÉSn Òtpni

I"P3 = Akk: bitu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD B 273!-); 2823;
“and thè maids that grind (i.e., teeth), grown few,
AHw i32b). house.
are idle” (Ecc 12:3); Akk: sinnisàtu sa la sipàri batta
“thè women (workers) are idle because of lack of idiomatic usaci;

wool” (CAD B i75b 6). 1.(Id2) (tempie/palace supervisor) “)$#

Ili Cohen, Hapax 125—26:46. n^n (c,en 44:1; iKgs 4:6 [n'nn bv\; 16:9; 2Kgs
18:18 passim); Akk: sa muhhi bìti (CAD B 296b),
^ Cf. BA ba'z.
sa muhhi ekalli (MA), e.g., sa muhhi ekallim nàgir
ckallim rab zàriqi asti sa betànu “thè palace overseer,
][?? :: batnu s. EA ; WSem. gloss (CAD B I78a). thè palace constable, thè chief of thè water-
belly, midsection of thè body. sprinklers, thè physician of thè inner (parts of thè
denotativi ; palace)” (CAD E Ó2a).
1. (Den2) E A 232:8—11 (let. Akko): “I 2. (Idi) (fiunily, clan) DN ÍV3 , see DN.

48
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

trans fi : k k i; i ) mlanino 5. (Phn) (prison) K^Ct) ZV3; Akk: bit kili,

3. (TMi) (tomb) Heb. 7P3, which is see
employed once in parallelism with “13p, 6. (Phri) (storehouse) 71Ì33 7P3; Akk: bit
poetically connotes “tomb,” e.g., D'iH “O1?? ^3 nakkamàti, see 71135.
"rp: ~zbzT. n-.s- irro? ira nino? 133© drz 7. (Phn) (tempie) CPr6$(n) 7P3; Akk: bit ili;
3I?J"U “I?i33 “all thè kings of thè nations were see
laici, every one in his tomb, while you (Sargon 8. (Phri) (house-born slave) 7T3 T1?'; Akk:
II) were cast out from your grave like loathsome (w)ilid biti; see “pb1.
carrion” (Isa 14:18-19). Further, it seems that thè 9. (Phr2) (treasury) “1151X71 7T3 (Mal 3:10;
poetic term is likewise employed in Ps 49:12: Neh 10:39; Dan 1:2); Akk: bit nisirti (AHw 1343
"ini -n*? ani3©a//Dìpii;i? ìdtq (onnp) nanp ■7)-
“th eir grave is their eternai tomb//their resting i o. (Phr2) (armory) T'bs 7P3 “his (Hezekiah’s)
place (lit. dwelling place) for all generations.” armory” (2 Kings 20:1 3 = Isa 39:2); Akk: bit màsarte
Similarly, Akk. employs bitu for “tomb,” e.g., bitu “arsenal” (CAD M 359b; AHw 1343.14). In NA
sa ina siili hit Marduk...ukinnuma “thè tomb that I thè term is ekal màsarte (CAI) M 3583). As noted
established in thè shade of thè tempie of Marduk” by Cogan and Tadmor (AB 11:259), “was this
(CAI) 13 2y2a e, time of Assur-uballit I); sa luta building another borrowing by Hezekiah under
ipusu...iqabbi...ùm uhtillanni simàtu asallal ina libbi thè strong impact of Assyrian imperiai style?”^'
“he who built a house saying, ‘...On thè day fate ci. r:r: r:z.
claims me, I shall fall asleep inside’” (Erra, IV 99). 1 1. (Phr2) (road station) nÙTl? 7T3 (Prov
More specifically, similar to thè usage of BH I"P3 8:2); Akk: bit beri (CAD B 21 ni).
in Isaiah’s description of Sargon’s death (i.e., Isa 12. (Phr2) (royal residence) "^ÏÏTl 7P3 (2Sam
14:18), Akk. employs thè noun bitu “tomb” in 11:2; 19:19 and passim); Akk: bit sarri (CAD S
thè account of Sargon’s death: ustabbalu mituti 93a b-; CAD B 289b d and passim). 7P3
sa Sarru-kin ina bitisu la qibru “they shall explain (Esth 1:9; 5:1); Akk: bit sarrùti (CAD S 1 i8a).
(to me) thè (interpretation) of Sargon’s death, 13. (Phr2) (harem) CPEtin TP? (Esth
who was not buried in his tomb” (Tadmor, El 2:3,9,1 Ci4; only); Akk: bit sinnis(à)ti(m); ana kàsa
5 [1958] 154:8—9). In light of thè above, thè ana biti sinnist\i u\ ana rnàtika lu \sulmu\ “greetings
NJPS emendation “in honor” for thè MT ÌTP3 to you, to thè harem, and to your country” (CAD
S 292I-)).
“his tomb” should be rejected. Note also that thè
14. (Phr2) (household administrator, steward)
hapax □‘pia rp? “h ouse (i.e., tomb) of eternity,”
e.g., iobi? ri1'? % tn#n p “because man n?3 e.g., n?3 TriTtsEh u'-izs Trap “i
purchased slaves, serving-girls, and stewards (Ecc
goes to bis house of eternity” (lice 12:5) is thè
2:7); Akk: màr biti, e.g., PN màr biti sa PN_ abarakki
semantic equivalent of thè NA expression subat
“PN, thè household adiministrator of PN , thè
daràti “dwelling place of eternity,” e.g., ekal
steward” (C'AI) B 295 b).
salali kimàh tapsuhti subat daràti “a palace of sleep
15. (Phr2) (build a house) 3©7l iÒ) 713371 7T3
(i.e., grave), tomb of repose, an eternai dwelling
13 “you should build a house, you shall not live
place” (OIP 2 151, no. 14:3; Senn.); ekal tapsuhti
in it” (Deut 28:30); Akk: bita epesu “to build a
subat. dàràt “a palace of repose, a dwelling place
house” (in a similar context, in a curse): bit ippusu
of eternity” (ibid., no. 13:3; Semi.). Cf. Tawil,
libël sanumma “thè house that he builds let another
JANES 3/1 (1970/71) 36.
person take over” (BBSt 6 ii:53). As noted by
imirasiìoi.ogy
Paul, thè idiomatic expression DT13 7IÉ7Ï?, which
4. (Phn) (prison, cage) aniD^n/lìONn 7P3 is employed in Exod 1:2 1 and which is considered
(Jer 37:15; Judg 16:21,25); Akk: bit esëri: ina bit by NJPS among others “uncertain,” connotes
escri lu addisunu “I put (thè wild animals) in cages” “found, establish families,” e.g., WP ‘'S
(CAI) E 335b). □'H3 orò tosn nx Tn’rpn “and because

49
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

thè midwivcs fcared God, He cstablished families kiosk...which among thè kings my fathers none
for them.” Heb: D^rQ nt£?S? is thè equivalent of thè have built, 1 built” (Borger, Esarh p.61 22:4-6)
Akk. expression bit a epësu, which usually means III Oppenheim, JNES 24 (1965) 328-33; Mankowski,
“to build a house,” but also connotes “to found 47-48.
a family,” e.g., ina C.Nma asar qinnam taqannanu u
Intani teppesu Uh “settle in Tuttul, where you can
nra = Akk. baku v. OA, OB on (CAD B 35b;
make a home and found a family” (CAI) E 205b
AHw 97a). to cry.
c’; Mari); epsi luta ana mutiki “create a family for
PARALLELISM
your husband” (Paul, Maarav 8 [1992] 139-42).
1. (Pari) (cry//shcd tears) S?Bn//n33, e.g.,
nypn •;*?? nini yann ran*. ni? ':?a
IV? = Akk. bit (bitte) conj. MA, NA (and as
“my soul will weep for (your) arrogratice, my eye
Assyrianism in NB from Nineveh) (CAD B 272b;
will tear and flow with tears” (Jer 13:1 7); cf. Akk:
AHw 13 ib). where, when, what, near to.
baku//dima alàku, e.g., ana pan Samas ibakki ana
The unusual forni TÒ rr? (Ezek 1:27) was pan Ha iìlaka dimàsa “he (thè worm) cries before
considered by NJPS as “meaning of Heb. Samas; before Ea flow his tears” (CAD D 1483
uncertain.” Toumay suggests equating thè Akk. t>)
part. bit “near to” to thè Heb. rP3 rendering thè 2. (Pari) (cry//mourn) n30//n33, e.g., fcCPI
clausc in Ezek 1:27 as: n#“jQ? |'5J3 XnXI nns?1?!... nsp1?... “ Abraham carne to mourn for
3"3D TÒ n'? m “I saw thè like ofhasmal, like thè Sarah and to cry over her” (Gen 23:2; Ezek 24:16;
appearance of fire near to it, around.” cf. Ezek 27:31); Akk: baku - sapàdu, e.g., ibakku
IIJ Garfìnkel, 53. re'é...isappidu dadmc “thè shepherds lament...the
people mourn” (CAD B 37b).

syntactk : construction
|rr? = Akk. bitànu s. MB, MA 011 (CAD B 274b;
AHw 131 b). Akk. interior, garden kiosk (NA); 3. (Sy) (to mourn for) b n33 (Jer 22:10; Job
Heb. garden kiosk. 30525 passim); H33 (Ezek 27:31; 2Sam 1:24;

denotativi:
3:32); b)3 n33 (2S am 3:34 passim); Akk: baku eli/
ana, e.g., anàku ana linkidu ibriya abakki “I shall
1. (Den2) Tj^an irr:a(rO naa “thè garden
mourn Enkidu, my friend” (George, Gilgamesh,
house, thè garden house of thè king” (Esth 1:5;
654:44); illikma ana simatu aunlfitim uni u musi elisu
7:7,8 only); Akk: ina tarbasi sa intani sa bit Nabli “in
abki “he went to thè destiny of mankind I wept
thè inner courtyard of thè Nabli tempie” (CAD
over him day and night” (ibid., 278:4—5').
B 274b c); ina bitàn sapti “011 thè inside ofhis lip”
(CAD B 274b b) PHRASEOLOCY

4. (Phr2) (cry bitterly) “ia Ì"!D3, <-'.g_, 'OtÒD

As noted by Oppenheim, thè bitànu mcntioned
Shalom’s (i.e., Jerusalem’s)
in an Esarhaddon inscription is “another new
messengers weep bitterly” (Isa 33:7); I?1?# 1331
architectural element that enters into thè style of
royal living. This is a garden connected with thè na nspa ©33 na3 “they shall weep over you

palace.” The inclusion of a bitànu ‘little house’, bitter-hearted, with bitter lamenting” (Ezek

kiosk, or sumnier house means “that thè garden 27:31); Akk: sarpis/marsis baku, e.g., Gilgàmes ana

together with thè garden kiosk have become an Hnkidu ibrisu sarpis ibakkima “for his friend Enkidu,

essential feature of thè palace of thè Assyrian kings Gilgamesh was weeping bitterly” (George,
beginning with thè Sargonides.” Accordingly, Gilgamesh, 666:1—2); amëlu su ina ramatimi marsis
note thè following passage: abtani scrussu bitànu ibakki “that man has been crying bitterly over his
(var. bit sarri)...sa ina sarràni abbeya mamma là epussu fate (lit. himself)” (CAD B 363 lex. section).
anàku cpus “I built upon it (thè terrace) a garden IH Gruber, 402 24.

50
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

O??) f"PD3 — Akk. hikltu s. OB on (CAD B 22^b; ina tànihi lemni “in bitter weeping, in painful
AHw i25b). wccping. sighs” (CAD B 2243 lex. section); kima ahali àtahal
marustu bihitu “for bread I ate bitter tears” (CAD
PARAI i llism
B 2243 1).
1. (Pari) (tears//wccping) ,'pp//nSJp,Tl, e.g.,
njpj#! '33 'n npTp n# ni?p-i niop “ýou cover Akk. employs thè substantive bakkà'u (OB lex.)
thè aitar of thè Lord with tears, wccping, and for a male “professional mourner” (CAD B 34b)
mourning” (Mal 2:13; Jer 31:15); Akk: dlmtu - as well as bakkitu (Mari, SB, NA) for “professional
bikitu, e.g., bikitu kurmati / / dimtu mastiti “weeping wailing woman” (CAD ibid.), e.g., DN sa issu ali
is my nourishment//tears are my drink” (*CAD taìabbanni bakkissu si issu ali talabbia “Sakkukutu,
B 2243 1); for a similar idea see Job 3:23: 'p who circumambulatcs thè city, is thè wailing
t.:#-* crap un5] xnn T,n:s ‘pn*? “my mourning woman for him, she circumambulatcs thè city”
serves as my bread, my roaring (i.e., crying) pours (CAD B 35a). This notion of women bewailing
forth as water”; Akk: ahai dimmati u bikiti “bread a god may be seen in nsnn n# nÌ3pP...D,'03n
of moaning and weeping” (*CAD ibid.). “women bewailing (thè god) Tammuz” (Ezek
8:14). The standard Akk. lexeme for professional
con 1 K as li ni; usaci;
male and female mourners is lallaru/lallartu, lallaritu
2. (Con2) (weeping - joy) 113“] - 'pp, e.g.,
(CAD L 47b).
nn ~£Ìb} I'1?; Z-VZ “weeping may linger
for thè night but at dawn there is joy” (Ps 30:6); Note also thè Emarite verbal noun (D - stem
Akk: bihitu - hidatu, e.g., ina tàdirti u bikiti usalpitusu inf.) bukhù “weeping” (Emar 369:39; see Pentiuc
2001:42-3).
nahru qàtcya ummid ina hidàti usaklil “(that which) to
(my) grief and sorrow thè enemy had destroyed, 1 IH Gruber, 424-34.

with my own hand fully restored amid rejoicing” Cf. H33 v.

(CAD B 224a 2).

SLQULNCINC "133 = Akk. bakru (bakartu fem.) adj. MB (CAD B

3. (Seqi) (weeping — mourning) “IBDpi 'SS, 35a; AHw 97a). fìrstborn.
e.g., p© lànb] nn-ip’pi napoli ^p1? ... xnpn
Akk. bakru/bakartu occurs only in personal
“(God) summoned ... to weeping and mourning,
names.
for shaving (off thè hair) and girding in sackclotb”
Note that “thè word bukm [‘son, child’,] like
(Isa 22:12; Joel 2:12; Lsth 4:3); Akk: bihitu u sipdu,
its femmine countcrpart, bukurtu |‘daughtcr’|, is
e.g., bikit u sipdu ina màti ittaskan “weeping and
used chiefly in poetic contexts; it rarely refers to
mourning was established in thè land” (*CAD S
299a)
human beings. Although thè root bkr in other
•
Semitic languages frequently means ‘fìrst-born’,
4. (Seq2) (weeping - moaning) njP3#] "Op
‘carly’, etc. there is no indication that such was
(Mal 2:13); Akk: dimmatu 11 bihitu, e.g., \ina\
thè nuance in Akkadian” (CAD B 3ioa). Akk.
dimmatim u bikìtim \à\tasus “l grievcd in moaning
employs thè adj. restii for “fìrstborn,” said of gods
and weeping” (CAD D i43b).
and humans (CAD R 274).
5. (Seq2) (weeping - lamentation) ,njpi?T -'33
njpBT bp] 'pp bp (Isa 65:19); Akk: sirhu - bihitu, '-*■ Cf. rrotn.
e.g., Anum qubc sirhi u bihit\i\ “heaven (is full) of
woe, lamentation and weeping” (CAD S 205b “)?3* (fem. nnpp) = Akk. bakru s. SB (CAD B 353;
lex. section). 'pp (Jer 9:9); Akk: qubu u bihitu AHw 97a). Akk. young of a carnei or donkey; LIeb.
“lamentation and weeping” (CAD ibid.). young carnei.
PI IRASLOLOGY denota rivi:
6. (Phr2) (bitter crying) □,“inpn ’PP (Jer 1. (Den2) •'"!PP//D,'i?P? “camels//young
31:14); Akk: bihitu Icmuttu, e.g., ina bikiti Icmutti camels of Midian” (Isa 60:6); Akk: e.g., bakru

5'
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

suhiru buru puhàdu ina muhhi sebctam museniqàte (iChr 17:9); Akk: e.g., qaran ayàbisu lennù[ti\ bulli
cniquma sizbu la usabbu karassun “thè young kima la mi “exterminate thè glory of thè wicked
camels, donkey foals, calves, lambs sucked seven enemies like ashes”; sa kàsir anzilli qarnnàsu tuballa
times and more at thè mothers who nursed them, “you ‘extinguish’ thè ‘horns’ of thè hardened
yet could not satiate their stomachs with milk” criminal” (CAD B 73I1 2).
(CAD B 35a a). The meaning of Akk. balu/bullù “to become
2. (I)en2) “0“!P “IB1? Xn.S//ni?p n-l?2 “light
extinguished, extinguish, put out (said of fire and
(i.e., lustful) she-camel//wild ass” (Jer 2:23); Akk:
fever)” is absent from BH.
e.g., anaqàtc adi bakkarësina arnhur “I (Tiglat-pileser
dì Held, HI 16 (1982) 77-78.
11) received (as tribute) female camels with their
young” (CAD B 35a a).
h'hl = Akk. ballu s. MA, NB (CAD B 63I1; AHw
99b). fodder.
"^3 = Akk. baiti (bali) prep. OAkk. on (CAD B
7ob; AHw ioob). without. DENOTATIVI!

i. (Dem) (for oxen) 3K 'bv priori

DENOTATIVI!
by ni© ns??' “ does a wild ass bray when he
i. (Dei!2) nsn “ unwittingly” (Deut 19:4,
has grass? Does a bull bellow over his fodder?”
passim); balum dunà’c “apart from small losses” (job 6:5); b'bz nipnxn ■'■ni? cr-r?>rn □■’s’pxni
(CAD B 7ob); ina balika suma la nabi “without
ibDfcÓ f'Qn “as for thè oxen and asses that till thè
you, no name can be mentioned” (CAD 13 7ob
soil, they shall eat salted fodder” (Isa 30:24); Akk:
lex. section); balum tëmiya “without my consent”
e.g., ana ballum sa alpi “(x barley) for fodder for
(CAD B 71 b); bali asi “without marching out”
oxen” (CAD B 63b).
(CAD B 71 b).
Note that “thè word is a replacement in thè Neo-
Babylonian period of imm, ‘fodder’, q.v. and
— Akk. balù v. OB on (CAD B 72b; AHw
literally means ‘mixed (fodder)”’ (CAD B 64a).
i2ra). Akk. to be extinguished (intrans., G-stem),
Note also that in Akk. lexical lists imni and
to extinguish (trans., D-stem); Heb. to be worn out
ballu are equated (CAD 13 f>3b lex. section).
(intrans., Qal), to put an end to (trans., Pi el).
Cf. bbi v.
DENOTATIVI!

1. (Den2) (intrans., said of thè body, life) — Akk. balalu v. OA, OB on (CAD B 39!“»;
e.g., □i»n bs P “as AHw 97I1). to mix.
long as I said nothing my lmibs wasted away from
l’HRASEOI.OCY
my anguished roaring all day long” (Ps 32:3);
1. (Phri) (mix with oil) ]B©3 bbì (Lev
Akk: iballa u usessànu issu libbi siili anni “will he
14:21; Num 15:9 and passim); Akk: ina samni
(Assurbanipal) come to an end or will he escape
balàlu (CAD B 42b 2 and passim).
from this rebellion?” (CAD B 73a b).
2. (Den2) (trans., said of thè body, life) 71^3 denotativi ;

•'nias» “13© '“PS?] “he has worn away my 2. (Dem) (mix said of people), e.g., □’ISK
flesh and skin; he has shattered my bones” (Lam rDiBD 'bp nay rrn bbi^ *on n'Bsn
3:4); Akk: napista bullii, e.g., DN...ìmìj patrisu la “Ephraim is mixed up with thè nation, Ephraim
gàmilì napsatku\nu] liballi “may Nergal bring your has become an unturned cake” (Hos 7:8); Akk:
life to an end with his merciless sword” (CAD B e.g., nisc màt Assur u mài Musur itti ahàmis ablulma
74a b). uscpisa mahiru “1 let thè Assyrians and Egyptians
3. (Den2) (said of enemies), e.g., IS’Oi1' fcÒl mix freely and engagé in trade with each other”
njie?in3 nbro “ evil men shall (CAD B 41 b f); nisc màt Assur u màt Kardunias
not put an end to him anymore as in thè past” itti ahàmcs ibba\lu\ “thè people of Assyria and

52
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew 13

Babylonia mingled with each other” (C'AI) B The C'AD (B 77a n.) maintains that “references
44b 7)- in context ad entries 111 thè lexical texts show that
thè word must be assumed to be a plurale tantum
In thè image of “cake without turning,” Hosea
intentionally uses thè hapax in forni asa and, therefore, is not to be connected with barntu

doublé entendre, i.e., “to mix up people” (as a A or barntu B.” Akk. barntu A means “half, half

politicai terminology) as well as “to knead” (i.e., shares” (CAD B 77a) and barntu B “chest, front

mix up), a baking terni. Such is also thè case in of thè chest” (CAD B 78a). Whereas voti Soden

Akk: e.g., nuhatimmu ina muhhi baiala sa kirsi naqbìtu (AHw ioia) lists all three lexemes under one

iqabbi “thè baker will recito thè incantation while entry. CDA (37b), not unlike C'AD, has three

kneading thè pieces ofdough” (CAD B 4ia d). separate entries.

Ili Paul, VT 18 (1968) 1 17-18. Whereas DULAT (voi. L224) assumes one
c:f. S’1??. entry for Ug. bmt with two different meanings
1. “back, rump, loin” 2. “height, bill.” Due to
thè Akk. references, Ug. bmt seems to consist
‘'rib? = Akk. baiai conj. NA (CAD B 4sb). apart
of two homonyms 1. “chest”=Akk. bdmtu B 2.
from.
“open country, plain”=Akk. bamàtu=Hcb. ni23
di -nota ri vi;
(i.e. Ug. bmt ar\s\ “high places of thè earth” II AB
1. (Deii2) (□«) TÒ? except, unless (Gen VIK34-35).
43:3,5; Amos 3:3 passim); Akk: baldi sa ina danniti
Held convincingly observes that Ug. bmt (=Akk.
|metani] “apart from those who |perished| during
barn tu B) in all its six nding formula attestations
thè famine” (CAD B 45b).
can hardly mean “back” (of 'r/phl “ass/donkey”)
as suggested by most scholars, ratlier, it denotes
TÒ? = Akk. baiai prep., CA, NA (C'AD B 4sb; thè area of thè waist and ribs all around thè body
AHw y8b). without. of thè riding beast (= thè thorax). Held likewise
di ;no 1 attvi; maintains that “it is quite evident from thè Aniarna
1. (Deti2) --V? l'X •’S TI? ©HjP f’K “there letters that Canaanite bmt does not mean ‘back’.”
is no holy one like thè Lord, truly there is none Thus, a letter from Akko reads ushehhin ina barite
without you” (iSam 2:2); Akk: tuppéya balàtuka (gloss: batnùma) u sëruma (gloss: zuhruma) “I have
la ipatti “he must not open my (sealed) tablets fallen on my belly and 011 my back” (C'AD S
without your permission” (C'AD B 4sb a and 26ib; EA 232:9—11).
passim). II-Ì Held, Landshcrgcr l'est., 406.
C f . 'b?; bz.

]3 = Akk. bìnu s. OAkk. on (CAD B 242b; AHw

HI23 = Akk. barntu B s. OB, SB (C'AD B 78a; AHw 1273). son.
loib). sinew of thè rib > ribs (themselves) > middle parallelism

part of thè body (as a whole > front of thè chest). 1.(Pari) (son//offspring) J?“nT//j3, e.g.,

pi irasloi .ogy
DTrntpa enn □'ina »“11 “evildoers’ offspring,
depraved children” (Isa 1:4; cf. also Isa 57:3); cf.
1. (Phr2) 'HOS “thè high places of thè
Akk: binu — zcru “son = offspring” (C'AD B 2433
earth” (Deut 32:13; Isa 58:14; Amos 4:13; Mie
lex. section).
1:3); cf. Akk: bàmàt sadt, e.g., salmat quràdisunu
ina bàmàt sadi ana gurunnàti lu ugerrin “thè bodies piirasloi .ooy

of their warriors I piled up in heaps 011 thè high 2. (Pliri) (grandson) |3 |2 (e.g., Exod 10:2;
places of thè mountain” (AKA 54 iii:53—54; CAD Deut 6:2; Judg 8:22; Jer 27:7); Akk: bin bïnim =
B 7ób and passim); Ug: Imi! ars (II AB vii:34—35). liblibbi “descendant” (C'AD B 243a lex. section).

53
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Both Akk. binu B and bàrin D are equated in thè la tuba'u tem ili mimi husirka “you who do not seek
syn. lists to thè more common Akk. word for thè will of thè god, what success can you have?”
“son” màru (CAD B 2433 lex. section; CAD B (C'AD B 362b); balàta sa tuba'u tutta atta “(so that)
322a). you may find thè life that you are seeking” (C'AD
IJ?- Cf. H3. ibid.).

The semantic equivalent of thè Akk. idiom

H33 = Akk. bantì A v. OAkk. on (C'AD B 83I1; ina qàti bu'iì “to cali (someone) to account,
AHw 103, a), to build. hold responsible” (NA, rarely NB) is thè Heb.

T R A N S FE R R li I ) MKANINC,
expression “PQ (said of humans), e.g.,
latójpnn '“PB “I (Judah) will go surety for
1. (TM2) (to engender) Heb. (Niph al): -K3
him and you (Jacob) may hold me responsible”
naap n:mx 'bw ■’nn?® b$ «a “ consort with my
maid, perhaps I shall engender from her” (Gen (Cieli 43:9; cf. also 2Sam 4:1 1); Akk: e.g., summa
16:2; 30:3); perhaps Akk: akkàtiu abuka i\bnu\ ina tahumckunu ina halsukunu alititi ina qàtiya
ka basa “your father, a wild donkey, |created]” ba”i “if I have violateci your boundaries or your
(George, Gilgamesh, 650:4). Note, however, distriets, hold me responsible” (C'AD B 3653 c);
C'AD B 8ya, which translates “engendered you” Akk: (said of gods as thè subject), e.g., mannu sa
and cites thè source of thè restoration. Umiliatimi ili sa sarri sa màr sarri ina qàti<su> uba 'imi
“whoever transgresses (this judgment), thè gods
imiraseology
of thè king (and of) thè crown princc shall hold
2. (Phr2) na/^wnain/?:rri/rr3/"rsj ms
(him) responsible” (C'AD B 364b 4); DN lu fidi
bar “build a city/house/palace/city wall/tower/
dami nisc ba'i qàtussu “know it (Samas)—hold him
sanctuary” (e.g., Gen 4:17; 11:4; Jer 31:38; Prov
responsible for thè blood of thè people” (C'AD
24:3; Zech 1:16; 6:12; Ezek 4:1; Neh 6:6; 1 Kgs
ibid.); cf. Heb. (said of God), e.g., Ì3Ìi?3 BEH
8:13); Akk: àia/blta/ekalla/dura/ ziqqurrata/atmàna
©j?3X inni miT “he, being wicked, shall
bantì “to build a city/house/tcmple/city wall/
die because of his iniquity, but I will hold you
sanctuary” (C'AD B 8sff.).
responsible for bis blood (i.e., death)” (Ezek
In EA 292:28—30 banlti “I have built,” seems to be 3:1 8,20; 33:8).
thè first H"1? verb on record in Can. The verb is a
gloss for Akk. raspàte, e.g., nukurtum istu sa di ana
— Akk. bèìu v. OAkk. on (C'AD B 1993;
yàsi u raspàte (gloss: baniti) luta istcn Manhate sumsi
AHw i2ob). Akk. to rule over; Heb. to have sexual
“there is hostility against me from thè mountains
so I have built a house—Manhate is its name.” relations, rule over.
The standard Akk. verb for “to build,
Akk. belu does not have a sexual connotation. On
construct” is epesu (C'AD E i97a b).
thè other band, out of sixteen denotative of Heb.
Cf. *12") v. it seems that twice thè verb connotes “to
rule over’ ’: ■qnSlT □‘’nK 13ÒÌ73 TI “O lord
ilSO = Akk. bu’ii v. OB on (CAD B 3óob; AHw our God! Lords other than you ruled over us (but
1453). to look for (Heb. Qal; Akk. D-stem). only your name shall we utter)” (Isa 26:13; c.f.
also 1 Chr 24:22); Akk: (said of gods), e.g., bëlëti
DENOTATIVE.
sa dadmi abràtisin “you (Nana) rule over mankind
1. (Den2) nsso ISO? ITO ri'?”? “pK “how
every where” (C'AD A 62a).
Esau has been thoroughly searched out, his hidden
Cf. “7B3.
things thoroughly sought after” (Ob 6); “Ip3 XHX
vnx n© VJH DK mi “morning comes
and also night, if you would investigate (further), — Akk. belu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD B 191 b; AHw
investigate, come back again” (Isa 21:12); Akk: sa 1 i8b). master.

54
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

IDIOMATIC USACI; ^ C f . V . ; c f . p © * ? i n j i t ^ n bsz - = A k k : bèl Usarti.

1. (Itte) (vassal) IV“D 'bsì “ Abram’s
vassals” (Gen 14:13); Akk: bèl adc “vassal (bound
1*3 = Akk. bassu s. 013 011 (C'AD B 134b; AHw
by an adii-agreement)” (NA, SB, NB), e.g., bèl adc
1 iob). Akk. sand.
sa sarri anàku “I am a sworn scrvant of thè king”
(CAI) A i34a); RN sarrasunu bel adè u màtnèi sa The BH hapax j>3 (e.g., ífTPOn ^B'1?© '©3X
màt Assur “Padì, their king, a vassal of Assyria VnX UDD W?i?n ï\b “your allies
through iJiM-agreement and oath” (CAD ibid., have seduced you, they overcame you now that
Semi.); Akk: bel salimi, OB, SB (CAD S 103b)//><’/ your feet are sunk in thè mire, they have turned
sulummu MA (C'AI) S 373a)/bèl salami NB (CAI) away from you” [Jer 38:22]), was equated with
S (Syb) “ally”: bèl marniti “ally” (AHw 599b 2cl and a question mark by von Soden with Akk. basti
passim). In light of thè above usage and in light “sand.” Heb. 11153 seems to be unrelated.
of Abram’s statement concerning Aner, Eshkol,
and Mamre, one may understand thè hapax forili
“1153 = Akk. basarti v. OB on (CAD B 134a; AHw
as vassals, rather than as allies, as maintained for
nob). Akk. to tear off (said of garlic and flesh);
example by NJPS and Sarna (Cìenesis, 107).
Heb. cut off (said of grape clusters).
2. (I3) (hot-tenipered) (níDn ©’W/) ^X bV2
Pilli. ASLOI.OGY
“hot-tempered (//irascible man)” (Prov 22:24);
Heb: (^X ©'X//) nan bvì “hot-tempered (// 1. (Phr2) D“D/CP3jy "I1J3 “reap grapes/grapes
irascible man)” (Prov 29:22); Akk: bèl ikki “hot- of thè vineyard” (Lev 25:5; Deut 24:21); Akk:
tempered” (C'AI) I/J 6oa). said of bitter garlic: 1 SÌLA azanni ana mamman
3. (I3) (adversary at court) Heb. .□‘'“DT bvì la tubissir “to not pick off even one sila of bitter
rr □nai bsz *?: opai? uni pnx nani garlic for anyone” (C'AD B 134a 2); said of flesh:
“you have Aaron and Hur with you, let any one pagarsu ina la qebèri libassiru kalbè “let dogs tear his
who has legai matters approach them” (Hxod unburied corpse to bits” (ibid.).
24:14); Akk: bèl dabàbi (CAD 1) 3b). £03©??
e.g., or ■’ps^a bvi 'a ~i!v nnaw tix 3,v "a “Ip3 = Akk. Iniqàru s. Mari; WSem. word (CAD B
‘who dares contend with me? let us stand up 323a; AHw 1393). cattle.
together (in court)! who would be my opponcnt
denotativi ;
let him approach me!” (Isa 50:8); Akk: bèl ditti,
1. (i)en2) ni1??; n^] Tpnx oib© nx nxi xj ^
e.g., inanna dinsu hamutta itti bèl dtnisu itepsu “now
]«2sn ■ '‘go and see thè welfare of your brothers
quickly bring action for him against his adversary”
and thè welfare of thè flock” (Gen 37:14); Akk.
(CAD I) 155b b).
(hapax): sàbum u buqàru salntu “thè men and thè
PIIKASLOI OGY
cattle are fine” (ARM 2 131:39).
4. (Phri) (owner of thè house) IV3H bV3
Note thè WSem. Emarite fonns baqartt/buqant
(Exod 22:7; Judg 19:22,23 etc.); Akk: bèl biti
(CAD B i9f>b 2). employed mosdy in thè common expression bèl ba/
uqari “thè lord of thè flock” (sec Pentiuc 2001:36-37).
The fem. forni ba‘altu/ba ‘latti “lady, mistress”
is employed in thè syn. list as a WSem. word
n"lp3 = Akk. paqru/baqru s. OB 011 (CAD P i4oa;
equated to thè standard Akk. fem. bèltu (C'AD B
AHw i05a). indemnity.
ia; 45b; AHw 98b). In Heb. only thè construct
is attested, i.e., e.g., JV3n n*7S73 “thè lady dì no ; \ 1 1 \ 1

of thè house” (iKgs 17:17) = Akk: bèlet biti, e.g., 1. (I)eri2) (BH hapax) inipV $b ITHr n"lp3
bèlet biti imàtma lutti sti issappah “thè lady of thè n©sn *6 ’s “ there shall be an indemnity, they
house will die and that family will be dispersed” shall not however be put to death, sirice she has
(C'AD B 191 a and passim). not been freed” (Lev 19:20); Akk: ana baqrisa
"13 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

matum ana matimma izzaz “he is responsible for (interchanging 1 and “1); Akk: bàrtì, e.g., bàru kakka
any claims raised against her, at any time” (C'AI) ippusma nakra idàk “thè diviner will participate in
i4oa passim). thè battle and defeat thè enemy”; bàrù ina tàhaz
seri utarrùni “they will bring back captive a diviner
The Heb. noun rnjaa is related also to thè Akk.
from thè battlefield” (CAD B 1 24a d\ omen text).
verb paqàru/baqàru “to make good 011 a claim, to
Likewise, in Jer 50:36 □‘'“13D* “thè diviners”
indemnify” (CAI) P i3oa). As noted by Speiser,
occupy an integrai part in warfare: □"l'13ìl 3“!0
Heb. rnj?3 is a cognate with thè mishnaic /“IpSPI
inni T1Ì33 31D “a swor(-l against thè
“13311 “property over which one has relinquished
diviners that they be made fools of, a sword
claim.”
against its warriors, that they be dismayed.”
IH Speiser, OBS 128-31; C'ohen, 129:54.

T T
m3* = Akk. beni A. s. OAkk. on (CAD B 2o8b; X

“13 = Akk. barn 13 s. lex. (C'AI) 13 i2ob). open

AHw i3oa). “mile.”
country.
dinotativi ;
denotativi ;
i.(l)en2) pi? ni33 approximately (a
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax), “133 13T distance of) one land mile, e.g., psp 'X3? ■'3^1
ir3*7 a© tòi wr “ their young are healthy, they pìrr-33 -rò? ---p ;ì?:s ps? brr. 'by nnp
grow up in thè open, they leave and return no nn"lDX X3*? “when I (Jacob) was returning from
more” (Job 39:4). Paddan, Rachel died, while I was journeying in
“bara occurs only once in Akkadian as a synonym thè land of Canaan when stili approximately (a
to scru ‘open country, plain’ in an astrological distance) of one land mile from Ephrat” (Gen
commentary, and must be considered a loanword 48:7; Gen 35:16; 2Kgs 5:19); Akk: ber qaqqari,
from Sum. bar, which is a synonym of Sum. eden, e.g., 6 ber qaqqaru musitu kalasa ardema allik adi
thè regular Sumerian logogram for Akk. scru.” GN “made six ‘miles’ during thè entire night, and
carne as far as HulhulTte” (C'AD B 2ioa).
Ili] C'ohen, Hapax 142:84.
As noted by C'ohen, Saadiya Gaon was thè first
scholar to realize that thè first letter 3 of thè
"13 = Akk. burnì s. Mari (CAI) B 33ob; AHw i4oa).
word n-)33 is not a root-letter, but rather thè
(a cereal).
prefixed particle of comparison 3, meaning bere
burrum is mentioned beside kakku “lentils” and “approximately” (cf., e.g., Num 11:31). In fact,
se’um “barley.” This grain could be used for some modern scholars stili take thè first letter 3
making bread: note aklum burrum “burrum bread” incorrectly as a root-letter 111 all three occurrences
(ARM 7 146:8); cf. Heb. DO1?! “13 “grain and of this phrasc (Gen. 35:16; 48:7; 2Kgs 5:19),
bread” (Gen 45:23). “13 occurs also as thè antonym comparing Akkadian kibratu “regions, edge,
of |3F1 “straw ” -an n$ np “how can straw shoreline,” which is, however, used only for
be compared to grain?” (Jer 23:28). very long distances (cf. thè semantic parallel in
Isa 1 1:1 2 to thè common Akkadian phrasc kibràt
"13* = Akk. bàriì s. OB on (CAD B i2ia; AHw arbaim/erbettim “thè four regions (of thè inhabited
i09b). diviner. world)”). In all three biblical occurrences of
ni33, a relatively short distance is implied, and
Heb. □’HS, which is employed in parallelism with thè phrase should be translated “approximately
□'POp “augers” and O'PSn “sages” (Isa 44:25), one land-‘mile”’ (where thè ancient “mile”
corresponds to Akk: barn /àsipu (CAD B 12 ia was equivalent to a distance somewhat greater
lex. section), and is used in contexts involving than ten kilometers). The correct comparison
annullmg/destroying them and their advice (Jer (disregarding thè initial 3) is to thè Akkadian
50:36; Hos 1 1:6), should be read □''“13* “diviners” phrase ber qaqqari, where ber (= Hebrew ni3) is
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew nns
thè construct forni of berti, thè regular Akkadian 3. (Phr2) (iron weapons and tools) bT“]3 p©5
term for thè ancient “mile” (as defmed above), “iron weapon” (job 20:24); Akk: parziìli kakki
and qaqqaru (semantically equivalent to Hebrew (AHw 837b 2b); bn? n^O “ iron spear” (iSam
pN) is one of thè regular Akkadian terms for land 17:7); cf. Akk: patri parziìli (AHw 83711 2b).
(C'ohen, Immanuel 2 1 [1987] 30—42). brn ('b? *73) inani ni3pi?i “(110) hammer or
axe (or all tools) of iron” (1 Kgs 6:7); Akk: akkullàti

5^113 — Akk. buràsu s. OAkk. on (C'AD B 326b; parziìli “iron hammers,” e.g., sàbè hursani...quinte

AHw 139b). juniper. u akkullàti parziìli usassisunuti “I (Sennacherib)

had mountaineers carry axes and iron akkullàtis”
SLQULNCI NG
(CAD A| 276b 7’); cf. Heb: (hapax) ^"130 nÌTDD
1. (Secp) (cedar-juniper) r1~~//HX. e.g.,
“iron axes” (2Sam 12:31).
naip nnpw pn*? \-.?n- onn Dina vby
4. (Phr2) (iron chains) nb^ :i7*“3 ,'t?33
VEH3 “linDB “it is I who climbed thè highest t?n3 ^333 3n"i33:: D’pT? anpVr; “bmdmg
mountains, to thè remotest parts of Lebanon, and their kings with shackles, their nobles with iron
I (Sennacherib) have cut down its loftiest cedars, chains” (Ps 149:8; cf also Ps 105:18); Akk: birit
its choicest junipers” (2Kgs 19:23 = Isa 37:24; cf.
parziìli “iron fetters,” e.g., màliksunu...bintu parziìli
SoS 1:17 below); Akk: eremi//buràsu, e.g., ana
addtma “I (Sargon II) threw their ruler into iron
Hamàni eli gusurë erètti barasi akkisi “I went into
fetters” (C'AD B 2553 2’); qàte u sëpë bintu parziìli
thè Amanus and cut timber of cedar (and) juniper
addisuma “I (Assurbanipal) threw him, hands and
trees” (C'AD B 32ób 1).
feet, into iron fetters” (*CAD ibid.).
PI I R A S LO LOG Y 5. (Phr2) (iron threshing-sledge) nÍUnn
2. (Phr2) (juniper rafters) D'Hi? 13T13 ni“ip ns^sn ^r-nn riisnos D©in by ^nan
DT1Ì“I5 ïïEmn “ cedars are thè beams of our palace, “because they threshed Cìilead with threshing-
juniper thè rafters” (SoS 1:17); Akk: e.g., gusùrc sledges ofiron” (Amos 1:3) ; Akk: epinnu sa parziìli
buràsi sëhúti taslilti ekallisu “tali beams of juniper “iron threshing-sledge,” e.g., ina epinni sa parziìli
wood, thè roofing ofhis palace” (C’AD B 327a b). àliku\nu nagckunu\ lu|...| “may (Samas) [...] with
IX! Mankowski, 48-49. an iron threshing-sledge your cities |and your
distriets]” (Wiseman, 7Vì’ìjìiì"^:545—4<>). Cf. Paul,
Amos 47—48.
^T“n = Akk. parzillu s. OA, OB on (CAD P 2i2a;
AHw 83711). iron. The word ^T")? seems to be ofnon-Semitic origin.
P. Artzi has shown that initial p is characteristic
Pilli, ashology
of “eastern” and initial b of “western” cuneiform
1. (Phri) (iron shekels) V'" ^p© “ iron
spellings of thè word.
(its weight in) shekels” (iSam 17:7); Akk: siqil
[ili Kutscher, Words, 8f.; Ellenbogen, 52!'.; Artzi, |NES
parzillam (AHw 837b).
28 (1969) 268-70; Mankowski, 49-50.
2. (Phr2) (blacksmith) ©in, e.g., ©in
Dn?3 ^SJBI ^na “thè blacksmith with
his tools works it (thè image) over charcoal (and i"P"13 :: Akk. berilli s. Qatna; WSem. word (AHw
fashions it by hammering)” (Isa 44:12; cf. also 15483). covcnant.
2Chr 24:12); Akk: sa parziìli “ironsmith” (C’AD
P 2i6a, Mari). In Akkadian thè more common Akk. beritu occurs in two contracts from Qatna,

cuneiform writing for “ironsmith” utilizes thè in thè expression TAR beriti (RA 44 [ [950] 1 12:1;
Sumerian lù-simug-an-bar (—nappàlj parziìli), e.g., 114:1), rendered by Albright as “to cut, make a

parziììu...ana PN lù-simug-an-bar “iron given to covenant” (BASOR 121 1195 1 ] 22), and accepted
thè ironsmith P N (for work)” (C'AD N 309b 31 by Driver (JSS 12 [1967] 107).
and passim); LH 1133 “blacksmith” (Ben-Yehuda, The standard Akk. words for treaty are riksu,
Dictionary, 3 719b). adù.

57
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

= Akk. birbu (burbu) s. OB on (CAD B 255;]; arms and knees are always tired” (C'AD B 25 sb

AHw i2ya). knee, lap. 1); sa la imi ahu birkàsu “(Bunene) whose knees
do not give out”; munnarbu petàn birki sa la àniha
lupi il:mism
birkàsu “swift fugitive whose knees never tire”
1. (Ehi) (male sexual organ), e.g., D'?-)? ^31
(CAD B 2s6a b).
□'b rnr&n “all knees produce water” (Ezek
6. (Phr2) (to clangle upon thè lap) bv S?27J?27
7:17; 21:12); D'3“!3 'Q urine (Ezek 47:4, i.e., D'D
□'3“]3 (isa 66:12); Akk: ina birki sahatu, e.g., ina
□'3*13 rd. Cl'313 'B with E enclidc); 'ÏIEip SHQ
birki ummisu isahhitma magai ibakki “tosses and
prx '3 D'IE? noi D'3“]3 “why did thè pems (lit.
weeps much 011 thè lap ofhis mother” (C'AD B
knees) procced me or breasts for me to suck” (Job
2 s6b 2a).
3:11); ^n.3 bp -<b\ e.g., -'p; —3:2 "3 m
'3“)3 bv H1?' “thè chiidren of Machir son The proposai to read ‘TÌ'3“H “your ways” (Jer
of Menasseh were likewise borii upon Joscph’s 3:13) as “'S--. i.e., ^3"13 nt? “you spread
knees (i.e., from Joseph’s penis)” (Gen 50:23); your knees” (KB1 161 a) is interesting.
Akk: e.g., tustcssi birbisu pagratu sa uldu “you bring Note also that BH forms a denominative verb
forth from a man’s loins thè body to be boni” Tj-nn “cause to kneel” (Gen 24:1 1) and *^“13 (Qal)
(CAD B 257a 3); ctlu dunnamu sa la isti birbi “a “kneel” (Ps 95:6; 2Chr 6:13), absent from Akk.
man of low standing, who is impotent (lit. who Further note thè Emarite forni barku “knee”
has 110 knees)” (CAD B 2573 3); (Emar 537:276; see Pentiuc 2001:37).
2. (Eui) (female sexual organ), e.g., “ipxni
■'3-a bs n,L?x ià nn1?? 'rm nan “she
— Akk. karabu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD K iy2b;
(Rachel) said, ‘Here is my maid Bilhah, consort
AH w 44sb). to bless. (Fleb. metathesis)
with her that she bear on (i.e., instead of) my knees
(i.e., my vagina)’” (Gen 30:3); Akk: e.g., kàniitu parallelism

sa pi ili bàsitu sa birbi istarati “she (thè witch) who 1. (Pari) (to kiss//to bless) "?|“)3//pt93 , e.g.,
gags thè mouth even of gods, stops thè womb □nnx ^-2"...psr: -pir '-b czpr “e; ìrly in thè
even of goddesses” (C'AD B 2573 b). morning Labari kissed (his sons and daughters) and
SLQUL NCINli blessed them” (Gen 32:1; cf. also 2Sam 19:40);
3. (Seq2) “ knees//loins” Akk: (directed to kings) nasàqu - karàbu “to kiss -
(Nah 2:11); Akk. burbu//sùtiu, e.g., sunisu itannah to pay homage,” e.g., “they brought me into thè
burkàsu ikassasasu “his loins become weak, his palace” usassiqu scpàya iktanarrabu sarrùtl “began
knees give him a gnawing pain” (CAD B 25 sb to kiss my feet and did homage to me as king”
(CAD K >95a b).

PUR ASKOLOCY
2. (Par2) to extol//to bless) "^“!3//il“TÌn,
e.g., ÍOE? WD HiH “exalt Him; praise Him”
4. (Phri) (to sit 011 thè knees) "^“13 bp 327'
(Ps 100:4); in’pnri bip “extoi...
(2Kgs 4:20); Akk: e.g., usbamma birkàsu unassaq
proclami I lis praise” (Ps 66:8); Akk: nàdu - karàbu,
sàsu “He (Mummu) sat on his lap and began to
fondle him” (C'AD B 2s6b 2a). e.g., ila tana’ad ana sarri takarrab “praise thè god; do

5. (Phr2) (to buckle) D'3“]3 niSJniS/^OS, homage to thè king” (C'AD K 1933 lex. section).
e.g., ;r;-rr: rr-3 né??! Disap '2-? “my 3. (Pare) (to raise thè hands//to bless) //^[“13
knees give way from fasting, my flesh is lean, has □'33 e.g., '33 1P©3 '*D3 “3~3i* ]3
lost its fat” (Ps 109:24); nÌ^5?3/nÌS?"lÌ3 D'3“]3 “truly 1 shall praise You as long as I live; I shall
“knees that give way,” e.g., nÌ3“l IpTO raise my palms in Your name” (Ps 63:5; cf. also Ps
íuïïx nibttfs c'3~3- “ strengthen thè hands that 134:2); cf. Akk: nis qàti - karàbu, arsi nis qàtimma
are slack, make firm thè tottering knees” (Isa akarrabba “1 pray and bless you” (C'AD N_ 2953
35:3); nisnis 3'3~2 (j°k 4;4); Akk: c-s-> birku b). Akk. nis qàti serves as a noun, “raising of thè
anàhu e.g., summa idisu birbàsu itanannaha “if his hands,” thus “prayer.”
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew rD“13
:
t t

CONTRASTINO USAOH (Gruber, 57; SU.IL.LÀ prayer); see also 3. above.

4. (Coni) (to bless - to curse) /“1“1X - Cf. nrrn.
bbp, e.g., "ikK -i7irpr;- •qpnnip ro-aNn “i will
bless tbose who bless you and curse bini that curses
= Akk. karàbu s. OA, MB 011 (CAD K nj2b;
you” (Cien 1 2:3; cf. also Gen 27:29; Num 24:9; Ps
AHw 445a). Akk. blessing; Heb. blessing, gift, curse.
109:28) ; Akk: ararti - karàbu “to curse - to bless,”
(Heb. metathesis).
e.g., sa tàruri attinia takarrabi “you yourself bless
him whom you bave cursed” (CAI) K 193b). PI IR ASEOLOC Y

pi iraseoi.ocy
1. (Phri) (to give a blessing) Disn Tirò
5. (Phri) (to pay homage) 'il “one (Exod 32:29; Josh 15:19; Ezek 34:26); Akk:
who pays homage to (i.e., devotee of) thè Lord karàba nadàiiti, e.g., Samas 11 Istar \ana) ahiya karàba
(said of Eliezer)” (Gen 24:31; 26:29); Heb: (once ra\bà\ hidiita bani\ta\ liddinunissu “may Samas and
employed), e.g., ÌIDÌI TI TDna Ì?"1T p “ for they are Istar give my brother great blessings and pure
offspring devoted (i.e., who pay homage) to thè joy” (EA 21:19 only; CAD K >92b 2). Cf. TP©
Lord” (Isa 65:23); Akk: (said of kings) kàrib sarri niim “grant blessings,” e.g., ntHl inrPtfn p
“who pays homage to thè king,” e.g., palili Nabli T'32 nnip©? -n-nr "ISÒ “You have granted
h Marduk//kàrib sarri bclisu “one who worships him blessings forever, gladdened bini with thè joy
Nabù and Marduk//and pays homage to his lord of Your presence’ ’ (Ps 21:7).
thè king” (CAI) K 195b); uradka P N //kàrib sani 2. (Phri) (good blessing) 3ÌB rD"Q “ blessing
bclisu “your servant PN//who pays homage to bis of sweet (thiiigs),” e.g., DIT1?!?] D»?1 □TTDÍïïbl
lord thè king” (*CA1) ibid.); P N sakin màti Màt 3ÌtD n?"13 XÙri “but it is pleasant with those who
'Iaititi PN arad kàribsu irimu “(a field that) P N , decide jnstly ; a blessing of sweet things will come

governor of thè Sea Country, granted to P N his upon them” (Prov 24:25); Heb: (said of a king),
devoted servant” (CAI) ibid.). e.g., ts rn.B?? 1rx_i7 rrtpn aito nini? ìapnpn •?
6. (Phri) (to bless always) DÍVnï TI ^"O “you have proffered him blessings of sweet things,
“pay homage to thè Lord at all times/every day” have set upon his head a crown of fine gold” (Ps
(Ps 34:2/ 145:2); Akk: e.g., iimisamma ilka kitrab// 21:4); cf. Akk: kiribtu tàbtu (said of a king) sweet

niqù qibit pi sirnat qutrinni “every day worship your blessing, e.g., ana yàsi...kiribta tàbta likriihunima

god//sacrifice and benediction are thè proper “may they (thè gods) give me (Tiglat-pileser I) a
accompaniment of ineense” (BWL 104:135—36, sweet blessing” (CAD K 40sb 2).

Counsels of Wisdom). 3. (Pliri) (to bless) DnX ÌrD“Q3 (Cien

7. (Phr2) (to divinely bless a human 49:28; 2Sam 7:29); Akk: karàbi kima mahrimma ana

undertaking) ^n/T "ITO?: T|"13 (Deut 15:10; Anu ikarrab “he pronounces thè sanie prayer to

28:12; Job i:io/l)eut 33:11); Akk: ana cpcsi A1111 as before” (C'AD K 192I-) 1).

karàbu, e.g., Marduk ana epcsika anniin likrub “May 4. (Phri) (many/great blessing(s)) nlD"13 !3"1

Marduk give his blessing to this undertaking of (Prov 28:20); Akk: karàbu rabù (see above 1.).

yours” (CAD K 193a). Heb. rena has thè nuance “gift, tribute,” X3 PIp
8. (Phr2) (to bless involving hand motion) nxnn “please accept my gift
TI3 - "p x©3, e.g., Di?n it ni? pnx nèh that has been brought to you” (Gen 33:11); Itp
“Aaron lifted his hands toward thè people “~rr nxa nrnri X3 “please accept a gift from
and blessed them” (Lev 9:22; Ps 134:2); Akk: your servant” (2Kgs 5:15); HD")? 03*7 Pian
upnà petù - karàbu to open thè fìsts - to bless, e.g., il '5’X “this is a gift for you from our spoil of thè
upnlya apteti ilàni usarrir sulmii adannis ilàni ana sarri enemies of thè Lord” (iSam 30:26; cf. also Josh
bcliya u màri’su iktarbu “I have opened my fìst; I 15:19; Judg 1:15). Although Akkadian karàbu does
prayed to thè gods; thè gods have blessed thè lord not share this meaning, thè related nominai forili
my king and his sons greatly with well-being” ikribi does, as 111 thè similar phrases rD"]3 ìltpJ?
 ro-fi
*• :
t
An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

and ikriba cpcsu, e.g., “do not listcn to Hezekiah, Cf. Akk. barmu (adj.) “speckled, pied,
for thus said thè king of Assyria” !"D"n? TIK multicolored” (CAD B 1 I2b).
offer me tributo and surrender to me” IH C'ohen, Hapax 48—49.
(Isa 36:16); Akk: ana minim ikribi tukàl i’idma
samsam epus “why do you retain thè pledged
p"1D = Akk. baràqu v. OB 011 (CAD B i03b; AHw
votive offering? Take care to make (of it) thè sun
io6a). to flash (said of lightning).
disk!” (C'AD I/J 643 2'); ina kaspi sa ikribia sa 1
maria huràsi samsam ana Assur cpsam “make for me cocnati ; accusativi ;

with thè silver pledged as my votive offering one 1. (CA) (BII hapax) p"13 p~Q “flash
sun disk (weighing) one mina of gold for Assur” lightning” aanm ròt? pi? pii?
(C'AD ibid., and passim). “(O Lord) flash lightning and scatter them, shoot
Akk. ikribu “blessing” seems to be employed Your arrows (i.e., thunders) and rout them” (Ps
once as an Addad, i.e., “curse,” e.g., kima sa awàtim 144:6); Akk: birqu baràqu, e.g., issi Adad crscturn
ammi'àtim ctappusuni libbi abba'csunu ul animi ri uni ma irammutn umu iappir usi iklctum \ibr\iq birqum
abba’usunu tnahar ilisunu ikribum ippisunu usa’anni innapih isàtum “Adad cried aloud, while thè land
“as if they had committed such things repeatedly, was rumbling, thè day sbrouded itself, darkness
had treated their fathers badly and a ‘benediction’ went forth. Lightning flashed down, fire broke
had been pronounced by their fathers against out” (George, Cìiìgamcsh, 234:34—36); summa
them” (CAD I/J C>3b, OA let). This is reminiscent Adad rigimsu iddima birqa ibriq “if Adad produces
of thè usage of ^|“13 employed as an Addad, i.e., thunder and lightning” (C'AD B 2593 b).
“to curse” (iKgs 21:10,13; Ps 10:3; Job 1:5,11;
2:9).
p“1Zl = Akk. birqu s. OB on (C'AD B 258I1; AHw
C£r cf. "jna v.
I22a). lightning.

IJ?' See p"D v.

ì""D“0 :: birrikàtu s. Emar; WSem. word (Eniar
274:7; 452:15)- pond(s).
np"D = Akk. barraqtu s. NB (C'AD B 1 133; AHw
In Emar thè sub. birrikàtu (sg. fem./pi.) is employed 107K). a geni, emerald.
twice in tlie phrase Istar birikàti, rendered by
DENOTATIVE
Pentiuc (2001:40) as Istar of thè Pond(s).” Pentiuc
notes that thè reasoning for his translation is based i.(Dem) np-131 THE?? D"!K “(a row of)

on “thè context of Emar 274, where each deity is carnelian, chrysolite, and emerald” (Exod

linked to a concrete place (of worship?).” 28:17; 39:10); ?nn npnrn vso “sapphire,
turquoise, and emerald, and gold” (Ezek 28:13);
Akk: unqu sa tamlusa barraqtu sa ina huràsi saknat “a
CPÌTI? = Akk. birmu A s. OB on (CAD B 257^
ring whose inset is an emerald mounted in gold”
AHw I2ya). multicolor trini.
(CAD ibid).
DE,NOI All VE! II) Hilprecht, BE 9:30.
i. (Dc'112) (BH hapax)
erpn? '"rei nap-n ■'aiSaa “ they were
rnifcn = Akk. bussurtu s. 013 on (C'AD B 3463;
your traders in choice garments, in matter of
AHw i42b). news.
bluish purple and embroidery and in carpets
of multicolored trini” (Ezek 27:24); Akk: e.g., PI IR A S E O E O G Y
mardat.u...sa sipar ispari birmusu [...] nisc urnàmàni 1. (Phr2) (BI I hapax) rnitS rniÉ? (2Sam
“a mardatu-càrpet made by thè weaver, its colored 18:27); Akk: bussurat hadc ana aivcìim isanniq
decoration (represents gods), men, and animals” “good news will reach thè man” (C'AD B 346b a
(CAD B 257b e). and passim).
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical H EBREW

Note thè Akk. expression bussuràt ìumnim “bad tD25?p? mz np?n ótsh'] “ioìki (ra 3-1) “‘And
news” (CAI) ibid.). cooked’ thè word bàsel by itself means only roast
Note also thè forni basarti “announcement” as when it said ‘ and you shall roast it and eat it.’
(Mari), e.g., annltam awatam [...] GN u CN ana And it also says: ‘and they roasted thè passover
C.N) ispurùma busàrum ina GN ittaskan “die men with fire according to thè ordinance.’” (Mek
of GN and GN sent this message to GNand thè 6:41).
announcement of thè news was made in GN ” IH Will iamson, CJironides, 407.
(CAD 13 3463, ARM 2 38:1 8).
cf. ira v. ]wZ cf.

= Akk. basalti v. Bogli., RS, MB on (CAD B

= Akk. sabàsu v. OB 011 (CAD ^ 6a; AHw
135b; AHw 1 1 ia). to cook, ripeti.
1 1 I9a). to collect a tax, gather.
PIIRASEOI OCY
denotativi ;
1. (Phr2) (to ripen (said of fruits, etc.), e.g.,
1. (I)eu2) (BH hapax) b? D5DK7Ì3 }ÏT 13*7
>h"sz- “ its clusters ripened into
i:?r: ìnjpri H3 bl “therefore because you
grapes” (Celi 40:10; Joel 4:13 [harvest]); Akk:
collected a straw tax (rd. 0303©) from thè poor,
e.g., [summa uhinnu\ ina basali ippcli “if thè green
and you take a grain tax from him” (Amos 5:1 1);
date becomes reddish when ripening” (CAD B
1 Akk: e.g., aria se’ini sibsim sa halsiya u \anaj se’im
3 6a 2).
sa ekallim...karndsim ahatn ul nadêku “I have not
2. (Phr2) to roast (said of meat), e.g., 'bpz':
been dilatory in collecting thè barley sibsu-tdx
£DS5?a3 rtc npsn “ and tliey roasted thè Passo ver
from my district and thè palace’s barley” (CAD
sacrifico in fire as proscribed” (2Chr 35:13); Akk:
sera basàlu, e.g., sera sa ina penti basili...ul ikkal “he Si 383b b, Mari); eper kihullè ina qàtisu isbus “she

must not eat meat roasted over charcoal” (CAD scooped up thè dust from a place of mourning”
B 1 3f>b sb). (CAD S| 6b).

3. (Phr2) to cook, boli in a pot: /T11S3 Ili Cohen, Hapax 49.

niT'p? (Num 1 1:8; 2Chr 35:13); Akk: ina diqàri
tusabsal “you will boil in a pot” (CAD B 13<>b “1593 = Akk. bussuru v. Mari, Alalakh, MB 011 (CAD
6b). B 347b; AHw I42b). to praise, bring news.
Aniong others, Williamson asserts that “this
Pilli, asp.olocy
incongruous and unparalleled expression (in
1. (Phr2) (to bring good news) 3ÌD “IÉD
2Chr 35:13) ariscs from thè desire to combine
(iKgs 1:42; Isa 52:7); Akk: bussuràt hadé happy
thè regulation of Deut 16:7, i.e., rÒDXI 0*7^31
news, e.g., kayàn bussuràt bade sa kasàd nakrutiya
Ty^ 'n -in?' Dipa3 and Exod 12:8-9, i-c.,
upassaruinni qerebsu “in it (thè palace) they used
bx...m 'b? n-rn nb^bz ipnn na òdsi
to bring me happy news about victories over my
m 'b? DK *3 D'an bpna btin) k; ma ‘they
enemies” (CAD B 3483).
shall eat thè flesh that sanie night, they shall eat
it roasted over thè fire... do not eat any of it raw, dinotativi ;

or cooked in any way with water, but roasted.’” 2. (I)en2) (to praise) ...Di»!? n©3 ÍQttf U"13
In light of thè Akk. connotation of thè idiom sera Ìnyi2T □Ì,17 “(Sing to thè Lord), pay homage to
basalti “to roast meat,” it seems that both Deut I Iis fame, praise His salvation day after day” (Ps
16:7 and 2Chr 35:13 employ Heb. *7?D with this 96:2; iChr 15:23); Akk: e.g., rubli...mahar Samas
sanie Akk. meaning. ubassar u niqe inaqqi “(this) pnnee offers (a prayer
Note thè Mekilta commentary 011 Exod 12:8: of) praise before Samas and makes sacrifices”
n'pDKi -ir:x:r •‘72 fcòa btiz bz"z: (CAD B 347b 1).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

3. (I)eii2) (he who brings news, i.e., a herald) The sub. forili burlata “daughter” is considered to
□ib© srpcpp “i©3P ,l??1 n*Hnn ba ma np “1&30 be “either a WSem. forili or a poetic varialit of
“how welcome in thè mountain are thè footsteps bantu” (CAD B 3>7a). Wbile buaatu is equated
of thè herald announcing good greetings” (Isa in thè syn. list to thè standard Akk. word for
52:7; Nah 2:1); Akk: mubassiru, e.g., P N Nuzc u “daughter” martu, Akk. buri tu (OA) is parallel
mubassiri ana G N \istan\appar “at regular intervals to martu, e.g., bunti ilirn martu Anirn “(Lamastu)
PN sends Nuzians(?) and messengers to C’.N” divine daughter, child of Alluni” (CAD B 319K).
(CAI) M_ 1 sya a, Mari). Cf. 13.
BH employs thè Pi el, Akk. thè l)-stem; no Qal
or Ci-stem is attested. nbinS = Akk. batultu s. KS, MA 011 (CAD B 1733;
Cf. rniffi?. AH w 1 1 5b). Akk. female adolescenti Heb. female
adolescent, virgin.

(nwa) ntin = Akk. bustu s. OA, OB on (CAD PIIRASI-OI.OCY

13 35 ib; AHw 143b). Akk. shame, dignity; Heb. I. (Phr2) ni?-]' iÒ EPK] “a virgin who
shame. no man had known” ((leu 24:16); for a similar
I M 1R A S H O I O C Y idea cf. assat aunlitn sa zikaratn la idiima “a married
woman who has not had intercourse with a man”
1. (Phn) (to know shame) r\p3 V~1V fcÒl
“thè wrongdoer knows no shame” (Zeph 3:5); (CH §130). In light of thè above Akk. phrase,
Akk. sa bustam la idu “he who knows not shame” Heb. nï?“V should be read and vocalized as
(CAD B 352a lex. section). i.e., a virgin “who did not know” a man (i.e.,
who did not have intercourse with a man).
Akk. busta is attested as an Addad meaning
“dignity,” employed in thè idiom sa bustam halpu CAD states “only 111 specific contexts such as...
“clad in dignity” (CAD B 3523 2). This expression thè Assyrian Code and in NB marriagc contracts
is reminiscent (in opposite meaning) of thè Heb. does it \batultu| assume thè connotation ‘virgin’”
compound ntfa/ncn nasí/noa/trn1? “dothed,
(CAD B 174a).
covered, wrapped with shame” (e.g., Ps 35:26;
44:16; Ob 10; Mie 7:10; Ps 109:29; 89:46).
irQ* :: (??) bitru//Intani s. Emar; WSem. word
Cf. t!?Ì3 v.
(limar 448:191: 567:5'). cutting, slice, section, half.

n3 = Akk. bintu s. SB (CAD B 238b; AHw i27a). In Emar thè sub. is employed twice in a broken
daughter. context and is equated by Pentiuc (2001:39) with
s i 1 h 1 \ ( 1 \ (. Heb. ira. In Heb. thè sub. “half’ and thè
verb ina “to cut in half’ are exclusively used in
1. (Seq2) nni ja/nirn □’aa “son(s) and
daughter(s)” (e.g., Judg 11:34; Ezek 44:25/(1011 a treaty context, only in (leu (15:10 (3x)) and Jer
5:4; and passim); Akk: man a bintl “sons and (14:18,19).
daughters” (CAD B 2393 b, Tn.-Epic).

62
 A

!"7X3— Akk. ga’u v. OB; WSem. lw. (AHw 1556;!; sin lina sin naa imi “if he loses thè hair on
CDA 91 a), to he superior. (Akk. hapax). thè front part ofhis head and becomes bald at thè
forehead, he is dean” (Lev 13:41); Akk: \summa
While thè C'AD has no entry under ga’u thè amelu qaq\qassu gubbulj “[if a man’s] head is bald”
CDA (ibid). agrees with von Soden’s (cf. also UT (CAD G 1 i8a).
4 I1972] 160) reading: ina muhhiya la i-ga-ù “he
The substantive nn23 is employed alongside nnijp
shall not be superior over me.”
“baldness” (e.g., Lev 13:42,43, 55).
The Akk. term also occurs as thè personal
(X33) 33* = Akk. gubbu A s. NA; WSem. lw. name Gubbuhu.
(CAD C 1 17b; AHw 2953). well.
denotativi ;
Ì"IT,33 = Akk. gubnatu s. LB; Aram. lw. (CAD G
1. (Deu2) xr:?: n’o fpròi “ and to scoop up
1 i8b; AHw 295a), cheese.
water from thè well” (Isa 30:14); Akk: ina muhhi
denotativi ;
gubbdni sa me attadi usmanni “beside thè water
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) n33??1 “-Tr.
wells I (Assurbanipal) pitched my camp.”
■’SS'Spri “you pour me out like milk and curdi e
Akk. gubbu is “not to be confuseci with kuppu me like cheese” (Job 10:10); Akk: gubnatu - {limetu
‘fountain’” (C'AD G 1 17b). “cheese - ghee” (111 sequence).
IH C'ohen, Hapax 141:81.

r03 = Akk. gab'u* s. MA (only in plural) (CAD G

6b; 272I1). height. Hl?33 ::gab‘u s. Binar; WSem. word (Emar 373:104')
DI NO I MH! bill.'
1. (1 )eii2) □‘’T'IX naà “thè height of cedars” Emarite (masc. sg.) once employs thè sub. in thè
(Amos 2:9); CTD0 ■'n?2 “thè beights ofh eaven” (Job phrase ana iligab'a “to thè lord of thè bill” = I leb.
1 1:8); Akk: gab àni dauuute sa sadé “thè inaccessible epa» -n^S - ann (“thus said thè Lord
beights of thè mountain” (CAD G 7a). because thè Arameans bave said”) “thè Lord is
As noted by thè CAD, “translation based 011 I leb. Lord of thè mountains” (“but He is not”) “thè
etymology” (ibid). Note however that von Soden Lord of thè lowlands” (iKgs 20:28).
(AHw 272b) as well as thè CDA (87b) renders IH Pentiuc 2001:49-50.
thè word as “peak, bill.” von Soden equàtesgab’u c:f. rnà, pn», in.
with Ugar. gb‘ and BH “bill.”
v c:f. nsn?. "133 = Akk. gubburu v. OB 011 (C'AD G 1 i8a). to
overpower.

1133 ~ Akk. gubbuhu adj. OB 011 (CAD G M7b; The notion “to overpower, prevail” is employed in
AHw 2953). bald. Akk. in thè D-stem. In Heb., however, it is utilized
DI Ni > 1 m i\ 1
mainly in thè Qal (e.g., Exod 17:1 1; 2Sam 1 1:23).
1. (Deii2) (BH hapax) V1Q' V33 nX3f3 DX1 Both Akk. gutabburu and Heb. “133nn (Hitpa el)
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical. Hebrew

can connoto “to vie with one another.” Heb: 0“I“I3 “1 (Azitiwada) built strong fortress in all thè
e.g., "I33IV l'3'K bv...XX', “11333 TI “The Lord corners of thè borders, in thè places where there
goes forth like a warrior...He shall overpower were wicked men, gangs of robbers” (KAI 26A I:
His enemies.” (Isa 42:13); Akk: etiti ugt apparti sa 13:13-15).
ki arkàtim “thè young heroes vie with each other” Cf. BA 113.
(CAD Ci 1 1 8a 2).
Akk. gabru (adj.) “strong” occurs only in
•H3 = Akk. gadu s. NB; WSem. lw. (CAD G ya;
thè syn. list, with thè more common Akk. verb
AHw 2733). male kid.
gassarti (CAD G 6b lex. section).
In OB and MB texts, Akk. employs thè nouns
33 '.'.gaggi s. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD (I 9I1). roof. masgallu (Sum. màs-gal) and liristi (rabbu) for a full-
grown male goat. gadu designates a young male
denotati Vii
goat (Sum. mas-tur); cf. also gadii màr satti “one-
1. (Den2) EA 287:36—37: \la\qàhu unùtusunu year-old kid” (C'AD G (ja).
u...urc (gloss: gaggimt) “they took their tools and... The female ÌT“!3*, whicli is employed once
off thè roof’ (let. Byblos). in thè pi. in SoS 1:8, is thè semantic equivalent of
Although parts of thè lines are niissmg, since Akk. thè NB muniqu (which is a by-form of thè Akk.

lira means “roof,” thè gloss must be a Can. word unìqtt) “young female sheep or goat,” employed

hearing thè sanie meaning and corresponding to in sequencc with gadu (CAD M 203b).

Heb. and Ug. etymological cognates.

(Il Barker, 3a. b"“!3* = Akk. gidlu s. OB on (CAD G 66a; AHw
28yb). plaited string.
ni notativi
= Akk. *gududu s. NB, only pi. gududànu
attested (CAD C 12oa; AHw 29sb). military
1. (Deii2) nn^nc -t-yr: D'1?-!-? “ wreaths of
chainwork” (1 Kgs 7:1 7); Akk: gidil huràsi “torque
detachment.
of gold”; gidil siimi “string of garlic” (C'AD G
PI IRASHOLOGY
66a).
1. (Phr2) (make a sortie and capture) “in? SS'
nntf -, e.g., n-3t?p rnj?3...i3»'i D'in? disi
“and thè Arameans raided and captured...a little '13 = Akk. gà'u (gàipu) s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD
girl” (2Kgs 5:2); Akk. gududànu lusurna sàibesumi... G sya; AHw 2843). Akk. group; Heb. nation,

lisabbituma lis'alu “Let all thè detachments make a people.

sortie, capture their soldiers and question them”

Whereas thè C'AD renders thè vocable as “group,
(CAD Ci 12oa).
gang (of workmen),” Malamat is of thè opinion
The C'AD (ibid.) notes that thè Akk. “translation “that, like its Old Testament counterpart gay,
based on Heb. g'dùd.” Heb. twice employs thè thè terni (gà'u) originally designated a gentihc
denominative verb “H3 “band together against” unit..., though in thè Mari documents it is already
(Gen 49:19; Ps 94:21). Note also thè possibility used in context of territorial and administrative
that thè MT 1*113' “they fear” should be read TTO' organization.” Malamat further maintains “that in
“they forni a gang,” e.g., '3pSJ Pian 131SS' 1113] Mari (ARM 6 28:7—8), as in thè Old Testament
'0S3 lip “Imz nbtp' “they forni a gang, he in (Josh v,6), gay can be used ili a military sense.
ambush; they watch my every move, hoping for This is not surprising since military units in
my death” (Ps 56:7). thè patriarchal society were originally based on
In Phocn. Bill means “gang of robbers” gentilic principles.”
(not in a nnlitary sense), e.g., riTS? n'OPI 33X 331 IH Speiser, JBL 79 (i960) 157—63; Malamat, JAOS 82
bsz asn arca 33 ©S3 0DpD3 ab33 bv n'sp ^33 (1962) 143:3.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

"113 = Akk. ginn s. SB (C’AI) G 943; AHw 28sb). PIIRASIiOI.OCY

Akk. lion; Heb. young lion, young jackal. 1. (Fhri) (shear sheep) ]K2S TT3 (e.g., Gen 31:19;
denotativi; 38:13; 1 Sani 25:2); Akk: sena gazàzu (CAD G 59I1).
i.(l)en2) ina pi girra àkiliya iddi napsàma Not that Heb. TT3 has thè meaning “to shave thè
Marduk (commentary:) ^Vra = UK.MAH “Marduk head” (Job 1:20) and “to cut women’s hair” (Jer
has put a bit into thè mouth of thè lion who 7:29), which is absent from Akk. gazàzu.
would devour 1110”; (commentary:) girru = nësu ( :i. T3.
“lion” (CAD CI 94a).

Unlike Akk., in eight of nino denotative, Heb. “113 “P3 = Akk. gidu s. MB, MA 011 (C'AD Ci 66b; AHw
nnS connotes “lion cub” (e.g., Gen 49:9; Deut 28711). sinew.
33:22; Jer 51:38; Lzek 19:2,3,5; Nali 2:12,13) an^
denotative
once a “young jackal” (Lam 4:3). 1. (i)en2) nc^n T3 ns rn xb
“thè children of Israel do not eat thè sinew of thè
"113 see n"13 v. thigh illusele” (Gen 32:33); Akk. k! ibassu gidàla u
sasalla sùbita “send sinews and one ...-tendon, if
there are any” (CAD G 673 e).
II “113 = Akk. garàru B v. SB, NA, NB (CAD G 4ya;
Akk. gidu is attested only 111 reference to animals,
AHw 9023). to be afraid.
whereas thè Heb. denotative concerti humans
denotativi;
(although Gen 32:33, quoted above, is referring
1. (I)eii2) (said of an enemy, war), e.g.,
to animai sinews in thè context of thè sinew of
H3K DV3 “but for fear of thè taunts of thè foe”
thè thigh illusele of humans).
(Deut 32:27); ano '3SP tpb ni3 “be 111 fear ofthe
sword” (Job 19:29; cf. also Num 22:3); Akk., e.g.,
nifi GN sa lapàn kakkcya damiùte kima sirrimi igruru = Akk. gallatili s. Ci)Akk. 011 (C'AD G i4b;
AHw 274I-1). barber.
“thè inhabitants of GN, who sliied away like wild
DENOTATIVE
donkeys before my (Sennacherib’s) strong attack”
(C'AD G 493 2'); sàbc igdurrù sadti marsu issabtu “thè 1. (1)0112) (BH hapax) □‘O^n “l»n ‘ ‘barbers’
troops became scared and took to an inaccessible razor” (Lzek 5:1); Akk: màrù gallàbu...izzazuma
mountain” (CAD ibid. and passim). nagnabi...ukannuma “thè members of thè barbers’
guild take their places...and deposit their razors...”
Whereas Akk. employs thè geminate verb, Heb. (CAD G i sa).
uses thè hollow verb.
IH C'ohen, Hapax 134:72; Tawil, fícit Mikra 154-55
(1998) 342 43-
T3 = Akk. gizzu s. NA, NB (C'.Al) G 1 i6b; AHw
295a). shearing.
“^3 — Akk. gulgullu (gulgullatu) s. OB on (C'AD
PIIRASEOI.OGY
Ci 127I-); AHw 2973). skull.
1. (Phri) ]S3Í T3 “sheep shearing” (Deut 18:4); PI IRASEOI.OGY
Akk: gizzu sa seni, e.g., ana muhhi gizzu sa semi sa
1. (Phr2) (to crush thè skull) rb'-bì fin
sarri ittalak “he went to thè shearing of thè king’s
“crush thè skull” (Judg 9:53); Akk: LA gnigni
sheep” (C'AD C! 1 i6b b). amelùti tusahhar tasàk “you break sherds of a
Cf. TT 3 v. human skull into small pieces (and) crush (them)”
(CAD Ci i28a).
TT3 = Akk. gazàzu v. OAkk. 011 (CAD G S9b; AI lw
2843). to shear (animals); I leb. to shear (animals), ibi* = Akk. git(a)du s. NB; Aram. lw. into Akk.
shave or cut hair (of humans). (CAD Ci 71 b; AHw 288a). skin, bidè.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrfw

I ) L N O I A l tempie
ivi: pillars. In a Neo-Assyrian text it refers
i. (Don2) (BH hapax) -H*?? ‘'FHDFI p® to thè architectural structure serving as thè base
'np “ I 2S ?3 “I scwed sackcloth over my of a column: ma gullàtc |..J sa sapla dimmi' sa bit
skin, and wallowed my respect in thè dust” (Job hillànàti mà immàte usarraqu “when will they cast(?)
16:15). thè column-bases under thè pillars of thè hilànu-
portico?” (CAD G i28b 1). As noted by May,
In Akk. gildu occurs prefìxed by thè Sumerian
“The biblical gullah was a capitai, rather than a
sign K U S “skin,” simply in reference to a specifìc
base, but base and capitai frequently took thè sanie
number of hides (x K U S gildu or giladu). There
forili. On thè Sippara relief are both ‘Ionie’ base
is one commentary text that elucidates thè term
with gilsu “hip, flank.” and ‘Ionie’ capitai... Pillars with ionie’ capitals
The standard Akk. noun for “bidè, skin” is are pictured 011 a Khorsabad relief.”
tnasku (CAD M| 3763; AHw 6273). Ili a Neo-Babylonian inscription ^M//» denotes
a feature in iron gratings: in liùqu gullàtim parzilhim
Cf. li».
ussimma ussit rikissa “I ...-ed with crossbars and
iron gullàtim and remforced its joint(s)” (CAD E
11*73 = Akk. galtì II v. NA, LB (AHw 27sb; 1 i2sb,
i04b).
1 i27b). to go into exile, exile, deport.
IH H.Ci. May, BASOR 88 (1942) 19-27.
The Akk. verb galli/sughi is thè exact etymological
and semantic equivalent of thè Heb. il*73il/ìl*73 “to
□Ì^-3* = Akk. gulinu s. NA, NB, probably WSem.
go into exile/to exile, deport.” As noted by Held,
lw. (CAD C! i27a; AHw 29ób). coat.
Akk. gal á/suglu “at times replaces, mostly in NA
denotativi ;
letters, thè widely attested nasàliu. Whether galu,
1.(l)eii2) (BH hapax as s.) Hall
an obvious WSem. loanword (see von Soden, Or.
nipjpii n'bbpnp “ they were your
35 I1966] 8 no. 21; idem, Or. 46 [1977] 186 110.
traders in choice garments, in mantels of bluish
21) is thè exact equivalent of nasàliu cannot be
purple and embroidery” (Ezek 27:24); Akk: istcn
determined with any degree of certainty because
of thè obscure contexts and fragmentary condition gulàtiu...tamahsu “she shall weave one guìinu-coàt

of most of thè NA letters in which our vocable is (per year)” (CAD (! i27b).
attested.” It should be noted that galli/suglu is not 2. (Den2) (BH hapax as v.) IH^N !lj?’1
included 111 CAD G. D'^ri inilX “and Elijab took his mantle and
Akk. employs thè forni saghi “deportee” rolled it up” (2Kgs 2:8).
(AHw 1 i27b) = Heb: 11*713 (2Kgs 24:14; Amos 6:7 (Il C'ohen, Hapax 93:253.
and passim) as well as thè substantive galltu “exile,
deportation” (SAA V 203 s. 1; XV 55:10,12; 102
b>bì = Akk. garàru A v. OB on (CiAD G 47b; AHw
r. 3) = Heb: 111*73 (e.g., Amos 1:6,9; Isa 20:4).
902a). to roll over (Heb. “T3D1? interchange).
IH Held, JANES 1 1 (1979) 53-62.
di n o 1 \ 11\ 1
'-*■ Cf no3 v.
1. (Dc-112) i3,l7s; *7331171*71 wbj? b^ànn*? “to
roll all over (i.e., overpower) us, to attack us”
Akk. gullu s. NA, NB (CAD G i28a s.v. (Gen 43:18); Akk: e.g., burki u sipi bcliya uttcssi[q\
gullatu A; CDA 96). Akk. bowl, a column base; u attatagrar “I kissed thè knees and thè feet of my
Heb. bowl-shaped capitai. lord and rolled over (before him) many times”
(CiAD C! 48a 3 and passim).
The Heb. terni denotes thè “bowl” 011 thè top of
thè lampstand in Zech 4:2,3 (see also Ecc 12:6),
as well as rhnin ri1?? “ bowl-shaped capitals” □3 = Akk. gam prep. NB; WSem. word (AHw
(iKgs 7:41, 42 = 2Chr 4:12) describing thè 15563). also.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

DENOTATIVI! gimlassu “pay back with a good deed him who

i. (Dcii2) Akk: mina tcnka lapanìya iriq gam does you wrong, act justly toward your enemy”
ana sirku la tasellu “why did a rcport from you not (CAD Ci 22a 3).
rcach me? Also, do not neglect thè Sirku” (CT 22
Note thè difference in meaning of Hebrew *7123
no. 6 1 8—21).
w?; “to do kindness to oneself’: “IDI! KTN ÌE7B3 ^133
“a kindly man benefits himself’ (Prov 11:17) and
*7103 = Akk. gimillu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD Ci 73b; Akk: uapista gamàlu “to save a life,” e.g., re menù
AHw 288b). an act of kindness. gàmil napsàti muballit m\itut\u “thè mcrciful one,
idiomat ic usaci ; who saves life, who spares from death” (*CAD
1. (kte) (to wreak vcngcance) :D^Ej/3E?n Ci 22b 2).
D1?©; blfD? Q"iÒ *7103 “(thè Lord) shall wreak ,J *' Cf. *7103.
vengeancc on distant lands” (Isa 59:18; Ps 94:2;
Joel 4:4; Jer 51:6); Akk: gimilla lurru: ana Inni
— Akk. gammalu (gamlu) s. NA; WSem. lw.
gimilli Akkadi usatba kakkcsu “he (Marduk) made
(CAD Ci 3sb; AHw 27ya). carnei.
him take up arms in order to avenge Akkad”
PI IRASEOI.OGY
(CAD Ci 75a).
2. (Id2) (to repay a kindness) *6 352H i (Phr2) (camel’s htimp) n5?3T camel’s
r1?!? ‘pop “(Hezekiah) made no return for hump (Isa 30:6). Cf. Akk: e.g., gammalu sa sunna
what had been bestowed upon him” (2C.hr 32:25); sensina “camels whose backs are two(-humped)”
Akk: gimilla turru: sarru warku warkàt sarri pani lipnis (CAD Ci 36a 2').
u sarru gimilli sarri litcr “if a later king takes care
of (thè building of) an earlier king, another king 1123 = Akk. gamàru v. OAkk. 011 (CAD Ci 253;
will return thè kindness of that king” (CAD C AI lw 276I-1). to bring to an end.
74-b 2). IDIOMAT IC usaci;

Cf. *703 v. 1. (Id2) (to settle accounts) 'HSJ2 “lET “(thè

Lord) will settle accounts for me” (Ps 1 38:8); Akk:
awàtisunu nugammerma “we settled their dispute”
= Akk. gamàlu v. OAkk. on (CAI ) C 2 1 a; AI lw
(CAD Ci 26b).
275b). Akk. to perforili a kind act, agree, save; Heb.
to repay, wcan, perforili a kind act, save. Note thè following nuances of Akkadian gamàru:
àkiltum la kallum itehhi’akkum karëka igammar
COGNATI! ACCUSATIVI;
“a plague of strange inseets will attack you and
1. (CA) (repay kindness) ^133 (2Sam consume your store”; summa au>du...napsàte igmur
19:37; Ps 137:8); Akk: gimla gamàlu e.g., gimil “if a man takes somebody’s life” (CAD G 25b);
tagmUinni utir agmilki “I have returned thè favor ina u'a a’a agdamar umê “I spend thè days in grief
you did me” (CAD C 22a 3). and wailing” (CAD Ci 26a b); kasapka gamrakkum
denotativi : “your silver has been spent for you” (CAD Ci
2. (Den2) (to spare, save [said ofa god|) ITTE^Ì 26b).
'by bm '3 TÒ “I will praise thè Lord for be' has
The verb “103 employed in Ps 57:3; 138:8 should
saved me” (Ps 13:6; Isa 63:7; Ps 1 16:7); Akk, e.g.,
be re; ul ^123 “ repay,” with interchange.
gdmil maqti nassi musczib sagsi “(Marduk) who
Ij? Cf. v.
saves thè fallen (and) thè desperate, who rescues
thè maltreated” (CAD Ci 22b 2).
3. (DCI12) 'njpnip TI 'lbm' “may thè Lord (naa) — Akk. gannatu s. NB; WSem. lw. (CAD
reward me according to my righteousness” (2Sam Ci 41 lì; AHw 28ob). garden.
22:21; Ps 18:21); cf. Akk: misara gamàlu, e.g., P I 1R A S E O L O C Y

ana cpis limuttika damiqtu ribsu ana ragýka misara 1. (Phr2) |3 “thè king’s garden” (e.g.,
T 33 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Heiìrew

2Kgs 25:4; Jer 39:4; 52:7); Akk: pannati sa RN fruit trees, gupnu is used in Ass. royal inscriptions
sarri “che royal garden of Marduk-apil-iddina, thè (from Asn. on) and (beside gapnu) in SB lit. texts
king” (*CAD Ci 41 V>). for tree ili generai....The word is late and most
likely a WSem. loan word” (CAI) Ci 45a).
The standard Akk. notili for garden is kiriì, lienc:e
kiri sarri “thè king’s garden” (CAD K 41 ib; AI lw
48sa). nnSS - Akk. ki/ulmtu s. MB, SB (CAI) K 333b;
Cf. 133 v. AHw 47la), sulphur.
sequencing

1. (Seqi) (fire and sulphur) rTHSIfl (Ezek

T33* = Akk. kanàzu v. NB; Aram./Pers. lw. (CAD
38:22; Ps 11:6; Gen 19:24); Akk: (kima) isàtu
K i48a; AI Iw 436b). Akk. t o put in S t o r a g e .
kibritu “(like) sulphur fire” (CAI) K 333b b).
DENOTATIVE 2. (Seq2) (sulphur and salt) rTHSD (Deut
i. (I )en2) Tjbon 't?? royal treasuries (attested 29:22); Akk: (uhùlt) tàbti kibriti “(saltweeds), salt,
twice, in Esth 3:9; 4:7); Akk. sa ina bit uri tini sulphur” (CAD K 333b lex. section).
kauzu “which are stored in thè ...-house” (CAI) IH E l l e n b o g e n , 58.

K i48a).
Ili C'ohen, Hapax 67:1 12. 3"13 = Akk. garàbu s. OB 011 (CAD G 4óa; AHw
28 ih). Akk. leprosy, scab; I leb. boil-scar.
|33 = Akk. ganànu v. MB, SB (CAI) Ci 4oa; AHw
de ;no i at i ve:
28oa). Akk. to confine; Heb. to protect, enclose.
i.(l)en2) Heb. (Lev 21:20; 22:22; Deut
DENOTATIVE 28:27); Akk., e.g., summa ina zumar amcli pindu
1. (i)en2) nsrtfin1? nx-rn T»n 'irò?] “i pesti sa garàbu iqabbus\u\ “if (there appears) on
will enclose (i.e., protect) this city to save it” thè body of a man a white pustule that one calls
(2Kgs 19:34; 20:6); Akk: e.g., sa bit l’N ginnàti leprosy” (CAD G 46a 1; med. text). Note also
gutmunù “those of thè tribe of PN are confined to Akk. sa gambi “leper.”
barracks” (C'AI) Ci 40a b).
^ c:f. i?. n“)3 = Akk. geni v. OB on (CAD Ci 61 a; AHw
286a). Akk. to be hostile, start a lawsuit (G-stem,
D-stem), make war (D-stem); Heb. to stir up strife,
(^33* ,r]3N!*) ^3 = Akk. kappu (agappu, gappu)
batti e.
OB 011 (C'AI) K i8_sa; AHw 444a).
PI IRASEOI OGY

'V' See n??- 1. (Phr2) (to wage war) rtiprfpD1?/? rH3 (Deut
2:9,24; Ps 140:3; Dan 11:25); Akk: ilqi kakkasu
]S3 = Akk. gapnu (gupnu) s. NA, SB, NB; WSem. labbi ugerri “he took his iliaco, Iliade war on thè
lw. (CAI) Ci 44a; AIIw 28 ia; 2y8b). Akk. tree, lions” (CAD G 62I1 2).
fruit tree, ville; Heb. ville. DENOTATIVE

PI IRASEOI OGY 2. (l)eni) (fight one another) (Hitpa el:

i.(Phr2) }33 “grapevine” (Num 6:4; rnsipn) (e.g., Deut 2:5; Prov 28:24); Akk: itegru,
Judg 13:14); Akk: gapnu sa karàni, e.g., 1 10gapnu e.g., issabtuma ina bàb bit emùti ina suqi ittegru “they
sa karàni isi biltu 1 gapnu 20 SÌ LA karànu ana qatàpu grappled with each other at thè gate of thè family
“no vines hearing grapes, full hearing vines, each house, they fought one another in thè Street”

vine with twenty silas of grapes to pluck” (CAI) (CAD Ci Ó2b 3).
Ci 45a). Note thè Akk. technical term dina gerù “to bring/
Note that “w\m\c gapnu in NB refers exclusively to start a lawsuit,” e.g., sa danni denu dabàbu itti PN u

68
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion por Biblical Hf.brew
na
màrchi igarruni “whosocver appears and hrings suit word CI sinnatu 111 Mari...refers to a metal object
and complaint against PN and his sons” (CAI) Ci used for both agricultural and military purposes.
Ó2a 4' and passim). The thrice-attested expression It is possible that thè word gizinnatu represents a
|ÌTD il“13 may likewise exhibit this Akk. legai term WSem. forni of hassinnu ‘ax’, which appears in
“to start a lawsuit,” lit. “to provoke a quarrel (in Heb. as garzen.”
court),” and not just simply “to let loose strife” as Heb. is some type of Kulturwort or Wanderwort
commonly rendered (BDB 1933 and others), e.g., with two sets of cognates, one with intial/(j or k
nn Q'pp' tTSK Ti-.S- |Ì-|Q nnr non 2TK “a hot- (Heb. garzen; Arab. karzan, karzam), and thè other
tempered man provokes a quarrel (in court); a with inital/li (Aram./Syriac Itassinà; Cie‘ez /lassiti,
paticnt man prevents a lawsuit (i.e., calms strife)” Arab. basiti (KB3 L202-203; Kaufman, AIA:54;
(Prov 15:18; cf. also Prov 28:25; 29:22). Rublo, JCiS 5 111999]7 11.12). Further, Heb. |H3
(with “1) is a dissimilation of Akk. [tassimi (cf.
il II Kutscher, JAOS 74 (1954) 74:238.
Akk. fcn.s'i’H^Heb. XQS^Aram. KD~13 (Already iti
OAram, see KAI 216:7). Note also thè suggestion
ITI3 = Akk. girti s. NB (CiAl) Ci 96b; AHw 29ih), of Hoch that Heb. |T”]3 is related to thè hapax
one twenty-fourth of a shekel. verb HD (Ps 31:23), a metathesized forni of thè
DENOTATIVI; root ~in‘ ‘to cut” (Hoch, 1994:304).
i.(l)eii2) Ileb: (Exod 30:13; Num 3:47; HI Salonen, Kulturti'òrter, 8.
Ezek 45:12); Akk: e.ggirti kaspu...ana inanima la
tanandin “you must not give anybody even 1/24
'[“là = Akk. magrattu s. OB, Nuzi (CiAD M , 46a;
of a shekel of silver” (CAI) Ci 96)1 a).
AHw 6 o 8 a ) . grain Storage place, threshing floor.
IH Kutscher, Words, 28Í.
diìnot a rivi;

1. (I)eii2) -13 ntnan “they filled thè

|T“)3 = Akk. hassinnu s. OAkk. 011; Akk. lw. in Sum. granaries with grain” (Joel 2:24); Akk: issid inassi
and Hitt. ha-zi-na (CAI) H 13 3 a ; AHw 332a). axe. u ina magratti inariditi “he will reap, gather iti and
deliver (thè produce) 011 thè threshing floor”
di ; notati vi; (CAD M| 46b).
1. (I)eu2) Heb. (l)eut 19:5; 20:19; iKgs 6:7;
Akk. magrattu dertves front thè verb garanti OB,
Isa 1 o: 1 5); Akk: e.g., ina hassinni sa sarri tamàt “you
SB, NA (CAD Ci 46b; AHw 902a), to store, pile
will die by thè axe of thè king” (LiA 162:37 1ct- in lteaps.
Egypt); liassiti aliiya \qas\at idiya nanisar sibbiya “thè
Note thè WSem. sub. guniti “threshing floor” in
axe at my side, thè bow 011 my ariti, thè dagger in
Emar (378:33-34'; see Pentiuc 2001:53-54).
my belt” (CiAD H 13 3b c).
Ili Lambert, JJS 5 (1954) 40-41.
As noted by CAD S 201 a 11. (s.v. sinnatu)-. “thè

69
 7
— Akk. daini (dablm, fem. dabitu). s. OB, NA* “she (Athaliah) expellcd all who were of royal
(CAI) 1) i7a; AHw 148H). bear. stock” (2Chr 22:10); CPÏÏS; “DT] “who
drives away people from beneath me” (Ps 18:48;
dinotativi ;
47:4); Akk: e.g., assira sàbe pittati rabà u tudabbir
i.(I)cn2) Heb. (Amos 5:19; 1 Sani 17:36
ayàbi sarri istu libbi màtis'u “send a large troop of
etc.); Akk., e.g., RN sar Bàbili...baltussu iksuda...
archers so that they may drive thè enemies of thè
ina abulli qabal ali sa Ninna arkussu dabiies “they
king from his country” (EA 76:39; let. Byblos);
captured alive thè Babylonian king RN...and I
atta u nakirka ahu ina pani ahim udappar “you and
tied limi up at thè city gate of thè inner city of
your enemy will withdraw from each other”
Nineveh like a bear” (CAI) I) i7a a, Semi.).
(CAD D 187a b).
The WSem. forili dablm (i-''—3^) is equated
in thè syn. list with thè standard Akk. word daini
“bear” (Malku V:_<jo: CAI) ibid). “I5‘T! " dabri s. EA* (244:31-33). pestilence.

As noted by Morali (AL 299:5), “perhaps dàb-

= Akk. dibbu s. OB 011 (CiAI) 1) i32a;
ri (Hebrew deber), a virtual gloss and synonym
AHw 168b). Akk. talk, report, gossip, legai case,
of Akkadian mutànu, which is bere treated as
agreement; Heb. rumor.
singular,” i.e., stimantegamratme àìu...ina mutati ina
Pilli. ASEOIOGY da\b\ri “look, thè city is consumed...by pestilence”
i. (Phri) (to bear gossip) n2“! VDti (Jer 20:10; (let. Shechem); Heb: (similar pliraseology)
Ps 31:14); Akk: dibba scinti, e.g., \ina\ muhhi dibbi “inni zsi -rsn “ he who in thè town shall
|saJ PN sa tasmii minima ina libbi yànu “as to thè be consumed by faniine and pestilence” (Ezek
rumors you have lieard about l’N, there is nothing 7:1 5)-
to them” (CAI) I) 1 33a 3); dibbi ibassù sa sarri sa
Wliile thè C’AD (I) 135b n.) maintains that Akk.
asnitì “there are reports of interest to thè king that
dibiru, dibiri (SB) is probably Sum. word and it
I have lieard” (CAI) 1) 1 33a).
has “110 connection with Heb. deber, von Soden
Akk. dibbu can refer also to a legai case: dibbisunu (AHw i68b) equates thè lexeme with Arab.
itti ahàmcs qatii “their case has been decided 111
dabara “Unglikk”; Heb. deber “Pest.” The standard
mutuai (agreement)” (CAI) I) 133b 4); and to
Akk. word for “pestilence,” mutànu follows dibiru
words: dibbi gabbu ina tuppi assatar “I wrote every
e.g., dibiru mutànu (wr. NAM. BAD (text KIJR),
word 011 a tablet” (CAI) i32a 1).
MHS) ina màiti ibassù rendered by thè CAD (ibid)
“there will be d. and pestilence in thè country”
= Akk. duppuru (dubbimi) v. OA, OB 011 (CAD D 134b).
(CAI) I) i86b; AHw >77a). Akk. to go away, expcl
Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. dibbiru “calamity,
(l)-stem); Heb. to expel (Pi ' el ; Hiph il).
pestilence,” employed in thè phrase dibira matti
denotativi ; immar “thè land will expenence (lit. see) calamity”
1. (Deni) robipan bz ("m-irn rd.) ~airn (Emar 61 1:134'; 645:3'; see Pentiuc 2001:44-45).

7'
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrhw

“honey of mountain,” rather than thè traditional

£>:n = Akk. dispu (disbu) s. fr. OA, OB on (CAI)
translation “honey of thè rock” (NJPS; NEB;
1) i6ia; AHw 173.1). lioncy. (Heb. metathesis)
Kraus, Psalms II: 146).
SLQULNCINC
^ Cf. Akk. dtispu adj. (C'AI) D i2oa). sweet.
1. (Seq 1) (lioney and ghee) nxpni CDT (2Sam
17:29; Isa 7:15,22); Akk: dispu/Ijinictu, e.g., inaila!
— Akk. dagalli v. fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AD 1) 21 a;
scindi untalli dispa niallat uqni bimèta mutilili “he
AH w i49b). to look (at).
filled with syrup a dish of carnelian, he filled with
ghee a dish of lapis Umili” (George, C.ilgamesh, di -notati vi;
216—17).
i.(l)en2) blIR (Qal passive part.), e.g.,
2. (Seqi) (oil and lioney) (Ezek
rarnp birn DinNI ns •'“IH “my love is radiant
16:13,19); Akk: e.g., satana dispa u iuib kin kaìdma
and ruddy, visible (i.e., preeminent) above ten
“oil, lioney and all thè fruits of thè garden”; saniti a
thousand” (SoS 5:10); DEpl nirn
dispa sikara karana tanaqqi “you libate oil, honey,
“niay we exalt 111 Your victory and we shall
beer (and) wine” (CAI) 1) 162a c).
see (i.e., experience thè fame of) our Lord” (Ps
3. (Seq2) (honey and milk ) 2^1 VÌZI (SoS
20:6); Akk: idaggal usurati it animi magreti “he looks
4:1 1); Akk: dispaiti himcti sizbi “honey, ghee, and
at thè representations and utters blasphemy”
milk” (CAD 1) i62a c).
(c:ad d 2ib).
denotativi ;
Akk. dagalli in thè G-stem and S-stem has a
4. (Dem) (sweetness of honey), e.g., ‘'33 ^3!$
wide variety of nuances and meanings, including
3Ìt2 ©31 “my son, eat honey for it is sweet”
(Prov 24:13); Akk: Marna zatuàrasaina eli dispitn “to own” and “to be a subject.” With thè

u karduim tabu tabu eli dispi u karànim “thè songs prepositions ana, pàti, and ina pàti it means “to
(in praise of) Mania are sweeter than honey and wait for.” See C'AD 1) 21—25 f°r thè meanings
wine, they are sweeter than honey and wine” with examples.
(CAD 1) 163 a). '*>' Cf. bri*.
5. (I)eii2) (honey, mouth), e.g., HO
,3i7 CD"!? ,3ni7 “how sweet are your
= Akk. digiti A s. fr. OB on (C'AD I) 13CM;
words in my mouth, more than honey to my
AI Iw lóija). Akk. gaze, eyesight; Heb. gaze.
mouth” (Ps 119:103); pino*? tsq-p 'an ■'nini “and
it was in my mouth as sweet as honey” (Ezek 3:3); denotativi ;

Akk: (saptu + dussupa lips + lioney/sweet), e.g., i.(I)eii2) (BH hapax) ]ÏV3 b$ "K'2r
saptin dussupat balàtum pisa “she is sweet as to (her) iianX 'by iblll “he brought me into thè wine
lips, her mouth is (full of) Health” (CAD 1) 200a house and his gaze toward me (was of) love” (SoS
b); saptàya lu lalldru qàtàya lu kuzbu sapat kipattiya
2:4); Akk: e.g., sa ersetu rapastim digilsina aitatila
Iti sapat dispi “may my lips be laìlàru-honey, may
“you are looked upon by thè broad earth” (CAD
my hands be all charni, may thè lips of my kipattu
I) 1 36a lex. section); summa amelu digii inisu mati
be lips of Honey” (C'AD K 396K s.v. kipattu); cf.
“if a man’s eyesight is weak” (ibid.).
also saptànu dussupàte (CAD S^ 4S4a 2').
There is one OB Akk. passage in whicli digiti
PI ÌRASP.OI.OCY
means “wish”: summa digilki alkimma “if you wish,
6. (Phr2) EQ"7! “1125 “mountain honey” (Ps
come” (C'AD 1) 1 36b 4).
81:17); cf. Akk: disip sadì “mountain’s honey”
Heb. bn connotes a visible object, i.e.,
(CAD D 163a f).
“banner.”
Heb. “)1S(=Ugar. (i^Aram. tOltO) denotes
“mountain” (cf. “I12S) Thus, in light of Akk. disip IH Pope, 375 78.

sadi, it seems better to render thè Heb. expression '»■ cf. rribn?. bn v.

72
 An Akkadian Lexical Combanion for Biblical Hf.brew

"TH — Akk. dadu s. OAkk. on (CAI) I) 2oa; AIIw low”; II bbi ‘ ‘hand down, dangle” (Job 28:4); III
i49a). lovc-niaking, lovcd onc. bbl‘ ‘be raised” (Isa 38:14). While (without any
philological basis) thè NJPS translates Isa 38:14 as
DliNOTAI I Vii
“as my eyes, all worn, look to heaven,” as tojob
1.(I)em) (love-making) □‘H'H “love- 28:4 it translates “destitute of men far removed,”
making” is al ways used in thc pi. as is its cognate commenting “meaning of Heb uncertain.” The
in Akk: dàdù (pi.): ^ Hi ÚV “there I shall use ofl^H in both Isaiah and Job may be clarified
express (lit. give) to you my lovc-niaking” (SoS in light of thè Akk. verb dalu, which is employed
7:13; Ezek 16:8; 23:17; Prov 7:18 and passim); as a verbum movendi, “to wander around, move,
Akk: l’asmetu Hat kuzbi u dadi “Tasmctu, thè wander around in despair.” Indeed, in thè Syn.
goddess of sexual joy and love-making” (C’AI) list dàlu is equated to alàku “to walk” (CAD 1)
I) 2oa 1); dàdùsu ihablmbii eli scribi “his ‘love’ will S 8 a lex. section), as well as, e.g., atalìak \ul a\tmalj
caress and emhrace you” (George, (ìilgamesh, \a\dalma \ul asal\lal “I walk all thè time but do not
548:1 86) tire, I wander around and cannot sleep” (CAD
2. (Dona) (lovcd one) “TH “loved one,” e.g., ibid. and passim). The equation and parallelism of
ni32 ‘'IH nn •'“IH nr “this is my darlmg Akk. alàku - dalli may be compared to Heb. -
and this is my lover, O daughters of Jerusalcm” 1173 (Job 28:14), where thè MT may be derived
(SoS 5:16 and passim in SoS); Akk: atta màru rà'imu from Vi? verbs, namely (S713) employed as its
dàdini “you, (my) son, thè lover, our beloved” Akk. counterpart dalu as a verbum tnovendi. As to
(incipit of a song) (CAD 1) 20a 2). Isa 38:14, we likewise suggest understanding thè
verb as an T'SJ rather than geminate, and to render
HTl = Akk. dudu s. 015 on (C'AD I) i70a; AHw thè verse □i-iab T? 1^ “ my eyes wander about
174I1). Akk. kettle; Heb. kettle, basket. in despair to heaven.”
The C'AI) and AI Iw equate Akk. dalli to thè
Note thè hapax parallel pair b^D//“lìl “basket// Syriac verb dui
container” (Ps 81:7).
Almost all Akkadian references to dudu
I "1ÌT = Akk. dàru B s. lex.* (C'AD 1) 11 sb).
specifically refer to it as being made of “copper”
settlement.
(dudu sa eri) or “bronze” (dudu sa siparri). There
are no Akk. references that suggest a non-metalic denotativi ;
item, such as a basket. 1. (I)en2) 'VI bntó '3P 71*7331 S?03 '“in “my
^ cf. bno. dwelling is pulled up and removed from me like a
tent of shepherds” (Isa 38:12); Akk: (in lexical list)
= Akk. dalu A v. OB 011 (C'AD 1) 5Sa; AI lw \mù\sabu, rubsu, dàrutn “dwelling place, enclosure,
1 54b). wander aimlessly. settlement” (C’AI) I) 1 isb).
The lexeme is traditionally rendered as
Note that of thè nino denotative of thè geminate “generation.” However, in light of thè parallelism
verb bbi — Akk. dalalu I “to be low, small” (see with ‘'STI ^(ì.e., x-x+ 1), and together with KB3
below bb~\), two do not fit thc mng. “to be low, (I:2i7b) and NJPS for example, thè word should
small”: Isa 38:14: Dina1? TU 1^ and Job 28:4: be considered as homonym.
1173 E713XÌ2 I^T. The medieval scholars Ibn Janah
and Qimhi (on Isa 38:14) maintain that both verbs
II "1ÌT = Akk. dàru A s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD I)
are geminate; however, in Isaiah bbl means “lift
1 1 sb; AHw 16411). generation (also Heb. eternity).
up.” Whereas thè BDB has one entry for^T “be
low, languish,” as well as “bang, depend,” KB! denotativi ;

has two entries I ‘become little, tiny” and II 1. (I)en2) istu sultiin Agade adi sarmtiya adi
bbl “dangle.” DCH has three entries I bbl “be sabàt Nurrugi 7 dàru itiquma “since thè end of

73
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Akkad (dynasty) until my accession to thc thronc, lentils, millet and emmer” (Ezek 4:9); Akk: ina
until thc conqucst of Nurrugi, severi generations satti ina MN 6 3 2 C U R uttatu...20 C . U R haliuru 1 0
had passcd” (CAD D i i 5b). Cf. Heb: |ÌB?n “lì CUR babbu 2 0 C . U R S E duhnu... “I shall give you
“first generation” (Job 8:8); TH “third (as rent) every year in (thè month of Ayaru) 6 3 2
generation” (Deut 23:9); “TÌ“T “fourth gur of barley.. . 2 0 gur of chick peas, 1 0 gur of
generation” (Cleri 15:16); 'TÉ7IJ "ili “tcnth lentils, 2 0 gur of millet...” (C'AD D 171 b d).
generation” (Deut 23:3,4); “lì"7! “thousandth UH C'ohen, 1 lapax 1 16:28.
generation” (Deut 7:9; Ps 105:8; iChr 16:15); “in
inni? “last generation” (Ps 78:6; Deut 29:21).
*im = Akk. da àpu v. NA, SB (CAD D la; Al lw
Forchronological considerations, thè duration
I46a). Akk. to push (over); Heb. to push, push
of onc dàru may tentatively be cstablishcd as 70
oneself (thus “hasten”).
years, i.e., “a ìnan’s life spali” (CAD 1) 1 1 5b).
“The meaning ‘generation’...should likewise not denotative

be taken as based 011 a cyclic conccpt of time but 1. (i )en 1 ) (in lbh) irr? % ^nn:? |pn] “ while
rather like Latin saeculum, i.e., duration of thè I laman hastened honie” (Esth 6:1 2); DE?P nÒìlD’l
life of a group of persons” CAD (1) io8b n.) nxyb ^nn? xn mi “so they (thè priests) rushed
him (Uzziah) out of there, and he too hastened
to get out” (2Chr 26:20; cf. also Esth 2:15; 8:14);
= Akk. dàsu v. fr. OB on (CAD D 121 a; AHw
Akk: e.g., iddinusu babbe la mahra daipu ~à‘iri
i68a). to tliresh.
“they gave him (Marduk) unopposable weaponry
T R A N S I : 1; K R F . I > M E A N I N G that vanquishes enemies” (En. el. IV 30); ina
1. (TM2) (to trample land/enemy) /□'li E?n muterri 3-su tada’ip “you stoke it three times witli
"trample upon, destroy nations/ a poker” (C'AI) 1) la); passura bussa tadi’ip “you
Moab/Clilad” (Hab 3:12; Isa 25:10; Amos 1:3); have pushed away table and chair” (C'AD 1) ih).
Akk. màita/nàkira/ayàbà dàsu “to trample upon, While BI I employs thè hapax 1101111 (pi.)
destroy thè land/enemy,” e.g., nakru datimi mia nsnnp (Ps 140:12), rendered by NJPS “corrals,”
màti ih'bbima mata idàs “a mighty enemy will rise is absent from Akk. e.g., pK3 113' bz p»1? W'K
and destroy thè country” (C'AD 1) 12 1 b b); dà'is rènna1? i-rns;1 sn opn tir*? “ let thè slanderers
kullat tiàkiri “who smashes all thc enemies” (C'AD have 110 place 111 thè land; lct thè evil of thè lawless
D 121 b b). man drive him into corrals.”
IMIRASEOI.OGY

2. (Phr2) (to thresh grani) CTtStl EH (iClir

21:20); Akk: uttata dàsu (CAD D 121 a 1). Cf. |,'"1 = Akk. dàtm v. fr. OAkk. on (CAD 1) ioob;
se atti dàsu, e.g., se am lidìs iizrùma “let him thresh AHw 167I1). to judge, start a lawsuit.
and winnow thè barley” (C'AD D i2ia 1).
cognate , accusa live .
3. (Phr2) (a threshing ox) ÌE?n5 ~lW (Deut
1. (CA) |n |n “render judgment” (Jer 5:28;
25:4); cf. nbau nCH “a threshing calf’ (Jer 50:1 1);
22:16; 30:13); Akk: dina dànu, e.g., sa sarri màr
Akk, e.g., summa awilum alpam ana dàsim igur “if a
ilisti dinsu ditti pursàsu pu\rus\ “render judgment
man rents an ox for threshing” (CH §269).
concerning thè king, who has a protective deity,
give a decision concerning him” (C'AD 1) loob
ini = Akk. duhnu (tuhnu) s. M13, Nuzi on(CAl) 1)
171 a; AHw i74b). millet.
IM1RASEOI.OGY

sequencing 2. (Phn) (to judge fairly) 3nsp3/p“^ |H

1. (Seq2) (BH hapax) *7)21 DnÌJ{?n T'tSn (Ps 9:9; 97:10; 72:2); Akk: bitti u mësari dànu, e.g.,
□‘’QtpD'i ioni “ wheat and barley, beans, dinim bitte u misari idìnu “(Samas and Adad)...

74
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrfw

render true and just judgment” (*CAD 1) loib). PIIRASEOI.OGY

Note thè Akkadian meaning “to start a lawsuit” 1. (Phr2) niw'px |ST| D'OllT 'ns “thè father
in both thè G-stem and thè D-stem: anàku u sii ina of orphans, thè judge of widows” (Ps 68:6; 1 Sani
liàbili i nidin “he and I will start a lawsuit” (C'AD 24:16); Akk: dayàn kinàtim abi ekiàtim “just judge,
D 103b); utnisatu dinàtim ittiya tudàn “you bring (a father of thè homeless” (C'AD 1) 32b 3').
new) lawsuit against me every day!” (ibid.). Cf. H (v.) in (s).
Note also that while thè Akk. N-stem has thè
passive mng. “to be judged,” thè once employed = Akk. dàiqu s. SB (C'AD D 27a). siege-wall.
BH Niph'al pili (IlSam 19:10) has thè reciprocai
mng. “to argue with each other.” dinotativi :

1. (Don 2) (nb'pb ^32;)//pn H33 “(lay

siege)//build a siege-wall” (Ezek 4:2, 17:17;
I"1"! = Akk. dinu s. fr. OAkk., OA 011 (C'AD D
21:27; 26:8; cf. also 2«gs 25:1; Jer 52:4); Akk:
1 5ob; AHw 171 b). verdict, lawsuit.
e.g., arammu ul is\bat...\ dursu iqmunta uscmc ditallis
PIIRASEOI.OGY [,..| epis qabli u tàhazi dà'iqu ibbalkituni “(thè fire)
1. (Phri) (to alter a verdict) |n H3P, e.g., did not ignite thè siege ramp but burned his
■’?» '3? bz yi n3?h “and infringe 011 thè nghts of own fortification wall and reduced it to ashes,
thè poor” (Prov 31:5); Akk: dina sunnti: dinlsunu |my troops?| climbed over thè siege wall [to do|
nultannu “we did not alter thè judgment on battle” (CAD 1) 27a, Esarh).
them”(CAD S 407;»); '[‘HO TIÏÏH “subvert thè
judgment” (of thè poor) (Isa 10:2); Akk. dina = Akk. ditànu s. SB* (C'.AD D i64b; AHw
enti: warkànumma dinsu itami “reverses his verdict 173b). bison.
afterwards” (C'AD E i74b d).
SliQUI-NCINC
2. (Phr2) (to render a just verdict)
(Ps 9:5; 140:13); Akk. dina epcsu: ana pani\ka\ 1. (Seq 2) (BH hapax), “lìOITl '31SÌ b'K
lidbubuma dina epussunuti “when they plead before HDT1 ÍXni ÌpX1 “thè deer, thè gazelle, thè
you, decide in their favor” (CAD E 2o6b b). (dina roebuck, thè wild goat, thè bison, thè antelope,
epcsu also means “to bring a lawsuit”: tuppu abuya thè mountain sheep” (Deut 14:5); Akk: sappari
ilturmi u anàku itti tuppi anni dina epusini “my father didatti erti ibàrarnma “thè eagle would hunt down
wrote thè tablet, and I have brought action 011 thè wild sheep and aurochs” (Etana II 30).
basis of this tablet” (CAD E 2o6b a)); jH rÒSH The animai ditànu (didàinu), attested in Akk. in
(Jer 5:28); Akk: ditta cscru/susuru, e.g., dinsu uzakki thè above Etana passage, is equated in thè lexical
ustesirsu “he (thè king) cleared his case, provided list to thè regular Akk. word for bison kusarikku,
justice for him” (CAD D 1 sia lex. section). attested as a mythological creature only.
Note thè Heb. phrase “to uphold a verdict”: For thc t-s interchange between Akk. and
l'T (Job 36:17). The Akkadian verb tamàhu BH , see thè discussion in Landsberger, l:auna 92—
94; C'ohen, 111:11.
also means “to grasp,” but no usage with dinu is
attested. The verb sabàtu “to grasp” when used
with dinu means simply “to sue.” b"l — Akk. dallu adj. OB (CAD 1) S2a; AHw i 54a).
IH Tawil, JBL 95 (1976) 409-10; Paul, KB 86 (1979) Akk. inferior; Heb. low, weak, thin, poor (said of
231-35- humans).
IJ? ' Cf. |’1 v. j;H.
Akk. dallu is employed in thè syn. list alongside
rabbu “soft” and pàqu “narrow.” Ili thè literary texts
- Akk. dayànu s. fr. OAkk., OA 011 (CAD D it seems to be employed once in thè expression
28b; AHw 1 5 i a). judge. se'u dallu “inferior barley,” thè opposite of se u
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical. Hebrew

damqu “fine barley” (C'AI) 1) 52a). The exact denotativi ;

semantic equivalent may be found in thè Heb. 1. (I)eu2) Num 24:7; Isa 40:15; Akk: nàràtim
expression nipT □,'173tp “thm (i.e., “inferior”) upetti dalàm iti màtiya ultalliq “I opened up canals
ear of grain,” which is employed opposite and (thus) made thè drawing bucket obsolete in
ninb “fine ear of grain” (Gen 41:23—24). my country” (C'AD I) s6b a, Mari).
Cf. bb~t v. Some Akkadian passages refer to this container
as made of either gold, bronze, or copper. In
= Akk. dahi V . MB, SB, NB (CAD I) 56a; other contexts, based upon its use, it could also
AHw i 55a). to draw water from a well. refer to a wooden bucket, though wood is never
speofìcally mentioned.
cf. nbn v.
Apart from its transferred meaning, (e.g., Prov
20:5, Ps 30:2), Heb nbn is employed only in thè
sense of “to draw water from a well” (Lxod 2:16, — Akk. dullulu v. OB 011 (CAD D 17811; AHw
iy(twice). However, as noted by thc C'AD (Ds6b 1 53a). Akk. to oppress (D)-stem; Heb. to be low
n.) “The drawing of water from wells by means of (Qal).
a mechanical device is called dahi while stbu and
The geminate root bb~\ is employed in BH: once
hàbu refer to drawing of water from rivers and
in a context involving receding waters: 131111
canals...” e.g., assu umesamma mi’ diluti dahim ebll
“liSD niO “thè streams of Egypt shall recede and
guhassàte siparri u barbari siparri usepisma “in order
dry up” (Isa 19:6); and three times 111 reference to
to (be able to) draw water from wells every day, I
Israel: -sr: “ and Israel was brought
(Sennacherib) had wire cables of bronze and chains
very low (by thè Midianites)” (Judg 6:6); “IÌ33
ofbronze made” (CAD 1) s6b).
3pST “Jacob’s honor shall dwindle” (Isa 17:4);
and “IX!? ITíSh '3 "I™ “'et Your
BH once employs thè Pi‘el in transfered mng. e.g., conipassion come swiftly toward us for we (Israel)
‘n oppili!; “I extol You, O Lord, for You have sunk very low” (Ps 79:8). bh~I is twice used
have lifted me up” (Ps 30:2). This notion is absent to refer to a person 111 distress: ^©ilT '|i71 "’niS’T “I
from Akk. was brought low and He will save me” (Ps 1 16:6),
and “INO ''ni‘p‘1 '3 Tin ^ n3'©pn “listen to my
Cf. ’bl.
cry, for I have been brought very low” (Ps 142:7).
In Akk., thè verb is employed in thè D-stem “to
— Akk. dalahu v. fr. OA, OB on (C'AD 1) 43a; bring low,” i.e., “to oppress,” e.g., ensu ihabbilu
AHw i_S2b). Heb: (lw. fr. Akk.) to stir up. isarraku atta datini ina qcreb ali dullulu mahàr katre
ibbasima “they oppressed thè weak and put them
l’I IRASEOI.OGY
in thè power of thè mighty, there was oppression
1. (Phri) (only in Lzek) □"!? Tlbl, e.g., n^in] and acceptance of bribes within thè city” (C'AD
□ninn? oÈnni f‘pn? era “ stirring up water I) i78a, Esarh). Note also that in thè syn. list Akk.
with your feet, and muddying their rivers” (Ezek dullulu is equated to habdlu “to oppress” (C'AD
32:2,13 (twice)); Akk: me dalahu, e.g., me addalhu ibid. lex. section).
ul izakkti “thè water that 1 (Inanna) stir up does AHw 153a suggests thè existence of an
not clear up (again)”; tamdti adallahttta mehirtasina attestation in thè Ci-stem stative dalil. For
u\haUaq\ “I will stir up thè seas and destroy their (Isa 38:14; Job 28:4), see bn*.
produce” (C’AD 1) 43b la). Note further that Akk. dalcllu A “to proclami,
glorify, praise” (CAD I) 46b), which is commonly
"’b"! = Akk. dalli A s. Mari on (C'AD 1) s6b; AI lw used ili Akk. personal naines, e'.g., Adlal-Sín “I
15Sa), bucket. shall praise Sin,” Ludlul-Sin “let me praise Sin”

76
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblicai, Hebrew ni T

and che abbreviated forms Adlal, Adallali (C'AI) muhhi etimi raspa “thè doors for thè tempie of Sin,
1) 47a c and passim), might be equaCed to che BH thè tempie of Samas, (and) che Cemple of Ningal,
l’N ‘tlie praised, gloritìed one” (e.g., Judg which were Co be fiCCed out with silver places, are
16:4,6, io, 12,13,18). ready” (C’AD I) 5sa).
ci. “ri. 5. (Phr2) (cedar doors) n1?1! D«1
nx nò nòs? “ if she is a door we shall panel 1C
- Akk. dalapu v. Sii, NA (C'AI) 1) 47!-); AHw in cedar” (SoS 8:9); Akk: dalàt crini “cedar door”
1 53b). Akk. to be restless (Ci-stem), to keep awake, (CAD D s4b 21).
harass (Cl-steni, D-sCem); I leb. Co be restless. 6. (Phr2) (bronze doors) niròl
(Isa 45:2; Ps 107:16); Akk: dalàt eri/siparri “copper/
denotative
bronze doors” (CiAI) 1) S4a 2').
1. (i )en2) rmna •'ttfsu nsb'i ‘ ‘I am restless, 7. (Phr2) (doors overlaid wich gold) Jlinbl
(sleepless) from grief’ (Ps 119:28); Akk: e.g., 3Ì1T (2Chr 3:7); Akk: dalàte kaspi u huràsi “doors
siiti1 tàbta ul isbtì panila \us\tezik ramimi ina dalapu
overlaid wich silver and gold (said of che Cemple
“my face did not have enough of sweet sleep,
of Iscar)” (CAD I) 543 2').
I scourged myself by going sleepless” (George,
8. (Phr2) (doors of che g a C e ) TS?H "IS?® nin1?7]
Gilgamesh, 692:254—55); ana parsi sa mare...
“che doors of che ciCy gaCe” (judg l6:3i iSam
iddalpanni “harassed me on account of thè offices
21:14; iChr 22:3); Akk: dalàt almi ON “che doors
of thè sons of..., (saying, ‘dive back che office!’)”
of c h e gaCe of G N ” (CAD 1) S 4 a b).
(CAD 1) 48b 2).
9. (Phr2) (gaCes and bars) !T"!3ì Q'TÒl (DeuC
Cìreenfield distinguishes as two separate verbs: 3:5; 1 Sani 23:7; Jer 49:31; 2Chr 8:5; 14:6); Akk:
(1) “totter, be restless” (Ecc 10:18; Ps 119:28), daltu u sikkuru “gaCe and bar” e.g., daltu u sikkùm
cognates of Ug. dtp; Akk. dalapu; (2) “drip, leak” kautiu “doors and locks are in place” (C’AD 1) S4a
cognate of Aram.-Syr. “dip, oozc,” and BI I c and passim).
(Prov 19:13; 27:15).
10. (Phr2) (build a door) rÒT rróS? (2Chr
IH Cìreenfield, HUC'A 29 (1958) 207 10. 4:9); Akk: dalta epësu (CAD D S4a b).
1 1. (Phr2) (sec a door in place) n1?"! (Josh
— Akk. daltu s. fr. OA, OB on (C'AI) I) S2b; 6:26; 1 Kgs 1 5:3 |) TQ??n (Neh 3:1,3,6,13-
AHw 1 54b). door. 15; 6:1; 7:1); Akk: dalta zaqàpu, e.g., summa bita
ipus s'a dalti izaqqapu “if he builds a house—diaC
piirase :oi.o(;y
means, if he seCs che door in” (C’AI) I) 54.1 b).
1. (Phri) (doors of olive wood) (^1?) nirÒl
12. (Phr2) (overlay/decorate a door) ÌISÌT
(1 Kgs 6:3 1,32); Akk: dalàt samni (CAD I) S3a
(2Chr 3:7); Akk: dalta uhhuzu/rakàsu/labàsu
lex. section)
(CAD I) 54b 2’).
2. (Phn) (doors of juniper wood ) nin^T
13. (Phr2) (sniash down a door) nin^1! "I3E7,
□-©na Os») (1 Kgs 6:34); Akk: dalàt/datate burnii,
e.g., s?“i3 *7n3 31 ni^n? nin'p'i "a?? -3 “for
e.g., dalàt erëni surmeni huràsi sindà mèsir kaspi eri
he (che Lord) shaCCered gaCes of bronze, he broke
urakkis “I mounted wich mouncings of silver and
cheir iron bars” (Ps 107:16); Akk: amahhas daltum
bronze che doors of cedar, surmeni, juniper, and
sikkuru asabbir amahhas sippuma usabalkat datàti “I
5/Mitó-wood” (C’AI) 13 327a 2').
(IsCar) will sniash che door and break thè lock, I
3. (Phri) (doors of thè tempie) ^nn nin^l
will sniash thè threshold and dislodge thè doors”
(Ezek 41:25; Neh 6:10); Akk: dalàt ekalli/hàbi ekalli
(CAD I) 53b).
“palace doors” (CAD I) sja lex. section).
4. (Phri) (doors of thè tempie) ‘il rP3 nin'p’l
(1 Sani 3:15; 2Chr 28:24; 29:3); Akk: e.g., datate sa □“1 = Akk. danni s. fr. OA, OB 011 (C’AD 1) 7sb;
bit Sin sa bit Samas sa bit Ningal sa li’tini sa kaspi ina AHw 1 58a). blood.

77
niT
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

IDIOMATIC USACI'. laV/“10n//) “blood of thè grapes” i.e., “wine”

1. (Idi) (blood money) e.g., HipTDK (Gen 49:1 1 ; 1 )eut 32:14). Cf. Akk: damgisimmarri/
n’r’P’: D1?» ih D’PT r'py ‘if thè sull has riseli on crini/surmeni/qan! tabi “thè blood of date palili/
him there is blood money, in that case he (thè cedar/cypress/sugar cane” (C’AD 1) 79a d); Ug.
thief) must make restitution” (Exod 22:2); Akk: dm ’sm “blood of thè trees” i.e., “wine.”
e.g., sunti dame usallum\u\ “they will pay thè 8. (PI11-2) (bloody nian/men, i.e. slayer(s))
blood money in full”; dame sa rë'! isten amelu 2 E;,K/D‘,PT •’CiïK (e.g., 2Sam 16:7; Ps 5:7; 55:24;
bilat eri sartusu...damcsu sa re! 1 amelu 2 bilat eri sa 59:3); Akk: bel datiti, e.g., kima sarriqu bel dami
ameluti iddammi “his fine as blood money for thè atta qàt sani bel limuttisu limal\lis]u “may (Samas)
shepherds is two talents of copper per person, he deliver him into thè hands of a king who is his
will give thè blood money for thè shepherds—per enemy, as if he were a thief or murderer” (CAD
person two talents of copper for thè men” (C’AI) 1) 8oa).
1) 7yb b). 9. (Phr2) (sprinkle blood) DT p"1T (e.g., Exod
PARALLELISM 24:6; Lev 8:19,24; Ezek 43:18); Akk: dama salatiti
2. (Para) (flesh//blood) Dy/-|É?3, e.g., “1273 “to sprinkle blood” (AHw 1 o 1 3b).
intón pKH '«'E;] DII “you shall eat 10. (Phr2) (spili blood, i.e., slay) □"! ^SJZ7 (<-'.g-,
thè flesh of warriors and drink thè blood of thè Gen 37:22; Deut 19:10; iSam 25:31 and passim);
princes of thè land” (Ezek 39:1 7,1 8; Ps 50:1 3; Lev Akk. dama tabdku, e.g., dami tappësu ittabak “he has
17:14); Akk: siru//damu, e.g., àkil siri musaznin shed thè blood ofhis friend” (C'AD 1) 783 c).
dame sótti usìàti “eaters of flesh, who cause blood 11. (Phi-2) (bathe 111 blood) CH? pH, e.g.,
to flow, who drink (thè blood of) thè veins” nnn fnn' vqw? “he (thè righteous) will
(CAI) 1) 763 lex. section); sera kima sërisu dame bathe his feet 111 thè blood of thè wicked” (Ps
kïma dantesu idinma “give flesh for his flesh, blood 58:11); n-n “Vp (p")n)pr?n 'i'tï? “so that
for his blood” (C’AI) I) 76a lex. section). your foot may strike (rd. bathe) in blood” (Ps

simii.e /metaphor
68:24); Akk: dama ramàku, e.g., adi um baltu sarka
u dama kima me lirmuk “so that until thè last day
3. (SMi) (blood like water) D'SS □"!, e.g.,
of his life he may bathe in blood and gore like
D1!?? DO"! ISSO “they spilled their blood like
water” (C'AD 1) 77b). Cf. p“l v.
water” (Ps 79:3); Akk: dama kima me (lirmuk) “(he
12. (Phr2) (dip in blood) CH3 ^313, e.g.,
may be batlied) in blood like water” (ibid.).
□15 nrisn ni? “and they dipped thè tunic
pur aseology
in blood” (Gen 37:3 1; Exod 12:22; Lev 4:6); Akk:
4. (Phri) (drink blood) EH >"iriK7 (Ezek 39:6,19 ina dame tubini, e.g., anàku kakkeka ina dame utabbia
only); Akk: darne satti (C’AI) 1) 76a lex. section). “I shall dip your weapons in blood” (CAD 1) 783
5. (Phri) (emit blood) EH ITSin (Prov 30:33
c).
only); Akk: dama ussti, e.g., summa immeru ultu
naksn damesu la ussiì “if 110 blood comes forili
after thè sheep has been slaughtered” (C'AI) 1) mai = Akk. damtu 13 (daltu) s. lex* (CAD D 74»).

76b 2'). Akk. figure (of a man); Heb. likeness, similitude.

6. (Phr2) (human blood) DÍ2D1 CHX ’ÍHP
Whereas Heb. mOT is commonly attested (25
pX “(all thè remaining people will plunder
times), Akk. damtu is employed once in thè syn.
you) for (shedding) human blood and violcnce
list between igàru “wall (of a building),” lànu
(against) thè land” (Hab 2:8,17 only); D'róf DI
“body, figure, appearance, shape,” inciti “height”
(2Sam 23:17; iCiir 1 1:19); Akk: dam ameluti, e.g.,
(of a person, object), and gai tu “figure, shape”
attutiti nakrit saggàsiiti sa lialpu dami ameluti “you
(C'AD 1) 74a).
are murderous foes covered with human blood”
(C’AD 1) 763 1). Note also whereas Heb. employs thè verb Ì1Q“J
7. (Phr2) (exudation of trees) {U'ZlS/nW DI “be like, resemble,” it is absent from Akk.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

II DOT — Akk. damamu v. fr. 013 on (CAD I) syb; 80:6); Akk: e.g., ki sakna dimàtiya ina kurummàtiya
AHw i 55L>). to mourn, moan. “how wet with my tears is my bread”; dimtu
mastiti //bikitu kurmati “tears are my drink//
In his article “Silence, Sound and thè Phenomen- weeping is my bread” (CAD 1) i47b 1) = Heb:
ology of Mourning in Biblical Israel,” Levine 'paZ/Hypi “weeping//tears” (jer 31:16).
revises and expands 011 thè earlier suggestion of
PARALLELISM
Delitzsch, Haupt, and Dahood that BI I has two
2. (Par2) (cry//shed tears) rD3//ni?B1 XÌ3
homogeneous germinate forms I D!2"T “be stili, be
(Lam 2:18; Ezek 24:16); cf. ni? ^33 n?3n
silent,” and II D!2"l “mourn, moan,” to be thè
ni?P1 'TV lini IJDin l?bni “my soul will weep
etymological and semantic equivalent of Akk.
for (your) arrogrance, my eye will tear and flow
damamu and Ug. dmm “to mourn, moan.” The
with tears” (Jer 13:17); Akk: baku//dima alàku,
first suggested case for II DOT is employed in Isa
e.g., ana pan Samas ibakki//ana pan Ha illaka
23:1—2, where DOT is parallel to bbn “h owl,” e.g.,
dirnàsa “he (thè worm) cries before Samas; before
'X PET 1BV/...E?,'EHri nÌ»3K “howl, you
Ea flow his tears” (C'AD D 148a b).
ships of Tarshish//...moan, you Coastal dwellers.”
The second suggested attestation is employed FI IR ASEOI.OG Y

in thc context of wailing in Lam 2:10—12: 13ET 3. (Phi'2) (shed tears) THÍn/nyipl KÌ3; Akk:
n?n dew~i bs 131? 'hs~ ra íbt piò dittila alàku (sakànu/malti) “to shed (have/be full)
CpÉ? “they sit on thè ground, they mourn, thè with tears” e.g., ana pan sarùri sa sanisi illaku dimàtsu
elders of Daughter-Zion//they bave placed “his tears flow before thè sunlight” (CAD S 1423
dirt over their heads/7wrapping themselves in b). See 2. above.
sackcloth.” Levine proposes that DOT “mourn” 4. (Phr2) (to be beyond tears) nÌl?!2T
occurs in Lev 10:3, where |inx cm should be □TI?, e.g., ,'1?P 'TS3 nivmn ìbn “myeyes
rendered as “Aharon mourned,” instead of thè are worn out with tears; my bowels churn” (Lam
accepted interpretation “Aharon remained silent.” 2:1 1). Cf. Akk: dima qatù “to use up tears” e.g.,
Accordingly, Heb. II DfDT “mourn, moan” is nangui libba\su\ usarripka dimàisu iqla “he became
to be equated with Akk. damamu/sudmumu “to depresseci; he cried out to you; his tears were used
mourn, moan, cause to mourn,” e.g., bclsu nakru up” (ZA 4 11889I 239, 1 1 39-41).
ilcqqlma assassu iddanammam “thè enemy will carry 5. (Phr2) (wipe away tears) ni?PT Hill?, e.g.,
off his (thè donkey’s) master, and his wife will td; ibi? ns-im d'b bn bsa ni?ni ti nnipi
mourn forever after” (CAD D 6oa ia); ina ali 11 pKH bn bsa “thè Lord God will wipe off thè
mali usadmamu “they cause moaning in city and tears from all faces and will take off thè reproach
open country” (CAD D 6ob 2). Note also that of his people from thè entire earth” (Isa 25:8);
ili thè Akk. synonym list baku “to cry, wail” is Akk: diruta kapàru “to wipe away tears”: Nergal
equated to damamu. Such is also thè case in Ug., istnema anná qabasa isbassima unassaqsi dimtasa
where bky is parallel to dmm, e.g., bn aI tbkn// ikappar “Nergal listened to this speecli of hers;
al tdm ly “son, weep not//lament not for me” he held her, kissed her, wiped away her tear(s)”
(Gibson, CML 95 110. 16:25—26). (Nergal and Ereskigal 85—86).
IH Levine, JANES 22 (1993) 89 106. Ili light of thè above Akk. idioms, Avishur
(Slittatoti 2 11977! 11-12) gives support to
niJfpT = Akk. dimtu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD D 1473; Ginsberg’s (Tarbiz 24 [ 1956] 3) emendation of thè
AHw 1 71 a). tear. MT IBI? TB“X "1331 “ and cleanse thè land of His
people” (Deut 32:43) to IBI? ní?B“Ii< “I331 “and
simili :/metaimior wipe away I lis people’s tears.”
1. (SM2) (bread of tears) ni??DT DII1?, e.g., 6. (Phr2) (tears 011 thè face/check) ÌD3
ni?pi dii1? □n'ppKn “ you have fed them with thè nrb ^1? nni?Bii...n33n “ she surely cries...ber
bread of tears (i.e., tears as their daily bread)” (Ps check wet with tears” (Lam 1:2); Akk: e.g., iltasab

79
H An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

ibakki eli dur appisu iìlaka dimàsu “(Then Gilgames) As suggested by Speiser and Sarna it seems best
sat down weeping, thè tears streaming down thè to adopt thè reading of thè Saniaritan Pentateuch
side ofhis face” (George, Gilgamesh, 722:308—9); p“P1 and to equate it to thè commonly employed
ina usukkisu sa diintim la ihhalu “upon his check Akk. verb dcktì “to muster, cali up soldiers and
where thè tears do not dry” (CAD D I47a lex. dispatch them,” e.g., màt Kaldu màt Iìlamtu...itti
section). umrnànisu ma’di...idkà ana epes qabli u tàhazi ina

denotative
irtiya i7|W| “he made Chaldea, Elam (etc.) march
and moved against me (together) with his (own)
7. (Dcii2) (imagery of tears in a container)
numerous army” (C'AD D 1 27b b and passim). In
TJ-l&n 'ns?!?-! nQ'» “(O Lord) put my tears into
light of thè above, thè MT forni may be analyzed
your flask” (Ps 56:9). Cf. Akk: e.g., \isa\hliuh
as 3 per. masc. sg. inverted future, Qal of thè ÌT1?
dimtasu kima me nàdi “his tear(s) dwindled away
verbs, i.e., Pipi, to be vocalized as ptì -m
like water from a waterskin” (C'AD D 1483 2').
T3,,l etc.).
Whereas thè verb JJB"! “shed tears” is attested in
IH S p e i s e r , A B 1 1 0 3 4 ; S a r n a , Genesis, 3 5 9 1 1 . 1 8 .
L3H, it is absent from Akk.

ppi = Akk. duqququ v. SB, NA (CAD D iyob;

|1* = Akk. dannu s. NA, NB (CAD 1) 98b; AHw
AHw 162I1). to crush.
16 ib). vat.
denotative
di no 1 \ 1 ;\ !
1. (Dem) (said of people, earth) □“’BSJ nip"iri]
1. (Den2) (BH hapax), j” (for MT
Cr3“! “and you will crush mighty people” (Mie
bflKf? ]T|) “and vats of wine from Uzal” (Ezek
4:13); cp-x nisin trps ps “ias?3 opn^l “i
27:19); Akk: datimi sa karàni “vat of wine” e.g., 4
(David) pounded them like thè dust of thè earth,
dannùtum sa karàni “four vats of wine” (TCL 9,
crushed them like thè mud of thè streets” (2Sam
105:9). Cf VtWQ “wine from Uzal” (above)
22:43); Akk: màtàti kalisina kima hasbatti udaqqiquma
and Akk: karànu sa Izalli “wine of Izalli” (C'AD
“I (Sargon II) crushed all thè land as if it were a
K 205a).
pot” (*CAD D Hjob a).
IH C'ohen, Hapax 135: 74a. 2. (Dem) (said of plants), e.g.,
p“in “pound some of it, crushing (it)” (Exod
pT = Akk. daqqu adj. OAkk. 011 (C’AD D 1073, 30:36); Akk: e.g., ana buUutisu hasàna S I M . G A M .
AHw 163a). Akk. small; Heb. thin, fine. CAM ina abatti tudaqqaq “to cure him you crush
hasànu-pY.mt and chicory with a stone pestle”
(íí ' See ppn v.
(CAD D iyob b).

The forni dakàku B (lex.*) “to crush” is connected

Pipi* = Akk. deku v. fr. OB 011 (CAD D i23b;
“probably witli duqququ with thè sanie meaning”
AHw i66a). to muster, rise and depart; Heb. to
(CAD D 34a).
mustcr.

As noted by Speiser: “Heb. gives thè cons. wyrq, ~n“n = Akk. daddaru s. SB* (CAD 1) i7b; AHw
pointed to yield literally ‘emptied’, but thè 1 4-8b). an ill-smelhng or thorny plant.
pertinent forni is used elsewhere of drawing or
SEQUENCINC;
unsheathing a sword, which is not thè sanie as
mobilizing warriors.” Indeed, Gen 14:14 p""!*1 is i. (Seqi) (thorns and thistles) “l'I'lll fip
read by thè Saniaritan Pentateuch as pTI with thè (Gen 3:18; Hos 10:8); Akk: gissu daddaru, e.g.,
frequent interchange of thè letters T and “I. Tg. O qisàti aksitma gissu daddaru girris aqmu “I (Sargon)
retiders thè verb as PIT and Tg. J. and Tg. N as cut down thè slirubs and set fire to thè thorny
'P-Ï/'PKT where respectively both mean “to arm.” plants and daddaru-thistles” (C'AD 1) i8a).
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew m T

In Akk. daddaru is explained in thc Ludlul cornili, The common words for “way, path” in Akk. are
hy bu’sdnu “stendi” (CAI) 1) iSa lex. section). barrami, padànu and urhu, which are equated in
In light of this spedile connotation of daddaru, thè lexical list to thè less frequently employed
one may understand I los 10:8 703' “H'IT! pp daraggu (C’AI) 1) io8b lex. section).
DnÌìl3Tp bv as “thorns and an ill-smelling plant
will he offered 011 their altars” (instead of “sweet-
K27T = Akk. desti v. fr. OB 011 (C’AI) I) i2yb; AI lw
smelling incense”).
1673). to be or become abundant, fertile.

COGNATE ACCUSATIVI:
""IÌT7] = Akk. anduraru s. OA, OB, Mari, Alalakh
Bogh., SB, NB (CAD A usa; AHw 5ob); NA i.(CA) K2H NEH "provide abundant
(durarli). Akk. remission of commercial debts, release vegetation” (Cìen 1:11); Akk: dusstì dosati e.g.,
ofslaves; Heb. release of slaves in thè sabbatical year, mudessù astiati ana nifi defili “who provides
release of pnsoners. teemiiig mankind with abundant grain” (C’AI) 1)
13oa b).
l’HRASEOLOGY
IJ? ' C’.f. Kt£H.
1. (Phr2) “li-n iOj? " proclaim release,
liberty” (e.g., Lev 25:10; Jer 34:8,15,17; Isa 61:1
|prisoners|); Akk: aridurara sakànu “to set free” NE?"7! = Akk. disu s. fr. OA, 013 011 (C’AI) 1) ìóib;
e.g., belsa sa ibellusi GN anduràrsa ul isktin [»/] AHw i 73b). Akk. spring grass, sprmg season; Heb.
a bìtisu iktalassi “(in relation to) her master who spring grass.
owns her, thè city Mutiabala did not give her
freedom, so he retained her in his house” (C'AI) DliNO TATI VE

A 1 i6a); kaspum su andaràrum lissakinma ul iddarrar 1. (Dem) ms “make grass sprout

“this (debt) in silver will not be remitted even if forth/flounsh” (job 38:27, Isa 66:14); Akk: disu
there should be a remission of debts” (C’AI) A citi: ellàmma disunì “thè spring grass shoots up”
1 16a c). (CAD I) 1643 1).
Note thè Akk. verb dardru “to become free, run '■*>' c:f. KEH v .
off’ which is unattested in BI I.
(il! Mankowski, 50-51.
= Akk. àditi s. NB, LB*; Old Pers. lw. (C’AD 1)
i22b; AHw iósb). decree.
^|“n = Akk. daraggu s. SB* (C’AI) 1) io8b; AHw
I’ I I R AS liO LOG Y
163a), path.
1. (Phri) TP] “thè decrees ofthe king”
l’IIRASEOLOGY (Esth 3:8; Ezra 8:36); Akk: dati sarri “thè king’s
1. (Phr2) (set out on thè way) "^“H C’È? (Cìen decree” e.g., aki dati sarri tniksu ana bit sarri inauditi
30:36; Ezek 21:25; l>s 50;23); Akk: dara^a sakànu “he will deliver thè toll of thè royal exchequer
(AIIw 163 a). according to thè (pertinent) royal decree” (CAD
2. (Phr2) (no way) T]“n j'K, e.g., TH 'pK I) 1233 a and passim).
“there is no path (i.e., room) to turn”
Note thè NB high judicial officiai ti tic sa muhhi
(Num 22:26); Akk: la isti daraggu, e.g., ina birisunu
datu (C'AD 1) i23a).
ana nwteq ~uk sepe la isti daraggu “there is no path
between them (thè mountains) for thè passage of Cf. BA ITI*.

even foot soìdiers” (C’AI ) 1) io8b).

81
 n
“an*
“ T
scc ~an. TTH “h ave I turned into a desert to
Israel” (Jer 2:31 and passim); Akk: etini + 1/“to
become, turn into,” e.g., alani asbuli karmes immù
3'3ri" = Akk. uggu/ugnata s. 013, SB, M13, NB
“thè inhabited cities will turn into mounds”
(AHw I403<i-b). nige, fury (of Ininian).
(CAI) E 414a b).
The twice employed IPïn (Ps 5:2; 39:4) was
variously rendered: “murmuring/musing” (BI )I )); ‘'in see 'ÍK.
“sighing” (KB!); “uttenince/thoughts” (NJPS);
“inmost thoughts/mind” (NEB); “groaning” n?n S C C non v .
(Kraus, Psalms 1-59:151, 415). von Soden (AIIw
14b) suggests that hàgig is to be derived fr. thè Akk. = Akk. ekallu s. fr. OAkk. on; Sum. lw. ó-gal
verb agàgu “to be(come) furious” (said of god and big house (C'AI) E 52b; AHw 191 b). palace.
human), hence thè subs. uggu / uggatu “rage, fury.”
IMIRASliOI.OCY
The sub. is used in thè idiom ina uggat libbi “in
thè fury of my heart” (AIIw 14033 1)). Such is 1. (Phr2) (palace of a king) (,i?3,’n/^3,n
also thè emploment of thè verb, e.g., libbi igtigma “I^Q “thè king’s palace//palaces” (2Kgs
issarih kabatti “my heart became angry, my mood 20:18; Isa 39:7; Ps 45:16; Dan i:4/Prov 30:28);
furious” (C'AI) A| 1403, Esarh.) Likewise, seems Akk: ekalli sa sarri “thè kmg’s palace,” e.g., dullu
to be thè juxtaposition in Ps 39:4 ,'3”!p3 ,’3i7 DÌI ina ekalli sa sarri ina Batnànu ippusu “they will do
“IB3ri “my heart burned within me, in work 111 thè palace of thè king that is in thè city
my fury a fire burned.” of Batnanu” (C'AD E 54b).
2. (Phr2) (palace of a god) TI “thè
tempie (lit. palace) of thè Lord” (e.g., 1 Sani 1:9;
(mn<) n^n — Akk. ettnt (emù) v. fr. OA, OB 011
Jer 7:4; Ezek 8:16); Akk: ekal ilàni “thè palace of
(CAI) E 413b; ALIw 266b). Akk. to change (into);
thè gods,” e.g., Hsagila ekal ilàni u esretisu... essisi
Heb. to be.
ttsepis usarbi “I rebuilt and enlarged Esagila and its
SYNTACTICAI CONSTRUCTION chapels, thè palace of thè gods” (C’AI) E 553 7';
1. (Sy) 3 rrn “become like”, e.g., Dn^ni cf. also ibid. 5 5b 10').
iHl 3ÌB -ITT D’n'^iO “and you shall become 3. (Phri) (ivory palace) >,i?3''n “ivory
like Cìod, who knows good and bad” (Cìen 3:5); palaces,” e.g., TJinafr ]# ÒrTH |ÌD “from
Akk: ewti kima/ki “to become like,” e.g., lu emù palaces of ivory lutes entertain you” (Ps 45:9);
ki ili nàsima “(Utnapistim and his woman) shall be Akk: ekallàti sinni piri “palaces of depliant ivory,”
like us gods!” (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 716:204); '3 e.g., ekallàti sinni piri usi taskarintti musukkanni
rrnn abiv ninrptp “you (Babylon) shall turn to ertiti surmeni dapràni huràsi butiii ina qirbisu ëptis “I
everlasting desolation” (Jer 51:26,62); Akk: màssii built in it palace halls of ivory, ebony, boxwood,
kima til abubi lusrnte “may he (Assur) turn his land musukkannu-wood, cedar, cypress, juniper, pine
into mounds (left) by thè flood” (C’AI) E 4153 b (and) pistachio wood” (CAD E 543 3').
and passim). IH Mankowski, 51 52.
2. (Sy2) b ÌTil “become, turn into,” -|3"jpn Cf'. HA tò^n.
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

alili interr. particle, EA; WSem. word (CAD ana alakti rubùtisu “(thè processionai boat) for his

A 35iSa). is it not? is it not that? princely procession” (CAD A 299b).

2. (I)cii2) (caravan) KD© nÍD'b'Q “ caravans of
denotativi ; sheba”: io1? up xntp n:jòn//Kpri nin-iK itrnn
i. (Dc'112) Heb. e.g., (“and Jephtha replied “processions from Tema look to them//caravans
to thc elders of Gilcad”) ,ni« Dm from Sheba count 011 them” (Job 6:19); Akk: e.g.,
■’3N rP3Q “you are thè very people istu UD.4.KAM adi aìaktam àmuru ina biti kali “he
who rejected me and drove me out of my father’s was held in thc house for four days until I saw thè
house...” (]ud i 1:7 and passim); Akk. allumi liib- caravan” (C'AD A 299I-) 5 and passim);
Addi ina qàtika u minima sa tiipsu ana sàsu muhhika 3. (Den2) (route, road) íb □‘pii? niSÒn “His
“is Kib-Addi not in your hand and whatever is are thè everlasting (i.e., ancient) routes” (Hab
donc to him is your responsibility?” (EA 83:40-42, 3:6); Akk: ana harràni sa alaktasa la tayàrat “on thè
let. fr. Gubla; cf. also CAD A| 35Sb and passim). road that has 110 passage back” (C'AI ) A^ 299a 4).
The CAD (ibid) notes that “thc provenance
Note thè meaning “way” as in “thè ways of thè
of thè rcfs. suggest a WSem. word cognate or
gods” for Akk. alaktu: asràti ili astcnc'c alakti ili
idcntical with hebrew h“lo."
erteneddi “I (Nebuchanezzar II) constantly cared
for thè shrines of thè gods and followed thè ways
— Akk. t’Iclu s. SB* (C'AD E 8oa; AHw of thè gods” (C’AD A| 2983 b); alakti ili nummi
197I1, s.v. dèlti I). jubilation. ilammad “who can understand thè ways of thè
denot at i vi; gods?” (C’AD A| 2983 b).

1. (Dcu2) ]ib erbòn tznp r*is bn rrir “all

its fruit shall be set aside for jubilation before thè -f?n — Akk. alaku v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD Ai 300a;
Lord” (Lev 19:24); irnTI dìtoi? flK n^n AHw 3 1 b). to go, walk (Akk. Gt: to continuously
□"'VÒìl “they gathered and trod out thc walk about, live, act; Heb. Hitpa‘cl: to continuously
vintage of their vineyards and made a jubilation walk about, be loyal).
(i.e., festival)” (judg 9:27); Akk: ina dèli ulsi hùd
idiomatic usaci ;
libbi numrnur pani ubbalu ùmsun “they spend their
days in joyous song, in rejoicing, pleasure and 1. (Id2) (to have intercourse with)
with radiant mien” (CAD E 8oa; Esar.); làbili rns?3), e.g., rni?3D b$ ^ab' vn«i
libittisu zàbilu tupsikkisu ina dèli ninguti ubbalu •r"jp m “a man and his father cohabit with
ùmsun “those who make bricks and carry baskets thè sanie young woman and thereby profane my
for it spend their day in joyous song” (C’AD L lioly name” (Amos 2:7); Akk: ana sinnisti/sihirti
ioa; Asb.); dèli nubù hidùti sipdi “my joyous song alàku, e.g., summa amèlu ana sinnisti ina alàki ikkal
(has become) wailing, my rejoicing mourning” “if a man eats during intercourse” (*CAD A
(CAD E 8ob). 32ib 7'); summa amèlu ana sihirti illak “if a man
Ci', bbn v. has intercourse with a young girl” (Paul, VT 32
[ 1982] 492-93).
2. (Id2) (to walk continuously, be loyal;
np^n = Akk. alaktu (aìkatu) s. fr. OA on (CAD A|
Akk. Gt and Heb. Hitpa‘el) 'gb ^nnn “walk/
2973; AHw 31 a). Akk. procession, caravan, route,
continuously walk before” (said of Abraham):
way; Heb. procession, caravan, route.
rzé? 'rrV-i-- -yN Ti -Vs ipxn “ and God, to
DENOT ATI VE whom I was loyal (lit. continually walked before
i.(Dcn2) (procession) him), told me” (Gen 24:40); “Vnr.n 'iti ^
"zbt: •‘rx ninòn “men sec Your aran ■'3S1? “i ani El Shaddai: be loyal to me
processions, O, God, thè procession of my God, and be faithful” (Gen 1 7:1 ); ir^nnn -rx Q'n'^n
my King into thè sanctuary” (Ps 68:25); Akk. ns1? 'nh$ “ thè Cìod to whom my fathers were
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrf.w

loyal” (Cìen 48:15); ■Hi??!? T^nrr “’JKI front” Sullat u Hanis illaku ina mahri “thè gods
n-rn dìtt n» ‘ ‘and I have been loyal to you from Sullat and Hanis are marching 111 front”; bukurti
my youth to this day” (iSam 12:2; cf. also iSam Anim...àlikat tnahr\i\ “thè fìrst-born daughter of
2:30; Ps 116:9); Akk: mahri àtallaku, e.g., libbasu Anu, thè leader” (C’AD A| 3 1 Sb 2'); ana CìN...
gummuru ana bclisu ina mahriya ina binati izi\zùtna\ sa...urigaUi alikut mahriya usatrisa nirsuti “I (Sargon
ittalaku salmis qirib ekalliya “(whose) heart is II) directed thè standard-hearing carnages that
devoted (lit. is whole) to his master, served me (always) march in front of me toward thè country
with truthfulness, walked in perfection in my CìN” (CAD ibid.). Note thè Akk. idiomatic
palace” (Weinfeld, JAOS 90 [1970I 185—88). expression àlik patii “leader, superior” (C’AD A
344b), as well as àlik panutu (NB*) “leadership”
syntactical construction
(CAD ibid., 3463); àlikùt mahri “leadership”
3. (Syi) (to accompany, assist) nX/DI?
(CAD A_ 348b).
(e.g., Judg 12:1/2Kgs 3:7); Akk: itti...alàku “to go
SHQULNCI NC
with” (i.e., to assist); ilàni sa RN ittika liliku “may
thè gods of Lhirnaburias accompany you” (C’AI) 6. (Secp) (go - send) “and he
A 321 a b). (Jehoram) went and sent (tojehoshapat ofjudah)”;
4. (Sy2) (to follow, be loyal to) '“1.11X Akk: illakma ispuranna “(and Niqmaddu king of
e.g., CHrof QTì'Vn n?1?1? “to follow other Ugarit) went and sent (to Suppiluliuma, thè Cìreat
gods” (e.g., Deut 1 1:28; Judg 2:19; 1 Kgs i 1:10; King)” (RS 1 7 . 3 4 0 = PRU IV pp. 4 8 - 5 2 9-10).

jer 7:9); ’n "inw; to follow thè Lord” (2Kgs As noted by Muffs (JJS 3 3 [ 1 9 8 2 ] 8 5 : 1 2 ) in both
23:3 and passim); Akk: arki alàku “to follow”, thè biblical and thè Ugaritic texts, “thè word ‘and
e.g., rc’u màt Assur àlik arkiki “thè shepherd of he went’ simply indicates thè initiation of thè
Assyria who follows you (Istar)” (C’AD A 32ob); activity rather than of actually going.” Further,
arki Istar italluku tàb “it is good to follow Istar” thè sequence PÒ© - “go - send” may express
(*CAI) A| 32ob b’). an introduction concerning a fulfillment of an
■'“IPIX e.g., Hos 7:11; Akk: arki alàku, important mission: DÌT^X ”‘?‘ý'X' HD1? “come
e.g., bitiya u assatiya tcqbùna ana yàsi alikmi arki (Joseph), I (Jacob) will send you to them (thè
Abdi-Asirta “my own household and my wife kept brothers)” (Cìen 37:13); ^ ““^yX" rpb HF1Í?!

saying to me (Rib-Addi), be loyal to Abdi-Asirta” nrns “come (Moses) and I will send you to
(EA 136:8—12; cf. also FA 149:46; 280:20). Pharaoh” (Exod 3 : 1 0 ) ; Akk: (in a prophetic text):
As noted by Weinfeld (Deutcronomy, 320, alik astaparka “come, I will send you” (Weinfeld,
332), thè idiom "HnX which expresses Gencsis, 2 2 8 ) .
loyalty to a god, is extremely common in thè l’IIRASLOI OGY

Deuteronomistic phraseology, and appears also in 7. (Pliri) (to serve with integrity)
pre-Deuteronomic literature. Also, as noted by □in^/Di^rà iVn-.r (e.g., Mal 2:6/Ps 101:2;
Weinfeld (Deutcronomy, 83:2), “Heb. nilX Prov 10:9); Akk: salmis alàku “to walk with
and Akk. alàku arki have conjugal connotation” integrity” (C’AD S( 2553 and passim; Weinfeld,
(Jer 2:2, 25; Hos 2:7,15); Akk: e.g., 1 mrki sa ibid., 1 8 6 : 1 5 ) . “1ÌtfQ3 1*71 (Mal 2 : 6 ) ; "lf'3
ira\mm\usu ittalak “she will go after whom she “serve with upnghtness” (iKgs 9 : 4 ; Prov 1 4 : 2 ) ;
loves” (Yaron,JSS 8 11 *>631 14—15). (iKgs 3:6); Akk: misaris/misarta
5. (Sy2) (to walk in front) ■'32*7 “walk alàku/àtallaku “to serve (lit. walk) with integrity”
in front” (i.e., as a guide), e.g., Idilli {OH TT1 (C’AD M 1 i6b and passim).
“and thè Lord Himself will go before you” 8. (Pliri) (flowing waters) DO^in D'O (iKgs
(Deut 31:8; cf. also Exod 13:21; Num 14:14; Isa 1 8 : 3 5 ; Isa 8 : 6 ; Ezek 1 7 : 7 ; Ps 5 8 : 8 ) ; CTrÓnn 'Q
52:1 2 and passim); Danari '5?1? fònrn “thè COX'? ' ‘thè gently flowing waters of Siloam” (Isa
vanguard marches in front of thè priests” (Josh 8:6); Akk: mu alàku “running waters,” e.g., mti sa
6:9,13); Akk: mahar/ina mattar alàku “to march in itianna ina nàr CìN illakii “thè water that is now

«5
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hkbrew

running through thc GN canal” (C’AD A| 3iob passim).

g and passim). 2. (Deii2) (boast [Hitpa'el and Gt|) b^nnil
9. (Phr2) (to walk in darkness, be somber) “boast,” e.g., ...inppirp non bbniv bx “ let not
(e.g., Lam 3:2; cf. also Job 29:3); DÌ7H thè wisc man boast in his wisdoni...” (Jer 9:22 and
bina nix ixn □,?i?rrn “ thè people that passim); Akk: rcsis ul àtallal ina puhur itbà\ràtiya] “I
walked in darkness have seen a great light” (Isa nevcr bragged exuberantly 111 thè assembly of my
9:1); Akk: cklis ittanaìlak “he will become somber” fellow citizens” (C'AD A| 3323 b and passini).
(C'AD E 6/j.b 2'); amut RN sa ikletam illikuma Like thè Akk. substantivized infinitive clclu and
nurum usiassum “omen of Sargon, who walked in thc verb alàlu, thè Heb. 1101111 □•'bÒn and thè
darkness, but for whom light appeared” (C'AD verb bbn sha re thè onomatopoeic quality that
N_ 3_soa 6). actually transmits thè sound a-la-la “to shout
In thè Syn. lists* thè verb Icku is equated to alàku an alala song,” which semantically developed to

“to go.” C'AD maintains that “thè entry in thè mean “praise>acclaim>hail>boast, brag.”

syn. lists could represent WSem. hlk” (C'AD L c:f. □’biS’n.

1 i6a, s.v. Icku; AI lw 5423).
n?n = Akk. aunù (anniu, hanniu, fem. annitu) pron.
■qbn = Akk. àltku s. OA, OB (CAD A; 347b; AI lw fr. OAkk., OA, OB 011 (C'AD A 1363; AHw 53b,
3óa). traveller. s.v. amiti II). Akk. this, that; Heb. behold, see.

Note thè phoenetic variant iunu equated in thè

di n o t a rivi:
syn. list* to antiu\uninia\ (C'AD I/J 1 5 1 b; AHw
1. (Den2) Ttrál KTX1? “‘rn xnn. “a traveller
382b equates thè word to C'an. Iiinnc).
carne to thè rich man” (2Sam 12:4); Akk: e.g.,
àliki aksudma missu isti àiìiki ula illak “I reached
thè travellers, ‘why does he not come with thè (nrn) non = Akk. azu {asti) v. Olì, SB/hazu V.

travellers?’” (CAD A 3483 and passim). Note SB* (C'AD A 528b; H i66a; AHw 92b). to produce

also thè OB* forni àlikànu “traveller” (C'AD A| unnatural sounds, hiss, pant.

346b).
Although thè etyniology of tlie Heb. verb nOìl
is unknown, it seems best 011 etymological and
bbn — Akk. *alalu B v. fr. OB on (C'AD A| 33 ib; semantic grounds to equate it to thè Akk. verb
AHw 34a-b, s.v. alàlu I; alàlu III). Akk. Gt-stem: to azu/asu, employed already in OB. The verb is
boast, shout joyfully; S-stem: to acclaim; Heb. Pi‘el: attested twice, meaning “to hush,” probably used
to praise; Hitpa‘el: to boast. as an onomatopoeia: n^I3 DJ?n ni? 2^3 DII
“C'aleb hushed thè people before Moses” (Num
di ; notati vi;
13:30) and nsn//ncnn “silence//hush”: □"l‘pn'1
1. (Dem) (praise) D'rÒ^/'nb ni? bbl “praise lon noxb non bpV “thè Levites were
thè Lord” (e.g., Ps 102:19; 150:6; 2 Chr 20:19); quieting thè people, saying ‘hush (for thè day is
bh’ilZ/TOti “praise//hail” (by uttering a cry), holy)’” (Neh 8:1 i). In Akk azu is likewise used
e.g., ““nix 'bbn ’n ni? “o referring to sounds produced by human beings
Jerusalem, glorify thè Lord, praise your God, “if a man when asleep (dreams that) thè town
O Zion!” (Ps 147:12); Akk: (said of thè gods), falls upon him” u ihazzutna la isemmusu “and he
e.g., alàlu//nàdu “to shout, alàla//to praise,” e.g., screams but no one hears him” (C'AD A 5293
itallalù Istar ahulap ina tese inaddii beltà “they shout a); Akk: (in sequence haztì - damàmu to hiss -
thè battle cry, “Istar, have mercy!” they praise thè to moan), e.g., summa sinnistu aràtma sa libbisa
Lady in thè melee” (CAD A| 33 1 b); ilu listalilu ihazzu...summa sinnistu aràtma sa libbisa idammum
sunu ina pulivi “may thc gods again and again “if a woman is pregnant and her foetus hisses...
make an ovation in unison” (CAD Ai 3323 2 and if a woman is pregnant and her foetus niourns
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew "in
(like a dove)” (Leichty, Izbu 1:2—3); Akk: (said of dina nabal-katu “to subvert justice” (C'AD N iyb
a ghost): ina clcu mayàli ihazzu “(if a ghost) moans d.)
above thè bed” (CAI) A 5293 c). 3. (Phr2) (to overturn a stipulation, agreement)
The alleged BH hapax HTÌ! seems nothing but □^n -nrn nx arcan “overturn (i.e.,

a variant of non. The variant ÌITÌI, which is pervert) thè stipulation (lit. words) of thè living

employed once in Isa 56:10, without any support, Cìod” (Jer 23:36); Akk: adc indmit ildni rabiiti abdku

is traditionally rendered as “dream, rave” (131)13); “to overthrow thè agreement sworn by thè great
gods” (CAD Ai 93 b).
“sprawling” (NJPS, noting that thè “meaning of
Heb. uncertain”); “dreaming” (NFB) and thè DENOTATIVI-:

like. The variant use of ÌITH in Isa 56:10 may be 4. (I)en2) (to uproot a firnily planted object)
clarified 111 light of thè usage of thè Akk. verb e.g., D’in sn&p T]an “ uproot niountains by thè
hazii, said also of nonhumans such as stirarli, a roots” (Job 28:9; cf. also Job 9:5); Akk: e.g., su tu
lizard, e.g., summa suràrti ina mayyàli bit ersi ihazzu itebbima lutati/issi ubbak “a south wind will rise
“if a salamander hisses in someonc’s bedstead in and overturn houses/trees” (C'AD A 9b 2).
thè bedroom” (CAD H i66b, s.v. hazti; CAD A
Unlike Akk. thè Heb. verb (Cìen 19:25,2 1,29),
5293 b; said also for slaughtered sheep, i.e., ia-
thè substantive rpSìip “overthrow” (Deut 29:22;
as-su). More specifically, in thè Summa ahi omen
Isa 1:17; 1 3:19; Jer 49:1 8; 50:40; Amos 4:11), and
series, thè verb azti is said ofa dog: summa kalbu cma
thè nominai hapax Ì133n “upheaval” (Cìen 19:29),
sïïqi iassu “if a dog yelps constantly in thè streets”
which are employed in a context that refers to
(C’AD A 5293 b). Isa 56:10 employs thè verb ilTH
Sodom, semantically may have developed to
in reference to dogs: iÒ □‘’pbx BTlba 0^3
indicate an earthquake. Akk: abiktu (= Heb:
BìlÒ ’3nX □,33É? □■'Tíl iláab “they are all dunib
H33D) connotes “decisive, defeat, massacre,
dogs that cannot bark, they lie yelping, they love
carnage” (CAD A 520).
to drowse.” Further, thè twice-employed verb
I l i S a r n a , Genesis, 1 3 8 .
non is universally considered as a denom. derived
from thè interjection OH, attested 6 times (Judg
3:19; Amos 6:10; 8:3; FI ab 2:20; Zepli 1:7; Zech r03n = Akk. abiktu cf. lail v.
2:7). However, from thè Akk. evidence, only thè
verb is employed fr. 013. C’onsequently, one may “IH :: lumi s. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD H u sa).
consider thè Heb. interjection Dii as derived from mountain.
thè verb HDn, and not thè other way.
DENOTATIVE

1. (I )en 2) E A 74:19—21: gai) aldniya ina sadì

“JSn = Akk. abdku 13 v. M13, SB (CAD A| Sb; AHw
(gloss: harri) u ina ahi ayab ibassù innepsù ana IJabirì
2a). to upset.
“all my cities that are situated in thè mountain
piiraseolocy region and 011 thè seashore have sided with thè
1. (Pliri) (to overturn a chariot) Ì133“!P ^Sìl Habiru” (let. Byblos).
“overturn a chariot” (Hag 2:22) = Akk: narkabta As noted by Barker “it is of interest to observe
abdku “to overturn a chariot” (CAD A 8b). in passing thè quite frequent representation of
2. (Phr2) (to subvert justice) DSC??P TJSH, e.g., h by li in cuneiform, bere harri for harri. Several
sa??: rns;^1? □■'3?nn “ they who turn justice into other instances could be cited: e.g., Rib-ljaddi (EA
wormwood” (Amos 5:7; 6:12 only); Akk: dina 68:1) for Rìb-haddi, (EA 64:7; 65:5; 232:1 1; 282:7;
abdku “ to reverse a legai decision,” e.g., la adir 284:5; 306:1 1) for suhrunur, hi/chbc (256:7) for hi/
mdmit ildni rabiiti àbiku din Samas “who did not chbc\ halkii (96:20) for halkù.”
respect thè oatli sworn by thè great gods, who The masc. sg. forni ~nn (= EA: harri) is
broke thè treaty by Samas” (C’AD A| 93 b). (Cf. attested once, 111 Cìen 14:6, where B“nna
mn An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

should he rendered as “in thè mountain of (Seir)” PI IRASEOI.oc Y

(where thè 0 sliould he considered as an enclitic), 1. (Phr2) (rip open a pregnant woman)
so most versions (cf. Speiser, AB 1 99 11.), against ninn, e.g., s?£qn nrrrnni ©ann Dirb^ì “dash
thè MT “in their mountain Seir” as rendered, for their little ones into piec:es//and rip open their
example, by N|PS. pregnant wonien” (2Kgs8:i2; 15:16; Amos 1:13);
Note also thè WSem. sub. Iiarru “mountain” Akk: usarriti libbi arati unappil lakùti sa daunutisunu
employed in thè phrase Dagan ili harri “Dagan thè uuakkis kisàdàti “he slits open thè wombs of thè
lord of thè mountain” (limar 384:1': see Pentiuc pregnant women, he gouges out thè eyes of thè
2001:57-58). infants, he cuts thè throats of their mighty men”
11 II Barker, 3 1. (Or. 18 119451 35, rev. 3-4).
cf. nins, pqp. 111 C'ogan, [AOS 103 (1983) 755-57; Tawil, JSS (2002)
209 14; C'ohen, Klein Irst. 696-706.

mn = Akk. crú V. OA, OB, SB, NB (CAD E cf. sràn v.

3253; AHw 72b, s.v. ani), to be pregnant, conceive

(trans.). nnannn — Akk. itbartu s. nb (cad i/j 2943;
AIIw 403b). association, menibers of such
PARALLELISM
association, alliance.
1. (Pari) (be pregnant - give birth) - rnn
“0' (Cìen 4:1,17; 21:2; Isa 59:4; Job 15:35); Akk DliNOTATIVl:
crii - (w)alàdu, e.g., irànni ummu cnctum ina puzri 1. (Den2) (bh hapax) nnannn - rn? Tra
ulidautii “my mother, an miu-priestess, conceived “thè ruler of thè covenant - alliance,” e.g., (Dan
me, in secret she bore” (C’AD E 3263 2).
1 1:22—23). In thè Akk lex. list itbartu “association”
2. (Pari) (be in labor - be pregnant) !Tin//b''n
is equated to tappù “associate” (C’AD I/J 2943 2).
(Isa 26:17,18); Akk: crù//hàlu “to be pregnant//
Note also that both Heb. miBlinn and Akk.
to be 111 labor” (C’AD E 32sb).
itbartu are attested in late texts, i.e., NB and thè
book of Daniel.
rrhn* = Akk. critu s. OA, OB on (CAD E 301 a; Cf. ~an.
AHw 68b). pregnant woman.

88
 T
3KT = Akk. zlbu B s. SB (CAI) Z io6a; AHw nDT — Akk. zibu A s. fr. OB 011 (C’AI) Z 1 0 5 3 ; AHw
15253). Akk. jackal, vulture; Hch. wolf. 1 5 2 5 3 ) . Akk. food offering; Heb. 311Ì1113I S 3 c r i f i c e .

“It sccms that zibu canic 111 SB to refer ncarly “The Heb. zdbah, Ar3m. d'bah, Ug. dbh, which
cxclusivcly to thc vulture” (CAI) Z io6b). refer only to shiughtered animals as sacrifices,
However, in thè lex. lists Malku V 44 and in thè may represent, if thè etymology is correct, a
I Ih XIV: 13 Sf, Akk. barbarti “wolf’ is equated to specialization of thè me3iiing different from wh3t
zibu where thè latter may represent thè WSem. it was in Akk3dÌ3ii” (CAD Z io6a).
word 3XT (CAI) Z io6b).
^ Cf. mr v.

= Akk. zumbu (zubbu) s. OB 011 (C'AI) Z

^*3T = Akk. zabàlu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAI) Z
1 54b; AHw 153511). fly.
la; AHw 15003). Akk. Cì-stem: to C3rry, bc3r
>1 NOI \ I I \ I (punishment), etc.; l)-stem: to keep someone
1. (I)en2) Heb. (Ree 10:1; Isa 7:18); Akk. W 3i t i n g , linger (s3Ìd of dise3se).

(referring to thè sacrifice after thè flood): e.g., ina

PIIKASHOI.OGY
saplisutiu attabak qatià erena u asci...ilu isinii irisa Iciba
1. (Phr2) (BH li3pax as a verb) "b?" DSÌSn
ilii kima zurnbi eh bel niqt iptahru “below them I
I^dt ics; x“jpr.‘- ih "z
heaped up (sweet) reed, cedar, and myrtle...the
“this time my husbsnd will exslt/elevste me (lit.
gods smelled thè sweet savor, thè gods gathered
lift me up) bec3use I bore for him six children;
like flics around thè sacrifices” (George, Gilgamesh,
311 ci she cslled his usine ‘prince’ (lit. thè elev3ted
712:160—63).
one)” (Cìen 30:20); Akk. ina bit ili illakma usesser
me izabbil “she will go to thè tempie, sweep, 3iid
n3T = Akk. zebù v. SB* (CAI) Z 843). to C3rry W3ter” (C]AI) Z 23); l’N ... u ahhùsu ana bit
sacri fìce. l’N zubulld<su> izbi\luma\ “l’N 3nd his brothers
brought 3s his ni3rrÌ3ge gift to thè house of l’N ”
cognati ; accusativi ;
(CAD Z 1523 3).
1. (CA) PQT rQT “offer 3 sacrifice” (e.g., iSam
1:21 ; 2:19); Akk: niqà zebù, e.g., niqé ana ilàniya azbe KB! utilizes Speiser’s tnmshition “my father will
“I offered S3crifice to my gods” (CAI) Z 843). bring me wedding presents,” rather than Held’s
“my husband will exslt/elevste me.”
Th e verb zebù nirely occurs in Akk. The regular
The nomiiuil expression describing Cìod’s
vocable is naqu, commonly employed in thè idiom
tempie 3iid b3T n’2 “elev3ted house,” i.e., “311
niqà naqù “to offer 3 sacrifice” (of 3nimals).
exslted house” (iKgs 13:13 = 2Cìhr 6:2), 3S well
Note thè Enuirite WSem. (Cì-stem, part. masc. 3s thè epithet of thè Cìan. gods zbl b’I (ars) “Prince
sg.) zàbihu “sacrifìcer” (Emar 275:1 and passim; B3 3I (of coirti))” (Cordoli, U'F 3933); zbl yrh
see Pentiuc 2001:193). Cf- Heb. rQT “sacrifìcer” “Prince Moon” (Cìordon, ibid.).
(e.g., 2 S 3 1 1 1 2:1 5).
The fem. forili zubultum “princess” occurs
ij?' c:r. rat. twice at Mari, e.g., |i| S I L A samassamu maritimi
 An Akkadian Lexical Combanion for Biblical. Hebrew

ana zubultini “ i liter of sesamo oil from Mari for ber breast consolation and bc satiated, that you
thc princcss” (RA 64, 37:30, 2-3; cf. also RA 64, may draw from her teat glory and be joyful” (Isa
38:32, 3—4; AHw 1 53<>a). 66:1 1); Akk. (hapax): erbi zizësa ina pika sakna 2
ti! Held, BASOR 53 (1968) 90-95. tenniq 2 tahaìlib ana pauika “her (Istar’s) four teats
c:f. ^55. are put to your mouth, you suck at two, and two
you milk for yourself’ (Craig, ABRT 1 6 r. 8).

31T = Akk. zàini v. OA, OB 011 (CAD Z yb; AHw The standard word in Akk. for “breast” is tulli
1 501 b). Akk. to dissolve, oo/e; Heb. to flow, gush. (AIIw i36yb).
IH C'ohen, Hapax 46.
IM IR ASEOI OC Y

1. (Phri) (to discharge blood) nDT 3ÌT mr P

(Lev 15:25); Akk: dama zàbu, e.g., siri istallila dami nip'’T = Akk. ziqu (ziqtu) s. NA* (C'AD Z 1 3 3 a ;
izzu\ba\ “my flesh is flaccid, and my blood has AHw 1 532 a), tordi.
ebbed away” (BWL, 44:92, Ludlul).
IMIRASEOl.OCY

Note that “thè meaning ‘to flow’ of thè I leb. and 1. (Phr2) (to light a tordi): nip^T “I5?5 “light
Aram, cognates is rare in Akk” (CAD Z ioa). torches,” e.g., □rnsn nip'"i erra id1?
“walk by thè blaze of your fire, by thè torches
rnr* = Akk. zanni s. SB* (C’AI ) Z 41 a; AI lw 1 soya). you have lit” (Isa 50:1 1); Akk: ziqta sutitnuni “to
Akk. type of wall, Witikcl; Heb. cornerstone. light a tordi,” e.g., istu pan Sanisi rabe simcn ziqtu
ziqàte usatimurù ina ekalli userrubù “beginning at
dì ; notati vi;
sunsct, when it is time for thc tordi(es), they light
1. (Den2) birn rrpri rrhanp rnq “T"= torches (and) take (them) into thè palace” (C'AD
“our daughters are like cornerstones, trimmed
Z 1 3 3 a).
to give shape to a palace” (Ps 144:12; cf. also
Zech 9:15); Akk: zame ziqqurrati/attuarti “thè
cornerstone of a tempie/sanctuary,” e.g., ckallu ■q_T = Akk. zakù adj. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD Z 233;
mahritu sa 360 ina animati siddu ina tarsi zarrte E AHw 1 50sb). clear, pure, cleansed.
ziqqurrat “thc former palace, one side of which,
denotativi ;
360 cubits long, faces thè zanni of thè tempie
1. (Dcn2) (said of liquids) ^|T ITT ]P27 “pure
tower” (CAD Z 41 a); ina seri ina kiital bit numi
olive oil” (Lxod 27:20; Lev 24:2); Akk: mù/
surdù istu zaini sa siimeli ana zaini sa imitti ìtiq “(if)
kurunnu zakù “clear water/beer,” e.g., zakà daspa
in thè morning a falcon passes at thc back of a
kuru\nna aqqika] “I libateci clear, sweet strong beer
paticnt’s house from thc left zamù to thc right
for you” (CAD Z 23b 1).
zamu' (ibid.).
2. (Dc'112) (said of plants) PIST HID1? “pure
Note that “thc Arabie etymology proposed by frankinccnsc” (Exod 30:34; Lev 24:7); Akk:
von Soden, Or. NS 16 448f., seems to fìt better samassammù/ezizzam zakù “pure oleiferous/bulb
thè word samitu, from which zamù (or samù) must
vegetable” (CAD Z 24a d).
be separated” (C'AD Z 41 a). 3. (Deii2) (said of humans) ^ “I
ani clcan without iniquity” (Job 33:9; 1 1:4); Akk:
TT = Akk. zizu B s. NA* (CAD Z 149^ AIIw sinnisti la zakùti “(physically) unclcan woman”
1 534b). teat. (C:AD Z 24a).
Cf'. rDT v.; BA 13T.
denotativi ;

1. (Dcii2) "lÉV/TT (rd. iti) “breast//teat”:

rácr ;rrýr n-r:n:r. n&p Qjriyn&i iprri i^pb (HDT) “pT — Akk. zakù v. fr. OA, OB on (CAD
nnn? r-TO ar.^rn--. “that you may stick from Z 25b; AHw i505b). to be clean.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Heiìrew

m-NOTATIVM (it is already known in thè 14111 century) than in

1. (Dem) (said of celestini bodies) *6 D’DE; Palestine.” Oppenheim, 011 thè other hand, was
T’T’S?5 “thè heavens are not guiltless in his of thè opinion that thè words zakakatu and zukti
sight” (Job 15:15; 25:5|stars|); Akk: saniti zakiitu are West Semitic in origin and were borrowings
“pure/clear heaven” (CAD Z 23b b); samsu into Akkadian.
zakàtu “clear sun” (CAD Z 23!") c). IH Oppenheim, (llass, 15,57,85; Mankowski, 52-53.
2. (Den2) (to be cleared up in court), e.g.,
nona "rx cqn s??n -:rxr:r n?rxn “shall i
“DT = Akk. zakdru v. fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AD Z i6a;
be acquitted despite wicked balances and a bag
AHw 150311). Akk. to declare, invoke, praise; Heb.
of fraudulent weights?” (Mie 6:11); Akk., e.g.,
to remember, invoke, praise.
dinsu uzakki// ustcsirsu “he (thè king) clarifìed
his claim//and provided justice for him (thè I’ I IRASEOI OGY
plaintiff)” (("AD Z 25b lex. section) (Cf. Heb: 1. (Pliri) (to invoke by name) DED “DT/“DT
rDT//p“!2i “be just//be clean” (Ps 51:6)). (e.g., Ps 103:18; 2Sam 18:18; Isa 26:13; Amos
3. (I)en2) (to be cleansed of a misdeed) ^rn 6:10; Exod 23:13; Josh 23:7); Akk: suina zakdru,
□yb'psJO sn ìtoh ìsth “wash yourself, e.g., ilu u istaru mala sumsunu zakru “may god and
cleanse yourself, remove your evil away from my goddess, as many as there are invoked” (Surpu II
sight” (Isa 1:16); Akk: ami luti u miliati itti Marduk 185).
izakkti “my crime, my sin and my misdeed will 2. (Phri) (to praise) “DJ, e.g., TJIp?; rn^TX
become cleared through Marduk” (CAD Z 2óa). obù1? Tjnin’ □■’ss? 15 bv/nl) "it boa
Cf. TJT. “I shall praise your fame for all generations, so
people will exalt you for ever and ever” (Ps 45:1 8;
38:1; 70:1; Isa 63:7; SoS 1:4); Akk: suma nibita/
JTOOT = Akk. zakakatu (zakukutu) s. SB (CAD Z
zakdru, e.g. Assur-bcl-kala sa ilu ina pulitir Assur
1 sb; AHw 150311). glass, glaze.
zakar sumsu izkur “ Assur-bel-kala, whom thè god
denotativi ; has made famous in all Assyria” (C'AD Z i6a 2);
1. (I)en2) (13H hapax) ITplOn DHT npll?' xb siimi damqam iimisam kima ilim zakdram...ina pi nisi
TS 'bs nrnram “gold or glass cannot match its lu askuti “I acted so that thc people praised my
(Wisdom’s) vaine, nor can vessels of fine gold be name daily like (thè name of) a deity” (CAD Z
exchanged for it” (Job 28:17); Akk: e.g., kissùsu sa lya 4').
gisnugalli zakakatum lubusti sa llzida “its retaining
In Akk. zakdru “to remember” is a WSem. word
wall is made of alabaster, thè overlay of Ezida employed only three times in EA, once as a gloss
consists of (blue) glass (or glaze)” (CAD Z 1 ih);
to Akk. basasti, e.g., lihsusmi (gloss: yazkurmi) sarru
zakukutu sumsu “([thè stone| whose appearance is bcliya “may thè king, my lord, recali (whatever
like [...]) its name is (blue) glass” (CAD ibid.).
has been done against Hasuru)” (EA 228:18—25;
The C'AD relates Heb. z'kùkit, glass, Aram. let. I lazor; cf. C'AD Z 22b).
z'gugitd, Man dai c z'gduitd, etc. The CAD further ,J>’ Cf. 13T.
notes that thè sequence of thè above first example
“seems to indicate that thè glaze alluded to was
= Akk. zikru s. fr. OAkk., OB 011 (C'AD Z
lapis lazuli colored.” The second example occurs
1 1 2b; AI lw 1 526b). Akk. discourse, niention, order,
“as thè designation of thè stone of a specific color”
name, fame, oath; Heb. niention, fame.
(CAD ibid., 11.).
As noted by Mankowski, “thè notion that PARAI I EI.ISM

thè Hebrew is borrowed from Akk. has prima facic 1. (Pan) (nanie//fame) “I3T//DK?, e.g., 'Q© HT
plausibility in thè fact that glass-making technology -n nnb nar nn obiib “ this shall be my name
seems to have developed earlier in Mesopotamia forever, this my fame for all eternity” (Exod 3:1 5;
“D? An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew
T T

Isa 26:8; Ps 135:13; Prov 10:7; Job 18:17); Akk: denotativi ;

sume kabtu zikri sira di naphar bdc ma’dis iskunuinni 1. (I)en2) (n??//) ]!2T employed only in LBII
“they (thè great gods) have made my name far (in Ecc 3:1; Esth 2:6; 9:27; Neh 2:6); Akk: sipri ina
more important, my fame far superior to that of simanim ìipusu “so that they can do thè work for
all other rulers” (CAI) Z 11 sb b, Shalmanesser me in thè proper season” (C'AD S 2C>9a); iuanna
III); lusàpi zikirsu lusarbi sumsu “I shall praise his kupud ana sar Kassti lam sirnani stipuli til\las\su “take
fame, make great his name” (*CA1) Z 1 i6a). (Cf. thought now about thè Kassite king, scatter his
zikir sumika lissakiti ana unii dàrùti “may your fame auxiliaries before he expects (attack)” (C'AD S
be established forever” (CAI) Z 1 1 6a 2').) 27oa e).
PI I li. AS PO I OGY Based 011 thè ìdeogrammatic spelling 111 thè
2. (Phr2) (to proclaim fame) rnVSOVnÉ?!? lexical text, Landsberger raised doubts concerning
“DT “make/pronounce/praise fame” (Ps 111:4; thè etymology of Akk. simanu, namely, that thè
145:7; 97:12; 30:5); Akk: zikra sakànu/surbú/itàdu/ notili is derived from thè verb (u>)asànu “to be
dalàlu/wasiMsuptì “to make/increase/praise/bring fitting,” wlience thè 1101111 conics to mean “that
out/proclaim fame” (CAI) Z 1 isb). which is suitable, thè suitable occasion or time,
3. (Phr2) (to erase fame) /n3©/nn!?/“DX thè season.”
“DTn~o “ annihilate/erase/destroy/cut thè fame” Mankowski notes that “it would appear that
(Isa 26:13; Exod 17:14; Deut 32:26; Ps 109:15); simanu Iliade two entrances into BH; thè month
Akk: zikra la basii, e.g., sumsu u zikirsu ina màtim name Simànu was borrowed by Aramaic frolli late
la subsim “his name and fame shall not remain in Babylonian, where it was pronounced [siwànu],
thè country” (CAD Z 1 1 sb b, Hanim.). yidding Aram, sywn and BH IVO (Esth 8:9). But
Cf. “DT v. thè common 1101111 simanu shows an initial z 111 all
thè derivative languages.”

"DT = Akk. zikaru (zikru) adj. fr. OA, 013 on (C'AI) IH Landsberger, )NES 8 (1949) 256:44; Kaufman, AIA

Z 1 ioa; AI Iw 152CU1). male. 91—92; Mankowski, 54—55.

' w ' Cf. BA ÍOQT; Akk. (w)as<ìtnu “to he fitting, proper”
MHRISMUS
(CAI) A/2 328a).
1. (Mer) (male and female) rQjMI "DT , e.g.,
nrp1? ix “dò rn^n min nxr “such are rituals
I D I = Akk. zamàru A v. fr. OB 011 (CAD Z 36 b ;
concerning her who bears a child male or female”
AIIw 1 so8a). to sing (Heb. Pi‘el; Akk. G- and
(Lev 12:7; 15:33; Gen 1:27; 5:2); Akk: ina mari PN
I )-stems).
zikarim u sinnistim di l’N mammari minima ul isti
“none of thè children of PN, male or female, has denotativi ;
any daini against PN ” (C'AD Z 1 1 ih 2). 1. (I )en2) (to sing to thc accompaniment of an
PI 1 R AS PO LOG Y instrument) Heb. ^ 33? (lJs 144:9), T? (1>s

2. (Phr2) (to kill a male) “DT riH (Num 149:3); Akk. ina halhallati “to thè accompaniment
31:7,17); Akk: zikara dàku, e.g., zikaram sumsu sa of thè /i.-druni” (C'AI) Z 37b b); aM-drum (C'AD
k\ap\rim sàti idiiku “they killed some man of that 37a lcx-)-
village” (C'AD Z 1 1 2a 2, Mari). P11 k AS LO LOG Y
3. (Phr2) (fashion male images) “DT HÉ?» 2. (Pliri) (to sing to a god (as praise)) 1“)?3T
(Ezek 16:17 only); Akk: salam zikari epcsu (C'AD mai "jzbt:1; ‘“2' nsi “ sing, oh sing to
Z li la SB rit.). Cìod, sing, oh sing to our king” (Ps 47:7, 68:33;
101:1 passim); Akk: e.g., zamar Bdet-ilì azammar
]!3T = Akk. simanu s. fr. OB on. (C'AD S 268b; “I will sing a song (in praise) of Belet-ili” (C'AD Z
AHw 1044^. season, proper time (Heb.-Aram. lw. 37a la); ana Sin ina aliali izzammir... “this is what
fr. Akk.). is sung to (thè moon-god) Sin during an eclipsc”
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

(CAD Z 38b 4); zamar Istar sarra\ti\ azammur “I DENOTATIVE

will sing a song (in praise) of Istar che queen” I. (1 )en 1 ) (BH hapax) D'SK ni?T “facÌ3l swe3t”
(CAD Z 373 la). (Cìen 3:19); Akk: e.g., summa panusu zu’ta ukalhi
3. (Phr2) (to land soinethmg) rnpm HT»] “ifhis face sweats” (C'AI) Z i68b b); summa marsu
‘we will sing and praise your mighty deeds” ina appisu zu’ta ukal “if thè sick iran’s nose sweats”
(Ps 21:14); Akk: bukur bin Anim luzmur duutiaka (*CAD ibid.).
“fìrstborn, son of Anu, let me sing of your strength” ,/f Cf also or* (Hzek 44:18).
(C'AD I) 1841-1 h); lazammuru lit Assur da’na “let me
praise thè might of Assur strength” (*CAD Z 37I-)
e), (inbnn “ri33 io-’è?//) io® -Top ni?r “sing thè TtfT = Akk. sihru s. OB, NB (CAD S i85b; AHw
praise of his fame (//make glorious his tribute)” (Ps io88b). Akk. short time; Heb. short time; 3 little.
66:2); Akk: tanidàtasa lu azmur “let me singsongs in
DENOTATIVE
her (Istar’s) praise” (C'AD Z 37b c).
1. (Dc'112) Heb. “short time “ (Job 36:2);
'■#' Cf. PHOT.
“3 little” (Is3 28:10, 33); Akk. kima sihri irnittaka
kusda “achieve your success quickly” (CAD S
!""HQT = A k k . zimru s . S B , N B ( C A D Z 1 1 9 3 ; A H w 1 85b); sipirtu akki sihri isamma “take thè message
15283). song. quickly” (ibid.).
(J? Cf. "PSJS.
Note thè sub. (masc. pi.) ziniam “songs” in Emar
(452:48'; see Pentiuc 2001:196).
P»T :: nazaqu v. F.A; WSem. gloss (EA 366:24). to
^ ' Cf. "IQT V .
assemble, muster.

33T = Akk. zihbatu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD Z ioob; NIRASHOLOGY

AHw 1 523b). tail (of an animai), rear part. i.(Phri) EA 366:24—25: enniriru (gloss:
nazaqu) ina 50 narkabàti ana muhhiya “they nillied
MERISMUS
to my side with 50 cli3riots.”
i. (Mer) (head to tali) 33T - 2?K“] (Deut
As noted by Finkelstein, EA na-az-a-ku, which
28:13,44; *sa 9:1 3—14); Akk: qaqqadu - zihbatu,
serves 3S 3 WSem. gloss to Akk. na 'arruru “to come
e.g., ultu qaqqadisu adi appi zibbatisu “from its head
to thè aid, to help” (C'AD N{ 73), “is nothing
to thè tip of its tail” (CAD Z loib d).
else than Hebrew niz’aqu ‘they were rallied,
mustered, 3ssembled’,” e.g., bz nX inD'O p5?H
II H3T = Akk. zenit v. OB 011 (CAD Z 853; AHw 123"! ' “sud Siser3 3ssembled 3II his chsriots (nine
1 5 193). to be 3ngry. hundred iron chariots)” (Judg 4:13); “IC2N
■yV': n?,P H"? 0^33 “and thè men near
denotativi ;
thè houses near Mic3h’s 3ssembled (and caught up
1. (Den2) (bh h3p3x): “b"* rbs nitri]
with thè Danites)” (Judg 18:22 and passim).
nqx rra b# inap “3nd his concubine W3S 3iigry
(Il Finkelstein, F.I 9 (1969) 333.
3t him, le3ving him for her father’s house” (Judg
19:2); Akk: e.g., In sabus litu\ra\ lu zcrii sudbibisu
itti\ya\ “if (my lover) is offended, let him come nSt = Akk. zibtu B s. pitch NB*; WSem. lw. (C:AD
back to me, if he is angry, (0 Istar), make Inni Z i04b). pitch.
speak to me again” (C'AD Z 86a b).
DENOTATI Vii
HI C'ohen, Hapax 130.
1. (Dc'112) Heb., e.g., nani “ion3 rnanrn
“c3lked it with bitumen 3iid pitch” Exod 2:3;
Hi??* = Akk. zu'tu s. MB, MA 011 (C'AD Z i68a; Akk: isten kandum sa zibtum “one cont3Ìner with
AI lw 1 539a). sweat. pitch” (CAD ibid.).

93
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrfw

IjpT = Akk. ziqnu s. OA, OB on (CAD Z i2$h; text is to be equated with Heb. “IT O'X, likewise

AHw i53ob). heard. employed 111 thè levirate law in Deut 25:5.
While Akk. zd’iru commonly means “enemy,”
PI IRASEOI.OCY Huchnergard (C'BQ 47 119851 432-32) maintains
i. (Phn) (edge, tip of a bcard) jjPT TWB “edge that in thè above legai context zd’iri “enemy” “is
of thc bearci” (Lev 19:27; 2 1 :s); Akk: appai ziqnisu clearly inappropriate, and 111 light of Deut. 25:5
“thc tip ofhis beard” (C'AD Z i26a a). we may assume that zayydru is West Scmitisni
In Akk. ziqnu is fem., often dual and, unlike Heb., to Heb. zàr. Like zar in Deut 25:5, zayyàru in
a verb *zaqànu is abscnt from Akk. these texts denotes not necessanly a foreigner, but
merely someone outside of thè family circle.”
IH Driver, Bib. 35 (1954) 148-49; Greenberg, AB 22
T T — Akk. zaqapu v. fr. OB, MA 011 (C'AD Z sia;
144,185; AB 22A 572,620; Garfìnkel, 85 86.
AH w 15123). Akk. to erect

pi ir aseolog y
mT = Akk. zarù v. fr. OB, MA on (CAD Z 7ob;
1. (Phr2) (to support thè weak) (// AI lw 1 5 i6b). to sow, scatter, winnow.
□■'SIS? *lj?ÌT) “ (supports all who stumble)//(thc
PIIRASEOI.OGY
Lord) makes erect all who are bent” (Ps 145:14;
146:8); Akk: zàqip hassi(for kansi)/cnsi “thè one 1. (Phr2) (to winnow grain) □“'“jSJtp’ ÌT1T
who makes erect thè bent/weak,” e.g., ilu riminù (Ruth 3:2); Akk: se'a zarù, e.g., se'ani lidis lizru...
zàqip hassu hdtin crisi “mcrciful god, who raises up “he sliould thresh, winnow and...thè barley...”
him who is bowed down(?)” (C'AD Z sìa lex. (CAD Z 713 3); ana tini ddsi u zari “011 thè day of
section); lazaqqap cnsa pisnuqa turap\pas] “you put threshing 3iid winnowing” (CAD Z 71 b b).
thè weak on their feet, you give importance to 2. (Phr2) ((to sprc3d fire) ÌT1J (Num 17:2);
thè powerless” (CAD E 171 b). Akk: nabla zarù, e.g., ammini ana hirim api ugguli
Cf. BA =ipr. tazarru nabli \in\a qisti sa sdbuìat tuqattar qutra “why
do you spre3d fkimes to thè glowing reed...?
send up smoke from thc parched thicket?” (BWL
“IT = Akk. zd'iru (zc'iru) adj. fr. OB on (C'AD
194:15—16, Fable of thc Fox).
Z 143; AIIw 15023). hostile, enemy (used as a
substantive). The thricc-attested idiom ÌT1T (Lev 10:1;
Num 3:4; 26:61), ofFered up by Nadab and
As first recognized by Driver and elaborateci by Abihu, is traditionally rendered as “alien fire”
Garfìnkel, thè use of CHT, which is attested at (NJPS); “unauthorized coals” (Milgrom, AB 3
least in four cases in Ezekiel (7:21; 11:9; 28:10; 598); “improper incense offenng” (Levine, AB
30:12), does not mean “stranger, foreigners” as 4A 152); “despised incense offering” (Levine,
maintained by Greenberg. Rather, thè context AB 4B 312); “strange, i.e., foreign fire” (Noth,
demancis thè meaning “enemies,” and should Lcviticus, 82); “impermissible fire” (Gcrstenberger,
be equated to thè Akk. substantive zd’iru, which Lcviticus, 114). While thè adj. ÌT1T is universally
connotes “enemy” never “stranger.” Accordingly, derived from thè hollow verb UT “be a stringer,”
in Ezekiel, thè usage of thè expression CHT "V3 ]ri3 we propose to derive this 3dj. from thè ìl"b
“to hand over to thè hands of thè enemy” should verb il“1T “scatter.” Namely, in light of thè
be equated to thè Akk. phrase zd'ira ana qàti mullù
expression E7N ÌTIT “spread fire” (Num 17:2) and
“to deliver thè enemy into (one’s) hand,” e.g., in light of thè equivalent hapax i"HT n“IÉDp (Exod
ayyàlnsu na’crà zà’cnsu ana qàtisu mullidma “kill
30:9), we propose to render both expressions as
his (Samsuiluna’s) enemies, deliver His adversaries
“scattered incense,” an incense offering tli3t was
into his hand” (YOS 9 35:44).
scattered all over and not centnilized 011 thè 3ltar.
The Emarite amili zd’iri employed in a legai Accordingly, in light of Exod 30:9, we learn that

94
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

it was forbidden to odor 011 thc golden incense Akk. zanziru is equated in an astrol. cornili, to
aitar anything other than thè “T’Ori n“lt2p “thè issur kiri lit. “bird of thè garden.” As noted by thè
regnlar incense offering” (Lxod 30:8). Aaron’s CAD (Z 49b n.) thè “translation based on Syr.
two sons then violateci thè law; entering thè tent zarzìrà ‘starling’.” Iti Heb. thè lexeme is employed
for an iniproper purpose, they met with death. once as TT'IT (r/11 interchange) alongside CETI
As noted by thè C'AD (Z 71 b): “In Akkadian “he-goat” 111 an obscure verse in Prov 30:31.
there is but one verb, zarù (iznt—izarru), for thè
meanings ‘to scatter’, ‘to winnow’ and to ‘sow’,
= Akk. zcru (zar'u) s. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD Z
as against Heb. zàirà, Arabie darà, Ug. dry for ‘to
89IX AHw 1 521 b) . seed.
winnow’, and Heb. zàra', Arabie zara'a, Ug. dr
for ‘to sow’. Only thè nouns zcru and zcràuu, PII R ASIiOLOG Y

‘seed’, show in their ‘Umlaut’ that they are to i(Phri) (to provide offspring). SJ“1T jHJ (Cleti
be derived from a root Z R ‘ , which has otherwise ■5:3; 3>^:9 passim); Akk: zcra tiadànu, e.g., nàditiat
disappeared in Akkadian.” apli u zeri “(Sarpanitu) who provides an heir and
11)1 Levine, Ixvitims, 59. offspring” (*CAD Z 94b). Cf. in? Dpn (Ccn
Cf. rnrn ;inr. 38:8; iClir 17:11); S?1T D'W (Ps 89:30); Ì?1T ITt?
(C!en 4:25).
2. (Pliri) (to fìrmly establish offspring) p3i“I
I?Ì”IT = Akk. dura’u s. NA; WSem. lw. (CAD D
113' Dy-lTy/^iSi?? 1 'n :5n.T “may thè
lyob; AHw i77b). arm, foreleg.
children of your servalits dwell securely//and their
IMIRANHOI OGY offspring be fìrmly established in Your Presence”
1. (Phr2) (strong arm) npm/nbnVTï? BÍ1T (Ps (Ps 102:29); Dirupi Dos? orna 1 ? pra asnr
62:8; 89:1 1; Ezek 17:9; Jer 21:5); Akk. zumh datmu ‘their offspring is fìrmly established with
(EA*, ibid.). them, and their desccndants with them 111 front of
their eyes” (Job 21:8); Akk: zcra kàtiu, e.g., DN,
In EA Akk. zuriihu is a WSem. word glossed by thè
l)N i ....wms« zcrasu ina màtisunu lukinnu “may
standard Akk. word qàtu, e.g., \a\tmir màt Urusalim
thè gods DN, DN fìrmly establish his son and
anu\i\ta la abàni la ummiya uaduatmi qàt |gloss: zuruli
desccndants in their (thè gods’) country” (C'AD
= ztim’l \sarri da\tmu tiadtiatmi atta yàsi “behold,
Z 94b, Asn.).
neither my fiither nor my mother gave this land of
3. (Phr2) (to increase one’s desccndants)
Jerusalem to me, but thè strong arm of thè king gave
jht rq-in, e.g., rn-iK nr-rr. *?
(it) to me” (EA 287:25—28; cf. 286:12—13; 288:14-
nX “I (thè Lord) bestow my blessing upon
15; 34—35; all lets. Jerusalem).
you (Abraham) and make your desccndants
Heb. zcróa’ reflects thè Can. shift of *à > 0 and
numerous” (Gen 22:17; c f- also Cìen 26:4,24;
that Heb. 0 is represented in Can. Amarna cuneiform
Exod 32:1 3 passim); Akk: zcra ruppusu, e.g., ntppisi
by u.
zcrini mudili tiatiuabi “increase (O Ninmah) my
In NA*, thè substantive iziru is employed once
desccndants, spread my offspring widely!” (C'AD
in Akk., e.g., birti iziriya ammàtcya asakkanka “I shall
Z 943 and passim); cf. also zcra tnàdu to make
place you in thè crook of my arm (lit. between my
desccndants numerous, e.g., zerka limid umc[ka\
upper arili (and) my forearm)” (CAD I/J 3193).
liriku1 “may your (Dar.) desccndants be numerous
While thè standard Akk. word for “arm” is idu (C'AD
(and) your days last long” (C'AD ibid.).
I/J ioa), iziru is a WSem. forni in NA reflecting thè
4. (Phr2) (dcstroy/cut off desccndants) /n?K
BH forni X?Ì“1TX (i.e., BÌ“1T) with thè aleph prosthetic
inr n“pn, e.g., rpbppn inr bn nx “and
attested twice ()er 32:21; Job 3 1:22).
she (Athaliah) destroyed all thè royal desccndants”
(2Kgs n : i ) ; Tptpn OKI nnx •’pnr na rr-pn ox
’T’T'II = Akk. zanziru s. SB, NB*; Aram. lw. (C'AD qx rV30 'OS? n^; “(so swear to me by thè Lord)
Z 4<>b; AHw 151 la), starling. that you will not destroy my (Saul’s) desccndants

95
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

or annihikite my progeny (lit. my name) from my (i.e., royal desccndants) e.g., b«i7f2t?7''
father’s house” (iSam 24:21); Akk: (in curses) zcra HDlban Ul-rp ... “Ishmael son of Nethaniah...
laqàtu/nakàsu/haìàqu “to pluck/cut off/destroy from royal dcscent” (Jer 41:1; cf. also 2Kgs 25:25;
dcscendants,” e.g., sumsu zcrasu ina inàti lilqutuma Ezek 17:13; Dan 1:3); Akk. zcr sarrútim (fr. UR
“may they (thè gods) pluck off (i.e., exterminate) III on) e.g., zcr sarmtimsa sin ibbisu (Hammurabi)
his progeny and his descendants from thè land” “seed of kingship which Sin created” (CH ii 13-
(*CAD Z 953 2' and passim); 1)N 11 DN, |n] 15); liplipi dam sa Bclbàni mar Adasi sar màt Assur
Bclum ili zàrasu liksuma “may Assur, Adad, and pir‘u baitiI suqur zer sarruti kisitti siiti (Esarhaddon)
Bel, my gods, glean off his desccndants” (C'AD “remote descendant of Bël-bani, son of Adasi,
Z ysa c’); sumsu zcrasu clìassu u kimtasu ina màti king of Assyria precious offshoot of Assur, seed
luhalliqù “may they make disappear his son, his of kingship, progeny from old” (Borger, Asrah p.
descendants, his clan, and his family from thè 74:28-29). See Lambert, Recontre Assyriologique
country” (C'AD Z ysa b’ and passim). I nternationale 1971:427~440.
5. (Phr2) snr (“male descendant”)
Whereas Heb. employs thè verb SHT “sow,” it is
(iSam i : [ i). Cf. Akk. zer ameluti (“mankind”),
absent from Akk.
e.g., ameluti ibtani Aruru zer ameluti ittisu ibtanu “he
created mankind, A ruru hclped him (Marduk) to
create every human being” (C’AD Z y6b sa). pTT = Akk. zaraqu v. OB 011 (C’AD Z C>sb; AHw

6. (Phr2) inrp nbis sb, e.g., nb?r Kb q 1 5 1 sa). Akk. to sprinkle.

“in XD3 by DET ÏTK ÌSTI-TO “for no one of bis PI IR ASHOI.OGY
(Coniah’s) offspring shall prosper in sitting on thè
1. (Phri) (to sprinkle water) D’Q p“|T (Num
throne of David” (Jer 22:30); Akk: (in a curse),
19:13,20; lizek 36:25); Akk: me zaraqu, e.g., me
e.g., ina supal Samas zcrusu(wr. si-ru-su) la isarri
sipti arkis ziriq “sprinkle water (over which) a
“may his descendants not prosper under thè sun”
conjuration (has been pronounced) behind it”
(CAD Z ysb). For thè semantic equivalent I leb.
(C’.AD Z 6sb lex. section).
nbs = Akk. esëru, see Tawil, JBL 95 ( i y7i>) 405-
2. (Phri) (to sprinkle blood) DT p~)T (e.g.,
13- Exod 29:20; Ezek. 43:18; 2Chr 30:16); Akk: dama
7. (Phr2) (D’rrnttía d ^//) snj “seed
zaraqu (AI lw 1 5 1 sa).
of evildoers (//depraved children)” (Isa 1:4;
14:20). Cf. Akk: zer ncrti, e.g., RN sar màt Kaldi Akk. zaraqu seems to be used only with liquids (also

zer ncrti “Merodachbaladan, king of C’haldea, a gali and oil [C'AD Z 66a|). Heb. p“lT, however,

murderer (lit. seed of a murderer)” (C'AD N is used also with solids: ashes, soot, coals, and
cumin. The more common Akk. word for “to
1783).
8. (Phr2) n?ìbpn Ì?1T “seed of kingship” sprinkle” is salàhu (C'AD S 853; AHw 10133).

96
 n
ÍOn :: hihbê v. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD H 1843). synonym list (Malku III 38) hababu is equated to
to hidc. nasàiqu “to kiss” and in thè potency incantations
V
texts Sazila (Biggs, 33:7-8) hababu is parallel to
denotativi ;
Akk. ràmu “to love, make love,” e.g., ina put
1. ( l ) c n i ) EA 256:4—10: k! qahimc ina panika niaydliya tibà ràmauni sa sepit mayàliya hubbibauni
I’N imiihit Ayyab (gloss: hiljbe) kí ennihitu sar Pillila
“thè one at thè head of my bed, get an erection,
istu pani ràbisi (gloss: sukeni) “how cali it he said 111 make love to me; thè one at thè foot of my bed,
your presence, ‘l’N has hidden Ayyah’? how can
caress me” (KAR 70:46). hababu is employed also
thè king of Pihilu fico from thè commissioner?”
with thè substantive dàdu “love-making” (C’AI)
HA* hihbc depiets thè WSem. causative Kqnn thè I) 20a 1). In a transferred meaning, habàbu is
Hiplvil of SDII “hide.” As noted by Albright “thè likewise employed in parallelism with ràmu “to
Canaanite scribe did not remember thè correct love,” e.g., àmursuma ahtadu anàku aràmsuma kima
Akkadian word puzzuru ‘to hide’.” assatirn ahabbub elsu “I saw it and became glad. I
IH Albright, BASOR 89 (1943) 11:19; Greenstein, loved it like a wife, caressing and embracing it”
Weinfeld Irst. 351-360. (George, Gilgamesh, 174:32-33). Akk. utilizes thè
!j? ' Cf. pns? v. verb habàbu in prophetic texts from Mari, e.g.,
kiàm iqbi utnmàmi /’imri-Lini 11 summa atta misatanni

= Akk. habàbu li v. 013 on* (CAI) I I 2b; anàku elika ahabbub nakrika ana qàtika umalla “and

AHw 301 a 4). Akk. to caress? ((’.AD); liebenden spoke as follows, saying, ‘Zimrï-Lïm, even though
(AHw); Heb. to love. for your part you have spurned me, for my part I
(Aliatimi, thè servant of Dagan-màlik) shall caress
The BH hapax verb 220, which occurs in Deut you (i.e., love you), your enemies I shall deliver
33:3 in thè phrase ^T2 VETIjp ^//D'CI? 2211 to your hand’” (Moran, Bib 50 [1969] 31:7—14).
is traditionally rendered as “indeed Lover of Although thè C’AD has two entries for habàbu,
peoples//(thcir hallowed are all in Your hand).” AI Iw’s one entry seems preferable. The semantic
Whereas thè verb 22PI is employed in Ben-Sira development for thè onomatopoeia verb habàbu
7:21 version A in thè phrase 230 “I2SJ
is from thè concrete mng.: “murmur” (said of
“(an energetic slave) love deeply,” in
water) > “hiss > bum > caress > love.”
version C thè idiom employed is 2733? 2ÌÌ1X.
Note thè sub. (SB*) habbubu “lover”: ittiki
Th ere is disagreement between CAD and
limita salilki tabu habbubuki u kulu’uki “let your
AHw as to thè employmcnt and thè semantic
sweet bedfellow, your lover and your kulu ’u come
development of thè verb habàbu. Whereas thè
in with you” (C’AD K 52ya, s.v. kulu’u).
C’AD has two entries for thè verb, namely habàbu
Ìli Tigay, Gilgamesh, 274:34.
A SB* “to murmur (said of water), to bum, low,
chirp” (C’AD H 2a) and habàbu B 013 011* “to
caress”(?) (C’AD H 2b), AHw has only one entry rniBn = Akk. ibam s. SB* (CAD I/J ia; AIIw
“to murmur, chirp (of water), to hiss at” (said of 3633). Akk. a mark of discoloration 011 thè skin;
lovers). Indeed, said of human beings, in thè lex. Heb. welt, slash.

97
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Note thc sequencc in BH SJ2g>//rni3n “bruise// 11 Son — Akk. hahalu A v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 3b;
wclt” (Gen 4:23; Exod 21:25; Prov 20:30); AHw 302a, s.v. hahàlu II). Akk. to oppress (Pi ci,
B5S//nn!13n//n:i£i) H3P “wound//welt//raw Ci-Stem); to damage, destroy (in NB only) (Pi el,
wound” (Isa 1:6); Akk: (in sequencc with) cnimu I )-stem).
“mole”; liptn “(discolored) spot”; umsatu “mole”;
PI IRASI-OI.OCY
kittahm “growth” etc. (C'AD I/J ibid.).
1. (Phr2) (to oppress thè poor) D ,S 3SJ Ssn,
e.g., tDBEjp Ì"3S “13131 “p? 2'"ï *7311*7
— Akk. cbhi s. OB (Mari) 011 (C'.AD E isa;
“to oppress thè poor witli falschoods and thc
AHw 1833). ropc.
needy when they plead their cause” (Isa 32:7);
PI IR ASP.OI.OGY Akk: ensa/muskena hahàlu “to oppress thè weak,”

1. (Phri) (measure with a ropc) *73113 I" 7 !!?, e.g., ana la hahàl cttsc stisur la le i “not to oppress
e.g., *73113 3KÍD Tj"! “and he (David) thè weak, to provide justice to thè powerless”
smote Moab and measured them with a rope” (C'AD H 4a 1); sa kahtu ana muskena la idukku u la
(2Sam 8:2). Cf. thè nominai hapax ÌTip *73PI ihahhiìu “so that a man of high ratik shall not kill
measuring rope (Zech 2:5); Akk: umandid chièstiti or oppress thè weak” (C'AD ibid.).
“he measured their extent” (C'.AD M 8a 4b). The verb Son “ damage” (Nipli al) is employed
The C'AD (E 1 sb) notes that “thè chiù measure once as thè antonym of □*7CE i “be whole” (Pu'al):
comprises six iku, i.e., 63,800 square meters or a*?©? Kin ni^P K-n iS> Soit -13-7*7 ra “ he who
about 14 acres.” disdams a precept will be damaged thereby, he
who respeets a command will be whole (i.e.,
In Man (ARM 7, 161:6) thè WSem. hapax forni
rewarded)” (Prov 13:13); note thè Akk. idiom
hahalutn “strap” is employed: 2 hahalu DU . SI. A
Intuita sullutnu “to repair (to make whole) thè
“2 straps of dusiì leather” (cf. AHw 17yb .: CDA
damage,” e.g., lui tin cnsutisunu musalìimu hihiltisun
98a; C'AD D 20ib, s.v. dusuA 2c(?)).
“who proteets (these cities) in their weakness,
restores thè damage they (suffered)” (C'AD H
i Son — Akk. hahalu B v. OA, OB 011 (C'AD H 6a; uSoa).
AHw 302a, s.v. hahàlu III). Akk. to borrow, assume
Note thè two occurrences of thè Can. Amarna
a financial obligation; Heb. to impound, seize a
forni huhulli (adj.) employed twice in thè idiom
pledge.
kima riqi ere!/siri huhhuli. (EA 292:47; 297:14).
As noted by Paul: “The Akkadian etymological While Izre’el acccpts Rainey’s rendering
equivalent of Heb. *7311, hahalu (verb) and huhullu “damage d” (i.e., 11*731-1), Morali (AL 335:4)
(noun), however, does not mean ‘to take a pledge’ understands thè lexeme to mean “debt” (i.e., I
or ‘distraint’. The verb means ‘to borrow, to *7311), thus rendering thè phrase as “like a pot
acquire 011 credit’, basically ‘to assume a financial held in debt.” Cf. Izre’el, IOS 8 (1978) 23.
obligation’. The noun huhullu referring to a '*>’ Cf. II *7311; BA Snn V.

dcbt...develops thè meaning ‘interest’ in Middle

and Neo-Babylonian_____thè Heb. verb *73n in
n Son = Akk. hahalu s. EA, SB, NB (for hahalu);
legai contexts is actually thè semantic equivalent
OAkk. on (C'AD II 3b; 1793; AHw 301 a; 344a).
of Akk. nepù ‘(to take persons [mostly women]
oppression, violence.
or animals as distress, pledge, to distraili)’, and
thè noun n*73n/*73n is equivalent to Akk. nipùtu DENOTATIVE

(‘distress’). In sum, *73n in all instances pcrtains to i. (Dc-112) “IUSJ3 nmpn nsr *6 q »*71 imp
thè seizure of property of thè debtor who has not pp? 73ni Sonn nxptp “ up and depart, this is no
L

paid his debt on time.” nesting place for an unclean thing, you do damage
Ili Paul, Amos, 85; Mankowski, 55—56. (to thè land) that is, grievous damage” (Mie 2:10);
 An Akkadian Lexical Comfanion for Biblical Hebrew

□ ,! ?3n//“PS “inisfortunc//calainity”: “13 il!23 institutionalized covenantal association between

isx? pbn? crbnn dtx irrbs? *én TjyT □•'y^n Judah and Israel, e.g., rbi? ah?! “inK |>y Tjb np
“how often is thc lamp of thè wicked snufìed out; rnnn 'inb] rnirrb “ take for you one
how often does misfortune come upon them? stick and write on it ‘[belonging| to Judah and to
how does He in his anger deal out calamities” thè Israelites associated with him’” (Ezek 37:16
(Job 21:17); Akk: tuba’ùnim imitati ana habàlim |twice|, 19; cf. also Judg 20:11). The C'AD (I/J
“they persecute thè countrics with violente” 7a) further maintains that “thè term occurs after
(CAI) H 3b; EA 60:16); hibilta ussi “misfortune thè OB period only 111 literary texts, mostly in
will disappear” (C’AI) H i8oa 4). hendiadys ibm u tappù. The translation ‘friend’

The WSem. forni habàìum is attested at Mari should be used only for thè latter, since ibm was
(ARM 7, 161, 6:2; AHw 30ib). originally devoid of emotional connotation.”
Ijr ( L II v. cf. nrnnnn.

nbSDn = Akk. habasillatu s. lex.* (CAI) H 8a; II “Oli = Akk. ubburu (*abàru III) v. OB 011 (AI lw
AHw 3033). fresh reed shoot. 4b). to bind magically.

DENOTA I I VE in Deut 1 8 : 1 1 -qn nnn is employed in sequencc

i. (i)eu2) nns “ blossom like a fresh with nrin “inni piyp nqop nop
reed shoot: (Isa 35:1); n-3K7ÌE7//TÌ“IC?n rb'ìm nix bc: “ an auger, a soothsayer, a diviner, a
CTpQffn “fresh reed shoot of Sharon//lily of thè sorcerer, one who casts spells, or one who consults
valleys” (SoS 2:1). ghosts or fimiliar spirits”; Isa 47:9: 3Ì3//
no^y?; Ps 58:6: ^“an “inin (//□,ts>ni7p).
I11 thè lexical list habasillatutn (= Sum. gi-se-dù) is
The thrice-attested biblical II “On is a magical temi
equated to lubsu sa C I . M F . S “thè covcring over reed
unrelated to Akk. habàru “to be noisy,” as maintained
(sprouts)” (C'AI) H 8a). Further, thè CAD (ibid.)
by Finkelstein, but is ratlier to be equated to thè
notes that thè “translation of habasillatu as ‘fresh
Akk. magical forni ubburu “to bind magically.”
shoot of reed’, based on a vocabulary passage,
Accordingly, I leld maintains that thè I leb. sequencc
seems also to fìt thè Heb. Ifbassclct, better than
and parallelism £ ]t?3//n3n (Isa 47:9,12) is to be
thè customary translation ‘meadow saffron’.”
equated both semantically and etymologically to
thè Akk. pair kussupu//ubburu “to cast a speli, bind
1311 = Akk. ibrti (ebru) s. OA, OB on (C'AD I/J sa; magically,” attested in thè Maqlù magical literature,
AHw 3 63 b). person of thè sanie status or profession, e.g., alsi baràritu qablitu u namàntu kassaptu ukassipanui
comrade. clc-nitu ubbiranni “I called thè first watch, thè middle
watch, and thè morning watch, because thè witch
In thè lexical lists and thè literary texts Akk. ibm
cast spells 011 me, thè sorceress bound me magically”
occurs alongside tappù “companion”; rii'u (= Fleb:
(Maqlù I 3—5). Held further suggests that in Isa 47:13
J?“!) “friend”; ahu (= Heb: !1K) “peer”; kinattu
□W , ’“!?h (which is parallel to □'OOÌ33 CTThn
“colleague”; talìmu “favorite brother” (C'AD I/J
“star-gazers,” i.e., “astrologcrs”) should be emended
S b lex. section; 6b C 2 ) .
to ero® ■’irin, following thè 1 )ead Sea Scrolls 1 Qlsa
The C'AI) (I/J 7b) notes that “thè word (ibru)
and Ibnjanah.
denotes an institutionalized relationship between
free persons of thè sanie status or profession that ( I l Finkelstein, JML 75 (1956) 328-31; Cohen, 139;
entailed acceptance of thè sanie code of behavior Held, LI 16 (1982) 78-79; Sperling, Hallo Irst., 225
29.
and an obligation of mutuai assistance.”
In light of this specific Akk. denotation,
it seems that Ezekiel uses thè noun V13D to I "^50 = Akk. hibrit s. Mari (C'AD H 181 a). clan,
echo a politicai technical term that denotes an tribe.

99
rrnn
t : v
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

As defined by Malamat, Mari hibru(m), Heb. “ D i i “is Tin = Akk. ededu v. OB 011 (C’AD E 243; AHw
a smaller tribai division...the hibru(m) was a separate 18sa). to be or become pointed (Cï-stcm), act
union of families closely linked together witbin thè quickly (D-stem, Pi'el).
larger unit of thè clan or tribe. Possibly we may
denot a livi ;
conclude from this that thè temi hibm(m) = heber was
c(l)en2) (to be/become pointed): b.T“0
used specifically to indicate an association of wandering
msn ‘32 “irr trrxi in; bnro “as i ron sharpens
families that had been drawn into closer union as a
iron, so a man sharpens thè wit of a friend” (Prov
rcsult of their nomadic status.” Later *hibr carne to be
27:17); Akk. appaia kima sillim cd “if thè tip is as
applied to a variety of associations (e.g., 1311
pointed as a needle” (CAD E 24H 1).
“association of priests” [Hos 6:9]). I lowever, in its
2. (I)eii2) (to act quickly) (1 leb. Pi'el hapax):
originai usage, it appears to have been part of a tribai
’nn/Abp “be swift//be qmck”: □‘'‘1930 ìbpi
temnnology such as s 3j?n “OD “thè association of thè
nny ok-tq nm voio “ their horses are swifter
Kcnites” (Judg 4:17,21; 5:24).
than leopards, fleeter than wolves of thè plain”
IlIIMalamat, JAOS 82 (1962) 144-46. (Hab 1:8); Akk: (only in OB), e.g., uddidma àìam
GN ana pau àlim G N epui “1 quickly conquered
Ili "150 = Akk. huburu s. SB (CAI) H 22ob; AHw GN, opposite C N ” (CAD E 24b Mari).
352b). noise. cf. itps, in.

DENOTATI Vii

i.(Den2) 1311 n’2 “noisy house” (Prov "Ili = Akk. eddu adj. OB* (CAD E 23b; AHw

21 :97 /25 :24 ), e.g., nma 33 ras bv nia 18sa), pointed.

“Qn rVOI D'Tnf? “dwelling in thè corner of thè denotativi ;

roof is better than a contentious wife and noisy 1. (I)eu2) (said of a sword) (Isa 49:2; Fzek 5:1;
house”; Akk. ki ia niic dadmc hubuiina clika imtarsu Ps 57:5; Prov 5:4); Akk. (said of horns): iwwarka
“when thè din of thè inhabitants becomes painful Zabàbu eddam qarnin “in thè rear (goes) Zababu,
to you” (CAD h 221 a). (thè one) with pointed horns” (CAD E 23b).
Finkelstein was first to recognize thè equation C.f. nn v., lips.
of Heb. “inn employed twice 111 thè idiom ITO
“i?n to thè Akk. substantive huburu “noise” and mn = Akk. Ijadu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 2sb; AHw
thè verb habàru “to be noisy, make noise.” Held 307b). to be happy (intrans., Cì-stem, Qal); to make happy
accepted Finkelstem’s solution only in thè Proverbs (trans., D-stem [always with libbu or kabattu|, Pi'el).
passages. Finkelstein’s equation was supported by
Cohen, who pointed out that Akk. habàru “to de;not ati vi;

make noise” can be used in conjunction with, and 1. (1)cti2) (intransitive) inn" 1 IIT] “andjethro
respect to, bitu “house,” e.g., ina musini ayumtna rejoiced” (Exod 18:9); Akk. atta ckallim ina alàkiiu
lahanna issukiumma killi bit bcliya ihburma “somconc awilum ihaddu “he will be happy when he goes to
threw a bottle at him during thè night and made thè palace” (CAD H 26a c).
clamor in thè house of my lord” (C'ohen, 139). 2. (i)en2) (transitive) nx nnpÉ;? innnr
C'ohen concludes “that thè meaning of “1311 HO you gladdened him with thè joy of your
must be connected with OSO ‘anger’” (ibid.). presence” (Ps 21:7); Akk: ina sattukkc deiiàti
Finkelstein likewise calls attention to thè LH libbaiun uhadt “I pleased them with abundant
nnnn “ noise,” thè reverberation of thè shofiir (b. offerings” (CAD H 27b 5, Ludlul).
(jí' c:f. nnn.
Yom. i9b;Jastrow, 33ob).
(Il Finkelstein, JBL 75 (1956) 328-31; C'ohen, 139;
Held, F,I 16 (1982) 78-79. nini! = Akk. hidutu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD FI 1833;
cf. 11 mn v. Al lw 344b). joy.

100
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew nin
PUR ASLOI.OGY and time. Akk. uddusu is frequently used with ilu,
1. (Phri) ’H miri “joy of thc Lord” (Noli “to restore/repair an image of a god.”
8:10); Akk: [lidùtu sa Until “joy of Enlil,” e.g., tini ^ cf. enn.
liidutu sa lìnlil...bissa lumalli hidùtam liskun “(thè
eighth day) is a day of rejoicings, (day) of Enlil,
5^nn = Akk. cssu adj. OA, OB on (C’AI) E 374b;
...let him fili his house (with food and drink and)
AHw 2s8b). new.
make merry” (CAI) H iH^h d).

DENOTATI Vi; pi 1 r an ho i og y

2. (Dona) iop!33 ninni ri? ns1? nnni nin 1. (Pliri) (new house) 2HI1 n’3 (Deut 20:5;
“glory and majesty are before him, strength and 22:8); Akk: bitu cssu, e.g., anumma ustcbilakku
joy are 111 his place” (iChr 16:27; cf. also Neh sulmàna sa biti essi “1 have sent you a present for thè
8: io); Akk., e.g., ùmisani sukun hidùtam uni u musi new house” (CAD E 374b); KTjn n'3 n33 (Deut
sur u mclil “give a festival (i.e., joyous occasion) 20:5; 22:8); Akk: bita essa bariti (C'AI) ibid.).
every day, dance and play day and night” (CAI) 2. (Phr2) (new garment) ntónn nabp “new
H 1 S 3 b d). garment” (iKgs 11:29,30); Akk: 2 TÚG labcru
Cf. mn v; BA nnn. sa niqiàtc 1 cssu 1 labcru “2 garments for making
sacrifices, 1 new, 1 old” (CAD li 375b d).

"IID :: hidru s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 139:8). Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. hiddasu “renewal,
yard, room. inauguration” i.e., ina unii [fidasi Dagan “011 thè
day of thè renewal of Dagan” (Emar 446:99'; see
As noted by Pentiuc (2001:67), Huchnergard Pentiuc 2001:65-66).
relates thè Emarite sub. to I leb. n~in “room” (cf.
Note also Akk. cdsu > cssu.
also ph., and Pun.).
,tf' Cf. t!Hn V.

Ì"^"7D Akk. hadasscitu s. syn list* (C'AD H 22b;

—
5^"in = Akk. edesu v. OA, OB 011 (CAI) E 30I1;
AHw 3073). bride.
AHw 1 86b). to be new, make new (Cì-stem), restare
(Pi'el, l)-stem); renew oneself (Hitpael, Dt-stem). The once employed nominai phrase nttnn nE?X
lit. “(a new) wife” i.e., “a bride,” (Deut 24:5)
pi irasi;oi oc Y
is found in thè Akk. syn. list Malku Li73 as
1. (Pliri) (said of structurcs, cities) n'3 EHI! hadassatu and equated with kallatu “bride.” The
n “rcstore/renovate thè House of thè Lord” (2 sub. is considered by thè CAD as “Possibly a
chr 24:4,i2)/nnn ni? »nn “ restore/renovate WSem. lw.”
thè ruined cities” (Isa 61:4); Akk: bita/ckurra/ i£> ' Cf. Enn.
esreta/ckalla uddusu “to restore templc/shrine/
sanctuary” (C’AI) E 3 ia 2).
2. (Phr2) (said of rulership) nplbp CHIl Un = Akk. hádii v. SB lex. (C'AD H 28a; AHw
“establish kingship anew” (iSam 11:14); Akk: 342b). to make an enigmatic utterance.
lirik ba\ldssu\ litedis palusu “may his life be long, Il I Held, Iwry Irst., 93-96; Lambert, AR) 19 (1959/60)
his reign renewing itself’ (C’AI) E 32b 3). 58; 11 127-29.
3. (Phr2) (to renew oneself |Akk. l)t-stem, ,j>' c:f. rrrn.
Heb. Hitpa el|) 'Dnií) n©3? EHnnn “so that
your youth is renewed like thè eagle’s” (Ps
*93:5); \ba\latam sa kima Sui imrhisam ùteddisu “a nin = Akk. haliinu s. SB (CAD H 3ob, 1843; AHw
life that renews itself constantly every month like 3o8b). thorny plant or hush.
thè 1110011” (CAI) E 32b 3).
DIÍNO TATIVi;
Enn is used alsowith thè land, thè human spirit, 1. (Den2) nin//ffin(2p “thistles//bramble”

101
 nDin An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
T

nini ttfiBj? □“'TP “thorns, thistles and bramblc” TTn — Akk. huziru s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 266a;
(Isa 34:13; Hos y:6); Akk. hahinu occurs in two AHw 362b). pig.
lexical lists and in a broken context.
DL.NO I ATI Vi;
The CAI) suggests hahwu may be related to
hihiniì, possibly a weapon with sharp protrusions. i. (Dc-112) l'tnrnc? pork (Isa 65:4, 66:17); Akk:
summa huziru la ihabberu “if thè pigs do not get
fat” (CAD H 266a).
nain :: Akk. humitu s. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD H
234b). (city) wall. In thè Akk. syn. list Malku (V 45), huziru is
equated to thè standard Akk. word saliti “pig”
denotativi ; (CAD I I 266a lex. section).
i. (Dena) LA 141:44 (let. Beirut): e.g., “well IÍI] Mankowski, 56- 57.
watched is thè city” u dùrsi (gloss: humitu) adi
itnuru 2 ina “and its wall (stretchcs) as far as two
pTFI = Akk. esqu adj. SB* (CAD E 36711; AHw
eyes can see” (C'AD ibid.).
2573). strong, massive.
As noted by Barker and followed by C'ohen,
“humitu ‘wall’ is thè older forili of thè Hebrew Akk. esqu is employed in a building context,
nipin, whicli occurs also in Pr. 1:21 (instead of e.g., ina esqi ahnàti sadi danni assèsti addi “I laid
thè MT nrpn read ni’Qil ‘walls’ with LXX)” its foundation upon massive (blocks) of hard
as well as in Phoenician, Moabite and Ugaritic. quarried stone.” In thè syn. list Malku (I 37f.)
Note also thè use of thè phonetic variant hàmitu esqu is equated to thè more commonly employed
in Ugaritic (PRU III, RS 16.<86:4; CAD H 234^ words paghi and damiti “strong, massive” (CAD lì
Sivan, 1977:47—48). 36711 lex. section).
( I l Barker, 41; C'ohen, 90:226.
NCDÌl = Akk. hatù v. OB 011 (C'AD H 1 s6b; AHw

= Akk. hàsu A v. OB 011 (C'AD H 1463; AHw 337b). to sin, miss.

343a), to rusli. cognati ; accusativi ;

PI IRASKOLOG Y 1. (CA) (to conunit a sin) nXESn Xtpn (Exod

1. (Phr2) (to rusli to one’s aid) ~~'vb ©in, 32:31; Lev 4:28; 1 Kgs ii>: 1 y; Ezek 33:16 and

e.g., rroin ti-to1? 'n “ O Lord, rush to my aid” (Ps passim); Akk: Ijita hatù, e.g., sa hi tu ihttì tagammilsu

40:14; cf. also Ps 20:20; 38:23; 71:12); Akk: e.g., atta “you pardon Inni who has committed a sin

ana Ràhili Insamma idani iziz “rush to Babylon and against you” (C'AD I I I 57b).

come to our aid!” (C'AD H 146I-1). di -notati vi;

2. (Phr2) (in military context) ìETnn 3“lKn 2. (Den 1) (referring to violation of a treaty or
ninan bx ì£d©s , i “ one anibush quickly deployed oath), e.g., Tris nx n?» □?] K£n “I srael
against Gibeah” (Judg 20:37; c f- also Num 32:17); transgressed; they have broken my covenant”
Akk: e.g., Madà’a ki...iljisamma C,N issahtu “after (Josh 7:11); Akk: itta tàhti hatù “to sin against
thè Mede carne rushing and captured thè city goodness”: adè rahàti sa Assur la tiissuru iiih-tiì ina
C,N” (CAD H 146b b). tàhti Assurhatiipal “we have not kept thè great
oaths (sworn by) Assur, we sinned against thè
goodness of Assurbanipal”; ina adc hatù “to sin
nrn :: hazeti s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 36y:86;
against an oath” (CAD H 1 57b); sa ina adc Assur...
31^4:42-43). breasts (of animai).
ihtuma ibhalkitu ittiya “who sinned against thè
Not unlike Emar hazeti, I leb. ìlTn is attested oaths (sworn by) Assur...and revolted against me
solely in reference to sacrificed animals, 111 Exod (Sargon II)” (CAD ibid.).
2(9:26-27; Lev 8:2y. See Pentiuc 2001:62-63. 3. (i)en2) (to miss) rniré;n bx vbp nr bs

102
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew
TT"

NtprP fcòl “every one of them (thè Benjamimtes) 2. (Deli 1) (death of a sinner) *73 ini»; l'ina
could sling a stone at thè hair and not miss” (Judg 'SS? 'XEn “all thè sinners of my people shall die by
20:16); Akk: ayamma ul ihti edu suina ul uraddi ina thè sword” (Amos 9:10; cf. also Ps 104:35); Akk:
muhhi “he omitted none, nor did he add a single e.g., hati ina kakkë iddàk “(he is) a sinner, he will
line” (CAI) H 1 573). be killed in battle” (CAD ibid.).
ij?' cf. xon .san mm. In EA* thè forni hatù (= Heb: XtDin, Isa 65:20;
Ecc 9:2,1 8) is employed, e.g., anàku arad ketti sarri
NQn = Akk. hitu (hittu) s. OB on (C3A1 ) H 2ioa; 11 la arnàku 11 la hàtàku “I ani a faithfi.il servant of
AHw 3503). sin. thè king, not a criminal or a sinner” (C'AD H
1 59a, EA 254:12; 253:17 lets. Shechem).
cognate accusativi ;
'-s Cf. son v. Kt?n .nsen.
1. (CA) Stpn KB!!; Akk: luta hatù “to commit
a sin” (see xen v.).
(nxisn) nxsn = Akk. hititu s. ob on (c:ad h
PI IRASEOI OGY
2o8b; AI lw 35°a). Akk. damage, negligence, defect,
2. (Phn) (death penalty) nii? KEPI (Deut sin; Heb. sin.
22:26); Akk: hi tu ana innate, e.g., sa hitasùni ana
innate qabùni sarru beli ubtallissu “thè king has SEQUENCING

pardoned even him whose crimes cali for (thè !.(Seq2) nXQni »©31 Ili? “iniquity,
penalty of) death” (C'AD H 21 ih). transgression and sin” (Exod 34:7); Akk: arnu hitu
3. (Phri) (there is 110 sin |in legai context]): gillatu “crime, sin, and transgression” (CAI) H
Ktpn l’K “there is no sin (of death)” (Deut 22:26); 2iob 4); arnu gillatu hititu “crime, transgression
Akk: hi tu yànu (in NA); hi tu lassù (in MA) (MAL, and siti” (CAD H 209!! 5).
A 16). piiraseoi.ogy
4. (Phr2) (grave offense) □“’bn? □ , 'KBn 2. (Phr2) (to commit a sin) nxïïn H27S; (e.g.,
“grave offenses” (lìce 10:4); Akk: hitu dannu, e.g., Num 5:6; Iizek 18:21; 2Kgs 24:3); Akk: liitita
la hitu dannu Ulti “he did not commit a scrious epcsu “to commit a crime/sin” (CAD fj 209b 5;
crime” (CAD 11 21 ib); hittu dannu ana DN ahtu AHw 35oa 3).
“I committed a grave sin against DN” (CAD LI 3. (Phr2) (to erase a sin) nXQD HllQ (jer
21 1 a).
18:23; La 44:22; Ps 109:14; Neh 3:37); Akk: hitlta
5. (Phr2) (to suffer punishment, bear guilt) pasàsu, e.g., hitàtusu liptassisa “may his mistakes be
X£3il XK73 (Num 9:13; Lev 19:17; 22:9; Isa 53:12 cancelled” (CAD H 209b b).
and passim); Akk: (NB only) hi tei zabàlu, e.g., 4. (Phr2) (to forgive a sin) /nXtpn Kfcj/nbo
hitu sa sarri izabbil “he will suffer thè punishment nXQil “forgive/pardon asm” (Lev 19:22; 1 Kgs 8:36;
(imposed for such a crime) by thè king” (C'AD 2Chr 6:25,27/Exod 10:17; 1 Sani 15:25; Ps 25:18);
H 2 1 1 b 6c). Akk: hitita patàru/sùtuqu “to pardon/remove sin,
Cf. NEriv. san .nsan, crime,” e.g., putrì ami serti pillati u hititi “pardon
my crime, my misdeed, my sin and my mistake”

KEPI* = Akk. hatti’u (hattù) s. SB, NB* (CAD H (CAD I I 209b b). Note that Akk: hitita sùtuqu “to
1 53b; AHw 337a). sinner. remove (lit. to cause to pass) sin” is thè semantic
equivalent of Heb: nXÏÏPI "13?H “forgive (lit. cause
de:no 1 a 11 ve: to pass) sin” (2Sam 12:13).
i.(l)em) (sinner not succeeding) □‘'KCni 5. (Phr2) (to forget a sin) bN.-nW? niKÈn
n~IÌ73 “thè sinners (will not succeed)... “DITI “do not to remember thè sins...of my youth”
in thè assembly of thè nghteous” (Ps 1:5); Akk: (Ps 25:7); Akk: hita masti, e.g., limmasa hitátiia “may
e.g., [latti la issir “(he is) a sinner, he will have no my mistakes be forgotten” (*CAD M 401 a c).
success” (CAD I I 1 53b). ^ cf. Ntsn v., stpn .sen.
ntsn
7 *
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Heiìrfw

non = Akk. uttatu (untatu) s. OAkk. on (AHw stick, branch, twig” (CAD H 2f>sa lex. section).

I44ób). barley. In NA* thè term sa hutàri denotes an “officiai”

(of thè palace) (CAD H 265^. In BH “IBÌl is
si; QU UNCINO attested twice: in Isa 1 1 : 1 "itpn is parallel to “I2S3,
i. (Seq2) HEn “wbeat and barley” meaning “shoot//twig”; in Prov 14:3 thè 1101111 is
(Deut 8:8; Isa 28:25; Jer 41:8; Ezek 4:9 and metaphorically utilized in thè hapax idiom “ICSil
passim); ni2D3 111311 “wheat - emmer” (Hxod niX? “rod of haughtiness.”
9:32); Akk: uttatu - se’u “barley - grain” (CAD
S 3 50a b’-c’); uttatu - kutiàsu “barley - emmer”
•’n :: *hayyu adv. EA*; WSem. gloss (C'AD I I 32b).
(AHvv 144i>b 4).
alive.
Note thè Emarite sub. hittu (<*hintat) “barley”
DliNOTATI Vi;
i.e., Balih sa lutti “(god) Balih of thè barley” (Emar
378:43'; 373:158'; see Pentiuc 2001:70). 1. (1 )eii2) EA 245:3—7: summami yipusumi itami
sa sarri belimi u niksudumnii Labaya u baftànumma
(gloss: hayyama) nubbaìussu ana sarri belimi “if thè
□CDn = Akk. hatàmu v. SB* (CAD I I 1 52b; AHw
gods of thè king, our lord, grant that we capture
3 3ób). to muzzle.
Labaya, then we will bring bini alive to thè king
The Heb. hapax DEH! in Isa 48:9 in parallelism our lord” (let. M eggido).
with thè expression “TpXn “relax thè face The forni hayyama (in Aniarna) is thè adjective
(lit. make thè face long),” i.e., “to be paticnt,” used as an adverbial accusative. For a case ending
may well be a loanword from Akk. hatàmu “to in Aniarna, cf. EA 264:18 rùsunu (nominative);
muzzle,” e.g., assu hatàm pi mustarhi “in order
245:35; baditi (genitive); hayyama (accusative).
to muzzle thè mouth of thè insolent” (CAD H
IH Barker, 38; Marcus, JSS 17 (1972) 76-82.
152b). As noted by Cruber, Akk. hatàmu “to
muzzle” “always takes a concrete object.” He
thus concludes that DtpnX 111 Isa 48:9 is best nTn = Akk. hittu (<*hidtu) s. lex.* (C'AD IJ 2o8b,
taken as an ellipsis for ’S Dipnx “i muzzle my s.v. hittu C; AIIw 350a, s.v. hittu II). utterance,
mouth for you.” Accordingly, Isa 48:9: 'O© ]2ÌQ l7 riddle.
■^rr-pn T‘rr‘7 "b atpnx TibniT) “‘isa may
I Ield asserts that “biblical scholarship has hitherto
be rendered: “for my sake I shall relax my face
overlooked thè fact that thè Akkadian substantive
(i.e., be paticnt) and for my glory I shall muzzle
hittu ( <*hidtu) and thè verb hàdu(<hiàdu) may shed
my mouth for you, so as not to destroy you.”
some light on thè problem under consideration.
UH Cruber, 504-6.
In fact, one may surmise that we are confronted
Cf. Akk. fluttimmu “muzzle, snout” (CAD H 26sb;
here with a case where thè Akkadian and Hebrew
AI Iw 362I1).
vocables are bound to elucidate one another.
“Itpn = Akk. hutàru A s. NA, NB* (CAD FI 2653; While there is no denying that hittu and hàdu are
AHw 3Ó2b). Akk. stick, sacred staff; Heb. rod, attested, for thè most part, 111 lexical texts, thè fact
branch, or twig. remains that thè meaning of our Akkadian vocables
Akk. hutàru is attested mainly in thè NB literary can be ascertamed with a fair degree of certainty.”
texts as meaning “sacred staff,” always employed Thus, 111 thè lexical text Izi Tablet V:31 — 33:
with thè divine determinative, e.g., Ahutàri itti I.B1.LU = hittu; I.BI.LU = tëltu; l.lil.LU.DUC.C.A
sipirtu sa bcliya lillikamma ina clcppi fusib “let thè = liiàdu. The CAD and AHw understand hittu
sacred staff come here with thè message of my and hàdu as denoting “utterance” and “to make
lord and be set down 011 thè ship” (CAD H 2ósa an utterance” respectively. “It stands to reason,
2). In thè lexical lists, hutàru denotes a stick and is however, to assume that thè meaning of vocables
equated to thè standard Akk. word hattu “scepter, may be more precisely defmed as ‘riddle’ and ‘to

104
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

make an enigmatic utterance’ respcctively. This been with you—your ewes and your she-goats
assumption gains nmeh in probability when it is never miscarried, tior did I myself consume thè
realized thè thè sequencc I.BI.LU = hittu, tei tu is rams from your flock” '33X 'nian fcÒ nETlC?
he equated to thè Hebrew ITITI - ‘proverb T12331 av TD33 rropan 'td (nsco^nsi) nstsnx
- riddle’ attested fi ve times in Biblical Hebrew” ‘thè ones fallen prey to wild beasts I did not
(Ezek 17:2; Hab 2:6; 1^49:5; 78:2; Prov 1:6). Held charge to you (lit. bring to you)—I myself made
further maintains that “Sumerian i-bi-lu dug -ga good thè loss, you exacted it of me, whether it was
(= Ijitïdu) may be literally rendered into Akkadian
snatched by day or by night” (Cìen 3 1:38—40).
as *hitta qabA. Since Sumerian i-bi-lu and dug -ga
IH Loewenstainm, Lesotictiu 29 (1965) 69-70; Finkel-
equal Akkadian hittu and qahù respcctively, such
sR'in, JAOS 88 (1968) 30-36.
a rendering can hardly be off thè mark. Thus, thè
Cf. BA mn.
Akkadian hiàdit — *hitta qahù calls to mind thè
semantically equivalent Hebrew expression “P3n
ÌTTO” (Judg 14:12,14-17,19). I = Akk. hálu B v. MB 011 (CAD H ssa; AHw
(Il Held, hvry Irst., 93-96. 3 14b). to tremble.
'-»• Cf. mn v.
DENOTATIVE

1. (Doni) (said of desert, sea, land), i.e., bip

C'ir = Akk. Initu (hiàtu) v. OB and MA 011 (CAI) H b'tT 'H “thè thunder of thè Lord caused
1 59a; AHw 337b). Akk. to watch over, investigate, thè wilderness to tremble” (Ps 29:8); ITS
pay; Heb. to pay, make good a loss. nírann “th e waters saw you and
shook, thè very deep quaked as well” (Ps. 77:17);
Heb. ìl3C?nX in Cìen 3 1:39 was historically derived
pxn bnrn “thè earth saw and trembled”
by both medieval and modern scholars as a Pi'el
(Ps 97:4); Akk: e.g., [sa ina rigitn] pisu...\itarraru\
from thè root XQn “to miss.” I lowever, in 1965,
Loewenstamm seems to have been thè first to qerbctu ihilu scrii “at whose thundering.. .thè fields

equate thè Heb. lexeme to Akk. hdtu (not hatù = tremble, thè plain shakes” (CAI) H ssa); sumki
Heb. Ktpn), thus deriving thè forili from thè root gal tu ina samc izakkartna ersctim ihàl “he pronounces
Q'n, revocalizing thè word as n3B , 'nK in Qal “I shall your awe-inspiring name in heaven and thè earth
pay for it (thc loss).” Three years later Finkelstein shakes” (CAD H ssa lex. section); Heb: ipfcO
demonstrated that Jacob’s episode bclongs to □nn l'rrr ‘ ‘thè mountains see You and tremble”
Mesopotamian ora common ancient Near Eastern (Hab 3:10); Akk: e.g., ana tlh tàhazisu danni tupqàtc
cultural background concerning liability for thè ultanapsaqa il/dù sadtitii “at his mighty onslaught 111
loss ofherds. It is of interest to cite thè following battle thc ends of thè world are Iliade uneasy, thè
OB text translated by Finkelstein “92 ewes, 20 mountains quiver” (CAD H 5sa a).
rams, 22 breeding lambs, 24 |spring(?)| lambs, 2. (Dem) (said of humans), i.e., tremble>fear
33 she-goats, 4 male goats, which Sinsamuh has (e.g., 1 Sani 3 1:3;Jer 5:3,22); Akk: e.g., u tilfilù \ina
entrusted to Dada thè shepherd. He (i.e., Dada) pa\ni sarri bcliya “and they tremble before thè king,
assumes liability (therefore) and will replace any my lord” (CAD H s.Sa b; E A; let. Palestine).
lost (animals). Should Nidnatum, his (i.e., Dada’s)
Note thè WSem. forni halli “I fear” employed
shepherd boy, absent himself, he (i.e., Nidnatum)
in a Byblos let. fr. Kàmid-cl-Lòz. Cf. Arnaud,
will bear responsibility for any (consequent) loss,
Semitica 40 (1991) 11:12; Heuhnergard, ZA 86
(and) Dada will measure out 5 kòr of barley.”
(1996) 97-1 13.
The Akk. expression atta luti izaz “he will
be responsible for any loss” would then be thè
equivalent of thè Heb. hapax n3C? , 'nX “I (Jacob),
myself, made good thè loss.” The Jacob episode II b' i n = Akk. Ijàlu C' (hialu) v. SB; Aram. lw. (C^Al)
then reads: “It is now twenty years that I have II 5 5 il ; AI lw 342b, s.v. halli II). to be in labor.

105
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

parai i i i isM 189b).

ì.(Pari) (pregnant//in lahor) b'n//Tl~)'n, cf. b’n.
e.g., irbrin? pyrri ‘rnn rn1?1? rrnpn rnn io?
“like a pregnant women approaching cliild birtli
^Tl = Akk. hi'àlu (hiydlu) s. NB; Aram. lw. (AHw
in labor pain and screaming in her pangs” (Isa
342a). troops.
26:17,18); Akk: (said of cows): cria ariate ilfìla
hayyàlàte “became pregnant, began to labor” UH von Soiien, Or. 35 (i9<X') > 0

(CAD IJ 55 a).

Pilli. ASEOI OGY nnn = Akk. haku v. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD H
2. *7Ìp, e.g.,
(Phr2) (labor screams) ìlbiPI 3 3b). to wait.
rnooa? (ni?) rns •'risa© ròin? Vip “i bear DENOTATIVE
a scream as one 111 travail, anguish cry as of a
1. (i)en2) 123^1 nia 1 ? apnon “ they wait
woman hearing her first child” (Jer 4:31); Akk:
for death but it docsn’t come” (Job 3:21); Akk.
(said of a cow), e.g., atta ikkillisa ana rigitn hàlisa
(hapax): rabbùtitnma ihakku “thè influential men
“at her (thè cow’s) cries, at her screams of labor”
are waiting” (C3AD H 33b); la\ma hayaru] iqqattala
(CAD il 5.sa).
u nis ilim issakkanu hikc\nia\ sa ittikunu ibasse
Although thè CAD lists thè verb liàlu 111 two qihenimma luw\ass\er “before thè jenny is killed
different entries, considering thè verbs as and thè oath of thè gods is said wait and teli me
homonyms, in light of thè usage of thè Heb. what’s (new) with you” (ARM 26/2, No. 404:
one may suggest that Akk. halli B and hàlu 30:48).
C are etymologically and semantically related.
As noted by thè CAD, “translation based on Heb.
Namely, Heb. i 7'n has thè following semantic
hikka ‘to wait’.”
development: i.e., “shake, tremble > be in labor
pain” (i.e. “to shake, tremble as a result of labor
pain”). cf. rnbr? ‘rry/rnin “ trembling//lit. adj. <> Akk. ekclu v. OB, SB (CAD E 6 4 a;
thè shaking of a woman in child birth” (Ps 48:7) > AHw i93b). to be dark.
“to fear, i.e., tremble as result of fear” (e.g., 1 Sani
PI 1 R AS LO LOG Y
31:3; Jer 5:3,22). Accordingly, although thè Akk.
i. (Pliri) (BH Hapax) (be dark (said of eyes])
verb Min B (CAD II 5 sa) originally connoted “to
j’j? + b?n, e.g., nbno d^e; a'Yv, ' i 7 , ' l 7?n
tremble, fear,” halá C, not unlike BH ^TI, has thè
sanie extended semantic development, “to be in “bis (Judah’s) eyes are darker than wine, his teeth
wlnter than milk” (Gen 49:12); Akk: inàsu eklà
labor pani.”
(j? '
“his eyes are dark” (AHw 193b).
cf. ‘rn.
Cohen notes that thè “semantic relationship
between BH , ' i 7' t ?3n adj. and Akkadian ekclu
S'n = Akk. Iitlù s. (pi. tantum) NA, SB* (CAD H
‘to be dark’ (they surely may be etymologically
iHga; AHw 346,1). labor pains.
related assuming a root hkl) is then dependent
DINO 1 Alivi. upon whether or not ekclu is attested with similar
i.(Dem) rrfpi’? “labor pam like a usage. While ekclu is indeed attested with ititi ‘eye’
woman in childbirth” (Jer 6:24; 22:23; 50:43; Mie and other related substantives such as patiti ‘face’,
4:9; Ps 48:7); Akk: e.g., sinnistu sa hiliisa dannu both contextual elcments, darkness of eyes and
“woman whose labor pains are great” (CAD II wine, fìtul their closest parallel in thè following
1 8ya lex. section); ina urne hiluya ctarpíi paniya//ina Akkadian text utilizing thè more common verb
urne ulàdiya ittakrima cnàya “has my face become salàmu, e.g., ser karànu santi sa màsti salrnu sa\nis...\
dark 011 thè day of my labor//have my eyes been satns sa masaksu ana karànu niaslu (it is called)
closed on thè day of my giving birth?” (CAD H ‘wine-snake’ either because its eyes are black or
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion for Biblical Hebrew

or because its skin is (colored) like wine.’ thè li-h correspondence and thè fact that Ijilpu
Since thè semantic range of such verbs as salarmi and halàb/pii occur only a few times in thè Neo-
and ekclu is indeed similar to that of BI I ,i 7'' t 70n, Assyrian period alongside thè regular Akkadian
th ere is no reason whatever to reject thè suggested word for milk, sizbu. That Ijilpu is a synonym
comparison.” of sizbu is also shown by thè plant—list Uruanna
IH C'ohen, )ANES 19 (1989) 15—16. II: 50, 451, where thè adjectives hilabànu and
,jf' c:f. sizbdnu “milk yielding” are equated (see C'AD
H 184 and AHw 345). Note also thè opinion of
Landsberger (Date Palm, 15 11. 42) concerning thè
= Akk. ikletu s. OB 011 (CAI) I/J 6ob;
denominative verb haldb/pu to milk: “Ijalàbu ‘to
AHw 19Sb). darkness.
milk’ (CAD H 36, AHw 309) is late and probably
DENOTATIVE
not genuine.”

1. (I)en3) (BH Hapax) CTrSJ IH von Soden, Or. 35 (1966) 11; C'ohen, 88:211;

“darkness of thè eyes” (from wine drinking) (Prov Tawil, lìcit Mikra 151 (1997) 398-92.
23:29); Akk. lihbut iklelam...digilsu limti “may he
grope through thè darkness, may his eyesight fail” rÒn = Akk. halli v. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD 54a;
(CAD I/J 60 b). AHw 3 14b, s.v. haltì III), to be sick.
,jr Cf.
DENOTATIVE

i. (1 )en2) Akk. (hapax): nestu sibat u haldt

□3n = Akk. hakdmu v. NA (CAD H 32b; AHw “lioness old and sick” (C'AD H 54a).
309a). Akk: to understand; Heb. to be/become
The standard Akk. verb for “to be sick” is
wise.
ma ras 11.
PARAITEI.ISM ,jr ■ C.f. fi?: v.
1. (Den2) i ??s?n//cpn “ make wise//gain
insight” (Ps 119:98—99); Akk: lamàdu//hakàmu
'bn (n;bn v ‘) = Akk. hullu A s.fr. OB 011; Sum.
ayù lem ili qirib sanie ilarnmad milik sa zanunze
lw. (CAD I I 229-30; AI lw 354a; CDA 1 ujb). ring-
ihakkim marniti “who knows thè will of thè gods shaped object.
in heaven? who understands thè plans of thè
underworld gods?” (BWL 40:36-37, Ludlul). ^0 (masc.), n^bn* (fem.) and □‘'iÒn (pi.) are
traditionally rendered by thè generai noncommital
The CAD notes “originally not a WSem. lw. but
nouns “ornament,” “jewelry.” Pope (AB7C
perhaps revived in NA under Aram, influence”
617) states: “111 Arabie thè root hly is used in
(CAD H 3 3b).
thè generai sense of ‘adorn’ and ‘adornment’,
without implication of curvature or rotundity.
— Akk. Ijilpu s. NA*; WSem. lw. (C'AD H Thus it seems best to choose a generai terni like
i87a; AI Iw 345b). milk. jewels’ or ‘ornaments’.” C]1)A understands hullu
as denoting a ring-shaped object, with its usage as
PUR ASEOLOGY
a “neck ring,” “ring (011 a door),” and “ring (of
i. (Pliri) (to give milk) H3n3 3*711 CTÍ2
forti fìcations).”
“he asked for water, she ofFered milk” (Judg
The terni is associated twice with uose-
5:25); Akk: sa kal urne hilpaka addati “all day I give
rings or earnngs: nn^ni HipT? “decked
you milk” (CAD H i87a).
with earritigs and torques (she would go after
As noted by C'ohen, both Ijilpu ami its denominative her lovers)” (Hos 2:15; Prov 25:12). In light
verb haìdb/pu may possibly be loanwords from of thè Akk. usage it seems best to translate thè
Northwest Semitic hlb milk. This would explam Heb. nouns as “necklace” or “torque” (such is
b'bn
•T An Akkadian Lexical Companion i-or Biblical Hebrew

also thè rendering of thè LXX hormiskos “collar, AHw 20sa). Akk. a precious stone; Heb. flint.
necklace”).
See ‘pntfm.
In Prov. 25:12 this piece of jewelry is attested
as havingbeen made out of“gold” (QH3); 111 Akk.
texts it is attested as having been made of gold ^11 = Akk. halàpu v. OB on (CAD H 3 sa; AHw
or silver, and, at times, encrusted with precious 3ioa). Akk. to slip in/through, cover; Heb. to pass
stones. on/away/through, change.

I* I I k A N LO L OC Y

= Akk. hàlilu 13 adj., SB (CAD H 4 2a; AI lw 1. (Phr2) (to change a garment) ^n/^nn
31 ib). Akk. piping; I leb. flute, pipe. “eh auge mantle/garment” (Gen
35:2; 41:14; 2Sam 12:20; Ps 102:27); Akk: ìubusa/
While thè semantic equivalent of Heb. V 1 ?!! is
ualjlapta halàpu “to be dressed with a garment,”
thè Akk. substantive tnalìlu “reed flute” (CAD M |
labàsu//halàpu “to get dressed//to be clothed,”
164!)), Akk. hàlilu (hapax) “piping” ( malilu hàlilu
e.g., ittalbisa zakillisu asàti ittahlipama rak'is aguhhu
sa rigimsu tabu “thè piping flute whose sound is
“he clothed himself with his clean things, he
sweet” CAD M iC>4b) is derived from thè verb
wrapped himself ili cloaks, tied with a sash”
halàlu B (SB) “to pipe, wlieeze” (CAD H 34a;
(George, (ìilgamesh, 618:3—4).
AHw 30<)b, s.v. halàlu II), namely, “to bore a
hole” in a solid object, to be semantically and denotativi ;

etymologically equated to thè primary Heb. verb 2. (Deii2) (to pass) “1317 inpn
bbn “to pierce, make an empty space” (e.g., Isa ib “th e winter is past, thè rains are over and gone”
51:9; Ezek 32:26). (SoS 2:1 1); Akk: asar...[mammari] ina libbi la ctcqu
Note thè Heb. denominative hapax verb bbri alilup “(terrain) through which 110 one had passed
“to play thè pipe” (iKgs 1:40). I slipped through” (CAD H 3 sb c).
(ili Tawil, ZAW 1 17 (2005) y 1-94. '-»■ C'f. na'^D-

nS^n — Akk. nahlaptu s. CA, OB on (CAD N | = Akk. Iiansàlu s. plurale tantum, syn. list*
1 3 8 a ; AHw 71 sa). Akk. wrap; Heb. change; change (C'AD H 81 a; AHw 321 a). Akk. part of thè human
of raiment > outfit. body possibly waist (C’AD); liips (AIIw); Heb.
loins.
Whereas in Heb. nis^n/ns^n connotes both
“change, changingand change ofraiment>outfit,” D'3nO//D'3bq “loins//waist” (Isa 1 1:5); Akk:
hansàtu is equated in thè syn. list Malku (III 90,
Akk. nahlaptu is only a wrap, an outer garment.
Heb. niS^D is attested eight times, twice in Vili 150Q with sibbu, sagù, and qablu, terms for

thè expression rÒOÉ? niB'bn “change of mantle items worn about thè waist.
“(Gen 45:22 twice), five times in thè idiom niS^O Both CAD and von Soden connect Heb. D’sbn
“change of clothing” (Judg 14:12,13; 2Kgs to Akk. hansàtu.
5:5,22,23), and once by itself (Judg 14:19).
C'f. BA pn*.
Akkadian texts describe thè naljlaptu-gArnicnt
as made of either linen or wool. Texts refer to
thè wool as red, blue, or combed, as well as I On* = Akk. emù s. C~)A, OB 011 (CAD E i S4a;
multicolored material being used (perhaps for AHw 21 sb). Akk. father-in-law, son-in-law, son
trini) (CAD N j 1 3Sb b). of wife’s sister; Heb. father-in-law (father of thè
husband).
«•' Cf. v.

The Heb. term DII is attested in only two chapters

KTQ*pn = Akk. elmesu s. OB on (C'AD E i07a; (Gen 38:13,25 and iSam 4:19,21), both witli a

108
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew nttn
T '*

meaning “father-in-law” (father of thc husband). from a pure cattle-pen, (sheep) milk that they
The Akk. terni emù may denote several familial have brought from a pure sheepfold” (CAD H
designations, usually father-in-law, but 111 certain 1 89!-) a).
periods and in certain categories of texts, “son-in-
FURASI.OLOGY
law” or thè son of thè wife’s sister. For a discussici!
3. (Phr2) (container of ghee) nxan
of these meanings of min, see CAI) E i s6a.
“bowl of ghee” (Judg 5:25); Akk: harpat himcti
cf. nian*.
“pot of ghee” (C'AI) LI 1 8yb lex. section).
C.f. ©Di.
II DÌI = Akk. cmmu adj. 013, MB, MA, SB (CAD
E i.soa; AIIw 2i4.b). hot.
"IOn :: hamùdu adj. EA*; WSem. gloss (C'AD H
PIIRASLOI.OGY 73b). desirable.
c(Phr2) (hot bread), DII DII 1 ? “ hot, fresh
hantùdu in HA is parallel to thè Heb.nOll*, which
bread” (Josh 9:12); cf. also Heb. DÌI DÌI 1 ? “hot
is employed twice in thè sg. with thè 3 per. masc.
bread” (iSam 21:7); Akk: (said of hot loaves),
pronominal suffìx (e.g., Ps 39:12; Job 20:20). The
e.g., nuhatimmu ina muhhi baiala sa girsi u tallii sa
grammatical forili is 3 per. masc. passive participle,
cmmeti...naqbitu iqabbu “thè baker will speak thè
one of thè earliest attested: u yapu (gloss: hamùdu)
blessing over thè mixing of thè dotigli and thè
sa Sapir istu sarri beli la iiadiii yàsi “but (something)
serving of thè hot (loaves)” (C'AD E 1 5 1 a c).
beautiful (gloss: desirable) that was sent by thè
Heb. DII occurs also in □‘'Dii □,133 “warm king, my lord, has not been given to me” (EA
clothes” (Job 37:17). Akk.cmmu is said of many 138:126, let. Byblos).
things: weather, water, body, kiln, etc. Note also that thè Canaanite scribe glossed
,j? ' C.f. non ,oh v. thè WSem. hamùdu for another WSem. word
yapu (Heb: HS^). However, one would expect

□PI = Akk. cmmu tu s. SB* (CAD E 1 5 1 a). heat. thè Canaanite scribe to employ thè Akk. lexemes
damqu “beautiful” or hisihtu “desirable” as a
1 > ! noi \ : 1 \ 1 gloss.
1. (i)eri2) 'ira ’òrr arrm ir? “may cf. pia ,na; v.
drought and heat snatch away their snow waters”
(Job 24:19); Akk. (hapax): ina cmmùt ùmi piris mìl
nipn = Akk. iintu s. SB (CAD I/J 1393; AHw 37yb).
L'issati...ana aya’i lattahk’al namràsima “upon what
Akk. venom; Heb. venom, poison > anger, wrath.
difficulty (of thè terrain) will you rely in thè hot
season, when thè floods cease?” (C'AD E 1 5 i a). PIIRASLOI.OGY
tí? ' c:f. non ,an v. 1. (Pliri) (venomous drink) ìlQn ìlptpil “give
to drink venomous draught” (Jer 25:15); Akk:
nxan = Akk. himctu s. OB 011 (CAD H 18<jb; saqu sa imti (C'.AD I/J i 39a lex. section).
AHw 346x1). ghee. 2. (Pliri) (to be filled with venom) HIpìl fcÒip
“be filled with venom” (Isa 5 1:20; Jer 6:1 i); Akk:
SI Ol ini 1 N (. imi a malù/mullù (C'AD I/J i4oa b); cf. BA XQn.
1. (Seqi) (honey - ghee) IlKDm - ©31 (IlSam 3. (Phr2) (snake venom) nan
17:29; Isa 7:15,22; Job 20:17); Akk: himctu (u) “snake/viper venom” (Ps 58:5; Deut 32:33);
dispu (C'AD H iyob d). Akk: imat basini/seri “viper/snake venom” (C'AD
2. (Secp) (ghee - milk) 3*711 - nxpìl (Gen I/J I40a 2); e.g., azzùzd izarri imta ana sursurru
1 8:8; Deut 32:14; Judg 5:25; Isa 7:22); Akk: himctu izarri imta imat siri imassu imat zuqaqipi imassu “she
- sizbu: himcta sa istu tarbasi dii ubluni sizbu sa istu (I.amastu) spits venom now and then, she spits
supuri dii ubluni “ghee that they have brought venom suddenly, her venom is snake venom, her

109
nran An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
T”

venom is scorpion venom” (CAD I/J 140;] and foaming at thè mouth of raging god, demolì or
passim); sibù imat basine isénsuma “he filled thè animai.” This is shown by thè explanation of imtu
seventh with viper’s venom” (CAI) I/J 1 40a 2'). by martu (normally “bile”), which has come to
4. (Phr2) (to pour out/spatter venom) “|S© mean “poison” 111 thè synonym list (Malku Vili
ìlfDn “pour out venom/wrath” (e.g., Isa 42:25; 124) as does Arabie marr, Aram mera, Heb nirirà
Jer 10:25 = 79 :i) ); Akk: imta tabàku/salatiti (cf. CAD I/J 14ob).
“to pour/spatter venom” (C'AI) I/J 13<>b 1), IH C'ohen, |ANliS 2 (1969) 25- 29; idem, FJ 12:702 4;
e.g., u\sum[i’allti siru tàbik ùnti disunii “thè august Ciruber, 52off.; Held, Itery Irst., 99:1 1.
usumgallu-momtcr, who pours out (its) foam over
them” (C’AD I/J 13yb and passim).
“llftn = Akk. imeni s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD I/J 1 ìob;
5. (Phr2) (poisonous arrows, weapons), e.g.,
AH w 37sb). donkey, jackass.
rri^K ■’nwa nn© anan nDu nt»
■’3r 13— 12?“' “thè Lord’s arrows are in me; it is thè slqulnc1n(;
poison that I absorh; Cïod’s terrors do battle with
1. (Seqi) (jackass - jennies) :T\T\$ - nr“)ÒD ;
me” (Job 6:4); Akk: (said of arrows, weapons),
see Tinx.
e.g., tutul qasta sukuduka imta liblù “release thè
2. (Scq2) (ox - donkey) “lÍOm - (e.g.,
bow; let your arrows carry poison” (*CA1) I/J
Exod 23:12; Deut 5:14,18; 22:10, cf. also Exod
i4oa 2a; Aimi); itami ana kakkcsu litpatà imat muti
21:33; 22:9; Isa 1:3); Akk: alpu u imeni (CAD I/J
“says he to his weapons, ‘Smear yourselvcs with
1 1 ih 6’, 7' and passim).
deadly venom!’” (Erra I 7).
PI IRASEOI.OGY
The common Akk. expression imat muti “deadly
3. (Pliri) (donkey rider) “1100 (*?») UDT
venom” is employed metaphorically to dcscribe
“donkey rider” (Zach 9:9); Akk: ràkib imëri (CAD
thè fear of war, e.g., di kullat nakin asì ulta imat
I/J 1 1 3a d).
muti “I (Esarhaddon) spread on all my enemies
(ride a donkey) "lion bs 33T (e.g., 1 Sani
deadly venom” (*CAD I/J i4oa and passim).
25:20,42; 2Sam 19:27); Akk: iméra rakàbu (CAD
More specifically, in describing thè venomous
foam dripping from mythological monsters, Akk. ibid.).

employs thè idiom imat muti, e.g., 7 mushussù eri 4. (Phr2) (donkey fodder) IlOn OÍnK/KÍBPP
sézuzuti sa ìenini u ayàbi izannu imat muti “seven (Cìen 42:27; 43:24; Isa 1:3); Akk: ukulli interi
dragons of bronze, in shecrest rage, who fili thè “donkey fodder” (C'AD I/J 1 1 ib 5 1 ).
hostile enemy with deadly terror” (C’AD I/J I40a 5. (Phr2) (load a donkey) “rian (^J?) DQ»
2b). This notion of monsters’ deadly venom may “load a donkey” (Cìen 44:13; Neh 13:15); Akk:
be alluded to in Prov 16:14: rnn I 1 ? 1 ? nr ?D intera multi, e.g., interi malli’amma imcru ràiqùtum la
Ì13“1S3S Dpn 2TÍ0 where ili place of thè traditional illukùnim “load up thè donkeys completely—no
rendering “a king’s anger is messengers of death unloaded donkeys may come to me” (C'AD I/J
and a wise man will appease it,” we propose to 1 1 3 a).
translate thè first clause as “thè wrath of a king 6. (Phr2) (saddle a donkey) TÌOn ©311 “saddle
[is like thè venomj of thè messengers of Mòt,” thè donkey” (e.g., 2Sam 17:23; 19:27; 1 Kgs
where thè hapax expression nia "OiÓO may allude 13:13,23); cf. Akk: intera rakàsti “to fasten onto a
to Mòt’s (die Canaanite god of death) helpers, thè donkey” (C'AD I/J 1 i2b c).
poisonous monsters of Yam, thè god of thè sea.
In thè synonym list *(Malku V 40), Akk. imèni is
As noted by Held “thè primary meaning
equated to WSem. [limarti (C'AD H 189I1).
of nìpn (= Akkadian initu) is ‘poisonous foam,’
which comes to denote ‘wrath, anger’. This Akk. imèni connotes “donkey” as well as “hoiner,”
semantic development becomes readily apparent dry or liquid measure. Accordingly, Akk: imèru —
when viewed in light of Akkadian imtu, thè Heb. non, is thè dry measure which is equivalent
primary meaning of which is ‘poisonous foam’, to thè ‘load of an ass.’

1 10
 An Akkadian Lf.xic.al Companion for Biblical Hebrew 0ÏÏÍ1
Further, thè denom. verb Tfpnn in LH and Aram, ■’tf'pn — Akk. Ijamsu A adj. OA, OB 011 (CAI) H
has thè extended meaning “to render lieavy,
71 a; AI lw 3 i Sb). fifth.
difficult” i.e., “to be severe.”
IH Ullcndorff, VT 6 (1956) 193. ì'iiraseology

^ cf. u?n ;]lns 1. (Phn) (on thè fifth day) ^POH Di»? (Judg
19:8; cf. also Cleti 1:23); Akk: ina hamsini umim
(CAI) H 7 ib).
nian* = Akk. emetti s. OH on (C'AI) E i49a; AHw
2. (Phri) (in thè fifth year) rVETpnn
2i4b). mother-in-law.
(iKgs 14:25; cf. also Lev 19:25; 2 Chr 12:2); Akk:
The lexeme is attested eleven times, ten of which ina hamustini sattim (C"AI) ibid.).
are employed in Ruth and once in Mie 7:6: cf. ràn.
nnbrja rhn npìp npjp ra “daughter nses up
against her mother, daughter-in-law against her
□an = Akk. ememu v. SB (C'AI) E 147b; AHw
mother-in-law.” For a similar notion compare
2i 3a). Akk. to be or become hot (Akk. Cí-stem;
thè following two Akk. texts: hallatmi tèpisi ernìta
Heb. Qal); to heat (Akk. l)-stem; Heb. Pi‘el); Heb.
u ana Itasi ippesanikkimma “what you, daughter-
to be or become hot.
in-law do to (your) mother-in-law, they (your
daughters-in-law) will do to you” (CAI) E 14*Ja); DENOTATIVE
| itti] aneti ballati iprusu |<>|f/ ballati emëti iprusu “(he 1. (I)eti2) (intransitive) “ÒVI “l©? □n!"l “(And
who) estranged daughter-in-law from mother- (Elisha) bent over it) and thè body of thè child became
in-law, who estranged mother-in-law from wann” (2Kgs 4:34); Akk: stimma Id'u imim ihassa “ifan
daughter-in-law” (C’AI) ibid.). in fon t gets hot and cold” (C’AD li i47b).
cf. an.
The Akk. l)-stem provides a transitive meaning:
samni sirdi tummam tapassasma ihallut “you heat
QQh = Akk. Ijulmittu ( Ijulmittu)^. SB (CAI) H 23ob; olive oil and rub, and he will get well” (CAI)
AHw 354a). type of snake or lizard. lì i48a 2). BH has thè transitive mng. employed
denotative
once in Job 39:14: 1 2 2 b»! ÌTS? piò 3ÍÏ?n '3
1. (I)eii2) BH hapax, employed in sequence □Snri “for she (thè ostrich) leaves her eggs 011 thè
with thè following unclean land creatures: “òn earth and warms them in dust.”
“mole,” “12DÏ7 “mouse,” 315 “great lizard,” ì"Ijp3X Akk. ememu is used exclusively in medicai
“gecko,” PÒ “land crocodile, monitor,” contexts, either to describe thè symptoms or to
“lizard,” toph “snake or sand lizard,” notori describe thè preparation of thè cure.
“chameleon” (Lev 11:29-30); Akk: summa ttì ’ c:f. Dn .on.
hulnnttum ina hit ameli intiamir “if a hulmittuni is
seen in somebody’s house” (C'AI) H 230I}).
DDn :: liamàsu v. Emar: WSem. word (Pentiuc
Milgrom’s suggestion to derive Ijulmittu from thè
2001:82). to oppress, wrong.
Akk. verb hamatu, “to hasten” is unwarranted.
Akk. Ijulmittu is employed in lexical as well as In a legai context, thè limante WSem. word is
literary texts. In a lexical entry Ijulmittu is equated employed as follows: mannumè ina SA-su-nu ahu
to mushussu “serpent” (CAI) H 23ob lex. section). ahasu ihamis ana al sarri litamdmi “let anyone in
In a literary text thè following description of this tli eir midst who would oppress his brother swear
creature occurs: “(this is) thè snake’s appearance: in thè royal city” (ASJ 12 11990] 5:10-13); Heb.
its eyes are multicolored, thè face is yellow, it has TObnn Din; na] “do not deceive
four feet, there is a black (...011 its...): thè name of and do not oppress thè stranger, thè fatherless and
this snake is Ijulmittu” (C'AI) H 23ob). thè widow” (Jer 22:3 and passim).
IH Milgrom, AB 3A 671. ^ c:f. iiprt v .
III
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

I pn = Akk. mira A adj. 013 on (CAD E I52a; Itamàsu/hummusu - Heb. pn will be from thè
AHw 2i4a). Akk. sour; Heb. sour, leavened. concrete, i.e., “to take (someone’s clothing) by force
> strip> rob > oppress” (in thè abstract sense).
DENOTATIVE
IH B1)B 33:1; Tawil, JBI, 85 (1976) 409-10.
1. (Deni) (referring to bread) pn nSXn iÒ
“it shall not be baked with leaven” (Lev 6: io); c.f. onn v.
Akk., e.g., akalu emsu “sour doligli bread” (C’AD
153 a c); for emsn said of bread paralleling “sweet "10n = Akk. imeni s. Mari; Nuzi, MA 011 (CAD
loaves,” see Coetze,JCS 5 (195 1), 67—71. I/J 110 2; AIIw 376a). Akk. dry, liquid, or area
2. (Den2) (referring to drink) piTl pn measure; I leb. dry or liquid measure, heap.
nriET iÒ “13© “he (thè Nazirite) shall not drink
thè vinegar of wine (i.e., wine that tnrns sour) The lexeme is attested in BH fourteen times,
and vinegar of strong drinks” (Num 6:3 [twice]); thirtecn of which refer to dry measure and once
Akk. e.g., agarinnu enset sikari ina minti itiab “thè to liquid measure.
mother brew is bitter, how is thè beer sweet?” 1. (dry measure) □'HÍSJÏ? npìl “homer of
(13WL 270:7—8, Proverbs). barley” (Lev 27:16; Ezek 45:13; Hos 3:2); Akk:
imèr se i “homer of barley” (CAD I/J 1 i4a c).
Akkadian emsu is used also to describe vinegar and
2. (liquid measure) D’P npìl “heap of (great)
pomegranates (C’AD H i52a b,d).
waters” (Hab 3:15); Akk: e.g., imèr karàni/samni/
C^nce pn is employed in a transfered mng., dam erètti “homer of wine/oil/cedar resili” (CAD
in thè expression , 33i7 pniV “my mind was I/J 1 I4a 2b).
embittered” (Ps 73:21).
cf. tìod

II 'pan = Akk. hamàsu v. OB on (CAD I I 6oa; AHw

ioli = Akk. himrtt s. Mari; *WSem. word (AHw
3 15b). Akk. to strip off (clothing) (CI-, D-stem);
1 561 a). brodi; Heb. wine.
strip, rob (D-stem); Heb. to oppress (Qal).
J. Sasson notes: “The pantry maids were also
DENOTATIVE
picklers, for which they were issued barley and
1. (I)eii2) Akk. subàtam sa taddinusum humussu
fennel (uriyanum), atta himri, ‘for fermentation’...
“strip him of thè garment you have given him”
1 rather imagine himrum to be an acidic broth
(CAD H 6oa); 11 bit ili tuhtammis “also, you have
that can be used for curing meat or as a stock in
robbed a tempie” (C’AD H 6ob f).
preparitig other foodstuff.”
The verb is attested twice in BH, once in thè active
Note also thè Emarite WSem. sub. hamru “wine,”
part. of thè Qal, i.e., pln “oppressor, robber,”
employed in thè phrase kàsàti KAS. MUS.
utilized 111 parallelism with “wicked” and
C.nS'I'IN//ham\ra\ n kàsàti sikari umallu “they fili
“unjust” (Ps 71:4). The second occurrence
thè cups with wine and thè cups with barley beer”
of thè verb is found in parallelism with thè
(Emar 369:38, text B; cf. also Emar 370:30; see
socially deprived individuai Din' “orphan” and
Pentiuc 2001:55). In Heb., thè sub. is employed
unprotected woman, widow,” where
twice: once ili thè idiom npn nri©! 7 ! 33» □*!
thè MT flon should be construed as Qal passive
“wine (lit. blood of thè grape) you drank foaming
part, i.e., f'IDn “(socially) opprcssed” (— Tg. J.
wine” (Deut 32:14), and once more in thè idiom
ì3T). Although NJPS maintains that “thè
npn nns “ a vineyard of wine” (Isa 27:2; some
meaning of Heb. is unccrtain,” Isa 1:17 may be
manuscripts read npn). It should be observed that
rendered as follows: .J3n Din; ÌBS© flQll np
□n»l23 npn 'PI? in Amos 5:11 may be read npq
njD 1 ?^ “provide justice to thè oppresseci, uphold
thè rights of thè orphan, defend thè cause of thè i.e., “vineyard of wine you planted.”

widow.” The semantic development of Akk. HIJ. Sasson (2004), 191.

1 12
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biiìi.ical Hebrew

— Akk. hamis num. fr OA, 015 on (C'AI) H Akk. storc; Heb. cell.
66b; AHw 317;!). five.
denotativi ;
cr. T’qrj. 1. (Dem) (BH hapax) TOH rP3
nidori 1 ‘(Jeremiah) carne to thè pit and thè cells”
ttfph = Akk. emsu s. 013, Nuzi, MB, SB (CIAD E (Jer 37:16).
I53b; AHw 2i_<jb). hypogastric region. The Aramaic loanword hànutu, attested but once,
1u ni ! 1 \ 1 ;\1
in thè phrase bit hànutu epesu, is rendered by von

1. (1 )cn2) ràiin ^...nr": “(Abncr) struck Soden as “bebautes Laudcn’rundstiick.” An entry for
him in thc belly” (iSam 2:23; 3:27; 4:6; 20:10). hànutu is abscnt from thè CAD and, as noted by
AHw 47ob s.v. kibànu, umntentionally omitted
In Akk. emsu is basically rcstrictcd to medicai
011 AI Iw 32 1 b; but it is included in CDA io6a.
texts and physicognomatic omcns, e.g., summa
IH von Soden, Or. 36 (1966) 9:44.
àlittu qerbùsa ana emsisa nasallulunim “if thè belly
of a pregnant woman hangs down as far as her
hypogastric region” (CAI) li 153(1). v. <> Akk. hunnutu/huntu adj. lex.* (CAD H
237b; AI Iw 356a). to ripen.
= Akk. hansà 1111111. Ur III on (CAI) II Sia;
DENOTATIVE
AHw 3 1 Sb). fifty.
1. (])eii2) (BH hapax), 1T3B nQ3n H3Xrin
puraseoi oc y “thè fig tree yields its figs” (SoS 2:13); Akk: (said
1. (Phr2) (commanders of a contingent of fifty of qualifying barley), e.g., scim {immuti, se'itti {lutiti
soldiers) CS:r n©/-!© (e.g., 2Kgs 1:9,11,13/ “quality of barley” (CAD H 2383).
Exod 18:21,25; Deut 1:15); Akk: rab hansù
(NA, NB), e.g., rab hansu {tanniti issi sàibesu “this
'?j''5rT* :: hatiàku s. E A*; WSem. lw. (C'AD H 7ób).
commander-of-fifty with his soldiers” (C’AD H
retai 11 er.
8 ih and passim).
•*' Cf. T’arj ;ràn. DENOTATIVE

I. (Dc'112) (BH/Akk hapax), rrnn n« (p“I®1

ni2n = Akk. himlu s. MA, NB, SB (CAD li 192b; ÌrT’3 •'1'^ rd.) p“jn “and he (Abraham) mustered
AHw 346b). leather pouch. his rctainers borii into his house” (Cìen 14:14);
Akk: làmi ina marnarti ibassù hanàkuka “in thè
Whereas in Heb. HOn is attested only as garrison there are none of your retainers(P)”
“waterskin” CÏ2 non (Cìen 21:14,15,19), in Akk. (CAD H 76b; l'a'anak, pi. 3 6:8).
huntu is attested as holding both water: summa
musa kima hindi “if its water is like (thè water of?) a Akk. hatiàku is employed in a fiftcenth-ccntury

waterskin” (CAD H iy23a b) and precious metals: BGE letter originating in Ta anak. The word

hindu kaniktu rihtu sun biti “in a sealed money bag, occurs in nineteenth- and eighteenth-century
balance of thè price of a house” (C’AD H 192I1 BCH Egyptian execration texts in rcfcrence to
a). Iti an Esarhaddon inscription hirntu is coupled armed rctainers of Canaanite chieftains.
with nàdu (= Heb. “1X3), also a leather pouch used tj?' c:f. npn*.
for holding water or precious metals (CAD N | IH Alhriglit, BASOR 94 (1944) 24:87; Sarna, 1989:
101 a). 108.
'ó' Cf. -s:.

pn = Akk. enenu v. OB, NA, SB (CAD E i62b;

m3n* = Akk. hànutu s. NB; Aram. lw. (CDA io6a). AI lw 2i7a). to plead.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

SLQULNCINO.
*^311 :: hanapu A v. EA*;WSem. lw. (C’AD H 76I1).
1. (Seqi) (to weep//constantly pray) //Ì133 Akk. to commit villainy; Heb. to defile.
pninn, e.g., d^-i ‘rx r.'z iV ri33
cognati ; accusa ti vi ;
1312JJ “IS'I'' “he (Jacob) wcpt and constantly prayed
to Him at Bethel, he (Jacob) would meet I lini 1. (CA) tonn p«n ^;nr xibn “would
there and He would speak to us” (Hos 12:5; cf. such a land be defiled?” (Jer 3:1); Akk. (hapax as
also Esth 8:3); Akk: bakii - utncnnu, e.g., ana ilisu a verb): hanpa sa ihnupu ana mulihiya “thè villainy
ibakki utenennen “he weeps and constantly prays that they have committed against me” (EA 288:8;
to his god” (CAD E 163I1 d). let. Jerusalem).
2. (Seqi) (to constantly pray//hear) //|3nnn c.f. nari.
ÏÍ2© (Gen 42:21); Akk: (teslita) utncnnu//senni,
e.g., summa amelu um ana ili utninnu...teslissu semai
(naan) ^líin :: hannipu s. E,A*; WSem. lw. (CAD
aransu patir “if a man on thè day when he has
H 8ob). villainy.
prayed to his god..., his prayer will be lieard, his
sin will be absolvcd” (C’AD E if>3a c). denotativi ;

cognati ; accusativi;
i .(D ch 2) nicj? 1 ? ps rrójr isb] “and

3. (CA) (to offer supplication) Ì13nri ]3nJ1H, he plots trcachcry, to act villainous” (Isa 32:6);

e.g., nrusni^n granii -rVsr rx rsar pKH ^3^ nS3n 'K'33 nxp n3 “for
'321 ? “1 (thè Lord) h ave accepted (lit. heard) your from thc prophets of Jerusalem villainy has gone

prayer and your supplication that you (Solomon) forth to thè whole land” (Jer 23:15); Akk. EA

have offered to me” (iKgs 9:3); Akk: teslìta 162:74—75: sa hannipa iteyu sa lupara ildanas “(thè
utnennu: teslìtu ana sani ina utninnisu “when he commissioncr) who is an expert in villainy, who

prays to thè king” (C’AD E ii)3a c). continually scofFs at orders” (let. Egypt).
(Il Morali, 1992:251:13.
As noted in C’AD E iC>3b “since thè infinitive
cf. v.
enenu is only attested in lex. texts, we may assume
that thè Il/2and 11/3 forms are in thè sanie relation
to enënu D, ‘to show mercy’, as Heb. Iiithannên, p3FI = Akk. hanàqu v. OB 011 (CAD H 773; AHw
‘to plead for mercy’, is to hànàn ‘to show mercy.’” 320a). to strangle (Pi‘el, Ci-stem).
C'AD (E :ó4a) further observes that “as to thè
denotativi ;
nature of thè praying referred to by enenu, note
its range of expression, described by thè Sum. 1 . (Deii2) npp pnnr.l irrn % ■nn “he
correspondenccs ir ‘to cry’, sà.ne.sa ‘to wliine’, (Ahithophel) set his affairs in order and then

ni tur.tur, ‘to humiliate oneself, and ù.gul gá.gá, strangled himself (by hanging) and died” (2Sam

‘to deprive oneself of food.’” 17:23); VnfcQ1?1? p3np “(where is) thè lion that

In EA* * enenu (*hencnu) “to have mercy” strangles for his lionesscs?” (Nali 2:13); Akk: (said
is a WSem. word, e.g., summa sarru... yihnanuni of human), e.g., PN ina warditn handqim ubtirru
“if thè king has mercy upon me” EA 137:81 (let. “they have (now) indicted PN for strangling thè

Byblos); yennenunumi sarru “thc king has mercy slave” (C'AD H 77a); uhtannaq ulu elltma istu unni
011 us” (EA 253:24; let. Shechem); Heb. e.g., amaqqu\t\ “I shall strangle myself or else I shall go
r)DÌ'1 rrixt? nÌX315 nin' pIT “perhaps thè up 011 thè roof and throw myself down” (CiAD
Lord, thè God of Hosts, will have mercy upon ibid.); (said of animals), e.g., kappasu tabaqqansu
thè remnant of Joseph” (Am 5:15 and passim). tahannaqsu “you pluck its feathers (and) strangle it
The CAD has a separate for E A* enënu D (thè bird)” (CAD ibid.).
(*hetiettu) maintaining a WSem. word. This seems to Note also thè Akk. sub. hàniqu (SB*) “strangler”:
be based 011 a phonetic ground, not a symantic one. summa ina ali hàniqu ma’du “if stranglers are
cf. rmn. numerous in a city” (CAD H 8oa). Also, in thè
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

NB period hanaqu can assume thc meaning “to everything.”

be annoyed.” H eld also poin ts out that thè Amarna expression
hasilu dlànu bcliya “my lord’s cities were brought
nDn = Akk. hesù A v. OB, Mari, Bogh., SB (C'AI) to an end” (EA 23:13) is in no way different in
H 17<)b: AHw 342a). Akk. to hide (trans.); Heb. to meaning from such Amarna expressions as halqat
seek refuge (intrans.). (gloss: abadat) gabbi màtàti sarri bcliya “all thè lands
of thè king, my lord, are lost” (EA 288:52—53)
All 37 attestations of i"!Pn govern prepositional or. perhaps more to thè point, from such Amarna
phrases (35 bcginning with 3, Ps 57:2 with nìlH, expressions as gamrat màt sarri bcliya “thè land of
and Ps 17:7 with Q). Such usage does not occur thè king my lord has been brought to an end”
in Akkadian, where thè verb is always transitive, (EA 273:11 — 12). In other words, thè Amarna
e.g., u upallahuma amata pani aljiya uhazzu “and letters themselves make it clear that Can. hsl is to
(now) they are afraid and hide thè matter before be equated semantically to Akk. gamàru.
my brother” (C'AI) H 177a b); sadù lihsikunùsi IH Held, Landsberger Irst., 3918:401; Barker, 43.
“may thè mountain hide/cover you” (C’AI) H
■ 77a a).
non = Akk. he scru v. OB 011 (CAD II 176a; AI lw
32yb). Akk. to blunt, chip; Heb. to lessen, be
bon v. :: hazilu adj. FA*; WSem. lw. (C'AI) H lacking.
i66a). Akk. destroyed(P); Heb. to put an end to.
Akk. hescm is employed in a physical concrete
denotativi ;
sense: qarnàsu hasrà “whose horns are blunted”
1. (I)en2) (BII hapax), rn&H K'Sin 31 SHT (C’AD H 17ób a); kaskasu hussur“thc breastbone(P)
"IXr '^PÌV '3 -bxr: ÏÏ?. “though you take is chipped” (CAD H i76b c); hescru sa sinni
mudi seed out to thè field, you shall gather in “to chip break offa tooth” (C'AD H i7Óa lex.
little, for thè locust shall consume it (i.e., put an section). Heb. utilizes “Ipn also in a more abstract
end to it)” (Deut 28:38); Akk. (hapax): laqi gabbu sense, ili such idioms as ÍTÍïOn/S^ “130 “he who
istu biti ardika laqi kaspu laqi awclutu laqi seni (gloss: is lacking, devoid of sense/understanding” (e.g.,
sùnu) hazilu àlàuu bcliya “everything has been Prov 6:32; 7:7; 9:4/Prov 28:16). Accordingly,
taken from your servant’s house: thè silver has thè semantic development will then be from thè
been carried off, thè people have been carricd off, physical, i.e., “blunt, chip, trini” to thc abstract >
thè sheep and goats have been carried off, and my “lessen, decrease, devoid of.”
lord’s cities have been brought to an end” (MA
263: 9-13; let. Shechem).
ì?n - Akk. upnu s. OB 011 (AHw i424a). fist(ful).
Held suggests that thè hapax stem ^Pll has 110
l’I IR ASEOI.OCY
connection to thè Arabie verb laiusa “to lick,” as
maintained by various modern biblical scholars. 1. (Phn) (fistful) 3’33n (Exod 9:8; Lev
Ratlier, Heb. bpil should be equated to Amarna 16:12; Ecc 4:6); D'3?n S 1 ?» “fili up thè fist” (Ezek
hasilu “to put an end to.” In addition, he suggests 10:2); Akk: upna malli, e.g., ...upunta mala upnàya
that thè noun “grasshopper,” attested six “my fists are full of (groats?) made of upuntu-
times in thè Bible (iKgs 8:37 = 2Chr 6:28; Isa flour” (C'AD M I77a c).
3.V4; Joel 1:4; 2:25; Ps 78:46), should be equated The Akk. idiom upna pcttì “to open thè fist” (as
to thè hapax verb bpn and should be rendered as a gesture of prayer supplication) (AIIw i424a),
“devourer,” “consumer” (lit. “one who puts an e.g., iptete Assurbanipal upnisu ittanahhar ana Nabli
end to”), as depicted in a LH play on words bclisu “Assurbanipal made supplication, fleeing to
na ^pin sìh?; ‘rpn io# ìnjp] “why is'it his lord Nabli” (Asb. 358 r. 1-2) is thè semantic
(i.e., thè locust) called b^Pil? because it consumes equivalent of thè Heb. expression B'23 EH3
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

“spread thc palili” (e.g., Exod 9:29/1 Kgs 8:54; DENOTATIVI':

Ezek 9:5). 1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax), _,"!333 “TÒrr; fi"!

IH Gruber, 1980:23; 52 54.

nsp-ò ©sii “i )edan was your dealer in woolen
clothes for riding” (Ezek 27:20).

^311 = Akk. hapàpu v. N13*; Aram. lw. (C'AI) H The woolen quality of Heb. ©3Í1 may be better
defined in light of thè Akk. adj. *habidnii,
<S4a; AI Iw 321b). to wasli.
(=Sum. bal-bal), which is equated in a lexical
DliNOTATIVi; commentary 011 wool attributes to qabìàtum
1. (1 )en2) (BH hapax) r ]n//^|T “clean// “medium quality” (C'AD H uSa). It is attested in
waslied,” e.g., Ò ]ÌÌ7 iÒl , 3Ì1X S?!Z?2 ^ “I thè lex. lists desenbing wool also between barrnàtu
am guiltless (lit. cleansed), free from transgression, “multicolored” and arqdtu “yellow” and between

I ani innocent, (lit. washed) without iniquity” nasqàtu “choice” and birctu “fine.”
In thè lexical texts thè Akk. adjective habiu
0 oh 33:9)-
means “matted” (said of wool) (C'AD I I i8b, s.v.
Akk. hapàpu is also a hapax employed only in NB habiu B), and thè substantive habbiitu connotes “a
as an Aram. lw. in thè expression (to make soap) woman engaged in textile work” (CAD H 14b).
am1 hapàp ia abni “for thè washing of thè stone O11 thè other hand, while Akk. hiblu “a wool
(object)” (C'AI) II 84a). Iti LH, however, thè of certain quality” was equated by Greenberg
verb is commonly employed as “to wash” with I leb. ©Sii, Garfìnkel does not accept this
(especially thè head). equation. He proposes to derive ©2Í1 from Akk.
The semantic development of ^Sll will then tahapiu “a covering for a borse” (i.e., “a saddle-
be: “wash > cleanse > declare free of guilt > be blanket”) (CDA 393, “felt, fclt-rug”; AHw 1301 a).
innocent.” Accordingly, thè hapax ©SII , ‘1?3 corresponds
to thè Akk. idioms tediq tahapii and subat tahapii
(Il Moreshet, 1980, 170; C'ohen, 142:83.
equated in thè synonym lists to kusummu “a fine
garment.” Garfìnkel points out that tahapiu is
“ISn = Akk. hepcru v. OB 011 (C'AI) H i70a; AHw used with ana sise and sa sisc “for/of a horse” and
340a). to dig. corresponds to Ì133-] 1 ? ©Sii ,“!?3 (Ezek 27:20).

denotativi :
(Il Greenberg, AB 22A 558; Garfìnkel, 78 80.

1. (I )ei!2) 1X3 pxn bï ni<; "ISO 1 ? “ they carne

to spy out (lit. dig out) thè whole country” (Josh pn — Akk. ussu s. OB 011 (AHw 1439b). arrow.
2:3); cf. Akk. qaqqari hipir “dig out thè ground!”
SIMM .E/ME TAIMIOR
(C'AI) H i70a). This Heb. nuance “to spy out”
1. (SMi) (in referente to thè tongue), e.g.,
for “IS!! is unattested with Akkadian hepcru,
rS3 "13T na“|P £2™ fn “their (thè
whicli, in turn, can assume a nuanced meaning
Children of IsracTs) tongue is a sharpened (lit.
“to collect”: tuppi...hipir “collect all thè tablets
beaten) arrow, they use their mouth to deceive”
(which are in Ezida)!” (CAD LI 1703 2) (cf. to (Jer 9:7); Akk: (referring to thè tongue, i.e., tip of
English “to dig up |information|,” 111 whicli “dig thè arrow), e.g., la ussini zaqti kepata ìilàniu “thè
up” means “collect”). tip of our sharp arrow is bent out of true” (Erra
Akk. hepcru, which is equated in thè syn. list I 90).
to thè more common Akk. word herù “to dig”
E I 1R A S E O I O G Y
(CAD ibid).
2. (Pliri) (to strike, 111 conjunction with
arrows) pQ - ’ VSI11 Dir ina Dps ‘73S 1 '
= Akk. hi bili A s. lex* (CAD IJ 181 b; AHw “he shall devour enemy nations, crush their bones,
344a). (a wool of certain quality). and sniash their arrows” (Num 24:8); Akk: , i.e.,

1 16
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sa ina ussi muliliusu “(che king) who was wounded kalù-oclire around her waist like a husannu-bdt”
by an arrow” (*CA1) M | 8}a c). (CAD ibid.).
3. (Pliri) (sharp/pointed arrow) /pK? p In BH Cl^lY) ]?2n is attested three times,
airrz?, e.g., nbp 'bp' □'Di? D""r r-^n once in a description of carrying infants in a belt
"sV'r” (order of Heb. clauscs inverted for worn around thè waist or thè bosom-belt: W3D1
clarity), i.e., '3'ÌX zbz ~'S“ bz -pniai ^ “ au d t he y
TT.nr “your sharpened arrows (are) in thè shall bring your sons in bosom-belts, and carry
heart of thè king’s enemies, people fall at you feet” your daughters on their backs” (Isa 49:22). In Ps
(Ps 45:6; cf. also Isa 5:28; Ps 120:4; l J i"ov 25:18;
129:7 thè 1101111 is used in an agricultural context
Jer 9:7); Akk: e.g., ussu zaqlu pointed arrow, e.g.,
(in parallelism with T2JÌp “reaper”) depicting thè
ina assisti zaqti uparri' napisti nakrùtiya “(Ninurta
bosom-belt of thè harvester: //"ISÍp ÍB3 iòlp *05?
himself) slit thè throats of enemies with his pointed
“IÌ317D Ì3^rTl “(grass) that will never fili a mower’s
arrow” (CAI) /, i>3b); cf. also thè Akk. semantic
hand//nor thè waist-belt of thè gatherer of
equivalent mulmullu zaqtu pointed arrow, e.g., ina
sheaves.” Finally in Neh 5:13, thè sub. is employed
qastiya dannate sukud parziìli u mulmulliya zaqtùte
also in an agriculture context (vss. 10-12), used
napistasunu useqti “I ( Tiglat-pileser I) dispatched
in a transferred mng.: !"D3 rnaiO ‘OSI! D3
them (thè wild bulls) with my strong bow, iron
“I (Nehemiah) also shook out my
(tipped) sukudu-nrrows and pointed mulmullu-
waist-belt and said, ‘so may Cìod shake out (from
arrows” (CAD Z C>3a).
his household...any man who fails to keep this
promise).’” Although BH ]?2h and Akk. husannu
n^n = Akk. e sii v. SB* (CAD E 35 1 a; AHw 253a). are employed in different contexts, thè nouns are
Akk. to slit; Heb. to divide. comparatile 011 both etymological and semantic
grounds.
Akk. esù “to cut, slit” is employed with parts of
thè body such as qaqqadu “head,” putti “forehead,”
qàtu hand (CAD E 35 di). The semantic — Akk. hiss 11 s. NB, LB* (CAD H 204a; AHw
development of Heb. HlSn is then: “slit > divide> 349a, s.v. hissu II). gravel, rubble, pebbles.
divide ili half.”
imiraseology

1. (Pliri) (to fili with gravel) “imo

l?Sn = Akk. husannu s. SB, NB (C'AI) I I pii 1T2 “but later his mouth will be filled with
2syb; AI lw 361 a), sasli, belt. gravel (Prov 20:17); Akk. arki sa qaqqari hipira
tlissi mali ibassi “after thè area was excavated and
In Akk. husanuu in its first mng. “sash” “is an
there was enough gravel”; bissi sa niullti “filled
article of apparel, Iliade oflinen and wool, worn
with rubble” (CAD H 204a).
by wonien and goddesses and by Shamash” (C'AD
H 25yb n.), e.g., 2 husanne kitinne babbantitu... The mctaphoric use of pn : pn3 D’ir]
liddinnissunùtu “let them give them two very “He has broken my teeth 011 gravel” (Lam 3:16)
good linen sashes” (C’AI) H 25yb 1); 10 [insannù and Prov 20:17 (cited above) is unattested in
i-eti sunti i-en parsigli lubulti DN “ten sashes, one Akkadian.
loincloth, one headband thè apparel of Belit-
Sippar” (CAD ibid.). The second mng. of husannu
“ Akk. basarti (basirti) s. OB (Mari), NB
is a belt worn around thè waist, e.g., ina nanisari
(CAD H i3ob; AHw 33 ih). Akk. enclosure; Heb.
zaqtùti husannisunu uparri' patre sibbi...sa qablcsunu
enclosure, court, dwelling, settlement.
ekim with sliarp swords I (.Sennacherib) slit their
belts and took away thè girdle-daggers from their Malamat notes, “when dealing with thè Old
waists” (C'AD II 25yb 2); usurtam sa hall kima T estament one should take into consideration
husanni ina qahlisa tessir “you make a drawing in that two separate roots have merged into Heb.
“isn An Akkadian Lexical Companion i-or Biblical Hebrew
*• 7

[làser: (a) proto-Semitic *lizr; Arab. hazìra(t); l'IIRASLOI OC.Y

probably Aram, hutrà enclosure (for sheep), 1. (Phr2) (said of cities etc.) /□ni? 3“in/3“inn
court; (b) proto-Semitic *hdr; Arab. badarci; South ni^n/ni^ns “cities” (Jer 26:9; Lzek 6:6; 12:20;
Arab. [idr dwell(ing), settle(ment), used primarily 19:7; 26: i9)/“countries” (Judg 16:24; 2Kgs 19:17;
for humans and not animals. It is this latter root Isa 37:1 8)/“streets, towns” (Zeph 3:6); Akk: àia/
that yields thè Heb. plural li"scrini—in contrast to crscta/nagà haràbu/suhrubu “to be laid waste/lay
ìf-scrot, which goes back to (a)—a special type waste (said of) city/land/region” (C'AD H 87b).
of unwalled village as defined expressly in Lev. 2. (Phr2) (said of temples), e.g., nÌE3

XXV, 3 i : ‘and thè houses of thè [iscrìtti, which nnn'. ■'©npai plró' “thè shrines of Isaac
shall be laici waste, and thè sanctuaries of Israel
have no walls around them, shall be reckoned
reduced to ruins” (Amos 7:9); Akk: asirta haràbu/
as belonging to thè country field.’ In thè Old
suhrubu “to lay waste, devastate a sanctuary,” e.g.,
Testament [iscritti are frequently mentioned as
Ilatranti lìhulhul sa inuaddù 54 sanciti ina salputti
settlements in thè vicimty of a city (Jos. XIX, 8;
l'N ustahrihi csrcti “(as to) Harran (and) Ehulhul,
passim, cf Neh. XII, 29).” In light of thè above
which lay 111 ruins for 54 years as a result of thè
and contrary to thè CAD, Malamat asccrtains that
devastation of Umman-manda, thè sanctuaries
in Mari (ARM 2 43:7) thè term hasàrum “must
have been laid waste” (C'AD H 87I1 2 and passim);
be understood, in thè above discussed biblical
cf. also Akk: ckalla/hila haràbu “to he in waster
sense, namely, as a special type of unfortified
(said of) palace/house (of prayer)” (C'AD H 87(1
settlement that origmated with thè nomadic or 1); cf. Heb: n“in...n , nn “(this) House (of thè
semi-nomadic tribes,” e.g., ana hasàrim sahàtim Lord) is laid waste” (I lag 1:4,9).
paniisu “he plans to assault thè unwalled villages,” 3. (Phr2) (said of a gravesite) Hinnp n'3
alici not “he plans to assault thè sheep-fold” as thè nnnn “thè graveyard of my ancestors lies in ruins”
rendering of thè CAI) (H i3ob 1). (Neh 2:3); Akk: usahrabganùnsu “he laid waste his

Note thc Emarite WSem. subs. hisàri/husàri/ grave (lit. living quarters)” (CAD C 42b 2).

husurani/hisàrani “settlement, abode” i.e., panusu While KB’, for example, maintains one root
abiissu sa Ba lli bel hisàri “in its front: thè storehouse mn, which comes to connect both (a) “to be
of Ba‘lu, thè lord of thè settlement” (see Pentiuc desolateci, devastate” and (b) “to dry up,” BDB,
2001:71 1) and passim). followed recently by DCH, has two entries (a) I
HI Malamat, JAOS 82 (1962) 147. nnn “be dry, dried up”; (b) II 3nn “he waste,
desolate.” The inner biblical evidence justifies
two homonyms: I 3“in is employed twice in
“ih = Akk. hurm s. OAkk. on (CAD H 2S2b; AHw
hetidiadion with “to dry up” (Isa 19:5; Job
3 5 9 b). hole.
14:11), and four times 3nn parallels © , 'DÌn/©3]'
imirasloi.ogy
(Isa 44:27; Jer 51:36; Hos 13:15; Nah 1:4); cf. also
2?nV/D“in (Jer 50:38). Likewise, thè lexeme is
1. (Phr2) (to bore a hole) “ih np3, e.g., njp*1
employed as thè antonym of n“lp “frost,” “ice”
“in nn$ ]i“i^ ]nàn ‘ ‘and thè
Qer 36:30).
priest Jehoiada took a chest and a bored a hole
in its door” (2Kgs 12:10); Akk: hurra palasti, e.g.,
simu burràie ina libbi dahi uptallisu “they bore holes t:t
nsin = Akk. Imribtus. MBoh (CAD ' H 2S1 a; AHw
w v

in thè door” (CAD II 2 5 3 a ; AHw 8 1 sb D-Cl 4). 359a). Akk. desert (usually sing.), uninhabitable
place (pi.); Heb. wasteland.

3“in = Akk. haràbu A v. NB, SB (CAD H 8 a; 7

IMIR ASliOLOCY
AHw 322b). to be laid waste (intrans., Qal, G-stem); 1. (Phr2) nann osnu Tim “i will lay
to lay waste (trans., Hiph'il, S-stem). your cities in ruins” (Lev 26:3 1); Akk. àlànika ana
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

tilli bitka ana [turbali lutïr “may he turn your cities according to thè sages, ready for repentance”
into ruins, your house(s) into uninhabited places” (X3inn ianrò pana “Israel needs
(CAI) H 25 ib b). carobs |poverty] to lead them to repentance” 111.
Lev. Rabbah 35:6, commenting 011 Isa 20:1).
^3"in = Akk. irgilu (irgisu) s. SB* (C'AI) I/J 176I-1; That thè carob was a very cheap commodity and
AHw 24oa, s.v. ergila), (kind of) locust. considered to be food for thè poor is likewise well
known from Akk. sources, e.g., mattini harube
The Heb. hapax *73111, which is employed in ikkal “thè country will eat carobs” (CAD H i2ob
sequence with other kinds oflocusts, i.e., !131X a). Ili thè Babylonian Theodicy thè sufFcrcr states
“locust,’ ’ □jj'po “b aid locust,” 3311 “grasshopper” that mar kabti it sari harubu uk\lassuti] “while thè
(Lev 11:22), is thè equivalent of Akk. irgilu, son of thè notable and thè ridi subsists 011 carob”
which is attested in thè lexical list Hh XIV:23y (BWL 80:186). Held concludes “while it is true
in sequence with hilammu, zizàuu/sisctnu, and that outside our Isaiah verse thè carob is not
suhsilu, kinds oflocusts (C'AI) H 17f>b). attested by its proper name in thè Hebrew Bible,
IH Cohen, Hapax 1 10:7. this is only by chance. That it was known is now
evident since it is attested by its popular name
‘doves’ dung’ in II Kings 6:25.”
mnrt* = Akk. harubu s. OAkk., SB (C'AI) I I i2ob;
AHw 32ya). carob. IH Held, Landsberger l'est., 395—98.
Cf. HKÍS.
The word for “carob” is not attested by its proper
name in thè HB. However, following T. K.
I 'pnn = Akk. Ijuràsu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD LI 24<,b;
C'heyne, Held adopts thè reading ÒDSn 31111
AHw 3s8a). gold.
instead of thè MT Ò3ÌU1 3“in “you will be
devoured (by) thè sword” (Isa 1:19). Held writes: FARAI, I.LLISM
“One of thè emendations suggested |by C'heyne] 1. (Pari) (silver//gold) [Oli "IBS?? ^03
is indeed 1*73X11 D’31111____ there is no escape C3, ’tp5 “(she has amassed) silver like dust and gold
from thè conclusion that in light of our prescnt like thè niud (in thè Street)” (Zech 9:3; Ps 68:14;
study his suggestion is most probable. Ci) 11 e need Prov 3:14; 8:1 o, 19; 16:16); Akk: lu kaspu lu (turasti
not, at thè sanie time, emcnd thè Masoretic u annaku “be it silver, gold, or tin” (CAD H 246b
mn into □’3nn or consider it an abbreviation 3b passim).
for D‘’31“)!l, as suggested by Ciheyne, but simply
S I M I L H / m i ; T A F 1I O R
vocalize harùb as a generic.” Isa 1:19—20: USD DK
nnn cr.nr;' as- òpxn pxn aita ans?Dcn 2. (SM2) (used with wisdom or lovemaking),

‘if you agree and give heed, you will eat e.g., nnxan fnnni ^93 “intpp rnno 3ia “for

thè choice produce of thè land; but if you refuse thè gain from it is better than silver and its profit
and disobey, you will eat carobs”; as noted by betterthan gold” (Prov 3:14; cf. also Prov 8:10,19;
Held, “thè opposite of thè choice produce of thè 16:16); Akk: ràmka lu sii sihdtuka lu hurdsu “indeed
land, i.e., you will live in misery and poverty.” your love is obsidian(?), indeed your lovemaking
LH sources, Held continues, “bear abundant (lit. laughter) is gold!” (CAD H 246b 4).
witness to thè fact that thè carob was thè food of Filli. ASLOLOCY

thè very poor of animals (i.e., nani *73X0 "[“'min 3. (Phri) (ycllow gold) filli pipi', e.g.,
F ‘carobs are thè food of animals’, Palestinian fnn pnp—3 ^?33 nsm -r-sr “thè
Talmud, Maasroth 3:1; see Held, 397:23), and wings of a dove sheathed in silver, its pinions in
even thè sole diet of some celebrated sages who yellow gold” (Ps 68:14); Akk: hurdsu arqu, e.g., 1
shunned thè ‘vanities’ of this world (Bab. Talmud, huppatara hurdsu arqu “one ewer of yellow gold”
Berakhoth 17b). Small wonder, therefore, that (CAD A 300b d); Ug: ksp wyrq hrs “silver and
once a Jew is reduced to eating carobs, he is, yellow gold” (Krt:i 38).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

II pili! = Akk. harisu/hirisu s. NA, N13, SB (CAD II *pn — Akk. harapu A v. OB 011 (CAD H yoa;
H io3b; iy8a; AHw 3263). moat, ditch. AHw 323a). to be early.

DENOTATIVE As noted by Levine “thè Heb. adjcctive nchrcfct

i. (I )C112) (BH hapax) H^n 1 ? can now be explained precisely. It is cognate with
fnni nini nn?n?l “to restore and rebuild Akkadian harapu, ‘to be early, arrive early’. On this
Jerusalem...it will be rebuilt, city and moat” (Dan basis nchrcjel would mean assigned in advance, that
9:25); Akk: e.g., Iiansa sa dìiya Assur... ahrus “I is, in advance of redemption or manumission.”
(Tiglat-pileser I) (re)dug thè moat of my city Accordingly, Lev 19:20: ETX 1 ? nEHm nn?tó Xini
Assur” (CAD I I lo^b); hirisa rabà ana limct duri “(a woman) who is a slave, assigned in advance
lu altri “I (Tukulti-Ninurta I) dug a great moat to another man.” Levine further compares Judg
around thè wall” (CAD H iySa). 5:18: nio*? i»s3 '■pn d?7 |ònr literary rendering
IH Oredsson, Moats, 140-42. thè verse as: “Zebulun is a tribe that precipitously
C.f. pn v. exposed itself to death.”
11,11 Levine, 1989:130.

□blO = Akk. hartibi s. SB (CAD H 1 i6b; AHw 's‘ c;f. ^"in

328b). interpreter of dreams.

=]"1.n = Akk. harpu adj. fr. 015 and MA 011 ( C'AI) I 1
As noted by thè CAD (ibid.) LÚ liarti\bi\ is 105I); AHw 326I1). early.
employed “among craftsmen and professional
persons taken as prisoners from Egypt” by The sub. HT 1 employed in Job 29:4 does not
Esarhaddon. It is an Egyptian word hry-tnì, which depict thè rainey season. It means “early” and may

connotes “thè one 011 duty.” be equated with Akk. harpu “early” e.g., cqlum
The word is employed in BH in thè stories hirrctum harpdtum cqlum hirrctum uppuldtum “thè

ofjoseph and Moses in Egypt (Cen 41:8,24; Exod fields (with) early furrows and thè fields with late

7:1 1,22; 8:3,14,1 5; 9:1 1). furrows” (C'AD I I I99a). The contrast between
harpàtum-uppulàtum “early-late” in thè above text,
Ili Goedicke, Or. 65 (1996) 24—30.
is likewise utilized in Aram, as: ÒBX1 'Bnn “early
Cf. BA DB “in.
and late” (b. Nid.ósb). Consequently, Job 29:4:
'Enn '’iT? TTI! n»X3... may be rendered as: “as
□in = Akk. hardmu v. lex. (CAD II 89b; AHw I was in my early days...”
323a). Akk. to separate; Heb. to exeommumeate,
In Akk. harpu (adj.) is conimonley employed
put under a ban> destroy, exterminate (secondary
said of agricultural events such as se’ti/esedu/
mng.).
hiritu / samù / umiì “early barley/harvest/furrows/

Akk. hardmu is equated 111 thè lex. list to parasti, e.g., rain/inundation” and thè like (CAD H i05a-b).

hardmu sa parasti, “hardmu (witli thè iniplication) Akk. harpu (pi. tantum) connotes “(early harvest

of separating” (C'AD H 90a). It seems that this as well as summer” e.g., dispàti salti samum u uìtu
very basic meaning of “to set apart, set aside” is la ipparakù kùsu harpu “thè vegetation of spring,
meant 111 Lev 27:28: tt^X DIO: “1^ tnn bz ^X folder and pasture, do not fail winter (or) summer”
ib n;;x 'nb “ every proscribed thing that one (CAD H io6b (2)). This Akk. phraseology may
set apart to thè Lord from everything that belongs be compared to thè Heb. verse: ...Ip) TlSj?] STIT
to him.” The C'AD (H <joa) maintains that hardmu inin»’ xb nb^bi ari ^nm f jpi ani “seed time
is“possibly thè etymon of harimtu and harmatu, if and harvest cold and hit summer and winter day
these words designate women socially set apart” and night shall not cease.”
|i.e., prostitute]. Ili .Il Landsberger, JNES 8 (1949) 287-290.

cf. mznjp. Cf. v.

 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

flft - Akk. harasu A v. OA, OB on (CAI) H yzb; (by means of seeder plow) (C'AD E 28sb; 286a
AHw 323b). to cut. and passim).

In EA* harasu “to plow” is a WSem. lw. glossing

Akk. harasu A has thc physical and concrete sense
Akk. eresu: allumina anakuma irrisa (gloss: ahrisu)
“to cut down/off, to incise,” e.g., tuarsa kima
ina ( ’ . N a anakuma ubbalu LÚ.MES ma.«<i.MES “now
karasi ihtaras “thè namtar-dcmon has cut thè sick
I ani doing thè plowing in ( I N and I ani bringing
as if he were a leek” (CAI) I I 92b lex. section);
thè corvée workers” (C'AD H 9Óa; let. Palestine);
harisa sa àliya Assur...ahrus “I (Tiglat-pilescr I) cut,
i.e., (re)dug thè moat of my city Assur” (AKA anumma èrisu (gloss: ahrisu) u ibaqqam\a la ya\sùnii
ina dliya “now I am plowing and plucking (or,
145 v 6). This notion, however, is absent fr. BH.
Heb., which commonly employs thè verb fin shearing) thè sheep, and I cannot leave my city”

in its semantic development: “cut > determine > (EA 226:10—14; Ic't. Siptu-risa).

decide,” e.g., tDStpp fin “cut > decide a verdict” Note thè usage of thè verb Enn associated
(iKgs 20:40); Tir □■'Smn “his days are cut > with a woman in thè famous proverb of Aniarna:
determined” ([ob 14:5); n^nn? nQll^p “ decisive eqliya assata sa la muta masil assurti bali eresim “my
war” (Dan 9:26) etc. Akk. “cut > determme> field, for lack of plowing, is like a woman without
clear,” e.g., dibbi...hursamma supra “send me a clear a husband” (EA 74:17-19; 75:15-17; 81:37-38;
report on thè matter” (C'AD H 943 4b); ùmussu 90:42—43, all lets. Byblos), finds its siniilarity to
l’N bàrù (emù sa ekalli ihirissu ana PN isappar “thè thè usage of EHn associated with a woman 111
diviner P N will send a clear report 011 thè palace judg 14:18: tib tV?*? arnspin on 1 ? npxi
daily to P N ” (CAD H 94b). TITn QnXljp “and he (Samson) said to them (thè
Cf. Il fmn. Philistines), ifyou had not plowed my heifer (i.e.,
my woman), you had not found out my riddle”
(Marcus, JANES 5 [1973] 281-86).
EHn s. <> Akk. ersu A adj. OAkk., OB, SB (CAD
As noted by Landsberger thè nionths of
1". 313b; AHw 24^x1). Akk. wise; Heb. craftsman.
October and November are known in Akk. as

Whereas thè Heb. substantive EHI! comes to id/ti erdsim “month(s) of plowing” and should be
mean solely “craftsman, artificer” (e.g, Deut compared to thè Heb. term ©'IP! “plowing time”
27:15; 1 Sani 13:19; Isa 4:7), thè Akk. adj. ersu (e.g., Cleti 45:6; Exod 34:21; iSam 8:12).
(which is equated by thè CAD to Heb. hàràs, (Il Landsberger, JNES 8 (1949) 294.
Ug. hrs craftsman) has thè more generai sense
wise, intelligent.” I lowever, Akk. ersu, which n2?n = Akk. hasù E v. Mari*; WSem. word (C’AD
is equated in thè lexical synonym lists to emqu H i46a; AI lw 33sb s.v. hasù VII). Akk. to disregard?
( = Heb: DOn EHPT, Isa 40:20) “wise”; mudù (=
(CAD); to be silent (AHw); to pass over in silence
Heb: Snv) “expert”; hassu (= Heb: 3E?m (2?in)
(CDA); Heb. to be silent.
Lxod 35:35,3^) “thinker,” i.e., “intelligent,” is
employed at least once in relation to thè arts: ersu denotativi :

mudù minima sumsu “(may) thè wise man, who I.(l)en2) Qpw/nm e . g . ,
knows every craft (prize you...as highly as gold)” “for thè sake of
(CAD E 3 1 4 b). Zion I will not be silent//for thè sake ofjerusalem
I will not be stili” (Isa 62:1); Akk: beli rihsam sa
= Akk. eresu B v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD li 28511; sarràni sa mare Yamina la iliasse u beli ina tayàrtisu
AHw 23Sb). Akk. to seed; Heb. to plow. ina harràn itti pagarsi! lissur “as to thè gathering of
thè kings of thè southern tribes, my lord shall not
1R A s 1:01 .< ) ( ; Y
pi
be quiet and my lord should take care of himself
1. (Phr2) (plow/seed a field) nnÉ? Ehi! (Jer 011 bis way liome” (ARMT 26/1 p. 85). Here, thè
26:18; Mie 3:12); Akk. eqla eresu “to seed a field” Akk. compound (with thè negative part.) la ihasse
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brf.w

is thc semantic equivalent of thè BH tÒ “I upper cheeks are clmcsu, his lower cheeks flash
shall not be quiet, silent.” (C'f. also Isa 65:6). constantly like lightning” (CAD E I07b a). As
noted by thè CAD (ibid. io8a) clmcsu = Heb
Although thè C'AD (H i46a s.v. hasù lì) does not
barn “ must be taken as referring to a quasi-
equate thè Mari lexeme to BH n©n “be quiet,
mythical precious stone of great brilliancy and
stili,” it nevertheless renders hasù “to disregard?”
with a color that one tried to imitate with dyes.”
(cf. also C'AD R 337a s.v. rihsu B), noting that thè
I H Landsberger, liawngarmcr Irst., 190 97; Greenberg,
“translation based 011 context and thè assuniption
AB 22 43.
of WSem. loan,” and further notes “but see also
hásii B ‘to worry’.”
(nnn ,nnn rrnn) nn — Akk. Ijattu A s. OB 011
(CAD H 1 5oa; AHw 336a). panie, fear.
bm = Akk. basalti v. MB on (CAD I I 137a; AHw
333a). to sbatter. sequenc.inc ;

1. (Seq2) (fear//panie) n'IT 0311111 D^llDÌ

DliNO I AT I V F,
fHXn n*D ^3 bs “your fear and panie shall be
i. (Den2) (BH hapax), DÒttfran bz Tj? 33H
upon all thè beast of thè earth” (Gen 9:2); Akk:
v_T) T-F nnxi ^pina “ (how they fell you on thè hattu//pirittu; hattu//pululjtu; hattu//giiittu “panie -
road) when you were faint and weary and cut
fear, fright, terror,” e.g., hattu pirittu sa ina zumriya
down all those who were shattered in your rear” scriya scr'àni\ya basa] “panie (and) fright that are in
(Deut 25:1 8). my body, my flesh, my sinews” (CAD H 1 5 1 a d);
Akk. basalti “to crush, shatter” is employed mainly hattum u puluhtum disumi ittabik “panie and fear
in cases such as to crush malt or grains in making poured over them” (*CAD H 1 $ob c); battìi gilittu
groats, herbs for medicai use, earth, minerals. \ana mà\fi nadàt “panie and terror are upon my
However, in a few cases thè verb pertains to thè country” (C’AD H 1 $ob b).
crushing of human bones (CAD H 137b d) and fi iraseolocy

Istar is portrayed as: \h\asil\at...\ la kansi “who 2. (Phn) (thè fear of god) tTn' 1 ^ nnn “thè
crushes...the unsubmissive” (CAD LI 137b). fear of God,” e.g., □nSO bv nnnTT^l“thè
C.f. BA v. fear of Cìod fell upon thè cities” (Cìen 35:5); Akk:
hattu sa ili, e.g., hattu sa ili u sani ina qaqqadisu lissakiu
“may thè terror (emanating) from god and king be
= Akk. clmcsu OB on (C’AD E 1073; AHw
upon him” (CAD H 1 sob a); batti ili//napsur ili ana
20sa). (a precious stone).
amdi “divine terror (variant: mercy) for thè man”
denotativi ; (CAD H 1sob b).
i.(Den2) (only in Ezekiel): SlDttfn pSJ3 3. (Phr2) (to cause panie) nTin |n3, e.g., “SS
ran -[ino ‘r?:rnn p??/rx nxnas “ somethmg D’»n f"lX3 n'nn 13n3 “they who struck panie in
that looks like hasmal, having somethmg with thè thè land of thè living” (Ezek 32:23; cf. also Ezek
appearance of fire” (Ezek 1 ^,27); p573 nnt nsn?:? 26:17); Akk: hattu sakànu, e.g., hattum sa DN ina
n^ptpnn “ somethmg with a brilliant appearance, muhhisu lissakin “may panie (emanating) from DN

like hasmal” (Ezek 8:2). be upon him” (*CAD H 1 sob a).

Not unlike Heb. bïi^n, Akk. shows clearly

Xnn* = Akk. hatù A v. OB on (CAD H 15 1 b; Al Iw
that clmcsu refers to a precious stone with thè
3 36b, s.v. hatu II). to smite.
characteristic sparkle and brilliancy of fire, e.g.,
nùr sanie kima isàti “light of heaven that (shines) denotative

like fire” (( ’AI ) E io8a). In Akkadian texts clmcsu 1. (Dc'112) (BH hapax) Hab 3:6-7: nibp ni3i?
often appears in mythical contexts, e.g., clmcsu nisn? *nr n? ■’inn msrn apa nx- f-x
usuk\kas\u kima birki ittanabrik ìitàsu “his (Nergal’s) ps nnn ò obi» nisòn □‘pis; “when He stands,

122
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Coimeanion for Biiìlical Hebrew

He makes thè earth shake, when he glances, I le • li N( H \ 11 \ 1

makes nations tremble, thè age-old mountains are 1 . (i )en2) nnsnrp nnnp |nn “let
shattered, thè primevai hills sink low, thè eternai thè bridegroom come out of his chamber, thè
paths lw tljt'ami.” bride from her canopied couch” (Joel 2:16); Akk:
alkania (ìtlgànws lu ha ir (var. fiatarli) atta “come,
In thè light of thè verbal parallelism //“in3//“Iip
Gilgames, you be thè bridegroom” (George,
nnttV/f^S “shake//tremble//shatter//sink low,”
(ìilgamesh, 618:7).
Albright was first to suggest reading thè MT nnn Ò
jlK as (hithot òlàtti) lù-tohtdia “(thè eternai paths) The Akkadian term, presumably in different
are crushed,” equating thè verb Xnn to Akk. hatù periods and/or locations, can refer to different
“to crush,” e.g., lutate uhattu//mata usap\pafi\ “(his male relatives: nudumiù ana màrtisu inauditi arte u
word) snutes houses//ovcrthrows thè country” fiatanti ahanics ul imiti “he will give thè dowry to his

(C'AD H I 5 i b lex. section). daughter, fither-in-law and son-in-law shall not

sue each other” (C’AD H i48a a); 7 ahfiisu diku 7(?)
( I l i Albright, BASOR 87 (1941) 43 49; Cinsberg, JBI.
fiatatisi1 sunullfi “whose seven brothers have been
62 (1943) 1 15; Cohen, 120:35.
slain, whose seven brothers-in-law have been laid
out” (CAD H 148b b).
n^nn = Akk. fiatluuu s. OA* (CAD H 1 soa; AI lw
336a). a garment; I leb. swaddling-cloth.
nann = Akk. hatnutu s. Teli Taanak* (C’,AD H 1 soa;
I he hapax substantive nS'nn occurs in Job 38:9 AI lw 336a). marriage (lit. beconiing a son-in-law).
in parallelism with trà 1 ? “clothing”: 'P1É73
The substantive HanD, which seems to be
in^nn i r?^r/7"w~ i 7 “when I made thè cloud
employed twice in SoS and in thè fifteenth-century
its clothing//dark mist its swaddling-gamient.”
inscription from Tel Taanak, is derived from thè
Similarly, it seems to be thè case in Akk., where
commonly used noun |nn = Akk. fiatanti “son-in-
th e once-attested hallunu occurs in sequence with
law > bridegroom” (cf. jnn). In SoS thè lexeme
nahlaptu “wrap, outer garment” (in an inventory
is used in reference to King Solonion’s wedding:
of household and toiletry articles): 1 nahfaptuni u
‘zh nnptp DV3Ì in:nn ara iax -V r-srr rncsn
hatlunu 3 siqqàtum rabiàtutu “one outer garment
“at thè crown his mother gave him 011 his wedding
and swaddling-cloth, three big nails” (*CAD H day, 011 thè day of thè heart’s delight” (SoS 3:1 1).
1 50a). Note thè twice-attested denominative verb In Ta anak thè 1101111 is used in thè expression
n'pnn *6 ^nnni pròpri xV ròpn] “ and not at all hatnùtam epcsu, lit. “to make a wedding,” i.e., “to
were you rubbed with salt, and not at all were you marry”: firubant l’N ana (IN u lu iwas(s)ira awiliya ana
swaddled” (said ofjerusalem, using thè metaphor of rnahriha u lu ipusu hatnùtam “let l’N come to me at
an mfant) (Ezek 16:4). The verb is absent fr. Akk. (IN, or I will send my man to you, for truly I want
to marry” (C’AD fi 1 soa).
pn = Akk. fiatatiti s. OB 011 (C’AD H 148,1; IH Albright, BASOR 94 (1944) 23:73.
AHw 335b). Akk. male relative by marriage; Heb. ‘<r Ci. jnn.
daughter’s husband, bridegroom.
 to
nDtD — Akk. tabulili v. OB 011 (CAI) T ia; AHw 130I) and passim)/upalliq le’e mare utabbih asli “I
i 375a). to slaughter (Qal, Cì- and l)-stem). slaughtered fattened oxen and butehered sheep”
(C'AD A_ 336a b).
simili ;/mf.t api iok
111 noi \ 1 1 v1
i. (SMi) (like a slaughtered lamb/sheep) , '3N]
3. (Deio) (said of humans), e.g., ïJSK DV3 firn
ìntpn 'by ' 2 tipt nV: rrnt?1? Vrr fcn??
You slew them 011 your day of
JTDEjOO “for I was like a docile lamb led to be
wrath, You slaughtered them without pity” (Lam
slaughtered, I did not realize that it was against
2:21; cf. also Jer 25:34; Ps 37:14); Akk: e.g., akbus
me that they plotted” (Jer i 1:19); DH33 □Tl’iN
gallàya atbuh geràya “I tread upon my evil demon//I
rrntp 1 ? “i will bring them down like lambs for
slaughtered my enemy” (Maqlu V 149—50; AHw
slaughter” (Jer 51:40); Akk: kima asli/aslis tabàhu
1 375b and passim).
“to slaughter like a lamb,” e.g., nàs qasti azmarc
pan sepesu kima asli utabbihma qaqqadàtisuuu unakkis In three (Gen 43:16; Hzek 21:15; I^rov 9:2) of thè
“I (Sargon II) slaughtered his personal bowmen eleven biblical passages that utilize thè verb PDtD
and spearmen like sheep and cut off their heads” Hebrew employs a cognate/accusative construction
(CAI) A 336a c); qirib ali suàtu enib niscsu aslis with thè noun POCO. Not only does such a
utabbih “I (Assurbanipal) entered that city and construction not occur in Akkadian, but there is no
butehered its inhabitants like sheep” (CAD A nominai forni meaning “slaughter” from thè root
335b and passini); amcla suàtu arrat lemuttim kima tabàhu.
immeri itbuljsu “an evil curse has slaughtered this C'f papa ,rt3D.
man as if he were a sheep” (Surpu V-VI 9fi).

NIKASLOI OCY
n3Q = Akk. tàbihu s. ( )B on (CAD T 6b; AHw
2. (Phri) (to slaughter oxen and sheep) 1 376b). buteher; Heb. cook, buteher.
rqa “ to slaughter a bull/ox” (Deut
28:31; J<-' r 11:19); Akk: alpa tabàhu, e.g., anau BH employs thè nomai ageutus PQtD ( 1 Sani 9:23,24)
ammarinati uttabbih alpi asgis immeri umisamma to mean a “cook” (who also kills thè animals he
“for thè workmen I butehered oxen, every day serves). In Akk. occur tàbih sarri “thè king’s buteher”;
I slaughtered sheep” (George, (ìilgamesh, 706:71 — patru sa tàbilii “butcher’s knife” (AIIw 1376b); sa
72); Ug: tbh alpm ap sin “he slaughters both bulls hadri sa tàbihi sa bit màr sarri “frolli thè association
and small cattle” (III llp, 13 12-14); Heb: (for of thè butehers of thè estate of thè crowti prince”
thè sanie idea) ìris bto] -ij?3 ann “ slaying oxen (CAD I I 24a, s.v. hadru a); tàbih bàri “slaughterer
and killing sheep” (Isa 22:13). Cf. Lichtenstein, and seller of prepared meat dishes” (C]AD K 222a).
JANliS 1 (1968) 26—27. Note also that thè Heb. compound □‘'fOt? 3“1 is thè
C'-3/w'23 n33 “to slaughter lamb(s)” semantic equivalent of thè Akk. title rabi nuhatimmi,
(jer 11:19; 5I: 4o); Akk: immcra/asla tabàhu “to which denotes “a court dignitary” (cf. 0 ,, rntD 3“1).
slaughter lamb/sheep,” e.g., màmit immera tabàlju Akk. likewise employs thè compound noun rab
nikissu lapàtu “oath sworn by slaughtering a tàbihi to mean “chief buteher” (AHw ibid.).
sheep and touchmg thè death-wound” (C'AD I/J <í? ' Cf. roB v., an ,rnco ,n3t?a.

125
snto An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew

IDIOMATIC USACI:
SntD = Akk. tebii s. OB on (CAD T 6 7 a; AHw
i 382b). to smk. 1. (Idi) (good reputation) 3ÌtD DE?; Akk: sumu
tabu. Cf. DE?.
l'I IR ASLOl .OGY
IMI’LOMATTC
1.(Phr2) (to sink a foundation); Heb.
2. (Dip) (said of loyal relationship) /“I3n
(Hoph'al) e.g., 1i?3t?n D , in D~)Ì23 “before (thè
□,’3ÌtD/3ÌtD annn “loyal word/words,” e.g., nps*;
foundations of) thè mountains were sunk” (l J rov
cpnx rrrn^ nitsn '“an rx crH* T.r:p~i
8 :25 ); nnas rn; ’p is iincpn irr™ na bv n-rn Dippn “I will take care of you and I will
“unto what were its bases sunk? who set its fulfill for you My loyal word to return you to this
cornerstone” (Job 38:6) Akk. (D-stem) e.g., adi place (i.e., treaty)” (Jer 29:10; cf. also Jer 33:14);
muhhi me lu ahtut 120 tikpi atta muspali lu utabbi rni □•'aito cr-nn □rrbs ninni nn^jji Dnnnyi
“I excavated down to water leve], I sank thè □'Q^n *73 □‘'"I3S? “ you (Rehoboam) answer
foundation to a depth of 120 courscs (of bricks)” them favorably (northern tribes) and negotiate
(CAD T 70a 3). with them friendly relations (lit. good words) and
IH NOI \ M\ I they shall be your vassals forever” (iKgs 12:7);

2. (Den2) (to sink into water) (^10) D ,3 P3Q Akk: amati1 tàbtu “friendly relations” (lit. “good
words”), e.g., ana zimi awàtim mihir tuppisu sa
“sink in thè sea (of reeds)” (Exod 15:4); Akk:
usàbilakkum awàtim tàbàtimma ina tuppim suttiramma
summa amelu udrà lu appara ibirma itebbu u illi “if a
\sàb\ilsu “according to thè merits of thè matter thè
man crosses either a river or a marsh and sinks and
reply ofhis letter that I am sending you, copy it
then emerges” (C’AD T 68b).
onto a tablet (with all kind) of friendly words and
The biblica] expression “to sink into thè mire” (Jer send it to me” (ARM 1 24:6—8; cf. also ARM 2
38:22 (f3); Jer 38:6; Ps 69:15 (tO^tD)) is unattested 24:8). In a treaty and covenant context from Mari
in Akkadi an. thè idiom amati damqàti (= Heb: □ , '3ÌCD □ , n3n)
“friendly things” (lit. “good words”) is employed,

nQQ = Akk. Tebèlu 11. OB on (C’AD ’J 66b; AHw e.g., amitum tàbtum biritiya u biritisu nis Him u

I382b). tenth month of thè Standard Babylonian riksàtim dannàtim nisakkan “we will establish a firm
contract under oath, a friendly word between me
calendar.
and bini” (RA 36 [1939] 57:7—10). It should also
In BH n3£3 occurs only in Esth 2:16: t£Hh3 be observed that in a treaty context disloyalty is
H.33 snn ^n 'H'wn “ 111 thè tenth month, which expressed by thè negative idioms amatu la tàbtu/
is thè month of Tebet.” In Assyria, at least during la damiqtu/la banitu “not proper/not right/not
some periods, thè tenth month of thè Standard ilice words,” i.e., disloyalty (Weinfeld, Maarav 3
Babylonian calendar may have been Kanunu. 11982I 46-49).
N 1R A S L O I . O G Y
As noted by M.E. C'ohen: “The Assyrian Astrolabe
B indicates that in this month a major festival for 3. (Phri) (good-quality oil) 3Ì£D ]PE?; Akk.
thè sky-god Anu was observed. The month of sanniti tabu. C'f. ]P©.

tebètu, thè high festival of Anu, thè month of thè

4. (Phri) (sweet honey) 3Ì£D ©31; Akk. dispu
splendor of istar, thè city elders hold essembly,
tabu “sweet honey.” C'f. E)3n.
5. (Phri) (sweet cane) 3ÌC3 n3p; Akk. qami
isum... their gates, samas... throughout thè land,
tabu “sweet cane.’ ’ cf. n?jp.
this month is affected (?) up to its end’.”
6. (Pliri) (goodpastureland) nj?“|S3Ì0 nS?"]Q?
IH M. E. C’ohen, Cultic Caletidars, 335fi.
□nS “I shall feed them in good pasture” (Ezek
34:14; cf. also iC'hr 4:40); Akk: ana niqc bëlïya u
DÌtO = Akk. tabu adj. OB 011 (C'AD T uja; AHw naptan sarrutiya...ritti tàbtu usasbit “I (Esarhaddon)
1377^). good. provided fine pasture for (thè cattle and sheep for)

126
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

die sacrifico to my (divine) lords and for my royal

perfect” (C’AI) S_ 221 a 2).
table” (CAI) R 3yoa 2').
15. (Phr2) (said of wind, spirit) n3Ì3 ^nn
7. (Pliri) (happy heart) ^pn^ nnpÈQ T\b
-liczrp pK3 -;n;r “Let Your good spirit lead me
T f3‘ , r. 3Í0 3^3 nn?h “go eat your bread 111 gladness
on level ground” (Ps 143:10; cf. also Neh 9:20);
and drink your wine in joy (lit. happy heart)” (Ecc
Akk: (in physical sense) sàru tàbu “good (i.e.,
9:7; cf. also iSam 25:36); Akk: libbu tàbu “happy
favorable) wind,” e.g., sàru tàbàtu illakù “favorable
heart,” e.g. libbi tabi luskunsuniiti “may he (thè
wmds will blow” (CAI) S_ 134a); tib sàru tabu
god) let them have happiness” (AHw ssoa 6b).
ina màiti ibassi “there will be thè rising of a good
8. (Phri) (good blessing) 3ÍCD nÌ3“13/n3“)3
wind in thè land” (CAI) S, 134b). Akk. sàru in
“blessing(s) of good things”; Akk: kiribtu tàbtu.
th e sense of “spirit” is employed with tabu in thè
cfi non?. following personal namcs: ’fàb-sàr-Assur/Bclit/ili/
9. (Pliri) (pleasant sliade) 3ÌB Akk: sillu
Istar/Nabù/Sin /sarri “Favorable-Is-the-Spirit-of-
tabu. c:f. bx. Assur/Belit/the god/Istar/Nabù/Sin/the king”
10. (Phri) (favorable day) 3ÌC3 DiV/nnpp
(Tallqvist, APN, 236—37).
“feast//holiday” (Esth 8:1 7; 9:19); (asan antonym),
At Aniarna, thè terni schu tàbu connotes
i.e., sia □r‘7 V^xp “ from mourning to good day
“sweet wind,” i.e., “breath,” e.g., sclju tàbu s'a
(i.e., joy)” (Esth 9:22; cf. also iSam 25:8); Akk:
ittasi istu pi sarri bcliya ana ardisti u isahhur schusu
urne tabù ti “favorable days,” e.g., ultu urne tàbu ti
“thè sweet breath that carne from thè mouth of
|/]<3 bàruti issattar “it is written among(?) thè days
thè king, my lord, to his servant and his breath
favorable for divination” (CAI) S_ 24ob).
returned” (C’AI) S 266b; let. of Abinulki of
1 1. (Phr2) (sweet wine) ]"P □'O'ÍQ 'S
Tyre). Cf. Heb: 3Tn2r,3 T]SK mi “your breath
“indeed your love is sweeter than wine” (SoS 1:2;
is thè fragrance of apples” (SoS 7:9).
7:10); Akk. karànu tabu “sweet wine,” e.g., ina
16. (Plir2) (pleasant/good word) 'nb E?rH
nàdi maslc iljbii karàna tàba “they drew sweet wine
3Ì£D “D"! “my heart is astir with gracious words”
(from thè vats) with large and small skin bottles”
(Ps 45:2); 3ia inni naoEr etk zbz rmn
(C'AI) K 203b); Marna zamàrasama eli dispim u
“if th ere is anxiety in a nian’s mind let him quash
karànim tàbu tàbu eli dispi u karànint “thè songs (in
it, and let bini exalt a good word” (Prov 1 2:25 and
praise of) Mania are sweeter than honey and wine,
passim); Akk: aniatu tàbtu “good, gracious word,”
they are sweeter than honey and wine” (CAI)
e.g., amata tàbta sa sarri ana rùqcti qibisi “teli her
1) 163ii 013). Note Akk. karànu la tàbu “unsweet
thè gracious, royal, and everlasting word” (CAI)
wine”; ef. Ug: yn tb d Itb “sweet - unsweet wine”
A 2yb lex. section); mannu dabàba tàb f_sv?| bcliya
(PRU II 84 - [6.127: 1-3).
liltcmmi “who may listen to thè pleasant speech
12. (Phr2) (good/easy terrai») 3ÌE2 ITI© “ridi
of my lord” (C'AI) I) 2a b); sa anàku dabàlnt tàbu
field” (Ezek 17:8); Akk. eqlu tàbu “good terrain,”
attanaddanakka “I, who always gave you (thè
e.g., eqla tàba ina narkabtiya u rnarsa ina scpcya “(I
ability to) speak well” (C'AD D 2b).
crossed) thè easy terrain in my chariot, thè difficult
[ 7. (Phr2) (said of way) 213 iÒ JT}. “wrong
(terrain) 011 foot” (CAI) E 2S2a).
way” (Prov i6:2y; idiomatic hapax); Akk: alakti la
13. (Phr2) (said of foods) /D'ÌKiyn^ri/'IS
tàbti ina màti ibassi “bad ways will be in thè land”
□^iQ/núicD/rniB/niïï “sweet, good fruit/
(C'AD A i 2<j7b 2).
produce/figs/olives” (Prov 8:iy/Judg 9:11 /Jer
2 4:3 ^3,5/iSam 18. (Plir2) (said of advice) H3Ì3 *6
8:14); Akk: uhinnu / nurrnù tàbu
“sweet dates/pomegranates” (C'AI) N i 34sa lex. flT “thè advice that Ahitophel has
section; AHw i378a f). given is not good” (2Sam 17:7); Akk: milku la tàbu
14. (Phr2) (said of an animai): (^l) 1jp3 ]3 “bad advice” (AHw C>52b ia; s.v. milku).
“a calf (tender) and choice” (Cìen 18:7); 1 ■ 1 N ( H \ 1 1 \ i

Akk: istcn alpu tàbu suklul sa minàtisunu suk\lulù\ ly. (I)eii2) (describing a divine attribute)
“one fine ungelded bull, whose proportions are "V'sn Tppn 3ita -3 ?jps? pp 1 ? tn nrr “act

127
 An Akkadian Lexical Combanion for Biblical Hfbrew

on my behalf as bcfits Your name, indeed Your -nb nan “ won’t you stay overnight and be happy
mercy is good, save me” (Ps 109:21; cf. also Ps (i.e., enjoy yourself)” (Judg 19:6; cf. alsoJudg 1 8:20;
63:4; 69:17); Akk: (functional equivalent, said 19:9; iKgs 21:7; Ruth 3:7/Judg 19:22; Ecc 11:9);
of die gods) nashuru / napsuru tabu “sweet, good Akk: libba tabu, e.g., mutib libbi Marduk bclisu “who
benevolent attention/mercy,” e.g., tiashurka tabu gladdens thè heart ofhis divine lord Marduk” (CH
napsurka rabú...ana ardika yasi RN Hbsànimma Prologue ii 2f); Akk: (to be satisfied, commonly
“let your gratifying attention, your great pardon employed 111 thè idiom); ana siili gatti ir isatti aplu
be bestowed on me, your slave Samas-sum- ìibbasunu (db “at fìlli price he bought; they (thè
ukïn” (CAI) N 2_sb); napsurka tàba tiashurka rabà sellers) are paid off; their heart is satisfied” (Muffs,
“your sweet pardon, great benevolent attention”
123, Al’ 52 and passim).
(ibid.).
denotativi ;

2. (I)en2) (to complete, perfect, rebuild) e.g.,

(mo) aio — Akk. tubu s. OA, 013 011 (CAI) T
pbtrnT rràin ninn//]!’? nx ^iinn nma,,n/ma,’n
1 i6a; AHw 1 393a). goodness.
“may it please You to perfect (thè appearance
IDIOMATIC USACI; of) Zion//rebuild thè walls of Jerusalem” (Ps
1. (Itte) (happiness) 31 ? ma/ma, e.g., □'TO® 51:20); Akk: mati...bit PN tutabbanim “when will
nb •’Diai ( 1 Kgs 8:66 = 2Chr 7:1 o)/nÌQ1 n!2É? you improve PN’s house?” (C'AD T 4ob); mutib
nb (Esth 5:9) “bappy and glad heart”; Akk: tub isid rndti “who makes thè foundation of thè land
libbi, e.g., tub libbi tub firi “joy of thè heart/mind sound” (ibid.). Cf. OAram: nna^m nnxn^n
(and) joy of thè flesh/body” (C’AI) S i i6b 3' and nnanp “his fiither’s palace, and he perfected it
passim; Muffs, 137-41). Cf. also Heb. nnb ma, better than thè previous one” (KAI 215:9); mnìO
e.g., nnb mani nnatsn “ in happiness and joy of |mm in nnn p nnna'm 'na rrn “and I
thè heart” (Deut 28:47; c f- a 1 so I sa <>5 :1 4-)- (Barrakib) repaired my father’s palace and perfected
si;qui;ncinc it better than thè palace of any powerful king”
2. (Seq 1) (life - happiness) nÌ0H n^l CPnn (kai 216:11-14). cf. ba bbnv.
“(see, I set for you this day) life and happiness
The Akkadian 1 )-stem tubini connotes “to improve,
(i.e., prosperity)” (Deut 30:15); Akk: balàtu - tub
make suitable,” as with a cult object: lutib suhhaka
libbi, e.g., DN DN sulum balàtu ardku umu tub
“may I make your (Bel’s) pedestal suitable” (CAD
libbi u tub seri sa bcliya liqbu “may thè gods DN
T 4ob). Por perhaps a similar usage of thè Hiph'il
DN collimanti for my lord peace, long life, a day
with a cult object, cf. nianninnrra1?nnnn
of happiness and well-being” (*CA1) 13 47b and
ninsa iman “h e made altars aplenty; when his
passim).
land was bountifi.il, cult pillars ...” (Hos 10:1).
SYNTACTTCAI. USACI;
The hapax expression □'ma OTO, i.e., □"'FOl
3. (Sy) ma? “in goodness” (e.g., Ps 128:5; nnETl n?nn D'nb “you shall build perfect houses to
Prov 11:10; Neh 9:25,35); Akk: ina tubi: u atta
live in” (Deut 8:12) may find its equivalent in thè
ina tubi huràsa \hi sa libbi] ka subila “for your part,
OAram. idiom na 'n “well-built, perfect palace”:
be so good as to send me as much gold as seems
ncir1? na^m •’n'n nna na bnb xrnbn tik nxmm
appropriate to you” (C'AD T 1 17b e).
S nqe ; ■obo ■'nntò “ my allies were envious because
of my improved palace; my fathers, thè kings of
(nt^) aia — Akk. tabu v. OB on (CAD T 34a; Sam’al, had no perfect palace” (KAI 216:14—16).
AHw i389a). to become good.

idiomatic usaci ; POltO = Akk. tàbtu B s. (NA)/tàbutu s. (MB, EA)/

1. (Idi) (to be satisfied, happy, “to make thè tàbtutu s. (LB) (C'AD T 1 sa; AHw 1 377a—b; 1 378b).
heart feel good”) nb man/ntT, e.g., | , ' i ?l ^ín goodness, friendship.

128
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew mito
T

DIPLOMATICI USACI- evilly against me” (C'AD E 2 i2a, s.v. Icmuttu).

i. (Dip) (to scck a treaty of friendship) nÉ?B IM IRASr.OLOCY
nnie, e.g., nx-m nnicsn asm n?/BK ■Dia odi
4. (Phr2) (to do a good deed) n31Q nÉ7B,
“and I (David) too will make this (sanie) treaty of
e.g., rniB T1K TOVTO “thè good deed" you did
friendship with you” (iSam 2:6); DrPCtfB n3ÌtD DK1
to me (Saul)” (iSam 24:19; cf. also Num 24:13;
Ìri'3 DB1 DB “and if you make a treaty of
2C.hr 24:16 and passim); Akk: tàbta epcsu, e.g.,
friendship with Jerubbaal and his house” (Judg
aria ili u amelùtu ana mitùti u baltùti tàbtu ëpus “I
9:16); Akk: tàbtuta epcsu, e.g., u imluk istu libbiya (Assurbanipal) did good deeds for god and man,
alikmi anàku ipusam tàbùta...u alkati ana bitisu assutn for thè living and thè dead” (C'AD E 223K s.v.
epus tàbùti inri “I thought to myself, ‘Come! I must tàbtu).
make an alliance of friendship’...so I went to his 5. (Phr2) (to return a favor) HDitO e.g.,
house in order to make an alliance of friendship in^p nnn nnia 'b ’n 3'tpni “and thè Lord
between <us>” (EA 136:26-32, Rib-Addi); cf. will return me a favor for his (Shimei’s) abuse”
OAram: TUB p|T KmtOI K“HB “thè treaty (2Sani 16:12); Akk: tàbta turru, e.g., ultu rise tàbtu
and friendship that thè gods Iliade” (Sefire li B, atta l'Iamti ki ipusu u sunti tàbta ul utiruni “from of
2 )-
old I have shown favor to Elam but they have
nrriro ern, e.g., bn arabi ap'^E? Khnn never done me a favor 111 return” (C'AD E’ 223)1,
abiB^ ^p; “ you (Israel) shall never, as long as s.v. tàbtu). Cf. also Akk: tàbtu suhhuru “to return a
you live, seek (a treaty of) friendship and peace fivor,” e.g., ina libbi tàbti annite sa sarru.. .ana ardisu
with them” (Deut 23:7; Ezra 9:12); Akk: tàbùta epusuni anàku kùme minu ana bcliya usabhir tàbtu
bu'ù “to seek a treaty of friendship,” e.g., atta “in view of this favor that thè king has shown to
ul ahljùtà u tàbùta tubi'ima “have you not been his servant, what favor could I do in return for my
desirous of friendly and brotherly relations with lord?” (CAD ibid.).
me?” (CAD B 36311; EA 4:15—16); abiya tàbùta 6. (Phr2) (to speak well of, intercede) n3n
ittiya libi'i “may my brother seek friendship with bu nrnto, e.g., naia dit^b nsn'? ppi? nbT
me” (*CAD ibid., EA 17:51, let. ofTusratta). “remember (O Lord) how I stood before You to
IILNDIADYS
intercede for good 011 their behalf’ (Jer 18:20; cf.
also 1 Sani 25:30; 2Sam 7:28; iChr 17:26); Akk:
2. (Heni) (an alliance |peace and friendship|)
DrOlCDl DO 1 ??? “peace and friendship” (alliance) tàbta qabù, e.g., tàbtaka ina pan sani ìiqbi “may
he intercede (lit. speak) 011 your behalf for good
(Deut 23:7; cf. also Ezra 9:12); Akk: tùbu/tùbtu u
before thè king” (AHw 1377b 4); damiqta qabu,
sulunitnu “friendship and peace,” e.g., màrsiprisunu
e.g., atti...sa ina maìuir Assur...damiqtim taqbi “you
sa tubi u sulunnnc ana CìN adi mahriya ispurùnimma
(Istar) who spoke well of me in thè presence of
“they sent messengers (with an offer) of friendship
Assur” (CAD D 64I1 1 and passim); banita qabii,
and peace relations to me (Esarhaddon) in
e.g., Nntgal.. .ina mahar Sin naràmisu líqbá battiti
Nineveh” (CAD S 372a); tùbta sulumnià gamra
“may Ningal speak well of me before Sin, her
itti altàmcs iskuuù “they established friendship
belovcd” (CAD B 8ob).
and total peace with each other” (*CAI) ibid.
7. (Phr2) (to see, i.e., experience, happiness)
and passim). Cf Morali, JNHS 22 (1963) 173-76;
nrna n&n e.g., i*n ab inna p 'ap i^p ’pn
Millers, BASOR 176 (1964) 46—47.
n3ÌCD “my days fly swifter than a runner, they flee
contrastinc usaci ;
without seeing happiness” (Job 9:25); np l^Nl
3. (Coni) (evil - good) D3ÍÏÏ - nBn, e.g., npb n^n Kb nniiDI D'PIJEl D'ÌE? ^ “even ifhe ìived a
rOÍtD nnri riB“l Drifp^p “why did you repay good thousand years twice over but never experienced
with evil?” (Cìen 44:4; cf. also Num 24:13; 1 Sani happiness” (Ecc 6:6; cf. also Ecc 5:17); Akk: tàbta
25:21; Jer 18:20 and passim); Akk: tabtu - Icmuttu, amàru “to experience (lit. “see”) happiness,”
e.g., ana gabbi tàbti epus u sttnu lemutti etepsùni “I e.g., tàbti amur annitu mà si tàbtu àtaniar “‘see this
showed kindness to every one, but they acted kindness of mine,’ indeed that kindness I have
mits
T
An Akkadian Lhxical Companion hor Biblical Hf.brlw

experienced” (CAI) A_ íoa; AHw 1377K s.v. “who does not keep thè oath//does not heed
(àbiti 3). Note also thc Akk. semantic equivalent thè friendship (of Assyria)” (CAD H I24a; AI Iw
dumqa amàru “to experience good fortune,” e.g., 1377I1, s.v. tàbtu 3).
dumqa u nuhta lu nimur “let us experience good
times and peace” (CAI) A yb); dumqi ina balàtua mtD = Akk. tanni/tàmii v. OB 011 (CAD T 45b;
lùniur u ina milutiya ana art ama lutùru “may 1 be AHw 138211). to spili.
prosperous while alive and become blessed after
death” (CAI) 1) i82a b); ul àmur dumqa nimclu As noted by C'ohen, Jensen in 1884 was thè first
ul arsi “I have not cxperienced good fourtune, 1 to equate Ileli. ma to thè Akk. verb tanni /tamii
have had 110 profit” (C'AI) ibid.); cf. Heb: niiO 1 ?') “to spili.” In BH, thè verb is attested twice, e.g.,
rn *ir nspp ®p#n nnn bïv-z' ibps? bnp npia nx map W’pn na mTp nb nppn n©K
“and to experience good fortune in all thè profit ]P5"|xn n$i n^pnn “ and all thè skilled women
that lie gains during thè numbered days of his spuli with their own hands, and brought what
life” (Ecc 5:17).C'f. ^ÍDSJ. they had spilli, in blue, purple...” (Exod 35:25; cf
8. (Phr2) (in negative parallelism) (//nsn also 35:26); Akk: e.g., sinnisti temi smisti uscsib sipàiti
H2ÌQ iÒ) “(evil//) not good” (Jer 21:10; 39:16; pesate si pàté sal\màtc\ qti espa ina pilaqqi itine “(Istar)
Amos 9:4); Akk: (lcmmutu//) la tàbtu, e.g., |/<7| had thè skilled woman sit down to her spinner(?);
ana Assur rnàtisu niscsu Icmuttu la labtu uba urna she spini with spinelle a doublé thread of wlute
“(Humbamgas) |who] was plotting evil and not and black wool” (Surpu V—VI 1 5 1 ; AIIw 1 382b).
good for Assur, his land, and his people” (C'AD Both Israelite and Mesopotaniian societies looked
B 364^; Akk: (semantic equivalent) Icmuttu - la upon wonien who could spili well as skilled.
damiqtu “evil - not good” (C'AD L i27b a); cf Accordingly, in thè above two passages Heb. n©N
also Akk: e.g., la làbili ana màt Assur epus “he did nb nppn and Akk. sinnisti temi are semantically
an unkind thing to Assyria” (C’AD li 21 ib, s.v. equal, both denoting “skilled wonien.”
la tàbtu). (Il C'ohen, Hapax 36; I.ichtenstein, JANF.S 4/2 (1972)
9. (Phr2) (forget goodness) npia n©3, e.g., 108-9.
naia 'ITE?] ■'E7EU Di^tòp mini “I despaired of 'g' c;f. rntpo.
having peace, I forgot everything good” (Lam
3:1 7); Akk: tàbta masti, e.g., PN sahin màt tàmtim la
mtD = Akk. tc’u v. Elam, MB on (C'.AD 7' 377b;
nàsir adc la Ijàsis tàbti sa màt Assur tàbtu abiya insima
AHw 1 353a). to cover (up).
“Merodachbaladan, governor of thè Sealands
who did not keep thè sworn agreement, who was In all Heb. denotative, thè verb is used 111 thè
not mindful of thè friendly relations of Assyria, sense of to cover with plaster: JV3n nX na“plaster
had forgotten thè good relations of my father” thè house” (Lev 14:42,48); DTlpn niTp ma 1 ? “to
(Borger, Esarh 46 II: 40—43; C'AD M | 398b 2' and cover thè walls of thè houses” (iC'hr. 29:4); n*K
passim). □nna ncx n^an “what became of thè plaster you
10. (Phi-2) (with “to think”) nnb 1 ? DE?n daubed 011?” (Ezek 13:12); ^Sn Dn 1 ? ina m^P^I
“think for good,” e.g., ni?n 'by D!?pE?n DnX] “her prophets, too, daub (thè wall) for them with
nnb1? nprn c-n^ “ although you (Joseph’s plaster” (Ezek 22:28).
brothers) intended me harm, Cìod intended it for In Akk. thè verb is unattested as referring to
good” (Cìen 50:20); Akk: (semantic equivalent) covering with plaster. Note, however, that both
ana damiqti hasàsu “to think well,” e.g., sarru ina té’u and sèni (“to plaster”) are equated to thè
ekallisu sumsu ana damiqtim liasàisa “(that) thè king sanie Sumerian word, su-ùr-ra. tc’u can connote
in thè palace should think well of him” (CAD “covering with bricks, to wall up”: sa...narà...ana
H i23a 2 and passim). Note also thè Akk. idiom me ittadi ina isàti iqtamu ina libbilli ittc’ “he who
(said of a treaty) tàbta hasàsu “to heed a treaty would throw thè stele into water, burn it, wall
of friendship,” e.g., la nàsir adc//la hàsis tàbti it up with bricks” (CAD T 377IH); ina qaqqari
 An Akkadian Lexicai, Companion for Biblical Hebrew

ittcmir ina Minati ittc' “bury (it) in thc ground, wall PUR ASLOI.OCY
it up with bricks” (*CA1) ibid.). Note also sadù :. (Phr2) (to tread 011 clay) ni^in tTEp CPPÌ3
hhsikuriùsi sadù litc’kuuùsi “may thè mountain hide “tramping on thè dirt in thè streets” (Zech 10:5);
you, cover you up” (C'AI) T 377I1 b). CD'B Díp - !" 1 -ISÍ' “(like) a potter treading clay”
Akk. lik ewisc employs thè verb, as well as (Isa 41:25; Mie 7:10); Akk: fitta kabàsu, e.g.,
an adj., in transfered mng., said of thè eyes: tc’a (itta ikabbasam mahrisa “he trod thè clay in her
inàya “my eyes are covercd” (C'AI) 377b b); tc’ati presence” (Atra-hasìs, 60:252); umma PN arduka
itiàya ustcsbih sibili mu\ti\ “my clouded eyes which epri sa sepeka u fui sa kapàsika “thus say PN, your
have been shrouded in thè pali of death” (BWL servant, thè dust at your feet, and thè mud 011
52 r. 16, Ludlul). In light of thè usage of Akk. which you tread” (C'AI) T 1 lob 3).
tc’u “to cover” (said of thè eyes), perhaps Pit? in
The somewhat common biblical figurative
Isa 44:18 in Drrri: nÌN"]D TO “their eyes have
expression nÍUin Ci'Ep “dirt of thè streets” (2Sam
been besmeared so that they do not see” may be
22:43; /ach 9:3; 10:5; Mie 7:10; Ps 18:43) is
regarded as metaplastic pointing to mtO, rather
unattested in Akkadian.
nnC3, as thè verb is traditionally analized (Bl)B
fili Mankowski, 57-58.
377b and others).
[j? C'f. BA xrcp.
(il von Soden, Or. 24 (1955) 140-4}.

|ntO = Akk. (enti v. OB on (CAI) T y8a; AHw Akk. taltaltu s. SB; Aram. lw. (CAI) T4sa;

138711). to grind. AIIw I379a; CDA 412). fugative woman (C’AD);

hcimatlosc? (AHw); homeless person (CDA).
piikasloi ogy

AIIw, C'AI) and CDA consider thè sub. as an

1. (Phri) (to grind into flour) TOp Akk.
qcma tcnu. C'f. nfDjP. Aram. lw. von Soden equates taltaltu with thè
Jud.-Aram. word tiltula (but with a question
DI M'I \ I I \ I
mark). taltaltu is once attested in thè hynin to thè
2. (Dc'112) (figuratively, said of people), e.g., god Nabli: ki (altalti luttaggis ina ka \metti] “like a
UTOri D”3i? 'ÏÏJ? Wpnn “(how dare you) homeless person let me roani around outside (thè
crush My people and grind thè face of thè poor” city wall)” (*CAI) ibid). Indeed, Aram.
(Isa 3:15); Akk: (in transferred mng.) to grind is employed to mean a “homeless person” in thè
rulers: sar gimrat ilàni rabùti là’itu kibràti bel Assur Targum to Lam 3:45: "iriT OiKiDÌ 'np
dandannu sa ina uzzut tcgimtisu rabiti malki sa kissàti □‘’Sffn = Targ: POTT ■pEÀQ-tf
('tinnii “(Assur) thè king of thè great gods, thè ‘homless (i.e., wanderers) and vagabonds
swallower of thè entire world, thè master of (thè You have Iliade us aniong thè nations.” (cf. also
land) of Assur, thè mighty one who in thè fury Jastrow, 536a s.v.
of his great anger grinds thè rulers of thè world”
While both taltaltu and are used in a similar
(TC'L 3:1 16-17, Sg. 8).
context (said of a homeless person), thè majority
The Heb. nominai hapax Ì13n£3 “mill” (Ecc 12:4) of dictionaries, lexicons and commentaries ignore
is thè semantic equivalant of thè Akk. compound thè usage of thè once employed BH verb-sub.
noun bit ararri OB* (C'AI) A_ 23311); however, 111 Isa 22:17, where thè verb bttbo and thè sub.
it seems that Akk. sub. mctcmi “grinding” (C'AI) has thc basic ning. “to wander from placo
M 45a) may serve as thè closest etymological and to piace” and “vagabondale” respcctively: HSn
semantic equivalent of Heb. ÌTinE. ’ìl... “thè Lord will cause you
(Sliebna) to wander from place to place....”
B‘ , t? = Akk. (uhi ((itti) s. OB on (CAI) T ioóa;
AHw 139 ili), clay, niud. — Akk. sullulu v. to cover, roof.

13 i
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hf.brew

Attested in Neh 3:15. = Akk. tema v. OB on (CAD T y7a). Akk.

ij?' c:r. to inforni, give orders; Heb. to taste, give orders(?),
inform(?).

]DB —Akk. temerti v. OB on (C’AD T 3351); AHw DIÌNOTATT Vii

1 345b). to bury, hide (Heb. Tlftb interchange).
1. (I)en2) (to give orders) nnilD 3^ ' 3 nDPB
DliNO'l ATT Vii
“she gives orders(?) that her business thrive”
(Prov 31:1 8); Akk: \itti\ lìnlil màliki tatemme dadnie
1. (l)eii2) (to bury figurmes): ^3 ntf ... ! Dn , 'l
“together with thè counselor Hnlil, you collimami
□nk ibtpn ... DT? “pan •n'Vx “they gave
thè inhabited world” (C’AD T 97b b).
(to Jacob) all thè alien gods that they had... and
2. (I)eii2) (to inforni) 3ÍB "3 WH TQÍÏED
(Jacob) buried them (under thè terebinth)” (Cìen
“inform(?) (be informed?) and see that (God) is
3 5:4); Akk: ina luti eti utammerù sahnàniya “they
good” (Ps 34:y); Akk: tém ilùtiki rabiti assu miti
(thè sorcercrs) have buried figurines of me in thè
tanmanni tatémanui “you have been kind enough
‘dark house”’ (C’AI) T 337a 3).
to inforni me about your great divine will
2. (I)en2) (to hide valuables) 03HI DnjpfcO
concerning a mortally ili man” (C'AD T y7b 1).
fnX3 “(and two hundred shekels of silver
Iíf ' Cf. BA D»tp ,D»B.
and a wedge of gold...) and behold they are hid
in thè earth” (Josh 7:21-2); Akk: ilìatum kalusa
huràis iddinu u kaspam isàtnu idti ana kaspim temermi □SH? = Akk. (emù s. OB on (CAD T 85a; AHw
ul imaggarù “thè whole clan knows thè gold that 1 385b). Akk. news, understanding, condition; Heb.
has been sold and thè silver that has been bought, taste, sense, order.
they will not coment to hiding thè silver” (CAI)
IDIOMAT IC USACI;
T 33óa. 1).
1. (Idi) (to become deranged) :□»£? H?©
While Heb. |QB “to bury” (“HD 1 ?
nin ‘pi bv im dt3 ^nr” =“'">3 invu
interchange=Aram:“lQED), is said also of humans
wnn n;n...r-3x npxn ^ iti nn/h ni?©n
(e.g., Exod 2:12; Isa 2:10; Job 3:16; 40:13), in
so he made himself deranged (i.e.,
Akk. this usage seems absent.
changed his mood) when in sight of them and
feigned madness while in their custody, he spat
^píD = Akk. tanàpu v. SB, NA, NB (C’AI) T 4ób; upon thè doors of thè gate and he let thè saliva
AHw i37yb). to be dirty (intrans., G-stem); to run down his beard, then Achish said... ‘you can
make dirty (trans., Pi'el, l)-stem). see that he is a niadinan’” ( 1 Sani 21:14—15; cf.
also Ps 34:1; cf. Viti v.); Akk: tema sunnù, e.g.,
denotativi ;
mahhùtis iteme usarmi tema “she was beside herself,
1. (i)en2) (Bi i hapax) rpp'K Tiiann
she turned into a maniac” (En. el. IV 88); Istar sa
□B3tDX “I bathed my feet, how shall I soil them?” quràdisunu usesni téma “Istar confused thè judgment
(SoS 5:3); Akk. (l)-stem), e.g., niubahhis sùqàmi of their warriors” (C'AD S 4o8b and passim).
\mut\tannipu lutati “(thè pig) making thè streets
SEQUENCINC
smeli, polluting thè houses” (BWL 215:14,
2. (Seq2) (sense/planning//counscl) 0 V® 31CD
Sayings).
-:n?^ nsni “ teach me good sense and counsel”
Similar to thè Heb. antonyms - flTl “wash - (Ps 1 iy:66); Akk: (emù u milku , e.g., ahiz téme u
soil,” Akk. employs thè antonyms tanàpu - zakù milki lamid situiti “expert in planning and counsel,
“to soil - to cleanse,” e.g., sutu itannup anàku learned in deliberation” (*CAD M 68b b); ina
azakku “he is soiled, I am clean” (TuL yy r. 7; ìibbikunu sa téme u milki ul ibas\si\ “there is none
AHw 13 7 yb). Cf. Heb. n3T//fnn Oob y:3o). among you with understanding and intelligence”
(Il C'ohen, Hapax 125. (CAD ibid. and passim).

132
 ÍfStD

PI I k AS LO LO( i Y Akk. temu\, but thè meaning ‘order’ in Aramaic

3. (Phri) (to teach/learn scnse/thc ways) (and Hebrew) occurs only during thè Imperiai
□i?to, e.g., "-.ab ni?“n di?b mto “ teach me good Aramaic period and must derive from Akkadian
sense and counsel” (Ps i 19:66); Akk: tèma lamàdu, where such a meaning is already frequent in Old
e.g., temsunn gamram adìni ni almad “I have not Babylonian.” On thè other hand Sasson (AB
yet found out everything from them” (CAI) f 24B 253—54) maintains that “to my knowledge
56b, Mari); ayù tem ili qerch samc ilammad rnilik sa neither tëmum nor thè many idioms that include
anzanunze ihakkim mainiti ekàrna ilmada alakti ili it refers to a publicly advertised ‘proclaniation’ or
apdti “who knows thè will of thè gods in heaven? ‘announcement’.” He then proposes to render
who understands thè plans of thè underworld thè Jonah idiom DI7C3P as “from thè will,
gods? where have mortals learnt thè ways of a judgment of thè king” instead of “by thè decree
god?” (BWL 40:36-38, Ludlul); cf. Heb: iÒ DITI of thè king” as traditionally rendered.
“they would not know My ways” (Ps Ili L.mdes, F,I 16 (1982) 156*—57*; Mankowski, 58
95:10; cf. also Isa 58:2). 60.

4. (Phr2) (to give counsel) DUE? e.g., (iï ' c.f. 15A asa ,d»b.
□jjb ni??®??rrs?? bzy con “ thè lazy man
thinks himself wiser than seven advisers” (Prov
= Akk. senti v. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 1 3 1 b; AI Iw
26:16); Akk: tema turni “to inforni, advise,” e.g., 1091 a), to load.
itti bcliya minummè sulnuinu tema litcrrùni “let them
advise me concerning thè well-being of my lord” PI I k AS li O LOG Y

(Ugaritica 5 11968] 48:6-7; 49:19; 54:8,27 and i. (Phr2) (BI I hapax) tpT??? ntf 13170 1É7S? nXT
passim). The Heb. idiomatic expression do as follows: load up your
□i?t? is thè exact semantic equivalent of thè Akk. beasts and go at once to thè land of Canaan” (Cìen
idiomatic compound mutir temi “an information 45:i7)-
officer” (SB, NA, NB), who serves as an agent of Akk. senti is most frequently used in thè sense to
thè gods, e.g., mutir temi sa Hi rabàti “an agent of load a boat, e.g., 1 ( ; U R erbi...ina elippim senamma
thè great gods” (CAI) M 299I1 lex. section), as u atta alkam “load one gur oflocusts in thè boat
well as an advisor to thè royal family: mutir temi and come yourself’ (CAD S 13 ib b and passim).
sa màr sarri “an agent of thè prince” (CAI) M However, it can also mean “load up, heap,”
299b). referring to food or fuel, e.g., ana passùr sakki
5. (Phr2) (to take away reason) e.g., “PO 13 essen nklàt bit enti sayahàtim “I shall heap thè fancy
rtjr □•'ipr UVW/a'imf? HSÊ? “He depnves thè dishes for thè wedding 011 thè festival platter”
confident of speech//takes away thè reason of (CAl)Si32ac).
thè elders” (Job 12:20); cf. Akk: tema sapdhu “to
As noted by Cohen “both thè forni (with T) and
disperse, scatter thoughts,” e.g., sapih temasuma
this more generai meaning ‘to carry, load up’
sehati epsessn “his reason was overthrown, his
show that Heb. |J7tD mustbe identified mudi more
actions panicky” (Eli. el. IV 68).
closely with Aramaic |S7Q than with Akkadian
The meaning of thè single usage of DI7C3 in senti”
Jonah 3:7 is indeed debatable. Mankowski IH C’ohen, Hapax 127:50.
notes that “Zinimer, Driver, HALAT, Wagner
and Kaufman believe this sense of Aramaic t'm
nSCD = Akk. tepìi v. OB 011 (C’AD T iooa; AHw
to derive from Akkadian temu, for which thè
13S8a). Akk. to append, attach (Cì-stem), assign,
meaning ‘command, decree’ is already attested in
attach (D-stem); Heb. to extend (Pi‘el).
OB.” Kaufman (AIA, 109) defends this meaning
stating that “thè word t'm itself, in thè meaning The verb !1S£3 (Pi'el) is attested twice, once in
‘taste’ or ‘reason’, is, of course, cognate [to parallelism to 101 “establish”: pX Hip; 'T

'33
 A n Akkadian Lexicaf Companion for Bimucai. Hebrew

□'027 nnstp 'TP''] “My own hand foundcd thè sarrabti ina qibit Istar sumsukat. aiti kabti “thè discreet
carth//My right hand sprcad out thc skies” (Isa Street prostitute can slanders an evil woman,
48:13). Accordingly, D'13© nSt? replaccs thè more at Istar’s command thè noble’s wife gets a bad
common expression D'0E7 !123 “spread, extend thè name” (BWL 218 iv 6—7, Sayings); aliti Cìilgdmes
heavens” (Isa 44:24; 51:13; Ps 104:2 and passim). sa utappilaimi ala idciùk “woe to Clilganiesh, who
This connotation ofìISCD, i.e., “extend, spread,” vilified me, (who) killed thè Bull of Heaven”
is semantically developed to mean: “bring up, (George, (ìilgamcsh, 628:153). Note also that
raise > care for,” employed in parallelism with whereas Akk. employs thè sub. tapultu, [apiltu used
H31 “rcar,” e.g., ■'rr?"!'] ■'ntlSt? “ISN in thè idioms tapultu/tapiltu dabàbu/qabtì/attilli “to
“those whom I brought up (i.e., cared for) and speak/utter slander/insult” (AHw 138ob), thè
reared My foe has destroyed” (Lam 2:22). In light sub. is absent from 1311.
of thè above and ili light of thè concrete and
physical usage of thè Akk. cognate [epu employed “!D?Q/Q — Akk. tupsarru s. OB on; Sum. lw. dub-
in mathematical, astronomica!, and medicai texts sar, lit. tablet writer (C'AD T 1 5 1 b; AHw i395b).
to mean “to extend, add,” one may doubt thè Akk. scribe; I leb. military or ci vii officiai.
NJPS rendering of 'FinSt? “1 bore,” which is
PIIRASl'Ol.OCY
based on thè claim that “thè root has this meaning
in Arabie,” and thè translation of thè 131)13 (and 1. (Phr2) (BH attested twice) in thè military:
others) “to dandle,” which equates it to thè LI I “ino pb'2 dio “ios£? nps “appoint
homonym PIStD “to clap hands.” a niarshal against her, bring up cavalry like a
C'f. natp. bristling locust” (Jer 51:27); as an administrative
officiai: =-:inr '33 Dia? TIP??! ‘ T T’"! T T ? r ?
nnjp rrn-IÌQ “your guards were like locusts,
(nab, nse) risa = Akk. tiPu s . ob on (cad
your officials like piles of hoppers that settle on
T ii2b; AHw 13 88 a ; I3y2a). Akk. attachment,
thè stone fences 011 a chilly day” (Nah 3:17).
addition; Heb. (unit of measure), attachment(?).
As noted by Mankowski “while 111 Akkadian
pi IR asfoi oc Y
texts thè tupsarru is not a military officer, thè
1. (Phr2) (extension/addition to a building) connection of scribal ability and military function
ninstsn “toppi yinpi rrap “ from thè house, is obvious in Hebrew - in thè sense of‘niarshal’
and from thè outside, and from thè foundation (Josh 1:10; 3:2).” Machinist notes that thè Heb.
up to thè ....” (iKgs 7:y); Akk: summa ftpduti ina spelling with 5 corresponding to Akk. s points
bit amëli ibassù “if there are additions to a nian’s to a borrowing from Neo-Assyrian (JAOS 103
house” (C'AD T M2b b); rihit tipdni PN usallal 11983] 732 11. 79; 736). Akk. employs tupsarru in
“PN will roof over thè rest of thè annexes” (C'AI) thè following expressions: tupsar sarri/dayyànì/
T 1 i 3 a). ekalli /sdbi “thè king’s/judges’/palace/army
•-*>' ( ì. naa v. scribe” (AHw 139CK1). Likewise, Akk. identifies
thè scribe by rank, i.e., tupsarru ralni/samaUu/schru
“chief/apprentice/junior scribe” (CAD S 2yib;
bSÌD = Akk. tapalu v. OA, OB, MB, NB (CAD T
S 1 82b 3 1 ; AHw ibid.), as well as a female scribe,
47a; AHw 1 37*)b). to slander.
i.e., tupsarratu (AHw 1 395b). Ili NA we fmd thè
Heb. bsD is attested three times, twice in thè following descriptions: tupsarru Assurà'a/AraniiTa/
idiom “]j?27 bSQ “slander (with) lies”: “by Musurda “Assyrian/Aramean/Hgyptian” (AHw
“Ipt? “thè arrogant have slandered me with lies” 1 396a 6). Akk. tupsar sarri /sdbi is then thè semantic
(Ps 119:69); “0 nrix 0*71*0 “ but you equivalent of thè Heb. fcOiSn (“lÉO/^an “ISO
(Job’s fnends) insult with lies” (Job 13:4; cf also “thè king’s scribe/thc army’s (coniniaiider)” (2Kgs
Job 14:17); Akk: e.g., kazratu pitquttu muttappilat 12:1 1; 25:19; Esth 3:12; 8:y/Jer 52:25). Note also

■34
 A n Akkadian Lf.xic.al Companion for Biblical Hf.brlw TI CD

that thc Akk. expression tupsarru cmqu “skilled,

“I“l£3 = Akk. taratili A v. OAkk. on (CAI) T sob;
expericnced scribe” (CAI) E i 5 ib lex. section; AHw 13Sob). Akk. Akk. to send off/away (Cì-stem),
1 S2a; AEiw 1396;) As) is thè functional equivalent drive off (l)-stem); Heb. to drip, drive away.
of thc twice-attested idiom T’HO “)SÌO “expert
The verb “PCD is twice attested in BI I in thè
scribe” (Ps 45:2; Ezra 7:6).
idiom “Hi£3 r ] t ? r ! “continuous dripping” (Prov
il il Mankowski, 60 61.
19:13; 27:15). Although Akk. taràdu is restricted
in meaning to “to drive,” Cìreenfield notes that
Z73C0 = Akk. lapàsu v. SB (C’AI) T 49a; AHw MI I “H£3 sliarcs thè meaning common to most
Semitic languages, i.e., “to drive,” e.g., D“!fcÒ
i32ob). to become plump.
irV3D ■)“!“!£01 133 DSJ32; “it is comparable to a
MENO TATIVE
man who was angry with his son and drove him
from his house” (Mekilta Besallah IV; cf. also
i. (Deio) (BH hapax) 02*7 3^113 “their
Tos. Yeb. 14,5; turrissuma sùslsu ana bàbi “drive
minds (lit. hearts) are plump like fat” (Ps 1 19:70); him away, expel him through thè gate” [C'AD
Akk: bubùta rabtìku akala tapsàku “I have grown T 59b|), as well as with thè BH sense “to drip,”
large on provender, I have grown plump with i.e., Diro «ine? j?iT3 nato nnx nato ina n’n
food” (CAI) T 49a). np©0 “if it dripped drop after drop, then it surely
While thè Heb. lexeme is once employed, in absorbs liquids” (Tos. Kelim BQ 7,3); n^'TO'Q
“inx nata ~i“ii£3 ttoíti ninno p'a mn
Akk. it appears as follows: tapsu “plump, fàt” (adj,
nDCD ‘ ,l at first it dripped slowly but now it drips
C’AI) T 49b, s.v. tapsu B); tuppusu “thick, plump”
drop after drop” (Tos. Makhsïrïn 1,6).
(adj. CAD T 1 sob); tupsu/tupustu “abundance/
111 Cìreenfield, I lUC'A 29 (1958) 210—11.
thickness” (subs.,CAl) T 1 i>3b, 164a). ijf ' cf. BA ina.

13 5
 — Akk. biltu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD 13 229,1; “to pass thè time,” e.g., ina sùqi lu tu agir qabu’a ina
AHw i26a). Akk. yicld, load, talcnt; Heb. yield. uhi u risati lùbil lime “may my words be for good
in thè streets, let me pass my time in happiness
I>l Ili. ASEOI oc; Y
and joy” (Ebeling, Ihmderhebung, 50:20—121);
[. (Phn) (vinc’s yidd) D^S? (Hab 3:17); zabil kudurri ina deli uhi hud libbi nuinmur pani
Akk: 110 gapnu sa karani isi biltu “110 vincs ubbalu ùmsun “corvée workers pass their time
yidding grapes” (CAI) G 4Sa). in song happiness, joy and good spirit” (Borger,
2. (Phr2) (yidd ofland/sca) ròim njTU pK Esarh 62:38—40). Accordingly, thè Heb. MT iSO! 1
“so that thc earth shall yidd its produce” (Ps 67:7; should be vocalized as and thè expression
85:13; Lev 26:20; Deut 1 1:17); Akk: e.g., \kala?\ □'P’ equated to thè Akk: unii wabàlu lit. “to
liqit sadì u ruoti nasùnikka biltu “they shall bring carry days,” i.e., “to pass thè time.”
you tribute, |all thè] produce of mountain and
land” (George, Gilgamesh, 618:17); sadé hisibsunu Whereas Heb. employs only thè I liph il and

tàmia tusassà bilassu “you shall make mountains Hoph al, in Akk. thè G-stem is very commonly
deliver their yidd, sea its produce” (Erra V 33). attested. Note also thè employment of thè nomen
agentus LÚ.MES ubilù “porters” in EA 287:56: 8
Cf. ba' v.
ululimi harrànàti sarr\i bcliya] “8 porters for thè
caravans of thè king |my lord]” (Sivan 1984:256,
= Akk. (w)abàlu A v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD A^ s.v. obilu).
ioa; AHw i45oa). to bring.
(H Held, El 16 (1982) 77 83.
l’IIRASEOLOGY

1. (Phr2) (bring tributo) nmp/'E; “b ring nfpD'* = Akk. yabàmu s. OB, WSem. word (AHw
tributo,” e.g., 'V oròp ib'ir ^*7 “ kings bring You 1 56511). Akk. brother-in-law; Heb. sister-in-law.
tribute” (Ps 68:30; 76:12; Zepli 3:10); Akk: bilta/
niatidatta (iv)abàlu, e.g., biltasu sa sarri bcliya ubbal DENOTATIVI!

“and he will bring thè king, my lord, his tribute” i. (i)en2 ) nai7 b$ rntó nan "ìakrn
(CAD A j 12a 5; EA 160:44); biltu maddattu kaspu ~rr:r' ■’rw ---Vx Sxi “so she (Naomi)
huràsu sìsc lubulti birme alpe serie karànu ana muhhiya said, ‘See, your sister-in-law has returned to her
ubluni “they brought before me as tax and tribute, people and her gods, go follow your sister-in-
gold, silver, horses, multicolored garments, cattle, law’” (Ruth 1:15); Akk: e.g., ana mulini wasàbam
small cattle (and) wine” (CAD i4a). ul hasliat qadum màrisa ana bit yabamasima lilik
(that woman here) “does not want to live with
Held suggests that thè idiom □iTO;’ 3ÌtSn ibi'
her husband, so let her go with her sons to her
(Job 21:13), whicli is traditionally rendered as
brother-in-law’s house” (OBTR 1 16, 143:7-1 1).
“they spend their days in happiness” and whicli
ancient and modern biblical scholarship alike It is interesting to note that, in thc above-quoted
opt for thè Qre “to finish” instead of thè 013 text, while thè woman’s husband is stili alive,
Ket. ‘to spend,” should be equated to thè her brother-in-law is referred to by thè WSem.
commonly employed Akk. expression unii tvabàlu word yabamu.

'37
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion eor Biblical Hebrf.w

]ÌIP — Akk. yagàtu s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD I/J wise” (2Chr 2:11,12); “P?" Dil-TS nìtivb SnV “an
321 a), worrics. expert in working gold and silver” (2C.hr 2:13);
D'nms nns 1 ? 57“P “all expert in engraving” (2Chr
DENOTATIVE
2:6); DTI ^IV/Cni^N 'EtiX) “(boatmen)//sailors”
1. (Dem) nmxi jir 1051 irfcr nnpói péra; (iKgs 9:27; 2C.hr 8:18); , ri3 “professional
“they (thè ransomed) shall attain joy and gladness, mourners” (Amos 5:16); DTIS?!! '’JJT “experts (in
while worries and grief flee” (Isa 35:10; 51:1 1 ; Lsth telling) times” (i.e., “procedure”) (Esth 1:1 3); 'UT
9:22); Akk: e.g., yagàtum màda inatma ina harrànim 1‘HI nT “legai experts” (Esth 1:13) — Akk: (ersu/f)
annitim uznam askunma yagàtum u minima ul //><;«'! zj mudù tasimàìti (“wise//) expert in moderation”;
suhumma mclulumma “there were many worries, (ersu//) mudù basisti (wise//) “intelligent” =
but in this expedition I observe no sorrow or Heb. :nv (//non) (2C:hr 2:11,12); mudù
anything of that kind, only laughter and joking” piristi “one who knows thè secrets”; mudù sipri
(CAD I/J 321 a; ARM 2 118:12,15). “craftsman”; (mcirë Assur) mudùte ini ha! ama
“(citizens of Assyria) masters of every craft”; mudi'
"P :: badi u s. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD B 27I1). irri “knowledgeable in intestines” (i.e., “diviner”);
hand. mudù tuquuti/tàhazi/qabli “an expert in warfare”
(C'AD M_ i6sb b; I/J i 52a).
denotative :
EUPIIEMISM
i.(Dem) u Zurata laqimi kaspc iptirisu ina
2. (liti 1) (to have sexual relations) ETK1
qàtisu |gloss: badi ti] “but Zurata has taken his
nsjn; *6 “a virgin who 110 man had known” (Cìen
ransom money for himself (lit. into bis hand)”
24:16); assai aunìim sa zikaram la idiìma “a married
(EA 245:33-35; let. fr. Sheehem).
woman who has not had intercourse with a man”
Note thè transcription of WSem. ba-yadihu = BH (CH §130). Unlike BH, Akk. idù rarely coines to
Ì“PD (e.g., Cìen 32:14 and passim). The phonetic connote having sexual relations.
development of bàdiù is: ba-yadi-hu > bàdihu > P AR ALI ELISM
bàidiù.
3. (Pari) (know//bear) *6 DX n$JT
Note also thè NB* usage of thè lexeme bldiya
HIJD© “do you not know, have you not lieard?”
“with my own hands,” e.g., bìdiya A 1 S.URUGAL ( , a i
(Isa 40:28; 48:8; Deut 31:13; Ps 78:3); Akk: idù//
bissu ina CìN essis epus “I rebuilt his tempie in
semù, e.g., anàku la àiniuru la asmù la idù “I did not
Cutha with my own hand” (C'AD B 223b). The
see, bear, or know” (*CAD I/J 26a e’) = Heb:
C'AD maintains that “this twice-attested word
“ira 1 ? - pde? - srp, e.g., isrr vb -ra
has been tentatively interpreted here as a unique
riKT 1 ? npSi “th eir children, too, who have not
instanee of an Aram, word in an Akk. context”
had thè experience, shall bear and learti to revere
(CAD ibid.).
(thè Lord your Cìod)” (Deut 31:1 3).
Ili Barker, 49-50.
SY NT ACTI CAI. CONSTRUCTION

4. (Sy) (to know that |with ''3]), i.e.,

= Akk. idù v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD I/J 2ob; AHw “’O “know that” (e.g., Cìen 15:13; Josh 23:13);
i454b). to know (Qal, Cì-stem); to mark, assign, Akk. idù kt, e.g., summa....ki assat a ilini idi ittiaksi
(Pi'el, D-stem); to proclami (Hiph'il, S-stem). “if (somebody) has intercourse with a woman
idiomatic . usaci ;
knowing that she is married” (CAD I/J 2Sa 7 1 ); u
tetti atta ki sarru la hasilj ana CìN “and you know
1. (Idi) (to be expert) “PÏS UT “hunter” (Cìen
that thè king does not want (to go) to Canaan”
25:27); ||13 5JT “musician” (iSam 16:18); /SIV
(CAD I/J 24!-) c’; EA 162:14; k't. fr. Egypt).
□“’ss? rnrò d^tt “ tree hewers” (iKgs 5:20;
2Chr 2:7); “13D “expert reader” (Isa 29:1 1); PIIRASEOI.OCY

nra/bo^/ny 17 ! ini 1 ’ “knowledgeable/intelligent, 5. (Phri) (to recognize, choose, single out

1 38
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion for Biblical Hebrfw

as legitimate), e.g., “]#X ITIUT '2 Akk: Sin \m\u'addu urne arili u satti “Sin, he
-Bpr:' r.isr'? 'n nmi “because I who assigns thè days, thè month(s), thè year(s)”
(thè Lord) recognized limi (Abraham), so that he (*CAD I/J 32a e); (hasàmu/f) uddu “(to create//)
would instruct (his sons and his daughters after to assi gii,” e.g., ibsinima qasta kakkasu u’addi “he
him) that they follow thè way of their Lord by made thè bow, appointed it his weapon” (Eli. el.
doing what is just and right...” (Gen 18:19); !"iriiO IV 35); u addisumma suknat musi ana uddu urne “he
'TV? 10 mSD mi acq n“lDK “and you assigned to him thè crown jewel of niglittime to
(thè Lord) said I have singled you (Moses) out mark thè day” (En. el. V 13).
(lit. have known you by name), moreover you 8. (Pht-2) (to proclami [Hiph il, S-stem|),
have found fivor in my eyes” (Exod 33:12); ’ e.g., rrbbp D'aiD W'Hin “proclaim his deeds
n ■'n** na nsrr nmi “(what more can aniong thè peoples” (Isa 12:4 = Ps 105:1 = iChr
David say) for You have known (i.e., singled out 16:8; cf. also Ps 106:8; 145:12; Exod 18:16 etc.);
as legitimate lieir) your servant O Lord, Cìod” irnaa n^; snin'p ioti ipa 1 ? “yet He
(2Sam 7:20 = iChr 17:18); SJT “single out” (in saved them, as befits His Name, to make known
referent e to thè Lord’s recognizing Israel as 11is His might” (Ps 106:8; 145:12; cf. also Isa 33:13;
sole legitimate heir), e.g., ^30 T1!ÍT CDnX p“I Jer 16:21); Akk sudu, e.g., alakti ilutisu sirti kenis
Ì1D"]KÌ1 ninSEfà “you alone have I singled out (as usteneddu “I (Nabunaid) proclaim again and again
a legitimate heir) of all thè families of thè earth” thè ways ofhis (Sin’s) majestic godhead” (C’AD
(Amos 3:2). Cf. Akk: sarru sa ilu idtisu alta “you I/J 33b); le’(ita uddii “to proclaim (lit. let know)
are thè king whom thè god(s) know” (*CA1) thè might,” e.g., sumsu islakanu le’ussu uwcddi “he
I/J 28a); ullanum Yasmah-Adad sarrirn bclini sarram
(Yahduti-Lim) established his fame (lit. name)
sanati ul nidi “apart from Yasmah-Addu, thè king
and made his power known” (Syria 32 [ 1955] 14,
our lord, we do not recognize any other king”
ii 20—21; C’AI) L i62a b, Mari). Cf. Tawil, Or. 43
(Syria 19 [ 19381 112, Mari; ayyasi yupasu bisunta sa
(1974) 58-59.
yidini sarru beh “and I, for whom thè king my lord
IH Hufìhian, BASOR 181 (1966) 31; 184 (1996) 36.
cares, bave been treated thè sanie way” (C’AD I/J
í# ' Cf. iniO; BA »150.
28a b’; HA 138:136; let. fr. Byblos); u sarru bcliya
lu yiddnni u yipqidni ina qàt P N ràbisiya “let thè
king, my lord, take care of me and put me under ^5^ = Akk. yabilu s. NA (CAD I/) 321 a), ram.
thè charge of P N my governor” (C’AD ibid.; let.
Attested only in Joshua 6, in thè compound
fr. Amurru).
‘rr™ |“l.p “horns of thè ram” (Josh 6:5) and
6. (Phr2) (with negation) HDnbíp □‘Tïïbb
D^rn ni“i3i2; “ rams’ horns” (Josh 6:4; 6:8,13).
DWT ab D^S 1 ? -px pi “(so that succeJding
generations of Israelites) might be made to The Akk. hapax yabilu occurs in a lexical text,
exprience war—but only those who had not being equated to immeru “sheep” and agurratu
known them formerly” (judg 3:2); Akk: hi “ewe.”
i ?5’' occurs once in thè sense “boni”:
la àlik seri nikkala akal sinnis ki sa tàhàza la nidti
niplaha nirùda “shall we eat woman food, like “ I Ì 12 nïïn Sd’O “when (thè ram’s) horn sounds
non-combatants? have we turned timorous and a long blast, they may go up to thè mountain”
trembling, as if we can’t figlit?” (Erra I 49—50). (Exod 19:13). The semantic development “ram
7. (Phr2) (to designate, appoint [Pi'el, >liorn” is attested also in Akk: s/sappàru “a type
D-stem|): iapfp in© nriBT npà ^pa^n of ram> a tip of an animal’s liorn” (cf. “)SÌ©).
“have you (Job) ever designated thè daybreak,
assigned thè dawn its place?” (Job 38:12 |hapax|);
^31' = Akk. yàbilutu(m) s. Mari* (ARM XIV, 14:5,
ixinp csw D-Hsrira1? ni; nfri? “He (thè 10, 26). water conduit.
Lord) created thè 1110011 to mark thè scasons, He
designated thè setting of thè sun” (Ps 104:19); While Heb. *^3' is twice employed (e.g., /D'3^2
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

MLRISMUS
□ S Í0 “brooks/water courses” Isa 30:25; cf.
also Isa 44:4), its phonetic variant is once 4. (Mer) (day and night) Dipi' “day and
employed in Jer 17:8: i 7Sr)/D , ’D bs fW? ITHI night” (e.g., Lev 8:35; Num 9:21; Josh 1:8); Akk:
■pEn® “he (who trusts thè Lord) shall be umu u tnùsu “day and night,” i.e., “always” (CAD
like a tree planted by waters/sending forth its roots M 294 C2 1 , s.v. tnùsu). Note also thè Akk. idiom
by streams.” Artzi (Klein Fest. xxix-xxxi) was thè urru u tnùsu “day and night” (C'AD ibid.).
first to equate Heb. with thè WSem. Icrminus Note thè substantive inirnu (v. emettili “to be
ti’chnicus, employed only in Mari i.e., yàbiltum. LIe hot”) “day, daytime” employed in OB and SB,
maintains that yabiltum denotes a type of irrigation especially in thè phrases imma u musa “day and
canal defined by petti “to open.” and is qualified night” and musa u imma “night and day” (CAD
as sipir atappim “work 011 small irrigation canals.” I/J 1 3 5 a ) -
Accordingly, Artzi “understands yàbal as a naturai PI IR ASHOi.OC Y
water stream, while thè second one, yùbal, seems 5. (Pliri) (all day [in “all day and all night”!)
to denote ‘an artificial stream, a channel’.” □vn b3 , e.g., tonn ai 9 n b3 D»n
Cf. ‘rz- v. “thè people set up all that day and night” (Num
1 1:32; cf. also Exod 10:1 3; Deut 33:12 and passim);
□1"' = Akk. unni s. fr. OAkk. 011 (AHw 141 8b). day, Akk: e.g., lu ina kai ùtili lu ina kai musi “either

daytime. during thè day or at night” (CAD M 294!! c); ina

kai ùnti ireddànni ina kai musi uptalliljanni “during
idiomatic usaci ; thè day he persecutes me, during thè night he
1. (11I2) (full month) □‘'P; EHfl “full month” frightens me” (CAD ibid. and passim). Note also
(indicating a specific time period), e.g., 3EP] that Akk. kai ùnti connotes “thè whole day.”
n 1 ??: »nn ÍÏÏS? “and he (Jacob) stayed with him 6. (Pliri) (days of thè year) Ì1327 'P' 1 “days of
(Laban) one full month” (Cìen 29:14; cf. also Num thè year,” e.g., triTT “ISPP5 rTO , 'P ,3 niT b$
11:20,21); Akk: arali limi (umàte) “full month,” frO' “may it (thè night) not be counted aniong thè
e.g., 1 arali innate tupassahsu ina 1 arali umàte days of thè year, may it not appear 111 any of its
tanassia “you keep (thè infusion) undisturbed for a montlis” (Job 3:5); Akk: ùnti sa salti “days of thè
full month, after a month you take it out” (CAD year” (Eli. el. V 5).
A 2Ó2a b, s.v. arliu); adi 1 arali unii “within a full 7. (Phri) (day after day) □i'VD'r-D'r (e.g.,
month” (CAD ibid.); Heb: EH!! “IJJ (Num Cìen 39:10; Exod 16:5; Isa s8:2/Ezra 3:4); Akk:
1 1:2o). uniti umu “day after day” (AHw 1 4 [ i h ) .
2. (IcÌ2) (110011 [lit. half of thè day]) IViSlip 8. (Pliri) (favorable/good day) 3ÌCD QT; Akk.
□rn “ noon,” e.g., □i 5 n rrsnp is? “iixn ]p “ from umu tàbu. See I leb. 3ÌtD.
early morning till 110011” (Neh 8:3); Akk: misi! 9. (Phri+2) (until today/this day) /□Ì , n “li?
unii lit. “half of thè day,” i.e., “midday” (CAD n-rn ni’n ( c ì e n 19:37,38; 35:20/0011 26:33; 3-2:23
M i29a 2, s.v. mislu). and passim); Akk: adì unti/adì unii anni “until
3. (Id2) (twilight |lit.: thè turn of thè day|) today/this day” (AHw 1419a 3li; CAD A_ 1 3i>b,
□vn njs, e.g., 'bb'x itor ,, 3//Di , n njs o nb 'ix s.v. amiti).
3"l.i7 “al as for us for thè day declines//and thè 10. (Phr2) (from today) □Ì , n (e.g., Deut
shadows lengthen” (Jer 6:4); Akk: saljàr ùnte lit. 9:7; 2Sam 7:11; i9:25)/ìlTn □Ì , n |D “from this
“turning of thè day,” i.e., “evening” (OB, Bogh., day” (e.g., Hag 2:15,18); istu unii/istu ùmi anni
NA), e.g., |ina kus\si ussab saljàr mne isahljur errali “from today/from this day” (AHw i4Hja 3g).
“he will sit down 011 thè throne and then will re- 1 1. (Phr2) (this is thè day) DVn Ì1T, e.g., HT '3
enter (thè tempie) in thè evening” (C’AD S 36a). ^T2 X‘ip ,, p nx 'H |n] "l^ Di’n “this is thè day
In thè syn. list, saljàr urne is equated to tamhù, lìlàtu 011 which thè Lord will deliver Sisera into your
“evening” (CAD ibid.). hands” (Judg 4:14; cf. also Ps 1 18:24; Lam 2:16);
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Akk: cintiá ninn this is thc day, e.g., tinnii umu sa desist” (Job 10:20; cf. also Cìen 47:9; Ps 109:8);
dam niseka umakkaru name qerbeti “this is thc day «n rn D-ÌHl tDl?p “few and hard have
on which thc blood of your people will drench been thè years of my life” (Cìen 47:9); Akk: timi
thè open country and thè fields” (CIAD A i4_ob
isùti, umu ruin isutu taqtit pali “short life for thè
p, s.v. atittù).
ruler, end of thè dynasty” (CIAD I/J 22oa 1'); few
12. (Phr2) (that day - those days) - DHil □'’PJS
days (i.e., short life); adi ùnti isùti sa balta liqtitna
Xìnn Di’3 (Cìen i 5: i 8; 26:32 and passim; Cìen 6:4;
“may he come to an end after a life of but few
Exod 2:1 i and passim) = Akk: ina ùmitn amitnrna
days” (BBst. 110 5 iii 40).
“that day”; uniate animate “those days” (CIAI) A
17. (Phr2) (dark days) Tjtón ,, pyDÌ\e.g., "S i?T
76a a; ibid. 76b d). As noted by Weinfeld □'’QJ?
njp^pi -is ìnn^y dì 1 iT3 p; “he knows
□iin refers to both thè past (Cìen 6:4; Exod
that thè day of darkness has been readied for him,
2:11,23 etc.) and thc future (Deut 17:9; 19:17;
troubles and anxiety ternfy him” (Job 15:23—24);
26:3). However, DO il O’P’3 refers less frequently
nbst?] nns ni' “(Hark, thè day
to thè future than to thè past (Weinfeld, ZAW 88
119761 18:2). of thè Lord) a day of trouble and distress...a day

13. (Phr2) (day of disaster) Ïn ‘’PVSTl DÌ", of darkness and deep gloom” (Zeph 1:15; cf. Joel
e.g., opn rg?? sn av1? ònapn “who 2:2); Akk: umu eklu/etù “dark day,” e.g., un min
thrust off thè day of disaster, but bring near thè lenttium eklum “a dangerous and dark day” (AHw
seat of violencc” (Amos 6:3); in ’P'3 XTN npb 141 ya 3a; CIAD E 7oa, s.v. eklu in fi munì eklum
“in time of disaster why should I fear” (Ps 49:6); “dark day,” lex. \ht)/summa aqrabti ina unii eti “if,
Akk: uniti lemmi, e.g., atta unii lenttti la tamannunni on a dark day, a scorpion” (CIAD E 4i2a, s.v.
ana unii niehé la tutarnmni “(my god) do not hand etti); mamit ina ùnti e te sa'din 11 nakàrti “thè curse
me over to a day of disaster, do not turn me over incurred by asking and denying 011 a dark day”
to a day of storni” (JNES 33 11974] 278:96-97). (CIAD ibid., mng. obscure).
14. (Phr2) (day of joy) Pini?© □V (Num 1 8. (Phr2) (day of divine anger) 'H DÌ 1 ’ “thè
10:10; cf. also SoS 3:1 1); Akk: umu risati “days of day of thè anger of thè Lord” (Zeph 2:2,3); Akk:
joy,” e.g., umu risati arali insilati sanàt Ilegalii atta (for similar phraseology), e.g., umu palili Hi (tub
sirikti lisrukunu “may they (thè gods) grant me libbiya) “thè day for reverencing thè gods (was a
(Nabunaid) days of exultation, month(s) of joy, joy to my heart)” (BWL 38:25, Ludlul).
and years of abundance” (CIAD R 381 a c)/ùm 19. (Phr2) (day of tempest) PISIO DV, e.g.,
hidùti “day of rejoicing,” e.g., ù tu Ijidùtu sa lbtlil... naie dì'2 “I17D3 nprfpp ora nsjnns “ amid
bissu lumalli hidùtam liskun “(thè cighth day) is a battlc cries 011 thè day of combat, in a whirlwind
day of rejoicing, (day) of Enlil,...let him fili his
011 thè day of tempest” (Amos 1:14); Akk. Fimi
house (with food and drink and) make merry”
mehc “stormy day,” e.g., sa kima ùnti niehc lantù
(CIAD H 183I1 d).
ugassu u kt indiiiti seri zctqsti tabu “(Marduk) whose
15. (Phr2) (days of |one’s| life) □ ,, n , p\ e.g.,
fury surrounds him like thè blast of a tornado, yet
'B1! b3 -122) “and dirt you shall eat all
whose breeze is as pleasant as a morning zephyr”
thè days of your life” (Cìen 3:14; cf. also Cìen 3:17;
(BWL 343:5-6, Ludlul).
1 )eut 4:9 and passim); Akk: umu baiati “days oflife,”
20. (PI11-2) (great/awesonie day) bl“I3 DV (Jer
e.g., mtisdriku uni balàtiya “(Ea) who lengthens thè
30:7; Joel 2:1 and passim); cf. ini!) TI ÙT ‘rHJ
days of my life” (CIH Epilogue); I:ulil...tntisarbù
Tkp “for great is thè day of thè Lord and most
sarrùtisu u Nabli sukkalam siri tnusdrikn uni baiatisi1
awesome” (Joel 2:1 ■); Akk: umu rabù “great day,”
“Enlil...who makes his (Nebuchadnczzar Il’s)
kingship great, and Nabli thè sublime vizier who e.g., umu rabù ezzu “great, awe-inspiring day”

makes his lifespan long” (*CAD ibid.). (CAI) Il 2 7 b).

16. (Phr2) (few days) Qi?0 - CT0J?P CTP;,

e.g., bim ’o; toi?p *òn “my days are few, so pii* 1 — Akk. teniqu s. OB, SB (AHw i 347a). infant.
141
 An Akkahian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hhbrlw

SLQULNCINC; “TIT — Akk. (w)cdu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD E 36a;

i. (Setp) p3V (//bbiv) “(babies//) sucklings” AHw i49sa). solitary.
(iSam 15:3; 22:19; Jer barn 2:11);44: 7ì Ps ^ : 3ì
1*1 IR ASliOI.OC.Y
Akk: (syn. list): tcniqu “infant,” darku “child”;
màmlt darkàti u Ictnqi “thè curse of descendants i(Phr2). (only child) ^TIT ^ “ your
and sucklings” (CAI) 1) lisa, s.v. darku)', llpu son, your only one” (Cìen 22:2,12,16); Akk. (in
“offspring” (AHw 347a 3). The forni tculqu is personal names): Wcdum-ìiblut “May-the-Only-
parallel to thè LH noun pi^ri “infant” (Ben- C'hild-Become-Well”; Wcdum-ctir “Save-the-
Yelnida, Dictionary, XVI 7737b). Only-C'hild”; lìdu-sallim “Keep-the-Only-Child-
Safe”; lìdu-lisir “May-the-Only-C'hild-Prosper”
Cf. pr v.; rp'ia.
(C’AD E 37 2').
2. (Phr2) (solitary, single person), e.g., “PIT
“I25Ì*1 = Akk. csiru s. Bogh. (C’AI) E 3 . soa; ALIw '3X “for I ani alone and afflicted” (Ps 25:16);
2S3a). Akk. carver of reliefs; LIeb. potter, carver of
Akk: edu anàku mammànu a yà nu “I ani alone, I
reliefs.
have nobody (1 cali cali) my own” (C’AD E 37a).

ih \o 1 \ i 1 \ 1 While Speiser and NJPS render TIT (in Cìen

[. (I)CI12) inn D 1 ?? b?? “ thè carvers 22:2,12,16) as “your favored one,” construed as
of idols all work to 110 purpose” (Isa 44:9); Akk. a term of vaine, we suggest that “PrT “thè only
\salmàni\ eppusma ina luti kimti asakkan u alma csira child” refers in a legai sense to thè only designated
[,..| salmàni igammaru asapparassuma “I wish to heir.
make some statues, and put them in my liome, so
would my brother please send me a relief carver—
:: ycuu s. 'Lei Apliek (l'el-Aviv 3 [ 19761 137:2).
|as soon as| he will finish thè statues I will send
wine.
him back” (CAD E 3 sob). Akk. yàsiruma “potter”
is a WSem. word employed only in RS* = Ug: Ili a trilingual lexical cuneiform fragment from Lei
ysrm (C’AD I/J 326b). Aphek, thè Akk. standard word karànu “wine” is
equated to thè WSem. ycuu (cf. ibid.). As noted
Note also that unlike Akk. thè BH sub., “ISi 1 '
by Rainey (ibid., 139): “The reduction of thè
commonly refers to thè Lord as “The Creator.”
dipthong” (i.e., > ycuu) “comes as no surprise
Cf. ns’ v.
either since they were reduced in Ugaritic,
Phoenician, and thè Hebrew dialect of Samaria,
1ÌT :: yahudunni adv. EA*; WSem. word (CAD I/J cf. yn 111 thè Samaria ostraca.”
321 a). together with. In SB Akk. syn. list Izi thè WSem. phonetic
hiu is equated to Sum. mu-tin “wine” (AHw
denotativi ;
38311). The C’AD (I/j 152b s.v inuc) however,
i.(I)en2) EA: anakuma |gloss: yahudunni]
disagrees with von Soden and maintains that
ubbalu LÚ.MES massa.MES istu CìN “but I bring
“mng. unkii.” and “not to be conencted with
corvée workers together with me from CìN”
LIeb. ‘yayiu’, etc.”
(C’AD I/J 321 a; let. fr. Meggido). Held maintains
that thè CAD rendering “together with” should
be corrected to read “I alone (am bringing thè = Akk. (w)alàdu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C’AD A i
corvée workers).” 287b; AHw I457a). to give birth.

The etymological and semantic equi-valent of thè PARAI,!.HI ISM

WSem. word is thè Akk. adv. edis “alone” (C’AD E 1. (Pari) (conceive//give birth) “1^ - ÌTIÌI
33b) = LIeb. “0*7 (cf., e.g., Num 1 1:14; Deut 1:9). (e.g., Judg 13:3; Ps 7:15; Job 15:35); Akk: cru//
Ìli Held, JAOS SS (1968) 94:81. (u>) alà dii, e.g., iranni ummi cnetu ina puzrì ulidanni

142
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

“my mother, thè high priestess(P), conceived me yamu is employed in Akk. “only in thè plant name
(in CìN), she gave birth to me in secrecy” (CAD kusa/i-yame, which is composed of, or perhaps was
A | 288b). etymologized as kusa+yamu ‘sea’, as thè alternate
2. (Par2) (beget - give birth) (SoS writing with (Sum.) A.Ali.HA as second element
8:5; Ps 7:15: -6 ; - nnn - ^an); Akk: rehù - (w) shows” (C’AD ibid.).
alatili, e.g., ahi irhatini ummi ùl(i)danni “my father The standard Akk. word for “sea” is tàmtu
begot me, my mother bore me” (CAD A 288b). (AHw 13 5 3 b).
cf. f’^nri no ntóx^ T^in no nx1? npx ■'in
“alas 011 bini who asks his father ‘what are you
'pí?' = Akk. itmiu s. fr. OB on (CAD I/J 13i>b; AHw
begetting?’ or a woman ‘what are you hearing?’”
379a). right hand, right side; north (Heb. only).
(Isa 45:10).
IDIOMATIC USACI;
P I I k AS LO I.OC Y

3. (Phn) npr n^ “ givo birth to a male” (e.g., 1. (Idi) (to assist) *T]*7n, e.g., TpbiD
Lev 12:2; Jer 30:6); Akk: sinnisàtu ittanalladuma ÍnnXSn yint nc^o “who Iliade 11is glorious arm
zikaru yànuma “she gives birth to one girl after march at thè right hand of (i.e., assist) Moses”
another, but there is 110 boy” (CAD A 28yb 2'). (Isa 63:12); Akk: ina imni alàku/imua alàku, e.g.,
,J>’
DN ...àliku imtiiya asar tamharim kakkasu lisbir
C’f. “fe
“may Zababa, who walks at my right, break his
weapons on thè battlefield” (CAD I/J 1 36b 2 and
o 1 ?!) !’■?:* = Akk. ( w)ildu s. OB on (CAD I/J passim)///» rabùti...imni u siimeli ittallaku ittiya “thè
7ia; AHw !4<X)b). offspring. great gods walk with me at thè right and thè loft”
(CAD I/J 1 36a c).
IDIOMATIC USACI',

2. (Idi) (house-born slave) n'3 (Cìen SYNLCDOCIIL

14:14; 17:12,13,23,27, Lev 22:11, and 111 thè 2. (Sd) NSfpn Tivr/zr—'x b^b tjt aspn
poetic text Jer 2:14 111 parallelism with n?3Ì). Akk: “Your hand shall reach all Your enemies//
(■ w)ilid bili, e.g., assurti aiuti sa taspurarn summa wiìid Your right hand shall fìnti Your foes” (Ps 21:9);
bitim u isparat sanisi “as to thè slave girl of whom Akk: ina ininika ayabi ul ussu// ina sumelika lemnu
you wrote to me, ifshc is a house-born slave and ul iba’ “no enemy can escape your right hand;
a weaver, buy her” (CAD I/J 70 b). 110 evildoer can avoid your left hand” (CAD I/J
1 3 6b 1).
Akk. ( w)ilid luti is attested only in OB.
,jr cf. bttotp.
denotativi ;

1 . (Deii2) nb) “offspring,” e.g., •hé? ■'nrri

n'pi nb 7 *’« nnps? “and Sarai was barren; she had = Akk. cnequ v. fr. OB 011 (CAD K 16 5 a ; AHw
110 offspring” (Cìen 11:30); Akk: qàdum wildisa
217I1). to stick (Qal, Cì-stem); suckle (Hiphil,

mala ivildu u iwalìadu “together with her offspring,

S-stem.

whomever she has given birth to or is about to

Pilli. ASEOI.OCY
give birth to” (CAD I/J 7ia a).
1. (Phr2) (to stick milk) CTÌ3 2^0
' í f ‘ Cf. "0’ v. “you shall stick thè milk of thè nations” (Isa
60:16); Akk: sizba encqu, e.g., sizba sa rianimaste
= Akk. alàlu B v. itenniq “thè milk of thè animals he used to stick”
(George, Gilgamesh, 176:85); kima Kubu la èniqu
,J? ' See bbn.
sizib umniisu “like a stillborn child who has not
suckcd thè milk ofhis mother” (C’AI) L i6sa 1).
:: yamu s. WSem. word; plant list* (CAD I/J 2. (Phr2) (to stick at thè breast) ETn» pT, e.g.,
322a). sea. prX ^ DHttf noi “or breasts for me to'suck” (Job

'43
 An Akkadian Lexicaf Companion for Biislioal Hebrew

3:12); “'prn (npi) “iÉn “ you shall suckle (leròì .noia noia) = Akk. isdu s . fr. ci>Akk.
thc breasts of kings” (Isa 60:16); 'b PlfcO r ^[3ri' 1 'Í2 011 (CiAD I/J 23 sa; AI Iw 393b). foundation.
'ÏÏK '“TO p]Ì n “that you were like a brother to me,
idiomatic; usac; 1 ;
who nursed my mother’s breasts” (SoS 8:1); Akk:
(ina) tuia/sirta encqu “to suck thè breast,” e.g., ina 1. (Id2) (horizon) D'Otón JTnpÍE “thè
appi tuli umtnisu tasakkanma itti siz'bi ìniqma iballut liorizons shook” (zSam 22:8); Akk: isid sanie, e.g.,
“you put (thè medicine) on thè tip of his mother’s damma istu isid sanie urpatu salimtu “a black cloud
breast, so that he will suck it with thè milk, then rose up from thè horizon” (CiAD I/J 24ob g);
he will get well” (CAI) li 16^b); summa làiu kima Samas ina isid sanie tappuhamma “you, Samas, have
aidu sirti iniqu “if a baby, as soon as it is borii, sucks riseli 011 thè horizon” (CiAD I/J 23CM lex. section
thè breast” (CAI) ibid.). and passim).
pi ir asiìoi oc; Y
denotativi ;

3. (l)eni) (to suckle 11 liph il, S-stcm|) pTO, 2. (Pliri) (foundation of a tempie) (”TDTQ/IÍD^
e.g., inp^Fn “ÒTì nt£?xn npni “so thè woman n/D'nSx) rP? “foundation of thc Tempie of (thc
took thè child and suckled him” (lixod 2:9); Akk: I.ord/God)” (2Cihr 24:27; 8:16); Akk: isid luti “thè

sunuqu, e.g., ummu serri usenniqu ramatila “(where) foundation of thè templc/palace,” e.g., ina Usatila
thè mother herself suckles thè baby” (CAI) F, bitim sa kima sanie u ersctim isdàsu kinà “within thè

165b 2). Esagil, thè tempie whose foundations are fìxed as

4. (I)eii2) (wet nurse |Hiph'il, S-stem|) np5'I3, are heaven and earth” (CI I Epilogue).
e.g., inpro nxi...inx 3il?rn “she (Jehosheba) 3. (Phr2) (foundation of a mountain) 'HO'in
abductcd him (Joash)...and his wet nurse” (2Kgs 1T3”!' Q'in “thè foundations of thè mountains
1 1:2); Akk: muscniqtu, e.g., summa aunlum màrasu shook” (Ps 18:8; cf. also Deut 32:23); Akk: kima
sadc ul uttassa isissa “like a mountain, thè base
ana muscniqtim iddinma màrum sii ina qàt muscniqtim
irntùt “if a man turns his son over to a wet nurse cannot be shaken” (CiAD I/J 237b 3').
and that child dies in thc hands of thè wet nurse” 4. (Plir2) (foundation of thè earth/land)

(CAD M 26 sb a). ^nn/pX “thc foundations of thè earth/

dry land,” e.g., (said of God), e.g., CP 1 ? Ì01C92
Cf. pii’.
pK '“IpiQ ipin3...ipn “when He assigned thè
sea its limits...when He fixed thè foundations of
— Akk. ensubu/cnsupu s. SB (CiAD E i72a; thè earth” (Prov 8:29; cf. also Isa 24:18; 40:21; Jer
AHw 220a). Akk. (a bird); Heb. owl, (ritually 31:37; Mie 6:2; Ps 82:5/2Sam 22:16 = Ps 18:16);
unclean bird). Akk: isid màti “foundation of thè land (said of
kings who are concerned with an administrative
di noi \11\1
of politicai (re)organization of a country),” e.g.,
i. (Den2) mi; - “ owl - raven” (Isa
mukin isdi màti “who organizes thè admimstration
34:11); “cormorant - owl” (Lev
(lit. foundation) of thè country” (*CAD I/J 237b
11:17); nr:r:~ - “owl - white owl” (Deut
b and passim).
14:16); Akk: summa ensubu ana bit ameli irub “if
an e.-bird enters a man’s house, (there will be The Heb. nHBii/ip, which is attested aniong
losses)” (CiAD E i72a). others in thè idiom ìliPSH ni'TOX “thè foot of thè
slopes of thè Pisgah” (Deut 3:17; 4:49; Josh 12:3;
Unfortunately, there is 110 extant reference to thc
13:20), was equated by Weinfeld to Heb. TIP' 1
ensubu-bird in thè Sumerian/Akkadian bilingual
and Akk. isdu “bottoni.”
lexical series Hh XVIII (thè section 011 birds).
According to CiAD F 371 a, thè relationship Note thè Ug. pair p‘n//isd “foot//log” (l)ULAT
between ensubu and essebu—a nocturnal bird, quite 1:1 16).
possibly an owl, and that, like thè ensubu-bird, is Illll Weinfeld, AB 5 186, Rendsburg, |NSL 8 (1980)
an ill-portcnt ifit enters a house—is unccrtain. 81-4.

144
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

^0' — Akk. (u)asabu fr. OAkk., OA 011 (CAI) A passim); ilkurn isrannima naparkàm ul eli “feudal
352a; AHw 14741")). to add, to increase in size or duties pressed me hard, I could not get away”
number. (CiAD E 333b b).

In light of this specific Akk. usage of cscru, Heb.

PHRASLOI OCY
10’ in 1 Kgs 1 2:1 1,14 (= 2Cihr 10:1 1,14) connotes
1.(Phri) (add, increase days/years) ^’DÍil
originally “to press for payment, tax due” (and not
nnc; □'py, e.g., rnw ^pin -[‘pp 'p' bv □•'p;
just “to chastise, punish” as commonly rendered).
“HI “n ÌQ3 “add days to tbe days of thè king, his
The semantic development of Heb. 'IO"' (which
years (extend) through gcnerations” (l J s 61:7); ' 3
does not occur in Akk.) is: “to press for payment/
crn ntp r\b ts^dv"] ^p; ai" ■a “ for through
tax due > to put a person under pressure > to
me your days will increase, and years be added
to your life” (Prov 9:1 1); ©PO ?pP; TlSCill chastise > rebuke > instruct.”
na© rr.?? “and I (thc Lord) will add fiftccn years Il i Tawil, Avislmr l'est., 185*—90*.
to your (Hezekiah’s) life” (2Kgs 20:6 = Isa 38:5);
Akk: urriku urne ussibu sanati “they grew lengthy HIT a r s . syn. list (CiAD A i 209a; AHw >544a).
::
of days, added years to years” (En. el. I 13); umù forest.
arkuti sanàt tub libbi ussipamma “(Sin) added length
of days (and) years of happiness to my years” The lexeme àr is equated with thè standard Akk.
(*CAD A 3 5 4 a b). word for “forest” qistu (CiAD Q 272a).
pii rasi : di.ocY

2. (Phr2) TJ-ID’I D'Piï? tf?# D33 UD'bv ^ HET :: yapu adj. EA; WSem. word (CiAD I/J 325a).
“(May thè Lord thè Cìod of your father) beautiful.
increase your numbers a thousandfold, and bless
you (as He promised)” (Deut 1:11); Akk: e.g., Note EA 138:126: u yapu [gloss: hamùdu] sa sapir
ikribi amuìti adu li misti lissibu (possibly for lisibù) istu sarri bcliya la tiadin yàsi “and I have not been

aria sarri...liddinù “may they (thè gods) give a given anything ilice (gloss: hamùdu desirable) that
thousand more blessings to thè king” (C'AD A_ was sent down from thè king, my lord” (let. fr.
3 5 4a c). Byblos). Actually, there are two Can. words here:
yapu and hamùdu (— hamùdu). Thus there is Can.
gloss 011 a Cian. word. The correct Akk. for yapu
"IO" 1 = Akk. cscru A v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD li
is damqu, which is what thè scribe should have
332b; AI lw 249!% s.v. cscru III). Akk. to press for
written.
payment; Heb. to press for payment; put a person
under pressure> chastise, rebuke> instruct.
= Akk. (w)apù v. fr. OA, OB on (CiAD A,
i )i;\otati vi; 20ib; AHw i459a). Akk. to appear, shine (Cì-stem);
1. (i)en2) nns bvcp'Vr D'pun•axons?i to acquire property (D-stem); proclaim, make
"IS'X "NI ns' "X zzbv bv r-pix manifest (S-stem); Heb. to shine, appear (Hiph il).
□'POpiïS DpnX “my father imposed a heavy yoke
011 you, and I will add to your yoke; my fiither denotativi ;

pressed you for payment, tax due by means of 1. (Deio) to shine forth (said of light), e.g.,
whips, but I will press you for payment, tax due nnn? rba sjsìfi b$) “ may light not shine on it (011
by means of scorpions” (iKgs 12:11,14 = ^Chr thè day)” (Job 3:3); Ì33I? “IÌX STBin] “when His (thè
10:11,14); Akk: e.g., kaspu sa ultu MN ina qàte Lord’s) lightning clouds shine” (Job 37:15); Akk:
LÙ.NIBRUt'1.MES sa ina qàte sakin màti esiru tiadtiu e.g., Nibiru kakkabsu sa ina samc usappù “Nibiru’s
“silver that they have collectcd frolli MN 011, star that shines forth in heaven” (*CiAI) A_203b
from thè inhabitants of Nippur who are under thè 5); asar Samas ustappd izziz “(Jupiter) became
governor, has been delivered” (CiAD E 333li and stationary where thè sun appears” (CiAD A_204a
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrfw

6). lives” (C'AD N 297!! and passim).

2. (D0112) (said of a god) 5rsin//nnT, e.g., 'n 2. (Idi) (to utter, lit. to go out from thè
-ina srsin irab n's?©p nnn X3 top “tho mouth) nsp «■’Sin/SS;, e.g., (said of a promise):
Lord camo from Smai, Ho slionc upon from Seir, 31©; iÒl n3n npns 'SP KIT “frolli my mouth
He appearod from Mount Parati” (l)eut 33:2); has issued truth; a word shall not turn back” (Isa
STBin niQjp? 'n nÌDp3 “C'.od of retribution, 45:23; cf. also N11111 30:3; Jer 44:17 and passim);
Lord, Cìod of retribution, appear” (Ps 94:1); Akk: "‘rPn 'SP XS; nnnn “thè order was commanded
istu qereb lizida ina sàt musi ustàpa nannaris “he by thè king” (Esth 7:8); Akk: sa ittasi amatu istu pi
(Nabli) shines forth from Ezida at night like thè sarri ana ardisti sùtu ippus “ what is commanded by
1110011” (C'AD A 204a 6). thè king to bis servant, that his servant executes”
The twice-attested noun nS^SJ (Amos 4:13; Job (CAI ) A 37 ib b); ina/istu pi asu (said of a promise),
10:22) and thè hapax nominai forni nSSJH (Job e.g., kima.. .abbausunu malfar ilisunu ikribum ipisunu

11:17) are translated by almost all commentators usàni “that a vow has been pronounced by their

and lexicographers as “darkness” (cf. recently KB* fathers before their god” (ibid.).
82ob; 17.683). However, as was pointed out by 3. (Idi) (to utter, lit. to go out from thè lips)
Ibn J anali, thè noun never connotes “darkness” □■'1-13© K2SÍP “thè coming out of thè lips,” i.e.,
but is connected to thè root '"pi?, a metathesized “utterance” (Num 30:13; Deut 23:24; Jer 17:16;
forni ofSJST “brightness, glimmer.” In light of thè Ps 89:35) = Akk: ina sapti asu “to utter,” e.g., baìàt
above, job 10:22: *òi nip^s ircs nnss: pi? ùnwja arkuti lisa saptukka “may you decree a long
‘pSk ÍÍ33 Ì73FI] □•'“inp should be rendered as “a land life for me” (C’AD S | 485^.
(i.e., netherworld) whose light is like darkness, all 4. (Idi) (to be famous) □© KIT, e.g., XSn
darkness and disarray, whicli shines like darkness,” an33 □© “V “ your beauty won you fame
and job 11:17: npss nsyn n^n mp; annspi among thè nations” (Ezek 16:14); “HI ^
n'nri “brighter than 110011 shall keep eternai light, nÍSnxn *733 “David became famous throughout
brightness will be like thè morning” (cf. also Amos thè land” (ìClir 14:17; cf. also Ezek 16:14); Akk:
4:13). Note also that this is thè meaning of thè (zikir) siimi sustì, e.g., sa zikir sunti usessù ana resati
hapax nn© , SS?2y (Job 3:9; 41:10), which should “(Sargon) whose fame thè gods extended (lit.
be lit. rendered as “glimmerings of dawn” and cause to go out) to thè outmost” (Lyon, Sargon
not “eyelids of dawn” as commonly translated.
30:3).
Perhaps we have a semantic development, i.e., 5. (Idi) (liberate, lit. to go out to thè light)
“glimmerings > eyelids.”
niió fcrsin, e.g., ■’pstfp n©s?i ,3,n nn;
IH Ibn Janah, Sepher Hascboraschim, 360; Paul, Amos, inpns3 niiÒ “(until) He pleads my cause
152-54. and accomplishes justice for me, Lle will bring me
out to thè light (i.e., liberate me); I will see His
X2T - Akk. asu v. fr. OAkk. on (CAD A, 3563; salvation” (Mie 7:9); Akk: atta nùru usestìnafima
AHw 147sb). to go out (intrans., Qal, Cì-stem); to “that he should liberate us” (C'AD A 372b 2').
make leave (trans., Hiph‘il, S-stem). HENDIADYS

IDIOMATIC USACI; 6. (I Ieii2) (to come and go), i.e., K31 ,

1. (Idi) (to save a life) ©33 XSin, e.g., e.g., XÌ3i p'l niï? “73W iÒ “I (Moses) can no
•'©33 nnsp N^in ".pns? “ preserve me, in longer be active (lit. come and go)” (Deut 31:2
Your righteousness, save me from distress” (Ps and passim); Akk: erebu u asti, e.g., màrsu ina libbi
143:11); Akk: napista ussù/susù “to save life,” ekalli errai) ussà “his son goes in and out in thè

e.g., ayumma usi napisti “from where escaped this palace” (CAD E 263a b’); sa ana àli irrubu sa istu
living creature?” (George, C lilgamcsh, 714:175); sa àli ussà usra “watch those who move in and out of
ana sustì napisti ipparsidu “who fled to save their thè town” (CAD ibid. and passim).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biislical Hebrew

piirasloi o<;y thè distant sky your trap; may he, thè eagle, not
7. (Pliri) (to sprout |said of seed and escape from your net” (*CAD S, 341 a, Etana);
vegeta tion|) n‘12/y"IT/| , -’S/K''SÌn/N^ “bring ina saparriya ajumma ul usi naparsudumma ul ipparsid
forth hud/seed/sprout,” e.g., KIT 'ps? “he “ìiobody escaped from my net or succeeded in
sprouts like a flower and witliers” (Job 14:2)/ escaping” (CAD N | 284b c).
rrrón K’ain ni in? “mudi seed thè held will 12. (Phr2) irn «■'Sin “to betray, devulge
produce” (Deut 28:38)/^ f?n m? KS»] “it secrets” (Hiph‘il) e.g., CTK'SÍrD rii '"DTI “and
brought forth sprouts and produced blossoms” they divulged my secrets to him” (Neh 6:19);
(Num 17:23); Akk: asu sa zèri/ziqpi “thè coming Akk. awatam siisil (S-stem) e.g., sa awat beli <ya>
forth of seed/saplings” (( 'Al ) A 356I1 lex. ustenissi u beli lisalsunuti “my lord should question
section)/musesat urqite “who makes green things those who always betray thè secrets of my lord”
grow” (CAD A 3s8a lex. section)/ urqit seri lu la (ARM II 124:21); sinnisistum awat puhrim ustenissi
usa “110 green growth should come forth in thè “a woman will betray thè affairs of thè assembly”
open country” (CAD A 366b 3', treaty curse). (YOS 10 36,1 VL9). Paul, HAK 1 (1977) 179. cf.
8. (Phri) (to rise, said of thè sun) KIT BA X3CD
“thè sun rose” (Gen 19:23; cf. also Judg 5:31; Note thè Can. HA forms ytlsa “may he leave”
Isa 13:10); Akk. Samas asu, e.g., Samas atta asiba (EA 151:70); yasini “may he get me out” (EA
bitmusa teneseti “people bow down at your rising, 282:14).
Samas” (CAD A, 367!! 2' and passim). IJ? ' Cf. BA K3' v.
9. (Pliri) (to rise, said of thè stars) nXS
□■'22Ì2Ì1 “thè rising of thè stars” (Neh 4:1 5); Akk:
babbabu asti, e.g., bit ibleti kakkabu ul usa “thè “I2T = Akk. eseru A v. fr. OA, OB on (CAD E
dark place (i.e., thè netherworld) whence 110 star 346b; AHw 252a). Akk. to draw; Heb. to fashion.
comes forth” (*CAD K 4ób). Cf. 2213.
piirasp.olocy
10. (Pliri) (to release [from prison|)
1. (Phr2) i“13s 1^0? '3 boa b'SÌTt no “what
Dn^/napïïíD/D'-non rrna «sin “go/iét
has thè carved image availed, that he who drew
go (i.e., release) from prison/prisoners,” e.g.,
it has carved it” (Hab 2:18); ^03 ^OSÌ *7« “IS; 'P
n'2r: lapaip K'sinb “to
“who would fashion a god or cast a statue?” (Isa
release prisoners from confmement, from prison
44:10); Akk: salma eseru, e.g., mahar Samas salambi
those who dwell in darkness” (Isa 42:7; cf. also
csir lànbi almi “in front of Samas I drew your
Ps 142:8); KS; 2'IIDn n'3Q ' 3 “for from
picture, I molded your shape” (CAD L 346I1);
prison he was released to become a king” (Ecc
salmi1 sarri sa mesiri anàbu êtesiri “I made a likeness
4:14; cf. also Isa 49:9; Ps 88:9); Akk: ultu bili/bit
of thè king in drawing” (C'AD M 37a).
bili/bit situili stisti “to release from imprisonment/
prison,” e.g., ultu bili uscsìsu “he obtained his Cf. nsiv
release from prison” (CAD K 35yb 1); sa ultu bit
bili sa P N usessàsunutu “who let them go out of Hp' = Akk. qàdu v. fr. OB, SB 011 (CAD Q 523;
thè prison of P N ” (CAD K 361 a c and passim); AHw 892a). to set afire.
sa P N . . . i X ’ / m ina bili l ’ N ...ultu bit sibitti uscsassunuti
“(thè Assyrians) whom l ’ N kept in captivity— P N denotativi ;

let them go out of prison” (CAD K 359!") 1). 1. (Dem) Hp; “light, kindle a fire,” e.g.,
1 1. (Phr2) (to escape |from a net|) nEHB «Sin npin obii? IV •'SX3 '3 “for you have
“save from a net,” e.g., ' b UípE IT TOh!? •'MTJíÍn kindled thè flame of my wrath, whicli shall bum
“You saved me from thè net laid for me” (Ps for all time” (Jer 17:4); m Tìp'2 np" np; “shall
31:5; íilso Ps 25:15); Akk: ina seti/ saparri asu, bum a burning like that of fire” (Isa io: 16); Akk:
e.g., sëtba qerbetu rapa\stu\ gispirraba \samù ruqu\tu gizilltì <ina> isàt bibrìti taqddma “you kindle a tordi
ina sëtiba ay [ilsi| eru “thè wide land is your net, with sulphur tire” (C'AD Q 52a b and passim).
 An Akkadian Lhxical Companion hor Biblical Hhbrew

von Soden (AHw 89211) equates Akk. qàdu to PI IR ASP.OIOCY

Aram, yqd while ignoring thè BH vocable “Ip\ 1. (Phr2) (to descend or cause to descend to
thè netherworld) /^ÌKEÒ/nntiÒ ("inin) "IT

’lp"' = Akk. (tv)aqàru v. fr. OAkk. on (CAI) A nipnVnsy i 7/y , "i.^ i 7/ n ii3i ?/“ii317
“to descend
(cause to descend) to thè pit” (Ezek 28:8; Ps
2053; AHw 14603). to become scarce, precious
30:10; 55:24; Job 33:24)/“to thè netherworld”
(Qal, Ci-stem); to make scarce (HiplVil, S-stem).
(e.g., Isa 14:15; Ezek 31:15)/“to thè pit” (e.g., Ps
IDIOMATIC USACI: 30:4; Prov i:i2)/“to death” (Prov 5:5; 7:27)/“to
1. (Idi) (to become precious to, lit., valuable thè ground” (Ezek 32:18,24)/“to thè dust”
in thè eyes of) 'TBÌ , e.g., T??? rnp; “rSP (Ps 22:3o)/“to a silent place” (Ps 115:17); Akk:
“be cause you are precious to me and ana crscti/apsu/qabri/aralli (w)aràdu/surudu, e.g.,
honored” (isa 43:4); “’psa rnp; -\m nnn Istar aita crscti urid ul ila “Istar descended to thè
n-rn Din “seeing how you have held my life netherworld and has not come up” (C'AI ) A 216b
precious this day” (iSam 26:21; 2l<gs 1:13,14); c); ummàni sunuti ana apsi uscridma “I had those
Akk: ina ini (w)aqàrn, e.g., sc'um sii ina inika la iqqir craftsmen descend to thè netherworld” (CAD
“this barley should not have too much importance A 2193 d); sa uridu qabri atura ana almi Sanisi “I
in your eyes” (CAI) A 20sb b); cf. ina pani (tv) who had descended into thè grave returned to
aqàru, e.g., napsàtu sa 2 sàbc...ina pani bcliya la iqqir thè Sunrise gate” (C'AD A 2i6b c); sa ana amile
“thè lives of thè two men should not be (more) surudu pagarsu tutarra “you can bring back thè one
precious to my lord (than ours)” (CAI) ibid.). who was already taken down to thè netherworld”
(CAD A 21 ya d).
denotativi ;
2. (Phr2) (to go down to a garden) p*?
2. (1 )en2) (to make scarce) [I liph il, S-stem|),
e.g., Dé?:n ni3ns?b ia? 1 ? "n; nin “ my lover has
e.g., tsìx ansa anHi rsp Tpix “i (c;od)
gonc down to his garden, to thè beds of spices”
will make people scarcer than fine gold, and men
(SoS 6:2,11) = Akk: ana kiri (w)aràdu, e.g., àrid
than thè gold ofOphir” (Isa 13:12); Akk: sùquru,
kin sarru hàsibu crcni “he who goes down to thè
e.g., \c\lis Adad zunnasu lusàqir “let Adad make
garden, thè king who trims thè cedars” (CAD K
thè rain from above rare” (C'AD A 2o6a 3).
41 3b b 1 *).
c:f. “ij?\
IH Held, JANHS 5 (1973) 173:2.

Tp; = Akk. (w)aqru adj. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) A

HI' = Akk. siiru v. SB; III (C'AD S ( 3703). to teach,
207b; AIIw 1461 b). precious.
instruct.
PI IR ASliOl.OC.Y
The hapax Akk. verb suriì “to instruct” occurs
1.(Phri) (precious stone) rTlp -1 (2Sam
in Ludlul in sfinì me ili “to instruct thè rites of
12:30; iKgs 10:2 and passim); Akk: abnu aqratu
thè god” and is parallel to thè standard Akk.
“precious stone” (C'AI) A 2o8b 3').
word sutàhuzu (St-stem of ahàzu) “to teach,”
2. (Phri) (precious life) H^p' 27S3 (Prov 6:26);
e.g., màr ana màtiya me ili nasàri//sumi Istar suqur
Akk: napistu aqratu, e.g., anàku llsarhaddon.. .ki
nisiya ustàhiz “I instructed my land to keep thè
napistiya aqarti amnsunùti “I, Esarhaddon, love
god’s rites, and provoked my people to value thè
them as my own precious life” (C'AI) A 2o8b
goddess’s name” (BWL 40:29—30, Ludlul). The
4’)- Akk. expression sum me ili is then thè equivalent
c:f. np1 v. of Heb. rnirvtoBtpp rnin “ to teach, instruct thè
rite/teaching,” e.g., pKH £0S»P DTI
”!“P = Akk. (w)aràdu v. fr. OAkk. on (C’AD A “(and thè king of Assyria gave an order ‘send there
2i2b; AHw 14623). to go down (Qal, C'i-stem); to one of thè priests)...and let him instruct them in
cause to go down (Hiph‘il, S-stem). thè rites of thè god of thè land’” (2Kgs 17:27; cf.
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hlbrf.w

also Deut 33:10; Exod 24:12 and passim). DliNOTATI VI!

As noted by thè C’AD, “thè forni |/Sni] is 3. (Dc'112) pK T.3-- “thè rear (i.e., thè
most likely a causative of a verb *wrw/y, attested remotest) part of thè earth” (Jer 6:22; 25:32; 3 1:8);
in Hebrew as lui rei [I I iph il | ‘to teach, instruct’, as Akk: e.g., adi warkat nahlini iksudam “until (thè
suggested by R. F. Ci. Sweet” (CAD S 370a 11.). flood?) reached thè rear of thè wadi” (CAD A
275I-) b).

(m;) n - ]' = Akk. irliu A s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD

A 2sya; AHw i466b). 1110011, month. (pi:) pi: (
— Akk. w)arqu (urqu) s. fr. OA, 015
011 (C'AD A 301 b; AHw i47ob). vegetables,
DENOTATIVI!
vegeta tion.
1. (I)en2) (1110011) 1*7 -tx; ab rrvn nai “thè
light of thè 1110011 will not shine for you” (Isa pi ir asloi.oc; Y

60: iy); Akk: e.g., Harràn ana pat gimrisu kima sii 1. (Phr2) (vegetable garden) *|P“]3 HK b nifi
arhi unammir sarurusu “I (Nabunaid) made thè p-v ]b b 'rn ‘ ‘give me your vineyards, so that
splendor of thè entire city of Narrati as brilliant as I may have it as a vegetable garden” (iKgs 21:2);
thè appearance of thè 1110011” (C’AD S 1 5 1 b> b). Akk: kirù sa (w)arqi, e.g., kirtì sa warqi sa P N u kirit

2. (I)eii2) (month) EHÌIIl ^13 nT3 sa warqi sa P N la seqi “thè vegetable garden of P N
and thè vegetable garden of P N are not irrigateci”
“in thè month of Bui, that is thè eighth
(CAD A 301 b 2); kiiit sa urqi sa Ninna “a vegetable
month”(i Kgs 6:38); mnisa ina qutti arhisa ina
garden in Nineveh” (C'AD ibid,);arqu destitit ìalà
ganiàri “when her days (of pregnancy) carne to an
musare “abundant vegetables, thè delicacies of thè
end, when her montlis were completed” (C'AD
gardens” (C'AD ibid.).
A 26 ib).
denotativi;
Akk. arlju also connotes thè first day of thc month,
2. (Deii2) (vegetation/greenery) X2H
thè new 1110011: ina arhi sdutti 11 sapatti tèliltam
rrn ab pi: ‘ ‘thè herbage is gone; vegetation is
lusaskin nmka “I will perforili a purification, a
vanished” (Isa 15:6); Akk: musalbis warqim gigunè
ritual batli, 011 thè new 1110011 day, 011 thè seventh Aja “who clad thè gigunu with greens for thè
and fìfteenth day” (C’AD A, 2óoa b). goddess Aja” (C'AD A_ 30ib 1).

Whereas Akk. employs thè verb aràqu “to become

npn! 1 * = Akk. (u>)arkatu s. fr. OA, OB on (CAD A green, yellow” (CAD A 23 ib) and thè adjective
274!-); AHw 146711). rear. arqu “yellow, green” (CAD A > 30oa), such usage
is unattested 111 BH.
piirasi!oloc;y
>tì’ c:f.
1. (l J hri) (rear ofa building) ]3E?Q/IV3 TOT
(iKgs 6:16; Amos 6:10; Ps 128:3); “rear of thè
Tabernacle” (Exod 26:22; 36:27); Akk: e.g., arkat — Akk. amurriqanu (awurriqanu) s. OB, Bogh.,
bit P N “its rear side of thè house of l ’ N ” (CAD SB (C'AD A yib; AHw y2a). Akk. jaundicc; Heb.
A 275a 1); Ningirim bel sipti arkat biti ukal “thè disease, blight of grain; yellowness, greenness.
goddess Ninginni occupies thè rear of thè house
PPI-l “blight and mildew” are employed
as mistress (text: lord) of conjuration” (C’AD A
together as a part of a curse formula concerning
2 7ib 3'); igarani essa ni sa epirtint É.. .warkassn ipus
agricultural blights (Deut 28:22; 1 Kgs 8:37; Amos
“he built thè new pisé wall of thè tempie at(?) its 4:y; Hag 2:17; 2Chr 6:28). In Akk. amurriqàna
rear” (CAD A 27sb). is employed as a disease, not nccessarily an
2. (Phr2) (rear of a boat) nrSt?n TDT; (fon agricultural one. The noun is used in thè
1:5); Akk: arkat eleppi “thè rear of thè sliip” (C’AI) enumeration of diseases such as busànu “severe
A 276.1 d). disease affccting thè mouth uose and skin” and
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

others. The eniployment of ’pp'V in thè nominai K7' — Akk. isti v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD I/J 28911;
hapax idiom lipT 1 ? D^S bï “and every AHw 402b). to be, own.
face turned yellow-green (i.e., pale)” (Jer 30:6) is
to be equated to thè Akk. verbal expression patiti PIIRASEOLOCY

aràqu “thè face become yellow-green,” i.e., “to 1. (Fliri) (with negation), e.g., ET iÒ
become pale” employed in both Akk. medicai rppia “ no arbiter between us” (Job 9:33); Akk: la
and literary texts, e.g., panusu ilauarriqu “his face isti, e.g., sa bustam la isti “one who has 110 dignity”
is always pallici” (C'AI) A 232 ia, med. text): ana (C’AI) I/J 290a lex. section and passim). Note also
siqri ctlim iriqu panusu “at thè fellow’s words his CAD I/J 293a s.v. isti for la isti “merciless ” in a
face turned pale” (George, Gilgamesh, 178:165). syn. list.
2. (Phr2) (whatever one has) ET “1C7K
Note also thè eniployment of thè sub. yarqàtm
,- P3 IH3 “and whatever he had he gave me” (Gen
(NB*), attested among thè list of thè plants of
39:8); Akk: minàm istìma ana ahàtiya usabbalam “I
thè royal garden of Meodach-baladan li (C'AI)
shall send to my sister whatever 1 have” (C’AD I
I/j 326a). von Soden (Or. 46 [1969] 188) equates
2yob); minima isti ummvàuùsu itabìu “his creditore
thè lexeme with Aram. fcOp“V, a generai term for
have also taken away whatever he owns” (C’AD
plants. (cf. also CDA 44ob.) It seems that yarqàtm
I/J 2903).
should be kept apart fr. Heb. pp*V “plant’s
blight.” The Akk. idiomatic construction eli P N isti “ P N
Ili Gruber, 363—63. owes” is absent fr. BH.
^ c:f. BA. TTX *6.
27 T = Akk. yàritu v. NB; Aram. lw. (CAI) I/J
325b). heir. D2T = Akk. (w)asàbu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C’AD A
386a; AHw i48ob). to sit (Qal, G-stem); to settle
DENOTATIVE
(trans., Hiph‘il, S-stem).
1. (Dem) ìb T’X EH'T DK Dpn
“has Israel no sons or has he no heir?” (Jer 49:1); SI IK e.nci nc ;

Akk: arki P N yàritu sa P N ...ana mahrikunu ublamma 1. (Seqi) (to sit - to cry) H33 - 3ET (e.g.,
“afterwards I brought P N , thè heir of P N , before Deut 21:13; Ps 137:1; Neh 1:4); Akk: wasàbu -
you” (CAD I/J 325I1). baku, e.g., uktammisma attasab abakki “I sat down
Note thè eniployment of thè WSem. verb waràsu crouching, and cried” (C’AI) A 390a c).
“to inherit” in Emar (see I Iuehnergard CBQ 47 2. (Seq2) (to uproot - to settle) D’'©ÌÌ1 - il*?}!!,
e.g., rniE?x bantir nx ì :";...rr:n i 7 n^nn n?t?3
119S5l 43'-32:i4)-
ròna onà “ili thè ninth year of Hoshea...
lw. fr. Aram. KIVT.
he (thè king of Assyria) deported thè Israelites
c:f. n®T- to Assyria and settled them 111 Halah...” (2Kgs
17:6,26; cf. also Lam 1:3); Akk: nasàliu - susubu,
n27"T = Akk. yàritutu s. NB*; Aram. lw. (CAD I/J e.g., nist O N mal basti u P N adi qinnisu assuhamma
32sb). legacy, possession. ina qercb Amai li uscsib nisi...ultu asrisunu assuhsunuti
ina...uscsibsunuti “I (Sargon II) deported P N with
denotative
his family and as many people as there were and
1. (I )en 1 ) n©T iS-lXD *6 “ I will not settled (them) in Aniatti; as to thè people of...I
give you any of their land as a possession” (Deut deported them from their places and settled them
2:9); Akk: yàritutu sa P N ul eppus“I will not accept in...” (Winckler, Sargon, 108:56—57; C’AD A
P N ’ s legacy” (C'AD I/J 326a). 407b 3' and passim).
lw. fr. Aram. MIT. TRANSEERRED MEANINC

,j? - c:f. ©T 1 v. 3. (TM 1) (to dwell) ,s n ■'ir bì Tt IV33

150
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

“to dwell in thc house of thc Lord all thc days of mukkalli esestu rapsa uzni asisi sukamu “Nabli, wise
my life” (Ps 27:4; cf. also 23:6); Akk. (idiomatic one, sage...intelligent, wise 111 cuneiform writing”
hapax) e.g., Atramhaslsumme anàku\ma\ ina bit Ha (CAD A, 4 4 ob 1).
bcliya as'bà\ku\ “I am Atra-hasls, I lived in thc
In thc Theodicy commentary àsisu is equated
tcmplc Ea, my Lord” (Atra-hasls, p. 132 obv.
to itpcsu “wise” and màlikti “counselor, advisor”
6-7).
(BWL 70:1, Theodicy).
4. (TM2) (to rule) "Z'T 3CST HnX 5THI2
Note thè suggestion that Akk àsisu “wise,
“why do you rule alone?” (Exod 18:14); //^V
sage” may be related to thè verb asàsu B (CAD A
vny -p:n “a ruler//sceptcred rulcr” (Amos 1:5
424b) “to engulf, ovcrwhclm.”
and passim); Akk: e.g., awilti sa wasbu s\ib\utam
Ii? C:i'. Lambert, BWL 302:1.
ikassadù 11 alpu ipaqqidu “thè men who are sitting
(in council) will do what they pian and assign thè
cattle” (C’AI) A 3yob 2’ and passim). HS2T = Akk. yaspu (aspti) s. EA, NA, NB, SB
(C'AD I/J 328a; AHw 413a). jasper.
PIIRASI’OI.OGY

5. (Phr 1 ) (sit 011 a seat) XD3 bv 3E?Ìn/3^ siìquiìncinc ;

“scat, cause to sit on thè thronc” (i.e., “to rule”) 1. (Seq2) ÌISKT attested (three times) in
(e.g., Deut 17:18; iKgs 1:46; 2:12; 16:11; iKgs sequence with DÌ1271 KTtpn “beryl and lapis
2:24) = Akk: ina bussi (u>)asàbu /susubu, e.g., ultu ina lazuli” (Exod 28:20; 39:13; Ezek 28:13); Akk:
bussi abi bànlya usibu “ever since I (Assurbanipal) e.g., eli musane huràsi kaspi uqníaspè...dunnusin addi
ascended thc thronc of my own father” (C'AD A “I (Sargon) built their (thc palaces’) foundations
39ih 8'). upon inscribed tablets made of gold, silver, lapis
6. (Phr2) (tent-dwcller) ^HX 3KT “tent- lazuli (and) jasper” (C'AI) I/J 328a b).
dwcller”: mjpOI ^ÌIX 2 V?\..bn'T “Jabal...a tent-
Note: aspti sùquru aban sarrùtu...ina kisàd Sin ukinnu
dwellcr (i.e., who dwells in tcnts) and amidst thè
“(Assurbanipal) put around thè neck of Sin (a scal)
herds” (Gen 4:20); D^nX DET DO ETX “(Jacob) a
made of precious jasper, thc royal stone” (C'AD
mild man, a dweller of tcnts” (Cicn 25:27); Akk.
I/J 3283 b).
dsib kustàri “tent-dwcller,” e.g., sarrdni màt Amimi
àsib kustàri kalisuti bilassunu kabitti ùbilunim “all thè
kings of thè West, who dwell in tcnts, brought ""I2T = Akk. eseru v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD E 3 52b;
me (Cyrus) their licavy tribute” (C’AD K 60ih AHw 254a). to straighten up, prosper, he in a
c); Arante Su té àsibut kustàri “thè Arameans, thè correct manner.
Sutians, tent-dwellcrs” (*CAD ibid.).
idiomatic : usaci ;
IH Held, JANF.S 1 1 (1979) 53 -62.
1. (Id2) (to prosper, lit. to straighten thè road)
•a' Cf. nba v.; rqe?; BA arr v. brr;/r-x/--- (Ps 5:9; Prov 1 1:5;
Prov 3:6; Isa 26:7); Akk: urha/harràna/padana
27*'27' = Akk. àsisu s. SB (C'AD A 44ob; AHw 79I1, eseru/silsuru, e.g., urlìi lidmiq padani lìsir “let my
s.v. asàsu IV). Akk. wise, sage; LIeb. aged > wise. path prosper, my way succeed”; llsir harrànka ina
llkur “may your path prosper in Ekur” (*CA1) E
denotati Vii 355b d and passim).
1. (Deii2) V'tiy/nV “gray-haired//old men” 2. (Id2) (to ensure correct pcrfomance) bs
(Job 15:10); as an antonym with D’IJ?? 'Tip? bn )? bv rapi nn-rp 'rnnx p
“lads” (Job 29:8) and “PS7S “young man” (Job TIX3K? "Ipt? niX b? ■’n-lE?: bp “rightly do I ìove
32:6); 27E7'1 }pT “old and longcd-Iived” (2Chr Your commandments more than gold, even fine
36:17); nano "xi nopn “is gold; truly I ensure thè correct performance of
wisdom in thè aged and understanding in thc thè (ritual) procedures; I hate every false way” (Ps
long-hved?” (Job 12:12); Akk: e.g., Nabu palku 1 19:128—29); Akk: zauàn màhàzl suklul esreti sutesur

151
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

kidudc “to adoni thc lioly cities, to complete thè praise you witli a sincere heart”(Ps 1 19:7). Cf. thè
sanctuaries, to ensure thè correct performance of following Akkadian passage with libbu “heart”: ina
thè rites”; rubi} kcnu sa ana sutcsur parse ekurrdle mdtisu libbikunu isartu csrani “of your own free will?, bring
pitqudu “(Assurnasirpal 11) thè legitimate prince me prosperity” (C'AI) ibid.).
who is entrusted with ensuring thè observance of C'f. itrr v., “ic; .nitsp.
thè cult in thè sanctuaries ofhis country” (CAI)
E 3633 f). Note also thè L3H compounds /“IÏ2E7
“in" 1 = Akk. (it’)atdru v. fr. OAkk., OB 011 (CAI) A
□Hjps nss? tò/nr» iò/n:?; “ observe/guard/not
4873; AI lw 148911). Akk. to exceed (Ci-stem), augment
to leave/not to forget thc ensurance of thè correct
(l)-stem), increase, surpass (trans., S-stem); Heb. to
performance of thè ritual procedures” (e.g., Ps
reniain (Niph'al), spare, have extra (I Iiph'il).
1 19:4,56,87,93).

The common Heb. idiomatic expression 'TSÍS “IET di -no i a rivi:

“be acceptable to” does not occur in Akkadian. 1. (Dell2) *|T n©SJ!3 bb3...~nTrin “(C’.od) will

IH Tawil, JBL 95 (1976) 405-13.

grantyou abounding prosperity” (Deut 30:9); Akk:
uttassu u [[assuma liubullusu atri “his barley remains
^ Cf. "]©; .nitrà.
his and thè interest accumulates greatly” (CAD A2
4«ya 3)-
“lET = Akk. isarti adj. fr. OAkk. on (C’AI) I/J 2243; ij? ’ Cf. in’ .nnn’.
AHw 392a). just, straight.

idioma 1 ic usaci-: “irP = Akk. (w)atru s. OB, NB (CAD A, 50ib; AHw

1. (Idi) (upright, lit., just heart) “IET - “IET 31 ? 14923). additional.
n1? “one who is upright” (e.g., Ps 7:11;
Waldman was thè first to point out that Heb. “irP,
37:14; 64:11; 2Kgs 10:15); Akk: libbu isaru, e.g.,
which is commonly attested with thè meaning
cpsi’ti sa damqàta u libbasu isara hadis ippalis “(Marduk)
“excessive,” also connotes “falsehood.” It occurs in
looked witli joy on his (Cyrus’) good works and his
thè hapax idiomatic expression UT (nS2?), which
just heart” (CAI) I/J 22sb b).
is parallel to (JIS©) “untine (speech)” (Prov
pi iraseolocy
17:7) and which is thè cognate of Akk. atartu e.g.,
2. (Phr2) (just person) “I2T DnX/C’K “nghteous qàbi watartim ina musl\dli\ “he who tells an untrue
mail/human being” (Mie 7:2; Ecc 7:29; Job 1:8; word at thè Muslalu Cìate” (C'AD A 486a 2); kima
2:3); Akk. aunlum isarum (CAI) I/J 22sb b). watratim ana bcliya la aspurarn “(my lord will finti
3. (Phr2) “lEh T[T “if you are blameless out) whether I have reported untrue things to my
and upright” (Job 8:6); Akk: e.g., summa isar imttì lord” (C'AD ibid.; Waldman, JQR 67 11976) 142—
sakinsu arkassu idammiq “ìfhe isjust but sufFers losses,
45)-
he will be happy in thè end” (C'AI) I/J 225)1 b). ij?' cf. in' v. rnrv.
Cf. ner v., -i?r .Tirò.

nin" 1 = Akk. atartu A s. OA, OB on (C’AD A

“]$*' = Akk. isartu s. OB, SB (CAI) I/J 224a; AFIw 48sb; AHw 148911). excess (for thè Akk. meaning
392a). righteousness, prospenty. “exaggeration, he,” see “I2T above).

idiomatic: usaci:
denotativi :

1. (Idi) (to live, lit. walk, in righteousness) 1. (1)C112) H3X noi? miT “thè gains they
“1^? “live (lit. walk) in righteousness” (iKgs have made will vanish” (Jer 48:36; Isa 15:7); Akk:
9:4; Prov 14:2); Akk: e.g., ina isardlim tllak “he will batiqtum u watartum “shortage and overage” (CAD
live in righteousness” (C'AI) I/J 224a). ibid.).
Note thè usage with 31 ?: 331 ? “I2T3 ^"lÍX “I will C.f. nn’ v. in’..
 3

— Akk. kabàtu v. fr. OA, OB on (C'AI) K 1411; gold” (Cìen 13:2; cf. also Ezek 27:25); Akk: e.g.,
AHw 4i6b). to be heavy, lionored (intrans. Qal, ikabbitma ckiam se'am lutbuk “(that man) will
Cì-Stem; trans. Pi'el, I)-steni). be come (so) ridi (that he will say), “where should
I storc thc barley?” (C’AI) K 14b).
idiomatic : usaci:
1*11 R ASHOI.OCY
1. (Idi) (to be hard of hearing) 1330/133
6. (Phr2) (hard work) 11Ì3i?n 1133 “thè
jTX "be/cause to be heavy (i.e., hard) ofear,” i.e.,
work is hard” (Exod 5:9; Neh 5:18); Akk: dullum
hearing, e.g., SÍIÍDCjýp 13TK 1133 *Òl “his ear is not
kabit, e.g., supsik ili rabtma dullum kabit ma'ad
too heavy (i.e., dilli) to bear” (Isa 59:1; cf. also Isa
sapsaqum “thc toil of thc gods was great; thè work
6:10; Zech 7:11); Akk: uznà kabtà, e.g., summa
was heavy; thc distress was mudi” ( Atra-hasis,
uznàsu kabtàsu tcmsu ittakirsu atmtìsu ittenprekku
42:3-4; 52:177; 58:240).
imat “if his hearing (lit. ears) faded (lit. stopped),
his mind is deranged and his speech continuously SYNTACTICAI USACI:

stopped he shall die” (Labat, T1)P 70:14). 7. (Sy) ]p 133? ‘ ‘be more honored/important
2. (Idi) (to have poor eyesight) j’1? 133 “be than,” e.g., V3N IV3 ^3P 1335 X111 “now he
heavy of eyes,” e.g., jj>TP 1133 ^NIÈT ‘TOl “now is more respected than (anybody) in his father’s
IsraeTs eyes were clini with ago” (Cìen 48:10); house” (Cìen 34:19; cf. also 2Sam 23:19; iChr
Akk: ina kabtà (C'AI) K 1 sb 2'). 4:9); Akk: kabit istu, e.g., màr sipri sar CìN kabit istu
3. (Idi) (to have a speech impediment) 133 màr sipr\iya\ “thè messenger of thc king of Akko
|ÌEÒ 133//1S “h eavy of mouth (//heavy of is more lionored than |my] messenger” (CAD K
tongue)” (Exod 4:10 (twice)); Akk: pu kabtu, e.g., i6a 3a; let. fr. Byblos).
summa sennu pàsu kabil busanu isbassu “if a baby’s...
denotativi :
mouth is heavy (i.e., has speech difficulties),
8. (Dem) (to become important) (Qal), e.g.,
bùsanu-discàsc of thè mouth has seized it” (Labat,
ITT *Ò1 V33 1133' “his sons become important, and
TDP 228:97).
he does not know it” (Job 14:21); Akk: e.g., anàku
4. (Id2) (to punisli, said of a god) T 1133
\u\ mer'uà ina eniki ula kabdàni “my sons and I are not
“thc hand was heavy,” e.g., D'I^KI T 1XD 1133
considered honorable by you” (CAD K i6a 33).
□C0 “(there was death and destruction all through
9. (Dem) (to pay respect to) ^IlP '111K 133
thc city) for thc hand of Cìod lay heavy upon it”
“honor thè Lord with your wealth” (Prov 3:9;
( 1 Sani 5:11; cf. also Judg 1:35; iSam 5:6); Akk:
cf. also Ps 22:24; 86:12); Akk: ilàni ukabbit e te m me
kabtat qàssu “heavy was his (thè god’s) hand,” e.g.,
aplah “I have paid respect to thè gods, revered thè
kabtàt qàssu ul ali'i nasàsa “his (thc god’s) hand was
spirits of thè dead” (CAD K 17b 6 and passim);
heavy upon me; I could not bear it” (BWL 48:1,
(to pay respect to a parent), e.g. 11X1 HX 133
Ludlul).
“honor your father and mother” (Exod 20:12;
1 kansim:kri;d miìaninc Deut 5:16; Mal 1:6). Akk: e.g., mannumme ina
5. (TM2) (to bc/become ridi), e.g., 313X1 libbisunu sa ukabbit PN ummasu ana suwati tanandin
31-T31 ^33 n3jpQ3 1KÍ? 133 “Abram was now “his mother PN will give (it) to any aniong them
very ridi (lit. heavy) in cattle and in silver and who has treated (her) with respect” (CAD K 17I1

IS 3
“Q3
"T
An Akkadian Lhxical Companion hok Bihlical Hebrew

b); nxp “133X 133 p “I (Balak) shall confer indeed great//and their iniquity is indeed heavy”
great honor upon you (Balaam)” (Num 22:17; cf. (Gen 18:20).
also Num 24:11; Judg 13:17; 2Sam 6:30); Akk: 3. (Id2) (full army contingent) 133 Sp
e.g., ahuya iltana’alsu kimé uktcbbissu ma'da dannis “full army contingent” (2Kgs 6:14; 18:17); Akk:
“my brother should question him whether I have (Mari) sàibu kibittu, e.g., sàbum kibittum ana sahàit

not shown him thè greatest respect” (CAD K 1 7a girti tiakrim illikma “soldiers, a full contingent,
marched to attack thè expeditionary force of thè
5).
enemy” (C’AD K 33 1 a).
In EA, Sum. dugud (= Akk. kabàtu) is glossed
PIIRASEOI.OGY
by thc Can. yu-ka-bi-id\ yukabbid employed as thè
antonym of Clan, qalàlti “to despise,” e.g., sanltam 4. (Phr2) (heavy yoke) "133 bv, e.g., pK
minammi epsàkume ana satini bcliya inuma SKl-ya 133 bv ap'bs opyi “ my father (Solomon)
(gloss: yaqillini) u l)U('.UI) (gloss: yukabbid) ahhcya imposed a heavy yoke 011 you” (iKgs 12:11; cf.
schrutu “further, what have I dono to thè king, also 2Chr 10:1 1; 1 Kgs 12:4; 2Chr 10:4); Akk: niru
my lord, that he should despise me and honor kabtu “heavy yoke,” e.g., nir belutiya kabti disunii
my younger brothers?” (EA 245:36—40; let. fr. ukiti “I (Tiglat-Pileser I) placed thè heavy yoke
Shechem; C’AD K 17a 5). of my overlordship upon them” (C’AD K 26b c
EA yukabbid is y kabbcd 111 Heb., where in and passim).
Can. Aniarna thè Pi'el stelli makes this stative, 5. (Phr2) (dense fog) 133 |3i? (Exod 19:16)
intransitive verb (in Qal stelli) transitive. Akk: imbarn kabtu, e.g., kima imbari kabti pan sanie
Further note thè Emarite WSem. v. (1) - stelli rapsuti usaktim “I (Sennacherib) had thè wide sky
inf.) and thè verbal 1101111 (D - stem) kubbadu/ coverei! as with a dense fog” (CAD K 2sb c).
kibbadu/kibbadàtu “honoring” (-ceremony) (see 6. (Phr2) (heavy hail or rain) 133 113 “heavy
Pentiuc 2001:106-7). hail” (Exod 9:18,24); Akk: (Mari) samù kibittu

li! Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 60-63; Tigay, BASOR. 231 “heavy rain,” e.g., samum kibittum ina Mari iznun
(1978) 56-67. “heavy rain fell in Mari” (C’AD K 33 1 a b).
(jsr Irf ' Cf. 133 v.
Cf. nns adj., 133 s.

HD? = Akk. kabtu adj. fr. CA, OB 011 (C’AD K 1D3 — Akk. kabattu s. fr. OB 011 (C’AD K 1 1 b;
24b; AHw 41 8a). heavy, honored. AHw 4i6a). Akk. inside (of thc body), liver(?),
emotions; I leb. liver.
IDIOMA TIC USACI:

1. (Idi) (speech impediment, lit. heavy of The standard Akk. word for “liver” is amutu
mouth) pàX pEÒ 1331 12 133 “I have a speech (C’AD A 963) and not kabattu, as can be seen, for
impediment” (Exod 4:10); Akk: summa amelu pisu example, from thè custom ofexamining thc liver in
kabit “if a man has a speech impediment” (*CAD Mesopotamian divination, where Akk. employed
P 46ob 3). thè idiom ina amuti natàlu “to look, point toward,
2. (Id2) (heavy with ìniquity) ]ÌJJ 133, e.g., i.e., to examine thè liver” (C’AD N i26b) and
|1» 133 DJ? KCOh 13 11 “ Ah, sinful nation, people its I leb. (idiomatic hapax) equivalent 1333 1K1
heavy with iniquity” (Isa 1:4); Akk: arnu /hitu /sertu “to examine (lit. to look into) thè liver” (Ezek
fcrt/)ÌM“heavy/grievoussiti/iniquity/transgression,” 21:26). However, Akk. kabattu is employed to
e.g., summa arnam kabtam...ana abisu itbalam “ifhe connote “liver” in thè lexical texts, where it is
commits a grave ofFense against his father” (C’AD equated in thè syn. list with amutu and gabìdu (for
K 26b b); cf also Akk: armi kabtu//sëressu rabitu kabitu) “liver” (C’AD K 1 ib lex. section; C’AD G
“heavy sin//his great iniquity” (*CAD K 26b b); 6a; AHw 272b). According to thè C’AD (K 1 3b>),
Heb: 1133 p DnK3ny/131 P libi?! Dlp nj?S7T kabattu “liver” in thè synonym list may represent
1XD “thè outrage of Sodom and Comorrah is a WSem. word.

'54
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrf.w

In light of thc comnionly used Akk. parallel without knowledge” (Job 35:16; cf. 36:31 (of
expressions libbaka litib kabattaka lihdu “may your food]); Akk. said of animals, parts of thè body,
heart he happy//your mind (lit. inside of your timber, barley, brick construction, etc.: summa
body) rcjoice” and Itlis libbasu kabballasu lihdu rigma kabar “if he has a sonorous voice” (CAI) K
“may his heart rcjoice//bis mind be happy” Sa f); uktebbit anàku gabbisunu u uktebbirsunu dannis
(*CAD K I2b); Ug: Ib//kbd “heart//liver,” e.g., “I have lionored them all and esteemed them
tbky pgt bm lb//tdm' brn kbd “Pgt weeps in her lnghly” (C’AI) K sb b).
hcart//she sheds tears in thè liver” (C'I'A 19 I 34—
^ Cf'. 1'33-
35); tgdd kbdh bshq//ymlu Ibli bsmht “(Anat) her
liver enlarges from her laughter//ber heart is filled
with joy” (CTA 3 II 25-26). The MT ‘H’O? “my 273D = Akk. kabàsn v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD
K sb; AHw 41 sa). Akk. to step upon, defeat (an
honor” may be read in some cases as '133 “my
liver,” expressing thè seat of human emotion, enemy); Heb. to step upon>wash; defeat (an
enemy).
e.g., (rd. ■’-DS) •'"IÚ? i 7;p//'2ì7 nOÉ7 “my heart
is glad//my honor (rd. my liver) rejoices” (Ps
Although BDB, KB ! , DCH assume two different
16:9); Cìen 49:6 (rd. •'133//‘’033 with fem. verb!);
entries: 033 ‘ ‘wash,” 033 “subdue,” to our mind thè
Ps 7:6 (rd. H33V/T5D); Ps 30:13 (rd. '“a?); Ps
BH vocablc consists of one root with a dissimilation
57:8—9 and Ps 108:2.
of / and Akk. kabàsu primanly connotes “to step
I H Lowcnstamm, 214-15; Watson, VT 31 (1981) 91 — upon somethmg,” e.g., kisàd belutisu kima qaltappi ina
9 5 ; C ì r u b c r , 5 6 5 - 6 6 ; C o h e n , 'lei-Aviv 2 0 ( 1 9 9 3 ) 2 3 2 .
scpcya akbus “I placed my foot 011 his lordly neck
tir c:f. 133 v . , adj. as ifit were a footstool” (CAI) K 7a). Akk. kabàsu
was semantically developed to mean “to crush,
— Akk. kabru adj. fr. OAkk. on (C'AI) I< 22a; defeat an enemy,” e.g., .svi Arumu ikbususummi “(I
AHw 4i7b). Akk. fat; Heb. mighty, much. [Assurnasirpal| resettled thè Assyrians) whom thè
Arameans had subjugated” (CAI) K 7a b2 and
In thè Akk. synonym list kabru is equated with passim). Such is also thè basic and concrete meaning
rabù “great.” So, too, Heb. 1’33 is thè poetic of BI I 033 ‘ ‘to tread, step upon,” which comes to
adj. of 31 as can be seen from thè idioms: D’P express thè idea of washing and cleaning clothes
O’I’SO “mighty waters” (Isa 17:12; 28:2) = D’P by treading and stepping on them. This notion
□'31 “great waters” (e.g., Num 20:11; 2Sam of washing by treading is absent from Akk.; Heb.
22:17). Compare Heb. ’p'pp 133’ “to increase 033, however, not unlike Akk. kabàsu developed
words” (Job 35:16) = VIQtf 31’ (Job 34:37); }?)' a meaning: “tread upon > conquer”; e.g., ...31-T1'!
I’^P 1 ? ^3N “I le gives food in abundance” (Job 033 1^ 3131 b3P O’ipi 1^ “and thè golddiat
36:3 1) = 31*7 DO*? “ llc provided them he (David) dedicated (taken) from all thè nations
with abundant food” (2Chr 1 1:23). that he had subdued (i.e., continuously tread upon)”
IH IJDIi, 46oa. (2Sam 8:1 1).
Cf. 13D v. Note Cìreenfield’s suggestion (Studia Orientlia
55 11984J 257-63), that thè BH expression 033
"13D = Akk. kabdru v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAI) K 4a; “to subject (someone) to slavery” e.g.,
AH w 4i sa). Akk. to become fat, full (Akk. intrans. crosn -ox nins^i-nxi onripi rx noi
Cì-stem; trans. l)-stem); Heb. to make full (trans. niiao^l c—zvb 010331 “and they T brought back
Hiph'il). thè men and thè women they had set free, and
subjected tlieni to slavery” (Jer 34:11; cf. also Jer
DENOTATIVE 34:16; Neh 5:5; 2Chr 28:1 o), is thè equivalent of thè
i. (I)eti2) Heb. attested twice, only in thè Neo-Assyrian phrase ana urduti kabàsu “to subjugate
Hipli il: 133’ nsn ^33 “he piles up words to slavery.”

>55
n“D3 An Akkadian Lexical, Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Finally, it is interesting to note thè unique 148b; AHw 436b). a container.

usage of 023 in thè idiomatic hapax ]Ì|7 033 in
Ili Akk. usually a wine container, but also honey
Mie 7:19: UTDiSJ 033’ 310; “once more
or pitch; in Heb. usually flour or water.
He will show us compassion and shall wash
(lit. tread upon) our iniquities.” In light of thè IH von Soden, Or. 35 (1996) 12.
metaphoric idiom ]1Ì? 033 “wash (i.e., clean up)
one’s iniquity,” e.g., 'nriQ ’nXtSnpi ,'?ÍÏ?Q "333 ÌTD = Akk. karnu B (kawu) v. OB (C'AD K 13 1 a ;
“wash me from my iniquity//and purify me AHw 466b). Akk. to bake, roast; Heb. to burn.
of my sin” (Ps 51:4; cf. also Ps 51:9; Jer 2:22),
DliNCn ATI VE
we may indeed have an dissimilatoli of 27 and
D. 'I'hat is to say, thè prophet is intentionally 1. (Dc'112) (labial interchange) rt13//“lSJ3
employing 033 “tread upon > wash” (i.e., 033). “scorch//burn” (Isa 43:2); r QÓ//ni3 “burn//
The idiomatic hapax f 117 033 would then be thè scordi” (Prov 6:27—28); Akk. kamù listed after a
semantic equivalent of thè Akk. idiom luta kabàsu derivative of saràpu (C'AD K 1313 lex. section).
“to tread upon a sin,” i.e., “to forgive a sin,” e.g.,
u ki kabàsu sa hitìsu sarru bclua la svbu “but if thè 3DÌ3 = Akk. kakkabu s. fr. OA on (C'AD K 4sb;
king my lord does not desire thè pardoning(?) of AHw 42 ib). star.
his crimes” (C'AI) I I 21 ib).
PI IR ASEOI.OGY
li! Gordon, VT' 28 (1978) 335.
1. (Pliri) (stars of heaven) □''EOÌI '33Í3 (to
Cf. ©33.
describe thè numerous stars), e.g., □'DOn '33Í33
3^ ‘ ‘as numerous as thè stars of thè heaven”
rrns see nns. (Deut 1:10; 10:22; 28:62); Akk: kakkabv sanie
(samàmi) “stars of heaven,” e.g., irta ma'duti
kakkabv samàmi “aniong thè many stars in thè sky”
= Akk. kabsu s. NA (CAI) K 23b; AI lw 4183).
(C'AD K 473 b); ina libbi kakkabv samc la manuti
young (male) sheep.
narnmti “from aniong thè countless shilling stars

Akk. employs once in NA thè fem. substantive in thè sky” (C'AD ibid.); (as a metaphor), e.g.,

kabsatu “young ewe,” which is to be equated to

S’IpOn '33133 33™T r.N H3“!X “I shall make
your descendants as numerous as thè stars of
twice-attested Heb. Ì1Ó33 (Lev 14:10; Num 6:14)
heaven” (Exod 32:13; Cìen 26:4; Nali 3:16; Neh
as well as nó33 ( 2Sam 12:3,6 and passim).
9:23; iC.hr 27:23); Akk: e.g., dàbibàtuya vii kakkab
sarnv màda “thè wonien who gossip about me are
2?53 = Akk. kibsu s. fr. OA, OB on (CAD K 3363; more numerous than thè stars in thè sky” (C'AI)
AHw 47ib). Akk. footstep; Heb. footstool.
ibid.).
DENOTATIVE
2. (Pliri) (rising star) □ , 33Ì3ri nX2 “thè rising
of thè stars” (Neh 4:15); Akk: sit kakkabv, e.g., “I
1. (1)0112) footstool (hapax): X031 ? ni^SJD 001
(Tiglat-Pileser I) Iliade its walls as beautiful” kima
□’rnxip X031? 3n-T3 0351 “six steps led up to thè
sarur sit kakkabv “as thè sheen of thè rising stars”
throne, and thè thronc had a golden footstool
(CAD K 48a g).
attached to it” (2C.hr 9:18).
3. (Phr2) (brighi star) “I1N '33Í3 (Ps 148:3);
2. (I)en2) step: Akk: àsib parakki kibsa istcn
Akk: kakkab uamàri (C'AD N 2ioa lex. section;
ircddùui “those sitting 011 daises follow in lock-
AHw 42ih).
step” (*CA1) K 336b lex. section).
4. (Phr2) star of thè night ^03 "OpiS (Job 3:9);
C f . 033 v .
Akk: kakkab musi “night star” (C'AD M 2953 d;
C'AD K 48b b).
“13 = Akk. kandu s. NB; WSem. word (C’AD K 5. (Phr2) (morning star(s)) “lj?3 '33Í3 (Job
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

38:7); Akk: kakkab seri e.g., upha ki kakkab seri — Akk. kanu (kuanu) v. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K
“rise like thè morning star” (CAI) K 483 e). i 59a; AHw 438b). to be finn.
6. (Phr2) (1110011 and stars) Dp3Ì31 Hi; (Deut
4:19; Jer 31:35; Ps 8:4; 136:9); Akk: kakkabu u Sin idiomatic: usaci;

“stars and thè 1110011” (CAD K 483 e). 1. (Idi) (to establish rule/a dynasty) X03 113,
7. (Phr2) (rcjoice, said ofa star) P?Ì3 nn n |"n e.g., abi:; iv ’n 'ipb }ioa rrrr in kosi “and
bp WTi -pi “wlien thè morning thè throne of David shall be established before
stars rejoicc together and all thè divine beings thè Lord forever” (iKgs 2:45); X03 nX ‘'rupi
shouted (with joy)” (Job 38:7); Akk. ana nanmuri □‘pi» "il? inròpp “I will establish his (David’s)
sa Sin elsu kakkabe “thè stars rejoicc at thè (first) royal throne forever” (2Sam 7:13 = iC'hr 17:12;
appearance ofSin” (CAD K 46b). cf. also 2Sam 7:16; Prov 25:5; 29:14); Akk: kussi
kunnu, e.g., uinë sa sarri bcliya Itirrikti kussi sa sarri
DENOTATIVE
bcliya lukinnu “may they lengthen thè days of thè
8. (Dc'112) (referring to a star ofa god) (]1p
king, my lord, and establish fìrmly thè throne of
(Kiyyun) thè star of your god”
thè king” (*CAD K. i6>7b; SAA XIII 168 8-9);
(Amos 5:26); Akk: Nautiaru kakkabsu ustepà “he
abi ana isdi kussiya kunnim u màti uulihim itrudakka
made thè 1110011, bis star, appear” (*Ln. el. V 12);
“my father sent you to me to make secure thè
Istar kakkabum “Istar thè Star” (CAD K 47)1 c, a
foundation of my throne and to pacify thè
familiar epithet of Istar). See Paul, Amos, 196 11.
land” (C'AI) I/J 2373 1'; Mari); Samas...isdi kussi
78.
sarrtitisu ana timi arkùtim likiti “may Samas establish
9. (I)en2) (star in a dream) Oi^p Tip*?? n3il
fìrmly thè foundation of my royal throne forever”
□’innop -,t'v inai rn^rn opon nani -ir (C'AD ibid. and passim); Cf. Akk. subta kunnu “to
'b “I had another dream, and this time thè sun,
establish a throne,” e.g., ukinna eli Apsi subassu
th e 1110011, and eleven stars were bowing down to
“(Ea) founded his dwelling upon Apsu” (Eli. el. I
me” (Gen 37:9); Akk: (in reference to Nabunaid’s
71) and Heb. 301« pn, e.g., rnp “II?® TIN??
dream): ina suttiya kakkabu rabù Sin u Marduk ina
ptCOD IPX nirfn “when I (Job) passed through
qereb samàime suliitu damqis appai issuntiti ina sumiya thè city gate to establish my seat in thè squaro”
ilsaiinima “in my dream I saw with joy thè Great (Job 29:7).
Star, thè M0011, and Jupiter in thè midst of thè
PI IRASEOI.OGY
high sky; he called me by name” (CAD S 2S9b,
s.v. suliì A; S 1 5 sa). 2. (Pliri) (establish equity) CnETp n23Ì3
rrtoi? nrix zpvz npn?i ositfp “it was Vou who
established equity, You who worked righteous
— Akk. kullu v. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K
judgment in Jacob” (Ps 99:4); Akk: dinàt misarim
So8b; AHw 5023). Akk. to hold (D-stem); Heb. to sa WN...ukinuuma “thè just decisions that
measure (Qal [hapax]), to hold (Hiph'il). flammurabi has established” (C'H Epilogue).
3. (Phr2) (said of land) ‘pn/p^ |3Ì3/)P,
DENOTATIVE
e.g., nbiJni p# mais “You have established thè
i.(l)eii2) (hold, involving water) rnX3
earth and it stands” (Ps 1 19:90; cf. also Isa 45:18);
CPpn I 1 ??; Oh “broken cisterns,
whicli cannot even hold water” (Jer 2:13); Akk.
tDÍBPl b ì b3Fl ]Ì3ri “thè dry land stands finn;
it cannot be shaken” (Ps 93:1 ; 96:10; cf. Jer 10:12;
summa musu Ijurljuniniata ma'atta ukallu “If water
51:1 5); Akk: e.g., mukin isdi màti “who establishes
contains mudi foam” (C'AD K 5 1 2a b).
thè foundation of thè country” (*CAD K 1 S9b
The Heb. nuance “to endure” (Jer 10:10; Amos lex. section); mukin gintir dadmc “(Marduk) who
7:10; Joel 2:1 1) is unttested in Akk., whereas thè establishes thè whole world” (*CAD K i66a g).
many Akk. nuances (e.g., to exercise authority, 4. (Phr2) (said of kingship, kmgdom) ]13
handle, keep in mind, present [an offering]) are nròpp/mo'pp, e.g., iKip irp^p pni “and his
unattested in Hebrew. (Solomon’s) kingship was fìrmly established” (1
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Kgs 2:12; cf. also 1 Sani 20:31); H3ÌD3 ripiani 7T11333 “ITX3 ÌPI33 “who, by His power, fixes thè
nbbe? T3 “so thè kingdom was fìrmly established mountains fìrmly, who is girded with might” (Ps
in Solomon’s hand” (iKgs 2:46; cf. also 2Ì'hr 65:7; cf. also Isa 2:2); Akk: (in comparison) kima
17:5); Akk: sarruta/paìù kunnu “to establish sadc kunnu “to establish as fìrmly as a mountain,”
fìrmly reign/kingship,” e.g., sarrùtam dàritam sa e.g., sa...sulum sarrùtisu ana ruqdtc kima sadi kunnu
kima samc u ersctim isdàsa sursudà ukiunusum “he “thè well-being of whose (Adad-nïrarï I) kingship
(Marduk) established for him within it eternai is established far and wide as (as fìrmly as) a
kingship whose foundations are as fixed as heaven mountain” (C'AD S 573); irdi kussisu kima sadc
and earth” (GII Prologue); umcya liscirik saruitiya ìikùn ana ùnte scitu “may thè basis of his throne be
lisandil lukin palua “may he (Sin) lengthen my as stable as thè mountain forever” (*CAD ibid.).
(Nabunaid’s) days, make numerous my years, 8. (Phr2) (said of offspring) Tir? '12
|and| fìrmly establish my reign” (*CA1) K iC>7b ]Ì2' TpÌS 1 ? DinTI “n ìay thè children of Your
and passim). servants dwell securely, and their offspring be
5. (Phr2) (said ofa stela or idol) fcÒ ^03 fpnb fìrmly established in Your presence” (Ps 102:29);
“to set up a finn idol that will not topple” □irrsjb □rf'Kaxai aipy □n , 3?17 ]i33 as?“ir “their
(Isa 40:20); Akk: salma kunnu “to set up a stela,” offspring are fìrmly established in their presence,
e.g., salmàni kissutiya ina sadc u tamàte ukin “I and their children’s children are in front of their
placed stelas showing my power in mountains and eyes” (job 21:8); Akk: usur seriya kinni piri'ya
(aloiig) sea(shores)” (CAD K 1643 and passim). “protect my (Nebuchadnczzar 11’s) flesh and
6. (Phr2) (said ofheavcn[ly bodies|), e.g., 'il blood, preserve my offspring” (C’AD K i67b).
nrorn D'otf |3i3//px no; npsra “ thè Lord 9. (Phr2) (said of foundation of a building,
founded thè earth by wisdom//He established a city) Ty/n’Hp/JVS/piS/'pS “establish/erect a
thè heaven by understanding” (Prov 3:19); 13’3n3 templc/city,” e.g., □ 7}"bs ]133 nnn im
■'3X DO “I (Wisdoni) was there when He set “thè pillars upon whicli thè tempie is established”
thè heavens into place” (Prov 8:27); □’'33'D] HT (judg 16:26,29); nnp plsy/D'ana t » n?3 ■'in
nrU3Ì3 “thè moon and thè stars that Y011 nbiin “ Ah, you who have built a town with
established” (Ps 8:4); ràoi “ iìkd nir?n nnx “it crime//and established a city with infamy” (Hab
was You who set in place thè orb of thè sun” (Ps 2:12); Tirrp “PSJ ]3i3ni nnn “fìrmly built and
74:16); (pnrà pn®3 “i?*! cbis ii3’ mn well-established is Sihon’s city” (Num 21:27;
ìlbo ]DX3 “like thè moon, it (thè duration of cf. also Isa 62:7);Akk: Niuurta-nmkin-tcmcn-
thè king) shall be established forever and shall dlisu-ana-labar-umë-rúqúti “ Ninurta-Establishes-
be as enduring as thè sky” (Ps 89:38); Akk: e.g., thc-Foundation-of-I lis-City-for-All-Days-to-
sa kakkab1 samàme alkassunu likinma “he shall Come” (name of wall of Dùr-Sarrukin) (CAD K
maintain thè motions of thè stars of heaven” (Lai. 1 C>4b d and passim).
el. VII 130); kt sa |,Sm u Samas] ina sanie kunnùni 10. (Phr2) (said of a nghteous/evil person),
sarru\tu\ sa sarri...ina kai màtàte lu kunn\at\ “just as e.g., p’1? |3Ì3ipi □‘'»©“1 in K3 “IO?' “let thè evil of
sun and moon are fìrmly established in thè sky, so thè wicked come to an end, but fìrmly establish
may thè reign of thè king be established in all thè thè righteous” (Ps 7:10); n?^ ]Ì3’ *6 Dnpt£> "I3n
countries” (CAD K 1673 k). ■'T’SJ “he who speaks untruth shall not stand fìrmly
In light of thè above, thè MT hapax verb before my eyes” (Ps 101:7); 113’ ^3 pE? 1 ? ETK
]Ì3’ employed 111 Ps 72:17: rS*? D^il? 1 ? ÍDt? 'IT jn&Q “thè slanderers shall not be preserved in thè
ÌP5p ]'Ì3' 1 ODO has been emended by various land” (Ps 140:12); Akk: ukannu ragga sa anzillasu
commentators to }*>: and rendered as “may his [...] utarradu kinu sa tem ili pù\qqu\ “they confimi
name (Solomon’s) endure forever, like thè sun thè wicked whose crime is |...|, yet suppress thè
may his name be established” (Paul, JNES 31 honest man who heeds thè will of his god” (BWL
h972] 35I-55)- 86:269—70, Theodicy).
7. (Phr2) (said of mountains), e.g., Dnn |’3D 1 1. (Phr2) (to establish regulations, rituals)
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

n rv? min» jisrn “ so thc scrvicc of thc house □■Hm? □•'pò? Tjorn “ and thè wonien knead
of thc Lord was fìrmly established” (iChr 29:35; doligli to bake cakes for thc lirnlckcl of heaven and
35:16); Akk: parsa kunnu to establish rites, e.g., sa they pour libations for other gods” (Jer 7:18; cf.
kunni parsisunu u sullumu kidudisun “to establish also Jer 44:19). Held argues that Heb. D’?13 is a
their rites and to perforili their rituals carcfully” loanword from Akk. kamànu “sweet cakes dipped
(CAI) K 347b a and passim). in honey” (i.e., kamàn dispi), or in sweet fruits
12. ((Phr2) (in detcrniining thè faets) nani such as kamànu sa tiddi “fìgs cakes.” These cakes,
innn }Ì33 npX "(you shall investigate and inquire baked in ashes or coals, were frequently used in
and interrogate thoroughly); if it be true, thè fact is Istar’s ritual, e.g., 1 SÌLA kamàn tumri akal kunàsi
established—(that abhorrent thing was perpetrated ina muhhi passùri tasakkan “you set up 011 thè table
111 your midst)” (Deut 13:15); Akk: (Kizzuwatna one quart of cakes baked in ashes, emmer bread”
treaty) \summ\a awatum killum u munnabtam utàrusu (*CA1) K 1 1 ia); arkuski riksa ella ina sizbi ellela
“if thè fact be established (i.e., if it be true) and kamàu tumri “I set up for your honor (Istar) an
return thè fugitive” (MIO I 11953 | 1 14:8). offering in pure milk, pure cakes baked in ashes”
DENOTATIVE (*CAI) K 1 lob). In light of these two texts
13. (I)eii2) (iiivolving dreams) nÌ30H ^IT] concerning thè ritual for Istar, Held asserts that thè
nx?p nrnn }i3? ■’? nin? oi^nn MT D’POn no^p “thè works of li caven” should
“and as for Pharaoh having had thè sanie dream bc rendered as D’POn risbp “queen of heaven,”
twice, it means that thè matter has been rcaffinnd which is thè literal translation of Istar, known by
by Cìod” (Cìen 41:32); Akk: sunàt sarrim kiuà “thè her Sumerian name (N)INNANA, translated by thè
dreams of thè king are reliable” (Bib 50 [1969I Akkadians as bèlet sanie or sarrat samê = I leb: rpbp
23:2, prophetic text) ili contrast to sunàtusu sana □’POH “queen of heaven.”
“bis (thè king’s) dreams will be false” (Bib. ibid.) IH H e l d , L I 16 (1982) 76 —77; M a n k o w s k i , 61—62.
= Heb: (semantic equivalents): KW“]pO niO'^n
“false dreams” (Jer 23:32; Zech 10:2).
DÍ3 = Akk. kàisu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD K 253!-);
The CAD (K 17 1 b) considcrs thè EA* verb *kdtiu AHw 454b). cup.
B a WSem. word, rendering it “to be,” cquating it
P 11 k A S L O L O G Y
to thè Canaanite verb kn(>kwn), e.g., “if thè king,
my lord, would say” kftna ana pani sàbi rabiti “be at 1. (Pliri) (rim of a cup) DÌ3H nS© (iKgs
thè head of a large army! (I would answer: Ayc, 7:26; 2Chr 4:5); Akk: saptu sa kàsi: 9 kàsàtum sa
aye)” (EA 147:36). Morali, 011 thè other hand, kaspi sarpi sa sapàtisunu huràsa uhhuza “nine silver
maintains that “since one of thè most frequent goblets whose rims are edged with gold” (C'AD
orders of thè king in thè EA correspondence is K 2 54b 7 1 ).
to make preparation before thè arrivai (ana pani) 2. (Pliri) (drink from a cup) 0Ì3(p) HnO (Isa
of thè Egyptian army,” it is better to render thè 51:17; Jer 25:28; 49:12); Akk: ina kàsi satù, e.g.,
EA kiïna as “prepare” and to equate it to “Heb. ina kàs isattu mamman la isatti “nobody must drink
*kun: Niph al, ‘prepare (intransitive), to be ready’ from thè cup from which she drinks” (CAD K
Hiph'il ‘prepare (transitive) make ready’” (Morali, 2543 2').
AL 234:8). 3. (Phr2) (golden cup) 3HT 013 (Jer 51:7);
Akk: kàsi huràsi (CiAD K 255b 7).
4. (Phr2) (cup of wine) 013 (Jer 51:7);
I13* — Akk. katnatiu (kawàuu) s. MB on (CAD K
Akk: kàsi karàni (CAD K 2553 1 1).
1 iob; AHw 430a). a sweet cake.
DENOTATIVE
BH is attested twice in Jeremiah in referencc 5. (Dem) (cup size) n3Il“l DÌ3 “wide cup”
to thè ritual of thè Mesopotamian goddess Istar, (hzek 23:32); Akk: kàsàti dannàti “large cups”
e.g., trpon np^pb era? nioì?1? psp nio*p D’oarn (CAD K 2553 11).

'59
“113 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

In Ps 23:5 thè notion ofsetting one’s table followed PI I RASEOI OC Y

by a referente to a cup is abundant, e.g., “pSJFI 1. (Phr2) (to teli a lie) 3T3 “131 e.g., n^nn n?n
rni ■'PÌ3... , ‘ni!£ "133 in 1 ??; '321 ? “You (thè Lord) CT3T3 ,l ?i? “I3ini '3 “ O you (Sanison) deceived
set a table for me against my enemies...my cup is me, you spoke lies to me” (Judg 16:10,13; cf. also
abundant,” expresses thè idea of (ìod’s personal Zeph 3:13; Ps 58:4; I Ios 7:13); Akk: kazbuta qabu
covenant with thè supplicane This covenant “to teli a lie”: u tiqbi kazbutu kamami “and he spoke
phraseology is depicted in thè vassal-treaties of a lie thus” (EA 129:37; cf. also LA 138:1 19).
Esarhaddon: “if you take an oath before thè gods” 2. (Phr2) 3T3 131, e.g., prnn 3T3 “)3“p «1$
ina rikis passùri saie kàsi “while setting thè table, ■^PP “keep lies and false words far from me”
drinking from thè cup” (C'AI) K 2553 i 1'). Akk. (Prov 30:8); Akk: amat kazbùti, e.g., beli idi inuma
expresses this idea of taking an oath also in Surpu: la aspuru awat kazbùte ana bcliya “my lord knows
màmit kàsi u passùri “an oath (taken by drinking that 1 have not written lies to my lord” (C'AD
from) a cup and (eating from) a table” (*CA1) K 3 ioa); cf. I leb: np» “I31; Akk: amat tasgerti

ibid.). “word of deception” (cf. “Ip©).

•'O’ c:f. 3 T 3 v.
”113 = Akk. kùru B (kiru A) s. fr. OA, OB on (CAI)
K 415b; 57ia; AHw 484I1; 5i2b). Akk. kiln (for v. O Akk. gulilu s. SB (C'AD Cì 1253; AHw
lime, bitumen); I leb. smelting furnace. 2y6b). antimony'.

As noted by thè C'AD (K 4i6a), kùru has been (Heb. hapax) *’“T?7 npffl ^^3 “ you painted
separated from kiru solely 011 thè basis of thè your eyes, and you put 011 ornaments” (Ezek
differentiation I l i a d e in thè vocabularies (Sumerian 23:40). While gufilu (= MII iÒlllS) is a primary
kir for kiru and dmig for kùru). Note also thc Heb. noun, lacking a verb gahàlu, Ezekiel seems to
hapax in forni T3, e.g., fH’ 3’T?! “HHn “an oven eniploy thè hapax verb as a denominative of Akk.
and a furnace shall be s m a s h e d ” (Lev 1 1:35). guhlu, e.g., nisiqti gufili takkassi sàndi rabute “choice
Ili view of thè idiomatic expression ^pS antimony, large blocks of carnelian (sent by thè
1133 “ to reflue in a furnace” (Isa 48:10), thè king ofjudah)” (CAD Cì i2Sa).
MT (spisi?) (Tpap) “133 “ (I shall smelt out your Note thè similarity between Ezek 23:40—41
dross) as with lye” (Isa 1:25) should be read “in and a ritual text: me tarammuk samna tapassasi riqqè
thè furnace,” i.e., “133 (cf. also Ezek 22:18). qerbisa tumalla lubùsi tulabbassi...gufila mesa teq-
qi “you bathe (thè kid) in water, you anoint it
IH C ' o h e n , Hapax 123.
with oil, you fili its abdomen with perfumes, you
cover it with a garment...you daub its eyes with
3T3 :: kazàbu v. EA; WSem. lw. (CAD K 3oyb). to antimony” (Ebeling, TuL. 68:10—12).
lie (Akk. Cí-stem; Heb. Qal, Pi‘el, Hiph‘il)). (H C'ohen, Hapax 1 17:30.

DENOTATIVE

I.(])eri2) 3-T3Ì? ‘’BSEjp bv “I dee-lare thè 'I'D = Akk. kt conj. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) K 3 16b;
judgment against me false” (Job 34:6); Akk: (in a AHw 468I-)). that, when, because.
letter of Abdi-Asirta of Amurru) ikazzib \ana pan\tka
DENOTATIVE
u testenemme ana amàtesu “he lies |to yo]u, and you
1. (Den 1) (that) tran ìbp •'3 m s?l»] “Noah
keep listening to his words” (EA 62:39 & 43)-
knew that thè waters had abated” (Cìen 8:16);
c:f. 3T3 s.
Akk: uda kt muskënu anàkuma “(thè kmg) knows
that 1 am destitute” (CiAD K 3193 4).
3T3 :: kazbutu s. EA* WSem. lw. (C'AD K 3ioa). 2. (l) C ii2) (when) ^3 “ and k
a lie. will be when your son asks you” (Exod 13:14);
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebkf.w

ana utuni ki iskuuu “when tlicy put (thè gold) into (and thus secondarily with thè planet Saturn):
thè furnace” (CAI) K 3 1 f>b). 3313 "•: r.x: msp rx nr.xr"
3. (D0112) (because) bns 13^ “(lift nn'ìav crrfrx “and you shall carry off
up thè lad...) because I will make him a great Sikkut your king, and Kiyyun your astrai god,
nation” (Cìen 21:18); assel eli màr siprika kí iqabbù your images that you have made for yourselvcs.”
panika umma “I was angry with your messengers Silice Saturn was thè most distant of planets
because they speak to you as follows” (C'AD K known to thè Mesopotamians—and hence its
3 i yb 5). movements were thè slowest and steadiest—it is
In addition, thè Akk. conjunction ki has thè describcd in NB by thè adj. kayamànu “normal,
nuances “in case,” “whether,” “according to,” regular, steady” (derived from thè v. kàuu = Heb.
“just as” (C'AD K 3 16fF.); whereas Heb. can ]13), hence “thè steady one.”
mean “but rather” (e.g., Cìen 45:8). I H P a u l , Amos, 1 9 6 9 7 ; M a n k o w s k i , 6 3 6 5 .
Akk. ki occurs also as thè interrogative “how”
and thè preposition “like.” For thc prepositional
“li*3 = Akk. kiùru A s. NA; Sum. ki—ùr (foreign
use, cf. Heb. Ìnip“|K bv nÌ0i?Ì3np "1T3 ’nX ^“like
word in Akk.) (CAD K 476b; AHw 4963). Akk.
crown jewels glittering 011 his soil” (Zech 9:16);
metal cauldron; Heb. wash basin, cooking pot,
Akk: huràsa sa ki kaspi cpsu “gold which is like
mobile basin, platform.
silver” (CAD K 322b).
l’HR ASEOLOGY

1ÏT3 ?? Akk. ka(t)tinun s. HA, MB, Alakh Nuzi, i. (Phr2) n??n? -ira “a laver of copper” (Exod
Emar (CAD K 3073; AHw 466:1; CDA 153b). 30:18; 31:9; iKgs 7:38; 2Chr 6:13); Akk: kiùri cri
an object or decoration of metal with stone ìnlay “copper cauldrons,” e.g., 607 kiùri cri dannùti
(C'AD); metal weapon (CDA). qallùtc “607 large and small cauldrons” (C'AI) K
476b, Sar., among booty fr. Urartu).
While thc above three Akk. dictionaries are 11011—
Similar to Heb., e.g., 133 n$1 *V3n riNI “thè
committal as to thè exact identifìcation of Akk.
laver and its stand” (Exod 30:28; 31:9; 40:7 and
kattinu, 111 light of thè frequent appearance of
passim), Akk. kiùru is followed by kannu “stand,”
this lexeme in Emar as well as its eniployment in
e.g., 3 kiuri cri dannùti sa 50-a-a i<na> mandat
“The War of thè Sons of Light against thè Sons
me libbasunu sabtu adi kannisunu dannùti eri “three
of Darkeness” (Yadin, Scroll of thè War 288-
large copper cauldrons that hold fifty measures of
98; cf. also 1 16-22), Heltzer maintains that Heb.
water, together with their large copper stands”
|ÌT'3 and Akk. kattinu are etymologically and
(CAD ibid.).
semantically equivalent. I leltzer concludes that
Eriedrich considers Akk. kiùru as an Urartian
]Ì~\''3-kattmu is a “sickle-bladc sword,” and not
word borrowed by Akk.; Albright maintains
just a “lance, spear” as commonly translated, “and
that thè word was originally Sumerian. As noted
that thè terni was possibly of Hurrian origin.”
by Mankowski, “BH lacks a plausible Semitic
IH Heltzer, JC'S 41 (1989) 65-68.
etymology, and thè phonetic and semantic
rescmblancc to Akk. kiùru makes a trans-Akkadian
11*3 = Akk. kayamànu (kayyamànu) adj. OB 011 borrowing in BH virtually certain.”
(CAD K 363; AHw 4203). Akk. normal, Saturn;
Ili Friedrich, ArOr 4 (1932) 55-70; Albright, ARI,
I leb. Saturn.
216:63; Mankowski, 65—66.
^ C l . I l i 13.
I he I leb. hapax ]V3 employed in Amos 5:26 in
parallelism with another Mesopotamian astrai deity
ZTDO, which is thè I leb. transliteration of Sum. e ]/'"'3* = Akk. kalappu (kalabbu) OA 011 (C'AI) K
d Sag-kud, at Ugarit, is identified with Ninurta 66a; AHw 424À). axe.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

(i-icb. hapax), r.zb'z'. b'tizz nn; irnms nyi thè verb n"13 “to rotate.” Morgenstern suggested
’ “and now they knocked down all its that n*]3 is a secondary formation from m3 “be
doors, they battered it with hatchets and axes” (Ps round,” from which thè noun T33 (= Akk:
74:6). The pair nS l T3'ì b'VZ “hatchets and axes” kakkaru) derives. n3“)3 then is most likely thè
seems to be thè corresponding parallel pair of thè turning round and round upon thc heels in one
Akk. kalabbu//akkullu “axe//hatchet,” e.g., sadù spot, l here is some evidence both 111 rabbitiic
ina kalabbàtc parziìli akkis ina akkulli cri aqqur “I cut literature and in Ugaritic that TÌ3“]3 denotes a
through thè rock with iron axes, broke it up with gesture of thè hand rather than a movement upon
bronze hatchets” (CAD K 66b b). thè licci or toe. Cìruber, however, concludes
IH C'ohen, Hapax 50; Mankowski, 66—67. “that kirkur may indeed denote both dancing and
a gesture or gestures of thè hand or fìngers.”

D'3 = Akk. kisu A s. fr. CA, OB on (C'AD K 43ob; Akk. kakkartu, also means “a round loaf of bread”
AHw 48711). leather pouch. (CAD K 49b).

Note thè Emarite kakaru huràsi “a disk of gold”

DENOTATIVE
(Emar 59:1).
1. (DC112) (for stone weights) -‘p rrir ìÒ
UH Morgenstern, JAOS 36 (1917) 321; Avislmr, VT 26
you shall not
(1976) 257-61; Clruber, Bib. 62 (1981) 338-40.
have in your pouch alternate weights, larger or
smaller” (Deut 25:13); D^PpI •'ITXap nSf^n
nana '3PK “ can I tolerate thè untrue scale and ^3 = Akk. kalu (kala, kali, kulu) s. fr. OAkk. on
thc pouch of fraudulent weights?” (Mie 6:1 1 ; cf. (C'AD K 87b; AHw 4273). all.
also Prov 16:1 1); Akk: mustctiu aban kisi “he who
DENOTATIVE
substitutes thè stone weights in thè bag” (C'AD
1. (Deli2) (indepcndent use) nnn nn® ^3
K 43ob 1).
“laying all at his feet” (Ps 8:7); Akk: kalama
2. (Den2) (for gold) ^ppi D’sa nnr □■’b-Tn
dinasunima “give bini everything” (C'AD K 87b a).
those who squander gold from thè
2. (Deii2) (with suffix) nnn □‘pP
purse and weigh out silver on thc balance” (Isa
“and all of them had fallen by thè sword” (Josh
46:6); Akk: kisu kaspi huràsi ina sissiktisunu rukusma
8:24); /KVk'.ammala simat abisunu kulusunuma
“tic a leather bag with silver and gold to thè hem
izuzzu “they all will divide (thè property) in
of their garment” (CAD K 43ob lex. section).
accordance witli thè disposition of their father”
(CAD K 8yb).
"133
T‘
= Akk. kakkaru s. Mari, Alalakh, EA, Akk. lw. 3. (Dc'112) (after thè 1101111) 1^3 0í?n WT1
in Bogh. WSem. only (CAD K 49b; AHw 4223). “and all thè people knew” (Isa 9:8); Akk: huràsum
metal disk, round loaf of bread. kulusu la suwa’umma “all of thè gold does not
l’I IR ASEOI oc Y
belong to him” (C'AD K 89b).
4. (Dc'112) (construct) "10? 0^? “and
1. (Phr2) (metal disk) ^jp? n?3 “disk of
all of thè people who were with bini” (Cìen 35:6);
silver” (e.g., Exod 38:27); n"l.?SJ n?3 “disk of
Akk: kulu bitim massuh “all of thè house has been
lead” (Zech 5:7); 3Ì1T H3P “disk of gold” (e.g.,
shabbily treated” (*C'AD K 88a b).
iKgs 9:14); Akk: galani kaspu “disk of silver”
(C'AD K 4yb b); kakkaru cri “disk of copper” Eor a brief discussion of thè forms and usage of
(CAD K 49b 1). kalu in different areas and historical periods, see
2. (Phr2) (roun d loafofbread) OD 1 ? “133 (e.g., thè note in CAD K 91 a.
Exod 29:23); Akk: akalu kakkaru (C'AD K 5oa 2).

The twice-attested verb n?“]3 “to whirl, fcÒ3 = Akk. kalu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AD K 953;
pirouette” (2Sam 6:14,16) is an intensive (pilpcl) of AHw 4283). to withhold.

162
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Pi 1 RASEOI OCY From prison. I shall go bail For Inni” (CAD K 3613
1. (Phri) (to withhold water) irnnrn Ì73QX1 c).
’l “I stopped its streams, so that 4. (Phr2) (to put in prison) X^p- rP3 HT la’D
abundant w.iter was withheld” (Lzek 31:1 5); Akk: “put this one in prison” (2Chr 18:26); Akk:
me kalu, e.g., me sunuti beli la ikallam “my lord (rtadu): stimma sabit summa ina bit killu uadi “either
should not shut off that water from me!” (CAI) arrested or thrown into prison” (*CA1) K 36ob);
K loia f). (sakànu) ana bit kilim istakansu “he put him in
2. (Phr2) (to end, said of thè Flood rains) prison” (ibid.).
00 N*??? “thè rain (was) held back” (Celi 8:2);
There are only two denotative oFHeb. iÒ? other
Akk: (referring to thè Flood story) abùbu kalu,
than 111 thè expression X 1 ?? IV3, both ni? H30
e.g., inùli tàmtu usliarrir imhuilu abùbu ikla “thè
’“I33 “and he changed (From) his prison
sea grew cairn, thè tempest grew stili, thè Deluge
clothes” (2Kgs 25:29 = Jer 52:33). Akk. kilu,
cnded” (George, (ìilgamesh, 710:132—33).
other than in thè expression bit kili, is plentifully
DliNOTATI Vi: attested, e.g., sarram kilitm isabbat “captivity will
3. (I)eii2) (to withhold sustenance) ììÒ? bcfall thè king” (CAD K359 b). See, also, CAI)
rò-n; nx 1 ?? fnxrn bvip o^ae? “thè skies withheld K 361 For rab bit kili “prison warden,” sa bit kili,
dew, and thè earth withheld its yield” (I lag 1:10); “prison employee,” and sa kili “prisoner.”
Akk: e.g., akalu u mu balàt napistisuu akla “I shut (e> ' Cf. iÒ3 v.
off thè supply of food and water that was their
sustenance” (C’AI) K loib i).
= Akk. kilallàn pron. fr. OA, OB 011 (C’AD
4. (I)en2) (to detain in custody) ‘'HN “!!2in
K 353b; AHw 475a). both, two.
ìl^D “and he (Joslnia) said, ‘my lord Moses
detain them’” (Num 11:28); Akk: 4 umu ina Heb. D'^P ‘ ‘of two kinds” occurs in only two
bit mu'irrim aklàsu “for four days I kept him in passages (Lev I9:i9(three times); Deut 22:9), e.g.,
custody in thè house of thè head of thè asscmbly” D’x'pp jnrn iÒ “ you shall not sow two kinds (of
(CAI) K 9 7 b b). seed).” For Akk. kilallàn with a substantive, cf. alpi
Cf. sòr. killalin lutukma “try both oxen” (CAD K 3543 b);
used independently, cf. kilallàn imrnigrùma “they
^/*3 = Akk. kilu s. Mari, MB, Bogh., SB, NB both agreed”; and with suFfìx, e.g., kilallissunu
(CAI) K 359b; 36oa; AHw 476a). imprisonment. iqallusuuùti “they will burn both of tlieni” (C’AD
K 355a 2).
PIIRASEOI.OGY

1. (Pliri) (prison) «‘ppn rp?, e.g., “iax ns

3^3 = Akk. kalbu s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD K 68a;
x^pr; n .t rii? -rrt' -frar: “thus said thè king,
AHw 424b). dog.
‘put this one in prison’” (2Kgs 17:41 Kgs 22:27);
Akk: bit kili, e.g., ammetti assassu ina bit kìlu ina simile/me tapiior

panika sabtat “why is his wife kept in prison under 1. (SM 1) (dead dog, as demgration)
your authority?” (CAD K 361 a). C’F. also bit sibilìi -"ap not? nan n^pn b$ '3 na -ai?"
“prison” (CAD S 1 S7b). “and he (Mephiboshet) prostrated himself again,
2. (Pliri) (to put in prison) bi? 'niK Dnn? '3 and said what is your servant, that you should
tÒSÌl rT’3 “that you have put me in prison” (jer show regard for a dead dog like me?” (2Sam 9:8);
37:1 8); Akk: ina bit kili inauditi “he may put (him) Akk: kalbu mitu “dead dog,” e.g., manna anini
in prison” (CAD K36ob). kalbàni mitùtu sa sarru sumàni idu “who are we?
3. (Phn) (to release From prison) dead dogs whose nanies thè king knows” (CAD
•^n iòp r*pa —ps “lapaa (isa 42:7); Akk: K 72a j); kalbi miti màr la mamma anàku sarru bela
PN ultu bit killu sùsamma pùssu lussu “release PN uballitanni “I, who was a dead dog, thè son of
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

nobody, thè king, my lord, gave me life” (C'AI) thè dog, thè loyal one of thè house of my master”
limi, and passim). (*CA1) ibid.).
2. (SM2) (as an invettive), e.g., '3 '31$,
Although Akk. employs thè fem., i.e., kalbatu
am I (Goliath) a dog that
“bitch, female dog” (C’AD K C>7b), thè lexeme is
you come against me with sticks?” (iSam 17:43;
absent fr. BH.
cf. also 2Sam 16:9); Akk: (used as invective,
IH Thomas, VT 10 (i960) 414.
especially employed in Mari, EA, MRS), e.g.,
mìnum sun\uma\ kalbu “what are they? (Nothing 'i>' Cf. rna v . , "15?.
but) dogs!” (C'AI) K 72b k; Mari); inanna mi kima
Hapiri kalbu halqu “now he is like thè Hapiru, a — Akk. kallatu s. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD K 793;
fugitive dog” (CAI) ibid., EA 67:17 and passim AHw 4263). a woman brought into a household to
in lets. of Rib-Addi); atia muhhi màr PN kalbe islcn marry a son.
sa luta rabita akatuia ihtiuni “to PN, a dog, who
denotative
committed a great sin against me here” (C'AI)
ibid., MRS). 1. (Dem) (viewed as a daughter-in-law), e.g.,

PIIRASEOLOGY
nnòro n1?? naia nipjp ra “daughter rises up aga
her mother, daughter-in-law against her mother-in-
3. (Phn) (fierce dog) *6 E??3 *’TS7 D , n i p3ni
law” (Mie 7:6); Akk: e.g., \itti\ aneti kallati iprusu itti
niqó ìstt “ and thè fierce dogs never know
kallati aneti iprusu “(who) estranged daughter-in-law
satiety” (Isa 56:11); Akk: kalbu czzu “fierce,
from mother-in-law, who estranged mother-in-law
furious dog,” e.g., qàti ezzetv sepi czzète kalbu czzu
from daughter-in-law” (C'AD K Sob 5').
sa lini il “(with| fierce forepaws, with fierce hind
paws, thè fierce dog of Enlil” (C’AI) E 433b b). l’I IRASEOI OGY

C'f. also Akk: kalbu scgu/nadru “mad/fierce dog” 2. (Phr2) (viewed as a bride) nSoi ]Hil
(CAD K 7 ob c). “bridegroom and bride” (Isa 62:5; Jer 7:34; 16:9;
4. (Phn) (barkingdog) ÒpV *6 25:10; 33:11; Joel 2:16); Akk: àhizanu - kallatu
raa 1 ? “ dumb dogs that cannot bark” (Isa 56:10); “bridegroom - bride”: “lu àhizànum lu ballatimi ana
Akk: kalbu nabàhu, e.g., sa kima kalbi inabbuhu “(a simtim ittalak “either thè bridegroom or thè bride
demolì) who barks like a dog” (C’AD K 7ob c). dies” (CAD K 8ob b).
5. (Phn) (man-eating dogs) D'nbsn ìbpX"
bnrx nt??2 nx “ thè dogs shall devour thè flesh
:: kilubi s. EA*; WSem. gloss. (C'AD K 36 ib;
ofjezebel” (2Kgs 9:36; cf. also iKgs 14:11; 16:4;
AI lw 3 53a s.v. huhàru). bird trap.
21:24; 2Kgs y: 10); Akk: ina lalisù kalbàni ikkalusu
“dogs will eat him in his prime”; sitti salamtiya PI IRASEOI o<;y

salamtu sa qinniya kalbàni la ikkalii “let thè dogs 1. (Phr2) EA: kima issùri sa ina libbi huhàri (gloss:
not eat what is left of my body and thè bodies of kilubi) saknal kisuma anàku ina GN “like a bird that is
my family” (CAD K 6yb). in a trap I ani trapped in Byblos” (C'AD K 36 ib; EA
6. (Phr2) (self abasenient) *1??? “slave, 74:45—48); cf. Heb: (hapax) ^ÍSJ 21^3 bird cage”
dog”: binari nrnn ni???: '3 zbz~ ^nni? no '3
(Jer 5:27)-
n-tn ‘ ‘can your servant, who is a mere dog, perforili
such a mighty deed?” (2Kgs 8:13). The MT idiom Heb. 3*? is twice attested meaning “basket” (i.e.,
^npí? “IQSJp “for your servant’s sake and n ? “ b a s k e t of figs” [Amos 8:1,2]). The sanie
of your own heart” (iChr 17:19) should be read semantic rango is characteristic of Akk. quppu (= LH
^npy niDin “for thè sake of your servant nBj?). Sennacherib boasts:/ii//i kima issur quppi qereb
and your dog”; Akk: ardu kalbu slave, dog: e.g., Ursalimma ài sarrùtisu csirsu “as for him (I Iezekiah),
aradka kalabka u pàlihka “(he is) your slave, your I shut him up like a bird in a cage 111 Jerusalem his
dog, and your subject” (C’AD K 72a j); ardu kalbi capitai” (OIP II 33 III: 27-29).
rà’imànu sa [...] bit bcliya anàku “I am thè servant, IH B a r k e r , 59.

164
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biislical Hebrew

— Akk. kalilu s. fr. 013 on (CAI) K 74-b; of a battlement as a crowning meniber, is thè
AHw 425;)). kidney (Heb. attested only in plural). most beautiful architectural element of thè city.
In light of thè above, we suggest that, like Akk.
Whereas 13H employs nl^p “kidneys” kililu, Heb. ^3 may 011 three occasions connote
metaphorically to connoto a seat of emotion and thè battlement that symbolizes thè crowning
affection (e.g., Jer 11:20; 17:10), this nuance is beauty and splendor ofboth Tyre and Jerusalem.
absent fr. Akk. Accordingly, thè expression ’'Si| n^b?, portraying
Akk. employs thè euphemistic idiomatic thè beauty of these cities, may be rendered as
expression kalit birki (“thè kidney of thè penis”), “battlement of beauty” instead of thè traditional
i.e., “testicles” equated in thè lex. list to thè rendering “perfect in beauty” (Ezek 27:3; Lam
standard Akk. word isku (= I leb. “[OX) “testicle” 2:1 5). Moreover, in describing thè burning of thè
(CAl)K 74 b). city of Cibeah in Judg 20:40, thè chiuse rÒl? HÌTII
cf. “[bk. nD’O&n -pyn b'b? may likewise be translated
‘and behold thè battlement of thè city went up
= to heaven,” picturesquely depicting thè flames 011
Akk. kililus. fr. OAkk., 013on (CAI) K 3sSa;
thè top of thè parapeted battlement.
AHw 476a). Akk. circlet, headband, battlement;
The second Akk. connotation of kililu “circlet,
Heb. entirety > complete > encirclement > crown,
battlement. headband, crown” may have its etymological and
semantic equivalent ^'^p “crown, circlet of
The Heb. adj./sub. b'bz derived fr. thè verb bbz beauty” (Ezek 28:1 1) describing thè king of Tyre,
complete, perfect” hasbasically two connotations: and Tp1?» 'noto -rx nnna xin b'bz •’? “(you
(1) “entirety > entire, whole, complete, perfect” [Jenisaleni] became famous among thè nations)
(e.g., Exod 28:31; 39:22; Num 4:6; Deut for it is thè crown that I placed upon you through
13:17; Isa 2:18); (2) “whole-offering” (e.g.. Lev My splendor” (Ezek 16:14).
6:15,16; Deut 33:10; l J s 51:21). In Akk. thè basic The earliest eniployment of ^'^p in post-
connotations of thè sub. kililu are (1) “circlet, Biblical Heb. is found in thè Community Rule
headband”; (2) “battlement.” e.g., kima kilili ckaìlu ( 1 qs 4:7) ni? -ii33 “rbpi "n? D'pbis; nnpto]
zu'utial |...| “thè palace is decorateci [with...] as if D , p i pÍÍ7 “IÌX? “Hi! nnp “eternai joy in everlasting
with a battlement” (CAD K 358b 2); kilili uqni life, a crown of glory and a garment of majesty
resàia usalmi “I had a battlement of blue enameled in eternai light” (cf. also iQH 9:25), as well as in
bricks built around its top” (describing thè palace Ben-Sira 45:12: 1“X3". V^p
of Ncbuchadnezzar in Babylon) (C'AD ibid.). The Tiri "l|Ì3|3p “ and He bestowed on him (Aaron) a
kililu is most interesting for its symbolism of thc glorious crown, and He glorified him with honor
stepped battlement. As noted by Porada, “O11 thè and might.”
basis of Nebuchadnezzar’s inscriptions, kililu can (H Porada, 1967:1 1; Paul, IH) 17 (1967) 259—63; Tawil,
be identified with battlements of stepped merlons, BASOR 341 (2006) 37-52.
made of a blue glazed brick, surrounding thè top ^ c'f. bbD v.
ofhis buildings at Babylon. The kililu could also be
painted with black bitumen and precious material
— Akk. kullulu v. MA 011 (CAD K 518b; AI Iw
as fine gold and was claimed in a hymn to have
503b). to crown.
adorned thè kililu of thè Ezida tempie at Borsippa”
(e.g., kalilsu sàràri “its (Ezida’s) battlement is of The verb ^p is attested twice, only in Ezek
sàriru-gold” [CAD K 3 s8b 2|). “The valuable 27:3—4,1 1, depicting thè beauty of thè city Tyre:
material and thè fact that thè kililu was used as T ,i pi3? era’’ zbz ^ rh'bz •:« nipx nx “iia
a de coration of temples and palaces indicates thè 1^*73 “Tyre! you said, ‘I ani a parapet
distinctive character of this type of battlement.” of beauty’. In thè midst of thc seas were your
Indeed, thè kililu, which expresses thè concepì borders, your builders perfected your beauty.”
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Traditionally, thè majority of medieval and provides a clear parallel to thè sequence - 0Í20
modem scholars render thè idiom as □nn ‘gathered - sealed up’ in Deut 32:34.”
“they (thè builders) perfected, compieteci your IH C'ohen, Hapax 39.
beauty.” However, one may venture to suggest
that Ezekiel has in mind thè Akk. verb “to
“103* = Akk. kumru s. OA, Mari, MA (CAD K
crown, adorn.” Akk. kullulu is employed usually
534b; AHw so6a). priest.
ili referente to crowning, adorning a woman,
e.g., sinasam ukallala sina sinasam ukallala mahrussa DENOTATIVE

“they will crown them (thè women) two by i.(i)en2) “iKt? nx n-rn Dipan |a ’n-prn
two, they will crown them two by two in her □rjrón av □■’ippn at? nx bi?3n “and i will
(Mami’s) presence” (CAI) K 5 18b). So too, thè wipe out from this place every vestige of Ba‘al
verb is employed in reference to a king, e.g., ina and thè name of thè idolatrous priests along with
muhhi birsc sa ina pan 1 )N |... ] ukallatsu “he crowns thè priests” (Zeph 1:4; cf. also 2Kgs 23:5; Hos
him (thè king with thè ki</H/M-headdrcss standing) 10:5); Akk. PN màr kumrim sa Sucn “PN, son of
on thè blanket that is before Assur” (C'AI) ibid.). thè kumru-priest of (thè moon-god) Suen” (C'AD
Ezekiel employs thè verb ^3 “to crown” in
K 535^)-
reference to thè city Tyre, depicting thè crown
As noted by C’ogan and Tadmor, “kumru priests
like thè parapeted battlement (i.e., nb'^3) of thè
appear in OA documents from Cappadocia and
city. Both Akk. (AHw 503b) and Heb. verbs are
once in a Mari document_____ The term does not
denominatives.
appear in Babylonian or Assyrian of thè first
® Cf. y?3; BA v.
millennium, except for a reference to kumirtu
priests as thè title of an Arabian queen in thè
ÌQ3 = Akk. kima prep. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) K 3673; inscriptions of Ashurbanipal...the idolatrous priests
AEiw 476b). like. spoken of in this verse (i.e., 2Kgs 23:5) were,
therefore, officiants of West Semitic cults.”

Unlike I leb. Ì03, pronominal suffixes cannot be Note thè eniployment of thè WSem. sub. kumarù
appended to Akk. Lima, rather kima jàti “like me,” (pi.) “priests” in Emar (446:38 and passim; see
kima Lati “like you” (C’AI) K 3693 4). In Akk. there Pentiuc 2001:95-96).
is a conjunction kima “when,” “because” (C’AI) K IH Cogan-Tadmor, AB 11 285-86.
3 63 a).

I ]3 = Akk. Lena adv. OA (C'AD K 31 ib; AHw

DDD = Akk. kamàsu A v. fr. OB on (CAI) K 1 I4b; 479b). yes.
AHw 431 a), to gather. DI NO I A I IVI

DENOTATIVE 1. (I)eri2) (yes) '’bx W3 |? “‘yes,’ she

I. (I)en2) (BI I hapax) 'HÏÏS? DÏ33 iOH said, ‘they did come to me’” (Josh 2:4); Akk: e.g.
■'nnalxa mnn “Lo, I bave gathered it all sealed umma PNmcì Léna kaspam.. .taddissumma “PN said,
up 111 my storehouses” (l)eut 32:34); Akk: e.g., ‘Yes, you gave him thè silver’” (CAD K 3 i2a).
Gimil-Nitiurta si Ita issuràti ibàramma ikmis ana Akk. kèua occurs only in thè Old Assyrian dialect.
quppimma iklanak kisippis “Cimil-Ninurta caught In thè great majority of BH references, )3, means
two birds, put them into a cage and sealed it with “thus,” “in this manner,” somewhat similar to thè
his seal” (*CA1) K 1 1 sb d). usage of thè Akk. adverb kinanna (C'AD K 3803),
As noted by Cohen, “The above Akk. passage which, like kena, is attested only in thè second
from thè Poor Man of Nippur, in which kamàsu millennium BCE.
‘to gather’ is juxtaposed with kanàku ‘to seal,’ I£r Cf. v. Il 1?.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Heurf.w

II ]3 — Akk. kinu (kenu) adj. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAI) K ukannusi “whom Belet-ili hotiors (most) among
389.1; AIIw 48 ia). loyal. all thè goddesses” (CAI) K 541 a b); mukennat
etisi u dannami1’ “who treats thè weak and thè frail
PIIRASEOI.OGY
kindly” (C’AI) K 541 a 1).
1. (Phr2) (loyal) f "QSJ VH fcÒ ïïmK D'33
“we are loyal men; you servants have
never been spies” (Cìen 42:1 1); Akk: e.g., UN ahu “IÌ33 = Akk. kinnaru s. Mari, RS, Emar; WSem.
la kénu “Samas-sum-ukm is not a loyal brother” word (CAI) K 38711; AHw 4Sob). lyre.
(*CA1) K 390I-1).
denotativi;
The Akk. adjective kinu also means “true,” “just,” 1. (I)eii2) ÏT3 |3?1 TÌ-pil m "TH npbl “and
said of words, judgments, etc., and “legitimate,” David took thè lyre in his hand and played”
nuances unattested in thè limited number of BI I ( 1 Sani 16:23); Akk: e.g., assurti 5 kinnàrdtim sa beli
examplars. ispuram “in regard to thè five lyres my lord wrote
,if C'f. v. 1 ]3. me about” (C'AI) K 387^. Note a deification of
thè harp at RS: ^kiundrum (ibid.).

Ili I? — Akk. kainiti s. fr. OAkk 011; Sum. lw. gan

(C'AI) K 1543; AHw 437b). metal potstand; (Akk., □23 = Akk. kalmatu s. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K 86b;
also, rack). AHw 426b). louse (Heb. “V‘301 ? interchange).

PI IRASEOLOG y DIÌNO'I a 11 vi;

1. (Phr2) nt^ri] j3 “copper stand” (e.g., Exod i. (Deii2) nsi? bz rcrzz- cnxa npn 'nni
30:1 8); Akk: katinu sa siparri “bronze stand” (C'AI) C'?3 i"Pìl f“!Xn “and thè vermin carne upon man
K 1 55b 2). and beast, all thè dust of thè earth turned to lice”
(Exod 8:13; cf. also Exod 8:14; Isa 51:6); Akk:
Akk: katinu (— Heb: ]3) is equated in thè lexical list
(as a curse), e.g., kalmatu munti àkilu àlànikunu
to thè variant ganzatimi (= LH: ]p?p) “potstand”
màtkunu nagikunu lusàkilu “may (thè gods) let
(CAI) K 1 5 4 b lex. section).
lice, munu-UKccts, (and) pests ravage your cities,
your country, (and) your provinces” (C'AD K
ì"123 = Akk. kunnu v. fr. OA, 013 011 (CAI) K 54ob; 86b a); affeetmg human beings: e.g., summa amèlu
AHW 44ob). to treat kindly, with honor (Heb. qaqqassu kalmatu matuqtu mah “if a man’s head is
Pi'el, Akk. l)-stem).
full of‘sweet’ kalmatu' (CAD K 87a e).

BI I n?3 is employed four times in thè Pi'el; twice (il Tawil, BASOR 223 (1977) 59—62.

in Job 32:21—22 (in chiastic order) expressing thè

idea “to honor someone”: KTX X&X K3 033 = Akk. kanasu II v. NA (AHw 436b). to
“t'i' "xi" Bros nptf v.rr xV -3 rpx xV ènx gather.
“I (Job) shall show no favor to anyone, I shall
honor 110 one for I cannot honor anyone or my denotativi;

Maker will soon carry me off” In Deutero-Isaiah 1. (Deiu) NA: massarta ina GN issiya lissuru
(44:5; 45:4) HjD is parallel to DO? fcnj? “cali by adi esàdu ttukannasùui “let them stand guard with
name” (i.e., choose) 3pìT ■'“DI? )Ì7Q$ me until we have ...-ed thè harvest” (CAD E
^1 ’IPS x-px: ---n- “f or 3 3 8 b 1).
thè sake of my servant Jacob, Israel, my chosen While thè C'AI) does not translate thè word
one, I called you by name (i.e., I have chosen ttukannasuni, von Soden regards this NA hapax as
you), I gave you a name of honor, yet you have an Aramaic loanword, a cognate of 013 employed
not known me (i.e., selected me)” (Isa 45:4; cf. mainly in late books (Ecc 2:8,26; 3:5; Neh 12:44;
also Isa 44:5); Akk: e.g., sa ina birìt islaràti Bélet-ili iC'hr 22:2; Esth 4:16).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Cìreenfield maintains that thè Heb. roots kms, E 32sa b).

kns and kns are related, stating “that in Hebrew DENOTATIVE
kms is an earlier forili of thè root and kns is a later 5. (Den2) rrój? •'? urxi ia
forni, l’hat Aramaic kns is thè cognate of Hebrew □'P^n D'3p iróST “you see it (thè
kns is taken for granted by both I Iebrew and wealth), then it is gone; it has wings and flies
Aramaic lexica.” Cìreenfield further concludes away, like an eagle heavenward” (Prov 23:5);
that “although these three roots seem disparate Akk: kappà sakànu; Inselli àrid auzanunze tusaskan
in outward forni, ...they must be considered kappa “you (Samas) bring up him who goes down
a continuum both from thè etymological and to thè deep, you provide him with wings” (CAD
semantic pomts of view.”
A 2 15.V1 0-
IH v o n S o d e n , Or. 3 5 ( 1 9 6 6 ) 6 1 ; C ì r e e n f i e l d , Morati
Akk. kappi ini connotes features around thè eye
l ; cst., * 3 3 — * 3 9 .
(“eyebrow, eyelid, eyelash”). Cf. Heb. hapax nÌ33
C ’ f . B A É 33 v . ; 0133 v .
“eyebrows”: nt?1 Ì27X1 n$ Ìli?» ^3 TÒT
TTS n33 n«1 Ì3j?T “he shall shave off all bis hair—
,«^3) n??* — Akk. kappu (agappu, gappu) s. fr. of head, bearci, and eyebrows” (Lev 14:9).
OB on (CAD K i8sa; AHw 444a; 1 sb, s.v. agappu;
28 1 b, s.v. gappu). wing.
Hip* = Akk. kinattu (kinàtu) s. fr. OB 011 (C’AI ) K 381 a;
SIMM e /metapiior AHw 479I1). Akk. menial, comrade; Heb. comrade.

1. (SM2) (refuge) f 333 b^ “and di xo •. A l ivi;

I (David) seek refuge in thè shadow of Your 1. (1 )eti2) (only 111 l.BH), e.g., “111 thè reign of
wings” (Ps 57:2; cf. also Ps 36:8; 61:5); “??? Artaxerxes, Bishlam and Mithredath and Tabeel”
, 'n;ripn “hide me (David) 111 thè shadow of Your ini33 “IKEFI “and thè rest of thè colleagues (wrote
wings” (Ps 17:8); Akk: (for a similar idea, said to Artaxerxes, king of Persia” (Ezra 4:7); Akk:
of Istar), e.g., anàku ahuka ummuka birti agappëya e.g., this man ina ahhc u kiriàtisu (var. kinàtatesu)
urtabbika “I (Istar) ani your father and mother, asaridùtam illak “will achieve leadership aniong his
I have reared you (Esarhaddon) between my brothers and his peers” (CAD K 382a e).
wings” (CAD R 47a).
For thè Akk. meaning “menial,” note, e.g., assum
2. (SM2) (wing of thè wind) ÌTII '333 “thè
ana sipir kirem kiuatte u sàb bàb ekallim kummusim “as
wings of thè wind” (Ps 18:11; 104:3); Akk:
to thè assigning of memals and palace personnel
agapi sa sari “thè wings of thè wind,” e.g., sàru
to thè work 111 thè garden” (CAD K 38 ib). The
sa idibakkani agappu su la aksupuni “have I not
Akk. meaning “menial” is much more common
trimmed thè wings of thè wind that blew against
in thè second millennium BCE, particularly at
you?” (CAD K 2423 c).
Mari; whereas thè meaning “colleague” is fiir
PI [RASEOI.ogy
more common 111 thè first millennium 15GK. Note
3. (Phr2) (spread thè wings) D'333 2H3, e.g., also thè terni kinattutu, which denotes “a status of
ròrra 1 ? D'sj? '©"is □■q-on rni “ thè cherubini social equality” (C’AD K 383a).
shall have their wings spread out above” (e.g.,
Note thè Akk. sequencc ahu, ibm, tappu, kinattu,
Exod 25:20; 37:9; [Kgs 8:7); Akk: agappà petti,
m'u (= Heb: 11X ,“Dn (EH) .2133 ,Sn.) “friend,
e.g., agappàsu petà ittanapras “his wings are spread
companion, comrade, colleague, intimate friend”
as ifhe were flying” (CAD K 1 8 sb).
(BWL 24:84-88, Ludlul).
4. (Phr2) (said of eagles) □‘HtE? 'S?? “eagles’
IH Mankowski, 6y.
wings” (Exod 19:4; cf. also Ezek 17:3,7); Akk:
gappu sa eri “eagle’s wing” (CAD E 324b, s.v. erù
C lex. section); summa tulimum kima erìm kappi KD3 = Akk. kussù s. fr. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw. Kls gu-

sakin “ifthè spleen has wings like an eagle” (CAD za (C'AD K 587^ AHw 5RSa). chair > throne.

168
 An Akkadian Lfxicai. Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

PI I R ASEOLOC; Y □'33*0 bì7!3Q ÌXD3 “I will set bis throne ovor thè
1. (Pliri) (sit 011 tlic thronc) 32?; stones” (Jer 43:10); bussa nadiì, e.g., ana etemmi
V3X nn xp? bv “ and Solonion sat upon (i.e., bimtisu...bussa tanaddi “you set up a chair for thè
inherited) thè tlironc of David his father” (iKgs ghosts ofhis family” (CAD K 58cyb b); bussa ina
2:12 and passini); Akk: ana/ina kussi wasàbu, e.g., idi masbini tanaddi “you set up a thronc beside
ana kussi abiya atlasab “I sat 011 thc tlironc of my thè tcnt” (CAD K S9ob); tas\ban\ ina samc \cllùti\
father” (*CAD K 591 a and passini). bussàba “you (Sin) are placiug your thronc in thc
2. (Pliri) (to instali, i.e., to cause to sit |Hch. shilling sky” (CAD K 59ob); cf. |"3n TI
Hiph'ii; Akk. s-stem|) *:3*3- nera; rrirT' "ri nnyi ÌXp3 “thc Lord has established his throne in
'3X “1*1*7 X03 bv ■'33“’ CpVI “now as thè Lord lives, heaven” (Ps 103:19).
who established me and installed me 011 thè thronc 7. (Phr2) (to overturn a thronc) XD3 ‘'rOBÌlI
of my father David” (1 Kgs 2:24; cf. also 2C.hr D'ian nis^pn prn ■'rnaprn nisbaa “i shall
23:20); Akk: RN.. .ana qatiya assabat. ina kussi sa overturn thè thrones of kingdoms and destroy thè
abisu usesibsu “I took RN by thè hand and placed might of thc kingdoms of thè nations” (Hag 2:22);
him 011 thè thronc ofhis father” (CAD K 591a). Akk: bussa subalbutu “to overturn a thronc,” busse
3. (Pliri) (to give a thronc) XD3 p3, e.g., sarrùtisu lisabalbitma “overturn his royal thronc”
X031 ? brap ÌXp3 |IT] “he gave Inni a throne (*CAI) N iyb and passim).
above those (of other kings)” (Jer 52:32); Akk: 8. (Phr2) (royal thronc) mS^O/rDÌ*?!? XD3
bussa nadiiuu, e.g., busstì darli ana sar màtàte...liddinu “royal thronc” (e.g., 1 Kgs i:46/Esth 1:2; 5:1;
“may (thè gods) give an everlasting throne to thc iC.hr 22:10; 28:5; 2Chr 7:18); Akk: bussù sarrùti
king of thc lands” (*CAD K 592!-) and passim). “royal thronc” (C’AD S 1 i8b b and passim).
4. (Pliri) (to make a thronc secure) /]Ì3n/]33 9. (Phr2) (king’s thronc) ^anXp? “thc king’s
XD3 pin “establish, make firni/secure one's thronc” (e.g., 1 Kgs 1:20,27; 2Kgs 11:19; 25:28);
throne,” e.g., cbir irpbfpa xp3 nx t;:3: Akk: bussi sarri (CAD K 591 a and passini).
“I (thè Lord) will establish his (Solonion’s) royal 10. (Phr2) (thronc adorned with lions) D?3t?1
throne forever” (2Sam 7:13; cf. also Ps 9:8); pini ni-rn b^x D'Has? ninx “ and two lions stood
XD3 “I?n3 “and a thronc shall be established in beside thc arms” (iKgs 10:18-20); Akk: ina sapla
goodness” (Isa 16:5); D 1 7iy *1J? ]Ì33 ITir TJXD3 bussi labb\e ir\ab\bisu\ “under thc throne lions were
“your (David’s) thronc shall be secure forever” [c]rou[ching]” (Etana III 1 1 1).
(2Sam 7:16; cf. also Ps 93:2); XD3 113' njTlin ’3 IH M a n k o w s k i , 70 71.
“for thc thronc is established by righteousness”
(Prov 16:12); Akk: bussa bànu/buntiu “to secure/
(l""lbp3) ^0? ~ Akk. bislu ( basiti) s. OB 011 (C’AD
to make secure a thronc,” e.g., isdi kussi sarrùtisu
K 425a; AI Iw 486b). transverse proccss of thè
ana unii arbùtim libili “may (Samas) secure thc
vertebra; I leb. sinew > inner strength, confidcnce.
foundation ofhis royal thronc forever” (*CAD
1/J 2 37 a 0; (ibi ana isdi kussiya kunnim u màti Held notes that in Koehler’s Hebrew Lexicon
nuhhim itrudabba “my father sent you to me to “b03 is divided into I b03 ‘loins’ and II bg?
make secure thè foundation of my throne and ‘coufidence’: However, neither thè meaning
to pacify thc land” (CIAD ibid.); isdi kussisu kinui ‘loins’ for I ^03 nor thè separate second listing is
“make secure thè foundation ofhis thronc” (CIAD tcnahle.” Although I Ield’s article is acknowledged
ibid. antl passini). in KB' (1995), it stili maintains that Heb. has two
5. (Phri) (thronc decorateci in ivory) ]27 XD3 homonyms, and I bD3 means “loins.” Held, on
“thronc of ivory”: bina jt? XD3 “thc thc other hand, claims that thè primary meaning
king made a largo thronc of ivory(1 Kgs 10:18); of LIeb. bp? is “sinew/tendon” (Lev 3:4,10,15;
Akk: Lussii sa sinni piri “ivory cliair” (CAI ) S 5 1 b 4: 9; 7: 4; P s 38:8); cf. Akk: basiti, e.g., summa là’u
h)- ultu btsàdisu adi csenserisu baslùsu putturù imat “if a
6. (Phr2) (to set up a chair/throno ) Tippi baby has spina bifida (lit. its transverse processes
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion eor Bibeical Hebrew

are open from its ncck to its spine), it will die” shall indeed trini (thè hair of) their heads”; whereas
(CAD K 42511 b). Held further argues that similar Akk. kasamu is said of trees and other plants, e.g.,
to thè BH semantic development of ìllpri “cord” kàsimu sa ina eqliya iksumù “(thè hired) weeders
(Josh 2:18,21 )> npn “confidence”; D2ÍP “bone” who did thè weeding in my field)” (*CAD K
> np^y .DSS? “might” (Deut 8:17; Isa 40:29// 241 a b).
n3 “strength”); “THC “sinew” (job 40:16) >
niTH© “firmness” (e.g., Deut 29:18; Jer 3:17;
^03 = Akk. kaspn s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C’AD K 245a;
LH l’I» “strong, fimi”), nbpp - Sp3 is likewise
AHw 454a). silver > price.
semantically developed to mean “inner strength,
confidence,” e.g., ~2b' "b^Z 3HT TZti =X IDIOMATIC USACI;

TICDO ‘'FHQX “If I Iliade gold my confidence and 1. (idi) (to sell) ^pn3 nx 'b narn :~p33 ira
regarded fine gold as my trust” (Job 3 1:24; cf. also ^033 “sell me your vineyard” (iKgs 21:6); Akk:
Job 8:14). Note also thè hapax pair nipIV/nbpp ana kaspint nadànu: huràsam aria kaspim idditi “he
“inner strength - confidence,” e.g., ’ T |nX“V X7n sold thè gold for silver” (CAD K 24sb 1).
fpnn ani ^rnpn ^nbp? “is not your piety 2. (Idi) (to pay) ^p? bpttf, e.g., bpET iÒ
your confidence, (is not) your uprightness your n-rnp ^03 “its price cannot be paid in silver”
strength?” (Job 4:6; cf also Ps 78:7; Prov 3:26). (Job 28:15); Akk. kaspa saqdlu: kaspam adi 2 ùmirn
HI Held, landsberger l'est., 401-6. isaqqnlnnim “they will pay thè silver to me 111 two
Cf. boC ,b'D3. days” (C’AD S 4a 3).
SEQUENCI NC

"1^03 = Akk. Kiailimu (Kislimn) s. MB 011 (C'AD K 3. (Secp) 3Ì1T - ^P? “silver - gold” (e.g.,
429a; AHw 486a). name of thè ninth month. Cïen 44:8; Exod 3:22; 20:23); Akk: kaspn - huràsu
“silver - gold” (CIAD K 24sb and passim).
Attested only in Zech 7:1; Neh 1:1. The
etymology of thc month is not yet established. PI IR ASEOI.OGY

M.E. C’ohen notes: “According to Assyrian 4. (Phn) (refined silver) ^“115 ^03, e.g.,
Astrolabe B thè month of kissilimn was known sjns ^pp ninne? ninpi? ’n ninpx “thè words of
as thè month of Nergal: ‘The month kissilimn, thè Lord are pure words, refined silver” (Ps 12:7);
an abundant yield will be heaped up, thè mighty Akk: kaspu sarpn, e.g., kaspa sarpa sùbita “send me
hero, Nergal who has ariseli frolli thè netherworld, refined silver!” (C'AD S 1 1 3a); cf. also Akk: kaspu
thè overwhelming weapon of thè two gods, thè mesn “refined silver,” e.g., kaspn mesti etlu sa atta
month of thè hero, thè noble Nergal.’” C’ohen ekalli asmu “O refined silver, young man fìt for
likewise remarks (ibid., 333) that “The earliest thè palace” (C’AD K 24sa lex. section; CAD M
occurrence of this month name, aside from 3ob b and passim).
personal names, is from an alphabetic-script tablet 5. (Phr2) (full price). X^Q ^pS, e.g., ^P??
from Hana, possibly dating to thè last centuries of 'b na3FP xblp “let him (Ephron) sell it to me
thè second millennium B.C.: yrh kslm.” (Abraham) at thè full price” (Gen 23:9; cf. also
(I! Ellenbogen, 90; M.E. C'ohen, Cnltic Calendari, ìC’hr 21:22,24); Akk: kaspu gamru “full price,”
332ÍÍ. e.g., PN iptauarrikamma kaspam gamram ul usaddin
“PN kept 011 making diffìculties for me, and I
could not collect thè entire sum” (C’AD G 37a
□ 03 = Akk. kasamu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD K 24ob;
2' and passim); Akk: kaspu salma “full amount,”
AHw 453a). to cut.
e.g., ammala din dayànl kaspam salutarti in àlim
The Hebrew hapax 003 (Ezek 44:20) is said of isaqqulu “they will pay thè complete amount of
hair: TOPp’ Di03 inVurxV rs ìnV;' xb orxn* thè money in thè city according to thè judges’
DÌVtS’Xn nx “they (thè priests) shall neither shave verdict” (C'AD 2s8a 2').
their heads nor let their hair go untrimmed, they 6. (Phr2) (pure/choice silver) nn33 ^P?

170
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

“dioico silver”: TWaiTI TSQÌ fnnïD "IS 3ÌE0 Clen 23:16...is extraneous to thè present matter.”
T113? 'IDSP “my (thè wisdom’s) fruit is better HI Hurowitz, ZAW 108 (1996) 13—19
than fine gold (rd. T31D), and my produce is
c:f. pn» v.
better than choice silver” (Prov 8:19; cf. also Prov
10:20); Akk: kaspu cbbu/cllu “pure silver” (CAI)
E 2b 2; 103;» 1). no?* = Akk. kasitu s. SB (C’AI) K 243b; AHw
7. (Phr2) (poor-quality/rejected silver) ^03 453b). binding magie.
DXfp? “ rejected silver ”: '3 cnV -x-jp cxr:: ^95
The twice-attested ninpp in Ezek (13:18,20)
□H3 TI 0NI3 “(in vaili thè refiner refines, thè
is employed 111 a context involving wonien in
impurities are not removed), cali them rejected
illicit prophecy or other forms of divination, e.g.,
(i.e., false) silver for thè Lord has rejected them”
(Jer 6:30); cf. Akk: kaspum mussuhum “bad quality bp bs? nino? ninsnpb ■'in ’n •'Hk npx ns rnaKi
silver”: sibtum kaspum massuhum ibbisima “(ten naip bp cwn bv ninspan niÈ?i?i •’T ^■'•bk “say:
shekels) of bad silver turned up as interest” (C'AI) thus said thè Lord: woe to those who sew kesàtot
M 236b a). on thè joitit of every arili and make rags for thè
8. (Phr2) (silver vessels) "5 'b>3 “vessels of head of every stature (to entrap persons)” (Ezek
silver,” e.g., CHni 3HT •' i ?3; l *]PP ^3 “silver and 13:18; cf. also 13:20). KB ! follows Rabin, who
gold vessels and garments” (e.g., Clen 24:53; cf. equates HÌnD3 to Akk. kasitu, whicli is derived
also Exod 3:22; 2Sam 8:10); Akk: unut kaspi, e.g., from thè Akk. verb kasù, which, aniong other
huràsa kaspa unuti huràsi kaspi “gold, silver, vessels things, expresses thè concept of binding magically
of gold (and) silver” (C’AD K 246b 4). (CAD K 252a 3).
Accordingly, Akk: kasitu = Heb: ninDS and
As noted by Speiser, thè Heb. expression ^P?
means “bands for magic,” i.e., “binding magic,”
nixp 3~~rx ^rT'ì -usb npi?
e.g., kisir lumai liparriru kascta ìirammu màmìt lipturu
nnbb 13ÍJ b^Z- “and Abraham paid out
“(may thè gods) sever thè knot of evil magic,
to Ephron...four hundred shekels of silver, thè
loosen thè binding magic, release thè oath”
going mercliant rate” (Clen 23:16)! finds its
functional equivalent in thè Akk. idiom mahirat (Surpu IV 69-70; cf. also CAD K 243b).

illaku “going price” or “price that goes” (LE Il II Rabin, Or. 32 (1963) 126:2; Garfìnkel, 94.
48:8). Although accepted by such scholars as
Weinfeld, Westbrook, and Sarna, V. Hurowitz HSD = Akk. kepú V. OB, Bogh, SB (CAD K 3 i2b;
argues that “thè similari ty of Akkadian maljiru and AHw 4C>7b). Akk. to bend, be blunt; Heb. to bene!
Hebrew kcscp as well as between alàku and ober > subdue.
leaves something to be desired...the terms refer to
quite different things, mahirat illaku refers to thè DENOTATIVE

price paid for a given commodity...However thè I. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) n??’ ~inp3 }ni2
Hebrew terni, according to all opinions, refers n-Tì? non pra nnttf] “a gift in secret subdues
to thè nature of thè silver and not thè price of anger; a present in secret allays great wrath” (Prov
thè reai estate.” Hurowitz maintains that “thè 21:14); Akk: sa ussitii zaqti kepàta lisànsu “thè tip
shortened expression of thè Neo-Babylonian of our sharp arrow is Munteci” (C'AD K 3 i2b i).
texts may be related not only to thè Old Assyrian
While von Soden equates thè two lexemes, it
antecedents and thè I lebrew kcscp ober lassohcr
seems that thè I leb. hapax developed from thè
but also to thè kcscp ‘ober found in II Reg 12,
concrete Akk. connotation “to bend an object”
5.” The idiom in 2Kgs 12:5, however, is not
to thè abstract meaning “to subdue, allay.”
just “Oli? *]P3, rather ETK 131SJ ^03 “silver for
entermg per person.” Accordingly, as maintained
by Cogan and Tadmor (AB 1 1 1 37:5), “thè idiom ^33 = Akk. kapàpu v. fr. OB 011 (C'AD K 17 5 a ;
ober lassohcr ‘at thè current merchant’s price’, in AI lw 442a). tei bend.

171
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biislical Hebrew

DENOTATIVE elis ittam kapir elcnu kuprani kapir “from thè base
i. (I)en2) (said ofhumans.), e.g., bd? 'n upward it is smeared with iYfiJ-bitumen, thè upper
□•'sisari bpb *ipin □•'‘pain “ tlie Lord supports all part is smeared with kupru-b\tumcii' (CAD K
who stumble and raises all who are bent down” 179a 2).
(Ps 145:14; cf. also Ps 146:8); tpK TI Dipi!: HÏÏ3 Although most frequently employed with kupru
□ina ■’ròiò “ what shall 1 bring when I come “bitumen,” suggesting a denominative, Akk.
before thc Lord, when I bend myself (i.e., bow) kapàru is used also with medication to be smeared
before God 011 high?” (Mie 6:6; cf. also Isa 58:5); olito thè teeth.
Akk: e.g., pagana nùtm ana kutallisa kappat “her See thè discussion sub lì ”123 for Akk. kapàru
body is (that of) a fish, bent backward” (CAI) K as three separate verbs.
175b); imhas etla iktapap lànsu “he smote thè young
man, bent his body” (C’AI) ibid.). Akk. also has
II 12D = Akk. kapàru II v. (Cd)A i47a; C’AI) K
thè nuance “to bend around,” “to encircle”: alani
i78a). Akk. to wipe off (G-stem, D-stem), purify
karàsam ikappapa “they encircle thè city with a
(D-stem); I leb. to atone (Pi'el).
siege wall” (CAI) K 175b d).
,JÌ' Cf. ^33. DENOTATIVE

1. (I)cii2) (to wipe) ina namàri diqàra takappar

“in thè morning you wipe thè pot clean” (CAD
— Akk. kippn s. OB 011 (CAI) K 3yyb; AHw
K 178b c).
483a), snare.
2. (I)eii2) (referring to purification rites) sarra
The Heb. vocable is universally taken as 3 tukappar arkisu takpiràti ebbëti sarra tukappar “you
per. masc. sing. perfect, hence thè compound purify thè king, afterward you perforili 011 thè
“'»23 «133 in Ps 57:7 is rendered as “my soul king thè holy purification rites” (C'AI) K 179b
is lowered down.” However, in light of thè d); ina pagri immeri àsipu luta ukappar “thè exorcist
parallel nouns H©”] “net” and HiTt?) “pit,” i.e., purifies thè tempie with thc carcass of thè sheep”
iba? nn'c; ns 'nvpb nt?n (CAD K 17yb 2).
rDirQ, thè compound idiom 'E??] should be CDA I47a separates kapàru into three verbs: (1)
rendered as “a snare (for) myself.” This suggestion kapàru I “to peel, strip” (G-, D-stem); (2) kapàru
is strengthened by noting that Akk. employs II “to wipe clean” (G-stem), “to wipe clean
thè substantive kippn “snare,” e.g., 4 piri battuti (ritually)” (D-stem); and (3) kapàru III “to smear”
asbat 5 ina kippí asbat “I (Adad-nïrari II) caught (Cì-stem).
four elephants alive, fi ve (more) I caught with C'AD lists two verbs: (1) kapàru A (1783) =
snares” (CAD K 3yyb 1); sa ana alti tappisu issu CDA kapàru II and III; and (2) kapàru B (i8oa) =
\incsu\...kunnassu kippn zlru “a man who covets CDA kapàru I.
his neighbor’s wife...a nasty snare is prepared for AHw lists two verbs: (1) kapàru I (442b) =
him” (BWL 130:88,90, Hymns). CDA kapàru I and II; and (2) kapàru II (443a) =
Cf. ^33 v. CDA kapàru IH.
As noted by C'ohen, “L.andsberger, now

I “ISD = Akk. kapàru III v. (CT)A i47a = AHw followed by C'AD K 178—79, shows convincingly

443a kapàru II). to smear. that von Soden’s kapàru I (AI lw 442b) must be
divided into kapàru I ‘to trini, clip, strip off and
DENOTATIVE kapàru II ‘to wipe off.’” However, contrary to
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) .„“123 ^í? rqn ^ nfrj? Landsberger, who maintains that von Soden’s
1233 pnpi ri'SÌD nnx nnspl “make yourself an current kapàru II cannot be a denominative
ark of gopher wood...and smear it inside and out of kupru “bitumen,” C'ohen adopts Levitie’s
with bitumen” (Gen 6:14); Akk: istu saplànu adi proposition, which simply changes von Soden’s

172
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hfbrlw nns
kapàru II to kapàru III, thus maintaining that similar
n“l3 — Akk. qcríi v. fr. OA, OB on (C'AI) Q 242a;
to thc Akk. kapàru, which is a denominative
AHw 9i8a). to invite (to a banquet).
verb from kupru, Heb. “123 “smear” is likewise a
denominative from “133 “bitumen.” l’I IRASEOLOGY

H I L a n d s b e r g e r , Date Palm, 3 o l ì . ; L e v i n e , E l 9 ( 1 9 6 9 ) 1. (Pliri) (BH hapax) n'piH? rH3 OH*? n“13"1

91; idem, 1974:123 27; C'ohen 53 :S. □ij^r" mttn “and he (thè king of Israel)
invited them to a great banquet; after they had

"133 — Akk. kupru s. fr. OB 011 (CAI) K 55ìb; eaten and drunk he let them go” (2Kgs 6:23); Akk:
AHw soya). bitumen. ana qcriti qcrti “to invite to a banquet,” e.g., nisisu
iqri |...| ana qcriti “he invited his people |...| to a
DENOTATI Vii banquet” (Atra-hasis, 92:40—41).
1. (1 )en 1 ) (BI I hapax) ...“l^T^S? n3FI ^ n&i? (j? ' Cf. nns.
“1533 finm JV30 nnk nis?! “make yourself all
ark of gopher wood...and smear it inside and out
rt"13 = Akk. qerìtu s. OA(?), OB, SB, NA (C’AD Q
with bitumen” (Cìen 6:14); Akk: kupra kapàru,
240a; AHw 9i7b). banquet, festival.
e.g., islu saplàtiu adi elis ittam kapir elciiu kuprarn
kapir “from thè base upward it is smeared with See H“13 v.
iff//-bitumen, thè upper part is smeared with
kupru-bitumen” (C'AI) K \']<)A 2).
31“13 = Akk. kurìbu s. SB, NA (C'AD K 559b; AHw
As noted by C'ohen, “thè identifìcation ofHebrew Siob). Akk. (a protettive spirit).
“133 with Akkadian kupru ‘bitumen’ is ccrtainly thè
most celebratcd lexical correspondencc between The Heb. terni nn? occurs 27 times in thè sg.
thè Akk. and thè Hebrew Flood stories.” and 64 times in thè pi. (□ , 3H3) and is connected
to thè Akk. present forms kàribu (masc.)/kàribtu
IH Cohen, Hapax 33.
(fem.), which are likewise used as adjs., as well
ier cf. nss v. as to thè 1101111 kurìbu. These terms are derived
from thè Akk. verb karàbu (— Heb. metathesised
“123 = Akk. kapru fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AI) K iSya; forni ^“D) “to pronounce formulas of blessing,
AHw 444b). village. pay homage” (cf. Heb. “[“13 v.). Akk. kàribu (and
lamassu), as well as kurìbu, is a protettive genus/a
DENOTATIVE spirit of composite figures—human-headed bulls
1. (i)en2) anssnì dhì ?! rnÉn rrmxn with eagles’ wings—carved and stationed at thè
‘over thè treasuries in thè country—in entrance to Mesopotamian temples. Accordingly,
thè towns, thè villages, and thè citadcls” (iClir Lsarhaddon states that ''talune ''kurìbi .fa sariri russu
27:25; cf. 1 Sani 6:1 8; SoS 7:1 2); Akk: e.g., Matijate idi ana idi utziz “I placet! (at thè entrance of thc
cella of Assur) lalunu-monstcrs and kurìbus Iliade of
adi kaprànisa “thè city Matijate and thè villages
reddish gold facing each other” (CAD K 559b).
around it” (CAI) K lyob 2).
The composite figure is desenbed in SB as: \Nam\
tartu sinniltisu qaqqad kurìbi saknat “Namtartu, his
“13 = Akk. kurru s. fr. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw. gur female (counterpart), has thè head ofa kurìbu (but
(CAI) K 564(1; AHw 51 ib). (a dry measure). human hands and feet)” (C'AI) ibid.).
As noted by Sarna, “thè motifof thè composite
DENOTATIVE human-animal-bird figure is widespread in various
1. (I)eii2) □•Hi??; “13 “unit of barley” ( 2 Chr forms in art and religious synibolism throughout thè
2:9; cf. also 1 Kgs 5:25; 2Chr 27:5); Akk: kurrum fertile crescent, and thè biblical cherubini would
batiq se'am diuama “thè Awm-contamer (i.e. price) seem to be connected to this artistic tradition.”
has been reduced, so sell thc barley” (C’AD K I I I E M 4 : 2 3 M b — 2 4 4 I 1 ; T W A T 4 : 3 2 2 - 2 4 ; S a r n a , (ìencsis,
5 6 5 a). 375 76; ABI) 1:899 -900.

■73
D 3“ P An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

□3"]3 = Akk. kurkanù s. MB, SB (C'AD K 56ob; Akk. karsu has thè nuance as thè seat of
understanding, emotion, etc.
AI lw 5 iob). curcuma longa, corcus sativas, saffron.
Il 111 Cohen, Hapax 1 16.
DENOTA ri ve :

i. (Dona) (hapax) DI? |ÌD3p1 D3"P] 11?

ni3 = Akk. karàtn v. SB (C'AD K 2 isa; AHw
nrà 1 ? ^s? “ nard and safFron, fragran t rood and
44<Sb). to cut off (Akk. Cì-D-stem; LIeb. Qal).
cinnamon with all aromatic woods” (SoS 4:14).
IMIRASEOLOGY
Akk. kurkanù is cniployod mainly as a medicai plant
for medicmal purposes, e.g., “if a man has been 1. (Plir2) (referring to thè parts of thè body),
seizcd by a ghost” kurkanù ina samni tapassas\su\ i.e., tósyjio'p/tftn nns “ cut off head/tongue/

“you rub him with kurkatiù-phmt in oil” (C'AD oneself’ (e.g., iSam 17:51; 31:9; 2Sam 20:22/

K 561 a), and is frequently listed among aromatics, Prov io:3i/Num 15:31); Akk: qàt a kurrutu “to
cut off thè hand” (C'AD K 2 i sa 2); zibbata karàtu
e.g., kurkanù ana pernii tanaddi “you put kurkànù-
“to cut off thè tail” (C'AD K 21 sa ih).
plant (and an aromatic) on thè coals” (C'AD K
561 a).
^3 = Akk. kasàpu v. OB, Bogh., SB (CAD K

U"13* = Akk. kurìtu s. OB on (C’AD K s6oa; AHw

284a; AIIw 46ib). to bewitch (Akk. Cì-, D-stem;
Heb. Pi'el).
5iob). shin (of an animai).

The Heb. verb is employed six times (only in thè

Whereeas in Heb. thc noun is employed only
Pi'el): four times it is utilized in thè participle to
in thè dual, i.e., D'SH? (e.g., Exod 12:9; 29:17;
denote a sorcerer, i.e., (Deut 18:10); HDEÓp
Lev 1:9,13; 4:11; 9:14; 11:21; Amos 3:12), Akk.
(Exod 22:17); (Exod 7:1 1; Mal 3:5; Dan
employs only thè singular kurifu, e.g., istu pani
2:2). Once thè verb is employed in thè perfect,
naglabisu sa imittim kurissu u kursinnasu la ibassi “(if
i.e., ■'ïisrn 2ÌX CSTOl ]]iyi “and he
a newborn sheep) has from its right hip down
(Manasseh) practiced soothsaying, divination and
neither shin bone nor fctlocks” (CAD K sóoa).
sorcery and dealt with ghosts and spirits” (2C'hr
In Akk. “thè word does not designate thè shorter
33:6); Akk: e.g., bit awilim kussup “thè house of
vs. thè longer bone...but denotes that thè part of
thè man is bewitched” (C'AD K 284!-) b).
thè (hind) leg of an animai which is between thè
c:f. *i©3 .«ics.
knee and thè fetlock” (C'AD K s6ob).
Heb. employs thè denominative verb
“bend thè knee, kneel down” (e.g., Cìen 49:9; r ]2?3* = Akk. kassapu s. SB (C'AD K 292a; AHw
Num 24:9; 1 Kgs 8:54), thè verb is absent fr. 463a), sorcerer.
Akk.
DENOTATIVE

1. (Dc'112) (BH hapax) % ^

2?“13* - Akk. karsu s. OA, OB 011 (C’AD K 223b; ‘rxi crnb'ln arr:?p la-: cqt??
AHw 4_sob). belly. D? , S^5 i 7X‘ ' ‘as for you, give 110 heed to your
prophets...diviners and sorcerers” (Jer 27:9); Akk:
l’IIRASEOLOCY
attamannu ilu lemnu sa kassapi u kassapti ispurunissu
i.(Phn) (BH hapax) “fili thè
“whoever you are, evil god, whom a sorcerer or
belly”: *’3“T??Q 127"!? *Ò!3 |'3P13 'ishï “he
sorceress has sent against me” (CAD K 292a).
(Nebuchadnezzar) swallowed me like a dragon;
<í? ' Cf. *103 v., *103.
he filled his belly with my dainties” (Jer 51:34);
Akk: karsa malu “fili thè belly,” e.g., sa amcli
muttaprassidi mali karassu “thè restless hunter’s = Akk. kispù s. pi. tantum, fr. OB on (C'AD
stomach is filled” (C'AD K 22^b ia). K 454b; AHw 49ib). sorcery.

174
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

PARALLELISM then that was (hypothetically) borrowed into

i.(Par2) (pi. only). Dnnry/CTDE;? ‘early Canaanite’, then from ‘early Canaanite’ into
“sorceries//spells” (Isa 47:9,12); Akk: kispù//ruhu Egyptian as kutmahut meaning ‘gold’, which word
“sorcery//magic spiale,” e.g., ëpis kispì Immuti//u in later Egyptian became *kctma, and was then
ruljc la tabù ti “a performer of evil sorcery//and borrowed by thè Hebrews from thè Egyptians.
unwholesome maga” (C'AI) K 455b b; cf. C’AI) Such a devious route cannot be disproved, but
R 4o8a). it seems implausible to thè reviewer when too
Cf. *103 v. *103. many stages .ire hypothetical only. It would be
simpler to assume that this ketem, because it occurs
particularly in thè phrase ‘ketem of Opliir’, was
□rD = Akk. kutimmu s. fr. OB 011; Sum. lw. kù-
thè Ophir word for gold (wherever Ophir was),
dim (CAI) K 6o8b; AHw s 1 Hb). Akk. gold- or
transported to thè Israelites with thè minerai.”
silversmith; LIeb. gold.
I H Mankowski, 76-77.
BH employs thè sub. 9 times; it is used 3 times in
thè phrase “PSÌX DrO “gold of Ofir” (Isa 13:12;
n3FD = Akk. kutdnu (qutdnu) s. OA, Mari (C'AD
Ps 45:10; Lam 4:1) ami 3 times it is modifìed by
K 6o7b; cf also 473a; AI lw 930a; cf. also 495K s.v.
T3WTS/Iinc (nns) “pure/rcfmed gold” (Job
kitù Sum. lw. gada). Akk. (a textile); Heb. shirt-like
2cS:i9; SoS 5:11; Dan 10:5).
tunic.
In Akk. kutimmu (— Sum. kù-dim)
“goldsmith,” in thè majority of cases, is employed de:no tati ve :
with thè Sumerian determinative LÚ, indicating i(I)eii2). ffiHj? 13 n3h? “he shall be
a profession, e.g., 1,1 kutimmu hurdsam u kaspam clothed in a holy linen tunic” (Lev 16:4);
ilqima tudinatum sina ul iuneppesa “thè goldsmith “IÌJ? ÌTUrD ... “he made tunics of skin and
has taken thè silver and gold but these pectorals clothed them” (Cìen 3:2 1); Akk: e.g., summa kutdni
are stili not made” (C'AI) K 6o9a b, Mari and tusebbalam sa tusebbalanni lu damiq “if you send me
passim). kutanu-tcxt'ùcs, what you are sending should be of
Lambert (JSS 48 I2003] 132) doubts good quality” (C'AD K 6o7b a).
Mankowski’s theory concerning thè route in
Note C'AD K 6o8b: “Since linen fabrics formed
which Heb. loaned thè lexeme. I le writes: “It
no part of thè textile trade in Anatolia, thè
is proposed to take thè I Iebrew ketem ‘gold’
WSem. ktn...must not be used as proof that C)[ld|
as derived ultimately from thè Sumerian kù-
A|ssyrian| kutdnu was made of linen.”
dini ‘goldsmith’. The latter was borrowed into
Akkadian as kutimmu with thè sanie meaning, (Il Fenshain, VT 12 (1962) 196—9(8.

'75
 - Akk. la negative part. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAI) L word that, according to thè defìnition of Arab
ia; AHw 52oa). no, not. philologists, has two opposite meanings.

l’IlKASIXM ,o<;y
= Akk. limu s. fr. OAkk. on, Akk. lw. in Sum.
1. (Phri) (there is not) (Hebrew hapax)
li-ini (CAD L I97a; 198a; AIIw 553b; 544a). Akk.
rr?ÌD 13T3 ti: Ob :ti: “there is no arbiter between
thousand; Mari, lex. texts: family, clan; I leb. family,
us” (Job 9:33); Akk: la isti: aliati l’N tnammati la isti
clan, nation.
“there is no one except l’N” (*CAI) I/J 29oa).

As early as OH, la isti is conflated to lassù — Aram: Normally Akk. lìmu means “thousand”; but at
x/n ,l ?< rrx vb. Mari and in lex. texts it also means “family clan.”
IH C'ohen, Hapax 10:17. According to Malamat, “One of thè common
synonyms in thè Bible for a clan or a tribe is
elep. The most common explanation of elep is
= Akk. le ti v. fr. OAkk. on (CAI) L 15 ib;
1000. Thus limimi may be equivalent not only to
AI lw 547a). Akk. to be able; Heb. not to be able.
le òm but also to 'clcp. The concept of 1000, a
ADDAI) typological number for multitude, may represent
a tribe or a clan, or, perhaps more precisely, thè
Heb. PUÒ is parallel to iò “I ani not able”
military potential of these entities.” (For thè
Qer 20:9) and D'Q nin?; 1 ? Dn?Q ìiÒTl “and thè
reading li(')mu “people” instead of lìlàma “night”
Egyptians were not able to drink water” (Exod
in EA 195:13; 205:6, see Morati, AL 273:2.).
7:18) is restateci as CTI? nin® 1 ? DHSP 1^?; iÒl
(lixod 7:21 ). Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. li'mu “people”
(Lmar 373:163’; 378:15; see Pentiuc 2001:110-
It seems plausible that together with LXX, in
1 1) .
1 Sani 17:39, thè verb (n?^) b^) “he (David)
(Ili Malamat, Cìreenfield L'est., 177—79.
tried (to walk)” may be a metathesized forni for
‘he was not able.” This rendering is also
strengthened by noting that thè continuation of — Akk. libbu s. fr. OAkk. on (CAD L
thè verse states: (“and David said to Saul”) ìÒ 164I1; AFlw 549a). heart.
tto? ab q n^xr nrò 1 ? bsw “‘i cannot walk in
IDIOMATIC USAGI-:
these for I did not try them.’”
i.(Idi) (as one wishes) 31 ??, e.g., Tin]"!
It is intcresting to observe that in Aniarna in HA , 5i73 D'in a? 1 ? “ and I (thè Lord) will give you
244:15—17, Akk. le'ii has its WSem. connotation
shepherds according to my wish” (Jer 3:1 5); TI
“not to be able,” e.g., u lame uilc’i ase abulli(gloss:
Ì2IIÒ3 2TX i^ “thè Lord will seek out a man after
sa'ri) istu pani Labaya “and we cannot go out of
His own heart” (iSam 13:14); Akk: (after kima,
thè city gate in thè presence of Labaya” (let. fr.
ki), e.g., [sa] zittisti sarru kt libbisu “concerning his
Shechem).
share, thè king (acts) at his discretion” (CAD L
The relationship between thè Akk. and thè Heb. 17ih 3); kima libbaui ttiddiii “we gave as it pleased
lexemes falls into thè category of an Addad, a us” (CAI) L 171 b).

177
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hfbrfw

2. (Idi) (to take counsel with oneself) have defeated Edom, it is true and it has gone
3*7 “decide, take counsel in one’s heart,” e.g., to your head” (2Kgs 14:10; 2Chr 25:19); Akk.:
cnjsn nxi apnn nnpKi 'by 'nb -^r'' libbu nasù, e.g., sehrctima Gilgàmics libbaka nastka
“I (Nehemiah) decided in my heart, I censured “you are young, Cìilgànies, and carried away by
thè nobles and thè prefeets” (Neh 5:7); Akk: istu enthusiasm” (Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsh, 202:191).
libbi malàku, e.g., u imluk istu libbiya alikmi anàku 7. (Idi) (to know someone’s mind) SJ"T
ippusant tàbùta ittisu “and I decided in my heart: nnb, e.g., psnfc; sm •'33n3//pn i 7 s? - 11 bx n npn
come, I will establish good friendship with him” “examine me O Cìod and know my mind//probe
(CAI) M i5$b; EA 136:26—29); \ism\ima barbarti me and know my thoughts” (Ps 139:23); nnn31
amat \kalbi ul i\mlik ìibbasu cppal \kalba\ “thè wolf --3^ nrx -3 innb n$ snn nrx V3-- V33 tà'x1?
[heard] thè word of [thè dog]; indiscreetly he onxn ■'33 nnb n^ nfr “ Y011 give each man
answered |thè dog|” (BWL 196:17—18, Fabio of according to his ways as You know his heart to
thè Fox). be—for You alone know thè hearts of all men”
3. (Idi) (loyal, stedfast) nb |Ì33, e.g., nOTEtjp (2Chr 6:30; cf. also 1 Kgs 8:39); Akk: libba idù,
na rp3 Í3 1 ? ]P3 in 1 " ìò ns?n “he is not afraid of e.g., 1)N nitide libbi ili “Shazu, who knows thè
bad tidings, his is loyal, he trusts in thè Lord” (Ps heart of thè gods” (E11. el. VII 3 5).
1 12:7); Akk: libbu kinu, e.g., ìibbasu itti |RN| kini 8. (Idi) (to want to do something) 3*7
“Is his heart loyal to Esarhaddon?” (CAI) ibid. e.g., nnb nr.'b'hz '-,-x p ilVn 'ninny r.x-
and passim); pisu tarsu ìibbasu la kini “his mouth “My sabbaths they desecratcd, their hearts
is straightforward but his mind is devious” (CAI) followed their fetishes” (Ezek 20:16); Akk: libbu
L i70a). alàku: ulasuma ul libbasa la illakam “she should not
4. (Idi) (to desire, wish) 31 ? KÈ73, e.g., bp itó;] come if she does not want to” (CAD L 17K1).
inx inn nrin? -iato: “pi ab ìké?3 era “and cf. bsjp r-s T]sn -pxs -In 'nb *6 ipx -r:s"
everyone who desired and everyone whose spirit •qnxnp 1 ? Ìn53~p “then (Elisha) said to him, ‘id
moved him” (Exod 35:21; cf. also Exod 36:2); not my heart go along when a man got down
Akk: libba nasù, e.g., ana epcsu lisagil nasànni libbi from his chariot to nieet you?”’ (2Kgs 5:26).
“I (Nebuchadnezzar II) dearly wanted to rebuild 9. (Idi) (to be happy) 3*7 3PW3B;, e.g., P
Esagil” (CAI) N iosa); ana alàk mài nakrisu... 3*7 3ED'" Q'33 STp “for though thè face be sad,
\pa\nusu saknusu ìibbasu nasùsu ka\battasu u\blamma thè heart may be glad” (Ecc 7:3; cf. also Judg
tismuruma “intends, desires, has conceived tlie 19:6,9; 1 Kgs 21:7; Ruth 3:7); arò appo npn...
idea, or plans to march against thè enemy country “while they were cheerful.. .”(Judg 19:22; cf. also
(this year)” (CAI) ibid. and passim); For a Heb. Ecc 11:9); Akk: libbu tabu, e.g., kaspam stm bitisu
(semantic equivalent), cf. ©23 K©3 “lift one’s self,” gamram ìibbasu tùli “his heart has been satisfied
i.e., “long for, desire,” e.g., K&# p?3 'H (i.e., happy) with thè complete money, thè price
'nnan ^5 “O Lord I shall long for you, my ofhis house” (Muffs, 1973:76); assum kaspi sa A eli
Cìod in You I trust” (Ps 25:2; cf. also Ps 24:4; 86:4; B irsti leqi/mahir/apil ìibbasu tàb “concerning thè
143:8; Prov 19:8). See Lichtenstein, Prooftexts 15 money that is owed to A by B, A has received
(1995) 204-6. (it), he is happy” (Muffs, ibid. and passim; AHw
5. (Idi) (a desire, wish) (Heb. idiomatic I389a 4a).
hapax) nnb ■’trhia, e.g., ■'Ehia ipn3 •’nàr nns? nb iby/yby, e.g., tq •'rip npn 'n? p1?
'I*1?“my days are gone, my plans shattered, my “my heart rejoiccs because of thè Lord//my head
heart’s desires” (Job 17:1 1); Akk: mëres libbi, e.g., is lifted up because of thè Lord” (iSam 2:1); T i ?SJ , 'l
reti kinu meris libbi Ha “thè righteous shepherd •3nins pppi 'nb “thus I rejoice, and I praise I lini
whom Ea desires (to become king)” (CAI) M with my song” (Ps 28:7; cf. also Zeph 3:14); Akk:
26a, s.v. meresu Cì). libbu clcsu, e.g., ilis ìibbasu//panùsu ittamru “his
6. (Idi) (to be impetuous) 3*7 KÉ?3, e.g., heart became merry//and his face shone bright”
15*7 nini* nx npn n?n “you (jehoash) (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 176:104); Assur... epsëteya
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

damqàti kénis ippalisma élis ìibbasu kabattus immir as whole-hearted with me as I ani with you?”
“Assur lookcd favorably upon my (Esarhaddon) (2Kgs 10:15); npnsni np$5 “ ipìo
pious deeds and his heart rejoited, his niood because he (David) walked
brightened” (CAD E 88a i and passim). before You in faithfulness, righteousness, and in
io. (Idi) (to bearteli, encourage) zzb/zb ina, integrity of thè heart” (iKgs 3:6; tf. also Deut
e.g., ri r\x, ©pn1? ara*? n$ “who were 9:5; Ps i 19:7); Akk: libbu isaru, e.g., epséti damqàta
encouraged/resolved to seek thè Lord” (iChr u ìibbasu isara hadis ippalis “(Marduk) looked with
ì 1:16; cf. also iChr 22:19; Nell 2:12); Akk: libba joy 011 his (C'yrus’) good works and his just heart”
nadanu, e.g., tcrtaka damiqtum ana paniya liìlikamma (CAD I/J 225I1 b).
libbam dina\m\ “let a favorable report from you 15. (Idi) (to weaken thè heart) 2*? 2?3N
reach me, entourage me” (CAD N 52b s.v. libbu “weakness of thè heart,” e.g., bzr? zbn zpy
and passini). lasrr ’P xin »3x1 “ most devious is thè heart,
1 1. (Idi) (to be lutid, lit. to have thè mind it is inturable (lit. weak)” (Jer 17:9); Akk: libba
awake) zb “ni?, e.g., -]J? qbl rTO’ '3X “I slept, unnusii “to weaken thè heart,” e.g., irti id’ipù libbi
but my mind was lutid” (SoS 5:2); Akk: libbu ér, unnisù idéya iksti “(thè demons) have compresseci
e.g., summa anima isbatusu ìibbasu ér itebbi summa my chest, weakened my inside, bound my arms”
anima isbatusu ramansu la ide la itebbi “if, when (thè (CAD E 16 7 a 2).
antasubbù-dìscdsc) seizes him, his mind is lutid, 16. (Idi) (midst of thè sky) □'Pffi’il 31 ? (Deut
he will recover—if, when it seizes him, he is 4: i 1 ; hapax); Akk: libbi samé, e.g., kima libbi samc
unconscious, he will not retover” (CAD H 32ób ubami “(that building) I (Tiglat-pileser I) Iliade
b, med. text). C'f. S?T v. as beautiful as thè interior of heaven” (C’AD L
12. (Idi) (to venture) XSQ ]Z bv :Zb XSQ i68b 3').
nx-rn ròsnn nx ^snnb :zb nx ïjnni? 17. (Id2) (wholcheartcdly)D , ’pn/D i ?2?3l ?,e.g.,
“therefore your servant found thè strength (i.e., zbz- zbpì nr:x3 '-zbr.rr, “i (Hezekiah)
made bold) to offer this prayer to You” (2Sam served (lit. walked before) You sinterely and
7:27); Akk: libbu (mala) masti, e.g., sarru dannu wholeheartedly” (Isa 38:3; cf. also iChr 28:9;
imsti mal libbusu “thè mighty king did what he 29:9); Tpn? Q^pn 'zb 'il' “may I wholeheartedly
wanted to” (*CAD M | 347!! 2, Shalni. Ili); sa... follow your laws” (Ps 1 19:80); Akk: libbu garrirti,
ina emùq I)N...hm/(ì libbus imsti “who did what he e.g., ina libbisu gamrim likrubam “may he pray for
wanted to do through thè power of Bel” (*CAD me with his whole heart” (CH Epilogue).Dn2
ibid. and passini). i.e., “wholeheartedly, uprightness,” e.g.,
The Hebrew idiom may also tonnote “to zzb on? ^qx in -^2 “as David
investigate one’s nature ”: ;px: inn4? nx nxspi your father walked (before Me), wholeheartedly
“and you found bini to be faithful” (Neh 9:8). and with uprightness” (iKgs 9:4; tf. also Cìen
13. (Idi) (unfathomable, detached; lit. to 20:5,6; Ps 101:2); Akk: ina gimir/gii munirti/sitimi/
keep thè heart far) 31? pIT] (Heb. idiomatic: kùn libiti “with all/coinpleteness/stability of thè
hapax), ■'3150 prn ab) rrsfrrn V35 “they heart,” e.g., ina gitilir libbiya kinirn arammu puluhti
(Israel) honored me with its mouth and lips, ilùtisutiu “with all my heart I (Nabuthadnezzar
but has kept its heart far from me” (Isa 29:13); I) truly cherish their worshipful divinity” (C'AD
Akk: libbu rùqu “impenetrable, unfathomable Cì 77a t); adi ralmtisu anùqésu ua\rkabàtesu\ ana
heart,” e.g., libbu rùqu sa la ilammadù ilù gimrasun gammurti libbisu la ussiini la illakuni “(if RN) does
“whose heart is so deep that none of thè gods can not tome (to my aid) wholeheartedly with his
comprehcnd it” (Eli. el. VII 1 18); rùqu ìibbasu Id'it noblemen, his military fortes, (and) his chariots”
karassu “his (Marduk’s) heart is deep, his feelings (C'AD G 13 3 b 2); enùtna DN ...ina kùn \libbi\su ina
all cntoinpassing” (En. el. VII 155). énésti elléti uddanni\ma\ “when Assur designateti me
14. (Idi) (just, whole-hearted) 12?' c -S-> (Shalmanesser III) in his steadfast heart (looking
as? ■’nn'p -ras -z'~ n{< ETH “are you upon me) with his shilling eyes” (C'AD K 543a

179
 A n Akkadian Lexical. Companion for Biblical Hebrew

2); sa ilàni rabùti ina kim libbisunu ippalsuni\mma\ 87!") c); epes luti sciti ina libbi itamima kabattì hashàku
“thè great gods looked at me with their steadfast “I pondered about thè rebuilding of this tempie,
heart” (*CA1) ibid. and passim). For ina sulmi I wanted it in my heart” (CAD ibid. and passim);
libbi cf. CAI) S ! 254I1 c. Akk: istu libbi dabàbu “to ponder, think, mutter to
Cf. above for 331? n"]t?\ oneself, worry” (lit. “to talk to one’s heart”), e.g.,
18. (Id2) (to be, get well) /zb n^nn/TTn issi libbi\ni\ niddubub niptaqid ina muhhi ana sarri
zzb, e.g., nsò nrnn 1 ? 'ir rizrn 'n ò^rr; “let nissapra “we thought it over carefully again and
those who seek thè Lord praise í lini and be well notified thè king” (C'AD 1) 1 1 b 7 and passim).
forever” (Ps 22:27; ^ 69:33); U'bsp m~l n.V"^ 22. (kb) (to plot) zzbz npn, e.g., trrx nini
c-xan: zb nrnn’pi “ to revive thè spirits of thè □aaaba atinn Vx -nx “ do not plot evil against
lowly, to make well thè heart of thè broken” (Isa one another” (Zech 7:10; 8:17; cf. also Isa 10:7;
57:15); Akk: libbu halàlu, e.g., libbi itibanni ibtalta Ps 140:3); Akk: libbu kapàdu, e.g., libbasunu ikpud
“my heart became happy and got well” (CAI) Icmuttu “their hearts made evil plans” (C'AD K
B 53b la, all NA); màt Akkadi ìibbasu iballut “thè 1 73a 3' and passim); ana sarrùt (’.N ìibbasu ikpudma
country of Akkad will live well and be happy” “he plotted to become king of Hamath” (C'AD K
(CAD B 55a 2). 1 73b b and passim).
19. (LI2) (to trust, rely upon, have confidence The idiomatic hapax in thè forni 2*7 359P1
in) zb ntpa, ab nan ia ri “thè Lord has a positive connotation “pian out, deliberate,”
is my strength and my shield, my heart(-felt) e.g., iniJ^ ypi 'ni Ì3"H DEIT DnX zb “man may
trust in Him” (Ps 28:7; cf. also Prov 3:5); P!tD3 pian out his course, but it is thè Lord who direets
nbsja zb na “h er husband puts his confidence his steps” (Prov 16:9); Akk: libbu hasàsu “to pian,
in her” (Prov 31:11); Akk: libbu raliàsu, e.g., la deliberate.” e.g., Icssu ul idda liblnts ul ihsus “he did
tapallah usarhisanni libbu “‘be not afraid’ made you not think hard, he did not deliberate” (C'AD I I
confìdent” (*CA1) R 75 a );, remu arsisuma usarhissu 1 24b and passim in Semi.).
libbu “I (Esarhaddon) showed mercy to him and 23. (Id2) (inner thoughts, i.e., plans, desires)
made him confìdent” (C'AD R 753). zb niama, e.g., niat?na//nas}n obiu1? ’n nasi;
20. (U2) (to inquire into one’s true nature; ini nn*? ia1? 1 ‘thè Lord’s plans endure forever,
lit. to inspect thè heart) a 1 ? ]I13, e.g., niab ]n21 His designs for ages on end” (Ps 33:11); Akk:
Z'rbx “He who inspeets thè heart hissat libbi, e.g., “this statue of thè god DN, which
and conscience (lit. kidneys) is C!od thè righteous” did not exist before” ina hissat libbiya...Iu abni “I
(Ps 7:10) nnps 'Zb nana “You (thè Lord) (Assurnasirpal II) built upon my own intuition”
have visited me at night, Y011 inspected my heart” (CAD H 202a c).
(Ps 17:3; cf. also |er 17:3; Prov 12:3); Akk: libba 24. (Id2) (machination) 31 ? n'ann, e.g., )ÌTn
Iwtú/bará, e.g., Samas bel elafi u saplati...hà'it libba □?“? a'xa:n?: nan oa1? nonni b'Vx'. oppi npt?
nisi barù tcrcti “Samas thè lord of thè upper world “a lying vision, an empty divination, thè deceit
and thè lower world...inspector of thè heart of thè of their heart—they prophesy to you” (Jer 14:14;
nation, thè one who checks thè oracles” (*CA1) 23:26); Akk. niklat libbi (from nakàlu “to act
B 1 i6b c’); Marduk beli ihatu pini ibarri libbi “my cleverly”), e.g., [ina ni\klat libbisu “by thè tricks of
Lord Marduk inspeets thè word, examines thè his own devising” (CAD N 22ia 2); niklat ramimi,
heart” (C'AD B 1 i6b b’). e.g., niklata sa ramarti ana muhhi l’N ardi rài'anni sa
21. (U2) (to ponder; lit. to speak to one’s sarri belini idabbub “he plots evil machinations of
heart) zzbz/zbp nan/nax, e.g., nnaa nnxi his own invention against l’N, thè faithful servant
DWH ^aa^a “ you (king of Babylon) of thè king, our lord” (CAD ibid.).
thought in your heart ‘I will climb to thè sky’” 25. (Id2) (to keep in mind) ^/“in.3 na©
(Isa 14:13; cf. also Deut 7:17; 8:17; Esth 6:6 and zbz, e.g., Tpn 1 ? ^ina ana© “Tra Sx “do
passim); Akk: itti/ina libbi amu, e.g., lamnàtim ina not lose sight of them (my words), keep them in
libbisu ctawu “he ponders evil things” (C'AD A your mind” (Prov 4:21); --nrpx -n;£ï abz “in
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

my heart I kept Your commandment” (Ps i 19:1 1; libbu rapasti, e.g., rapas ìibbasu la'it karassu “his
cf. also Job 10:13); Akk: ina libbi nasàru, e.g., si heart is deep, his feelings all encompassing” (Eli.
ihsus qurdam illibbisa ittasar ananta “she, however, el. vii 155). c:f. ab ann.
thought of heroism, kept battle in mind” (CAI) 31. (kb) (to make/be obstinate; lit. harden/
H I24b). stiffen one’s heart) ab p-m, e.g., ab nX Tp‘“'
26. (Id2) (to take to heart, take seriously) ©SH nins “th en I will harden Pharaoh’s heart” (Exod
ab?, e.g., naba binar n^a nx «yaiji ]i?ab “in 14:4); Akk: libba gapàsu, e.g., assu sa amat Assur
order that thè house of Israel take (it) to heart” ilu bàniya la issuru ana emùq ramanisu ittakilma
(Ezek 14:5); Akk: ina libbi sabàtu, e.g., u anàku igpus libbu “because he (Cìyges king of Lydia)
amala sa l'N ina libbiya ayitamma ni asbat “and I did not observe thè collimami of thè Assur, my
have never taken to heart one word (said) by (Assurbanipal’s) begetter, but trusted his own
PN” (CAI) S 243 c and passim). This leads to thè power and hardened bis heart” (Streck, Asb II,
conclusion that thè subject of thè action is thè 2 1 :ii, 1 1 2—1 3).
House of Israel rather than Cìod (Garfìnkel, 139). ab nttfp/pTD, e.g., bxn©-1 n’a ba
(obstmate)
27. (kb) (to change one’s mind) ab nan ab 'rpv/nsr: *p?r “all Israel is brazen of
e.g., Tnai?a bai-.rb is? rófrb cab Tjsn “He forehead and stubborn of heart” (Ezek 3:7); □'Sani
changed their heart to hate His people, to plot 2b ■’pTni//Q''3S ’©p “for thè sons are brazen of
against I lis servants” (Ps 105:25); Akk: libbu santi, face//and stubborn of heart” (Ezek 2:4); Akk:
e.g., libbusu saniti immilla awtilum sanitum ilibbisit gipis libbi, e.g., ina gipis libbiya u susmtir kakkëya
la ibassi “his mind has changed—(but) there is no àia assibi “I besieged thè city 111 thè staunchness
different matter on his heart” (C'AI) L i7ob and of my heart and with thè fury of my weapons”
passim). (CAD Cì 8sb c).
28. (kb) (to crave, desire) ab E?j?3, e.g., ab 32. (IcÌ2) (to be in a bad mood, be upset)
niïT ÌÌ23 “thè (lit. heart of thè) prudent aab siin, e.g., “aab rn-, xb] ib jnn ]in?
seeks, cravcs (for) knowledge” (Prov 15:14); Akk: ib “give to him readily and do not be in a bad
libbu eresu, e.g., errissuma ìibbasu epes tàhazi “when mood when you givo to him” (Deut 15:10); ni?b
his heart craves to go to war” (C'AI) li 2<S3b 14'). “aab srr nr;^:...-a^r “why are you crying.. .and
29. (kb) (a wish, desire) ab m_Xn, e.g., niXn why are you in a bad mood?” (iSam 1:8); Akk:
nyao ba rna© n.^nxi ib nnn? iab “You bave libbu lemenu/lummunu, e.g., abi lisàbilamma libbi la
granted him his heart’s desire, have not denied ilemmiu “may my father send me (thè sheep and
thè request ofhis lips” (Ps 21:3); Heb: (idiomatic thè wool) so that I should not be upset” (*CA1)
hapax)ab n'bxtpa “h eart’s desire, request,” e.g., L 117a b and passim); libbu lummunu, e.g., kima
15b n.'bx??: rb ;r" ’n b» aaynni “ he joyful in tagamnuhni epus ahi atta libbi la tulamman gi mi anni
thè Lord and He will grant you thè desires of “act so as to do me a favor, please, do not upset
your heart” (Ps 37:4); Akk: sa 1)N u l)N i ana me, do me a favor” (*CAD L 1 1 8b 6).
biblat libbisu ittarrusuma “whom Assur and Ninurta 33. (Icb) (to be heartsick [an emotional
always led to (attain) his wish” (C'AD 13 22ib state]) ab nin, e.g., nbx biv/irib nn n^n nr by
2'); Akk: izimti libbi “heart’s desire,” e.g., aunlmn ìatóll “because of this we are heartsick (i.e.
izimti libbisu qàtàsu ikassada “thè person will obtain sad)//because of these our eyes darkened” (Lam
his heart’s desire through his own efforts” (CAD 5:17; cf also jer 8:18); aab bai 'bnb ©xn ba
I/J 3 I9a); nizmat libbi “heart’s desire,” e.g., nizmat 'H “every head is ailing and every heart is sick”
libbiya kima ili kasàdam “that I attain my heart’s (Isa 1:5; cf. also Jer 8:18); Akk: libbu maràsu “to
destre, like a god” (C'AI) N_ 304!! 2' and passim). be heartsick,” e.g., imras libbiZ/pann a ittakrú “I
30. (kb) (to broaden one’s understanding) be carne heartsick//my face was changed” (LKA
ab arnn, e.g., 'ab a^rnn *a//r-x “T'sr: Tj-n 25:5—6); ana lìnkidu libbi munt\s\ “my heart is sick
“I eagerly pursuc Your commandments for You for Enkidu” (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 278:20). C’f.
broaden my understanding” (Ps 1 19:32); Akk: Cìruber, 364.

1 8 1
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

34. (Idi) (to feci emotional distress; lit. to 1403 2' and passim)/aria lisagiì u liàbili ëziz ìibbasu
break thè heart) 31 ? e.g., ‘’3“]j?3 'ìb n3S?3 zentìtu irsi “(Marduk’s) heart was furious at Esagil
Trias? bp isrn “ my heart is broken within me, and Babylon, anger was in him” (C'AD E 427b);
all my bones are trembling” (Jer 23:9); ilSTll eli àli u biti sàsu libbus izuzma “his (Sìn’s) heart
n©mi 'ìb n"13© “reproaeh broke my heart, I am became furious against thè city and tempie”
weak” (Ps 69:21); Heb: ttfnnpV/31 ? ’in» 1 ? XShn (CAD ibid.).
□nÌ3i517i7 “He heals their broken heart//binding 37. (Id2) (furious, raging) T3“l 3*7, e.g., |n?1
their pain” (Ps 147:3); Heb: 31 ? '“DE?? 1 ? ©30^ ©33 ]Ì3X11 D^S? li ,l 73? T31 31 ? Dy’ 'n “thè
“to bind those whose heart is broken (i.e. those Lord will give you a raging heart, dilli eyes,
who are in pain)” (Isa 61:1); , X3n//3i7 "H3K73 despondent spirit (lit. dry throat)” (Deut 28:65);
ITH “brokenhearted (i.e., panicked, confused)// Akk: libbu aggu/czzu “angry, raging, furious
crushed in spirit” (Ps 34:19); n3“131 “I3E73 ^*7 heart,” e.g., libbaha ezzu aria asrisu litura libbaka
nnn c'nbx “G od, You will not despise a aggu aria asrisu litura “may your furious heart be
confused (lit. broken) and crushed (i.e., panicky) comforted, may your angry heart be comforted”
heart” (Ps 51:19); Akk: libba hepù, e.g., libbi la (C'AD A 1 soa lex. section and passim); irta libbisa
ittenehpi “I shall not worry (lit. my heart shall not aggitn ina uzzàtisa rabi'àtini sarrussu lirur “may she
be hurt)” (CAD LI 174b); libbi hcpi'auni ul niUik curse his kingship with her angry heart and great
“we are worried, we could not come” (C'AD fury” (C'H Epilogue).
ibid.); hip libbi “panie,” lit. “broken heart,” hip 38. (Id2) (to be furious, lit. inflame one’s
libbi issabtanni aptalah addatimi “panie seized me, heart) 331? DOn, e.g., “nOK Din bX3 JS
I became exceedingly frightened” (C'AD H 196I1 is^rn 133*7 Dn: "3 n^nn “l'est thè avenger pursue
4). Note thè Akk. sequence puhpuhhà nissata |...| thè killer when bis heart is inflamed and overtake
[tipi libbi isi\tu\ “bickering, sadness,..., anxiety, him” (Deut 19:6); Akk: libbu harnàtu, e.g., libbi
confusion” (CAD ibid.). tnàdis harnit “my heart is greatly inflamed” (CAD
35. (Id2) (to have thè heart pound, i.e., to I l 64b c, OB let.); hamit libbus dullasu maris “he
worry, be nervous) 3*7 p “H.nK 'n'I, ^7 n?n burns in his heart, his affliction is sore” (C'AD
bwe? 1 ? ^33 n*< nns bs inà nin “but ibid.).
afterward David’s heart wounded him (i.e., he The Akk. idiom hirnit libbi “burning of thè
was worried) for cutting off thè corner of Saul’s heart,” e.g., ina hirnit libbi ittanad\dar\ “through
(cloak)” (iSam 24:6; 2Sam 24:10); Akk: libbu anxiety of thè heart he will be contmually
naqddu, e.g., nasrànu...libbi sarri la inakkud “we are depresseci” (C'AD H 193I1 3), may be thè
011 guard, thè king need not worry” (C’AD N | functional equivalent of thè Heb. phrase n'ìll
1 53b ib); ahik màr sipriya...ismema ikkud ìibbasu n-]?3 ras abi “ but it was [thè word of God]
“he heard of thè arrivai of my messenger, and bis like a burning fire in my heart, (shut up in my
heart started pounding” (CAD ibid. and passim). bones),” which may express Jeremiah’s state of
In both [Sani 24:5 and 2Sam 24:10, Tg. J. anxiety and depression (Jer 20:9).
renders thè idiom as ^3^3 nin ©n'I “David was 39. (Id2) (perverse; lit. twisted heart) 33*7/3*7
worried in his heart.” rpr. e.g., ••irì73 -3n3v/3'3 xsp1 ab zb rp?
36. (Icb) (to be angry) ìb D^pn/^T, e.g., n?np bis'' “(a man) of crooked heart comes to
■3*7 v*" 'n br. i3“in nnx n^ix “ a man’s no good//and he who speaks duplicity falls into
folly subverts his way and his heart rages against trouble” (Prov 17:20); >-//'3PP “TO; 27 j?? 331 ?
thè Lord” (Prov 19:3); CT3~] D’P? 3*7 Tlp?pn] s?nx ab “ crooked heart will be far from me//I
□'133 ^13© ‘’K’POi “I will vex thè hearts of many will know 110 evil” (Ps 101:4); Akk: libbu egeru,
peoples when I bring [word of| your calamity” e.g., itgur libbasunuma//malli tussàti “their hearts
(Ezek 32:9); Akk: libbu agàgu/ezezu, e.g., libbi are perverse//they are full of inalice” (C'AD E
igugma issarih habatti “my (Assurbanipal’s) heart 42a c).
became angry, my mood furious” (*CAD A| 40. (Id2) (to make/be happy) /31? npt^/np©
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

nnb, e.g., ’n ni^p//nb tpép ancr ’n nips persecuted thè downtrodden and thè poor and
D"T?? rn^KO ^he Lord’s precepts are just hounded thè broken-hearted to death” (Ps
(and) they cause joy//the Lord’s coniniandment 109:16); Akk: kusup libbi (from Akk. kasàpu “to
is pure, (and) it causes happiness (lit. makes thè chip”), e.g., ina kusup libbi amuat ki sa rilassarti1 sa
eyes shine)” (Ps 19:9 and passim); "'tópnP zb nOÉT sarri...la anassaruni “I am dying of heartbreak that
n “let all who seek thè Lord rejoice” (iChr 16:10 I cannot perforili thè Service for thè king” (C'AD
and passim); '.zb r.npr arrn inann av Z “on his K 587I-), NA*).
(Solomon’s) wedding day and on his day of joy” 42. (kb) (dread) nnb nns, e.g., ïjrnb nnsp
(SoS 3:1 1; cf. also lice 5:19); Akk: libbu hadiì / /inài nnsri nt??X “frolli thè fear of your heart, which
tiamàru “thè heart rejoices/7thc eyes shines,” e.g., you will dread” (Deut 28:67); Akk: adirati1 sa libbi,
|is\tcmc awàte tuppi sarri bcliya u yilidi libbiya//11 e.g., liptattiru adirata sa libbiya “may apprehensions
cnnatnrù 2 ctiàya dannis “I heard thè words of thè be removed from my heart” (CAD A I27a b and
king my lord, my heart rejoiced//and my two passim).
eyes shone greatly” (E A 142:6-10; E A 144:14- 43. (kb) (heartache) nb 3X?, e.g., DF1X1
18); ana au’at...ììbi...iqlmsunusini libbasunu rcsis 'b-br. nn n???; nb nx?p ips>?n “but you
tlidtl “their hearts grew jubilantly happy (at) thè shall cry from anguish and wail from heartache”
words that 1)N said to them” (CAD H 2sb 1 and (Isa 65:14); Akk: surup libbi (from Akk. saràpu A
passim). See Gruber, 585. “to burn”), e.g., ina surup libbi rigme sarpis addiki
(happiness) nP© nb, e.g., CnS nP© nb “I cned to you ardently (and) with heartache”
nx?? nn nb r.Z'$SZ' “a joyfuf heart makes a (C'AD S 257a lex.).
cheerful face, a sad heart makes a despondent 44. (kb) (to despair, said of thè heart) /t^X 1
mood” (Prov 15:13; cf. also Prov 17:22); /JÍÉ7É? nb 1 ‘cause thè heart to despair/be worried,”
zb rrp. e.g., nb n abivb ^Trinx? vbn: e.g., nb m'b '38 TriaDI “I turned to let my
npn “i inherited Your decrees forever, they are heart despair” (Ecc 2:2o)/Xnp$ ^bx f")Xn nSpP
my heart’s joy” (Ps 119:11 1, idiomatic hapax)/rQtP nb ^£3173 “from thc end of thè earth I cali to
ubinp bnxb -sn? unb tri©?? “gone is thè joy oV You when my heart despairs (lit. is flint)” (Ps
our hearts, our dancing is turned into mourning” 61:3); Akk: libbu asasu, e.g., itanassus libbi “my
(Lam 5:15, idiomatic hapax); Akk: libbu elsu, heart continually despairs” (*CAD A ( 4243 b and
e.g., libba elsa sa màdis la nasi iss\akkan\ “he will passim).
be given a joyful heart, thè utmost he can bear” nb nnn, e.g., crn'bx
45. (kb) (wisdom)
(C’AD li 1 ioa; OB*); Akk: hadi/ljud/clcs/ulus libbi nb nnhi nxa nnnn njnrn nó'btfb npnn “God
“joy/happiness of thè heart”s, e.g., sari balàtjya u granted Solomon wisdom in great measure, with
badi libbi ardika “(thè king) is my life’s breath and understanding and expanded heart, mind” (ìKgs
thè joy of thè heart of your servant” (CAD 11 2sa 5:9); Akk: libbu rapsu / ritpàsu (from Akk. rapasti “to
b, li A 141:1 1; let. fr. Beirut)//mi lìti hùd libbi ana be come wide”), e.g., Marduk ana mninàni sunuti
Akkadi ilùra “he returned victoriously, joyfully to libba rapsa iddinsunùtima “granted magnanimity
Akkad” (CAD H 223b and passim)/ana Babili... to those sages” (C’AD R 165b b and passim);
ina eles libbi nummur pani Itadis minima “I joyfully Marduk bclu rabù libbi ritpàsu...rasaunima “Marduk,
entered Babylon with joy in my heart and beaming thè great lord, obtained for me (Cyrus) great
face” (C’AD E 1 ioa)//7;« ulus libbi hud patii u tcdiqi magnamimty” (CiAD R 382b).
“ili joy of heart, witli happy mien and in festive The Heb. idiomatic expression /zb nni
attire” (C'AD H 2243 c); Akk: nug libbi “ joy of nnb (twice attested with thè idioms Dn/nn?
thè heart,” e.g., binti Nannarigasratu nug libbi linlil □T? “high, lifted eyes [i.e., proud, pompous|”)
“daughter of thè moon-god, mighty one, Enlil’s connotes a haughty person. This meaning seems
heart’s joy” (C'AD N 3 1 3a and passim). to be absent from thè Akk. idioms libbu rapsu/
41. (Id2) (broken-hearted) nnb nX??, e.g., ritpàsu. Note also thè Akk. idiom libbu suddulu
nnipb nnb nx?" ':y r*x “but “far-reaching heart, mind,” e.g., ina libbirn sundulti
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sa ili bàniya usarsanni “with thc wisdom (lit. far- scxually with one of your eye-shaped pebble,
rcaching heart) that my god, my creator, granted with one chain of your necklace.”
to me” (CiAD S 1943 c and passim). Citi 1’»
46. (Id2) (in gen ni ty) nb ni3?n, e.g., Dnfc ttbp
snn nnxba bn nièwb nb na?n “He (thc Lord)
rob* = Akk. libbatu s. pi. tantum fr. OA, OB on
fully endowing them with ingcnuity to executc
(CiAD L 1 f»3b; AHw 548b). rage.
any work of thè carver” (Exod 35:35); Akk: niklat
libbi “ingcnuity,” e.g., ina niklat libbiya...sumsunu IDIOMATIC USACI’.

ambima “through my ingcnuity, I (Sennacherib) 1. (Idi) (tobe filled with rage) (Heb. idiomatic
gave names (to thè doors and their counter- hapax) ’n , rix dk? ^nnb nba^; na “how am I
yards)” (C'AI) N, 22ob 1 and passim in Scnn.); filled with rage against you, says thè Lord Cìod”
Akk: ina niklat ratnani ingcnuity, e.g., abiti siparri... (Ezek 16:30); Akk: libbàti malti to be filled with
ina niklat ramaniya usepisma “I (Sennacherib) had a rage against, e.g., santini libbàti imtala “thc king
gate of bronze made according to my clever idea was filled with rage”; assumi harrànika Unni libbàtika
(i.e., my ingcnuity)” (CiAD ibid.). mali “because of your journey thc god is filled
nb,
47. (Id2) (guilelcss; lit. pure heart) “IÌÌ112 with anger against you” (CiAD L 1643 2').
e.g., ■'nnpn ©nn jìd? nni D*nb$ ’b xnn "lina zb
nbaX is taken here as a Pu'al imperfect of ìÒa
“fashion a pure heart for me, O Cìod, create in
“to fili,” with a shift of X to n, which is common
me a steadfast spirit” (Ps 51:12); 3*7 “lintp nìlX
in X"b verbs.
“he loves purity of heart” (Prov 22:1 1); Akk: libbu
ellu, e.g., libbisu eliti limili “may his pure heart be (Ili Cohen, Hapax 47-48; Mankowski, 77-80.

cairn!” (CiAD 1. i6sblex.).

48. (Id2) (midst of bodies of water) /nnb = Akk. labànatu s. SB; WSem. lw. (CiAD L
□'Dyn; nb/“i 1 1 thè midst of thè sea/on thè high 8b; AHw 522a). frankincense.
seas” (Exod 15:8; Ezek 27:4; J0 1 1 2:4; Prov 23:34;
30:19); Akk: libbi nari: ki sa libbi nari nchi “like thè Akk. labànatu occurs in medicai contexts, and in a
calili ìniier part of thè river” (CiAD L 1693). medicai commentary is equated to urti “spoking-
plant” (CiAD L 8a).
PARAI I LI.ISM
I H van Bcek, lìiAr ^3/3 (i<X>6) 70ÍF.
49. (Pari) (heart//liver). s.v. nnn.

Erab = Akk. lubsu, lubustu s. fr. OAkk. on (CiAD

?? Akk. ìababu v. SB (CiAD L 7a; AHw 52ib).
L 232I1; AHw 561 a), clothing.
Akk. to rage; Heb. to arouse scxually?
cognati ; accusativi ;
N.M. Waldman (JBL 89 [1970] 215-217)
1. (CA) (to wear a garment) Efanbp Knb
maintains that in SoS 4:9 thè Heb. verb nnb is not
(idiomatic hapax), ■'“DJ tràbp D’tZnbn b? “all
to be derived from ab, nnb “heart,” rather is thè
who wear foreign dress” (Zeph 1:8); Akk: lubsa
etymological as well as thè semantic equivalent
labàsu, e.g. ulablnsuka lubsa rabà “clothed you in a
of Akk. verb labàbu, LH nnb and that a semantic
great garment” (Cìeorge, CÀlgameslt, 640:137).
development has taken place in BH from a sense
PIIKASLOLOGY
“to rage”>”to be arouscd in fury,” to one of “to
be arouscd scxually.” Although Waldman admits 2. (Phr2) mnbp Ennb “ royal garment” (Esth
that this semnatic development is not apparent in 6:8; 8:15); Akk: lubustu sa saniiti, e.g., lubulti
Akkadian, nevertheless, he rcnders thè lexeme sarrùtisu ishutma “he strippcd off his royal garment”
m SoS 4:9, i.e. nma ”r?nb nbn Timf "rqnb (CiAD L 233b b). Cf. also lubustu sa sani “attire of
-•:--;sa p:r nnxn -*rra “ you arouscd me thè king,” e.g., lubustum sani sa ina sabàt qàte ilàni
scxually my sister, my bride, you arouscd me illabbis “(thb being) thè attire of thè king, in which
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

he vested at thc ceremony of thc accompanying by labittu (CiAD I, 1763; AHw 55 ia). brick, muti
of thc divine images” (CAD L 233b b). brick.
1 >li NOTATI Vli
cognati ; accusativi;
3. (Dcn2) irnbs nnn...Di“ixp xa rrr 'Q
1. (CA) □ , ’3?b pbb “make bricks” (Cìen 1 1:3;
“who is coming from Edom.. .niajcstic in attire?”
Lxod 5:7); Akk: libitta labàtui, e.g., awilam dati nani
(Isa 63:1); Akk: e.g., lubusta rabita lubusta huràsi
ana libittim labdnim turdam “send me a strong man
sàmi Marduk u Stirpaliitu In ulabbisusunutinia “I clad
for making bricks” (CiAD L cja and passim).
Marduk and Sarpanitu with a splendici garment,
2. (CA) (straw for brick-making) |2n nnb
a garment (decorateci) with red gold” (CiAD L
cnnbn pbb oi?b ‘ ‘you shall 110 longer provide
23 5a b).
straw for making thè bricks” (Lxod 5:7); Akk:
Cf. rà 1 ?» ,03*7 v. tibui sa ana lcbcnn\sa Muniti “straw for making
bricks” (CiAD L 1773 b).
(nX’Ob/rPD^O = Akk. labbu (/abbatti) fr.
Akk. libbitu is glossed in EA by labitu = labittu,
OAkk. 011 (CiAD L 243; 233; AHw 5263). lion, e.g., u tinammusu libittu (gloss: labittu) istu \s\upal
lioness. tappatisi u anàku la inainmtisii istu stipai sepe sarri
bcliya “though a brick may move from beneath
DliNOTATI Vii
its companions, I will not move from beneath thè
1. (Dc'112) (to roar said ofa lion), e.g., ib 113X27
feet of thè king my Lord” (E A 296:16-22; let. fr.
□iiri =--'?22 3X2T xnbs “their (thè AssyrianV)
Yahtiru).
roaring is like a lion’s, they roar like a great beast”
It seems that thè only reason thè Can. scribe
(Isa 5:29); Akk: utta’ar ki /abbi “he (thc Anziì-bird)
added thè gloss is because it is a little closer to
was roaring like a lion” (CiAD N 8a); ina pi /abbi
thè Heb. i"I33b in its originai forni; thus HjQb >
nà'iri ni ikkimii salaintu “one would not snatch a
riabilititi!, which could also have developed into
carcass from thc jaws ofa ravening lion” (Rrra V
labittu with a short a vowel between thè n and
1 1 ).
t eliding (Ausstossvoka! principio) and thè 11 then
The above Isaiah verse depicting thè Assyrians assimilating to t, i.e., nt > tt.
(in war) as a raging lion is comparable to thè tjr cf. pb v.
description of their kings as labbis nudarti “to rage
like a lion”; e.g., ina uggat libbiya nmmànàt Assur
gapsàti adkema labbis annadirma ana kasàui unitati = Akk. labàsu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CiAD L 173;
satina astakan paniya “in thè anger of my heart I AH w 52 3b). to wear.
(Sargon II) set in motion thè mighty armies of
IM IRASliOI.OCY
Assur, and, raging like a lion, set out to conquer
1. (Pliri) (to wear a garment) CS’pbn/Ehb
those lands” (CiAD I, 23b a); labbis annadirma
rana, e.g., ^ab" EHp “12 np? (Lev 16:4; SoS
issarli} kabatti “I (Esarhaddon) became as angry as
5:3; Isa 22:21; Exod 29:5); Akk: kutàna labàsu,
a lion, my mood became furious” (CiAD ibid.).
e.g., kutàuam allitabsisu addissum “I gave him a
In Akk. labbu is a poetic word for “lion,”
kutàna-textile for his clothing” (CiAD K 6o7b).
contrasted to thè more common ncsti.
2. (Phn) (to wear a breastplate) (Epbn/Khb
Cf.
ITHp/lTHt?, e.g., 273b , l Ì®K“I bi? nt?T!3 SHip |n31
lint» inix “and he (Saul) placed a bronze helmét
|3b = Akk. labtinu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CiAD L 8b; on his (David’s) head and clothed him with a
AHw S22a). to make bricks. breastplate” (iSam 17:38; Jer 46:4); Akk: siriani
litbusu, e.g., attalbisa siriani liuliam situai sciti àpira
Cf. na 1 ?.
ràsua “I (Sennacherib) put 011 a siriani and covered
my head with thè helmet fit for battio” (CiAD S
= Akk. libittu s. fr. OAkk. on; LA: glossed 3 ' 3 b).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

3. (Phre) D'in/lj? Ehb “wear clothing” “be clothed 111 terror,” e.g., Dnipj?”! '“I32 niO
(e.g., Cìen 28:20; Lev 6:4; Ezek 42:14); Akk: Ì2731 ?' ni“nn 'ItDÈE’IT “they (thè kings) shall take
subàia labàsu, e.g., khna subàtam la labsàku ul fide off their embroidcred garments, they shall clothe
“do you not know that I do not have a garment thcmsclvcs with terror” (Ezek 26:16); Akk:
to put on?” (CAD L iyb b and passim). puluhta labàsu, e.g., ana epes tàhazi sutalbusu pulhàti
4. (Phr2) (to dress in rags) HOl] D’ffnjpi “they are clad in terror for doing battio” (CiAD
“and slumber will clothe (you in) rags” (Prov L iya d).
23:21); Akk: subài naksu labsàkuma “I was dressed
in a torn garment” (CiAD L i8a); karra labàsu, e.g.,
ìb = Akk. lu indecl. prec. part. fr. OAkk. 011 (CiAD
quddud appasti panusu \arpu\ karru labis male na\si\
L 2243; AFlw 5.s8b). Akk. be it, indeed, or; Heb.
“his head hanging down, his face pale, clad in
be it, if.
rags, with unkempt hair” (CiAD K 222a, Descent
of Istar); ana mattili karra labsàta ina màtiui ilù sina DENOTATIVE.

halqùma anàku karra labsàku “for whom are you 1. (Dcii2) (bc it) ^33*7 rrir ‘jmïí’ ìb “let it
dressed in a mourning garment? From thc land he that Ishmael will live before you” (Cìen 1 8:1 8);
two gods are missing and so I ani dressed in a Akk. fatili suhàram lu màruki “take thc boy, let him
mourning garment’” (Adapa 43'—44'). be your son” (CiAD L 224I-) 1).
5. (Phr2) (to elodie 111 red) 2. (Deii2) (even i f) ■'ed bv ‘rpr xòi
e.g., trns? djj ■’3E7 ccràbsn “i will clothe you ^DD “even if 1 had a thousands shekels of silver in
in scarlet and fmery” (2Sam 1:24; Jer 4:30; Prov my hands, (I would not raise a hand against thè
31:21); Akk: subàta sàma lubbusu, e.g., subàta sàuna king)” (2Sam 18:12); Akk. atti lu sabsàt “even if
subàt namrirri zumur ella utabbiska “1 have clothed you are angry” (CiAD L 22sb b).
your pure body 111 a red garment, a garment of
The forni lùmc occurs at Ugarit*: u lùme sùbulumma
awesome splendor” (CiAD S 1273 lex. section).
“would that you not send” (CiAD L 2463).
6. (Phr2) (to wear goatskm) ""l? rhiJ mi
vt □■'•rrn “ and she covered his hands IH Speiser, A lì 1 170:5; Westcnnann, 371:6;).
witli thè skins ofkids” (Cìen 27:16); Akk: summa
awilu maski tirisi labis “if a man (dreams that he) — Akk. lamiì (lawti) v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CiAD I.
is clad 111 thè hide of goat” (CiAD M i 378a 2'); 6ya; AIIw 541 a), to encircle; Heb. to accompany,
\iltabbi\is maski labbimtna irappud s\era\ “he will join oneself to (referring only to people).
don thè skin of a I1011 and go roaming thè |wild|”
DENOTATIVE
(Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsh, 642:147).
I RANSFLRLI) MEANING
i. (i)en2) ...'bx ■’etk n^ip, Di?3n nn? “i!?xm_
')b in© xnjp I? bv “and she (Leali) deelared, ‘this
7. (TM2) (to be clad in splendor) nin EÓ 1 ?
time my husband shall encircle (i.e., accompany)
Tlìll “be clothed in majesty,” e.g., n^nìl 'il
me’, therefore he was named Levi (i.e., thè one
mnb “inni nin nxr? “ O Lord my Cìod, you are
who encircles)” (Cìen 29:34); Akk: bila ilammù
very great; you are clothed ili glory and majesty”
itarrùnimma “(thè gods) walk around thc sanctuary
(Ps 104:1); tón'pn inni nini rn:n pio «3 nn?
and return” (Rit. Are., p. 120: 1 1); magratta annìta
“deck yourself now with grandeur and eminence;
sibùtu itanru u il tamii “thè witnesses have seen and
clothe yourself in glory and majesty” (Job 40:10);
walked round this threshing floor” (CiAD L 71:1
Akk: mclamma labàsu/halàpu “to be clothed/draped
b).
with splendor” (i.e. awe-inspiring siiceli), e.g., sa
salummat ranni litbusu mclammi “he who wears thè Whereas ABD asserts that “thc meaning of thè
slieen, (who) is clad in splendor” (CiAD L 173 lex. name is uncertain,” it seems that thè equation
section); labis mclammi csret ilàni “(Marduk) clad in with Akk. latvù “to encircle, to move in a circle”
thc splendor of ten gods” (CiAD M ioa). depiets thè actual function of thè Levites, whose
8. (TM2) (to be clad in terror) HÍTin EQ*? task was to encircle, i.e., protect thè Tent of
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hlbrf.w

Meeting, e.g., ^nx nx moen nb?! Bib — Akk. litu B s. NA (CiAD L 223!-»; AHw ss8a).
nnj?- 1 x 1? in bnxn nnàs? bib nyia “they
Akk. sketch, drawing; Heb. covering.
(thè Levites) shall move in a circle around you
and discharge thè duties of thè Tent of Meeting, denotativi;

all thè Service of thè Tent, but no outsider shall i.(i)cii2) (npsa/Aoi1?) 'ib nrn nns
intrude upon you” (Num 18:4). bv npioan nppani crasn bs bv toi^n ai^n
IH AHI), 2y4a. □ h i?n by> “and he will destroy 011 this mount
Cf. rn 1 ?* .rriy. thè shroud that is drawn over thè faces of all thè
peoples and thè covering that is spread over all thè
nations” (Isa 25:7); Akk: litu//usumittu “sketch//
niS = Akk. leu (Icku, liT). s. fr. OAkk. 011. Sum. K ‘ii-
stela,” e.g., sarru bòli littu òtcsir usumittu izzaqap
u-uni (CiAD L is6b; AIIw S4C>b). Akk. writing-
“thè king, my lord, drew a sketch (and) erected
board (> document); board-shaped object; I leb.
thè stela” (CiAD L 223b).
board.
'•*' Cif. ah v.
IMIIi. ASEOLOGY

1. (Phr2) (to write 011 a board) bv TQnpi ÌTlb/ìT'Ò* = Akk. limitu s. (Ci)B liuHat) fr. Ci)A,
nrnnnn nx ninòn “i shall write 011 thè tablets OB (CiAD L 191 a; AIIw 558a). Akk. perimeter;
thè words...” (Exod 34:1,28; Deut 10:2,4); Akk: Heb. wreatli, spirals.
ina le i ana muhhika satir “(thè 33 shekels) are
recorded in your name in thè document” (*CAI) denotativi ;

L 1 57b 2' and passim). I.(l)en2) -’^XnV nn |n nn1? “they (thè

parental instructions) are a graceful wreath upon
Whereas BH ’2X nrÒ “tablets of stone”
(e.g., Exod 24:12; 34:1,4,28) is commonly your head” (Prov 1:9; 4:9); hirisànisunu suppuìma
sutashuru limissun “their moats were deep, making
employed, in Akk. only wood and metal are
attested. a complete circle” (CiAD L I92b c).

The semantic equivalent of Heb. idiomatic Whereas Akk. limitu has a wide rango of meanings,
hapax m 1 ? “cedar board” (e.g., n^n DX1 bh n;f? has an additional semantic development,
nò n'by msj x^n “i f she is a door, we will i.e., “orcuniference > circle > wreath.”
panel it with cedar board” (SoS 8:9)) is thè Akk. Note also that jnn 1 ? “leviathan” (thè name
expression (lappi cròni “cedar board,” e.g., ina of thè mythological serpent), which is modified
(lappi crini sa kaspa litbusu usatrisa sulùlsu “I laid once (Isa 27:1) by jin^pSJ ©P13 “thè twisting
over it (thè construction) as roofing cedar boards serpent” (Isa 27:1), may likewise be related to thè
plated with silver” (CiAD D io6a a). verb laum - mb, i.e., “th e one who makes circles”
IH Tawil, BASOR 341 (2006) 37-52. (in thè sea).
Cif. irò v.
tOlb = Akk. latu v. OB 011 (CiAD L 1 13a; AIIw
54ob). Akk.: to control, confine; Heb. to wrap or 271^ = Akk. làsu A v. OB, Bogh., SB (CiAD L 1 lob;
cover. AHw 54oa). to knead.

di ; notati vi; denotativi ;

1. (Dcii2) nbpra nmb xn nan “it is over 1. (I)eii2) (to knead flour) KÒni nì3j? nj?ni
there, wrapped in a cloth” (1 Sani: 21:10); TIE niUD msni “and she took flour, kneaded (it) and
mnnx? ■ ‘he wrapped his face with his mantle” baked unleavened bread” (iSam 28:24); Akk:
(iKgs 19:13); Akk: e.g., là'it crscti rapasti “(Samas) e.g., hasi sikuti\m\.. .istònis ime ildsma ukassàma “he
who Controls thè entire earth” (CiAD L i 133 b). kneads powdered kastì together with water; he
c:f. dò . cools it” (CiAD L 1 lob).

187
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

Whereas Akk. employs thè noun listi (CAI) !.. as an ox licks up thè grass of thè field” (Num 22:4);
2i6a) for “dotigli,” BH utilizes thc vocable pS3 Akk: (said of an ox), e.g., stimma alpu masklsu ulcìk
(e.g., Exod 12:34,39; 2Sam 13:8). “if an ox licks its skin” (CiAD L 1 i6a b).

nb ?? Akk. Ialiti s.; syn. list* WSem. lw. (CAI) I. □nb — Akk. Icmu v. OAkk. (ta’amu), OB, Bogh.,
453; AI lw 528b) sprout; young shoot (CDA 1763). EA, SB, NA, NB (CiAD L i2Óa; AHw 5433). Akk.
to take food or drink to soften (111 thè mouth); Heb.
The three dictionaries (CiAD, AIIw, Cd) A) use as food, eat.
maintain that Iàliti employed in thè syn list*
(lìxplicit Malku HI) i.e., Ialiti = pi ritti “shoot,” is a denotativi ;

WSem. lw. von Soden equates it with BH adj. Tlb 1. (l)en 1) T13DÌ2 pp 'Cnbs ÌBnb 131?
“wet.” Thus, assuming a semantic development “come, eat from my (Wisdom’s) food, and drink
“wet”>”young shoot.” from my mixed wine” (Prov 9:5); Akk: adi enea
la tàmuru akalam sikaram la tala'amu “before you
have mct me you shall not take bread or beer”
‘'tlb = Akk. Ialiti s. Nuzi, SB (CiAD L 44I1; AHw
(CAD L 12ób 1, OAkk. let.).
S 2 8 b ) . Akk. jaw; H e b . jaw, check.
Note thè three variants of thè verb: Akk. “1. OB
PIIRASEOI.OGY
and SB leniti to which belong OAkk. *laljàmu
1. (Phr2) (to strike thè cheek/jaw), e.g., ...n3, l (tala'am) and NA le'antu. 2. OB and SB *lemti................
’nVil *7SJ “he struck (Micaiah) 011 thè check” (Kgs 3. NB ìchcmu (prct. alhcm, pres. ilehhem)” (CiAD
22:24; Mie 4:14; Ps 3:8 etc.); Akk: leljà mahàsu, L 1273).
e.g., mihslsu sa P N itamru lahesti ina hatti mahis u
dama mttssur “they looked at thè bruises of P N :
= Akk. haìàsu v. fr. OB 011 (CiAD H 40a;
his jaws had been bruiscd with a stick, and were
AHw 31 ia). Akk. 1. to press, squeeze, and 2. to
bleeding” (CiAD I. 44b).
clean by combing; Heb. (metathesis) squeeze, press,
2. (Phr2) (jawbone of an animai) “1100 'nb
fìg. to oppress.
“jawbonc of an ass” (Judg 1 s: 1 5,16); Akk: laljc alpi
“jawbone of an ox” (CiAD L 44b lex. section). KB 1 equates Akk. halàstt to Heb. fbn. KB"s

Whereas in BH Tl'p comes to connote both “jaw” asscrtions are unwarranted 011 semantic grounds.

and “cheek,” Akk. employs thè noun letti for Although Akk. baiasti “to press, squeeze out” and
Heb. fbn ' “pulì off > save, resene” are related
“check.” Accordingly, thè Akk. idiom Icta mattasti
etymologically, they are semantically distinct.
“to strike thè cheek” is thè semantic equivalent of
Akk. lialàsu, which is employed in sequencc with
Heb. , nb (n bs?) n?n, e.g., salirti u samù limitasti
sahàtu (= Heb. 0112?) “to press” (grapes and other
Ictka “thè drunken and thè thirsty shall strike your
fruits), also means “to press.” Although devoid of
cheek” - a Symbol of humiliation (Descent of Istar
this Akk. usage, ncvcrtheless, it seems better to
r. 1:28); Heb: e.g., nS“m S?3®’ 1 "II 1 ? ]rr
equate Akk. halàstt to Heb. fnb “press,” invoking
“let him offer his cheek to thè smiter, let him be
a metathesis that commonly occurs between these
surfeited with shame” (Lam 3:30).
two languages.
I H T a w i l , Nahtild 2 ( 2 0 0 1 ) 1 — 1 3 .
Th — Akk. Icku v. OB, SB (CiAD L 1 i6a; AHw
542a). to lick.
ttfnb = Akk. *lahàsti V. OB, MB, SB (CiAD L 4 ob;
DliNO IATI Vii AHw 528a). Akk. to murmur (a prayer) (Gt-Stem),
i. (Dem) (to lick, said of an ox) 1311^ nn? to whisper (D-stem); to whisper to oneself (Dt-
nx “ritèn -nb3 irnrrnp b3 nx bnpn Stem); Heb. to murmur, whisper (Pi‘el), to whisper
“now this hoard will lick clean all that is about us to each other (Hitpa'el).
 A n Akkadian Lexicae Companion por Biblicai. Hebrew

DENOTATIVE “(So long as thè earth endures, ...), day and night
1. (1)0112) (to nnirmur a speli) »027' iÒ “I27X shall not cease” (Gen 8:22); Akk: scrini lilàti, “day
□ano nnnn “inin n'orbi; ‘rípV “so no onc will and night” (CAD L 1 8sa b); EA: seri u Ulama “days
hear thè niurinur of thè channers or thè expert and nights” (EA 195:13; let. fr. Damascus; for thè
mutterer of spells” (Ps 58:6); Akk: kalu ... una uzni reading li(’)nw “people” instead of lì lama “night”
imittisu ana uzni sumclisu ula\hhas\ “thè kalu-singer 111 EA 195:13; 205:6, see Morati, AL 273:2).
whispers (thè prayer) into his right ear (and) into di noi \11\i
his loft ear” (CAI) L 4ob h).
2. (Dem) (coldness of thè night), e.g., DÌ #3
2. (I)eii2) (to whisper to oneself/each other), nb^3 nijpi 3"in “scorching heat ravaged
e.g., D'tórònP vns? n in k-p] “ and David saw me by day and frost by night” (Cìen 3 1:40); Akk:
that his servants were whispering to each other” ina serti irnim ina lilàti kussu “is fevensh in thè
(2Sani 12:19; Ps 41:8); Akk: summa ultaljljis “if he morning and cold at night” (CiAD L 1S5I1 d).
whispers to himself, (then ...)” (CAD I. 4>a).
PIIRASEOI.OGY
,j?' C'f. ©nb.
3. (Phr2) (terror of thè night) /ïïb'b 1112
ní^ “terror (lit. fear) of thè night”: iib
= Akk. liljsu s. SB, NA (CAD 1. 1843; AHw DÍ3Í’' fnp H1SÍ2 “you need not fear thè
SS2a). Akk. speli, rumor; Heb. speli, aniulet. terror by night or thè arrow that flies by day” (Ps
91:5); nìb'bì “insp ìdt bv •n-jn etx “each with
Three of thè fi ve Heb. references deal with spells
sword 0 1 1 thigh because of terror by night” (SoS
against snakes. In Isa 3:20 thè term denotes a
3:8); Akk: e.g., musitu pululitu sa lilàti “night, thè
physical object (presumably used with spells). terror of thè evening” (CiAD L 1853 b).
In one Akk. passage liljsu refers to rumors:
musadbibut liljsu “those who spread rumors” The Can. forili lelu is once employed as thè
(CAD I. i84a a). Also, in Akk. thè construction antonym of scru (I leb. “11127) “morning/dawn,”
liljsa lahàsu may exist: liljsu tu\laljljas\ tcriqqamma e.g., ana sepe sani bcliya Samas sipir seri u letama
7-su ana pani 7-tanni amqut “at thè feet of thè king,
“you |murmur| thè prayer and go away” (CAD
my lord, thè sun, thè messenger of thè morning
L 4oa b).
and thè night seven times (and) seven times I fall”
Cf. crò v .
(EA 195:1 1 — 15; let. fr. Biryawaza). lei is attested
as a gloss for misa “night”: u anumma inassaru CN
2^5 = Akk. ladinnu (laduu, ladunu) s. ài sani bcliya una u misa (gloss: lei) “and beliold I
SB, NB (CAD L 36,1; AIIw 5273). ladanum (an guard Megiddo, thè city of thè king, my lord, day
aromatic). and night” (EA 243:10-13; let. from Megiddo).

Ladanum was among thè caravan goods of thè

rP ì?'’i7 = Akk. lilitu (//7/5 masc.) s. OB, SB; Sum. lw.
Ishmaelites and thè gifts ofjacob’s sons that were
HI, wind (CiAD L Hjoa; AI Iw 553a). demon.
brought to Egypt (C'.en 37:25; 43:11). Twenty
talents ofladanum was among thè tribute presented DENOTATIVE
to Tiglat-pileser III by King Rezin of Aram.
1. (Dem) (ìnhabiting places uninhabited by
( I l C ' o h e n , H a p a x 5 7 : 3 7 ; T a d m o r , l'igldt-Pilcscr III, 5 4 humans) (BH hapax) nXSEI HiTìnn D27 “JX
XIX:6. rmp pò ' ‘there ( 1 1 1 thè desolation of Edom) too
thè lilith shall repose” (Isa 34:14); Ulti sa ina seri
ittanasrabbitu “thè lilù-demons, which rage about
= Akk. lilàtu s. pi. tantum fr. OAkk.,
incessantly in thè plain” (CiAD L njob lex.).
OB 011 (CAD L 1843; AHw 552b). night.
Sum. HI points to “phantom,” “ghost,” “haunting
MERISMUS spirit” (CiAD L 6ob).
i. (Mer2) (day and night) iràET ìÒ On Ili Ciohen, Hapax 133:66.

1 89
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biislical Hebrew

— Akk. ttesti s. fr. OB on (CiAD N i93a; AHw 3. (Deii2) (other skills) n©j? HTirr '35 "IS1?1?
“to teach thè Judites ‘|The Song of thc| Bow’,”
7833). lion (I leb. interchange).
(2Sam 1:18); Akk. naggàrùtu dnllu qàtesu gabbi mala
denotativi ; sCimaQ) lamdu tilammassu “he will teach him thè
1. (I )en2) (lion and cubs) Xp 1 ? ';n//Z"b carpenter’s craft, his entire craft, whatever he
“lion//lion cubs,” e.g., ^nV/^ia 13K himself was tauglit” (CiAD 1. s8a b).
nnsir xnb “ die lion perishes for lack of prey// ,j?' c.f. Tiob .T'o’pn.
and thè lion’s cubs scattered” (job 4:1 1 ; cf. also Isa
30:6, i.e., V'b) K'nb; Prov 30:30, i.e., "1123 V'b
ma 1 ? — Akk. lamdu, litndti, lummudu, adj. (CiAD L
n0!133 “thè lion is inightiest aniong thè beasts”);
C>7b; 19K1; 24ób; AHw 533b; 5C>3b). experienced,
Akk: ncsù - muràtil nè si “lions - lion cubs,” e.g.,
trained.
1 5 ttesù dannùti istu sadc u qisàte ina qàte asbat 50
murarti ne si lu assà “I (Assurnasirpal II) captured denotativi ;

with (my own) hand fìfteen strong lions from thè 1. (Den 1) (with language skills) □•'Tifi 1 ? p© 1 ?
mountains and forests, I carried off fifty lion cubs” “skilled tongue” (Isa 50:4); Akk: dibbi laminadùti
(CiAD N 1953 d and passim). “instructed (i.e., experienced) words” (CiAD L
246b) .
Akk. employs thè fem. ncstu, abscnt from BI I.
The CiAD (I, 2>a n.) notes that “labbu is poetic ' g ' Cif. lob v.; T'B'pn.

word for lion, contrasted with thè more common

ne su.” (In thè Syn. lists labbu = nésu. See CiAD 1. pb* = Akk. lu’u s. OB 011 (CiAD L 2583; AHw
243 lex. section.) In Heb., however, this usage is s6sb). throat.
reversed.
DENO L A I I Vi;
cf. x~7.
1 . (1 )eii2) (BH Hapax) ~sbz pst? np^l
“thrust a knife into your gullet (i.e., control
nnb — Akk. lamadu v. fr. Ci)A, OB (CiAD L. 53b; yourself)” (Prov 23:2); Akk. Ini (var. mal’ad)
AHw 53 ia). to learn (G-Stem, Qal), teach (D-Steni, sa ùtappiqu la imaltharu |sarà] “my throat (var.
Pi‘el). windpipe), which was swollen so that it could
not take in [air]” (BWL 54:32, Ludlul; CiAD 1.
DI NO' \ 1 1 \ 1
2s8a).
1. (Den 1) (reverence of thè gods) Í1X □SJÍDE7X']
□ ,, pn ^3 Tlic nXT*? IHip 1 ?'' -rs n3T “that I Whereas BH employs thè verb Sivb, probably a
let them hear My words, in order that they may denominative from J?V , in Akk. thè verb is absent.
learn to revere Me all thc days” (Deut 4:10; cf.
also Deut 14:23; 17:19; 31:12-13); 1S7BIZ7 D'33 131 ? £2&b — Akk. la’dtu v. MB 011 (CiAD L 6b; AHw
come my sons, listen to me, 52 ib). to swallow.
I will teach you reverence of thè Lord” (Ps 34:12);
DENOTATIVE
Akk: sa palali ili u istarti litmudu surrussu “who
(Nabopolaser) is trained in his heart by reverence i.(l)eii2) (to swallow food): (BI I hapax)

of gods and goddesses” (VAB IV 60 18). n-rn cnxn Dian ]p X3 'iuybn “give me some
2. (Deii2) (martial art skills), e.g., //3"in of that red stuff to gulp down” (Gen 25:30);

non 1 ?» '~vbt; “ skilled (with) sword//trained in Akk: (said of food), e.g., astiati summa daddaris
ala'ut “I swallow thè food (lit. cercai) as ifit were
\\ aliare" (SoS 3:8); T.Zp •'3“| i Tl//3- 1.01 ]30 Tr-
stinkweed” (CiAD L 6b a).
silicici and sword experts//skilled
in archery//experienced in warfare” (iCihr 5:18); The verb la’dtu is a variant of alàtu “to swallow”
Akk: almad sale qasti “I (Assurbanipal) learned to employed in OB, MB, Bogh., SB (CiAD A
shoot with thè bow” (CiAD L s5b 2). 33^)-
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

TEÒ — Akk. diparti s. OB, Mari, SB, NB (C’AI) I. Note also that metathesis + interchange has
i 56b; AI lw i72b). tordi. occurred.

PAR Al I HI.ISM
~ Akk. lapani prep. SB, NA 011; WSem. word.
1. (Pari) (oven//tordi) nani iTsV/'lïïri
la + paini (CAI) L 8ob; AIIw 534b). Akk. (from)
nVx- D'inn jn -ni? m "nan
before; Heb. before.
“there appeared a smoking oven and a flaming
tordi, whidi passed between those pieces” (Clen dp.no tat i vi;
15:17); Akk: kinùnu//dipàru, e.g., et A qal.ru linimir 1. (1 )en2) (spatial “before”) nÌ7“lS HEin
kinuni bili ti lintiapilj dipàri “may my dark and smoky “when he stood before Pharaoh” (Cìen 41:46);
lieartli glow (again), my extinguished tordi ilare Akk: kaspn lapani P N nadin “thè silver was handed
up” (CAI ) I) 1 s6b a). over before P N ” (C'AD L 8ia 5).
PIIRASLOLOCiY 2. (Deio) (temporal “before”) Ï1N nn??
2. (Pliri) (flaming tordi) 27X TEÒ, e.g., "li"?? □00 “before he destroyed Sodom” (Cìen 13:10);
-rpy? urx “ps'rrv/rrsi.n m “like a flaming Akk: lapani sa issaparuni “before he had sent word”
brazier aniong sticks//and like a flaming tordi (CAD L 8 ib b).
among sheaves” (Zech 12:6; cf. also Cleti 15:17; Akk. lapani frequently corresponds to Heb. ’ÌE^P
Dan 10:6); Akk: dipàr isàti fire tordi (CAD I) “from before”: lapani nakri niptasin “we hid from
1 57a d). thè enemy” (C'AD P 2i8a).
3. (PI12) (to carry/hold a tordi) TEÒ pTnn lapani corresponds to thè standard Akk.
□na^n □‘piabsp -p? “they hold thc prepositions istu pan “from before” and ina pan
torches iti their loft hand” (Judg 7:20); Akk: dipàra “before.”
nasù, e.g., Anunnaki issu dipàràti ina uamrirrisunu
uhamrnatu màtum “thè Anunnaki bore torches
nsb = Akk. lapàtu v. fr. OAkk. oti (C'AD L 82b;
aloft, setting thè land aglow with their brilliance”
(Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 708:104-5); nàs dipàri ràkib AHw 53 sa), to touch; I leb. to touch, grasp (with a
twisting niotion).
sàri “(sorceress) carryitig a tordi, riding thè storili”
(CAI) ibid. and passini).
denotativi ;
4. (Phr2) (to light a tordi) “PEÒ “!S?3/“1Snn,
i.(l)eti2) (with destructive intentions;
e.g., E3T1EÒ? ni!2p3 □■’TS i ?2 Í2X -)S?:n “he
Cì-stem, Qal) ^Fin '“nas? HN |ÌK?PC? nÈD^I
(Samson) lit thè torches and turned (thè foxes)
“Samson touched thè two middle pillars” (Judg
loose aniong thè standing grani of thè Philistines”
16:29); Akk: ilappat libbu sa harsàti “she (thè
(judg 15:5); ts 1 ?? nny^v/npis naào ar ny
Lainastu-demon) touches thè bellies of thè
“lip’ “till her victory emerges rcsplendent//and
women in labor” (CAD L 852 e); awilù sarrutum
her triumph like a flaring tordi” (Isa 62:1); Akk:
iltaptuni “critninals have got hold of me” (ibid.).
dipàra napàhn, e.g., ab ri nnppuhu dipàri qcdu ana 1
While thè Qal stoni in thè Judgcs passage is
beri namirtu saknat “pyres were glowing, torches
thè meaning clear “to take hold, to grasp,” thè
lit, there was light for one doublé mile (around)”
meaning of thè Niph al stem in Job 6:18 and in
(CAD I) 1 5f>b a and passim).
Ruth 3:8 created various problems 111 niodern
In Clen 15:17, “PS 1 ? represents God, sudi is also biblical scholarship. However, Oswald Loretz
thè case 111 dipàru nanirn sa ina supisu |...| ubbabn (Oppenheim Fest.,155 -8) maintains that thè
arsùti usabili |... ] “(Marduk) bright tordi that, at its three cases of in Heb. are consistent with
appearance, cleans what is dirty, makes shine thè one other and with Akk. lapàtu. All contain thè
|...|” (CAD 1) 1 57a); Samas dipàrka katim màtàti idea of touching, grasping, even striking, actions
“O Samas, your tordi lights thè lands” (C'AD clone with thè hand. while Loretz contandoti
ibid. and passim). was accepted by Campbell (AB) it was rejected
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

by Sasson (Ruth,78-79). As to Job 6:18: ! inS i p' 1 4. (M2) (to accept prayer) ìlVai 7 ! np 1 ?, e.g.,
□3“H niniK, Loretz, proposes to cquatc thè BH np' ^ròan ’n/^nann ’n yató “thè Lord heeds
idiom to that of Akk. harrànam sabàtu lit. “to seize, my plea, thè Lord accepts my prayer” (Ps 6:10);
grasp thè road” but figuratively understood as “a Akk: ikriba/tcmïqa/mirtina/utricna/teshta Icqù, e.g.,
caravan making its way.” As to Ruth 3:8: “HITI semi ikribi Icqi unnenim “he who listens to vows,
na*?»] etkh, l .oretz argues for a meaning “to accepts prayers” (CAI) L 1 36b 2).
grope,” namely, Boaz awoke trembeling from thè 5. (Id2) (to gain insight) ni?n Plpb (BH hapax):
cold, felt around with his hands in order to cover -v-, np- nan 1 ? bp^n^ “when a wise man is
himself again, and unintentionally struck against taught, he gains insight” (Prov 21:1 1); thè Akk.
Ruth lying beside bini. verb Icqù, by itself, has thè meaning “to learn,”
l o our 111111 d Heb. né? in all three cases e.g., tclqcma tasàlsu “you have learned about it and
means not just “to touch grasp,” but more questioned him” (C'AI) L 1 37a 4).
specifically “to grasp with a twisting motion” PI IR ASliOLOCY
(BDB 542a). Namely, in Ruth 3:8, as a result of
6. (Phn) (to take away life) TOQT “’27?3 nnp'p
Boaz trembeling with fear (i.e., Tin 5 ]) he grasped
“plotting to take my life” (Ps 31:14); Akk: isqisuma
himself (i.e., his two hands grasped themselves)
masqussu sa Icqc \uapisti\ “he gave her thè potion
in a twisting motion (i.e., ns*?"]). C 'onsequently, that takes life away” (C'AI) L i45a e).
in job 6:18: arm ninna may likewise be
denotativi :
renderd as : “thè caravans grope their way in a
twisting motion.” Thus, keeping with thè basic 7. (I)en2) (to take away soniething mtangible)

meaning of Akk. lapàtu “to touch, grasp” np"’ D^pT D1?£D1 “I le takes away thè reason of
elders” (Job 12:20); sinnistu si dussu ilcqqc “that
woman will take away his virility” (CAI) L I4_sa
ìlpb = Akk. Icqù v. fr. OAkk. on (C’AD L 1 3 1 a;
c).
AHw 544b). to take.
Ili EA 287:36 laqahù cquals Heb. inp^ and in
idiomatic : usaci ; 287:56 (utiùtusunu ìaqàhu “to take their tools”
1. (Idi) (to marry) HEW npb, e.g., Kini |*CA1) L looa, EA 287:56; let. fr. Byblos]) laquhù
rtj?' nò^on n&x “he will marry a woman in is Can. stative and thus passive. The forms are
her virginity” (Lev 21:13); Akk: assata Icqù, e.g., obviously Can. since thè corresponding Akk.
summa assata sairita P N ilteqc “if he marries another equivalents would be ilqù and Icqù, respcctively.
woman” (C'AI) L 1 37b 2).
The more common Akk. phrase “to marry”
tDpb = Akk. laqatu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) L iooa;
is assata ahàzu.
AHw 537b). to gather.
2. (Id2) (to adopt) e.g., rO*? 1*7 ‘O'I'IP Hllp 1 ?
“Mordechai adopted her as a daughter” (Esth pi ir asi;oi.oc;y

2:7); Akk: summa awilum sehratn sa ana màrutisu 1. (Phr2) (to glean produce), e.g., /rni< Qp 1 ?
iìqusuma urabbùsu “if a man (does not recognize □ò^/anisJÉ; “ sprouts/barley/wheat” (2Kgs
as son) a small child he has adopted and reared” 4:39; Isa 17:5; Ruth 2:2,23); Akk: e.g., zcra/se’a
(C'AI) L 137b 2). laqàtu “to gather seed/grain” (C'AI) L looa 1).
3. (Id2) (to treat with disrespect) Ì13“|n npb Cf. Bjp 1 ?.
(BI I hapax): D'Í-Q Din nS“|n “IÌSJ IPIjpn X 1 ? “you
zcra laqàtu, lit. “to glean seed,” is a common Akk.
shall never again be humiliated before thè nations
phrase meaning “to destroy progeny.” This usage
because of famine” (Ezek 36:30); Akk: setuta Icqù:
is absent from BH.
setùtu RN sarri bclisu ilqù imessù ardùssu “he had
treated his lord and king RN with disrespect,
forgetting that he was (but) a vassal” (CAI) L = Akk. liqtu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AI) L 2o6a; AHw
T46a). 555b). gleanings.

192
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Heiìrew

m-NOTATIVi; u lisànim la tallak “you and I will quiet down, do

i. (I)cii2) (gleaned barley) iÒ 'ïJTSj? £01 not go by slander and gossip” (C'AD I, 2i2b c).
“you shall not gather thè glcanings of your 3. (Id2) (“he of tongue” having thè negative
harvest” (Lev 19:9; 23:22); Akk., e.g., qàti sv ini connotatoli: informer, slanderer) jlEÒ 27’X, e.g.,
liqtàtim cqcì Chila “list of barley from thè gleanings, p?' ^3 ETK “let slanderers have no
field ofCïula” (C'AI) L 207a 3). place in thè land” (Ps 140:12); Akk: sa lisàni, e.g.,
LÚ sa lisànim lilqiitiimnta peni dàbibam beli lista 'al “let
Akk. liqtu connotes also “choice merchandise,
them bring (to thè king) a (military) informer, so
collectcd goods, and gifts.”
that my lord may interrogate a speaker willing to
'ë' c;f. upb v.
talk” (C'AD 1) i6a).
4. (id2) (deceit) /nEnp/n’rann/npt?;
= Akk. listiti s. OH (C'.Al) L 2i.sb; AHvv rrpi “lying/deceitful tongue” (Ps 109:2; Prov
552b). cream. 6:17; 26:28; Zeph 3:13; Ps 52:6; 57:5); Akk: lisàn
lemutti, e.g., lisàn lemulli karsi tasqirtu...eliya usabstì
denotativi ;
“they started evil gossip, slander (and) lies against
1. (I)eii2) (cream) ntó'p dì?q5 iaijQ rrni
me” (C’AD L 212b c).
“its (thè inanna’s) taste will be like thè taste
l'AR ALITI ISM
of cream of oil” (Num 1 1:8; Ps 32:4 in transferred
mngs.); Akk: \ina\ supurim \lu\ lisdurn a\lli\ “in thè 5. (Pari) (mouth//tongue) ]Ì27b//nS, e.g.,
pen may you be thè cream” (CAD L 2 1 sb). jlzò nn?i ns n?? “h eavy of mouth and heavy
of tongue” (Lxod 4:10); Akk: piV/lisànu, e.g., pii
lemmi lisàn Icmuttu “evil mouth, evil tongue” (CAD
= Akk. Usatili s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD L 209b;
L 209b lex. section). In Nuzi legai documents pìsu
AHw 556a). tongue, language.
u lisànsu (lit. “his mouth and his tongue”) has thè
idiomatic : usacii ; legai connotation “ofhis own free will”; cf. CAD
1. (Idi) (linguist) llKÒn in 27113n DX L 21 3a 2.

pCÒn byd? 7i“in? 1^1 ED*? KÓ? “if a snake l’HR ASLOI.OGY

bites before it has been charmed, then there is no 6. (Phr2) (parched tongue) pttf 1 ? n?73
advantage to being one who knows a language (idiomatic hapax): nn272 XI3Ï52 mitP 1 ? “their
that is not his own (i.e., thè language of thè snake- tongue is parched with thirst” (Isa 41:17); Akk:
charnier)” (Lee 10:11); Akk: bel listini, bel lisànsu listini1 abàlu, e.g., \a\sbat pàki utabbil lisànki.. .aptete
ul ibsima lisànsu nakralma la iscnnnú atnuisu “there pàki attasali lisàn p\iki\ ana la dabàba sa dibbiya
was no one who could speak his language, his ana \la\ sunne sa amàtiya “I seized your mouth, I
language was foreign, they could not understand dried out your tongue, I opened your mouth, I
his speech” (CAD L 21 sa). pulled out thè tongue from your mouth so that
2. (Idi) (to spread slander) pEÒ in you cannot bring suit against me (or) distort my
mitrai □o's d^ko rn® “they (thè words” (C’AD L 21 ia).
evildoers) set their mouth (i.e., gossip) against 7. (Phi'2) (to cut out thè tongue) ÒS/rVpn
heaven, and their tongue (i.e. slander) spreads ptsò, e.g., nòn? r.-.?n?: ps^.jn nn?: “ may thè
over thè earth” (Ps 73:9); (cf. N?nn }1EÒ EIED Lord cut out... every tongue that speaks arrogancc”
“when slander travels around, you shall seek (Ps 12:4); □jic’b òs 'n vbn “ O Lord, confound,
shelter” [Job 5:21 ]); Akk: ina lisàni alàku, e.g., ina split their tongue (i.e., confuse their speech)” (Ps
pini u lisànim lallik “you walk around with (i.e., 55:10); Akk: lisàna nakàsu/salàpu/nasàhu, e.g., sa
spread) gossip and slander”; appuli libbi tu tadànim ibbalakkatu ritlasu u lisànsu inakkisu 10 mina kaspam
ippim u lisànim tàlika(uim)ma “instead of giving me isaqqal “as for thè person who breaks thè contract,
encouragement, you (pi.) walked around with they will cut off his hand and his tongue (or) he
gossip and slander”; libbaka u libbi inutili ami iakkili pays ten ininas of silver” (CAD L 2iob b).

•93
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

8. (Phr2) (Torcigli language) rnntf fi©*7 in gold” (Josh 7:21,24); Akk: lisànu Ijuràsu, e.g., iltct
ntn ai?n Vx nnmc ns© "vbp lisànn hnràsu 1 mina suqultasu “one ingot of gold
“indeed he speaks to that people in a stammering weighing one mina” (CAD L 21 5a d).
jargon and an alien tongue” (Isa 28:11); Akk: 12. (Phr2) (referring to a specific language)
lisanu abita, ba'ulàt arba’i Usanti alntu atmc la □■HÈ73 “thè language of thè Chaldeans” (Dan
mithurti “people of thè four (regions), (speaking 1:4); Akk: lisàn Akkadi “thè Akkadian language”;
in) foreign languages, (of) diverse speech” (C'AD lisàn Sumeri “thè Sumerian language”; lisàn Amurri
I. 213b). “thè Amorite language” (C'AD 1. 2i3b).
y. (Phr2) (tongue of thc cunning) □''Ony li© 1 ?
in D'pny li© 1 ? "irnrn ï |? ís n “your
“Tjn 1 : = Akk. litiktu s. OA (C'AD 1. 216b; AHw
sinfulness dictates your speech, so you choose thè
55<>b). true measure.
language of thè cunning” (Job 15:5); Akk: lisàn
mussabràti, e.g., lisàn mussabràti tuhallaq arljis “you di :no i a 1 1 vi

quickly destroy thè (evil) words of thè gossipers” 1. (Deii2) (hapax) ^3 “I©1? n © P 03 Ò
(CAD L 21 ib c). □ ' “ l ì ? © ^ n 1 ? ! □ ' ' “ l ý © n p H l “then I hired her for
10. (Phr2) (tongue fire) ©X li© 1 ? in ©j? fifteen (shekels of) silver, a homer of barley, and
rs li©^ “ as straw is consumed by a tongue of a true measure of barley” (Hos 3:2); Akk: amùlam
fire” (Isa 5:24); Akk: lisàn girri, i\z\ìqamma iltànu... la tikallimsH litihtasa l ’ N ana l ’ N ubilma “he did not
lisàn girri munnah\zi\ ana (IN usahhir“a north wind show him thè iiWMiH-metal, l ’ N brought its full
amount to l ’ N ” (C'AD L 2i7a).
blew (and) turned thè tongues of thè spreading
fire against CN”; cf. lisàn nùrisu kima birqi ittanabriq Akk. employs thè verb latàkn “to test, try out,
“thè tongue of his (Gibil’s) light flashes around check measurements” (CAD L ina; AHw 540a)
like lightning” (C'AD L 2i4b 6). and thè adj. latku “tested, checked” (C'AD L 112b;
1 1. (Phr2) (mgot of gold) 2nj li© 1 ? “ ingot of AHw 54oa); botli are absent from BH.

194
 »

“1KI3 — Akk. ma’da adv. OAkk. on (C'AI) M | 4b; i >iirasi;ofoc;y

AHw 573a). very. 1. (Pliri) (to take something) ìnNE Tinp*?]

nipwr? ‘ ‘and I take something from him” (2Kgs
DliNO FATIVI'!
5:20); Akk: minima ina annikiya ilqe “he took
1. (l)en i) (to be very far) “TOH ]f? Ip'fnri b# whatever was here” (*CAD M 73b a).
“IKQ “don’t stay too far from thè city” (Josh 8:4); 2. (Pliri) (to give nothing) nOIKO Ò ]Tnn iÒ
Akk: aita ma’da ki tereqauni “because you went so “Clivo me nothing” (Clen 30:31); Akk: minima ul
far away from me” (C'AD M 4b a). inaiidiiiuinili “tlioy givo us nothing” (CAD M
2. (I )eii2) (to be very good) nXD ptfn H3ÌQ 74b 2).
ikip “thè land is exceedingly good” (Num 14:7); 3. (Pliri) (to know nothing) SJT iÒ ni??n]
libbu sa sarri bcliya In (ab ma'da “thè king, my lord, nOWD “and thè lad knew nothing” (iSam 20:39);
should feel very pleased” (CAD M 4b b). Akk. minima ula idi “I know nothing” (C'AD
3. (i)en2) nxa an 9 ] D^an man “thè waters ibid.).
swolled and increasod greatly” (Clen 7:18); Akk:
zumiti ma’da adannis ittalak “a great deal of rain ^3X13 = Akk. màkàlù s. OB on (CAD M | i23b;
has fallen” (CAD ibid.). AI lw 588a). food
The Akk. adv. ma’da is derived from nuìdu “to
|'hrasi;oi.oc;y
become mudi” (C'AI) M 24a); cf. adj. màidu
1. (Phr2) (food and drink) ni^OI (Ezra
“many” (C’AD M 2oa).
3:7); Akk: màkàlè u masqiti sùluku muhhiya “food
and drink (stili) agroe with me” (C’AD M i24a).
nXQ = Akk. meat (màt, me) mini. OAkk. 011; (CAD
denotativi ;
M ia; AHw 63yb). hundred.
2. (D0112) rnnu atfiai iurfp?? “and thè

riiKAsr.oi.ocY
food of his (Solonion’s) table and thè seating of
his courtiers” (iKgs 10:5 = 2Chr 9:4); Akk: e.g.,
1. (Pliri) (three hundred pieccs of silver) EÒE?
qirit sani màkàle miniti “repast of thè king, meal of
^55 nitffp (C!en 45:22); Akk: salai me kaspi (C’AD
thè nobles” (CAD ibid.).
M, ib).
<J# ' Cf. v.; "S.
2. (Phr2) (chicfs of hundreds) nÌXS(n) nÈ?
(Exod 18:21,25; Num 31:14,48); Akk: rab me
(CAD M, 2a d, all NB). DXÍ3 = Akk. mesa (mesti) v. OB 011 (CAD M 41 b;
3. (Phr2) (two hundred men) CTK DTlKlp AHw C>49a). to despise, reject.
( 1 Sani 30:10,21); Akk: lane me tini ameluti (EA
nikaskoi oc;y
■96:3 5)-
i.(Phri) (to reject an oath/treaty) nBil
nn? (□•'"!?) ani? DNip “ a covenant has been
HI21SQ = Akk. minima indef. pron. OAkk. 011 renounced, cities (rd. paets) rejected” (Isa 33:8;
(CAD M 73a; AHw C>S3a; 654I1). something, 2Kgs 17:15); Akk: l’N adiya emis “l’N despised thè
nothing (with negateci verb). oaths sworn to me” (C'AD M 42a c and passim).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew

2. (Plira) (to despisc/rejcct a god). p Akk. bb is represented in Heb. by dages forte.

PI nX □FIOXD “for you have rejected thè Lord” Note also that thè standard Akk. word for
(Num 11:20); crròx nx anoxp nvn um) “but “flood,” i.e., abùbu (= Heb. |hapax| “thè
today you have rejected your Cïod” (iSam 10:19); mound of thè flood, ruin” |Ezek 3:15]; Akk: til
Akk: ina gabbi ili u istari imésu “for all in which he abùbi) is equated to bubbulu, e.g., bubbulu abùbu la
had despised god and goddess” (C’AI) M 41 b); ila mahri 1 ultu erseti litania naspatitakunu liskun “let a
idàs istar imtés “he scorned thè god, despised thè flood, an irresistible deluge, rise from thè bowels
goddess” (C’AI) ibid.). of earth and devastate you” (C’AD A 8ob 4;
3. (Phr2) (to reject teachings, laws, rites) "Q" 7 ] Wiseman, l'reaties, 488 = SAA II 49:488).
( 1 Sani 1 5:23,26; Jer 8:9); tDS©P (Ezek 5:6; 20:1 3,16 Likewise, in light of thè parallelism //b™b
only in Ezek); pii “(Lev 26:15; 2 Kgs 17:15; Ezek □‘piiJb (Ps 29:10), Coll en maintains that
20:24); “IDiE (Prov 3:11; Job 5:17); rnin (Amos is thè semantic equivalent of thè Akk. lam abùbi
2:4; Isa 5:24); Akk: pellude/parsi/awata/mese/niàmit “before thè Flood,” i.e., “from time immemorial.”
ili mesu “to reject, despise, disregard regulation/ “This Akk. idiom is used to refer to thè entire
rites/the word/cultic rites/oath of thè gods,” period before thè Mesopotamian Flood according
e.g., pilludé ili lumés parsi lukabbis “I will ignoro to Mesopotamian tradition.” Not unlike I leb.
(my) god’s regulations and trample 011 (bis) rites” Akk. lam abubi “before thè Flood” is
(CAD M 41 b); kinùte mési istari tétiq temési “you used with respect to kingship, e.g., Alulu sarru sa
transgressed (and) rejected thè proper rites of thè làm abùbi “Alulu, king from before thè Flood”;
goddess” (C’AD M 3 sa b). lipu rùqu sa sarrùti zéru nasru sa làm abùbi “distant
Cf. CH», II 010 V. scion of kingship, seed preserved from before thè
Flood” (C’ohen, Lesotietiu 53 [1989] 193—201).

*71313 — Akk. bubbulu (bibbulu, biimbulu) s. OB 011 Note thè semantic correspondence between

(C'AD B 298a; AHw 13 5a). flood. thè Heb. idiom bì2pn "iris “a fter thè Flood”
(Gen 9:28; 10:1,32) and Akk. arki abùbi “after thè
The etymology of ^120 is stili in dispute. The flood” (CAD A i 783 c).
lexeme is employed 13 times (12 times in thè Note also that Akk. bubbulu denotes thè day
flood story 111 Cetiesis and once 111 Ps 29:10). of thè disappearance of thè 1110011.
Basically, two different derivations have been I l , I l C a s s i n o , 1 9 5 9 : 6 6 6 7 ; C ' o h e n , Lesoneim 5 3 ( 1 9 8 9 )
suggested: (1) to derive thè word from thè root 193 201 (Heb.).
111 thè sense of “withering, destruction” (Ibn
Ezra, Qimhi; BDB), hence, for example, JJ12P
from SJ23 and ITI SO from nS3; (2) to equate ma = Akk. namba'u s. MB, SB (CAI) N f 223(1;

to thè noun ‘a receptacle that holds water” AHw 726b). spring.

(i.e., CTI3© ,l?23 “jars of heaven,” i.e., “clouds” l’IIRASLOLOGY

[Job 38:37]). In light of thè description bl2pni
1. (Pliri) (“spring of water”) D'Q ''SJ12P, e.g.,
pxn by n^n “and thè Flood carne, water
□'Q ' , y ! 12P i 7 libasi Djxb 2"1©n nTl! “torrid earth
upon thè earth” (Clen 7:6), it seems best to derive
shall become a pool and parched land springs of
bap from thè root hi: * ‘flow, stream” (hence
water” (Isa 35:7; 49:10 |and cf. another parallelism
□'P 'bu' “watercourses” ]Isa 30:25; 44:4]; ^21’
in Ecc 12:6: "1Ì3//SJ12P “spring//cistern”]); Akk:
“water-stream” [Jer 17:8]). Accordingly, Heb.
namba’u sa ine, e.g., asar kuppi namba'i sa me mala
^2 is thè etymological and semantic
basti “wherever there was a catchwater or a seep
equivalent of Akk. bubbutu>(w)abàiìu “flood>to
of water” (C'AD N | 224a).
carry off, sweep away” (said of water); cf. C'AD
A i6b 4, where thè Heb. and Akk. labials m and U H Tawil, INLS41 (1982) 200:25.

b are interchangeable, and thè gemination of thè ''V c:f. »33 v.

196
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

— Akk. ingiallii (n ingai lu) s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) e.g., sa madgilisunu sa nagu.. .dimàte rukkusa “for
N 213,1; AHw 787;!). sickle. their obsorvation of thè district, towers were set
up” (C'AI) M i6b, Sar.).
^313 is attested twice: i r;r; ©ari] bnan ™i? ini? NIDDOTL (voi. 2, 841:4463) maintains that
“l’3íjP nU3 “cut off (i.e., make ,111 end of) in Babylon migdàl derivos from thè frequently used root gdl,
sowers and wielders of thè sickle at harvest time” “grow up, become great.” However, 111 light of
(Jer 50:16); TSj? brà n ^30 in 1 ?© “cast a sickle Akk. madgalatu, which is derived forni thè word
for thè crop is ripe” (Joel 4:13). The etymological dagàlu “to look, look at, observe” (CAI) 1) 21 a),
and semantic equivalence between Heb. ^30 Heb bn3D (metathesis) should be likewise related
and Akk. tiiggallu was first seen by Levy and von to thè verb ^3T ‘see’.”
Soden (AHw 7^1 1), yet not recognized by any I H T a w i l , B A S O R 3 4 1 (2006) 3 7 - 5 2 .
biblical lexicons. The hapax idiomatic expression
Cf. *731 v .
^312 ©Sn (Jer 10:16) is thè semantic equivalent of
thè OA idiom atta sibit niggallim “at thè taking of
thè sickles,” an expression that designates harvest n 1 ??» — Akk. magallatu s. SB, LB; Aram. lw. (C'AI)
time, e.g., 15 CIN kaspam isscr PN PN u PN ) PN M 3 ia). parchment scroll.
isti ami sibit uiggallitn //3 MA.NA 1 CÍN kaspam
PIIRASLOI.OGY
isaqqulu “l’N, PN and PN owe fìfteen shekels of
i. (Phr2) (to write 011 a parchment scroll) !1j?
silver to PN , at thc harvest time they wiil pay 21
n?n?1 “isp rV;? ^b “ get a scroll and write” (Jer
shekels” (C'AI) N 2>4a c).
36:2); Akk: ina magallati satani: arkisu ina magallat
Although thè etymology of Akk. ingiallii is
gabarè (IN salir “its sequel is written 011 a leather
not known, C'ohen and Klein reject thè notion
scroll, a copy from Borsippa” (CAI) M 3 1 a a).
that thè substantive is a Sum. lw. as maintained
I H v o n S o d e n , Or. 3 5 ( 1 9 6 6 ) 1 5 .
by thè C’AI).
Nigallum is an Old Babylonian month name,
which, at least at Rshnunna, designated thè first = Akk. madbaru (tnudbaru) s. MA, SB, NA,
month of thè year, in thè spring, thè time of NB (C'AI) M i 1 ib; AHw 5723). desert.
harvesting, of thè sickle (M. R. C'ohen, ('tilde
ni; no tati vi;
Gaìetidars, 2Soff.; 266).
1. (l)en 1) (as thè habitat of Arabs) D‘O‘1‘1 bv
! J - l J . L e w y , 1 9 3 0 : 7 0 n . b ; C ' o h e n a n d K l e i n , Abitui’
'rnyp arò nn©; “ you (Israel) waited
Irsi., 2 5 1 5 8 .
for them on thè roadside, like an Arab in thè
wilderness” (Jer 3:2); Akk: Arbaya ruquti àsibut
= Akk. madgaltu s. MA, NA (C’AI) M i i6a; madbari “thè remote Arabs who dwell in thè
AHw 572b). watchtower. steppe” (CAD M i2a a).
2. (I)en2) (symbolizing thè netherworld in
SHQULNCING
a ritual with a goat) TSJÉn ©X“l bv DriK |n?ì
1. (Seq2) (in parts ofa fortified city) |Ì # 2i Ì2Ò
ìòi? T'erri k©3ì rnrnan tiì? ©^ t? rò©]
ì3pa rò'n1? 035^ in'© rrò-:.? nap rna^ni rnr? pi* % anàis? bn nx “and he (thè priest)
“T.i3rp-x 1 ‘walk around Zion, circle it; count its
shall put them (thè sins) on thè head of thè goat,
towers, take note of its ramparts; ... its citadels’^Ps
and it shall be sent off through thè wilderness
48:13—14); Akk: màt Assur duràmu\sudunnàtusu
through a designated man. Thus thè goat shall
madga\làtusu\ “thè land of Assur, its walls, its
carry 011 it all their sins to a cut of land (from
fortification, its watchtowers” (C'AI) M i6a).
human habitation)” (Lev 16:21—22); Akk: ina seri
The standard word in Akk. for “watchtower” is urisa larnmu batta kàsa ana mudabiri uhiiìlu...urisa
dimtu (C'AI) 1) i44a), employed in context with itabbahù.. .hupta ihappirù.. .ina libbi liupti isakkan “in
thè abstract N A substantive madgalu “obsorvation,” thè morning they bring a grown goat, a (piece of

197
TI» An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Bihlical Hebrew

a) lammu-trcc, a stick, and a cup to thc steppe; of claims and measure it with thè king’s surveying
...they shall slaughter thè goat...they shall dig a rope” (CAD M | 7b b).
pit...and then put them into thè pit” (*CAD M j 4. (Phr2) (to measure out barley) ©© nip’i
i2a c; Tul 74-75: 10—26). □^5?© “he measured out six (measures of) barley”
3. (I)eii2) (a place of deprivation) ^j'biïïn (Ruth 3:15); Akk: se’a madàdu: stimma se’um la
nip1?^ nn p«3 nm©i nrns? p^ nanpii ^n.x ma did la lanaddissum “if thè barley is not (yet)
“Who led us through thè wilderness, a land of measured, do not give it to him” (CAD M sb
deserts and pits, a land of drought and darkness” and passim).
(Jer 2:6; cf. Hos 2:5; Isa 35:1); XPfj Din Dl?n IH Avishur, 'le itila 2 (1982) 131-37.
-ansa ‘ ‘and thè people grew hungry, flint, and
cf. n?p ,rnp.
thirsty 111 thè wilderness” (2Sam 17:29); Akk: ina
nàbali asar stimami rnadbares innabtu “they fled to
an arid region, a place of thirst, into thè desert” ) nnp - Akk. middatu (mindatu) s. 013, RS, Nuzi,
(C’AD M 12a c); ètetiq qcrcb madbar asar summè S13, NA (CAD M 46b; AI lw 6sob). measurement;
laplapti “I (Assurbanipal) passed through thè midst measuring rod.
of thè desert, a place of hunger and thirst” (CAD
PIIRASF.Ol.OGY
i2a b).
1.(Phri) (measurement of a day): e.g.,
IH Tawil, ZAW 9 2 ( 1 9 8 0 ) 54-55.
x'n na n; nnpi np 'n ■'isrnin “teli me, o Lord,
Cf. rnr?. what my terni is, what is thè measure of my days”
(Ps 39:5 only); Akk: e.g., mindat unii arhi u satti
110 = Akk. madàdu v. OAkk. 011 (C’AD M | 5a; tappallasa umisam “day by day you (Sin and Samas)
AHw 571 a), to measure. check 011 thè measurements of day, month, and
year” (C’AD M 47b c).
PIIRASLOI .OGY
2. (Phr2) (measurement of a door or gate)
1. (Pliri) (to measure thè waters of thè sea
ni?©n nn» (Lzek 40:21,22); Akk: middat dalti
[said ofa god|), e.g., Dn©] CTQ ibi?©? nnp n
(CAD M, 473 2).
l?n nnn “who measured thè waters (of thè sea)
cognati ; accusativi ;
with thè hollow of His hand and gauged thè
span of thè skies” (Isa 40:12). In light of thè DSS 3. (CA) (measure) nifSn nxm nnpn lPi “by
reading D' n and Akk. me tamii “waters of thè this sanie measure you will measure (a length of
sea,” Avishur proposes to read thè MT (Isa 40:1 2) ... and a widtli of...)” (F.z.ek 45:3; 40:24,28,32,35);
□n “water” as n “waters of thè sea”; Akk: Akk: middata madàdu, e.g., mindat làniya umandidu
e.g., màdidi me tàmti “(Marduk) who measures thè “they have measured thè size of my body” (CAD
waters of thè sea” (C’AD M | 6a). M i 47a 2).
2. (Phri) (to measure with a rod) ©‘'Xìl nni denotativi ;
nnpn n?p “and in thè nian’s hand was thè 4. (Den 1) (measuring rod) bp©P njH 1 ? ni©?; 1 ?
measuring rod” (Ezek 40:5; 42:19); Akk: qatitì eìlu nnpa ]3n CPI “when He fixed thè weight of
leqcma amëlu sumàtim muddidma “take a pure reed thè wind, when He estimateci thè water (of thè
(rod), take thè measurements of this man” (CAD sea) with a measuring rod” (Job 28:25); Akk: ina
M ( sb lex. section).
mindatti sa ekalli rabiti “(measured) with thè large
3. (Phr2) (to measure with a rope) Dnnpn
measuring rod of thè palace” (CAD M 48a).
DÒnn nnp?i nsnx ani# n?©n brnr “he
'<>' Cf. "na v. njp.
made them lie down on thè ground and measured
them with a rope; he measured out two (lengths
of) rope” (2Sam 8:2); Akk: ina asti madàdu: eqla 11 rn» = Akk. maddattu (mandatiti) s. MA, MB 011
uzakka ina asai sarri imaddad “he will clear thè field (C’AD M | 13a; AIIw 572a). tribute.
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

DENOTATIVE referring to Zabud thè son of Nathan thè priest as

i. (1)C112) (BH Hapax) (royal tribute) “IE7X ET] “thè acquaintance” of thè king (1 Kgs 4:5), as well
"'r.nr -bpr r-pb -sa irò ='~r:x “ y et as to thè position held by I lushai thc Archite as
others said, ‘we have borrowed money against nsn TH I )avid’s advismg “acquaintance” (2Sam
our fields and vineyards to pay thè royal tribute’” 15:37; 16:16).
(Neh 5 : 4 ) ; Akk: mandatili kadré bëlutiya uraddima
ukìn serussun “I (Sennacherib) imposedupon them
HO = Akk. md interj. fr. OAkk. on (CAI) M
my royal tribute and presents” (*CA1) M i 3b);
ia; AIIw 570a). Akk. what? (expressing doubt,
maddattc mar sarri “thè crown prince’s tribute”
disbelief), indeed; Heb. what (interrog.)
(*CAI)M| i4be).
The Aram, forni ÌTip (with thc assiniilation of3), Akk. e.g., ma suwati taqipma yàti ula taqtipanni
which is derived from thè verb ]“n = Akk. nadàuu “what? you trusted him but you did not trust
“to give,” already occurs in (letiesis Apocryphon me?.”
2 1 -.26,27. The Akk. interrog. for “what” is minu (CAI) M
Ili Mankowski, 84. 8yb; AHw 655b).
Cf. 13A rna .
^jbnO = Akk. màlaku A s. OAkk. 011 (CAI) M
(PT!?*) S7“Tb — Akk. mudù adj. OAkk. on (CAI) 1 5 8 a ; AHw 594a). march, distance, acccss.
M i6^b; AHw 666a). acquaintance.
DENOTATIVE

The Hebrew forili V~JÌ2, which is attested three 1. (I )en 1 ) (distance in time), e.g., ^bnp
times: Ruth 2:1; 3:2 and Prov 7:4 (i.e., //TinK “inX □ÌVD ,, p; “a distance of three days/onc day”
“my sister//my kinswoman),” connotcs (J011 3:3,4); Akk: e.g., sa màlak 7 unii ina qabal
“relative, kinsman.” tàmii sa sulniu sanisi sitkunat subassun “where lands
Not unlike Akk. mudù, thè Heb. forili SJ'T'P*, are situated at a distance of seven days out in thè
which is attested six times, expresses thè idea of middle of thè Western Sea” (CAI) M 1593 b).
an acquaintance, person known with no definite 2. (Dem) (distance in length), e.g., ^[bnp
relationship (Ps 31:12; 55:14; 88:9,19; Job 19:14), 311T niax “there was a distance often cubits
e.g., ’iiTpv/'rn-ijp ònn “my relatives are wide” (Ezek 42:4); Akk: e.g., ultu ahi Pura!ti adi
gone//my friends have forgotten me” (Job 19:14). kibri tàmti màlak 2 ber qaqqaru “from thè bank of
For a similar idea in “thè Babylonian Job,” cf., thè Euphrates to thè seashore, a distance of two
e.g., iduma sa gimir kimtiya//sa qereb mude samssun bèrus” (C'AD M i 1593 4).
irem “but I know thè day of my whole family, 3. (I)cn2) (journey) ^“pOP rPIV Tip “li?
when aniong my friends, their sun-god will have Tipi “h ow long will your journey last, and
mercy” (BWL 46:1 19-20, Ludlul). when will you return?” (Neh 2:6); Akk: e.g., tem
The sixth attcstation of STTP* (i.e., TXTTp), tnàlikisunu asapparakkum “I will send you a report
which is employed in thc sequence lÒÌD “his about their route” (C'AD IV^ i s8b).
(Jehu’s) notables,” l'inD] “and his priests” (2Kgs 4. (Den2) (access) ntf OKI “Vr. DK
10:1 1), may refer to thè king’s “acquaintance,” a ,
□'“ipùn pa □•’p'pnp ■ nn5i...-ib©n -r.-iarp
royal position parallel to thè Akk. mude sarri “friend ‘if you (Joshua) conform to My ways and
of thè king” employed in RS only, e.g., istu pilki carry out your duties toward Me...I (thè Lord)
asirima sarru uuakkirsu u iltakassu ina mude sarri “thè grant you access aniong these attendants” (Zech
king removed him from service as an asini and 3:7); Akk: e.g., tallakti papàha u màlak biti...
elevated him to thè rank of‘acquaintance’ of thè uamris ubanni “I improved greatly thè way to thè
king” (CAI) M ió7h b). Akk. mude sani is thè sanctuary and thè access to thè tempie” (CAD M
semantic equivalent of thè BH hapax "jbpr nj?“! i s8b 3).

199
 T
An Akkadian Lhxical Companion por Bibi ical Hebrew

I I I P a u l , Sartia Irst., 1 9 0 - 9 2 . thè context of removing sin; (2) one would expect
thè Hiph il Tlràn] or T"w'p:". to be employed
in Zech 3:9. In light of comparative BH and
X2SÌQ = Akk. musiì A s. OB, MA 011 (CAI) M
Akk. idiomatic equivalents, Held asserts that ©10
247a; AHw 67911). passage.
(= Akk: mèsu) connotes “forgive” (Zech 3:9) and
MERISMUS “disregard, reject” (Job 23:12). Accordingly, thè
1. (Meri) (coming and going) - X2]0 idiom pì? ©10 “to forgive sin,” e.g., Tl©01
■qiaio n^i ^sio m nsnbi “ and to know your fHKn |ÌÌ? “and I shall forgive thè sin of thè land”
coming and going” (2Sam 3:25; Ezek 43:11); (Zech 3:9); Akk: hita/pillata mèsu “to forgive a
Akk: musà - erébu: anàku musu u erébi sa (!N ul idi sin/iniquity,” e.g., putrì ami sèrti pillati ti hititi mési
“I do not know about thè coming and going in gillàtiya “(Istar) remove my sin, my fault, my crime
C.N” (CAI) M 24811 2). and my error, disregard my crimes” (C'AD CI 72I1
PI IR ASEOI OGY 2'); bit listi la mina àbuktna amis giUassu “I (Sargon II)
2. (Phn) (said of water) 'KSÍob ITS p.^1 forgave bis countless sins, disregarded his crime”
□]0 “thè arid land into a source of water” (Isa (CAD C. 72b b). As to Job 23:12, thè idiom ©10
41:18; Ps 107:33,35; cf. also 2Kgs 2:21 = 2C.hr msp ‘ ‘disregard, despise a commandment,” e.g.,
32:30); Akk: muse me, e.g., màlak mè...musùsun ©'PN xb] rna© ni^p “i h ave not disregarded
usèsira aria tornirti (IN “I (Sennacherib) directed thè thè commandment of His lips,” may be equated
flow of thè water course toward thè plain around to thè Akk. expressions amata/qibìta mèsu “to
Nineveh” (CAI) M 24ya c). In thè Akk. syn. list disregard, despise a word/commandment,” e.g.,
Malku II 55f muse me is equated to aruru “outlet ana minim awàtisu temès “why did you despise his
ofa canal” (C'AI) A 324a). words?” (C’AI) M 42a c); qibilka ul immés utnénka
DENO TAI I VP. ul issannan “your conimand will not be despised;
3. (I)eu2)(produce) K20 rppS"T^l “and your prayer will not be equaled” (*CA1) M 42I1
to make thè produce of grass spring forth?” (Job 4 and passim).
38:27); Akk: (WSem. only), e.g., yuddana ana Ili,Il H e l d , C assuto Irst., i 14 2 6 .
|ardisti] musa sa CiN “his servant should be given ' Cf. oxn v.
thè (barley) produce from Jarimuta” (CAI) M
24yb 6; EA 86:33).
3E7ÌO = Akk. musabu s. OB 011 (C'AI) M 250I1;
4. (I)en2) (celestral rising) 1K1SÌD ^jpO
“His rising place is at one end of heaven” (Ps AHw 68oa). dwelling, seat.

19:7); Akk: ana musi sanisi u erbi samsi “at thè rising PIIRASEOI.OGY
and setting of thè sun” (CAI) M 24<ja d).
1. (Pliri) (divine dwelling place) □‘'/ibi* 3©]0
In reai estate contracts mnsù is thè right-of-way “divine dwelling place” (Ezek 28:2; Ps 132:13);
(an alley or strip of land) leading from thè house Akk: musali Unti, e.g. papàhi Samas.. .musai) ilutisu
to thè Street or square. “thè chapel of Samas, his divine dwelling” (CAD
M_ 25 ia).
II 2710 = Akk. inèsu (mèsti) v. OB on (C'AD M 4ib; denotativi ;
AHw 64ya). to despise. 2. (Den 1) (throne) ]3©]0 b» “b?“ 2©]] “and
thè king sat 011 his throne” (iSam 20:25); Akk:
As argued by Held, thè verb ©10, employed
atta l:a...arattè huràsi...épusma... ukìn ana mùsabisu
in BH 110 less than twenty times, is used as a
“I made for Ea an excellent (throne) of gold and
verbum movendi in thè sense of “depart, remove.”
H owever, Held maintains that in both Zech 3:9 installed it (111 thè tempie) as his seat” (CAD M

and Job 23:12 thè usage of©10 as a verbum movendi 2523 2).
is problematic since (1) ©10 is never employed in cf. ncr v. rotó, j®, v.

200
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew ma V7

mD — Akk. màtìi v. OAkk. on (CAI) M 421 a; wrote to me (Labayu) ‘put a bronze dagger into
AHw 63411). to die. your heart and die’” (CAD ibid., EA 254:45; let.
Shechem).
con i'rastinc usaci ; 5. (Phr2) (said of sudden death) e.g., ina; S?3“!
1. (C0112) (live/die) ïïrVÍT DK] ITm iriT □« nb'b nisni “ some die suddenly in thè middle of
ITISI “if they let us live, we shall live, and if they thè night” (job 34:20); sn?? T’bs? np ma; ■pi
put us to death, we shall but die” (2Kgs 7:4); □KHS “if a person dies suddenly near him” (Num
Akk: matti - balata, e.g., metileni hi iqabbia summit 6:9; cf. also Job 9:23); Akkiarhis/hautis/harpis
mete summit balta “nobody can teli me whether màtu “to die suddenly” (Paul, Kamin Memorial
he is dead or alive” (C'AI) B s6b); (in negative Volume 11994] 585).
contrast) n^.nn fcò] nna na '3 “ for you are going
di -notativi;
to die, you will not live” (2Kgs 20:1 = Isa 38:1;
6. (I)eii2) (figuratively) e.g., Tlia in 9 "P
Deut 33:6; Ps 118:17); Akk: e.g., imat ul iballut
^'nnn “(Absalom!) If only I had died instead of
“he dies, he is not to live” (CAD M 42511 2',
you” (2Sam 19:1 ; Josh 2:14); Akk: e.g., matti dannis
LE); DTip - CTI! “living - dead,” 3TI7 *6 “)5?X
ana kàtu “I would surely die for you” (C'AD M
□Tian nxi □•''’nn nx inpn “(blessed he he by thè
423a h’; EA 287:70; let. Jerusalem); summa yànu
Lord) who has not forsaken His kindness with
libba santini muhhi sarri bcliya amiit anàku “if thè
thè living and with thè dead” (Ruth 2:20; cf. also
king, my lord, does not have a change of heart,
Num 17:13; Isa 8:19); Akk: mitùtu - battuta, e.g.,
then I (Rib-Addi) would die” (CAD ibid., EA
ana ili 11 amëlutu ana mi tu ti u battuti tàbta epus “I
136:41—42; let. Byblos).
(Assurbanipal) acted so as to please god and man,
ij?’ c:f. v. nin.
(befìtting) thè living and thè dead” (C'AI) I/J 98a
4'); ascila mitiiti ikkalu baltïïti “I (Istar) will bring up
thè dead and they will devour thè living” (C’AD niD = Akk. mutu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD M 3 16b;
B C>7a); Samas mustcsir battuti u mitiiti “Samas, who AIIw 691 a), death.
direets thè living and thè dead” (C'AD ibid.).
contrastinc usaci ;
SLQULNCINC;
1.(Con2) (life/death) ■’nrn niprn D^nn
2. (Seqi) (to weaken, to die) : ma - ©3N
have put before you life and death”
nar ora nx, 'n “and
(Deut 3o:i9;Jer 8:3; 21:8; Prov 1 8:21); Akk: mutu
thè Lord afflicted thè child...and he became
- balàtu, e.g., istaknu muta 11 balàta sa muti ul uddii
severely weakened.. .011 thè seventh day he died”
iimesu “life and death they did establish, thè day
(2Sam 12:15—18); Akk: (in transferred mng.) etiesu
of death they did not reveal” (George, C.ilgamesh,
- màtu, e.g., ina muhhi massari istituì ki emuruui
698:32 1).
t’tiisutii mctuui assapar aptatarsunu “with regard to
their guards, when I saw that they had become HHNIMADYS

weak and exhausted, I sent word and relieved 2. (Hen2) (utter annihilation) niOi |HaN
them” (C’AD E i66b). “destruction and death” (Job 28:22); Akk: mutu

PllRASLOLOCY
ti sapsàqu: ukallanni mutu 11 sapsàqu “death and
distress hold me fast” (C'AD M 3 >7b c).
3. (Phr2) (to die of hunger) TllT DOTmi
ayna ' '‘and their daughters will die of hunger” l’1 1r asiìoi oc Y

(Jer 1 1:22; 44:12); Akk: mimmi...ina bubutim amat 3. (Phr2) (death penalty) -^b - ; : niD KEpn
“what...if I die of hunger?” (*CA1) M 422I1 c’). nip Ktpn -imb pK nan n??i?n i6 “you shall do
4. (Phr2) (to die by thè sword), e.g., nothing to thè girl; she did not incur thè death
‘’innÍQI ^ain “draw your dagger and kili me” penalty” (Deut 22:26); ni» tDStpP :niQ tOS^P
(Judg 9:54); Akk: stimma ana yàsi sapar sarru sukuii ib Klìl K3É? iÒ '3 “he did not incur thè death
patar siparri ili libbika u miit “how if thè king penalty, since he had never been thè other’s

201
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion por Biblical Hebrew

enemy” (Deut 19:6; Jer 26:1 1,16); Akk: arati muti: squeezed thè dew from thè fleece” (Judg 6:38);
arem mutim ina romanisti izer “he becomcs liable(?) nnrpn Tp bv ]an risa?] “ and its (thè bird’s)
to thè death penalty” (CAD M_ 3 17I-) b); din mutu blood shall be squeezed out against thè side of thè
napultu(—uapistu) (CAD N i 300b 4). aitar” (Lev 1:15; cf. also Lev 5:9; Isa 51:17; Ezek
4. (Phr2) (thè way of death) :rnan “"in 23:24; Ps 65:9; 73:10). Note also that 111 light of
rnan rx] a99nn ]nà “i set thè parallel pair Kpis rm “ parched with thirst,”
before you thè way of life and thè way of death” thè MT in Isa 5:13, nin Tip “ victnns of hunger”
(]er 21:8; Prov 14:12; 16:25); Akk: uruh muti, e.g., may be read as nSJH 9 TP “squeezed of hunger” as
nadnuma abbiniti illaku uruh mut\u\ “our fathers, suggested by BDB and KB\
in fact, give up and go thè way of death” (BW1. The Akk. D-Stem muzzA means “to rape.”
70:16, Theodicy).
5. (Phr2) (to save from death) /^©11/0X3
nriTip <> Akk. izuzzu(m) (uzuzzu(m)) v. OAkk.
rnap ÌTlS/b’ljn “redeem/spare/save from death” 011 (AHw 408I1). Akk. to stand (v.); Heb. doorpost
(Hos 13:14; Ps 78:50; Josh 2:13; Job 5:20); Akk:
(sub.).
ina muti etèrti, e.g., Uditi sar máti MU.5.KAM ina
qàt muti ittiru “thè gods will save thè king from As noted by Mankowski, “Zimmern and IIALAT
death for five years” (CAD E 403b), e.g., ultu pi (tentatively) and Ellenbogen (more confidently)
muti ikimanni “he snatched me from thè claws (lit. cited BH Ì1T1TP* as borrowing of Akk. mazzdzu,
mouth) of death” (CAD M 3 17b c). muzzdzu, meaning ‘stand, cmplacement’, etc.”
Cf. ma v. Mankowski maintains that “thè problems with
this identifìcation are formidable: in semantic
terms, there is 110 obvious Akkadian use mazzdzu
nTO = Akk. mazù v. OA on (CAD M i 439b; AHw
meaning ‘doorpost’ (although thè Hebrew use
637b, s.v. mazù I). to squeeze.
could be seen as a development of thè meaning
‘emplacement’, for example).” In light of
The BH root HTD in Deut 32:24 is hapax in forni;
it is attested as an active participle, as context Huehnergard’s recent argument that izuzzum is
thè N-form ofa root *ZWZ, Mankowski seems
demands (i.e., PITp*) (-©“ , ’pn i pO//3S?‘1 , Tp. There
are basically two proposals for thè etymology of correct to conclude that “it is simplest to account
nra. B ased upon thè rendering of Tg. O and Tg. for thè Hebrew (and Phoenician) words as West
J ]33 TTB3 “blown of hunger” (Rasili notes that Semitic nominai developments of this sanie Proto-
Semitic root and unconnected with mazàzzu.”
there is not proof for this rendering), thè majority
of medieval conimentators equate thè word to The BH sub. ‘H© H, twice attested, once

thè BA verb ÌITX “make hot, heat” (based 011 thè opposite to □‘'“lil “birds of thè mountains”
idiom 111 Dan 3:19 X3TÌÒ XTpb “heat up thè connotes “moving (creatures) of thè field” (Ps
furnace”). O11 thè other hand, modern biblical 50:11; cf. also Ps 80:14). The verb T1T “move”
is common in LH. Accordingly, it seems that
scholarship, such as Luzzato, BDB, and KB ! ,
both Akk. (i)zuzz(u) and Heb. TT/TIT fall into thè
equates Heb. Ì1T0 to thè Arabie verb mazza “suck
category of an Addad, expressing thè opposite
out.” A11 alternative solution is to equate it both
etymologically and semantically to thè Akk. verb meanings: “to stand - to move.”

mazti “to squeeze, produce liquid,” e.g., baluhhu IIII Mankowski, 85; Moreshet, 147.
ina samni balsa taman\za'\ “you squeeze baluh-
hu-resili with fine oil” (C’AD M 439b); tiurind II 1ÌT» = Akk. mazuru A s. lex. (CAD M { 44oa;
matqa...mc<sa> tamanza' “you squeeze thc juice AHw 637b). Akk. fuller’s wringer/rod.
of a sweet pomegranate” (CAD ibid., nied. text).
To our mind, Heb. HTp may be a variant of Ì1SD, Without any philological justification thè BI I
used mainly (7 times) in thè sense “to squeeze I lapax "lira in Ob 7: "IÌTD ia 9 ©; ^pilb
liquids,” e.g., HT3n ]P btD fa 9 ] “he (Gideon) is traditionally rendered as “snare, trap”: “(those

202
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew rn?»
who eat) your bread will place a snare under you” garment” (C'AD M 46a b). Keferences to mczchu
(e.g., NJPS, DCH 20 7 a); Tg. J. renders TÌTE by indicate that it was made of cloth, in contrast to
*òpn ‘ ‘obstacle”; A. Even-Shoshan, (Àmcordaucc, miscrru “belt,” which was usually made of leather
640, perhaps on thè basis of I Ios 5:1 3, understands or metal (though, in one instance, wool) (CAD
“liTD in Ob 7 as referring to a bodily affliction. M, 1 10).
P. Raab (AB 24D), following Syinniaclnis’ IH I.ambdin, JAOS (1943) 146,152.
translation allolriòsin “estrangement, alienation,”
states: “Accordingly, tnàzòr would mean ‘place
*7'TQ* = Akk. mauzaltn A s. OAkk. 011; Heb. lw.
of foreignness’, that is ‘place of foreigners’.” J.N.
Akk. (C'AD M ] 228b; AHw 638a). Akk. position,
Epstein (OLZ 20 11917] 275-78) equated “IÍTP in
stand, celestial station.
Ob 7 to Akk. mazuru (from zdru A “to twist”) and
Aram. NTÌTO “fuller’s mallet.” Note thè lexical 1>1\o:\11\1
entry (C'AD M 440a lexical section) timmu sa
1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) □'HtSppn n*0
aslaki (“fuller’s pole”) = mazurn. Thus, following nibrab] nn^i rprb “and th ose who sacrificed
Iìpstein, perhaps, Ob 7 should be rendered: “your
to Ba‘al, thè sun, thè 1110011, and thè (celestial)
confederatcs have duped and overcome you; stations(?)” (2Kgs 23:5); Akk: sa RN itti manzalli
(those who ate) your bread have placed a rod
criqqi kinni palasti “Establish-Scnnacherib’s-
under you” (as if you should be wrung out or
Rule-as-Permanently-as-the-Position-of-the-
beateli like wet laundry).
C'onstellation-Wagon” (name ofa gate) (C.AD M
229a c); \ilani\ ina sanie ina maiizaltisnnu izzazzn
(rpTO*) nra = Akk. mczrlm s. NB, SB (CAD M, “thè gods (i.e., thè sun and thè 1110011) will be in
46a; AHw 650;)). Akk. sasli; Heb. belt. thè (correct) location in thè sky” (CAD ibid.).

Although Lambdin maintains that Heb. PITI? is to

Heb. nin-ra, which is employed in Job 38:32 in
sequence with HQ'3 “Pleiades”; b'03 “Orion”;
be understood as a loanword from Egyptian, it
2TJ? “bear,” may be a variant of nibíl? with
seems more suitable to equate it etymologically
interchange.
and semantically to Akk. mvzeku “sasli,” which
is derived from thè Akk. verb ezcljn “to girt” (in IH Rllenbogen, 100; KB1 566I1; Mankowski, 86-87.

OB, NA, SB), e.g., kakkc ctcsilj tiamurru labis “he

girt (his) weapons, clad in awesomeness” (C'AD H = Akk. mazlagu s. OA (CAD M i 438b; AHw
426b 1); ma ezliat patrat ma ttiinn ezhat patrat “they 637I1). fork.
say, ‘she (thè princess) was girt, she was ungirt’—
they say: ‘why was she girt and ungirt?’” (C'AD Akk. ntazlagn is employed in sequence with
ibid.). In Heb., however, while thè verb is absent, allunatimi “pincers,” sugariàu “metal tool,”
thè substantive (ìTTp*) I1TQ is attested in thè idioms itquràtum “spootis” (C'AD S i96b).
nra “Ijn “girt a belt” (Ps 109:19) and ITTO HEH* Note also that Heb. ^TP is modified as ©b©
“ungirt (lit. to loosen) a belt” (Job 12:21). The “three-pronged” (iSam 2:13).
third usage of thè noun is semantically developed ( i l L e w y , Or. 1 9 ( 1 9 5 0 ) 1 s t .
to mean “pier,” i.e., a “belt” that stretches from
thè shore of thè sea, e.g., "'“DJ?
rnrp = Akk. mazm s. OB (C'.AD M 439a; AHw
tìj? nra ‘ ‘traverse your land like thè Nile, there is
637b). sowing/seed basket.
no more pier” (Isa 23:10).
The nivzcìiu could be worn over thè upper Heb. n"lTp is attested twice and traditionally is
torso: ana sikkùtu sa mczclj irtisu “(thè goddess rendered “pitchfork (with prongs)” (BDB; KB ! );
cries) for thè string of beads for thè mczebu of “shovel” (NJPS, NEB) etc. ÌTITP is employed once
her chest” (C'AD M 4óa a); 2 mczeha sa eli sibti in an agricultural context 111 thè idiom Ì1“|TP5 ÌT1T
nadi “two mczcltu are wrapped over thè sibtu- (Isa 30:2 4) ;) nd once more in a transferred mng.:
203
nb An Akkadian Lexicae Companion por Bibi.ical Hebrew

pxn rn.TQ5 D’ITTI “and I (thè Lord) will u barbi mahazi tukallam “you (Samas) point out
scatter them as in mizrch throughout thè cities of a harbor to (those) in thè middle of thè sea and
thè land” (Jer 15:7). Akk. mazru occurs alongside desert(?)” (CAI) 1W 88b 5).
musamqittu “strainer of thè funnel of seed plows” IH C ' o h e n , H a p a x 7 0 : 2 7 ; M a n k o w s k i , 8 9 9 0 .
and maslahtu “a vessel for sprinkling”: 10 pànù 8
mazrù 2 masi ahu 6 rapsu 8 musamqitàtum |6| bùbàtum
(nbinp) birra — Akk. mclultu s. OB on (CAI)
l ’ N ikkarum aria G N “10 /wf/H-baskets, eight seed-
M 1 sb; AHw C>44a). Akk. play, game; Heb. a
baskets, two... -s, six winnowing-shovels, eight
multimedia performance (including instrumental
straincrs, six...-s, l ’ N , thè farm inspector, for G N ”
music, dance, choral singing, and mime), dance.
(CAI) M 258a b). mazrù “sowing/seed basket”
occurs again beside rapsu “winnowmg-shovel.” CONTRASTI NC USACI'.

Akk. mazru derives from zarù “to sow.” [.(Coni) (performance/mourning) :1S0P
According to C'ivil, (l'hc l'armcr’s Instructions, p. 'b binpb "15PP npsn “Y 011 turned my lament
74) thè tnazrù (Sum. B 'ba-an-du ) was “a basket into a performance” (Ps 30:12); Akk: sipittu: ina
used to carry thè seed for thè plow funnel, and rikis sipitti 11 mclultisu iqabbi... “at all his mourning
also to measure thè seed beforehand...One such or playing ceremonies he says, ...” (C'AI) M
basket, impregnated with bitumen, requires, in 1 fu c). ( :f. labinp b^xb “ our performance
addition to thè usuai reeds and palili leaves, four turned into mourning” (Lam 5:15); Akk: (as thè
wooden pieces two cubits...long.” antonym of) sipittu lament, e.g., ina rikis sipitti u
In light of thè above, it is preferable to render mclultisu iqabbi... “at all bis niourning or playing
BH nnrp as “sowing/seed basket,” ratlier than ceremonies he says, ...” (C’AI) M 1 6a c).
“pitchfork, shovel.”
Akk. mclultu “play, game,” which is derived
Cf. mr v., mr v „ nnn, bit .
forni thè verb mclulu “to play” (C’AI) M i6a),
like Heb. is employed in both secular and
nb = Akk. muhhu s. OAkk. 011 (CAI) M i72a; cultic contexts. As niaintained by Sasson, “thè
ALIw 66jb) Akk. skull, upper part; Heb. skull > common and thè usuai translation of Heb. /binp
brain > marrow. nbinp 1 round-dance’ is at best imprecise. Such
a meaning, if it is suspected, depends more 011
PIIRASEOI.OGY
etymologizing from a ‘ayin-waw root hwl a root
1. (Pliri) (of thè bone) (BH hapax) libi that denotes ‘circling around’, than 011 contextual
npJCT VniDSS? “thè marrow ofhis bones is juicy” exegesis. Benno Landsberger has convincingly
(Job 21:24); Akk. muhhu sa cscmti arikti “top part argued that Hebrew mclwlàh and malto! should be
of thè long bone” (CAI) M i74a c). The C’AI) derived from ayin-ayin root *hl!” Ili light of thè
E 3433 had previously translated muhhu in muhhu above and ili light of “thè Hebrew verses where
sa cscmti as “marrow.” thè term mclwlàh /mdhfll occurs, clearly show
that musical instrument accompanied festivities”
«no SCO filD V. (e.g., Ps 149:3; [Sani 21:12; 29:5; SoS 7:1; Jer
31:3), Sasson concludes that “troni these, rather
than a mere dance, thè rncholàh/màlwl appears
TÌn?3 = Akk. mahàzu s. OAkk., OB on; Heb. to consist of antiphonal singing, <1 doublé group
lw. Akk. (CAI) M j 8_<ja; AIIw s82a). Akk. town, of performers that includes females and musical
sanctuary, harbor; Heb. harbor. accompaniment, and ritual sporting.”

denotativi ;
IH L a n d s b e r g e r , W Z K M 5 7 ( 1 9 6 1 ) 3 2 - 2 3 ; S a s s o n ,
(1973) 157-59; Cruber, Bib. 62 (1981) 341-44.
1. (I)eii2) (harbor) (BH hapax), Tinp b*? Dnri
D2Sn “and he brought them to thè harbor they
desired” (Ps 107:30); Akk: e.g., in\a qcrc\b tàmtim "IIP = Akk. mchù A s. OB 011 (CAI) M 4b; AHw

204
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrlw

64211). storni.
"liOnO :: mahziramu s. LA; WSem. word (CAD M
The sub. ' i n?p employed in thè idiomatic hapax 1 i6a). a need.
iSgp Tip (Ezek 26:9) is traditionally rendered as DENO LA I1 Vii
“thrust” (KB ! ), “blow” (DCH), “force” (NJPS)
1. (I)eii2) (necessities) "3 a'T nani fìXni
and thè like, deriving thè noun from XI1ÍD “strike,”
thus translating thè idiom “thè thrust (blow,
bp "lionp rx -rx nipp C3~3 dt'^x mn?
strike) of his battering ram.” In light of thè great f“lX3 -13T “for God had delivered it (thè
ambiguity as to thè meaning of thè unattested land) into your hand and thè land is spacious. It is
i^DjP, allegedly meaning “(his) battering ram,” a place where nothing 011 earth is needed” (Judg
an alternative solution is to consider TP and 18:10); Akk. (hapax): GN GN_ n GN iddiiiu aria
as loanwords from Akk. melili “storni” sàsunu aklë sanine 11 minima//mahziramu “Gazri,
and qablu “battle.” Although Greenberg adopts Ashkalon, and I.akish gave them food, oil, and
thè translation “thè storili of his battle,” he everything needed” (C’AD IVI 1 i6a; EA 287:14-
notes that Akk. meliti and qablu “do not occur 16; let. Jerusalem).
together.” However, as mentioned by Hurowitz,
“Greenberg’s reservation...is obviated by thè
synonymous expression mette tàliazisunu” e.g., ina f*nD = Akk. mahàsu v. OAkk. 011 (CAD M 71 b;
incile tàljazisuiiu etili bel narkabti ul ippallasa sana sa AI lw s8oa). to hit.
ittisu “in thè storni of their battle thè warrior sees
l’I IRASIiOI.OC v
not thè companion at his side” (BBSt. G i 33—
1. (Pliri) (to strike thè head) "[X;“lp"!p fnp
34). This assertion is supported by noting that BH
employs npil^D and “1S?0 together, e.g., ni?1“in3 "prxn -ir--,p ivy ip-ip vrx rx- rnrr a-rfrx
nsìD or? nVpa nprfpp ora “ amiti battle cries “Cíod will sniash thè heads of his enemies, thè
011 thè day of combat, in whirlwind 011 thè day of hairy crown of him who walks about in his guilt”
tempest” (Amos 1:14). (Ps 68:22); Akk. qaqqada mattasti: Sazi qaqqassu
limljas “may thè god Sazi sniash his head” (C’AD
IH Greenberg, AB 22A 533; Hurowitz, )AOS 122
ibid.).
(2002) 13711:14.
2. (Phr2) (to strike thè head area) DT^X
VrTX mi fìip9 “God will sniash thè heads of
Tnp = Akk. mattini s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) M 92b; his enemies” (Ps 68:22; cf. Hab 3:13); fTDI
AHw 583a). price. 3XÍÍ2 TX? “and strike thè forehead of Moab”
(Num 24:17); inpn ns^m nisnpi irx-i npnp
denotativi ;
“she crushed his head, smashed and pierced his
1. (I)eti2) (purchase price) 'qnÍXP n5pX ÍHj? p
tempie” (Judg 5:26); Akk: niuliha mahàsu: amahhas
TnpS “I will buy them from you at a price” (2Kgs
mithhaki itsanna tenki “I will hit you over thè head
24:24); ana mala ìtteru u matti k! mahirisunti ahàmes
and derange your mind” (CAD M 7Sa 4');
ippalu “they will compensate each other for what
is in excess and what is missing in relation to thè Akk. poma/sapra mahàsu “to strike thè thigh” is
purchase price” (C’AI) M 97a 4). thè semantic equivalent of thè Heb. idiomatic
gesture that expresses grief and lamentation: pBO
Akk. mahìri can also connote “marketplace,” and
^“1.; bs (Ezek 21:17; Jer 31:19)- Note also that
“Pnp has a meaning “wages, money.”
Akk. Icta mahàsu “to slap thè face” (CAD M 74I-)
Unlike Heb., Akk. employs thè verb ntaljàru
b] is thè semantic equivalent of Hebrew T 1 ? Ì13Ì1
in thè idioms ana kaspi/simi mahàrii “to buy for
|e.g., Ps 3:8; Lam 3:30!).
money/price” as well as tiadànu 11 mahàru “to sell
“Akk. mahàsu, Ug. mhs and Heb. màhas go
and buy, conduci business” (CAI) M 57I-) c),
back to *m'hà as is recognized by most scholars”
which is thè semantic equivalent of thè Heb. “DD
(Held 1959, 171). The Heb. by-form XPip is
Ì13|p - “sell - buy” (e.g., Deut 28:68; Lev 25:28).
employed three times in thè idiom ^3/T X11D
IH Mankowski, 92. “strike (i.e., to clap) thè hand/the palili of thè

205
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

hand” (as a gesture that expresses jubilation and me tomorrow to Megiddo” (BASOR 94 | i 9441
approvai) (Ezek 25:6; Isa 55:12; Ps 98:8). 24:10—15; let. from Ta’nak).
Note further thè WSem. passive forni tumhasu
The standard Akk. word for “tomorrow” is scrtu
“(she is) struck” (EA 252:17; let. Shechem) as well
(CAD S, 322a).
as thè gloss dakusu//mahsù “they killed him” (liA
Ili Albright, BASOR 94 (1944) 24:10 15:7.
245:14; let. Shechem).
cf. ine.
IH Held, JAOS 79 (1959) 169 76; (ìruher, 19X0: 380
82.
= Akk. uatbahu s. OA, Mari, 011 (C'AI) N
Cf. fna; BA tinrp.
i29a; AHw 76711). Akk. buteher knife, slaughter
bendi.
fnQ = Akk. mihsu s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) M 6ob;
AHw 64ib). wound. The Heb. hapax H3PP (Isa 14:21 : nac?13 ^a1? Iran
□nÌ3X |ÌS73 “prepare a ... for his sons, because of
denota 11 vi;
thè guilt of their fathers”) is traditionally rendered
1. (I )en2) (wound) (BH hapax) TI Chp DVp
as “slaughtering place” (BDB, KB’ and others).
XST inai? foni Íïïl? “I3C? “when thè Lord
However, 111 light of thè Akk. second usage of
binds up His people’s wounds and thè wound of
uatbahu, which employs thè Sum. determinative
His (people’s) blow He heals” (Isa 30:26); Akk:
G I S “wood,” it seems more precise to translate
e.g., irtapsannimi u dayàtiù mihsisu PN itamru “(he
nacpa as “slaughter bendi.” Akk. uatbahu
said:) ‘(l’N ) beat me’, and thè judges inspected
is employed in Mari in a text enumerating
PN 's bruises” (C’AI) R 1 5 1 a)
implements, 46 i,&natbahu “46 slaughter benches”
The common rendering of thè idiom “’lSn (C'AD N i29a 2), as well as in a historical text:
(Job 34:6) as “my arrow-wound is deadly” (e.g., PN [ij/i r,'su\at\bahi aslis atbuhsuma uparrisa mcsrctisu
NJPS) is difficult to accept. Accordingly, in light “I (Assurbanipal) slaughtered P N 011 a slaughter
of thè biblical idioms CràX nar/a^C/na? bendi like a sheep and dismembered him” (C'AD
“severe pain/crash” (Isa 17:11; Jer 30:15,12) and ibid.). C'f. also Pinne natDE 1 ‘slaughtering bendi”
especially n©^ H3Q “ severe wound” (Jer 15:18; (KAI 80:1).
Mie 1 :<j), it is better with I )uhm to read ^ 25013 ©Ì3N Cf. ma v. nato.
“my wound is severe.” Duhm’s suggestion may
be strengthened by noting a possible haplography
HÏÏI3 = Akk. mittu s. OB 011 (CAD M 14711; AHw
where in thè old I Iebrew cursive script thè
6C>4a). Akk. mace; Heb. staff > branch > tribe.
difference between thè ancient 13 and © is a short
diagonal stroke.
In thè majority of cases Akk. mittu is attested
IH Duhm, 1897:163. in reference to its being a weapon of thè gods,
•■0’ Cf. fna v. hence, in thè Syn. lists mittu sa ili = kakku sa ili
“thè mace of thè god” — “thè weapon of thè
god.” For literary texts, in thè Tn.-Epic: iskuu
TT
"inf3 ^:: mahari s. EA; WSem. word
'
(CAI) MI ' sob;
Ahu mitta la pàdd “Ann provided thè unsparing
AHw 5Soa). tomorrow.
weapon” (CAD M I48a a); in thè En. el.
IMIRASLOl OC.Y Marduk is described as: isfima mitta imnasu usáhiz
1. (Phri) (tomorrow, future) nniS?] :"11113 01"' “he took up thè mace, held it in his right hand”
"ina ara Tlj?ni5 '3 “in thè future,...let my (En. el. IV 37), and thus kills Tiamat: ina mittisu
honesty toward you testify for me” (Gen 30:33; la pádt ulatti tnuljlja uparri "ma uslàt damisa “with his
Isa 56:12; Prov 27:1); Akk: inni mahari: asiri sa merciless mace he crushed her skull. He cut open
ibassù ittika usscrasunu Timi mahari atta Maggida “thè thè arteries of her blood” (E11. el. IV 130—31).
captives who are there with you, send them to Not unlike Akk., BH refers to God’s weapon in

206
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

timo of war as crn'^n nei? “ thè rod of Cìod”: SEQUENCINC;

ninan mn bp naa pix ina p^asn oròn xs] 1. (Secp) (bread and water) □“’QI DÌI 1 ? (2Kgs
np DTiVxr: nt?!?] “(Moses said to Joshuà): ‘Ciò 6:22; Neh 13:2 and passim); Akk: aklu u me, e.g.,
out and do battle with Anialek. Tomorrow I will akalè ittisunu ul akkal mê ittisunu ul asatli “I will not
station myself 011 thè top of thè hill, with thè rod eat bread with them nor drink water with them”
of thè Lord in my hand’” (Exod 17:9; cf also (CAD M, 1 sob) = Heb: e.g., CTEÌ TÒ3X X^ Dii 1 ?
Exod 4:20). Similar to Marduk’s killitig Tiamat TTl© X^ “I did not eat bread or drink water”
with his mace, thè Lord is descrihed as killing His (Deut 9:9,18 and passim).
mythological enemies: ©XI V2I23 n3p3 “You will
IMIRASLOl.ogy
crack (his) skull with Your (lit. His) staff (blown
2. (Phn) (riinning water) □,!3 +" 1 ] 1 ?;!, e.g., P
away shall be his warriors)” (Hab 3:14); note also
mb np^nn ròtòn “ thè gently flowing waters of
Heb: rtï^X EpC? (Job 21:9) = Akk. mittu sa ili.
thè Sii oam (tunnel) (Isa 8:6); Akk: mu alaku, e.g.,
When not said of thè gods, Akk. mittu “mace” is
5 nàràti ultu Nàr-sarri illakamu me sa mamma issi alla
employed alongside hattu “staff” in a list of gifts
sa Bèlti-sa-Uruk “five canals flow out of thè Nar-
and spoils: narkabàti kaspi qasti kaspi ispat kaspi mitti
sarri Canal, he took water from all of them but
kaspi {tatti kaspi “chariots of silver, bow of silver,
thè DN Canal” (CAI) A i 3 lob g); 30 sanate me ina
quiver of silver, mace of silver, staff' of silver”
libbisa ul illikù “for thirty years 110 water had run
(*CAI) M > 148b).
in it (thè canal)” (C'AD ibid.).
3. (Phri) (stili waters) ni mi? P by :nimi? ra
.“■Hip!? = Akk. timltu s. MB 011 / timu LB (AHw “He leads me by stili waters” (Ps 23:2); Akk:
>392a). yarn.
mu nëljutu, e.g., ina me neliuti lu gisalla atta ili ina

DliNO LA II V li
me sapluti lu parisi alla “in stili waters be my oar,
my god, in deep waters be my steering padelle”
1. (I)eii2) (colored yarn) (BH hapax): *73]
nbpnn nx mai? ixpn no nnp nb noan n©Tx (JNES 33 11974] 290:21—22; cf. Tomback, JNSL
|0nxn ni?]... “and all thè skill ed women spuli 10 11982I 95).
with their own hands and brought what they 4. (Phri) (holy water) np 1 ?] iD'ÌBinp Ora
had spuli (i.e., thread) in blue, purple...” (Exod ©in □“’ttfinp ora |nin “thè priest shall take
35:25); Akk: e.g., isten multata sa tabarri ZA.KUR. holy water from an earthen vessel” (Num 5:17);
RA busu timi tu “one ...-garment Iliade of scarlet Akk: me quddusutu: akil elicli kaman tumri satil me
ciotti, bluc(?) cloth, byssus, and spuli silk(?)” nàdi quddusùti “(Dumuzi) who eats pure k.-cakes
(C'AD B 350.1, s.v. busu D); (imiti sa sàpc “spini baked in ashes, who drinks holy water from a
thread ofa dyer” (AHw 139 2a); 5 siqlu barundu
waterskin” (CAD Q 29Sa).
1 siqlu timitu sa sipàti apparràtu “five shekels of b.,
5. (Phri) (abundant waters) ^] :Dpn CTI?
one shekel of a hank of matted(?) wool” (C'AD B
1 3 1 b, s.v. baruudu).
□pn ora -xsn nras;s intsqa vb$n nx “and
he (Moses) struck thè rock twice with his rod,
Cf ma v.
and out carne abundant water” (Num 20:1 1; Isa
17:13; Ezek 26:19; 31:5 and passim); Akk: mu
“1120 :: mitar s. RS* (CAD M 144a; AHw 663b). ralmlu (CAD M ; 14^b lex. section).
field irrigateci by rain; Heb. rain. 6. (Phn) (raging waters) jniDn Ora
nrrna D-W era?] "inn op “who Iliade a road
As noted by thè CAD (ibid) “for thè meaning
through thè sea and a path through thè raging
‘field irrigateci by rain’ cf. Ug. mtr, Aram, mitra,
waters” (Isa 43:16; Neh 9:11); Akk: mù ezzutu,
I leb. incitar ‘rain’.”
e.g., assum ina takkiptim agc me ezzutim sipik e pi rè
suuuli la ut issi “so that thè thrust of thè flood’s
O” 1 » — Akk. miì s. pi. tantum. OAkk. 011 (C'AD M raging waters should not sweep away these danis”
149a; AHw 601 a; 6C>4a). water. (CAI) E 43 4 a).

207
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biislical Hebrew

7. (Phn) (great, powerful waters) □" l 3“) O'P; from a waterskin” (CiAD K 268a and passim).
Akk: mu rabutu, s.v. 3“|. 18. (Phr2) (clean water) TipiTI :CHÌnt? D'P
8. (Phn) (river water) “IÌ13 'I? (e.g., Isa 8:7; □■Hinp D’Q WD'by “I will sprinkle clean water
Jer 2:18); Akk: me uàri, e.g., ummànisu rapititi sa upon you” (Ezek 36:25); Akk: me ellùti/zakùti,
kima me nari la utaddù ttibasun “lns extensive troops e.g., me ellùti me ebbùti me namr\ùti elisu supuk]
whose number, like water ili a river, cannot be “pour on him pure, clean, clear water” (*CA1)
discerned” (C'AI) M 1 53b g). M 1 soa lex. section); sa me dalhtlte isattù u me
y. (Pliri) (spring water) nÌ3'S? '12 (2Chr 32:3); zakùte l\a isattu] “they shall drink muddied water,
Akk: e.g., me cui yànu “there is no spring water” and pure water they shall not drink”; etemmùsu
(CAI) I/J 1 5 Sa); (spnngs of water) T’ï/D'an nr» me zakùti liltù “may his spirit(text. pi.) drink pure
□'BH “spring(s) of water” (Hxod 15:27; Cìen 16:7; water” (CiAD M 1 sob).
24:13,43); Akk: ctiu sa me, e.g., kireti enu sa me... ìy. (Phr2) (sea water) D’ìl 'P (e.g., Exod
sarpu laqiu “thè orchards, thè spring (etc.) have 15:1 y; Ps 33:7); Akk: tue tàniti (AHw 1 353b e).
been acquired upon payment” (CAI) I/J 1 5Sa); 20. (Phr2) (floodwaters) bapn 'P (Cìen
enu sa me bitu...laqiu “thè spring and thè dwelling 7:7,10; y: 1 1 ); Akk: abub me, e.g., kima abub me
are sold” (C'AI) M i52a). sa ibbasu ina ni si mahridti màt A\kka\di ustemi “I
10. (Phn) (well water) “rà/IH? (Num (Naràm-Sin) made thè land of Akkad (look) like
20:17; 21:22); Akk: me burti (see T13/"IK?). (after) thè Deluge of water that happened at an
11. (Phn) (brook of water) D'P ‘'ab? (Isa early time of mankind” (CiAD A 77b i).
32:2; Prov 5:16); Akk: palgu me (CAI) M i4yb 21.(Phr2) (murmuring waters) ^'SSP D’IS
lex. section). rnp'n ^ron |p Q'sbp Q'P mrn “and behold
12. (Phri) (water spring) CP ’WSP; Akk: (I saw) waters murmuring from thè south side”
namba’u sa me (see jrap). (Ezek 47:2); Akk: me suhbubu, e.g., me sunùti...
1 3. (Phr 1 ) (water source) D'P XSÍÍ3; Akk: qirib sippate sàtima usahbiba atappis “this water...I
muse me (see NSÌI3). (Sennacherib) caused to run murmuring in ditches
14. (Phri) (to hold back thè waters) ^P tÒ3 through this orchard” (CiAD LI 2b 1). Cif. 33!1
CS”) D'P liÒS’l HTVhrn »30x1 “and I (thè Lord) v.
blocked its (thè deep’s) rivers so that abundant 22. (Phr2) (flowing water). The expression
waters were held back” (Lzek 31:15); Akk: tue □'“IT D'P (2Kgs iy:24), which is traditionally
kalu, e.g., me...atta zeri sa P N ul ikallù “they will rendered as “foreign waters/waters of strangers/
not shut off thè water from P N ’ s field” (CiAD M water of foreign lands,” seems difficult to accept.
1 5 2 a). It seems preferable to assume thè reading D-'P
15. (Phri) (surface of thè water) D'P , 3?, □“IT (enclitic ft) “flowing waters, a torrent of
□'12 by ^3 HS^P lina© np"p “Samaria and waters”—a stream of water flowing with great
its king shall perish like foam on thè surface of velocity—fitting well thè context of 2Kgs iy:24
thè water” (Hos 10:7; cf. also Gen 1:2; Ecc 11:1); and Sennacherib’s Mount Musri operation (694
Akk: pan me “thè surface of thè water,” e.g., ki b.c.e.): ■'ps?? ^53 3-irno □nr D'p ttie?] Tnp "x
hubus pan me hubùrsiua tubtalli “you extinguished “liap ■'“IN' ^3 “I have dug and drunk flowing
their clamor like thè (dying hiss of) foam 011 thè waters; 1 have drained with thè sole of my feet
water’s face” (Erra IV 67-68). all thè streams of (Mount) Màsór,” which, in
16. (Phn) (waterskin) D'12 £"11211; Akk: me turn, fits well with Sennacherib’s declaration in
hindi (see niDil). his annals. Heb: □(’')“!! D-'P is then thè semantic
17. (Phr2) (cool water) ÌOTir DN :Dnj? D'P equivalent of thè Akk. expression mu surdùtu,
□■' i 7TÌ3 D'Hj? anr D'P “does one abandon cool e.g., palgu bàbil me surdùti ihrima “he (Sargon II)
water flowing from afar?”(Jer 18:14; Prov 25:25); dug a canal to carry off thè overflowing waters”
Akk: me kasiìti, e.g., me nàdi kasuti atta summeya (CiAD S ( 343a a).
lu asti “to (quench) my thirst I drank cool water 23. (Phr2) (massive waters) /O'TnX D'P

208
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Heiìrlw

0“’T3? (Hxod 15:10; Isa 17:12) = Akk: mn tumassa’ “he washes with water, you put tamarisk
dannùtu / mù astuta (CiAl) M 14yb lex. section). into thè water (and) massage his body with it”
24. (Phr2) (abundance of water) D'Q ni??© (CiAD M, 1 52a c).
(Job 22:11; 38:34); Akk: me imhsi/Ijegalli/kuzbi/ 3 1. (Phr2) (subterranean wsters) Diìiri '13, e.g.,
dussuti “rich/abundant water” (cf. Tawil, JNHS □inri ’o □; nnnnan xn nx xibn “it was you
41 [1982I 201:31). who dried up thè sea, thè waters of thè deep” (Isa
25. (Phr2) (to draw water) nini :CP(3 3K© 51:10); Akk: me naqbi, e.g., ihtarpuui mllu kissati
□?a 3X© 1 ? nfcS' T'yn 'CftK “thè daughters of thè ittagpusu me naqbi “thè full flood has come early,
towiisnieu went out to draw water” (Clen 24:13; and thè subterranean water has amassed” (13WL
Josh 9:21; Isa 12:3 and passim); Akk: me habù, e.g., 178:27, Ox and Horse).
ay ihba me naqbi “let him not (be able to) draw up
Note thè gloss in a trilingual cuneiform fragment
water from a spring” (CiAl) H n;a and passim).
from Tel Aphek: |A|.MES: mawu: munii “water”
26. (Phr2) (to fmd water) ìb n?"] iD'Q X35I?
(Rainey, Tel Aviv 3 [1976! 137:2).
D'P i 1 ? maxn man n©x nx3n ninà by
IH Tawil, JNES41 (1982) 201:30.
“and told him about thè well they had dug, and
said, ‘We have found water!’” (Cìen 26:32; Jer
14:3); Akk: me (w)atù, e.g., akla uttù ina ramniya ul (np;?:) r,pn: — Akk. museniqtu s. OA, 013 011
dkul me uttù ina ramuiya ul asti “thè bread I found (CiAD M 26sb; AHw 682b). Akk. wet nurse.
I did not eat myself, thè water I found I did not
denotativi :
drink myself’ (CiAD M i soa).
27. (Phr2) (to pour water) mp 1 ?] :D’Q 1. (I )en2) (said of humans), e.g., ^Xn
nx “ \b pam n»n3s?n p nprò nrx ^ b Tixnpi
D'an vrn nrám rpaen n^n ■'irap “take some
‘shall I go and get you a I lebrew nurse to
water from thè Nile and pour it 011 thè dry land”
suckle thè child for you?” (Exod 2:7); Akk: (said
(Hxod 4:9; 1 Sani 7:6); Akk: me tabàku, e.g., ana
of humans with thè v. enéqu to suckle), e.g., màru
gamrim sa me tabdkitu gamir “(silver) has been
sa ana museniqti la usbu emùq sizbi ëniqu “(thè asakku
expended for thè costs of‘pouring’ water” (CiAD
is) a child who did not stay with a wet nurse, it
1 53b g); me elisu tubuk “pour water 011 him”
sucked thè strength of thè milk” (CiAD 26sb
(AHw 1 296a and passim).
lex. section). Note thè following qualifications in
28. (Phr2) (to libate water) n3X ìÒ] ^03
Akk. museniqtu sa tulùsa tabu “a wet nurse whose
cr.N nnin^b “ he would not drink it, and he
breast is sweet”; musèniqtu sa tulùsa marra “a wet
poured it out as a libation (to thè Lord)” (2Sam
nurse whose breast is bitter”; museniqtu sa tulùsa
23:16 = iCihr 11:18); Akk: me naqtì, e.g., aplam
niahsu “a wet nurse whose breast is flattened”
nàq me likimsuma “may (Ninurta) take from him
(*CAD M 26sb lex. section).
thè son who would libate water for him” (CiAD
2. (I)en2) (said of animals), e.g.,
M 1 52b); aqqiki me burti putrì atlaki “I have libated
□ÌT331 nip^ra “milch camels with their colts”
for you (Lamastu) water from a well, make off,
(Cìen 32:15); Akk: (said of animals), e.g., bakru
get away!” (CiAD N 337b 2' and passim).
sulùru bum puhàdu ina muhhi 7.TA.AM mumiiqàte
29. (Phr2) (to sprinkle water) D'Q pnT/n-Tn,
eniquma sizbu la usabbù karassun “thè young
e.g., nninp □'!? CP'by “'npin “I shall sprinkle
camels, donkey, foals, calves, lambs, sucked seven
upon you pure water” (Ezek 36:25; Num 19:20);
times and more at thè mothers who nursed them,
Akk: me salàhu, e.g., me ellùti tasallah “you sprinkle
yet could not satiate their stomachs with milk”
pure water” (CiAD S 86a and passim).
(*CiAD M, 266b c).
30. (Phr2) (to bathe in water) D'133 fTH,
[-e' C.f. p r v . ; p a i ’ .
e.g., nnQ] D'133 11273 frinì “ hc shal1 iiís
body in water, then he shall be clean” (Lev 14:9;
1 5:24; Ezek 1 5:4 and passim); Akk: ina me ramàku, = Akk. mcisu B v. SB (CiAI) M 35ob; AHw
e.g., ina me irammuk binu ana me tanaddi.. .zumursu 62 1 b). to clnirn (milk).

209
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

KB 1 and NIDOTTE equate thè Heb. hapax f'P speaksjustice” (Isa 33:15); D'’*]©'’!? T3P "131
(Prov 30:33) to ìiaip .fap. Held maintains tliat “(I thè Lord) who speaks righteousness, foretells
thè isolated verb fP is neither etymologically justice” (Isa 45:19); Akk: misara dabàbu “to speak
nor semantically related in any way to thè verb justice,” e.g., dayàttu këtiu dàbib kitti u misari “just
fSp “suck” or nap “drain.” He further notes that judge who speaks truth and justice” (*CAD M
“thè rare Akkadian verb màsti ‘to churn milk’ is 1 17b b and passim).
to be equated semantically and etymologically to
The Heb. (idiomatic hapax) □‘H2TP |3Ì3 “establish
Hebrew fi?.” If Held is correct, thè hapax idiom
justice,” e.g., Hjpnai tDStpp □‘HCT’P F1?3Ì3 HriK
□“pn fr? “ churning of milk” (Prov 30:33) should
JVÉ5J HF1X 3plT? “it was You who established
be equated to Akk. màsti sa sizbi “to churn milk”
equity, You who has done righteousness and
employed not only in a lex. text, but also in a SB
judgment in Jacob” (Ps 99:4), is thè functional
bilingual hymn to fallii: umun ll Mu-ul-líl-lá ga
and semantic equivalent of thè Akk. expression
nu-dun-dun dUK sakir-ra <i>—bi—in—de: bellini 1)N
misara sakànu, which is employed in thè OB
sizibbi la masi ina sakiri taspuk “you, lord Enlil,
period to express thè concept of a royal decree
have poured into thè churn milk that cannot be
as a legislative act to remedy certain social and
churned” (CAD M | 35ob). Thus, Prov 30:33: ’3
economie conditions, e.g., misaram ina màti
d'sìc f^pi nn lfix f'pi nxpD □‘pn fnp astakati “I (Samsuiluna) established misaram in thè
3,- l iOai -1 is rendered by Held: “for as churning
country” (*CAD M 1 1711 1).
milk produces ghee and pressing a nose produces
blood, so stirring up of wrath produces strife.” IH Weinfeld, 1982:491-520.

Ili Held, JAOS 79 (1959) 171; idem, Iwry Irst., 97-

103.
,j?'
— Akk.maklalu s. Bogh, MA,SB,NA (CiAD
Cf. nra v.
Mi 1 37b; AI lw 59oa). a garment.

Heb ^Í^PP is twice employed in thè sg., occurring

(□■nero/) wp — Akk. ausarti s. OAkk. on
only in Ezek., in thè expression bi^SP , t?3i7 e.g.,
(CAD M 1 i6b; AHw 6_syb.). legai redress, justice;
...b'tap ■’cn'p nr3ip nina (“she lusted
Heb. level ground, justice, order.
after thè Assyrians), governors and prefeets,
i’iirase:olocy gurdsmen dressed with miklòl” (Ezek.23:12538:4).
1. (Phr2) (scepter of justice) “1Ì2TP e.g., The noun is likewise employed once in thè pi.,
Tjnw 1 ?!? tonr “lÉTO to?!?) “your royal scepter is in sequence with other expansive fabrics: iipil
a scepter of justice” (Ps 45:7); Akk: hattu isartu, a , pi3 ■'.nrqi nppii -pi 1 ?;- a^bpp? “-Vpi
e.g., sa iddinam batta isarti ana paqàdam hai dadmi “they were your dealers in (expansive) garments,
“(Nabli) who gave me (Nebuchadnezzar) thè just in cloaks of blue and variegated cloth, and in
scepter to guide all people” (C’AD I/J 22$b c). coverlets of multicolored trini...” (Ezek.27:24).
2. (Phr2) (to dispense justice) /"liETO n/tOS® In Akk., thè 1101111 both in thè pi. maklele (AHw
□n^p2 “judge with justice,” e.g., ^3Fl 59oa) and 111 thè sg. maklalu are preceeded by
□nr'P? □■'PSJl p"I?3 “He (thè Lord) will judge thè determinative for cloths ’ Ì ' I J G e.g., 1 ' I Ï J G
(rule) thè world with justice and people with maklalu lubul<ti> sarri sapa “one 111. for thè king’s
equity” (Ps 98:9; 67:5; 75:3; 9:9); Akk: misara wardrobe, dyed (CiAD M | 137b, a let. fr. Egypt).
dànu, e.g., habla u sagsa misarsina tadàn uddakam
“every day you (Marduk) dispense justice to thè r,-???: jnbsp) nbDi? — Akk. katnaru
disinherited and thè cheated” (C’AD M 1 17b and A s. SB (C’.AD K 1 1 1 b; AHw 43oa). a trap.
passim).
3. (Phr2) (to speak of justice) “^/"'“/“l?" The BH root “103 is employed in both its masc.
D-HKTP “speak/foretell justice,” e.g., nip-J? (2 times) and fem. (3 times) nominai forms, in
□’I^P "inni “he who walks in righteousness, four different phonetic variants in thè following

21 o
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew □nn»
t :•

idiomatic expressions: “IP3P Kin “antelope

Dri3D = Akk. kitmu s. OB on (CiAD K 466:1; AI Iw
(caught) in a net” (Isa 5 1:2o); “HV/rpnP rÓSJH
493b). Akk. cover (over a bed); a tuning and intcrval
n“ippP3 ^DX/'/D'nrQ “bring np with a Hne//to
on musical instrument; Heb. a tuning and intcrval
pulì up with a trawl//gather in a net” (I lab 1:15;
on musical instrument.
cf. also Hab 1:16); “1P3D3 “fall into a net” (Ps
141:10); bs rnbpp 'Énsv/rpn ~ìk*3 •r-'rrr: The technical terni □npp occurs six times in
□'P ’'?? “those who cast lines in thè Nile//those thè superscriptions of Psalm 16, as well as in
who spread nets 011 thè water” (Isa 19:8). thè literary unit of Psalms 56—60. The lexeme is
Akk. kamàru is equated in comm. to thè twice attested as TH 1 ? OrpQ (Ps 16:1; 60:1) and
more common sub. siiti “net” (CAI) ibid. lex. four times Dri3P (Ps 56:1; 57:1; 58:1; 59:1).
section), and commonly employed in thè idiom There are basically three etymologies suggested
kamàra sakànu “to set up a net” (AHw 43ob 3, s.v. for this terni: (1) equatmg OrOO to DH3 “gold,”
kamàru I). hence “golden jewel” (Ibn Ezra); (2) in light of
thè LXX slclographia; Tg. J. Ninn (only 011
(no?!?/) ODQ = Akk. miksu s. OB on (CiAl) M Ps 16:1); Vulg. titilli itiscriptio “pillar inscription,
C>3b; AI lw 6_S2a). Akk. dues; Heb. tribute. inscription ofa title,” modern biblical scholarship
suggests reading our terni as 3H3P, basing it 011
Akk. miksu can, for example, refer to thè share Isa 38:9 IITpTrf? 3TOP; (3) based on thè Akk.
of thè yield of a field due to thè tenant or owner verb katàmu “to cover,” Mowinckcl (1962:209)
or paid to thè palace as thè owner of thè field, conjectures that there is a reference to atonement
e.g., eqel ckallirn...sa itinnu iweruma irisù se’am and suggests thè translation “atonement psalms.”
mikis cqhm suddinasuuuti “concerning thè palace This interpretation is not without difficulties,
field which thè builders cultivated without since Akk. katàmu “to cover” (C’AD K 298a)
permission, collect from them thè tax to be paid does not connote “to atone” as does Heb. “133.
011 thè yield of thè field” (CiAD M 64)1 b), or It is interesting to observe that Rasili, Ibn Ezra,
tolls, e.g., se’atti nusàhi sibse miksi kàri lichen sa anci Qimhi understood DrpO as a musical term.
màtiya uzakkìsunùti “I exempted them from thè According to Rashi, DrOP is “one of thè terms
dues levied 011 barley, from thè sibsu-tnx (and) [employed] to denote a melody and rhythm.”
from toll dues collectcd 011 thc quays (and) river- Ibn Ezra understands DrOP, along with other
crossings of my country” (CiAD M 6sb b; Esar.). terms, to be “thè opening words of a song, to thè
Heb. P?0, which occurs six times (all in Num melody of which thè psalm was sung.” Qimhi
31:28,37—41), pertains solely to thè divine share takes a number of terms to be tunes of a special
of tribute from war booty. Note also that whereas style of music peculiar to particular musical
Rashbam takes thè initial P of HOPP (fem. of ODO) instruments. Continuing this medieval tradition,
as a radicai and compares thè forni to n33E? (Exod Ewald (1866:229) maintains that musically DÏÏ3P
16:3), BDB, KB 1 , following Hayuj, Ibn Janah and corresponds so clearly to ^'p^P ,“1ÌPTP, and
Qimhi, derive thè 1101111 from thè hapax root 0P3 IÌ'35!? that its own meaning must be sought in
“divide, compute” (Exod 12:4). As pointed out connection with these: they refer to thè musical
by Sarna, “we would expect thè geminate verb to accompaniment, namely ^'pCP “high-toned”
yield a noun forni mikissah; cf. megillah, mesibbah, (“//(■//<’”), DrtpP “low-toned” (“dumpfere”), “1ÌPTP
meshissah.” It seems best to consider thè terms “with complete accompaniment,” fi"’3ï£7 “shifting
n03P/03P (— Akk: miksu) as derived from thè from one type to another.” In light of thè above
well-attestcd Akk. verb makàsu “to collect a share medieval and modern scholars who understand
from a rented fìled, to collect taxes, duty” (CiAD □npp as a musical term, one may equate this
M | i27a). biblical superscription terni to thè Akk. sub. kitmu
IH Sarna, 1991:244:12; Kaufman, AIA 72; Rllenbogen, employed as a musical term. Akk. kitmu, which
102; Mankowski, 92—93. is derived from thc verb katàmu “to cover,” is
21 i
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

employed as a musical term “closed,” which is 2. (Idi) (to have plenty; lit. fili thè fist) :X^P
known to refer to hymns to be played or sung m ,l ?ra Tpjsn x^pi |sn “fili up your fist with
in a particular tuning or scale for thè lyre: summa fire coals” (Ezek 10:2; Exod 9:8; Lev 16:12); Akk:
sammùm kitm\umma\ “if thè lyre is (tuned to) thè upna malú: SE.NUMUN upunta mala upnàya “my
kitmu - ‘closed’ mode” (*CA1) K 466b 2 and fists are full of groats(?) made of u.-flour” (C’AD
passim with different mode in this text; OB). M j i77a c).
As noted by Kilmer, thè “Akkadian System 3. (Idi) (to have a mouthful) nS X*pp, e.g.,
Light cuneiform text (ranging in time from thè ninsin xVr:x pi “i will fili my mouth with
early second millennium to thè middle of thè arguments” (Job 23:4; Ps 81:11); Akk: pii malti,
first) provides us with Akkadian technical terms e.g., piya eperam tnalima “my mouth is full of dust”
relating to a set of seven musical scales and nine (CAD M | i77a c). Akk. pà mullti (D-stem) means
musical strings {pittiti).” “to keep a promise” (C'AD P 45yb s.v. rutiliti).
4. (Id2) (to hand over, grant, ordain; lit. fili
Hill K i l m e r , Lmdsbcrgcr Irst., 2 6 1 — 6 8 ; H o d g e , Lesimi
thè hand) T X^P, e.g., DnX Z'^pb DT n$ X^P 1 ?
Irst., 6 3 4 - 4 4 .
“ordain them, consecrate them” (Exod 29:33);
in? 1 ? DT xVp “ who ordained them for
= Akk. malti v. OAkk. 011 (CAD M i 174b; priesthood” (Num 3:3 and passim); Akk: ana qàti
AHw 597a). to be full, fili up. ululili, e.g., batta murtc’àt nisc ana qàtiya umcllù “they
handed over to me thè scepter that shepherds all
IDIOMATIC USACI;
people” (C'AD M 187a c and passim); màlikùt
1. (Idi) (to elapse) CP?r X 1 ?», e.g., n?PP n*? ilàni.. .qàtukka usmalli “I have handed over to you
X^PX “I will let you enjoy thè full count of thè rule over thè gods” (C’AD M i8cja 2').
your days” (Exod 23:26); ni» D©0 n^ Oh 5. (Id2) (to be filled with laughter/delight)
rw nx ab nrx ipn □'p; “ 110 more shall nn ìrs pini» x^p1 rx :pintp x^p/xbp?
there be an infant or old man who does not live “our mouth shall be filled with delight (lit.
out his days” (Isa 65:20); Akk: lima malu, e.g., adi laughter), our tongues with joy” (Ps 126:2); ni?
mala ùnte sa isti ilitti crisu lallikma “I will depart nxnnn apraci ?ps pini? n^p; “He will fili your
when thè appointed day has come, which I have mouth with delight (lit. laughter), your lips with
requested from thè god” (C’AI) M iSob); ùtue shouts of joy” (Job 8:21); Akk: malti siliàti: kima
imiti ukkipa adannu “thè days have elapsed, thè kakkab sanie nabli malti sìbàti “like a shilling star
appointed time has drawn near” (CAD M i8ob of heaven full of delight (lit. laughter)” (CAD S
and passim). i86a lex. section).
□pnx npsx r,zz cri??® n*òp 'zb 6. (Id2) (to be filled with sorrow) X^Q]
b$ -rrx rrnV nitsn nnn n# ~~'bz 'napoi , x l ?pFi firn linss» :|ir “ you shall be filled with
n-TO Dippn “when thè seventy years are compieteci drunkenness and sorrow” (Ezek 23:33); Akk:
for Babylon I shall take care of you and I shall tàniha nissata malli: sa karàna imlu//innaqii tàniha
fulfill for you My promise of favor—to bring you imtalla “who was (once) full of wine, is (now) full
back to this place” (Jer 29:10); Akk: sanata malte, of sorrow” (C’AD M | 1 7 5 b).
adi uine im\hi libbi beli rabc?\ Marduk inùlima ana 7. (Id2) (to be filled with anger) :npn X^P?
màti sa cninu irstì salt\rnu\ 70 sanati im\lu\ “until npn ]pn X^pn “Haman was filled with anger”
thè time becomes [full and thè heart of thè great (Esth 3:5; 5:9); Akk: libbàta malli, e.g., sarrum
lord| Marduk shall become quiet and with thè ìibbàtim irritala “thè king was filled with anger”;
land that he punished he shall become reconciled, mamma libbàti la imalltt “nobody shall be filled
seventy years shall be compieteci” (Borger, Usarli, with anger” (C'AD L iC>4a b).
p. 15, c :26). Cf. also diurna 4 sanàtu imtalù “when 8. (Icb) (to be sated, lit. fili up thè stomach)
thè four years have elapsed” (C’AD M. icjob and X^pn Tpapi bpxn :c-rp/‘p? X^p “feed
passim). your stomach and fili your belly”(Ezck 3:3;

212
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hf.brew
T

7:19); Ì3EQ N^ppb TP “let th.it (misfortune) fili his and their attire” (iKgs 10:5 = 2Chr 9:4; Ezek
belly” (Job 20:23); Akk: karsa malti, e.g., sa ameli 16:13); Akk: sarrutu ki ilqtì nalbasu ittalbis “when
muttaprassidi mali karassu “a lninter gets his belly he assumed thè kingship, he put 011 a cloak”
filled” (*CA1) M 17711 c). (C'AD N i 2oob 1).
9. (LI2) (to be in a baci way) IfcÒi? '3
The WSem. inalbasti is employed as a gloss in EA
‘for my sinews are filled with niisery (and
369:9, i.e., kaspn (turasti kitti//inalbasi “silver, gold,
there is 110 wholesonie flesh in me)” (Ps 38:8). As
garments” (CAD M j i62a; AHw 724a i.).
noted by Held, (Landsberger Irst., 402), this verse
cannot be separateci from thè following passage in Note also thè Akk. expression nalbas sanie
thè Cìilgames Lpic: ser'àniya uissatu nmtaììi “I kept “clouds,” lit. “cloak of thè sky” (CAD N 200b
filling my sinews with pain” (Cìeorge, C.Ugarnesh, 3). Similarly, Heb. employs thè verb 273^ with
692:256). □'DE? in thè following metaphor: [TP® ETaSx
Ci. IÒI 3. □nTO3 □‘’ÉK ptol nnnp “l (thè Lord) clothe thè
skies in blackness (i.e., cloncis) and make their
rainment sackcloth” (Isa 50:3).
= Akk. inaiti adj. OAkk. on (C'AI) M 17 3 a ;
AHw 597a). filli, covered, complete. ^ cf. ràb v., rà 1 ?.

Cf. IÒO v.
= Akk. naìbattu (nalbantu) s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI)
N 200a; AHw 724a). brick niold.
nxS’D = Akk. milu s. 015 011 (C'AI) M 6yb; AHw
652b). flood crest. di no ta rivi:
1. (I)eii2) la'ppa -rzy- “assign to thè brick
DliNOTMI VE:
mold” (i.e., to make bricks) (2Sam 12:31); |PB
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) 'p'SX *71? Vr» ]2*703 “embeci in a brick structure” (Jer 43:9);
nx^p by n'her nbna nisrh crp “his eyes are }2*7P pmn “hold thè brick moki” (Nah 3:14);
like doves by watercourses, bathed in milk, set
Akk: e.g., ina nalbandti sin ni piri usi taskarinni
by brimming pools” (SoS 5:12); Akk: milu, e.g.,
mustikkanni.. .usalbina libitta “I had bricks macie
ihtarpuni nidi bissati ittagpusu ine naqbi “early carne
in brick molds of ivory, ebony, boxwood, and
thè crest of thè flood, thè water from thè springs
wood from thè Makan tree” (C'AI) N 201,1 b).
rushed in in gushes” (C'AI) M 7K1 c).
i£í ' Cf. p 1 ? v. m 1 ?.
In light of thè parallels nN i ?p//:i 1 7n//CI ,, P 'p^X,
Akk. milu “floocied water body,” employed beside
rwn^p (kì^q) — Akk. tamiii s. OA, OB 011 (CAI)
naqbu “water spring” and LH nrP^O, it seems
T 143b; AHw 1 3 16a s.v. tamliu). terrace, inlay.
best to interpret thè Heb. hapax nN^P as “pool
flooded with water,” i.e. “brimming pool,” thè ni Nn \ ! :\ 1
naturai resting place for thè doves. 1. (I)eii2) (terrace) ÌrT’3 ÏIN;] ‘H rP3 J1X nÌ33*?
( I l T u r - S i n a i , 1 9 6 0 : 3 7 9 ; T a w i l , Beit Mikra 1 5 1 ( 1 9 9 7 ) xi*?pn “ to build thè House of thè Lord, and
390-91. his own palace, and thè terrace (and thè wall of
(J?' Cf. iòo v. &Òì3. Jerusalem)” (1 Kgs. 9:15,24,27; cf. also 2 Sani 5:9;
1 Chr 1 1:8; 2 Chr 32:5); Akk: 50-àm tibkt... tamia

— Akk. nalbasu (inalbasti) s. Mari on (C'AI) usnialli... tamia sudtu sikittasu ul usaqqi ma'dis... scr
N i 2ooa; AHw 724a). cloak. tamle sucitii assesti addi “I made an earthfill fifty
courses 011 each side for a terrace, but I did not
DENOTATI VE build this terrace too high, upon that terrace I laid
1. (I)en2) (referring to royal clothing) “IPI7P1 its (thè palace’s) foundation” (C'AD 'I' 143b 1).
airràbpi r™p “ and his attendants standing 2. (I )en2) (said of stone inlay) ^X flX
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew
T“

C-xVsr: '33X n«1 anrn “they brought lapis lazuli ”^*70 — Akk. malku A (maliku) s. OAkk. on (C'AD
and stones as itilays (for thè ephod and for thè M i i66b; AHw 595b). king.
breastpiece)” (Exod 35:27; cf. also Exod 25:7,9; 1
IDIOMATIC USACI'.
chr 29:2); |2X n*òp in nìòpì “ set in it mounted
stones” (Exod 28:17; cf. also 28:20; 39:13); Akk: 1. (UÌ2) (king of kings) DO^P ^[*712 “king of
dn dinàti tamhi tamhisunu uqnù “fibulas with inlays, kings” (Ezek 26:7); Akk: sar (kai) malki “king of
their inlays being of genuine lapis lazuli” (CAD T (all) kings” (C’AD M i66b a). This idiomatic
i45a 2); nnqn sa tamliisa barraqtu sa ina huràsi saknat compound replaces thè more common Akk.
expression sar sarràni, e.g., sar kai malki sar sennini
“a ring whose inset is a barraqtu-i^cm mounted in
“(Assurnasirpal II) king of all kings, king of
gold” (C'AD B 1 13a).”
kings” (C'AI) ibid.); sar kai malki bel beìc... sar
As noted by Steiner “The current in vestigation
sarràni “(Tiglat-pileser I) king of all kings, lord of
leads to thè conclusion that millo(') is an arti fidai
lords...king of kings” (C'AD ibid.). The epithet
terrace mound, especially one built to adjacent
“king of kings” as employed by Ezekiel to portray
inside of thè city wall. Support for this conclusion
Nebuchadnezzar (see also Dan 2:37: icòp n:x
is available...ln Akkadian one of thè meanings
Kp^p ^p “ you O king - king of kings”) is
of tatuili is ‘terrace’...That other meaning of
commonly employed for thè Assyrian and Persian
tanti ti ‘inlay (of stones, etc.), setting’... makes its
kings (e.g., Xerxes, ANET 1 , 3 i6b), but unattested
counterpart of thè biblical Hebrew mullu’à(h) and
outside of thè Bible for Neo-Babylonian kings
millù’im.”
(See Paul, Lournstaum Irst., 312:31).
Note thè Emarite WSem. phonetic variant
2. (Id2) (to defeat, control a king; lit. to
mali'tu “artificial terrace”: cqlu mala masti ina nielliti
step 011 a king’s neck) n.KIS bv CrVp T\$ ÌÌTÉ?
sa màrc Sibila “a field as far as it extends, on thc □■’p’ppn ‘ ‘(come forward) and place your
artificial terrace of thè sons of Sihha” (limar 1 38:1 feet on thè necks of these kings” (Josh 10:24);
and passim; see Pentiuc 2001:120-21). Akk: mtikabbis kisàd malki “who steps 011 thè neck
IH Steiner, BASOR 276 (19X9) 15-23. of (enemy) kings” (C'AD IVI 1 C>7a a).
Cf. fcÒO v. l’HRASEOI.OCY

3. (Phn) (royal palace) PÒ 1^1

FlS'D = Akk. malàhu s. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw. (C’AD “[‘ppn ‘rr— nns “ and capable ofservmg 111
thè royal palace”(l)an 1:4; Ps 45:16; Prov 30:28;);
M I4yb; AHw 592b). sailor, boatman.
Akk: ekal malki, e.g., atta ekal malki iltakan pallisti
1)1 no 1 a 1 ivi “he set out to go to thè royal palace” (C'AD M
1 . (i)en2) nii?1?^ vnnrrrV?:- a»nni9?»bs i66b a).
“all thè sliips of thè sea, with their sailors, 4. (Phr2) (thè kings of thè earth)
were in you(r harbor)” (Ezek 27:9,27,29; J011 1:5; you enriched thè kings of
in reference to Phoenician sailors and boatmen thè earth” (e.g., Ezek 27:33; Ps 2:2/Josh 12:1,7;
from Tyre, Sidon, and Byblos); Akk: cllipàti siràti Ezra 9:7); Akk: bilat malki kibràt arba’i imdanahharu
episti màtisun ibnii naklis malàhàntt.. .aita qiddatì “they used to receive thè tribute of thè rulers
adi GN 1 tsqelpii “they skillfully built superb boats from all parts of thè world” (C’AD M i i67b).
according to thè practice in their lands; thè sailors The standard Akk. word for king is sarru (CAD
sailed (them) downstream to Opis” (C'AD M j S2 76a). In thè syn. list, thè word malku is equated
15 1 a 8). with sarru (CAD Mi i66a, lex. section).

Sum. inà-lah “sailor” is fornied from ina “ship” c:r. 1 1 S0 v., nsbo.
and lah “to drive, direct, steer.” The rendering of
thè lexeme is then “ship driver,” hence “sailor.” — Akk. malaku B v. RS, Emar; WSem. word
I li Ellenbogen, 103; Mankowski, 93. (CAD M | 1 5 8a). to wield power.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biiìlic.al Heiìrf.w □TIP1?»

DI-NOTATI VI- sarratu (C'AI) M i66a lex. section).

i. (D0112) ^nri bittfp nx irb» Note also that thè OB epithet of Istar \ma\Ikat
133 “do you moan to roign over us? do you samàmi “queen of heaven” (CAI) ibid.) = sarrat
moan to rule over us?” (Cìen 37:8); Akk. (hapax): sanie (CAD S | 340I-)) = Heb: D'Dtón n? 1 ??? (Jer
ha,~amm ali 11 akil eqlàti la iniallik elisu “thè mayor 7:18; 44:17,18,19,25) rd. rp 1 ?!? “ queen of
of thè town and thè ovorseor of fields have 110 heaven.” Cf. D’313.
power over him” (C’AI) M 1 58a). '■*’ Cf. I "i^o v . , ^q.
Note thè abstract Mari sub. namlaktu (pi.
namlàkàtu=l-\cb. niD*?!??? “kingdoms” cf. e.g.,
= Akk. massari1 s. OB, MA 011 (CAI) M_
iKgs 10:20; Isa 13:19; 14:16 and passim): kima
341 a; AHw 621 a), guard.
dlisu (ÌN u kima alane sa namlàkàtisu “like his town
CìN and like thè towns ofhis realm” (C'AI) N DENO TATI VE]

233a; AHw 728a). 1. (I)eri2) ]v’/j DJ3 H3 nx Xt?3 “isbïïn “’H'I

Noto also thè Aniarna WSem. forili (EA* Dnb inil D!Tn?;Q “so thè guard kept on
333:20) inulku “kingship”: sul mulka “disloyalty to removing their food, and thè wine they were
thè kingship” (CAI) M t i88a). supposed to drink, and gave them legumes” (Dan
The Emarite WSem. v. (I ) - stoni verbal 1101111/ 1:16); Akk:sumnia massari11Intani ina] nasàrim igunta
inf.) rnalluku means “installation, enthrononiont”: “if thè guard is careless in watching thè house”
ina timi qaddusi sa malluki “011 thè day of ( c : ad mi 341 b).
sanctification of thè installation” (Emar 369:22;
The twice-attested (1 )an 1:11,16) is a
see Fontine 2001:1 15). The word for installation
loanword from Akk. mausaru (> rilassarti) with thè
or enthronement (ofa king, high priest) is absent
T2D 1 ? interchange.
fr. BH.
III! M a n k o w s k i , 95-97.

c;f. -2 : v .
II ”1^0 = Akk. malàku A v. OAkk. 011 (CAI) M
1 5411; AFIw 593b). to deliberate, give advice.
o'n^o — Akk. ntaqqahu s. RS; Ug. word (CAD
DENOTATIVE M | 253a; AIIw 6o7b). Akk. (metal utensil); Heb.
I. (I)en2> (BH hapax) rCTHXI 'by 'ìb tongs.
□’'33pìl nX] aniin nx “after considering thè mattcr
DENOTATIVE
carofully, I consured thè nobles and thè prefeets”
1. (I)eii2) (employed six times always in dual
(Neh 5:7); Akk. milluku “to deliberate”: Ilnlil ay
forili) e.g., “then one of thè seraphs flew over to
illika ana surqinni as'sii la initalkuma iskuuu abubu
me with a live eoa!,” nSTïïn ný? 3 Vip*???
“may Enlil not come to thè incense because he
“which he had taken from thè aitar with a pair of
lacked counsel and caused thè Dolugo” (Cìeorge,
tongs” (Isa 6:6; cf. also 1 Kgs 7:49 = 2Chr 4:21;
Gilgamesh, 714:169-70); malàku “to give advice”:
Hxod 25:38; 37:23; Num 4:9); Akk. (hapax): 1
leni puhriya luhnadamma kàtam lumlik “I will find
maqqahà isàti i maqqahà me “one pair of tongs for
out what my assembly thinks so that I may give
fire, one pair of tongs for water” (PRU VI 157,
you advice” (CAI) M 1 S4b).
1 3fi, list of utensils).
IH Cohen, Hapax 143:86.
As noted by thè C'AD (M | 253a 11.) “thè forni
maqqahà represents thè construct state of thè dual
= Akk. malkatu A s. OAkk., OB, Bogh., SB
(nominative) thus indicating that thè implement
(CAI) M | i66a; AFIw 59sb). queen.
is a pair, a set, frolli thè WSem. root Iqh," i.e.,
In thè lexical synonym list Malku, malkatu is malqahu>niaqqahu.

equated to thè standard Akk. word for “queen” Note thè assimilation of thè lamed i.e.,

215
n^pp An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

ntaqqahu. Such is also thè case with thè hapax 11 = Akk. mannu (manni, man) pron. OAkk. on
in i.bh npp>njp t 7a (fr.npb) in 2(',r 19:7 and (C'AD M | 2i3a; AHw 6o3a). Akk. who? (interr.),
nnpp>nnp?p in Neh 10:32. The forni npp who, anyone, someone, one (indefinite).
is commonly employed in LH (Ben-Yehuda,
l'he Heb. |P, employed in Deut 33:11, is
Dictionary, Voi. 4, 327611).
traditionally rendered as “110 more” (NJPS, NEB,
Illll 1 luchnergard, 1987:143.
etc.), e.g., IIPIp' ]P VWPPI VPp D^nip fOP “smite
'•>' cf. npb v. thè loins of his foes; let his enemies rise 110 more.”
Qimhi, however, rcnders: DIT 1 ?» pmp' n^K ttfn’B
“its explanation: whoever rises upon them.”
s. <> Akk. numthu B v. SB (CAD M | 35411;
Following Qimhi, Cross and Freedman consider
AHw 623b). Akk. to ilare up, shine brightly; Heb.
thè preposition ]P “syntactically anomalous in thè
luminosity.
present context.” Consequently, they vocalize
The term is a BH hapax: ^3ÌDn nràp nn? m |P “whoever |attacks him|”; Akk: mannu, e.g.,
m -:nx ^inn n^n ©np nn? ^pnnyi mannu atta sarru sa fella arkiya “whoever you are,
rp’pnnn 1 P ‘you are a cherub of luminosity who king, who comes after me” (C'AD M 2i7b 6' and
protects, and I set you in thè holy mountain of passim).
Cìod; you were amidst fire-stones, you walked It should be observed, however, that in light of
about” (Ezek 28:14). thè EA interr. pron ntinu “who,” one need not
Although Greenberg and others equate n©PP revocalize thè particle as suggested by Cross and
to Akk. inasdhu A “to measure” (CAD M 352b), Freedman. miuu is attested in EA as a WSem.
context requires a sense of numinous splendor word, and employed in a similar context as 111
and awesome brightness befitting thè former Deut 33:1 1, e.g., istu nakriya u istu hupsiya minu
greatness of thè king of Tyre. Accordingly, it yinasiranni “who will protect me from my enemy
seems best to equate Heb. PIPPP to Akk. masàliu and my rabbie (troops)?” (LA 112:13,17); minu
B, rendering thè compound nppp nn? as nukurtu \sa\ sarri ul l’N “who but PN is an enemy
“cherub of luminosity.” Akk. (with star as thè of thè king” (EA 101:1). As noted by thè C’AD
subject): smunta kakkabu imsuli imsuh “if thè star (ibid.), thè word occurs only in letters of Rib-
flares up again and again(?)” (C’AD M | 354a b). Addi.

I l I I I G r e e n b e r g , A B zz/K 5 8 3 — 8 4 ; G a r f ì n k e l , 1 0 0 1 . Note also thè Can. Aniarna forni mlya(-mi/me)

“who” (EA 129:7, 81 and passim; Sivan 1984:248).
Morali (AL 283 11. 3) compares thè Aniarna phrase
I |!2 :: Akk. manni (manna, mannu) indefinite pron.
mtyami yumaggir “who would grant” to thè Heb.
EA; WSem. word (CAD M | 2i2b). what?
expression }rr ’P (cf. e.g., Ps 55:7, Job 31:35).
denotativi ; IH Qimhi, Scfcr I Lischordschiiu, 1 9 4 I 1 ; Cross and

1. (i )en2) rna bx ctx npxn bx-ifr. , 3? liqn Freedman, 1975:1 1 3.

xn np 1SJT tÒ ^ Kn IP “when thè Israelites

saw it, they said to one another, ‘what is it?’ for H3I2 = Akk. manu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD M | 221 a;
they did not know what it was” (Exod 16:15); AI lw 6o4a). Akk. to count, appoint.
Akk: e.g., manna cpsati ana sarri bcliya “what have
SYNTACTICAL CONSTRUCTION
I done to thè king, my lord?” (C'AD M | 2i2b a,
1. (sy) (to consign) b naa, e.g., nrrx Tnpi
EA 286:5; Byblos and passim).
isn?n rn^V a?1??! nnnb “i will consign you
In light of EA manni, Ug. nin, Heb. jt? may be a to thè sword, all of you will kneel down to be
dialectic variant of nP “what.” slaughtered” (Isa 65:12); Akk: ana...manu: ana
(il KB\ 596I1. kakki tidkirì limnus “nr.iy (Istar) consign bini to thè
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

weapons of thc enemy” (*CA1) M 226b); assu... nra?3 :: manhati s. Ug.; WSem. word (PRU IV
uiseya iiunu ana barasi “because he consiglici! my 293:5). present, gift.
people to destruction” (C'AI) ibid.).
IH Albright, BASOR 146 (1957) 35.
IMIRASLOl o<;y

2. (Phn) (to count sheep) ixan nnnpn ni?

’T bs “thè sheep shall pass again under thè 00 = Akk. massii s. Alalakh, [iA (CAI) M 327a;
hands of one who counts them” (Jer 33:13); Akk: AHw óHja). corvée worker.
e.g., L’Ima marsit seni imuu “he counted like a flock
denotativi ;
of sheep and goats” (CAI) M 222a).
1. (i)en2) dì? nbsri “bring, furnish corvée
3. (Phri) (to count days), e.g., |? ITO??*?
workers” (iKgs 5:27; 9:21 = 2C'hr 8:8); Akk:
nrapn 333*7 xnji jrhn “so make us know how few
massa (u>)abàlu, e.g., anàkuma ubbalu massi “I am
are our days (lit. to count our days) that we may
bringing corvée workers” (C'.AI) M 3273, EA
attain a wise heart” (Ps 90:12); Akk: aunlùtiimma
365:14).
mani1 ùmusa “as for man, his days are numbered”
(George, (ìilganiesh, 200:142). For thè idioms “basket carricrs,” i.e., “corvée
4. (Phri) (countless) workers,” standard Akk. employs thè idioms
mi? ‘ ‘too many to be numbered (i.e. countless) nàs lupsikki/zàbil tupsikki; nàs/zàini kudurri. Akk.
or counted” (I Kgs 3:9; 8:5 = 2Chr 5:6); Akk: (in tupsikku/kudurru “basket” is then thè semantic
thè phrasc) ana la mane, e.g., sugullat sisc...ana la equivalent of thè WSem. nouns massu/sablu
mane utirrà “I carried ofFcountless herds of horses” “basket” employed in peripheral Akk. in Mari,
(C'AI) M 222b e); alani ana la inane appul aqqur “I Amarna, and Alalakh. Heb. OD is employed once
uprooted (and) destroyed countless cities” (CAI) in Cìen 49:15 in parallelism with thè verb
ibid.). “to burden,” revocalized by Held as a 1101111
“[he (Issachar) let his shoulder] to thè basket.”
DENOTATI Vii
Similarly, note thc sequential association of
5. (I)eii2) (to appoint/allot) n3!?/ì13l?, e.g.,
ni^Dp - D'OÌ? “task-masters - forced labor” (Exod
"h boy ni^b-i xiiz? 'ni: -h 'ròmn ]? “so i
1:11).
bave been allotted months of futility, nights of
Both medieval and modern scholars are
misery (they) appointed for me” (Job 7:3); On!?!
devided as to thè derivation and thè interpretation
some of them ili charge of (lit.
of thè BI I hapax const. sub. np??, attested in thè
appointed over) thè vessels” (1 Chr 9:29); Akk: ana
phrase jfiri —JX TJ*]; n?"!] npp (Deut 16:10).
pàljati sanitimma ina qàt mamma saturnina ia imannu
Following LXX, l’g. O., Rashi, Rashbam and
“he shall not assign it to another province under
thè moderns such as BDB, KB 1 , and DCH render
thè jurisdiction of another (governor)” (CAI) M
thè word in thè sense of “suffìcient, cnough,”
225I-) 7).
corresponding to LH and Aram. XHOf?. Ibn
Ezra derives thè noun from thè root PD3 “lift
H3D = Akk. maini s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) M | 2njb; up,” hence, 03 “banner.” Menahem ben Saruck
AHw Ó04a). mina (one-sixtieth of a talent). (.Mahberet, 1 i8b) was thc first to derive thè 1101111
from thè root DPÍ2, hence Di?, citing Cìen 49:15;
PIIRASEOI.OCY
Exod 1:11; Fani 1:1; Esth 10:1, stating “ÌQ3
1. (Phri) (silver mina) D^D ^P? “minas of ^“P n3riP ‘like thè gift of your hand’.” Ibn Janah
silver” (Ezra 2:69; Neh 7:71,72); Akk: mane kaspi and Qimhi follow thè derivation of Menahem,
(C'AI) M | 22oa 1 and passim). without an explanation as to thè semantic
2. (Phr2) (gold mina) 3Ì1T D,3Q “minas of development of thè mng. “suffìcient, cnough.”
gold” (1 Kgs 10:17); Akk: mane (scliri) huràsi Together with Menahem it seems best to derive
“(small) mina ofgold” (C'AI) M | 22ob 2). noi? (const. fem. sub.) from thè geminate PDÍ3.
Ìli] Mankowski, 94 95. This is similar to other geminates, such as: n3}-n33
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hfbrfw

(>13a) ;n3p-n3D (>33p) inbp-nbp (r^bo). iíf' cf. raspa.

Tlic I leb. hapax Ì10ID* is then thc fem. forni of
PP (as na? to }3), which originally has thè physical
|3DP = Akk. mustikkannu s. OB on; Sum. lw.
and concrete meaning “basket” and semantically
mes-mà-gan-na (C'AD M 237a; AHw 678a). (a tree
extcnted to connote “corvée work> tribute.” As
imported from thè East).
noted by Held (JAOS 88 [1968] 9Sb—96), Heb.
PP is paralleled by Mari sablu and Alalakh-Amarna The tree name is a BH hapax: HOnn 13ppn
ntassu. Accordingly, Alalakh-Amarna awiluti *6 bp? T-pnb ib :rp2' apn enn “ira1 3p-p
massi/a yields is sebel and 'anse mas “men of thc tDÍP -1 “as a gift chooses thè tree (imported from
basket > corvée workers” respcctively. It seems thè East), a wood that does not rot, then he seeks
rather reasonable to conclude that nPP in Deut a skillful woodwork to make a finn idol that will
16:10 means “thè basket (i.e., thè tribute) of thè not topple” (Isa 40:20).
free offering of your hand that you (are able to) In cuneiform inscriptions thè tnusukkannu-
give.” This rendering comcides with thè gesture tree ranks among other great trees: dalàt creili
of presenting tribute, i.e., “inX b*P bs DHÍK nniH surmeni dapràui tnusukkanni ina bàbisa metti “I
bo? anx rcnjprn “pi ace this in one basket and (Assurnasirpal II) fixed door-leaves of cedar,
present them in thè basket” (Hxod 29:3); riPÉ?1 cypress, juniper, and musakkannu-wood into its
and shall put (thè first fruit of thè soil) in a doorways” (C'AD M 238a); erenì paglùti la minu
basket” (Deut 26:2; cf. also Deut 26:14). asùlju sihfiti surmeni issi damqutu mustikkannu issi
I l i H e l d , J A O S 8 8 ( 1 9 6 8 ) 9 0 9 6 ; N a ’ a m a n , Klein Irst., dàra.. .suinitu biti usatmih “1 (Nabunaid) used
746-58. mighty cedars, splendid ferns beyond counting,
Cf. ^3D. cypress, beautiful trees, mustikkannu, everlasting
trees...for thè roof of thè tempie” (VAB IV 256
li 4-5).
]?PP = Akk. muskenu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD M
As pointed out by Millard and Snook (Tyndale
272I1; AI lw 684a). Akk. commoner, destitute; Heb.
House Bulletin [1964] 12-13) thè Heb. phrase
desti tute.
3pT Ob py...|3ppn “thè Mustikkannu...tree which
Heb. ]3PP “poor, destitute,” which is a lw. fr. does not rot,” is almost a perfect equivalent to
Akk., occurs four times, all in Ecclcsiastes (4:13; Akk. musukannu issi dàra “Mustikkannu everlasting
9:15 |twice], 16). In Akk., muskenu is employed tree,” 111 thè above Akk. text.
in thè wisdom literature in sequence with thè IH C ' o h e n , H a p a x 1 3 3 : 6 7 ; E p h a l , S h n a t o n 10 (1986-
socially deprived ulalu “thè feeble,” emù “thè X9) 3 1-35-
weak,” hubbulu “thè oppressed” (CAD M 27511
b, Samas Hymn). The lexeme is employed as thè
nl33pp = Akk. maskattu (pi. maskanatu) s. OAkk.
antonym of dannu “powerful,” sàru “ridi,” e.g.,
011 (CAD M 375a; AHw 627a). Akk. account,
isassukama dannu muskenu u sarti umisamtna “daily
deposit, storchouse; LIeb. storehouses.
thè powerful, thè poor, and thè ridi are calling
to you (Marduk)” (CAD M 27sb b). Not unlike The sub. nÌ33pP is employed 8 times, 7 times
thè Heb. sequence ^jbíO - T?P0 “poor - king” in thè idiom nÌ33PD “Hy “cities of miskenót,” in
(Ecc 4:13), Akk. employs in sequence muskenu Exod 1:11 ; 1 Kgs 9:19 and in thè late (derivative?)
and kabtu “an important person,” as well as with 2Chr 8:4,6; 16:4; 17:12 and once in 2Chr 32:28
sarru “king,” e.g., ina lute a sarra usallamu...eli kabti in thè phrase "IHin ©Ì“ITl] l? - ] nXQIl 1 ? nÌ3?PP ! l
u muskëni sakin “with slivers of me they protect “and miskenót for thè produce of grani, wine, and
thè king, ...to noble and commoner is provided” oil.”
(BWL 166:7—<S, Nisaba and Wheat). As noted by Cogan (AB 1 1A 303) “two
1111 Ellcnbogen, 108; Mankowski, 97 99. etymologies for Heb miskenót from Akkadian have

218
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew "ISPP
been suggested: (i) maskanu (C’AD M/ 1,369—73), nrcpp(ra)* — Akk. samrutu s. OA, Mari; Sum. Kls za-
‘threshing floor, agricultural settlement’; (2) mus­
am-ra (CAD S i2ob; AHw louja). rivet or nail.
kenu (C'AD M/2,272—76), ‘commoner, poor,
destitute’, that is ‘cities (built) by forced labor’ (so CAD (S i2ia) notes that “thè translation ‘nail’ is
Speiser, 1958,27). In both instances, thè / > .< is
based only 011 thè word’s cognates I leb., Aram.
accounted for by assuming a Ioan into Hebrew.
masmer, Arabie mismàr ‘nail’. Both in OA and in
Yet, West-Semitic *skn, ‘to sce to, care for’,
Mari samrutu s are counted and apparently serve
offers a suffìcient ctymology for this technical
in OA as a forili of currcncy.”
terni without recourse to distant borrowings.”
However, in light of thè modifying phrase “for
thè produce of grain, wine and oil” (2C'hr 32:28), ""IÊ7S7Q = Akk. ma'saru s. RS; Ug. word (CAD M i
Heb. nÌ3?PD may mean “storehouses” and may 3 59a). tithe, one-tenth.
find its etymological and semantic equivalent
with yet another Akk. sub. storehouse(s), e.g., Akk. ma’saru “one-tenth” is attested only in thè
utlata a’ 8 GUR ina muhhi maskaltum ina masihu sa Akk. texts from Ugarit, e.g., sesti sikarsu sa ma'sarisa u
1 PI ina muhhi isteI rittu inandinu’ “they will repay imineràtu maqqadu ana PN mm “thè barley and thè beer
these eight gur of barley at thè storehouse in thè
that makes up its tithe (and) thè sheep of thè pasture
one-PI measure in one installment” (C'AD M
tax belong exclusively to PN” (CAD M 3593; MRS
375b 2b); 20 KUS immeri ana maskanàti sa siriam
5 147 RS 16.153:11). In standard Akk., however,
sa 20 narkabàti |/]a girti “twenty sheepskins for
thc storehouses for thè coats of mail, for twenty thè substantive csretu pi. tantum (OA, OB) and esrti
battle chariots” (C'AD ibid. 2a, MB). As noted are employed. Accordingly, not unlike Heb.
by Mankowski, whereas thè expression *àlànu Tb‘ ‘one-tenth to thè Lord” (e.g., Num 18:24; Deut
(sa) maskanàti (Heb. nÌ33O0 , ’1SJ) is absent from 12:17; '4:2 3J 2C'hr 31:6), Akk. employs csrctu/esriì
Akk., in a NB text one finds a town name, i.e., “one-tenth” payable to thè gods, i.e., esrti sa “tenth”
URU Maskattum sa KUR.GAL “thè town called of Bel, Nabù, Nergal, Sin, Marduk, Ninurta, etc.
‘Storehouse of Amurru’” (Iraq 4 [1937] 16:16; (CAD E 3693 2), e.g., Samas esretim irrii “Samas
CAD M | 376a c). demands thè tithe” (C'AD E 368b b, OB). Note also
I I il Speiser, Or. 27 (1958) 27; Mankowski, 99-100. thè Heb: “IÈ?J?P |n3 “give a tenth” (e.g., Clen 14:20;
Num 18:21); Akk: esrà uadànu, e.g., minamma esrti ana
n33PP = Akk. muskênútu s. OB 011 (CAD M , 2 7 6a; Belti-sa-lJruk ul tanandin “why do you not pay thè
ALIw 684a). Akk. status of a muskenu, poverty; I leb. tithe to thè Lady-of-Uruk?” (C’AD E 3C>9a 2).
poverty.
"13DI2 = Akk. sipdu, sipittu s. OB 011 (CAD S 299a, b;
D E N O T A T I V E
ALIw i048b). lamentation, mourning (lit. hearing thè
i(Den2). (BH hapax) 2133003 >6 “IttfX pK
breast).
ra bò “iDfin *6 nrn rn “a land where
you will never eat food in poverty, where you SEQUENCINC
lack nothing” (Deut (8:9); Akk: (a curse), e.g., u
1. (Seqi) (crying — mourning) “ISppbì , 3317
ilàni aunulum sa belu màmiti rnuskcnuta u erìsutta
pc nippli “(Cìod h as sunimoned me 011
liddinkunusi “and may these gods, who are thè lords
that day) for weeping and lamenting, to tonsuring
of thè oath, allot to you poverty and destitution”
(CAD E 30ia, s.v. erisulu A, treaty curse). Note and girdmg with sackcloth” (Isa 22:12; Joel 2:12;
thè sequence “Ipnn - n33pp “poverty - lack”; Esth 4:3); Akk: hikit u sipdu ina màti ittaskan “there
Akk: (functional equivalcnt) muskénùtu - erisulu was crying and mourning throughout thè land”
(fr. erti adj. “empty, empty-handed, destitute”) (*CAD S 299a).
(C'AD E 32ob) “poverty - destitute.” con i kasi inc usa(;e
IH Speiser, Or. 37 (1958) 27; Mankowski, 97-98. 2. ((C0112) (joy — mourning) npSil
IJ? C f . ] 3D I 3. 'b blnipb nspp “ you turned my lament into
 mas?»
tt:-
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

performance” (Ps 30:12); Akk: e.g., clill tiubii hiduti PI IR ASEOI.OGY

sipdi “my joy is wailing, my rejoicing mourning” 2. (Phr2) (to diminish in strength), e.g.,
(CAD H i«3b). trian ninn 'rbzb DTitpyarn “i shall diminish
PHKASEOLOCY them (thè Egyptians) in strength so that they
3. (Phri) (mourning in thc streets) nÌ3n“! ^33 shall have 110 dominion over thè nations” (Ezek
“ISDÍp “in every Street there shall be lamentation” 29:15); Akk: e.g., màUàtu imattu “thè countries
(Amos 5:16; Jer 48:38); Akk: e.g., [/a] stimimi isti will diminish in power” (CAD M 43311 b); amut
imàtma sipittasu suqa iba’a “a famous personahty RN sa agàsu intini “omen of Sulgi, whose crown
will die and thè mourning for him will spread became weak(?)” (CAD ibid.).
into thè Street” (C'AD S 2<;yb). 3. (Phr2) (to decrease in wealth), e.g., |Ìn
IJ?' Cf. 1DD v.
ra-r t bv f3pi tsyp' bona “ wealth may
dwindle to less than nothing, but he who gathers
little by little increases it” (Prov 1 3:1 1); Akk: e.g.,
(nnya*) ira»» — Akk. ticbcrlu, licheni s. OA,
iiemelsii intatti “his gain will decrease” (CAD M
OB 011 (CIAD N i I45a, b; AIIw 773b). Crossing,
43°b 5’)
ferryboat (licheni).
^ c:f. osjjp.
Akk. nëbertu/licheni is restricted to thè Crossing of a
river, sea, or any other body of water, i.e., ueberti/ CDPQ = Akk. mutiti adj. RS, Nuzi (CAD M_ 145b;
nëberi /aba/Puratti/tàmii/kiiri “thè Crossing/thè AHw 663b). a little.
other side of thè Zab River/thè Euphrates/the
1. (Phn) (a little food) QSJD ïïb n3© 13©
sea/the harbor” (CAD N 14511 1; 14611 1). Iti
‘go again and procure some food for us”
BH , however, 13y!2/rn3i?a* are semantically
(Cìen 43:2); Akk: àtakal mutta akala “I was eating
comparable to Akk., only when thè nouns depiet
scarce bread” (CAD M 320 a)
thè notion of Crossing of water. Thus, “13SJI2* is
employed three times; only once it refers to “I3JJI2 cf. asa v.
p3’ “th e Crossing of thè Yabbok river” (Cìen
32:23). Likewise, ÌT13Ì7I3 is employed eight times, rÒPD = Akk. melii s. 013 011 (CAD M, 13b; AHw
five of which pertain to thè Crossing of thè Jordan 64411). clcvation, stairs.
and thè Arnon rivers (Josh 2:7; Judg 3:28; 12:5,
6; Isa 16:2). NIRASKOLOGY

Cf. “Q5J v. 1. (Phr2) (city clcvation) rbsZZ HSn

tsjh “ as they were climbing thè ascent to thè
town” ( 1 Sani 9:1 1); Akk: e.g., summa àilu ina mèle
ÍDÍ7D = Akk. matti v. OA 011 (CAD M | 42ya; AHw
sakin “if a town is situateci 011 an elevation” (CAD
636a). to be few, decrease.
M 14a 2 and passim).
CONTRASTINC USACI; DENOTATIVE

i. (Con2) (more or less) n3“l!2n 'ïf?"' 2. (Den2) nibya “st airs” (I Kgs 10:19; Ezek
tD'ïfSïïill “they gathered, some more, some less” 40:31,34,37; Neh 12:37); Akk: e.g., sa mùlùsu ki
(Exod 16:17,18); Akk: (w)atàm - matti, e.g., ki pi mele simmilti mula la isti “whose ascent is impossiblc
tuppi ittir u matti “according to thè tablet, whether like thè rungs of a ladder” (CAD M 14b 3).
it be more or less” (CAD M | 4323). Cf. □TQ1D1
ií? ' Cf. nba v.
TCDiïQ' 1 ìÒl “I will multiply them, and they will not
be few” (jer 30:19); ItDiïpn bxi Dtp a - ]! “multiply
there, do not decrease” (jer 29:6); Akk: (w)atàru K2SQ = Akk. masti v. OAkk. 011 (CAD M | 344b;
- matti, e.g., li tir ay miti “it may be more but not AHw 62 ib). to be suffìcient; to release (D-Stem,
less” (CAD M ] 42ya lex. section). Hiph‘il); to prò vide (S-Stem, Hiph‘il).

220
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

IDIOMATIC USACI- DENOTATIVE

1. (Idi) (to fulfill a desire) zb (n«) X3J0, 1. (i)en2) issi ipipb issai bv x? nini
e.g., “'bx bbsiinb '.nb n$ xisp ;? bz pani ‘ ‘when Judah reached thè watchtower
nx-rn ibpi^n 1 ‘therefore, your servant desired to in thè wilderness and looked for thè multitude”
offer you this prayer” (2Sam 7:27 = iChr 17:25); (2Chr 20:24); ( ln transferred mng.): 1235P by
Akk: (mala) libbu masti, e.g., sa...ina emuq DN... 3153 'Dix T~r:'fp boi aar i^pri ipi? 'pix ’jix
mala libbus imsti “who fulfilled his heart’s desire rib'Vi bp “on my Lord’s watchtower I stand
through thè power of Bel” (*CAD M 347b 2). ever by day and at my post I watch every night”
(Isa 21:8); Akk: e.g., ala assibi ina pilse nàpili sàpi te
SYNTAOTICAI CONSTRUCTION
àia aktasad “I (Assurnasirpal II) laid siege to thè
2. (Sy) (to he suffìcient) b X 25P 3, e.g., lipXI
city, 1 conquered thè city with mine(s), battering-
ini 13 1 ? xsp "1 ab ^p-r ^p ‘ ‘thè sons of Joseph
ram(s) (and) tower(s)” (CiAD S 973); sàpitu atta
contended, ‘The liill country is not suffìcient for duri uqtarrib saltu ana libbi \àli\ ipusma “he brought
us’” ([osh 17:16); n©xpi anso pxp □'nin^ni thè tower dose to thè wall, he attacked thè city”
xrr ìòi ax-px 'r.zb' nubi v-.x bxi nnppx (CAD S 97b).
nnb “i will bring them back from thè land of ' 0' C'f. nau v.
Egypt and gather them from Assyria, and I will
bring them to thè lands of Cìilead and Lebanon, ~1SQ*=Akk. ntisru A s. fr. C)B,MA 011 (C'AD M2
and even they shall not sudice for them” (Zech 1 13a; AHw 6593). border.
10:10); Akk. ana ... masti: e.g., atta idi sa mare
The Heb. sub. ISO is employed three times,
sipriya ul imassi “is not enough for thè wages for
once 111 thè sg. abs. e.g., '33S? 1’ TIKIp "1201 ]P
my messengers” (C'AD M 345a; EA 16:31); ana
T 3nip? “in distress I called 011 thè Lord,
sitta binati la masi “is not suffìcient for thè two of
thè Lord answered me and brought me relief’
you” (CAD 345a).
(Ps. 118:5), «nce in thè pi. const. blX© '“ISO
PI IR ASEOI OCY “torment of Slieol” (Ps 1 16:3), and once more
3. (Phr2) (to release a man) X'IJPP '?3X nani 111 thè pi. abs. in Lam 1:3, in thè idiomatic
is'pp T?i insn t? s^x Qixn nx “for i will hapax Q-nSpn j'3 “between hamm'esàrìm.” The
release each man to (thè mercy of) his neighbor BDB (865Í1), KB 1 (62 4 b), DCH (4533) and thè
and his king” (Zech 1 1:6); Akk: auilani ana tappi majority of thè biblical commentaries derive “115P,
mari sa CÌN la tumassa “do not release thè man to in all its attastations, fr. thè verb ni3i “narrow,

(be listed) 011 thè tablet (listing) thè Yamutbalians” distress.” However, although thè NJPS and AB
(7A,7) for example, render thè phrase □‘’lSfin p?
(CAD M | 34«b 4).
(Lam 1:3) as “between thè narrow places/
DENOTATI VP,
straits,” they consider thè phrase as “meaning of
4. (Dell2) (to provide) )b D 1 ?©" 1 D1X bï?2 '? I leb. uncertain” (NJPS) and “thè exact sense is
13X3SP’ ©'X niXpl “for he pays a man according to uncertain” (AB 7A). The Targ. on Lamentations
his actions and provides for him according to his translates D-ISipn fS. as X^Pinil ] ' Z “between
conduct” (Job 34:1 1); si mai la tamsili usamsasuimtim thè borders.” Such is also thè understanding of
“I providcd them with unrivalled beauty” (*CAD Rashbam who states: DipQ *733© X3J1P inX p©
M | 34Kb 6). □n’33© israb D'ino ri©3jTrrra bxi©1' rn©
dto 1X3 3iy«b mi3 ,nmx □n^orci D'X3
The common I leb. meaning o fXSD “ to fìnd” is
131 nnix 113011 “you indeed fìnd (thè case) that
absent from Akk. masti.
wherever Israel were fleeing, when they reacli
thè border, their neighbours arrive and hand
H312Q = Akk. sàpitu s. SU, N13 (C'AD S 973; AIIw them over: if they flee to thè west, thè people of
io82a). Akk. siege tower; Heb. watchtower. Gaza come and hand them over (etc.).” Likewise,

22 I
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Beti-Yehuda (Dictionary,325711) equates □'HÏO in thè phrase bit Dagan sa qinàti “thè tempie of
with LH “1^13 “border.” In thè light of thè above, Dagan of thè flocks.” This calls to mind thè
we suggest to consider LIeb. □‘'"ISO in Lam 1:3 as Emarite phrase Dagan bèl buqari “Dagan thè lord
a loan word (via Aram.) fr. Akk. misru “border.” ofbovines” (Pentiuc 2001:149).
Indeed, as noted by Tadmor (Yeivin Fest.,397- (í?' Cf. “Ij? 3.
401), thè OAram. Soffre inscriptions (KAI 222 A:6)
use of “ISO (e.g., “ISO OSTI PÒ3 CHK DV “with all
"112 = Akk. marrn, niurrn adj. Mari, MB, SB (CLAD
Aram and with [its] border”), is a loan word fr.
M 286b; M 222a; AHw 612I1). bitter, brackish.
Akk. misru “border.” Further, Akk. misrn is equated
in thè syn. list with taljùmu “border” (CAI) M2 piirasi!oloc;y

1 1 3a, lex.section). Sudi is thè rendering of Heb. ì.(Phri) (brackish water) Ililt? 1 ? ^3' ìÒ)
by thè Targ. 011 Fani. ^DìTOl, as well as thè □n Q'ia '? nnaa D'Q “but they could not drink
nominai pair in palestinian Aram. msom nainra thè water of Marah because it was bitter” (ILxod
“within its boundary and within its border.” 15:23; Num 5:18,19,23,24); Akk: me tàmii me
(l)NSI II 677-78 s.v. msr2). Moreover, thè verbal tàbutu me marni tu me Idiglat “(do not drink) sea
expression □ , HS0n f? niTOH (n - 'g)“J i 1 b?) “(all water, sweet water, brackish water, Tigris water”
her pursuers) reached her between thè borders” (CLAD M | 286b lex. section).
fìnd its parallel ili thè Akk. idiom misra kasadu “to
Cf. no v., ino ,-in ,rnrip.
reach a border” (CAI) M2 1 14I1).
Ili sumniation, BH, may consist of two homonyms
"ib = Akk. murru s. CDA, Bogh., 011 (CLAD M 221 a;
I "i?Q (meni preformative) derived from thè root
"na “ narrow, distress” (Ps 1 16:3; 1 18:5). II AHw 6763). myrrli.
(rooted meni) primary noun, a loan word (via IMIRASLOl OCY
Aram.) fr. Akk. misrn “border” (Lam 1:3).
1. (Pliri) (oil of myrrli) “1Ì3Ì1 |I3© “oil of
Illìl Kaufman, AIA, 735.v. misrn. myrrh” (Esth 2:12); Akk: stimati ninni (CLAD M
22 ib f and passim).
rQj?Q :: maqqahu s. ILA, RS, Emar; WSem. word In Akk. medicai texts myrrh is used as a medication
(CAD M 252b). liammer or pick. against stricture of thè bladder, enemas, ear/head
diseases, as well as a laxative (CLAD M 222a), e.g.,
Note thè Heb. sequence ^? b? ]H3rn nÌ3j?m
yussira sarru beli SÌM.Z.AÌI.MF.S/murra Zana riputi
bnn “h animer or ax or any iron tool” (1 Kgs 6:7).
“may thè king my lord send me some myrrh as a
Akk. maqqahu is employed in EA and RS with
medication” (CLAD M 22 ib e; E A 269:16).
other househould furnishings, such as namsarù
“daggers.”
N“I0* = Akk. inani v. OAkk. 011 (CLAD M 30711;
Note also thè ILmarite WSem. phonetic variant
AI lw 6173). to fatteli.
naqqabu employed in thè phrase naqqabu siparri
“bronze hammer” (Pentiuc 2001:13 *)• Li Ug. thè
'The verb 1013 may be hidden 111 Isa 1 1:6: 3XT “131
lexeme is mqb/p “hammer” (l)ULAT 567). The
xnai “pedi baui f3-r na dì? “imi ir?? as
sub. is derived from thè root nqb “to pierce”
□3 ani fÌDp 11?]! “thc wolf shall dwell with thè
II il Huehncrgard, 1987:153-154. lamb, thè leopard shall he down with thè kid, thè
Cf. 3p3 v. calf and thè beast of prey together, with a little
boy to berci them.” In light of thè two nouns
and one verb sequence in clauscs a-b-d, it seems
rnpa :: qinàtu s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 373:43).
best to adopt thè DSS (iQIs') ÌIQ’ and thè FXX
flocks.
rendering “shall fatteli” (together).
Note thè eniployment of thè Emarite sub. qinàtu Ili Akk., sumru (“to fatteli, provide with
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

fodder”) refers to thè cattlepen and sheepfold, Note Hebrew ÍTnb “lair of wild beasts”
e.g., kàtu amatka tarhasu u supùru maturi siknat (Zeph 2:15); }X32 f*?”]?? “resting place for sheep”
napisti urappas “your (Sin’s) word provides fodder (Ezek 25:5); “l|p3 “resting place for cattle” (Isa
for thè cattlefold and sheepfold, it makes human 65:10); Akk: tarbàs bùli/alpt/sisc “a lair for lierd of
beings multiply” (CAD M 307(1 lex. section). cattle and sheep/oxen/horses” (AHw 132Kb 2).
^ C.f. s—r:. Ili thè lexical lists tarbàsu is equated to masallu
sa re i “shepherd’s reed hut/shelter” (C'AI) M
32<ja lex. section); Akk: tarbàs rc'i “shepherd’s
nX“]Q :: mini tu s. EA; WSem. lw. (CAI) M 1 ioa).
resting place” (AHw 13283 2 c).
seeing.
Cf. fm v.
This Akk. hapax occurs in EA 151:19-21 (let.
Tyre): atladin paniya ana miniti//uhudi sar\ri\ bcliya TÌU2* = Akk. muràrii s. OB (C’AI) M 2i8a; AI Iw
“I set out to see thè king, my lord.” 675)1). (bitter vegetable).
Note also that although thè Amarna hapax
DÌ-NOTA II VE.
mi rii tu seems to be a cognate of thè commonly
employed Heb. ntOI? “sight, seeing,” it is not 1. (I)en2) inbDK" □“'“pipi ni^D bs “they sliall
used in thè sanie context. However, thè idiom eat it with unleavened bread and bitter herbs”
ana mirùti (gloss: ubùdi “service”) sarri bcliya lit. (Num 9:11); Akk: (aniong garden plants) [lassi
“for seeing thè king my lord,” calls to mind thè (LH non) muràri “lettuce, endive(?)” (*CAI) M
biblical verbal expression “[Vari ■'33 ’Nn lit. “those 2 i 8b).
who behold thè face of thè king” i.e., “thè king’s CDA 219 suggests thè vegetable may be “endive”
personal attandants” (2Kgs 25:19; Jer 52:25; Esth or “chicory.”
1:14). This I leb. term is a calcine formation of thè c:f. no v., ir: .rniin.
Akk. dàgil patii “subject, servant” lit. “one who
beholds thè face.”
(rnnip ,rn"io) rnri» — Akk. martu s. OB
on (CAD 297^1; AHw 6i4a). gali bladdcr, bile,
:: marbadu s. EA*; WSem. word (AHw venom.
1 573b). cover.
I* I I k A S HO LO ( ; Y
In E,A 120:17-22 (let. fr. Byblos) thè sub. marbad\u\, 1. (Phr2) (snake venom) T’1703. ianb
is preceded by irsa.. Jiuràsa uhhiz\a\ “|i| bed...
o'inB rrrha “his food in his bowels turns into
over|laid] with gold,” 1 kahsu liuràsa u\ljhiza\
asps’ venom within bini” (Job 20:14); Akk: e.g.,
“1 chair over|laid| with gold,” 15 marbad\u\ “15
imtnaggar àiribi scru muttabbik martum “can thè crow
blank|ets|.” Rainey (AOAT- [ 19781 81); von
and thè venomous snake come to an agreement?”
Soden (OLZ 76 [ 19811 246); Morali (AL 199),
(*CA1) M 29911 e).
equate thè Aniarna lexeme with Heb.
“covers’ ’ e.g., ■'EHI? Trpn “I have 2. ((Phr2) (bitter fruit) //tT\ n?» ÌD33I?
decked my couch with covers” (Prov 7:16; cf. also iab rrhp r.'bsrx “ their grapes are poisonous
31:22); Ug. mrbd (PRU 5 110. 50:9), followed by grapes//their clusters are gali” (Deut 32:32); Akk:
tn: Ut ‘ ‘bed|s?|,” rnrbdt (PRU 2 no. 111:11). Ug. ina kiri tabsima suluppaka martum “when you are in
likewise employs thè verb rbd (Heb. “D“l, hapax, a piantaticeli, your dates are gali” (BWL 244:21 —
Prov 7:16) e.g., trbd ‘rs pdry bst mlk “you prepare 24, Proverbs).
thè bed of Pidriya with royal covers” (Ugaritica 7,
denotative
42:2!). The C'AI) has 110 entry for this lexeme.
3. (I)eii2) (gali bladdcr) tÒl TIV*?? n^EJ’
•'mi!? Y~l$b “lÈStry/bràn’ “He pierced my
— Akk. tarbàsu s. MA 011 (AHw
kidneys, He showed no mercy;//He spilled my
132711). resting place. gali bladdcr onto thè ground” (Job 16:13); Akk:

223
cn» An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

e.g., summa martu kima nàdi mesa isahhal “if thè gali (Amos 5:22). O11 thè other hand, when XpO is
bladdcr filters(?) its liquid like a waterskin” (C'AI) employed in sequence with other specific animals,
N loia c; cf. also CAD M 2<j8a and passini). such as TÌ© “ox” (2Sam 6:13; I Kgs 1:19,25); □ ,l 7N
“rams” (Isa 1:11); □nS/D’HmSJ/D'nS “lambs/
The substantive rn“IO is connected to thè root
he-goats/bulls” (Ezek 39:18), not unlike Akk.
“11Í3 “to be bitter” and is gcnerally used in
minu thè Heb. 1101111 may have thè more specific
thc sanie way as ilari. This is denionstrated by
connotation “young bull.”
die lexical equation imtu = martu (C'AI) M
Akk: miru “young bull” occurs in thè lexical
297b lex. section). These poetic synonynis are
list in sequence with littu “cow,” Ialini “lamb,”
etyniologically and semantically comparable to
bum “young calf,” immeru “cwe” (C'AD M
thè synonynious sequence Ì1DI1 - rnhO “poison -
109 lex. section). In literary texts Akk. mini
venom,” employed in Deut 32:32—33.
is employed opposite littu (or, perhaps, burtu)
IH C'ohen, E| 13:703.
“cow,” e.g., “away from thè shepherd boy out
c;f. ma v., ~ip nina .rnrip ,nnn. of sight of thè herdsman” aita muhhi litti istahit
miru eqdu “thè vigorous young bull mounted thè
C2“lf2 = Akk. mardtu v. MA on (CAD M i 276I1; cow” (C'AI) M 1 ioa). O11 thè other hand, Akk.
AHw 6iob). Akk. to scratch, rub; Heb. to scratch, miru B “fattened animai” is attested only in NB:
rub > polish (metal objects), pluck (hair). 16 imtncr miri sulumljc damquti “ 16 fattened sheep,
fine sidumhu-shecp” (as an offering) (C'AD M
PI I R ASEOLOG Y
1 ioli, s.v. miru B).
i.(Phri) (to scratch thè cheek) ’fÒ £3"1Q,
Cf. Nin v.
e.g., □■'tpnbb D'aob "nn] ra “i offered my
back to floggers and my cheek to scratchers” (Isa
= Akk. uarkabtu s. OAkk. on (CAD N1
50:6); Akk: tela murrutu: summa Ictcsu umarrat “if he tt :v v

constantly scratches his cheeks” (CAD M [ 276b 353b; AHw 7473). Akk. chariot, thè constellation

2). C'f. also Akk: sepa/ubàna mardtu “to scratch thè Auriga.

foot/finger” (C'AD M ( 276(1 1). PIIRASEOI.OGY

C'f. 15A enn v. 1. (Phn) (thè chariot of thè sun): nÌ33“lD

©ID©il ( 2 Kgs 23:1 1); Akk: ude sa narkabti sa Samas
Xn?? = Akk. miru s. SB (CAI) M 109I1; AHw “thè paraphernalia of thè chariot of Samas” (CAD
6_s8b, s.v. miru I). young bull, fading. N | 357b)-
2. ((Phr2) (to hitch a chariot) Drn/TDK
Heb. K'IP is traditionally depicted as a generic ©Drb rasian Ohi :n331P “hitch thè steeds to
terni meaning “fading” (of small and large cattle). thc chariot” (Mie 1:1 3); Ìn?3"|P...rb^r “ (Joseph)
In light of internai biblical evidence and Akk. hitched his chariot” (Clen 46:29); Akk: narkabta
inscriptions, K’HD may connote “fading” in satnàdu, e.g., summa rubli narkabta ismidma “if a
generai and “young bull” specifically. The terni prince hitches up a chariot” (C'AD N 3 5 5a).
X'113 is employed eight times. It seems that ili 3. (Phr2) (to fall from a chariot) bsJD bà 9 ]
two cases it means “fading” when it is employed n33ipn “(Naaman) ‘fell’ from thè chariot”
in sequence with thè following generai collective (2Kgs 5:21); Akk: ina harrdni istu narkabti ana pan
terms: X'im ìrnni? nari “and sìsé imqut “and 011 thè road falls from thè chariot
Adoniyah sacrificed small cattle, large cattle, and in front of thè horses” (C’AI) ibid.).
fatlings” (1 Kgs 1:9); nibìJ "b ÒS?n DK '3 The common BI I term for “to mount (a
even if you chariot)” is TÒV, and so to alight from a chariot
offer Me burnt offerings and your meal offerings, should he TV, as, in fact, is attested in Judg 4:1 5.
I will not accept them, and thè gift offerings of The use of bsa ili 2Kgs 5:21 above suggests that
your fatlings I will not look upon favorably” thè verb is indicatmg that Naaman got off thè

224
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew ti»

chariot in great haste, practically falling off, to “severe curse,” e.g., nbbp ^p Nini
nicet thè htirrying Cìehazi. This interpretation ‘and lie cursed me a severe curse” ( 1 Kgs
is bolstered further on in 5:26, wherein Elisila 2:8); Akk: crrcta marulta, e.g., crrcta marnita sa nasali
describes Naaman’s geeting off thè chariot with isdi sarrùtisu 11 hctldq niscsu littasqar “may he (Assur)
thè verb “[an (cf. H ag 2:22). Thus, used
pronouncc an evil curse to uproot his kingship
with in 2Kgs 5:21 may not simply mean and destroy his people” (CAD A 3053); ar\rat\ la
“alight.”
napsuri marusta lirurùsu “may they (thè gods) curse
DINOTA I IVI bini with a grievous, indissoluble curse” (C'AD
4. (i)en2) ftpìo 33"in p M 2943 b).
np 1 )©' “that You (thè Lord) are driving Your
steeds, Your victorious chariots” (Hab 3:8); Akk:
pitt = Akk. maraqu v. Mari 011 (CAD M 266b;
narkabtu ùmù la mahrigalitta irkab “he mounted thè
AHw 6o8b). Akk. to crush, grind; Heb. to grind >
ternble chariot, thè unopposable Storni Demolì”
rub > polish.
(E11. el. IV 50).

Note thè WSem. forili markabtu employed in Heb. plO is attested three times as “rub>polish”:
Ugarit (C'AD M i 282)1; AHw 6i2a). ri©!"!} ''b'3 “copper vessel” (Lev 6:21); □ , 'nip“ì

C'.f. 33T v.
“lances” (Jer 46:4); p1“lip n^IT “polished bronze
(of pails, shovels, bowls, and other vessels)” (2Chr
4:16).
-pr: = Akk. miritii s. OB 011 (C'AD M 107I1 AHw
646a), pasture.
nnpia = Akk. narqitu Bs. SB (CAD N | 3623; AHw
PI IR ASEOLOG Y 7483). Akk. perfume; Heb. ointment, mixture.
1. (Phr2) (with ref. to herds) /}N2Ò n?n?3
The noun is attested three times 111 thè idiom
□n'ap/cr-ni? “pasture (land) for thè flocks/
nnp"]Q 'npi/npì “compound(s) of ingredients”
herds/lions” (Cìen 47:4; 1 Chr 4:39,41 ; Isa 32:14;
Nah 2:12); Akk: mirit bùli “pasture for thè herds” (Exod 30:25; 1 Chr 9:30); nnp“m □*’np")Q
(CAD M i07b). “expertly blended” (2Chr 16:14). In Akk.,
however, narqitu seems to be employed once
c:f. nsn v.
from thè time of Nabunaid, e.g., narqiti samni tabi
muhhasutiu usasqi “I drenched their heads with a
pn — Akk. marasu v. CD Akk. 011 (C’AD M 2693; perfume of sweet-smelling oil” (CAD N 3623).
AHw 6093). Akk. to fall ili, become troublesonie; Note also that in MA, Akk. employs thè forni
Heb. to be bad, painful. tarqitu “perfume-making” used ili thè idiom tarqit
samni “oil perfume” (AI lw 1 33 ia-b).
The semantic equivalent of Akk. marcisti “to be
sick” is thè Heb. verb ìlbn. However, not unlike
,j>’ C'f. np-1 v.
Akk. marcisti, Heb. pO (attested four times)
has thè extended semantic development “to be -|“)D = Akk. inaiarti v. OB 011 (CAD M 267I1;
painful, difficult, severe,” as can be seen from thè AHw 6093). to be bitter.
following semantic equivalents: Akk: anuitu marsu
“severe, painful (lit. sicketiing) word, matter” DENOTATIVE

(CAD M | 2733 c; 273b) may be compared to thè i.(i)en2) n©p rninwa ditti nx rníri
Heb. phrase (considered by NJPS as “meaning “tliey made life bitter for them witli harsh labor”
of Heb. uncertain”) “l©'’ nQN lina? HO “how (Exod 1:14; cf. also Ruth 1:13; iSam 30:6 and
(lit. sickening) painful, severe are just’ words” passim); Akk: e.g., ki sa martu {narratimi \attunu\
(Job 6:25). More specifically, note thè following sinnisàtukunu mdritkttnu mdrdtukunu ina muhhi
Heb. and Akk. idiomatic equivalents: 11 eb. nbbp ahc'is lu marrakunu “just as (this) gali is bitter, so
no An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

may you, your wivcs, sons and daughters ho bitter you thè desires ofhis heart” (Ps 37:4); TI fcÒP' 1
toward one another” (C'AI) M 267)1). “may Clod fulfill your every request”

In thè blessing ofjacob, Joseph is blessed as follows: (Ps 20:6); Akk: mas’alati samuhdti “assorted

•rrp ;r.*xa a??rn a’sn òvz inrpcpcp , i iaii questions” (C'AD M 3553 2); mas'altum sa PN
sa iqbit umma “(record of) thè questioning of P N ,
apST "P3K TP l'T 'STIT TTD'I (Cien 49:23-24). The
verb in-nO -1 ] is traditionally rendered as: (archers) who declared as follows” (C'AD ibid.).

“bitterly assailed bini” (NJPS); “savagely attacked C T. V.

Inni” (NLB); “harassed limi” (Westerman); “111

their hostility” (Speiser); “and.. .dealt bitterly masr'itu s. limar.; WSem. word (Emar
with him” (ICC); “sorcly grieved him” (IB) 385:34). a kind of household vessel.
etc. Akk. maràm/sumruru, when employed with
kakku “weapon,” is a technical term that comes As noted by Pentiuc (2001:117), Huehnergard
to connote “to prevali” (said of military force), equates thè limarite sub. masr’itu with Heb.rnXEjp,
e.g., kakkcsu di kakkc nak-risu imarriru “will bis commonly rendered as “kneading through” (e.g.,
weapons prevail over thè weapons of his enemy?” KB 3 6423); “household vessel” (BDB 6o2a). I leb.
(CAD M 268a 2); di kulìat tidkirì usamraru kakkcsu n“lX©P is employed twice alongside iOt? “basket.”
“make his weapons prevail over all thè enemies” Pentiuc (2001:117) notes that “if thc latter
(CAD M 268a 4 and passim). In light of thè interpretation” (i.e., Huehncrgard’s) “is correct,
above Akk. texts and since Cien 49:23—24 has a then thè forili masr’itu denotes a household vessel,
military background, it seems best to equate Akk. probably for keeping/saving meat, as suggested
sumruru to thè Heb. (Pi'el) “they shall by thc second text” (ASJ 1 4 49:1 2b) “cited above,
prevail over bini” (Joseph). The verse should be where this forili is followed by thè logogram
rendered: “archers prevailed over him; they shot IJ7AJ. MllS" (= Akk. sirii) “meats.”
at him and harri ed him, yet his bow stayed taut,
and his arms were made tirili by thè Hands of
(ii nnrà) 11 nntpo = Akk. misiim s. sb, nb
thè Mighty One of Jacob.” Snnilarly, thè twice
(CAD M I22a; AHw 66ob). Akk. measurement,
attested Hitpa el “iP“)Pnn in Dan 8:7; 11:11, in a
measured area; Heb. measurement> share.
context involving war, may be rendered “prevail,
overcome” instead of thè traditional translation BH has a case oftwo homonynis: I I127P “anoint,” I
“be angry, enrage” (Pardee; AB 23; Collins and (nrrors) nntóp “ anointment,” which semantically
others), e.g., (“I saw limi, thè goat, |representing are thè equivalent of Akk. pasdsu “to anoint”
politicai power| reacli thè ram”) “IO"]PrH (AHw 84311), pissatu “anointing oil” (AHw 8693).
i 7, Xri nK “and he overcame him and struck II nnpD/nntpp “measure,” hence “share” (thè
thè ram” (Dan 8:7); XIH 335D ^P “ïï~r:r" verb is alisent from Heb.) is employed twice: Lev
■pasn nv iss “ thè king of thè south 7:35: ira nntópi pnx nntóp n«T “this shall be thè
will prevail and will go out to do battle with him, share of Aaron and thè share ofhis sons”; Num
with thè king ofthe north” (Dan 11:11). 18:8: abii? prò ^a 1 ?! nntrà 1 ? □pru “i (thè
Il ili P a n i c o , UF 10 ( 1 9 7 8 ) 249 88. Lord) grant them to you (Aaron) and to your sons

cf. in .Th» .rniia.

as a share, a due for all time.”
II nnpD/nnpP is thè etymological and
semantic equivalent of Akk. misihtu, from thè
— Akk. mas'ahu s. SB, NB (C'AD M
tt : ' 1 verb masdhn “to measure” (C'AD M 352I1; AHw
354b; AHw 623b). Akk. question, interrogation;
6233).
Heb. request.
I H L e v i n e , El 16 (1982) 125 27; M i l g r o n i , 1991:433-
DENOTATIVE 34-
i. (Den2) n^Ntóp ^ jJVI “He will grant ii?' ( :i. nràn.

226
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

""1^2712* — Akk. inastarti s. MB 011 (C'AI) M | 396.1; Whereas BDB (6osa-b) has three entries for
AHw 63 1 a). Akk. inscription; Heb. ordinante. thè verb, i.e., I *7590 (Niphal, Hitpa el, I lipli il)
“represent, be like”; II ^©P (Qal, Pi'el) “use a
The Heb. substantive "10©P is a hapax, employed proverb, speak in parables” (vb. denoni.); Ili
in Job 38:33 in parallelism with nipn “ (inscribed) “rule, have dominion, reign,” KB 3 maintains two
laws, ” e.g., ■npcpp n^n D'oc; nipn n»Tn entries: i 1 ‘formulate an expression, be equal,
pXD “do you (Job) know thè laws of Heaven become thè sanie”; II btóP “rule.” Akk . masatu is
or did you impose its ordinances 011 earth?” Akk. thè exact etymological and semantic equivalent of
mastàru connotes an inscription written in stone Heb. I ^©p only when thè verb is employed in
or 011 metal specifically or “text” in generai, thè Niph al: n^P? ir^iV/irà;) n^il “you have
e.g., inulina asar mai tara antiii satru 11 maskan salam been stricken as we were//you have become like
l)N.../ii anàku usabsilu “I have indeed cast thè us” (isa 14:10); icn? ninna? ^©p? “(man) is like
place where thè inscription is written and thè base thè beasts that perish” (Ps 49:13,21); DSJ "TÒPO?
for thè statue of Assur” (C'AI) M 3<X>a). In BH, TQ ■'TIV “I shall be like those who have gone
however, not unlike its synonymous parallel nij?n down to thè pit” (Ps 28:1; 143:7). Once in thè
“laws” derived from ppPT “to inscribe,” “ItptPp* I litpa el: "13X1 "13S?? bràlW/nprÒ 'nil “He
has a similar semantic development: "ICfflj* = Akk. regarded me as clay//I have become like dust and
satàru “to inscribe,” hence ~IQE?P* “inscription > ashes” (Job 30:19). Once in Hiph il: //HW/HIpn
ordmance.” ‘rrp. e.g., na-m ròtppn] rtpni
“to whom can you compare Me, or declare Me
C'f. “iBittf.
similar? To whom can you liken Me, so that we
seem comparatile?” (Isa 46:5). Note Heb: ^©P
= Akk. maskanu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) M i be like, compare to”; Akk: ana/
3693; AHw 626b). Akk.: threshing floor, canopy, kf/kima...masàlu, e.g., |/ìì] ana ilutisu ilu la maslu
sanctuary, emplacement, settlement; Heb. abode, “to whose divine power no god can be equal”
sanctuary. (C'AD M 355a lex. section and \rA$sim)/kussiya
kima kussc sa sarri umassil “I (Idrimi) Iliade my
di ; notati vi;
throne similar to thè thrones of kings” (CAD M
Only at Mari does Akk. maskanu connote “tent— 357a and passim). Note also thè four denotative
shrine” or “tabernacle,” as in BH, e.g., àpilum of masàlu in EA, e.g., eqliya assatu sa la muta masiI
sa Adad lui Kallasu maskanam sa Alàhtim.. .inassar assurti bali crcsiin “my (Rib-Addi’s) field is like a
“may thè answerer (a cultic functionary) of wife without a husband, because it lacks anyone
Adad, thè lord of Kallasu, guard thè sanctuary to cultivate it” (EA 75:16; cf. also 81:37; 90:43;
of Alàhtim” (LI 5 1959: 69:25). As noted by 74:18, all letters Byblos). Although KB’ accurately
Malamat, thè Mari expression maskana uasàru “to notes that ^©P has only two homonyms, it does
guard thè sanctuary” is thè semantic equivalent of not articulate thè association in meaning of I
Heb. nnpn ptpp rnprà nK...np27 “(thè levites) “b ecome equal, become thè sanie” and
guard (thè Service) of thè Tabernacle (ofthe pact)” “formulate an expression.” Although Akk. masàlu
(Num 1:53; cf. also N11111 3:7,8; 38:9,19). comes to connote solely “to be similar, equal,”
IH Malamat, HI 5 (1959) 69. etc, Heb. I b©P also has thè meaning “say, express
a proverb, parable.” C'ohen argues that this verb is
w cf. v.
a denominative from rendering it as “model
(saying).” The semantic relationship between thè
= Akk. masàlu v. OA, OB 011 (CAI) M i 35 sa; verb *72712 “be equal, similar” an d ^©P “ model
AHw 623b). Akk. to be/make similar; Heb. to be (saying)” is based upon thè literary forni of many
equal, become thè sanie, compare to, pose a parable, biblical parables, i.e., “equality,” “equal parts,”
recito derisive verses. or “half.” Accordingly, thè 1101111 *7E7P refers to

227
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brfw

poetic lines consisting of two parallel lialves or may be drunk” (Lev 11:34; <-~f a l so La 32:6) =
henistiches. This etymological interpretation is Akk: màkàlu - masqitu, e.g., mdkdlc u masqiti siiluku
based upon thè equation to thè Akk. substantive cliya “food and drink are (stili) agreeable to me”
mislu “half, midpoint” (fr. OA, OB on), e.g., (CAD M | 3<S4a).
misilsu ikul u misilsu yànu “(fire) has devoured half DI'NOTATIVi;
of (thè city of Ugarit); half of it does not exist (any 2. (I)eii2) (watering place) (BH hapax), e.g.,
more)” (EA 151:56—57; cf. also C'AI) M i26b— np©i? n^s '3 iTvn ns? bp n$ xnr “and he
I2c>b). C’ohen likewise observes that thè semantic (Lot) saw all thè plain of Jordan, for indeed all
equivalent of thè primary noun ^©0 “(model) of it is a watering place” (Cien 13:10); Akk: e.g.,
saying” is thè Akk. noun telili, where thè Akk. tclu mcritam 11 masqitam lu askunsinàsim “I (Hammurabi)
“to say, express” is a denominative verb. Cohen, provided pasture and watering place for them (thè
following Held, adduces thè following revealing people)”; asar riti u masqiti bit tuklàtcsu “a place
parallel from Mari: kima uitim ullitim sa urnmàmi with pasture and watering place 011 which he
“like thè ancient proverb that says” (ARM 1 relied” (C’AD M | 383a 2 and passim).
5:10-1 1) = Heb: n 3b“Tjpri *?©!? "ÌD^ "1^3 “as thè
Cf. ripe v .
ancient proverb will say” (iSam 24:14). Finally,
note thè hapax noun b©?2 “likeness, equal,” e.g.,
nn "‘prò i©yn ibrà nsi? “011 earth is not '■jiptpQ — Akk. askuppu/atu s. OB 011 (CiAD A
his likeness (i.e., none like him), one formed 334a; AHw 74b). Akk. threshold, stone slab; Heb.
without fear” (Job 41:25). lintel.

I H C o h e n , 'li lilla 3 ( 1 9 8 3 ) 1 5 - 2 4 .
Heb. ^pp©!? occurs three times, only in Exod
(12:7,22,23), with thè noun ntlTQ “doorposts.”
?? Akk. mas'alu s. RS* NB (C'AI) M 35sa; Note also that similar to Akk., in Syr. JPA, CPA,
AH w 623b; CDA 20ih), (mng. uncert.) thè forili 'skupt' retains thè prosthetic alcpli; in
Mand. Tg. prophets and JAr., thè forili is sqwpt'.
While thè C'AD (ibid) maintains that “mng. As noted by Kaufman, “thè Heb. and JAr. forms
uncert.,” nevertheless, it refers to “Heb. mis‘dl ‘an sqwp and sqp' may be thè result of assimilation to
area with vineyard’.” AI lw renders “citi orakcl??,” thè forni of BH cognates scqcj” (once attested 111
followed by CDA “an Oracle?,” to be possibly 1 Kgs 7:5) “and masqòf or may be thè legitimate
connected with salu “to ask.” Heb. forms”; Akk: e.g., kalbu sa mar sarri anàku ina
mas’alu occurs in thè Akk. texts from Ug. in a askuppcte sa bitika “I ani a dog of thè prince, at thè
broken context i.e., cqli't mas’ah “a field of a narrow threshold of your house” (CiAD A i 3343).
patii?.” Heb ‘TÌSJCpE which is once employed in (il Kaufman, AIA 37:33.
thè phrase crpnsn ^©ps “ m thè narrow path
of thè vineyard” (N11111 22:24) ls rendered by Tg.
(r^pvT/n^pvï:*) » masqalu, masqaltu
O. as K*!3“P ‘TO©? “in thè vmeyard’s path.”
s. EA; WSem. (CiAD M | 382K 382a; AHw 628b).
UH Sivan, 1984:245; Huehnergard, 1987:180. weight.

masqaltu usually means “payment,” although it

nptpD = Akk. masqfi (masqitu A) s. CD Akk. on (C'AD
can also mean “weight,” ...huràsum masqaltum
M 384a; 382b; AHw 62ya; 628b). watering place,
kitturn “gold, true weight” (CiAD M | 382a) and
drink.
also is a type of container. Akk. masqalu is a
PI IRASHOI.OGY hapax, attested only in an ELAmarna letter: 50...
i. (Phri) (food and drink) np©!2 - e.g., masqaì\sunu?. \ “fifty...is |their?| weight” (CiAD M
nn©'' “irx nprr: Vrxn bsp “from 382b).
any food that may be eaten...and any drink that Cif. v.
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion por Biblical Hebrew D^no
•-:t

nnrà = Akk. mastitu, incisiti s. OH on (CAI) M I’ 1IR AS LO LO( IY

393b; 39_sa; AHw 63ob). Akk. drink, (drinking 1. (Phri) (until when?) Tip ~lp e.g., Tip ni?
vessel); I leb. drink, party. ^ap niyb rnxp “how long will you refuse to
humble yourself before me?” (Exod 10:3); Akk:
l’IIRASIiOLOGY
adi rnati, e.g., adi muti barictbti “how mudi longer
i.(Phri) (food and drink) :nn©P - “7DXI2 should I suffer hunger” (CAD M | 407b b).
nx- □p'poxp nx n:p -rx “ who allotted 2. (Phr2) (for how long?) tip 1 ? , e.g., nxsnn
food and drink to you” (Dan i : i o); Akk: ubiditi
“'"rVi tj*? nTipx Tira'? 'by “ you may have this
- mastitu: ubulldsa h maltìissa. ..irabbusuuisse “they
triumph over me: for how long shall I plead 011
will draw tip a contract to provide her with food
behalf of you and your servants?” (Exod 8:5);
and drink” (C'AD M 393b i).
Akk: ana mati, e.g., ninuina ana mali neppas “as for
:j? ' Cf. nn© v. us, for how long should we work?” (C'.Al) M
407b 2').
H12* = Akk. mutu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) M 3 13b; 1)1 NO I A I IVI
AIIvv 6()ob—691 a). Akk. husband, man, warnor; 3. (Dem) (when?) TT31 ?
TJÍX □? nt?PX TI?
Heb. man, warrior. “when shall I make provision for my own
household?” (Cìen 30:30); Akk: mati ammiàtim
denotativi :
andbu epus “when did I do such things?” (CAD
1. (I)en2) (warrior, man) □■'©ani ano tì ? *73 407 1).)
^©ni “every town —men, women, and children”
Akk. in (a) mati > immetti is commonly employed
(Deut 2:34; 3:6; cf. also Deut 4:27; Job 19:19
in LI I as T1??X.
and passim); nran^p? 3-1113 ^np
“your heroes will fall in battle (lit. sword)//
your warriors in war” (Isa 3:25); Akk: e.g., isàt = Akk. mattiti s. 013, SB (C'AD M | 412b;
libbi muti napihtam ihli “thè blazing wrath of thè AHw 63 3b). Akk. tendon, bowstring; Heb. hips,
warrior abated” (C'AI) M 3 i6a 2); kima muti ibassi loins, tendon.
“(Enkidu) becoming like a warrior” (Cìeorge,
IMI RASIiOI.OCY
(ìiìgamesh, 1 76:1 1 o).
1. (Phr2) (to damage tendons) D^IIO Th3©3
Not unlike Akk. personal names (e.g., Mutibasti, raxn nnnpni “witli broken...and
Mutivi, Mutumcl, etc.), Heb. employs thè element bitter grief, sigli before their eyes” (Ezek 21:1 1);
np* in personal names such as n^TIP ^X^Tip. Akk: matnúsu ubattiq “I cut through his tendons”
(C'AD M i 4>2a 1); |/’»/<ì| quppc matnat bunnannisu
|...| “with a knife |l cut?| thè tendons ofhis face”
pina = Akk. rnatqu adj. OAkk. 011 (CAD M 41 .la;
(CAD ibid.).
AHw 63 3b). sweet.
As noted by Held, “Hebrew D^np is difficult, and
DENOTATIVE it is not easy to show how it relates to Akkadian
i.(i)en2) z'ìp pino Di7à npx ràn ^ matnu” However, he further maintains that “while
□si? *7 xsnpi * ‘kind words are like dripping honey, Hebrew Cnnp |1n?© (Ezek. 21:11) is likewise
sweetness to thè body and liealth to thè bone” problematic thè rendering ‘breaking thè loins’
(Prov 16:24); Akk: ina sizib labri matqi isatti “he must nevertheless be ruled out.” I leld bases his
conclusion 011 three considerations, one of which
will drink (thè medication) in sweet sheep’s milk”
is that “thè synonymous parallel of □ -l 5n!2 in Job
(CAD 1M 4 1 3b).
40:16 is clearly a'TI© ‘sinews’.” He sums up that
^ c:f. pnb .pna v. “cnnp in our idiom should refer to thè strong
musculature linking thè upper part of thè body
TI» = Akk. metti interr. and adv. OAkk. 011 (CAD with thè lower part and not to ‘loins’ as such.”
M 4o6b; 4o8b; AI lw 632b). when? IH Held, Landsberger l:est., 405.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew

pnQ — Akk. mataqu v. SB, NA (C'AI) M 40sb; mouth” (C'AI) M 405)1 1); mumattiqat ardati “who

AHw 632b). to be sweet. makes thè girls sweet” (C'AI) M 405I1 2).

denotativi ;

i.(i)en2) nrpn ipnra ani in??;'' “may (pria*) pnb = Akk. mntqu s. B lex. (C'AI) M
thè womb forget him, may he be sweet to thè 302a; AI lw 6<S8b). sweetness.
worms” (Job 24:20); Akk: ki sa dispu matiqùni
Akk. mutqu is attested only in a lexical list, directly
damu sa simiisàtikunit...iiia pikmiu linitiq “just as
after matqu “sweet” and mataqu “to be sweet.”
(this) lioney is sweet, so may thè blood of your
Note also thè term mutqù “sweet cakes” (C'AI)
wives (and children) become sweet-tasing in your
M, 302a).

230
 3
“1X3 — Akk. nadu A s. OAkk. on (C’AI) N mob; Whereas BH employs thè substantive Ì"I15X3
AIIw 704I1). waterskin. “contempi, humiliation, defamation” (2Kgs 19:3;
Isa 37:3; Hzek 35:12; Neh 9:18,26), thè 1101111 is
PIIRASHOI .OliY
absetit from Akkadian.
1. (Phr2) (container of liquids) ità
“milk/wine waterskin” (Judg 4:19; Josh 9:4,13);
= Akk. nàqu v. MB, SB (CAD N | 341 a; AHw
Akk. me nàdi - nàd samni “water of a waterskin -
744b). to groan.
waterskin ofoil” (CAD N looa; lex. section).
DI Nell \ 1 i\ 1
denotativi ;

2. (l)en 1) "’nprp-J nO''© “put my tears 1. (i)en2) pxai nins nisjir nx ■'nin©']
in Your flask” (Ps 56:9); Akk: \isah\linli dimtasu Vizb bbn nip^ “I (thè Lord) break thè arms of
Lima me nàdi “his tears drip like water from a Pharaoh, and he shall groan before bini groans of

waterskin” (C'.Al) N loia c). thè mortally wounded” (Ezek 30:24; Job 24:12);
swn z'bbr. -px;- c\-.r: -rsa “from thè
At Mari nàdu is also a leather pouch for carrying netherworld (lit. city) men shall groan, thè souls
metals. of thè dying cry out” (Job 24:12); Akk: e.g., etlu
sa ina qàt namtarisu marsis' inuqqu “thè young man
yiW = Akk. nasti (na'àsu) v. 013 on (C'AD N 53a; who cries bitterly in thè grip ofhis fate” (C’AI)
AHw 758a). to scorn. N i 34ih); ana abi sa nilu lunàq “let me wail for
my father who lies (there)” (CAD N 34ib lex.
IMIR ASI'OIOGY section).
1. (Phr2) (to scorn a god), e.g., ^3 7! n« 12TS7
bxntp' ©np “they (thè nation of Israel) have
Í03 = Akk. nabli v. OAkk. 011 (C’AD N i 32a; AIIw
forsaken thè Lord, scorned thè I loly One of Israel”
697!“); C>99b). Akk. to name, invoke, stiminoli,
(Isa 1:4); Akk: e.g., bitta tattadiìma usarti ili tatuisi!
appoint, proclaim (C'.-stem); Heb. to prophesy
“you have forsaken right and blaspheme against
(Niplfal, Hitpa'el).
your god’s designs” (BWL 76:79, Theodicy).
2. (Phr2) (to scorn a human): e.g., “tIX Heb. X33 is a denominative from X , 33, “thè one
T3X "loia “a fool spurns thè discipline of who has been called” (to exercise a function), i.e.,
his father” (Prov 15:5; 5:12; 1:30); Akk: aljuya... “a prophet.” Note some Akk. usages in references
yanàsui u.. .yutarridni “my brother treated me with to a god, e.g., izakkarsi inaisi ina’bi sumsa “he
contempi and expelled me (from thè city)” (CAD mentions her (Istar) among thè people, he invokes
N_ 53I1, HA 137:23). her name” (CAD N | 35b 3); ultu qereb sadt ana
3. (Phr2) (to scorn a king), e.g., DS7T3 j>X;n re’iìt nise tabbinni “from inside thè mountains you
■^‘7? ÌSX “in His raging anger He spurned (Istar) have called me to be thè shepherd of thè
king and priest” (Lam 2:6); Akk: e.g., ana sarrim people” (CAD N i 36a a).
nahis “for thè king (thè oniens means): he will be Note thè eniployment of thè v. nabli in Emar (see
despised” (C’AD N 53b). Pentiuc 2001:111-12). Likewise, 111 Emar, thè
 T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hkbrkw

WSem. (I) - stelli part. fem. pi.) munabbiàtu means BH may have thè following semantic
“invokers” i.e., “prophetesses” (=Heb. HX'33) development: “shine forth > come into view
i.e., Ishara muti abbi àt “Ishara of thè prophetesses” > look at.” Note also that QZÌ may reflect thè
(limar 379:1 1-12 and passim). Akk. originai meaning “shine forth” in Isa 5:30,
IH F l e m i n g , C 13Q 5 5 ( 1 9 9 3 ) 2 1 7 2 4 ; i d e m . J A O S ironia -rn ni*o na nani piò mi) “and
■13(1993) 175-83; Huehnergard, FI 26 (1999) 88*- then he shall look below and, behold, distressing

93* darkness, with light; darkness...” where it is used

in a context with thè 1101111 “darkness” and
111 Ps 34:6, nn;i ItD'Sn “men look to bini
TQ] <>?? Akk. nababu v. OB(?), SB(?) (CAD N,
and are radiant.”
8b; AHw i8ob). Akk. to play a finte; Heb. hollow.

It is not absolutely clear that an Akk. verb tiabàbu — Akk. napultu (nuppultu) adj. fem., SB (CAD
is attested. It has been partially restored in a N | 328a; N 342b; AHw 700a). carcass(?).
SB passage: \rë'\úsú ina qan bikiti iuabb\ub?\ “its
shepherd pi|pes| on thè reed used for lamentation” Note thè Akk. lxical entry napulturn — mitti
(CAD N 8b), and has been proposed by von (presumably = mi tu, “dead animai”); summa suràru
Soden in an OB passage from Atra-hasis: ubla pini napultu |...| “ifa dead(?) lizard |is found in a man’s

na-'ba-ba'-am itti ‘‘lìnlil (I 165) (ZA 68 78). In its house(?), then ...|.” Cf. KOB pf rhzzz “(or
when a person touches any unclean thing—be it
favor, note thè existence of Akk. cmbubu “flute”
... or) thè carcass of an unclean creeping thing”
(CAD H 1 3 7 a), a cognate of MH-Aram.
(Lev 5:2).
Heb. naa is attested four times in thè Qal passive
part. as “hollow columns” (Jer 52:21); “hollow IH Roth,VT 10 (i960) 394-409.

poles of thè aitar” (Exod 27:8; 38:7); “hollow

man” (Job 1 1:12). J7D3 = Akk. nabà'u A v. SB (C'AD N | 24a; AHw
IH Kaufman, AIA 47:76. 726I1). to rise (said of water).

denotati vi;

FQ3 = Akk. tiabàbu v. SB, NB (C’AD N 8b; ALIw 1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) 'S "“pn □*’pDS7 D'P
6<j4a). to bark. nrppn nipp V Z Ì bna ETK “thè words a man speaks
are deep waters, a rising stream, a fountain of
l’I irasloi ogy
wisdom” (Prov 18:4); Akk: e.g., \ina\ libbi satti
1. (Phri) (to bark, said ofa dog) (BH hapax)
anni ti nagab C.N inambu’a “will thè flood of thè
nin? 1 ? ÒDT Ï& □ , 'P i ?K D'n'ps □‘ps “they (thè
Tigris rise this year?” (C'AD N 24a).
watchmen) are dumb dogs that cannot bark”
Cf. »130.
(Isa 56:10); Akk., e.g., summa kalbu isscguma ina
suqi ittanabbuh\u\ “if dogs become rabid and bark
incessantly in thè Street” (C'AD N | 8b b); ina tele HI] = Akk. nadii v. OAkk. 011 (CAD N i 68b;
sa pi ni si sakin umma kalbu sa pahhàri ina libbi utuni AI lw 70sb). to reject (Akk. Ci-Stem, S-Stem; I leb.
ki irubu ana libbi pahhàri unambah “thè proverb that Pi‘el).
is popular among thè people states: thè potter’s Dt.NO Ì'ATIVH
dog, once in thè kiln, barks at thè potter” (*C ’Al )
1. (Dc-112) (reject) SH Di 1 ^ □ , H?pn “you who
N 8b c).
disregard thè day of calamity” (Amos 6:3); ! npX
■'P© ^p 1 ? OPPÌP “your kinsmen
CDD3 = Akk. nabàtu v. OB 011 (C'AD N 22a; AHw who despise you, who reject you because of
6<j7a). Akk. to shine brightly (Ci-stem); Heb. to me, are saying” (Isa 66:5); Akk: kitta tattadùma
look at (Niph’al, Hiph'il). usurti ili tanàsu “you have forsaken right and
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Bihi.ic.al Heisrew

blasphenic against your god’s designs” (BWL

“ Akk. nudunniì s. OB on (CAD N 3ioa;
76:79, Theodicy); ibbalkitù inalidii itti RN “(when
AHw 8oob). Akk. dowry (from father), gift (from
thè men lieard it,) they rebelled and now are
bridegroom); Heb. gift.
rojecting Assurbanipal” (C'AD N | 7ya); mia paniya
iprikannna usaddienni “he has put obstacles in my denotativi ;

way and has rejected me” (CIAD N 97I1 8). 1. (I)eii2) (BII hapax) ITTI 13rr nÌ3T bib
The most common meanings of Akk. nadii are “'"xr: bpb ^n? nx nn3 rx- “every harlot
“to throw, cast down, place.” receives gifts, but you gave your gifts to all your
lovers” (Ezek 16:33); Akk. tuppàt nndnnni PN sa
While Akk. uadiì seems not to be employed in
abusa iddinusim...inumi “(thè ofFicials) checked
thè D-stem, thè once employed *nuddù in E A*
thè tablets about PN’s dowry which her father
283:23 has a separate entry in thè CAD (N 3oyb)
had given her” (CAD N i 31 1); hirtum scriktasa u
and in AHw (70ya s.v. nadu IV). The CAD (ibid)
nudunnàm sa mussa iddinusim ina tuppim isturusim
considers it as a “WSem. word” and renders it (in
ilcqqcma “thè wife of first rank will take her dowry
question mark) “to expel?” AI lw maintains “ kan.
and thè gift which ber husband gave her by legai
I:u>.” and translates it “sich abtrciincu.'' The CDA
contract” (CAD N i 3ioa).
(23ob s.v. natili IV) renders it “to cast (soniebody)
out, expel” (cf. also Morali, AL 323). Rainey Ili light of thè numerous sexual imagenes employed
(CAT II 311) translates nuddù “to neglect.” EA in Ezekiel 16, I suggest adopting Richard White’s
283:23 reads: nudini sarri bcliya istu qàtisu (“I am suggestion (orai communication), that Ezekiel’s
alone! thè war against me (Suwardata) is severe”), eniployment of (see above) functions as a
“thè king my lord has casted me from his doublé entendre, i.e., “your gifts” — “your private
hand.” While Akk. uses thè S-stem (i.e., suddíï) part(s).” Namely, Ezekiel may have also in mind
“to reject” (fr. nadu), WSem. employs thè pi'el thè BH 1101111 j"J? “sheath,” which in Genesis
rH3=EA nuddù (fr. mi). Apocryphon (1Q20 II 10) is employed as a
I he BH substantive ÌT13, which frequently metonym, i.e., woman’s private parts, her body.
connotes menstrual impurity, there are two Ili Fitzmyer, Genesis Apocryphon, 52:10; 87:10.
modern prevailing opinions. Levine and Milgrom
derive rn? from ma cognate with thè Akk. verb
“1113 = Akk. nàru s. OAkk. 011 (CAD N 368a; AHw
nadu. Greenberg, 011 thebasisofTargumic Aramaic
748b). river, watercourse, canal.
and Peshitta, derives thè substantive from BH
“HI “thè conclusion is that thè base idea of ndd is PIIRASP.OI.OCY
‘distancing—physical (e.g., flight from) and inorai 1.(Phri) (to open a waterway) “1113 nriS,
(e.g., abhorrence of)’—and that these offers thc e.g., ni-in? bv nr.SX “I (thè Lord) open up
least encumbered for ITI]-” Although Greenberg’s streams 011 thè bare hills” (Isa 41:18); Akk. tiara
most recent suggestion is within thè realm of pct.ù, e.g., lipattà nàiri lipattà atappàti “let them open
possibility, his attempt to include thè twice- thè canals, let them open thè ditchcs” (CAD N
attested primary verb HI] (Pi'el) is too difficult 369I1 2').
to accept in light of thè above Akk. contextual 2. (Pliri) (water of thè river) “IH3 ’Q (i.e., thè
usage. Greenberg concludes with a rhetoncal Euphrates): "1H3 'D mrwb “n©X HDI
question: “Would it be going too far to suggest “and what is thè good of your going to Assyria
that, at least for these Semitic translators, these to drink thè waters of thè Euphrates” (Jer 2:18;
two pici participles appeared to be denoniinatives Isa 8:7); Akk: me nàiri, e.g., kima me nàri asar allakn
of ni?: ‘treat as (menstrual) impurity, recoil from ul idi “like thè water of a river, I do not know
disgust, thrust far away?”’ where I ani going” (C]A1) N | 37Sa 11); nis libbiya
U H I L e v i n e , Nitmbcrs 1-20, 4 6 4 ; M i l g r o m , A l ì 3 1 - 1 6 : lu me uàri àlikùti “let my potency be flowing river
744_ 45! G r e e n b e r g , Cìreenfield Irst., 6 9 - 7 5 . water” (ibid.).

2 33
 mnj
7t:
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brkw

ih NO i \ I !v i ICS*] “they inclined” (WL3C iSam C>4:2a). NJPS,

3. (i)cn2) ]b,©,'2 ninn? n:rm 'rin? “i while rendering thè expression “yearned after,”
(thè Lord) provided water in thè wilderness, rivers maintains that thè “meaning of I leb. uncertain.”
in thè desert” (Isa 43:20); Akk: mustcsir nari ina However, Weinfeld (without elaboration) equates
qcrcb sadì “(Marduk) who keeps thè rivers flowing Heb. nn? to Akk. nc'u in thè sense “to make a turn
in thè mountains” (CAI) N 375b q). in another direction” (ZAW 88 I1976] 20:12).
Akk. nc'u in this commonly attested meaning is
likewise employed in parallelism with tdru “to
nnn? = Akk. s. nnrn OAkk. 011 (CAI) N 347b).
return,” e.g., kima tik samc ay itur ana arkisu kima
light.
maqit duri ay ine1 irassu “like ram from thè sky let
DI NOTA ! IVI. bini not return, like one who is fallen from a wall
1. (Don 1) (bh hapax) ...Tjtfn ^ wnn nrn let bini not turn back” (CAI) N, lyyb). In light of
nnn? rbs? ysin ^x “ may that day be darkness... Weinfeld’s equation and in light of our assertion
may light not shine 011 it” (Job 3:3); Akk: e.g., that Heb. ■'nnx nn? is thè idiomatic equivalent of
sa kima urne timi sùpù “(my weapon) that appears Akk. nc'u arkis, BH has indeed two homonyms:
bright as day” (CAI) N, 347b lex. section). I nn? “lament” (e.g., Mie 2:4; Ezek 32:18) and II
c:f. BA K/nil nn? “ turn away” ( 1 Sani 7:2).

(11 nn?) Ki? — Akk. nc’u (tic'au, nc'u) v. OAkk. HI? = Akk. namù (nawù) s. 013, Mari, 011 (CAI) N i
011 (CAI) N 1 c>8a; ALIw 7S3b). Akk. to turn away 24ya; AHw 771 a), pasture land.
(Akk. G-D-Stem; I Iiph‘il).
Malamat has noted that thè use of naunlm in Mari
denotativi ; is very similar to that of (its) Hebrew counterpart
i.(i)en2) nincpnp x’?n ana naa Tan n ni?. I I e thus maintains that “thè concept nawum
□'SS? “thè Lord breaks thè plans of nations, turns was centrai to thè tribai organizations mentioned
away (i.e., repels) thè designs of people” (Ps 111 Mari documents. In standard Akkadian thè
33:10); Akk: dà’isi kullat ayalu muni’u qablu “(Sin) word has variety of meanings, such as ‘desert’,
who tramples 011 all enemies, who staves off thè ‘uncultivatedfield’, ‘ruin’. In Mari, 011 thecontrary,
attack” (CAI) N_ 200a 4b); kima qutri litcili sanie it specifically designates thè status of thè nomadic,
kima imbari lini'a ugdrsu “let (thè oath) depart of or semi-nomadic, tribe. It would appear that here
heaven, like a fog, turn back to thè field it carne nawum actually meaning ‘encampment’ embraces
from” (CAI) N 200a b; I/J i07b b). all thè connotations that are found in connection
with biblical ni?, e.g., □‘'JJn ni? ‘shepherds’ abode’
The verb HIT! employed in thè idiomatic hapax
(Jer 33:12), ]X!Ì ni? ‘ sheep pasture’ (Isa 65:10),
expression 'HnX nn? “turn away backward” may
X£n niX? ‘grassy meadow’ (Ps 23:2), “I3"ip niX?
be thè phonetic variant of thè more common verb
‘pasturage’ (Ps 65:13).”
ki?, e.g., bxnèr n'5 bs man n?© □■’nfrj? rnn
n ■'nnx “twenty years in all and thè house of Israel Ilill Malamat, JAOS 82 (1962) 146I1.
turned away backward (from) Cìod” (iSam 7:2);
Akk: arkis nc'u “to turn away backward,” e.g., I m? = Akk. ndliu v. OAkk. 011 (CAI) N i i43a;
sa...la immaljharuma la inc'u arkis “(my weapons,) AHw 7i6a). to be at rest, stili, slow, appeased
which cannot be resisted and do not turn back” (intrans. C-stem, Qal; trans. 1)-Stem, Hiph'il).
(C'AD N, 200a 3b).
While traditionally thè expression nìl? PIIRASEOI.OGY

nnx is rendered as “mourn for, lament after” 1. (Phr2) (to calili, appease anger) '3X n^SI
(131)13, RSV); “sigh after” (J13), others, following T.r:-?" 02 'npn T'.nTT; “I will vent My anger and
I.XX, eniend in?"] to “they turned” or appease My fury upon them and get satisfaction”

34
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

(Lzek 5:13); Tjjnm tf? ’n n^n “thè Lord dannati nuhti (gloss batitì) “you are thè Sun-god,
has given you rest from your anger and vexation” who rises for me...and because of thè mighty
(Isa 14:3); Akk: uzzi ili indhka “thc anger of thè power (lit. arm) of thè king my lord, I ani at case”
god will cairn down for you” (CAI) N 1 46a 3'; (gloss: “secure, confìdent”) HA 147:52-56 (hymn
!4cSa 4); ungati libbisu inuhma “thè anger of his to thè pharaoh).
heart relented” (CAI) N | I46a 3'); ilisuuu zenùti Cf. ras v.
istardtisunu sabsdti unili “I appeased their angry
gods and their raging goddesses” (CAD N i4Xa
7725Ì3 = Akk. ndsu s. SB (CIAD N i 533; AHw 758a).
4).
plumage.
2. (Phr2) (to be at rest) hands or feet: rà? IT HI
D^nàìl ni33 “when thè feet of thè priests... PHRASLOI .ogy
come to rest” (Josh 3; 13); Akk. summa scpdsu /|...|
1. (Phr2) (eagle feathers), e.g., binari nt?3n
qàtdsu nella “if his feet..., (but) his hands are stili”
naian nnxn c-a:?n bin? “thè great
(CAD N 144b b).
eagle, great winged, long pinioned, full of
Inanimate objects: HDriri nani “thè ark
feathers” (Lzek 17:3,7); Akk: e.g., ina muhhi nds
carne to rest (011 Mt. Ararat)” (Cien 8:4); Akk:
kappisu isfahan hap\pisu\ “he [put his hands| against
maskanka nadu UD.s.KAM linuh “let your prepared
his wing feathers” (Htana III 129).
threshing floor rest for a few days” (Civil, 7he
l'armer's Instructions, p. 44, 6/94); inùhu ulmcsun For WSem. etym., see Holma, Korpcrtcil, 145.
scluti “their sharpened spears rested” (CAD Ni
•47b e). nn c:f. noi
Humans: ^nipXl ^nnì? ITir 1 fEO*? “ in order
that your manservant and maid-servant shall rest”
(Deut 5:14); Akk: sàbum...iua bitisunu inuhhùma ?? Akk. nazalu v. OB, SB (CAD N_ 134; AHw
ipahhurùnim “thè troops will rest in their homes 77 1 b). Akk. to pour out, to drain (Ci-stem); I leb. to
and then assemblo (CAD N | 147b e); urris lu flow (Qal), to cause to flow (Hiph‘il).
supsuhdt musis lu nehet “be quiet during thè day,
be at rest at night” (CAD N | 1471-» 3). von Soden (ibid) equates nazàlu with Heb. ^T1

As noted by Weinfeld (in thè name of

pT3 = Akk. niziqtu (nizqu) v. OB, Mari, Elam, SB
Loewenstamm) “thè Akkadian cliché: nuhhu
libbi//nuppus kabitti, which means ‘calming thè (CAD N, 303a, 305a; AH w 799a-h).worry, grief.

heart’//‘comforting thè soni’ cf., e.g., ana nuhhu

di no 1 a 1 ivi
libbi ilùssunu u nuppus kabittisunn - ‘for calming thè
divine heart and comforting their soul’ (Coetze Heb. (hapax) e.g., ^pn ni© n^n px '3 “for
1963:129 1,6: cf. Ln. el. Il 76), which might point thè adversary is not worthy of thè king’s grief’
to an abstract understanding of nn ,E?Sn in our (Esth 7:4); Akk: e.g., àtamar beiti ùnti uhhuluti arhi
case. However, there thè abstract connotation is nandurùti sanati sa niziqti “I am experiencing, oh
clear he cause of thè objects libbu//kabittu whereas my lady, days of darkness, months of sorrow,
in our case thè verbs are intransitive and mean years of grief’ (CIAD N_ 303b 3'); kima nazqàta...
‘resting’ and ‘refreshing’ in thè concrete sense, adì manna ul idc \ana\ scr niziqtiya u niziqtdba
i.e., after performing work” (Weinfeld, 2004, esmema attaziq “I did not know until now that
1 16:50). you have worries, in addition to worries of my
In HA thè WSem. forili nuliti (= I leb. nahti) own I bearci about your worries, and that made
“I ani at case” is glossed by another WSem. word me (even more) worried” (CIAD N i 303a 1' and
batiti (= Heb. bdtahti) “I ani confìdent,” e.g., atta passim).
Samsu sa ittasi ina muhhiya.. .u assu ahi sani bcliya ,c> Cf. lì A pT3 v.
Tm An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
* T

IMIRASLOl.OGY
"VP!]* — Akk. nabiru s. OB, MA on (CAD N i i 36b;
AHw 714L)). nostril. 1. (Phn) (wadi filled with water) ‘'^03 p.N
□'12 “a land with wadis (full) of water” (Deut
DI N l ì l \ I I \ I
8:7; Jer 31:9(8)); Akk: cqla ina nabli sa me ana yasi
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax), ^I? in 1 !!?? “from ittadna “he gave me a field with a wadi (full) of
his (thc Leviathan’s) nostrils comcs smoke” (Job water 011 it” (*CA1) N j i2_sa c).
41:12); Akk: (referring to humans and animals), 2. (Pliri) (bank ofa wadi) nS© "2©", , '33t ?'n
e.g., summa rës immeri nahirisu ugannas “if thè head bmn “ he led me back to thè bank of thè wadi”
of thè (slaughtered) sheep contracts its nostrils” (Ezek 47:7; Josh 12:2); Akk: cqlu ina sapat nalili
(CAI) Ci 4ob a). “land 011 thè bank of thè wadi” (CAD N i2Sa).
Akk. employs thè noun nàltiru for a “whale,” a 3. (Pliri) (to ford a wadi) “SS ^ nOT
word that literally means “spouter,” describing lì}?? 1 ? bpw *6 “ when he measured yet another
thc blowing of a whale, e.g., nàhira sa sisà sa tàmii thousand, it was a wadi I could not ford” (Ezek
iqabbiilsuni ina qabal temiti lu adùk “out in thè sea I 47:5; Cien 32:23); Akk: ina naballi ìtebir “he forded
killed a whale, which they cali ‘borse of thè sea’” thè wadi” (AHw 7i2b).
(CAD N i 137b 1). The BH nouns nnmVnm*, 4. (Phr2) (end of thè wadi) ^103 Dm □nK3S01
which are hapax in forni, are employed twice in bnan “ and you will fìnd them at thè end of thè
reference to thè snorting of thc borse (Jer 8:16; wadi” (2Chr 20:16); Akk: e.g., adi warkat naljlim
Job 39:20). Whereas thè nominai forni seems iksudam “he reached me at thè rear of thè wadi”
absent from Akk., thè verb nahàru “to suore” is (*CAI) N | i2 5 a b).
attested twice in SB for a nian’s snoring (CAD denotativi -;

N 128a). In BI I , however, thè verb seems to be 5. (I)en2) (wadi as a place of ambush) X3’]
attested twice in a transferred meaning in Jer 6:29, Vr:3 (3-^;)3-." pbipv n'i? ni? bw© “and Saul
i.e., nsi? ina “thè bellow puffed” and probably advanced as far as thè city of Amalek and fought
in SoS 1:6 (in Pi'el), i.e., '3 nil? V3X '13 “my (rd. laid an ambush) 111 thè wadi” (iSam 15:5);
mother’s sons snorted at me.” Akk: RN umtnàni...ina nabla sa sade ana sùsubàlu
ili) Driver, JTS 34 (1933) 380; Holladay, jcrcmidli uscsib “RN placed troops 111 ambush in thè
1:228; 232. mountain wadis” (CAD N | I24b).
6. (I)eii2) (mountain wadi) Ì1DÌ?
= Akk. nahalu B v. Mari (CAD N | i26a; nnn p n-vn bmn ^ “i threw its dust into
AHw 7i2b). Akk. to hand over (property); Heb. thè wadi that comes down from thè mountain”
to inherit. (Deut 9:21); Akk: kuppu nahìu sade nàràitu làmàtu
“catchwaters, mountain wadis, rivers, seas”
DI-NOTATI vr. (*CA1) N_ i24b).
1. (i)en2) ras ^|in3 nbo? ibm nrà? ni33
Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. nalilu “wadi”
“Manasseh’s daughters inherited a portion along
(Emar 149:1; 373:154'; see Pentiuc 2001:129).
with his sons” (Josh 17:6); Akk. summa abi u ummi
eqlatn u kirem ul inhiìuninni “if my father and my
mother had not handed thè field and thè garden T -
nbm — —Akk. uihlatu s. Mari; WSem. word
over to me” (CAD N I26a); sa ah Purattim ana (CAD N 2i9a). Akk. transferred property; Heb.
nahàli ìtebir “thè sheep at thè bank of thè Euphrates mheritance.
crossed over for thè transfer” (CAD N i2óa).
COIiNATi: ACCUSATIVI-,
cf. ròni 1. (CA) nbn? ibnrr iÒ “they shall not receive
an inheritance” (Num 18:23; J os h 17:6); Akk:
^113 = Akk. nahallu (ualjlu) s. OB, Man, 011 (CAD nihìatam inaliliil “he will hand over thè property”
N i i24a; AHw 7i2a). wadi. (CAD N, 2iyb).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

The verb naliàlu and thè notili nihlatu are strictly over his adversary” (CAD N 1 33b b).
West Semitic lexemes, whicli are not known
The traditional rendering of ,, n©n3 as “ I have
from other Mesopotamian source material. “It
lcarned by divination/experience” is based 011 thè
does occur once in an Akkadian document from
verb I ©113 “read an omen, foretcll.” However,
Ugarit, and there too as a loanword.” As Malamat
in light of Akk. nahàsn “to prosper,” Sperber
pointed out “thè Mari documents offer thus a
equates both verbs. His suggestion was followcd
reai parallel to thè Old Testament conccpt of
by Waldman and Finkelstein, who state “that this
nah'Ìà(h). In both Mari and Israel thè patrimony
occurrence ofNHS = nahàsn remains a difficulty...
was conceived in basically similar terms, namely,
but in view of thè unmistakably Mesopotamian
as an essentially inalienable piece of land possessed
clcments otherwise present in thè story, and thè
solely by gentilic unit, whether large or small;
perfect sense it supplies to thè passage and to thè
hence, this land could not, at least in theory, be
episode as a whole, thè rendering proposed here
sold to any would-be purchaser and its transfer
appears to me thè most plausible one.”
from one owner to another could only be
Waldman (whose article is not mentioned
effected through ìnheritance. Thus tiie stability of
by Finkelstein) suggests revocalizing thè verb
thè patriarchal-tribal organization was asserted for
as first person Qal stative, i.e., 'ritpm “ I have
gencrations.”
prospered.”
Note thè possiblc attestatoli of thè WSem. sub. IH Sperber, OI.Z 16 (1913) 3X9; Waldman, |QR 55
tialialatn “Ìnheritance, possessions” in Emar (see (1964/5) 164 -65; Finkelstein, BASOR 88 (1968) 34
Pentiuc 200 i : 177). 11. 19.
IH Malamal, |AOS 89 (1962) 147-50. ( 1. il n^n? .
:j?' cf. v.

I (rrcma) n^n? :: nuhustn s. EA, limar; WSem.

•12113 = Akk. ninu pron. OA, OB 011 (CAI) N 2jya; word (CAD N 322b). copper.
AHw 791 a), we.
denotativi ;
1. Attested fìve times (Cien 42:1 1; Exod 16:7,
1. (Dc'112) EA 69:28 (let. Byblos), e.g., sisitum
S; Num 32:32; I ani 3:42); note thè later forili
diya u gabbi abulliya tilqi URXJÌ'iUQ) //nuluistu
with thè prosthetic alcph.
“there was an outery against me, and as for all my
I l i M o s c a t i , C.omp. (ìramm., 1 3 : 1 . gates, thè copper was taken.”
(£f C.f.
Note thè Emarite WSem. word nalisu “copper”
(Emar 462:40’ and passim; see Pentiuc 2001:130).
"im v.; rnmvnm* n. cf. T’m*.
The semantic equivalent of WSem. nuhustn is
Akk. crii (CAD E 321 a).
II 27113 = Akk. nahàsn v. OB 011 (CAD N 13 3 a ;
AI lw 71 3b), to prosper. II nmi* = Akk. nahsàtu s. SB (CAD N i 14ih;
AHw 71 5 b). hemorrhagc.
denotativi ;

1. (Den 1) (BH hapax) K3 DN pb denotativi ;

'n ■’pitón?‘ïprsn |n -ras:: “but i.(Deii2) (BLI hapax), ^nttfm ]I?'

Laban said to bini, ‘If I have found favor in your •^rrarn? -rpr nbani “ (thus said thc Lord God)
eyes, I have become wcaltliy and thè Lord has he cause your juice poured out and your nakedness
blessed me thereby (with material abundance) was exposed in your harlotry” (Ezek 16:36); Akk:
because of you’” (Clen 30:27); Akk: e.g., inalihis rii e.g., sinnistu sa nahsàtu marsat niqà lu'à eppus “a
bel innatisti izzaz “he will prosper, he will prevail woman who suffers from uahsìitu will perforili
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

an impure sacrifice” (CAI) N i4>b); sa nahsàtu Akkadian of durru/turru ‘rope’, as well as thè verb
rnarsat sinnistu sa ina inerèsu damu itanammaru “(a dcrù (dumi) /te ni (turni) ‘ to cane, trash’.”
woman) who suffers from nahsàtu: a woman IH Held, JANLS 3 (1971) 47-55.
during whose pregnancy blood keeps appearmg”
'tf' cf. 11 m© v .
(CAI ) N 141b lex. section).

The modern traditional rendering of ^[F]E?n3 Ip'!] =Akk. nisannu s. OB 011; Sum. lw. nesag
is “your brazen effrontery” (e.g., NJPS); “first” (CAI) N j 26511; AIIw 794I1). (name of thè
“pudendum” (Zimmerli). However, Greenberg first month).
has argued forcefully that ^[FIE?n3 = Akk. nahsàtu
signifies an abnormal female genital outflow DENOTATIVI'

“conceived of as an excess or overflow, hence

1. (I)eni) (as first month) This month is attested
a derivative of nhs ~ nahàsu be rich, abundant.”
twice, both in lbh: io'? snn xin ehì-q
He thus concludes that “in thè phrase hissapck
“in thè first month, that is thè month of Nisan”
n’hstek, thè sense is not pathological but erotic, a
(Esth 3:7; Neh 2:1); Akk: ina nisanni arili restii “in
reference of an outpouring of ‘distillatoli’ of thè
Nisannu; thè first month” (CAI) N j 266a 2).
lust-ridden harlot of thè parable. The phrase may
be rendered in more familiar terms ‘your juice’ The earliest attcstatoli of thè writing of thè
poured out.” month name nisannu is from fourtecnth-ccntury
Ugarit (IJgaritica V 3 14).
I l i G r e e n b e r g , l'iukelsteiii Irst., 8 5 — 8 6 .

'-‘■f Cf. il era v. As noted by Cohen: J. Lewy suggested that

“nisànu may be considercd as a typically Amorite
derivation from a word *nis which is identical
I "ICS 3 = Akk. nadàru v. OB, Bogh., 011 (CAI) N |
with Aramaic ns and Hebrew nis ‘banner, flag,
59(1; AHw 703b). to rage.
standard...’|thus thè] month of thè standard.”
The BI 1 verb I “ltD3 "rage,” which is employed in I H M . E . C o h e n , Cultic Calendari, 3 0 5 ! ! .
synonymous parallelism with Dp3 “be vengeful”
(Lev 19:18; Nah 1:2), D'1 “argue” (Ps 103:9), and “P3 = Akk. niru A s. OB 011 (CAI) N 26ob; AHw
II “IÌ3E? “be furious” (|er 3:5; Amos 1:11), should 793I1). Akk. yoke, domination; Heb. untilled
be kept apart from II “IC?3 “guard,” which is thè ground > field, yoke > dominion.
Aram, forili of Heb. “123; Akk. nasàru; Ug. ngr,
attested four times, all in SoS 1:6 [twice]; 8:1 1,12); The sub. “P3 is attested eight times in BH. It is
Akk: nadàru “to rage,” which occurs in sequence universally agreed that in three cases T3 connotes
with samàru, ezezu, agàgu “to be furious,” e.g., “untilled ground,” e.g., WITn “P3 n'?
sàru ezzu sa tihusu nanduru samni ezzu sa samris D'SÍp “ break up thè untilled ground, and
illaku “you are a fierce wind, whose rising is do not sow among thorns” (Jer 4:3; cf. also Hos
terrifying, vehement and fierce one that sweeps 10:12; Prov 13:23). Based 011 thè rendering of
along savagely” (CAI) S 33oa). LXX and thè Peshitta, thè majority of biblical
As noted by I Ield “there is no decisive scholars render “l'? (in 1 Kgs 11:36; 15:4; 2Kgs
evidence for attributmg thè shift of d>t (in NDR 8:19; 2Chr 21:7) as “lamp” (— Heb. “13) (cf.,
- “1C33) to thè passing of thè word troni Akkadian e.g., NJPS; C logan and Tadmor, AB 11; Cogan
into Hebrew...Similarly one can only speculate as AB 10 and others). However, in light of Tg. |’s
to whether nadru < *natru is an internai Akkadian rendering “dominion” and in light of thè
development, or whether thè shift 1253 > “IQ3 took Akk. figurative usage of niru “dominion, rule,”
place 111 Hebrew, perhaps under thè influence of one may ldentically render thè above four cases
Aramaic "1CD3 ‘to guard’. The former possibility (as well as Prov 21:4), e.g., “ITO Ent? isnbl
seems to be recommended by thè coexistcnce in □ i ?2n-p3 '3S 1 ? bp H3Ì7 th'p “i'? nrn
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical H EBREW

“to his son I will givo a trihc, so that there may be tricks 011 me constantly and plots against my life”
a dominion for David my servant forever before (CAD N | i 5sb 4).
Me in Jerusalem” (iKgs i 1:36); Akk: sar Akkadc denotativi ;
nirsu issirma ayàbisu qàssu ikassad “thè rule of thè 2. (Dem) (to conspire to barin) ÌHX ibpírn
king of Akkad will prosper and he will conquer irrpn 1 ? “they (Joscph’s brothers) conspircd to kili
his enemies” (CAD N_ 2633 b). Indeed, thè sanie him” (Cien 37:1 8); Akk: e.g., summa attutili [ki nikl\
semantic development (i.e., Akk: nini “yoke > il la danqu ititi muhhi RN [...b(ii\ktmu itiakkilamii
dominion, rule”) occurs in Heb., i.e., bìl “yoke > tasammàni “if you hear of someone planning an
dominion,” where thè Akk. tiiru is glossed by thè evil plot against your master, Assurbanipal” (CAD
WSem. hullu (= ullu), Heb. bìl, e.g., saknàti pauài N i 1 S 5 a 1).
litri (gloss: hullu) sarri bcliya atta kisàdiya 11 ubbalusu ,J? ' Cf
“I have placed thè front of thè yoke of thè king
my lord upon my neck, and carry it” (EA 296:37—
39; let. Yahtiru). ^53 — Akk. nikiltu s. SB, NB (CAD N 22oa; AI lw

As noted by Barker, Heb. “PD “untilled, or 788a). Akk. ingcnuity, deception; Heb. deception.

fallow ground, field, tilth, plowland” should be ,J? ' Cf. bs] V.

related etymologically to Akk. tiiru, “yoke,” by

analogy with both Akk. and 1 leb. smd. In other
OS!}* = Akk. nikkassu A s. OA, OB on; Sum. lw. 111-
words, etymologically, “yoke” and “field” (and,
kas^ (CAD N 223I}; AHw 789a). Akk. accounting,
for that matter, “measure”; cf. below) are derived
property; Heb. property.
from thè sanie root. Akk. samàdu means “to
yoke, harness, tic, attach”; simittu (<*simidtu) can sequencing

mean either “(crosspiece of a) yoke” or “team 1. (Seq2) Q‘ I P33!1 “127S? “riches and property”
of animals”; sitndu can denote either “measure” (Ecc 5:18); Tapi -ira “riches, property,
(cf. Heb. semed; in Mishnaic or Rabbinic I leb. and honor” (Ecc 6:2; 2Chr 1:1 1,12); □ > ’3”1 D'OD??
thè word denotes “yoke” |cf. Baba Batra 5:1]) or (Josh 22:8); Akk. (in sequence with), e.g., nikkassi
“team of animals.” Combining thè above usages, busi makkùri 11 tarkuttu “property, possessions,
thè semantic development or extension of both goods, and deposits(?)” (CAD N i 229a 3); tuppi
nyr and smd probably is similar to thè following: sa P N naphar nikkassisti ina libbisu isturu “tablet in
“yoke > pair of beasts (a yoke has two parts) > which P N deeded all his property” (CAI) N 229a
measurement > field (thè piece of land to be 3)-

plowed by beasts) > piece of land in generai.”

The most common meaning of Akk. nikkassu
(Ul Barker, 103 4; Hnnson, IITR61 (1968) 297-320. is “accounting, account,” e.g., assum ribbat
w cf. bi>. samassammi... nikkassini ipusiuna ina libbi nikkassini...
clini irtasiì “they settled thè accounts with us
concerning thè arrears of thè linseed, in thè
*»3 — Akk. tiakalu v. OB 011 (CAD N | 1 5 5 a ; AHw
account that they settled with us they debited us”
7i7b). to act cleverly, deceive.
(CAD N 22sb b); nikkassu qurbu “thè accounting
cognati ; accusativi ; is imminent” (CAD N i 224a 1). Note also Akk.
1. (CA) 'hp: cob on criiii -2 bit nikkassi “accounting office” and rab nikkassi
□pb 1 ‘for they (thè Midianites) assailed you by thè “head of accounting.”
trickery they practiced against you” (Num 25:1 8);
Akk: nikilta tiukkulu “to decieve, play tricks,” II T33 — Akk. uakàiru v. OAkk. 011 (CAD N
e.g., qàtcya ina bit abiya ultëli u kayamànu uiklàtum i5b; AHw 718b). Akk. to be come hostile,
unakkala ana muhhi uapsàtiya idabbub “he has change (C-Stem), to discard, deny, undo, reassign
deprived me of my father’s house, and he plays (l)-Stem); Heb. to recognize (Hiph‘il), to appear
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrrw

as (Niph‘al), to act as a stranger (Hitpa‘el), to deny, 'Ip] — Akk. ttakru adj. OAkk. on (CAD N j iS9b;
reassign (Pi‘el). AHw 723a). Akk. foreign, hostile; Heb. foreign.

DI'NOTATIVi; NIRASLOI.OGY

1. (I)eii2) (to act as a stranger) 1X33 1. (Phr2) (foreign person) "'133 ETX, e.g.,
n-J3?np “when she arrives, she will he in TJ'nK XI 1E7K '133 KTX “a foreigner, one who is
disguise” (i Kgs 14:5); arr^if i33ni “h e (Joseph) not your kinsman” (Deut 17:15; Ecc 6:2); Akk:
acted as a stranger to them” (Cen 42:7); Akk: e.g., amlu ttakru: awllam nakaram ukallamuma “show
iddanabbub u ramarmi uttanakkar “he constantly (this statue) to a foreign person” (CAD N lyob
1). Note thè contrast between ahu - ttakru, as in
talks (ìncoherently)... and acts like a strange
Deut 17:15: attdku ahuka sirka u damuka audku
person” (CIAD N | i6<ja d).
ttakrum ttakarma audku atta au’àtika azzaz “I am
2. (Den2) (to deny) IIDÌÓ lana llSr |S your brother, I ani your flesh and blood, only
“lest their enemies deny and say” (Deut 32:27); an outsider is hostile, but 1 obey you” (CAD N
Akk: kima sabtuma \u\l unakkiru umma sunutna 19 ia).
“when seized, they did not deny it, saying” (CAD 2. (Phr2) (foreign country) * ( *15<3 'CTI 13
N i i66b e). n^i33 “i was a stranger in a strange land” (Exod
3. (Dc’112) (to discard evidence/documents) 2:22; 18:3); Akk: màtu nakirtu, e.g., inumi sarrum
n?3n sb anh^i “ do not discard their evidence” màtam nakartam atta scrisu utiruma “when thè king
made thè hostile (foreign) country come over to
(Job 21:29).; Akk: mannummc...tuppa attuila
his side” (CAD N 191 a).
unakkarma asar puzri isakkatt “whosoever discards
this document or hides it away” (CAD N 1673 Note thè WSem. forili ntikru in *Mari, employed
111 thè idiom sipru nukru “a strange piece of work”
a).
(CAD N 32<Sb; let. Carchemish).
4. (Deii2) (to reassign an object elsewhere)
in mïïpn n-m nipan ’ann? irx Note also thè Emarite WSem. sub. nikaru
“because they have abandoned me and reassigned “outsider, stranger” (Emar 20:13-15 and passim;
see Pentiuc 2001:133).
this place and sacrificed in it (to other gods)” (Jer
19:4); Akk: sa mesi cintesi asarsun unakkirma “1 put Cf. v.

mc.sH-wood and elmesu-stone elsewhere” (CAD

N i i6yb). rÓ3 = Akk. ttakkamlu s. 013 011 (CAD N | 1 S2a;
AHw 72ih) storehouse.
Note thè WSem. forili ttukkir “to make into an
enemy” in thè Aniarna letters (CAD N | i7ob i>i ir asloi.oì ; Y

12). KB' considers “133 ‘ ‘recognize” (attested only 1. (Phr2) ni33 rP3, e.g., nnb? rr 1 ? ^3 m □K11_
in thè Hiph il) and “133 ‘act/treat as a foreigner, “(Hezekiah) showed him (Merodachbaladan) his
stranger, disguise” as belonging to one root. entire treasury” (2Kgs 20:13); Akk: bit uakkamàti:
ana bit ttakkantcsa la ckkimsi ana bit kili la isarraksi
However, in light of thè Akk. evidence it seems
“(a future ruler) must not requisition (thè palace)
preferable to adopt thè BDB assertion that 11 133
to be a storehouse, he must not let it serve as a
is a denominative verb from , ’133/133 “foreign,
prison” (CAD N j 1S3I1 h).
foreign country,” since Akk. nakdru/nukkuru does
The verb tiakamu means “to heap up.” Akk.
not come to connote “to recognize.” Such is thc
nakkarntu can denote both “storehouse” and
word play and assonance in Ruth 2:10: 1i2Xfi]
“reserves, stores” (sanila saltarti unakkima nakkamta
1T133 '33X1 '3-31^ 10 T1XSD SJHD “in thè second year they heaped up stores” |CAD
“and she (Ruth) said to him (Boaz) ‘Why have 1 N i84a|); thus nakkamli and bit nakkarnàti, (lit.
found favor in your eyes so that you take special “house of reserves”) apparently have thè sanie
note of me, though 1 am a foreigner.”’ meaning.
'»• Cf. (Il Cohen, Hapax 40, 6 7 , n n . 1 1 0 , 1 2 .

240
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

— Akk. namlu, lamattu s. OB, FA; WSem. land of Hatti” (*CA1) N 4» and passim). See
word (CAD N | 2o8a; OAI) I. (Yjb\ AHw 72sb [5.^. Oded, Deportatimi.
namàlu\). ant. 2. (I)eii2) (to pulì down, tear out an object)
rua^x baa n?ri ti ntr crxa rva “thè Lord
DliNO'l ATIVL will tear down thè house of thè proud, but He
i. (Den2) □prii rr?-n nx~ì bxy nbtn bx will erect (i.e., establish) thè homestead of thè
“lazy bones, go to thè ant; study its ways and unprotected woman” (Prov 15:25); Akk: e.g.,
learn” (Prov 6:6; 30:25, only occurrences). Of. kudurrasu lissuh “may (DN) pulì out his boundary
hi namlu tumhasu la tiqabilu u tansuku qàti amëli sa stones” (CAD N 7a f).
yimahhassi “when an ant is swatted, does it not 3. (I)eri2) (figurati vely said of humans) ^X 33
fight and bite thè hand of thè man who swats it?” pxa ■qtp?;] bnxa "r: rr.n* r:*;1: rar*
(OAI) N_ 54a, EA 252:16; let. Shechem). ni ??
‘ ‘so Cìod will tear you down for good, will
break you and pluck you from your tent (i.e., life)
The other WSem. word lamattu (“l"3Db
and root you out from thè land of thè living”
interchange) is equated in thè syn. list* Malku to
(Ps 52:7); !W/n-p “cut off//rooted,” e.g.,
hulhdbu thè standard Akk. word for “ant” (CAI)
~:aa mt?' tt.3* pxa et^T “while
K 502a lex. section).
th e wicked will be cut off from thè land, and thè
treacherous will be rooted out of it” (Prov 2:22);
“1123 “ Akk. iiimru s. OAkk. 011 (CAI) N 23411; Akk: e.g., isid ayàbi u lemtiim in màti 111 lu assuh “I
AHw 79oa). panther. (Samsuilunna) eradicated foes and evildoers in thc
country” (CAI) N 7a e).
denotativi :

1. (Den 1) (referring to its habitat) '“Hi"! The BH verb 5?D3, a variant of P1D3, is attested at

“mountains of panthers” (SoS 4:8); Akk: sabài least 9 times in reference to pulling, uprooting
an object. Heb: (to pulì out, uproot plants), e.g.,
ayàli asdte niruri senkurre umani sèri sade kalisunu ...
fi?/]?? STDÌT “uproot a vinc/tree” (Ps 80:9; Job
lu aksur“I gathered herds ofgazelles, deer, bears,
19:10); Akk: e.g., samma /sursa /samassammi /
panthers, ..., all (kinds of) wild beasts of plain and
ziqpi sa e re ni surmeni nasàhu “to uproot, pulì out
mountain” (CAI) N 23411 1).
a plant/root/oleiferous plant/sapling ofa cedar,
2. (I)eu2) (referring to its spotted coat),
cypress” (CAD N, 6b d). Heb: D'an&f STOn “pulì
e.g., rnisnnn “IPJI ili» TÌS “can thè
out/uproot stones” (iKgs 5:3 1 ; Ecc 10:9); Akk:
Ethiopian change his skin or thè leopard his
kudurra nasàhu “to pulì out a boundary stone”
spots?” (Jer 13:23); Akk: \kima kalàt| nimri tukkupa
(CAD N 73 f and passim); Heb: (to uproot/pull
kalàtusa “her (thè demolì) flanks are spotted like
out dwelling place), e.g., pX? '3Í? rò?]! I?03 '"p
those of a panther” (CAI) N 23sa li).
'P “my dwelling is pullcd out and exposed
like thè tent of a shepherd” (Isa 38:12); Akk:
n03 = Akk. nasàliu v. OAkk. 011 (CAI) N_ ia; e.g., gusurë... taslilti ekallisu as\suh\ “I (Sargon II)
AHw 749b). to uproot. removed thè beams from thè roof ofhis palace”
(CAD N^ 7I1); Heb: “in; SJ03 “pulì out/uproot
DliNOTATI vi;
thè peg(s) ofa tent,” e.g., ^DX
1. (Den 1) (to deport) ...nipnxn C~nS” ipnr ^3 vbnn bpi rvsò rnnrr uo' ba ^3
pxn nsp pxn nspn V d ? ti
“Jerusalem, secure homestead, a tent not to be
“you shall be deported from thè land...and thè transported, whose pegs shall never be uprooted,
Lord will scatter you among all thè peoples from and none of whose ropes shall break” (Isa 33:20;
one end of thè earth to thè other” (Deut 28:63— cf. also Judg 16:14); Akk: sikkata nasàhu “to pilli up
64); Akk: e.g., ultu asrisuuu assuhsunùti ina màt pegs,” e.g., ana sikkàt iskarim sa agrum inassahuma
llatti uscsibsunuti “I (Tiglat-pileser III) deported “concerning thè number of pegs a hired man is to
them from their places and settled them in thè pulì out” (CAD N 7a f); usiti sikkàtiki “pulì out
241
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

your pegs” (CAI) ibid.). H33 — Akk. nappi! (nappitu) s. OB 011 (CAD N
In light of thè above, one may renderjob 4:2 1 3i2a; AHw 740a). sieve.
enrr “their remnant” as D“jrP “their peg”
(as metaphor), i.e., ma; D3 DnrP 27D3 iÒH DENOTATIVE

nanna “i s not their peg uprooted? They shall die, 1. (Deii2) (BI I hapax), «l© nS33 D'iD nSCT 1 ?
and not with wisdom”; T»n "l»© nin^Tp Th^’.l “(His breath is like an overflowmg stream that
nnan as? d??©"] ninran 'nc^rn “ and he (Samson) reaches up to thè neck) for swinging (tottermg)
grasped thè doors of thè town gate together with thè nations in thc sieve of destruction” (Isa 30:28);
thè two gate frames and pulled them up along Akk: r kisàd1 nàri nappa tasahhap “you cover thè
with thè bar” (Judg 16:3); Akk: e.g., sa...daìassu bank of thè river with a seive” (CAD N 3 1 3a
inassahu sippisu inassù “whoever removes its doors c).
and tears out its doorframes” (CAI) S 302a); dalat
Isaiah creates a word play between thè verb r p3
abulli inassahma “he shall uproot thè door of (thè
“swing, wave, totter” and thè noun nS3 “sieve”
city) gate” (*CA1) N 7b).
(— Akk. nappà/nappitu). Qimhi suggests that nS3
Accordingly, thè semantic development of
is thè n~133 (i.e., “thè sieve”) in which grain is
S?03 (= np3) is: “pulì up thè pegs of thè tent >
sifted. Unlikc a sieve 111 which one sifts thè chaff
break camp > move off > travel.”
For thè phonetic interchange between n and and separates it from thè grain, leaving over thè
V, (such as nos - i?03 - D'in), see already grain, this sieve was thc sieve of destruction, in
Nachmanides’ commentary on Deut 2:23. which nothing is left over.
Baruch Simon called my attention to thè In LH both thè verb nS3 “sift” (; Akk: naptt
fact that Nachmanides, likewise, suggests that [CAD N_ 327a|) and thè noun nD3 “sieve” are
thè twice-attcstcd verb nr is a variant for nO'; attested, e.g., bv nnrrnn nnn^n 1 ? “sa
namely, he derives nr from nT3, rather than thè -nani D'rpni nnrpi nsj n^ntén “a woman may
traditional derivation from thè root nnT (BDB, lend her neighbor who is suspect in regard to thè
KB J etc). The verse nisxn ‘rra ij&nn'nr «bi
seventh year a sieve, sifter, handmill, or oven”
should be rendered as: “so that thè breastplate
(m. Seb. 5:9 and passim).
shall not move from thè ephod” (Exod 28:28;
39:21), regarding thè conj. as a stative, similar to IH Moreshet, 2 3 2 .
that ofìnp' in Prov 2:22.
Ili Nachmanides, commentary 011 Hxodus 28:28. nS3 = Akk. nàpàlm v. OB 011 (CAD N 2f>3a; AHw
■»' Cf. BA I7D3 v. 732a). to blow.

TRANSFERRED MEANING
"1S73 = Akk. na’àru v. SB (CAD N | 7b; AHw <>94a). 1. (TM2) (to destroy) nani n3"|n ^ nis
to roar. i3 ■’nnsji n^n nr-icn: vmb “ you have expected
denotative
nmch but there has been little, when you have
brought it home, I would blow it away” (Hag
1. (Dc'112) (to roar, said of a lion) (BH hapax)
1:9); Akk: (a curse) e.g., k! sa me ana libbi takkussi
ni?3//3XE? “roar//growl,” //mET □ , HS?3 Htl''
‘HÍ33 mi?] “like lions they roar together, tanappahàni ana kàsunu...lippuhukunu “just as you
they growl like lions’ cubs” (Jer 51:38); Akk: blow out thè water through a reed, so may they
nu'urat kima nësi “she (Lamastu-demon) is roaring blow you (away)” (CAD N 2(>4a 1; treaty).
like a lion” (CAD N 7I1); ina pi ìabbi nà iri ul l’I IRASEOI,OGY
ikkimu salmatu “they cannot take away a carcass
2. (Phri) (to fan a charcoal fire) , nxn3 ’páX
from thè mouth of a roaring lion” (AHw 709a).
nns t!M;3 n_si ©nn “It is I who created thè smith
Akk. na'àru is attested only 111 thè inf. and thè to fan thc charcoal fire” (Isa 54:16; Ezek 22:20,21);
stative. Akk: isàta napàhu, e.g., assuk pente attapah isàta pente
IH Cohen, Hapax 134:71. esigi nebàtu appuli “I scattered charcoal and fanned

242
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical. Hf.brew

thc fire; I fanned thè charcoal and thè glowing 13:14; ìKgs 5:23; Ps 2:9; 137:9); Akk: e.g., ctluti
embers of acacia-wood” (*CAD N z6/\b 2). iugf’usu usaggas ardati Ijubbulu uliabbal siimi nuppusu
3. (Phr2) (to blow into thè nostrils) VSX5 173’! unappas “she (Lamastu) indeed murders men, ruins
ETTI “He blew ulto his nose thè breath women, and smites children” (CAD N 287!! b);
of life” (Cìen 2:7); Akk: ina takkussi ana nahjnsu kima asl\i ina pari] scpcsu uuappisa (var. uttappisa)
tanappahma iballut “you blow it (medication) into quràdìsu “I massacred his warriors at bis feet like
his nostrils with a reed and he will recover” (CAD lambs” (CAD ibid.).
264.3. b). 2. (Dc'112) (to crush, sniash an object) f'S?
na ^nK/a^nyn^r • i r?/c'n2 “ crush/sbatter
Cf. msi3.
pitchers/potter’s ware/jars/blocks of clialk” (Judg
7:19; Ps 2:9; Jer 48:1 2; Isa 27:9); Akk: kupra/dalla/
^32 :: uupul v. EA; WSem. lw. (CAD N ; 277a). sikkiira/bita nuppusu “to crush bitumen/door/
to fall. bolt/house” (CAD N i 286b 114).

PI IR ASl.Ol .OGY The hapax idiomatic expression “P in

1. (Pliri) EA 252:25—27: nupuìmc (110 gloss trnp nv t f33 nibrpì in Dan 12:7 seems to
sign) tahtànnu u timahhasuka “fall down beneath be misunderstood. The phrase was variously
them and let them strike you” (let. Shechem) = rendered as: “and when thè breaking of thè power
Heb: (filD + nnn bs;), e.g., iòl DSnOKI □‘pDXI of thè holy people comes to an end” (NJPS,
nnn • i ?3" jlDip; 1 “I destroyed them, I struck RSV); “when thè power of thè holy people is
them down, they rose 110 more, they fell down at no longer being shattered” (RV); “and when
my feet” (2Sam 22:39 = Ps 18:39). he shall have accomplished to scatter thè power
of thè holy people” (IB). The second prevailing
Ili writing mipuhnc tali tàmii, thc Amarna scribe
rendering depends on thè revocalization of ^33 as
apparently could not recali thè Akk. idiom for
a participlc (i.e., ^33) and transposing it with “P,
“fall under” viz. saplis/ina sapal rnuqut.
i.e., “P 1*33, rendering thè verse as “and at thè end
of thè power of thè shatterer of thè holy people”
= Akk. napàsu A v. OA, OB 011 (CAD N | (Hermeneia) or “but that, when thè power of
2853; AHw 73 sb). Akk. to kick, strike (G-stem), thè desecrator of thè holy people is brought to
to crush (D-stem); Heb: to crush, scatter (Qal and an end” (AB). This transposition and rendering
Pi'el). seems higlily improbable. The solution to this
difficult idiomatic expression can be found in
DENOTATIVE
thè commonly employed Akk. expression qàta
i .(1) cti 2) (to crush people, animals), e.g., napàsu, which connotes “to refuse, reject, push
Tint^ni D?i3 ts»:: nanbp •'b? •'‘p nm psa back” (lit. “to thrust away thè hand”). More
33"i TJ5 ti?33] ero ~= T12331 niròaa ^5 specifìcally, Akk: qàta napàsu (= Heb: “P ^33) is an
ns;3i ipr ^5 tss" new Erx 'nss?! 'orni idiom drawn from legal-covenantal terminology.
innyi n?n tjd t.ss:: nSmrn n-nz -2 Tssr; While thè concept of allegiance is expressed by
□■'3301 nins •'nssí'i inpri npx -- thè idioms qanna/sissikta sabàtu “to grasp thè
“you are my war club, (my) weapons of battle, hem (of a garment),” thè rejection of thè treaty
with you I smashed nations, with you I destroyed allegiance is expressed by thè idiom qàta napàsu “to
kingdoms, with you I shattered borse and rider, thrust away thè hand.” This clearly is seen from
with you I crushed chariot and driver, with you thè following Mari covenantal formula: ana qabc
I smote man and woman, with you I smote old màtiya qaran(\) subàt bcliya asbat beli qàti la inappas
and young, with you I smote youth and maiden, “at thè request of my land, I siezed thè hem of
with you I shattered shepherd and flock, with my lord’s garment, my lord must not reject me”
you I smashed plowman and team, with you I (CAD N | 286a c, Mari); itti KN...qàtam inappasu
crushed governors and prefccts” (Jer 51:20—23; “(thè rulers) refuse (to make an alliance)...with

243
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n hor Biblical Hf.brew

Sumu-epuh” (CAI) ibid., Mari). In light of thè (Ps 120:6); Akk: napista sakànu, e.g., sit luti ina lipit
above, Dan 12:7 may be rendered as follows: “I Ina sunqu Imbuti iskunu napistu “thè rest (of them)
heard thè man dressed in linen who was further died of plague, want, or famine” (CAI) B 302a e),
up by thè waters of thè river, and he raised his ul iskunu napistu “they did not die (lit. lay down
right hand and his loft to heaven and he swore by life)” (CAD N 299a).
thè Hver-Livmg-One: ‘for two times, a time, and 3. (Idi) (to shorten one’s life, lit. pour out
half a time, and at thè time of thè termination of one’s hfe) '32: -ir -3vnt<:- '©?3 ^2ri©Fi 'bv nnjn
thrusting thè hand (i.e., covenantal rcjcction) of “so now my life is poured out, days of misery
thè holy people, all these things will come to an have taken hold of me” (job 30:16); Akk: napista
end.” tabàku, e.g., tabàk napistisu kima me “thè pouring
out ofhis life like water”; summa istènma napistasu
IH Tawil, )AOS 122 (2002) 79 82.
usatbaksu “thus thè first, ‘I will make him pour
IJ? ' Cf. f30.
out his life’” (BWL 32:59, Ludlul).
l’I IRASI-OI OGY
2733 = Akk. napàsu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD N i 288a;
4. (Pliri) (protect one’s life) ^©23 “l?£3
AHw 736a). Akk. to relax, expand (Cï-stem); to put
“protector of your life” (Prov 24:12); Akk: napista
in good repair (D-stem); Heb. to relax.
nasàru, e.g., nàsir napsàti ilu mustàlu “(Marduk),
DI-NOTATI VE who proteets life, thè deliberative god” (CAD
N 39!-) ya’); nàsiru napisti ameliiti “(Marduk), who
I.(l)eii2) (relax) ©>23//Tm “rest//relax”
proteets thè life of mankind” (ibid., and passim);
(Exod 23:12); ©33 - n©I? (antonym) “create -
cf. Heb: ©55 -]!2©, e.g., Vinti ^2 'n “1J2Ì©
relax” (Exod 3 1:17); ©23 - r ] ,, y “be tired - relax”
“thè Lord proteets all who are loyal to him” (Ps
(2Sam 16:14); Akk: inappus inassah inaddi ittallak
145:20; Ps 97:10; Prov 13:3).
“ifhe slacks off in his work, moves away, drops,
5. (Pliri) (to forfeit one’s life) ©23 0X0
or runs ofF’ (CAD N ? 1 ob b); napàsu sa manàhti “to
“forfeit one’s life,” e.g., //Ì©?3 OKÌO “10=10 Sni2
relax from toiling” (CAD N | 288b lex section).
nb n3ip nn3in P0Ì©] “he who spurns discipline
Cf. ©33. (ofa inorai nature) forfeits (lit. despises) his (very)
lifc//but he who lieeds reproof acquires thè
£?33 = Akk. napistu s. OAkk. on (CAD N | 2y6a; essence (oflife)” (Prov 15:32); Akk: napista mèsu
AHw 738a). throat, gullet > life > living being> “to forfeit (one’s) life,” e.g., iljti imìs napsatisu
person. “(Tutammu king of Unqi) broke (thè loyalty
oath) and forfeited his life” (Tadmor, ITP, 63:3).
IDIOMATIC US A C 1-,
6. (Pliri) (precious life) nn^' ©??, e.g., n©K1
1. (Idi) r?3 iri3 (to grant life) ’©?3 'b 1031=1 “TI2Sn nnp 1 ' ©23 ETX “a married woman will snare
•r.rp22 -sri T.bNy? “ let my life be granted a precious person” (Prov 6:26); Akk: napistu
me as my wish, and my people as my request” aqartu, e.g., anàku Iìsarhaddon...k! napistiya aqarte
(Esth 7:3); Akk: napsàti arkàli addannakka “I ani arànsunuti “I Esarhaddon, love them (thè people
giving you a long life” (CAI) 2<j7b); cf. napista of Assur) as my own precious hfe” (CAD A 2o8b
qàsu “to grant life,” e.g., da DN istartu ayitu iqisa 4' and passim).
napsassu “apart from Sarpaintum which goddess 7. (Phr2) (to keep alive) ©?3 Tnn/nTJ/Tn,
grants life?” (BWL 58:34, Ludlul). e.g., nnnn 16 ")©« ni©2? nvn 1 ?} “ and to keep
2. (Idi) (to die, lit. lay down one’s life) |2© those alive who should not be alive” (Ezek i 3:19;
©23, e.g., non np© ai???2 ^ nn-ro 'n ’bv? Cen 12:13; Ps 22:30); Akk: napista bullutu, e.g.,
'©S? “were not thè Lord my help, I should soon Quia muballitat napistiya “(itila, who keeps me
die in thè netherworld (lit. silence)” (l J s 94:17); alive” (CAI) N 300a 2' and passini).
Di 1 ?© tqi© ov '©d? nb np© nin “ too long I 8. (Phr2). (living being) nT! ©?3, e.g., pV
laid down my life with those who hate peace” n;n ©23^ DntCT “(He blew into its nostrils thè

244
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrf.w

breath of life), and man became a living being” ikdna sa napulti (for napusti) “thè murder of a
(Cien 2:7 and passim); Akk: napisti baiati “living person”; ina màt GN napulta ul idukku “one does
life,” e.g., qaisat napisti baiati “(Gula) who bestows not kili people in thè Hittite country” (CAD N
living life” (CAD Q i6oa). 300b 3); Akk: napista haldqu: uhalliqu napsassu “he
9. (Phri) (to save a life) ©33 abtt/f’bn/b^n killed himself’ (CAD H 39I1)..
“save, spare a life” (e.g., Ps 22:21; iKgs 1:12; Ps
DENOTATIVE
1 16:4); Akk: napista <'tëru/s'ïïzubu, e.g., ana suzub
14. (I)eii2) (throat) n?//©33 “throat//
napsàtcsunu ilàttisunu issu ana gisallàt sadì saquti
mouth,” e.g., rnj>3i n©33 bix© nrrrnn pb
kima issilri ipparsu “to save their lives, they took
pn 'bab ÌT3 “Sheol has opened wide its gullet
their gods and, like birds, fled to thè ridges of thè
and parted its mouth in a measureless gap” (Isa
high mountains” (CAD E 42Sa 2'); et irat gàmilat
5:14); 13“13//©33* “throat//gullet” (= Ug. nps//
napistiya “(Cula) who saves and spares my life”
gngn); ©33 I?“P “throat (that) shouts” (Isa 15:4);
(CAD E 403a 2').
l©2//©33 “throat//flesh,” e.g., ,©33 “|b 1NP35
10. (Phr2) (to love like oneself) Ì©33 TaiK p
n©5 •rj'p nps “my throat thirsts for you, my
“for he (Jonathan) loved him (David) as he
flesh yearns for you” (Ps 63:2); ©33 31111 “to
loved himself’ (iSam 20:17); Akk: kima napista
widen thè gullet,” e.g., W11 Ì©33 biN©3 3TH1
ararnmu atta ul tidé “do you not know that I love
03$’ *Ò1 n?S3 “he widens his gullet like Sheol,
(you like my own) life?”; sa...sàtu bel su kima
he is insatiable like Mot” (Hab 2:5); p3//w?3
napistisu irammusu “whom his master loves as bis
“throat//belly” (Ps 44:26); '333 ’©33 nip -1 ©^
own life” (CAD N i 29711).
“I put my throat 111 my paini (i.e., I nsked my
1 1. (Phr2) (to be short of breath) ©33 “ISj?
life)” (Judg 12:3 and passim); kisàdu - napistu - irtu
“be short of breath, be near death” (i.e., grow
“neck - throat - chest” (CAD N 303b); summa
restive), e.g., mob Ì©?3 ISpn] “ and he (Samson)
gisatu ina napsati liscsi “if it is (in) thè belch, let
was short of breath to die” (Judg 16:16); llSpril
bini expel it from thè throat” (CAD N_ 303b 2',
Tj-H3 D^n ©33 “but thè peopl e grew restive (lit.
in med. context).
short of breath) on thè journey” (Num 21:4; Judg
15. (I)en2) (neck), e.g., ©33 "li? ÌTD ''3133«
10:16; Zeh 1 1:8); Akk: (in med. context) napista
“water envelops me up to my neck” (Jon 2:6);
karù, e.g., summa panusu issanundu napistasu ikri “if
©?3 “li? □T2 ÌX3 “water reached up to thè neck”
his head swims, he constantly gasps for breath”
(Ps 69:2; 124; 4); i©33 nxa b.H3 ibn brpq ìsi?
(CAD K 23oa c’). Cf. BA 7113 v.
“his feet were subjected to fetters, an iron collar
12. (Phr2) (to swear by one’s life) TI iJ3©3
was put 011 his neck” (Ps 105:1 8); Akk: e.g., sa ina
Ì©33? nitO? “thè Lord of I losts has sworn by
napsati iljallulù “(precious metal choker) that they
Himself’ (jer 51:14; Amos 6:8); Akk: (said of a
hang around thè neck” (CAD N ( 303a 9).
king), e.g., ma Nana napsata sa sarri litmàmi u Natici
napsatiya itt\am\i “that Nana by thè life of thè king Note thè difference in meaning of Hebrew bi33
swear, and Nana by my life has sworn “(PRU III, ©?3 “to do kindness to oneself”: 1011 ©’K Ì©33 bì23
8:20—22). “a kindly man benefìts himself’ (Prov 11:17) and
13. (Phr2) (to kili) ©33 "DKn, e.g., TH3Krn Akk: napista gamàlu “to save a life,” e.g., rementì
nas? r-p?: Ninn n# “an d I will cause that gàmil napsàti muballit m\itut\u “thè merciful one,
person to perish from among his people” (Lev who saves life, who spares from death” (*CAD
23:30); ©33 n^l/3in “kill/murder a person”: C! 22b 2).
‘X^nrr bbn| Ï33 bòi ©?3 311 “he who has slam The expression “to slit thè throat” maintains
a person or touched a corpse shall cleanse himself’ its literal meaning in Akkadian: napista nakàsum/
(Num 31:19); ©?3 inini in?? - ! bi? ©’K Dìp; “a parà’u, e.g., atta...epis lentneti tiàkisu napisti tappisi!
man attacking another and murdering him” (Deut “you are an evildoer who cuts thè throat of his
22:26); Akk: napista daku, e.g., sarru napistam idiik friend (CAD N i76a c); napsàtcsunu uparri1
asrànum “thè king executed a person there”; [da] qú’is “I (Sennacherib) cut their throats like

245
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n eor Biiìi.icae Hebrew

threads” (CAI) N 303!") 4'). In 13H, however, thc The Qal pass. part. pi. □'HÍ2Ï3 is employed once
expression ©32 ÍV13 means “to be excluded, cut in Isa 65:4a: □ , '"!B?3!1 Dn3p3 Dpp'n “they
off from” (Cìen 17:14; Exod 12:15; Num 15:31 dwell in graves and spend thè nights in secret
and passim). places.” Following thè Pesitta and LXX, Dahood
Avigdor Hurowitz (VT 47 [1997] 43- (CBQ 22 11960] 409.cf. also WBC 25:341)
52) observes that, in light of thè usage of Akk. divided thè lexeme to read Omii ]3 “in between
napistu, BH 5923 employed in Isa 58:10 means rocks” (so BI IS). This reading seems unwarranted
“sustenance”: ST3tpn ^t??3 3Jn l ? pani 111 light of thè Akk. cognate occuring in burial
“(if) you extend your sustenance to thè hungry texts, describing thè grave as asar nisirti “hidden
and satisfy thè starved throat (then your light place” and which is parallel to kimàhhu “grave”
will shine forth in darkness...)”; Akk: sarru nàdiu e.g., |...| kimahhi suàtu asar nisirti ina samni sarruti
napistim ana Adab “thè king who gives sustenance tabis usniìsu “|my father my begetter|, in kingly
to Adab” (CH iii:66); sa...napistam ana mdiìka u oil, I gently laid |in| that grave, a hidden place”
kàta addilla “who had given sustenance to your (SAAB I 11987] 1 obv,1:3-7 = TuL 57:3-7; cfalso
country and to you” (Syria 33 [ 1956] 66:13; Mari CAD N i 276(1 b). Ili thè Harran Inscription,
let. and passim). Nabonidus describes thè burial of his mother
Ili C.ruber, VT 37 (1987) 365-69. Adda-Guppi: “sweet oil her corpse he [anointed]”
iS' C f . 2733 v .
iskunu ina nisirti “they placed it (her corpse) in a
hidden place” (AnSt 8 11 y581 52:15-16; cf. also
CAD ibid.). Accordingly, thè Heb. pair //□‘H3p
nS3 = Akk. tmblus. SB (CAI) N 309a; AHw 8ooa).
□‘'“1^3 in Isa should parallel Akk. nisirtu//kimahlju
Akk. honeybee; Heb. honeycomb.
“hidden place//grave.”
Akk. nubtu occurs only in lexical lists, where it is cf. — ì ; v.
equated to Sumerian nim-làl “honeybee.” Note
also ziqit KM/)/((=nim-làl) “bee stinger”; I leb:
(II 103) "1X3 - Akk. nasàru v. OAkk. on (CAD N_
sweeter than honey,
33b; AHw 755a). to guard.
than drippings of thè honeycomb” (Ps 19:1 1).
idiomatic usaci :

(DT) 323 :: nasàhu v. EA; WSem. word (CAI) 1. (Idi) (to control one’s speech, lit. guard
N_ 33b; AHw 755a). to situate. thè lips) Q-'TISÌ? "123, e.g., “TSt" ini?
níplP “I31P “guard your tongue (i.e., speech)
piiraseoi.ogy
from evil, your lips from deceitful speech” (Ps
1. (Phn) ay 3?rrn “ position oneself with, 34:14); nsc? bi bv rn?3 p 1 ? rniptf ti nrvE? “o
aligli oneself with,” e.g., 1DSJ 32TIT] TI “in»] Lord, set a guard over my mouth, a watch at thè
“God carne down in a cloud; He stood with him door of my lips” (Ps 141:3); Akk: e fumassi pika
there” (Exod 34:5; Num 11:16; Ps 94:16), 323 usur saptlka “beware of careless talk, guard your
□i? (iSam 1:26); Akk: ittasab itti, e.g., ittasab itti lips” (BWL 104:131, Precepts).
Hapiri “(thè king of Hazor...) is staying with thè Cf. also HE! “123, e.g., i©?3 “IDË TS 123 “he
Habiru” (CAD N, 3 3b, all lets. Byblos); sa ittassab who guards his mouth (i.e., speech) preserves
gabbi màti ina pasàlii “(thè Egyptian king) who life” (Prov 13:3); Akk: (wisdom lit.) lu saniq plka
places thè entire country 111 a state of tranquility” lu nasir atmuka “let your mouth be controlled,
(CAD ibid.). your speech guarded.”
BH 35; is a variant of 35? (KB 5 427). PIIRASEOI.OGY

2. (Pliri) (to keep a treaty) "IQD TI nirnK ^3

“1ÌS3* — Akk. nisirtu s. OB on (CAD N 275a; rnnyi irvn nsi 1 ? n.:;s' “all thè Lord’s paths
AHw 795b). secrect, hidden (place). are steadfast love for those who keep thè decrees

246
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

of His covenant” (Ps 25:10; 119:2); Akk: adc/ Akk. idiom massarta tiasàru expresses thè notion
nksa tiasàru, e.g., adc sa RN sar màt Assur inassara of keepmg charge, i.e., “to serve with devotion,”
“will he keep thè treaty with Esarhaddon, king e.g., sa ìibbasu gummurtt ana bclisu ina mahriya ina
of Assyria?”; stimma riksa u màmita annìta nctm la
kinàti tzz'i\zuma\ ittallaku salmis qirib ckalliya.. Assurti
ntnassar “if we do not abide by this sworn treaty”
niassarti sarriitiya “whose heart is devoted (lit. is
(C'AI) N 43b c and passini).
whole) to his master, served me with truthfulness,
3- (Phri) (to protect a life) tó?? “123; Akk:
acted perfectly in my palace...and kept charge of
napista tiasàru, cf. ©33.
my kingship” (JAOS 90:185 11. 11). Here Akk.
4. (Phr2) (to protect thè king) nr nOKl “IDn
ixps npn ni?D1 “faithfulness and loyalty massarta tiasàru is thè semantic equivalent of Heb:
protect thè king; he maintains his throne by nnp^a nw, e.g., •'bpn annnx sm new nps?
faithfulness” (Prov 20:28); Akk: sa ... ana nasar Tinnir? nb?n... “inasmuch as Abraham helped
sarriitiya ina me u samni itmu “who had sworn with me and kept my charge...” (Cien 26:5).
water and oil to protect my kingship” (C'AI) N IH Weinfeld, JAOS 90 (1970) 184-203; idem, 92
4la 2 ). (1972) 468-69; idem, 93 (1973) 190-99.
5. (Phr2) (to observe laws) /D'HlpEl/tíSEja n23
nnÌn/nÌ1?Q/D‘’j?n “observe/keep law” (Prov
2; 8)/“procedures”
3p3 = Akk. naqàbu v. OB, SB (C'AI) N | 328a;
(Ps i 19:56, ioo)/“inscribed
AHw 743a). Akk. to rape; Heb. to pierce > mark
laws” (Ps 119:145 and passini)/“conimands”
(Ps 78:7; Prov 3: i)/“instructions” (Ps 105:45); > fìx, establish.

Akk: aimta/qibita/parsi tiasàru “to observe/obey

Whereas Akk. naqàbu, which is equated in thè
thè commands/the rites/the procedures (of thè
syn. lists to sahàtu “to jump, leap, move jerkily”
gods)” (C'AI) N_ 42b).
(said of parts of thè body) (CAD N | 328 a lex.
6. (Phr2) (to tend trees) nnS bpK 1 ’ n3Kn n23
“he who tends a fìg tree, eats its fruit” (Prov section, Malku III 41) and nàku “to have illicit
27:18); ina qisàtim siuàti issu nukkusu inanimati ul sexual intercourse” (ibid., MSL 2 144 ii 13f.,
inassarsinàti “there are trees cut down in those Proto-Ea) connotes only “to deflower, rape,”
forests, 110 one is watching them” (CAI) N 3sb thè BH verb Dp3 (with 1101111 3p3) means “pierce,
3)- bore through, hole” (e.g., 2Kgs 12:10; 18:21 = Isa
7. (Phr2) (protector of mankind) DnKn n23 36:6; Job 40:24,26; Ezek 28:13) without any sexual
(epithet of y h w h ) , e.g., T j b no Tixipn connotatoli. The semantic relation between Akk.
^ have sinned, what have I clone to and LIeb. may be seen in thè Heb. fem. sub. n3p3
you, protector of mankind” (Job 7:20); Akk: e.g., “female, woman” (as a sexual being).
nàsiru (napisti) ameluti “(Nabli) thè protector (of Akk: e.g., stimma awilum amat aunlitti ittaqab “if
thè life) of mankind” (C'AI) N, 39)1 7).
a man deflowers another nian’s slave girl” (C'AD
The BH idiomatic hapax nn2ÌD nÌ23 should be N | 3 2 ^b, LE); summa...balum sài abisa u ummisa
rendered as “stand guard, keep watch > fortify,” irnsu'sima ittaqabsi “if (a man), without asking (thè
e.g., p:rn ^nn n?2 nn^fp ni23 Tps bs fai? nb?
consent of) her father or her mother, deflowers
□ , 3ri!p “a shatterer has come up against you, stand her by force” (ibid.).
guard, watch thè road, steady your loins (brace For thè problem of I Dp3 “pierce, bore
all your strength)” (Nah 2:2). Heb: n~)2Q nÌ23
through” an d 11 np3 “ curse,” cf. Aitken, SAH
is thè etymological and semantic equivalent of
1 o 1 —5 .
Akk. massarta uasaru, e.g., nasir massarii lìsa^il
iji> ' Cf. n3j?a.
u Bàbili “(thè king) who fortified Esagil and
Babylon”; massarta ina pan ttakri \li\ssuru “should
they keep watch against thè enemy?” (C'AI) N Ipíl = Akk. nàqidti s. OAkk. 011 (CAD N 3 3 3 a ;
36b c). However, in thè covenantal sepher thè AIIw 744a). herdsman.
“IP3 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

m notativl shall remove thè dots from them” (Avoth de-Rabbi

i. (Den2) “[pi n;n nxia ibi? SJ2TI31 ] “and Nathati, 34:4).
Mesha king of Moab was a herdsman” (2Kgs UH Kòeher and Oppenheim, AfO 18 (1957/8) 62 77;
3:4); yipnp onpln n;n “]»k piai? “Amos, Wilson, RA 60 (1966) 47-58.
who was among thè herdsmen from Tekoa”
(Amos 1:1); Akk: e.g., (thè sheep and goats
□p3 :: *uaqdmu v. Mari, EA (?); WSem. word (C’AD
have arrived from there) u nàqidu ittisuni illikùnu
N 328B). to avenge, save, succour.
nàqidu sa la illaka scntisu \ul\ ixazza\~u\ “all thè
herdsmen carne along with them, as for any The CAD (N 32ya 11.) maintains that “thè refs.
herdsman who does not come, his sheep will cited here may represent thè WSem. verb uqm ‘to
not be shearcd” (CAD N 334b 2'); rè'w//nàqidu avenge’; or they may be forms of ekcmu (peculiar
“shepherd//herdsman” (as an epithet of gods), to Aniarna letters from Palestine) influence by
e.g., rè'tì saplàti nàqidu ciati “(Samas) thè shepherd that WSem. word.” Indeed, as argued by Pitard
below, thè herdsman above” (*CAD N 335a
and agreed to by Morali, thè eight denotative of
3').
*naqàmu in EA should be derived from thè Akk.
(U Paul, Amos 34-35; Steiner, 2003:70-87. verb ckètnu “to take away by force” (CAD E 64b),
and, as pointed out by Pitard, comes likewise to
ý: ad, . <> Akk. nuqdu s. OB (C’AD N 344a; mean “to save.” It is thus interesting to observe
AHw <So4b). Akk. mark, spot (011 human skin); that naqdmu in HA 282:10—14 is glossed by thè
Heb. adj. speckled (only sheep and goats). verb 1 vasti (= I leb. Nr) “to take out > to save,”
e.g., yussira sarri bcliya sdbc pittati mahda dannis u
The adj. D'IM/lp] is employed only in Cien 30— yiqqirnni (gloss: yassini) “let thè king, my lord send
31 : “ipa irò bs Drà non Din b d ? - ós ?# great many archers and save me” (let. Suwardata
d , tì;3 “ipri K^cpi apém Din ni? bpi Kibtpi “let mayor of Qitlu?). It seems however, that thè root
me (Jacob) pass through your (Laban’s) whole nqm “avenge” is attested once in WSem. Mari,
flock today, removing from there every speckled e.g., bel niqntisu [sic!] idùksu “his avenger killed
and spotted animai—every dark-colored sheep
him” (Pitard, p. 8), as well as in thè Aramaic Sefire
and every spotted and speckled goat” (Cien 30:32).
inscriptions, e.g., ,i3“i opm nnxn |bnp‘' ,'|n|,’K in
In Akk. however, thè sub. nuqdu is employed only
" idi p nn d-i Dp' nm 1 "pm ■'tue? t p
once, in an OB omen concerning human skin
di Dp' nnio ~ppsn nn “ip d |~ i Dp" nntr ~[“in
disease, skin dotted with leprosy: summa awiìum
IpS? “if they kili me (thè sovereign), you shall
pagar<su> sìrusu pusam kullama u nuqdt itaddu
come avenge my blood upon (lit. from thè hand
aunluni sii itti ilisu sakip itti awiluti sakip “if thè skin
of) my enemies, and your son avenge thè blood
of a man exhibits white spots, or is dotted with
of my son upon his enemies, and your grandson
MMijiiu-marks, such a man has been rejected by his
shall come and avenge thè blood of my |grand|
god and is (to be) rejected by mankind” (AfO 18
son, and your descendants shall come and avenge
[1957/8] 66:41-45).
thè blood of my descendants” (KAI 224:1 1 — 12).
The LBH idiomatic hapax nilp? (^pPil)
“(silver) dots, points” (SoS 1:11). In LH thè sub. IH Pitard, Maarav 3/1 (1982) 5 25.
rnip? and thè denominative verb “Ip3 “point” are
used as follows: 'b “IDÌTI Urb# to’ DX K“ITSJ "113« (™p?) D i?? :: niqmu B s. Mari*; WSem. word.
irrbj? ■'rnpa “ od ib " idik “p raro no •'lisa (C’AD N_ 25 ih), revenge.
jrrbffB rnipa - osjk raro ns - ’ n “iraix dki “(but
that what Ezra said): if Rlijah comes and say to denotativi ;

me, ‘why did you write in this fashion?’ I shall 1. (Dc'112) Akk (hapax) bèl niqmisu idùksu “he
say to Inni: ‘that is why I dotted these passages’. who was entitled to take revenge against limi killed
and if he says to me ‘you have written well’, I him” (C’AD N 25 ib) = Heb: (for similar idea),

248
 An Akkadian Lf.xic:al Companion hor Biblical Hlisrew

e.g., D 1 ?^ 'Nrrrpb: Djpj Z'm “vengeance 3. (Idi) (to check, inspect; lit. raise thè head
will I wreak on My foes and I will punish My of) mn xm, e.g., “1^ nipn^an ©xn nx wtw
adversaries” (Deut 32:41; cf. also Deut 32:43). WT3 “ they have made a check of thè warriors in
,ji' Cf. api v. our charge” (Num 31:49); Akk: rès ... nasù, e.g.,
la emùqaya balatussunu rcs huràsi la aitassi “I cannot
possibly check on thè gold without them” (C’AD
= Akk. *ekèpu.
N i07a a); rcs KRIN.HUN.C.Á.MES kàsimu sa ina
C.f. *pK v. cqliya iksumu lissima “let Inni inspect thè weeders
who do thè weeding in my field” (CAD N i07a
b); 11 resu kàdànu inarnsi (for inassi) “and inspeets
“Ip3 = Akk. naqàru v. OA, OB 011 (C’AD N | 32ya;
thè outposts” (C’AD N_ i07b).
Aflw 743a). to hew out.
4. (Idi) (to take notice of; lit. raise thè head)
piiraseoi.ogy ©xn e.g., bv ‘rjn'tini rjtpa-i nx nin? xér
1. (Phr2) (to hew out rock) “112 bx ItOpn rj23 “Ph araoh shall take note ofyou (i.e., forgive
nrnip] Ha nnpa Vx: zr.rsn “look at thè rock you) and restore you to your post” (Cìen 40:13);
you were hewn from and thè quarry you were ...■prrirr t»xn r,it...b^- -jbf? ynnn bn$ x©3 “EviL
carved from” (Isa 51:1); Akk: e.g., sadù ina kallabàte Merodach king of Babylon...took note of (i.e.,
parziìli akkts ma akkulli cri aqqur “I (Shalmanesser forgave) King Jeoiachin of Judah (and released
III) hacked thè rock with iron hatchets, cut Inni from prison)” (2Kgs 25:27 = Jer 52:3 1 ); Akk:
through (it) with bronze akkullh” (CAD A 276b e.g., ilu rcs au’ilim inassi “thè god will take note

4’)- of thè man” (C’AI) N io8a d); umilia ki marsàku

ahuka ul dine amniini resi la issi “has my brother
The BH usage to gouge out thè eye”
(Kadasman-Enlil) not heard that I (Nibmureya)
(Num 16:14; Judg 16:21; iSam 11:2; Prov 30:17)
ani sick, why did he not pay attention to me?”
is absent from Akkadian.
(*CAD ibid.; let. Egypt).
For an Akkadian nuance “to scrape,” note
5. (Idi) (to gloat over; lit. raise thè head) X&3
ridain sa suprdu adi 7 silidu iqqiir “(La) scraped out
»xn e.g., ttfxn ixt^ jrorr ^:rix nan p
thè dirt from (under) his fmgernails seven times”
“for your enemies tumultuous, your foes exalt
(CAD N | 33 1 b c); perhaps cf. Heb. , !22SJ nb'b
over (i.e., be gleeful)” (Ps 83:3; Job 10:15); Akk:
,i pi7Q
“Ipi’Oob 30:17).
e.g., lìnlil ana lenmtti inassa Tèssuti “E11I1I with evil
intent will exalt over them” (*CAD N_ io8a).
XÉ73 = Akk. nasù A v. OA 011 (C’AD N 8oa; AHw 6. (Idi) (to tower, be tali) Erta X&J, e.g., ÌXttf
762a). to raise. □bis? ■'ni^s ixtparn c?-rx- ani??; “lift up your
heads (i.e., tower) O gates, lift them up, you
idiomatic usaci ;
everlasting doors” (Ps 24:7,9); Akk: e.g., bifuni lu
1. (Idi) (to look up; lit. raise thè eye) X3 XÉ>
nàsi rèsu saplànuni sursidu ersetam lu tamhu “may thè
Tr?? “look up and see” (Cien 31:12; Lzek
tempie rise high, may its foundation below grip
1 (S:6,1 5; Zech 2: i); Akk: ina nasù, e.g., issinta indù
thè netherworld” (CAD N i io8a e and passim).
itamar awìlam “he looked up and saw thè man”
(C’AD N i04b and passim). 7. (Idi) (to care for; lit. raise thè face) XÈ?J
2. (idi) (to covet; lit. raise thè eye), e.g., cns, e.g., npX xb □'TX b^l 2TX 'US XÉ?X X3 ^x
101" % n'3-ff...ni? «©ni “and she ... covcted “I would not care for any man, or temper my
Joseph” (Cien 39:7; Ezek 23:27); Akk: e.g., sa ana speech for anyone’s sake” (Job 32:21); □DT'X “1E7X
ahi tappisii issu |indù] “he who coveted his friend’s nnina □■'as c-xr:- ’rnn nx “because you
wife” (CiAD N iosa); ana dumqi sa (ìilgames ini do not observe my ways and do (not) care for
ittasi rulnitu dtar “thè lady Istar looked covetously thè rulings” (Mal 2:9); Akk: e.g., ana Indistinti
011 thè beauty of Cìilgames” (Cìeorge, (',1’lgamesh, tna’di pana la dsù “they did not care about their
618:6). numerous posessions” (C'AD N, iosb b).
249
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion for Biblical Hebrf.w

8. (Idi) (to covct; lit. raise thè face) D^S XÈ?3 12. (Idi) (to desire, wish) 3*7 XÉ?3; Akk: libba
covct, e.g., nnÉ; np xb] CP33 XÉT fcÒ im “(an nasù, cf. 31 ?.
awesome Cìod), who does not covet and takes 1 3. (Id2) (to bear fruit) ‘'IS/^Ì? XÉ?3 “produce
no bribe” (Deut 10:17); Akk: e.g., ana makkmika branches/fruits,” e.g., '1? nXt?bl ^S? nÌÉ?I?b “to
rapsi aitasi panì\ya\ ana kaspika sùquri lalùa ilìik “I grow branches, to produce fruit” (Ezek 1 7:8); XÈtt'l
coveted your great riches, I coveted your precious ■'“13 nÉ?i?l 1JÌ? “and it shall bring forth boughs and
silver” (CAD N iosb; S_ 338a; JNES 33 [1974] bear fruit” (Ezek 17:23); Akk: uhina/hisiba/bitta/
282:141-42). karàna/itiba nasù “to bear dates/produce/grapes/
9. (Idi) (to pray; lit. raise thè hand) “P XÉ?3, fruit,” e.g., gisimmaru zikaru uljinu ittasi “a male
e.g., bx 'T ■’xpr1 ~'bx 'swz "M" b'p s;r:r date palili bore dates” (*CAD Cì iosb).
1©1jP “Ipn “listen to my supplications when 14. (Id2) (to adorn with splendour) nin XÈ?3,
1 pray to you, when I lift my hands in prayer e.g., ix?3 bi? beni 3?n nin xkt xmi “and he
toward Your inner sanctuary” (Ps 28:2; 134:2); (thè high priest) shall assume splendour, and shall
cf. ’S? XÉ?X “I shall bless You sit on thè throne and rule” (Zech 6:13); Akk:
all my life, I will invoke Y011 by name” (Ps 63:5; miiamma nasù, e.g., nuiamma ustassà ilis umta\sil\
1 19:48; Lam 2:19); Akk: qàta nasù, e.g., ana Samas “causing them to bear auras like gods” (En. el. I
bcliya qàti lu assi \su\piti \lu\ istnc “I prayed with '3«)-
uplifted hands to my lord Samas and he listened 1 5. (Id2) (to wage war) 3"in XÉ?3. e.g., XÉT xb
to my supplication” (C’AD N ioób); cnta qàta 2-n 'il bX '13 ‘ ‘110 nation shall wage war with
anassùka...ìu pctù urhiya... “whenever I pray to another” (Isa 2:4 = Mie 4:3); Akk: tàhaza nasù,
you, may (you, Samas) be thè one who opens my e.g., atta samc tàhazi issù ana crscti qablu tpusu “who
path” (CAD N i07a). Cf also Akk: nis qàti nasù raised up battle in heaven, who made warfare in
“thè lifting of thè hand,” e.g., schrctima Cìilgàmcs thè netherworld” (*CAD N I09a).

libbaka ttastka “you are young, Cìilgames, and FI IR ASF.OI .oc Y

carried away by enthusiasm” (Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsh, 16. (Phr2) (to bear presents) nÌ3n!2
202:191). Akk: ida nasù (— Heb: “P XC73), e.g., e.g., E?X3 DS'ÌS “P3S?n3 33'r,3r,r: nxt??31 “and
|ana ma\har Samas idisu issi “(she scattered incense) in thè carrying (i.e., presentation) of your gifts,
before Samas, she lifted her arms” (ibid., 576:45). by making your children pass through thè fire”
10. (Idi) (to bear punishment) /X£pn/]ii7 XÉ?3 (Ezek 20:31); Akk: tàniarta nasù, e.g., tàmartasunu
S?E?S “bear iniquity, transgression, sin, punishment” kabittu...ana mahriya issùnimma “their heavy gifts
(e.g., Hxod 34:7; Num 14:1 8/Ps 32:5/Job 7:21; he carried before me” (*CAD N 92b).
Cìen 4:13; Exod 28:43; Lev 5:1; 7:18; 20:20; 22:9
Note thè similarity in phraseology between
to bear punishment|); Akk: arna/hita nasù “to
thè following BH-Akk. similes: Heb: “(did 1
bear punishment for a crime,” e.g., ama u luta sa
conceive all this people, did I bear them that
mutisa tanassi “she will bear thè punishment for
Y011 said to me)’ ’ ;?:xn xir n^?
thè guilt of her husband” (*CAD N i03b 6); XÉ?3
pÌ"!! nX “‘carry them in your bosom as a nurse
t!?3Ì?, e.g., E?3i? XÉ?3 npn bn? “a hot-tempered man
carries an infant’” (Num 1 1:12); Akk: ki tariti ina
bears punishment” (Prov 19:19); Akk: sórta nasù,
muhhi gissi y a anassika...ina birit tuleya asakkanka “I
e.g., mina cpusma scria nasàku “what have I done
carry you 011 my hip like a nurse, I ani holding
that I suffer punishment?” (CAD N io8b).
you between my breasts” (SAA IX 7 r. 6—7; C’AD
11. (Idi) (to recite a prayer) nbsijl XÉ?3 (e.g.,
Cì 73a, s.v. gilsu, NA oracle).
2Kgs 19:4 = Isa 37:4;Jer 7:16; 1 1:14); Akk : suillakku
amia DN inassi “he recites thè following suillakku- Note also thè Armana gloss yinassi//nassa e.g.,
prayer to Bel” (CAD N I09a). The use of nasù lilmad sarru bcliya inuma ‘Apiru yinassi//nassa ina
“to recite” in this context is restricted specifically màtàti “may thè king, my lord, be apprised that
to thè su-íl-lá prayer, which, 111 Sumerian, means thè Apiru rose up against thè land” (EA 366:1 1-
“hand-raising (prayer).” 14; Rainey AOAT 8:32).

250
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hf.brew

— Akk. nasapti (nasabu) s. OB, Mari,greet

on him; he embraced him and kissed him” (Cìen
(C'AI) N s6b; AHw 75Kb). Co blow away. 29:13; 48:10); Akk: nasàqu - ederu, e.g., sapti elitum
il\ahbik\ lu saplitumma iruh\ham\ eddirsu anassiq\su\
denotativi ;
“my upper lip becomes moist, thè lower one
1. (I)eri2) (blow breath) mi DEtt (e.g., Isa trembles. I shall embrace him, I shall kiss bini”
40:7,24; Ps 147:1 <S; Exod 15:10); ...tran IH
(JC'S 15 119611 7 ii 21-23, OB love poem).
D13X DHX D591 “birds of prey carne down...and
P11 R AS i;01.O( i Y
Abram blew them away (i.e., drove them)” (Clen
15:1 1); Akk: e.g., stilli illiktita sir hit ili unassip “(if) a 2. (Phn) (to kiss thè lips) DTìSt?; pt2>3,
southwind comes up and blows away thè temple’s e.g., D'rà D’ini n^Q pET DTiato “giving a
plaster” (C'AI) N s6b 2); \lin\nespù kispisa kima pc straightforward reply is like one who kisses lips”
“may her spells be blown away like chaff’ (C'AI) (Prov 24:26); Akk: saptii nasdqu, e.g., sapti sehriya
N, 5 7 a 4). aitassi quia ina huhàr Samas azakkarakkum “I will
kiss my child’s lips and make a statement to you
under oath by thè emblem of Samas” (CAD N_
ìlt£?2 = Akk. masti v. OA, OB on (C'AI) M | 3973;
57b b).
AI fw 63 ih), to forget.
3. (Phr2) (to kiss each other) nK 2TK ìpETI
denotativi ; inai ‘ ‘and they (David and Jonathan) kissed one
1.(1 )eu2) 'imn xb b^HÈ;; 1 nrix 'b ins? another” (iSam 20:41); Akk: innisqu ahu ahi “one
“you are my servant, O Israel, never forget Me” (god) kissed thè other (in thè assembly)” (E11. el.
(Isa 44:21); Akk: e.g., awat ili Umilisi “have you Ili 32).
forgotten thè collimami of thè gods?”; Akk: Note thè similarity in phraseology between thè
luqùtatn sa asscriya tuscbilanni Umilisi “you have following BH and Akk. passages: rbx DnX ©31
forgotten about thè merchandise which you had rnin ds ? p onx ipi’ x2ii...Dib pani Dib peri
sent to me” (C'AI) M | 3<>Sa). “so (Joseph) brought them (Ephraim and Manasseh)
dose to him (Jacob) and he kissed them and
= Akk. ttasàku v. 013 011 (C’AD N S3a; AHw embraced them...Joseph then removed them from
75<Sa). to bite. his knees” (C.en 48:10-12); Akk: Mummu itedir
kisàssu usabma birkàsu unassaq sàsu “he embraced
pi ir asi ; oi . o (; y
Mummu, around his neck, he sat 011 his knees so
1. (Phr2) (to be bitten by a snake) ÌT “[ODI he could kiss bini” (E11. el. I 53—54).
tómn ÌDrà T'pn bv “should lean his hand Oli thè
'■#’ Cf. n?.
wall and be bitten by a snake” (Amos 5:19; Cien
49:17; Num 21:6,8, 9; Jer 8:17; Amos 9:3; Prov
23:32); Akk: sera nasàku, e.g., scru tua harrdtiim "")C?3 = Akk. nasru s. lex.* (CAD N 79a; AHw
ami am inassak “a snake will bite a man 011 thè 76ih), eagle.
road” (C'AD N i 54!-) and passim).
Akk. nasru, which is a WSem. word, occurs only
Heb. employs (twice) thè HiplTil stelli
once, equated in a late lexical list to thè standard
lit. “to take a bite” i.e., “to deduct interest” (Deut
Akk. lexeme crii “eagle.”
23:20,21). This notion is absent from Akkadian.
Note also that Landsberger (MSL VIII/2, 13od)
disagrees with thè C'AD and AHw and maintains
pE?D = Akk. nasàqu v. 013 (C’AD N 57a; AHw
7S8b). to kiss. that “we must assume that erti (syn. nasru)...
belonging to thè funily (ìypaetos barbatus” i.e.,
SEQUENCING ‘thè bearded vulture’.”
1. (Seq2) (kiss - embrace) p3n - ptóVptSO, 111 v o n S o d e n , A f O 1 8 ( 1 9 5 7 / 8 ) 3 9 3 ; T a l s h i r , L e s o n é n u
e.g., ib ps^l ib p?ni inxipb pi “he ran to 62 (1999) 107-124 (Heb.)
 An Akkadian Lf.xicai. Companion for Biblical Hebrew

= Akk. natàku v. OB, NA, SB (CAD N, i i sb; irniDin ioihí n^rtpx ib?a nn; naia 3'30
AHw yCìSb). to drip, pour. “shout against her all about, she threw up her
hand (i.e., she gave up), her towers have fallen,
,»i noi \11\i her wall has been destroyed” (Jer 50:1 5); Akk: ida
i. (Dcu2) (said of ram, water), e.g., “ I 1 3 I 3 Ì nadànu “to give up,” e.g., idàui ana mitiiti nittidin
ninx ^na xb ' ‘no rain carne pouring down on “we have thrown up our hands in despair” (CAD
thè earth” (Hxod 9:33); □P? IDIT] “my N 52b). NJPS maintains that “thè meaning of
roaringpours forth as water” (Job 3:24); Akk: e.g., Heb. uncertain.”
ina salsim \umitn ùnm\nt irrupamrna adi namàri\su\ 3. (Idi) (to encourage) 3*7 ]JT13; Akk: libba
ula inattu\k\ “on thè thirci day thè weather will nadànu, cf. nb.
become cloudy (but) it will not drizzle before it 4. (idi) (to promise) ns ina, e.g., inn bx
clears up” (C'AD N 1 i6a); lillik sàru qaqqara li'cri H©3 nx x^nb i's nx “ do not promise [for it
erpetum lihtanniba tiku ay ittuk “let thè wind blow will] make you sin” (Ecc 5:5); Akk: pa nadànu “to
and parch thè ground, let thè clouds thicken but promise,” e.g., pàka taddinani pà'i ula addinakum
not release a downpour” (Atra-hasis, 72:14—17). “you promised me” - “I did not promise you”
The verb is employed in BH in transfered (C'AD N 53b); anàku ana ilim piya attadin “I
mng., expressing thè notion of thè pouring of thè promised (a sheep) to thè god” (CAD ibid., OB
Lord’s wrath, e.g., Dipan b$ npiia 'nom px nan let. and passim). In light of thè previous verse,
ìl-Tìl “behold My wrath and My fury will be poured i.e., “it is better not to vow at all than to vow
out upon this place” (Jer 7:20 and passim). This and not to fulfill” (Ecc 5:4) and in light of thè
notion seems absent from Akkadian. However, commonly employed Akk. idiom pà nadànu, our
thè idiom HIpll “to pour out venom” finds rendering seems preferable.
it etymological and semantic equivalent 111 thè 5. (Idi) (to pay attention) ]na, e.g., HanXl
Akk. expression imta natàku, referring to an actual D^aìanni nbsn ©pnb Q'n'bxn 'anx bx nx “i
pouring of venom from thè mouth of a dragon: was attenti ve to thè Hord Cìod to petition with
kakkaka usumgallu sa istu pisu imtu la inattuku “your prayer a supplication” (Dan 9:3; cf. also 2Chr
weapon is a dragon from whose mouth venom 20:3); Akk: panà nadànu “to pay attention,” e.g.,
does not drip” (CAD N 1 i6a lex. section). nadnati patuya ana mahar bcliya “I ani paying
c.f. non attention to my lord” (CAD N | 53a; EA 1 17:20);
ila aìsima ul iddina panïsu//usalli istarti ul usaqqà
rcsisa “I called to my god, but he did not show
- Akk. nadanu v. OAkk. 011 (CAD N | 423;
his face//I prayed to my goddess, but she did not
AH w 701 a), to give.
raise her head” (BWH 38:4—5, Ludlul).
idiomatic usaci; 6. (Id2) (to set thè time) ]Ì3T ]na “set a date,”
1. (Idi) (to assist, lit. give a hand) “P ]JT13, e.g., e.g., ] or ib nrito “(and thè king said, ‘how long
□ir#? xpinb D"T “ they helped to expel their will you be gone and when will you return?’...)
wives” (Ezra 10:19), e.g., ÍCnppb 1X31 7lb T 13R and set a date for limi” (Neh 2:6); Akk: adanna
“lend a hand to (i.e., join) thè Lord and come to nadànu to establish a date, e.g., adanna sili tiya bàru
his sanctuary” (2Chr 30:8); Akk: ida nadànu “to ul idditi “nor has thè diviner put a time limit on
assist, to join,” e.g., apputum idka idinma “please my illness” (BWL 44:1 1 1, Ludlul)
lend a hand” (CAD N 52b); cf. qàta nadànu, e.g., 7. (Icb) (to dispatch) m ]n?, e.g., 0*3 inian
qàtàsu ana nakri ittannu “they joined thè enemy” l""!"! “who makes a road (i.e., dispatches) through
(CAD N 54a, NB); nakar istu yàsi...u nadan 2 thè sea” (Isa 43:16); Akk: harràna nadànu “to
qàsu ana L Ú . S A . C A Z . K I “he turned hostile toward dispatch,” e.g., harràn kitti u misari ana rubò suàti
me and joined thè Habiru” (CAD N 54a; EA inamdinuma “they (thè gods) will dispatch this
298:25—26; let. Cìezer). prince 011 a good and just road” (CAD N 52b).
2. (idi) (to give up) t ina, e.g., ;rbi? isrnn 8. (kb) (to thunder) bip ]na, e.g., 'il ini
252
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.hk.ew

Xinn DÌ’3 nEDì ribp “thè Lord thundcred and DliNOI ATI Vi;
rained that day” (iSam 12:18); bip irU//DSn 1. (i)en2) nnn ^b 'anni nnaa 'oaDn nx '3
“thunder//give voice” (Ps 18:14); bip |na//DNE7 ttSb ^]3ÌÌ7 Dn?3 “though you wash with natron
“roar//thunder” (Amos 1 : 2 ; cf. also Joel 4:16 and and use mudi lye, your guilt is ingrained before
passim); Akk: rigrna uadàna, e.g, sa iddin rigmasu Me” (Jer 2:22; Prov 25:20); Akk: nitru (niostly
ina sanie kima l)N u targub gabbi mali istu rigmisu in med. texts), e.g., nitru ina dispi qaqqassu temessi
“who thunders 111 thè sky like thè Storni god, and “you wash bis head with natron (mixed) in
thè entire country is taken by fear at his thunder” honey” (C'AI) N_ 299a a).
(CAI) R C>2a; EA 147:13—15). In light of thè
standard Akk. idiom rigma nadu “to thunder”
Ili in3 = Akk. naldru v. Sii (C'AI) N, 1 >7a; AHw
(CAI) R 332b 4), thè CAI) (N | 54a) maintains
766a). Akk. to break up; Heb. to break up >
that thè EA iddin is “probably an error for nadu,
loosen.
q.v.” However, in light of thè Heb. idiomatic
expression bip ira — Ug. ytn qi “to thunder,” thè Note thè BH parallelism “irin//nrS “unlock//
Amarna idiom rigma nadànu may have a WSem. loosen” (Isa 58:6; Ps 105:20).
provenance. Whereas Heb. nnn has thè extended semantic
9. (Ida) (to adopt, designate as a son) 1™ development “loosen, unfasten,” in Hab 3:6, not
1Ì33, e.g., in:rx 1ÌD5 “and I (thè Lord), unlikc Akk., it connotes “break up, demolisti” and
for my part shall disignate him (my) first-born” is employed in parallelism with Xnn//f'2S//“nQ
(Ps 89:28); Akk: ana nuirùti nadànu, e.g., ana PN “shake//shatter//crush” (cf C’ohen, 120:35), c -g-,
assalisit ana marùlim iddissutiuli “he has given them nr nnn marn nna nn*] nx- r-x nnbn na»...
to l’N, bis wife, as (adopted) children” (CAI) M “when He stands, thè earth shakes, at His glance
3 19b). Cf Paul, Maarav 2/2 (1979-80)1 17. He demolishes nations, thè aged mountains are
IMlkASI'OI.OCY shattered, (thè pnmeval hills sink low, thè ancient
10. (Pliri) (to give a sign) niN |n3; Akk: itta roots are indeed crushed)” (rd. MT pX nnn ib as
nadànu, cf. HÌK. maxnnnb cf. C'ohen, ibid.); Akk: mahazu /matatu/
sadê sutturu “to break up, demolish, destroy cult
Since 1H3/nadànu often appears with various
cities/lands/mountains,” e.g., usali ri b màhàzisun
nouns as its object, discussion can be found in thè
usattir abiibis “he laid waste their cult cities and
entries for thè various nouns.
tore them down like thè Deluge” (C’AI) N, 1 17I1);
sadc marsùti asri pasqiiti ina akkullàti usattirma “with
"IH3 = Akk. nitim s. SB, NA (C’AI ) N 299a; AHw 798a). pickaxes I (Sennacherib) cut through difficult
natron (a minerai used in thè preparation ofsoup). mountains, narrow places” (C’AI) N 1 17a c).

253
 D
HKp — Akk. sutu A s. OAkk. 011 (CAI) S 42011; cocnati ; accusativi;

AHw 1064;)). (a measuring vessel). 1. (CA) (to put on shoes) (BH hapax) ^3 '3
□•'Q-J? nbbiao nb??Ì7] E?iH5 JKD |ÌKp “Indeed, all
In BH Ì1X0, whicli contains one-third of an shoes are put 011 witli evil intent (rd. ÍÍEH3) and
is attested nine times, in eight of which all garments are donned in infamy” (Isa 9:4); Akk:
it connotes a measuring vessel (Cien 18:6; iSam sena senti “to put 011, fasten a sandal,” e.g., lubusi
25:18; 2Kgs 7:1 (twice), 16,18(twice)); cf. Akk: tulabbassi sena tesensi “you clothe it (thè goat) in
stimimi tamkàrum se’uni u kaspam ana Imbutiim a garment and put shoes 011 it”; seni ana sepekà la
iddiuma inuma aita liubullim iddinu kaspam ina tasèni “do not put sandals 011 your feet” (C'AI) S_
abnim matitim ti se’am ina sutim matjtim iddin “if a 292b).
merchant lends barley or silver, and when lending IH C'ohen, Hapax 113:19.
it he uses a small weight for thè silver and a small Cf. INO v .
sutu for thè barley” (C'AI) S 42 ih).
is attested once to connote a measure of
]XD = Akk. senti v. SB (CiAD S 292b; AIIw 1214a).
area based 011 thè quantity of grain necessary for
to put 011, fasten a sandal, shoe.
seeding, e.g., 3, 3D inj DT1KD JV33 n*?»! 7 !
nsrab ‘ ‘around thè aitar, he (Elijah) made a trencli C'f. |ixp.
as two seahs of a rented property of seed” (i.e., of
an area that would require two seahs of seed if
ÍOO = Akk. sabit v. OB (C'AI) S sa; AHw mooa).
sown 11 Kgs 18:32!). This usage is attested also in
Akk. to draw/swill beer.
Akk., tliough only in NA and NB. Note also that
thè Heb. expression DT1ND JV3 is thè semantic l’HRASIiOI.OCY

and etymological equivalent of thè NB* bit s u f i 1. (Phri) (to swill beer) PtnpX VnK :“D?; N3D
“rented property” (CAI) S 426a). The Mishnah "13© nN3D31 1’’ “come, PII get some wine; we’ll
(Sab 3:2) defines PINO rP3, thè area to be sown swill some beer” (Isa 56:12); Akk: sikàint saliti:
with seah, as 900 square yards. As pointed out by inuma ana l ’ N sikara isbutti “when he drew some
Cray, this measurement “is out of all proportion beer for i ’ N ” (*CA1) S sa).
to thè four jars of water with which Plijah had thè
trench filled.” bOD = Akk. z abàlu v. OA, OB 011 (CAI) / ia;
Lastly, Akk. suiti commonly connotes rent AHw 1 sooa). to transport.
for a field or orchard paid in kind (C’AI) S 424
l’A R A1.1.1; I I S M
mng. 4).
1. (Pari) (to lift - to transport) K2?:i//(b30),
IH Ellenbogen, 118; Cray, 1977:400; Mankowski,
e.g., iròst?" ^ri3 ba irmr “ they shall carry it 011
105 6.
their shoulder, they shall transport it” (Isa 46:7; Isa
46:4; 53:4); Akk: tiasú//zabàlu, e.g., albi tupsikku
]ÌXP = Akk. semi A s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) S 289I-); usassìsunuti usazbila kudurrì “I (Assurbanipal) had
AIIw i2i 3b). sandal. them take up thè hoe (and) thè basket. I had them
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hfbrlw

carry thè corvée-basket for me” (CAI) Z 4b 6). tupsikki cpis dalli zdbil kudurri ina cicli uhi bud libbi
1>I i r asloi.oc; Y
uummur pane ubbalu ùmsun “(thè corvée workers)
who wield thè spade, thè hoe, thè basket, thè
2. (Phr2) (to bear gii il t) ]ÌI? ^30, e.g., DnÍÍiJÍ
forced laborers, thè basket carriers spend their
*730' Nili “he sliall bear their guilt” (Isa 53:11;
time 111 jubilation, rejoicing, happiness, (and)
Lam 5:7); Akk: ama/Ijita/scrta zabdlu, e.g., mdhir
good spirits” (liorger, Esar. 62 vi 38f). Moreover,
tati la mustcscm tusazba! ama “you (Samas) make
as noted by Held, it would seem that Gen 4y: 1 5
(thè judge) who accepts presents and does not
also belongs here. In this verse in parallelism with
provide correct judgment suffer punishment for
his sin” (CAI) Z 4b b).
"Di? oa1? ,n;] thè correct reading is surely not tO”!
biipb iaa©, rather, bncò ia?tó tDr “he (Issachar)
(Il Held, |AOS 88 (1968) 90 96.
lent his shoulder to thè basket.” Further, thè Heb.
'■»' Cf. v., S3D. idiomatic hapax ^30 ETX (in 2Chr 2:1) should
likewise be read tJTN “man of thè basket”;
— Akk. sablu s. Mari* (C'AI) S 4b; AHw yyyb). Akk: sali tupsikki = au’iluti massi “man of thè
corvée worker. basket” (Alalakh - Amarna). Likewise, thè Akk.
idioms tidda/libitta/tibna zabàlu “to carry/transport
D I M M \ 1 ; \ 1
clay/bricks, straw” (C'AI) Z 2b li’) is reminiscent
1.(1 )en2) (corvée work) b^h ini* "IpS*! of thè reference to j3n “straw,” "laìl “clay” and
^DV H.-3 b?P “ and he (Solomon) appointed him “bricks” in Exodus in connection with
(Jeroboam) in charge of all thè corvée workers of IsracTs forced labor in Egypt, i.e., I leb. Jlib??
thè house ofjoseph” (iKgs 1 1:28); ^30?? ''n'i'TPn (Exod 1:1 1 ; 5:4).
n;-ps?ri "ina rs? ia?® “i removed his back
Cf. ^31 v., bno v., on no’ v.
from thè corvée basket, his hands are free from
(ili H e l d , [ A O S 8 8 ( 1 9 6 8 ) 9 0 - 9 6 ; T a w i l , Avishur Irst.,
thè basket” (Ps 8 1 In light of thè above parallel
185* 190*.
pair (i.e., b3p//"n"i), svini may denote “a basket”
(for carrying earth), as can be seen from Neh
4:11 : crt??aý basa andini naina □■gian “ those “1130 — Akk. sakru, sagiru adj. MA, NA (C'AI) S
who rebuild thè wall and those who carry thè 8 1 b; AHw ioo3a). (type of refined gold).
basket are loading”; Akk: assum sablim sa halsiya
PI IR ASPOI OGY
sihra u sihirta ana dati nàti m kamdsim bèli ispuram
“my lord wrote me with reference to asembling
1. (Phr2) (refined gold), e.g., "lUP 3Ì1T inS^]
“he overlaid it with ...-gold” (iKgs 6:20); Akk:
in thè fortresses thè young men and young girls,
hurdsu sagru(sakru), e.g., aptema ckalla bit nisirtisu 1 1
thè corvée party from my district” (C'AI) S 4K).
CÚ.UN hurdsu sakru...aslulam “I (Sargon II) opened
The idiom bzzz a'Nirtn is not to be rendered as his palace, his treasury, and as booty I took away
“they who bore burdens,” or “burden bearers,” eleven talents of sakru gold” (CiAl) S 8 1 b a).
rather “basket carriers.” In light of thè above
and on thè basis ofb?D ‘ ‘corvée workers” (iKgs In light of thè parallelism with =]?? (and other
11:28), Held suggests to render thè MT ^30 K03 precious materials), thè lexeme ~IÌ3p in Job 28:15
111 1 Kgs 5:2y as S?D KWÍ ‘ ‘corvée workers,” i.e., should possibly be read T3P “refined (gold).”

“basket carriers,” e.g., *}% 0^2® nabt? 1 ? ''IT! Accordingly, thè mt tòy/irnnn -mp in 1 ' ÏÓ
-ina 32n a*:apn (b?o) bzz xr: “Solomon njnr? ^p? bpEr may be rendered as “it cannot
had seventy thousand corvée workers and eighty be gotten for refined gold//neither shall silver
thousand mountain hewers.” Accordingly, Heb. be weighted for its vaine.” This rendering may
‘basket carrier,” i.e., “corvée worker,” be strengthened, noting that in thè syn. list Akk.
is thè semantic equivalent of thè Akk. idioms nds sakru is equated to hurdsu “gold” (CAI) S 8 1 b lex.
tupsikki/zàini tupsikki; nàs/zàbil kudurri “corvée section).
workers,” lit. “basket carriers,” e.g., nasi mani alli IH Ellenbogen, 1 19; Mankowski, 107—8.

256
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

nbrip — Akk. sibiliti s. OB on (CAD S 244!-); AHw then, if you will obey me faithfully and keep My
losjb). possession. covenant you shall be My treasured possession
among all thè people” (Exod 19:5).
In BH thè substantive nbap is attested eight Note li i. nbrip ba? — Akk. sikilta sakalu.
times, six of which are employed in depicting thè
IH G r e e n b e r g , JAOS 7 1 ( 1 9 5 1 ) 1 7 2 7 4 ; H e l d , JC'S 1 5
intimate relationship between God and thè nation
( 1 9 6 1 ) 1 [ 1 2 ; W e i n f e l d , Dcutenmomy, 3 6 8 .
of Israel. Namely, thè noun ìlSup DI? defmes thè
privileged status that thè people of Israel have
with Cìod (Iìxod 19:5; Deut 7:6; 14:2; 26:18; Mal )3Q* = Akk. sagànu s. NB*; Aram. lw. (C'AD S 2ib;
3:17; Ps 135:4). I he other two ìllustrations refer to AHw 1002 b). (an officiai).
royal wealth and mark a special treasure acquired
1 ) i: N OT ATI V L
by kings, namely, thè privy purse, e.g., ìlbip ,i7 ET
*1931 3nr “i (i )avid) have a private accumulation 1. (Deni) bi??33 nn;n □■’Mpni D'icn nn
of gold and silver” (ìClir 29:3); D3 'b TI033 n3ÌE?Xn n-Tn “and it is thè officers and officials
nirnrpni nbripi nnn -?3 “i (Koheieth) who have taken thè lead 111 this perfidy” (Ezra
further amassed silver and gold, thè treasures of 9:2); Akk. (hapax): amur ana pani sagàniya attalak
kings and princes” (Hcc 2:8); Akk: sikilta sakdlu “See, I ani going to my .srtiww-official (with a
“to accumulate possessions,” e.g., ezib nisc ime re complaint)” (C'AD S 2ih).
gammate alpe u setti is-\x /]<? ummàttiya ebukùnimma
The Akk saknu “commissioner” (CAD S 1 8oa)
ana ramanisunu iskilù sikiltn “(this booty) is
found its way into LBH pP ^'ïïp through thè
exclusive of thè people, asses, camels, cattle, and
mediation of Aramaic (e.g., Isa 41:25; Jer 51:23;
sheep and goats...whicli my troops have led away
and appropriateci for themselves” (C'AD S 69a); Ezek 23:6,12,23 and passim in Nehemiah).
nisesunu ina tululi u mesr\c ,..-r\i-di ma! basii ritpusu (U Kaufman, AIA 97.
sikiltn “their inhabitants in abundance and riches
|...| whatever there is, have extensive sikiltn”
l’lp = Akk. s/saddinnu s. EA. Nuzi, NA (CAD S
(CAD S 245a 2').
i7a; AHw 100 ih), (a type of cloth or garment).
Iti thè theological-legal sphere, not unlike
BI I, Akk. sources from thè second millennium df.notati vi ;
B.C.E. employ thè terni sikiltn as an epithet for thè 1. (Den2) □■'tsótýi n'rnp arò nra
true believer of his god. Hence, ili Alalakh seal
□'nn nàbn “i shall give you thirty ... and thirty
impressions, one fmds thè following inscription:
changes of clothing” (Judg 14:12,13); Akk: 2
RN...w'í3raí/ DN n ardui DN, sikiltum sa DN ,
satitmu birnu1 “two garments with multicolored
“RN, servant of DN, beloved of DN , thè
trini” (EA, list of gifts to Tusratta); 1 saddin
treasured possession of DN ” (C'AD S 24sa 3').
busi “one saddinnu of byssus (aniong tribute to
Note also thè Akk. personal name Sikil-Nergal
Esarhaddon)” (CAD S 17a and passim).
“thè treasured possession of Nergal” (CAD ibid.).
Einally, as noted by Weinfeld, in a letter from According to Oppenheim (JC'S 21 j 1967] 249)
thè I littite emperor to thè last kmg of Ugarit, “thè word saddinnu occurs as early as thè second
Ammurapi (end of thè i 3th century B.C.E.), we millennium in texts originating ili Mittani and
read of thè sovereign reminding his faithful vassal seems to refer to a piece of apparel of specific
that he is his servant and sglt. The sglt and seguitali shape and function.”
belong then to covenantal terminology and are
( 11! M a n k o w s k i , 1 0 9 - 1 0 .
employed to distinguisi! a relationship between
thè sovereign and one ofhis especially privileged
vassals = Heb: annodi 'bpS '•VZZT. già© DX nni?1 ~ Akk. sidru (sidirtu) s. MA on (C'AD S 23311;
crai?n boa nbap 'b arv'ni TTH? nx “ now AH w io39b). Akk. row, battle order; Heb. order.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

DENOTATIVI- I "iniO = Akk. sàhiru A s. OB, MA (CAD S 6ob;

I. (1)0112) (BH hapax) ÌQ3 nns» ]H$ AHw ioo9b). merchant.
□■'“no *òi rra 1 ?^ “a land of gloom like darkness,
denotativi ;
of darkness and disorder” (Job 10:22); Akk: ina
irliya usa sidirtu lu iZkuti “he sallied out against me i.(i)en2) anriórH annn “q 1 ?
and drew up thè battle line” (C'AI) S 233b a); “besides what traders and merchants (brought)”
ina tamirti C'.N cììamua sidru Zitkutiu uZa’alu kakkiZun (2C.hr 9:14); Akk: Za pàiqidam u sàhiram la iZii
“in thè outskirts of CN they formed a battle line “which has neither caretaker nor peddler” (AHw
against me” (CiAl) S 2343 b). ioo9b); (MA), e.g., l’N màkisa l’N cpiZ huràsi l’N
sàhira sàbù anniu\tu\ Zcbùtu Za ana panìka uba'cruni
The fem. noun rn“IÉ?* (= Akk: sidirtu) eonnotes
“l’N, thè customs officiai, l’N , thè goldsmith, and
“row/rank of soldiers in line” (e.g., 2Kgs
l’N , thè peddler—these men are thè elders whom
1 1:8,15).
I designated in your presence” (CAD M i30a c);
C'f. Akk. saddru v. “to set 111 a row” (C'AI) S
(NA), e.g., sàhiru Za crZi “bed merchant” (AI lw
13b 3), which does not occur in BI I.
1009 b).
( »' cf. n-nsp.
I I.ll Landsberger, Baumgartncr Irst., 176(1.
C'f. rninp. ino v.
"131D = Akk. Zigaru (sigaru) s. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw.
^si-gar a lock. (CAI) S 408I1; AHw i23ob). neck
II "inio = Akk. sdhiru A adj. SB (CAD S 6oa; AHw
stock.
I009a). sorcerer.
l’IIRASHOl.OGY
di;not a ri vi;
1. (Phr2) (to put in a neck stock) (BI I
1. (I)eii2) (BII hapax) IJliIT “IS^ VH ]3
hapax) "13103 |H3 “put 111 a neck stock,” e.g.,
^33 bx inarri □ , nn3 “13105. imrri “they -rria "x i»n “'"'-T- “this
put him in a neck stock and brought him to thè that they have profìted from your sorcerers
you dealt with since youth, each has wandered
king of Babylon” (Bzek 19:9); Akk: Zigdra sakànu,
e.g., ana kullum tati itti Assur u ildni rabuti bcliya off 011 his own way, there is none to save you”

anuu kabtu cmissutna sigaru aZkunZuma itti asi kalbi

(Isa 47:1 5) As noted by I Ield, thè rendering of

arkuZZuma uZansirZu abulia qabal Ninna “In order to

as “your traders” by NJPS “is clearly out

reveal thè glory of Assur and thè great gods of my of place.” Heb. ““nt 1 “must be rendered as

lords, 1 (Assurbanipal) imposed on him a severe ‘your sorcerers’ and equated to thè magical terni
sàhiru / sdhirtu well known from thè Maqlu series.”
punishment, put him in a neck-stock, bound him
together with a bear and a dog, and made him Accordingly, Akk. employs thè terms sàhiru/

guard thè gate of Nineveh” (Streck, Asb. 66 viii sdhirtu ili thè Babylonian magic literature with

1 of.). kaZZdpu /kaZZaptu “sorcerer/sorcerers” cpiZu/cpiZtu

“soothsaying man/woman” (C'AD S 6oa; Maqlù
trrm in Ezek 19:9 is taken as an explanatory
and passim). Similar is also thè case ili Isa 47:15,
gloss of “13103 inserted under thè influence of
where ‘sorcerers” is clearly attested in a
Ezek 19:4. context with other magical terms such as '“OH
For thè interchange of 0 in “1310, which
D’OE? “scanners of heaven” (i.e., “magicians”);
corresponds to thè Z 111 Akk. Zigaru, see C'ohen,
□■'33Ì33 a’Tiin “ stargazers” (Isa 47:13).
48: 91:244.
(1,1 Held, El 16 (1982) 78-79.
Iti light of thè above, thè traditional rendering
C.f. -an*.
of this lexeme as “cage” (cf., e.g., NJPS) should
be abandoned.
HI Held, )ANES 5 (1923) 184:84; Mankowski, 010 = Akk. sisù s. OA 011 (C’AD S 328a; AHw
108 9. 105 ib). horse.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

l'IIRASLOLOCY snorting ofhis horses” (Jer 8:16); Akk: sisù nagagu,

1. (Pliri) (to ride a borse) DIO 33^1, e.g., e.g., summa ititi ina pani rubc ingugma “if a borse
DÌO 33h rÒ?h “he sent a second rider” (2Kgs neighs in front of a prince” (CAD S 328b 2').
9:19); Akk: rdkib shè “(tlie god Nergal), who rides 8. (Phr2) (borse disease/plague) ÌTHI 7 ! )31
a borse” (C'AD S 33oa e). "rx nansn bz) "rànrn bmn n“i.?n otoh ns;::
2. (Pliri) (borse and chariot) e.g., 'S nann nnr\m nn’ “and thus shall he thè plague
33~n dio n'xni Tp'k bv nipnbab “when you of thè horses, thè mules, thè camels, thè asses,
go to war against your enemy and see horse and and all thè animals in those camps” (Zech 14:15);
chariot” (Deut 20:1; Hzek 39:20; Josh 11:4); Akk: e.g., di'ti mutànu...ana ihc karàsi iarri ul itebbi
Akk: tiarkabtu u siiti, e.g., sar mal Akkadi ina “di’ti-disease and epidemics will not affect thè
màtisu narkabàti u sìsisu màdùtu iktasar “thè king king’s horses and camp” (CAD S 332a).
of Babylonia (stayed) liome, he orgatiized his
Akk: sisù is glossed by thè WSem. forni sùsima
numerous chariots and horses” (CAD S 33 1 b e).
(CAD S 4 i 8b). “Confìrmed by thè fact that Ug.
3. (Phr2) (stable/stali) □ , ’S?3"1K nbW? ■'np
writes it with s f , thè sibilant use to indicate foreign
ina - ]!? 1 ? □•’pio (nr-)nnK “Va “Solomon had
or loan words, and that thè Sumerian is A N S E .
40,000 stalls of horses for his chariots” (iKgs
KUR.RA, lit. ‘donkey’ from thè mountain (or,
5:6; 2Chr 9:25); Akk: bit sui, e.g., (thè offìcer in
foreign land),” which would seem to indicate that
charge) sa bit sisc rabi sa sarri “of thè great stable of
thè borse was imported into Sutner. The word
thè king (of Egypt)” (C'AD S 334I1 1).
was probably borrowed from Indo-Europeans
4. (Phr2) (to gallop, said of a borse) “lïTïï DIO
“galloping borse” (Nali 3:2); Akk: sisù laidmu, e.g., (or, perhaps more precisely, Indo-Aryans), who

sìseka ina narkabti lu sanili laidumi “may your chariot introduced thè borse into thè Near East. For
horses be splendici in gallop” (C'AD S 33 ia). example, it is known from Hittite (Boghazkòy)
5. (Phr2) (borse and mule) "P?! DIO (iKgs texts that thè Mittanians were leaders in horse-
18:5; Ezek 27:14; Zech 14:15; Ps 32:9); Akk: trainitig techniqiies. Though thè population of
itili (11) parti, e.g., nasmadl iiit pare sa eniùql rabdtc Mittani was largely Hurrian (Heb. fiorite), thc
isti sukunuse ana tini “teanis of horses and miiles rulingelementordynasty was Indo-Aryan. Finally,
possessed of great strength and broken to thè thè Indo-Aryan word for “horse” is asu(a).
yoke” (C'AD S 3 3ob); sisc pare isniqa sindlsu Ili Barker, 82.
“checked thè horses (and) thè mules ofhis teanis”
(CAD S 33 ib e).
rninp* = Akk. sahirtu s. C~)A, Oli (CAD S 57b;
6. (Phr2) (by color) 0^3^ - □‘'DIO “red
AHw ioo8b). merchandise.
- white horses” (Zech 6:2,3); Akk: iisf sàmùtim
- pesùtim “red - white horses,” e.g., assum iisi I>l Ni ' 1 \ 1 \ 1
pesùtim aqbìma umma stima iiit pesùtim ia narkabti 1. (Deii2) nino □■'31 ^^3^1 |-J1
ul ibassù luspurma asar ibassù siiti pesùtum lirdùnim ‘men of Dedan were your dealers, many
u adisu sisi sàmùtim harsamtiàyi lusàrlsurn “1 spoke islands were thc merchandise of your hand (i.e.,
to him in thè matter of thè white horses, and he agents of your tracie)” (Ezek 27:15); Akk: e.g.,
said: No white chariot horses are available—I lu saljirtwn lu minima ana qàtisu taddinu “you shall
will give orders that they lead white horses to me give into his hand merchandise or anything else”
when they are available— in thè meantime I will (*CAD S 58b 3').
have them bring me some ‘red’ Harsamna horses”
( U t L a n d s b e r g e r , Baumgartner l:est., 1 X o f f .
(CAD S 33oa d; Mari let.). □PlTO D'OIO “black
,jý C'f. inio, nno v .
horses” (Zech 6:2,6); Akk: sisù salimi “black
borse” (C'AD S 77A 1).
7. (Phr2) (to snort/neigh, said of a borse) ^nD = Akk. sahàpu v. OB on (CAD S 3ob; AI lw
VOTO nini vvm “from Dan was bearci thè i004a). to cover.
“ino An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

DENOTATIVE and linseed.”

1. (I)en2) (said of flood, water), e.g., “133 Akk. sahàru, when in hendiadys with another
nnb ■psi ^nb “idq 3‘b~ prr Eh “a poor man verb, connotes “to do again,” e.g., isahhura batqusu
who oppresses thè needy is like an overwhelming ikassara “he will résumé making up for his losses”
downpour that leaves 110 food” (Prov 28:3); Akk: (C'AI) S 4ob e).
e.g., gimir àlànisu dannùti kima mil mithurli \as\hup IH Speiser, BASOR 164 (1961) 23 28; Landsberger,
“I (Sargon li) swept over all its fortified cities like Bauntgartner l'est., 1 7 6 H .
a elashing flood” (CAD S 32a b). '•>’ cf. htìd .rninp.
2. (i)en2) ti '3 no» xb ^np? srn»
is-jn “why are your stalwarts overwhelmed, did
]TD = Akk. simanu A s. OAkk. 011. (C'AD S 271 a;
not stand finn, for thè Lord thrust them down”
AHw i044b). (name of thè tliird month).
(Jer 46:15); Akk: sa...kima huhàri ishupu etiti kima
seti ukattimu qarràdu “which claps down 011 thè The month is once employed in LBH in Esth
man like a trap, which covers thè warrior like a 8:9: ]rp trnn Kin •’crbeh Ehrn “in thè third
net” (C’AI) S 3 ib). month, which is thè month of Sivan.” The
actual written out month name simanu is never
In light of thè negative parallelism with “II3SJ fcÒ
attested in cuneiform script except 111 thè lexical
“not to stand finn,” and thè parallelism with
lists. I lowever, "'SIC , thè Sumerian notation for
“push back,” thè popular emendation ^003 (for 4
thè month, is attested as a logogram for simanu
thè MT ^003) hp “(thè Egyptian bull-god) fleti,”
“season.” Also, thè name Simanitum, meaning
seems a bit forced. So, too, in light of thè Akk. “borii in thè month simanu,” is attested.
usage of sahàpu “to cover, spread over with a net,”
I H M . F , . C ' o h e n , lite CmIiìc (Àilandars, 2 9 8 , 3 1 4 - 1 5 .
i.e., “to overwhelm (heroes, warriors),” Heb
^Op] (i 11 Jer 46:1 4) should likewise be understood.
Perhaps Jeremiah intends a doublé entendre. TD :: siri s. EA*; WSem. gloss (EA 297:12; 292:46).

I H H o l l a d a y , jcmniah 2 : 3 2 3 ; 3 2 8 .
pot.

DENOTATIVE

ino = Akk. salumi v. OA, 015 011 (C'AI) S 3yb; 1. (I)eii2) “IÉnn “PO bi? irntpp “when we sat
AIIw loosa). to turn (around). by thè pots of meat” (Exod 16:3); EA 297:1 1 —14:
sanitu u inepsati kima riqi eri (gloss: siri) hubulli |i.<]
Speiser seems to be correct 111 arguing that, similar
tu qàt awili |S'h|/í “moreover, I have become like
to Akk. saltarti, thè I leb. verb connotes “to circle,
a bronze pot (gloss: pot) given in pledge, because
go around, make routids” in all five occurrences
of thè Sutians.”
(Jer 14:18, Ps 38:1 1; Cien 34:10,21; 42:34); Akk:
e.g., asahhurma lemuri lemunma “wherever I turn Although thè C'AD maintains that thè meaning

there is evil, only evil” (CAD S 3ya a); assu tttursti of thè word is unknown (C'AD Z 1 34a, s.v. ziri),

dannu la issanalthura eliya “so that thè grievous Rainey (followed by Morali) states “that thè

disease will not keep returning to me” (CAD word is identical with Heb uVpot’ seems obvious
from thè equation here with riqqtt, a variant of
3yb).
There is no clear evidence that either Akk. Akkadian ruqqu.”

sahàru or Heb. "100 h as a meaning “to trade,” (Il Rainey, UF 5 (1973) 251:82; Morali, AL:33y.
although note C'AD S 46b mng. 4, where C'AD
translates saltarti in this one passage only as “to do — Akk. sukku s. OB 011: Sum. lw. zug, taboo
business(?)” in thè 013 text YOS 13 44:8: ana (C'AD S 361 b; ALIw 1055b). shrine.
se’e suluppi u samassamme ana sahàrim atta tappe ana
MU.i.KAM usesù “they rented ili partnership for DENOTATIVE

one year to do business(?) in ... barley(?), dates, 1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) ^03 “13?K "P

260
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

Min pan nnini nn bipp an’1?** n’3 ns> (psof a single root placed in one lexical entry. The
42:5); Akk: sukkù cheti ncmcda u parakkì upaqqu root is semantically developed from thè concrete
kàsi “thc shrincs, sanctuaries, cult platfornis, ami to thè abstract: (a) “to lay across, crisscross”;
daises heed only you (Istar)” (C’AI) S 36ih b). hapax: VV “he (Jacob) laid his hands
crosswise” (Cìen 4(8:14) > “cancel, nullify” (e.g.,
While NJPS maintains that thè “meaning of Heb.
uncertain,” thè traditional renderings “ranks of bpvni? rsï nx x: bno “crisscross [i.e., cancel,
thè great” (NEB); “multitude” (Bl)B; WBC) is nullify] Ahitophel’s counsel” |2Sam 15:31; cf.
wanting. Contextually, and in light of thè parallel also Isa 44:251) > “to act crookedly, deviously”
pair Dnbx rra “thè Lord’s House,” thè translation (for verb) (e.g., 1 Sani 13:13; 2Sam 24:10 and
of KB’ and Krauss (Psalms 1—50:437) “tabernacle, Cìen 31:28, i.e., ittfS? nbppn “ you (Jacob) have
tent” seems preferable. This rendering of I leb. acted deceitfully”); (b) “a person whose mind is
is etymologically and semantically strengthened not straight > a fool, stupid mentally or crooked,
in light of thè Akk. sub. sttkku “shrine, chapel,” treacherous, devious morally” (for nouns) (e.g.,
i.e., csrcti/ /sukkï “sanctuaries//shrincs,” e.g., nb iw/boo “foolish//devoid of intelligence”
cheti namràti stikki naklùli ina qcrcb (IN tàbis irtntì (jer 5:21); □ , ';rn;i *ò//cr i ?3p “ foolish//not
“they (thè great gods) cheerfully moved into intelligent” (Jer 4:22 and passim). boÉ? has opposite
resplendent sanctuaries, artistic shrines within meanings and falls into thè category of Addad.
Dur-Sarrukin” (C’AD S 361 b a, Sar.); note thè I Icnceforth, comes to express thè notion
Akk. sequence sukkù csrcti ncmcda 11 parakkì upaqqu of straight (free of curves) action, or a person >
kàsi “thè shrines, sanctuaries, cult platfornis, and prudent > successful, prosperous deed or person.
daises, heed only you (Istar)” (C'AD S 36 ih b and A person whose actions are straight and upright,
passim). Accordingly, Ps 42:5 may be rendered: absent of twisted, crooked deeds, is a successful
“how I used to pass through thè shrine, move and prosperous man (e.g., Deut 29:8; Josh 1:7,8;
slowly to Cìod’s House, aniong exultant sliouts of iSam 18:14,15; iKgs 2:3).
praise, thè clamor of pilgrims.”
Tawil advances two unrecognized cases
Iil Mankowski, 1 12. where thè verb may mean (a) “to cross out,”
i.e., snb D'w-) ^bpp//s?t£n n'nb pn?
— Akk. saklu s. OB 011 (C'AI) S 8oa; AIIw “thè righteous one crisscrosses (i.e., destroys) thè
1 o 1 2b). simpleton. house of thè wicked man//he (thè righteous one)
crosses out (i.e., obliterates) thè evildoers to (their)
denotativi :
rum” (Prov 21:12); (b) xnn ny3 ‘rpran p“?
i. (Den 1) nb ^30 Di? “ foolish people
Kn n»n n» "? nn' “therefore thè crooked men
and devoid of intelligence” (Jer 5:21); Akk: nifi
will be ìncapacitated (lit. silenced, destroyed) for
saklàti “barbarous people” (C'AI) S 8oa c). Cf.
it is a time of calamity” (Amos 5:1 3). And not just
also Akk., e.g., ina bit ili àitamarsunu gabbu saklùtc
“in such a time thè prudent man keeps silent,” as
sunti memcni issu libbi qinnàtc sa Ninna labirùtc lassù
commonly translated (cf., e.g., NJPS).
“I looked them over in thè tempie—they are all
Held suggests equating saklu also to Heb. *703
simple men, none belongs to thè old families of
(metathesis) “stupidly.”
Nineveh” (CAD S (Sob a).
( U l T a w i l , lìcit Mikra 1 5 3 ( 1 9 9 8 ) 2 0 3 1 6 ; H e l d , Lands­
According to BDB and recently KB’, thè roots berger l:est., 4 0 6 .
are listed in three different entries as
'"• Cf. 'jbo v.; (bzfo, *73?? = *730) v.
follows: (a) I bDCtf 1. ‘ ‘he prudent” 2. “bave insight”
3. “succeed, prosper”; (b) II *73© “lay crosswise”
(hapax); (c) ^30 “be foolish, act foolishly.” As pD :: sakànu v. EA*; WSem. lw. (CAD S 69I1;
noted by Tawil thè lexeme bn’o/bnzi (with thè AHw 101 ia), Akk. to take care of; Heb. to be of
dissimilatici! of É?(s) and D(s')) should be considered use, to be used to.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

m notativi . elaborated attempts to establish a loan hypothesis.

i. (Den2)n531pp ,i 7K i prr‘ can a man bc of use Rainey rejects thè notion of an Akk. borrowing
to God?” (job 22:2); 'pnn bpi nnr 'sn-n nix altogether, pointing out “thè presence of a
Ìiri33pn “you ... my walking and my redining, West Semitic verbal root *skn suggests that thè
and are used to all my ways” (Ps 139:3). Akkadian word has not really been borrowed in
thè West...Since *sku is also used in West Semitic,
Akk. sakànu appears only in thè Amarna letters
it is unlikely that *skti would have been confused
from Jerusalem, e.g., ihalliq gabbi màt sarri u liskin
with it. The equivalent of saknu and * sàkinu has
sarru...ana màitisu “all this king’s land is being lost,
come about semantically because both are terms
so thè king should care for his land” (EA 286:38
for officials in thè bureaucracy. The former comes
and passim).
into Hebrew and Aramaic as s'gan, and therefore
should be distinguished from sokcu.”
"[DÒ = Akk. sàkinu s. 013, Alalakh, Bogh., RS (C'AD Note thè Emarite phrase sàkin Stilli “thè perfect
S 76a; 354a; AI lw ioi2a). (a high officiai). of thè land of Suhi” (Emar 263:22; see Pentiuc
2001:1 55-56).
The lexeme is employed in BH three times, twice
I H H a r r i s , I ) C 1) 2 6 ; B a r k e r , 8 3 8 4 ; R a i n e y , U F 3
in fem. rupÒ referring to Abishag thè Shunammite
(1971) 171 ; Mankowski, 112-14.
as David’s attendatit with special status (iKgs
1:2,4), and once in reference to Shebna, who
was in charge of thè palace (Isa 22:15). Note also “130 = Akk. sckcru A v. OA, OB 011 (CAD S 2iob;
that in EA 256:9 sukinu is glossed by Akk. ràbisu AHw i03sa). to dam up.
“inspector,” e.g., ki crinibitu sar C . N istu pani ràbisi
IDIOMATIC. USACI'.
(gloss: súkiní) sarri bclisu “that thè king of C . N has
1.(Idi) (to stop someone frolli speaking)
fled before thè inspectors (gloss: sùkini) of thè
n? “DO, e.g. “ipc; ■'"Din 'S "DO'' 'p “indeed,
king, his lord” (C’AD S 354a).
thè mouth of liars is blocked” (Ps 63:12); Akk:
The forni stikini (in EA 256:9) is thè participle,
pà sakàru, e.g., musakkiru sa pikina “thè one who
actually representing sokiui Heb. sokcu). O11 thc
blocks their (thè sorceresses’) mouths” (CAD S
representation of 0 by u in cuneiform Harris has
2 i 2b b); cf. appa/uzna/sapta sakàru “to block thè
written: “The Amarna correspondence is written
nose/ear/lips,” e.g., napraku sckir saptiya “a bolt is
in Babylonian, in thè cuneiform syllabary...Thc
blocking my lips” (C'AD S 2i2a 2).
Letters from Canaanite towns include many
IM IRASF.OI OC Y
Canaanisms in syntax, word-forms, and choice of
words, as well as purely Canaanite forms written 2. (Phr2) (to dam up waterways) rÓ'IJft 1“pp s !
in cuneiform as glosses to explain Akkadian words. □inri “thè fountains of thè deep were blocked”
The cuneiform writing is important in that it (Cien 8:2); Akk., e.g., nàràtisu ina nagbim liskir
represents vowels as well as consonants, but there “may he (Ea) dam up his rivers” (CH Epilogue);
were several consonants and vowel phonemes in ina baliki nàru ul ippcttc nàiru ul issckkir...palf>u ul
thè Canaanite dialects that thè syllabary could not ippcltc palgu ul issckkir “without you (Istar) no
well represent (e.g. thè laryngeals and spirants and canal is opened, 110 canal is closed, no diteli is
thè vowels 0, e), and thè syllabic forni of writing opened, 110 diteli is closed” (CAD S 212b 5).

is sometimes difficult to interpret.” The forni also isa 19:4 n»j? nrnx t? m T.-pp* should
reflects thè Can. shift o f * à > 0 (thus, *sàkinu > he read ‘'í T l“13P'l “I (thè Lord) handed over Egypt
sokinu > Heb. sokcu). into thè hands of a harsh master.” Note thè
The phonetic and semantic similarity of possibility that Isaiah employs a doublé entendre,
Akk. saknu (verbal adjective of sakànu “to place”) referring also to thè damming of thè Nile.
and Heb. ]DD (with its NWS equivalents, i.e., Akk. sikrtt “dam,” e.g., ultu muhhi sikri sa bàb
Ug., EA, Ph., OAram.) has resulted in several nàr DN “from thè dam at thè opening of Tasmctu

262
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Canal” (*CA1) S 2_syb; AIIw i043a), is absent Ì3 D'HTI “he (Jacob) had a dream: a stairway was
BH, but attested in LH as “DO (Ben-Yehuda, set upon thè earth with its top reaching to thè sky;
Dictionary, voi. 8:405X11). and Ciod’s messengers were going up and down
on it” (Cìen 28:12); Akk: e.g., eia Namtar arkat
nDD = Akk. sakàtu v. OB on (CAI) S 74b; AI lw simmdat samà\mi\ “Namtar ascended thè length(?)
101 ib). to keep silent. of thè stairs of heaven” (CAD S 27411 e).

In 1933, Landsberger argued that thè Heb.

DENOTATIVE
vocable was not to be derived from thè root
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax), bint? -1 »0^1 nODn
bbo “lift, cast up”; rather, it is a loan from Akk.
“silencc! Hear O Israel” (l)eut 27:9); Akk: e.g.,
simmiltu, with metathesis of thè second and third
kikt lusknt kiki Itiqul \anàku\ “[(for) I,] how could
root consonants.
I stay silent? how could I stay quiet?” (Cìeorge,
(Il Landsberger, ZA 41 (1933) 230ÍÍ.; C’ohen, 34;
(ìilgamesh, 692:244).
Eshel, Bcer-Shei’d 5 (1977) 15-26; Mankowski 1 14-18.
IH C’ohen, Hapax 111:12.

= Akk. salapu v. SB (CAD S 71 a; AHw i076b).

^0 = Akk. sciiti (sallu) s. OB, Alalakh(?), MB, SB, to cross out, pervert.
NA, NB; Sum. gi-gur-sal-la (CAD S 2i7b; AHw
ioi6a). basket. DENOTATIVE

1. (Deni) ,n:n
~bz“, anps nìsr nn&n p
DENOTATIVE
“for bribes blind thè clear-sighted and
i. (Den2) onix nra orn nran □■'tsn rbb distort thè word of those who are right” (Exod
nra; bo bs ‘ ‘make these of choice wheat flour, 23:8; Deut 16:19); P^n nin misa ’n ps?
place them in one basket” (Hxod 29:2-3); Akk: np “thè eyes of thè Lord watch thè wise man,
e.g., aklì...itta multili salii ira\kkas\ “he arranges He distorts thè words of thè treacherous” (Prov
bread and...over thè baskets” (CAD S 2i7b); salta 22:12); Akk: selip dinimma “who perverts justice”
(*CAD S 7111 b); cf. salipta dabàbu, e.g., saklàti sa
mashata buràsa tu\malli\ “you fili a basket with
lisàtta dàbibti sa\lipti\ “scoundrels, thè inforniers
aromatic flour and juniper” (CAD S 2 1 Sa 3').
who speak mischief’ (BWL 136:167—68, Samas
Hymn); LÚ batti dàbib salipti “thè Hittites, who
(]ìbp*) |ib>P = Akk. sii Iti A s. OB, Bogh., SB, (always) speak treachery” (CAD S 7311 b).
NB (CAD S iy3a; AI lw 1 loib). thorn. IH Tawil, Bcit Mikra 146 (1996) 276—91.
'e C’f.
denotative

i.(l)en2) '[ > ip//'f“thorn//brier” (Ezek

28:24); □■'?i‘?0//0pn0 “thistles/thorns” (Ezek ^jbp = Akk. saliptn (silptu) s. SB (CAD S 72b; AHw
2:6); TKQD |ibp “ prickling thorn” (Ezek 28:24); 107711). treachery.
Akk: siile saltala/dukkusn “to prick with a thorn,”
CONTRASTI NC USACI;
e.g., ina siile ashulnta dame ittasuui “I pricked
1. (C'0112) (treachery - integrity) npn - ^bo,
(them) with a pili and blood carne out” (C’AD
e.g., one?; f\bo) orari opzr1 npn “thè
iy3h)- integrity of thè upright guides them, thè treachery
of thè treacherous will destroy them” (Prov 1 113);
□bp = Akk. siminiltu s. OA, OB on (CAD S 27311; Akk: kiltu - saliptn, e.g., anàkn l’N sar màt Assur
AHw 104511). ladder, stair. sar kibral erbetti sa kittu irammuma saliptn ikkibsu “I
Esarhaddon, thè king of Assyria, thè king of thè
denotativi ; four quarters of thè world, who loves truth and
1. (I)eti2) (BH hapax) OSO obo nani oblTI abhors treachery” (Borger, Esar. 54 iv 25—26).
c'H" psbp nani npp^n snp itfini nsnx IJ? ' Cf. V.
 An Akkadian Lfxical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

pbO — Akk. salaqu B v. NB*; Aram. lw. (C’AD S Heb. Dni?D, whicli is employed twice in thè idiom

93a; AHw ioi4b). to go up. □ntjpa n?n “ to strike with blinding radiant light”
(Cìen 19:1 1; 2Kgs 6:18), is a loanword from thè
Dl'NO I A II vi; Akk. verb sunwurum “to make radiant, brighten,
i. (Dcn2) (BH hapax) nFlK Dtf D’OK? pPK DK keep (eye) sharp.” In I leb., however, thè lexeme
“if I asccnd to Heaven, You are there” (Ps 139:8); is employed as an adjectival forili with elative
Akk. (hapax) ina sani umu isdliqu...akalu ina pani or superlative force, i.e., “having extraordinary
sarri ikkal “he will go up 011 thè following day and brightness.”
eat bread in thè king’s presence” (C’AD S 93a). Note, however, that IC Campbell Thompson
(<? Cf. L ì A p “ ? D v . already connected thè I leb. Dni3P to thè Akk.
word sinìumià / silìurmà “night-blindness,” not
found in any biblical lexicon or commentary.
nbò = Akk. siili1 A s. SB, NA, NB (CAD S 26 7 a,
Stol revived Campbell’s thesis. Akk. sin lumia is
AHw I044a). Akk. (a grain product); Heb. (a type
employed in Bogh. and SB and is rendered by thè
of flour).
CAD (S 285)1) as “partial blindness(?),” and by
denotativi ; AI lw (i044a) as “schmichsichtig?" e.g., summa amilu
1. (Den2) nnn n^l3 ]Bt5D nbìb? n^D “flour urna kalama itnur musa kalama ul itnur ‘‘sinlurnia “if a
mixed with oil, it will be unleavened”; Akk: man can see all day but cannot see all night, (it is)

e.g., guqqànc sa arki lubustu u siltum “offerings night-blindness” (CAD S 28511).

that (are made) after clothing ceremony and thè Illll Thompson, AMT, 41; Stol, JNES 45 (1986) 295—

(presentation of) siltu” (C’AD S 26711). 99; Speiser, AB 1 139—40; Cogan and Tadmor, AB
1 1 74.
CAD S 2C>7b states “either to be connected with
Aram, solct ‘groats’, or thè sanie word as siltu B,”
i.e., “shaving, splinter.” 1030* — Akk. sissinnu s. OA, OB on (C’AD S 32511;
AHw 105 ia). date spadix.

= Akk. samàdiru s. NA* (C’AD S i07a; AHw denotativi ;

ioi6b). (an odoriferous aromatic plant). 1. (Den2) (bh hapax) non 1 ? nnpn ^npip nxr
rap?p? nmk npra n1?^? T.nax nlbirsb 7“"
diìnotati vi;
“your stately forili is like thè palili, your breasts
1. (Den2) nn. una inop cras;irn “thè... vines are like clusters; I say let me climb thè palili, let
give off a fragrance” (SoS 2:13,15; 7:l 3)ì Akk:
me take hold of it spadixes (i.e., branches)” (SoS
samati samàdiri oil of samàdiri (C’AD S i07a); saman
7:8); Akk: e.g., Istar sa kima sissinnu suluppù armùsu
samàdari sa Ahùya “an oil of samàdari-droimitic
“Istar, who envelops him (her lover) as thè sissinnu
plant of (thè woman) Ahiiya” (*CAD ibid).
thè dates” (CAD S 32511 lex. section).
While von Soden (Or. 46 11977 ] 193)
IH C’ohen, Hapax 125:45.
maintains that thè lexeme is of an Aram, origin,
in light of thè ancient Heb. inscription written
011 a wine jar fr. I lazor (approximately 732-740): 00 = Akk. sàsu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD S ujóli, AHw
nnao npsb ‘ ‘to Peqah, savoring wine” one may 103211). moth.
better consider nnfDP of WSem. origin.
diìnotati vi;
I H A h i t u v , Lcsonnw 3 9 ( 1 9 7 5 ) 3 7 - 4 0 .
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) CtfJ? □bpiO n^? “’S
pp □box’’ “ for a moth shall eat them up
s. <> Akk. sunwuru v. OB 011 (C’AD N ( like a garment, for a moth shall eat them up like
2i8a 9; AHw 77oa, s.v. naivàru SD). Akk. to make wool” (Isa 51:8); Akk: e.g., subàtù .... warkiutum
radiant; Heb. blinding radiant light. sàsam lap tu “thè garments (that arrived) later were
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biislic.al Hfbrew “ISO

moth-eaten” (C'AI) S iy6b). listed after thè Sumerian term for bronze.
IH C'ohen, Hap.ix i 14:21; Tawil, BASOR 225 (1977)
58-62. II IP — Akk. sippn s. OB 011 (CAD S sooa; AHw
i04ya). Akk. janib; LIeb. threshold.
“ISJD = Akk. sciiti v. NB, LB; WSem. word (CAI)
PI IRASHOI.OCY
S 206.1; AHw 1034:1). to help.
1. (Phri) (of a house) rP3n ^P “thè threshold
: i i noi \1 1 \ i of thè house” (iKgs 14:17); Akk: ana sippi biti
1. (i)en2) (Ps 18:36); //nnrsj nbe? suàti “at thè jambs of that house (you sacrifice a
nyp, e.g., ■ji’W’ ;rs::v/;rnpr: tj-it» nb^r “may donkey to Istar” (*CA1) S 301 a 2').
(thè Lord) send you help from thè sanctuary and 2. (Phr2) (of a gate) ^P 21X “lìT] “he
sustain you from Zion” (Ps 20:3); Akk: e.g., arki measured thè threshold of thè gate” (Ezek 40:6);
I)N isèdanni ina siili sa DN mutati sin anàku aduk Akk: ina sippi bàb biti ana irnitti u siimeli “at thè
“thereafter Ahuramazda helped me, and with thè jambs of thè gate of thè house, to thè right and
protection of Ahuramazda I (Xerxes) smote these left” (*CA1) S 301 a).
lands” (CAD S 2o6b b).
The standard Akk. word for “help” is nìstt. ISO = Akk. sapàdu v. MB, MA, SB (CAD S i5oa;
ALIw i024a). to mourn.
(iïb/d) rns?p — Akk. sarti s. OAkk. 011 (CAD
SHQULNCI Nt:
S, 133a; AH w 1 iy2a). Akk. wind; Heb. storni.
1. (Seqi) (to mourn — to cry) DrHPK
Heb. “iyp/D “storni” is etymologically related to nninbn nn&b nspb “ Abraham carne to mourn
Akk. sarti “wind.” The semantic equivalent of over Sarah and to cry over her” (Cìen 23:2); Akk:
Heb. is Akk. meliti “storni” (CAD M 4b), bakii — sapàdu: ahtilap ina màtiya sa bake u sapàdu
011 thè one hand, and sàru = Heb: IIP “wind,” “have pity 011 my land which is (amidst) weeping
on thè other. This can be ascertained from thè and mourning” (CAD S 1 5ob 1).
Heb. idiom i"ni?D PHI “stormy wind” (Ezek 1:4; PI IRASFOl.OGY

Ps 1418:8), which is thè equivalent of thè Akk. 2. (Pliri) (to mourn, saying “Woe!”) IISP 9 ]
expression sàru meliti “stormy wind” (C'AD M sa ■m 'in rbs? “ i h e mourned over him, (saying)
a). Note also thè Akk. pair sàrti//meliti “wind// ‘Woe, my brother!’” ( 1 Kgs 1 3:30;Jer 22:1 8); Akk:
storni,” e.g., ina sàrim unni in mehè miniti elisiti sapàdu u t \ina multili bi\ti isappid u’i iqabbima “he
atrusma “I (Nebuchadnezzar) spread a roof over perfornis thè wailing for thè tempie, says ‘Woe’!”
them in thè wind, a canopy in thè storili” (C'AD (CAD S 15ob b).
3. (Phr2) (to beat thè breast) □ , n?P CH® bs
M, 5a a).
“they beat their breasts” (Isa 32:12); Akk: irta
sapàdu, e.g., atta zimri saltuntii isappid irta “he beats
I = Akk. sappu A s. OA, OB(?), MB (CAD S his breast to (thè beat of) thè (ér.)sà.hun.gà-song”
i66b; ALIw I027a). (a metal container). (CAI) S 15 1 a 2).

Aniong thè Akk. lexical texts suggesting that

diìnotati vi;
sapàdu denotes “beat thè breast” is thè equation
1. (I)eii2) blH ^P “a container of venom”
of thè nouns {’abarabhit — sipittum. The 1101111
(Zech 12:2); Akk: sapittt buràsim/dami [erettim\ “a gabarahlm “rebellion” is a Sum. lw., whose literal
container of juniper (resin)/cedar resili” (C'AD S mng. is “beat” (Sum. ra-ali) “thè breast” (Sum.
i66b a). gaba). Thus, gabarahhu = \sipit\ti = \mah\ - às irti
Ili Akk. texts, sappu holds acorns, juniper and “beating of thè breast” (C'AD Cì ib lex. section).
cedar resili, vegetables or flowers, and gold. Ili 111 Gruber, 449 55.
one lexical text, sappu is included aniong words ,j>' c:f. np3 v.; napa.
reo An Akkadian Lexical Comfanion for Biblical Hebrew

nSD = Akk. sapàhu v. fr. OA, Oli on (CAI) S 3D30* — Akk. zabzabgù s. lex.*; foreign word
i 5 i a; AHw 1024;!). Akk. to scatter, disperse; Heb. (C'AD Z ioa; AIIw 1 502a). glaze.
to gather, assemblo.
C’iinsberg (BASOR 98 119451 21:55) w;ls thè
ADDAI) first to point out that contextually thè difficult
expression □'TP ^P? in Prov 26:23 should be
The relationship between thè Akk. and thè Heb.
read as 3P?Pp , in light of Ug. spsg “glaze”: spsg
lexenies may fall into thè category of an Addad, a
ysk |l\r’is hrs Izr qdqdy “glaze will be poured on
word that has two opposites meanings e.g., ’inSP
my head, plaster(?) upon my paté” (describing old
□nb ns bbab nianpn nnx b$ k; “please gather
ago. 2 Aqlit VL36). Accordingly, Prov 26:23: ^03
me to one of thè pnestly duties, that I may have
a morsel of bread to eat” (iSam 2:36; cf. also Isa
'j- 3bi □‘“bn Q'npn ©nn bv nsxp (2090?)
□"TP may be rendered as: “like a glaze laid over
14:1; Hab 2:15; Job 30:7; iSam 26:19); Akk. e.g.,
earthenware are ardent lips with an evil heart.”
“thè king Elam laid hands 011 Nippur” niscsu
Note also thè Hittite word zapzagai (CAD Z
ispuh “and scattered its people” (C'AI) S iS2b);
diàtesi! usappihma uparrir puhursu “I (Sennacherib) 1 oa).

scattered his hosts, I broke up his concentrations”

(CiAD ibid). ""120 = Akk. sipru s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S 73a;
Cf nxb v. AHw i245b). Akk. report, messenger, task; Heb.
inscription, document, letter, scroll.

nrSD = Akk. sapinatu s. NA, NB; Aram. lw. (CAI) pi 1 r as i;o i.o( ; y
S 164b; AI Iw i027a). ship. 1. (Phr2) (to bring a report) b$ “,3pn K3»l
bxnto' "^bïO “he brought thè report to thè king
DIÌNOTATI Vii
of Israel” (2Kgs 5:6; 2Chr 34:16); Akk: sipra (w)
1.(1)0112) (BH hapax) TlpT b$ 'l'T nm
abàlu, e.g., sipir tàhazi itbala ana I:a “he (Adad)
nrspn ‘ ‘and Jonah went down to thè rear of thè
brought thè report on thè battle to Ea” (C'AD S
ship” (J011 1 :s); Akk: CN sadu sa ina qablitu marrat...
74a).
ina sapinatu issabat “witli boats he captured Pitusu,
2. (Phr2) (to send a letter) □ , “]?P Prpni
a mountain that is in thè middle of thè lagoon”
□nsp nbtprn ianiis nnnrn. 3khk □#? “she
(CAD S iC»4b).
wrote letters ili Ahab’s name and sealed tlieni
The standard Akk. word for a ship is elippu (CAD with his seal, and sent thè letters” (iKgs 21:8;
E 90I1) = Aram. XSbtf. 2 Kgs 10:1); Akk: sipra sapàru, e.g., ina sut ti sipir
Note thè cognates Aram. XITUSP rP3 and mahhè istanappara kayàna “she (Istar) kept sending
Akk. bit saputati “boat house” (CAD ibid.). messages by means of dreams and reports of
Ili C'ohen, llapax 137:77. ecstatics” (C’AI) S 74a).

In NB, Akk. sipru “document” is an Aram. lw.

bSDD = Akk. saplu (sapaiu) s. EA, RS, MB, Alalakh, (CAD S 304a). Likewise, thè Akk. verb sepcru
MA on (CAD S 16 5 a ; AHw i027a). (a metal “to write alphabetic script (011 skin)” is employed
bowl). as an Aram. lw. in NB, e.g., ina libbi sipri | K U R |
Arma luspirma ana sarri limitila “I will write 011
diìnotati vi;
an Aramaic document and send it to thè king”
1. (Dem) nxpn n:rnpn □,-pns* b?ps “she (CAD S 225a).
(Jael) with pnncely bowl served him curds”
,£? ' Cf. “ISO.
(judg 5:25); Akk: e.g., saplu samni tabi “a bowl of
fragrant oil “(CAD S 165b b).
In Akk. texts, saplu is attested as being made ""ISO = Akk. sopirli s. NB, LB; Aram. lw. (CAD S
of bronze, copper, or gold. 225a; AHw i036b). scribe.

266
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew ono •T

N 1R AS HO I OC ; Y keeps telling you is lies” (CAD S 179I1); summa

i. (Phr2) (royal scribe) “bpn n?Ò “royal itti bel se’ini sarràtim iiit a'u anàku u kciti sarràti nita’u
scribe” (lit. “thè scribe ofthe king”) (2Kgs 12: i 1; “if we are going to teli lies to thè owner of thè
Esth 3:12; 8:9; 2Chr 24:1 1); Akk: scpiru sa sarri - barley, you and I will have to teli thè lies” (CAD
scpiru sa màr sarri “thè king’s scribe - thè scribe of A 8 7 a b); sarràti addabub upattir ami la salimta aqtabi
thè crown prince” (C'AD S 226:1 b). kalsina lu tidi “I spoke lies; I pardoned my own
sins; I spoke improper things, you know them
NB scpiru is mentioned beside tupsarru, thè
all” (KAR 45:8).
standard word 111 Akk. for “scribe” (CAI) S 225I1
d). Akk. sarràtu, which is employed in parallelism
As noted by Mankowski, “Although BH with la salimtu “unpropitious things” (Cì AD ibid.)/
n?p an d nsb 1 lave long been regarded as loans dàstu “cheat” (CAD 1) 1 1 8b d)/niphàti “falseness”
from Akkadian sipru and sàipiru, respcctively, thè (C’AI) S 179b)//t? kiuàtu “untruth” (CAD S >49a
counter-position has been vigorously argued by b), connotes “lies and falseness.” Accordingly,
Y. Muffs. The salient points ofhis case are (1) in contrast to thè rendering of NJPS, Heb: n?n
spr already occurs in Ugaritic with thè meaning nno should mean “to utter falsehood” and not
‘document’; (2) Akkadian has several words for “to urge disloyalty.” In both Deut 13:6 and Jer
‘document’, but sipru is not one of them, rather 28:16; 29:32 false prophets teli lies against Y H W H .
it simply means ‘(written) message’; (3) Akkadian Likewise in Isa 59:13 n"1D non is employed in
sàpiru does not mean ‘scribe’, and West Semitic parallelism with npt? "'“inn “words of lies.”
did not derive its common word for scribe from a ( I l i T i g a y , Dcuteronomy, 1 3 0 - 3 2 ; 3 6 7 : 1 9 — 2 0 .
word that never had this meaning. His premises on ^ c:r. ~nc.
thè whole sccm to be factually accurate.” Tadmor
likewise notes that in Mesopotamia, already in thè
D'IO = Akk. sa resi (sut resi) s. OB on (CAD R
Neo-Assyrian Empire and especially in thè Neo-
292a; AHw 974a). Akk. attendant, officiai, eunuch;
Babylonian kingdoin, a professional title appears
I leb. eunuch.
called scpiru, a terni borrowed from Aram, for a
bilingual scribe who can write both Aramaic and PHRASI'OI OCY

Akkadian. 'I bis title is written phonetically (sc-pi- 1. (Pliri) (palace eunuch) b^nfe) , D“!P

ru) and idiographically as A.BAL, which is its literal “palace eunuchs” (2Kgs 20:18; Isa 39:7); Akk: sa
meaning “thè one who changes forili”; that is to resi ekalli (AHw 974!“)).
say, thè one who writes or reads thè text in one 2. (Pliri) (chief eunuch) C'HO 31 “chief
language and translates to another language. eunuch,” e.g., nai innri -jbp nb?n
U l M u f f s , Studies, 2 0 7 ; T a d m o r , L I 2 0 ( 1 9 8 9 ) 2 5 1 a ; v'ib ]p npràn o^d nn “and thè king'of
Mankowski, 121—22. Assyria dispatched thè viceroy, thè chief eunuch,
Ci. “IOSB. and thè chief butler from Lachish” (2Kgs 18:17);
bxnr- ■'35P xnnb reno nn -^pn npx5]
“then thè king ordered Ashpenaz master of his
rnt? = Akk. sarràtu s. OA, 015 011 (CAI) S 179a;
eunuchs to bring some Israelites” (Dan 1:3); Akk:
AHw 103 1 a), lies.
rab sa resi thè chief eunuch (Tadmor, lrccdmaii
PIIRASLOI.OCY l;est., 281).

1. (Pliri ) (to speak falsehoods) (rno 13“I 3. (Phr2) (royal eunuch) ’DHP - “Vpn Dnp
bi7), e.g., crn'bx ’n bv rno -nn n “for he (thè ■^[bpn “thè king’s eunuch(s)” (Esth 2:3,14,15,21;

false prophet) spoke falsehood against thè Lord 4:5; 6:14); Akk: sa resi sarri/sarràni “thè king’s/
kings’ eunuch”; sa resi màr sarri “thè eunuch of
your Cìod” (Deut 1 3:6; Jer 28:16; 29:32; Isa 59:13);
thè crown prince” (AHw 974a).
Akk: sarràta qabii/amú/dabàbu “to teli/utter/speak
lies,” e.g., sa iqtanabbùkum sarràtumnia “what he Akk: sa resi (Sum. lii-sag) = I leb: D’'“l+ D “thè one
ono •T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

at thc head” (i.e., eunuch) and rab sa resi (Sum: T1D = Akk. sararu v. OA, OB, Mari, Bogh, SB
lti-sag-gal) “thè master eunuch,” enter BH as (CAI) S 174b; AHw i02Sb). Akk. to cheat; Heb.
borrowed terms D'IO and D’ip Accordingly, to be rebellious.
Tadmor observes that it “seems highly unlikely
that thè term sa-rcsi for an Israelite or Judean The Akk. adj. sarru is equated in thè Syn. list
courtier was borrowed before thè rise of thè to pallisti “housebreaker, burglar”; muttablilu
Assyrian Empire and would belong to thè early “prowler”; babbatu “plunderer”; sarraqu “thief”
borrowings from Akkadian, probably Western (C'AI) S 1 Soa lex. section). This calls to mind thè
Akkadian.” Tadmor further argues from both hapax pair D , n33//D , '1"1ÌD “criminals//thievcs,”
biblical and Akkadian sources that “in thè Neo- e.g., D’333 •'“innV/aniiD “i 1- !© “your rulers are
Assyrian Empire thè sa-rcsi officials...were usually criminals//and cronies ofthieves” (Isa 1:23). Akk.
eunuchs and that thè term should be rendered employs sarru in adjectival use, e.g., àlàni sarrut\im\
as such, rather than ‘head officers, officials, or “disloyal cities” (C'AI) ibid., 1 8 1 a 2); awilu sarru
thè like’.” He thus draws our attention to thè “disloyal, deceitful man” (C'AI) ibid.) = Heb: /]3
following cruciai passages: Akk: kima sut resi la “inio 3b/"iin/Dy/D',33 “ disloyal, deceitful son(s)/
àlidi nilka libai “may your semeii dry up like that nation/generation/heart” (l)eut 21:1 8/1sa 30:1/
of a eunuch who cannot beget” (C'AI) N_ 234a) Isa C>5:2/Ps 7S:S/Jer 5:23 and others).
= Heb: 27 3; fSJ ]H O'HOn “IQK' biCI “and let IH Marcus, JANES 13(19X1) 31-52.
not thè eunuch say ‘I ani a withered tree’” (Isa c;f. rno.
56:3).
H I T a d m o r , I:rccdnum Irst., 2 7 9 - 8 5 ; i d e m , Cìreenfield
Irst., 3 1 7 - 2 5 ; M a n k o w s k i 1 2 3 - 2 5 .

268
 V
= Akk. iibdu s. SB; WSem. lw. (CAI) A | 51,1). thè service of thè king his lord” (EA 151:55—56,
slave. let. Lyre); attadin paiitya ana miniti//ubùdi sar\ri\
bcliya “I (Abi-Milku) have devoted myself to
In thc Akk. lex. lists abdn (= I Ieb.“Q??) is equated thè service of thè king, my lord” (ibid., 19—21).
to thè standard Akk. words ardu and rem “slave” With this interpretation, thè Akk. lexeme miniti
(C'AI) A i 51 a). Note thè similar phraseology, would be obscure. However, CAD M 1 ioa does
Akk: ultu abdukki tarnsì “since you have forgotten not accept thè gloss as ubdu “servant,” but reads:
your slave” (CAI) ibid.); I leb: nStpH fcÒ] "““O" ana miniti//ubuti, “I set out to see thè king, my
nK “and you will remember me and not lord,” understanding ubuti to be a gloss of miniti
forget your maidservant” (iSam 1:1 1). “seeing,” cognate of Heb. n^“l “see.”
lf? Cf. 3^3. IJ? ' Cf.

ì"OJ? = Akk. obli v. Sii, NA (C'AI) E i6a; AHw QÍ3Í? = Akk. ebuttu s. OA (CAD E 2ob; AHw
1 Hjb). to be thick. i84b). Akk. loan (of a special type); Heb. deposit,
pledge.
1H NO ! \ 1 i\ 1
DI NOTA I ] VI
1. (I)eu2) (said of a finger) •'311130 Pini? ■’ÌIBj?
'3X “my little finger is thicker than my father’s 1. (i)en2) xb npwp nKts>?3 ïji7-n n$n n
loins” (iKgs 12:10; 2C'hr 10:10); Akk: summa ÌB3U aÌDSfb in ,3 bl? xnn “when you make a loan

ubànu ebbe!, “if thè finger is thick” (*CA1) E i6a to your neighbor, you shall not enter his house

a). to seize his pledge” (Deut 24:10); Akk: istu 20

sanatiti1 ana ebuttim ukàl “he has been keeping (20
Cf. also thè Heb. sequence IVÈD IT3Ì? ri3l3» “you manas) as a loan for twenty years” (C’AD E 21 b);
(Israel) grew fat, thick, and coarse” (l)eut 32:15). kaspu ittanablakkatma ebuttu sa l’N “thè silver,
Note thè Emarite WSem. adj. abà, abu “thick” though it may change hands, is (stili considered)
(Emar 388:1 1-13; see Pentiuc 2001:19). on loan to l’N” (ibid.).

Hill Tawil, Avishur Irst., 185* 190*. As noted by thè CAD (E 21 a), “thè ebuttu loan...
carried no interest, was not safeguardedby witnesses
and eontracts...and was without terms...thè use of
rfliDI? :: ubùd s. EA*; WSem. gloss (Moran, AL
thè money given as ebuttu appears to have been at
239:1). Service.
thè discretion of thè borrower.” C'AD (ibid. 2ib)
l’I IR ASHOl.OC Y further notes that “thè etymological connection
1. (Phr2) (service of thè king) “bi?- n“pJJ with Heb. abot speaks for a writing with t but
“service of thè king, ” e.g., n-rrb' ’n noabp bób it is also possible that OA ebuttu corresponds
■^[bïïn “to all thè service of thè Lord and thè etymologically, as well as semantically, to OB
service of thè king” (iC'hr 26:30); Akk: ubùd sarri hubuttu, hubuttatu.”

“thè service of thè king”: u idd\in pan\isu ana//

ubùd sar\ri bclisu\ “and he has devoted himself to = Akk. ebùrn s. OA and OB 011 (CAD E
 nini? An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
T

i6b; AHw 183I1). Akk. harvest, crop, harvest time, etymological and not thè semantic equivalent
summer; Heb. produce. of Heb. nnU, since Akk. ebèru is limited to thè
meaning to “cross (water)” usually with “river,”
PI IRASLOI.OC Y
“canal,” or “sea” as direct object. His assumption
1. (Phr2) (harvest of thè land) (BI I hapax)
holds true except for thè cases in which I leb.
nnsjp obpx? nnnap fan :psn “nns?
employs nn? in thè context “cross, make cross
|Ì733 pS nKnnp lbnxn...psn... “and thè
(water),” e.g., I leb: D’ìl n'nSJn/nn? “cross, make
manna ceased 011 thè day after as they were eating
cross thè sea” (Deut 30:13; Isa 16:8; 23:2; 43:2;
from thè produce of thè land...and they ate from
Jer 48:32; Zech 10:1 1; Ps 8:y; 78:13; cf. also Num
thè produce of thè land of Canaan” (Josh 5:12; cf.
33:8); □,|D nni? “cross water” (2Sam 17:21; Isa
also Josh 5:1 1); Akk: ehm niàtini, e.g., ebur inàtitn u
43:2); nna nn? “ cross a river” (Cìen 31:21; Isa
ekallim salini, “thè produce of thè land and of thè
47:2; Ps 66:6); ;n-~ m nns? “ cross thè Jordan
palace is fine” (ARM 5 73:4).
River” (Josh 7:7; 2Sam 19:16); Akk: tarata/tiara/
Ili C'ohen, Hapax 39-40.
mê/Idiglat/ebëru/subunt “to cross/make cross thè
sea/catial, river/water/thè Tigris River” (CAD E
nini? :: Akk. hub /pii tu s. HA* (CAD H 243^ AHw ìob and passim).
352b). interwoven foliage, leafy trees>forest. IH C'ohen, JANES 19 (1989) 11; Greenstein,
Cìreenfield, Fest., 351-361
In at least four cases—all in Ezekiel—thè sub.
,rr Cf. pn» ;"ns? v.
ninu is consistently rendered by thè NJPS as “leafy
trees,” noting in each instance “meaning of I leb.
uncertain,” e.g., Ìn“]!2? HIVÌl □ - 'ráí; ^ni “its (thè ("inan) “13» — Akk. eber nari s. NA, NB (CAD
cedar’s) top was among leafy trees” (Ezek 3 1:3; also E 8a; AHw 181 b). far bank, beyond thè river
Ezek 19:1 1; 31:10,14). Greenberg translates nini? (Euphrates).
in these four cases as “clouds” (“whose crown
was among thè clouds”), equating it to 2Sam 23:4 PI IR ASLOI.OCY

(i.e., niny sb npn 1 ‘a morning without clouds”; ì.(Phri) (far bank) E71D nn? 1 ? n???!? “far
see Greenberg AB, 22:353; idem AB 22A 635—36). bank of thè rivers of Nubia” (Isa 18:1; Zeph 3:10);
Akk. hubutu occurs in thè Amarna letters: hursànu Akk: e.g., mëristu sa eber nari “arable field on thè
gapsu lipusu apu qilta lisàpisu Imputa qalla kissari far bank” (CAD li 8a 1).
“may thè massive mountain produce(?) a reed 2. (Phri) (other side of thè Euphrates) nber]
thicket, a forest; may it cause a copse, a forest of nran n?s;p n^ ant? n^ nrynnn “Hadadezer
entanglement, to appear” (CAD Q 66b; Rainey, sent for and brought out thè Arameans from across
1:1 Amarna Tablets, 14:18; cf. also ibid., 359 12:5). thè Euphrates” (2Sam 10:16); □D’OK nS npSI
Rainey (ibid., 73) and Westenholz (Legends of thè nnan nnrr: onnns n^; “and i (thè Lord) took
Kings of Akkade 122:5) follow AHw, equating E A your father Abraham from across thè Euphrates”
hubutu to BH nini? “leafy trees.” (Josh 24:3—4; cf. also 1 Kgs 5:4; 14:15; Isa 7:20;
Iti thè syn. list* thè Akk. phoenetic variant F.zra 8:36; Neh 2:7,y; 3:7; iChr 1 y: 16); Akk: eber
ebubatu is equated with thè standard Akk. word ttdri, e.g., sarràni Ilatti u eber nari lìaiu sar surri
for “forest” qistu (C'AD E i6b). von Soden (AHw Menassi sar Ya'udi Qausagabri sar lìdume..., “thè
1 83b) considers ebubatu as a WSem. lw., equating kings ofHatti and Trans-Euphrates, Ba‘ln king of
it with Heb. 'ab. 'Lyre, Manasseh king of Judah, Qausagabri king
of Edom, (kings of Moab, Gaza, Askalon, Ekron,
Byblos, Arwad, Sainsiinuruna, Aminoli and
“1317 = Akk. ebëru v. OA on (CAD E ioa; AHw
Ashdod summed up as) 12 sarràni sa kisàdi tannini
1 82a). to cross.
“twelve kings of thè shore of thè sea” (*CAD E
C'ohen maintains that Akk. ebëru is only thè 8a 2).

270
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical H F.BREW

As to i Kgs 5:4: b:n nnan n?s? boa nnn sin a 6. (Phr2) (until this day) H-fD DÌ 9 ? ni? (Cien
nnan nn?? abo... “ for he (Solomon) controlled 47:26 and passim); Akk: e.g., (aria epësi sulmi) adi
thè whole region west of thè Euphrates...all thè unii anni “(to make peace) until this day” (CiAD
kings west of thè Euphrates.” Malamat notes: S ( 253b 3a).
“It may he true that thè biblical description
bears thè stamp of late terminology, especially
“II?* = Akk. adii s. pi. tantun; NA, NB (CiAD A (
thè use of thè 'eber haiindbdr expression referring
1 3 1 b; AHw i4a). a type of a formai agreement, a
to thè area west of thè Euphrates that is found
vassal treaty.
outside thè Old Testament only in late Assyrian
and especially Persian sources.” However, in The reading D^nS?! for MT □*’“1S7 “cities,” hapax
light of Einkelstein’s thesis that thè terni ebirtim in Isa 33:8, is now confirmed by DDS 1QIs', e.g.,
is attested already in OB, in Mari, to refer to (OD’Hi? osn rrn? n?n nns nni? nn© nibpp ia»a
“Transeuphratia,” i.e., “thè west bank of thè “.ras nm sb “high ways are desolated, wayfarers
Euphrates” (ARM 1 6:yff; ibid., VII 72: if.; have ceased, a covenant has been renounced,
77:1 f.), Malamat states: “Nor can we accept treaty(!) rejected, mortai man despised.” The
this argument that thè biblical lnstoriographer correct meaning of D'nS?! “vassal treaty” was
deliberately falsifìed thè boundaries of Davidic- discerned by Fitzmyer through a comparison
Solomonic empire in order to bring them into to thè OAram. (Sefire inscription) |nS? and Akk.
accorci with those of thè promised land.” adii. Accordingly, Akk. adì' u salirne “vassal treaty
IH Finkelstein, [NFS 21 (1962) 83f.; Malamat, JNES and covenant,” e.g., eli 7’arkii sar Kusi ana sakàn
22 ( [ 963) 1:2. ade 11 salirne uma’eru rakbìsun “they (thè Egyptian
kinglets) sent their messengers to Tirhaka king
of Kush in order to establish an diM-agreement
“li? = Akk. lidi prep. OAkk. 011 (C'AD A ( usa;
and friendly relations” (CiAD A J32a b), is thè
AHw I2a). up to.
functional equivalent of thè pair n ,, n2//D'’ni?
SYNTACTICAI. CONSTRUCTION “covenant//vassal treaty” in Isa 33:8. Likewise,

1. (Sy) (from - up to) ns? - p, e.g., ns?i ic;snp thè Akk. idiom ade abdku “to repudiate a vassal
treaty,” e.g., adì' màmit ildni miniti ebuknia ikla
nr: -‘7;- epp/rbn “from top to toe”
tdmartus “he (Merodachbaladan) repudiateci thè
(Lev 13:12; Deut 28:35); Akk: istu - cidi, e.g., istu
íïíM-agreement (secured by) oaths (invoking all)
qaqqadisu cidi sëpesu “from top (lit. head) to toe”
thè great gods and withheld his tdmartu-gift”
(C'AD A 1 i6b fand passim).
(CiAD A ( 13 ib) is thè semantic equivalent of thè
IMIRASLOl OCY
Heb. expression □'“IS? 0SÍ3 “repudiate a treaty”
2. (Pliri) (until when) TIP ni?, cidi inciti (cf. in Isa 33:8.
■’?!?)- Note Weinfeld’s (Ck'iiesis, 1 86) suggestion that
3. (Phri) (before) sb ni? “before,” e.g., ni? in Cien 3 1:48 may serve as a doublé entendre,
nisini p# nfc?S? sb “before He created earth and i.e., witness, treaty: T? n?? n-Tn ban pb nPS’i
open fields” (Prov 8:25—26; cf. also Isa 47:7); Akk: □i s n Tjrni ■ “and I.aban declared ‘this mound is
adii la, e.g., cidu la Samas nabdhu, “before thè rising a witness/treaty between me and you (Jacob)
of thè sun” (CAD A j i20a h). this day’.” Cif. also niS?n nimb “tablets of thè
4. (Phr2) (until now) nrii? ni? (e.g., Cien 32:5; pact” (Exod 31:18; 32:15; 34:2y) = n^nan ninib
Deut 12:9; 2Sani iy:8; 2Kgs 13:23); Akk: adi anni/ “tablets of thè covenant” (Deut y:y, 1 1,15).
enna/akanni (CiAD A 1 lyb g). Cireenfield (Ma’arai’ 7 [ 1 yy 11 142) suggests
5. (Phr2) (from now until forever) ni?l nrii?H that thè word ni? was a loan in Aramaic from
□biS? (e.g., Isa y:6; 5y:2i; Mie 4:7; Ps 1 13:2); Akk: Canaanite.
inan adi sari “now until forever” (lit. 3600 years) As noted by thè CiAD (A : 133b 11.) “The
(CAD A 1 16a d). agreement called adii was drawn up in writing
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

between a partner of a higher status (god, king, Ti? = Akk. ezzu adj. OB 011 (CAD E 432b; AHw
member of thè royal family) and servants or 27ob). fierce.
subjects.”
IMIRASLOl.OCY
HI Fitzmyer, Aramaic Inscriptions from Sefire, (2nd
edition, Rome, 1995) 57-59; el. also Parpola, JC'S 39
1.(Phri) (raging waters) ]nÌ3ri iD'-TS? Da
(1987) 180-83; Fishban, Slittatoti 1 (1975) 213-34. HnTl? D'TS? aa “Who Iliade a road
through thè sea, a path through raging waters?”
• £ ? ' cf. nn?
(Isa 43:16; Neh 9:1 1); Akk: me ezzùti, e.g., assurti
ititi takkiptirn agc me czzutim sipik epirò simuli la
mi? = Akk. cnt v. OA, OB on (CAI) E 3263; AHw nussi, “so that thè thrust of thè flood’s raging
247a). to be awake. waters should not sweep away these dams” (CAD
E 43 4a).
idiomatic: usaci;
2. (Phr2) (fierce dog) iÒ 'W Dab?n]
1. (Idi) (to be alive, lit. to be awake, said of
nr;ié? is?t “ and thè dogs are fierce in nature, they
thè heart) “IS? nb, e.g., "IS? ab] '3S “I am
know 110 satiety” (Isa 56:11); Akk: kalbu ezzu,
asleep but my heart is awake” (SoS 5:2); Akk: libbu
e.g., \...qà\tì ezzeti sòpi ezzeti kalbu ezzu sa DN
era, e.g., summa munta isbatusu ìibbasu cr itebbi “if
“|with| fierce forepaws, with fierce bind paws,
when (thè disease) seizes him, his mind is lueid, thè fierce dog of Enlil” (CAD E 43 3b b).
he will recover” (CAI) E 326b b, med. text). 3. (Phr2) (fierce wind) n$ TI ~b'"' :HTS? mi
contrastine usaci ; n-TS? D'"!jp m“15 D’H “C;od drove back thè sea
2. (Con2) (to sleep — to awaken) Ì13ET with a fierce eastwind” (Exod 14:21); Akk: sàru
"IS? ab] “I sleep but me heart is awake” (SoS 5:2); ezzu, e.g., sàru ezzu sa tebusu nanduru samru ezzu
■ani? nrab nnis; “ wake yourself, Lord, why sa samris illaku, “fierce wind, thè rising of which
do you sleep?” (Ps 44:24); Akk: eru — salàlu, e.g., is terrifying, violent (and) fierce, which sweeps

lu creta la tallaka lu stillata la tetebbd, “if you are along violently” (C'AD E 433b c and passim).
(Er C:f. TSJ ,TTS3 v.
awake, do not come; if you are asleep, do not get
up!” (CAI) E 326b b).
imirasuoi .ocy TÌ? = Akk. uzzu (uzzatu) s. OB on (AHw i44ya).
3. (Phri) (to awaken from sleep), e.g., ETÍO Akk. wrath; Heb. strength, wrath.
Ìn2E?P nis?] "IK?« “as a man wakened from sleep”
Whereas Akk. uzzu /uzzatu connotes only
(Zech 4:1; cf. also Job 14:12); Akk: eru sa sitti
“anger, wrath,” BH TS? usually means “strength.”
“to be awaketied from sleep” (C’AI) E 326a lex.
I lowever, thè substantive is attested at least twice
section).
in Heb. meaning “wrath, anger,” e.g., ÌSS] TTS?]
iati; bn bs? “ and His wrath and anger is 011 all
“!ÌÌ? ?? Akk. àru s. OA* (CAD A, 3i8a) hide (?). who rejected bini” (Ezra 8:22; cf. also Ps 90:1 1);
Akk: (said of a god), i.e., uzzat ilim “thè wrath of
As noted by thè C’AD (ibid) thè “meaning based thè goda”/ uzzu sa Istar “thè wrath of Istar” (AHw
011 I leb. 'òr ‘bidè’” e.g., Akk. 3 arò sa alpini g 1 449a )-
GIN kaspam smistimi “three ox hides(?), their
IH C'.ruber, 509- 10.
price is nine shekels of silver” (C’AD ibid); Heb.
□"-ja/Db^ nns? “ram’s skin” (Exod 26:14 and
passim)/“skin ofkids” (Cìn 27:16). TÌ? = Akk. cnzti s. OB 011 (CiAD E 18ob; AIIw
22ib). she-goat, goat (generic term).
Note also thè possible equation of\ù ?\ru with thè
standard Akk. word for “hide” masku (Ugaritica IM IR ASHOLOCY

5, 233:6; cf. also KB 1 2:8o3a). i. (Pliri) (3-year-old goat) r.sbr? TS? (Cïcn

272
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hlhrf.w mrs? t :v

15:9); Akk: sulusita assatu enza “I bought a three- maintains that in Exod 23:5 thè verb 3TI7 is related
year-old goat” (C'AI) E i82a g). to Ug. ‘db “prepare, arrange, set.” Accordingly,
2. (Phr2) (goat’s milk) □'■Ti? nbn (Prov 27:27); he renders Exod 23:5 ÍÏÏS? DTSJn 3t|? “as you shall
Akk: sizib enzi (CAD E i82a g). surely prepare, set (thè donkey’s load) with him”
3. (Phr2) (with kid) D"-TS7 ‘H? “kid of goats” (cf. also Neh 3:34). Held suggests that II DTJ? is
(Clen 38:17; Judg 6:19; 13:15 and passim); Akk: attested in thè difficult expression 31TÏ71
enza u lalàsa “she-goat and her kid” (C'AI) E 1 8 1 a (Deut 32:36; iKgs 14:10; 21:21; 2Kgs 9:8; 14:26),
and lex. section).
to be vocalized as nTSJl “I2ÏJ or 3ÌT?] “IÌ2SS? and
Note thè phonetic WSem. variant hattzu rendered as “ruler and caretaker.”
employed in thc syn. list* Malku V:36 i.e., [ha]
nzu-enzn (C'AI) LI S^b; AIIw 32ib). Note also Note also that Akk. sùzubu (S-stem) means “to
thc fem. OB forni hazzatum (CDA 1 1 3b). save.” Such a notion is absent from BH.

IH Held, BASOR 200 (1970) 40 11.85. Hit] Cassuto, ìipstein l-'cst., 5 - 6 ; Held, Neuttuin Irst.,
283:8; Paul, VT 32 (1982) 490.

I 3TS7 = Akk. ezëbu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD E 4i6a;

AHw 2C>7b). to leave. TO = Akk. ozi’zu v. OB, SB (CAD E 4 2 7 a; AHw
2C>9b). be fierce, brazen.
pi ir asiìoi.ocy

PI IRASIÌOI OCY
1. (Phr2) (to disregard, ncglect) /nÍ2£0 3T?
nnin/rnip/nipn “commandments/laws/ i. (Phri) (fierce face) ITE rTOH TSJH
covenant/teaching” (Deut 29:24; 2Kgs 17:16; Jer ib “IOXÏÏ“) “brazenly she (thè prostitute) said to
16:11; Ps 89:3 1 ; Ezra 9:1 o; 2Chr 7:19); Akk: torta/ him” (Prov 7:13); V3B? JJEH 2TX TSJH “a wicked
amata/husahha ezebu “to ncglect an order/word/ person puts 011 a bold face” (Prov 21:29); Akk:
need” (CAI) E 418h c). patiti ezzu, e.g., \lumnu\ sa pani ezzu melammu
2. (Phr2) (to aliandoli, said of parents) ' 3 kissuru, “thè evil one whose face is fierce and (who
'reps: TP ■’ïaTS? ■'DN] ax “thougli my father and radiates) bundles of light rays” (C’AI) E 428a b).
my mother abandon me and thè Lord will take For bmv < b.TKTSJ “fierce god,” cf. Tawil, ZAW
me 111” (Ps 27:10); Akk: (for a similar idea in thc 92 (1980) 43-49; Muffs, JANES 5 (1973) 295-98.
Babylonian Theodicy): a In 11 bantì izibu’innima bai C.f. TS? ,TSJ.
tarila, “my father and mother lcft me without a
guardian” (BWL 71:11, Theodicy).
:: izirtu s. EA*; WSem. word (CAD I/) 3 uja;
(to abandon, divorce a wife) rDITS? nt£7X?
Oli rQ12ÌÌ?] “like all abandoned and forlorn wife” AHw 4o8b). help.

(Isa 54 ; 6): Akk: stimma a’ilu assassu ozzib “if a man

diìnotati vi:
wants to divorce his wife” (CAD E 422a c and
1. (1 )eii2) (in a military context), i.e., b^P!
passim).
n-iryb Q?b KS»!! ni?ns “Pharaoh’s army, which
Note thc Emarite WSem. (pass. part. foni.) legai marched out to your aid” (Jer 37:7; cf. also
terni for “divorcée” i.e., azibtu (=1 leb. rQiTB, Nah 3:9; 2C'dir 28:21); Akk: lu liddinahku sàbc u
ibid) c,g., Baiatboa almattu itti almauàtu sit azibtu narkabàti izirtu ana kàtu u lissurù(ì) (wr. ti-zu-ru)
illi azbàti sit “Ba'latbea will be a widow aniong àia “let him give you soldiers and chariots as help
thè widows, a divorcée aniong divorcées” (Emar for you so that they may protect your city” (EA
216:12-13; 16:26-27; see Pentiuc 2001:29). 89:1 8; let. Tyre).

Cassuto was thè first to propose that BH has two The lexeme hàziru attested in Mari (ARM 1
verbs 3TÌ7: I DTJJ “leave, abandon,” II 3T17 “prepare, 1:12) was equated to BH "ITI? and rendered as
arrange,” where thè letter T is not originai; rather “helper”? (C’AI) H i66b; AHw 92b (s.v. azàuu)).
its origin belongs to n"bn = Arabie <[. He further The phonetic variant hizirta also occurs in EA,

273
ncss? An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

let. Byblos (ZA 86 11 c>y61 112:34). idiomatic usaci -;

Note also that in SB*, in thè syn. lists, Akk. 1. (Idi) (to look up, covct) 1’SJ XÉ73; Akk: ina
azàru is followed by tabanàtu “help.” azàru is nasá, cf. XÉ73 v.
likewise equated in thè syn. list (Malku V 86f.) 2. (Idi) (to have bad eyesight, lit. heavy eyes)
to thè OB, SB verbs kàsu “to help” and remu “to ip-tp H33 birri" "'>• :]7S? "133 “ now Isracl’s eyes
have mercy, forgive” (CAD A S27a; CAD K were dim with age” (Cicli 48:10); Akk: ina kabàtu
295b, s.v. kàsu B). (medicai terminology) (C'AD K 1 sb 2' cf. "133
v.). C'f. Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 40—65.
3. (Id2) (to peer) 'pì? □W'[n3/n , 'C? “set thè
HEU = Akk. età v. SB (CAD E 412I-.; Al lw 266a).
eye” (Ps 17:11/Prov 23:3 i/CIen 44:2 1 ; Jer 40:4;
Akk. to be dark, clini; I leb. to cover, darken.
Amos 9:4); Akk: ina sakànu “to set thè eye, to be
The verb HQi? is attested seventeen times, sixteen attentive” (C'AD S i 1 38a 3' a).
of which connotc “to wrap, cover.” I Iowever, 4. (Id2) (to rcjoice, lit. brighten thè eyes)
once in Jer 43:12 thè verb is rendered by “all l’i? “T'xn, e.g., nisp 3b 'npcp □'ntr 'n ■'"nps
recent commcntaries and translations with thè D'ra n“VKp nns ’n “thè Lord’s precepts are just,
exception of NJV” as “delouse” (Holladay, (and) they cause joy, thè Lord’s commandment
Jercmiah 2:302). Holladay maintains that thc simile is pure (and) it causes happiness” (Ps 19:9); Akk:
“involves a witty doublé meaning, inasmuch as inu namàru, e.g., libbu liadii//imi namàru “thc heart
there are two homogeneous verbs ntDS?. The rejoices//the eye shines” (EA 142: 9—10).
first, meaning wrap oneself with (garment), is 5. (kb) (to be sad, lit. to dim thc eye) "^011
a cognate of Arabie i>iifi7...the second,... means ■py, e.g., ì t t v ì3t?n nbx by i33b nn n;n nr b v
delouse...is a cognate with thè Arabie 'atà (base “over this our hearts are sick, over these our eyes
stem) ‘grasp’, (fourth stem) ‘give’.” Accordingly, are dimmed” (Lam 5:17; Ps 69:24); Akk: ina uttù,
Holladay, aniong many other modern scholars, e.g., inisu utattù, “his eyes have become darkened”
renders Jer 43:12: TQ? m T.ï~' (CAD E 412b lex. section); utti en ummànàt sumeri u
ntoir -rx3 anso px nx ntpfi D32?i nsnepì Akkadi samas bèl dini, “O Samas lord of judgment,
□iVrà crr: Kin in?3 m npn “ and he shall set dim (i.e., darken) thè eyes of thè troops ofSunier
fire to thc houses of thè gods of Egypt and shall and Akkad” (C'AD E 4i2b 2).
burn them and take them captive, and he shall 6. (LI2) (to have bad eyesight, lit. dim eyes)
delouse thè land of Egypt as a shepherd delouses
y v nro, e.g., nxnp vry jpnpni pnir jpr a ■'iri
his garment, and shall go out 111 safety.” Another
“and it was that Isaac was old and his eyesight was
possible interpretation is to equate thè first ntp?
bad” (Cicli 27:1); Akk: ina esu, e.g., ittu apàtu inu
to Akk. etù “to he dark, darken,” a dose play 011
asàtu ...ammiri tabbà ammiri tassa, “dimmed eyes,
words with HQ1? “cover, wrap” (i.e., “cover >
troubled eyes, why have you been clouded over,
darken”). Namely, Jcreniiah’s use ofHDl? (= Akk.
why have you become blurred?” (C'AD E 3793
e tu) “darken” was purposely depicted to allude to
2); tnii apeiti imi asàtu u dalhàtu “dimmed eyes,
thè “plague of darkness” at thè time of thè Eìxodus.
troubled and blurry eyes” (*CAD E 378a c).
Nebuchadnezzar will darken, i.e., overwhelm thè
7. (Id2) (to stare) ] , SJ tivb, e.g., 'by pnn
land of Egypt, and then will get away safely; Akk:
e.g., utti en ummànàt Sumeri u Akkadi Samas bel 'b TTV ©lab -1 ns “P3IZ73 “he gashes at me with his
clini “O Samas, lord of judgment, dim thc eyes of teeth, my cncmics stare at me (with evil intent)”
thè troops of Suiner and Akkad!” (CAD E 4i2b (Job 16:9); Akk: inu balàsu “to stare” (with wide
2, Tn.-Epic). open eye), e.g., balsamo ul inattal inàya petàma ul
isemmà uznàya, “my eyes stare, but do not see, my
(il Holladay, Jeremiab 2:277; 302.
ears are open, but do not li ear” (BWL 42:73—74,
Ludlul).
]'V = Akk. inu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD I/J i 53a; AI Iw 8. (kb) (sight) dt?; nìsn/ntnp, e.g., rrni
3833). eye, spring. fry nX"!PP S?3E?P “and you will become mad

274
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrf.w

from thè sight of your eyes” (l)eut 28:34,67 cf. “her lap was full of eye-stones.” (b) inàtesa iindalld
also Lev 13:12); Akk: ni (il àie “thè sight of thè C.ARZA [x (x)| “she filled |...| with her eye-
eyes” (in a curse): nitil àièkutiu lissìma ina ikìete stones” (Lambert, ibid., 71); see Loretz, BZ N.F.
tallaka “May (Samas) take away thè sight of your 10 (1966) 30 11. 4. Cf. p3i?.
eyes, so you walk in darkness” (Wiseman, Treaties, l’I IR ASKOI .oc y

423 = SAA II 45:423); mala kappa nitil inika ul imsti io . (Phn) (spring of water) nirSJ/D'an j’SJ
sartiami!, “(for you, Samas) thè heavens do not D'P (Cien 16:7; 24:13,43/Exod 15:27); Akk:
amount to thè bowl into which you gazo” (C'AD enti sa tue, e.g., kiréti àiu sa me...sarpa laqiu, “thè
ibid.); ina nitil àièkuuu hiràtikuuu ina sun nakriknnu orchards, thè spring (etc.) have been acquired
Usatili “may (l)ilbat) make your wives lie in thè upon payment” (C'AD I/J 1 58a).
embrace of your enemy before your very eyes” 1 1. (Phri) (waters of thè spring) nirSJH 'ÍTÍ3
(CAD ibid.); cf. nx Tinpb] 2)Chr 32:3); Akk: me etti (yànu) “(there is no)
narri ^3 nv “and 1 will take your spring water” (C'AD I/J 1 58a).
wives before your eyes and he shall sleep with 12. (Phr2) (spring gate) ]’J?n “li?® “spring
your wives at thè sight of this very sun” (2Sam gate” (only in Neh 2:14; 3:15,27); Akk: bah ini,
12:1 1). e.g., atta bah àli tallikamma, “you carne to me at
thè spring gate” (CAD I/J 1 58a).
I R A N S L L R R L I ) m l a n i n c

13. (Phr2) (human eye) □’ràWWDnK 'pjj

9. (TMi) (eye-shaped pebble) j'S?; Akk: ititi
“human eye” (Zech 9:1; Prov 27:20; Num 5:13;
eye-shaped pebble (of precious stone). Although
16:14; Jer 19:10; 43:9); Akk: ini awilim (CAD I/J
medieval and modern scholars render --ri*?: nriK?
1 54a a).
iti SoS 4:9 as “with one of your eyes,” in light
14. (Phr2) (eyelids) nilOB “eyelids,”
of thè parallelism pJS? inX2 “with one
e.g., -r-x xb: t ? ïe : rrnps? nmx “you
strand/chain of your necklace,” one is inclined
(Clod) held my eyelids closed, I ani overwrought,
to adopt Loretz’s suggestion that, like Akk. inu,
I cannot speak” (Ps 77:5); Akk: kappi/agappi ini,
Heb. comes to mean “an eye-shaped pebble (of
e.g., agappi inika sarùr Sanisi, “your eyelids are
precious stone),” e.g., Akk: NA | .lC,l".MES(=Akk:
thè glow of thc sun” (CAD K 187!! b). In light
inu) sa ukaìlimùinisiui damqa adannis “thè beads
of thè Akk. medicai term kappi inisu sabtù “thè
that they showed to us are quite beautiful” (C'AD
eyelids ofhis eyes are seized,” thè BH expression
I/J 158b 3 and passim). Note thè eniployment
T» ni-|!?c? nrnx sliould he rendered, “you (Cìod)
of thè phrase “eye-shaped pebble” 111 Ezek i : 1 8
seized,” i.e., “held (closed) my eyelids,” and
(Hurowitz, Text, Artifaet and Image |2006] 3-23).
not “held open,” as thè rendering of NJPS and
Note Lambert’s important discussion others. (Akk. sabàtu is thè semantic equivalent of
concerning an inscribed agate eye-stone of I leb. TDK.)
Esarhaddon’s wife, Esarra-hamàt, from thè 15. (Phr2) (eyebrows) ^1? ni? “ eyebrows”
Ashmolean Museum, Oxford, The inscription (Lev 14:9); Akk: snr/suhur ini, e.g., summa amelu
re, ids: sci RN sa ekalli sa RN sar mat Assur “of suhràsu inisu katma, “if a nian’s eyebrows cover his
Esarra-hamàt, queen of Esarhaddon, king of thè eyes” (CAD S j 366b a and passim). C.f.
land of Assyria” (RA 63 [1969! 65-71). Lambert, 16. (Phr2) (to look) nwnm/nss/B3ri/n>n
likewise, maintains that “thc linguistic evidence ]'V (e.g., Prov 20:12; Job io:i8/Prov 4:15; Job
for Akk. inu ‘eye’ as a variety ofjewellery cannot 39:2y/Ps 66:7/Isa 33:17; Ps i7:2/Job 24:15); Akk:
be reconciled with thè actual eye-stones. Eye in inu amàru “to see” (C'.Al) A 2ob b)/inn dagtilu “to
tablet XVI of Harra, thè stone tablet, is '"'igi.za.gìn look” (C'AD 1) 24I1 3)/inu natala “to sec” (C'AD
= in\ant\ (TCL 6,36, rev. 30). The Sumerian N i23a 2')
specifies ‘eye’ as ‘eye of lapis lazuli’.” So too, thè 17. (Phr2) (to plot, lit. squint/wink thè eye)
obscure ending of thè Akkadian Dcscent of Istar }'V fip, e.g., a-ip’’ D?n ■’Ka© “those who hate
twice nientions eye-stones: (a) ituite inala birk\dsa\ me with 110 reason wink their eyes (i.e., plot)”

275
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

(Ps 35:19 cf. also. Prov 6:13; 10:10); Akk: inu “PÌ7 :: barn, ayaru s. Mari; WSem. lw. (C'AI) H
sabàrn “to squint thc cyc”, i.e., “to schcnic”, e.g., 1 i8b; AHw 328b). donkey foal.
snqa alia'ma turrusa ubanàti crrub ckallisma isabburà
ìnàti, “if I walk thc Street, finger are pointed (at) PI IRASEOI.OC Y

me; even when 1 enter thè palace, eyes squint” 1. (Pili-1) |inx ]3//TP “foal//young ofa
(CAI) S 3b 2, Ludlul). Cf. Tawil, CBQ 42 (1980) she-ass” (Cìen 49:11); nÌ3h^ “PS “foal, thè
34:20. young of she-asses” (Zech 9:9); Akk: hayaru màr
18. (Phr2) (to put out an eye) “lj23/“ljP3, atàni, e.g., ana (IN allikma ana hayarim qatàìim ...
e.g., “Ip?3ri onn ■'JPSJn (Num 16:14); Akk: hayaram màr atànim anàku usaqtil salimam birit Hanc
ina huppudu/nasàliu/ckcmu/nuppulu, e.g., ini awiìim u Idamaras askun, “I went to Aslakka (and they
sanimi inassah, “thè king will put out thc man’s brought to me a young dog and she-goat in order
eyes” (CAI) I/J i 54_b and passim). to conclude a covenant (lit. kili a donkey foal)
19. (Phr2) (beautiful eyes) DT?? (iSam between thè Haneans and thè land of Idamaras)
16:12); Akk: damqa ini (AHw i 57a 2c). ... but (instead) had a donkey foal, thc young of a
20. (Phr2) (eye sockct)) ]"V TÌn (Zech 14:12); she-ass, killed and thus established a reconciliation
Akk: hup/hupti ini (CAI) H 2yji\; 242b). between thc I Ianeans and thè land of Idamaras”
(ARM 2 37:5-14).
In thè Amarna letters thè WSem. forni bcnàya is a
IH Held, BASOR 200 (1970) 32-40.
gloss for thè Akk. inàya “eyes,” e.g., u yihdi libbiya
Cf. "n.x.
u yi\s\aqqi rcsiya 11 cnnamru inàya (gloss: hcnàya) ina
sane awat sani bcliya “my heart was pleased, my
head was exalted and my eyes shonc upon hearing “1335? = Akk. akbaru s. OB, MA 011 (CAI) A | 265I1;
thè order of thè king my lord” (EA 44:1 5—1 8; let. AHw 28b). a collective for all small rodents of thè
Sidon) = Heb: T?? Ì“1X *0 W] “sce now how family Muridae, jerboa.
my eyes shine (from this mere taste of honey)”
The Heb. substantive “13317 is attested six times,
( 1 Sani 14:29).
four of which refer to thè figures of rodents
Ili Aniarna thè ay diphthong (in thc originai
( 1 Sani 6:4,5,1 1,18) and twice “133y is attested
'aynu) monophthongizes thc i in Akk. but c in
between ‘weasel” and 3^ “large lizard” (Lev
Can. (Heb. 2).
1 1:29) and ili sequence with “l’TIl “swine” fj?C7
BH employs thè idiom flNH p?? “thè sun
“reptile” (Isa 66:17). Akk. akbaru is attested in a
(lit. thè eye) of thc earth” (Exod 10:5,15; Num
lex. list between thè two rodents hulù and asqùdu
22:5,1 1) = Tg. O.: (KIT)#"!) Kràt? “thè eye of
and between pirurutu “house mouse” and arabù
thè sun (of thè earth).” This idiom does not occur
“waterfowl” (C'AD A 265 lex. section). Further,
in Akk.; cf. in samc u crsctim “(Sin) thc cyc of
in Akk. literary texts 10,000 akbaru were served at
heaven and earth” (CAI) I/J 1 54b); Akk. personal
thè royal banquet of Assurnasirpal II at Nimrod,
names Sin/Samas-ina-màtim “Sìn/Sanias-the-
along with 10,000 fisli and 10,000 eggs (C'AD
Eye-of-the-Land” (CAI) I/J 1 s6b d and passim).
A 26sb a); cf. also akbiri naptunu animar sa partii
In Egyptian it refers to thc legendary cyc of thè
“(...-bird), jerboa, thc meal as iiiuch as is served”
sun-god Re (Grossfeld, Tg. O. 011 Exod 27:5).
(ibid.). This eating practice may shed light on thè
in bh i^y nns, lit. “to open thc eye(s),”
biblical prohibition against eating certain animals:
connotes “to be attentive” (e.g., ìKgs 8:29,52 =
iso; nn: “i3?yni yjp^ni n^nn “i»3 •‘73« “those
2Chr 6:20,40/Isa 42:7; 2Kgs 6:17,20); Akk: ina
who eat thè swine, thè reptile, and thè jerboa
petit means “to encouragc, to make happy” (CAI)
shall one and all come to an end” (Isa 66: r 7; cf.
P 35 la s.v. inu).
also Lev 1 1:29). Note also that “IÌ33y is attested
For ina namàru, see Grubcr, 585, 592.
as a personal name (Gen 36:38,39; 2Kgs 22:12,14;
Jer 26:22; 36:12; iChr 1:49), similar to thè use in
na'» cf. ys" v . PNs in Akk., i.e., Akbarum (C'AD A | 26sb b).
T
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

— Akk. di prop. OAkk on (CAI) E 8ya;“to mount” (sexually) e.g., summa imeni atànu
AHw 200a). on above, upon, over, to, toward, on irkabnia imur “if he sees a donkey mount a she-
account of. ass” (C'AD A 483a). Unlike Akk., in BH thè term
nbi? “to mount (an animai)” has also a nonsexual
Both bv and di accept suffixes, e.g., usumgallu sìru connotation: □‘’EnSil ÒSTI □‘'DÌOD 1“I0K “harness
tàbik intti disumi “thè august tisumgallu-monstcr, thè horses. horsemen, mount up!” (Jer 46:4). Cf.
who pours out foam over them” (CAI) I/J 33“) v.4.
'3yh).
cont'rastinc usaci;

2. (Coni) (to go down — to go up) “P“1Ì0

bíí :: hullu B s. EA*; WSem. lw. and gloss (CiAD bsn biKItf “(The Lord causes death and gives life,)
H 23oa). yoke. he casts down into She’ol and raises up” (iSam
2:6; cf. Ps 30:4); Akk: JIstar ana ersctim iirid ul ila
nirashoi.ocy
“Istar went down into thè netherworld and did
1. (Phr2) (yoke 011 thè neck) “INI? bv bv not come up” (C'AD E 1 21 b 2).
“a yoke on thè neck,” e.g., b»? Ì“IXÌ15 nX X’3; 1
IM IRASl'.OI.OCY
^33 -[*715 “(thè nation) puts its neck under thè
yoke of thè king of Babylon” (Jer 27:1 1; cf. also 3. (Phr2) (to climb a mountain peak) PÒi?
napan E?N“I “climb thè summit of (Mt.) Pisgah”;
Deut 28:48; Jer 28:14; 27- 1 ') = nin (gloss: Ipillu)
sarri bdiya ana kisadiya u ublalusu, “thè yoke of thè Akk: marsis ctdìà ubdnàt sadi pasqàtc “I clinibed

king my lord is upon my neck and I carry it” (EA again and again thè difficult, steep mountrain
peaks” (CAD E 1 i8a).
2y6:38).
4. (Phr2) (to go up from thè netherworld)
In thè Amarna letters thè Canaanite scribe f“ixn ]p □■’bs? •'ivin D'n'bx “i see spirits coming
sometimes omits thè Akk. word and uses only up from thè netherworld” ( 1 Sani 28:13); Akk: lu
thè Canaanite word, e.g., saknate kisadiya ina halli etenimu sa istu bit ersitim ilici “a ghost who comes
sa ubbalu “my neck is placed in thè yoke that I up from thè netherworld” (C'AD E 3yya 2).
carry” (EA 257:1 5). 5. (Phr2) (to appear, said of a document)
The root of this word is WSem. gli, “to insert, '3*7'- “130 bv rbyr. “which appears
enter, pierce” = Ug. gli = Aram. bbu. However, in thè scroll ‘The Kings of Israel”’ (2Chr 20:34);
for “yoke,” all these except I leb. follow thè Akk: kanikum ili’am ihheppc “a(ny other) sealed
pattern of Akk. and use “P3 priniarily. document that appears will be destroyed” (C'AD
HI Held, Landsberger Irst., 399. E 122b b).
Cf. T3. diìnotati vi;
6. (i )en2) (to sprout) mbv □ , ' i 73?; viti nani
rÒl? = Akk. eia v. OAkk. 011 (CAD E 1 14b; AHw ‘and behold seven ears ofcorn shooting
20ób). to go up, make an offering (Akk. S-stem up 011 one stalk” (Cien 41:5,22); Akk: e.g.,
only). sursùsu qaqqaru la isabbatu habbursu(wr. SH.KAK-
su) la damma Samas la immani, “as (thè onion’s)
SYNTACTICAI. CONSTRUCTION
root will not take hold of thè soil (any more), its
1. (Sy) (to mount scxually) bv ì"! 1 ?!?, e.g., sprout will not grow and see thè sun” (C'AD E
ixsn bv n'hisn □•'“inun bn nx“n “and see that i2ia b); imursttma DN...us'aznanu IM.MA damma
all thè he-goats are mating with thè flock” (Cìen disunì, “Adad saw them and let rain fall, and green
31:12); Akk: ina muhhi ... ehi, e.g., salii stimi sa ina grass carne up” (C'AD ibid.).
muhhi sinnistisu citi, “a young pig who mounted 7. (I)en2) (to make an offering to a god; only
his mate” (*CAD S 288b b); sisù tdni ina nmhhi in S-stem) 6 dannu sa billiti naptanu sa Nabli usellii
alani pare hi ehi “when thè borse ili heat mounted “six vats of mixed beer (which) one offers to
upon thè she-niule” (CAD E 1 lya) = Akk. rakdbu Nabli (for his) meal” (CAD E 1 30a c); ana passùri

277
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

sfili “serve (thc sheep) on thè sacrificial table!” DN...<7W(’f< , yi) damqàti hènis ippalisma elis ìibbasu
(ibid.). kabattus immir “Assur looked favorably upon my
8. (I)eii2) (to make thè waters rise) nibyrO pious deeds and his heart rejoiced, his mood
D'an ^03] Dini^ ^bl? “Wlien I bring up thè brightened” (CiAD ibid.).
deep over you and thc waters cover you” (Ezek par ali li ism

26:19); Akk: mahar l ’ N dayàni me ilqi me usellima ...

2. //T/fbj?
(Par2) (to rejoice//be happy)
“he underwent thè water ordeal in thè presence
np©, e.g., nar'bsr i? DTitpb? nian n:n?:^r
of l ’ N , thè judge; sliould he make thè waters rise
□■'bn.yri nian “1 est thè daughters of thè Philistines
(above him) ...” C'AI) E i3ob f).
be happy, lest thc daughters of thè uncircumsized
9. (I)eii2) (to elevate, extol, exalt, said of a
rcjoice” (2Sam 1:20; Jer 50:1 1; Ps 9:3, 68:4); Akk:
god) CPríbx ba by irbi?3 “you are exalted above
elesu / / badtì, e.g., ana naumuri sa DN cisti kakkab\u\
all (other gods)” (Ps 97:9); Akk. (l)-stem only):
musitii Ijadàt, “at thè appearance of Sin thè stars
ilam supàtti lulli “let me extol thè famous god”
brighten, thè night rejoices” (CiAD Fi 88b b).
(CAD E i26b c).
IH Grubcr, 565.
IH Paul, VT 32 (1982) 492: Paul, Lipinski Fcst. 267-
270.
□Ì? = Akk. ammu (battutiti) s. C)B\; WSem. word
(CiAD A 773; AHw 44b). peoplc(?).
npibl? - Akk. Hqu s. SB (CAD I/J 88b; AHw
373a), leech. The term ammu occurs only in one passage and as
a lexical entry: musepi kinàtim musfisir animi (var.
1)1 no 1 ai 1v1
bammi) “who proclaims truth, who guides thè
1. (Den2) (BH hapax), nn nia Tltp nplbyb
population properly” (CiH Prologue). In thè syn.
|in max xb s?3"!X naynipn xb nan ©ib» nn “thè
list Malku, ammu is equated to uaunabu “progeny,
leech has two daughters ‘Give!’ and ‘Give!’, three
offspring” and zcru “seed” (CiAD A 773 lex.
are insatiable, four never say ‘Enough!’” (Prov
section).
30:15); Akk: \summa\ usarti ttiarsu kima ilqi umaggag
“if thè sick penis stifFcns like a leech(?)” (C'AD
I/J 88b: med. text). The C'AD connects ilqu with blDl? = Akk. nctnclu s. OA, OB 011 (CiAD N_ 1 57b;
ilqitu, an insect name occurring in a plant list* AHw 776b). benefit, profit.
(C'AD ibid.).
puraslolocy

bpy nxn, e.g.,

1. (Phr2) (to see a benefit)
òv cf. pb». bpyp nbs* ina 'n pani erp? ~-nx‘ ynr nxn"
ynÉT nxn9 ÌE?aa “he (thè servant of thè Lord)
might sec offspring and have a long life, and
(rby) fby = Akk. elesu v. OB on (CAD E 88a;
through him thè Lord’s purpose might prosper,
AHw 200a). to rcjoice.
through himself he shall benefit and be satiated”
idiomatic usaci ; (Isa 53:10—11; cf. also Ecc 2:22-24; 3:13); Akk:
I. (Idi) (to be happy, lit. heart rejoices) e.g., itemela amarti, e.g., ncmelsunu sarru beli lìmur, “thè
a ■'Tix by a nnn 'nn Tip npn ’nn ab yby king, my lord, will benefit through them” (CiAD
^Tiywa tidpé? “ my heart rejoices because of A _ 21 a b).
thè Lord, my head is lifted because of thè Lord, 2. (Phr2) (thè wealth ofnations) CPpxb bp?>
my mouth is widened against my foes, for I e.g., tot1 Daxb bpyi cria r.isnx c~b ;r.'i
(Hanna) rejoicc in your vindications” (iSam “and He gave them thè land of thè nations, they
2:1); Akk: libbu elesu, e.g., simema bcletum kabattuk inherited thè wealth of peoples” (Ps 105:44);
Uh\du\ lìlis libbaki “hear, Lady, may your mood be Akk: nemal màtàti, e.g., tienici ( I N nettici ( I N ncmel
happy, may your heart rejoicc” (C'AD L 88a ia); mutati kalisina ana sarri bcliya luk\allitnù\ “may they
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hok Biblical Hebrew

(thc gods) let thc king, my lord, scc thc prosperity with thè common Akk. 1101111 emùqu “strength,”
of Assyria, Akkad, and all thè other countries” employed also in reference to military strength,
(CAD N 15Sa). force of a nation e.g., ummàn-manda sahirsumma
1 ’i \< > 1 \ 1 ; \ 1 pugniti cntuqàsa “thè Medes are besieging it (thè
site of thè tempie) and their military force is very
3. (Den2) i"i;3 ibnsp ab nPIKpi
strong” (*CAD E i6ob and passim). In light of
“and he will carry away nothing for his gain that
thè above, we may render Jer 47:5 as follows: nX3
he may bring in his hand” (Ecc 5:14; cf. also Ecc
Tip np npps? rrHXE? pbptpx nnpn? nn? bx nnnp
1:3; 5:17); Akk: (for thc samc idea), e.g., sa ti\ddis\
imtì minu nemelsu “what profit is there in one who
■'nniann “baldness has come upon Gaza, Ashkelon
has turned to dust (lit. clay)?” (C'AD N iS7b). is destroyed, thè remnant of their military force,
how long you gash yourself’; D'ppPD ■'bbnnn np
Whereas BH employs thè verb bpi? “profit, gain,” ■^IpPl? DT ...“why do you boast in your military
thè verb is absetit from Akk. forces, your force is drained” (Jer 49:4). cf. NJPS,
1 133:4. n.
I :: hamqn(m) s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (C'AD II
Note also thc eniployment of thè hapax sub.
70a; AHw 31 Sa), valley.
imqutu “ability” in EA 71:8-10: atta amelu emqu
idi sani n ina im<qn>tika istaparka sarru ina rubisi
Akk. hàniqu occurs twice, both in thè format
“you are a capable man ili thè king’s circle and
hàniqu sa C.N, e.g., assuni escd se'im sa hamqim sa
thè king has comniissioned you to be a rdbisu-
C.N “concerning thè harvesting of thc barley of
official, because of your capabilitics” (C’AD I/j
thc valley of C.N” (CAD H 70a).
1 3 7b; let. fr. Byblos).
Held maintains that “to my knowledge no
word for ‘valley’ as such is attested in Akkadian.
Thus thc WS. expression lolle hàrim... 'lolle ‘amàqim pQS? :: nmmuqu s. EA* (AOAT 8 [ 19781 p. 13:29;
‘god of thè mountains’ ‘god of thè valleys’ (I Kings p. 85). deep?
20:28) can only be rendered by ili mati ‘gods of
Rainey (AOAT, ibid) maintains that in EA 359:29
thè plain’ and ili sadì ‘gods of thc mountain’...,
ummuqu means “deep”:...hashuru titta simisalu
similarly thè Akkadian approximation of thè WS.
urzinu ummuq! 7 apse. His rendering reads: “thè
idioms yoseb bà‘cmeq...yòseb bdbdr ‘valley dwellers -
appiè tree, thè fìg tree, thè boxwood and thè
mountain dwellers’ (Num 14:25,45), is àsib mati...
urzinnu. Its (well?) is 7 ‘seas’ deep.”
dsib sadi ‘plain dwellcr and mountain dweller’
respcctively.”
p2Ì? = Akk. unqu s. NA, NB (AHw I422a); annuqu
Note thè WSem. Eniarite sub. amqu “valley,”
OA* (CAD A i42a); annaqu (AHw 52b) ring
employed in thc phrasc Dagan bel amqi “Dagan,
(AHw); a piece ofjewclry (C'AD).
thè lord of thè valley” (Emar 380:19; 388:14; scc
Pentiuc 2001:31). Cd'. HÏ733, “IH. The Heb. sub. pii? is attested three times, once in
(Ili Held, BASOR 200 (1970) 34:16. parallelism with ÌD nnb “ graceful wreath” (Prov
1:9), once in parallelism with j'P “an eye-shaped
II pQP" ?? Akk. cmùqu(m) s. fr. OAkk., OA 011 pebble (of precious stono)” (SoS 4:9), and once
(CAD lì 157a; AHw 2i6a). strength, military in sequence with DilT SPT3 “golden earrings,”
force. □rnrró “ cresccnts,” niS'C?] “pendants” (Judg
8:26). Although AHw connccts unqu to annaqu,
I hc meaning of Oppi? “their valley” (Jer 47:5) thè CAD (A I42b 11.) maintains that “there is 110
and ^ppy “your valley” (Jer 49:4) is indeed convincing reason for connecting this word with
problematic. Both cases may mean “strength” unqu ‘ring’.” Akk. employs annuqu a few times
(KB ! 2:848b), where thè lexeme may be equated in parallelism with saunru “bracelet,” e.g., 1 mina

279
□'spas? An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brkw

kaspum sauAru sa suhàrtim i 8 siqlu huràsum annuqùsa earth(works for thè wall) of Sippar was heaped
“one mina of silver is thè (value of) thè hracelets up” (C'AI) S 421 a b and passim).
of thè girl, 18 shekels of gold (thè value of) her 5. (Phri) (dust of death) n 10 “1317, e.g., "13^1
annuqm” (CAI) A i42b). ^n3©ri Hip “you commit me to thè dust of death”
(Ps 22:16); Akk: cpcrc muti, e.g., cpcrc muti mala
rittàsu “his hands are filled with thè dust of death”
CP3Ì73Ì? cf. WS' v.
(C'AI) M ( i77a c).
6. (Phr2) (dust of thè feet) D'bai 1317, e.g.,
"12Ì7 = Akk. epcru (cpru) s. OB on (C'AI) E i 84b; •O-b- -'br “,3y “b nnn®' D'SK “they (thè
AHw 222b). dust, earth. kings and queens) shall bow to you face to thè
ground, and lick thè dust of your feet” (Isa 49:23);
IDIOMATIC USACI'.
Akk: cpri sepi, e.g., cpri sepesunu kima sari kabti sa
1. (Idi) (to be humbled, lit. to lick, eat dust) danni criyàti pan samc rapsute katim, “thè vast sky
“isy “job, e.g., lonb' “ias> verta d-^ ly-p;1 vas1? is covered with thè dust (raised by) their feet as
“let thè desert-dwellers kneel before bini and (with) thè heavy storni (clouds) in thè coldest
his enemies lick thè dust” (Ps 72:9; cf. also Isa period of thè winter” (C'AI) E 1 85a 1); arad kitti
49:23); Akk: cpra akàlu to eat dust, e.g., yesmi sarru sani u cpri sepe sani, “thè loyal servant of thè king,
belami awatc ardili kittisu u yaddina qista ana ardisti thè dust of thè feet of thè king”; anàku cpru istu
u tidagalu ayd-buuu u tikala cpra “may thè king our supài sepe seni sarri, “I ani thè dust from under thè
lord listen to thè words of his faithful servalits and sandals of thè king” (C’AI) li i86b 3'; EA 149:4
give them gifts so that our enemies will see this and passim).
and eat dust (i.e., be defeated)” (CAI) A j 256« f; 7. (Phr2) (gold dust) nnr rnai? (job 28:6);
EA only, let. of Rib-Addi; EA 100:33—36). Akk: cpcri sa buràsi “gold dust” (AHw 223a 3b).
simili /mlt apiior
8. (Phra) (to turn into dust) “1317 3127, e.g.,
31ET “1317 bl7 D“1K1 1IT “1273 yi?' 1 “all flesh
2. (sm) trt?? ynm//“isi?3 ^p? “i3?ni
would at once expire, and mankind turn into
nisin “ and she (Tyre) amassed silver like dust//
dust” (Job 34:15; cf. also Cien 3:19; Ps 104:29; Ecc
and gold like niud in thè streets” (Zech 9:3; Zeph
3:20); Akk: aria cpri tiiru “to turn into dust” (C’AI)
1:17; cf. Job 27:16); Akk: hurdsu ina màtika epcru
E 1 86b 2').
su, “gold is (as common) in your land (as) dust”
9. (Phr2) (to cover with dust) “1317 HP3, e.g.,
(CAI) E t85b; EA 16:13—18 and passim, all letters
“13173 inopi 10T riN T]3271 “and he shall pour out
of Tusratta).
its blood and cover it with earth” (Lev 17:13;
IMIRASLOl OCY
Ezek 24:7); Akk: ina cpcri katàmu, e.g., ana supàli
3. (Phri) (to fili with dirt) “131? *00, e.g., ina cpcri ukattim “below, I covered with earth”
“IBS? mfcòp'i dioico “ thè Philistines (CAI) K 302a c).
stopped them (thè wells) up and filled them with
In thè Aniarna letters thè WSem. forni hàpàru is
earth” (Cien 26:15); Akk: bùra ... cpcra lumellisi, “I
a gloss to thè standard Akk. word cpru “dust,”
(Assur-uballit I) filled thè well with loosc earth”
e.g., \ispur sarr\u bcliya ana ardisti u ana cpra (gloss:
(CAI ) E i87a 2); tamia dannu ina cpri ellùti umalli,
hàpàru) sa sepesu “thè king, my lord, has written
“I (Nabunàid) filled thè solidly built terrace with
to his servant and to thè dust of his feet” (EA
clean earth” (CAI) E i88b)
143:10—13; let. Beirut).
4. (Phri) (to pile, dump earth) “131? “^327,
e.g., bs “Pi?*? fino ^ ì^ipn “132777 H.X 103(271 Note thè phonetic variant aparu employed twice
NOO DipD “and they shall dump thè mud that is as a Can. gloss for thè Akk. word cpru (EA 141:4;
scraped off outside thè city in an unclean place” 364:8. cf. also C’AI) A i66b). The variant upru is
(Lev 14:41; cf. Zeph 1:17); Akk: cpcra sapdku, likewise attested (cf. AIIw 142511 s.v. upruII).
e.g., sanat eper Sipparim issapku “year when thè IH Ciruber, 286—91.

280
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

rnSS? — Akk. abarn A s. OA, OB on; Sum. lw. cedar wood, beloved of thè great gods” (C'AI) E
a-bar (CAI) A | 36I1; AHw 4a). lead. 276b 5' and passim); asakkan ana pi puhatti ernia
ella kisra silta zà’a tàba “I put into thè mouth of
SI 1,1 UP.NCINC thè lamb pure cedar, a bundle of shavings (with)
i.(Scqi) (with other metals) n^n?! ^03 sweet-smelling exudation” (C'AD E 2773 6'). See
r.-p,V) brpi “silver, copper, iron, lead, Weinfeld, VT 27 (1977) 180.
tin” (Ezek 22:20; cf. also Ezek 22:18); brO ^03 6. (Phr2) (to cut down a tree) p?? nn3/3£Dll,
nnaiSJI b^na “silver, iron, tin and lead” (Ezek e.g., D’im? nasj nn?b srp “ who knows how
27:12); Akk: (in sequence with) kaspn crii atiakn to cut down trees like thè Sidonians” (ìKgs 5:20);
parzillu abdru, “silver, bronze, tin, iron, lead” □^s? abnb ns?o ms?n nx aa; nE?x] “he goes
(CAI) A i 37a). with his neighbor into thè grove to cut down
(H Landsberger, |NES 24 (1965) 285 96. trees” (Deut 19:5); Akk: isa nakàsu/kasàtn, e.g.,
issi ina qistim akkisma edakkam usallil “I cut down
trees in thè forest and roofed thè side wing of
pj? = Akk. isu (issu) s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) I/J 2i4b;
thè house” (C'AD N | I72a 1); issc u apparate ina
AHw 3yob.). tree, wood.
quinte iksitn isstihu surussu “they cut down with
piirasholocy axes thè trees and thè reed and pulled out thè
roots” (CAD K 278a b).
1. (Phr2) (tali tree) H33 p??, e.g., p?J Tbarn
p?? Tnnan- nb ps? Titpnin bar ps; Tirn?n nr; 7. (Phr2) (to plant a tree) pS? SJtD?, e.g.,
ngi bs ps? ana Tis?tD3! □"pnnsi niaa 'b 'n^s? “i
©3' “I have humbled thè tali tree and exalted thè
(Koheleth) laid out gardens and groves in which I
lowly tree, dried up thè fresh tree and withered
planted all kinds of fruit trees” (Ecc 2:5); Akk: isa
thè budding tree” (Ezek 17:24); Akk: birit issi
zaqàpu, e.g., kirimàhu sa gitnir issc...azqupa itàtesu,
rabuti...ctcttiqu salmcs “I passed safely among tali
trees” (CAI) I/J 2i.sb) “I (Assurbanipal) planted around thè pleasure
garden all kind of trees” (*CAD K 4o6a a).
2. (Phr2) (fresh/live tree) nb ps? (Ezek 17:24
[see 1. above]); Akk: isu ratbu (lexical) (CAI) I/J
2 1 5b); cf. ratini ul inumi “he will not prime any (35J7* 32S?*) 3Ï» — Akk. basini s. MB 011 (C'AD
live part (of thè date paini” (C'AI) R. 2iya). I I 132a; AHw 3323). (formed) clay.
3. (Phr2) (withered, dry tree/wood) EH' P??
The Heb. substantive 32S3? with thè meaning
(e.g., Ezek 17:24 |see 1. above|); Akk: isu ablu/
“(formed) clay” is attested only in thè idiomatic
sàbulu, e.g., summa isàtu ina kinùni sarri issi abbiti
hapax piaa 3^?? “ shattered pot(sherd)” in Jer
uqattar “if thè fire in thè king’s brazier makes thè
22:28: px 'b? dx n-rn crxn pia? no? 2?s:n
dry wood smoke” (C'AI) I/J 2iyb).
ò P?n 1 ‘is this man Coniali a shattered pot(sherd),
4. (Phr2) (good timber) ib’SH 3ÌtD p?? b31 or a useless utensil?” As noted by Held thè idiom
“and fell every good tree” (2Kgs 3:19,25); Akk: issi 3?ss? paa is thè semantic equivalent of thè Akk.
damqiitim sùbilam “send me (only) good timber” idioms hasba duqququ/purrurn/hep fi “to shatter/to
(CAD I/J 21 7 b). pulverize/to smash (like) a potsherd,” e.g., kima
5. (Phr2) (cedar wood) H# pSJ, e.g., npbl hasbi pursit pahhàri ina ribeti lihtappu “may they be
^in b^ T'btpni ns?bin nino hk ps; ]n3n smashed in thè square like sherds of thè potter’s
nnan nant? “thè priest shall then take cedar pot” (C'AD H I32a lex. section); kima hasbi
liparririisu “may they break him to pieces like a
wood, marjoram, and scarlet thread and throw
sherd” (CAD ibid.).
them into thè heart of thè tire 111 which thè cow
is burning” (Num 19:6; cf. also Lev 14:6,50,52); Note thè commonly employed Emarite WSem.
Akk: is creili, e.g., uqattarkunusi eretta ella kisra silta sub. hissipn “a clay vessel” i.e., 1 hisipu karani sa
zà'a tàba kisràt crcni dii naràtn ili rabúti “I burn as ekalli “ 1 wine vessel belonging to thè tempie”
incense for you pure cedar, a bundle of shavings (Emar 452:38' and passim; see Pentiuc 2001:68-
(with) sweet-smelling exudation, bundles of pure 69).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hok Biblical Hebrew

BH employs thè noun 32JP/D1ÍÍ?* nineteen times “inpr ix nnx 1 ‘or dead man or human bone or
in parallelism with b?2/b*bx “ idol” (Isa io: i i/Isa grave” (Num 19:16 |see 110. 1 above|; cf. also
48:5) to mean “formed idol.” BH once employs 2Kgs 23:16; Ezek 39:1 5); Akk: (in sequence with)
thè denominative verb 32SÌ? “fashion, forni” (job summa rubli...aria kimahhi u esetti (for cscmti) suàti
10:8), which is absent frolli Akk. ihattu, “if a prince should sin against this grave
IH Held, F,l 9 (1969) 76:47. and thè bones (in it)” (CiAD E 342a b).
'•»' Cf. BA ^Dp. l’I IR ASLOI.OCY

2. (Phr2) (human bone) D“JX □???, e.g., IX

= Akk. escìu (ussuhi) v. OB, SB (CAI) E -i3j?3 ix q-jx ufvz ix rm “ or dead man or
341 a; AHw 251 a). Akk. to make lame (Cï-I)-stem), human bone, orgrave”(Num 19:16; Ezek 39:15);
become heavy of movement (N-stem); Heb. to Akk: cscmti awib, e.g., summa cscmti aunìim istebir
become heavy of movement (Niph'al). cscmtasu isebbirù, “if he should break thè bone of
another awllu, they shall break his bone” (CiH
DliNO TA II VI ; .
§ ' 97 ) -
i. (I)eti2) (BH hapax) iblSOTl bx D0X1 3. (Phr2) (to burn bone) nW"inj/“li?3
pxn n?hb xnb n?bb “ you are sitting ielle! D^s?(?) rx. e.g., •'nbsyn nss? rnsà rx? “like
Do not be sluggish to go inherit thè land” (Judg a burning fire shut up in my bones” (Jer 20:9);
18:9); Akk: (said mainly of parts of thè body), e.g, nra nj?ÌQ3 'niaiSi?! “and my bones are scorched
summa qàtàsu ittcninsilasu, “if his hands become like a hearth” (Ps 102:4); Tmi?3 ©X nb» DÌ"1i212
slow of movement” (CAD E 341 a and passim). “from above He sent a fire down into my bones”
c.f. bzs. (Lam 1:13); Akk: (in med. texts) csemta qullu/
saràtku, e.g., marsàik qarràik ina libbi sa huntu sii ina
libbi csmàti uqillàni ina libbi su “‘I am ili, I burn,’
bx? = Akk. esiti adj. OA, SB, NB (CAD li 3.sob;
it is 011 account of thè fever—it burns inside thè
AHw 25 ia). sluggish, slow, idle.
very bones, it is right inside” (CiAD E 342a); elcnu
ni.notati vi: sersu kasi saplànu csmetusu sarha, “on thè surface
i.(i)en2) •pnbtc'b b^yn ;?...c':rb fpns his flesh is cool, (while) underneath his bones are
“like vinegar to thè teeth... so thè lazy man (i.e., burning” (CiAD S 99a 2).
he who is sluggish) to those who send him (011 a 4. (Phr2) (to beai bone) nÍD^i? XEn, e.g.,
mission)” (Prov 10:26; cf. also Prov 26:14,15,16 osyb XEnm ©sab pina nyá •nax ràn “pi easant
and passim, only in Proverbs); Akk: (in transferred words are like a honeycomb, sweet to thè palate
mng.), e.g., asammema tamkàmm qássu eslat, “I bear and a cure to thè bone” (Prov 16:24); Akk: csemta
that thè merchant’s hand is slow (to pay)” (CAD salàimu, e.g., summa asiìm cscmti awilim sebirtam
E 35ob b). ustallim, “if a physician heals a man’s broken
bone” (CiAD E 342a).
The dual forili □Tibsi? (wh idi is parallel to
D'T nibs» “1 azy hands”) refers to “both lazy For nitt^y n?3 and muhhu sa cscmti, see na.
hands” (Ecc 10:18); Akk: (dual), e.g., summa...
qàtàsu u sepàsu cslà “if his hands and feet are slow
"1225Í :: haziri v. EA; WSem. word (CiAD I I i66b).
of movement” (CAD E 3 Sob a).
to hold back.
Cf. bs» v.

haziri occurs twice, once as a gloss to kalit (—

I leb: Xb3) ‘ ‘to hold back”: ana aliya se\‘im(?)\ ikà!
= Akk. esentiti s. OB 011 (CiAD E 341 b; AHw
(gloss: haziri), “he holds back(?) barley from my
25 ih), bone.
town” (EA 138:130, 80; CiAD H i66b) and in a
SLQUHNCINC letter from Byblos: ana mini ltasiri(= ‘àsiri) amcli
1. (Seq2) (bones - grave) DSSn IX rm IX sa uss\iru an\a ekal ijiìrnj “why is he holding back

282
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

my man whom I sent to thc palace of thè king?” connotes “scorpion”-like scourge. This may
(EA 138:80-81; let. Byblos); cf. Heb: “I3ÌÌ73 ttf’K fìnd its functional equivalent 111 thè following
“a restrained man” (e.g., iSam 21:8; cf. also Jer Akk. passage: qinuazu titani malàt sillàtu parussu
36:5). usabbilauni ziqàta ìabsat “thè whip (that) struck me
The forni. Iiàsiri (representing "àsiri) was full of tliorns, thè goad (that) pricked me was
corresponds to I leb. “IJSSJ (<* ‘àsini) covered with stingers” (*CAD Z 1 32b, Ludlul).

= Akk. cqbu s. SB (C'AD E 248b; AI Iw 23 ih), 3“)SÌ = Akk. crcbu (erbu) s. OB 011 (C’AD E 2s8a;
licei, hoof. AHw 233b). setting (of thè sun) > evening (lit. thè
entering (of thè sun) > evening).
di -notati vi;

1. (Dc'112). (licei) nrnk Ì“H “and his Whereas Akk. commonly employs thè idiom
hand held olito thè heel (of Esali)” (Cien 25:26); is'tu sii Sanisi — adì crcb Sanisi “(from) sunrise —
Akk: summa amelu muriis kabartim marisma sir’ànu (till) sunset” (C'AD E 2s8b and passim), its Heb.
eqbisu sàra malti “if a man suffers from varix and idiomatic-semantic equivalent is “lp3P
thè veins of bis heels are filled with air” (C’AD E “from morning till evening” (Job 4:20) as well
248b a). as “Ip3 “117 3“1S)Q “from evening till morning”
2. (Dc'112) (hoof) dio Ojpx: labri tx “then thè (Lev 24:33; Exod 27:21; Num 9:21 and passim).
horses’ hoofs poutided” (Judg 5 :22 ); Akk: summa Likewise, thè LIeb. idiomatic hapax □1' 3“15? “thè
izbu ina cqbi imittisu kursinni ahiturn usqallal “if an entering of thc day,” i.e., “evening,” e.g., ^»32
anomaly has an extra fetlock hanging from its ròaxi rò’b pcrxa ùt 2“ii?2 “m thè dusk, in thè
right hoof (a person with no right to thè throne evening, in thè dark hours oftlie night” (Prov 7:9)
will seize it)” (Leiclity, Summa izbu XVI 28'). is thè semantic equivalent of Akk. crcb Sanisi. Ili
peripheral Akkadian (i.e., Man and EA) thè forni
erbu is used. Note also that thè denominative verb
rnpj; = Akk. aqrabu s. syn. list; WSem. word
my is attested three times in BI I referring to thè
(C’AD A 207b; Al lw 62b). scorpion.
sunset, thè entering of thè day (e.g., iSam 17:16;
shqulnci nc Isa 24:11). Further, in light of thè Akk. verbal
1. (Setp) (serpents - scorpions) »113 expression crcbu sa Sanisi “thè entering of thè sun”
□'0 ^X “TX liXSSI nnjpyi “fiery serpents and (i.e., “sunset”) (C'AD E 25yb lex. section), thè
scorpions, thirsty ground with 110 water in it” BH hapax expression thè day is
(Deut 8:15); Akk: (similar sequence) nàbali... asar waning to enter” (i.e., “to become evening”) in
sumàmi... asar scru (u) aqrabu, “and arid pasture Judg 19:9 should not be re-pointed to QVH HQ3
land...a waterless region...where serpents and 3“l.S?b as advocated by thè BDB 79oa.
scorpions” (Borger, Esar 56 IV:54—56).

In syn. list Malku V 54, aqrabu is equated to thè D“1S7 = Akk. àribu (cribu) s. OB 011 (CAD A 26sa;
standard Akk. word zuqaqìpu (C’AI) A 207I1). AHw 68a). crow, raven.

Note thè observation of S. Garfìnkel (VT 37 im ir asloi.ocy

|iy87] 421-31) that in light of Akk., BH 3“npS? 1. (Phr2) (thè young of a raven) :2“)Ì? '33
in Ezek 2:6 does not mean “scorpion” as usually ixnp' nni? 'li? “to thè raven’s young what
assumed, rather, a type of thorny plant. The Akk. they cali for” (Ps 147:9); Akk: samme sa àribu ana
semantic equivalent of Heb. is thè flower màrisu ilqà “herbs that thè raven took to its young”
name zuqiqipanu “thè scorpion”-like plant (CAD (*CAD A, 265b 1).
Z i66a), is derived from zuqaqipu “scorpion.” 2. (Phr2) (to release a raven) 2")Ì?n nX
Further, thè usage of I leb. (DaW/pOnpì? 3Ì»1 Xir XSn “and he (Noah) released thè raven
(trans, mng.) in 1 Kgs 12:11,14; 2C.hr 10:11,14, and it went back and forth” (Cìen 8:7); Akk: use-
 t
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sima àriba umassir illik àrilnma, “I brought out a 2. (Phr2) (nakedness of a man) /3K nini?
raven, setting it free; off went thè raven” (Cìeorge, nin/nx “nakedness of a father/brother/uncle”
C,ilgamesh, 712:1 54—55). (e.g., Cìen 9:22; Lev 18:7,18/Lev 18:14; 20:21/

Akk. differentiates between àribu saknu “black Lev 20:20); Akk: (in reference to a man), i.e.,
raven” and àribu pesti “white raven” (C’AI) A ina muhhi uri su “011 thè top of his penis” (AHw
2Ó5a lex. section). Further, in Akk. omen texts thè 143 5 a).
blackness of thè hair is related to thè black color DENOTATIVI*
of thè raven, e.g., summa qaqqad àribi sakin//sàrat 3. (I)cii2) (referring to thè land) pKH mi?
qaqqadisu salmatma “if he has thè head of a raven,
nixn 1 ? nrvaa ‘ ‘you have come to see thè land in
(explained as) thè hair ofhis head is black” (C’AI)
its barenness” (Cìen 42:12); Akk: màtu mërênussa
A 266a). This recalls thè metaphor in SoS 5:1 1:
inuaddi, “thè land will be totally laid waste” (CAI)
:nii?3 ninne? D’bròn vniinp “bis (thè lover’s)
M, 22a).
locks are curled and black as a raven.”
Akk. Urti, which is attested euphemistically, is
equated in thè lex. lists to thè more common
= Akk. erubàtu s. pi. tantum OA (C’AI) E
Akk. word for a vulva bissimi (C’AD B 268b).
327a; AHw 248a). pledge.
Cf. eh».
denotativi ;

1. (Den2) onans? nxi ciibiz/? np?n TpnK

in» — Akk. haraku v. NB; WSem. word (AHw
npn “see thè welfare of your brothers and bring
i SSya; CDA i07a). prepare (for war).
some token from them” (iSam 17:18); ^3 Pph
mr-, 'isb nani: ani? “ he who gives his hand, denotativi ;
gives a pledge for his fellow” (Prov 17:18); Akk:
1 . (Den2) crnÉ?n pi?P? rran1?» om irnsn
e.g., amtum PN erubàtusu “thè slave girl PN is his
“and they (thè five kings) engaged them in a war
pledge” (C’AD E 3273).
in thè Valley ofSiddim” (Cìen 14:8; Judg 20:30 and
passim); Akk: u elippàti màt tàmii baràka panisunu
= Akk. haràdu A s. syn. list*; WSem. lw. “and thè sliips of thè sealand.. .arrayed (for battle)
(CAD H 88a; AFIw 322b). wild donkey, onager. before them” (ABL 795+CT 54 555:5—6).
SLQULNCINC
Fhe standard Akk. word for “to set up, prepare
1. (Seq2) (BH hapax) //'K??n nb» 'D
for war” is sadàru, e.g., aria epës qabli kakki tàhazi
nns ■’Q nini? ninpbl “Who sets thè wild ass
ummànàtisu idkà isdira mihrit ummànàteya “he set
free?//Who loosens thè bonds of thè onager?”
his army in motion to do battle and deployed
(Job 39:5); Akk: (equated to) \lja\ràdu — sirrimu
them against my (Assurbanipal’s) army” (C’AD S
“onager - wild ass” (followed by \lji\màru — imeni
>4a b and passim).
“donkey”).

nb"!» = Akk. urullu s. (pi. fem.) MB, NB (AHw

(nns?) nin» — Akk. uru II s. OAkk. on (AHw
I436b; CDA 4 2 7b). prepuce, foreskin.
14 3 5 a ; CDA 427!!). nakedness, i.e., pudenda (of a
man, woman); inerènti s. OB, SB (CAD M 2ib; Di noi \ 1 ! \ !
AHw C>45a) nakedness, barrenness.
1. (i)en2) nn nbn? nx nnpni “ she cut off
PUR a s h o l o c y thè foreskin of her son” (Exod 4:25); Akk: e.g.,
1. (Phr2) (nakedness of a woman) n$X nini? mtlsu sa libbi urulàtisu ikkib ili kalama ana nisi [...],
“nakedness of a woman” (Lev 18:8,17); Akk: “thè spemi (lit. thè excretion from his prepuce),
imi sa sinnistim “nakedness of a woman” (lexical) which is abhorrent to all thè gods, is |...| for
(AHw 143 sa). mankind” (CAD I/J sób 2').
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew

(DiTS?) nny = Akk. crii adj. OA, OB on (CAD Accordingly, as pointed out by von Soden (AHw
E 32ob; AHw 247b and 24ib s.v. frissi-), naked, 243a), Akk. crcpi 1 “to become dusk, dark” (C’AD
ompty-handcd. E 279a; OB on) is semantically and etymologically
related to Heb. bsni? and Ug. grpl “dense fog”
l'HRASl'OI.OCY (KTU 1 107:7-10,12—13,19—20). Thus, thè basic
1. (Phn) (to go about naked) Chi? “[bìl meaning of bsni? is “darkness,” from which thè
“go about naked,” e.g., »13*? ,,i73 lobn DÌ“li? technical usage of “fog” (i.e., darkness in thè sky)
TOi? 1XÉ?3 DOï? - )! “they go about naked for lack develops, where thè key semantic evidence for
of clothing, and lningry, carrying sheaves” (Job this conclusion isjob 22:13—14. Similarly, such is
24:10; cf. also Isa 20:2; Mie 1:8); Akk: erti alàku, also thè semantic relation between thè Akk. verb
e.g., subitit tnahrikununta erissiya dtatiallak lubartani crcpu “to become dusky, dark” and its nominai
istdt subildnim, “my clothes are with you, and I go forni erpetu (/urpatu) “cloud.” Note also thè Heb.
about naked, send me (at least) one old garment” hapax nominai forni ÌTS'-ISQ “in its darkness”
(CAD li 32ob 1). (Isa 5:30).
2. (Phr2) (to flee empty-handed) 013 In summation, in light of thè C'AD (E 27yb)
013; D1“1Ì7 □,’11333 13*? p^nni? “even thè and thè etymological understanding of Kutscher,
most stout-hearted of warriors shall flee empty- Loader, and Ben-Hayyim, C'ohen concludes
handed (i.e., stripped ofarms)” (Amos 2:16); Akk: that “there are two distinct primary verbal roots
em/mcràtiu nabdtu “to flee empty-handed” (i.e., involved: *grb/p ‘to be dusky, dark’ and ‘rb/p ‘to
naked), e.g., tib tdhaziya danni ëdurnia mèrànussu enter’; one primary noun *'crp/bctti ‘cloud’ and
innabit, “he became afraid of thè attack of my its denominative verb *‘rp/b ‘to drip’ (Deut 32:2;
(Esarhaddon’s) heavy fighting force and fled 33:28), which appears also in metathesis as *r‘p
naked” (CAD M_ 2ib b; E 32ob 1). (Isa 45:8; Ps 65:12,13; Prov 3:20; Job 36:28).”
'*>’ Cf. ni - )». IH C’ohen, Hebrew Studies 36 (1995) 8--12.

— Akk. erpetit (urpatu) s. OB 011 (CAD E I Ê?“)JÍ = Akk. ersu s. OA, OB 011 (C’AD E 3 1 sa;
302I1; AHw 243a; i432a). Akk. cloud; Heb. darkness AHw 246b). bed.
> dense fog > cloud.
IMIRASLOl OCY

As noted by C'ohen, of thè fifteen occurrences of 1. (Phr2) Èny bi? 13*1i?p - ' 'H “The Lord
in thè Bible, thè three major uses are: (a) will sustain bini 011 bis sickbed” (Ps 41:4); Akk:
“darkness” (without any specifìc connection to e.g., ina ersi anìiutc nadàkuma asassika, “I cali to
clouds), parallel to ^fl (Isa 60:2) and nilpbs (Jer you, lying exhausted in my bed” (C’AD E 3i7a
13:16) “darkness”; (b) “cloud” occurs together b).
with or parallel to j3i? “cloud” (iKgs 8:12 =
The sub. CHS? “bed” (=Akk. ersu; Ug. ‘rs) is
2Chr 6:1 1; Ps 97:2; Job 38:9); (c) a combination
employed ten times, twice in parallelism with
of thè first two usages (Exod 20:21; Deut 4:1 1 ;
33»P‘ ‘couch” (Prov 7:16; Job 7:13) and three
5:22; Ezek 34:12; Joel 2:2; Zeph 1:5). The
time in a poetic coupling with HEQ “bed” (Am
fìfteenth occurrence of bSTi? is Job 22:13—14,
3:12; 6:4; P s .6:7).
(occurring with D'31? “thick clouds”) with thè
basic meaning “darkness” as a technical weather Note thè Emarite phonetic variant ursu “bed”
term for “dense fog.” C'ohen, further notes that (Emar 369:72-73; Pentiuc 2001:190-91).
darkness in thè sky is semantically connected to
thick cloud formations as is also clear from thè II È? - !» ?? Akk. qirsu A s. NA (C’AI) Q 2C>9a; AHw
Akk. text: erpetu sapiturn sa ina sante daummatu
9i8a s.v. qersit). (a sacred area)
isakkanù sunti “they are a massed cloud that brings
darkness in thè sky” (CAD S 487!} lex. section). The lexeme È? - !?? in SoS 1:16: 'IH

285
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

nasn Itánï? D'i?? is universally rendered as “our it??» — Akk. csir num. OB, SB (C'AD E 364^
bed” or “our couch”: “And you, my beloved, AHw 2S3b). ten.
are handsome, beautiful indeed. Our couch is
in a bower. (Cedars are thè beam of our house,
cypresses thè rafters.)” However, EHI? in SoS i : 16 ' □"HÉ?» = Akk. esrà num. OA, OB 011 (CAD E
may not mean “couch” or “bed” and thus not be 36711; AHw 2S7b). twenty.
etymologically and semantically related to I ÉH5?.
The Heb. adj. 15??”! is attested twenty times, |
= Akk. asàsu s. lex.* (C’AD A 422b; AHw
sixteen of which describe luxuriant, leafy, thickly
79I1). moth.
foliated trees (Dt 12:2; 1 Kgs 14:23; 2Kgs 16:4;
17:10; Isa 57:5; Jer 2:20; 3:6; 17:2; Ezek 6:1 3; 2Chr In thè lexical list asàsu is followed by sàsu (= Heb
28:4), “olive tree” (Jer 1 1:6; Ps 52:10), “leaves” (Jer DO), but in two copies replacing it.
17:8) “juniper busti” (Hos 14:8), and “bouglis” I H Tawil, BASOR 225 (1977) 62.
(Job 15:32). Contextually, thè setting of SoS is
thè royal couple in their naturai environment in
"TK7S? = Akk. sarà adj. OA, OB on (C’AD S i3oa;
thè garden. Consequently, in light of both Akk.
AHw 1 I93a). ridi. (Heb. metathesis).
epigraphical and iconographical sources, perhaps
2?“13? in SoS 1:16 might be thè etymological and CONTRASTI N C USACI'

thè semantic equivalent of Akk. qirsu. A. Deller 1. (C0112) (ridi — poor)

(Baghdad Mittcilungm 18 I1987] 230-32) argues e.g., mn -inai Tró “in« “ one ridi and one
that Akk. qirsu means “arbor, bower, hut made of poor” (2Sam 12:1; Prov 22:2); “Prà DX1 b"! DX
twigs,” in which clusters of overhanging foliage “whether poor or ridi” (Ruth 3:10); T’ïpS? “IO’
of vines stretch between two trees, creating some pOKl “both rich and poor” (Ps 49:3); Akk: sarà
sort of a canopy. Deller, equates qirsu to LBH “ridi,” opposite of lapnu/muskenu /dunnamù
and Arabie D,_!SJ with thè phonetic shift of J?/p. “poor, weak,” e.g., mulappinat sari musasrài laptii,
Iconographically, this scene is depicted in thè “(SarpanTtu) who impoverishes thè wealthy, who
murai relief from Kunyunjik of Assurbanipal and makes thè poor man rich” (CAD L ysa 2'; S i 3oa
his wife Libbalisarrat banqueting in thè garden 1 )cf. Heb: a© 1 . □''TtpS?! “thè neh men shall
(BM 124920), where thè king and thè queen are be impoverished (i.e., sat in low estate)” (Ecc
enjoing themselves siting and drinking beneath a 10:6).
twisted foliage vines stretched between two trees PI I R AS LO LOC Y

(,qirsuQ)). 2. (Phr2) Trà bbpn bx Tjnscp ■'“iinni

Ili Ben-Yehuda, Dictionary 4722«; Irit ZifFer, El 27 “do not disparage a rich person even in your
(2003) 204-21 1 (Heb.). bedroom” (Ecc 10:20); Akk: e.g., sarti iqallil, “thè
rich man will lose status” (CAD S i3ob 2').

UÈ?» ?? Akk. esebu v. MA, NA, SB (CAD E 352a; c;f. irà v. -©».
AHw 2S3b). Akk. to grow luxuriously; Heb. (sub.)
lierb, herbage. = Akk. sarti v. OA, OB 011 (C'AD S 13 ia;
AI Iw 1 I93b). to become neh (Heb. metathesis).

von Soden (ibid) followedby KB 3 equates Akk. esebu diìnotati vr.

with Ug. 'sbt, Heb.-Aram, 'is/sb. e.g., clìàmma disimi 1. (Dem) “l’^Sipi erniD ’n “thè Lord makes
iràs tuhdii esseba x-x-su MAS. ANSI: “thè spring poor and makes rich” (iSam 2:7); ...fHXÌl Hl“IpS
grass comes up (after thè rain), it____ full flowering, nntóffn n3“l “you take care of thè earth...you
thc...of thè cattle grows luxuriously” (CAD E 3S2a enrich it greatly” (Ps 65:10); Akk: mulappinat sari
musasrat ìapni “(SarpanTtu) who makes thè rich

286
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

poor, thc poor ridi” (CAI ) S 13oh 2'); palliati adira pn» = Akk. etequ v. OA, OB on (CAD Fi 384;!;
usasrd udammiq mdgirì marni kiua, “(Marduk)...thc AHw 26ob) to pass along, go around, pass through,
rcvcrcnt, makes rich thc onc full of awe, has shown cross, transfer (both transitive and intransitive),
favor to thc ohedient, makes rich thc honcst onc” transport (from onc place to another).
(CAI) S i32a 3); Adad nisc màti//seri usami, “Adad
will provide plcntifully for thè people of thc land As rightly pointed out by C'ohen, thè usage of thè
(var.: of thè steppe)” (CAI) S i32a 2). root pnP in all of its niiie verbal denotative may
be divided into two basic meanings: I. “move or
cf. Trà .irà.
pass through, proceed” (intransitive) in thè Qal
(Job 14:18; 18:4) and “transfer” (both transitive and
= Akk. sarùtu s. Mari, SB (C'AI) S 143li; AI lw intransitive), “transport” (frolli one place to another)
1 >94a). wealth. (Heb. metathesis). in thc Hiphil (Cìen 12:8; 26:22; Prov 25:1; Job 9:5;
32:16); II. “live in, go by (said of life), become
PHRASEOI.OCY advanced of age and/or feeble” (intransitive) in
1. (Phr2) ninpi "i#sj “wealth and honor” thè Qal (Ps 6:8; Job 21:7). C'f. also, thè adjective
(e.g., Prov 3:16; 8:18; 22:4); Akk: u In sui sarùtika pTlP “old, antiquated” (1 Chr 4:22). Witli respect to
ul tclc’i u In sa rapàsika |...| “it is up to your wealth Prov 25:1, it has been suggested by 11. L. Cìinsberg
and generosity” (CAI) S 1 43b; Mari). that this verse reflects thè Northern Kingdom
after thè destruction of Israel by Assyria in 722/1
cr. tto .irà v.
B.C.E. Thus, thè usage IpTlSJri here implies “either
importing into Judah or depositing in a library.”
= Akk. istcu 1111111. OA, OB 011 (CAD I/J Cìinsberg’s suggestion is philologically supported
275a; AHw 400a). Akk. one, unique, first; Heb. by thè conclusions concerning thè usage of thè
verbal root pHSJ prcsented here. Furthcrmore, thè
only in conibination with rnÈ?SJ/“127B meaning
following Akk. usage of etequ with respect to thc
“eleven.”
transfer of documents serves as a clear precedent
PIIRASLOI.OCY for this interpretation: ina panika lusctiquma u atta
urkatam alik “let them transfer (thè documents)
1. (Pliri) (eleven) rnt??;/“iÉ?i? T.rr ( c .g.,
alleaci of you and you (yourself) depart later on”
Num 7:72; 29:20; Deut 1:3; Jer 1:3); Akk: istcncsret
(TCL 4, 10:1 1). Thus, IpTlSTI in Prov 25:1 must be
(CAD I/J 2 7 yb).
translated “transferred” or “transported” instead of
I111 Mankowski, 126. thè usuai translation “copied,” which is now seen to
be philologically unjustifiable.

nini?'*’ = Akk. atudu s. OA, SB (CAD A 521 a; Cìreenstein identified one more Hiph il in thc letter
AHw 8Sb). wild sheep (male). from Hazor i.e., hc-te-qù, convcying thè C'anaanite
*/hi'tiqù/, “corrcsponding to Hebrew 1pTli?n ‘they
denota 11 vi; moved 011’.” This Hiph il forni is a gloss for iptaml,
1. (i)en2) Tissn kb DHìn?] D’tonpì “I do “parsed as Cìt of paini and translated as ‘they moved
not want lambs and hc-goats” (Isa 1:11); Akk: away’.”
atùda sappar sadì sappartasunu issabat “he seized [II,Il Cìinsberg (1983) 36-38; C'ohen, JANF.S 19 (1989)
thc wild ram, thè mountain ram by their fleecc” 12:22; Cìreenstein, Weinfeld Irst. 359.
(CAD A, 52la a).

287
 9

nXS = Akk. patti s. HA, NA, NB (AHw 84911; Akk: pedù sa ili thè ransomed of thè god (AHw
CDA 271:1). edge, riin. Cf. also Akk patii (j)attn) 8o8b); sa...absàna cndu usassiku eli ili tiàkirisu ana
edge, border (CiAD P 30511; AHw 85 ih). padisunn Umu amëlutu, “(Marduk) who removed
thè yoke imposed 011 thè gods, his enemies, who,
cif. ré*. to free them, created huniankind” (En. el. VII
28-29).
133 = Akk. pagru A s. OB 011 (CiAD P 1211; AI lw Note thè BH I>N innS/nmS/bxrHB, “thè
80911). Akk. corpse, curciiss. Lord has made free” (Num. 34:28/2Kgs 23:36;
Neh 3:25 and passim/I Chr 27:20), and its Akk.
denotativi ;
counterpart Ui-ipdianui “my god has spared (freed)
1. (Deii2) (liunuin corpse) “inn ìÒ 031D “1323
me” (AI lw 8o8b).
rnapa nns “li ke a trampled corpse, you sliould
(tf' Cif. nns.
not have a burial like tlieni” (Isa 14:19—20); Akk.
pagri quràdisunu kima urqiti urnallà sera, “with thè
corpses of their warriors I (Sennacherib) filled thè nHS = Akk. piditu s. OB (CiAD P 35911; AHw
plain as with grass” (CiAD ibid.); pagar quràdisunu 86211; CDA 275a). exemption, redemption.
ina la qebëri usàkil zibu “I (Esarhaddon) let thè
piditu seems to be once attested in thè compound su
jackals eat thè corpses of their warriors, leaving
piditi, which may mean “11 redemption (exchange)
(them) unburied” (CiAD Q 3 14!-), s.v. quràdu).
with a sheep,” and which may be equated to thè
2. (Deii2) (animai carcass) bv tD’iín TTl
BH verbal compound nt?3 rHS, e.g., “IBS ^31
□ , '“133n “birds of prey carne down upon thè
irò? nnSFl “Ibn “but every fìrstling ass you shall
carcasses” (Cien 15:11); Akk: ina pagri immeri
redeem with a sheep” (Exod 13:13; 34:20).
masmassu luta ukappar “thè exorcist purifies thè
ij? Cif. ma v.
house with thè sheep’s carcass” (CiAD P 1511 b).

Akk. employs pagru in reference to thè living,

HS = Akk. pù A; OAkk. pà’um I s. fr. OAkk. 011
human body or torso, e.g., kaipagriya itahaz rimáln
(CiAD P 453:1; AHw 87211). mouth.
misittu imtaqut eli siriya “feebleness has seized my
whole body, paralysis has fallen upon my flesh” idiomatic : usac;i; ,
(BWL 42:75—76, Ludlul). This nuance is absent 1. (Idi) (speech impediment, lit. heavy of
from BH. mouth) , 33K li» 1 ? “1231 HS 133 “I have a speech
impediment” (Exod 4:10); Akk: summa amelu
mS = Akk. padù v. OB 011 (CiAD P 611; AHw piìsu kabit “if a man has a speech impediment”
8o8b). to redeem, set free. (*CiAD P 46ob 3).
2. (Idi) for ns ]ri3 “ to promise, ” s.v. in3.
MIRASI.OI.CKIY
3. (Icl2) (unanimously, with one accorci) il?
i. (Phr2) (to redeem) fPS 1X31 flUCT TI "IIDI ”x. e.g., nv) pc^irr^ ay aròri1? nn: isrprv:
nn? ‘ ‘and thè ransomed of thè Lord shall return ~tnx ns bxnt?’ “ti ìey (thè kings) gathered with
and come with joy to Zion” (Isa 35:10; 51:1 1); one accorci to fight against Joshua and Israel”
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion por Biulicai. Hebrew

(Josh 9:2; cf. also 1 Kgs 22:1 3 = 2Chr 1 8:1 2); Akk: command of thè Lord/Cìod” (Num 14:41; 22:18;
pù istcìr.sarràni cqdùtc la pàdùtc istu sit Sanisi adi crcb 24:13 and passim/2C'hr 35:23); Akk: pi ili “thè
Sanisi pa istcn usaskin, “he forced into confonnity command of god” (AHw 873a 7). “[bSil ’S “thè
thc wild and uncivilized kings from East to West” comman d of thè king” (Ecc 8:2; Esth 7:8); Akk:
(CAD E 2_s8b 1 b, s.v. crcbu; cf. also AHw 872b 1) pi sarri/pi sa sarri “order, command of thè king”
1 and passim). Akk. likewise employs thè idiom (AHw 873b q,a).
pù edu to express thè notion of “with one accorci,” 7. (TM2) (brink, jaws |of a negative concept])
e.g., (“an evil Hittite, schemed to become king of bis?; 's “ thè mouth of thè netherworld,” e.g.,
Hamat, incited thè cities Arpad, Siniirra, 1 )amascus ‘rxr 'sb irosi? nrav/pxa ypni nbà ira?

and Samaria”) ittiya usabaltkitma pà eda usaskinma “as when thè underworld is cleft and broken
iksura tàhàza “to rebel against me (Sargon II), set up our bones are scattered at thè mouth of thè
them up as united front, and planned for war” netherworld” (Ps 141:7); Akk: pi karast “mouth
(Winckler, Sar., I, 102:33-35). of (i.e., brink of) annihilation,” e.g., ina basti
4. (Id2) (falsehood) H? mi, e.g., “110? *6 sùlù/ina pi karasi ctcru, “to bring up frolli thè
bx rs mn? mon nnnb® irpr ^n pit//to save from brink of annihilation” (Surpu
“he (wicked) will never get away from thè IV 43—44); ina pi karasc nadi aradka, “your servant
darkness, thè flame will wither his shoots, he is cast 011 thè brink of annihilation” (*CAD K
will pass away by his falsehood (lit. breath of his 2i4b 2'). Akk. karasà is equated 111 thè cornili, of
mouth), he will not be trusted” (Job 15:30—31); Surpu to qubùru “grave” (Surpu 50:21); Akk: ultu
Akk: sàr pi’lit. “wind, breath ofhis mouth,” i.e., pi muti (ikimanni//ultu crscti usclanni) “from thè
“lies, falsehood”, e.g., sàru u sàr pika “these are mouth (lit. brink) of death he [Marduk] took me
lies, indeed a he from your own mouth!” (CAD away//from thè netherworld he brought me up”
S i 14oa b). (Ugaritica 5 268:40—41).
In light of thè idioms TTlStp/rS fin “thè 8. (TM2) (mouth of a body of water) niX" 1 ’S
breath of his (God’s) mouth/lips,” NJPS, for “thè mouth (i.e., thè opening) of thè Nile” (Isa
example, reads “lit. my mouth,” said of God’s 19:7); Akk: pi tiàri “thè mouth of thè canal,” e.g.,
breath. Others, such as Pope (AB 15 13), maintain assurn pi nàr (IN beli ispuram istu ùmim sdti ina pi
that “thè I Iebrew is quite meaiiingless.” He nàrimma wasbàkuma, “concerning thè mouth, i.e.,
therefore, together with LXX (“and his flower thè opening of Ashahitum canal my lord wrote
will fall”), suggests to emend thè MT rs “bis to me, from this day I live at thè opening of thè
mouth” to r"]3 “his fruit,” keeping thè wicked as canal” (ARM 2 83:5—7; AI lw 874a 2).
thè subject. In light of thè Akk. idiom sàr pi “lies, 9. (TM2) (speech) 2ÌtD J??»' 1 "S ‘HED
falsehood,” it seems best to keep thè two idioms ib rrtJT Dn» ,T “a man gets his fili of good from
separateci. thè fruit ofhis speech” (Prov 12:14; J 3:2 ; 18:4/
d’he other idiomatic hapax l'S nil “thè Job 32:5); Akk: pisu tarsu ìibbasu la kini “what he
breath of His mouth,” said of God (Ps 33:6) is says is straightforward, but his heart is faithlcss”
thè idiomatic equivalent of thè Akk. sàr pi said (CAD P 465a).
of Marduk, e.g., kusud kassaptu ina sàr pika “(O 10. (TM2) (entrance) nnp/nni7fp’S “entrance
Marduk) capture thè sorceress with your breath” of a cave/city” (Josh 1 o: 18,22,27/Prov 8:3); Akk:
(CAD S, i3yb b and passim). pii bàbi/ekalli/dimti “entrance of a gate/palace/
5. (Icb) (biade of a sword) -n?" jnn '3 tower” (AHw 874a E4).
nnn 'th bxnir “i srael put them to thè sword” 1 1. (TM2) (opening of a bag) nnnpX
(Num 21:24); Akk: pi patri: nisc pi patri issaknu “opening ofa sack” (only in Cien 42:27; 43:21;
“people were put to thè sword” (CAD P 47ob 44:1,2,8); Akk: pù kisi “opening of a bag” (C'AD
,2). K 43ob lex. section, s.v. kisu A).
IR ANSI l.kkl I) MK AN I N(i I'ARAI.I.E. I.ISM

6. (TMi) (command) CTn'bK/‘n 'S “thè 12. (Pari) (mouth//tongue) //nS n?D 'S

290
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Heisrew

“03X ptfb “ I ani slow of mouth//and slow his mouth preserves his life” (Prov 13:3; cf. “IDE?
of tongue” (Exod 4:10; cf. also Ps 50:19; 126:2 ns [Prov 21:23]); Akk: summa...pasti inassar, “iflic
and passim); Akk: pii Icmnu/lisànu Icmuttu “evil is guarding his mouth” (*CA1) N 39a 6); |summa
mouth//evil tongue” (CAI) L 20<.)h lex. sections, na\sir pisu (CAD ibid.); e fumassi pika usur saptika
s.v. Usanti); sa bastiti sissit pisu//sibit lisànusu “thè “beware of carelcss talk, guard your lips” (BWL
dragon has six inouths//seven tongues” (C'AD 104:131, Precepts).
ibid., 2 ioa 1). 17. (Pliri) (to come out of thè mouth, i.e.,
13. (Pari) (mouth/lips) niTH npX rnin to utter) n?P XÌT, e.g., iróST rSD X^*H “he
rnstp x:sp3 xb nb^y/m1'?? “true instructions must carry out all that has come out ofhis mouth”
were in his mouth//and nothing perverse was 011 (Num 30:3; cf. also Num 32:24 and passim); Akk:
his lips” (Mal 2:6; cf. also Ps 51:17; Isa 29:13 and ina/istu pi asti “to come out of thè mouth,” i.e.,
passim); Akk: pisa balta//saptàsa ballata “with her “to utter,” e.g., sa ittasi amatu islu pi sarri ana ardisti
mouth and lips intact” (C'AD S 485b 4'); c tatuassi sùtu ippus, “what is commanded by thè king to his
pika//usur saptika “beware of carelcss talk//guard servant, that his servant cxccutcs” (CiAD A 37ib
your lips” (BWL 104:131, Precepts). b, s.v. asti); ina pika lusa balàtu ina sapàtika lissakin

SYNTACTIC CONSTRUCTION
salàmu, “utter life with your mouth, let protection
be on your lips” (CiAD ibid. and passim).
14. (Sy) (according to) 'S biV'Sb (Cien 47:1 2;
18. (Phri) (to ask of, interrogate), ilS bx®,
Exod 12:4; 16:16 and passim/4s:21 ; Exod 17:1
e.g., ITS nbxrà 1 V}b X"]jp3 “let’s cali for thè
and passim) = Akk. ana pi “according to” (AHw
young girl and ask for her reply” (Cien 24:57);
S73b II); Akk: ina muhhi pi “according to,” e.g.,
Akk: pisdlu, e.g., 1 awilam sa lisànim ìilqiìnimma pem
ina muhhi pi sa dkil karsi zàiràni, “according to a
dàbibam beli lista’al “let them bring an informer, so
calumniator (or) a hostile persoli” (ADD 646 r.
that my lord may interrogate a speaker willing to
■ 5) .
talk” (CAD D i6a).
□■HB/ny ■'3 bi? “a ccording to (thè testimony
19. (Phri) (to speak, open thè mouth) PiriS
of) witness/witnesses,” e.g., ...D’HS? '5© 'S b??
IlS; Akk: pd petti. See TOIS. v.
“un mp; ■ ■‘according to (thè testimony of) two
20. (Phri) (to fili thè mouth) Ì1S xbl2; Akk:
witnesses a case can be valid” (Deut 19:15; cf.
pà malti. See xbfD v.
also Deut 17:6); Akk: ana pi sibuti “according to
21. (Phri) (lion’s mouth), e.g., b^’
thè testimony of witnesses,” e.g., ana pi sibutisu
”x bn? ix ’n?; --x- -sr; npn “as thè
tizakkisu kima sapas zakàti zaki, “according to thè
shepherd rescues from thè mouth of a lion two
testimony ofhis witnesses he cleared him, like thè
shanks bones or thè tip of an ear” (Amos 3:12);
pure sun he is cleared” (Ugaritira 5 15:9—10, RS).
'arrai? □■'pn nnx 'sp ^r^in “deliver me
P11 R AS LO LO( ; Y from a lion’s mouth; from horns of wild oxen
15. (Pliri) (favorable) 33ÌB ns, e.g., X3 n3n answer me (i.e., resene me)” (Ps 22:22); Akk: pi
“b?“ bx 3ltD "ITO n? D'XOari ‘'“irn “behold labbi/girri “mouth of a lion,” e.g., ina pi labbi nà’iri
thè words of thè prophets are with one accord ul ikkimu salamtu, “one would not snatch a carcass
favorable to thè king” (iKgs 22:13); Akk: ina pi from thè jaws of a ravening lion” (Erra V 11);
tabi “with good mouth,” i.e., “kindly, willingly,” ina pigirra àkiliya iddi napsàma DN, “Marduk has
e.g., sa sarri beli ispuratmi ma ina pi tabi issisu put a bit into thè mouth of thè lion who would
dubbub, “about whom thè king, my lord, wrote devour me” (CiAD Cì 943, s.v. ginn).
me, ‘speak favorably with him’” (ABL 387: 10—13 22. ((Phr2) (utterance, coinmand) /'H.PX
= SAA V: 203); ina pi (cibi illak ina pi tabi ippas, “he ns nrn/'-on (D eut 32:1 ; Hos 6:5 and passim/Jer
will go (to bini) ofhis own accord, he will do it 9:19/1^36:4; Ecc 10:13); ’ipstpp bi) ■rnsp 'nsi??
willingly” (ABL 945:5—10). l’S “with my lips I recounted all thè commands
16. (Pliri) (to guard one’s mouth, i.e., speech) of your mouth” (Ps 1 19:13; cf. also Ps 105:5; ìChr
n? “ISÌ, e.g., ÌK??3 "1Ï327 rs 1^3 “he who guards 16:12); Akk: amat/qibit pi “thè word(s)/utterance
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hebrew

of thc mouth,” e.g., amat ippisa ussiti, “thc words dabàbu “to speak with thè mouth,” e.g., ki sarri
that comc out of her mouth” (CAI) A 3 1 a b beli ina pisu iqbanni, “as thè king my lord spoke
and passim, s.v. amatu A); sarru sa ina qibit pisu to me with his mouth” (ABL 453 2.5; 301:11);
usharmatu sadc u tàmati, “thè king (Assurnasirpal sa sarri beli ispuranni mài ina pi tabi issisii dubbili),
II) who by his command disintegrates mountains “about who thè king, my lord, wrote me, ‘speak
and seas” (*CA1) Q 2463 4, s.v. qibitu); Akk: naqbiI favorably with bini’” (ABL 387:10—13 = SAA V:
pi “speech, words of thè mouth”, e.g., naqhiat 203).
pika likallima inàka “may your eyes show (you)
The eniployment of thè idiomatic expression ppa
what you have talked of’ (Cìeorge, C.ilgamcsh, n?i?‘ ‘kiss one’s mouth,” referring to kissing thè
204:2518); sa...zikripisu nusasqù eli ili abbisu, “whose image or symbol of a god, 111 our case, in ìKgs
commands we exalted above those of thè gods his 19:18, kissing thè image of Ba al, expresses thè
fathers” (En. el. VI 140). symbolic gesture of a loyalty-oath: □ , 3"13n b3
23. (Phr2) (evil, deceitful, smful mouth), e.g., ib pr: ab n?n brn bi?2b ^-3 xb
ptfb Tix nnn inns •'bs? nona ■'si ì?eh ■'? “all thè knees that have not bowed to Ba al and
"IpE? “for thè mouth of thè wicked and a deceitful every mouth that has not kissed him,” i.e., “his
mouth they opened against me, they spoke to me mouth.” A similar symbolic gesture is expressed
with lying tongues” (Ps 109:2); 'pK laaan ÍBTHÍrT) 111 IIos 13:2: Tip® 1 □‘'bai? “they kiss (thè image)
ÌOT0C? “O^ ÌD , S nKtSn “bring them low, O our of calves.” To express thè sanie symbolic gesture
shield, thè Lord (because) of their sinful mouths, in a loyalty-oath, Akk. employs thè idiom sapta
thè words of their lips” (Ps 59:12—13); Akk: piki nasàqu “to kiss one’s lips,” e.g., sapti schriya
lemnu cpcra Umiliali “may your evil mouth be filled anassiqma ina huhàr Samas azakkarakkum “I will
with dust” (CAI) L i22a 5); (in Syn. list) pi serti — kiss my clnld’s lips and make a statement to you
pi ami “sinful mouth = offensive mouth” (CAI) under oath by thè emblem of Samas” (CAI) N
S 324a lex. section, s.v. sertu B). 57b b, OB legai text); \sa\ptisu ina al irn Mari |/(/]
24. (Phr2) (to shut thè mouth) it3 "I3D, e.g., siqma “he should kiss his lips in thè city of Mari”
~lp» ’iaìl “’S 130'' 'S “because thè mouth of (C’AI) ibid.). In another OB text concerning an
liars is shut” (Ps 63:12); Akk: (similar idea) pà oath we read: ki’am Urna umma sima ana Ahimi
hatàmu “to muzzle thè mouth,” e.g., assu hatàm màr Ilsu-ibbi la kalàksa la tummaksumma la itùrru sa
pi mustarhi kàs puridi qardammi “in order to muzzle NITA u MUNUS la iqabbi'anima saptiya la inassiquma
thè mouth of thè insolent, to shacklc thè log of “thus she took an oath saying, ‘as to Ahuni thè
thè wicked” (C’AI) Q I29a); cf. also Akk: pà cdelu son of Ilsu-ibbi, I do not hold him, I am not tied
“to shut thè mouth,” e.g., pàsu lidilii “let them to him by means of an oath; he should not return
lock (thè dcmon’s) mouth” (CAI) E 25I1 lex. and offer me conjugal relations and should not
section). kiss my lips’” (RA 69 119751 120—21:4—9). In
25. (Phr2) (to speak, said of thè mouth) ’S light of thè above this very symbolic gesture may
niODn “Q"T “my mouth speaks wisdom” (Ps occur in two other cases in HB. In Prov 24:26 thè
49:4); ^nbnri tìp 'm “ and my mouth will teli idiom □ , nS5? p©3 will then be thè etymological
your praise” (Ps 51:17); "12"! DITE! "]#£ and semantic equivalent of thè Akk. expression
“whose mouth speaks lies (and whose oaths are sapta nasàqu “to kiss thè lips,” a symbolic gesture
false)” (Ps 144:8,11); Akk. pii sa ana atwi la tàbu of loyalty. Accordingly, thè verse pET D'nSt?
“a mouth not fìt for speaking” (C’AI) A 86a lex. crróa □nnn 2'tóa may be rendered “he who
section); pù sa sarratim it\awu\ “a mouth that speaks replies with honest words is like he who kisses
lies” (C’AI) ibid.) thè lips,” expressing a gesture of loyalty and trust.
26. (Phr2) (to speak with thè mouth) V32 The other case that may express this gesture is
i2-|K c-ir Ì2-IP31 "i2T inin rx DibK? “bis in Cìen 41:40 in thè expression H2 bi? p©3 “kiss
mouth speaks amicably to another while inwardly on thè mouth.” This gesture has been variously
he plans a trap for him” (Jer 9:7); Akk: ina pi qabù/ interpreted. Following Tg. O. }TrP, thè medieval

292
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Bi HLICAL H EliREW nna TV

conimcntators such as Kashi undcrstood it as portion he shall cast his lot with his brothers”
derived from fTT “to provide, sustain,” equating (C'AD P S28b 2a, Ass. code B 1:14).
pET to thè difficult expression TP3 pK?!2 pì (Cien
The first to ldentify Heb. “1Ì3 with Akk. punì
15:2); Ibn Ezra and Qimhi derived thc verb from
seems to be P.Jensen in 1895. The BH m3 occurs
l'T “arili, cquip,” hence, “by your order all my
only in Esther, in connection with thè orgin of
people be armed, equipped.” Indeed, both NJPS
thè feast of Purim. ma is glossed twice by bnÌ3,
and Speiser (AB 1 311), while considerili^ thè
indicating that it was felt to be foreign. As noted
“meaning of Heb. uncertain,” nevertheless render
by Mankowski, “The etymology of thè Akkadian
thè expression as “at your command shall all my word is uncertain. Kaufman is almost certainly
people be directed” and “all my people shall right to discount thè suggestion of Julius Lewy
subtnit to your orders,” respcctively. However, that it derives from Akk. parà'u ‘to cut.’ Kaufman
thè expression 'Bi? b3 pE?" 1 bi? may denote himself believes Akk. pùru to be a loanword from
“my nation will be loyal by oath to you,” lit. Sum. bur, meaning ‘bowl.’” Note however, that
“(you will be in charge of thè house) and all my C'AD and AHw have two distinct entries: pùru A
people will kiss 011 your mouth (only with respect (Sum. lw.) “(stone) bowl” and pùru B “lot.”
to thè throne shall I be superior to you).”
IH J a n s e n , ZA 10 (1895) 339:1; M a n k o w s k i , 126 27.

"*■ Cf. nns.

ìlpIB = Akk. piqu s. SB (C'AD P 394a; AI lw 86sb).
distress.
nnS = Akk. piljatu s. MA 011 (CAD P 36oa; AHw
ih noi \ 1 '\ 1 8C>2a). governor.
1. (Den2) biEbpb^ ^pisb ^b nxr rrnn xbi
PI IR ASEOLOC Y
nan an -srbi ■'anxb nb “ do not let this be a cause
1. (Phr2) (governor of thè land) flNn ninS
of distress and of stumbling of thè heart to my
(iKgs 10:15 = 2Chr 9:14); Akk. pàbati màti (e.g.,
lord (David) that you have shed blood necdlessly”
Wmcklcr, Sargon, 132:177—78).
(iSam 25:31); Akk: kima barti u piqi ukkila Girra
2. ((Phr2) (to appoint a governor) nin3 D'É?
“he darkened thè fire, as if there were rebellion
“appoint governors,” e.g., ÍDpípP ETK D'pbïïn non
or distress” (CAD P 3ya, Tn.-Epic).
DOTinn nin? d'éti “ remove all thè kings from
Note Akk. mùt piqi “death by distress” (C'AD their posts and appoint governors in their place”
ibid.). (1 Kgs 20:24); naè? nn? n nae? n^nrrb n,n-,i
Note also that Akk. employs thè adjectives “to be given to thè one called Sheshbazzar whom
piqu/pàqu “narrow” in thè physical sense (C'AD he (Cyrus) appointed governor” (Ezra 5:14);
P Hia; 394a). Compare to this thè semantic Akk: pillata sakànu to appoint governor(s), e.g.,
development of Heb. nnS/nS “narrow > mamman sa ana pàbatim ... asakkanu, “whomever I
distress.” shall appoint as governor” (AHw 8C>2a c).

As noted by Mankowski, “thè BH and thè

“113 = Akk. pùru B s. OA 011 (CAD P 528a; AI lw Aramaic forms are certain loans from Assyrian.”
88 ib). lot. Tadmor maintains that both BH D'aap an d nns
(e.g., Jer 51:23; Ezek 23:6,12,23; BA, e.g., Dan
IM IR ASKOI.OCY 3:2,3,27) “refer to Persian officials, irrespective of
1. (Phr2) (to cast a lot) ni3 b'Sn “cast a whether they were Jcws or Iranians,” and cites
lot” (Esth 3:7; 9:24); Akk: pura karàru/salà’u, them as specitncns of thè “Akkadian terminology
e.g., sanùtesu pùru ina pan DN DN akruru “I for state functionaries that found its way ulto late
(Shalmanesser III) placed thè lot for thè second Hebrew through thè mediation of Aramaic.”
time before Assur and Adad” (CAD P 528b b); sa IH Tadmor, Greenfield Irst., 323; M a n k o w s k i , 128-
sanile qàtisu istu alilicsu pùrsu isalli “for his second 29-

293
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

TPI3 — Akk. pahazu v. NA, NB; WScni. lw. (CAD fire” (Isa 54:16); Akk: ì-zi KI.NE = isàtu, pentu
P 32b; AHw 81 ib). Co be arrogane, rccklcss. “fire, charcoal” (CAD I/J; 227b lex. section) =
Ug: ist/phm “fire//coals” (e.g., CTA 4 II: 8—9;
DIÌNOTATI VI!
23:41,44-45,47-48). Heb: DII? »X? HS3 “(it is I
i. (Den2) oyn “b?"?** D C I ? who created thè smith) who blows thè charcoal
v-nx 'rb’i D'mÉn “ (and witb this) Abimelech fire” (Isa 54:16); Akk: assuk perite attapah isàta pente
hired some worthless and reckless fellows, and
esegi nebùtu appuh “I scattered charcoal, then I
they followed him” (Judg 9:4); nÌ“l|Q 'E73X//
kindled thè fire, I kindled glowing charcoal made
cr?Ds e.g., ibbn iraró niià 'r:x crrns ~x":
of asàf’it” (C'AD N ; 26411 2).
nnin iopn ©np “h er prophets were reckless, men
of treachery, her priests profaned what is holy ’Fhe lexeme CTn? (in thè idiomatic expression D'flS
and dici violente to thè law” (Zeph 3:4); Akk: atà !ÍX) may be read as ’OnS “coals.” Accordingly, thè
mannu i\na muhhi i\ssanalli ipahhiz “why would verse in Ps 1 1:6 n'ISÌI m D'IIS □"'S7C7"] bi? "1Q?:
anyone teli lies and be arrogant about it?” (C'AD may be rendered as: “may (thè Lord) rain down
P 32b 1); l’N l’N ata iphizu atta qàlàka “why do upon thè wicked blazing coals and sulfur,” and
you remain silent while l’N and l’N act higli- should be compared to thè Akk. curse formula
handedly?” (CAD P 33a). L’um zunuu penati ina mdtikunu liznuna “instead
(Il von Soden, Or. 37 (1968) 262; Cìreenfield, of dew, may burning coals rain 011 your land”
Loewennstam Fest. 35-40. (Wiseman, Treaties 70:532—33 = SAA II 51:532-
33); Akk: (similar idea), e.g., eli C.N izannun nabli
Tns (fem. nìtnS) = Akk. pahhuztì s. NB (C'AD P “(Istar) rained fire 011 Arabia” (CAD Z 43a b).
33a; CDA 261 a; AIIw 81 ib). Akk. sconndrel; I leb.
arrogance, recklessness. (nntDS) "1Ï3S = Akk. pitru s. OB on (CAD P 449a;
AHw 871 a), separation.
diìnotati vi;
1. (Den 2) 'pan anirnani nnnp©? •’DS? nx wrn The Heb. rnt?S/~l?S is attested nine times 111
□•'nnb» xb “ they (false prophets) are misleading thè expression Orn/DO"! "IBS to connote “thè
my people with their lies and arrogance; it was first release or separation from thè womb,” i.e.,
not I who sent them” (Jer 23:32); (bx) era? rns “fìrstborn of man or beast” (Exod 13:2,12,15;
"inin “arrogant (raging) like thè waters (you shall 34:19; Num 3:12; 18:15; Ezek 20:26), and once in
not excel)” (Cìen 49:4). For a similar description parallelism with 1ÌD?, e.g., "IÌD? Dn"! b? nitDS
of “seething waters” note □ , 3Ì~P-Tn D'Hil “insolent
bxn?" '3?? bi: “ first issue of thè womb, all thè
waters” (Ps 124:s)/0' v Ti? “raging waters” (Isa
fìrstborn of thè Israelites” (Num 8:16).
43:16; Neh 9:1 1); □“’b? ]ÌX3 “swelling (i.e., haughty,
Ili Akk. thè term pitru is most commonly used
proud) waves” (Job 38:1 1); D'ìl niX3 “swelling (i.e.,
to signify a detached area of thè body, e.g., summa
arrogance) of thè sea” (Ps 89:10).
ruqqu sa imitti marti ana idi marti patir “if thè ruqqu
There is only one Akk. reference: l’N pahhuztì
of thè right gali bladder along thè gali bladder
u sarsarrànu sii sii u ahhusu “l’N is a scoundrel and a
is detached” (*CAD R 4<9a c). In Akk. pitru
troublemaker, he and his ancestors” (C'AD P 33a).
“separation” takes 011 also thè nuance ofseparating
CAD P understands this hapax as “cad,
or untying in regards to knots; la pitri “incurable,”
scoundrel”; CDA suggests “insolent?.”
i.e., cannot be separateci, in thè expression séret la
pitri “an incurable punishment (of thè body)”; and
□IlS = Akk. pcmtu s. OH on (CAD P 32 4 b; AHw
“ransom,” thè separation fee: sa ana pitri taddin
8s4a). charcoal.
usai lattica “I will reimburse you in full for thè
PI IR ASLOI.OCY ransom that you paid” (C’AD R 45ob).
i.(Phri) (charcoal fire) DnS ffi>X “charcoal Cf. 1C 33 v.
294
 An Akkadian Lf.xic;al Companion por Biblical Hebrew

""l£33 — Akk. patemi v. fr. OB on (CAD P 286b; — Akk. palati s. OAkk. 011 (CAD P 62b; AHw
AHw 84911). to separate, depart, release. 8 1 sb). canal.

Pi ir aspoi.ocy Pilli. ASI.OLOCY

1. (Pliri) (to open a sluice or waterway) “ItDÍS 1. (Phri) (brooks of water) D'IO , 3i72 (Isa 32:2;
]ÌTIp rPKftO D’Q “thè beginning ofa quarrel is to Ps 1:3; 119:136; Prov 5:16; 21:1; Lam 3:48); Akk:
open a sluice” (Prov 17:14); Akk: nagba pattimi palgu me “diteli of water” (CAD M 149b lex.
“to open a spring,” e.g., Adad zanna urnassiramma section); kima mi' iki u palgi, “like water in a diteli
lui upattira nagbùsu mesrú nuljsu u begalla ina màtiya or 11 canal” (CAD I/J C>7b).
iskun, “Adad brought rain, La opened his springs The Heb. hapax pair □’D 'bnV/D^bs
(and thus) brought forth wealth, abundance, and “brooks//watercourses” (Isa 30:25) may be
fertility in my land” (C’AD N loyb); Adadzunnisu compared to thè following Akk. usage: palgu me
umassira Ila upattira ti arbusti, “Adad released his ublu “thè canal carries water” (*CAD M i49b
rain, La opened his springs” (*CAD ibid.). lex. section); palati bàbiì mê surdùti “canal (that)
brings flowing water” (TCL 3 203, Sar.), where
denotative ;
in both accounts Heb. ^2^ and wabàilu “to bring”
2. (Deii2) bw© n 3?P “laS'l “(Saul tried to pili are employed.
David to thè wall with thè spear), but he departed
from Saul” (iSam 19:10; cf. also 1 Chr 9:33; 2Chr
:òs — Akk. palaku v. OB 011 (CAD P 4911; AHw
23:8); Akk: e.g., nakru ina pan abullisu ul ippattar,
8 1 3b). to divide, demarcate.
“thè enemy does not depart from before thè
gate” (BWL 245:55—57, Proverbs); sa sanati màdàti BH 3^2 is attested as a verb five times, twice in thè
sabituni taptatar, “you released thè one who was Niph'al in thè idiom pKH mbs? “ (in bis days) thè
imprisoned for many years” (SAA X 226: e 23—24 earth was divided” (Cìen 10:25; iChr 1:19); twice
and passim). in thè Pi‘el; once in thè idiomatic hapax nbiïfl 3^2
^ Cf. “to cut a channel “who cut
a channel for thè torrents” (Job 38:25), and on ce­
lli thè idiomatic hapax ptób 3^2 “confound (lit.
= Akk. piyàm/nu B s. syn. list, SB (CAD P
divide) one’s tongue” (i.e., speech) (Ps 55:10).
37111; AHw 862b). Akk. hero(?); I leb. fat.
Akk. employs palàku in mathematical texts, i.e.,
sidda palàku “to divide thè long side ofa rectangle”
l’he BH hapax nip’2 (i.e., É7S?"] inbro T32 HO? ' 3
(AHw 8 1 3b ib). The verb is attested said of meat:
■’b?? Hip" 1 ? [Job 15:27!) was equated by von
firà’ palàku; of a field: eqla palàku (AHw ibid.).
Soden (AHw 862b) with Akk. piyàm/nu, which
Similar to I leb. pXH 113*723 “thè earth was
is attested solely 111 thè syn. list and is equated
divided,” Akk., utilizes thè idiom sa erseti palàku
with qurràdu “hero, warrior”; sikittu “stature.”
tidu niukallimat pilku “who knows how to divide
Since in thè verse above thè primary meaning of
thè land, thè one who marks up thè district” (ArOr
Heb. bp3 (= Akk. basin) is “sinew/tendon,” with
2 119531 377:14—18).
thè extended semantic connotation “strength,
Note thè BA idiomatic hapax nr 1 ?? irÒQ
confidence” (see Held, Uindsberger Irst., 401—6),
<"n.nn “(it will he) a divided kingdom” (D1111 2:41).
and since Job describes thè defuint hero (i.e. “for
Cf. II
he raised his arili against Cìod, he played thè
hero against thè Alniighty,” Job 15:25), one may
suggest that niTS “flit” may have thè extended :: puìatu v. Ug., syn. list; WSem. word (Ugaritica
meaning “strength,” rendering thè clause: “and 5 11968] 35211). to save.
he performed strength upon might.”
The WSem. 2^2 is equated with thè standard Akk.
'■*>' C f . “ 7D 3. verb suzubu “to save” (Ugaritica 5 11968] 243:20).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

I — Akk. pilakk/qq/ggu s. OB on (C'AD P of thè land” (AFIw 8C>3b 3).

371V>; AHw 863;!). spindle-whorl. Demsky has argued that thè LBI I in
Nehemiah 3 is not to be equated to Akk. pilku
piirasloi.ocy
A “administrative district.” Rather, thè Heb. is
i. (Phri) (to hold a spindle) “b? pTOD/^Pn
thè equivalent of Akk. pilku B “fondai service,”
“hold/handlc thc spindle,” e.g., ìinb» ÌT“P
comparatile to Heb. sebel, mas ‘obed.
■^s inpri “she (thè woman of
IH Demsky, IFJ 33 (1983) 242-44; Mankowski, 129 -
valor) sets her hand to thè distaff//her fingers
30; Weinfeld, Akallai Irst., 249 50.
grasp die spindle” (Prov 31:19; 2Sam 3:29); Akk:
ij? ' Cf. ìbs v.
nàs piìaqqi “holder of a spindle” (MSL 12 103:17);
summa pilakka nafima “if (in his dream) he carries
a spindle” (CAD P 3723). 333 = Akk. pannigu (j)cnnigu) s. MA 011, Hittite lw.
The Akk. verbal idiom pilakka nasi “(if he) carries (C'AD P 83b; AFIw 8i8b). (type of bread).
spinelle” (AHw ibid.) = Ug: ahd plk “holder of a
SLQULNCINC
spindle” (IIAB = CTA II: 3-4).
i.(Seqi) (/«Hffi’i’M-bread and honey) ÌIPH
Since thè etymology of thè hapax “IÌET?
i:r.; nài ip#} 3321 n."p •'an? “'bp
seems to be of unknown origin, perhaps thè
‘they were your merchants; they were
pair should be compared to thè
your dealers in wheat of Minnith and cake and
commonly attested Akk. sequence pilakku - kirissu
honey and oil and balm (that) they gave you for
(metathesis for TÌt£T3?) “spindle - metal pin”
import” (Ezek 27:17); Akk: (haslàtu) patinigli dispu
(CAD K 407b, s.v. kirissu).
“(hasldtu-bread), cake, honey” (Borger, Esarh 94:
Further, as depicted 111 Prov 31:10, thè
25-27).
designation b’O nt?X in thè sense of a capable
IH C'ohen, Hapax 1 18.
and efficient woman is not unrelated to thè Akk.
sinnisti temi “skilled woman,” who is portrayed
performing thè activity of spinning (Akk. tal’/ H33 = Akk. patiil v. OA, OB on, denom.v. (CAD
mu) at thè spindle (Akk. pilakku): sipati pisàti P 98b; AI lw 822b). to turn to.
sipati sal\màtc\ qà ispa ina pilakki itme “she (skillful
DHNOTATIVIi
woman) spuli with a spindle white wool, black
wool, a doublé thread” (Surpu V—VI 146—5 1, i. (I )eii2) (to turn to) □'“in» CPrÒX 7132 '3
Reiner, Surpu, 34). “for they have turned to other gods” (Deut 31:18;
Ps 40:5); Akk: ana mannim sanim lapnu “to whom
(il Lichtenstein, JANES 4 (1972) 108—9; Kaufman,
else should I turn?” (CAD P 99b); quràd Assur ana
AIA 82- 83.
mithusi iparmu muta “thè warriors of Assur face
death in battle” (ibid.).
II = Akk. pilku A s. OB 011 (C'AD P 373b;
Akk. pamì frequently has thè meaning “to move
AHw 863a). district.
alleaci (of),” e.g., itiqusuma iptutsu iksudma “which
PI I R AS LO I OC Y (Jupiter) had overtaken and moved ahead of’
i. (Phr2) (chief of thè district) "b? e.g., (CAD P 99).
-pi np nrn in rrs^P niss^xn szs r.x- In Heb. thè Pi’el has a meaning “to clear
□“13n rP3 “Malkiyah son of Rekhab, chief of away,” e.g., Isa 57:14. In Akk. thè D-stem is
thè district of Beth-hakkerem, repaired thè Dung attested only in OA, with thè meaning “to
Clate” (Neh 3:14, cf. also “V? C'ari) “]& Neh transfer, turn over (property)” (CAD P 99b 3).
3:9,12,16,17,18); Akk: rab piìkàni “chief of thè Note thè possibility that thè adv.//panimu
distriets” (ABL 91:14,28 = SAA I 77; AHw 86_3b “before” is empoyed in EA 155:46: ama tu sarri//
5); cf. also bclct pìlki mati “thè lady of thè district panimu \i\IIak “thè word of thè king goes before
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion ior Biblical H F.BREW 'T

bini.” The CAI) (P 82.1) maintains a “WSem. ana sòr abini niddi\n\m\a\ “we planned to leave to
word” but thè “mng. unknown.” go to our father” (CAD N S3a, Mari).
For patiti in a late Bronze Age letter from 6. (Id2) (to reject, lit. turn thè face). son
Hazor, see Florowitz, IFJ 50 (2000) 18-19; □'aa, e.g., 'aiss nx •V'fr: ano ■ , as Tòorn “i will
Cìreenstein, Weinjeld Irst. 352-53. turn my face from them and my treasures shall be
,jr Cf. cns. defiled” (Fzek 7:22); ìan'l TI '3 2 2 1 ; □ÍT33 Qtri
‘and they (forefathers) turn their face away
from thè dwelling place of thè Ford, turning their
□‘'3S = Akk. patiu s. fr. OAkk. on (CAD P 84a;
backs 011 it” (2Chr 29:6); Akk: (said of thè gods)
AHw 8 1 8b). front, face.
panà subbimi, e.g., adi mati beiti zenàtima sultburu
idiomatic usaci; panùki “how long, my lady, will you remain angry,
1. (Idi) (to rare for) D^S XÉ73. Cf. X&3 v. will your face be turned away in anger?” (CAD
2. (Idi) (to covet) cns) XÉ73. c;f. XÉ73 v. S soa b’); asarsani beli pani\su\ a usa\bh\ir “let my
3. (Idi) (to pay attention) □‘'33 ]H3. C'f. }n3 v. lord not turn his attention elsewhere” (CAD S
4. (Idi) (to change one’s mood, become Soa and passim); cf. FI eh: (functional equivalent)
upset) cns na?;, e.g., narà r^rr. ns:*? ìnspnri □^s “inpn (said of cìod), e.g., ...n , sx rnm
innari] ras ‘ ‘You overpower him forever and □rii? 'as Tnnprn □Tour] “then My anger will
he pcrishes, You alter his countenace (i.e., make flare up against them, and I will abandon them
him gloomy) and dispatch him” (Job 14:20); nft?n and Inde My face from them” (Deut 31:17; cf.
x;;r ras Tiry/vas -vxn d-jx “a man’s wisdom Isa 54:8; Jer 33:5; Ps 30:8 and passim) = FBFI
lights up his face (i.e, makes him happy) but anger (idiomatic hapax) D’aS “1DÌ1 “turn thè face,” e.g.,
changes his countenance (i.e., makes him sad)” rbx awn ox □??? o^as tp;- x^i “He will not
(Ree 8:1); Akk: isnu panùsa “(Saltu flew into a turn His face from you if you return to Him”
rage,) her face altered horribly” (Agushaya Hynm, (2C.hr 30:9).
I viii 26). Cf. panù nakàm, e.g., imras libbi panù'a 7. (Id2) (to make happy, lit. light up thè
ittakrù, “I became heartsick (and) my countenance face) D'aS "1XH, e.g., ^aiTl T3S TI "IX; “may
changed” (LKA 25:5—6); zlmu nakàm, e.g., zimisu Cìod (benevolently) cause His countenance to
ittakrù...ul itiqù ribit i.. .sii ul tammar bidùti... su ul shine upon you and deal graciously with you”
badi imtaìkù, “their countenances have changed... (Num 6:25; cf. also Ps 31:17; 80:4,8,20; 1 19:135;
they have not traversed thè city square...you do Dan 9:17); Akk. pani nummuru, e.g., ina eles libbi
not experience joy...they have decided not to nuniniur pani badis minima, “I (Sargon II) entered
rejoicc” (BHT, pi. 5, voi. 1, 11:13—16); ina la (thè tempie) joyfully, with rejoicing heart and
màkàle zimùa itta\kru\ “through lack of food my radiant face” (CAD N j 2i6b 4 and passim); rubimi
countenance is changed” (BWF 44:91, Fucilili); na’dum munawwir pani l'ispak sàkin màkàl! ellùtim
and zima stintiti “change thè countenance” (STT ana Ninazu, “thè pious prince, who brightens thè
24:6; see also Cìruber, 358fT.). Cf. BA VT. countenance of Tishpak, who provides feasts for
5. (kb) (to proceed, start out toward) IT'KV'D'É’ Ninazu” (CH Prologue); cf. Ug: 'umy td ky ‘rbt
cns, e.g., - 1 1 i n ras □s^i “and he (jacob) Ipn sps upn sps nr by m’id “my mother, you should
started out toward thè bill country of Cìilead” know that I entered into thè presence of‘thè sun’
(Cìen 31:21; cf. also 2Kgs 12:18; Jer 42:15); Heb: and thè face of‘thè sun’ shone greatly” (Cordoli,
□■'23 n'É (idiomatic hapax), T32 *?X nEH 101 5:6—10).
“he (Balaam) set toward thè wilderness” (Num (to make happy) D'aS bnsn, e.g., nïïÉT’
24:1); Akk: pana sakànu, e.g., summa panùka ana D'as unax zzb “wine that cheers
àlim saknu “if you are about to go to Assur” thè hearts of men, oil that makes thè face happy”
(CAD S i3ya c); ana sùzub napsàtisu ana màti la (Ps 104:15); Akk: pamù hadù, e.g., \ir\àmsima hadù
ide panisi1 istakan “to save his life he started toward panùsa, “he loved her, and her face was full of
an unknown country” (CAD I/J 2ya c); panine joy” (C'AI) H 26a); ana rubé terrub sarru ana panika

297
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

ibaddu, “you (may) go into thè presence of thè wipe off his (Esau) face (of anger) (i.e., mollify
prince, thè king will be well disposed towards bini) with thè present ahead of me (and then
you” (CAD fi 2 7 a); cf. Heb: n# nnpttf? innnn afterward I shall see him face to face)” (Cien
^33 “You gladdened bini (thè king) with thè joy 32:20); Akk: e.g., summa panlsu ukappir “if he rubs
of Your presence” (Ps 21:7). his face” (CAD K i79a 3 c).
8. (Id2) (to sadden, lit. to fall said of thè face) 13. (Phri) (fierce face) CT33 TSÍH; Akk: panu
cr?s b , 3n/b33, e.g., Tpa ib?3 npbi ■qb nnn nab ezezu. See TTSJ v.
“why are you distressed//and why is your face 14. (Pliri) (to walk continuously, be loyal)
fallcn?” (Cen 4:6; cf. also Cien 4:5); '33 b'3K Kib '3?b “bnrn/rbn: Akk: ina pani.. .alaku/atallaku.
□bi!? 1 ? “IÌ£S^ Xb//...''3X Tpn '3 D33 “I will not be See ^bn.
angry at you, for I am compassionate...//I do not 15. (Phr2) (to see thè face) nTn/Q3n/nXn
bear a grudge for all time” (Jer 3:12); Akk: pcmù □'33, e.g., '33 ntf ’OÌIK niCl “I (Jacob) see
qudduda/maqàtu, e.g., ammali akla lélàka qudd\udu that your father’s (Laban) face toward me (is not
panuka] “why are your cheeks (so) emaciated, as it has been in thè past)” (Cìen 31:5; Exod 33:23
your face downcast?” (CAD Q 4sb b); qadda and passim)/□‘'33 £D3n (idiomatic hapax), '33 CD3nÌ
Ictàsu quddudu pan\ùsu\ “(as for thè heron) its ^IIT2?P “look upon thè face of your anointed” (Ps
cheeks are sunken, sunken is its face” (CAD Q 84:1 o)/D'33 nrn (idiomatic hapax) HTIIK pnS3 '3K
45a 2'); panu maqàtu “thè face has fallen” (in med. “but my plea is just that I should see your
context), e.g., panusu maqtu, “(if) his face is fallen face” (Ps 17:15); Akk: (referring to gods) pauà
(i.e., gloomy, sick)” (CAD M | 245!! 2'). amàru “to see thè face,” e.g., panika àitamar lusera
I R ANSll.RRI.I) MliANINC anàku, “when I see your (Ishtar’s) face I prosper
9. (TMi) (surface of thè water) 3'n'bx mi! indeed” (*CAI) A 2ib, s.v. panu); (referring to
crpn "3 bi? nsnnp “and thè wind of god private persons), e.g., u summa amat pani bcliya
sweeping over thè surface of thè water” (Gen lurnurnia ìumut, “and if I have to die, let me die
1:2); Akk. summa ina pan me damu basir “if blood after having seen my master” (CAD A 22a c).
coagulates 011 thè surface of thè water” (CAD P 16. (Phr2) (to have an audience |with thè
89b b). kingl) Q'33 nxn, e.g., '331 in'3 bx 3Ò -1 ~|bpn npX’1
10. (TM2) (surface of thè earth) b? m nj?CS>ni nx~rxb1 ‘but thè king said, ‘let him go directly to
nQ"lNil , ’3S“and it watered thè surface of thè land” his house and he shall not have an audience with
(Cien 2:6); Akk. pani qaqqaru usappiima “I cleared me’” (2Sam 14:24; cf. Cìen 43:3,5; Exod 10:28);
thè surface of thè terrain” (CAD P 8yb c). Akk. panà amàru, e.g., panuya ana alàki ana amàiri
pani sani bcliya, “my intentions are to leave and to
SLQULNC1NC
see thè king, my lord, personally” (CAD A 2ib
11. (Seq2) (front and back) "lÍnXT D , B, e.g.,
b); pani sa sani bcliya ki àmuru abtalut, “I got well
"linKl D^S nnins «■’Hi “and it (thè scroll) was
when I saw thè king, my lord, face to face” (CAD
inscribed on both thè front and back” (Ezek
ibid. and passim).
2:10); “lirasm CP33P nDnbpn '1 B “battle line
17. (Phr2) (to seek someone) IT33 niWttfpa,
both front and rear” (2Sam 10:9; cf. also Jer 7:24;
e.g., ttfpnn ’n ■'?? nx nin “ and David sought thè
iChr 19:10; 2Chr 13:14); Akk: pani u warki, e.g.,
Lord” (2Sam 21:1; cf. also 1 Kgs 10:24 and passim);
Samas ina pariiya Sin ina arkiya, “Samas in front
Heb: (idiomatic hapax) □,33 “ITO?, e.g., 1? bi?
of me, Sin behind me” (CAD A 279a 2'); ana
“ksck' nn© 1 ? ^ipKnpb tixs; “therefore I
panisi1 sulmu ana warkisu balàtu, “safety in front of
have come out to you, seeking you, and have
him, life behind him” (CAD ibid., cf. also AI Iw
found you” (Prov 7:1 5); Akk: pana sc'u, e.g., isc”i
82ob 5).
paniki, “I shall seek you” (AHw 8iya, 6d). Akk.
PI IR ASLOLOCY also has thè connotation “to sue”: summa awcìu
12. (Pliri) (to wipe thè face) “133, e.g., panikunu ise’ù rnà ana bàb dinim la iraddiiiktinu, “if
'33*7 nsbhn nmps ras nnsqx “i (Jacob) will thè gentlemen want to sue you, they must not
 An Akkadian Lexicai, Companion por Biblical Hebrew D^S• T

take you to court” (C'AI) S 3s8a 3, s.v. se’iì); s.v. manzàzu). As noted by Gruber (148:2), Heb.
[8. (Phr2) (to marcii in review, parade) 3'lJa (ìKgs 4:19 and passim) is thè semantic
,3? ba “ina, e.g., □•'"!3j?...D'rian bpi 'nbsn bni equivalent of Akk. manzàzu.
■^7?“ '33 ha “and all thè Felethites and all tlìe 20. (Phr2) (bad, gloomy face) D'3S BT, e.g.,
Gittites...passed before thc king” (iSam 15:18); rab ncD" cras Bnn plnt^a db? raitD “vexation
ras ba nman “inani “ and thè tribute was is better than frivolity, for joy is achieved through
paraded before him” (Cien 32:21); Akk: ina pani... (lit. badness of thè face) sadness” (Ecc 7:3); Heb:
ctequ, e.g., ki ralnìtu ina pancsu ctiqùui ittalka, “he (twice attested) □'iH D'aS “thè face is bad,” i.e.,
carne as soon as thè officials had marched by in “gloomy” (Cien 40:7; Neh 2:2); Akk: (in sequence
review before him” (C'AI) E 386I1 d); stràni sa with), e.g., lemnu sa pani ìcmnu pù leninu lisànu
niàtàti gabbu \ina pa\n abika ctiquui [A?]i 1 annimma lentnu, “thè evil one with an evil face, an evil
ina pan màr sarri...\li\tiqu, “just as thè noblemen mouth, an evil tongue” (CAD L 21 ih c; cf. also
of all thè countries marched in review before CAD L i22a 5). Note also thè verbal idiom zima
your father, so let them march in review before lummunu, “to make thè foce baci,” i.e., “gloomy,”
thè crown prince” (CAI) ibid.); Akk: ina mahri e.g., zimusu ulamtninnia rcsis ëtnëma, “he assumed
ctequ “to pass in review before,” e.g., sattisam in thè appearance of a lowly person and thus carne
nuhsi u [legaili ina mahrisutiu ètettiq, “every year I to look like a slave” (CAD Z i2ob 2').
(Nebuchadnezzar II) used to march in review in 21. (Phr2) (enraged face) D'SBt/D'aBTa CPaS,

abundance and plenty (of offerings) before them e.g., “ino ptób craBra orisi “ so an angry face
(thè gods)” (CAI) ibid.). holds back slander” (Prov 25:23)/^ nXT nab

19. (Phr2) (to stand before, serve) /^sb naB □,sj?t cras “ and if he sees your face displeased”

'55 cr3ì??n r.x Di?nnn “[ban fari (Dan 1:10); Akk: panu ezzu, e.g., |lumtiu] sa patii

rnx nabt? 'as Dnaa rn “i?;x “thè king, ezzu nielattiniu kissuru, “thè evil one whose face

Rehoboam, took counsel with thè elders who is fierce and (who radiates) bundles of light rays”

had served his father Solomon” (ìKgs 12:6) = (CAD E 428a b).

□'naán Inx 'bna -rx crnb'n nx fari cns ba bsa (attested 16 times in thè context of
ras1? ‘ ‘and he (Reheboam) took counsel with divine worship or supplication) means to fall 011
thè young men who had grown up with him and one’s face, e.g., InX “PT1 rjS bB DnnX bsn1
were serving bini” (iKgs 12:8; cf. 1 Kgs 10:8; Dan “làxb D'nbx “Abraham fell 011 bis face, and Cìod
2:2; 2Chr 18:18 and passim); (said of th Lord), spoke to him further” (Cien 17:3; Lev 9:24; 1 Kgs
e.g., n^ ox ras1? thob 'n 'n naxr “he 18:39; Ezek 1:28 and passim). Akk. does not
(Elisila) replied ‘As thè Lord lives, whom I served, employ thè expression *ina pani maqàtu “to fall 011
I will not accept anything’” (2Kgs 5:16); nnab thc face” as a gesture of supplication and worship,
□nn^b nnan '3?b naabi ’n ptfa nnàaa nx “to however, as pointed out by Gruber (pp. 20iff).
perforili thè duties of thè Lord’s Tabernacle and Akk. (EA and RS) utilizes thè stereotyped idiom
to serve thè community and perforili for them” ana sepe (sarri) maqàtu, “to fall at thè feet (of thè
(Num 16:9) = LBH: Tjban ^S nX □Tnràn king),” i.e., “to bow,” e.g., ana scpë sarri bcliya
“who serve thè king” (Esth 1:10); Akk: (said of Samas sipir seri u lilama 7-su ana patii 7-tàni amqut
humans), i.e., ina pan PN tizuzzu “to stand before “I fall seven times (and) seven times at thè feet of
PN,” i.e., serve PN, e.g., u anàku kàrib sarri bcliya thè king my lord, thè sun-god, thè messenger of
ina pan sarri bcliya lazziz, “and as for me, thè one dawn and night” (EA 195:11-15 and passim in
who blesses thè king my lord, may I serve thè EA and RS). In standard Akk. thè typical idiom
king my lord” (ABL 435 r. 1-3; see Oppenheim, ina pan DN kamàsu “to kneel down at thè face
JAOS 61 [1941] 258 and passim). In Akk. “court of DN” (i.e., “to bcsccch”) is attested, e.g., ina
officiai” is called manzàz pan sarri “one who stands panika ana dini dàni kanisàku “I am kneeling before
before thè king,” e.g., ana sut rese manzàz panisu you for you to judge my case” (CAD K 1 uja; cf.
ittanabbalu ina damqàti “(thè king who) treats thè also Gruber, I76ff).
officials who serve him kindly” (C'AD M 234a, iíí cr. ma v.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

1103 — Akk. pesstì adj. EA, SB (CAD P 327I3; AHw Sarna (Cìetiesis, 255), Ibs psm “provides a parallel to
8s6b). lame. thè biblical phrase but (with) little clarification.”
IH Speiser, AB 1 2X9-90.
DENOTATIVE

1. (Den2) npn xP; *6 nos ni» “no

one who is blind or lame may enter thè house” DOS = Akk. pasdsu v. OB on (CAD P 2i8b; AHw
(2Sam 5:8; Jer 31:8); Akk: stimma awtla pessà imur 838a). to cancel.
qàt |DN| summa anni a sukkuka imur qàt Nergal, “if
The BH hapax 103 attested in Ps 12:2 was
(thè exorcist 011 his way to thc paticnt) sees a lame
emended to 130 (i.e., ^10) “come to an end”
man, (it is) thè hand of (thè god) [...], if he sees a
(Kraus, Psabns 1—59:206—7), and to 103X “they
deaf man, (it is) thè hand of Nergal” (Labat, TDP
have disappeared,” where thè verb allegcdly
p. 4:38-39).
undergoes thè apheresis of initial alepli (l)ahood,
Accordingto E. Leichty, “[Sumerian] ba-an-za and AB 16 73). A11 alternative solution absent of
pissu are etymologically related, but thè direction emendations is to equate etymologically and
of borrowing is unknown. Here [Stimma Izbu semantically I leb. 103 to Akk. pasàsu “to erase,
commentary to I 54] pissu is explained as ‘short’ blot out, cancel, destroy.” I bis suggestion gains
\kurà\ or ‘dwarf” (Leichty, TCS 4, 36). some ground noting that it is not unlike Heb.
cnirax 103 npn 103 “thè faithful bave ceased/ /
CTpEl ?? Akk. pisannu s. NB (C'AD P 427I1; AHw thè loyal is blotted out (i.e., destroyed)” = Heb:
868a). (piece of clothing). (non nnip) “ to blot out devotion” (Neh 13:14),
and Akk. likewise employs pasàsu with idioms
The precise mng. of Heb. □''03 remains unclcar.
concerning blotting, cancelling, erasing a loyalty
It is attested once 111 thè Joseph story (Cien 37:3)
oath, treaty, provisions, such as: mïmiita/ade pasàsu
and in 2Sam 13:18—19, as a distinctive dress of
(CAD P 2iyb c; AHw 8^8b c).
virgin daughters of royalty.
Speiser proposed to equate thè lexeme to
Akk. pisannu, stating that “Cuneiform inventones □Í73 = Akk. pemu (j)ënii) s . SB (CAD P 32ih; AHw
may shed light on thè garment in question. 8s4a). Akk. thigh; Heb. foot, step > pace > time.
Among various types of clothing listed in thè
DENOTATIVI'.
texts, there is one called kitti (or kutimiu) pisannu...
i.(Den2) □l?3//bn “foot//leg” (Isa 26:6);
thè article so desenbed was a ceremomal robe
that could be draped about statues of goddesses,
□Ì?3//m®X “foot//leg” (Ps 17:5); Akk. tambas
pensa tassuka ubànsa “(Ereshkigal) smote her thigh,
and had various gold ornaments sewed olito it.
she bit her finger” (Dcsccnt of Ishtar 100); qablàsu
Some of these ornaments would occasionally
ikkalasu kinsàsu izaqqatasu pentisti itannah burkàsu
come undone and need to be sent to thè proper
craftsman for repairs, hence thè notation 111 thè ikassasasu “his hips hurt him, his shins sting him,
inventories. If thè comparison is valid...the second his thighs keep becoming weak, his knees hurt”
element in thè Heb. phrase, i.e., passim, would be (CiAD P 322a).
an adaptation of Akk. pisannu, a technical term
denoting applique ornaments on costly vests and “!p3 = Akk. paqàdu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CiAD P
bodices.” 1 1 sa; AHw 824b). to care for, entrust.
Cif. CT 55 867:2 for blue wool used for thè
pisannu and CT 55 778:5 for red wool (CAD P IDIOMATIC USACE

427b). 1. (Idi) (to care for) TJ , nS n^] np3

The phrase Ibspsm is attested in a list of various npn anana nxi aib?;1? np3n “see to thè welfare
articles of clothing from Ugarit (UT 1 1 12: 5) from of your brothers and bring back some token from
thè 13th century B.C.E. However, as noted by them” (iSam 17:18); Akk: ana sul mi paqàdu, e.g.,

300
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

atta salme baiati piqdanni, “entrust me for well- thè appointment was mandateci before you” (ABL
bemg and healtb” (C'AI) S 248, s.v. sulmu); cf. 304:7—8); Uteri ardu piqittum ina muhhisu piqidam
also massartim sulum u baiati ipqidu ittiya, “(thc “assign to a slave thè responsibility” (CAI) P
gods) appointed for me a guard for wcll-being 39 ih).
and Health” (CAI) S 24Kb).
PI IRASEOI.OC Y
2. (Id2) (to entrust) np npEH, e.g., ^“Ip
2. (Phri) (supervisor) nnpS bvZ “supervisor”
pn np?x 1 ‘into Your hand I entrust my spirit”
(Jer 37:13); Akk. bel piqitti, e.g., bel piqittika ibassi
(Ps 3 1:6); Akk: ana qàte paqàdu, e.g., ana qàte damqàli
ina panisunu hazannu sa àli rab dayàli bel piqittàtiya
sa iliya...piqdanni, “entrust me to thè propitious
ina muhhisunu “is your appointed officiai over
hands of my god” (C'AI) S 248a, s.v. sulmu); alititi
them? thè mayor of thc city (and) thc chief
ctepiissunu u ana qàti l’N màriya aptaqissunu, “these
inspector bave been installed as my officials over
things I (Idrimi) did, and 1 entrustcd them to my
them” (ABL 573:7-12); dullu sa bit beleka in qàtika
son l’N” (Smith, Idrimi, 91; AI lw 82_sa 5).
uba’ bel piqittàte \sa bit\ bcliya ibassi, “thè work of
1’ I I R A S LO I, OC Y thc house of your lord(s) I have entrustcd to your
JHX npS,
3. (Pliri) (to take care of thè earth) hand, thè officials of thè house of my lord” (ABL
e.g., nntppn nnn nppÉ;rn pxn nnps “You took 778:1 1 —14).
care of thè earth and irrigateci it, You enrichcd it 3. (Phr2) (to set up an inspection) nnpS DP,
greatly” (Ps 65:10); Akk. erseta paqàdu: Nabli pàqid e.g., ’n np bs nnp? ]nàn “thè priest
hissat sanie u erseti, “Nabli, caretaker of thè whole (Jehoiada) set administrative inspections (i.e.,
heaven and earth” (ABL 1 165 r. 7). watch) over thè House of thè Lord” (2Kgs 1 1:18);
4. (Pliri) (caretaker of a tempie) np n'pS, Akk: piqitta sakànu: cnuma lìnlil ina màti iskunu
e.g., ’n np3 n'33 TpS Xin] “and he was thc piqittu, “when Enlil made an inspection in thè
chief overseer in thè I Iouse of thè Lord” (Jer land” (BWL 208:15, Fable of thè Fox); ina Sambi
20:1); opp? nrnb insn annm nnn irò nagi piqitti ummàniya askun sa sisc u narkabàti ànima
n np “thè Lord appointed you priest in place minàsun, “in thè district of Sumbi I (Sargon) set
of thè priest Jehoiada, to he thè overseer in thè up an inspection of (i.e., reviewed) my troops,
H ouse of thè Lord” (Jer 29:26); Akk: paqid biti, as to thè horses and thè chariots I inspected their
e.g., pàqid bitim Hursagkalama “who takes charge numbers” (Winckler, Sargon, 8:12).
of thè tempie of Hursagkalama” (CII Prologue). 4. (Phr2) ’n np nnps “ inspection of thè
Cf. also pàqid csreti “overseer of sanctuaries,” e.g., Tempie of thc Lord” (2Chr 23:18); |3t?pn nnp£J
musesib alani mukin màliàzi pàqid csrct ilàni kalisina “thè inspection of thè Tabernacle” (Num 4:16);
“(Marduk) who resettlcs cities, establishes cult Akk: sulmu ana piqitti sa bit kutalli, “it is well with
centers, provides for thè sanctuaries of all gods” thè inspection of thè side of thè palace” (ABL
(CAI) A,437a 2', s.v. asirtu); \iqip\suma sukkallut 363:6); [ina] muhhi piqitti [.svj] bit màr sarri, “with
apsi paqdu csreti, “he entrustcd thè ministry of regard to thè inspection of thè house of thè
Apsu and care of thè sanctuaries” (lin. el. V 84). crown prince” (ABL 658:9-10; cf. also ABL 357:
r- 4-5)-

rnp3 = Akk. piqittu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AI) P 3 88b; Based 011 context, thè idiomatic: hapax nnpSn np
ALIw 86sa). inspection, appointment. (Jer 52:1 1) is traditionally rendered “prison” (cf,
e.g., BDB, NJPS, NHB and others). Holladay
cocnatt ; accusativi;
jJeremiah 2:436; 44of.) proposed thc rendering
1. (CA) (idiomatic hapax) nnp3 npS, e.g., “house of <<milliry>>,” thus following Toorn’s
cnps? npEr anxn bz nnpsi “and thc allocation thesis (VT 36 I1986] 251:3). In light of thè above
(i.e., appointment) of all men will bc allocateci Akk. meaning of piqittu/piqittùtu and in light of
(i.e., appointed) to them” (Num 16:29); Akk: thè once-attested idiomatic expression nnpS bV2
piqitta paqàdu, e.g., ki piqitti ina panika paqdu, “since (= Akk: bel piqitti/piqittuti “supervisor”) in Jer
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biislical Hlisrlw

37:13, it seems best to render rnpSil IT? as “a “calfskin,” e.g., 5 maski sa bum “five calf hides”
house of inspection/surpervision,” a somewhat (parallel: maski sa alpi “ox hides”) (CAD B 341 a
lesser restricted detention house than xibpn n’3
“prison house” (similarly attested in Jer 52:31). 1)1 NO I A 1 IVI

2. (Deio) crxnp nboi D'b'x nibý ny:?®

— Akk. puquddii, puqdii s. OB 011 (C'AI) P Tisan xb □•'"imi?! □•'fcnrn iris ani “i am sated
5 14b; AHw 88oa). deposit. with offerings of rams, and suet of fatlings, and
blood of bulls; and I do not delight in lambs and
BH employs ]Ì“ljPS in thè sense of an officiai
he-goats” (Isa 1:11); Akk: atùdu sappara imhasma
deposit (for safe-keeping) three times: b?X!l il'ni
burnititi 11I ukanui “it (thè disease) hit thè wild
ninn 'at? yn^b pxb ]Ìnpsb “and thè food will
goat (and) thè boar, was carelcss with their young
be as an officiai deposit for thè country against
one(s)” (CAD B 34ob lex. section); littu bùrsu
thè seven years of tannile” (Cìen 41:36); (“when
restii sapilma “thè fìrstborn calf of a cow is (often)
a person sins and trespasses against thè Lord by
inferior” C’AD B 341 b).
dealing deceitfully with his fellow”) ÌX }ÌnpB3
bran ix t nmè?rn “ in a matter of safe deposit, C'f. rns.
or contract, or theft” (Lev 5:21,23); Akk: immeri
puquddi “a sheep placed in trust” (MSL 8/1 ÍCI2 = Akk. parti A s. OB, NA (CAD P 2o6b;
19:148); 30 scila puquddc |/ìì] qàtisu issabat “he AHw 837a). mule, hmny, wild ass.
took thirty sheep entrusted to his keeping” (C'AI)
l J 5 14b); aria piqitti ncperctim “for deposit of food diìnotati vi;
ration” (ARM 9 p. 257:1711). 1. (i)eu2) x- ? — y “ wild ass colt” (Job 11:12);
Akk: sisù tcbii ina multili atàni pare kt ehi ki sa
rakbuma ina uztiisa ulahhas “when a lusty stallion
nýpS = Akk. pcq(q)u s. SB, NB (CAD P 326I-.;
was mounting a jenny-ass, as he was mating he
AIIw 854b), colocynth, bitter cucumber/appiè.
whispers in her ear” (BWL 218:1 5— 16, Sayings).
denotativi ;
The hapax pair Cinny/D'XnS “flocks/wild
1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) ITrón bx “rnt? XS»]
asses” (Isa 32:14) may be compared to thè Akk.
nn» náps iaap zjh': nnz; |aa xspn r.-x topbb expression suguUàit...parè\ sugullàt sisc rapsàti pare
inp xbp ‘ ‘one (of them) went out into thè field
agàli u marsit qcrbctcsunu “vast herds of horses,
to gather herbs and found wild vines, he collected
mules, a(jíï/n-equids, and flocks of their pastures”
a skirt full of bitter cucumbers” (2Kgs 4:39);
(CAD P 207a b).
Akk: peq(q)à, which is equated in thè syn. list to
damsillu “a kind of cucumber” and lalikkù (liligu)
“a cucurbitaceous plant” (C'AD L i86a). pcq(q)u is "1"IS= Akk. pirdu s. OA (CAD P 394b: ALIw 8553).
equated to zer pilìù “seed of mandragora.” In SB, mule.
pcqquti “colocynth” occurs in a list of plants in
SLQULNCINC,
Merodachbaladan’s garden (CAD P 326I1; AHw
1. (Secp) niranni baan nnsn oion “thè
854IV).
borse, thè mule, thè carnei, and thè donkey”
(Zech 14:15 cf. also 1 Chr 12:41); cf. Akk: pirdi
"12 = Akk. bum A (orpara) s. OB 011 (CAD B 34ob; intéri u alpe “equids, donkeys and bulls” (C'AD P
AHw 141 b, s.v. bum II). Akk. quadruped young;
395<>).
Heb. young bull.
PI IRASLOLOC Y

IMIRASLOl.OCY 2. (Phr2) (to ride a mule) by □ibEqXl

i. (Phr2) (animai hide) 1211 1ÍJJ “thc hide of Tisn ‘ ‘and Absalom rode 011 thè mule” (2Sam
thè young bull” (Lev 4:11); Akk: masku sa buri 18:9; cf. also 2Sam 13:29; 1 Kgs 1:33,44); Akk:

302
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrlw “ins
T

e.g., mcrdam arnmiam dimmi ana sikkatim allak cow” (Descent of Ishtar 77); Akk: alpu - littu “bull
kuàum mera ’ka amdku ina sëpiya allak dinassuina ana - cow” (CAD L 2i7b a) = littu - bùru “cow - calf”
sikkatim larkabma “givo ine that equid, I ani going (CAD B 341 b 2 1 ).
to thc campaign(?), I ani your own son so that I
burtu is equated in thè syn. list to thè more
may ride to thè campaign(?)” (CAI) P 394-b).
common word for cow, i.e., littu (CAD L 217b
The Akkadian terms for “mule” in all dialects lex. section). Note also that Akk. burtu is attested
but thè Old Assyrian dialect are kùdanu, partì, or as a personal name. This calls to mind thè BH l’N
damdammu (thè differences, if any, among these nxb (attested 34 times, only in Genesis), which
three terms is undear); whereas pirdtt is attested may be equated etymologically and sementically
only in Old Assyrian texts from Cappadocia. to Akk. littu “cow” (C'AD L 2i7a).
Thus, most likely, pirdtt denotes “a mule” in thè CAD B 334b n. states “[thè reading] purtu
Old Assyrian dialect. Cif also Ug. prd. seems preferable.... fhe word burtu seems to
denote simply thc female of thè species regardless
of age.” For a detailed discussion of burtu and
“PS ?? Akk. paràdu 11(?) v. NB; WSem. lw. (AHw
other terms for male and female bovines, see
827a; CDA 2ó4a). to separate.
Landsberger, MSL 8/ 1 63—66.
According to AHw and CDA, thè Akk. (hapax)
is attested in thè N-Stem, i.e., sa ippurdu “who "ina = Akk. punì A {pumi) s. OB 011; Sum. lw.
separated themselves” (said of gods); cf. Heb: ( " ,l ‘ > bur
(CAD P 526b; AHw 88 ih s.v. pùru I). Akk.
n“]33 (e.g., Cen 10:5). However, thè C'AD (P shallow bowl; Heb. pot.
I44b) states “probably to be emended to ip-
denotativi ;
par-<si>-du-ma, from naparsudu” “to escape, to
flee.” i.(l)cii2) (in sequence with other vessels)
nns ,nnbj? nn ,ni53 “cauldron, pan, kettle,
pot” (1 Sam 2:14); ninrpn inn ix anna i3nai
D'T!"12 = Akk. pardesn s. NB, OPers. lw. pairi-
ni3y inx nns? “grind it (thè manna)
daeza (C'AD P 1 82b; AHw 833a). enclosure, park, between millstones or pound it in a mortar, boil
garden.
it in a pot and make it into cakes” (Num 1 1:8);
nnsn pnpni “and he (Gideon) poured thè
On - ]? is attested three times, only in LBH in SoS
broth into a pot” (Judg 6:iy).
4:13, D^isn DII? “ orchard of pomegranates,”
and twice referring to a royal garden in Hcc 2:5, Note thè equation of pùru to kainiti sa sàbiti “a
nÌ33 “gardens and parks” and in Neh 2:8, small container belonging to thè preparer of
"b'ib np'x onnsn -r:r -ex “ Asaph, thè keeper sesame oil” (CAD P 527a lex. section, NB med.
of thè king’s park.” c o r n i l i . ) , as well as in a sequence with diqàru (LH

Note thè Akk. expressions duUtt sa pardesn nnnjp, me tathesis) “bowl” (with a round bottoni)
(CAD A j 337K s.v. algamesu, lex. section). For thè
“work of thè garden” and mas sa pardesn “thè
pùru “bowl made of algamesti-stonc (stcatitc(?)),”
xra/o-worker of thè garden” (CAD ibid.).
see CAD ibid. Further, Akk. pùru is used as:
pur {limeti “a dish of ghee”/pur sikkati “perfume
rnS = Akk. burtu s. OB on (CAD B 334a; AI Iw container”/;)»)" abni “stone bowl”AaMUJM puri
141 a), cow. “high quality pùru oil”/pùr niàkàli “meal dish”
pùru rabùtu “large vats” (CAD P 527a). Note also
SLQULNCINC
thè verbal expressions ina pùri akàlu “to eat (food)
1. (Seq2) (cow - bull) DnS - ni“13 “bulls - from thè piate”/»/!? pùri tabàku “to pour into (a
cows” (Clen 32:15); Ì1"1S//~1Ì© “cow - bull” (Job stone) bowl,” as well as ina puri basalti “to boil in
21:10); Akk: burtu - alpu “cow - bull,” e.g., ana a bowl” (CAD P S27a) = Heb: nnS3 brà (Num
burli alpu ul isabbit “thè bull would not mount thè 1 1:8).

303
ma An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

mD — Akk. parahu v. Mari, SB (C'AI) P i45a; nnnp “and I (thè Lord) destroyed his boughs
AHw 827b; s.v. parahu I). to sprout. above and his trunk below” (Amos 2:9); Akk:
sa issi surussu lippari’ma la isammuha piri’su “I
denotativi : will hack thè tree’s roots so its branches cannot
i. (Den i) nns: tra n,-ia...mTjpn fyb et ^ burgeon” (Erra IV 125), cf. Phoen: srs//pr, e.g.,
“there is liope for a tree...at thè scent of water it /’ ykn Im srs Init wpr Intl “may they have neither
will bud” (job 14:7-9); T.n-isrr; nb ps? ■'ntfnin trunk below nor boughs above” (curse formula)
E?3' “I (thè Lord) dried up thè green tree and (KAI I 14:11 — 12, Esniun’zor inscription).
made thè dry tree put forth buds” (Ezek 17:24);
The semantic equivalent of Heb. '“IS “fruit”
Akk: inanna isu kalusu ip tarali “now all(?) thè trees
is Akk. itibu, mostly said of thè sweetness of a
have sprouted” (CAD P I45a).
woman in thè sense of (sexual) attractiveness,
e.g., sat melesim ru’àmam lahsat za’nat inbi miqi’am
nT3 = Akk. pirhu; cf. '“12. u kuzbam “she (Istar) is wrapped 111 charm and
loveliness, adorned with attractiveness and sexual
appeal” (C’AD I/) i46b 3). This may refer to
‘'"IS = Akk. pir’u, pirhu s. OAkk 011 (C’AD P 41611;
thè sweetness of a nian as well: inbìka jcìsi qàsu
AHw 8563). Akk. bud, shoot (of a tree, plant) >
qisamma” “grant me your fruits, I insist” (George,
soon, descendant(s); I leb. fruit, botigli, brandi (of
Cìilgamesh, 618:8); asahhur inbi\ka\ beli zummàku
a tree) > scion, descendant(s).
ràm\ka\ “I shall seek your love, my lord, I miss
I R ANSPURRIiD M L ANI NO, your caresses” (CAD I/J I47a b). Accordingly,
1. (TMi) (offspring) ^"ìrn as noted by Held (JC’S 15 119611 20a), Heb.
“He (thè Lord) will multiply you; I le will bless ili thè Song of Songs is likewise referring to
thè issue of your womb” (Deut 7:13; 28:4,18; thè sweetness of both man and woman:
Isa 13:18; Mie 6:7); Akk: (said of descendants) CH3P •HS nv □ , 3ÌÌ3”l Dins “your limbs are an
per a kànu/esëru/tiasàru/sadàlu “thrive/guard/ orchard of pomegranates with luscious fruit” (i.e.,
widen one’s offspring,” e.g., usur sériya kitini attractiveness) (SoS 4:13,16); TpETl THOri lb?3
piri'ya, “protect my flesh and blood, preserve my 'anb pinip inai “i delight to sit in his shade and
offspring” (CAD K if)7b); ina panika sunti u pir i his fruit is sweet to my palate” (SoS 2:3).
ìisir “may my son and offspring prosper before Landsberger states that Akk. piri ti is not to be
you” (CAD E 354b c); per’am... lissuru “may (tlie confused with pirhu, which is equated in thè syn.
gods) protect thè offspring” (AHw 8s6a ih); list to inhu and illuni “flower” (C’AD 1/J 87b lex.
listandil piri su “may his (thè prince) offspring be section; ibid., I44a lex. section), and “which is
increased” (CAD S i 363 3). ìdentical with Sem. parli ‘flower.’” (Landsberger,
2. (TM2) (destroy offspring) n? 13K “ wipe Date Palm, ^1:52).
out offspring,” e.g., H$I3 ÍOn? 11.Il Cìinsberg, Driver l:est., 72—76; Paul, Amos, 89;
□"IX '33P “You (thè Lord) wipe their offspring Milgrom, AB 3lì 2040—41.
from earth, their seed from among man” (Ps
21:11; cf. also Isa 13:18; Hos 9:16); Akk: piri’
= Akk. pirku A (j)isku) s. NA, NB, LB (CAD
laqàtu/lialàqu/nasàhu “to pick up (i.e., destroy)/
P 40311; ALIw 834a s.v. parku) barin, wrong. pariktu
annihilate/uproot one’s progeny,” e.g., piri’su
B s. fem. Man, SB, NB (CAD P i8.sb; AHw 833a).
lilqutù “may (thè named gods) destroy his
injustice, lie; Heb. injustice, harshness, ruthlessness.
progeny” (C'AD L ìoob 2'); sumsu zerasu u piri’su
lissuhti “may they (thc gods) uproot his name, his
Heb. is attested six times: in thè idiom n ~n
seed, and his progeny” (*CA1) N 3b 3').
^|“1S3 “rule ruthlessly” (Lev 25:43,46,53; Ezek
MLRISMUS 34:4) and^]“!S3“I3Bn “enslave ruthlessly, unjustly”
3. (Mer) (botigli) Vp~JpV/bvi30 InS TQtfKI (Exod 1:13,14). Akk. pirku /pariktu “barin, wrong,
 An Akkadian Lexical, Companion por Biblicai. Hebrew

injustice” occurs in a sequence: pirku u la kettu thè niourner (to console him for thè deceased).”
sarta u sarquta sa l ’ N “thc wrong and thè injustice, This usage is absent from BH. However Akk.
thè crime and thè theft committed by l ’ N ” (CAI) employs thè idioms nindabiì/sattukka parasti in thè
P 403b); zèrctim a parkiitini itanappalanni “he keeps opposite sense, namely, “to stop, without food
answering me with hostile words and lies” (C'AI) offering” (CAD N, 236b 3'; AHw 83ob a, s.v.
P i8sb, Mari let.). pariktu occurs in thè following paràsu). Note also thè following usage of paràsu
passage describing thè social corruption of thc said of food: kima baristi ina ersi inttadi aklu 11 me
land: tiist7 kitta mnassirama isbata parikta misara ina pisu iprus “he became bedridden like a woman
tzibama Icmutta kapda “men forsook truth and
in confinement, food and water he withheld from
took up violente; they abandoned justice and
his mouth” (Winckler, Sargott, 8:151).
were plotting wickedness” (Erra IV 73—74). Akk.
Cf. BA Dna v.
pirku occurs also in thè following social context:
aria kabtu u muskenu pirki ul ëtepus “I have dono
no wrong to thè mighty or thè lowly” (CAI) P = Akk. pirsa’ù s. OAkk 011 (CAD P 414b;
4043); mamma muskena piski ittueppus ina libbi màr AH w 855b s.v. pers/sa’u). fica.
batti u agasù ul sebakd sa màr barti piski inneppus ina
denotative
libbi muskena “I do not wish that injustice be dono
to a poor nian by nobleman, or that injustice be 1. (I )C112) "ITO; 27ÌT1S “pursuing...a
done to a nobleman by a poor man” (CAI) M single fica” ( 1 Sani 24:1 5)/“seek a single flea” ( 1 Sani
2.S7a 2). 26:20); Akk: (in sequence with other inseets) uai
The CAI) (P 407a note) notes that “most pirsabum uai \'>K~ar-ma-\tum\ uai lamsat\mn\ uai
NB refs. cited under usage B (with reference to kalmat\unt\ “woe flea, woe ..., woe sand fly, woe
improper extraction of payments or services, etc.) lousc” (CAD P 414b a).
refer to a situation in which a patron is concerned 2. (Dc'112) (as a personal name) E?ÌHS “thè
about ili treatment of his dependents and/or...thè sons of Parosh (2,172)” (Ezra 2:3; cf. also Ezra
propriety of assessments...is in question.” 8:3; 10:25; Neh 3:25; 7:8; 10:15); Akk: Pirbasum/
In light of thè Akk. usage of pirku/pariktu in Pursu/Pirsii (CAD ibid. b and passim). The
thè sense of “injustice,” one may better understand lexeme is likewise employed in Ug. as a P N : prgt
Heb. ‘pS in thè sense of “unjust ruthlessncss,” (Gordon, UT 471:21 14).
i.e., ruthlessncss without just purpose (cf.
Maimonides, Misbite l'orab, Slavery 1:6).
= Akk. pirsu s. OB, SB (CAI) P 4i 4 a; AHw
Whereas Akk. commonly employs thè verb
85 5b). breach.
paràku in thè sense “to cause difficulties, abstract,”
it is absent from BH. pi ir aseoiocy

1. (Phr2) (breach in a wall) nin? bsì p.ED

D“1D = Akk. parasti v. OAkk. 011 (CAI) P i6sa; rQ3É?3 noina “like a spreading breach that occurs
AHw 83ob). to cut (off), divide. in a lofty wall” (Isa 30:13); Akk: pirsam rabiam
iptaras “a great breach (in thè wall) was brcached”
BH 013 is attested 14 times, 12 of which refer
(AHw 832b 1). Note also in thè syn. list paràsu sa
in thè HiplTil to unclean animals, i.e., OISÌl
duri “breaching ofa wall” (AHw 832b; CAD I)
no*]? ‘ ‘to have true hooves” (Lev 1 1:3,4,5,6,7,26;
>92a lex. section, s.v. duru).
Deut 14:6,7 and passim) and twice thè verb is
attested once (in Qal) in thè idiom Orò DIB For mountain gap, perhaps cf. “IH? '3
“to cut (break) bread” (Isa 58:7), and possibly Il mp; “for thè Lord will arise as 011 thè bill of
read DPÒ (with few mss.), instead of Dii 1 ? “to Perazim” (Isa 28:21); ana pani pirsi rabi sa sadi “in
them,” 111 Jer 16:7: (rd. bz$)bzVl bv (rd. iÒl front of thè great mountain gap” (C’AD P 4>4a).
anl?)nni? ionsr “one shall not break bread for Cf. ps v.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

y“lD — Akk. parasii B v. OB on (C'AI) P 17911; plan(s) be confused” (ZA 44 [1938] 1 16:18); lem
AHw 8}2a). to breach. màti ipparrur, “thè thoughts (plans) of thè county
are confused (lit. smashed)” (AHw 83oa).
cognati; accusativi;
DENOTA I IVI;
1. (CA) (to breach) p? Ì1Q
2. (i)en2) px -Hwn/mn ~ns/s?sn/tísn
“wliat a breach you have made for yourself’ (Cìen
“thè earth trembles/breaks/crumbles/totters/
38:29); Akk. pirsam rabiam iptaras “a great breach
sways/rocks/moves” (Isa 24:18—20); Akk: pila/
(in thè wall) was breached” (AIIw 832b 1).
hursàma purruru “to break up, sniash white stone/
I* 11 R A S t;o LO C Y mountains,” e.g., puluk sadi zaqri pilànis uparriruma,
2. ((Phr2) nrpin ps “breach a wall” (2Kgs “(thè picknien) broke thè massive mountain
14:13 = 2Chr 25:23; cf. also Neh 3:35); Akk: blocks to pieces as if they were liniestone” (CAI)
paràsu sa duri “breaking of thè wall” (C'AI) P 178b X 62b d); qaqqar tiamràsi purruru “to break difficult
lex. section); ground,” e.g., qaqqar tiamràsi uparrir uscribsu qereb
CAI) (P 178—79) splits AHw’s paràsu I into two CI.KIL.MES, “he broke through difficult ground

separate entries: paràsu A “to break an oath, to lie” and brought bini (Tanimaritu) into thc reed
(SB, NA, NB) and paràsu B “to make a breach” thickets” (C'AI) N 23ób, s.v. natnsàru).
(OB, Mari). The verb T 1S may be attested in Ps 92:10, where
,j? ’ Cf. pa s. i-nsiv may be read as ITISrP (with 1 and ~\
interchange). Accordingly, in light of thè parallel
p"13 = Akk. paràqu v. NB; WSem. word (CAI) P word H3X 1 thè verse //HDfcÓ Hin 'S
i6ib; AHw 82yb). to separate, break off. rx 'bifs b? m-tsir may be rendered as: “surely
Your enemies perish//all evildoers scattered.”
PI IR ASHOLOC Y This may be strengthened noting that Akk.
1. (Phr2) (separate from other people) employs thè verb paràuu/purruru with a band of
ÌTHSp “h e rescued us from our enemies” (Ps enemies such as illatu “army, host, troops” (always
136:24); Akk: LÚ Aram gabbi ina CN lipraq “(let referring to thè enemy), e.g., rnuparrir ellàtesunu
l’N) isolate all thè Arameans in Nippur” (CAI) P “(Assur-res-isi) who scatters their (thè enemy’s)
16ih, let.). army” (*C'AI) I/J 83a); puhursu “hosts,” e.g.,
According to CAI) P 161 b s.v. paràqu, thè other illàlisu usappihma//uparrirpuhursu “I (Sennacherib)
references citcd by AHw 829b for paràqu are disperseti his troops//scattered his hosts” (CAI)
aotually references to paràdu or paràku. I/J 83a and passim); kisru “contingent of soldiers,”
e.g., after he (Marduk) had slain Tiamat kisrisa
uplarrira//puhursa issapha, “he scattered her forces,
"IlS = Akk. paràun A v. OA 011 (C'AI) P 161 b;
he dispersed her host.” (R11. el IV 106).
AHw 829b). to break up (Akk. 1)-Stem; Heb. often
For a similar idea in thè biblical creation story),
Hiph'il).
e.g., ba nmn ■'ox-j n"|3?; niiis nnx
TRA n spi; r r 1; d MP.ANINC □'pn ‘ ‘it was You (Lord) who demolished Yam
1. (TM2) (to confuse) nÚCIlP "I3H “confuse (i.e., thè sea) with Your might, who smashed thè
thoughts, plans,” e.g., TÌD 'pX3 ÍTntónp “ISH head of thè monsters in thè waters” (Ps 74:13; cf.
“thoughts are confused for want of counsel” (Prov also Ps 8y:ii). More specifìcally, thè Heb. pair
15:22); □“’pns? ni3»na “isp “who confuses thè 1“13//n3X (Ps 92:10) should be equated with thè
thoughts (plans) of thè crafty” (Job 5:12); Akk: Akk. pair pararli//abàtu in Sargon’s inscription:
tema purruru “to confuse thè thoughts, plans,” e.g., uparrir illat C,N//u'abbit màt C.N “I (Sargon II)
tàhazam lipusu u sa sunùti tcmsunu ipparrir “may smashed thè Rlamites//destroyed thè land of
they (thè enemy) fight only one battle and their Karallu” (Winckler, Sargon, 14:7—8).
 An Akkadian Lfxical Companion for Biblical Hlbrrw

CEHS — Akk. parsa s. OB, SB (C'AI) P 20sb; ALIw “lE’S — Akk. pisru s. OB on (C'AD P 429b; AHw
836b). cxcrcmcnt. 868b). interpretation.

SLQULNCINC Note thc BH hapax: 15?3 inr 'pi D3ni3 'P

1. (Scqi) (cxcrcmcnt-blood): 1131 nK ^IÉn 131 ‘ ‘who is like a wise nian and who knows thè
epíp' n»"|S bv rrpi nx] rr.zz rxi nnà nx "vvb
significante of thè adage” (Lee 8:1).
“thc cow will bc burned in his sight—its hide, As noted by Oppenheim (Dreams, 22oa)
flesh, and blood, its dung included” (Num 19:5); thc word pisru, which is attested “in a group of
Akk: parsa - dama, e.g., |atti iua\ qàti nuhatinimi Neo-Assyrian (not Babylonian) letters to thè king
tabassima ina parsi a darnim... “you (palili tree) are concerned with astrological and (rarely) with
in thè hand of thc buteher amid offal and blood” other ominous phenoniena, thè word pisru refers
(BWL 156:16, Fable of thc Willow); summa in nearly all instances not to thè interpretation
|imrnerum i\tti darnim parsarn mmssiram “if thc that a described phenomenon requires, but to
sheep dischargcs gore along with blood” (C'AI) thè omcn-passage which refers to thc situation in
ibid. and passini). question.” Note thè following Akk. expressions:
ina muhhi pisri sa sanie (s'a sarri beli ispuratini) “with
IMIRASLOl OCY
regard to thè signifìcancc of thè name (of which
2. (Phr2) (animai dung) /TíréVIB EH3
thè king my lord has sent me)” (ABL 355:6-8);
nis 1 ‘cxcrcmcnt of a bull/goat/cow” (Lev 8:17;
pisràte sa sume sa arhi “as to thè signifìcancc of
2y:i4/I.ev 8:i7/Num 19:5); Akk: parsa sa alpi/
thc name of thè month” (ABL 355:13); pisràte
immeru/interi/sisí “cxcrcmcnt of a bull/sheep/
leqii “to receive thè signifìcancc” (ABL 355 r.
donkey/horse” (AI lw 836b).
1); pisra sapàru “to send thè signifìcancc” (ABL
679:8; 744:r. 6); pisra satani “to write down thè
ÈHD ?? Akk. paràsu 11(?) v. NB*, Aram. word signifìcancc” (ABL 470:1 1).
(AHw 832a; CDA 266a). to spread. The BH phonetic variant nominal-form
pina, attested twice in thè expression Ì31I13 Ì1T
DliNOIA TM Vii
“this is its (thè dream’s) interpertation” (Cien
1. (Den 1) (to scatter enemies) “HE? 0132 40:12,18), is comparable to thc Akk. idiom (ki)
‘when thc Almighty scattcrs kings (far anni pisru/pisirtu “this is its interpretation” (ABL
and wide)” (Ps 68:15); VB3X bp? ini3P ^3 nXI 519:23 r. 6; 565:1 1 r. 4; 1080:4; 1214 r. i 1).
ifcns’ nn bob □■'ixcparn •‘rs* 31-2 “and all Note thè possibility that thè Akk. divine
his fugitives aniong all his battalions will fall by cpithet il piserti “thè god of solution,” e.g., Marduk
thè sword, and thè survivors will be scattered il nisi [...] patini kalama il piserti [,..| rubli mustàlu
to thè winds” (Lzek 17:21; cf. also Zech 2:10); “Marduk, god of thè people |...] who releases
Akk: ul fimi HI (etri ki nismii hi’alu ittaparras ina stilli everything, thè god of solution (i.e., releasing)
sa Marduk, “we did not attempt to forward thè |...|, thè audacious prince” (AfO 19 11959/60]
report when we lieard that thè force was scattered 64:66—67) may be compared to thè hapax BH
in thè streets of Marduk” (ABL 412:20—r. i). expression D'nn? CTl'hiÒ “ surely interpretations
belong to Cìod” (Cìen 40:8).
CAD P i78a reads thè verb 111 ABL 412, quoted
above, as ittaparras, suggesting that it “may be
derived from riapra sa,” rather than thè sole I7É72 = Akk. sepit s. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 294b;
attestation of a verb paràsu II. AHw i2i4a). foot, leg.

von Soden maintains that thè lexeme is an Aram, Following Jansen, Held proposes to equate both
lw. (Or. 37, 262; Or. 46, 191). I Iowever, in light etymologically and semantically thc BH hapax
of thc verb’s BH usage, one may consider thè SJÓ3 (metathesis) to thè Akk. sub. sepu, “foot,
verb’s origin as WSem. leg.” The idiom SJÉ733 in its adverbial scuse was

307
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

semantically compared to thè Akk. expression (in thè syn. list) pùtu “forehead” to resti “head”
pit puridi, which literally means “thè opening (AHw 884b). Note further thè Heb. idiomatic
of thè leg (i.e., step)” and whicli idiomatically hapax npïïn ©Xn “head of thè bed” (Cìen 47:3 1);
connotes “in a moment,” e.g., ina pit puridiya Akk: pùt ersi “thè forehead of thè bed” (AHw
mannu ipparassid, “when I step a step (i.e., in a 88sa 2), as well as rcs ersi “thè head of thè bed”
moment) who would escape?” (Bòllenriichcr, (CAD E 3 i7b c and passim). Akk. putii sa ersi “thc
32:39—40). Accordingly, thc verse ^[tES] ‘'IT) TI 'D head of thè bed,” which is attested also in thè
nian pni T? S?Í2S3 'S is rendered by Held as lexical list Hh I-IV 166, may correspond to thè
“as thè Lord lives and as you live, there is but Heb. hapax expression ntSP nXS (Amos 3:12),
a split second between me (David) and death” where nx? may be read nXS corrcsponding to
(iSam 20:3). Likewise, Held strongly rejects Akk. pùtu “forehead,” rather than Heb. nXS =
Koehler’s (ZAW 58 11940/41] 228) idea that one Akk. pàt/tu “side, edge,” which in Akk. seems
needs to separate totally between I »??S> “leg” not to refer to a bed. Similarly, in light of thè
and li niJÉSp <»&?, allegedly “place of covering Heb. pair nè3//np“Ip (Isa 3:17), thè Akk. equation
thè body” (i.e., postcrior). Held maintains that pùtu — resu “forehead = head” (cf. above), onc
this “farfetched theory is based on a doubtful may read 'nXS “thè forehead” instead of thè MT
etymological equation to thè Arabie root psg = ■’nXS “thè side, edge of.” Accordingly, in Num
‘to cover’!” Consequently, Held states “Koehler 24:170 npnp//Tlif;S may stand for ip^/T^S
failed to understand that thè semantic shift from “forehead//head” = Jer 48:45 npnp//nXS (cf.
(bn =) I???? to (nin?? —) is not at all KB 1 1 148b). This suggestion may be strengthened
different from thè shift ofpurìdu (— ^51) to puridu noting that thè Heb. 3KÌE T1XS fTID corresponds
(= nn») on thè one hand, and from thè shift of to thè Akk. idiom pùta seberu “to break thè
^n in Hebrew to *??“) in thè meaning of sexual forehead,” e.g., pùt am kì karpatim tasabbir(wr. da-

parts.” sa-bi-ir) “you break (your) forehead like a pot”

(CAD S, 2473 b, OAkk. ine.) = qaqqada mahàsu
IIIJ Held, (Vissuto l'est., 104—15.
“to sniash thè head,” e.g., Sazi qaq -qassu limhas
“may (thè god) Sazi sniash his head” (MDP 24
IlS* = Akk. pùtu s. OB on (CAD P 547a; AHw 381:15 and passim) = Heb: 271Ò fTIE (Hab 3:13;
884a). forehead. Ps 68:22; 1 10:6). Note also thc Heb. idiomatic
hapax npn pi? “sniash thè tempie” (Judg 5:26);
Heb. ns* is attested twice in Isa 3:17, where wc
Akk: muhha muhàsu “to strike thè topside of thè
fìnd thè pair jnns//npnj? “skull//forehead,”
head,” e.g., amahhas muhhaki manna temki “I will
e.g., nn»’1 inns 'nv/irs nin npip ■uns nspi
hit you over thè top of thè head and derange
“thè Lord will bare thè skull (i.e., head) of thè
your mind” (Maqlu III 148; CAD M 173a 1, s.v.
daughters of Zion//the Lord will uncover their
muhhu and passim). The second occurrence of thè
forehead.” Similarly, Akk. employs thè sub. pùtu
lexeme, i.e., n'3n nin^n 1 ? ninsni (ìKgs 7:50) is
“forehead,” said of humans (and animals), e.g.,
a crux. The rendering “panels” in NEB follows
ilput putti ima izzaz ina birinni ikarrabannasi “he
Driver (JTS 38 11937] 38) in associatili^ thè word
touched our foreheads, standing between us to
with Akk. pùtu “forehead.” I lowever, Akk. pùtu
bless us” (Cìeorge, CAlgamesh, 716:202). Akk. pùta seems not to be attested in such a constructural
lapàtu “touch thè forehead” is synotiymous with context in thc sense of “panels.”
thè Akk. idiom qaqqada lapàtu “touch thè head,”
(Ili Paul, Amos 120 21.
e.g., qaqqad assùmi lilput ayàbisu ikassad “let him
Cf. -SE.
touch thè head of an assimili and he will defeat his
enemies” (C’AD L 84b b, s.v. lapàtu; AHw 538a
Cì ib, s.v. lapàtu). Indeed, not unlike thè Heb. nnS = Akk. petti v. OAkk. 011 (CiAD P 34ob; AHw
hapax pair nS//np“Ip, Akk. likewise equates 8 58b). to open.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical. Hf.brew nna
idiomatic usaci ; |...| he does not hear anything” (BWL 293:73).
1. (Idi) (to speak, lit. open thè mouth) nna Cf. Heb (for similar idea) 1XT ^bl Dnb □‘Ty
n?, e.g., va nn?' xb obx:?} vtpm xb rnnr "x: 1S70C77 xbi Onb O'OTX “they have eyes but cannot
“but I ani like a deaf man, I cannot hear, and like see, they have ears but cannot hear” (Jer 5:21);
a dumb man, who cannot speak” (Ps 38:14; cf. |h]//cnèsa eliciti ana sani...badis lu tapettu “may she
also Ps 39:10; Job 33:2 and passim); Akk: pà petti, (Ninlil) open thè glance of her bright eyes 011 thè
e.g., ina multiti sa pi issisttnit apttini, “when I open king” (ABL 1060:6—7).
my mouth with them (i.e., spoke, negotiated)” 6. (Id2) (to unsheath a sword), e.g., nnaXI
(ABL. 33:1-. 5-6 = SAA XIII 33:5—6; AI lw 8s9b). nntpb nmna nnn nnn “ proclaim: O sword,
2. (Idi) (to speak, lit. open thè lips) nna sword unsheatlied for slaughter” (Ezek 21:33);
□Tiacp, e.g., ~:rx' ■'nap nr.ax -b niTi n-znx Akk: kakka petti “to unsheath a weapon,” e.g.,
“let me speak and get relief, let me open my lips pciliat kakkiya, “who bares my weapon” (CH
and reply” (Job 32:20; cf. also Job 1 1: 5; Ps 51:17); Epilogue; see, Driver, 1955: 300).
Akk: sapta petti, e.g., \ab\l la suktumat piti saptuk, 1 ransit;rri;d miìaninc

“my father, let them not be sealed, open your

7. (TM2) (to reveal (thè answer), said of a
lips” (C'AI) S 484!! b and passim).
riddle, secret) n"Tn nna “open a riddle,” e.g.,
3. (Idi) (to reveal, be attenti ve, lit. open thè Ti-rn niap? nn.ax ^rx boab nsx “i will set my
ear), e.g., ninx Trna xb , ?ix'i ) tx 'b nna ’n 'nx ear to catch thè inorai of thè story, and teli on thè
•rise; xb 1 “thè Lord god opened my ears (i.e., harp how to read (lit. open) thè riddle” (Ps 49:5) =
gave me understanding) and I did not disobey, Akk. pirista/katimta petti “to open up (i.e., reveal)
I did not run away” (Isa 50:5; 48:8); Akk: [bel t\ a secret/hidden thing(s),” e.g., anàku ul aptà piristi
afirnti PN amelu \aria beli]su Ila uzutisu pitat, “thè ilàni rabiiti, “I did not myself disclose thè great
discerning one, thè man Atra-hasTs, kept an open gods’ secret” (George, C.ilgamesh, 716:196).
ear [to his lord], Ea” (Atra-basls, 106:17—18). C’f.
CONTRASTINC, USACI;
Akk. nesmd petti “to open one’s hearing,” e.g., itbal
amirasiu iplete nisniàya, “he removed their wax and 8. (Coni) (open — dose) n?D — nna “open
opened my hearing” (BWL 52:19, Ludlul). (not) dose” (e.g., Isa 22:22; Ezek 44:2; Job 12:14);

4. (Idi) (to hasten, lit. open thè hand) nna Akk: petti - edclu “to open - to lock,” e.g., petiitum
uddulu bàbii, “thè ever open gates are closed”
■q'nxb Tt nx nnan “open your hand to your
brother” (I)eut 15:1 1 ; cf. also Deut 1 5:8; Ps 104:28; (C"AI) E 26x1 2'); cdlu ippcttii petti innidii, “what
is locked opens, what is open becomes locked”
145:16); Akk: kima uriti ni mupparsidi ana sakap
zà'iriya aptà idèya “like thè urinnu-bnd swooping (C’AI) E 26I1 4'); Akk: petti - katàmu “to open -

down I (Esarhaddon) hastened to overthrow my to shut,” e.g., ki piti u katàmi tënsina situi, “their

enemies” (Borger, Esar. 44 1:68); qàtaka pitema, condition changes like opening and shutting (thè
legs)” (BWL 40:43, Ludlul).
“open your hands,” i.e., send quickly (and send 2
sila of oil in a pot) (JAOS 61 11941 ] 270:1 12). l'I IR ASI'OI.OGY

5. (Idi) (to be attentive, lit. open thè eye) 9. (Pliri) (to open a door) nb“I nna “open a
py nna, e.g., ^nny nann bx niina nrnb door” (e.g., 2Kgs 9:3; Isa 45:1; Job 31:32); nn?"]
“may Your eyes be open (be attentive) to thè ’n n'2 ninbn nx “ and he opened thè door of thè
supplication of Your servant” (ìKgs 8:52; cf. also tempie of God” (iSam 3:15 = 2C.hr 29:3); Akk:
1 Kgs 8:29); -“TX- ninna ^p^y rrr n'bx nny dalta petii: datati...sa ina pete u tari “doors...when
n-Tn nipan nbanb ninpp “ now my God, may opening and closing (CAD P 342b 1). dalta petti/
Your eyes be open and Your ears attentive to putiti (AI lw 8s9a 1; 86ob Di).
prayer from this place” (2C’hr 6:40; cf. also 2Chr (to open thè doors of heaven) ‘'nb’ïï nna
7:1 5 ; Neh 1:6); Akk: ina petti, e.g., in asu pitàma □'a© “open thè doors of heaven,” e.g., 1ÏTÍ
manina ul ippallas uznà\su... | manina ul iscrittile “bis nna D'a® ’nbni byaa D'pnt? “I le commanded
eyes are open he does not see anymore, bis ears thè skies above, He opened thè doors of heaven”

309
nns An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

(Ps 78:23); Akk: dalai samc petti “to open thè door beìsu...nakra ana libbi àiìim uscrrib, “thè rabi sikkatim-
of heaven,” e.g., dalat samc taptà, “you (Samas) official will open thè city gate and |betraying(.?)|
opened thè door of heaven” (CAD D ssb h); daltu his master, he will let tlie enemy enter thè city”
rabitu sa sanie ellùti ina pctc\ka\ “in your opening (CAD A i 8sa 2; AHw 8s9a 1); bàba petti, e.g.,
of thè great door of pure heaven” (*CAD ibid.); ina seri lam bàb petc, “in thè morning before thè
ana ilàni kilallàn rnassar sanie u crscti petti dalat Anu, opening of thè gate” (C'AD B i6b, s.v. bàbu;
“to thè two gods, thè guards of heaven and thè AI lw 8s9a 1).
netherworld, thè one who opens thè door of 16. (Phr2) (to open a window) libri nns, e.g.,
Anu” (ArOr 37 [1969] 484:52; cf also C'AD 1) nnsn npnp ]ibnn nns npx’i “and he (Ehsha)
S5b h and passim). said ‘open thè window toward thè cast,’ and he
10. (Pliri) (to open watcrways) nnSX (Joasli) opened it” (2Kgs 13:17); libri nx n; nrs-i
nirsjo niyjp? ninn? □"st? “i will open up rann ‘ ‘and Noah opened thè window of thè ark”
streams on thè bare hills and fountains amid tlie (Cìen 8:6); Akk: apta petti, e.g., apàtum sa bit\im\
valleys” (Isa 41:18); Akk: lipattà nàri lipattà atappàti essim pat\à\ “thè windows of thè new house are
“let them open thè canals, let them open thè open” (CAD A i98a 1); opti nappasamma setti
ditches” (CAD N 369!^ 2'). imtaqut eli dùrappiya, “I opened a vent and sunlight
11. (Phri) (to open a pit) “li3 PinS “open a fell 011 thè side of my face” (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh,
pit” (Exod 21:33); Akk: bùra/bùrta petti “to open 712:137).
a pit, well (for water)” (C'AD B 33 5b b; Al lw 17. (Phr2) (to break open land) DÍ’n bbn
859!-» 1 2 ). inipnx nnÉn nns 1 ; sjntb sprin ©nn' “does he
12. (Phn) (to open a grave) HOS /1311 who plows to sow plow all thè time, breaking up
□PTrinppp 33^ T.'Vrr:-, armnnp ni? “i (thè and furrowing his land?” (Isa 28:24); Akk: cqla/
Lord) am going to open your graves and lift you kisubbà petti “to open a field/uncultivated field,”
up from thè graves” (Ezek 37:12,13; cf. also Jer e.g., summa awilum kankallani ana salas sanàtim ana
5:16; Ps 5:1 o); Akk: qubùra/kimàha petti “to open a teptitim ahsu iddima cqlam la iptetc “if a man rents a
grave/tomb,” e.g., rubli ina ckallisu qubursu ippetti, previously uncultivated field for a three-year term
“as for thè prince, bis grave will be dug in his with thc intention of opening it up for cultivation,
own palace” (CAD Q 293a b); |/ìj| kimàhi \an\ but he is negligent and does not open thè field”
na upettiì, “whoever opens this tomb” (C'AD K (( ’l I §44)/kisubbà iptima ana eqli litu, “(if a man)
37°b a). breaks ground in unused land and makes it into a
13. (Phri) (to open thè earth) pX nns, e.g., field” (C’AD K 463I1); ana sùsub name nadtite u pete
“nr rrpsn npnin n?Y! p# nn?n “let thè kissubi, “in order to resettle abandoned out-of-
earth open up and triumph sprout and justice town regions, to plow uncultivated land anew”
spring up” (Isa 45:8); Akk: petti erseti “(Ajaru, thè (CAD ibid. and passim); Akk: ser'a petti “to open
month) that opens thè ground” (CAD E 3 1 3a b). up a furrow” (AHw 8s9b lob).
14. (Phr2) (to open thè mouth to swallow) 18. (Phr2) (to open a letter) n“l3N/n?D nns
□nk y^ni rrs m pxn n-.?ri “and thè earth “open a letter” (Neh 8:5/6:5); Akk: nasparta petti
opened its mouth and swallowed them up” (Num “to open a letter” (AHw 86ob 1,4).
16:32; 26:10; cf. also Num 16:30); Akk: e.g., 19. (Phr2) (to untie a rope, fetters) nnn
iptema pisa l’i’àmat ana la’àtisa “Tiamat opened ni3^snn nr.S .ri~3x “unlock fetters//untie
her mouth to swallow (thè wind)” (En. el. IV cords” (Isa s8:6)/nÌnDÌ?2 nnS “untie cords” (Ps
97 ) - 1 16:16; Job 12:18; 39:5); Akk: asla/scrreta petti “to
15. (Phr2) (to open a gate/door) "117P PinS open rope/lead-rope” (AHw 859I1 9; 861 a SD
“open (a city) gate,” e.g., mnS 5) -
“thè gates of your land have opened themselves” 20. (Phr2) (to open up stored grain) “13ST "'Hip
(Nah 3:13; cf. also Ezek 46:12; Neh 7:3); Akk: ns nnns3i ns^ni n3E; nn , 303i t^nrin “when
abulia petti, e.g., rabi sikkatim abullam ipettema will thè new 1110011 be over, so that we will sell

3 10
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

coni; and thc Sabhath, so that we will open grain ititiaddu(?) CArra qamti iqammti, “just as this matting
(bins)” (Amos 8:5); Akk: se'a petti “to open grain is unravelcd and thrown into tlie fire and thè fire
(bins)” (Alalakh i 19:13). consumes it entirely” (C’AI) A 3 1 ih c).
21. (Phr2) (to open thè womb) Dlll nH3 2. (Phr2) nbori b^nsa.-opi “ bind with blue
(Cìen 29:31; 30:22); Akk: peti birbi/berbè petti “to cord” (Exod 28:28; 39:21); DT15?B bTIB “ cord
open a womb (lit. knce(s))” (AIIw 86oa 17). of flax” (Ezek 40:3); Akk: ina pitilti gisimmari...
Opposite of Heb: □0“! 130/1251? “stop/closc a tabassar “to tic with a date palili cord” (AHw 8C>9b
womb” (C!en 20:18/iSam 1:5,6); Akk: birba basti 3); (“14 small breads of bitter grain”) ina pitilti
“to stop a womb,” e.g., battìi tu sa pi ili basita sa tasabbab “you string 011 a thread” (Landsberger,
birbi istaràti, “she (tlie witch) who gags thè mouth Date Palm, 2ib, 11. 62). Note also thè verbal idiom
even of gods, stops thè womb even of goddesses” ina pitilti libiiaqubuiiu “may they strangle you with
(CAI) B 257a b, Maqlu III 51); Akk: silila petti “to a cord” (Landsberger, ibid.); pitiltum sa bare “cord
open a womb,” e.g., silitam ipte...sabstitam iptis, of a date palili lcaf” (CAI) A 3 i2a, note).
“(Nintu) opened thè womb,...she performed thè IH Landsberger, Date Palm, 21:62.
midwifery” (Atra-hasis, 62:282). ifr C’f. bna v.

(nns, ]inns) nns = Akk. pitu a s . ob on (cad bnS = Akk. patàlu v. OB, SB (CAI) P 27ob; AHw
P 445a; AI Iw 871 a), opening. 847a). to entwine.

P1IRASHOI.OCY
i ieb. bn? is attested 6 times in a transferred mng.,
i.(Phr2) (opening of a gate) 11?E? nnS, 4 times it is utilized in hendiadys with thè adj.
e.g., TJ?n li?® nn? bx nnix iD,,bc?i “an d they ttfpSJ “twisted, perverted,” e.g., bnsnn 2?pi? Diil
threw it (thè corpse) at thè entrance of thè city “with thè twisted you shall deal tortuously” (Ps
gate” ((osti 8:29 and passim); Akk: pit bàbi “gate’s 18:27 = 2Sam 22:27; cf. also Deut 32:5; Prov
opening,” e.g., umu salsti sa Ululi biblisti sa Bel umu 8:8). The verb is attested once in thè idiom n^IJ
rebu pit bàbi rabti, “thè 3rd of Elul is thè clothing o'bn?31 ‘thè pian oftwists” (i.e., perverted) (Job
(ceremony) of Bel, thè 4th day is thè opening of 5:13) and once more in connection with thè
thè grand gate” (ABL 496:8-10 = SAA XIII 176). strife between Leah and Rachel, i.e., bill IftXni
In thè syn. hst pi tu is equated to hàbu (AHw 871 a) Tinti; •nbn?3 trn'bx •'binai “ and Rachel
similar to Heb: □ ,, nnS//D , 1I?l2? (Prov 8:3). said ‘I have wrestled (lit. twisted) mightily with
The Heb. idiom ns 'PinS “speech,” i.e., “opcnings my sister’” (Cien 30:8). In Akk., however, thè
of thè mouth,” e.g., ?pa •'nns ib?? ^n nno®?? verb patàlu, which is equated to bapàlu “to roll
“guard your speech with her who lies in your up, entwine, circle around” (CAD K 174I-) lex.
bosom” (Mie 7:5). In Akk., however, pit pi, lit. section), exhibits a concrete and physical sense. It
“opening of thè mouth,” is thè technical term for is attested in thè idiom pitilta patàlu “to entwine

a ceremony that activates or consecrates a ritual a string, cord,” e.g., summa izbu ìibbasu petima
object. irrusu birna pitilti patiti “if thè belly of thè newborn
lamb is open and its intestines are interwoven
like matting” (CAD I/J 181 a 1). Concerning
= Akk. pitiltu s. OB 011 (C'AI) P 43 sb; AHw
ship building, note: “6 (men) are busy with” bari!
86yb). Akk. palili fiber; Heb. cord.
patàlum “twisting cords from thè best quality of

IMIRASLOl .OCY
palili leaves” (Landsberger, Date Palm, 2ib).

1. (Phr2) (to untie, unravel a cord) pniP 1t?X3 cf. b-ns.

rx innna nii?3n b-n? “ as a strand of tow comes
apart at thè touch of fire” (judg 16:9); Akk: (for jnS ?? Akk. basimi s. OB, SB (CAD B 141 a; AI lw
a similar idea) bitna pitilti anni ippassarma atia isàti 1 I2a). (a horned serpent).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

IMI R AS LO LOG Y section), as well as: sabbitu simat ilùtisu sa kima

1. (Phr2) (poison of thè serpent) Orari n!20 basine puluhtu malti “thè scepter(?), emblem of
“ipx □■'ansi ©Kiy/aa^ “ their wine is tlie venom his divinity, which is as fearfi.il as a />.” (C’AD B
of asps//the pitiless poison of vipers” (l)eut 141 b).
32:33; cf. also Job 20:16); trans niiip “poison It should be observed that von Soden’s
ofhorned serpents” (Job 20:14); Akk: imat basine equation of Akk. basmu to Heb. ]nS seems
sa awe! am izannii “thè venom of a horned serpent plausible.
that spatters a man” (C’AD B 141 a lex. section; cf. Wagner (|iy66| 97:242a) considers Heb. jnS
also imat bastiti in Erra I 38). to be an Aramaic loanword. However, as noted
for example by thè EM (6:642.1) “thè forni ]nS
PARALLELISM
in Heb. is difficult and it cannot be explained
2. (Par2) (with other reptiles) ®na//]nS
as a loan from Aramaic, since Proto-Semitic t
“snake/horned serpent” (Ps 58:5); ìlS7SN//D'’anS
changed to t only in thè Second Tempie period.”
“horned serpents//viper” (Job 20:16); //D^anS
Indeed, Proto-Semitic t is represented 111 OAram.
Dran “horned serpents//asps” (Deut 32:33)
by s (Fitzmyer, Sefire 187). However, there are
= Ug: Imi//btn “asps//horned serpent,” e.g.,
at least three cases in which Proto-Semitic t is
listimi ttin ’isbmnh//rnhst btn 'qltn, “I (Anath)
represented in OAram. by t: thè divine name
muzzled Tanniti |the sea dragon], yea, I muzzled
trsmk, rather than srstnk (Sefire); thè verb n~r (i.e.,
him//I smote thè Crooked Serpent” (VAB IV
□ox rt|E?|nc7 n~r bxi “ may his section inherit 110
37—38); Akk: (functional equivalent), i.e., lahrnti -
name,” Sefire IC:24-_s), rather than EH'; and, as
mushussu - basmu “sea monster - dragon - horned
noted by Fitzmyer (Sefire, p.89), ]nD rather than
snake,” e.g., usz\i\z basmu mushussu 11 Lahamu,
1^3 “serpent.” Note also Ps 68:23 ITE7K 1^3??
“she (Tiamat) deployed serpents, dragons, and
D' ni^aíipí? “i will retrive from |©2 from thè
hairy hero-men” (En. el. I 141). Heb. //jnS
depth of thè sea,” may mean “serpent,” thè
tóna “horned serpent//snake” (Ps 58:5); Akk:
Cananite mythological creature. Accordingly, in
scruni//basmu “snake//horned serpent,” e.g., ina
light of thè Ug. passage listimi ttin isbrn\n\h//inhst
sibbitn scruni irabbis ina sipàtim irabbis basmum “in
btn 'qltn “I ( Anat) muzzled Tannili, I muzzled
thè... (lit.: belt) dwells thè snake, in thè foliage(?)
him//I smote thè twisting serpent” ( ut IIL37-
(lit.: wool) dwells thè />.” (C’AD B 141 L>).
38), Ps 68:23 perhaps should be rendered: OD27K
In Akk. texts basmu as a mythological creature is cr mbasQ d32?ì<//12;3 “i (thè Lord) muzzled
described as: ina tàmii ibbani ba\smu\ 1 susi K A S K A L . thè serpent//I muzzled thè deep of thè sea” (cf.
Gii) sakin urak\su\ “thè b. was created in thè sea, Miller, HTR 57 I1964] 241).
his length is sixty ‘doublé miles’” (C’AD B 141 a 1 ). Note also Albright’s suggestion that “It is
It has horns, i.e., qaqqadu qaqqad basini qarnu sakin likely that thè place-nanie ‘Bashan’ had something
“thè head is thè head ofa b., it has horns” (CAD B to do with vipers originally” (HUC’.A 23 11950/ 11
141 b), it “has six mouths, seven tongues,” i.e., sa 2 7)-

bastili sissit pisu sibit lisànùsu (C’AD ibid.), as well as

seven heads (C’AD B i42a) = Ug: ktmhs Itti btn brìi nnS = Akk. pasàm v. fr. OAkk. on (CAD P 236b;
tkly luti 'qltn slyt d sb't rasm “if you smite Lotan, thè AHw 842a). Akk. to release, free > solve, resolve,
serpent slant, destroy thè serpent tortuous, Shalyat > interprct a dream; Heb. to interpret a dream
of thè seven heads” (I*AB 1:1 —2) ; for similar idea
(only).
cf. wi nasan nnx erari bv crran ■rón nnn?;
irvi 1 ? “ it was You who smashed thè heads of thè IMIR ASKOLOGY

monsters in thè waters, it was You who crushed i.(Phr2) mbn "ina “ interpret a dream”
thè heads of Leviathan” (Ps 74:13-14). Further, (9 times, only in Cìen 40:8,16,22; 41:8,12(2
thè horned serpent is described in Akk. texts as times), 13,15(2 times)); Akk: sutta pasàru “to
basmu nadrii “furious serpent” (C’AD B 141 a lex. interpret a dream,” e.g., summa sunàtisu ana pi tuppi
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical H EBREW

upassir “if he interprets his dreams according to “thè sun and thè moon, and eleven stars
thè tablet” (C'AD S 4o6a b); musimi sa sa'iti (bowing down to me)” (Cìen 37:9), may parallel
pàseru sunàti, “you enlighten thè dream priests and Nabunaid’s dream: M U L . C . A L ‘ ' D I L . B A T M U L . K A K .
interpret dreams” (BWL. 129:54, Hymns). Akk. SI.SÁ ''Siti 11dSamas ina suttiya Utamar “111 my dream
pasàrtt is used also to recount or experience a I saw thè Cìreat Star, Venus, Sirius, thè moon, and
dream (C'.AD S ? 4o6a, s.v. snttu) = BA j^n "102 thè sun” (C’AD S 4o6b).
“interpret dreams,” i.e., n’imo pi? 1 ?!! “I0DÍ3
(il Oppenheim, Dreams, 217; Wagner, 1966:96.
l’itpjp fcOOQI “interpret dreams, explain riddles,
]ir Cf. p-ira ,nt?3; BA -ios v.
and solve problems” (Dan 5:12). Note also that
Joseph’s reference to celestial phenomena seen
m his dream, i.e., noi? nn&o n-prn ràion nani |i“ins cf. -ioa.

313
(i"7N?£) rtKiiS — Akk. zú A s. SB, pi. tantum (C'AI) sena gazàzu, e.g., sanata ligzuzu “they should shear

Z i 5oa; AHw i 535a). cxcrcmcnt, refuso. thè flock” (C'AD S i28b 1, OAkk.); itti l’N alikma
sènùya \mi\si u guzuz “go with PN and wash and
PIIRASEOI OGY
shear my flock” (C’AD S i2ya).
1. (Phr2) (to cat cxcrcmcnt) HKÌ15 ^(Qr.): 2. (Phn) (to count sheep) n3D, e.g.,
‘ira rx nin^i (Dnnn)Dnm nx Vdìò naia ■’T bv l^n nnàwn “sheep shall pass agalli
(□n^re;) ‘ \vho will cat their cxcrcmcnt and drink under thè hands of one who counts them” (Jer
their urine” (2Kgs 18:27 = Isa 36:12); Akk: zc 33:13); Akk: sena manu, e.g., minùssmiu kima sa
lemu/patànu “to eat cxcrcmcnt,” e.g., summa salii} marsii settima lu amtiu “I (Tiglat-pilescr I) counted
ina bit amcli irubnia zc ilnium “if a pig enters thè up their (thè captured wild animals’) number as
house of a man and eats thè man’s cxcrcmcnt”; zc if (it were) of flocks of sheep and goats” (CAD
kalbi zc inumati.. .tapattau “you eat thè cxcrcmcnt S i2yb).
of dogs and flies” (C'AI) Z 1 sob la).
3. (Phn) (to shepherd a flock, in transferred
DENOTATIVE mng.) nin “shepherd thè flock,” e.g., ■’ÍX
2. (1)C112) (refuse, filth) e.g., VTVZ “lina □rrnx nx] •’IKS nr-5< “I shall shepherd My flock
fnn *6 inKisai “it thinks itself pure, but is not and I myself will let them lie down” (Ezek 34:1 5);
washed of its filth” (Prov 30:12); Akk: zc pabàri Akk: sena re ti, e.g., kima seni lir’à iligimrasun “may
“potter’s grog”; zc ibi “chaff”; zc buqli “malt he (Marduk) shepherd all thè gods like a flock”
refuse”; zc uzni “earwax” (C'AI) Z 1 5 ia). (CAD S I2ya b).

The Akk. idiomatic compound zc summati “doves’ 4. (Pliri) (shepherd) JK2S nSTh (Cien 30:36;
dung” is to he compared to thè BH Kt. □"Olnn 37:2); Akk: re ti sa seni (CAD S i2<ja) (also nàqidu
rd. enr nm = (>n , ?r •’xnn) itjt nn “doves’ sa seni).

dung.” (Note thè kt. DlTKnrt/Dnnn and thc Qr. 5. (Phr2) (to lead sheep) JXS 3HD, e.g., nP]
□nXÌ2S in 2Kgs 18:27 l= I s;l 3<>: 12], 011 thc one nanan “ITO! IKUn m “he (Moses) led thè flock
hand, and thè Kt. niiqnÓ and thè Qr. nÍNSÍO in into thè desert” (Exod 3:1); JK2S nV/nin
2Kgs 10:27 on thè other.) □ , '3lnri is thc popular “shepherd//lead flocks” (Ps 80:2); Akk: sena

name of BH □ , '3nn “carobs” and Akk. zer asàgi abàku, e.g., 7 libtiku kima sèni “(one man) shall
“thè seed of thè (false) carob.” lead away seven (as prisoners), like sheep and

IH Held, Ijindsberger Irsi., 395 98. goats”; kima seni àbuka nisesun sambàti “their well-
,j>' fed people I (Esarhaddon) led away like sheep and
C.f. ann*.
goats” (C'AD S i2yb).

S E Q U E N ( : I N ( ;
= Akk. scnu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) S i28b; 248b;
6. (Scq2) (sheep and cattle) “1^31 (Cien
AI lw loyob). sheep, flock of sheep and/or goats.
13:5; 20:14 passim); Akk: semi u alpu, e.g.,
PI IR aseoi ogy C.N ana rnàtiya imqiitama...alpisumi u scnisunu iìteqc
i. (Pliri) (to shear sheep) TT3, e.g., bv*] “thè Taisamean invaded my country and carried
ms nn bv “he went up to his sheepshearers” off their cattle and also their sheep and goats”
(Cicli 38:12,13; 1 Sani 25:2,4; Deut 18:4); Akk: (CAD S 1 2yb b and passim).
nis An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew
7

In thè syn. list (Malku V 35) sa tin is a WSem. — Akk. sabu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S 46a; AHw
word equated with semi “flocks” (CAD S <X>b). i072a). army, teanis of workers.
Note also that in EA (263:12) siïnu is a WSem.
gloss for scnu. piiraseoi.ogy

In Akk. thè phonetic development was 1. (Phr2) (to send an army) e.g., HK rÒCPI
*sa nimi > santini > scnu (under thè influence npnbp «‘iin...D,n33n iasn ^3 mi 3X1’
of thè liquid n). In I leb. thè development was “(David) sent out Joab and tlie whole army—
*sa'nu > sànu > sò’n (in keeping with thè Can. [including] thè professional fìghters...and waged
shift *à > 0). war” (2Sam 10:7—8); Akk: e.g., salumi danti am sàb
11111 Barker, 107. kakki atarradakkam “I will send you a strong and
well-equipped contingent” (CAD S 4<ja 2).

32! = Akk. samba (sabba) s. OB 011 (NB sabba) DENOTATIVE

(CAD S 244b; AHw 1 1 1 ib). wagon. 2. (Deii2) (work team) rnÌ3Ì?n «320 31^
“they shall retire from thè workforce (Num
slquln(:1n(;
8:25); Akk: 12 sàbi PN ki irkusu ana hazatmi GN
1. (Seqi) (wagons and chariots) e.g., WOÌII ittadin umma kàrìdiglat epu/“PN organized a team
tr-nsni rrsri 33-131 of twelve men and gave it to thè mayor of GN
rri“]3“]331 “they shall bring all your brothers... with thè order, “rebuild thè embankment of thè
011 horses, in chariots and wagons, on mules and Tigns!” (CAD S 4<;b f).
dromedaries” (Isa 66:20); Akk: (a similar sequence)
narkabta - sumbu, e.g., narkabàti a subbànu abia alita Akk. sàbu also can denote “people,” “population,”
|/a| ncrilii lu nsuzzu “thè chariots and wagons without reference to soldiers or workers, e.g.,
should take a position half 011 this, half 011 thè ti agirti ina GN Uhi u sàbi sa GN lipliur “let thè town
other side of thè pass” (CAD S 244b b). cner cali his summons in GN and thè people of
GN assemble” (CAD sia k).
Akk. sumbu can also denote “a wagon wheel.”
IH Paul, JAOS 88 (1968) 183 84; Mankowski, 130
S71325 = Akk. btisu B s. SB (CAD B 34ya; AHw
3i-
<43a). liyena (Heb. metathesis).

102! = Akk. saba ti v. OB, Man (CAD S 41 b; AHw BH hapax: 'b vbm 3J132 “I s my Ìnheritance
1071 a). to go to war. unto me a bird of prey |or] a hyena?” (Jer 12:9).
SJ132 tT»n, which is traditionally understood
DENOTATIVE
as “speckled bird of prey,” is contextually and
1. (Den2) (to go to war) e.g., |np b? 'HZZ".
grammatically difficult. The concept of a “speckled
11112 “I59K3 “they went to war against Midian
bird of prey” is uncommon and unfitting for
(as thè Lord) had commanded (Moses)” (Num
Jereniiah’s description ofhis desolateci Ìnheritance.
31:7; Isa 29:7,8; Zach 14:12); Akk: e.g., ina sasnis
Further, in thè description of devastated cities and
isabba'uma istisu alik “go with him when he goes
wilderness, Akk. employs busu with sclcbu “fox,”
out to war” (CAD S 41 L> a).
e.g., sclabu a busa iqnunù qinnu “thè fox and thè
Heb. ÍQ2J also has a meaning “to perforili work” hyena made their lairs” (in devastateci cities) and
m a non-military sense: rHÌ3J? “IÌ3J?1? K31S 83^0other beasts of thè steppe: libkiku asu busti nimru
(Num 4:23) and that thè Akk. substantive sàbu mindinnu lulimu dumàmu nesu rima ayalu turàbu
can mean “workers” (in a non-military sense). butani u nammassà sa seri “may thè bear mourn you,
However, a meaning “to perforili work” is thè hyena, panther, chcctab, stagand jackal, thè lion,
unattested aniong thè hatidful of Akk. references wild bull, deer, ibex, thè herds and animals of thè
to sabà’a. wild” (Cìeorge, Cìilgamcsh, 650:16—17). Similarly,
• # - ci. xrs. in Ben-Sira 13:18 1713^ “hyena” is attested in
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sequencc with 3^3 “dog.” In light of thè above wanted) heritage” (Jer 3:19); Akk: e.g., matima
and in light of Jer 12:8: ITntp rUTH ana sibutiya waqartim ul aspurakkum “I have never
“1170 “my Ìnheritance has become for me like a before written to you concerning a tieed for
lion in thè thicket,” one may considerjer 12:9 as (such) a precious thing” (C’AI) S i68b).
a rhctorical question, i.e., “Is my Ìnheritance unto
The Akk. verb sebu means “to desire, want, need”:
me a bird of prey |or| is it a hyena?”
sa kasap la sebù cqil “I gave to those who did not want
Note thè possible usage ofthe Emarite WSem. forni silver for thè fields”; umu mala PN sebù “whenever
sabà’u, employed 111 thè lex. text i.e., asu: sabàu PN wishes, (he may ...)” (C'AD S i20a 2).
(Emar 551:37') which Huchnergard translates '■»' C'f. BA: K3S.
“bear” > “hyena” (see Pentiuc 2001:160-61).
Ili F.mcrton, ZAW 81 (1969) 1 82 88.
Ì""PD1J = Akk. salntu s. fem. OB 011 (CAD S 42b;
AFIw i07ib). gazelle.
IDD2S = Akk. sabatit v. from OAkk. on (C'AI) S sa;
simili ;/metapiior
AHw io66a). to seize.
1. (SM) (swift as a gazelle) e.g., bp
The verb CD322 is a hapax in BI I. It is employed niÉ?3 no^n -:rN3 T^rO “and Asahel was
in Ruth 2:14 111 thè expression: ^jp rÒ £3325’] swift of foot, like a gazelle in thè open field”
“and he (Boaz) seized, grasped (i.e., handed) (2Sam 2:18); “ina 1 ? anno bs? “and they
her (Ruth) a roasted grain” (“and she ate and (thè heroes) were as swift as gazelles upon thè
was satisifìed and had some left over”). In verse mountains” (iC'hr 12:9); Akk: iusma kima sabiti
16, thè sub. □ TOSSÌ is also a hapax 111 BH. It is ncrruba kima nimbi “rush to me like a gazelle, slip
agreed by thè majority of scholars that both “*sbt to me like a little snake” (C'AD S 43a).
and *sbt are but an alternate spelling of thè sanie
denotativi ;
root attested 111 Akkadian sabàtu” (Sasson, Ruth
2. (I)eii2) (referring to a sacrifice) e.g.,
p.55; Campbell AB 7:102-04; KB* and others).
‘rtOl OSJ3 “he may partake of it as ofthe
AHw, likewise, equates thè Akk. and thè I leb.
gazelle and thè deer” (Deut 12:15,22); Akk: e.g.,
vocabales. So too thè LXX understands both as
anassikumisi akarmbkuuùsi uzàla ella màr sabiti “I
derived from thè sanie forili.
ani approaching you carrying as an offering a pure
Note also thè Ug. sub. msbtm (UT 19:2139; gazelle kid, borii of a gazelle” (C'AD S 43a).
5 1 C25) which probably means “tongs, handlcs.”
Note, whereas Akk. employs only thè fem. sabitu,
Ibis calls to mind thè LH eniployment of thè sub.
BH has both genders, where thè fem. is
Í02Ï* “tongs” (Pes. S4a; Ben-Yehuda, Dictionary
exclusively attested four times, all 111 SoS 2:7; 3:5;
537<Sa). In LH thè forni sbt also occurs in thè
4:5; 7:4-
expression TOOISÌ! ITO “that part of thè vessel
by which it is seized” i.e. “liandle, neck for thè
fingers” (e.g., Hag III: 1 ; Jastrow I2s8a-b). = Akk. sipu (sibu) s. MB 011 (CAD S 20sa;
cf. AHw 1 io4b). dyed fabric.

Akk. sipu referring to “dyeing” is attested only in

"OIJ ~ Akk. sibutu s. OB 011 (CAD S iC>7b; AIIw NB, and that thè reference to dyed fabric is attested
i099b). desire. only in thè lex. lists. Note also that thè noun /SOJJ
CPyplJ appears three times, all in Judg 5:30. Akk.
DIÌNOTA II Vii sipu refers also to thè soaking of irrigated or marsh
i . (i )cii2) rrissnain b z b os Eh~n 3*711 rot lands. Further, whereas thè Akk. verb saliti “to
“(a land) flowing with milk and honey, thè (most) soak (an object)” is amply attested (CAD S 4sb) ,
desired(?) of all thè lands” (Ezek 20:6,16); it is absent from BH.
o? nbny/rnipD “lovely land//delightful (lit. ,J)‘ C'f. BA sna V.

3'7
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

rQ2?* = Akk. sibtu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (C’AI) S 1 r>3a 147:39—40; 281:6—7 and passim). Although Akk.
esp. 165a 6.; AHw 1097!! s.v. sibtu(m)\). (aniong scru (suliru) does not connote “cover/roof,” thè
other meanings), grasping, portion. motif of thè construction of a cover to thè ark as
part of thè technical instruction is known from
Aniong various mngs., Akk. sibtu also means thè Babylonian flood stories: sullula danna sullil
“portion” (i.e., “something seized”) e.g., sammc “provide (thè ark) with a strong cover” (CAD
mala sihte turaddassunu ekkuìu “you add from them S 23yb 2', Hilprecht, Delude Story); \e\leppu sa
(thè horses) one portion of grass and they eat it” labannu\si\ .... kima Apsi scisi sullilsi ay imur Samas
(CAD S 165a 6.). Ruth 2:16 ]P 7 \b l^ttfn b® DDI qiribsa lu sullulal elis u saplis “thè boat that you
DTmn may be rendered: “and even pulì out build...roof it over like thè Apsù, so that thc sun
some for her from thè portions” shall not see inside it, let it be roofed over above
Cf. v. and below” (Atra-hasis, 88:25—31; cf. also Cìilg.
XI 31). Accordingly, in light ofthe above, thè
instruction naVon nax b#,) “ you shall
p" 1 ” 7 ]^! :: saduq adj. E A; WSem. word (C'AD S 59b).
terminate it within a cubit of thè top” (Cìen 6:16)
right, just.
and thè statement PD “10*1 pKH bw CPI3n 13“in
DENOTATIVE. ronìl npop nK “thè waters began to dry frolli
1. (])en2) Trip irrs o 'n Kin pns “Ciod is thè earth, and Noali removed thè covering of
right, for I have disobeyed him” (Lam 1:18); EA thè ark” (Cìen 8:13), Heb. "IHii should be best
287:32: amur sarru bcliya saduq ana ydsi amiti CN equated with Akk scru (subru) to mean “top, back,
“beliold, O king my lord, I ani right. about thè cover.”
people of CiN” (let. Jerusalem). IH Armstrong, VT 10 (i960) 328—34.

The C’AD notes that “For thè forni saduq(a)

occurring as an element in Amorite personal T“
= Akk. sawàrum s. OAkk.*; WSem. word
names...and for Mari...” (C’AD ibid.). (AHw 10873). neck.
(ì.l Huffìnon, 1965:256.
AHw (ibid) equates thè once employed sawàrum
with 1 leb. “1X12 “neck.” Such is also thè rendering
“ini — Akk. sï'ru s. OB 011; EA subru; WSem. lw. of thè CDA (355a). The C’AD seems not to have
(C'AD S 13 8 a ; 26 ih, s.v. su'rtt; AIIw i093b). back, an entry for this word.
top.
sawàrum is employed in OAkk. in an mcantation
The Heb. hapax 1Ì1ÌS attested in Cìen 6:16: “lHiì mvoking irc’cmum “love magic”: utamnuki sawàrsu
u sawàrki la ctamdà la tapassahi “I conjure you: as
nbyp^p n^r. npx b^i nnn1? nt?s>n “ you are
to make a saltar m thè ark, and terminate it within long as his neck and your neck are not joined
together may you have 110 peace” (MAI) 5 No.
a cubit of thè top” is traditionally equated to thè
8:34-38). For a somewhat similar notion, cf. BH
substantive D'*nnS “110011,” understanding thè
e.g., non ip;?ni rnx ]p;?n nxp bs; bán
vocable to mean “a window/opening for day
THK12 ^>1? “and he (Joespli) embraced (lit. fell on)
light.” However, modern biblical scholarship
his brother Benjamin around thè neck and wept,
(already Ehrlich) understands it as “roof,” i.e.,
Benjamin wept 011 his neck” (Cìen 45:14). The
“top, back,” equating thè lexeme to Akk scru
standard Akk. word for “neck” is kiscidu (C'AD
(Ug. zr), which in EA is glossed by thè WSem.
K 446a).
subru>suhru, e.g., ana scpc sane bcliya j-su sib'itàn
ushebbin ina haute (gloss: batnuma) u scrutila (gloss:
subruma) “at thè feet of thè king my lord seven pllS = Akk. sàqu v. OB 011 (CAD S iC>9b; AHw
times and seven times I bow down, on (both) I039a s.v. siàqu). to become narrow (Akk. Cì-stem);
belly and back” (EA 232:6-11; cf. also 64:4—7; to make narrow, constrain (Akk. I)-stem, Heb.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion poh Biblical Hebrf.w

I liph'il).
“IÌ2Ì :: sirti v. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD Z 1363;
Morali, AL 208:9). to confine, besiege.
DENOTATIVE

i . (I )eii2) (to constrain, press against someone) EA 127:34: 11 anntt ribismi anwìutiya u sani u
'3C?? ni - ! - '2rip''Sìl “thè wind in my belly pressed issàqu // sirti “but now there has been a controversy
me” (Job 32:1 8); Akk: (said of napistu breath) e.g., among my men, and it is different, I ani being
likmi ’l'idmat napistasa listi] u likri “he shall keep hard-pressed” (i.e., issàqu), “I am besieged” (i.e.,
Tiamat subdued, he shall keep her life cut short” sirti).
(En. el. VII 132). The reading of Morali (AL 208:9), whicli is
2. (I)en2) (to constrain thè enemy) e.g., ]ÌDn followed by Rainey (Canaanite in thc Amarna
nnnspi ;t?s brn Vxng by D'iasn apiari bz Letters 11:286), is preferable to that of thè C'AD (Z
Tlb □ , p , Saìl1 (then like a dream, a vision of thè i36a s.v. zirli). Rainey analyzes thè forni as Qal
night) “shall be thè multitude of nations that passive of thè root “1125 and renders it as “I am very
war upon Ariel, and all her besiegers, and thè pressed.” Note also that thè Amarna verbal gloss
siegeworks against her, and those who harass her” issàqu//sirti (stupì - sàru) parallels thè Heb. nominai
(Isa 29:7; cf. also Isa 51:13, i.e., p'San HOn “thè idiomatic compound pÌ22Q - "lisa “seige/distress
rage of thè oppressor”); Akk: anàku ultu almcsuma - straits” (Deut 28:53,55,57 = J 1 -' 1 ' >9-9), as well
as HpISI rns “distress and hardship” (Isa 30:6;
napsatus usiqa lapan liatti u nibritc ana C.N innabit “I
Prov i:27)/npiSai “IS “ distress and straits” (Job
(Sennacherib) laid a dose siege around him and
i5:24)/pisai “IS “ distress and straits” (Ps 1 19:14)/
put him in a tight spot (lit. squeezed his throat),
npisai ÌT1S “distress and straits” (Zeph 1:15).
from terror and famine he fled to Elam” (C'AI) S
C I. pis v .
i7ob b) = Ug. (ssq = p^Sìl): whn ibm ssq ly “behold
thè enemies harassed me” (KTU2 2.33:27).
3. (I)eii2) (said in a maladiction) e.g., nVsXI (“li) “11S — Akk. surru s. MA 011 (C’AD S 257b;
“n'^ n -‘r ]rn^ninì Tp?? “it?? -333 na All w 1 1 >4a). obsidian or flint (biade).
1?^ Ì? p'X'T pÌSÌ??1 “lisa? “you shall
DENOTATIVE
eat your own issue, thè flesh of your sons and
1. (Den 1) 310 “IIS/DnS nÌ3in “flint
daughters, which thc Lord your Cìod has assigned
blades” (Josh 5:2,3)/“flint biade” (Ps 89:44); “IS
to you, 011 account of thè siege (distress) and thè
(alone) “flint biade,” e.g., rh?ni “125 HnàS npni
straits with which your enemy harasses you” (Deut
rn? rò-i» nx “ so Zipporah took a flint and cut
28:53,55,57 — Jer 19:9); Akk: (in a curse formula),
off her son’s foreskin” (Exod 4:25); Akk., e.g., ina
e.g., ilàni...animar libbitu qaqqurn lisiqùnikunu “may
snrri nakkaptasu tessima daniesu tatabbak “you make
thè gods reduce your land (to be) as narrow as a
an incision in his tempie with an obsidian biade
brick” (CAD S 1703 2).
and draw blood from him” (CAD S 2593 2); lam
Note thè antonym pSia 00) 311“! “ broad place iksudukinàsi surru u naglahu “before thè flint biade
(no) constraints” (Job 36:16); Akk: siqu — rapsu and thè barber’s knife catch you” (C'AD ibid.).
“narrow — broad” (CAD S 30sb).
Apart from thè above four denotatives, thè noun
In light of thè usage of thè verb pIS = Akk.
is attested once, in Ezek 3:9: Tin3 125Í? pjìl “POP?
sàqu in a military context concerning seige, one
insa “I will make your forehead like adamant,
may agree with Gesenius’ (BDB 8483) reading
harder than flint.” Note also that in parallelism
r:p"i” in place of thè MT n32rp31 in Isa 7:6: with □ , 212t^ VSn “their (thè enemy’s) arrows are
179 -'Var irbx nisrp?r Hip-?;- nnn'? sharpened,” thè MT “IS? should be read “IS?
Vx?i2 1? hn n3in? “we will march against Judah “like flint,” i.e., 13^112 “IS? VD1D niOI? “their
and bring her into straits and conquer her, and we horses’ hooves are like flint” (Isa 5:28). The BI I
will set up as king in her thè son of Tabael.” nouns “IS/nS should be listed in three distinct
^ C I. “1« v. entries:

3i 9
rrns
T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

a. mountain (hapax): niSOy/D'HS lusty shepherd boy” (C'AD S 653 2').

“mountain(s)//hilltops” (Num 23:9) = Ug : grifi// 2. (Dc'112) (to laugh disp3nigingly) e.g., pOSFI]
gb'm (CTA 4:5:77—78). n31p!3 irn© “and Sarah laughed to herself’ (Cìen
b. (a) rock, cliff; (b) figurative for Cìod (thè 18:12; 17:17); Akk: e.g., ismcnia (Ulgàmcs zikir
majority of cases). màlikisu ippalsamnia isili ana ibrisu “when Cìilgames
c. flint, flint biade (five cases). lieard tlie speech of bis advisors, he looked at
his friend 3iid kiughed” (Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsb,
Akk. surru does not connote “rock, cliff” “surru
202:201—2); assu istct bit tu sa ternedanni sa istcn 3
refers to both flint and obsidian, i.e., to a stone
rib’ctu aràbka bazannu ismetna kai urne isih “I will
that can be sharpcned by flaking” (CAD S 2593).
p3y you bsck three times for thè single trouble(?)
111 C'ohen, 1 Inpax 37.
you li3ve C3used me. when thè mayor lieard
C'f. Akk. surtu “flint, biade,” SB (C'AI) S 261 a).
(these words), he laughed all day” (C'AD R 543
c; S 653).
rnis = Akk. (u)surtu s. NA (AI lw 14403). drawing, As noted by Held (JC’S 15 119ÍS11 2ob)
pian (of a building). “L3iidsberger W3S thè first to establish thè priimry
me3ning of Akk. satin ‘to laugh’ and to recognize
The sub. rnis is attested only in Ezek 43:1 1 (4
thè equivalence (both seni3ntic 3iid etymologic3l)
times) in reference to thè Tempie. Accordingly,
of sahu with Hebrew sbq (ZA, 40, pp. 297f; ibid.,
thè hapax idiomatic expression n'311 rniS “thè
42, pp. 163flF.).”
pian of thè tempie” (Ezek 43:11) is then thè
C’f. pns .pn© v.
equivalent of thè Akk. idiom usurat/usura! luti
“thè plan(s) of thè temple(s),” e.g., ana sursudu
temcn usurài bitisu suUiunu “fìrmly established pÌ"122 = Akk. sibtu (sihu) s. OB 011 (C’AD S 1863;
foundation, thè plans of his (Samas) tempie, are 1873; AHw 10963). Akk. smile, laughter, delight;
restored” (*CAD S 22ib a); parakkcsunu assur Heb. mockery.
usuràtisunu usaìlim “I (Nabunàid) preserved their
DENOTATIVE
shrines, I kept their ground plans intact” (CAD
ibid.). 1. (1 )en2) Von1? nani? 21?^ pii? 1 ? nnn “it
sh311 be laughter and mockery, it holds so mudi”
The phonetic variant “P25 employed in thè hapax
(Ezek 23:32; Cìen 21:6).
expression □‘'“PS in Isa 45:16 was equated
'■»' c.f. pns v., pn© v.
by Paul (Klein Fest., 326) to Heb. ÌT112J = Akk.
(u)surlu to mean “those who fabricate idols.”
IH Paul, Klein Irst., 759-63 TS = Akk. suddu v. OB on (CAD S 228b; AHw
10743). to provide with food, provision.

pnS = Akk. sàbu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S C>4b; AHw DENOTATIVE

10963). to laugh, smile, act in a sexually provocative i. (Deii2) ïïtqq inx irrasn on laran1? nr
manner. “this is our stili hot bread, which we took from
our house as provisions” (Josh 9:12); Akk: sanciti
DENOTATIVI'.
unisti usaddàssunùtima ana scr bcliya atarradassunuti
1. (Den 1) (to act provocatively) “Qïn X3
“thè next day I will give them provisions and
'2 pns i ?... , '73iJn “thè Hebrew slave...carne to
send them on to my lord” (C’AD S 228b, Mari).
me to flirt with me” (Cìen 39:17,14; 26:8); Akk:
màrtu...ardutika rabùtika u aunlù...ana panisa tuscrib Note thè MT which is traditionally
u ittisunu tcsscnih “thè daughter (of thè Cìreat rendered 3S “they set out in disguise,” should
Lady) allowed your servants, your officers, and probably be read (where orthogr3phic3lly
your...to come into her presence and she behaved 1 3iid T 3 re interchanged) “they provided
coquettishly”; ana natisi rc'i asayyab “I entice thè themselves with food” (Josh 9:4).

320
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion foii Biblical Hebrew

Note also that thc denominative verb “PS Heb. PPS occurs with “I3"1P “desert” (Isa 35:1; Jer
“provision” should be kept apart from “HS 50:12; Zeph 2:13); nZIS “wilderness” (Isa 35:1;
“hunt,” whose semantic equivalent is thè Akk. Jer 50:2; 51:43); nap^/na® “desolate land” (Jer
verb ba'àru (CAI) B 3b). 51:43; Joel 2:20; Zeph 2:13), and is equated by
(í> ' ( I. TS. von Soden to Akk. suà'u (AHw 1 1073) and by
Landsberger to setu “Trockenheit, Durre” (ZA 42
|i934l 161-62). Cd. ctanattiq sade hursàni cianabbir
(nT2) “P2Í = Akk. su dii (sidilu) s. OB on (CAI)
nàràti kalisina ctanakkalanni yàsi sitate sarabàte “I
S i 72b; 22c_>b; AHw i looa). (travel) provisions.
pass to and fro through thè hills and mountains, I
l'HR ASLOI.OCY ani ever Crossing all thè rivers, thè sultry weather
1. (Pliri) (to take travel provisions) /“PS Plpb and cold constantly cut me” (*CAI) S 1523 e).
HTS, e.g., HTS inj? “take along provisions As noted by thè C’AD (c 1 53b n.) “The two words
for thè trip” (Josh 9: i 1,14; Judg 7:8; 20:10); Akk: sìtu and setu have to be kept apart... while situ
sidita hiqù, e.g., assum sidìt UD.15.KAM sàpirì from (w)asu... no verb etymologically connected
laqiain iqbiam sidìt UIX15.KAM alqiam “with thè with se tu is attested in Akk.” Such is also seems to
reference to thè fortnight’s travel provisions, my be thè case with Heb. ITS where it has 110 verb
commander ordered me to fetch (them) , (so) I to be connected to.
fetched a fortnight’s travel provisions” (C’AI) S
I72b a). (n^TlS*) I = Akk. sissatu s. OB, Qatna (CAD
2. (Phri) (to give provisions) nTS }n3 S 2i4b; AHw 1 io6a). (an ornamentation).
“give provisions” ÌTJS Dì"!1? nnbl “(then Joseph
ordered)...to give them provisions for thc journey” l’IIRASLOLOCY

(Cìen 42:25; 45:21); Akk: sidita nadànu, e.g., sidìt 1. (Phr2) (golden ornamentation) rTtpj?')
Ul). 10. KAM sa adi GN ikassadu liddinusumlsim “let □nn ■,mns r^y r.nrss lina nnr ^s “make an
them give them provisions for ten days, until they ornament of pure gold and engrave 011 it thè seal
can reach Qatna” (CAI) S 172I1 b, Man). inscription (“Holy to thè Lord”)” (Hxod 28:36;
3. (Phr2) (to prepare provisions) ÌTTS nÉ?E, Lev 8:9); Akk: sissatu huràsi, e.g., kisàdu SÀ 1 sissatu
e.g., nnb wy xb nns mi “and they had not huràsu tamii uqnt dust “a necklace (having) 011 it
prepared any provisions for themselves” (Exod one golden .s'iV.s'rtfM-ornamcnt with a lapis lazuli
12:39); Akk: sidita epcsu, e.g., n sidìt isu sa adi letùa (and) dusu-stonc inlay” (C'AD S 2i4b).
('pi//“and make up his travel provisions (suffìcient
The I leb. forms are not related to Akk. sisitu “a
for him) to reach me” (CAI) S I72b c).
part of a I00111.”
n-rs/TS “travel provisions” attested twelve IH Levine, A Lì 4A 400.
times (Cien 42:25; 45:21; Hxod 12:3; Josh 1:11;
9:5,1 1,14; Judg 7:8; 20:1 o; 1 Sani 22:1 o; Ps 78:25;
II :: sesùtna s. pi. RS; WSem. word (C’AD S
132:15) should be separateci from “PS “hunt.”
i5ob; AHw 10953). salt marsh.
The semantic equivalent of thè I leb.
expression "]“!“!/’ ÌTTS “provisions for thè diìnotati vi;
journey” (Cìen 45:21,25; Josh 9:11) is thè Akk. 1. (I)en2) (BEI hapax) KS3 O nXÍE*? f”S Ufi
idiom akal harràni “provisions for thè road” nrnn np?; 1 ? nns?! ksfi “give salt marshes to
(Muffs, JJS 3 3 119821 89). Moab for she will be parched and her towns shall
113 Cf. TS v. become desolateci” (Jer 48:9); Akk: e.g., \ana\ l’N
\adi\ dàiriti |i/| pilka yànu in\a\//sisùma amititum
“there will never be pilku-duty for i’N on these
“ Akk. suà'u, s. MA; setu s. fr. OB on
salt marshes” (C’AD S i sob).
(C’AI) S 1 52a e, s.v. setu; AHw M07a s.v. suà'u).
sultry, dry weather. In Ug. sesuma is a gloss for Akk. eqlcl Ialiti “fields

321
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

of salt,” e.g., kirt karàni scrdi...u cqlcti sa tabti// Tadmor, who seems to have first identified
scsima “gardens, vineyards, olive groves and fields TS as a loan, claims that it was “thè only Akkadian
ofsalt//salt marshes” (CAI) ibid.) terms for thè state functionary that was actually
IH Morali, Bib 39 (1958) 69-71; Gcvirtz, VT 13 borrowed into Biblical Hebrew.”
(1963) 62 11. 2. IH Wiseman, VT 32 (1982) 316; Tadmor, Cìreenfield
Irst., 324:27; F.lgavish, 1998:36-38; Mankowski 132
33; Paul, Klein Irst., 759-63.
I “P25 = Akk. senti A s. OB on (CAI) S 1373; Al lw
i093b). door-pivot.
= Akk. sillu s. OAkk. 011 (C’AD S 1893; AHw
DENOTATIVE
1 loia), sliade, shadow > protection.
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) ITT? bv 3Ì0n
inDQ biï b'SV'ì “thè door turns 011 its pivot, and thè idiomatic: usaci:

lazy man on bis bed” (Prov 26:14); Akk: e.g., abnu 1. (Idi) (to take/give shelter, protection) |3©
kasunti aqarn .... ina sapal serri dalàli bàbàni ekalliya Vs? “dwell 111 thè shadow (of)” bï Tmn
ukìn “costly stone from Gasur......... I (Sennacherib) rtpm bs? 153 Va niss “(every bird)
set up under thè pivots of thè door leaves of my shall take shelter under it, shelter in thè shade of
palace gates” (CAD S 1 37b 1). its boughs”(Ezek 17:23); Akk: siila sakànu: attama
IH Cohen, Hapax 140:79; Paul, Klein l:cst., 759-63. siila ina muli qaqqadiya tasakkan “you indeed extend
protection over my head” (C’AD s I92b d).

II “P2£ = Akk. siru s. NA, NB (CAD S 2133; AHw 2. (Id2) (to be protected, lit. live 111 thè shade)

uosa). Akk. (foreign) chieftain; Heb. envoy, bs? n;n “live under thè aegis,” e.g., irjDK

messenger. □’ian T.m i^s? “He (thè Lord’s anointed) in

whose shade we had thought to live aniong thè
The Heb. noun □“’TS/TS is attested six times: nations” (Lam 4:20); Akk: ina siili balàtu, e.g., nini
twice parallel to messenger/ ina siili sani belitii ana dàiris baltànu “we shall live
swift envoys” (Prov 13:17; Isa 18:2), and four forever under thè aegis of thè king, our lord”; ina
times in thè idiom “TS PÒK? “to send an envoy” silliya lu baltàta “you will remaui well under my
(Isa 57:9; Jer 49:14; Ob 1:1; Prov 25:13); Akk: aegis” (CAI) S 1923 2').
sirànu//sapràtu “envoys//messengers,” e.g., 5000
PIIRASEOLOCY
stràni sapràte sa Subì “5000 envoys, messengers
3. (Pliri) (to sit in thè shade) ^S3 3ET, e.g.,
from Suhu” (Iraq 14 11953 | 44:143, Asn II). The
□'31 □la bz -.zz" iS’syi “ and in its shadow (i.e.,
CAD relates thè noun siru/sirànu to thè Akk. adj.
protection) lived all thè great nations” (Ezek 3 1:6;
siru “first rank (in importante)” said aniong others,
31:17; SoS 2:3); Akk: ina siili asàbu, e.g., ina siili
of rulers (CAD S 2i2a), hence “chicftain(s).” In
NA and NB texts thè siru “thè (foreign) chieftain” creili tisamma “sit down in thè shade of thè cedar”

is depicted as one who pays homage and brings (CAD S 190a).

tribute to thè Assyrian and Babylonian kings, 4. (Phri) (pleasant shade) 3ÌCD ^S, e.g., nnn
e.g., stràni sa màtàte gabbu \itia p\an abika ctiquni n^s 3ìcd •? n'pxi npb) }ibx “ (they sacrifice)
[k]/ annimma ina pan màr sarri ...[l\etiqu “just as thè under oaks, poplars, and terebinths, whose shade
chieftains of all tlie countries marched in review is pleasant” (Hos 4:1 3); Akk: sillu tàbu, e.g., eremi...
before your father, so let them march in review tàbu sillasu “thè cedar’s shade is pleasant” (C’AD S
before thè crown prince” (CAD S 2i3b). In thè 1903); siili tàbum ana àliya taris “my benevolent
Bible thè function of thè TS is reversed, namely, shade is spread over my city” (CH Epilogue).
he is not subjugated by a foreign ruler; rather he 5. (Phr2) (evening shade) 3“)S? 'Ws ‘ ‘evening
is an envoy who goes out to thè world to instigate shade” ()er 6:4); Akk: silb seri - siili tatuile “morning
a subjugated nation to revolt against thè major shade - evening shade” (C’AD S 1 893 lex. section);
power or to announce its down fall. nakrum ina siili tambe ittika tàbazam ippus “thè
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew
vt:-

enemy will give you battio at (thc time of) thè 3 1:3); Akk: e.g., summa bàb ekallim stilliti siili ilim
evening shadows” (C'AD S >8yb ia). eli awclim ibassi “if thè palace gate is covered,
6. (Phr2) ,! 1£33 “castod, stretchod shadow”; divine protection will be upon thè man” (*CAD
Akk. siila taràsu “to cast a shadow”: 'Iti3 ‘'IT S 23yb b).
npV3 "»51 “my days are like a 'stretched '0' c:r. ba bba v.
shadow, I wither like grass” (Ps 102:12; )er 6:4);
Akk: kima qisti crcni eli tamirtisunu sillu tarsuma “a
dSs = Akk. salmu s. OAkk., OB on (CAD S 783;
shade is cast over their region as if it were a cedar
AIIw i078b). statue, image.
grove” (C'AD S Mjoa); Ninurla puluhti sillika ana
màti tarsat “your awe-inspiring shadow, Ninurta, pi iraseoloc y

is cast over thè Land (Sumer)” (C'AD S uSyb lex. 1. (Pliri) (to destroy a statue)) 0*72 “QN, e.g.,
section). '"xr. onboa Va nxi “you shall destroy
,rr c:f. v. their molten images” (Num 33:52); Akk: salma
abàtu, e.g., sa salmu u tiara amia ubbalu “whoever

(nrrkx) nn*?s - zilahda s. HA; WSem. word destroys this inscribed and dccorated monument”

(C'AD Z 1 i8a; AHw 15283). (a container, dish). (C’AD S 833). C'f. also salma halàqu, e.g., aria hulluq
salmiya amie 11 tameti ana sunne “for thè destruction
While Heb. TVnbs is attested onco in thè idiom of my statue and changing its working” (*CAD
ìlEHn riTTÒiS “new dish” (2Kgs 2:20), its variant S 83I-)).
occurs four times in thè idiomatic expressions 2. (Phri) (male figurine) “DT , Q i 7? e.g., ■’É;S7ri‘]
nnVsr rn:r -rx: “as he wipes off'a dish” □n ■'irni “or 'a 1 ?? Tjb “ you made yourself male
(2Kgs 21:13); nròs? ÌT bxv |pa “thè lazy man images and fornicated with them” (Ezek 16:17);
buries his hand in thè bowl” (Prov 19:24; 26:15); Akk: e.g., salam zikari tt sinnisti teppus “you make a
ninnai onrp nrrtn “they roasted in figurine of a man and a woman” (C'AD Z 1 1 ia).
pots, cauldrons, and pans” (2Chr 35:13). 3. (Phr2) (to make a statue) □*7? nè?y, e.g.,
In Akk. thè word zilahda is attested only ia % Dir^pt? Dràffin ”: i 7S- “they Iliade their
in HA, as a WSem. gloss to thè standard Akk. images and their detestable abominations frolli it”
word sahharru “a small bowl” (CAD S 553), e.g., (Ezek 7:20; 1 Sani 6:5; 16:17); Akk: salma epcsu,
1 sahhàrru sa N A B A B B A R zilahda sumsu “a small e.g., sarrum salmam ippus santini userreb “thè king
bowl made ofa white ‘stone’ called zilahda” (EA will make an image, (but) another (king) will
14 iii 70; list of gifts from Egypt); 13 sahhàrru sa bring it into (thè tempie)” (C'AD S 79b b’ and
huràsi zilahda sumsu “ 1 3 small bowls of gold called passim).
zilahda" (EA 14 ii 1); 11 sahharru sa kaspi zillahda 4. (Phr2) (thè image of a god) CPrÒK D 1 ??
sumsu “ 1 1 small bowls of silver called zillahda” (C!en 1:27; 9:6); Akk: siplum sipat Marduk àsipu salam
(EA 14 ii 54). Marduk “thè conjuration (recitcd) is thè conjuration
IH Lambdin, Or. 22 (1953) 369. of Marduk, thè conjurer is thè very image of
Marduk”; abitsu sa sarri bcliya salam Bel su u sarru
beli salam Bcbna sii “thè father ofthe king my lord
— Akk. sullulu v. OB 011 (C'AD S 2393; AHw
was thè very image of Bel and thè king, my lord, is
1 1 lob). to provide shade (Akk. D-stem only).
likewise thè very image of Bel”; sarru bel matàti salmu

denotativi;
sa Samas su “thè king, thè lord of thè lands, is thè
very image of Samas” (*CAD S 8sb f).
1. (Deii2) (BH attested twice): “IStftO 'rTl
n35S>n •'39*7 D^-V ■'-10 'hbz “when shadows IH Gruber, Abitui> l;est., 81—1X7.
filled thè gateways of Jerusalem at thè approach
of thè Sabbath” (Neh 13:19); (Hiph'il pt.) EH il Ilio Si! = Akk. sulmu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD S 24ob;
VsfO “plantation that provides shades”(?) (Ezek AHw imo b). Akk. blackness; Heb. darkness.

323
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

The MT which is attested in synonymous za-pa-àg as ‘noise (making) locust’” (CAD ibid.,
parallelism with “darkness” (Ps za-pa-àg; Akk: rigmu “noise”).
107:10,14; Job 24:17; 34:22) and is thè antonym Ili thè curse formula 111 Deut 28:38—42, thè
of “Ip3/“T)K “light/morning” (Amos 5:8, Job sequence Ssbs - ny^in - n"« “ locust - worm -
24:17), should probably be revocalized as cricket” equals (111 reverse order) that of OAram.
and rendered as “darkness” and not as “shadow of twy, Iwl'h, ’arhli.
death” as commonly translated. Its Ug. cognate IH Tawil, BASOR 225 (1977) 59 62.
is slmt parallel to glmt. C'f. Akk. salatini v, “to be,
become dark, black,” and thè adj. salmu “black,
XÏÏS = Akk. samù v. OB 011 (CAD S 9sb; AHw
dark” (CAI) S 7ob; 773).
108 ib). to be thirsty.
Ili C'ohen, Hapax 1996:287-309.
IMIRASLOLOGY
1. (Pliri) (to be thirsty for water) D'S 1 ? KOS
USS = Akk. sclu (scihi) s. OB 011 (CAD S i2 4 b;
“thirsty for water” (Exod 17:3; Isa 55:1); Akk: sa
AHw i090a). rib, side, wing (of a building).
me samù “who is thirsty for water” (CAD S 9sb
i>HNO 1 ai i vii >)■ '

1. (Den2) (human rib) nri! * n ì^ SI Oli NONI,

“he took one ofhis ribs” (Gen 2:21,22); Akk: 2. (Seqi) (to be liungry — thirsty) KOS - ZV~\
e.g., ittiranni sclàniya ultchhir “he beat me up and (Isa 65:13; 2Sam 17:29; Ps 107:5); “ItófcO ìl'rT]
broke my ribs” (C’AD S 1253). nani D'Srr nani rasnn z'Srr
2. (Den2) (side) njatan r\vb% 'm bv “two nn© “like one who is liungry and dreams he is
sides ofthe aitar” (Exod 27:7); Akk: e.g., summa 2 eating...and like one who is thirsty and dreams he
naplasàtu scllusina nenm\udu\ “if there are two flaps is drinking” (Isa 29:8); Akk: burnì - summù, e.g.,
(and) their sides are in contact” (C'AI) S i2óa c); burnì akàlu summù satù eli ameìi illak “to become
una rese u arkàtc ina seti kilallàn “in front and in liungry and (then only) to eat, to become thirsty
back, on both sides” (C'AD S I2óa 2). and (then only) to drink, is befitting to man”
3. (Den2) (wing, side chamber of a building) (CAD S 9sb b).
crai72 tsn^tr; ybx Sk jjSs nii^ni “thè cf. kos.
side chambers were arranged one above thè other
in 33 sections” (Ezek 41:6); Akk: e.g., sa ina apti
KOS = Akk. sumu (summu) s. OB on (C'AD S 247b;
scli ippallasa “who looks through thè window of
AHw 1 1 1 2a). thirst.
thè wing” (C'AD S i26a 2).
SLQULNCINC;

= Akk. sarsaru A s. SB, NB (CAD S 1 153; 1. (Seq2) (hunger and thirst) KOS? 5 ]
non?! anwi “ in hunger and thirst, naked and
AHw io86b). cricket.
lacking everything” (Deut 28:48; Amos 8:11;
ih noi \ 1 1 \ 1 2Chr 32:1 1); Akk: summu (u) kalkaltu: ina summé
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) n? 1 ) TjSS) b'S kalkalti iskunu napistc “through thirst and hunger
SsSsn 27“)^ “thè cricket shall take over all they met their end” (C'AD Ci 14K); madbar asar
thè trees and thè produce of your land” (Deut summé kalkalti sa issur samc la isa'u qiribsu “thè
28:42). desert, thè region of thirst and hunger, where not
even birds fly” (CAD ibid.).
The onomatopoeic (-raaS) Siòs interchange)
implies an animai that makes a chirping or perhaps
^ Cf. SOS v.
rasping sound. This can be confìrmed from Akk.
where thè identifìcation of sarsaru (= LH “IIS'IS) — Akk. sumamitu s. OB 011 (CAD S 243b;
“is based on thè interpretation of |Sum.] buru - 244I1; AHw 1 1 1 ih), thirst.

324
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

DI-NOTATI Vi: transferred over.” This term establishes that thc

i.(Dch2) tra ’xsbì “lanpS niin? DÉr reai estate sale recorded is final and thè property
lixpsb “He (thc Lord) turns thc rivers into sold is irretrievable. The compound formula
wilderness, springs of water into thirsty land” commonly attested samid ana danti “transferred
(Ps 107:33); Akk: (in transferred mng.), e.g., ina forever” is thè equivalent of I leb: ...nJTpS 1 ?
VnnnS “beyond reclaim...throughout thè ages”
qaqqar dannali fise’anni tuqqira me u samma \i\na eqel
(Lev 25:30); Akk: e.g., ipmr eqletisu aria l’N ina
minameli “you have...ed me 111 a terrain of hunger,
x kaspa eqlu samit qadi sirdisu qadu karànisu qadu
you have made water and pasture rare for me in a
gabbn mimmùsu ana PN u ana mari màrisu ana
region of thirst” (C'AI) S 2443 c).
detriti “he sold (lit. released) his fields to l’N for
x (amount) of silver. The field together with its
TOS = Akk. samàdu v. OB on (C'AI) S Hyh; AHw olive trees, together with its vineyards, together
io8oa). to attach. with everything in it has become thè vested
property to PNand his children’s children for (all)
DENOTATIVI': generations” (PRU III 16.353).
1. (l)eni) (to attach, said of weapons) TÌ3n (Il Muffs, 1969:30-22.
rjnp bv nnpsp ann “with his (joab’s) sword
girded over it and fastened around his waist (in its
Ï1DÏS* ?? Akk. serretu A s. OAkk. 011/sinnatu B NB
sheath)” (2Sam 20:8); Akk: ummdnisu...kakkcsunu
(C'AD S 134K 201 b; ALIw i092b, s.v. serretu; 1 i03b,
saudiana isaddiba iddsu “his army marched at his
s.v. sinnatu). nose-rope, lead-rope, lead-rope.
side, with their weapons tied up” (CAI) S 923).
'■#' Cf. il??. The BI I hapax nÌ3S is rendered by NJPS as
“baskets” with “meaning of Heb. is uncertain.”
However, in light of Akk. serretu > sinnatu, it
= Akk. simdu s. OAkk. on (C'AI) S uX'b; seems rather safe to translate nÌ3S as “ropes.”
AHw 1 I02b). team (of animals). Akk. serretu > sinnatu refers to animals, e.g., semi
interi “halter for a donkey”; serrct alpi/aie “thè
PI IR ASEOLOGY
nose-rope ofa bull/alú bull” (C'AD S 1353 1). As
1. (Phn) (horses) D'EHE) np? n?“l. nxni “and to humans, serretu refers to prisoners, e.g., serrct
he will see mounted men, horsemen in pairs, nakrisu qàtussu itniuk “seized thè nose-rope ofhis
(riders 011 asses, riders 011 camels)” (Isa 21:7,9); enemy with his hand” (C'AD S 1353 b); Mummu
Akk: sitndi sisc, e.g., 100 simti sisc .... ittanandin ittamah ukdl serrcssu “he secured Mummu, held
“he shall furnish one hundred teanis of horses” (him) finn by a leadrope” (En. el. I 72). Here
(CAD S 1973 2). “oxen”: “lj?3 "ip? (Job 1:3) and Akk. serrct a kalu “to hold by a nose-rope” (=
Akk. scrrcta tamàliu C'AD S 1363) may be thè
Akk: S " A '" cui).HI.A (C:AD S 1973 2).
functional equivalent of nÌ3S2 KÉ73 “carry with
ropes,” e.g., niTD? pirnnKi nias? D?nK xra
nnps s. <> Akk. samatu (or santadu) v. RS (C'AI) n3in “you shall be carried away with ropes and
S 93b). to transfer (reai estate). your remnant with fisli hooks” (Amos 4:2). As
noted by thè C'AD (S 20ib 11.) “since serretu and
denotativi; sinnitu occur side by side only in thè vocabularies,
1. (Deio) nnp^b n?an pani “but thè thè two words may be phonetic variants, thè
land must not be sold beyond reclaim (for thè land more so since among thè Sum. equivalents of thè
is Mine)” (Lev 25:23); n3p*7 nn’PsS.-.nOn Djpi homonym sinnitu, ‘musical instrument’, those of
inx “thè house shall pass to thè purchaser beyond serretu ‘halter’, also occur.” In light ofthe above,
thè etymological relationship of thè Heb. hapax
reclaim (throughout thè ages)” (Lev 25:30).
legomcna nin'O - nÌ3S may be parallel to thè
I he BH nnp? does not meati “in perpetuity.” Akk. phonetic variants serretu - sinnitu.
In light of thè Akk. contracts from Ugarit, thè (Il Speiser, VT 3 (1953) 305 10; Wolf Joel and Amos,
technical terni samit (stative) connotes “fmally 206-7; Paul, Amos, 130-33.

325
TS725
• T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

“PSÍX = Akk. sihru adj. OAkk. on (CAD S i7yb; 226a; AHw 1 ioyb). to scali (from a distance) (Akk.

AHw io88b). young, (young) servant. D-stem; Heb. Qal).

DENOTATIVI:
CONTRASTING USACI:
1. (Den2) nrssri criaa TT5J “His (thè Lord’s)
1. (Con 1) (adult - young) “PI?S “QST DII “and
eyes scan thè nations” (Ps 66:7); Akk: dugul ibn
tlie older shall serve thè younger” (Con 25:23);
màtu...subbi tàmtum “look, my friend, how thè
Akk: rabù - sihru, e.g., ina màresu ribàtte istu muhhi
land |is now|, examine thè sea” (MA Etana I/H.
mare rabe adi muhhi mare sihri sa 10 sanàtisuni ana sa
6-7).
hadiuni iddan “he may give (thè betrothed girl) to
whichever he pleases ofhis remaimng sons, from The I leb. Pi'el has thè sense “to wait,” which
thè oldest to thè youngest son, who is (at least) is absent from Akk.; whereas thè Akk. S-stem
ten years old” (C'AD S 1823, Ass. Code 43); sa has thè sense “to perforili work (according to a
ahhiya rabuti ahsuitu sihru audku “1 (Esarhaddon) pian),” which is absent from Heb.
was thè youngest of my elder brothers” (CAD S Cf. naso.
i82b and passim). C'f. Heb: TÏ2S - “IÌD3 “oldest -
youngest” (Cien 43:33; 29:26; 19:3 1,34; Josh 6:26;
Ita? — Akk. sapunu s. NB; WSem. lw. (Ahw 10833,
1 Kgs 16:34). CDA 3343). north.
2. (C0112) (old - young) DnXI D'pf? “TOS
□■'2TE?' 1 “I am young with few years, while you are- Akk. saputili “north” is employed once in ABL
old” (job 32:6); Akk: sibu - sihru “old - young” 540 Rs. 6-8: cmuqeka deketna alikma itti Nabù-etir
(C'AD S i84b 2' and passim). sakin màt l'dmtim sapunu isizza' “mobilize your

TRANSITARLI) MEANING
army and go and stand beside (i.e. assist) Nabii-
etir thè governer of thè northern Sealand.”
3. (TM2) (young) servant) in 1 ?©
D'p issp do? Ss? W3 irp 1 ? 3“—'rs “ then While tlie CAD seems not to have an entry under
their nobles sent their servants for water, they sapunu, they render thè lexeme “northern” with a
carne to thè cistern, they found 110 water” (Jer question mark (?) (C'AD S 1 833—b s.v. saknu 1.6')
14:3); Akk: sihra sapàru, e.g., sihram sa sapàrim 'Elie standard Akk. sub. for “north” is istànu.
Usu...ula taspuramma “you have a(n errand) boy
^ Cf. JSS v.
who can be sent, but you have not sent (your
answer) to me” (C'AD S i84b 3); sihra riqussu la
tatarrad “do not send thè servant empty handed” “1ÌS3 = Akk. issuru s. OB on (C'AD I/J 2ioa; AHw
39oa). bird.
(CAD ibid.).

Note thè occasionai use of thè polyphonic /1 to PI IR ASEOLOGY

represent an originai etymological ' org: e.g., sehru 1. (Pliri) (winged bird) *]33 “liSS, e.g., ITnn
for segni (= Ug./Arab. sgr) = Heb. “PUS; Akk: ^33 TÌSSI t!?P“! npna Sdì “all wild and tamed
(EA) hullu (= Ug. gli “to insert, pierce”) = Heb. beasts, creeping things and winged birds” (Ps.
Sì? “yoke”; Akk: (EA) basarti — Heb. “ISÌ? “to 148:10); Akk: issiir mupparsu/mattaprisu, e.g., 3
hold back, detain.” It seems that thè h was used KUR ubànàt sade...sa issur mupparsu la iba’tì asarsin
not only to translate into cuneiform a guttural “three peaks where not even thè winged bird
sound in a foreign, non-Akk. word, but also even can pass” (CAI ) I/J 2iob); issiir akappi winged
to represent tj, thè guttural sound that somehow bird, e.g., aki issur akappi ina mu\hhi màrisu\ ina
managed to survive in Akk. sehru = Heb. “PÏ7S. muhhika asabbur ina batb\attik\a alabbi asahhur
“like a winged bird ov|er its young] I (Istar) will
IH Barker, 3 1-32.
twitter over you (Esarhaddon) and turn in circles
around you” (SAS ix 15:6—8). C'f. Deut 32:1 1 (for
H3S = Akk. subbu (supplì) v. OB 011 (C'AD S a similar metaphor), e.g., ïSrá Su Ì3p l'T "1273?
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

ini’ “(He |thè Lord| guarded liiin |Israel] as thè thè 1101111 to a three-letter root, Arab. seems to
appio of his eyes) as an eagle watches over its nest, preserve thè originai forni.
hovers over its young.”
Note further thè Akk. sibàru employed only in thè
2. (Pliri) (to nest, said of a bird) 0© “127K
lex. texts. The C’AI) (S 1 5sa s.v. sibàru) maintains
r 133j?'’ □ , ‘]S25 “where birds make their nests” (Ps
that “thè 1101111 formation of sibàru suggests thè
104:17); Akk: issiir samc igirù qintia iqnwima “wild
translation ‘sparrow’, which is employed by thè
birds, (even) herons, nested (there)” (CAI) I/)
Arabie ‘usfur, to which is related thè generai terni
21 ia).
for bird in Heb. sippor and Aram, sippar. Neither
contrastine usaci; of these words are etymologically related to Akk.
3. (C0112) (birds of thè sky — fìsh of thè issuru, whose cognate is to be found in Ugar. ‘sr.”
sea) D»n •'311 □ , P© “TÌ532S “birds of thè heavens, von Sodeti disagrees and etymologically equates
fish of thè sea” (Ps 8:9) = Heb: (in prophetic both issuru (AHw 3903) and sibàru (ALIw 10973)
admonition): D'il ■'Hi □'Pffi’H *]ÌX? “birds ofthe with Heb. TÌ3ÌS.
sky and fìsh of thc sea” (Zeph 1:3); Akk: (in a
curse): issuràt samc niini apsi birds of heaven and
TSS* :: suparatu s. (pi.) Emar; WSem. word (Emar
thè fìsh of thè deep (sea), e.g., siresunu nukkusùti
379:6; 452:29'; cf. also 274:8). goats.
usàkil kalbc salie zìbi cri issurat samc nïïni apsi, “I
(Assurbanipal) had dogs, swine, jackals, eagles, The WSem. fem pi. sub. is employed in thè
(and) all kinds of birds and fìsh feed 011 their torti phrase Istar suparàti “Istar of thè goats” (Emar
flesh” (CAI) N 328b). 379:6; cf. also 274:8); sadù supar\àti\ “thè mount
siMii i ;/ mi ; t APIIOR of thè goats” (Emar 452:29'). In Heb. thè lexeme
4. (SM) (like a bird in a trap) nC^pa TÍB123 is employed strictly in LBH, in 2Chr (29:21), Dan
□■’tójpr nsp “(we are) like a bird escaped from thè (8:5, 8, 21) Ezr (8:35). The word is employed 3x
fowicr’s trap” (Ps 124:7); nS3 niTngn in thè phrase □*’-TS7 ■'TSS/'VSia “he goat(s).”
“(like fìsh are enmeshed in a fatai net), like birds
are trapped in a snare” (Hcc 9:12); Akk: kima issuri
sapanu v. EA; WSem. word (C'AD S 96b;
sa ina libbi bubàri saknat “like a bird who is 111 a
ALIw 10823). to hide.
trap (I am trapped)” (CAI) I/J 2i2a); sàsu kima
issiir quppi qcrcb Ursalimmu al sarrùtisu csirsu “as for There is just one, Aniarna, attestation: F.A 147:9—
him, like a bird in a cage I shut him (Hezekiah) 10: sa iballit ina sebisu tabi u isabbur ina sapànisu
up in his capitai, Jerusalem” (C’AI) E 334b 1). “who (thè king who is compared to thè sun)
5. (SM) (fluttering like a bird) “IBlp HI IT gives life by his sweet breath and lessens when he
“TOK pì<p niTSI cnasp “they shall flutter from is in hiding” (let. Egypt).
Egypt like a bird, from thè land of Assyria like a
Contrary to thè rendering of sapànu “to hide” of
dove” (Hos 11:11); Akk: isa’a ittanapras libln kima
thè CAD, AHw, CDA (333b) and Rainey, thè
issur samàmi “my heart flies and flutters like a bird
C'AD (S 39 a ia.) translates sapànu (in EA 147:9-
111 thè sky” (CAI) I/J 21 ib b).
10) as “north” i.e. (thè king) “who gives life with
6. (SM) (hunted like a bird) “IÌS2J3 TÌS
his sweet breath and it (thè breeze) comes from
□3n “my foes hunted me like a bird without
cause” (l.am 3:52); Akk: pctàn birki...kima issuri thè north.” Such is also thè understanding of
Morati (AL, 233).
ultu qcrcb sadi abàrsu “I (Esarhaddon) hunted down
even thè swiftest one, like a bird from thè remote IH Rainey, AOAT 8 (1970) 90.
part of thè mountain” (CAI) I/J 2i2a). Cf. |ÌSS

Akk. issuru; Ug. 'sr, Heb. sippor; Aram, si Zeppar,

Arab. usfur are etymologically related. Note also SJTHSS = Akk. musa'irànu s. Qatna, SB (CAD M
that whereas Akk., Ug., Heb., and Aram, reduced 24ob; AHw 67811). frog.

327
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

denotativi; 1AB. BA means ‘rivai’ rather than ‘second wife’

ì. (I)eii2) CTiTHS? “iKp “and thc Nilo as a legai status.”
shall swarni with frogs” (Exod 7:28); Akk: summa Note thè limante WSem. sub. sanarti “rivai;
nàru musa musa’irànu mali) “if thè water in a canal is spouse other than thè first one” e.g., summa llebate
full of frogs” (C'AI) M 24ob a); summa musa’irànu assatiya arki sarari tillak “if I lobate my wife goes
ina àli iznitna “if it rains frogs in a town” (C'AI) after a second man” (see Pentiuc 2001:161).
M 24ob b).
Note also thè Akk. pair sernt//zë’iru “enemy//
The equation between Akk. and BH lexemes adversary,” e.g., ila ana serrisu sarra ana ze'irisu
was made by AHw (ibid) and followed by KB ! litirrusu “may they (thè gods) turn (his personal)
i050b. god into his enemy, tlie king into his adversary”
(CiAD S 1 37b a). Such is also thè case in Heb.,
= Akk. supru A s. OB on (CAI) S 2Sob; where thè pair ■W/rrà ‘ ‘enemy//adversary” is
AHw 1 1 133). nail, nail-niark. commonly attested, e.g., TpSI frTÉC m TI?!?]
ïp-ni m “I will be an enemy to your enemies
diìnotati vi;
and an adversary to your adversaries” (Exod
1. (1)0112) (nail) na nntpyi ns^n nn1??') 23:22); rrr&ò «in lair] ips 1 ? ’n api “thè Lord
and sbavo ber hair and paro her nails” takes vengeance on his adversaries, He rages
(1 )eut 21:12); Akk: gulibàt sabàti gulibàt zumri liqit against his enemies” (Nah 1:2).
supri “shavings from thè armpit, shavings from As noted by Margaliot, thè Heb. sub. 15,
thè body, nail parings (to bo exorcised)” (C'AI) attested once in thè compound idiom TÍX1 “15
S 25 ib b). in Isa 5:30, may be equated to thè Akk. saràru B
2. (D0112) (nail-mark |commonly used 011 “to flash” (said mainly of shooting stars) (CiAD
tablets for contractual purposos instead of a seal |) S io6a; AHw 108411). Accordingly, thè possible
nò by nennn “i*ps ps?? Snn xyz nr-.ns hendiadys ~“?P2?3 “IÌK1 comes to mean:
□31 ? “(th 0 guilt ofjudah) is inscribed with an iron “flashmg light was darkened in its clouds,” rather
stylus, impressed with a pernianont nail-mark on than “distressing darkness with light” as thè
thè tablet of their hearts” (Jer 17:1); Akk: supur traditional rendering goes. Note also thè usage
PN kima kuuukkisu “nail-mark of PN instead ofhis
of thè Akk. adj. sarru B “flashing,” e.g., ina libbi
seal” (C'AD S 25 ib 2'). kakkabàni sanie la matiuti namru\ti sarb\uti sarruti...
kakkab...\bl\surnamma “may one star from among
"13 = Akk. senti B s. OB on (CAD S 1 37b; AHw thè innumerable, brilliant, twinkling, flashing stars
1093I1). rivai, second wife. of heaven shoot down” (CiAD S 1 14b).
IH Margaliot, Bar-Il itti 13 (1976) 17-30.
diìnotati vi;
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) DÍ3 D3 nipS nnOSp']
“moreover, her rivai (i.e., thè second wife), to
make her miserable (would taunt ber)” (1 Sani ms cf sps.
1:6); Akk: bel tu serra ibassi “(if ...), thc lady of
thè house will have a rivai” (C'AD S 1383 b,
n“12 = Akk. saràbu B v. OB, SB (CAD S yyb; AHw
extispicy).
10833). cry out (Akk. S-stem; Heb. Qal and Hiph‘il).
In thè lex. texts Akk. employs thè fem. forni Akk. to sing, to sing a lamentation; I leb. to shout.
serretu “second wife, rivai.” The lexeme is equated
in thè syn. list with tappù/tappàitum “companion, diìnotati vi;
secondary wife” (C'AD S 137K lex. section). As 1. (i)en2) sr-p nwp -vr niran^P
noted by thè C'AD (S 1383) “thè OB mng. of TT"!*'. “like a fighter he whips up his rage, he yells,
serretu is to be separated from thè SB where DAM. he roars aloud” (Isa 42:13); “1133 DO rp.S "IP “It is
 An Akkadian Lexical Comeanion eor Biblical Hebrew

bitter; there a warrior shrieks” (Zeph 1:14); Akk: ^“IS — Akk. sarapu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD S io2a;
’ua aqbima.. Jisasrihma sipitln “I cried ‘Woe!’... I AHw io83b). Akk. to retine, burn.
uttered cries of mourning” (*CAI) S ìooa b).
DENOTATIVE
saràtbu in tlie Ci-stem means “to sing” (a
I. (I)eii2) (to reflue, smelt metal) t£?K3
lamentation).
^n ns *p?3 QTismì “(i will put) into thè fire
Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. sirabu (pi.) and I will smelt them as one smelts silver” (Zeph
“lamentations”: tuppu amili sa s ira Iti Istar tàhazi 13:9); amùtam isrtipsima V3 GIN kisrum cliam Iti
“this tablet is of thè lamentation(s) of Istar ofthe ina saràpim... “he refined thè ...-metal and a lump
battle” (Emar 460:1; see Pentiuc 2001:163). (weighing) two-thirds of a shekel carne out, either
'rí' Cf. nis*. through thc refìning (or ...)” (CAD S I02b 1).

Whereas Akk. commonly employs thè idiom libba

rn2S* = Akk. sirhn s. SB (C'AI) S 20sb; AHw sarapu, which connotes lit. “heartburn,” Heb.
1 i04b). Akk. dirge; Heb. a shout. utilizes once D 1 ? ^1? in thè transferred mng. “to
purify, cleanse, reflue one’s heart” i.e., 'n
In light ofthe parallelism ni?nn3 bip Dnnb “to
'aSl ni'' 1 ?? nsn? “probe me, O Lord and try
raise battle shouts,” thè MT n?“13 “in murder,”
me, reflue me” (lit. “my kidneys and my heart”)
should be read n“]?3 (metathesis), i.e., 113 nrisS (Ps 26:2). This notion seems absent from Akk.
nn?5 4 ‘to open thè mouth with battle cry” (Ezek
The I leb. (hapax 111 forili) 31?, attested in
21:27). Similarly in light of thè parallelism Sip
Ezek 21:3, “(I am going to kindle a fire in you
tisjoe? risina “i bear a voice as one in travai],”
that shall devour every tree of yours, both green
thè MT rniS “anguish” should likewise be read
and withered, a leaping flanie that will not go
rn?, ( cf. e.g., im’ni-ua'ni |SoS i:i7]; -nran out” njiS? 3330 CT3S ^3 n3 n~)?31 “ and every
nroil |Prov 1:21], etc. ; n-ìl interchange) i.e., face from south to north shall be scorched by it,”
n"T33D3 ni? “a shouting dirge like a woman
should be equated to Akk. saràpu/surrupu “to burn”
hearing her first child” (Jer 4:3 1).
(intransitive)/“to burn” (transitive). Accordingly,
,tr c:f. ms v.
corresponding to Ezekiel’s use of thè Niph al,
thè N-conjugation is attested as follows: saddagda
'1S :: surwa s. EA; WSem. or foreign word (CAI) su\rni\ àkul\ma\ satt\a\ libbi issar\ipma\ “last year I ate
S 26 1 b). balm. garlic, this year my inside burns” (BWL 243:56—
59, Proverbs). Similar to Heb. 31?, Akk. employs
EA 48:8 gloss to Akk. riqqu//snrtm; (riqqu = Ug.
saràpu “to burn” in reference to thè body or body
rqh = Heb. np“l perfume).
parts, e.g., ina qinnazi kima interi uiunnarbi ztnnurka
According to thè CAD, “thè word may be
usarrip “I Iliade your body bum with thè whip like
Hurrian, as thè letter EA 48 from a sender with a
(that of) a runaway donkey” (CAD Q 2563 lex.
I Iurrian name suggests, hence possibly sunm, but
section).
thè WSem. etymology seems plausible.” For thè
(U Garfìnkel, 65.
identifìcation of n? as “storax” (= LH ^tDp), see
Low, 38yfF. C.f. *103.

329
 p
nni3p — Akk. quburu s. OH 011 (CAI) Q 29311; “they (thè ants) do not fold (but they bite thè
AHw 925h). grave. hand of thè man who smites them).” The third
and thè earliest interpretation is that of Albright,
DliNOTA II VI' who identifìes Amarna tiqabilu (= tiqabbilu) as Pi'el
1 . (i)cn 1) ktsj p3 innnpa iná -àpi “he (thc impf. 3f. pi. from qubbulu “to accept, receive,
king) buricci him 111 his grave in tlie garden of take” (= Heb: t'qabb'lu). Albright reads: “they
Uzza” (2Kgs 21:26); Akk: rubù ina ckallisu qubursu (thè ants) do not accept it (passively).” In light
ippetti “as for thè prince, his grave will he dug in of Albright’s observation, Barker maintains that
his own palace” (CAI) Q 2933 b). “contrary to BDB (p. 867), Heb. qibbcl is neither
,g ' Ci. ~ap v., ~ap. late nor an Aram, loan word, as Amarna shows.”

Note thè Emarite WSem. verbal noun (D-stem

— Akk. qubbulu v. NB; Aram. lw. (C'AD Q mf.) qabbilu “receptacle, a vessel” employed 111 thè
2 9 2a; AH w 92sb). to accept. phrase qabbilu siparri “bronze receptacle” (Emar
33:7 and passim; see Pentiuc 2001:146).
The C'AI) has two different entries for this verb: IH Albright, BASOR <89 (1943) 31:16; Barker, 113;
qubbulu A “to accept,” employed only in NB and Morali, R A 69 (1975) 149:1; Rainey, AfO 36/37
considcred as an Aram. lw. in Akk. and qubbulu (1989/90) 68b -6ya.
B “to fight” (CAI) Q 292b), employed in EA.
qubbulu A clearly means “to accept,” especially a
Snp* = Akk. qablu s. OB 011 (CAD Q i2a; AHw
purchase price, e.g.,gittusa mabiri |PN?| qubbal l’N,
888a). battio.
suatu màbirànu “j l’N?| has accepted thè parchment
of sale, thè aforementioned l’N is thè purchaser”; DENOTATIVI
sa sima qubbulu “who have accepted thè purchase I. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) T’irórO jrr ’npi
price” (C'AI) ibid.). This Aram. lw. in Akk. is “and thè storili of his battle he will turn against
likewise attested in parallelism with thè standard your walls” (Ezek 26:9); Akk: ana uzzi qabliya
Akk. verb maliàru “to accept, receive.” However, isbutuma ana sepìya iknusu “fearing thè fierceness
as to thè alleged qubbulu B employed in EA 252:16— of my battle, they submitted to me” (CAD Q
19: hi riamiti tumhasu la tiqabbilu u tan\su\ku qàti I2b).
anicli sa yimabbassi “when (even) ants are swatted, [j?' c:f. ’nn.
they do not tiqabbilu, but they bite thè hand of thè
man who swats them” (let. Shechem), apart from
ni?3p* = Akk. qabùtu A s. NA 011 (C'AI) Q 43b;
thè CAD’s stand that is adopted from Moran’s
AI lw 89ob). (bowl).
thesis that qubbulu in EA is a denominative from
thè Akk. noun qablu “battle, warfare,” we obtain si ori \( 1 ni ;

two other possiblc equations. The latest one is that 1. (Seqi) (BH Hapax) (cup - bowl) ni?3p nN
of Rainey, who adopts von Soden’s suggestion to n"sa rrn® nbu-inn oi3 “ you who have drained
read thè EA verb as a Niph'al, i.e., tikkapilu from to thè dregs thè bowl, thè cup of reeling!” (Isa
kapàlu “to fold” rendering thè phrase la tikkapilu 51:17,22); Akk: 3 kàsu sippari qabuttum siparri “3
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

cups of bronze, a goblet of bronze (as a dowry)” urri u 7 musati elisu abki ul addissii ana qchcri “for
(*CAD Q 43b a). Cf. thè Ug. pair qlrt//ks six days and seven nights I wept over him, I did
“goblet//cup” (DUI,A I’ 691-92). not give him up for burial” (George, (ìilgamcsh,
692:235-36).
In Akk. bowls were also made from hurdsu/
kaspu/(ittu “gold/silver/clay” (C'AI) Q 43b-44a) Note thè Emarite sub. qabbaru “a person associateci
and were used to contain “oil/honey/beer” i.e., with fimerary rites” (limar 124:27 and passim; see
qubutu sa sommi/dispi/sikari (C'AD ibid.). Pentiuc 2001:143). Standard Akk. employs thè
sub. qabbiru “a persoli associateci with funerary
Note also thè Lmarite WSem. sub. quhahu
rites” (CAD Q 2a).
employed 111 thè phrase quhahu siparri “bronze
'»• c ' f . r r r a p , - n p .
goblet” (Emar 283:19; see Pentiuc 2001:150).
I il] C'ohen, Hapax 86:205; Avishur 2009, 1-14.
“Op = Akk. qobru s. OB, SB (C'AD Q 17b>; AHw
888b). grave.
"13p = Akk. qcbcru v. OB 011 (C'AD Q 20ib; AHw
912I1). Akk. to bury (thè dead) (Akk. Ci-stem, PI I R AS LO LOG Y

D-stem; Heb. Qal, Pi'el). 1. (Pliri) (to open a grave) IDp PinB, e.g., 131
□DTfiiDpp crrt? 'rrbzrr, □;rniiDp n$ nns '3x
eoe,nati; accusativi;
“I am going to open your graves and lift you out
1. (CA) (to bury in a grave) IDpD 13p “bury
of your graves” (Ezek 37:12); Akk: qabra petti “to
in a grave” (e.g., Cien 50:5; 1 Kgs 13:31; 2C.hr
open a grave” (CAD Q i8a lex. section).
24:25); Akk: ina qabri qcbcru to bury in a grave
2. (Phr2) (to go to thè grave) IDp 1 ? L 73Ìn/SÌ3,
(C'AD Q 20ib lex. section).
e.g., b31K "pb }t?Dl? “had I been carried from
SYNTACTICAI. CONSTRUCTION thè womb to thè grave” (Job 10:19; 21:32); fcÒ
2. (Sy) (negated, unburied) ini?; CPiÒnn Tràl? ïpriDfc? IDp *?*? “vVr 2 “ your corpse shall not
^d*?!?1? □nbD? nn^rn:...n3^ ùb) hsep 16 come to thè grave of your fathers” (ìKgs 13:22);
pxn nrciD^i 3'r:rr “ they shall die gruesome Akk: qabri (u)aràdu, e.g., so uridu qabri atura “I,
deaths; they shall not be lamented or buried...and who went down to thè grave, have returned (to
their corpses shall be food for thè birds of thè sky thè Gate-of-thc-Sunrise)” (C’AD Q 1 8a a).
and thè beast ofthe earth” (Jer 16:4; cf. also Jer irf' C-f. rrmjp ,~ap v.
8:2; 16:6; 25:33); Akk: (negated): pagar quradtsuti
ina la qchcri usdkil zibu “1 (Esarhaddon) let jackals
THp = Akk. qadàdu v. OAkk. 011 (C’AD Q 44b;
eat thè corpses of their warriors left unburied”
AHw 89ob). to bow.
(C'AD Q 202a b); pagarsu ina ia qchcri libassiru kalbu
“let dogs tear his unburied corpse to bits” (*CA1) IDIOMATIC USACI;

ibid.). 1. (Idi) (to prostrate, lit. to bend thè uose

Si Oli M I N (. down (to thè ground)) □'Sì? 11p, e.g., Ipl
3. (Seqi) (die — bury) IDpl ni?;] “he died ■nrr" 1?1K D'BK 111 “David bowed low 111
homage, with his face to tlie ground” ( 1 Sani 24:9;
and was buried” (e.g, Judg 10:2,5); Akk: màtu -
cf. also 1 Sani 28:14; 'Kgs 1:31; Neh 8:6); Akk:
qcbcru “to die - to bury,” e.g., etiùma imat ibakkisu
appo qadàdu, e.g., appasti liqdud ina qaqqari lìppalsih
u iqcbbirsu “when he dies, he (thè adopted son) will
“let him prostrate himself, let him squat on thè
wail over him and bury him” (CAD Q 202a).
ground” (C’AD Q 4sa b and passim).
4. (Seq2) (mourn/wail — bury) “Qj? - “ISO,
e.g., nn 1 ? n??' iòi nDj?’ sb “they shall not As first noted by Tur-Sinai, in parallelism to
be buried and not be mourned” (Jer 16:6); Akk: □ÒSS!? “thè lowly,” thè MT □'“np “those who
baku - qcbcru, e.g., ibakkisu u iqcbbirsu “he will are darkened (i.e., mourners)” should better be
wail over him and bury him” (C'AD Q 202a); 6 rendered as □'Hip “those who are low” (i.e.,
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

crushed), i.e., 133» □’Hipi/'/Diip 1 ? D’bsp DIÈ? 1 ? SYN I \l III CONSTRUCTION

J??T “to exalt thè lowly//and (make thè) crushed 2. (Sy) (from before [temporal]) □‘'O; "TOPI
rise up victorious” (Job 5:11). This rendering D'pbw nilíí Dipp “ my thoughts turn to days of
is buttresscd by Held, who notes thè Akk. pair old, to years long past” (Ps 77:6); Akk: istu aqdumi
sapdlu//qadàdu (CT 18, 48, iv 26—27). “from before” (ARM 10 80:18).

IH T u r - S i n a i , job 1 0 0 1; H e l d , | A N E S 5 ( 1 9 7 3 ) 1 8 9 denotativi ;

90; Gruber, 123—3 1. 3. (Den2) (before [temporali) “’npD? CÒÌi?P

w Cf. rvrnp- f-IK ■’p-lpp E7tnp “in thè distant past T was
fashioned, at thè beginning, before thè world
began to be” (Prov 8:23); Akk: qudum dadmc,
27ÌnjP = Akk. quddusu, qussudu adj. Bogh., SB (C'AI)
e.g., ài kidinni subat pale qudum dadmc “(Assur) thè
Q 294I1, 32ob; AI lw y26a, 93oa). holy. privileged city, thè seat of thè dynasty, thè oldest
inhabited settlement” (C'AD Q 2ysb 1); atmana
piiraseoi OCY
rasubba sa el mahri qudmesu sutura “thè magnificent
1. (Pliri) (sacrai water) □'©Ip D'P, eg„ npS’l
cella, which was larger than ever before” (C'AD
©"in 'bpa D^np Ero |131 “thè priest shall take
Q 2ysb b).
sacrai water in thè earthen vessel” (Num 5:17);
,j >' Cf. nnnp.
Akk: me quddusuti, e.g., akiì elicti kamatt tumri
sdtù me nàdi quddusuti “(l)umuzi) who eats pure
kamànu cakes baked in ashes, who drinks holy Hfpip = Akk. qadmis adv. SB (CAD Q soa; AHw
water from a waterskin” (CAI) Q 2ysa c). 8yib). 111 olden times, formerly.

2. (Phri) (referring to a god) □ , 'l' i ?K/‘1/ i ?X denotativi ;

©Inp “holy God” (e.g., Isa 5:16; Ps yy:s; iSam i.(i)en2) pnpip'p ir^tfri --rim rx:
6:20); Akk: ilu qasdutum kalusunu sa sadim lissipuka “you and your daughters shall return to olden
“may all thè holy gods of thè mountains conjure times” (Ezek 16:55; 36:1 1; Isa 23:7); Akk: e.g., sa
you” (CAI) Q i46b). qadmis izkurusi abu dàdisa fAnuj “(thè name) that
3. (Phr2) (referring to a tempie) //*jrP3 DltD her beloved father Anu gave her in olden times”
‘ r f i 7p' i ri ©np “blessing of your abode//your holy (CAD Q sob).
tempie” (Ps 65:5); Akk: ana luti elli/ / quddusi musali Ci. Clip.
Ani Istar “at thè holy temple//the sacred dwelling
of Anu (and) Istar” (C'AI) Q 294I1 a).
IpHp = Akk. qaqqadu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD Q iooa;
diìnotati vi; AHw 8yyb). head, skull.
4. (I)en2) (referring to a person) e.g., nS
merismus
E7inpn nai ib ‘ ‘who belongs to him and who is
1. (Mer) (from head to foot) 1S1 ^l ^DP
holy” (Num 16:5); Akk : assu la cibi itamu...assu la
^jlplp “from thè sole of thè foot to thè crown of
quddusu itamù “because thè impure person spoke,
thè head” (Deut 28:35; 2Sam i4:2s;Job 2:7); Akk:
because thè unconsecrated person spoke” (CAI) ultu qaqqadisu adi kibis sepcsit “from his head to thè
ibid.). soles ofhis feet” (CAD K 338a g). C.f. ©SI.
c.f. ©np v., niznp. PIIRASEOI.OGY

2. (Pliri) (to strike thè skull) 1j?1j? pp “strike

E""!j? = Akk. qudmu, aqdamàtu, aqdumi s. 013 011 thè skull” (Ps 68:22); Akk: qaqqada mahàsu, e.g.,
(C'AI) Q 2ysa; C'AI) A 207a; AHw y26a). early. qaqqassu imbasma ana qaqqadisu iskun “he struck
his head, he placed it 011 his head” (CAD Q 101 a
sequenci ng lex. section); Sazi qaqqassu limbas “may Sazi strike
1. (Seqi) (far - near) linK - D“ip, see linK. his head” (C'AD M j 7Sa 4').
n'nijp An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Ci. qaqqada bepù, e.g., kima karpitim bapètim i n t e r c h a n g e ) . Hence, t h è LIeb. IVinip "^n is t h è
qaqqassu illappi “(thc demon) will break his head etymological and semantic equivalent of thè Akk.
like a broken pot” (CAI) Q i02a 3'); EA: qaqqada idiom qadadànis alàku/ittanallaku “to walk bowed”
ràsu to smash thè head, e.g., lu tirahbas(wr. ti-ra'- (C'AD Q 44a); cf. also Akk: qaddis alàku “to walk
a -as)...qaqqad ayàbisu “(let thè troops of my king bowing down,” e.g., arqutu amru pa\nusin\ \qa\
my lord) sbatter thè heads of his enemies” (EA ddis illaka i\na suqi\ “ t h e i r faces appeared green;
141:33; let. Beirut); cf. Heb: ~Tp“ljp “crush they walked hunched | i n thè S t r e e t ] ” (Atra-basis,
thè skull,” e.g., -rpi?T 03SnnÌ *]3 ‘'13 33 78:1 5-16).
Tir ‘even thè sons of Memphis and Tahpanhes The Heb. idiom rP3“Hp is thè exact
crush your skull” (Jer 2:16). semantic equivalent of thè hapax expression ("^n
ninntón//) nin© “ to walk bowed (//prostrate)”
Akk. qaqqadu is synonymous with resu “head”
(Isa 60:1 4).
(CAD Q loib lex. section), tlie two terms
being thè exact Akk. etymological and semantic Cf. "np v.

equivalent of BH npnp//©Xn (Cien 49:26; Deut

33:16; Ps 7:17). Akk. qaqqadu is specifically E7“tp = Akk. quddusu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD Q 4611;
employed as a technical term meaning “originai AHw 1S91 a), to ritually clean, sanctify (Akk. D-Stcm;
amount, principle,” already commonly attested 111 LIeb. Pi‘el); to cleanse oneself (Akk. Dt-Steni; Heb.
OB, e.g., sibàtim ana qaqqadim utteljbi “adds thè Hitpa‘el).
interest payment to thè capitai sum” (CH §92):
DliNOTATIVI:
mala sa ibalbqu qaqqadisunuma umalltì “everything
1.(I)en2) (appurtenances for ritual): ©np
that has been lost, they replace their vaine”
(*CAD M 1 82I1 e). This specific usage of qaqqadu
n?rpn ■’b?/,i?/“ii'?/n3Tp/"i?JiD bua “consecrate,
sanctify (in a ritual act) thè tent of meeting/aitar/
is clearly similar to its Heb. semantic equivalent
laver/stand/the altar’s utensils” (e.g., Exod 29:44/
©*n “originai amount, principle” employed
Lev 8:10); Akk: pàsu huràsi...tuqaddas “you purify
in Lev 5:24 and Num 5:7, e.g., ÌQ©K nK
thè golden ax” (CAD Q 46a c); ina umu salsu
rbv *10’ introni itftn? “ and he shall make
ana kullati tallakma sa tuqaddisu ina marri tidda sa
restitution according to its principle amount and
tuqaddisu takarris “011 thè third day you go to thè
add one fifth to it” (Num 5:7); "1^ n£ IX
potter’s clay, (from) that which you have purified
itfirn inà “ or thè lost item that he
you take with thè shovel clay that you have
found...he shall repay according to its principle
purified” (C'AD Q 46b and passim).
amount” (Lev 5:23—24).
2. (Dc'112) (to consecrate, dedicate to a
I H H e l d , J A O S 7 9 ( 1 9 5 9 ) 1 7 0 1 1 ; H o l l a d a y , Jcretniab
god) i.e., ' 7 0 ^IQDn n$ ■'ntpnpn ©“pn “I surely
1:51; 95; C'ohen and Qimron, JSS 33 (1993) 72—73.
consecrate thè silver to thè Lord” (J U( ^K ■7: 3i
cf. ttftn. cf. also 2Sam 8:1 1; 2C'hr 2:3; 30:17); Akk: àlam
uballiqma ana Hi suniiti uqaddissu “he destroyed tlie
= Akk. qadàdanis adv. SB (C'AD () 4411; city and dedicated it to those gods” (C'AD Q 46b
AHw 891 b). bowed. 4 and passim).
3. (Dc'112) (to consecrate a tempie) e.g.,
BH hapax: 'S SJ353 npi "IÌ3y XI© nnn n©x n-rn n'3n ns *r.©npn “i (thè Lord)
niiqs ’n "?p n"_np '.izbr. 'z: innp©p "ir:© consecrate this house that you (Solomon) built”
“you have said, it is futile to serve God! What (ìKgs 9:3; cf. also 9:7; 2Chr 7:16,20); Akk: bit
have we to gain by keeping His charge, and by Bunene sa qirih ,Sippar ana Bunene beliya essis épusu
walking qedorannit before thè Lord of Hosts’” tcbibtisu uqaddisma “thè tempie of Bunene, which
(Mal 3:14). In light of thè parallelism //“QÏ is in Sippar, I (Nabunaid) rebuilt and purified (it)
rno©?? np© “serve//keep charge,” thè MT in a ritual act” (VAB IV 232 i 30-32).
should be read rP3“lÌp from Tip (with “1 and n 4. (Dc'112) (to purify oneself |Akk. Dt-Stem;

334
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Heb. nitpa‘d|) EHpnn 1 ?, e.g., n?Hj?np X'HI because they fornicate nor your daughters-in-law
nnSÌp£S?3 “she (Bathsheba) had just purified herself because they commit adultery, seeing that they
from her period” (2Sam 11:4); cf. also tlie pair themselves |their fathers] go in thè company of
□nneani C-r-pran “those who sanctify and prostitutes and make sacrifices with harlots.” The
purify themselves” (Isa 66:17 and passim); Akk: story of Judah and Tamar confirms thè impression
uqtaddusu, e.g., eretta buràsa kibrita uqtaddas “he created by I los 4:14 that ilffiHp is a synonym of
purifies himself with cedar, juniper, and sulphur” H3ÌT “prostitute,” cf. Cìen 38:15 (naiT) = Gen
(CAD Q 4 6b 5). 38:21,22 (rrcnp). Akk. qadistu functions inter alia
as a cultic singer and wetnurse specifically with
Note thè possible occurrence of thè verbal forni
thè cult of Adad: (a cultic singer), e.g., qasdàtu
qadisu in EA 137:32: ti idima sarru beli inuma
inha inaddia inha ipassara sancii sa télilte ullal qasdàtu
ildni C,tibia qadisù “thè king my lord knows that
ila ullà “thè qadistu-wonien recite(?) thè inhu
thè gods of Byblos are holy.” Although Sivan
song(?), they finish(?) thè inhu song, thè sanati
(184:261 s.v. qds) renders thè verb “be holy” (G
priest performs thè purification, and thè qadistu-
qtl, 3pl.) and Morali (AL 218) tentatively accepts
women lift up thè god” (CAD Q 4ya 2'); ana pani
it, thè CAD (Q 5oa s.v. qadisu) notes that thè
Adad nargallu qasdàtu sehru zitnrisunn \izammurù\
mng. is uncertain and that “thè word is either an
“thè chief singer, thè qadistu's, and thè apprentice
adjective in predicate state or a WSem. verb in
singers shall sing their song before Adad” (KAK
thè preterite.”
154, r. 14); (as a wetnurse) assum tem dayàmt
The Akk. C-stem occurs only a few times, in thè imhurum dayànù qasdàti issùma têniqam tnabra “he
stative, possibly meaning “to be clear of clainis.” approached thè judges with respect to her fee
for nursing; thè judges summoned thè qadistus
Note also thè Emarite forni qaddusu (either Assyr.
and she received thè fee for nursing” (*CAD Q
D - stem-inf. or verbal 1101111) “sanctification”
48b). Gruber further maintains “that thè very
e.g., ina ùnti sa qadusi sa bissi “on thè sanctification
sanie word - Akk. qadistu = Ug. qdst — Heb.
day of thè throne-festival” (Emar 388:1 and
qcdesàh - can mean ‘thè holy one’ (in Akkadian,
passim; see Pentiuc 2001:142-43). The word for
Ugaritic, and Phoenician), ‘devotee (of Adad or
sanctification is absent from 13H.
Anunitum)’ (in Akkadian only), and ‘prostitute’
(i? Cf. ,n p-jp.
(in Hebrew only) can be explained by thè fact
that thè root meaning of thè term is ‘she who is set
n2?"]p = Akk. qadistu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD Q 48a; apart’ whether for exaltation or degradation. Such
AHw 89ib). Akk. a woman of a special status; I leb. a range of meanings is denionstrated abundantly
prostitute. by thè common Semitic verb b-r-m meaning ‘set
apart’, from which is derived thè Akkadian terni
Gruber forcefully argues, “there is 110 evidence for prostitute, harimtu, lit. ‘she who is set apart’.
either that Akk. qadistu was a prostitute or that It appears, therefore, that while Heb. qcdesàh is
LIeb. qcdesàh was a cultic functionary. Both terms derived from Proto-Semitic qadistu, a homonym
mean literally ‘she who is set apart.’ The Hebrew of Akk. qadistu, thè Hebrew terni is thè semantic
terni denotes ‘prostitute’ while thè Akkadian terni equivalent of Akk. harimtu ‘prostitute’.” C’f. Din
denotes a woman who has been dedicated to thè v.
service ofa deity, usually Adad.” As for t£Hp (ìKgs 14:24; 15:12; 22:47; 2 ^gs

Ì127“lp is attested four times in thè Bible. 23:7), thè male counterpart is absent from Akk.
In Hos 4:14 HEHp is employed as a by-word but employed in Ug. Gruber argues that there
or poetic synonym of Ì13ÌT “prostitute,” e.g., is 110 evidence whatsoever that I Ieb./Ug. qds
DpTrì1?? br, nrrn □D’rràa bz "lipstf vb denotes “a male cult prostitute”; qds denotes
niznpn ds?*) nns; rmrn ns? nn •’? njsiun '3 “cultic functionary” and “it appears that Deut
iriDT; “I shall not take your daughters to task 23:1 8—19 juxtaposes cultic and inorai prohibition

335
 A n Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

as follows: ‘let there be no prostitute (Heb. inclined toward me, and hecded my prayer” (Ps
qedesàh) from among thè Israelite wonien and let 40:1 and passim); Akk: (said of a god’s trust in a
there be no qàdes (= Canaanite cult singer) from person), e.g., Marduk beli yàti uqa'annima uteddusu
aniong thè Israelite men’.” mesi ili usaskin qàtùa “Marduk, my lord, trusted
H 11 Gruber, ’S'arbiz 5 2 ( 1 9 8 3 ) 1 6 7 — 7 6 (Heb.); idem, U F in me and commissioned me with thè renewal
18 (1986) [ 3 1 48; C'AI) Q 503 11. ofthe rituals ofthe god(s)” (C’AD Q 33 ia b and
passim).
= Akk. qù A s. OB on (CAD Q 2853; AHw 2. (I)eii2) (to wait) nip; TDCPI “like a
924b). thread, flax. hireling who waits for his wage” (Job 7:2); Akk:
e.g., urne màdùtim tuqa’iniatima u 20 urne tattahdar
The specific usage of Heb. 1p in Ps 19:5: *233 “you used to wait for our (payment) on long-term
br}$ oto z?;pb anòp V=r. n?p3- cip xr pxn (loans), but now you have become impatient over
Dri3 “their qaw went throughout thè earth, their (just) twenty days” (CAD Q 33oa e).
words to thè end of thè world; He places in them
[thè Heavens] a tent for thè sun,” may be equated In FA 145:28 thè (jlossenkeibuort iaqunmka “he
to thè Akk. qù “web,” e.g., summa samsu ina qi awaits you” is to be derived from thè verb qwh
pesi innamir “if thè sun is seen in a white web(?)” “to wait” (C'AD K 171I1, s.v. *kànu B).
(CAD Q 2<S8b c). Accordingly, thè Heb. idiom cf. ip ,rnpn.
□ip tur may connote “their (thè sun’s) threads
(rays),” i.e., “their webs went out > spread.”
TP — Akk. uqupu (qupu) s. LB (AHw 142711).
The Heb. hapax np is employed in Lzek
monkey.
1 7 :5 : bs np snt nn© 3 m:r.n pxn in-jp npn
ID© na?2 ? CT3n CPP “he took a seed ofthe land ni noi \ ì 1 \ 1
and put it in a seed-fìeld qàh beside abundant 1. (Den2) (BH hapax) Z"2r.m. D'SpI
water, like a willow, he set it.” np—which is ivory, monkeys, and peacocks (ìKgs 10:22 =
omitted by thè LXX and thè Syriac translations 2C"hr 9:21).
and often deleted by various modern scholars as a
The profession snsdn sa uqùpi “monkey trainer”
perpendicular dittograph of npn in thè beginning
(AI lw 142711). Note also that nqupn is employed
ofthe verse—was equated by Greenberg to Akk.
in a med. cornili, with thè more common word
qù “plant,” rendering np as “slip.” Among several
uses, Akk. qù denotes “flax” and frequently refers for monkey pagù (fr. OAkk, OB 011), i.e., pagi}//

to thè flax plant stili in thè stage of growing, e.g., uqùpi sa appitasu ana panisu qdpat “thè pagù
ildakkn sa ina rati su la insù sa isdànus innashu qù sa monkey (is) an uqùpu monkey whose snout
ina musare me la istù “a poplar that did not rcjoice curves(?) downward ili front of him” (C'AD P
in its trench, whose root were toni out, flax 111 a 17b lex. section). Not unlike Solomon (1 Kgs
garden that has not been watered” (4R 27 no. 1 10:22), as indicated in their art (cf., e.g., ANBP
9-13)- 3 5 1 —54) and inscriptions, thè Neo-Assynan kings
( Il Greenberg, AB 22 310 1 1; Garfìnkel, 127. received various types of monkeys as tribute, e.g.,

'■<*' Cf. mp v., np. “in Hanigalbat, at thè foot of Mount Kasiari”
paguta rabita sihirta selbullu sa C . N ahi sa Puratte
saknu lu amhur“\ (Adad-nírari II) received a large
Hip = Akk. qu’ù v. OAkk. 011 (C’AD Q 328b; AHw
female monkey and a small female monkey, gifts
93 ia). to trust, wait.
from Tur-adini, (which) lies on thè bank of thè
DENOTATIVE Euphrates” (CAD P 17b a and passim).
1 . (i)en2) (to trust) sjpt?n 'b$ con 'n ,nn.p nip I(U C'ohen, Hapax 1 12:15; Klein JC.S 3 1/3 (1979) 149-
TICIC? “I surely put my liope in thè Lord, He 160.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

"pp — Akk. gissu s. OB 011 (CAI) G yya; AHw bi-13 “small - big” is Akk. sehru - rabú (= TS7S
2y2a). thorn. -), I leb. twice employs thè root }£Dp to mean
“thin, fine.” It is used as a substantive |tDp* “thin”
piiraspology
employed as thè antonym of H3S7 “thick” (=
i. (Pliri) (thorns and thistles) "ITTÏ! fip;
Akk. qatnu - kabru “thin - thick”) in 1 Kgs 12:10
Akk: gissu daddaru, scc TTH.
( = 2C.hr 10:10), where '??pp should be rendered
“thè thinnest of my limbs” (i.e., “small finger”),
np scc ip. i.e., '3X ■'Jjpeo ras? ^ïïp “thè thinnest part of my
limbs is thicker than my father’s loins.” The adj.
|bp is likewise employed in iSam 2:iy to mean
— Akk. qatalu v. Man, Rimali; WSem. lw.
“timi, fine,” namely thè idiom |ÉDp b'Sfà, which
(C’AI) Q i62a; AHw yoya). to slaughter.
is traditionally translated as “a little robe” (NJPS),
Akk. qatdlu/suqtulu is employed solely in thè is indeed difficult, since Hannah brought it to
context of “killing a donkey foal” (i.e., ìuiyara Samuel “every year” (i.e., Hfrp; □ , Q;Q). In light
qatalu) as a symbolic act accompanying thè making of Akk. qatnu (adj.) and qutnu (sub.), Heb.
of a treaty. Heb. btDp is utilizcd three times, all |ÈDp should be rendered as “thin, fine robe,” i.e.,
in reference to killing a person (Ps i 3y: i y; Job a robe made of fine and thin fabric. Akk. qatnu

13:15; 24:14)- is commonly employed to describe textiles, e.g.,

As noted by Tadmor, thè WSem. S>tDp 1 subat am raqqatam damiqtam qatattam sàmanimma
employed in thè city name I )ur-katlimmu “buy for me a thin textile of good quality with fine
(identifìed with thè modern site Teli Sheikh weave” (CAD Q i 74a b, OA); sùnàtim 1 MA.|NA|
I fammad, 011 thè left bank of thè Habur River) has ulama 2 MA.NA qatnàtim damqàtim sùbilam “send
another spelling that reads Dur-aduk-i-lim where me one or two minas of w/M-textiles, fine and
Akk. ddku “to kili” is thc semantic equivalent of good quality ones” (CAD ibid., Man and passim).
btDp. On thè other hand, thè Akk. sub. qutnu connotes
Hill Tadmor, JQR 76 (1985) 51 54. “a thin fabric of good quality,” e.g., quitti ana

Cf". TP- labusti awtlim liscpis‘‘let him produce thin (fabrics)

for thè wardrobe ofthe boss” (C’AD Q 322b 1
and passim). Note also that Akk: nahlaptu/subàtu
PP — Akk. qatanu v. OB 011 (CAI) Q 163I-);
qat-nu “an outer garment/clothing of thin (fabric)
AHw yo7a). Akk. to be tliin (G-stem); Heb. to be
of good quality” (CAD Q i74a) is thè semantic
insignifìcant (Qal), to make small (Hiph‘il).
equivalent of ]Qj? ‘ri?».
CONTRASTINE USAOII For qatnu as designating thè younger, note
i. (c:on2) bpp b'-yrh' nsrs ]- , tp|pn ì p “making Asaridu qatnu “PN thc younger” (C’AD Q 175b 2).
thè ephah small and thè shekel large” (Amos 8:5); HI Tawil, |SS 47 (3002) 209-14.
Akk: qatanu - kabdru, e.g., C.I.IG In biruyat màdis la Cf. pp v.
iqattin u la ikabbir “thc reed door must be thè right
size; it should be ncither too tliin nor too thick”
^Qp = Akk. qatàpu (*qatàpu) v. OA, OB 011 (CAD
(CAI) Q 163b).
Q ii>4a; AHw yo7a). to pick, pluck.
<J? ' Cf. I9i?-
DENOTATIVI:

i . ( i ) e n 2 ) /mbp/nip'r ©x-i/ni^ip *]Qp

(pì?) i?p — Akk. qatnti (qattanu) adj. OAkk. 011
(CAI) Q 173b; 17CK1; 3271-»; AIIw yo8a; 1 585b). FTC ''bi? “to pluck an ear/tender twig/saltwort,
Akk. tliin, younger; Heb. small, young(est). wormwood (e.g., Deut 23:26; Lzek 17:4,22; Job
30:4); Akk: inba/kardna qatàpu “to pick fruit/
Whereas thè semantic equivalent of Heb. - ]ÉDp grapes” (CAD Q Ì64I1 1).
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Bibi.icai. Hebrew

Note thc NB* phonctic variant gitipu, which is diìnotati vi;

considercd by von Soden to be a foreign Aramaic i.(Dciì2) rpi n?©] in© “drink and get
word in Akk., has been rendered by Landsberger drunk and vomit” (Jer 25:27); ina muhhi marti sa
(Date Palm, 49:174) and von Soden (AHw 1 556I1) sarru beli ispuranni mà iqtia “as to thè gali about
as “fresh-pulled, plucked stems,” e.g., 1 570 gidil which thè king my lord wrote me, saying, ‘I le
sa suml 1 C U R 50 S I L A ^ gidìpì sa siimi.. .ultebila “I vomiteci (it)’” (CAD K 3oya). As noted by thè
have sent 1570 strings of garlic and 1 G U R fifty C'AD “gà'u is to be considercd a free variant of
quarts of freshly plucked garlic” (*CAD G 66a). bà'u...while ^«...corresponds directly to Heb. qc,
Note also that thè standard Akk. word for plucked ‘vomit’ and Arabie qà’a” (C'AD G syb n.).
fruits and vegetables is qitpu (CAD Q 2823).
Note also thè BI 1 nominai sequence Ì1S2 S'p
“vomit (and) cxcrcmcnt” (Isa 28:8) and thè
“ItDp = Akk. qataru v. MA, MB 011 (CAD Q i66a; Akk. verbal sequence sànu u bà'a “unnating or
AHw 907^. to billow (Akk. G-stem), to ofìer vomiting” (C'AD K 3093).
incense (Akk. D-stem; LIeb. Pi'el, Hiph'il).

cocNAii: accusativi; “lltD"'p = Akk. qutru s. OA, OB on (C'AD Q 3263;

1. (CA) (to offer incense) ni.ÈDp “Pt?pn (e.g., AI lw 93 1 a), smoke.
Num 17:5; 1 Sani 2:28; 2Chr 2:3); Akk; qutrinnu IM IRASEOI.OGY
quituru, e.g., nàdin \su\rqinni ana |...| muqaitiru
1. (Phri) (to ascend like smoke) “lÌ£D"p3 H^S?,
quintini “(Nabli) who provides |...| with grain e.g., |rà?n “ib , p3 psn nérp nby nani “thè
offerings, who provides incense offerings” (CAD smoke ofthe land ascended like thè smoke of thè
Q 1 f>7a b). kiln” Cien 19:28); Akk: bima/bi qutru clú/ctcllú,
C.f. rnop ."litD’p. e.g., ncuu màri Hurri adu mimmuni bi qutri ana
samc i nilli “may we Hurrians together with our
property ascend to heaven like smoke” (C'AD Q
n“ltDp = Akk. qutnnu s. OB on (CAD Q 323b;
326b d).
32ib; AHw 930I1). incenso.
As noted by C'ohen “in a few Akkadian texts,
piiraseoi .ogy qutru clearly has thè meaning of‘fog’ as a weather
1. (Phn) (to provide, put incense) n“ltDp jH] phenomenon and this is thus its second accepted
e.g., ©sn bp nnbpn ns irai “he shall put thè meaning (CAD Q 327: meaning 2),” e.g., summit
ina Sabàtu mà bayàrnànutu ina libbisunu qutr\u...\
incense on thè fire” (Lev 16:13); Akk: quintina
iris qutri bima ll íl).LÚ.RU.GÚ |...| “if in thè month
nadànu, e.g., nàdin quintini ana ib tabuli “(Samas)
Sabàtu thè water is normal (but) fog [rises] from
provides thè great gods with incense offering”
it and thc smeli of thc fog is like that of thc
(CAD Q 324!-» b). river of thè ordeal” (CiAD Q 3273 2). Cohen
diìnotati vi; likewise notes that “thc rational underlying this
2. (Den2) (cover like a cloud, said ofthe smoke semantic development (‘smoke’>‘fog’) is also
of thè incense) rns?n ns nnapn |3sj nEoi “thè textually supported, for example, by thè simile 111
cloud from thè incense covers thè covering (over thè Neo-Assyrian annals of qutru ‘smoke’ rising
thè ark)” (Lev 16:13); Akk: seti qutrinnu ... kima from thè burning houscs/citics on thè ground
imbari kabti pan samc rapsute sahip “thè burning of and covering thè heavens bima imbari (haliti) ‘like
incense...covered thè wide heavens like a heavy a (dense) fog’.” In light of thc above, C'ohen
suggests to render “ÌÌtD ,| p in Ps 148:8 as “fog,” i.e.,
cloud” (*CAD 325a).
■h:n n"ii7p mi Titayi a1?© nnni ©s “fire
Akk. qutrinu also designates thc censer itself. and hail, snow and fog, storni wind that executes
His command.”

^p = Akk. bà'u {gà’u) v. SB, NA (CAD K 309a; IH C'ohen, Diggers, 41-42.

AHw 466b; 9i2b). to vomit. Cif. “itsp v. rntop.

338
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblicai. Hebrew

f?p <7 (-'su s. HA*; WSem. word (CiAD Q 243b; fire,” e.g., LÚ màbis qaqqadisunu isàtam aqallu “I
AHw yi8b). summer. will burn their accusers with fire” (CiAD Q 7oa c,
Mari and passim).
d i ì n o t a t i vi;
Cif. ^jP.
i. (Dcii2) Dípnb f”p3 “they (thc ants)
prepare food in thc summer” (Prov 30:25); Akk.
“^Pp ~ Akk. qalitu s. MA 011 (CiAD Q syb; AHw
(hapax) summa se qcsi la yussiru sarru “if thè king
8y4a). parched grain.
does not send tlie summer grain” (EA 131:15; let.
troni Byblos). SIÌQUIÌNCING
Cf. rmn. 1. (Seqi) (flour - parched grain) 'bp - ni3p
“(they presented...wheat, barley), flour, parched
bp = Akk. qallu adj. OB 011 (CiAD Q C>2a; AHw grain, (lieans...)” (2Sani 17:28); Akk: qcmu - qalitu,
8y4h). light. e.g., kallu sa qèmi ballu sa qaliti “one bowl of flour,
one bowl of parched grain” (CiAD Q syb li).
I l i . A N S I I Ì R R I Ì I ) M I Ì A N 1N C
Citi nbp v.
1. (TM2) (light troops) sin; bp nnn?? nani
“behold hurricdly thè light troops will come”
^Òp = Akk. qalàlu v. OA, OB 011 (CiAD Q 5 sa;
(Isa 5:26); Akk: qallu, e.g., istu qallati adi babitti
AHw 8y3a). to become weak, be swift (Akk.
la ustagappasu “will not (thc enemy forces), from
Cì-stem, I leb. Qal); make light of, discredit,
light troops to thc main body, swell in number?”
dishonor, disrespect, commit an offense against
(CiAD Q 62I1 b).
(Akk. D-stem, Heb. Pi‘el, Hiplfil).
PIIRASIÌOI.OCY

2. (Phr2) (swift courier) e.g., D , 3X i?!2 13*7 CONTRASTINE USACI!

CT^p “go, swift messengers!” (Isa 18:2; cf. also 1. (Coni) (to honor - to dishonor) - 133
2Sam 2:18; Ecc y: i 1); Akk: 2 L Ù . T U R - f o i qallùtim bbp. e.g., 'bp- -?3i -33s ~33r; “for I honor
tuppàtika lilqùnici musitam libbi GN ìirhisùnim “let those who honor Me, but those who spurn Me
two of your speedy couriers take your letters and shall be dishonored” (iSam 2:30); *~33: bz bprb
let them move through G N by night” (CiAD Q pK “to dishonor all thè lionored of thc land” (Isa
62b, Mari and passim). 23:19); Akk: kabàtu - qalàlu, e.g., qalàlu u kabàtu
ijr Cif. bbp v. kiimma Istar “it is in your power Istar to dishonor
and honor” (*CAD Q S5a lex. section); sarru
ikabbit màtu iqallil “thc king will be honored; thè
Tlbp — Akk. qalù v. OB 011 (CiAD Q 6ya; AHw
country will be dishonored” (*CiAD Q s6a).
8y6a). to burn, roast.
Note thè usage of qalàlu - kabàtu in EA 245:36—
pi ir asiìoi .oc Y 40: minamme epsàkume ana sarri bcliya inùma S I G - w

1. (Phn) (to roast) e.g., ©K3 ,! Òp S'OK “new (gloss: yaqillini) u D U G U I ) (gloss: yubabbid) abhùya
sebrùtu “what have I done to thè king, my lord,
ears roasted by fire” (Lev 2:14); Akk: e.g., kima
zër mashati anni ina isàti iqqa\llu\ “just as this that he should despise me and honor my younger

masbatu seed is being roasted” (CiAD Q 71 b b and

brothers?” (EA 245:38-3(9; let. Megiddo). Note

passim). thc EA forni yaqillini would correspond to Heb.

2. (Phr2) (to burn sonieone alive in tire)

yëqillcni. Cif. H33 v.
KW3 ìlbp “burn 111 fire,” e.g., irrp-?? 'H P1IRAS1ÌOI.OGY
©K3 “b?: D*pp 311*01 “may Ciod make 2. (Phn) (to disrespect, commit an offense
you like Zedckiah and Aliali, whom thè king of against a god) crrÒK bbp, e.g., bbpn *6 crròs
Babylon burned alive with fire” (Jer 2y:22); Akk: “Ikn ih K-ról “you shall not commit an
(said of humans) ina isàti qalù “to burn alive by offense against God, nor put a curse upon a chieftain
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

among your people” (Exod 22:27; Lev 24:15; Isa flour?’” (CiAD Q 206b 7).
8:21/Lev 24:1 1); Akk: atta ilim/ili qullulu e.g., istu 2. (Phr2) (container of flour) TOp “13 “jar of
sitiya mammari sa ana Him uqaiìilu ul ibassi “there flour” (ìKgs 17:14,16); Akk: karpat/kirgun qcmi
is no one of my offspring who has committed an “a container of flour” (CiAD K 21911 lex. section;
offense against thè god” (ARM 1 3:5-6). Note also ibid. 404b lex. section).
(in a broken context) thè possible Akk. nominai
expression: qullu\lti ... sa ana| Samsi-Addu uqallilu ]p = Akk. qintiu s. OB 011 (CiAD Q 257b; AHw
“an offense against Samasi-Addu that they have 922a). nest, family.
commitcd” (ARM 1 3 rev. 15-16), which may be
compared to thè hapax BH nominai expression PUR ASLOl oc Y

□‘’n'btf nbbp “affront to Cìod” (Deut 21:23), see 1. (Pliri) (bird’s nest) “IÌS? ]p (Deut 22:6);
Brichto, 1963:177-718. Akk: qinni sa issuri “nest of thè bird” (AHw 922a
3. (Phr2) (to disrespect, commit an offense lex. scction)/qinni issuri, e.g., asar umàm seri la

against, discredit tlie king) “[*713 bbp, e.g., bbp1 ibbassu u issur samc la isakkanù qinnu “(thè desert)
ròs;!? 1 ? nasi vn'bxni ìsVpd “ he shall commit an where 110 wild animals live and tlie winged birds
offense against(?) thè king and his divine beings” do not build ncsts” (CiAD Q 257b); kima issur
(Isa 8:21); Akk: sarra qullulu, e.g., s'arru itti kabtutisu qitini ana kàpi sa sadc... “like birds to their ncsts

iqallil ...summa iqallil pisersu ribu sii “(as regards thè (they fled?) to thè mountain cliffs” (CiAD Q 258b
omen saying) ‘The king will become discredited d >-

through thc connivance(?) of his noblemen,’ if 2. (Phr2) (nest atop a mountain) ]n'X
(thè omen says) ‘I le will become discredited,...” -ip sbzz □•'©1 “ though your abode be secure
(CiAD Q s6a and passim); Akk: rubli ina màtisu and your nest be established aniong cliffs” (Num
iqallil “thè prince will be discredited in his 24:21); Akk: qinna sakànu, e.g., sa kima qinni cri scr
country” (*CAD ibid. and passim). ubanti! GN sadc sitkunat subassun “like an eagle’s
4. (Phr2) (to be swift) □T'S-p ÒjT nest 011 thè top of thè mountain C ;N their dwelling
“therefore your pursuers shall prove swift” (Isa place is established” (*CiAD Q 25811). See also 3.
30:16); Akk: (said of an enemy), e.g., Immuni u below.
ayàbum birkàsu iqallila “and thè evil enemy will act diìnotati vi;
swiftly” (CAD Q 55I-. b). 3. (Dc'112) (cagle’s nest) Ì2p TST “like
diìnotati vi; an eagle arousing its nest(lings)” (Deut 32:1 1; Jer
49:16); Akk: summa surdu ina apii bit atncli qinnam
5. (Deii2) (to become weak) bviï D'ïïn ibp
crii usesàmma “if, in thè window of a nian’s house,
pXn “thè waters decreased from 011 thc earth”
a falcon makes an eagle leave its nest” (CiAD E
(Cìen 8:1 1); karànum sii la iqallil u tiqitam l’N la irassi
3 2 4b a).
“that wine must not become weak and PN must
4. (I)en2) (family) ÏIIS ^p DSJ “IQX1 “I said
have no grounds for complaint” (CiAD Q ssb).
I would die with my family” (Job 29:18); bìssu
'•*’ Cif. bp.
la isappabu qitmasu la ipparraru “may his family
not be scattered, his clan not dispersed” (CiAD
n!2p = Akk. qcmu s. Ci)Akk. on (CiAD Q 204a; Q 2s8b 2); itti 17 qinnisu zer bit abisu “with 17
AHw y 13a). flour. ofhis kinsmen, members ofhis family” (CiAD Q
26oa b).
PI1RASLOLOCY

1. (Phri) (to grind flour) ni?p 1D?, e.g., "np Akk. qinnu can refer also to a snake’s nesting place,
nop D'ni “take a mill and grind flour” e.g., qinni scrini damàtnis tun “thè serpent’s nest has
(Isa 47:2); Akk: qcma tcnu, e.g., assurti qcmi PN
become an object of pity” (CiAD Q 2s8a b).

alta'al mà ana ini qcma la tatcu “I asked PN about IH Baar, Leslati I:est., 150—61.
thè flour, saying ‘why have you not ground thè Cif. pp v.

340
 An Akkadian Lexical Comi’anion for Biblical Hebrew

X3p - Akk. qenu v. SB (CiAI) Q 2oyb). to he simili;/mi; i ai’hor

jealous. 1. (SM) (broken reed) fì2Pn H3pn “(you rcly

011 Egypt), that broken reed” (Isa 36:6 = 2Kgs
d i ì n o t a t i vi;
18:21; Isa 42:3); Akk: kisàd màrc Ballili kima qanàti
1. (Dem) (said of humans) e.g., ÌFTOK nx X3p] tahassas “you break thè neck(s) of thè Babylonians
“and he jealous ahout his wife” (Num 5:14,30); like reeds” (Ci AI ) II 1 3 1 a 2); qàdu mari limiti ki qani
Akk: e.g., qcnatma ina qenisa isàta ana hit cinteli lihessiska “may (thè gods) break you, together
inaddi “she, (thè man’s wife) is jealous, and in with your country, like reeds” (CiAD H 13 ia
her jealousy she will set fire to thè man’s house” 3); sa...malki nàkirisu kima qani api uhassisu “who
(CiAD Q 21 oa). broke thè kings hostile to him like reeds of thè
2. (I)eii2) (said ofa god) HX3p p?1? TlX3p canebrake” (CiAD A 200I1 d).
ìlb'na “(Thus says thè Lord of I losts:) i ani very 2. (SM) (to sway, bend like a reed) TI n3H]
jealous for Zion, I am fìercely jealous for her” tran n^pn 113; -1^3 bx“^© , “thè Lord will
(Zech 8:2); Akk: amelu sa ilsu sabsis iktamlusu
strike Israel until it sways like a reed in water”
u istarsu iqtinusu “a man whose god became (1 Kgs 14: i 5); Akk: kima qané naràtu “to shake like
extremely angry with him (and) whose goddess a reed,” e.g., ilu kima qané isubbu in arm tu “thc
became jealous toward him” (CiAD Q 2oyb lex. gods shake and sway like reeds” (CiAD N 348b);
section).
kima qané sàbu “to sway like a reed,” e.g., ana
qibìtika ilu napharsunu kima qané mchc isubbu “at
X2p = Akk. qattnà'u lex., qi’u (qin’u) NA (CiAD your command all thè gods tremble like reeds in
Q 81 b; CiAD Q 28sa; AIIw 8yya, 924)1; 158411; a violent storni” (CiAD S | i8a b); malki nàkiriya
CDA 284a, 28yb). jealous(?), jealousy(P), jealous kima qané mclié isubbu “thè kings hostile to me
person (?). (Esarhaddon) bend like reeds in a storili” (CiAD
Q 88a).
denotativi ;
LI IRASlìOI OGY
1. (Dc'112) X3p bx “a jealous Cìod” (Exod
3. (Phri) (sweet reed) X3t?p nrà 1 ? n-r nab
20:5, 34:14; Deut 4:24, 5:9; 6:15); Akk: bel qi’i sa
tému “an envious
isakkanukanuni man who gives
pn"|l? pxr: 3ÌQn ngpl XÌ3n “what nced bave lof
you orders” (CiAD Q 28sa). frankincense that conics from Sheba, or fragralit
cane from a distant land?” (jer 6:20); Akk: qatià
The construction of thc Heb. X3p bx may be tàba | ana bé\liya ultébila “I sent sweet reed to my
analogous to that of thè Akk. bel qi’i. The fact lord” (CiAD Q 88b b).
that all 5 BH denotative of X3p are from thè 4. (Pliri) (measuring reed) Ì1TP H3p, e.g.,
sanie phrasc, X3p bx, and that there is only one
nim ©© n-nsri H3p ^xn nni “and in thè man’s
unbroken passage (see above) in Akk. with thè hand was a measuring reed six cubits in length”
terni, it is very difficult to determine thè exact
(Ezek 40:5); Akk: qàn mindàti, e.g., sa ina qàti
meaning or part of speech of these terms. CiAD
mindiiti umatididu “measured with a measuring
translates thè terms: qannà'u “envicr” (Q 8 1 b) and reed” (CiAD Q 85I1 lex. section).
qi'u (qin’u) “envious, jealous person” (Q 28sa);
Note that “in NB there are in one qantì either
CDA translates qannà'u “jealous” (284a), qi’u
seven cubits...or six cubits” (CiAD Q yia note).
(qin’u, qinfì) “envy,” and bel qi’i “envious person”
5. (Pliri) (to measure with a reed) "HO
(289I1).
mp, e.g., 3rn n?p “iptón nx nip;] “he
( I l i v o n S o d e n , Or. 4 6 ( 1 9 7 7 ) 1 9 3 . measured thè threshold of thè gate; it was one
Cif. Kip v . reed deep” (Ezek 40:6); Akk: qanà madàdu (CiAD
Q <^yb 5)-
H5p = Akk. qatnì s. OA, OB on (CiAD Q 8 5 a ; AI lw DIÌNOTATI Vii

8y8a). reed, metal tube or rod. 6. (I )eii2) (as measurement ofan entranceway)

341
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

nnn nnx njp “ix?E?n ^o “thc threshold of thc u issur samc...la ibà’ùma...la iqnunu qitmam “not
gate is onc rced’s width” (Ezek 40:6); Akk: lupus even thè winged bird can pass or build a nest...”
daltam sa qanà rupussa “1 want to make thè door of (CiAD Q 8ob a).
onc reed’s width” (CiAD ihid.). diìnotati vi;
7. (Dc'112) (metal tube or rod) rupa *10?!
2. (Dch2) (to settle, dwell, said of humans)
ibptp’’ 1 “they will weigh thè silver on thè balance
trnsn rppr: paba TiaEr “you (judah) who
beam (of thè scale)” (Isa 46:6); □ , 3j?n
dwell in Lcbanon establish a homestead aniong
nnian }?? □“’XlPn “for all six branches stemming
thc cedars” (Jer 22:23); Akk: qiutia qatiàttu//luta
from thè lampstand” (Exod 25:33); Akk: qauù crii
epesu “to establish a homestead//to settle” (i.e.,
“copper rod”; 7 qatnì sa mcqita malti sa huràsi “7
build a house), e.g., ina C.N asar qitmam taqannanu
tubes made of gold, filled with cyc paint” (CiAD
u Intani teppesu sib...asrànum sibma bit aunli epus u
M 2oa a).
qintiam qm luti “settle in (IN where you can establish
a homestead and found a (separate) family, settle
= Akk. qantì v. NA (CiAD Q 91 a; AHw 8y8b). there, found a family, establish a homestead”
to buy, acquire. (CiAD Q 8ia c, Mari).

DI \l11 \11 \ 1 Akk. employs thè verb 111 reference to other

animals, i.e., sci abu u bus\tt\ iqnunu qinnu “fox and
i.(Den2) ^pap "ina? nr? rràpi a “to
hyena made lairs” (CiAD Q 8ia b).
acquire understanding is better than silver” (Prov
16:16); Akk: e.g., [cqlc]ti kiràti nis\i sa i\na silliya Cf. ip.
iqnu epusu bit ramc\nisu uza\kkima “I exempted
(from taxes) thc fields, orchards, and people that f*5p* ~ Akk. qinnazu (qinnanzu) s. Ci) 13 on (CiAD Q
he had acquired under my protection and made 2s6a; AI lw y22a). whip.
into his own estate” (CiAD Q 91 b 2).
^ Cif. i;3p. The hapax '153p (pi. const.) in Job 18:2 has been
traditionally understood as an Aram, dissimilation
of a geminate sequence by insertion of «, i.e., >
]pp = Akk. qinìtu s. NA (CiAD Q 2S4a; AHw
’SP* ‘end” (KB ! ). Accordingly, following Rasili,
92ih), acquisition, property.
Qimhi, Ibn Ezra, Job 18:2: '153p Jin'Én H3K “I»
COCNATIÌ ACCUSATIVI': is rendered as: “how long? Put an end
to talk!” (NJPS and others). Pope, 011 thc other
1. (CA) (to acquire property) pp pp, e.g.,
hand, suggests equating thè Heb. to Arab. qanasa
sin isp3 pp ©a? rap" "a pai “he who is a
“hunt,” and to Akk. qinsu “trap” (i.e., “how long
priest’s property by purchase” (Lev 22:1 1); Akk:
will you set word snarcs?”). However, it seems that
qinita qantì, e.g., qiriitu sa surtu iqnùni tanassàni
Akk. qinsu “snare, trap” does not exist. It seems
“you will not take away thè property they have
better to adopt Delitzsch’s suggestion (which is
acquired” (CAD Q 254a). pp ©an/pp
followcd by Tur-Sinai) and equate L-Ieb. '23p
Cif. mp v.
to Akk. qinnazu “whip,” e.g., Samas taggu kima
qiunazi ittarrakk\a\ “O Samas, thc evil man will be
pp — Akk. qatiàtm v. 013 011 (CiAD Q 8ob; AHw flogged as if with a whip on your behalf’ (CiAD
8973). to nest, settle. Q 2s6b lex. section). Job 18:2 is then rendered,
“how long will you set words (as) whips?”
IMIRASLOl .OCY

1. ]3p “11225, e.g.,(Ili Tur-Sinai, Job, 2X5-86; Pope AB 15 133.

(Phri) (to nest, said ofa bird)
ripa □'©ina nppo i3?p; ansa "it?*? “where
birds make their ncsts; thè stork has her lioine in rpSp = Akk. kipdu s. pi.; SB (CiAD K 3y6b; AHw
thejunipers” (Ps 104:17); Akk: issuru qanàtiu, e.g., 482b). plans, wishes.

342
 An Akkadian Lexicai, Companion for Biblical Hebrew

NJPS states of thc hapax H"1Sp (Ezek 7:25) f nK !2 ppn “and don’t be tight-fisted
“meaning ofHcb. uncertain.” However, in light with your brother” (Deut 15:7) and occurs also
of Symmachus, Theodotion, and thè Vulgate, 111 onc reference (SoS 2:8) meaning “to skip.”
modern biblica! scholarship renders thè noun These meanings are absent 111 Akk. kapàsu, which
as “anguish, apprehension” (Zimmerli, KB 1 thè great majority of thè time occurs in omen
etc.). On thc other hand, in light ofthe Syriac literature with thè meaning “bend, curi, droop.”
q'jada “bristle, shrink, creep” (from fcar, said of
skin), Greenberg and thè NJPS understand thè
325p = Akk. kasàbu v. Bogh., SB (CiAD K 257a;
vocablc to mean “terror, horror.” Based 011 thc
AI lw 456a). to cut off.
problematic and uncertain meaning ofthe hapax
verb "rnSp (Isa 38:12), thè medieval exegetes, such denotativi;

as Rasili, Mitrani, and Menahem ben Shim on, 1. (Dcti2) na© 3Sp»] “he cut off
explain thc 1101111 as “cutting,” i.e., “destruction.” a stick and threw it in” (2Kgs 6:6; cf. SoS 4:2);
Conscquently, perhaps thc etymological and Akk: sa sepàtsu kasbàma kisir ubànàti la isti “(if he
semantic equivalent of Heb. ITJBp is thc Akk. has turtle’s feet) that means his feet are stunted(?)
sub. kipdu (pi.) “plans, schemes,” which is and has no phalanx at thè toes” (CiAD K 2_S7a).
derived from kapàdu “to pian, plot, devise”
As noted by thè CiAD, Akk. kasàbu is a variant of
(CAD K i72b, OB 011), e.g., musappib kipdisunu
hasàbu “to cut, break off reeds, branches” (CiAD
“who frustrates their plans” (CiAD K 3<jób); kipdi
H i2ya, s.v. basàbu A).
bbbikunu usaddtkunusi “I have made you abandon
your secret schemes” (CiAD K 397a); ttakru
kipdiya tisaddantii “thè enemy will make abandon W =: naqsapu/naqsapti v. EA; WSem. gloss to
my plans” (CiAD K 397a b). Accordingly, Ezek Akk. asàsu (CiAD Q 14CK1). to be angry.

7:25: pxi aib© ic’pni *q rnsp “schcme(s) are 1. Akk: (EA 82:51) e.g., ul tidi atta màt
being plotted (lit. are coming) and they shall seek Amurri urrà musa tuba'una sàbc pitàte ul tasas [gloss:
safety but there shall be none.” For thè idiomatic naqsapu] “don’t you yourself know that thè land
combination ÌTlSp KÌ3 compare thè expression of Amurru longs day and night for thè archers?
rm? KÍ3 (Isa 5:19). I Ias it not been distressed (gloss: are they not
Greenberg maintains that thè unstresscd angry?)” (let. Byblos); \at\tasas anàku [gloss: na\
-a ending is not fem., “111 poetry perhaps for qsapti “I was distressed (gloss: angry)” (FiA 93:5;
rhythmic reasons [here to avoid thè sequencc of let. Byblos).
two inaili stresses?].” As noted by Barker “these may be thè first Niph als
IH Greenberg, AB 22 155; Morcsbct, 331-32 (for LI I 011 record.” In tasas we have a f. sg. verb used with
nsp). a noun to be understood as a collective (Amurri),
while thc 111. pi. gloss naqsapu refers to thè people
living in Amurru. Concerning thè na- stem prefix
]^Sp = Akk. kapàsu v. Ci)A, OB 011 (CiAD K 1 8 1 a ;
instead of ni- (as in LIeb.), Youngblood writes:
ALIw 443a), to droop.
“As Dhorme has pointed out (RB, NS Volume
denotativi ;
II I1914I, p. 45), thè vocalization of naqsa(l)pii
bere and of \n\aqsapti in EA 93:5 prove [sic!|
1. (I)cii2) (to droop) l^p' *73? Uïïrn “be
that thè attenuation ofthe prefix a- vowel in thè
brought low and droop like thc mallow-fìower”;
Canaanite Niph al had not yet taken place 111 thè
Akk: gimilli agammilma ida kapsà “I ani doing so
Aniarna Ago...The originai Niph'al vocalization
many favors that my arms droop” (CiAD K 1 8 1 a
survives in I Icbrew 111 initial -waw verbs (cf. ttósab
')• < *nawsaba) and middle-weak verbs (cf. nàqóm <
Heb. pp can mean “to dose” as in H2 pp *naqàma < *naqwanta).”
“to dose thè mouth,” i.e., “to silence,” and tÒl ( I l i Barker, 1 15; Youngblood, ACiR, 236.

343
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

— Akk. gasasi! 13 (kasasu) v. OB on (CAD (ì his brethren to partake of thè meal” (Gen 31:54;
53a; AHw 457b). to cut (off). Exod 2:20; 34:1; Num 25:2; Deut 33:19); Akk:
qutritmu liqriam ili rabùtim “let thc incense offering
pi irasloi.oc ; y
invite thc great gods” (CiAD Q 242b 2); aria utiil
1. (Pliri) (to cut off fingcrs) nÌ3Ì13 f?2p, e.g., suiti liqriatttti “if he invites me to have sexual
DIX 1 ??-]] OTT nian^l I^p’] “they cut off their intercourse” (CiAD Q 242b c). Note qari'utu
thumbs and large tocs” (Judg 1:6—7); Akk: ubànàti “invited guests” (CiAD Q 145b).
gasasti, e.g., kima tirik alme ubàtiàtisunu ìiktazzizù
Akk. qertì, unlike LIeb. K“lp, has a meaning “to
“may they trini their fingcrs like blunted stones”
take away” and is a euphemisni for “to die.”
(CAD Ci 53b b).
,tì' Cif. ma v.
2. (Pliri) (to cut off thc palili, wing) '"p
e.g., r\?v Dinn *6 ns? m nnispl “you shall cut
off her hand; show 110 pity” (Deut 25:12); Akk: 3“lp = Akk. qerébu v. OA, OB 011 (CiAD Q 228a;
kappa gasasti, e.g., kappisu bkassisu “let them clip AHw y i sb). to draw near, raise a clami (G-stem,
their wings” (CiAD Ci 53b b). Qal); to offer (G-stem, D-stem, I Iiph‘il).
As noted by thè CiAD, “Nearly all passages from
LUPI ILMISM
omen texts and thè lexical series show that kasasu
1. (Eui) (to have sexual relations with a
represents thè older variant” (CiAD Cì 53(1 11.).
woman) e.g., 3‘ip 1 fcò rn? n©x bsi “he shall not
Note that, not unlike Heb., which has onc
approach a menstruating woman” (Ezek 18:6);
attestation of f^p in parallelism with “13© “to
Akk: ana sinnisti la iqerrib ina bili parsi...linài “he
break,” e.g., rPDn ^py/ - !?©' 1 n©p “Ile (thè
Lord) shall break thè bow//He shall sbatter must not approach a woman; he should sleep 111 a

lances” (Ps 46:10), in thè lex. lists Akk. equates secluded house” (CiAD Q 23 3b b).
hepti “to break” to gasasti “to cut.” pi ir asholch ; y

2. (Phr2) (to draw near) *03*7 3“Hpn “1©^3

13p :: gasira v. EA* gloss (EA 244:14; Morali, AL “when he (Abraham) approached Egypt”
298:1). to harvest. (Cien 1 2:1 1 ); Akk: ina nlsi risàiti ina kàr Bàbili iqribma
“rejoicing he carne to thè quay of Babylon”
1. EA: u làmi nili’u...baqàtti//ga\s\ira u lame
(CiAD Q 23 2b).
ttili’u asi abuli//'satiri istu pani Labaya “we are thus
3. (Phr2) (to raise a claim) e.g., 'FCIp]
unable to do thè plucking//harvesting; and we
“inaq ns? “i will raise a
are unable to go out of tlie city gate.” As noted
clami against you at judgment, and I will act as
by Morali “thè gloss may not be read ga -zi-ra
(Llebrew gazar ‘to cut, divide’...would imply a rclcntless accuser” (Mal 3:5, Isa 41:1); Akk: ina
cutting up thè sheep, not plucking or shearing mubbisa la iqqarrib mannu sa ina tnubbisa iqqarribùni
them). Therefore, qasira ‘harvest(ing) seems much sarru màr sarri bèl dinisu “he must not raise a clami
more likely (cf. Hebrew qàstr) but not as a gloss against her, whoever raises a claim against her will
to what precedes; rather, as another activity, thè be succi by thè king and thè king’s son” (CiAD Q
gloss marker simply indicating a non-Akkadian 24oa 1 9 ) .
word.” 4. (Phr2) (to offer a sacrifice) n3| bp 3, 1pn]
rninn “he shall offer thè sacrifice of thanksgivitig”
(Lev 7:1 2); Akk: naptan rabù sa seri ana Ani Anta u
Hip = Akk. qertì v. OA, 013 on (CAD Q 2 4 2a;
ilàni kalama iqarrub “thè main meal of thè morning
ALIw 9i8a). to invite.
is offered to Anu, Antu, and all thc gods” (CiAD
denotativi : Q 2 34a 4); ina pan parakki gitili luqarrib “let him
i.(Dcii2) 03*7 i T3S i7 xnp ,, l “(Jacob offer thè regular offerings before thè dais” (CiAD
offered a sacrifico 011 thc mountain) and invited Q 23 Sa.

344
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

3np ,l 7?q na?n nriics “wisdom is more valuable

U“)j? — Akk. qcrcb s. OAkk on (C'AD Q 2i6a; AHw
yi4b). insidcs. than battle equipment” (Ecc 9:1 8); Akk: filli qaràbi
“battle equipment” (C'AD Q i26a b, Asb.); Akk:
syntacticai construction
tilli simat tàhazi “equipment suitable for war”
1. (Sy) (in thc midst) 3“]p3 (Ps 48:10) (CAD S 279a 1, Asb.). Cf. Heb:
“inside your palace”; Akk: (sa) ìibbasu gummur... “battle equipment” (Deut 1:41; Judg 18:1 1,16,17;
ittallaku salmis in qcrcb ckalliya “whose heart is Ezek 32:27 and passim).
devoted...acted pcrfcctly...inside my palacc”
Cf. BA *enp.
(add 647:14-15); nan'pan 3-.p3 “ in thc midst
ofbattle” (e.g., 1 Kgs 20:39); Akk: ina qcrcb tamhàri/
tàhazi “in thè midst ofbattle” (C'AD Q 22sa 1). 3ÌTp = Akk. qcrbu s. OA, OB on (C'AD Q 214I1;
2. (Sy) (from thè midst) pKH n~)jPQ “from AHw 9i4a, s.v. qcrbu I). near.
thè midst ofthe land” (Deut 1 5:1 1); Akk: istu/ultu
contrasting usaci ;
qcrcb màti (C'AD Q 2i7a c’).
1. (Coni) (near - far-away) pìlTI - 31“lp ;
SPQUPNCING
Akk: qcrbu - rùqu; scc pirH.
3. (Setp) (bodily innards) Ìm2//Ì2"|p//T’l?p
SPQUPNCING
“liis bowels//his intestines//his stomach” (e.g.,
2. (Seqi) (acquaintances — relativcs) - 3Ì”lp
Job 20:14—15); Akk: qcrbu//irru “intestines//
X?T!? “relative - friend,” e.g., , 'i?Tpi// , 3Ì“ip 1^~in
bowels,” e.g., summa amelu qcrbùsu nuppuhu irrùsu
^in?© “my relativcs are gone//niy acquaintances
iarruru “if a man’s intestines feci swollen, and his
have forgotten me” (Job 19:14); Akk: qcrbu -
bowels discharge a putrid licjiiid” (CAD Q 226b
mudù, e.g., iti umu sa gimir kimtiya sa qerbi mùde
5)-
samassun ikil “thè day became gloomy for my
I) PINOT ATI Vii
entire family, thè sun of thè people dose (to me),
4. (Dcti2) (seat of thought and emotion)
of (my) acquaintances, has darkened” (C'AD Q
‘w~n T'p'p 1DIT -1*33 3X10*7 '2Ì2 |3 bs
2i5b 3, Ludlul).
“therefore, like a lyre my heart moans for Moab,
PHRASPOFOCY
and my very soul for Kir-heres” (Isa 16:1 1); Akk:
e.g., itti qcrbisu idabbub “he will take counsel with 3. (Phr2) (soon, short-terni, lit. near day) K3
himself’ (CAD Q 227a 6); qcrcbki sa atmù ittiya □VH 31“lp nyn “thc tulle has come; thè day is
lislim “may your mind, to which I spoke(?), be near” (Ezek 7:7); Akk: atinakam u subàte ana urne
reconciled with me” (C'AD Q 227,1 6). qurbùtim namgiramma Icqc “come to an agreement
concerning taking a short-terni (consignment of)
The Akk. sub. qcrbitu, which connotes a womb in
tin and textiles” (C'AD Q 21 sa 2).
thè literal sense, e.g., summa sinnistu qcrlnssa ributti
imburma la ulid “if a woman’s womb takes in denotativi ;

senien but she does not give birth” (C'AD Q 2i4b 4. (Dem) (in legai context) DTTK 'pK DK1
2, s.v. qcrbitu), is thè etymological and semantic cip- nxt?1? mVr: nx ann?i •'-s'7
equivalcnt to Heb. 3“)p, which may also mean innS^QQ “if bis father had 110 brothers, you shall
“womb” in thè following single case: 115S i in !'1 assign his property to his nearest relative 111 his
rnnp? crran ‘ ‘and thc children struggici! ili ber own clan” (Num 27:1 1); 13^30 ETKn 13*7 3Ì“1p
womb” (CJen 25:22). Kin “thè man is our own relative, he is one of our
redeeming kinsmen” (Kuth 2:20); Akk: (in legai
context), e.g., mannu sa ina urkis iparrikuui In l’N
= Akk. qaràbu s. NA, Aram. lw. (C'AD Q
i2sb; AHw 90ib). battle. <lu> màrcsu lu qurubsu lu mammauùsu “whosoever
later 011 raises a daini, be it l’N (thè seller), his
PIIRASPOI.OGY sons, a relative ofhis, or anyone also bdonging to
1. (Phr2) (battle cquipment) 3Tp ^3, e.g., limi” (C'AD Q 21 sb b and passim).

345
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Ezekiel twice employs thè noun □’'31'lp to mean di no - \11\1

“guardsmen, bodyguards,” namely, somcone i.(Den2) nis: arr1?» ‘'npnpi “(i will lay
who is dose to thè king. The term is attested sinews upon you) and cover you with flesh, (and
with other officials, e.g., 'Eh 1 ? D'Onp D'HOl ninS forni skin over you)” (Ezek 37:6); Akk: 4 artnu
□‘ps npn ■nins croio •'non crtpns ^i^pp “(thè hammurutu sa isi buràsa qarmù “four recumbent
Assynans), governors and prcfects, guardsmen i?rmi/-bucks made of wood, overlaid with gold”
dressed to perfection, cavalrymen riding horses, (CAD Q 12 7 a).
desirable young men—all of them” (Ezek 23:12; IH G r e e n b e r g , A B 22 A 743—44.
cf. also Ezek 23:5). Heb. □ , 31“lp in thc sense of
“bodyguards, guardsmen” is to be equated to thè ]“lp = Akk. qariiu s. OA, OB 0 1 1 (C'AD Q 13411;
Akk. qurbutu, which is commonly employed in AHw 90411). borii.
NA and NB, e.g., qurbùtiya ina multili C . N assapar
IDIOMATIC USACI-;
“I sent my qurbutu to (thc king of) ( I N ” (C’AI) Q
3 16a); L Ú sa qurrubùti sa sarri aria paniya ittalka “thc 1. (Idi) (to exalt, show power) }“lp XÉ?3, e.g,
king’s qurbutu carne before me” (CAD Q 316I1 nnnfp r-n-.n- bt? np D'X'fin ri™ n.ir.p
“(to cut down) thè horns (i.e., thè pride) of thè
c, NB).
nations that raise a borii (i.e., raise strength, force)
As noted by Greenberg, “How thè term
against thè Land of Judah to toss it” (Zech 2:4);
carne into Hebrew is suggested by tlie title
Akk: qarna nasù, e.g., ina birisunu kima rime rabè
qurbutu given to a man with an Israelite name in
qaruàsu ittanassi “like a mighty wild bull (alone)
an Assyrian document from shortly after thc fall
among them he (Ninurta) tosses his horns (lit.
of thc northern kingdom of Israel; Israelites were
strength, dignity)” (C’AI) Q 134b lex. section).
integrateci into thè Assyrian military forces.”
Cf. |“)p ann (in transferred mng.) “to exalt one’s
Idi Greenberg, AB 22A 475. borii” (i.e., “to exalt in one’s pride, force, dignity,
Gì. mp v. power”) (e.g., iSam 2:10; Ps 75:5; 148:14; Lam
2:17).
2. (Id2) (might, pride, lit. borii of thè enemy)
rnp = Akk. qarbu s. NA; WSem. lw. (CAD Q
nis np, e.g., -"Vi np D’iri rix T-n? npfcn
1 3 1 b; AHw 903b). ice, frost.
“I le has let tlie foe rcjoice over you, has cxaltcd
SFQUHNCINC thè borii (pride?) of your enemies” (Lam 2:17);
I. (Seq2) (ice-snow) ^//n-jp, e.g., Akk: qarati ayàbi “thè borii (i.e., thè might) of
£>2; □‘psrr ia,'l?ï//n“i|p •'ap “they are dark with thè enemy,” e.g., qaran ayàbisu lcmnu\ti\ bulli kima
la'mi “blow out like a flame thc iiorns’ of his
ice//snow obscures them” (Job 6:16); Akk: kuppù
wicked enemies” (C’AD A 222b).
- qarbu, e.g., kuppù qarbu dati “thc snow and thè
3. (Id2) (to destroy power, lit. cut, destroy
ice are severe” (CAD Q 13 ib).
thè borii) ]“l.p W13 (ili transferred mng.) “cut thc
The standard Akk. word suripu “ice” (OB, Mari, borii” (i.e., “thè pride, might”), employed in
Bogh., SB) is equated in thè lex. list to thè WSem. parallelism with J?Ì“1T “130, e.g., 3X113 np
qarbu (C’AD Q 13 ili lex. section). Note also thè nn3©3 isnri “thè might of Moab has been cut
NA use of thè verb qaràhu “to become iced up” down, his strength is broken” (Jer 48:25). Note
(CAD Q i26b); in Heb., however, thè verb is also irp’’ “linx 3,t?;n//n.p...S?1? “cut down
absent. might//withdraw His strength” (Lam 2:3); also
I H v o n S o d e n , Or. 3 7 ( 1 9 6 8 ) 2 6 4 . utilized as an antonyni, cf. |“lp OPÌ, e.g., ^31
pn^ ni3“ip nappinn snax □,y©“i 'np “and ali
thè horns (i.e., might, arrogance) of thè wicked
mp = Akk. qaràrnu v. MA, NA (C’AD Q 127a; I will cut, but thc horns (i.e., glory, honor) of
AHw yo2a). to overlay. thc righteous shall be liftcd up” (Ps 75:1 1); Akk:
 An Akkadian Lexk:ai. Companion por Biblical H EBRLW »EHi?

qarna baiti (in transferred mng.), e.g., sa kàsir PIIKASIiOLOCY

anzilli qarnàsu tuballa “you destroy tlie horns of a 1. (Phr2) (to piiich off clay) *7*6 '3X
scheming villain” (BWL 130:95, Hymns); qarati '3X □? Tlinp liOnp “you and I are thè sanie before
ayàbisu lemnu\ti\ bul\li\ kima la'mi “extinguish Cìod; 1, too, was pinched from clay” (Job 33:6);
like a flame thè horns (i.e., strength, pride) ofhis Akk: tidda karàsn “pinch off clay,” e.g., Aruru
wicked enemies” (*CAI) B 73b 2). imtasi qàtesa tidda iktaris ittadi ina seri “Aruru took
PllkASPOI.OGY a pinch of clay, she threw it down in thc wild”
4. (Pliri) (horns of a wild bull) DÌO Tip (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 544:101-2); bantV / tidda
(Deut 33:17: Ps 22:22); Akk: rimu rabù sa...qarnu karàsu “to create//to pinch off clay,” e.g., sarri
“a great wild bull that...horn” (C'AD Q 1 3 5b). qadmi Narru bànii apàtum sarhu Xulummaru kàris
5. (Phri) (horn for oil) j!0© }“!p, (iSam 16:13; tiddasina “Narru, king of thè gods, who created
1 Kgs 1:39); Akk: qarni samnam tàbam inalba “fili mankind, and majestic Zulummar, who dug out
thè horns with fine oil” (C'AD Q 138b 4) = Heb:
their clay” (BWL 88:276-77, Theodicy).
|i?t? T"~p “fili your horn with oil” (iSam
16:1). The Akk. verb kurrusu, which connotes “to
6. (Pliri) (to break a horn) p.p “13©, e.g., accuse, slander,” is denom. from karsu “calumny,
mp TI© 13©1 “it broke his two horns” (Dan (unfounded) accusation” (C'AD K 2ioa 4; 222b).
8:7); Akk: summa awilum alpam igurtna qarnisu isbir Note also that thè Heb. idiomatic expressions fHp
“if a man hires an ox and breaks its horn” (C'AD
erra©/]'!? lit. “to pinch thè eye/lips” come to
Q 1 35 a )- mean “to sclieme, plot, slander” i ? t ?ÍB// , n , 'S?3 f "|p
7. (Phr2) (to gore with a horn) HP3 n?3, e.g.,
T , ni?5?X3 nib/zibns “(a scoundrel, an evil man
ni^nan ^3 mari rrrpr “and gored them with
your horns” (Ezek 34:21); Akk: ina qarni tiakàpu, lives by crooked speech), squinting his eyes (i.e.,
e.g., unakkip nakreya itta qarnisa gasràti “(thc plotting)//shuffling his feet (i.e., scheming)//
goddess Ninlil) gores my enemies with her strong pointing his fingcrs” (i.e., “slandenng”) (Prov
horns” (C'AD Q 1 36b b). 6:13; cf. also Prov 10:10; Ps 35:19); rh3 rnS© p.p
DENOTATIVI 1 '. Ì117“l “(he, squinting his eyes, while contemplating
deception), he, pinching his lips, while deciding
8. (I)eii2) I© ninp “horn(-shaped vessel)
made of ivory” (Ezek 27:15); Akk: 20 qamii upon evil” (Prov 16:30). These expressions are thè

ayigalluhu buràsa uhhuzu “twenty rhytons in thè semantic equivalents of thè Akk. idioms inà/saptà

forni of ayigalluhu animals, mounted in gold” sabàru “to squint thc eycs/lips” (i.e., “to scheme,
(CAD Q 139a 2' b). slander”), e.g., sùqa abà'ma turrusa ubàuàti errub
ekallisma isablmrà inàti “when I walk in thè Street,
fingcrs are pointed (at me), even when I enter
bblp = Akk. kursinnu A s. OB 011 (C'AD K s66a;
thè palacc, eyes are squinting at me” (C'AD S 3b
AHw 51 ib). fetlock, calf.
2; Ludlul) = (LIeb:TnÌ}315X3 n"t!3//iry3 pp)
Di NOI \ i l \ l sa...<ana> dabàb tlissi titillati tisburà saptàsu “whose
1. (Deii2) (bii Hapax) //'rinri 3'rnri lips were nimble in speaking slander and unseenily
'Vpp ns?D “ you made my stride wide words” (C'AD S 3b 3).
beneath me, and my lower legs did not falter” Akk. karàsu “to pinch” is equated in thè lex.
(2Sam 22:37 = 1>S 1^:37); Akk: pernii arik ina list to nasàkn (Heb: >T j© i 3) “to bite” (C'AD K 209b
kursinni batidillàn “his thigh bones are long (but) lex. section).
he is filled out in thè calves” (C'AD K s66a). ( i l T a w i l , C B Q 42 ( 1 9 8 0 ) 3 4 : 2 4 .
111 C ' o h e n , H a p a x 1 2 : 1 4 . ,J)' Ci. BA pp.

PP - Akk. karasu v. OB on (C'AD K 209!-); AHw ïpHj? = Akk. qaqqaru s. OAkk. 011 (CAD Q 1 1 3 a ;
447b). to pineli. ALIw yoob). floor.

347
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

di ; notati vi ; ulmcsun scinti usapsihu qasàtcsunu malati “their

i . (Den2) ni-ppjn n» S7p“]j pn “from sliarp lanccs were laid to rest, their nocked bows
thè floor to thè walls” (ìKgs 6:16); Akk: (only were loosened” (CAD M 17311 e); cf., e.g., Kini
attestation as designatili^ tlie floor of a strutture) n©p? in; ìÒp “and Jeliu nocked thc bow” (2Kgs
qaqqar cleppi “floor of thè boat” (CAD Q i24a 9:24).
,0). 4. (Pliri) (to break a bow) H©p nn© “break
thè bow” (in transferred mng.), “break thc might,
Heb. ^plp designates “thè floor of a building”
strength”; Akk: qasta seberu.See nn© v.
(one usage as “sea bed” |Amos 9:3]), a usage not
5. (Phr2) (archcr, lit. holder of a bow) ©SPI
attested with Akk. qaqqaru, which basically means
npp, e.g., ìò v^rn bp', nbr nppn ©ahi
“ground, earth.”
CD^P' 1 “thc bowman shall not hold bis ground, and
thè fleet-footed shall not escape” (Amos 2:15; cf.
XICE’p* = Akk. qissù s. 013 011 (CAD Q 271 a; AHw also Jer 46:9); Akk: tàmeh qasti, e.g., tàmeh qasti
923a), cucumber. la sanati “(Tiglat-pileser I) who holds a matchlcss
bow” (C’AD S | 36711 d’).
SLQULNCI NC
6. (Phr2) (master, head bowman) nnn
i. (Seq2) (BH hapax) □’Wp
npp, e.g., npp n?n nnn n?np? npn “and he
□'Pi© “cucumbcrs, melons, leeks, onions, garlic” (Ishmael) dwelt in thè wilderness and became a
(Num 11:5); Akk: (111 sequence with) salili qissi master (i.e., chief) bowman” (Gen 21:20); Akk:
hallùri urqitam u suini sùbilam “send me crcss, rab qasti “chief of thè archers” (professional rank),
cucumbcrs, clnck peas, green vegetables, and e.g., LÚ.GAL. 10.MES sa 70 LÚ.PAN.MES sa rc’i sa
garlic” (C’AD Q 27ib 1'). DN...I.Ú.PAN.MES a 70 idckkùma...ana P N rab qas­
ti inandinu “thè leaders-of-ten of seventy archers
nt^p = Akk. qastu s. OA, OB 011 (C’AD Q 147b; of thè shepherds of l)N will muster those seventy
AHw 9o6a). bow, archcr. archers and turn them over to P N , thè chief of thè
archers” (CAD Q 1 55b b).
IMIRAS1.01.0CY
7. (Phr2) (bow and arrow) □'SITI H©p, e.g.,
1. (Phn) (slack bow) n»Q"| npp, e.g., m©: □•'ani n©p npn “he took a bow and arrows”
n*pn npp?-"- bv vb “ they come back; they (2Kgs 13:15); Akk: qastu u sukùdù, e.g., tulul qasta
bave been of 110 use, like a slack bow” (Hos 7:16); sukùduka imta libillu “draw thè bow, let your
nm npp? 'r^n: “they played false like a slack arrows carry poison” (C’AD Q 148b).
bow” (Ps 78:57); Akk: qastu ramitu: ina qasti ramiti 8. (Phr2) (to grasp a bow) n©p pTfin, e.g.,
isabbatuma “so they will catch him unawares (lit. ìpitv xb) nsn •hdk ip-'nr p'’?1! npp “they
with slack bow” CAD R 127K grasp thè bow and javelin; they are cruci and
2. (Pliri) (to carry a bow) nPp X©j!, e.g., show no mercy” (Jer 50:42; cf. also |er 6:23);
gruppi -•‘p- -•‘rp x; x© “carry your gcar, your Akk: qasta sabàtu, e.g., qàtcsu ukarrit sa qasti isbatu
quiver, and your bow” (Gen 27:3); Akk: qasta “I (Assurbanipal) cut off its hands (those of thè
nasù “to carry a bow,” e.g., Anunitu bclct tàhazi statue of thè king of Elam) that had taken up thè
nasata qasti u ispati “Anunitu, goddess of battle, bow” (C'AD Q 149I1 3'); qasta tamàhu to grasp a
who carries a bow and a quiver” (CAD Q >49b bow, e.g, Istar...tamhat qasta ina idisa “Istar...who
e); salam Assur...qasta ki sa nasù ina narkabti sa rakbu grasps a bow in her hands” (*CAD Q i49b e).
“a relief (showing) Assur holding thè bow and 9. (Phr2) (to shoot a bow) n©p nipn, e.g.,
riding in a chariot” (C’AD Q I 50a). nnp nr? ir?- npp -pi- %ppl: i? “thè
3. (Phn) (nock a bow) npp e.g., ' 3 Ephraimite bowmen who played false in thè day
D’13? npp nnm^ 'b Ti?nn “for i bave npp HT, e.g., IPhl ©nS blpD
ofbattle” (Ps 78:9);
drawn Judah taut, I have nocked Ephraim’s Ts?n ^3 nnnà npp “at thè shout ofa horseman
bow” (Zeli 9:13); Akk: qasta mullù, e.g., inùhu and bowman (lit. thè one who shoots a bow) thè

34^
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hfbrew

whole city flees” (Jer 4:29; cf. also iSam 31:3 = 12. (Phr2) (mighty bow) n©jP, e.g.,
iChr 10:3); Akk: qasta salii, e.g., alinad sale qasti Tiinr nchn? n#p nrai nipnbpb 'T na1?? “wiio
“I (Assurbanipal) learned to shoot a bow” (CAD trained my hands for battle so that my arms can
S 272I1 2); sale qastisunii una'iduinni “(thè Eiamite bend a brazen bow” (2Sam 22:35 = Ps 18:35;
princes) showed off their archery to me” (CAD Job 20:24); Akk: (functional equivalent) qastu
N 6a e). dannata/ezzetu, e.g., ina qastiya dannale su bud
10. (Phr2) (to draw thè bow) nrp , e.g., parziìli nuilmulliya zaqtùte “I (Tiglat-pilcser I,
n©|p nói bis “Tarshish, i*ui. and killed four wild bulls) with my strong bow, iron
Lud, which draw thè bow” (Isa 66: iy; cf. also (tipped) arrows, and my pointed tnulmullu arrows”
1 Kgs 22:34 = 2C'hr 18:33); Akk: qasta talàlu, e.g., (C'AD Q 148b c)/s nese...ina qastiya ezzete usamqit
titilli qasta sukùduka imta libillu “draw thè bow, “I (Assurnasirpal) fell five lions with my mighty
let your arrows carry poison” (CAD Q 148I1); bow” (CAD Q i4ya).
qastisunu panai sarri lu tal\lat\ “may they (thè gods) 13. (Phr2) (to put one’s trust in a bow) e.g.,
go with braced bow before thè king” (CAD Q ’isrtsHn *6 ■'nini r.zzx •'ricopri iò mz “I do not
1 5°a). trust my bow; it is not my sword that gives me
1 1. (Phr2) (to malfunction, of a bow) nnFlPI victory” (Ps 44:7); Akk: (referring to an Eiamite
□nirwjp, e.g., nnin^jp nnnn ir-iiaa “her nobleman) e.g., qastu tuklat (var. situai) idisu “thc
warriors shall he captured; their bows shall be bow, thc trust ofhis hand” (*CAD Q >4yb 3');
snapped” (Jer 51:56); Akk: (functional equivalent) qasàtu sa RN sar Mattiti ina libbisitta ustarrihu ana
qasta subalkuiu, e.g., qasta ina qàtckunu lusabalkitu mithus ummànàteja “thè bows that RN. king of
iiarkabàtikunu ana qitiis lusadilu “may they cause Elam, made boast that he would give battle to my
thc bow to lose resilient e in your hands; may they armies” (CAD ibid.).
cause your chariots to be pulled out” (Wiseman, IH Paul, VT 39 (1989) 495-96.
Treaties, 574~7S=SAA II 53:574-75)- Cf. non v.

349
 -I

— 34:7); Akk: riniti//alpu, e.g., alpa imbastita alpa ul

Akk. riunii A (reniti, ri'rnu) s. OAkk.
on (C’AI) R 359h; AHw 986a), wild bull. ipdi//riniti imbastita rimi ul upassib “(thè headache)
struck thc ox and did not release thè ox//it struck
]>l IR ASLOTOG Y
thc wild bull and did not leave thè wild bull 111
1. (Phn) (horns ofa bull) □•'an/DXI ^“lp peace” (CAD R 3 syb lex. section).
(I)cut 33:17/Ps 22:22; cf. also Ps 92:11); Akk:
Note thè equation of thè WSem. forili ri niti with
rìmu rabù sa mesrèti kubbunt qarnu [...] “great wild
thc standard Akk. riniti in Malku V 49 (MSL 8/2,
bull with massive limbs (and) |...| horn(s)” (C'AI)
74; AHw 986a).
359^ lex. section); qatini rimi usur u sipal (for
zibbal?) itesi nw“hold olito thc horns ofthe wild
bull and hold onto thè t<i 11 (?) of thc 1 I1011 (CAI) = Akk. resti s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD R 277a; AHw
R 361 a c). 9731>)- head, beginning, source, first quality.

SIMITl/mTTAIMIOK idiomatic ; usaci ;

2. (SM) (said of a god) OnSSl? DX'ISia bx 1. (ItÌ2) (crossroads) ©in (Ezek

ib EX~ nÈJliina “ Cìod, who freed them from 16:25,31; 21:24/21:26, only in Ezekiel); Akk: rës
Egypt, is for them like thè horns of a wild bull” bitli, e.g., ekalla ina C.N sa res buli sa Assur a\rsip\
(Num 23:22; 24:8); Akk: re dii riniti saqii resu “I (Tiglat-pilescr I) constructed a palace in C.N,

“(Enlil), thè pursuer, thè wild bull with head held which is (situateci) 011 thè road to Assur” (CAD
high” (C’AI) R 36ih d); Unni ibri sa uillakusum H 232a c).
ul rimnmma...rimu sa iàtiiuru Samas nàsirtmi “my
IMIRASLOl OGY
friend, thè god to whom we go is not a wild
2. (Phn) (to cxalt; lift up thè head as a gesture
bull, thè wild bull whom you bave seen (in your
of joy and cxcitement) ©Xn X©3; e.g., n?n
dream) is Samas, thè protector” (C'AI) ibid.).
E7XT 1X^3 --x;i??r ^CPX “for your enemies
3. (SM) (said of a human), (said of Joseph)
rage, your foes lift up their heads” (Ps 83:2); DX
mr cray nna n-]p Dxn Tipi ib “nn ini© nica
■'CPX"] XttfX xb “-p-^à" ■'b 'bbx ,rii7©T “should I
“like a fìrstling bull in his majesty, he has horns
be guilty woe to me, should I be innocent I will
like thè horns of a wild bull, with them he gores
not cxalt (lit. lift my head)” (Job 10:15); Akk: resa
thc people” (l)eut 33:17; cf. also Isa 34:7); Akk:
nasù, e.g., adi belu issu resi mita uballita yàsi “until
(said of Cìilgames), e.g., \qa\rdu lillid Uruk rìmu
my lord (i.e., Marduk) will make me happy (lit.
nmtiakpu “he (Cìilgames) is thè hero, offspring
lift my head), (when) he will have revived me
of Uruk, thc butting wild bull” (C'AD R 361 b
XÉ?3
from death” (Ugaritica 5 267—68, 1 1 9-16). C'f.
d); rimimi kadrum mutiakkip zàiri “(I lammurabi)
E?X“I said of city towers, e.g., DS^XT D’ii?» IX©
fierce wild bull who gores thè enemies” (C'AD
obii? 'nns ix©3ni “lift up, O gates, your towers;
R 3i)2a e).
lift yourselves up, ancient cntranccs” (Ps 24:7,9);
tarali hi.ism
Akk: resa ulhi (said of city towers), e.g., umili rès
4. (Par2) (bull - ox) □ , '-lEl//D , 'aX“l, e.g., HTI liaiina...anàku “I, who raises high thè summit of
□■'Tax dì? ansi aai? craKi “ wild oxen shall fall thè Eanna” (CH Prologue); dur Sippar epesam resisti
with them, young bulls with mighty steers” (Isa ulldni rabis Itlwa’iranni “he (Samas) commissioned
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w

me (Hammurabi) to build thè wall of Sippar (and) 28 ib); ina rés ersi améli ittanallakam “(if a scorpion)
raise up its two towers” (LIH 57, in, 24—27). wanders about at thè head of a man’s bed” (C'AD
cf. also ©xn □■'in, e.g., bp nnsr m? brap ibid.).
WXn □ , i; ]5 “he drinks from thè wayside brook, 5. (Phr2) (to lower thc head as a gesture of
therefore he lifts up his head” (Ps 1 10:7); ‘n nnXI huiniliation) ©Xn Tlin, e.g., ]©Xn pxb ITlin
•'©xn D'IDI nin? , 1i?3 |5Q “but You, O Lord, □behT ribma “ thc maidens of Jerusalem have
are a shield ili front of me, my Glory and one lowered their heads to thè ground” (Lam 2:10);
who causes my head to be lifted up” (Ps 3:4); and Akk: résa sapàlu/kanàsu, e.g., ina pan Bdbilaya
Akk: résa suqqù, e.g., [/<j] inihasauni \Mard\uk usaqqi alibéa la assaqima résiya la isappila “let me not be
resi “he [who] smote me, Marduk, he restored promoted in thè eyes of my Babylonian colleagues
me” (BWL 58:9—10, Ludlul); kima susé dirnmatu so that I ani not brought down (later)” (CAD S
tumtallanni rèsiya suqqi muppalsata kinis naplisanni 424a e); saqdtu résdya ikiins qaqqarsu “my lofty head
“you have filled me with tears as a swamp (is is bowed down to thc ground” (BWL 34:73,
filled with water), lift my head, you who look Ludlul). Scc Gruber, 353.
favorably, faithfully, look upon me favorably” ih \nsi 1 r n I I' MI \\l\l.

(JNES 33 [1974] 280:102). See, Gruber, 605-12. 6. (TMi) (beginning of a time period)
3. (Phri) (to take into account, take notice (beginning of thè year) n3©n OXn; Akk: rés
of) ©Hi Kètf, e.g., n«i □■'ptpan n® ttfxn nx xèn satti “beginning of thè year”; cf. n3©; (b) (N112)
rin» lina D'axn n© ©xn “and he (Pharaoh) (beginning ofa month) D'Enn ’ffi’XI/OXn “head,
took noticc (i.e., singled out, lit. “lifted thè beginning of thc nionths” (Hxod 12:2/Nuni 10:10;
head”) ofhis chief cupbearer and bis chief baker 28:1 1); Akk: rés ambirli “beginning of thè month,”
from among his officials” (Cìen 40:20); Akk: résa e.g., ina rés warhim amimi ina ( IN tamahharanni “you
nasù “to single out,” e.g., Samas ina saggisi rèssa shall mect me in C.N at thè very beginning of this
lissi “may Samas ratik him among thè murderers” month” (CAD R 28sb and passim); (c) (N112)
(CAD S 71b a); cf. also résa suqqù “take into (beginning of a reign) /n? i ?BP/n ! D i ?!?n n^XI
account, to single out” (lit. “to lift thè head”), niD1?!? “thè beginning of thc reign/rule/ruleship
e.g., ila a!sima ul iddina pallisti usalli istari ul \ u\saqqd ofa king” (Jer 26:1/27:1; 28:1/49:34); Akk: rés
résisa “I cried to my god, but he did not show sarrùti “beginning of thc rule of a king,” e.g., istu
his face, I prayed to my goddess, but she did not rés sarriitiya adi 5 paléya “from thc beginning of my
raise her head” (BWL 38:4—5, Ludlul); ul usaqqa reign until my fifth regnai year” (C'AD R 286a
résàsin la ib abbai panisunuma disunii la inaddi “he and passim).
(Nebuchadnezzar) does not take account of them, 7. (TM2) (top) (top of a geological formation;
he does not give preference to them, and he does summit, peak): /ybp/n^VDnilS/D'in CE>Xn
not show partiality toward them” (Iraq iq \ 1965] na03 (e.g., Exod 19:20; N11111 14:40; Josh 15:8; Isa
5 ii 11, 20—23). As noted by Speiser (BASOR 2:2/Nuni 23:y/Exod 17:9,10; 2Sam 2:25/2C'hr
'49 | 1 9581 21) “apparently, ‘to lift thc head’ had 25:i2/Num 21:20; 23:14; Deut 3:27; 34:1); Akk:
developed thè specialized meaning of‘to pick out ttiukabbis rési sa sade bimani “(Shalmanesser II) who
thè esscntial’ or thè like. It is in this derived sense treads thè summits of mountains” (C'AD R 282b
that nàsa ms figures so prominently 111 connection bn?D
and passim); (b) (top of a large strutture):
with thè census (Exod 30:12; Numbers 1—4; 26, □'QED ÍOXni “a tower with its top in thè sky”
passim).” (Cìen 11:4); niroon PW i»xni...nbp “stairway...
4. (Phr2) (head of a bed) napn Piò, e.g., its top reaching thè sky” (Cìen 28:12); Akk:
ntspu ©ió bp VxnÉT 'inn?n “Israel bowed down ziqqurratam gigunndsu strani résisa kima sanie tiHcìni
at thè head ofthe bed” (Cìen 47:3 1); Akk: rés ersi, “to finish thè ziqqurat, his sublime giganti, up to
e.g., abnu kisàdi sa rés ersi sarri u sépit sarri “stone for thè top” (C'AD Z i2yb 1); saqa résàsu samàmi endu
thè necklaces for thè head of thè king’s bed and “its (thè temple’s) top was high, touching thè
for thè foot of (thè bed of) thè king” (C’AD R heavens” (C'AD R 282a and passim); ni'PÌl OXn

352
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew n ■’Kftn
“thc head of noisy places” (read nVPh), “top of me of my glory, removed thè crown from my
thè (city) walls” (Prov 1:21); Akk: rcs duri “top head” (job 19:9); iKftn rnas? nb?; “ thè crown
of city wall,” e.g., dùram siram...sa \rc\sdsurm kima has fallen from our head” (Lam 5:16); Akk: agc
sadìm dia “a mighty wall whose top is as high as diir urne ipir rasussu “he put upon his head a crown
a mountain” (C'AI) R 28 ih b); rcs dùriya ippattar to last forever” (C'AI) R 279a b); agc huràsi simat
“thè cornices of my city wall will come loose” ilutisu sa apra ràsussu “a golden crown befitting his
(C'AI) R 2iS2a). C'f. moiri; (c) (top of a plant, divine status that was placed upon his (Samas’s)
tree): nÍp^ynÍpïíVTpX EttÒ “topmost brandi/ head” (C'AD ibid. and passim).
shoots/boughs” (Isa 17:6; Ezek 17:22; 17:4); Akk:
Note thè WSem. variant in E A rùsu: u SACi.DU-
e.g., |ina\ qimmàte sa rese alamutte “ili thè crown of
nu//rusunu in qàtlha lit. “our heads are in your
thc tops of thè alamùtu-\rd\m” (C'AI) R 28 ib).
hands” (HA 264:18, let. Tagi; CAD R 432I1). The
8. (TM2) (source of a river, headwaters), e.g.,
expression rùsunti ina qàteka may be thè functional
crcpiq nsjs-ixb npy.psia -inr “a river
equivalent of thè Heb. idiom ÌE71Ó3 ÌPT lit. “his
issues from Eden...and it then divides into four
blood on his head,” i.e., “he is responsible,” e.g.,
heads” (Cìen 2:10); Akk: rcs: nari sali uscsnima altri
(“and if any one ventures outside thè doors of
“I redug thc beginning of that canal at a different
your house”) □"p? ÍErtrp ÌPT “his blood
location” (CAI) R 287!-! b); ina rcsr crii useziz “I
will be on his head, and we shall be clear,” (“but
(Assur-nasir-apli II) set up (my stela) at thè source
if anyone who remains 111 thè house with you”)
of thè river” (CAI) ibid. and passim).
Ì3 npn T DN ian “his blood shall be on
9. (TM2) (first quality) CWh/t»X“) D'ara
our heads if a hand is laid on him” (Josh 2:19; cf.
='ara "rip/ara “ choicest, best of spiccs” also ìKgs 2:37; Ezek 33:4).
(Exod 3o:23/Ezck 27:22; SoS 4:14); TlTOt? 0X1
HI Cìruber, 598—613.
“thc choicest of my joy (i.e., my deepest joy)”
(Ps 137:6); Akk: (first quality), e.g., rcs mimmaya
damqa uscirci) qercbsun “I (Nabunaid) bring into rpctfin = Akk. rcs tu s. OA, OB on (CAD R 27 ih;
them thè best of everything I have” (CAI) R 28ya AHw 972b). beginning, first, choicest.
7); rcs mimmesu damqa Itisi) i sadì u tatuati iiltamlil
PIIKASHOI OGY
utahhidma “he provided (thè gods) abundantly,
1. (Pliri) (first-quality oil) D^ai?; =
thè best he had, thè produce of thè mountains
Akk. sanimi rcstu/rùstu “fine-quality oil.” C'f.
and thè sea” (CAD ibid.). Cf'. rPENn.

MLRISMUS
2. (Pliri) (fìrstborn). (Ì3K) rPtfin - nÓ3
10. (Mer) (head to foot) I “IS?1 bri *]3p (Deut 21:17; ef. also Cìen 49:3); Akk: (Nabli)
“from thè palili of thè foot to thc head (i.e., all bukur Marduk restii “fìrstborn of Marduk” (CAD
over)” (Isa 1:6); Akk: e.g., istu resisti adi sepesu... R 275a); cf. also Akk. rnàru/aplu restii “fìrstborn”
tapassas “you salve (him) from his head to his feet” (CAD ibid. and passim).
(CAD R 279a); cf. “[p“Ij? “IBI bri *]?P ; Akk: istu
transit;rri;d meaning
sepesu - adi qaqqadisu (cf. “IjjHp).
3. (TM2) (choicest) ’EHp p pXH
1 I. (Mer) (beginning - end) ^ÍO "IBI ErtPa
nb “thè choicest ofthe land sacred to thc Lord”
(Ecc 3:1 i); Akk: resti - qitu: ina rcs satti u qit
(Ezek 48:14); 7! np K’3n PP3 np’Xn
satti “at thc beginning ofthe year and at thc end
“P’b^ ‘ ‘thè choicest first fruits of your land you
of thè year” (CAD R 2S.sa); Heb: njEp ITOia
shall bring to thè house of thè Lord your Cìod”
H3© rHON “1X7"] “from thc beginning of thè year
(Exod 23:19; cf. also Deut 26:2,10); Akk: hurunnu
to thè ycar’s end” (Deut 1 1:12).
lallàru biblat sadc ellùti reset màtàiti hisitti qàtcya
d i ì n o t a t i vi; “wine and white honey, thè product ofthe pure
12. (Deio) (head - crown) ’b^P pÌ33 mountains, thc best from thè lands I (Sargon II)
•'OX"! nn.BiJ -liry/ET?;?;-! “He (thè Lord) strippcd have conquered” (C'AD R 273a b); reseti ana iliya
 7 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

asruk “I (Assurbanipal) gave tbe cboicest (parts of storms moving from thè Mediterranean to thè
it) as a gift to niy gods” (C'AI) ibid. and passim). Phoenician coast (i.e., Lebanon) to thc Anti-
'■»' c i. rx- Lcbanon (i.e., Sirion) to thè Syrian desert (i.e.,
thè steppe of Kadesh). Akk. employs thè idiom
tàmtn rabitu for thè Mediterranean, i.e., “thc
D*1 = Akk. rabù adj. OAkk. on (C’AI) R 2ób; AI lw
Cireat Sea,” e.g., adi Ixibnana tàmii rabi ti “as far
936b). large, main, principle, chief, of first rank,
as thè Lebanon and thè Mediterranean (i.e., thè
elder, senior, important, massive, majestic, great,
great sea)” (CAI) R 29b). Akk. tàimtu rabitu “thè
noble person.
Cireat Sea” is thè semantic equivalent of Heb. Dp
TRANSI:I;.R RIÍI) MliANINC binan (e.g., Num. 34:6,7; Josh 1:4). See Cìinsberg,
1. (TM i ) (tlie great land, i.e., thè netherworld) 1936:129—31.
nai p«, e.g., bv pp nipi abo Q'ia3 t,t 5. (Pliri) (tali tree) 31 fi?, e.g., mn] 'plEp
pK “Me (thc Lord) works judgment upon -pi n-rp nxp 31 }'y bnan nst?? bx “as I canie
thè nations, heaping up bodies, crushing heads on back I saw tali trees 011 both banks of thè stream”
thc large land (i.e., thè netherworld)” (Ps i 10:6); (Ezek 47:7); Akk: issu rabùtu, e.g., birlt issi rabùti
Akk: ersetu rabitu, e.g., ki \parsi Irkall\a u erseti “among tali trees” (CAI) R 33a 2').
rabitu “like thc ordinance of thc underworld and 6. (Phr2) (great king) 31 e.g., ^0 Hpp
thc large land (i.e., thè netherworld)” (*CAI) R 31 “a city of a great king” (Ps 48:3); Akk: sarru

3oa). Cf. pX. rabù (employed as late as thè Persian-Achaemenid

period), e.g., anàku Kuras sar bissati sarru rabù
contrastine usa(;l:
sarru dannu sar liàbili sar (màt) Sumeri u Akkadi sar
2. (Con1 ) (eldest — youngest) T'ip “13.5?“’ 311
kibràti erbittim “I C’yrus thè king of thè world, thè
“and thè older shall serve thè younger” (Cìen
great king, mighty king, king of Babylon, king
25:23); Akk: (inani) rabù - (numi) sehru “elder (son)
of Sumer and Akkad, king of four quarters of thè
- younger (son),” e.g., istu muhhi mari rabe adi
world” (Weissbach, (lyrus, 4—5).
muhhi mari sihri “from thè eldest to thè youngest”
31 I^P in Ps 48:3 has been taken almost
(CAI) R 3ob hi 1 ); rabù u sihru ina libbisunu yànu
unanimously as an epithet of thè Lord, who is
“without regard to either being thè elder or
characterized bere as thc great king of Jerusalem;
younger” (C'AI) ibid. and passim).
however Artzi and Malamat (Hallo l;est., 37b)
imir asloi.ocy claim that “it is King Solomon who is referred to
3. (Pliri) (great houses) DPI Dp3 “great here.” Their assertion is based 011 thè occurrence
houses,’ ’ e.g., DPI Dp3 ISOV/^n p3 H3X1 of Dpi DP 1 ?!? in Jer 50:41 and 31 “b? in Ezra
“thè houses of ivory shall be destroyed//and thè 5:1 1 and Dan 2:10. It should also be observed that
great houses terminated” (Amos 3:15); ^b DX thè royal title 31 I^P is hidden twice in Hos
3l'ap appi crbla/zip' na?;'1? api dtq 5:13; 10:6 referring twice to thè king of Assyria.
“surely great houses shall lie forlorn, spacious Accordingly, thc difficult MT 31' I^P may be
and splendid oncs without occupants” (Isa 5:9); re; id 31 P^P “ great king,” perhaps reflecting
Akk: bitu rabiì “great house” (C’AI) B 284-b 5' and a North Israelite linguistic usage, a feature not
passim). Cf. b?p. uncommon in I losca. As previously noted thè
4. (Pliri) (great, powerful waters) CSI D'P, semantic equivalent of thè Akk. royal title sarru
e.g.; api tra bv pp» “you, who dwell along rabù is thè I leb. “Vr:) binai “thc
great waters” (Jer 51:13); Akk: mù rabùtu, e.g., great king (king of Assyria)” depicted thè Assyrian
me rabi’utim kima gipis tiàmati “a huge expanse of king Sennacherib in thè Rabshakeh’s speech
water like thè mighty expanse of thè sea” (C’AI) (2Kgs 18:19,28 = Isa 36:4,13. Cf. also Ps 136:17).
R 33a b) Dp. The idiom Dpi D'P 111 Ps 29:3 may See Artzi and Malamat, Hallo Irst., 28—38.
refer to thè Great Sea, i.e., thc Mediterranean, 7. (Phr2) (great army) 31 b'1/N3^, e.g.,
where God’s appearance manifests itself through ^1 b'ni bina bnjp “vast horde and mighty army”
354
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

(Kzek 38:15) = Hzek 17:17: bnj?3i bina b'rp xbi Such is thè rendering ofthe C’AI) (H 33a s.v.
‘and not without great army and vast hordc”; baku): PN PNt PN uJ rabbutisu
i ihakkù u kiam
3"] X315 nÌ1È?30!l “who bring thè news ofa great ispuntnim “PN^, PN_, PN and thè influential
army” (Ps 68:1 2); Akk: miqitti sdbi rabi ibassi “there man are waiting and they bave written me as
will be a downfall of a great army” (CAI) R 3^1 follows...”
b2'); \ti\but urnmdrtim rabitim “attack (lit. rise) ofa
Further, note thc Emarite WSem. adj. rabba,
great force” (C’AI) ibid.).
employed in thè phrase bela rabba “thè great lord”
8. (Phr2) (great strength) 113 31, e.g., bina
(Emar 373:159'; 378:45'; see Pentiuc 2001:151-
ispa "x inannb ni 3ii ""nx “great is our
5 2 ).
Lord, amid great strength I lis wisdom is beyond
reckoning” (Ps 147:5; cf. also Job 39:11); Akk:
entuqu rabù “great might” (said of thè gods), e.g., 3D“1 by-form ofmi. Cf. 1131 v.
|/n| Anu ina emuqlsu rabdti uttùsu anàku “I ani thè
one whom Anu, in bis great might, has choscn”
rP3 31 = Akk. rab biti s. NA, NB (CAD B 296a;
(CAI) R 33b).
AHw 993a 1). head steward or palacc officiai, major
9. (Phr2) (great iniquity) 31 S?rà/]ÌI?, e.g.,
domo.
31 T'p" “I shall bc clear of great offense”
(Ps 19:14; cf. also Ps 25:1 1); Akk: sillatu/srrtu/bitu idiomatic usaci;

rabitu/rabù “great/serious offense/misdeed/sin,” 1. (idi) inp 31 bs bi? ^ban -pr p p

e.g., sa Ijita raba tetapas ana kàsa “who committcd ETX1 eh* li^-p niòyb “for thc king had ordered
a great sin against you” (CAI) R 33I-) b). every head steward of thè palace to coniply with
10. (Phr2) (royal dignitarics) (^bai pi each man’s wishes” (Esth 1:8); Akk: rab biti, e.g.,
b33) magnatcs of thc king, e.g., IIKim? nbEPi “thc king has sent me a message: they should
aa 3“i issi?? baiai ono 31 i3T2?i3ai apsa 31 march with you” ana rab biti tenni assakanna
b33 -ba pi bi* “ so Nebuzaradan, thè provost iddàtùa niadaktu unammas “(so) I gave orders to
niarshal (lit. chief cook), and Ncbushazban, thè thè superintendent, he will move thc camp to
chief attendant, Nergalsarezer, chief military follow me” (CAD B 296x1).
officiai, and all thè magnatcs of thè king of
Babylon” (Jer 39:13; cf. also Jer 4 1:1 ); Akk: rabute
Q' , rQt? DI = Akk. rabi nnbatinuni s. NA, NB
sa sarri “magnatcs of thè king” (CAI) R 36b b;
(C’AI) N 3 16a; AHw 8oia). officiai in charge of
EA 164:33; let. Amurru); cf. u sa yànu ina rabùti
thè kitchen, a court dignitary.
itti sanisi sarri bclisu...h Niqniandu ana sulniànisu la
issabbat “and no one aniong thè dignitarics who The compound noun □"’llStS 31 is employed in
are in thè entourage ofhis lord thè (Hittite) king, 2Kgs 25 and in Jer 39, 40, 41, 43, 52 as thè title of
thè Sun, may exact a sulnidnu gift from RN” PX713:. thè court dignitary of Nebuchadnezzar.
(CAI) ibid., RS); ana abiya u bitisu ana sisisu... This title is mentioned second in thè list of thè
ana rabbutisu u nidtisu dannis l\n sulniu\ “for my courtiers of King Nebuchadnezzar, followed
brother and his household, for his horses...for by thè chief of thc royal guard, sa resi (= Heb:
his magnatcs and his country ma|y all go] very D'IO). As noted by C’ogan and Tadmor (AB 1 1
]wcll|” (EA 7:6-7; *CA1) R 17a c s.v. rabù). Cf. 318-19), Nebuzaradan’s Hebrew title DTlStO 31
OArm. 1131 “nobles” (e.g., KAI 222:38-39; thè is a loan translation of thc Akk. rabi nuhatinnni.
Sefire treaty). T he title has often been interprctcd quite literally,
Note thc once employed variant rabbu, which but incorrectly as “chief executioner” (e.g.,
thè C’AI) (R 1 sb s.v. rabbu B) maintains “mng. BDB; Montgomery, Daniel ICC', 155); thè sanie
uncertain; Mari*; WSem. lw. (?).” However, one title liolds true for Potiphar, who was also 12?
may consider thè possibility that rabbu in Mari □pStSn. Titles of this kind (“chief cook, chief
(ARM 4 22:19), may mean “influential people.” cup-bearer”) originated in thè circumstances of

355
3»7nn An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

court scrvice. Under special circumstances, these m“l — Akk. rabù A v. OAkk. on (CAD R 37(1;
trusted mdividuals wcrc dispatelied on missions. AHw 938b). to increase, grow up; to rear (D-stem,
Pi'el).
313 3"] = Akk. rab mugi s. NA; rab mungi NB (C'AI)
piiraspoi.ogy
M 171a; AHw 667I1). a high military officiai.
1. (Pliri) (to increase thè number of offspring)
The terni occurs in Jer 39:3,13 in sequence with snr nnin, e.g., nx; nnnx nnin “he will
D'IO ni. As noted by thè CAD (M, 1 71 b, n.), grcatly increase your offspring” (Cien 16:10; cf.
“from thè texts it seems that thè rab mugi was a also Celi 22:17; 26:4,24); Akk: zcrasu urabba “I
high military officiai who occasionally served as ali
shall increase his offspring” (*CA1) R }8a lex.
envoy to foreign rulers. The evidence of thc Akk.
section).
texts is corroborateci by thè occurrence of thc rab
2. (Phr2) (to extend thè border) Smì! ìtnin,
ntàg in Jer 39:3,13.” Cf. Akk., e.g., hi RN...PN
rab mugi ana C.N isapparu “whether Assurbanipal e.g., ^ina nx jvnini ':r"“ •pn nx “if you
should scuci PN, thè rab »/M<j/-official (as a special bless me and cnlargc my borders” (iChr 4:10);
envoy) to thc land of Musri” (CAD M 1 71 a a). Akk: misra surbù, e.g., musarbu misir C.N “(Sargon)
IH C'ohen, Hapax 1 15-16; Mankowski, 134 35. who extended thè borders of Assyria” (C'AD R
soa 10).

I R ANSFPRRPI) IMPANINE
npi27 ni = Akk. rab saqc s. OB, NA, NB (CAD S,
32b n.). high officiai, chief butler, cupbearer. 3. (TM2) (to grow up), nn&n nr;^n nnnn
Ciarli •'nini l'nna “I Iliade you flourish like thè
This Assyrian high officiai title occurs only in plants of thè field, you grew and matured” (Ezek
2Kgs (18:17,19,26—28,37; 19:4,8 = Isa 36:2,4,1 1 —
16:7); Akk: (said ofgirls), e.g., subàrtum dannis irtibi
13,22; 37:4,8) as part of Scnnachcrib’s dclegation
“thè girl has grown up grcatly” (C'AD R 39b 2).
to Hezekiah (701 lì.C'.F.). As noted by Tadmor,
4. (TM2) (to rear) Hn?1 □ , '1S? H^nn
this Assyrian title is occasionally written rab saqc
but mostly with thè ideogram (ÌAL.BI.LUL. The “crouching among thè beasts she rcared
Akk. rab saqc should be etymologized not from her cubs” (Ezek 19:2); Akk: atta la tapallah muri sa
thè Akk. verb saqiì “to be high,” but rather from anàku urabbùni “fear not, my colt, whom I have
saqù “to give drink,” wlience, “chief cupbearer, reared” (CAD R 46b 2).
butler.” Contrary to Akk. loan words such as
tupsarru (= Heb: IDStp); Sarru-kcn (— Heb: ]Ì310);
rQI = Akk. rabitu B s. OB; WSem. lw. (?) (CAD
sa resi (— Heb: C'HO), where thè Akk. / was
transcribed ili Heb. as s, in thè title ìlpràl. Akk. R 26a). capitai city.
s remained, since a similar title, i.e., □‘’ptC’Dìl 1É7
Whereas Heb. employs thè substantive Pini “thè
was already in use in BH (e.g., Cìen 40:2,9; cf. also
nprà c ïen 40:5; Neh 1:11). Tadmor maintains great (or thè chief city),” i.e., “capitai” (Josh
that thè office of thè rab saqc was highly respected 1 1:8; 19:28), nni is qualified five times by H31
ili thè Assyrian court, ranking thircl or fourth in ]ÌÌ2J? 'a? “Rabba ofthe Ammonites” (Deut 3:1 1;
importance. The reason why thè rab saqc, and not 2Sam 12:26; 17:27; Jer 49:2; Ezek 21:25). Ili Akk.
onc of thc officers of higlier rank, addrcsscd thc thc word is employed once ili OB, e.g., PN bàtti
Judcans should be sought in thc rab saqc's fluency ckallim ina qcrbu (’.N rabitisu “PN, thè builder of
in thè language of Judah. He might even have
thc palace in thè midst of (IN, his capitai” (C'AD
been of Israelite extraction, from a noble family
R 26b).
exiled to Assyria by Sargon II. This is suggested
also by thè BT (b. Salili 6oa), e.g., bxnÉT riponi
n;n 1Q10 “Rabshakeh was a renegade Israelite.” X131 = Akk. ribbatu, rabbatti 1111111. Mari; Alalakh;
Ili Tadmor, Eney. Bib. 7:323 24; idem, l'recdman WSem. lw. (CAD R 14K 314b; AHw 98ob).
Irst., 279-85; idem, AB 1 1 230. 10,000.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

The forni NÍ31 is employed in LBI I (e.g., my eyes what do I see? Children of thè fourth
Dan 11:12; Ezra 2:64,69; Neh 7:66; iChr 29:7) generation” (KAI 226:5). Akk. also accounts for
replacing thè earlier forni 1331 (= Ug. rbbf); fi ve generations with regard to thè idea oflength
Akk: 1 ribbat kaspini ana ckallim isaqqal “he will of Mesopotamian dynastic succession: sarrum [w]
pay 10,000 shekels of silver to thè palace” (CAD scrisu adì banifi\su\ ina kussùn \us\sab “thè king and
R 3 14b). his offspring will sit on thè throne until thè fifth
generation” (YOS io, no. 31, v:48—VK3).
”P“1 = Akk. rabiìku v. 013 011 (CAD R Sa; AHw IH Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 60 63.
933h). to soak in a boiling or hot liquid.
^ cf. »31-
Heb. "?J31 is attested only in thè Hoph'al part. 3 fi
sg., i.e., narnn nton iprà n-nc bv “(a — Akk. rcbii num. NB (C’AD R 223b; AHw
tenth of an cpbab of choice flour as a regular meal 964I1). one fourth.
offering) shall be prepared with oil 011 a griddle,
diìnotati vi:
you shall bring it well soaked” (Lev 6:14). In Akk.
thè verb rabàtiu means “to decoct, mix, extract,” I. (I)eii2) ^53 bpp 1731 'T3 KSfp? 131 “I
and is found mainly in medicai texts, commonly happen to have a quarter shekel of silver” (2Sam
employed with reference to thè preparation of 9:8); Akk: rnisil ina bit sùti u rcbii ina bit liutai sitati
herbs and drugs, prepared by boiling down their “half of thè south wing ofthe house and a quarter
ingredients, e.g., me ina diqàri Insaldai basi tasàk part of that rear building” (CAD R 224a a).
ina libbi tarbah la patàn tasaqqisunia iballut “you boil ,Jf‘ Cf. T31-
water in a pot, crush mustard seed(?), decoct it in
it, give it to him 011 an empty stomach, and he = Akk. turbu’ii (tarbu’u, turbu’lu) s. OB 011
will get well” (C’AD R Sb b).
(CAD T 4Ssa; AHw i328b). dust, dust cloud.

diìnotati vi;
= Akk. rcbii adj. OA, 013 011 (CAD R 222a;
AHw 96411). fourth. 1. (I)eii2) (BI I hapax) //3pST 13S? 'Í2
S?31 ni? (Num 23:10). This verse
PIIRASFOLOCY is traditionally rendered as: “who can count thè
1. (Phri) (fourth day) T?11 Di 93 (e.g., dust of Jacob and thè number of a quarter of
Num 7:30; 29:23; Judg 19:5); Akk: ina rcbim uni ini Israel?” Most commentators, including Albright,
(CAD R 222I1 a). follow thè LXX, which takes thè MT noun
2. (Phn) (fourth year) rrjT3in rn®3 (e.g., isprai “and thè number of” as: 130 “and
Lev 19:24; ìKgs 6:1); Akk: ina rebutim sattim who has numbered?” This is preferable in light
(CAD ibid.). of thè parallelism of13p//13D “count//number”
3. (Phr2) (fourth month) TOIH 271113 (e.g., (ìKgs 3:8; 8:5 = 2C.hr 5:6) = Ug: spr//nint (CTA
Jer 39:2; 52:6); Akk: rclmni warhum anntìm “it is 24:45-47). The parallelism »3ì//iaj? “dust//
thè fourth month” (C'AD R 222b). quarter” is difficult to interpret confidently. As
4. (Phr2) (fourth generation) ‘ , I7,'31 1Ì1 (Cien noted by Levine “rob" — reba' ‘a quarter (twenty-
15:16); bsir* KD3 bv “b a»', D'ini '53 “fourth five percent)’ has given rise to a hyperbolic
generation of your descendants shall occupy thè translation: ‘and who has numbered |even| a
throne of Israel” (2Kgs 10:30; 15:12); Akk: lipu quarter of Israel’.” Levine concludes that “this
rebit, e.g., l * N . . . m < i r P N sa abi abisu P N lipu rcbii rendering has been generally regarded as forced.”
sa P N liblibbi P N “ P N , thè son of l ’ N , whose The search for a more suitable meaning for Heb.
grandfather wasPN fourth-generation descendant S731 h as yielded a proposed Akk. cognate turba'11/
of P N descendant of P N ” (C'AD R 223a b). C’f. tarbu'u “dust cloud,” first compared by Delitzsch
OAram: VÌI '33 Ì13N ITIID TÍ731 “and with in 1874 and strengthened by Albright, a solution

357
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion for Biblical Hebrew

that is generally accepted today. T he MT text 19:2); kima uesi ina subti rabsu “(demons) lie in
could be read as follows ■'QV/npJT “131? njl? 'iï wait in an ambush like a lion” (C'AD R iob lex.
bx-p' ïz-- nx ISO (assuming haplography of section); 2 ttesù...ina pan mùsim irbistima “two lions
thè n) “and who can number thè dust cloud of lay down at thè beginning of thè night” (C'AD R
Israel.” This rendering is buttressed by thè Akk. iob i); (bovine) f3T bis; nin -1 Dtf “there
pair epru//tarbu (= Heb: SJ3“]F1//“I3SJ) “dust/ thè calf grazes, there he lies down” (Isa 27:10);
dust cloud,” e.g., epram piki tarbuam paniki salili Httu issima asris irtabis “thè cow called out and lay
daqqàtim untatiti iniki “witli dust (to) your mouth, down at that place” (CAD ibid.); (ass) D“)3 100
a dustcloud (to) your face they fili your eyes with ZT.H-rrin "3 ]*3~ “(Issachar) strong-boned ass
pulverized cress seeds” (BIN 2 72:16—19); cf. also, crouching among thè sheepfolds” (Cien 49:14;
e.g., sii Maniye turbù sepe ummàndtiya emurma l Jkku cf. also Hxod 23:5); ina kamdt àli kima sirrimi Urbis
al sarrùtisu ezibma ana ruqeti iutiabit “when Maniye “may he fìnd a resting place outside thè city like
saw thè dust clouds of thè feet of my troops, he a wild ass” (C'AD S 3 i8b).
abandoned Ukku, his capitai city, and fi ed to 5. (Phr2) (rest in a good place) ntDSb □ , 3Ì , 3i<ll
distant parts” (OIP 2 37:23—25, Semi.). B3T ‘ ‘and thè destitute will he down in a secure
H I A l b r i g h t , J 1Ì L 6 3 ( 1 9 4 4 ) 2 1 3 : 2 8 ; C o h e n , 3 7 - 4 1 ; place” (Isa 14:30); Akk: e.g., ina eqel sulmi irabbisù
Levine, AB 4A 175 76. “(my troops and thè troops of thè enemy) will
rest in a peaceful place” (C'AI) R 1 3a 4).
= Akk. rabàsu v. 013 011 (CAI) R ioa; AI lw !j? ' C'f. fana, fan, pn.
933^). to he down, rest, he 111 wait, lurk; to make
he down, cause to rest.
— Akk. rubsu s. 013 011 (CAD R 39sa; AHw
P I Ili. A S F O I ogy
99 ib). bedding place.

1. (Phr2) (a curse he upon) Ì"I153“1, e.g., diìnotati vi;

ìttìi -issa rnmsn nbxn bz i3 “and all
1. (i)en2) “iìdsj ppui rrnb |i~iï27n n;ni
thè curse(s) that are written in this hook shall he
“Ip3 pnb “Sb aron shall become a pasture for
(lit. crouches) upon him” (l)eut 29:19); Akk:
flocks, and thè valley of Achor a cattle pen”
manilla surbusu, e.g., asar la uddika màmit usarbis “a
(Isa 65:10); Akk: e.g., sa intere sunùti epere pisunu
place that is not revealed to you, I shall cause a
umallinia rubussunu unakkir “(thè demolì) filled
curse to lie (upon it)” (C'AD R lob lex. section).
those donkeys’ mouths with dust, he put their
2. (Phr2) (to rest a herd) ÌSrn
bedding place into an alien place” (C'AD R 395a
jKS “h erds he down” (Zeph 2: i4)/“flocks of
lex. section); summa immerù ina rubsisunu ittanarrarù
sheep lie down” (Cien 29:2); Akk: bùi màt Akkadc
“if tlie sheep are constantly agitateci in their pens”
pargànis ina seri irabbis “thè herds of Babylonia will
(CAD A_ 237a 2).
he 111 thè steppe (as safe) as in thè folds” (CAD
R 1 ia). C'f. pn v., pno, f?n.
3. (Phr2) (to he in safe pasture) nÌK33
e makes me lie down in green pastures” = Akk. ràbisu s. OAkk. on (C'AD R 2ob;
(Ps 23:2); Akk: nisi dadmi aburri usarbis mugallitam AHw 935a). (a demolì).
ul usarsisinàti “I (Hammurabi) let thè inhabitants
of all settlements he in safe pastures, I did not BH hapax: 3’p'n *6 DS1 ntiD Z'U'n DN Kibn
allow anyone to frighten them” (C’AD A 9K1 c); "ri n,N3r nnsb “ surely, if you do good, there is
musarbis aburris ni si liàbili “(Kurigalzu) who keeps uphfting, and if you do not do good, sin is there
thè Babylonians in safe pastures” (CAD A 91 b). lyingin wait” (Cien 4:7). This traditional rendering
4. (Phr2) (said of animals) (lion) /!T"]ÍO ^3*1 of thè MT pT nXBll linsb “sin is there lying in
ns;n nintf 'p? K;a i ? “1 ie down like a lion” (Cien wait” is grammatically difficult since f3T is masc.,
49 : 9)/“honess crouching aniong lions” (Ezek while nXQD is fem., as depicted by Qimhi. Speiser,
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew mm
as well as other cominentators, equates thè Heb. QH”]* = Akk. ràtu (ràtu) s. OB on (CAD R 2iya;
part. to tlie Akk. part. ràbisu, “a demolì.” AHw 963b). Akk. channel, runnel; Heb. drinking
These beings were depicted both as benevolent trough.
and malevolent, often lurking at thè entrance of
a building to protect or threaten thè occupants, The lexeme is employed in BH four times in
e.g., sa iterivi ana {umuunisu ràbisu imahhas.su “he thè pi., i.e., D'£pn“!. Three times thè vocable is
who enters his living quarters, thè denion will restricted to a “drinking trough” for flocks (Cien
strike bini” (CAI) R 23a c); ''Ràbisa ina sessi... 30:41; Exod 2:16; cf. also CTQ ninpt?? - D'CSIT]
bàbi iltakan “(Nergal) placed thè denion Ràbisu at “troughs - water receptacles” Cien 30:38). In
thè sixth gate” (CAI) ibid.). Accordingly, Speiser Akk. ràtu is employed generally as a channel for
renders thè clause as follows: “but if you do not, irrigation, drainage, and for conducting liquids
sin is thè denion at thè door,” nnXI Ìnferi l'bxi for drinking and libation, e.g., ina libbi ratàti sa pan
i3 btóan 1 ‘whose urge is toward you; yet you can riksi inaqqi “he libates into thè runnels (placed) in
be his master.” front of thè ritual arrangement” (CAD R 22oa c).
Akk. ràtu does not seem to designate a drinking
Ili Speiser, ALÌ i 32-33; Westermann, Genesis,
trough for flock. ràtu has thè transferred meanings
1 —1 1:299, 301 ami bibliography.
“throat” and “birth canal.”

nn — Akk. radapn v. NA, NB; WSem. lw. (CAI)

□ini = Akk. rementì adj. OB 011 (C’AD R 257b;
R syb; AHw 941 a), to pursue.
AHw 97oa). merciful.
syntactic construction
l'HRASLOLOC Y
1. (Sym) (to pursue as far as) “IS? *]11, e.g.,
1. (Pliri) (merciful god) ~‘yb$ Dim bx '2
nnin “IS? D21H “he (Abraham) pursued them as ti
IJVnSr xbl xb “for thè Lord your God is
far as I Iobah” (Cien 14:14,1 5; cf. also Deut 28:22);
a compassionate God; He will not fail you nor
Akk: adi...radàipu “to pursue as far as,” e.g., adi GN
will he let you perisli” (Deut 4:31); Akk: ilu/iìtu
ài sarrùtisu irdipma...iksussu “(Neriglissar) pursued
rcmcnu/rèm(c)nitu “merciful, compassionate god/
(bini) as far as his royal city Ura’a and caught up
goddess,” e.g., ilu renimi sa sipùsu tabù “(Ninurta)
to him” (Cirayson, Chronicles, 73:12).
thè merciful god to whom it is sweet to pray”
I>I I R AS LO LOG Y (C’AD R 2_s8b, Assurbanipal and passim); cf.
2. (Phr2) onsipn T 1 ? nirfen irsil bp “all Aram: mt3 nmbsn 'T pm nbx (Teli Fakheryc
who pursued her reached (i.e., overtook) her 13:6).
between thè borders” (Lam 1:3); Akk: Bàbilàya 2. (Phr2) (describing a god), e.g., Dilli Nini
ul ispuh rnisr\i màtis]u irdipma “lie (Sennacherib) irne?: xbi ]1s? “isp’ “ stili He is compassionate, will
was not able to disperse thè Babylonian forces,
forgive thè guilt, and will not destroy” (Ps 78:38);
he pursued (them) to thè border ofhis country”
Akk: (alone), e.g., remenù gàmil napsàti inuballit
(Cirayson, Chronicles, 77 ii 20). The standard Akk.
nù\tù\tu “(Ninurta) thè merciful, who spares thè
word for “to pursue” is kussudu (C’AD K 28ob
living and heals thè dying” (CiAD R 2_s8b c’);
4) -
rennùtu musasrat katc munahhisat lapni “(Nana) thè
Note thè suggestion of von Soden (AHw 981 a; merciful who makes thè destitute rich, thè poor
idem. Or. 37 11968] 29; idem. Or. 46 119771 193)
wealthy” (CiAD ibid. and passim).
that thè once employed NA* sub. ridpu is to be
derived from radàpu “to pursue.” Such is also S H Q U L N C 1N G
thè opinion of thè C’AI) translating thè lexeme 3. (Secp) (merciful — compassionate, gracious)
“pursuit”: anninu sa ùmà ridpu addàt rab-hansc ]i3m ami 1 '‘compassionate and gracious” (Exod
nisku<nù>ni “we who have organized thè present 34:6; Joel 2:1 3; Ps 86: i 5 and passim); Akk: (beside
pursuit of thè commander-of-fifty” (CAD R other epithets), e.g., mncnàku gammà\làku\ “I
324a). Tlie sub. is absent from BI I. (Ciula) ani merciful, I am compassionate” (C’AD

359
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

R 2sSb 2'); remcintam asburka gàmelàta cs’èka “you Hlakani “tribute from a distant land will come”
(Samas) are merciful, so I have turned to you, (C'AD R 422a); rubc màti rùqti itehhà “thè ruler of
you are compassionate, so 1 have sought you out” a distant land will approach” (CAD ibid.).
(CAI) R 259a). 4. (Phr2) (distant cities) nipinn □'HSJ (Deut
20:15; Jer 48:24); cf. Akk: ài ani sa asarsunu rùqu
Whereas in BH Dini is restncted only to thè
“far-away cities” (CAD R 422a).
Lord, in Akk. thè adj. rcmcnù applies to humans as
5. (Phr2) (distant road) npinn pn “distant
well (C'AI) R 259a b). Note also that thè Lord’s
road” (Num 9:1 o); pilTI!? "P“!3 "^bn “he went on
post-bibiicai title D'pnnn/iarnn 3K “ forbearing
a distant journey” (Prov 7:19); Akk: harrànu/girru/
Father/Father of mercy” (Ben-Y ehuda, Dictionary,
urbu rùqu “distant, far-away road/journey,” e.g.,
7: C>542b; C>543a) corresponds to Akk: abu rcmcnù
barrànàti rùqàti...salmis lu attallak “I (Esarhaddon)
“forbearingfather,” Marduk’s title (C'AI) 25Sa b’).
traveled safely 011 distant roads” (C’AD R 422b
Likewise, Marduk’s and Samas’s title belli rcmcnù
b); ina girrim rùqim pagri usallim “I have been safe
“merciful master” (C’AI) ibid.) corresponds to
on a long trip” (CAD ibid., Mari); aria àlik urbi
thè post-biblical title □"'DOnn bs?3 (Ben-Yehuda,
rùqàti panùsu \maslu\ “bis face was like one who
Dictionary, 7:65 42b).
had travelled a distant road” (Cìeorge, (jilgamcsh,
C'f. arri v. ani.
678:9).
6. (Phr2) (distant sea) CTprH ET (Ps 65:6);
pini = Akk. rùqu adj. OAkk. 011 (CAI) R 42ia; Akk: tàmtu rùqùtu, e.g., ina me tiàimtim rùqùtim “in
AHw 99_sb). distant. thè water of thè distant sea” (*CA1) R 422b).
7. (Phr2) (said of time), QT^bl □’?“! Q’P^b
CONTRASTINE USAGL
ÍQ3 Xìn nipirn “he prophesizes for many days
1. (C’0111) (far and near) 3Ìnp - pinn , e.g.,
hence and for distant times” (Ezek 12:27); Akk:
nniip is npinn nlxn pK “to an enemy
ùmù rùqùtu/sanàtu rùqàtu “distant days/years,” i.e,
land, far or near” (ìKgs 8:46); ÌN npinn pX bx
“in thè future,” e.g., ana...sanàti rùqàti sarrùt hùd
nninp “ to a far-away or near land” (2Chr 6:36);
libbi cpcsiya “that I may exercise a joyful kingship
Akk: rùqùtu - qcribtu, e.g., ana abiya...màtu rùqtu
for distant years” (CAD R 424!! 2'); ana sàti ana
ibassi u qcrbutu ibassi “Is thè land of my brother
ùmi rùqùti “in thè future in distant days” (C'AD
far away or near?” (C'AI) R 42ib); Heb: (said
ibid. and passim).
of humans), e.g., □•'pinnni □ , qinpn...cr~nnn
“thè near or thè far-away Judeans” (Esth 9:20; cf. The Akk. adverb rùqis “from afar” is equated to
also Dan 9:7); □■'prnn , i D’ninpn |ia^n •oba ba Heb. pinna “frolli afar” (Akk: is = istu — Heb:
“all thè kings of thè north, whether far-away or 12); Heb: plnni? EQn/nXn “to see from far” (e.g.,
dose” (Jer 25:26; cf. also Isa 67:19; Ezek 29:5); Cen 22:4; 37:iS/Job 39:29); Akk: rùqis amàru “to
Akk: e.g., sarràni qcrbutu...u ruqutu “kings near and see from afar,” e.g., summa...àmiru rùqis imur “if...
far” (CAD R 4233). someone happens to see it from afar” (C3AI) R
41 sb); Heb: pinni? “to hear from
IMIRASLOl OCY
afar” (Ezra 3:13; Isa 49:1); Akk: rùqis semù “to
2. (Phn) (distant god) ...'dk rnpp -n'bxn
hear from afar,” e.g., alàk girriya rùqis ismema
pn-?: Tb$ «bi “ Am 1 only a god near at hand
“he lieard from afar thè advance of my (Sargon
and not a god far-away?” (Jer 23:23); Akk: (said
II) campaign” (C'AI) R 41 5b); Heb: (idiomatic
of gods), e.g., ilu rùqùtim (ana màti iturrùni) “thè
hapax) pinna n'nr.rn “ to bow from afar” (Exod
distant gods (will return to thè land)” (C’AD R
24:1); Akk: e.g., ana sepe bcliya istu rùqis...amqut “I
422b c); altanassi ili ru\quti\ “I cry out constantly
made obeisance to my lord from afar” (C'AD R
to distant gods” (C’AD ibid.).
41 sb; RS, Emar).
3. (Phr2) (distant land) npinn pKC XÌ3
“come from a far-away land” (e.g., Deut 29:21; Heb. pinnab “frolli long ago” is said of historical
Josh 9:6,9; 2Kgs 20:14); Akk: subititi màti rùqti... events that have materialized, in accordante with

360
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

clic word of die Lord that preceded them, i.e., Apart from four cases (i.e., Isa 13:18; Jer 6:12;
nTnin nnp •’irp ’n^i? nnix pinnp1? n» oc; xbn 50:42; Prov 28:13), thè verb Oni is said of thè
rrn*an nni? “ have you not heard, long ago I Lord showing mercy on his people. In Akk. thè
made it, in ancient times I created it? Now have verb remu is employed, 111 thè majority of cases, in
I brought it to pass” (Isa 37:26 = 2Kgs 19:25) cf. reference to thè gods, where thè supplicants pray
amat qilnt ilùtisunu sa ultu urne rùqu te iqbu cninna and ask their gods to have mercy 011 them, e.g.,
ukallimu nise arkuti “thè divine word, which they \ili\ liremanui istari lirsà rèma “let [my god] pity
(thè gods) had uttered in remote days, they then me, let my goddess show mercy to me” (C'AD R
revealed for thè coming generations” (Streck, 2C>4a); reiniunima leqe unniniya “(Istar) have mercy
Asb. II 58, VI 1 16—18). 011 me and accept my prayers” (C'AD ibid. and
:í? ' Cf. pm v. passim). It is interesting to note that in BH thè
concept of thè supplicant asking thè Lord to have
mercy 011 him usitig thè verb OPH is unattested.
— Akk. labru s. fem. fr. OAkk., OB 011 (CAD O11 thè other hand, when thè verb is employed
I. 42a; AHw 52Xb). ewe, full grown female sheep in a nonreligious context, it is used three times
(Heb. metathesis). to describe thè cruelty of thè enemy, e.g., '1S1

S L Q U L N C I N ( ;
□ru Dinn iÒ nn3 bp 1BITV *6 “they (thè
Medes) shall show 110 pity to thè infants, they
1. (Seqi) HJ-bn"! “ewe-goat” (Cìn 31:38; Sos
shall not spare thè children” (Isa 13:18); '1TDX
6:6); Akk: lahru-etizu “ewe-goat” (C'AD E 18 1 a,
ioni; ùb) wn “ they (thè people ofthe northland)
lex. section).
are cruel, they show 110 mercy” (Jer 6:23; 50:42).
2. (Seq2) Heb. (metathesis) brn-HÉ? “lamb-
In Akk., in nonreligious contexts, thè verb remu
ewe” e.g., rrrn >:?i7 bn-r- bar rat?1? nra
“to show mercy” is said of thè king as well as of
nabw “1 ike a sheep being led to slaughter, like
private persons: e.g., sepeya isbatu arenisunuti àia
a ewe, dumb before those who shear her” (Isa
suàtu ul aksud “they clasped my (Tiglat-pileser
53:7); Akk: lahru-pubàdu “ewe-lamb” e.g., labru
I) feet, I showed mercy to them, and I did not
u pubàssa isallal\u\ enza u laltìsa isallalu “they take
conquer that city” (C’AD R 2C>3b 1 and passim);
away thè goat and her kid, thè ewe and her lamb” ul labsàku ana nablaptim usalliakkima ul tercmini “I
(C'AD L 42a, lex. section; ibid. 5 ib s.v. labi); labri have nothing to wear, I asked you for a cloak, but
ina qaqqar uakrim isassi...labri u pubassa ilbalu “my you did not take pity 011 me” (C’AD R 26sa c).
ewe cries in enemy land, they have taken away Note that thè hapax in forni 1?pniX (Qal)
my ewe and her lamb” (CAD ibid., 43a 1. and employed in Ps 18:2, absent from 2Sam 22:2, is
passim). indeed problematic. The equation with thè Aram,
3. (Seq2) □■'bX-D’brn “ewe-rams” (Cìn ani to love (— Akk. ranni) is difficult to accept in
32:15); Akk: puhàlu-lahru “ram-ewe” (CAD L such early texts (Kraus, Psalms, 1—59:18).
43a: C:AD P 479a).
^ Cf. ani .Dìrn.
Akk. employs labru as a poetic term for “flocks”
(ibid. 44a 2). □PII = Akk. remu s. OB 011 (C’AD R 25911; AHw
Note also thè relationship to thè PN brn 970a); remtu s. SB* (CAD R 2S9b; AHw 970a).
“Rachel,” thè wife of Jacob. Similarly, thè PN womb, pity, compassion, mercy.
nfcÒ “Leali,” thè wife of Jacob may be related to
SLQULNCINC
thè common Akk. word littu (litu) “cow” (C’AD
i.(Seqi) (mother//womb) 'SN ^ , 'nni
I. 2>7a).
□bis? nin naniy/nipp “so that my mother
might be my grave//and her womb big (with
Dm = Akk. remu v. OB 011 (C'AD R 263I1; AI lw me) for all times” (Jer 20:17); Akk: e.g., ummi remi
97ob). to show mercy. sa (jula “my mother, thè womb of Cìula” (C’AD
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

R 2óob) — Heb: (idiomatic hapax) ÍÍ2X Dn*l “bis “destroy - have mercy” (e.g., Jer 13:14; Ps 78:38),
mother’s womb” (Num 12:12). one is compelled to accept Paul’s rendering of
imirasloi.ogy
Amos 1:11 irani nnan rnx rnnr isnn by as

2. (Phr2) (to sliow mercy) Dtp/jrU/nÉJJ} “because he pursued his brother with thè sword
and destroyed bis womenfolk,” instead of thè
crani, e.g., rnx nx ktx ntos? □■'pni'i "n:
traditional rendering “and repressed all pity”
“show loyalty and compassion to one another”
(NJPS and others).
(Zech 7:9); □■'pnn arò jrP H?? bxi “and may
El Shaddai grant you mercy” (Cien 43:14; cf. I H P a u l , Amos 6 4 — 6 5 ; A v i s h u r , Slmaton 5 — 6 ( 1 9 8 2 )

also Deut 13:18; Jer 42:12); D'prn Di} 1 ? ?P» Kb 91-99; Hurowitz, Haratì l'est., 3 5 9 — 6 8 .
“you did not grant them mercy” (Isa 47:6); Akk: 'V c : f . a m v . m n i ; B A / ’ n r n .

rèma epcsu/'sakànu, e.g., remam ul épus “he has not

shown pity” (CAD R 262I1 d). rema sakànu “to flTì = Akk. rabàsu 13 v. SB, NA (CAD R 72b;
grant mercy,” e.g., bèlet rèmi u sallmu tasabbani AHw 942b). to wash.
rému (usarsi salirmi “lady of mercy and harmony,
piirasloi.ogy
you dispense mercy and bring harmony” (C'AD
R 2Ó2a b); rema lumina balta lamassa...subita yàsi 1. (Phri) (to wash in water) 0^3 DnX n^rni
“grant me (O Nabli) mercy, (answenng of) (Exod 29:4; 40:12; Lev 8:21 and passim); Akk: ina
prayers, dignity, protection” (CAD ibid.). me rabàsu, e.g., lui balublji ina me bastiti irtanabbas
3. (PI11-2) (to constrict a womb) DCH “he bathes repeatedly with resili frolli thè baluljbu-
e.g., “bp-rx n^b nnn ba ’n -ils» p tree (mixed) with cold water” (CiAD R 73a).
“for thè Lord and constricted every womb of 2. (Phn) (to soak 111 blood) DI? flTI, e.g.,
Abimelech’s household” (Cien 20:18); Akk: rèma JJt£nn D“I3 pur VI??? “he (thè righteous) will
bussimi, e.g., issabinina ana nisi asakku rèma kussurma soak his feet in thè blood of thè wicked” (Ps
ul usésir serra “pestilence was laid upon thè people, 58:11); -.pV' linp» nrra bv 2?“,n nx
so thè womb was constricted and could not give rann nia-irn ràn nx arab?;! “ and they washed
birth to a child” (C’AD R 26oa); thè chariot by thè pool of Samaria and thè dogs
4. (Phr2) (womb of thè earth/netherworld) licked his (Ahab’s) blood and thè wliores bathed
□ra nsn© xb ps cirn bix» “Sheol, a (in it)” (ìKgs 22:38); Akk: (treaty curse) ina dame
constricted womb, an earth that cannot get rabàsu, e.g., bi sa uarbabtu anultu adi sassisa ina damè
enough water” (Prov 30:16); Akk: ul uìda ersetum rahsatuni...narbabàtibunu ina libbi damò raminibunu
ré[msa\ sarnmu ul usia “thè womb of thè earth did lirabsa (var. lusarhisa) “as this chariot is soaked
not bear, vegetation did not sprout” (C’AD R with blood, so may your chariots be soaked (var.

26ob c); libbalkat ersetu rémsa sammu ay usa su ay may they soak your chariots) 111 your own blood”

imru “let thè earth’s womb rebel, let 110 vegetation (C’AD R 73b b; Wiseman, Treaties, 612—15 =

shoot up, 110 cereals grow” (C'AD ibid.). SAA II 55:612-15).

3. (Phr2) (to wash thè feet) D'bri fPn (C ìen
Akk. rèmu connotes also “vagina,” employed 111 19:2; 2Sam 1 1:8; SoS 5:3 and passim); Akk: sépésu
parallelism with lipissatu “vulva” (CAD L i99a, tarbasma “wash his feet” (CiAD R 73a 1).
s.v. lipissatu).
The standard Akk. verb for “to wash, bathe,
Heb. Orn “womb” metaphorically connotes
soak” is ramàbu, employed from OB 011 (CiAD
women (e.g., Judg 5:30: »Xnb DTipni ODI
R 1 1 ia).
“13? “young woman or two for each man”) =
Moabite: nom “woman” (KAI L30) = Ug:
rbm//btlt “woman//young woman” (CTA 6: pm = Akk. rèqu v. OAkk. 011 (CiAD R 266b;
II 26—27). This semantic development is absent AHw 971 a), to withdraw (Akk. Ci-stem; Heb. Qal);
from Akk. In light ofthe above and in light of thè to reniove, drive out (Akk. S-stem; Heb. I Iiph'il,
twice-employed verbal combination Dil“l - nn» Pi'el).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

SY NI A CLIC CONSTRUCTION rittu “hand,” but connotes “thè handle of an

1. (Syn2) (to remove from) 13 p'rnn “remove implement,” i.e., an object 111 thè shape of a hand
from,” e.g., □5< ’ t ?|>l3 pTnK nSl “I (thè (CAD R 386b 2,4,5). Accordingly, since r--:a:
Lord) remove tlie northernor from you” (Joel 2:20 Akk: mazrù means “sowing basket,” and is paired
with nrn, one may conclude that nill is thè
and passim); “PSJÌl jQ prnn “remove from thè
handle implement that winnows thè grain. Such
city” (Josh 8:4); Akk: ultu...surùqu, e.g., ultu àliya
seems to be thè understanding of Qimhi, who
Bàhili userìqanni “(Sin) removed me (Nabunaid)
states: *òs...nK-ann na n pra» ns sin nm
from my city Babylon” (CAI) R 268a 5). '‘rahat is thè implement with which one
P I ir asloloc Y winnows grain, pelc in a foreign language,” and
2. (Phr2) (to drive out, remove) prnn nn ■ppaai nn pras? nbnn mnnh an mra
»pn |a nmnn ,ns “mizrc is thè large sieve with
‘drive out, remove iniquity/
which one winnows and cleans thè grain from
injustice/false words” (Job 22:23/1 1:14/Prov
thè straw.”
30:8); Akk: e.g., pussisa liitdtisu surìqa tùssu
The lexical relationship between rittu
ukkisa màmìssu “wipe out bis sins, remove (thè
“hand > handle implement” is thè sanie as qàtu
consequence of) thè oath he (swore), move away
“hand>handle implement” (C'AI) Q i88a 3)
thè curse” (C'AI) A i 2C>4a b).
and Heb. *^3 “fiat of thè hand > hand-shaped
3. (Phr2) (to withdraw), e.g., pnnnbKTinnii
instrument” (i.e., pan).
ncnn ■’rnrsò “but y ou, O Lord, be not
tj?- Cf. rnrn.
far off, my strength, hasten to my aid” (l’s 22:20;
cf. also Ps 35:22; 38:22; 71:12); Akk: e.g., istarsu
ina zmnrisu irtcq “his protective goddess withdrew = Akk. ruttubu v. OB, MB, SB (C'AD R 438a;
from his body” (C'AI) R 266b lex. section); ilu ina AHw 96311). to soak.
zumur màtim \i\rcqu “thè gods will withdraw from
d i ì n o t a t i vi;
thè land” (CAI) R 2C>7a b and passim).
i.(l)eii2) (BH hapax), aaT D'in CTTa
cf. pirn.
“soaked with thè mountain rain” (Job 24:8); Akk:
eqlarn me ìira\tt\ibu...umma stima cqlam me assapu
nil"l = Akk. rittu A s. OB on (C'AI) R 383a; AI lw “let them inundate thè field, he said ‘I drenched
9<joa). handle. thè field’” (CAD R 438a); me astapak ruttub “I
poured thè water, it (thè mash) is soaking” (C'AD
The BI I hapax nn - ] is employed in an agricultural
R 43 8b).
context in Isa 30:24 alongside another agricultural
,J? ' C:f. 3ÈDT.
tool rnTQ (= Akk: mazru “sowing basket”):
fan b'bz nan*j;n •'"ni? an^ni □■’3ipsni
n-nani nn"n rnt nera; “thè oxen and th e assesDb"! = Akk. ratbu adj. OB 011 (C'AD R 21 Sb; AHw
that work thè ground will eat prepared fodder that 9(^3b). moist, fresh.
is winnowed with rahat and a sowing basket.” The
DIÌNOTATI Vii
etymology and thè precise mng. of thè sub. is stili
in doubt. The medieval commentaters Ibn Ezra
i. (i)eii2) inpar inaa bxn »13 » 'ipb *on nbn
‘moist he is in thè sunlight, his roots spread
and Qimhi derive nifi from nn “wind”; Rashi
over his garden” (Job 8:16); Akk. \summa\...surdù
translates thè word with old French pelc “shovel.”
ina muhhi gapni ratbi asibma “if a falcon sits on a
Modern biblical scholarship contextually (without
green tree” (C'AD Ci 44a i).
any etymological elaboration) renders thè noun
,J? ' Cf. v.
as “winnowing shovel” (Bl)B, KB 3 and others).
It seems possible that Heb. HIH (Ug. rhtm “thè
fiat of thè palili of thè band,” dual) may be thè CE7CD“n — Akk. sardtu v. OB 011 (CAD S sya; AHw
etymological and semantic equivalent of Akk. 1 i86a). to tear (Heb. metathesis).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

While KB 1 (13551>) adopts von Soden’s equating filled, they will pour down rain on thè earth”
Heb. to Akk. saràtu, from semantic- (Ecc 11:3); o'r:;rn nir™ ns D3b nr.?x xb nx
etymological as well as from contextual points of ■'■j 'b? ni? nona D?b Tir-ni “i will surely open
view, it seems preferable to consider I leb. 27£3“1 to thè floodgatcs of thè sky for you and pour down
be a metathesis of Akk. saràtu/surrutu. Heb. COI© blessing 011 you” (Mal 3:10); Akk: e.g., tàbàti ana
means “incise, scratch,” e.g., ItDntp"1 iÒ DnÉn31 libbisu turaq “you pour vinegar into it” (CAD
ntOnÉ? “or make any scratches in their flesh” (Lev ibid.).
21:5; cf. also Lev 19:28; Zech 12:3), whereas Akk.
Cf. p'-l.
saràtu/surrutu means “to tear, tear into strips, shred
(garments, linen, robe linen).” However, in one
single key reference Akk. surrutu (Pi'el) connotes p’H = Akk. ràqu adj. OA, MA, NA (CAD R i 7 6a;
“to rip open” humans. This source is found in thè AHw y87b, s.v. riqu). empty, empty-handed, idle.
Middle Assyrian “heroic poem,” celebratmg thc
PMRASLOI.OGY
victories of Tiglat-pileser I, which includes in its
1. (Pbri) D'p’H U'mx “(idle people,
battle scene a reference to a murderous attack upon
unemployed > low character” (judg 11:3); cf.
pregnant women: usarriti libbi arati utiappil lakiìti
also bi?: 1 ?? ':?/D"n£’: D^pn. D^K (Judg y:4;
sa dannutisunu unakkis kisàdàti “he ripped open
2Chr 13:7); Akk: nisù riqutu “idle people” (ARM
thè wombs of thè pregnant women, he blinded
2 y:6—7).
thè infants, he cut tlie throats of their mighty
ones” (C’AI) S syb). Akk. surrutu (I)) is then thè 2. (Phr2) (empty containers) D^pn D'H?

metathesized etymological-semantic equivalent “empty jars” (Judg 7:16); D'pn O'bs “empty
of Heb. ©£S“1 (Pi'el), likewise attested six times in vessels” (2Kgs 4:3); Akk: siliànu ràqutu “empty
thè context of warfare, expressing thè atrocities containers” (CAD R I76a 1); karpàtu riqàtu
committed by thè enemy, e.g., rónn Dn'bbì?': “empty containers” (AHw y88a; Mari).
S?p3n Eìrrnil") “you will dash their little ones denotative

into pieces and rip open their pregnant women” 3. (Dc'112) (empty-handed) nÌS?3 TIT n331
(2Kgs 8:12 = Hos 14:1; cf. also Isa 13:16,18; Hos pn.1 “and thus may he be stripped and made
10:14; Nah 3:10). empty-handed” (Neh 5:13); Akk: summa annakam
Illl Cogan, JAOS 103 (1983) 755-57; Tawil, JSS 47 la tas’ama ràqama turdanissu appaniya “if you did
(2002) 210--1 1. not buy thè tin, send bini to me empty-handed”
(C'AD R i76a 2).
TH cf. UH. In EA 1:15—18 (let. from thè pharaoh to
Kadasman-Enlil king of Babylon) thè lexeme
riqu “empty,” i.e., “nobodies, simpletons” is
p" 1 "! = Akk. ràqu v. OB on (C’AI) R i76b; AHw
contrasted to kabtu (= I leb. n33) “heavy,” i.e.,
y7ya). to (be) empty.
“important,” e.g., u immati taspura kabta...amelu
piiraslolocy sa tasappara riqa “and did you ever send here a
1. (Phr2) (to empty a vessel/sack) /'b? pii! dignitary?...thè men whom you sent here are
pÉ? (Jer 48:1 1,12/Cìen 42:35); Akk: karpata ruqqu nobodies.” This contrast is employed once in
“to empty a container,” e.g., 52 karpàt karàni tabi BH, where n33? “honorable” is contrasted to
ana 40 karpàt karàni simi ruqqa “52 jars of good D-'pn “empty,” “nobodies,” e.g., n3?3 nC nasn]
wine are emptied into 40 jars of red wine” (CAD nnx nib?? r-b?n?...nb;; np bxnir ^b? nrn
R i78a 5, Mari). D'pnn “she (Miclial) said, ‘how thè king of Israel
TRANSLLRRLD mlaninc distinguished himself today exposing himself...as a
2. (TM2) (to empty > to pour) Wba' UX nobody (i.e., empty one)”’ (2Sam 6:20).
ìp’T pxn by Dt?? D'DUn “if thè clouds are ^ c;f. pn v.; npn..
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion hor Biblical Heurew

Ojp" 1 "] — Akk. riqis adv. SB* (C'AI ) R 3(17a), empty- ''Amurru sa ana mukil appàti ittisu rakbu “holding
handed. thè bow, riding in thè chariot, and (thè god)
Amurru riding with him as thè chariot driver”
PI IRASliOI OC Y (CAD R 83b).
1. (l J hr 1 ) (to go empty-handed) Dj?" 1 "] ^bil, 5. (Phr 1 ) (to place an object 011 a bow) nj?
e.g., D|7H ■’? n;ni “so that when n^pn bs? 1“P 33“in...3^n' nt?j? “take a bow and
you go, you will not go empty-handed” (Exod arrows...and place your hand on thè bow” (2Kgs
3:21); employed once in contrast with iÒa, 13:16—17); Akk: ina muhhi qasti usarkab “he fits (thè
e.g., ’n , a3, E?n Djpn/j Tpbn nsba “I went arrow) 011 thc bow” (C'AD R yob b); mulmullu
away full and thè Lord brought me back empty- ustarkiba ukinsu matnu “he mounted thè arrow, set
handed” (Ruth 1:21); Akk: riqis alàku, e.g., riqis la it 011 thè string” (Hn.el IV 36); siltàbasunu usarkubu
tallaksi “do not go to her empty-handed” (C'AD la usessùni “nock their arrows but do not shoot”
R 3f>7a). (CAD R 9 ob b).

The standard Akk. adverbial particle is in riqis 6. (Phr2) (said of a Cïod riding 011 weather
corresponds to thè WSem. adverbial particle àni phetiomena) 3n3/nÌ3nX?/3?/D‘ , aK; 331 “thè

111 °ìn‘ ‘empty-handed,” and is once employed rider of heaven/cloud/clouds/cherub” (i.e.,

in EA* nqami asti “to go out empty-handed,” “wings ofthe wind”) (Deut 33:26 = Ps 68:34/
e.g., inuma yimur ahiya inuma asi màr sipriya rìqami Isa 19:1/Ps 68:5/2Sam 22:11 = Ps 18:11); Akk:
“when my brother saw that my messenger went e.g., Adad ina sàr erbetti irtakab parc\su\ “Adad rode
out empty-handed” (EA 137:20-21; let. Byblos). on thè four winds, his mules” (C'AD R 86a d);
ràkib sisù abùbu la mahàr “(Nergal) rider of horses,
Cf. p ’ 1 , p ' “ l v.
unopposable storili” (CAD R 86a) = Heb: (for
thè sanie idea), e.g., 1TÓ3“ia ipDÌD bv 33“in ' 3
= Akk. rakabu v. OB 011 (CAD R 83a; AHw ÌTS^E?' “You (thè Lord) riding Your horses, Your
944-b). to ride, mount (Akk. G-stem, Heb. Qal); to victorious chariot” (Hab 3:8); cf. also Akk: ràkib
load, place (Akk. S-stem; Heb. Hiph‘il). abubi/mebé “(Ninurta) thè rider of thè storni/
violent storni” (C'AD R 86a; Barrick, JBL 101
TRANSriiRRIil) M li ANIME
119821 481-503).
1. (TM2) (to load) b$ crn'bsn Thn nx asu
nbjy “they loaded thè ark of Cìod on a wagon” Akk. rakàbu can connote “to sexually mount,” a
(2Sam 6:3; iC'hr 13:7); Akk. surkub climtim ana nuance unattested in BH. C'f. ìlbv v. 1.
clippim ul nihattàm “we will not bungle loading (e> ’ C'.f. n33~]0 .35-1.
thè pillar onto thè boat” (C'AD R (Syb).

PIIRASLOLOCY 33"! — Akk. rukùbu s. OB 011 (CAD R 409a; ALIw

2. (Pliri) (to ride/mount a borse) S'Snn/Spn 994a). vehicle.
DìD bs (e.g., Hos 14:4; Hab 3:8/Esth 6:9); Akk:
denotativi ;
qcrcb bursàni zaqrùti cqcl tiamràsi ina sisí arkabma “1
rode 011 horseback in thè jagged mountains where 1. (I )en2) "HS D'n3“! D’nbN 33“1.

thè terrain was bad” (C'AD R 8sb). KHp3 TP D3 “God’s chariots are myriads upon
3. (Phr 1 ) (to ride/mount an ass) “ilari by 3?n myriads, thousands upon thousands, thè Lord is

“ride an ass” (iSam 25:20; 2Sam 19:27; Zech 9:9 among them as in Sinai in holiness” (Ps 68:18);

and passim); Akk: ula cmàrum ana rakàbiya “110 ass Akk: narkabtu rukùbu ilùtisu simat qarràdùtisu “thè
for me to ride” (C'AD R 8sa c). chariot, thè vehicle ofhis divine majesty, befitting
his valiant nature” (C’AD R 41 ia 2).
4. (Phr 1 ) (to ride a chariot) 33“in/33n
33“13/n33“]a3 “ride/mount a chariot” (Jer In 2Kgs 19:23(=Isa 37:24) TP 1 ?? “^X , ’33“) 3^3
17:25; 22:4/Cien 41:43/2Kgs 10:16 = 2Chr 35:24); □nn ani? “with my vast chariotry, it is I
Akk: qastu ki sa nasù ina narkabti <kt> sa rakbu ... |Sennacherib] who has climbed thè highest

365
 T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

mountains...,” Isaiah seems to echo thè Assyrian diìnotati vi;

military phrase ana gipis narkabàti “in thè mass(ed i.(l)eii2) (BH hapax), D?S^F1 CTX
might) of chariotry” e.g., ana gipis narkabàtisunu r.'rrb rrna nppa “ from conspiracy of men you
ummànàtisunu idàtisunu ittakluma, “they trusted in shelter them 111 your pavilion from contentious
thè masses might of their chariotry, their troops tongues” (Ps 31:21); Akk: ilànisun izibusunùtima
(and) their forces” (CAD G 8<ja n), Assurnasirpal usabsu rikiltu “their gods loft them and they
II). fomented a conspiracy” (C’AD R 346I1 3, Semi.);
(íí'
ki rikilti u pillati sërussu basi “when there were
GÌ'. H331P .33"! .33"! v.
conspiracy and treachery against him” (CAD
ibid., Semi.).
33"! = Akk. rakint s. OAkk. on (C’AI) R iosa; AHw
Whereas thè NJPS maintains that “meaning
947b). Akk. messenger, envoy; Heb. charioteer.
of Heb. uncertain,” Tzevat suggests that thè
Note thè Heb. notnen ageiitus 331 “charioteer” semantic development of I leb. DD"1 “to bind”
(ìKgs 22:34 ~ 2C’hr 18:33; 2 Kg s 9:l 7)- Akk. rakbu - 'ODI “conspiracy” is identical to that of Akk.
has a broader connotation of “messenger, envoy.” rakàsu “to bind” - rikistu “conspiracy.” Such is
As noted by C'AI) R io6b, S11111. ra-gaba and rà- also thè relationship of “l^j? “to bind” and “ItS’p
gaba are taken as representing rakint...The Sum. “conspiracy, plot.”
spellings ra-gaba and ra-gaba may go back to either The meaning ofthe Heb. hapax noun □ , pp - l
a forni *rakihu (011 thè analogy of nd-gààd<naqidu) “bindings,” i.e., “mountain chains” (Isa 40:4),
or to a forni *rakkàbu. The compounds ràkib slsi is apparently absent from Akk. Akk. rikistu also
“horse rider” (= Heb: OÌDI"! Amos 2:1 5; Hzek connotes a contract or treaty.

23:6,12), ràkib interi “donkey rider,” ràkib narkabti I l l l l T s e v a t , HUC'A 2 4 ( 1 9 5 3 ) 1 1 2 - 1 3 .

“chariot rider” (= Heb: 33“](3) Jer 17:25; Cf. 031 v.

22:4) are most likely composed with thè participle
ofthe verb rakàlnt and are cited there.
non = Akk. ranni B v. OB 011 (CAD R 1 33a; AHw
,jr C’f. 33T v. H331P ,331. 952b). Akk.: to lay, cast down; Heb.: to throw.

Heb. nan is employed twice in thè idiom HD"!

D3"l = Akk. rakàsu v. OAkk. 011 (C’AI) R 91 a;
□^3 “to throw, cast ulto thè sea” (Lxod 15:1,21)
AHw 945b). to bind, tic.
and twice in thè expression ntóp 'ÍÍÍI/nOI “arrow
shooter, shooters” ()er 4:29; Ps 78:9). In Akk.
Whereas Akk. rakàsu is commonly employed,
however, as in BA, thè verb is employed mainly
Heb. DDT is attested only twice, concerning thè
in thè sense of “to cast, shoot,” i.e., “to set up”
binding ofthe breastpiece, e.g., nS IO?"]?]
kusstì/subtu/parakkit/bitu “throne, residence/dais/
nbpri ^TlB? “they bind thè breastpiece...by a cord
house” (C'AI) R 133a) as well as nonconcrete
of blue (from its ring to thè ring of thè ephod)”
subs. such da pulubtu “fear,” uzzu “anger,” namriru
(Exod 28:28; 39:21). A similar usage is attested
“awe-inspiring radiance” (CAD ibid.).
in Akk: e.g., tabrimu kisàdisina tarakkas “you tie
'e' C'f. BA NOI v.
multicolored cloth around their (thè pots’) necks”
(CAD R 97b d).
Note also that Akk. employs thè metathesized DQ“I ?? Akk. niarasu B v. NA*; WSem. lw. (CAD
OB forni karàsu “to tie, fasten” (CAI) K 209!“)). M ( 2C>9a; AHw 6o9a 2). to trample upon>to crush
(Heb. metathesis).
c:f. D31*.
While thè CAD (ibid) has two entries for maràsu
031 = Akk. rikistu s. MB, MA 011 (CAD R 345^ i.e., maràsu A “to stir into a liquid” and maràsu B
AHw 984a). conspiracy. “to squash” (hapax), considering thè lexemes as
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hf.brew

homonyins, von Soden (AHw ibid) on thè otber "ian 03 |ia-| (Joel 1:12); Akk: suluppu - lurindu,
hand, although with different theniatic vowels: e.g., P N séìàmma “ P N sent dates and pomegranates
maràsu “to stir, mix, mash” (a/u); maràsu “to crush” for thè meal of thè Lady-of-Uruk” (*CAD L
(i/i)) has one entry, seeing an alledged semantic 2 55b 3'); summa annikiam lurmi ilcqqti ullikiam
development “to mix>to crush,” mainting that suluppi lilqii “if they take pomegranates here, let
maràsu “to crush,” is an Aram. lw. (?), i.e. 0“ia “to them take dates there” (CAD L 2ssb 2').
crush, press” (Jastrow Nzpsa; Sokoloff, 1990:33 ib). 3. (Secp) (pomegranate bush — appiè tree),
Together with thè C’AI) maràsu 13 is employed e.g., mani “ian 03 |iai “pomegranate bush, date
once in thè Vassal-Treaties of Esarhaddon as palili, and appiè tree” (Joel 1:12); Akk:, e.g., astu
follows: ki zumbi ina qàt nakarikunu lipasiikunu kashuri fitti nurmt karàni “foliage from thè appiè
nakarikunu limriskunu “may they treat you as flies tree, thè fìg tree, thè pomegranate tree, (and) thè
in thè hands of your enemies, may your enemies grapevine” (CAD N 34sb b).
squash you” (Wiseman, Treaties 6oi-6o2=SAA II
l'IIRASKOI.OGY
55:601-602; CAI) M ( 2 19a).
4. (Phr2) (pomegranate juice) |1a"l COI?,
To our mind maràsu 13 may be a metathesized e.g., '3ai o'pya njrn |,sp ips “i would let
cognate of thè Heb. verb 0D“1 “to trample you drink of thè spiced wine of my pomegranate
upon>to crush,” employed at least three times in juice” (SoS 8:2); Akk: me uurmi, e.g., (111 med. text
context involving enemy hostility e.g., J1X DÍ21 1 as a treatment for thè ears and other parts of thè
nrr 3"1D3 ^ai? l'Iran bz (“with thè hoofs of body): me nurmi...ana libbi uznésu tasakkan “you
his (Nebuchadrezzar’s) steeds”) “he shall trample put pomegranate juice in his ears” (C’AD N_ 346b
all your (Tyre’s) streets, he shall kili your people d); ina me nurmi isatti “he shall drink pomegranate
with thè sword” (Ezek 26:11; cf. also Isa 16:4; juice” (*ibid.).
Mie 5:7).
Akk. nurmit/lumai indicates “ornaments” made of
The standard Akk. verb for “to trample, to crush” silver, gold, obsidian and otber precious materials
(said of enemy) is mêsu/mèsti: kullat nàkirìya lumìs shaped like pomegranates (C’AI) N 3463 c; L 256
kulbàbis “let me (Esarhaddon) squash my enemies c). |ia"l depiets thè artificial pomegranate Iliade of
like ants” (CAI ) M 36a); imes ayàlnya gòraya iksud purple thread adorning thè fringes of thè priestly
“he (Assurbanipal) crushed my enemies, defeated robes (Exod 28:33,34) as we H ;ls thè ornaments
my foes” (C’AI) ibid., and passim). in thè tempie decorations (2Kgs 25:17 = Jer
*>2:22,23).

pian — Akk. nurmtì (lunati, lurindu) s. 013 011; Sum.

<!;ls) nii-ùr-ma (C’AD N 345a; I. 25sb; AIIw 8o4b; (nj)“l) = Akk. ru'u s. CÌAkk. 011 (CAD R.
564b). pomegranate hush, pomegranate (Heb. 439a; AHw 998a). friend, companion.
metathesis + -raab interchange).
SI'QUIiNCINC

M Ol i Ni l\(. i(Seqi). (brother - friend) JTn TO, e.g., lííab

1. (Seq2) (pomegranate bush - grapevine) |33 13 DÍ^ K3 nnsis •’ffll nx “for thè sake of my
cniai, e.g., trtàin ^3n nnnan “bad thè kin and friends I pray for your well-being” (Ps
vine blossomed, had thè pomegranates bloomed” 122:8; cf. also Ps 35:14; Job 30:29); Akk: abu ru’u,
(SoS 6:11); Akk: Iurmú - karànu, e.g., 10 gapnu e.g., abu akasu ru'u ru'astt [...] ina kakki irassab
sa titti lurinnu u karàni “ten fìg and pomegranate “brother will slay brother, friend will slay friend”
trees and grapevines” (CAD L 2ssb 3') = Heb. (C’AI) R 44oa c).
(in sequence): *[ia“l*1 ]?3] rUKni “ figs or grapevine 2. (Secp) (companion — friend) SJ“)1 |DE7
or pomegranates” (Num 20:5; cf. also Deut 8:8; “companion (lit. neighbor) and friend” (Jer 6:21);
Hag 2:19). Akk: tappù ru'u “associate, friend” (C'AD R
2. (Seq2) (pomegranate bush - date palili) 44oa c and passim); cf. also Heb: “’ÏTQ »“11 3TO
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion for Biblicai. Hfkkfw

“friend (lit. thè loyal one), companion, intimate “and all thè land of Egypt became hungry” (Cìen
friend” (Ps 88:19; ef- also Ps 38:12); Akk: (note 41:55); Akk: e.g., màtu/àìu ibirri “thè land/the city
thè sequence ibru/itbàru tappù ru'u) “companion, will go hungry” (CAD B 1 19b 6'); mù ipparrasuma
associate, friend” (CAI) ibid., 439b lex. section). màt bcliya ibirri “if thè water is cut off, thè land of
Heb. once employs thè pair -1 !?"] (‘'"TH) “(beloved) my lord will hunger (for water)” (C’AD B 1 ujb
darling” as a terni of endearment (SoS 5:16), c; Mari).
absent from Akk. ,i? ' Cf. nsn.
Heb. nsn/sn. is employed as an honorifìc officiai
designation meaning “confìdant, advisor” of = Akk. bùru C s. NA (C’AD B 343a; AIIw
thè king and thè royal family, i.e., i?“l }Ì3pxb ! ] 141 b); nibritu s. OA, SB (C'AD N 203b; AI lw 774a,
3"J3Ì'' ÍÍD© 5 ) “Aninon had a confìdant (lit. friend) s.v. nebrìtu). hunger (I leb. metathesis).
nanied Jonadab” (2Sam 13:3); ]n3 |n3 lajl
nsn “ and Zabud son of Nathan thè priest, si III ; Ni INC

thè confìdant of thè king” (ìKgs 4:5); ni?“l 't^in 1. (Seq2) (hunger —pestilence) “I3n pestilence,
T1“J “Hushai, David’s confìdant” (2Sam 15:37; e.g., "b3X' “1311 3i?n TJ73 “IP'XI “ and he who is
16:16) = “bar: jn , '3"|Sn wn “and Ilusahi in thè city, famine and pestilence shall consume
thè Archite, thè king’s confìdant” (iClir 27:33). bini” (Ezek 7:15; cf. also Jer 21:7; 2Chr 20:9 and
While thè Akk. semantic equivalent of this passim); Akk: with mutànu pestilence, e.g., nisè...sa
honorifìc designation is mude sa sarri/mude sarri lapan...di’u siptii mutànu 11 nibritu isetmii “people...
“acquaintance, confìdant of thè king” (C'AD escaped from headache, plague, pestilence and
M iC>7b b; RS only), thè once-employed terni starvation” (*CAD N 203b a).
in E A* rulli sarri (= mi sarri) may indeed be thè PIIKASl-OLOGY
etymological and semantic equivalent of thè Heb.
2. (Phr2) (to create hunger) /nbcpn/nbtE’
“^bpn njn/Sn. In EA 288:11, Abdi-Heba of
3i?n/]rn (E zek 5:i7/Anios 8:11; Ezek 14:13/
Jerusalem refers to himself as: amur anàku rulli sarri
Ezek 36:29); Akk: nibnta nadù/sakànu “to cast/set
u ubil bilat sarri anàku “beliold, I am thè friend of
starvation,” e.g., sunqa bulwta u nibritu u busablja
thè king and a tribute-bearer of thè king, I am”
ana màtisu liddù “may (thè gods) bring upon his
(let. Jerusalem).
land niisery, hunger, famine, and want” (C’AD
Cf. nsn v. N 203b a); suga u nibrita liskunassumma “may
(Nabli) set upon him famine and starvation”
3J7") = Akk. barù 13 v. OAkk. 011 (CAD 13 1 1 8b; (*CAD ibid.).
AHw i23a). to be liungry (Heb. metathesis). 3. (Phr2) (to have hunger) 3p IVH, e.g., Ti;]
nis-wn bp? 3in “ there was famine in all thè
SKQUHNCI NC
lands” (Cien 41:54; cf. also 1 Kgs 8:37; Ruth 1:1
1. (Seqi) (liungry - thirsty) KDÏ5 - 3J?“1, e.g., and passim); Akk: nibritu basii, e.g., qereb lìlamti...
xb) arv xb “ they shall not be liungry or ibassi nibriti “within Hlam a famine occurred”
thirsty” (Isa 49:10; cf. also 2Sam 17:29; Ps 107:5); (CAD ibid.).
Akk: burriì - summù, e.g., burnì akàlu summù satù eli 4. (Phr2) (in reference to cannibalism) D'pitD
amëli iìlak “hunger and eating, thirst and drinking, nidori") crt??5 -bbna 3-,n 'bbn rn
come upon a man” (BWL 144:16, Dialogue of
■'Pi? ns ~i3rà iab rrnnb rn iiT“!b. ’iW? “better
Pessimism) = Heb: aob inb^pxn 3?n dk off were thè slain of thè sword than those slain
□’P inpE’/l NÍ225 DÌO “if your enemy is hungry, by famine...with their own hands tenderhearted
give bini bread to eat; if he is thirsty, give him women have cooked their children, which was
water to drink” (Prov 25:21).
thè (only) food they had when my people were
PI IRASHOl OGY ruined” (Lam 4:9—10; cf. also 2:19—20); nb?X]
2. (Phr2) (said of land) p# bp 3ï?“irn pioppi nispp...^Tiiip!i T?? 'l? “y°u
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

shall eat your offspring, thè flesh of your sons and PUH = Akk. re ti v. OAkk. 011 (CiAD R 300a;
daughters...in thè straits and in distress (caused by AHw 976b). to terni cattle, sheep or other animals,
hunger)” (Deut 28:53-54; cf. also Jer 19:9); Akk: pasture, let graze, shepherd, guide.
ana biirisunu sér marciumi màràtesunu ekulu “they
piiraslolocy
ate thè flesh of their children to ward off their
starvation” (CAD B 343a; Asb.); ina burikunu sòr ì.(Phri) (to terni, pasture animals) np
(e.g., Cien 37:12; iSam 17:15; 25:16); tip
màrekunu aklà ina bub\uti\ amelu sor ameli likul “in
your hunger eat thè flesh of your sons! in thè
nirttf/Dnion “ pasture asses/she asses” (Cien
36:24/Job 1:14); Akk: sèna re'ù (CiAD R 3oob 1
famine and want may one man eat thè flesh of
and passim), gammati/buia re'ù “to pasture camels/
another” (C'AD ibid., Wiseman, Treaties, 448—
animals,” e.g., gammati... piqdassu libbi màti lir’u
50; cf. also ibid., 550 = SAA II 46:448-50); cf.
“deliver thè camels to him and let them pasture
Weinfeld, Deutcronomy, 127—28.
them in thè open land” (CiAD R 30ib); niscma
(J? ' Cf. 3IH v. rodata bulamma re’àta “you rule over humans and
herd beasts” (Erra Illd 6).
“1I7“1 = Akk. ràdu v. OB 011 (CAD R 61 b; AHw 2. (Phr2) (to shepherd, to guide, said of a
941 a), to tremble. god) criòtp f?p; iinr? n»T iti? np? “like
a shepherd He pastures His flock, He gathers thè
Heb. np ' '‘to tremble” is employed only three lambs in I Iis arms” (Isa 40: i 1); Akk: kima seni lira
times, twice in LBH (internai transitive Hiph il) ib gimrasun “may he (Marduk) shepherd all thè
said of humans, in Dan 10:11: TSnp THiDi? “I gods like a flock” (CiAD S 1293 b); 3Ì£2 ninn?
stood up, trembling” and in Ezra 10:9: □'"pina □nS nsnt? “I (thè Lord) will pasture them (Israel)
~nnn bv ‘ ‘trembling on account ofthe event.” 011 rich grazing land” (Ezek 3 4 : 14 , 1 5; cf. also Zech
The verb is also employed once more (in Qal) 14:7 and passim); Akk: salmàt qaqqadi tere'i kima
said ofthe earth in Ps 104:32: "tinnì pfcÒ ET?an a\sl\àti “you (Istar) shepherd thè black headed
“He looks at thè earth and it trembles.” In Akk. people as if they were sheep” (CiAD ibid.).
ràdu “to tremble” is more commonly attested. It is 3. (Phr2) (to shepherd, to guide, said of a

equated in thè lexical texts to ratàtu (= Heb: /nn"l

king) Vn—i" ns ■'ay nx ninn nnx “(and thè
Lord said to you) you (David) shall shepherd
QD“1) “to tremble” and is utilized in parallelism,
my people Israel” (2Sam 5:2; cf. also 2Sam 7:7;
i.e., ana sa ittika ul taràdi(var. ta-ra-ta) ana tappéka ul
Ps 78:71 and passim); Akk: màta sutesuru uisi
tarattut “you do not quake for thè one with you,
rc àm...rabis uma’iranni “(when Marduk) solemnly
you do not tremble in front of your companion”
commanded me to put thè land aright (and) to
(CiAD R 61 b lex. section). Akk. ràdu is likewise
lead thè people” (CiAD R 302b b; Nbk.); sarru
employed in thè context of war with palàbu “to
dannu...sa kibràt erbetti arki Samas irte ù anàku “I
fear,” e.g., ki sa tàbaza la ni dà niplalja uiruda “have
(Tukulti-Ninurta) am thè mighty king who after
we turned timorous and trembling, as if we can’t
Samas shepherds rules thè four quarters of thè
fìght?” (Erra I 50); cf. Heb: rni?"l - “IJn//rtKT
world” (CiAD ibid.).
“fear//trembling.” In Akk. medicai texts thè verb
Cif. run.
is used in connection to thè trembling of one’s
tempie (CAD R 62a b).
Whereas BH more commonly employs thè nin = Akk. re ù s. OAkk. 011 (CiAD R 303b; AI lw
nouns nnp/~tìn//nKT (e.g., Ps 55:6; Ps 2:11) 977a). shepherd, protector.

nnsn//"in3/"ins “to fear/fcar//trembling” (Isa PIIRASLOLOCY

33:14/Job 4:14), thè noun is absent from Akk. The
1. (Pliri) (shepherd of flocks) ]X25 nSJT (Cien
standard Akk. verb for “to tremble” is taràru. 4:2; 46:34; 47:3 and passim); Akk: re’ù seni (CiAD
,jf CT. nrn. R 3o8b 3' and passim).
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion eor Biblical Hebrf.w

2. (Phr2) (cowherd) napf? ’JJT (Cien 13:7); “TOK ■qbp ~'Z~’ ‘ ‘your shepherds are slunibering,
Akk: re ù alpi, e.g., re ti alpi atta sarràqi illak u O king of Assyria” (Nati 3:18); Akk: (said of a
idakkusu “thè cowherd beconies a thief and will never-sleeping shepherd), e.g., rë’d la salila ana
be killed” (C'AD R 3o8a 2). rilassarti tusesib “you have placed on guard a never-
3. (Phr2) (chief shepherd) “IC?S D’iin T3K sleeping shepherd” (*CAD R 304a lex. section);
bìKttfb “eh ief(lit. great) herdsmen ofSaul” (iSam idallip re’ù uli isallal “thè shepherd stays awake, he
21:8); Akk: rab re'i, e.g., salititi marassi1 ana màrisu cannot sleep” (ibid.).
sa l’N rab re’i sa Nabli ittadin “he gave his third ^ cf. run v. min.
daughter to thè son of PN thè chief shepherd of
Nabli” (C'AD R 3123); atd audku aqabbàssu rab
II nn = Akk. rà’u v. SB (CAD R 22ia; AHw
kisir sa re'1 sut “for what reason sliould I teli bini?
yC>4a). to become friends, befriend.
He is thè head of a team of shepherds” (C'AD R
30 5b). Whereas Akk. rà’u “to befriend,” which is
TRANSFER REI) MEANING considered by von Soden (AHw yC>4a) to be a
denominative frolli ru'u “friend,” is attested only
4. (TM2) (protector, said of a god) tfb ’i?n 'il
once (Ci 1), in thè MA version of Etana, e.g., erti
“ I D n K “thè Lord is my protector (lit. my shepherd),
sirumma irtùni “eagle and serpent became friends
I lack nothing” (Ps 23:1); //nrtifn bx'lÙ}' Hip
with each other” (MA Etana 1 1), Heb. II n?"1 is
nf'3in... ff lp , r JX2J3 ani “Give ear O shepherd of
employed at least eight times (mainly in wisdom
Israel//Who leads Joseph like a flock...appear” literature). It is attested five times in thè Qal,
(Ps 80:2); Akk: e.g., il amili rè’ùm niuste’ù rita ana once in thè ìmp., i.e., naiOS njj“11 “befriend
amili “thè god of thè man, thè shepherd who (i.e., cherish) faithfulness” (Ps 37:3). The verb is
seeks pasture for thè man” (C'AD R 30yb 2) = attested four times ili thè part., i.e., Crb^O? n?T
Heb: e.g., --*’3K2S H.X “p3X Ì?...ÌT1? n?n nnpn? “one associating with fools” (Prov i3:2o)/n?Jh
□nx nr-S 3ÌE3 nrn::i “as a shepherd seeks out his D , bbiT ‘ ‘one associating with gluttons” (Prov
flock...so 1 will seek out My flock...I will pasture 28:7)/nÌ3ÌT nSJT “one associating with harlots”
them in good grazing land” (Ezek 34:12—14); re’ù (Prov 2y:3)/nnpi? niH “one who consorts with
a barren woman” (Job 24:21). The verb occurs
saplàti nàqidu eldti “(Samas) shepherd of thè lower
once in thè Pi'el: ib n»“! min.!?*? “(and
world, herdsman of thè upper world” (CAD R
Samson’s bride became thè wife) of his friend,
30yb 2).
whom he had befriended” (Judg 14:20). The verb
5. (TM2) (protector, said of a king) □'inni
is once employed in thè Hitpa'el: nX IHnn bs
bi?33 wsa QTparn '3 wrà “ and thè rulers ‘do not associate with an irascible man”
(lit. shepherds) transgressed against Me and thè (Prov 22:24), and once in thè inf. const. Hitpo'el:
prophets prophesied by Ba‘al” (Jer 2:8); “ipKìl rrin-nb n'sn era “there are companions to be
□bp: ■'S90 'rn rnlsb “ who says ofC'yrus, ‘He associated with” (Prov 18:24).
is My shepherd, he shall fulfill all My purposes’” Note thè LH abstract substantive nWl
(Isa 44:28); Akk: (said of kings) re’ù gasru anàku re’i “friendship”; Akk: ru'utu (ru'uttu) “friendship”
nifi rapsàti qarràdu re’ùm mukin isdi kussi abisu anàku (OB, SB); LH: e.g., nFll DibffiO nimO...Xn3 "Ip
“I (Agum-Kakrime) am thè strong shepherd, thè “who (thè Lord) created brotherhood, peace and
friendship” (b. Ktb. 8a); nj apia nisr-n npnsn
shepherd of thè widespread people, 1 am thè hero,
nT3 “that they treat each other with affection and
thè protector, who Iliade secure thè foundation
friendship?” (b. Yev. 14b; cf. also y. Brkt. 1:8);
ofhis father’s throne” (C'AD R 3iob 2'); re’ù
Akk: e.g., ittasquma ipusù rubutam “they kissed
pàqisstmu u utullu multësirsunu anàku “I (Tukulti-
each other and formed a friendship” (George,
Ninurta) ani thè shepherd who guards them and Cìilganiesh, iy6:i8); alpu u sisù ippusu ru’ùta “thè
thè herder who sets them ariglit” (CAD R 3 1 ia) ox and thè borse became friends” (BWL 177:21,
PIIRASEOI.OGY Ox and Llorse).
6. (Phr2) (said of shepherds being sleepy) ,j?' C'f. in .nin v.

370
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrlw

^sn cf. bsiy. ‘delight/favorite of kings” (Prov 16:13);

ETX1 KTX ]Ì25"! “every man’s delight” (Esth 1:8), as
well as H3P ■'pfc? “thè delight of Him who
:: Akk. ripùtu s. HA*; WSem. lw. (CAD R dwells in thè bush” (Dt 33:16).
3673). medication.
(H von Soden, ZA 40 (193 1) 215:1.
d i ì n o t a t i vi; ij? ' Cf. n:n v.
ì. (Deii2) (BH hapax) , 1j32?//nW£n “cure//
tome, ” “T.-?:^rb 'ipiri --rb nix?- “(thè *13") — Akk. rasapu v. Bogh., RS, Emar, EA, Nuzi,
fear of thè Lord) will be a medication for your SB, NA (CAD R i84a; AHw 959b). Akk. to erect,
body (lit. flesh) and tonic for your bones” (Prov pile up, to keep in good repair; Heb. to pavé.
3:8); Akk (hapax): yussira sarru beli SIIVI.ZAR.
MES//gloss: murra ana riputi “and may thè king, The verb that is employed in BI I in thè Qal
my lord, send myrrh for medication” (LA 269:17; pass, part., i. e-, ^1, is a hapax. In SoS 3:10 thè
let. Cezer). verb is employed in connection to thè appiryotis
interior decoration, e.g., nÌ33Q rOHX ÍOÍn
von Soden (AHw 956x1) considers thè OB fem.
□btp’i-p . T he Heb. root is thè etymological
PN Tarpi-Annunìtum as a Can. word from rapii
and semantic equivalent of thè Akk. rasapu “to
“to heal” (cf. also CAD R i.sya, s.v. rapa'um).
arrange,” vertically or horizontally. Thus, for
Note however, that thè standard Akk. words for
example, Akk. employs thè verb rasapu “to
“cure, medicai treatment” and for a physician are
arrange” with resu/qaqqadu/'gulguUu/pagru “heads/
asutu and asu respcctively (C’AD A 344-b; 35 ib) =
skulls/corpse” (in a pile). In an architectural
Aram: XfflOX ,X;OX.
context, however, thè verb is employed in bita
rasapu “to build a house”; ina agurri rasapu “to
5^3“] = Akk. rupustu s. OB 011 (CAD R 4i4b; AHw build (lit. to arrange) with baked bricks”; dura ana
994b). foam.
ossuti rasapu “to build a wall anew.” Likewise, in
an architectural context, especially in thè Neo-
d i ì n o t a t i vi;
Assyrian and Neo-Babylonian royal and building
1. (Deni) (referring to thè sea) (BH hapax)
inscriptions, thè various Assyrian and Babylonian
Tiro bpv xb CDppn p tsn;a ap □■'i?Enni
kings summarize thè construction of their temples
C'tpl e;? - ] “but thè wicked are like a troubled sea
and palaces with a generai statement, using
that cannot rest, whose waters toss up foam and
thè Akk. expression arsip(u) usalilil(u) “I have
mud” (Isa 57:20); Akk. rapustu sa Tiamat (En El V
constructed, I have completed” (thè building).
47)“the spittle (foam) of Tiamat.”
This statement is often followed by thè expression
rupustu most often connotes saliva or spittle. lald/lulá nudili/sumlu “to fili with splendor/
fili C’ohen, Hapax 1 15:23. glamor/attractiveness,” i.e., “to fili (thè palace/
tempie) with sumptuousness.” Akk. lulii/lalii (v.

|Ì22“1 = Akk. tarsiatii s. OB (CAD T 241 a; AHw ullu), whicli often is employed alongside kuzbu/
133 ib). pleasure(?). ulsu, connotes “sexual attractiveness/charm
and vigor.” However, in contexts involving
The plural of this Akk. hapax occurs in a hymn buildings, such as city walls, gates, temples, and
to Nana: tarsiatalii migirki “(Samsuiluna) your palaces, kuzbu/ulsu, and especially lulú/lalú, refer
delight, your favorite” (CAD 1’ 241 a), tarsiata in generai terms to their beauty, rich adornment,
was equated by von-Soden to WSem. f /si (AHw and sumptuous decoration. Accordingly, thè Neo-
133 ib), and thè CAD (ibid.) notes that “meaning Assyrian kings Sargon, Sennacherib, Esarhaddon,
suggested by Heb. rasali ‘to be pleased with’.” and Assurbanipal, and thè Neo-Babylonian kings
In Heb. |Ì2J“] occurs somewhat similarly in |Ì2“] Nebuchadnezzar and Nabunaid usually conclude

37'
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biislical Hebrew

their building activities with thc standard suinmary Three times Heb. npn refers to humans and six
formula: aria tabratJ daga! nisc/kissat nisc arsipu times 111 a transferred mng. depicting “mountains”
usaklilu...Iute/lalc umallù/usamliì. “I constructed, (Ps 1 14:4,6); “Lebanon and Sirion” (Ps 29:6);
complctcd, and filled (thc palace/tempie etc.) “chariots” (Joel 2:5; Nah 3:2); “strays” (Isa 13:21).
with sumptuous decoration, to be marveled and When thè verb refers to humans, it is employed as
looked at by all people.” Bsarhaddon after thè thè antonym ofISD “wailing” (Ecc 3:4). The verb
completion of his bit anu “summerhouse,” states: is attested in thè context of music-making and
ckall u sua tu istu ussisa adi gabadibbisu arsip usaklil bile playing, pTOpi “ipif? TH “David, dancing and
umallù “this palace from its foundation to its top, playing” (iChr 15:29), as well as in thè context
I have constructed, completed, and filled with of being happy, e.g., ”“p“' DT"! 1 ?-
sumptuous decoration” (Borger, Esar. 7 3:35). naìr bipb ìnpò'i "liapi “and their children dance,
they sing to thè music of timbrel and Iute and are
In light of thè above Mesopotamian
happy to thè tune of thè pipe” (Job 21:1 1 — 12).
architectural-epigraphical material, we propose
The Akk. verb raqàdu occurs in a similar context:
that thè hapax compound rQOX '1^1 functionally
parsamute iraqqudù sibruti izanunuru sinnisàte batulàte
may be compared to thè Akk. standard summation
badia risa “thè old men dance, thè young sing, thè
formula lalc/tuie mullú/sumlú. Accordingly, thè
women and girls are happy and rcjoice” (C'AI) R
author of SoS employs thè noun rQHX not just
167^1 ia); animi itti nisc gabbunia lu badiàni nirqud
simply to mean “love.” He intentionally selects
“we too should be happy dancing around with
this word, which lavishly depiets thè essencc of
everyone else” (CAD ibid.).
SoS. He thus deliberately utilizes thè architectural
The adj. ràqidu is attested at Mari, e.g.,
term r p2S‘] “paved, arranged” with rQHX as a
larnassdtim ràqidàtim u sabirtam sa kisal gisimmarim
doublé entendre, to connote “love” as well as
ana alàkiya liltukù “have them check on thè
“attractiveness, luxuriance,” i.e., “sumptuous
dancing lamassu figures and thè balustradc of thè
decoration” (= Akk. lalú/bdú/kuzhu), which
Palm Tree Courtyard before my arrivai” (C'AD
artistically was executed by thè most-skilled
R i68b, Mari).
handicrafts women from Jerusalem. Akk. employs thè substantives riqdu (NA*), as
IH Tawil, ZAW 151 (2003) 266-71. well as riqittu “dance” (SB), e.g., ina riqittisu [amelu
Cf. ns?i. ileqqu| “dance that |pins a man]” (*CAD R 3C>7a).
Whereas this noun is absent from BH, it occurs as
“npl in LH (cf. Ben Yehuda, Dictionary, 6721^1).
(risana*) nasi — Akk. risiptu (rispu) s. SB*,
Emar (CAI) R 37<)b; AHw ySya). Akk. revetment,
I H Gruber, Bib 62 (1981) 336-38.
well-maintained structure; Heb. pavement.
npn = Akk. ruqqu v. MA 011 (C'AD R 42ob; AHw
Whereas Ì1325n “pavement” is employed seven
995a). to prepare perfume.
times (Ezek 40:17(twice), 1 8(twice); 47:3; Esth
1:6; 2Chr 7:3), nS2“!!2 is attested only once, in Heb. np"l is employed with thè noun n~lbp
thè phrase na?")!? “ stone pavement” (2Kgs (to prepare) “incense” (Exod 30:35; 37:29);
16:17). In Akk. risiptu is employed once, in thè □■WS “spices” ( 1 Chr 9:30; 2Chr 16:14); /^pl
inscription of Salmaneser III: risiptu ziqqurrati sa nnp-ii?/nnpnr: npnn “mix, preparo aromatic
Kalbi “(brick from) thè revetment of thè temple- compound” (Exod 3o:25/Ezek 24:10); np"1
tower of Calali” (CAI) R 376b). “prepare perfumed oil” (Ecc 10:1); Akk: samna
ij# '
ruqqu “to prepare perfumed oil,” e.g., saman
Cf. v.
kanakti saman qani tabi saman buràsi alle turaqqa
isténis tuballal “you prepare separately oil from
“lp“l = Akk. raqàdu v. OB 011 (CAI) R i66b; ALIw katiaktu, oil from ‘sweet-reed,’ cypress oil, and
957b). to dance, toss. mix them together” (C'AI) R 42ob); lusbu istu

372
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hhbrew

ahàis sartina luraqqiu “Lct them be on hand, let “scrawny” (Cien 41:19) and as thè antonym of
them make perfumed oil together” (C'AI) ibid.) nxn? ‘ ‘sturdy” (Cìen 41:20; cf. also Cìen 41:27).
— Ug. smti rqh. The vocable p’pn is attested eight times describing
Cf. npn .npn. a thin cake, employed mainly 111 thè idiom /p'p”!
ni^Q ’p'pl “tliin cake of bread” (Exod 29:2;
Lev 2:4; 7:12; Num 6:15,19; ìChr 23:29; cf. also
npn (fem. nnpn*) — Akk. raqqtì (ruqqu, mu raqqu)
Exod 29:23; Lev 8:26). Ili Akk. thè lexeme has a
s. OAkk. on (C'AI) R 173b; AHw 9S8b). perfume-
wide range of usages and, similar to BH, thè adj.
maker.
raqqu “thin” is employed as thè antonym of dunnu
Whereas in Heb. thè terni is employed only twice “strong” said of animals (— LIeb. nS , “13//nÌp‘]
(in thè masc. [Neh 3:8) and fem. [ 1 Sani 8:13]), 111 Cìen 41:20), e.g., etnàri raqqutim ana nabrltim idi
Akk. this profession is commonly attested. Apart emàri dannutim annisatn scribam “put thè thin
from thè forni raqqu, Akk. employs in a lex. text donkeys to pasture(?), have thè strong donkeys
thè hapax forili ruqqu, e.g., ruqqu sa samna tàba come here” (CAD R 1 72a e; OA).
idù nit il sa minima ul idc “perfume-inaker, who As noted by Levine, thè Sumerians and
knows perfumed oil, ignoramus, who knows others, in their rituals to gods, differentiated
nothing” (C'AI) R 42ob). Akk. employs also thè between thick or heavy bread and thin or small

forni niuraqqù (MA, NA, NB) “perfume-maker” bread. Thus, thick or heavy bread is indicated in
(CAD M, 21 8a). Sum. by ninda-kur -ra, and thin bread by ninda-
tur(-tur) and ninda-sig. Levine also maintains that
Cf. npn v. npn.
Sum. ninda-sal-la may possibly be rendered in
Akk. as akalu raqqàtu “thin bread” = Heb: 'p^pl
(np"l) npn = Akk. riqqu s. OB 011 (C'AD R nÍSÍD “thin cake bread.”
3i»8a; AHw y88a, s.v. riqu II). Akk. aromatic plant, Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. raqqu/ruqqànu
aroniatics; Heb. aromatic mixture. “timi cake” e.g., ; ruqànu ràqu sa bèlet ekalli “1
thin ruqànu-càkc belonging to thè lady of thè
The 1101111 is employed three times, once in
palace” (Emar 46o:22'-23’ and passim; see Pentiuc
thè compound idiom nnp-ip np “mixture 2001:1 53).
of ointinent/perfunie” (Exod 30:25), once in
IH Levine, Lesotienu 30 (1965) 3—5.
thè phrase npn n&sjp npn nnbp “incense, a
compound aromatic, thè work of a perftime-
maker” (Exod 30:35); and in thè hapax idiom nnn <> Akk. ratàtu v. SB (C’AI) R 2i8a; AHw
npin “spiced or perfumed wine” (SoS 8:2). 9Ó3a). to shake.
Iti Akk. ritual, riqqu is used as an incense, e.g.,
The Heb. hapax 1101111 nn“l “trembling,
riqqu u buràsu ina muhhi isarraq “he scatters various
shaking>fear, terror,” e.g., nnn on?s "131?
aromatics and juniper 011 (thè censer)” (CAD R
“when Ephraim spoke trembling (i.e., terrifying
368b); riqqi samni tabu surruqu muhur “aromatics
(words))” (Hos 13:1), is employed also in thè I )ead
and perfumed oil are sprinkled, accept (them)”
Sea Scrolls as nnn ‘ ‘terror” (1QH 4.33). Anderson
(*C'AD R 3ii8b lex. section and passim).
and Freedman assert that tD£D“l in Jer 49:24 “can
'■#' Cf. npi v., npn. hardly be a cognate although it is similar in
meaning, since t and t do not interchange.” In
pp“l = Akk. raqàqu v. OB on (CAD R i67b; AI hv light of thè parallelism of '□■’bnrn nns n™” aon
957b). to become thin. nnbip nnrn« ‘ ‘trembling has seized her, pain and
labor pains have taken hold of her (Damascus) like
The root pp“l is attested as an adj. describing a woman in childbirth” (Jer 49:24), and in light
thè thin cows in Pharaoh’s dream. The adj. of thè interchange of n and £2, i.e., n?n “wander
nipl “tliin” is employed as a synonym o f nibn about, lead astray” (Ezek 44:10,15; 48:11) and

373
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

n»e, e.g., 'a» nx irtpn isrnì “ inasimich as they likewise is employed 111 parallelism with taràru,
have misled my people” (Ezek 13:10), both nn“) e.g., ana sa ittika ul taràdi (var. ta-ra-ta)//ana
an are related. As noted by Greenberg “thè tappeka ul tarattut “you do not quake for thè
root t'h is thè Aramaic and post-biblical Hebrew one with you//you do not tremble in front of
replacement of thè biblical t'htD£?“l (hapax) may your companion” (C'AD R 6ih, s.v. ràdu lex.
likewise be thè Aram, replacement of thè earlier section).
form nrn. H i t Anderson-Frecdman, AB 24 629; Greenberg, A lì
Ili Akk. thè verb ratàtu “to shake, tremble” 2 T-2 3 7 -
is equated in thè lexical list to thè more common •■v Cf. 1IH v.; DD25 v.;
Akk. verbs taràru and ràdu (= LIeb. ~TP“n), and

374
 te

SHÉ? = Akk. sebù V. OAkk. on (CAI) S 25 ih; isebbi akla “thè noblc who stays in thè city can
AHw i207a). to he sated. never eat cnough” (Erra I 52).
7. (Phr2) (to be sated with good things) J?3»
IDIOMATIC usaci ; 3ìtD/3ÌtD “be filled with good luck” (Jer 31:14;
1. (Idi) (to he sated; lit. thè eye is sated) S?3» Ps 104:28; Prov 12:14); Akk: e.g., marni dumqa
■py, e.g., nitqb p» sJ3t?nx'b “ thè eye has never lisbà “he shall have his fili of wealth and good
cnough of seeing” (Ecc 1:8; Prov 27:20); Akk: inà luck” (CAD S_ 253b); cf. Heb: e.g., X 1 ? ir» □?
sebù, e.g., tàmtu rapasti* ul isebbà |inàya] “my eyes Iti!) y3t?n “h is eye is never sated with wealth”
do not become sated with (seeing) thè wide sea” (Ecc 4:8; 1 chr 29:28); i?3» Q^n nns
(CAD S, 253b 2'). nX ninfpCÌ? “you will teach me thè path of
life, full of joy in your presence” (Ps 16:1 1); Akk:
IMIRASIÌOI.OGY
dunnamù sa takluka isebbi tuhdu “thè person of low
2. (Phri) (to sate with honey) 2731 S?3® “be
status who trusts in you will have his fili with
sated with honey” ~r3?X Eh - ] “fi SDÌ “I sated
afflucnce” (CAD ibid.); Akk: sarru tùb libbi isebbi
you with honey from thè rock” (Ps 81:17; Prov
“thè king will enjoy happiness in full measure”
25:16); Akk: e.g., dispa ise\bbi\ “he filled himself
(CAD ibid.); Akk: minima eppus ina qàteya lislim
with honey” (CAD S 252b).
lalàsu lusbu “may I have success in everything I
3. (Phr2) (to sate with grain) □''tsn31?!!
do, may I enjoy it thoroughly” (CAD L 5ob).
“satisfies you with choice wheat” (Ps 147:14; cf. 8. (Phr2) (to be sated with negative emotions)
Joel 2:19); Akk: e.g., \s\c’ani tusabbàsunu “you feed T5Vpbj?/n3 j?3» ‘ ‘he filled with contempi/
them with barley until they are satiated” (CAD S dishonor/grief’ (Ps 123:3; Hab 2:16; Job 14:1);
2 54a 2). erinp rrrn “fili with grief’ (Lam 3:15; Job
4. (Phr2) (to sate/be sated with long life) 9:18); Akk: nissata sebù “to be filled with grief,”
ìnSTStpX D'O' “I will sate bini with long life” (Ps e.g., ilù ittisa ibkù ana niàtim isbi nissatam samiàt
91:16; Cien 35:29; Job 42:17; iChr 23:1); Akk: sikris “thè gods wept with her for thè land, she
was surfeited with grief and thirsted for beer”
lit tuta sebù “to have one’s fili of old age,” e.g.,
(Atra-hasis, 96:1 5—16).
sanàtisu lissipma lisbà littùtu “may he (Marduk)
increase his lifespan, may he attain very old age” diìnotati vi;
(C’AD S 253a b); sabe littuti “sated with old age” 6. (Dem) (said of thirst), e.g., tÒ f"|X
(CAD S 253a); asbà littutu “I attained a very old □'Í2 “earth that cannot get cnough water” (Prov
30:16); ÌÌ73ÈT fcÒ] era nint^?...11731 “and they...
age” (CAI) ibid.); Akk: balàta sebù “to be sated
would wander to drink water but they (thè cities)
with life” (CIAD ibid.).
would not be quenched” (Amos 4:8); Akk: nisùsu
5. (Phr2) (said of hunger) tÒl anbsX]
kima nùni ana \summësunu me...\ isattù la isabbtt “its
“you shall eat (bread) and not be sated” (Lev 26:26; people could not quench their thirst even when
Hos 4:10), Dnb X?3» “fili oneself with bread” (e.g., drinking [...water] like fìsh” (CAD S 252b); mù
Exod 16:8; I )eut 6:1 1 ; 8:10; Jer 44:1 7); Akk: akla marni barasi la usabbù “thè water was brackish, it
sebù, e.g., summa amelu akala ikkal sikara isattima diti not quench thè thirst of my camp” (CIAD S
isebbi “if a man, eating bread and drinking beer, 254a 2).
becomes sated” (CAD S 252a); àsib àli lu rubù ul C f . s n © , » 3» .

375
 An Akkadian Lkxical Companion por Biblica], Hkbrkw

10^7 — Akk. sib'u isibu) s. Mari, SB (CAI) S 38911; (Sargon II) sacrifìced superb bulls and fattened

AHw 1229I-)). satiety. sheep” (CAI) S 4i7a b).

c :f.
pi 1 k asloi.og Y

1. (Phr2) (to satiety) SHE? 1 ? (Exod 16:3; Lev

("ino) "into — Akk. sarru B (zarru) s. (CAI) S
25:19; Ps 78:25); Akk: ana/adi sib’u, e.g., u seni ana
i84b; AHw i()3ob, s.v. sarru III), crescent.
sibim tauaddiu\sum\ “and why do you givo him
barley to satiety?” (CAI) S 389I1). The Heb. root “ine? is employed three times
Cf. sato , saffi. as a 1101111 pp* said of 1110011- or crescent-
sliaped carnei ornaments, i.e., 3ppn nX n
□n'bai •'“1X^3 pX “and he (Cìideon) took thè
I7DÉ? = Akk. sibhti s . (CAI) S 3 7 < k i ) . p r o v i s i o n s .
crescents that were on thè necks of their camels”
Heb., e..g., DnSD pX ^33 »327 “great (Judg 8:21; cf. Judg 8:26), as well as of women,
provisions in all thè land of Egypt” (Cìen 41:29,3 1 ; i.e., OppiT) D'Oppi CTQ3I?n “thè anklets, thè
Prov 3:10). Akk. sibbù is attested only in lexical fillets and thè crescents” (Isa 3:18). The phonetic
texts. variant of thè 1101111 is employed as “IÌ1D in thè
simile “inpn px Tj-i-ic? ■ ‘your navel is a round-
Cf. SJDffi .BDto.
shaped bowl” (SoS 7:3). In Akk. sarru is used to
describe thè moon-shaped seginent of a wagon,
n"127 = Akk. sàdu A s. SB, NB (CAI) S 2oa; AHw i.e., 2 sani criqqi “two crescent-shaped parts of a
ioo2a). pasture. wagon” (C’AI) E 297a 2'c, s.v. criqqu).
Note thè use of thè noun as a 1)N in thè
pi ir aslolocy
OAram. inscription of Zakur, i.e., “inEH
1. (Phr2) (to graze in thè pasture) ÌTTO “)5Ì3n,
“and thè sun-god, and thè nioon-god” (KAI 202
e.g., "isni 'rrvz rx nben did is pè? ;rx ivi' *2
b:24); na 3“133 “IH» "IQD |3"1T3»E; “Sin-zera-ibm
PX n“IC?2 “when a man lets his livestock loose to
thè priest of SHli in Nerab died” (KAI 225:1,9;
graze in another’s pasture, and so allows a pasture
cf. also KAI 226:1,9).
or a vineyard to be grazed bare” (Exod 22:4);
Akk: ina sàdi akàlu, e.g., immcruni lillikunimma ina
libbi LÚ Ubànal ina sàdu likubi “let our sheep come mi? V.<> Akk. sebu s. EA, SB, NA (CAD S, 266a;
and graze 111 thè pasture among thè men of thè AI lw I209b). Akk. wind, breath; Heb. v. to take a
Ubanat tribe” (CAI) S 2oa). breather.

Note thè Armana (EA 287:56) gloss u\g\àri / /sadc The BH hapax verb ITI® employed in thè idiomatic
“thè countryside (of Ayyaluna).” Heb. likewise hapax expression Hp3 rp 1 ? (Cìen 24:63)
employs pÉ+GN i.e., □ ,, n?; i ??)/3XÌ0 np “thè has never been satisfactorily explained. The LXX,
countryside of Moab/Philistines” (cf. e.g., Cìen Aq., Sym., Vulg., render thè verb as “to talk,
36:35; Num 21:20; iSam 6:1). mediate.” Tgs. O., J., and N. understood thè verb
to mean nxba 1 ? ■ ‘for praying” (so Ber. 26a, in.
HÉ? = Akk. su'u s. OB 011 (CAI) S ( 4i7a; AHw Cìen. R. 60:4). The medieval commcntators and
i255a). sheep. lexicographers such as Saadiya, Rasili, Ralbag,
Abrabanel, Sforno follow thè Tgs’ rendering (cf.
PUR ASHOI.OGY Ps 55:3,18; 77:4; 102:1; 142:3; Job 7:11,13). O11
i.(Phr2) (fattened sheep) Ì"p3 p “fat thè other hand, Ibn Ezra, Rashbam, Qimhi, and
sheep,” e.g., HH HE? pi Tp Ht? p TltpBffih “I Hizkuni equate thè verb to thè 1101111 ITE? “shrub,”
am going to decide between fat sheep and leali hence, nrrrón ira n? 1 ? 1 ? “ to walk aniong thè
sheep” (Ezek. 34:20); Akk: su’u maruli “fattened shrubs” (Ibn Ezra); nÌ^X nytsb “ to plant trees”
sheep,” e.g., gu malli bitruti su’e marùti...aqqi “I (Rashbam). Modern biblical commcntators
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

consider die meaning of thè verb “obscure” ibid.). Accordingly, Cìen 24:63: m©b pllïT iOn
(Speiser, AB i; Sarna, Cìcncsis); “unexplained” nna núsb nnfcQ may be rendered as: “and Isaac
(KB 1 ), “uncertain” (NJPS, Westermann, WBC) went out to take a breather in thè field toward
etc. They render thè verb as “walking in thè evening.”
fields, into thè open country” (Speiser, AB i; IH Wernberg-Moller, VT 1 7 ( 1 9 5 7 ) 4 1 4 1 6 ; Muller,
NJPS; NHB) as well as “to take a stroll” (based VT 1 9 ( 1 9 6 9 ) 3 6 1 — 6 2 .
on thè Arab. salta, Sarna, (ìcncsis). Stili another
suggestion is that of Ehrlich (Randglossett, ad loc.),
K3Ï&? = Akk. sauna’u s. OB; WSem. word (CAI) S
who emends to nnb referring to Cien 3:8 WQET'!
388b; ALIw 1 iC>4b). one who hates.
□rn nnb ]33 -bnrr: rnb^ 'n bip m “they
bearci thè sound of thè Lord Ciod moving about Note Akk. sarrum sannà'istt iptanallab “thè king
in thè garden at thè breeze time of thè day.” will keep being afraid of those who hate him”
Although Hhrlich’s emendation is unwarranted, (CAI) S 388b). The CAI) notes “Translat. based
contextually, thè spirit of his rendering seems 011 WSem. etym., cf. I Iebr. sànc.” The Akk.
plausible. sannà’um is a qattal-form ofthe WSem.
A11 alternative solution to thè above
interpretations is to equate Heb. (denom. verb)
QnÈ? = Akk. sahàtu v. OB 011 (CAI) S 6oa; AHw
to thè well-attested Akk. sub. schu “wind,
I074a). to press, extract.
breath, air.” At thè outset it may be noted that in
thè syn. list (Malku III 173!!!.), schu is equated to I * 11 K A S L O L O G Y
ziqtqu “breath, breeze,” mànitu “wind, breeze,”
1. (Phr2) (BH hapax) (to press grapes into
meliti “wind, storni,” sàru “wind” (CAI) S 266a
wine) □nx ant^i □■ojrn nx npxi -n'niy mv
lex. section). In non-lexical texts schu means
nin? DÌ3 bx “I took thè grapes, pressed them
“breath,” referring to thè king’s life-sustaining
into Pharaoh’s cup” (Cìen 40:11); Akk: karàna
breath, e.g., schu tabu sa ittasi istu pi sarri bcliya
sahàtu, e.g., ana muhhi...karàni...sa beli ispuru’anni
ana ardisti u isabbur schusu “thè sweet breath that
karàna ina panàtua sabit “with regard to...the wine
carne from thè mouth of thè king, my lord, to his
concerning which my lord wrote to me, thè wine
servant and his breath returned” (CAI) S 266a
was pressed in my presence” (CT 22 38:8—9).
2 and passim in EA). schu is likewise employed
in med. texts to mean “draft,” e.g., sanimi tàba Since thè “□''pKfàn 1© ‘chief cupbearer’ is relating
tapassas scila la tammarma taballut “you will anoint his own dream in Cìen 40:9—11, it is reasonable
her (thè pregnant woman) with oil, so she will to assume that thè pressing of grapes was one of
not catch (lit. see) a draft (and) will recover” (Iraq his professional responsibilities. “The existence
31 [1969] 29:18; also ibid. 27). Although schu in Mesopotamian lexical lists of thè sàliit karàni
seems not to be used in a context concerning thè ‘professional wine presser’ (C'AI) S 6ih) provides
morning or evening breeze, it ncvertheless seems further evidence for this assumption” (C’ohen,
to etymologically and semantically be thè closest 35 ).
equation to thè Heb. denom. verb !T)ób, which For thè dissiinilation ofl5<t!7, see Tawil, Beit
may mean “to take a breather.” This is supported Mikra 146 (1996) 288:36.
by noting that its synonym mànitu does have ij? ' cf. ynb> v.
this very connotation, i.e., “wind breeze,” e.g.,
n kt mòniti seri (var. niesre) zàqsu tàbu “(Marduk)
r ] >, n27* = Akk. sihpu s. EA, MA 011 (CAI) S 238a;
whose breath is pleasant like thè morning breeze”
AHw i034a). stretch, extent, cover; Heb. overlay.
(CAI) M 2i2a); iziqamtna sfitti mànit Ha sàru sa
atta epes sarrùti zàqsu tàba “thè south wind, thè Although thè hapax in thè idiom 'T'nt?
breeze (sent by) Ea, thè wind whose blowing is (Ezk 41:16) is considered by NJPS as “meaning of
favorable for thè royal endeavors, blew” (CAI) Heb. uncertain,” it ncvertheless renders thè idiom

377
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hhbrew

as “overlaid with wood.” This translation seems — Akk. sumclu s. OB 011 (CAD S 267!^
justified in light ofthe Akk. usage of thè noun sihpu AHw 1270). left side. Heb. (also) north.
“overlay,” most notably in thè Amarna letters,
e.g., sisc bantì tu sa ilassuniu i narkabtu.. .marsisu u contrastine ijsaei;
sihpisu gabba hurdsu “fine horses that can race and [.(Cloni) (right - left) i 7K0{?//'pP’, e.g.,
a wagon,...its strays and its overlays entirely of "P™ nitri ibrà© “his left (hand)
gold” (EA 22:1—3). Note also that in thè sanie
was under my head/his right (hand) hugged me”
EA letter (22:33—33) (iiparm) uhhuzu “mounted
(SoS 8:3); nin?] nt?s? ni?iKac?3//nrp-’? ero; -;nx
(with bronze)” occurs in sequence with sihpu (sa
“at her (thè wisdom) right is length of days//at
narkabti) “overlay (of a chariot).”
her left riches and honor” (Prov 3:i6;Judg 16:29);
IH Garfìnkel, 133 34.
Akk: e.g., kittu lizziz ina inmika misari lizziz ina
sumclika “let truth stand at your right side (O
= Akk. sàbu v. 013 011 (GAI) S i Kja; AHw Samas), justice at your left” (CAD I/J 1 37a )-
1224-b). to become old.
PI IR ASP.OI.OEY

denotativi : 2. (Pliri) (right and left) bxnfrì “right

i. (i)en2) cpnx oan 'nnt^ Tiapj ^i “as and left” (e.g., Deut 5:29,32; Josh 23:6; iSam
for me I have grown old and gray but tny sons are 6:12); Akk: imnu/imittu u sumclu, e.g., ana irnitti u
stili with you” ([Sani 12:2; Job 15:10); Akk: e.g., siimeli maqit “has collapsed 011 thè right and left”
sibati u mursu danna ana scr ramaniya “I am old and (CAD E 68a).
a grave sickness affliets my flesh (so I herewith 3. (Phr2) (to stand 011 thè right and left)npi?
send my own son, a servant of thè king my lord)” bKDtp l’P; by “stand at thè right and left” (2Chr
(EA 137:29—36; let. Byblos); scbàku ina kai ih pota 18:18); Akk: ina imni/sumcH uzuzzu “to stand at
upnàya “now that I ani old I beseech all thè gods” thè right/left” (CAD S ( 268b b and passim); lizziz
(CAI) S 19a). ili ina imniya//istari ina sumcìiya “let my god stand
at my right//my goddess at my left” (*CAD S (
Cf rat?.
268I1 b and passim).

(3^*) nrrfr = Akk. mutu s . ob on (cad s, Whereas BH bXDS? also connotes “north” (Cien
399b; 390a; AHw I228a). old age. 1 3:9; Ezek 16:46; Job 23:9), this meaning seems
absent from Akk. I lowever, it is employed in
contrastine usaci ;
Mari in reference to thè tribes mani yamini (=
1. (C0112) (suckling, youth - old age) OS? Heb: 'pP']?) “thè sons of thè south” and mani
rQ’t? ©'K “suckling as well as thè aged” (l)eut sinial “thè sons of thè north.”
32:25); Akk: illa sabir adi sibutu “from youth to The BH denominative verb “to go
old age” (GAI) S 400a). to thè left” (i.e., north) (Cìen 13:9; 2Sam 14:19;
piirasloi.oey Isa 30:21; Ezek 21:21) is absent frolli Akk. Note
2. ((Phr2) ratn ™pr “ old age and extreme also for example that Tg. O. renders Cìen 13:9 as:
old age,” e.g., 'zz'z- ba rr'bx nrrÉn napr "ts? uy\ tox Npinn1? m dki Kpinnb arm1? ijix dn
“and even until old age, and extreme old age, O XÏIEl? 1 ? “if you to thè north, I to thè south, and if
Lord, do not forsake me” (Ps 71:18); Akk: sibutu you to thè south, I to thè north.”
(u) littutu, e.g., sibutu littutu ana sani bcliya\...Iiq\biu See also Tg. O. rendering of Cìen 14:15:
“may (Nabli and Marduk) pronounce (attainment
p^pn1? Kjis^p-t.
of) extreme old age for thè king, my lord” (CAD
S 4003 b); sibutu luksud lusbà littutu “let him (thè cf. ’bram.
king) reach an old age, let him be sated with
extreme old age” (*CA1) ibid.). — Akk. sumclu adj. OB 011 (CIAD S | 272a;
Cf. :rc v. AHw 1271 b). left(-handed).

378
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew -irto
T *'

DIÌNOTATI Vi; IDIOMATIC USACI:

i. (i)en2) brrnn nbxb □-"iprn nx apn 1. (Id2) (to make thè hair stand 011 end) “1120
marn ni< □jpn p; iac? nx xipi ■oa'n "narri nx "isré?, e.g., nra nns??; ~iaon bs? nni “a
Tra ia?? nx xnpn ,1 ?xat?n “ he set up tlie columns wind passed by me making thè hair of my flesh
of thc portico of thc Cireat Hall; he set up thè bristle” (Job 4:15); Akk: sàràte zuqqupu, e.g., sdrai
right column and named it Jachin, and he set up muhhiya uzaqqapanni “(ghost) who makes my hair
thc left column and named it Boaz” (ìKgs 7:21); stami 011 end” (CAD S i26a). Note also sa ràbisu
Akk: e.g., 3 passare tusallak... pastura qablà ana lemnu sarai zumrisu uszizzu “whose hair 011 his
Samas u Adad...passura siimela ana Aya.. .passùra body thè evil ràbisu denion has made stand 011
imnà ana Bunene “you have three tahles fetchcd, end” (JCS21I1967] 4:26).
thè middle table (you set) for Samas and Adad,
PI IRASLOI.OCY
thè left table for Aya, thc right table for Bunene”
(CAI) I/J 13 7 b). 2. (Phr2) (to pluck hair) 1S?C? tDIQ, e.g.,

[-g'
□airà nritpxi “’3jpn ^xn irpa nr-.ax- “and i
Cf. “sr:"-.
plucked thè hair of my head and bcard, and I sat
desolate” (Hzra 9:3); Akk: sarta qatàpu/hasàipu,
nOÉ? = Akk. samàlju v. OB on (CAI) S i 288a; AI lw e.g., selnsu taqabbima sàrat putisti u sissiktasu [aliassip
1 1 53a). Akk. to flourish; Heb. to be high. “you recito (thè incantation) seven times and you
pluck hair from his forehead and (a fringe from)
diìnotati vi;
his hem” (CAD S i27a c’).
1. (i)en2) ^ s ? t “:y/nap" □y'i? nix
3. (Phr2) (hair of thè head) 2?X"in 1S?0 (e.g.,
“thè light of thè righteous shall be high (i.e., shine
Num 6:5,18; 2Sam 14:26); Akk: summa sàrat
brightly)//but thè light of thè wicked sliall be
qaqqadi qattan “if he has thin hair 011 his head”
low” (Prov 13:9); "any/nanc?: etx nbn naxi
nnilBC?' 3ÌD “worry in a man’s heart will land (CAD S, i26b).

him low//but a good word will raise him up” 4. (Phr2) (thin hair) pi 1S72? Ì31 “there
(Prov 12:25); Akk: e.g., sa issi surussu lippari’ma la is thin yellow hair in it” (Lev 13:30); Akk: sarti
isammuha piri'su “let thè tree’s roots be cut off so qattan, see above 3.
that no luxuriant shoots will grow from it” (CAD 5. (Phr2) (black hair) "ih© "IS?2? (Lev 13:3 1,37);
S 2^9a 1); indù listamdilma lismuba uisùa “may my Akk: sàrassu kima qitmi salmat “if a man’s hair is as
land become expanded, may my people flourish” black as black dye” (CAD Q 282a c).
(C’AI) S | 289a 2). siMii i;/mi;t APiioR

Note thè following semantic developments: in 6. (SM) (in comparison), e.g., nÌ~IS?®P 131
Akk. “grow > flourish > prosper > be proud”; in □an '»x"i “ more numerous than thè hair
Heb. “be lugli > shine forth > be happy.” of my head are those who hate me without
The WSem. nominai forni nasmaliàtu “happy reason” (Ps 69:5); ^X") nÌ"IS?59a laSr.-.TlÍÍS? “my
words” (OA): annakam illikamma sa mala meriya la iniquities...are more than thè hairs of my head” (Ps
nias’u nasmabàtim etawu “he carne here and spoke 40: i 3); Akk: e.g., amëlutu eli sàrat qaqqadisa anima
such pleasent things as I would not have expected gillàtusa ma’du “thè sins and crimcs of mankind
from my own sons” (CAD N 28b). The CAD are more numerous than thè hairs 011 his head”
(ibid.) notes: “to be connected with Heb. smli ‘to (CAD S i27a d’).
rcjoice’.”
'I’he Akk. idiom sàrtu asuzzuzu e.g., sa ràbisu lennu
IH Cìreenfield, HUCA 30 (1959) 141—51.
sarat zumrisu uszizzu (var. usabhibu) “whose hair
011 his body thè evil ràbisu denion has made stand
— Akk. sàrtu s. OB 011 (CAD
011 S
end” (var. “has made fall out”) (JCS 2 1 [ 19671
I25a; AHw 1 19 1 b). hair. 4:26).

379
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

rtSÉ? — Akk. saptu s. OAkk. on (CAD S | 48311; Akk: zikir sapti, e.g., ilu mamman la usamsaku zikir
AHw 1 176;!). lip, edge, utterance. saptisu “110 god can treat carclessly thè command
he (Knlil) gives” (CAD Z 1 i4a 3; 484b d).
piiraslolocy
10. (Phr2) (edge ofa garment) ìll?' l "l' i n 112»
1. (Phn) (to guard one’s lips) D'nSt?? “thè edge of thè cloth” (Exod 26:4,10; 36:11);
e.g., nip-ip "1310 TO?? 71 ( Ps Akk: saptu sa mardàti “thè edge of a colored fabric”
34:14; Prov 5:2); cf. DTIS» "10» (Prov 14:3); (CAD S | 486b c).
Akk: sapti tiasàru, e.g., e fumasi pika usur saptika
parai li 1 ISM
“beware of careless talk, guard your lips” (BWL
104:131, Precepts). 1 1. (Pari) (mouth —lip) ilS»//nS (Ps 1 19:13;

2. (Phr 1 ) (to part thè lips) Ì12» nnS (Ps 51:17; Prov 18:6—7); Akk: pii//saptu, e.g., pisa baltu
Job 32:20); Akk: sapta petti, e.g., katma saptàsa ul saptàsa Imitata “with her mouth and lips intact”
tapatti “ber lips are closed, she cannot open them” (CAD S 485b 4').
(CAD S i 484b b).
3. (Phn) (to kiss thè lips) DTBÍ? p»3 (Prov pSt!? = Akk. sapàqu v. SB, NA (CAD S 161 a; AHw
24:26); Akk: sapta nasàqu, e.g., issiq saptisu adirasti I026a). to be suffìcient.
uttessi “he kissed his lips, removed his fear” (CAD
N 57b b). MI Nili \ I I \ I

4. (Phn) (to hear speech) H2» SJQE7, e.g., i. (D c »2) |i"ip» "ISSJ ps»' DN “if
insn nstp ETK Wpt^ “no none could hear (i.e., thè dust of Samaria will be suffìcient, even a
understand) his neighbor’s speech” (Cìen 1 1 q; Ps handful” (for each of thè men who follows ine)
81:6); Akk: sapta semù, e.g., sapti PN wardika ahi ( 1 Kgs 20:10); Íp'SÉT DnDJ “they abound
la tasemmëma “my father, you should not listen in thè customs of thè aliens” (Isa 2:6); Akk: sàbii
to thè report of PN, your servant” (CAD S 486x1 issu annaka ana biniti la isappiqù “thè men from
2)- this region are not even suffìcient to (protect) thè
5. (Phn) (lip of a cup) 0Ì3 212» (ìKgs 7:26 forts” (CAD S 161 a).
= 2C'hr 4:5); Akk: sapàtu sa kàsàti, e.g., kàsàtim sa
kaspi sarpi sa sapàtisunu huràsa uhbuzà “goblets of
refmed silver whose rims are overlaid with gold” pÉ7 = Akk. saqqu s. OB on (C’AD S i68b; ALIw

(CAD S 486b d). i027b). sackcloth.

6. (Phr 1 ) (edge of a wadi) bll] n2» (e.g., Deut
According to thè CAD “thè Mari refs. show that
2:36; 4:48; Josh 12:2); Akk: sapat nahalli (CAD S
it was a cloth textile of good quality.” Only ili
486b 3, N_ 12sa c).
a Nabonidus inscription \musëa saqqutnmu “my
7. (Phr2) (to shut thè lips) CTnStp IÒ3/DBK
WM.sTi-grainent is sackcloth”], “which reflects
“shut thè lips” (Prov 17:28; Ps 40:10); Akk: sapta
WSem. mourning rites, is thè meaning‘sackcloth’
katàmu/'sekêru, e.g., ahi là suktumat piti saptuk “my
found” (CAD S iC>9a).
father, let them not be shut, open your lips (i.e.,
reveal your intentions)” (CAD ibid.).
8. (Phr2) (lips speak) DTlSC? “Ql/Òbp (Isa "I® :: sarru s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 369:12-13
59:3; Ps 34:14; Job 27:4); Akk: saptà qahù, e.g., and passim), officials, rulers.
piqarna sapti taqln ma[i>ràti] “perhaps my lips spoke
blasphemy” (C’AD S | 48sb). As noted by Pentiuc (2001:17), Fleming
9. (Phr2) (command) DTlStp "131 e.g., (Installation, 94-96) “rules out any connection
nirnx Tnp» "X anx nibr?1? with Akk. sarru ‘king’.” Fleming relates thè
ri? ‘ ‘as for man’s dealing in accord with your Emarite sarru to thè WSem. word for “lord,
command, I have kept in view thè fate (lit. paths) officiai,” with Heb. sr <*sarr ; Ug. sr “chieftan,
of thè lawless” (Ps 17:4; 2Kgs 18:20 = Isa 36:5); chief, ruler, officiai.”
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew nsnfr
7 •• :

— Akk. sarapu v. OB 011 (CAI) S soa; AIIw nS“|P — Akk. surpu s. OB on (CAD S 3 53b; AI lw
1 I 8 sa). to bum clown, light a fire. i288a). firewood, combustible material.

IMIRASLOl OGY cognati: accusativi;

1. (Phri) (to destroy by fire) f ]“l» (e.g., 1. (CA) (to burn combustible material) *]“)»
Deut 13:17; Josh 1 1:1 1 ; 2Kgs 25:9); Akk: ina isàti ilS"]» “burn” (e.g., 2Chr 16:14); Akk: stirpa
saràpu, e.g., màtìàtu sa bcliya ina isàti isarripsu “he saràpu, e.g., surpu tasarrap surpu [...] baba tusessi
burns up thè land of my lord”; ekallàti sa liàbili... “you have thè fire consume thè material to be
lu aksud ina isàti lu asrup “thè palaces of Babylon I burned and take thè [...] combustibles outdoors”
(Tiglat-pileser I) captured and burned with fire” (CAD S ( 353b).
(CAD S 5 1 b f).
,jf' Cf. naie.

381
 w

K7/K7/5?? — Akk. _\ïí dct. pron. (CAD S | ia; AHw bKE? — Akk. sàlu (sa'ahi) v. OAkk. 011 (CAD S i
i i i6a). of, tliat. 274a; AHw 1 1 5 1 a), to ask.

BH »/»/» occurs i 39 tinies. As noted by Pope IDIOMATIC USACI;

(AB 15 33): “The language of thè Song ofSotigs 1. (Id 1 ) (to send a greeting, lit. to itiquire about
preseti ts a number of dialectal peculiarities. A one’s well-being) □ib»b bx», e.g., bx»b...nb» v i
striking feature is tlie use ofthe relative particle .sr □ib»b ib “ he sent (his son) to greet him” (2Sam
throughout thè hook, except in thè title, which is
S: 10 ); ib rrbx^...-px" any] rn»:; in nb?n
an editorial contrihution. No other biblical hook
□ib»b 'Pt?? “ and David sent ten young men and
consistently uses this particle, although it occurs a
said...greet bini (Nabal) in my name” ( 1 Sani 25:5);
number of times elsewhere... It has been frequently
Dibttfb vmb bx»" “and he (David) went to
taken as a token of late origin, but wrongly so. It
occurs in thè Song of Deborah, Judg 5:7, one of greet his brothers” ( 1 Sani 17:22); Akk: ana sulmi/
thè oldest picces of biblical poetry. It is manifestly subita sciiti, e.g., l ’ N mar siprini ana sa’àli subiti sa
cognate with thè Akkadian forni sa, but it is also sarri bdini naltaparsu “we sent our messenger P N
to be equated to thè variant orthograpluc forms of with greetings to thè king, our lord” (CAD S
2 79a g); P N stillini sa P N ahisu isàl “ l ’ N greets P N ,
other Semitic dialects, Arabie du, Ugaritic d and d,
and Aramaic dì, all going back to thè troublesome his colleague” (CAD S 279b).
Proto-Semitic interdental d, whicli was variously
piirashoi ogy
pronouneed and spelled.”
2. (Pliri) (to ask for a sign) nÍTlX bx», e.g.,
III! Klì 1 1365 -67; Rendshurg, Isradian Hcbriw, 103.
‘rsr. ■’T bi?s bi?i 'p by ’aib w ni’nxn “(thus said
thè I.ord...) will you ask me for signs concerning
DNK? = Akk. sàbu (.sápu) v. OB 011 (OAI) S 9b; my children, will you instruct about thè work
AHw ioooa). to draw water. of my hands?” (Isa 45:1 1); Akk: itteiti sciàlii, e.g.,
ittàtim zikaram 11 sinnistam...astàlma “I have asked
HlkASHOl.OGY
a man and a woman (ecstatic) for signs” (CAD S
1. (Phr 1 ) (to draw water) D'13 3X», e.g., 27<Sa d; Man).
□'p nxtpb nixir nini?] “gì rls coming out to draw 3. (Phr2) (to c o n s u l t a n O r a c l e , i.e., t h è w o r d
water” (1 Sani 9:1 1; cf. also Cìen 24:13; iSam 12:3; of g o d ) ern'b^n -ai? bx» (2Sam 16:23); Akk:
Nah 3:14); Akk: me sàbu, e.g., ina pi nà\ràti ki\lallè amat ili sa’àlu “ t o c o n s u l t t h è O r a c l e ( l i t . w o r d ) of
me samma “draw water at thè mouth of thè two t h è g o d s ” (ZA 20 [ 1961] 171).
rivers” (OAI) S 9I1 lex. section).
diìnotati vi:
Although both thè I leb. and Akk. verbs occur 4. (Dem) (to consult divine, other-worldly
mudi more frequently with thè actual word for forces) ’na/onwn tDB^pa/D'anria/nixa bx»
water, there are a few references in which thè □n'bx?/ 4 ' ‘consult thè ghost/thè terapbim/thè
word for water is absent, e.g., vbpa b:?b rfccr.: decision of thè union/Cod” (e.g., Deut 18:11;
“she drew water for all his camels” (Exod 24:20); iChr io:i3/Ezck 21:26; Num 27:21; iChr
summa ina urne ruqùti isàb “if at some future time 1 4:14/ 1 Sani 22:10; 23:2; 2Sam 2:1 ; 5:19,23); Akk:
she should draw water” (*CA1) S ioa). e.g., biri abrëma Samas' 11 Adad asàlma “I asked
ròwi?•• :
t
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrf.w

Samas and Adad through extispicy” (CAD S appears 111 thè lexical texts in sequence with uqnii
27iSa d). “lapis lazuli,” e.g., subatka sa ellis kunnàt ina subì
Cf. éhk v. u uqni sakkat “your jewelry, which is brilliantly
made, strung with (heads of) subii and lapis
lazuli” (CAD S 185b lex. section). Not unlike
rÒKC 1 = Akk. sai tu s. 013 (CAD S 26ya; AHw
thè eniployment of 11tD “row” with 13© “agate,”
i i 5ob). question.
Akk. also uses [urru “string” with subii, e.g., subii
IMIR ASKOI C'X ; Y ayarla ina timi [ami isakkakma ina kisàdisu isakkan
i. (Phn) -rxr: rhw pax natop nnx nbx?; “he (thè diviner) strings on a spuli thread of subii-
“I (Bathsheba) have onc small request to ask of stone and cowry shells and puts it around his
you” (ìKgs 2:20); Akk: (hapax) sàltam rabitam neck” (*CAD S 1 86a b).
asàlka “1 ask you a great question” (CAD ibid.). Il II Landsberger, |CS 21(1967)151:66;Cohen,
(j? ' 128:52.
cf. bsc v. n’psffii?.

""ÌKCP = Akk. siru s. OB 011 (CAD S ? 1 1 3b; AHw I FQ2? ?? Akk. pasàibu v. fr. OAkk. on (CAD P

i248h). flesh. 227b; AHw 84oa). Akk. to be at rest, to become

tranquil (Cì), to calili, to soothe (D); I leb. to cairn,
SLQULNCINC, to soothe (Pi'el, Hiph'il) (I leb. metathesis and labial
1. (Seq2) (skin - flesh) nX» - IIP, e.g., ,l ?|à b/p interchange).
□nics» d~ix?;i airbya nnis? “fi ayers of
PI ir asloi .OCY
their skin off them and their flesh from their
bones” (Mie 352); Akk: masku - siru, e.g., masku 1. (Phr2) said of calming down thè sea/
uqtattù dumuq sirìsu “thè skins (he was wearing) waves: e.g., ]10ni □rrb? “is?; 3-:r iix?; n-3r~

had hidden thè beauty ofhis body” (CAD 1 i sa □'EX 1 ? “(thè Lord) who stills thè raging seas, thè
b).
raging waves, and tumultous peoples” (Ps 65:8);
3n?r- nnx vba xl»? nn ni«33 b?;ia nnx “You
TR ANSILI!. Ria) MI \NINl.
rule thè swelling of thè sea, when its waves rage,
2. (TMi) (relative, i.e., of one’s own flesh)
you stili them” (Ps 89:10)= Akk: e.g., ana supsuhi
innsràp i“!ra nXEtà ix “or anyone of his own
alakti me stimiti agamntn usabsima “1 (Sennacherib)
family who is of his flesh” (Lev 25:49; Num
made a swamp in order to slow thè flow of these
27:1 1); Kin ÏJSN -IStp/TpnN "IN?; “ your father’s/
waters” (C’AD A, 299!) s.v. alaktu),
your mother’s flesh” (Lev 18:12,13); Akk: atta
in \< 1 1 \ 1 1 \ 1
la sirìsu iskunanni kimtì “my family treats me as a
stranger” (CAD S 1 1 Sb 2); anàku ahuka sirka u 2. (Den2) said of human rage: e.g., imi b-3
damuka anàku “I am your brother, 1 am your flesh n-:n^??; ninx? coni ‘rp? x^r “a duiiard vents
and blood” (CAD S j 1 i8b 2). all his rage, but a wise man calms it down” (Prov
29:1)=Akk: ul ipsabsu ezzetu kabattì aggu libbi ul
inubma “my (Esarhaddon’s) angry mind did not
ÌD5Ì; = Akk. subii A s. NA, SB 011; Sum. lw. 1U| suba
relent toward him, my furious heart did not quiet
(CAD S i8sb; AHw i2s8a). (a precious stone,
down” (CAD K i2b s.v. kabattu; cf. also C’AD
perhaps agate).
P 229 b and passim). Note also thè following
The BH hapax occurs 111 a sequence describing Heb. expressions for calming down thè sea waves
thè makeup of thè Hoshen: D» 1 ? "ï'bïr, "lltSO] i.e., bi/o; n^n/p'n^ri/ejp?;/»?"! (Isa 5:i5=Jer
npbnXI 13?; “thè third row: jacinth, an agate, and 31:35; Job 26:2/Isa 5:20; Jer 49:23^011 1:11,12/
a crystal” (Exod 28:19 = 39:12). In thè lexical lists Ps 107:29).
two colors are assoeiated with this precious stone: Heb. n3?7, employed 3 times (Ps.6s:8; 89:10;
arqu “green-yellow” and samu “red-brown.” subii Prov 29:1 1), was first equated with Akk. pasahu
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

(metathesis and lahial h/p interchange) by P. sa Adadgugal sanie u erseti “Sabatu, (thè month) of
Jensen (ZA 111 88] 188), a followed byj. Barth Adad, thè inspector of heaven and earth” (*CAD
(Etymologische Studien 11893 |c>); BDB (y86b); S Sa). Likewise, Sabàtu is considercd as urhu tàbu
Cìesenius-Buhl (Handwòrterbuch,s ib). von “a favorable month” (CAD ibid.).
Soden (AHw 84oa) 011 thè other hand, does not
I H M . K . C o h e n , C.iiltic (Àiletidars, 3 3 7 Í Í .
equate thè two lexemes (cf. also KB3 1 38ya s.v.
11327). It is interesting to note that both lexemes
are used in a similar context. ‘ , 1T3!P = Akk. sebu adj. OB 011 (CAD S 2053; AHw
i033b). seventh.

= Akk. sabbiti! A s. SB (CAD S ioa; AHw PIIRASLOI.OCY

1 1 1 t)b). staff. 1. (Phri) (seventh day) Cip (e.g.,

Cìen 2:2; Exod 12:15; 20:1 1); Akk: ina sebi ùnti “
DI'NO t a t i v i :
011 thè seventh day” (C’AD S 205a).
1. (l)eni) £03» (Job 2I:< >); Akk : sabbitu
2. (Phri) (seventh year) rPìpttfn H3»3 (e.g.,
simat ilùtisu sa kima basrnepuluhtu malti “thè scepter,
Lev 25:4; 25:20; 2Kgs 1 1:4); Akk: ina sebe sanati “
thè emblem of bis (Nergal’s) divinity, which is as
011 thè seventh year” (CAD S 20sb).
fcarfi.il as a horned serpent” (*CA1) S iob).
C f . » 3$ .
The standard Akk. words for a scepter/staff are
hattu employed OAkk. 011 (CAD H 153b) and
hutàru employed in NA, NB (CAD H 26_sa). In r.^Zw' = Akk. subultu s. OB on (CAD S 1 S7b;
SB, Akk. employs thè verb sabàtu “to strike, hit” AHw i25Sb). ear of grain.
(said of demons, illness) (CAD S 8a), absent from
PI ir asloi.ocy
BH. The attempt to understand thè 1.131 I B'?”!»
1. (Phr2) (to harvest an ear of grain)rÒ3»
(Esth 4:1 1; 5:2; 8:4) as an Aramaism for Heb. £33»
"isp, e.g., □,i73» iinri npjp -rsp pp rrni
(cf. dictionaries) was rejected by Sasson, who states
3'?3» tDpbp? ITITI "lisp' “after being like thè
that relating it (as thè causative S-stem) to thè Arabie
standing grain harvested by thè reaper, who reaps
root *rbt “to tie, bind” is likewise unsatisfactory.
Further, in light of thè hapax parallel pair ears by thè armful, he shall be like thè ears that are

£D3»//33Ì3 (Num 24:17), Weinfeld (following gleaned (in thè Valley of Rcphaim)” (Isa 17:5);

Weiher) suggests equating £03» to thè LH N33Ì3 Akk: subulta esëdu, e.g., ina (w|r/ ...| subulàti ana
£D‘0»n (b. Ber 58:2), as well as to Akk. sibtu maskanàti “that he may gather thè ears to thè
“Strafgericht” employed as thè epithet of Nergal, threshing floor” (CAD S 187I1).
i.e., Nergal sa sibti “Nergal of thè comet” (who is denotativi :
associated with thè shooting stars). Accordingly, 2. (i)en2) nipn □■'bs» sns? nani; “and
Weinfeld maintains that £03», meaning “star” as there were seven shriveled and thin ears of grain”
well as “staff,” both symbolizing dominion, is a (Cìen 41:23); Akk: e.g., isiunum ulid subultam
doublé entendre.
subultum ulid merha “thè stalk bore thè ear, thè ear
liì Sasson, VT 22 (1972) 1 1 1 ; Muraoka, 1998:122; bore thè ergot” (CAD S 1 S7b)
W e i h e r , Nergal, 8 6 : 1 ; W e i n f e l d , L I 1 4 ( 1 9 7 8 ) 2 7 a .
In Hebrew thè terni is applied also to an upper
portion of thè olive tree: □ , 'ITTn ^3» TI» HP
£232; = Akk. Sabàtu s. OAkk. on (CAD S Sa; AHw “what are thè two ... of thè olive trees (that run
1 1 iya). name of thè eleventh month.
their funnel ...)?” (Zech 4:12).

'I'he BH hapax: £03^ 2nft Kin EH il "I»!? T.rì'V

“thè eleventh month, it is thè month of Shevat” — Akk. sebe (seba) num. OB on (CAD S 203a;
(Zech 1:7). In Akk. Sabàtu is described as Sabàtu AIIw 1033b). seven.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

PIIRASLOLOCY Cf. Akk: kakka seberu “to break thè weapon” (of
1. (Phr i ) (seven days and seven nights) nin© thè battle), e.g., Samas kakkisu 11 kakki ummàtiisu
nib'b nyp»] ero; (job 2:1 3 ); Akk:
’t umim u lisbir “may Samas break his weapons and thè
sebe musiàtim (Cìeorge, C.Hgamesh, 278:8'). weapons ofhis troops” (*CAI) S 246b).
2. (hb) (to be free, lit. to break thè yoke) 13»
SLQULNCINC
bv, e.g., bp3 “bp bv p~p» “I (thè Lo rei)
2. (Seqi) (seven — eight; with eight for
shall break thè yoke of thè king of Babylon” (Jer
emphatic effect) nrá» - nyp», e.g., rb>S ìtàpìT)
28:2,4); 'Opri? TH3» “y° u (Israel)
□nK pp? n?bKh cryn nyp» “we shall rise against
broke your yoke, you loosened your harness” (Jer
him (Assyria), seven shepherds, eight princes of
2:20; cf. jer 5:5); cf. nnsp riitob nx □» np»3
men” (Mie 5:4; cf. also Lev 8:33—35; Lxod 22:29;
“when I break thè harness of Egypt” (Ezek 30:18;
Ps 9:10); Akk: e.g., sarti sibitti samànutu ahassunu
cf. also Lev 26:13; Ezek 34:27; Nah 1:13); Akk:
“thè seven kings, and as eighth their sister” (C’AI)
timi seberu, e.g., i ttisbir timi “let us break thè yoke”
S 203b 2'); 7 ahhcsu diku 8 hatàusu sunullu “(thè
(.Aira-hasis, 44:2); cf. absàna seberu “to break thè
goddess) whose seven brothers have been slain,
harness,” e.g., Ningal simitti ni risu lipturma lisbira
whose eight brothers-in-law have been laid out”
absànsu “may Ningal break thè harness of his
(JAOS 103 11983] 211-15; CAI) H 148b s.v.
(chariot), break thè yoke ofhis (chariot)” (Streck
baiatili reads 7(?) hatàusu) = Ug: e.g., sb‘ sul ysrk
Asb. 292 r. 21).
b'I Unn rkb rpt “for seven years Ba‘al failed//the
3. (Id2) (to weaken, lit. to break thè staff) 13»
rider of thè clouds for eight” (CTA 19 i 42—44)
B3»/npp, e.g., □•’btrà ts?» D'yen npp ’n 1 3 »
= Phoen: by3 n»K nara»i ma y3» “ bis seven
“thè Lord has broken thè staff of thè wicked, thè
co-wives and eight wives of Ba‘al” (KAI I, 27:17—
rod of tyrants” (referring to Sargon II) (Isa 14:5;
18).
cf. also Isa 14:29; Jer 48:17); Akk: batta seberu “to
I l - l - l l P a u l , Amos, 2 2 - 2 4 .
break thè scepter” (in a curse formula), e.g., Anum
C’f. rabum ... hattasu lisbir simàitisu lirur “may thè great
Anu...smash his scepter and curse his destiny”
“05!? = Akk. seberu v. OAkk. on (CAI) S 24C>b; (CH Epilogue); hattasu isbir ina màrùtisu issuhsu
AHw i2o6a). to break. “(thè father) broke his (thè son’s) staff, removed
him from thè status of son” (CAI) S 247b 2').
IDIOMATIC USACI’.
simili:/mlt apiior
1. (Idi) (to weaken military power, lit. to
4. (SM2) (to break a pot), DS?n m "13?^ n33
break thè bow) n»p "13®, e.g., n»p I1X p-p»!
n?i»n ■'bp ni* n3?r ...n-rn “so i (thè Lord)
b^H»" 1 “I (thè Lord) will break thè bow of Israel”
smash this people...as one smashes thè potter’s
(Hos 1:5; 2:20); abp n»p nx “13» pn “behold, I
vessel” (Jer 19:11); Akk: (in comparison), e.g.,
(thè Lord) will break thè bow of Elam” (Jer 49:35;
putam ki karpatim tasabbir(wr. da-sa-bi-ir) “you
cf. also Jer 51:56; Ps 46:10); nprfppi 31.1T) n£pi
lireak (your) forehead like a pot” (CAD S 247a
yiKil |P TÌ3»X “I (thè Lord) will break thè bow
b, OAkk. ine.).
and thè sword and battle from thè land” (Hos
2:20); Akk: qasta seberu, e.g., bèlet qabli u tàhazi... PI IR ASEOLOGY
idàya tazzizma qasassunu tasbir “(Istar) thè goddess 5. (Phri) (to break a bone). /QXV ~3»/13»
of warfare stood at my side and broke their bow” □"1.5, e.g., nio^sy bp "DE?’ p n*a “like a lion
(CIA1) Q I49a) = OAram: (a curse formula), e.g., breaks all my bones” (Isa 38:13; cf. also Lam 3:4/
nm nrm “det p iba K'srn an»p n3»n 'T -pai Prov 25:1 5); Akk: esernta seberu, e.g., summa esemti
ni3i n»pi |bì<yna n»p| “as this bow and these awilim istebir esemtasu isebbirù “if he should break
arrows are broken, thus Anahita (or: Inurta?) and thè bone of an awilu, tliey shall break his bone”
Hadad shall break thè bow of Matti el and thè bow (CH §197).
of thè nobles” (KAI 222:38—39; thè Sefire treaty). 6. (Pliri) (to break a tooth) D'?» "13» “break
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

tecth,” e.g., Fl"13» □■‘SETI '3» “you break tbe 42:1,2); -a»n “ to eat up thè grain
teetb of tbe wicked” (Ps 3:8); Akk: situici seberu, (ration)” (Cìen 43:2); “Q»ìl J"1X N»3 “to carry thè
e.g., summa iraggumii tuppu amiti sinndtisunu «[.<] grain (ration)” (Cìen 42:26); “133» ^03 “money for
abbar “if tbey contest (this agreement) this tablet thè ration” (Cìen 47:14); |Í3ÏH “13» “grain for
will break all their tecth” (CAI) S 24yb d). hunger” (Cìen 42:19); brn ninpìsn DT3i?n
7. (Phr2) (to break a neck) Ìrip“!?i2 ra»ril J13»n DVS "133» “(thè peoples of thè land) bring
“his neck broke” (iSam 4:18); Akk: kisàdu sabru merchandise or any grain (to sell) on thè Sabbath
“broken neck” (CAI) S 25 ia lex. section). day” (Neh 10:32). "133» is once employed in
8. (Phr2) (to break thè door bolt) “)3»/“l3» parallelism with "13 “grain,” i.e., EHÌin "131?' TI»
nna, e.g., 3»r Tran] p»?n nr: Tra©] "13 nn^l?3] n3»n]//“l3» nnp»?] “when will thè
|]N ni?p3i? “I (thè Lord) will break thè gate bar new moon be over, so that we may sell grain//
of Damascus and cut off thc ruler from thè valley and thè Sabbath, so we may open thè grani (bins)”
of Aven” (Amos 1:5; cf. also Jer 51:30; Lam 2:9); (Amos 8:5).
Akk: sikkura seberu, e.g., amahhas daltu sikkïiru O11 thè basis of thè above context and thè
asabbir atnahhas sipputnnia usabalkat datati “I (Istar) parallelism between "13» on thè one hand, and
will smash thè door, I will break thè bolt, I will 13 and b3N 011 thè other, it had long been
sniash thè fraine, I will dislodge thè doors” (CAI) determined that “13» refers to grain available for
S 2 57b c). sale, or acquired by purchase, and etymologically
9. (Phr2) (to smash idols) /HDOÌD/D 1 ?? “13» should be separateci from I “13» “break” (131)13,
“•-'Vx •‘re? “smash images/molten images/ KB’ and others). While thc etymology of “13» is
images of her gods” (2Kgs 1 1:18; 2C.hr 23 : 17/2Chr stili a crux, one may venture to suggest thè Heb.
34:4/Isa 21:19); Akk: salma /ildni seberu “to sniash 11 rat? may be etymologically and semantically
images/gods” (CAI) S 249b c; 25ob). equated to Akk. sub. sibru A, a type of flour, e.g.,
I H Waldman, JQR 69 (1977/8) 82 88. Z ì i ) sibri...ZUì T U R . T U R “coarsely ground flour...
:ji>' fmely ground flour” (CAD S 382a); stimma Z ì i ) .
c:f. nn®.
TUR.TUR u Zìi) s'ibri la te'in sibra u sute'ua lissìma
“if thè fmely ground flour and thè coarsely
I T32? = Akk. sebru adj. 013 011 (CAI) S 25 ia; ground flour are not (sufficiently) ground, have it
AIIw i207a). broken. ground and fine ground so that he can bring it”
(CAD S 248I-) e, s.v. seberu). Further, in light of
Whereas thè Akk. adj. sebru “broken” is restricted
thè Old Babylonian expression .sr nebritim “barley
to thè physical realm, e.g., mustu sebirtu “broken
for hunger”: assmn se nebritim sàbiya u eqliya
conili”; pilakku sebru “broken spindle,” tiiru
aspurakkumma temi se nebritiya u eqlim sa aspurakkum
sibrutu “broken yokes,” esentiti sebirtu “broken
tlippa meher tuppi ul tusàbila “concerning thè barley
bone,” thè I leb. substantive “133» occurs in a few
for hunger, my personnel, and my field; but you
cases in thè physical realm, e.g., b^/T/bi - ] “13»
did not send me an answer to thè report that I
□rar “broken leg/hand/broken earthen jug”
had sent you about thè barley for my hunger
(Lev 21:19; Isa 30:14). In thè majority of cases,
and about thè fiele!” (*CAI) N 147b), Klein
Heb. “133» h as thè extended meaning: “collapse,
semantically equates it to thè BH hapax idiom
destruction, catastrophy.”
p3in “13» ‘ ‘grain for hunger.”
'*>' Cf. "130 v.
IH Klein, Tbe Proceeditn’s of tbe Sixth World ('ongress of
fewisb Studies 6/1 (1977) 237 44.
II = Akk. sibru A s. MB 011 (CAD S_ 382a).
'fi- c'f. 3sn.
Akk. grain.

The sub. II ”13» is attested 9 times in BI I: »’' P’Jtp — Akk. sig ù s. OB on (CAD S 413 a ; AHw
□ ,- 135ip3 “13» “that there is grain in Lgypt” (Cìen 123 ib). Akk. lamentation, (a type of prayer).

3 «7
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Note 'nb n» n»K nnb fra» “a sìiiggayon of replaces thè older title sarratu “queen.” The sa
David, sung by hini before thè Lord (on behalf ekalli occupicd thè influential position of “queen
of thè Benjaminite Cush)” (Ps 7:1); nbsri mother,” i.e., ummi sani (— Heb. “[bí2H DX). In
nia s a» by xpan pipnnb “a prayer of thè prophet thè Neo-Assyrian period they were Sammuramat
V

Habakkuk in thè mode of Shigyonoth” (Hab 3:1). wife of Samsi-Adad V (823—810) and thè mother
Although thè etymology and exact meaning of of Adad-Nïrárï III (809—782); Naqiya-Zakutu
thè lexeme are not known, equating it to thè thè wife of Sennacherib (701—681) and tlie
Akk. substantive sigi) (AIIw 123 ih) rendered as mother of Esarhaddon (680—669); Esarra-Hamat
“dirge, lamentation” has been suggested. wife of Esarhaddon (680—669); Libalisarrat wife
Akk., not unlike Heb., employs thè lexeme of Assurbanipal (668—626). The functional
in titles and subscripts to prayers, e.g., sigi) Marduk equivalent of thè Assyrian sa ekalli in thè Bible is
“prayer, dirge to Marduk” (C’AD S 4<3a a). rnpa “queen mother,” which is mentioned six
Further, Akk. commonly employs thè idiom times, once specifically referring to queen Maacha
sigi) sasii “to recite, invoke a sigi/,” e.g., ina unii thè wife of Solomon and thè queen mother of
semi sarru litullil lìtebbib sigi) ana Anu llnlil u Ila Rehoboam (ìKgs 15:13).
isassi “on a favorable day thè king purifìes and I H L a n d s b e r g e r , B a u m g a r t n e r , I:est., 1 9 8 - 2 0 4 ;

cleanses himself and recites aloud a /ýjiJ-prayer Lambert, RA 63 (1969) 65-6; Millard, UF 4 (1972)
161-62; Arbeli, 1984: 298 301; Lxxi (I leb.)
to Anu, Enlil, and Ea” (CAD S 413b b). The
I£> ( ì. BA xnbw.
sequence of thè above Akk. phrase, i.e., sarru “thè
king” sigei sasù - “to invoke //(’/Lprayer,” may be
compared to thè BH sequence nlava» bi? ìlbsri 1732? = Akk. segii v. OB on (C'AD S 26oa; AHw
“invocation in thè mode of Shigionoth” - p1p3n i2o8b). Akk. to rage; I Icb. to be mad, behave as an
«■pan “Habakkuk thè prophet.” So too, one may ecstatic, go into a trance.
compare thè BH phrase ‘nb...}í''3» “a sbig^ayon
prayer...to thè Lord” to thè Akk. sigi) tnaliar Assur The verb S?3» occurs seven times in BI I, five times
“a /((jiJ-praycr (recited) before Assur” (CAD S_ in thè Pu'al part.: I?3»i? (Deut 28:34; iSam 21:16;
4 1 4 a c). 2Kgs 9:1 1; Jer 29:26; Hos 9:7), and twice in thè
Hitpa'el ( 1 Sani 21:15,16). In Akk., thè majority of
(Il KB1 1414b.
cases refer to thè raging/rabid behavior of animals
such as kalbu /nesu/barbara /sisit/imeni /alpu “dog/
^3?? = Akk. sa ekalli s. NA, SB (C'AD E 61 a; AI lw lion/wolf/liorse/ass/ox” (C'AD S 26oa), and
193I3). queen. a few cases said of humans and gods, e.g., assat
ameli issegqàma rnutisina ina kakki inarra “wives will
nHNO TATivii
become incensed and slay their husbands” (CAD
1. (Den2) ba» a lo anword from Akk. sa ekalli
S 26ob b). In BH, thè verb refers exclusively
“thè one of thè palace,” i.e., queen, occurs twice
to humans. The verb occurs three times in
in BH: in Ps 45:10, in poetic text describing thè
connection with prophecy: n-TH ya»f?n fcQ SJniS
king’s wife, thè queen: arpa ^T^b ba» rma
'^'’bx “why does this mesug^a‘ (Elisila) come to
"V3ÌX “thè queen stands at your right hand,
you” (2Kgs 9:1 1); K33nm Vpì? »’« bpb “to every
decked in thè gold of Ophir” and to speofically
mestigga' (Jercmiah) who plays thè prophet” (Jer
depict thè wife of King Artaxerxes (known by
29:26); nnn yaptp xpan b’ii? “thè prophet
thè name Damaspia): íblSK rWT ba»n] “ and thè
is distraught, thc man of spirit is mesug^a'" (Hos
queen seated at his (thè king’s) side” (Neh 2:6).
9:7). It should be noted that thè Akk. verb segù
In thè Neo-Assyrian period thè title MUNUS.É.C.AL is equated in thè Summa dlu commentary to thè
“woman of thè palace”; Akk: sa ekalli depiets verb malli) (Man, SB) “to become frenzied, go
thè highest-ranking wife among thè wives of into trance.” Akk. maini (v.) and thè substantive
thè king. In thè Neo-Assyrian period this title malihii “ecstatic” are thè semantic equivalents of
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Heb. SJ3E? and S73E7Í? rcspectively. maini/muliliú are of these expressions is SJpH “to thrust/pitch
employed 111 a prophetic text from Mari, e.g., (thè pegs of) a tent” (Cìen 31:25; Jer 6:3); Akk:
mulihùm sa 1)N illikanima “tbe ecstatic man of eriqqa/elippa sadàdu “to pilli a cart/to tow a boat”
Dagan carne” (CAD M j yoa a, Mari); ina bit DN (CAD L 23a 2; 23b b). C'f. also thè Heb. hapax
ina salsint fintini PN immal iti umma DNwììj “in tbe idioms rrmo iie? “ to pulì down (i.e., destroy)
tempie of Annumtum 011 thè third day PN went pillars” (Hos 10:2); j3-TSJ?p 11E? “your stronghold is
into a trance and Annunitum spoke (through pulled down” (i.e., destroyed) (Isa 23:14); TJHIQD
him)” (CAD M | 1 16a b); ina bit DN sa libbi ài ini “IE?1"’ “your fortresses shall be pulled down” (Hos
PN suhràti PN immahima kiam iqbi “in thè tempie 10:14).
of Annunltum, in thè city, PN thè servant of PN Akk. sadàdu has thè meaning “to drag down”
went into a trance and spoke as follows” (ARM 1 o (C'AD S | 25a f). This also seems to be thè case
8:5—8). In light of thè Akk. prophetic texts from in Judg 5:27: DE? 1713 "EÍNÏ b?)3 1713 17^31
Mari, thè I leb. verb 573riE?n in 1 Sani 21:15,16 and “IHE? *733 “at her (Jael’s) feet he slumped, fell
i?3»P in 2Kgs y: 1 1 ; Jer 2y:26; I Ios y:7 should be down, where he slumped there he fell, dragged
more precisely rendered “to make oneself go into down.” The parallelism ~!1E?//b23 occurs once
a trance” and “ecstatic” referring to a prophet. more in Zech 1 1:2: H1E? DH1K 1E?K HX b?3 '3
(Ili Morali, Bib. 50 (1969) 25ÍÍ.; Weinfeld, VT 27 “for thè cedars have fallen, thè mighty ones are
(1977) 1S1-82. dragged down (i.e., destroyed)”; Akk: (said of a
corpse), e.g., isdudti salamtasu ana Anunnaki ipqid

“12? = Akk. sedu (seddu, sidu) s. 015 on (CAD S “(Bel bound Anu), dragged lns corpse along and
entrusted it to thè Anunnaki” (CAD S 24a d).
2s6b; AIIw i2o8a). (a spirit or denion representing
Zechariah uscs thè verb 11E? to express another
an individuali vital force).
meaning, i.e., “to pulì off, remove” employed in
The Heb. lexeme occurs only twice in thè pi., thè idiomatic hapax nilS “HE? “pulì off a cloak/
in thè idiom DHtëb rnr “ to sacrifice to spirits” mantle” (to express shame and vulnerability),
(Deut 32:17; Ps 106:37). Further, Akk. sedu, a e.g., nniix h-he; '3 a^ln bip “hark:
spirit, connotes a demolì and is equated in thè thè wailing of thè shepherds for their cloak was
lexical lists to other demons, such as ràbisu and pulled off’ (Zech i i :3). The NJPS renders DH11K
iitukku (C'AD S 256x1 lex. section). Such seems as “rich pastures,” but considers thè “meaning of
also to be thè case in Heb., where in Deut 32:17 I leb. uncertain.” Meyers translates thè lexeme as
□HE? parallel to ríbl* *6 seems to indicate that thè “their wealth (is destroyed),” an unattested mng.
objects of worship are mere spirits, “no-gods.” Iti in BH. In light of thc Akk. usage of sadàdu “pulì
Ps 106:37, since CHE? occurs in sequence with off, draw” (a curtain, a piece of cloth) (CAD S
“idols,” thè lexeme may refer to nian- 21 a), I leb. DnilN I111E? may be rendered “their
madc demonic idols. (thè shepherds’) cloak was pulled off, removed,”
expressing thè notion of shame and vulnerability.

"112? = Akk. sadàdu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S | 2oa; IH Meyers, A Lì 25C 247.
AI lw 1 1 21 a), to pulì.
□rró? = Akk. samtu s. OB 011 (C'.AD S 121 b;
DENOTATIVE
AH w loiya). (a red stone [usually designating
i. (Dc'112) pn3//11E? “pulì out//tear away,” carnelian|).
e.g., ipr13 Hn'o bpv/iiE? •’bnx “ my tent was
pulled out//all my tent cords were snapped” (Jer Note thè similarity in phraseology between
10:20). bnX 11E? is synonymously parallel to thè Lzckicl and Cìilgames concerning thè bejeweled
expressions bnx np3/yp3 “ to pulì out (thè pegs) of vegetation that grows in thè lordly garden of
a tent” (N11111 2M7/PS 52:7), where thè antonym precious stones, where Heb. DilÉ? and Akk. sàmtu
nmtf
T
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biiu.icai. Hebrew

“carnelian” are employed: Ezek 28:13: ]3 ]n2J3 should know that PN and PN have been plottmg
nsen onc px bz n^n 2-n% disloyalty together” (CAD S 24311 2; EA 333:
“TSD “in Eden, die garden of Cìod, you were 4—5; let. Teli el-Hesi).
every precious stone...beryl, carnelian and jasper, Heb. employs thè nominai idiom ©23 £3X©
sapphire”; Akk: sàmtn nasàt inibsa ishunnatum “wholehearted contempi” only in Ezek 25:6,15;
ullulat ana dogala hipat uqnù nasi hashalta “liung 36:5, which is absent from Akk. The Heb.
with bunches of grapes, lovely to behold, a lapis triconsonantal root £3X© is a by-form of thè
lazuli (tree) bore foliage” (Cìeorge, (iilgamesh, hallow root £31©, where thè participle is vocalized
672:174-75). with long à 011 an Aramaic pattern. For a similar
tricoiisoiiaiitalization of hollow roots, see £3*0
“cover/ ’ coib (2S ani 19:5); ^X© “crush, trample,”
nmtf cf. nn©. “
T ”
^1© (Ezek 36:3; Ps 56:2,3; 57:4). Accordingly,
Amos 2:7; 8:4 □ , 'SX©n sliould be vocalized
I £312; = Akk. sàtu A v. SB (CAD S, 24211; AHw □ , 'SX©n, a by-form of thè hollow root ^1© “crush,
I205a). Akk. to pulì, drag; Heb. to rove about, trample,” not to be confused with its homonym
roani, row. gasp, pant after.”

S! (H l\l 1 m ,
“1QÌE7 = Akk. satàru v. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 22511;
1. (Seq2) (in sequence with other verbum
AH w i203b). Akk. to write, copy; Heb. a record-
movendi), i.e., "^bnC^ - £31© “rove about - walk up
keeper, organizing offìccr.
and down” (Job 1:7; 2:2); Ì03 - £31© “rove about
- come” (2Sam 24:8); t0£0© - SJ13 “wander - go Heb. D'IBWnai© occurs only in thè Qal part.
to and fro” (Amos 8:12); Akk: alàku - sàtu, e.g., sg. and pi.; thè lexeme occurs six times 111 thè
PN illika ìnaka isfita “Cìilgames carne here, toiled, phrase □ , ’“1£31©1 !Tt331© “magistrates and officials”
exerted himself’ (Cìeorge, (ìilgamesh, 720:274). (Deut 16:18; Josh 23:2; 24:1; 8:33; iChr 23:4;
Except for thè one Gilgamesh passage cited above, 26:29), once in thè phrase b©01 It?© flSj? “leaders,
sàtu is used in thè sense “to pilli,” e.g., gusùre ermi officers, rulers: (Prov 6:7); four times in thè phrase
rabù ti ... iksitu “they cut huge cedar logs ... and □•'“)£p©1 D“’3pT “elders and officials” (Num 11:16;
dragged them (to Nineveh)” (CAD S. 24211). Deut 29:9; 31:28; Josh 8:33); twice in thè phrase
□'“ìpi©! D ,©33 “taskmasters and officials” (Exod
5:6,10); and twice in LBH in thè phrase □ , '“]S1D
II 0152 = Akk. sàtu B, v. EA, SB, NB (CAD S.
Q , ’“]£p©1 “scribes and officials” (2Chr 34:13) and
242b; AHw 120511). Akk. to be negligent, disloyal;
ni21©n in;©?;Q1 nsion btflir “Yeil thè scribe and
Heb. to despise.
Maasseiahu thè officiai” (2Chr 26:1 1).
The verb £31© “despise, disrespect” occurs three Although satani is thè standard verb in Akk.
for “to write,” thè lexeme for “scrilie” is tupsarru
times, all in Ezekiel, in thè phrase ni£3X©/D',£3X©
(AHw 1395b), e.g., summa tele’i tastattar atta
rrnsa ^nix/anix 1 “who despise them/you on
tupsarru “if you are able to write, you are a scribe”
every side” (Ezek 16:57; 28:24,26); Akk., e.g., PN
(CAD S. 22sb lex. section). Silice 1£3Í© and 1310
ana muhhi sa PN amat sarri iltutu amati la tàbti ana
are employed together, ICOI© is better understood
muhhi ekalli \ilt\akam “PN, because PN has...-ed as a ci vii servant, officeholder who may have been
thè royal order, has spread malicious tales about 1111 officiai recorder.
thè palace” (CAD S 24311 b).
IH KB1, 1441 42.
Akk. sàtu is equated in thè lex. list and in thè
'<? cf. “iBrà, “iosa.
Summa izbu cornili, to nàsu (cf. Heb. f*ÌO) “to
scorn” (CAD S. 242I1).
The WSem. passive attested only in E A, = Akk. sumu s. pi. tantum, OAkk. on (CAD
e.g., lu fidi inuma tusàtuna PN u PN puhris “you S 29811; AHw i275b). garlic.

390
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n por Biblical Hebrew T

si;()ui:ncin(ì
— Akk. selcbii s. OAkk. on (CAD S 268a;
i. (Scqz) (garlic - onions) (BH hapax), nX] AFIw i2ioa). Akk. fox; Heb. fox, jackal.
□'P^n n^i erbari “th e onions and thè garlic”
diìnotati VP.
(Num 11:5); Akk: 1 mc’at sùmù 1 mc’at samaskillù
“one hundred (string of) garlic, one hundred 1. (I )en 1 ) (living annd ruins): nÌ3in3 □'’bSTCQ
(strings of) onions” (C'AD S 299b). Vn bxi»' 1 “your prophets, O Israel, have
been like foxes/jackals aniong ruins” (Ezek 13:4);
Ciarlic was used in Mesopotamia as an external
in 13^1 □' ,l ?i?i© dp©» |i B S£ in bv “because of
and internai medication and apotropaion: e.g.,
Mount Zion, which lies desolate, foxes/jackals
simili (= hiuiq cllibuhi): stiku ina samni a sikaru saqù
prowl over it” (Lam 5:18); Akk: (thè sanie trait),
“garlic is a remedy for strioture of thè bladder:
e.g., ina sùqcsit hadù ni Uhi epis nigùti ul ipparik...
to crush and to givo to drink in oil or fine beer”
scialili u biisu iqnunu qinnu “in its streets joy shall
(C'AD S looa o); siimi...ina qàtcka tclcqqcrna |c/i|
not come, 110 merrymaker goes along...thè fox
marsi takani “you take garlic (etc.) in your hands
and thè hyena Iliade their lairs (in thè ruins)”
and place it over thè paticnt” (CAD S 300I1).
(Borger, Esar. 107 68 edge).
2. (Deii2) npin psi bvw ròi?:dk
yÌ2? = Akk. su ù (smini’ii) s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S “if a fox climbed it (thè stone wall), he would
4i7a; AHw i29sb). lord. breach it” (Neh 3:35); Akk: e.g., crub sclcbu ana
csdi hurr\i\ irbis barbara ina qabal burri “thè fox
J?i© occurs twice in BH, once in Isa 32:5 as a
entered thè depths of thè hole, thè wolf crouched
synonym of CHJ “noble,” and as thè antonym
inside thè hole” (CAD ibid.).
of '' i T3 “knavc,” e.g., bri? 1 ? Hi? XljT ìÒ
viti ip^. *6 'b'zb' “no more shall a villain be Akk. depicts another characteristic of thè fox,
called noble, nor shall lord be said of knavc”; and namely thè rcputation of this animai as being

in Job 34:19 as a synonym ofIÉ? “prince” and as wily and cunning, especially to avoid detection

thè antonym of *7*1 “wretched,” e.g., Kb 1©K and capture. The Babylonian Marduk-bel-usàti

bi ':?? sjì» is? ìòi D'ir “he is not partial craftily escapes from Shalmaneser III: kima sclcbi

to princes, thè noble are not prcferred to thè ina pilsc usi “escaped through a hole like a fox”

wretched.” Akk. siili “master, lord” is equated in (CAD S 268b). Another Babylonian king slyly

thè synonym list to sarru “king” (CAD S 4>7a). escapes from Esarhaddon and flees to Elam: RN

In thè Theodicy, siili occurs with thè epithets Ic’ù alàk ummàniya ismema ana mal l'Jamti sclabis innabit
“upon hearing of thè approach of my troops RN
“wise one” and palkti “broad (understanding)”
ran away to Elam like a fox” (Borger, Esar. 47 A
(CAD S 417b). Akk. likewise employs thè fem.
forni su’ctu “lady, mistress,” absent from BH. In " 5 5 ).

Akk. lex. lists su’ctu is equated to thè titles cntu Note thè possibility that thè biblical city
npbvw (Judg 1:35; 1 Kgs 4:9) may have derived
“high priestess” and bcltu “mistress” (C'AD S
its name from thè animals abounding in thè
196x1 lex. section). In thè Theodicy, su’ctu occurs
area belonging to thè tribe of Dan (Judg 15:4).
in parallelism with sanata “queen,” e.g., sarratii
Whereas Heb./OAram. and Aram.
pàtiqtasina sa’ctum l ) N “mistress Maina, thè queen
are spelled without thè final b, Arab. has
who fashioned them” (BWL 88:278, Theodicy).
both forms il and t‘lb.
In thè Ug. literature, apart from thè titles adii
“master”; b'I “lord”; mlk “king” (KRT B 6:1,5; (il Margalit, VT 35 (1985) 224-29.

KRT B 41.28; KRT A 13 1), King Keret bears thè

title i (CTA 4:200). 1SÌ27 = Akk. sappartu s. SB (C'.AD S i6sb—i66a;
IH Cìreenfield, HI 9 (1969) 60—63; Sasson, UF 14 AH w i027a). Akk. tip of an animai horn; Heb.
(1982) 201-8. horn.

39'
 An Akkadian Lhxical Companion for Biblical Hlbrhw

pi iraskology PI IKASt.OI ogy

i. (Piin) cr i ?3i'' ni“i?i© “ rams’ horns” (Josh 1. (Phr2) (fattened bull) 013K “lit», e.g., 3ÌtD
6:4,6,8); Akk: scipparti qaran ayali /UDU.Mks /alpi in nxat?n on« “ii©p nnnx] p“r nniK “better
“tip ofthe horn ofa stag/goat(?)/ox” (C’AI) S a meal of vegetables where there is love than
1 6sb). fattened bull where there is hate” (Prov 15:17);
Akk: (idiomatic hapax) sunl mariìtu “fattened
sappartu is equated in thè lex. list to qarnu “horn”
bulls,” e.g., kima suri marùti sa nadu summannu “as
(CAI) S 165I1 lex. section).
though they were fattened bulls in tethers” (CAD
S 36yb, Semi.).
piti? = Akk. sùqn s. OB 011 (C'AI) S 400a; AHw
sum is equated in thè lex. lists to thè standard Akk.
106 ih). Street.
word alpu “bull, ox” (CAD ibid.).
PI IRASHOI.OG Y
Cf.
1. (Phr2) (to roani thè streets) p1K?3 330,
e.g., D'pTCD nppÍO^I X3 HEÌpK “I must rise and
(”l"1t£?) “HE? :: sàru v. EA; WSem. word (CAD S
roani thè streets” (SoS 3:2; Ecc 12:5); Akk: ina
i40a). to treat disloyally, blame, slander, eye with
siiqi sahàru, e.g., ina...tiris qàti u la cpcri suq àlisu
disfavor.
lissabhur “let him rove thè streets ofhis city with
outstretched hand but getting 110 alms” (CAI) S EA 252:14 reads: manna cpsàti ana sarri bcliya ikkalu
47b). karsiya (gloss: usarli) ina pani sani “what have I
2. (Phr2) (to pass along thè Street) pIED “1317, done to thè king, my lord, (that) they accuse me
e.g., nvT nn’3 ^“ni nas basa pian “ini? “he (gloss: I ani slandered) before thè king” (*CAD
was Crossing thè Street near her corner,, walking
S_ i40a; let. Jerusalem); qabi karsiya (gloss: sirti) ina
toward her house” (Prov 7:8); Akk: suqa ctequ, pani sarrima bcliya “I have been slandered before
e.g., amelu sii suq àlisu cttiq “that man will pass
thè king, my lord” (*CA1) ibid.; EA 252:14; let.
safely along thè Street of his town” (CAI) E Jerusalem).
384b). Ili EA only thè passive of thè verb is attested.
Albright identified thè forili sirti as Qal pass. perf.
pÍt^ = Akk. siqu s. MA 011 (C'AI) S 305I1; AHw In BH thè verbal root “112? occurs 24 times, 1 8
i028a). thigh. times meaning “look, gaze”: it occurs twice parallel
to “see” (Num 23:y; 24:17), once parallel to
The Heb. sequential hapax D'pttf - □'1313 “knees “look 011” (Job 2o:y), and once parallel to
- thighs” (Deut 28:35) ma y parallel thè reference CD3n “ gaze” (Job 35:5). More specifically, thè verb
in ABL 453:6, in which siqu is a variant for birku occurs five times 111 thè Pollel part., i.e., "H“1ÌE? (Ps
in thè sanie blessing formula: màrmàrcsunu sarru 5:y; 27:1 1; 54:7; 56:3; 59:1 1), and once it occurs
ina siqisu lintuh “may thè king (live to) lift their 111 thè hollow part. '1® (Ps y2:i2). •HI»/''"Hi»
(his sons’) grandchildren olito his lap” (C’AD S connotes “my slanderers,” “those whom one eyes
30sb) = màrmàrcsu sarru beh ina burkisu lintuh “may with disfavor (i.e., watchful foes)” and should
thè king, my lord, (live to) lift his grandsons onto be regarded as thè etymological and semantic
his knees” (CAD M 2sya); Heb: (for a similar equivalent of thè Amarna verb sàru “to slander,”
blessing formula), e.g., bs DÌ 1 ?® Tpan 1 ? CT?3 nX"|1 e.g., ni©3 -ax— cttVs -ar:-ip‘ non -rr'bs “my
‘and live to see your children’s children, faithful Cìod will come to aid me, Cìod will let me
may all be well with Israel” (Ps 128:6; cf. also avenge my slanderers” (Ps sy: i 1 ); 1*l!lE!i3 'TB tD3ri]
Prov 17:6). "arx nayptpn □* , S?“!P 'bv □•'Ppn “I shall avenge my
slanderers, take revenge 011 thè wicked who beset
IW = Akk. sùru B s. Ur III on (CAD S 36yb; me” (Ps y2:1 2).
AHw i287a). bull. IH mntp cf. nno.

392
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

"irtE? — Akk. sahadu v. OB; WSem. lw. (CAI) S by sinful man in thè Street.” Whereas Leichty
75a; AHw i I28a). to hestow, to give as a present. translates sehànu as a “giant,” Elnian renders thè
1101111 as “one afflicted with boils,” supporting his
The Akk. hapax sahadu is equated by von Soden argument from tlie Akk. lexical text, where lii-
to thè Heb.-Aram, verb in». Accordingly, ka-tar is glossed by sehà\nu\. katarm is found in a
von Soden renders thè word as “schenken, list of skin marks such as halli, urnsatu, and pindu.
bescheren.” Akk: tastah(a)da rigma ana awiluti aptur Accordingly, Heb. ’pn» = Akk. sellatiti sliould
lilla andnra\ra asku\n “you (gods) bestowed wailing be derived from sahànu “to become warni, be
upon mankind, I have loosed thè yoke, I have heated” (CAI) S i 78a) as Syriac salina is related to
established freedom” (*CA1) S 75a; Lambert and sellati “to warm.”
Miliare!, Atra-Hasis 60 L242-243). 111» is attested IH Llman, JANES 8 (1976) 33-34.
in Ezek 16:33: ITU na; nru lyiNi nn? irr niat bzb
naso Nini nnix antóri] -anxp bdb
l'riWTnp “gifts are given to all prostitutes, and
rpntf* = Akk. setu a.
you gave gifts to all your lovers, ’in»rn them to ,ir C'.f. Il nn©.
come to you from all around for your harlotries.”
In tlie light of thè two terms for “present” 113
nbnty = Akk. sehlàtu s. Mari (C'AI) S 2C>4a; AHw
and j-J3, Cìreenfield (El 16 |k>82| s6a) maintains
i2oya). Akk. (a food).
that thè verb 1!"!» does not here mean “to bribe”
as 111 late Hebrew usage. Rather, it connotes a SLQUHNCINC;
present that is sent to those who expect in return 1. (Secp) (BH hapax) employed in sequence
some sort of benefit. Cïreenfield’s assertion seems with nsr njá^ cpo nabm nbrrcn =^3 nap
to be supporteli from thè above Akk. passsage, as “herbs stacte, ..., and galbanum, these lierbs
well as from a second I leb. attestation, in which together with pure frankincense” (Exod 30:34).
tlie verb “III» is parallel to nn 1 “ to give” in Job In Akk. sehlàtu occurs in sequence with satnldu “a
6:22: njp nnp asrppi 'b an thok an “did type of groats” and appàtiu “a leguminous plant.”
I say, give me something or bestow for me from
Both AHw and tlie CAI) compare Akk. sehlàtu to
your strength?”
Heb. nbn» and Ug. shit.
IH von Soden, Or. 38 (1969) 525:1.
IH von Soden, UF 13 (1981) 164:30.

= Akk. sellatiti s. SB (C'AI) S 26>3a; AHw

i2oya). boils. “HIP = Akk. sëru A s. OB 011 (CAI) S 33 ia; AHw
12193). morning star, dawn, morning.
Whereas Heb. ’pn» occurs thirteen times and
IM IR ASLOI ogy
is commonly rendered as “boils, infiamation (of
thè skin),” in Akk. thè 1101111 is less commonly 1. (Phr2) (thè morning star rising, i.e., tlie

attested. Elman’s study 011 thè subject clarifies both break of dawn) m»n niby?/2 (Judg 19:25;
thè Akk. and thè LIeb. meaning and etymology iSam 9:26; J011 4:7); Akk: ina tib seri (BWL 21 8 iv
of this lexeme. While von Soden and thè CAI) 2, Sayings). nbï in»n ÍQpV'when dawn broke”
(Cìen 19:15); oapisn nxa ny in»n nibyp
render thè word as “ein lìkstatiker" (AHw 12oya)
and “ecstatic” (C'AI) S 2C>3a), Elmati argues for “from thè rising of dawn until thè appearance

a different interpretation and translation of Akk. of thè stars” (Neh 4:15); Akk: seni telm, e.g., tebi
seni [mesa] qàtàya “thè morning star has riseli, my
sehàmu. In Summa izbu I:6y occurs thè following
omen: summa sinnistu schàna(A.KAM) In zikru lu hands are washed” (CAI) S. 33 ih 1).

sinnistu ulid sinnistu si | ina suqi _<]« amata isti irliisi diìnotati vi;
“if a woman gives birth to a sellanti, whether 2. (I)en2) (dawn, morning) 1»X n?n 1312
male or female, this woman was impregnated m» ib ■pK “ for one speaks thus there shall be 110

393
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Bibi ical Hebrew

dawn” (Isa 8:20); Akk: seri u bis umu “(every day) thè result of contamination by n^Ì» in thè first
in thè morning and evening” (CAD S 332a 2a). part of thè verse (8a).
The WSem. phonetic variant sahàtu “pit,
Akk. scru is equated in thè syn. list Malku to thè
hole” occurs at Mari 111 a context concerning
WSem. word seberu (= Heb. “in») “morning”
thè trapping of a lion: nesu immeràtim sa Habdu-
(C’AD S 263I1; AHw 12093).
Ammi ina tarbasim ibbahna ina tarbasim ina Bit-
Abkaba sahàtam iptema ucsum...ana tarbasim ana
I nn?; = Akk. hastu s. MA on (CAD H 143a; ALIw sabatini iniqui “thè lion was devouring thè sheep
334b). pit. (Heb. metathesis). of Habdu-Ammi in thè pen; (therefore) in Blt-
idiomatic usaci;
Akkaka, he Iliade (lit. opened) a pit in his pen and
thè lion...fell into thè pit” (ARM 14 2:5—17).
1. (Idi) (to redeem one’s life, raise from thè
The C'AD (S 543 s.v. sahàtu A) considers thè
pit) ■’nbx ’n "T! nnrà bpni “You brought my
word as a WSem. lw.
life up from thè pit” (jon 2:7); '30 Ì»S3 3’tprÒ
crnn niK5 nix1? nn» “ to bring him back from IH Held,JANES 5 (1973) 173-90.
thè pit that he may bask in thè light of life” (Job ^ cf. Il nn??.
33:30); a^n nnrà bxi3n “He redeems your life
from thè pit” (Ps 103:4); nn» *'30 i»?3 Tj»n: “He
II nnp = Akk. setu A s. OB 011 (CAD S, 34oa;
spares him from thè pit” (Job 33:18); Akk: ina
AI lw 1221 a), net.
basti subì (ina pi barasi etcru) “to bring up from
thè pit (to save from thè brink of annihilation)” Whereas thè majority of modern lexicons and
(Surpu IV 43—44). dictionaries list thè noun nn» 1 under one entry,
As noted by Held, thè Akk. terms hastu and suttatu Held observes that BI I knows II nn» “net.” This
(C'AD S^ 4043; AHw I2y2b), both denoting “pit, conclusion was reached already by thè medieval
netherworld,” are equated in thè lexical lists and Heb. philologists Ibn Janah and Qimhi, who
in thè commentaries. Held further observes that distinguisi! between I nn», equated to "13p
“thè extent to which thè Akk. pair hastu - suttatu “grave,” and nn», equated to n»“l “net,”
II
corresponds to thè I leb. terms nn» and /nill» nniÒD “trap,” and nTl»D “snare.”
niv» is most remarkable,” as can be seen from I he principle texts where II nn» is found
thè idiomatic equivalents: Heb: /nrn»/nn» *1*13 are Ezek 19:4: □Tra “«3“ »Sn? □nn»i3
nir» “ to dig up a pit” (Ps 94:13; Prov 2ó:27/Jer an?i? f-x -h e was captured in their sahat, he
i8:20,22/Ps 57:7; 1 19:85); Akk: slittata hem “to dig was brought to Egypt in toils”; Ezek 19:8: 컓!S ,, l
a pit” (Cìilg. VI 51—52); Heb: (idiomatic hapax) »sn? ann»3 Qn»~l rbs “they spread their net
nn»3 bsj “ to fall into a pit” (Ps 7:16); Akk: ana over him, he was caught in their snare.” Held
su itati maqàtu “to fall into a pit” (CAD S 4053 further states that thè presence in verse 8 of thè
a). Likewise, thè equation nPH» - nn» and Akk. parallel pair sahat//reset leaves no doubt that our
hastu - suttatu “is especially evident from their sahat is a poetic synonym of reset and accordingly
respective figurative usage. Thus, thè metaphor must be rendered “net.” Thus, thè pair hastu -
in Prov 23:27 ‘for an alien woman is a deep pitfall suttatu, thè regular words for “pit,” are never
(sùhàh), a foreign one is a narrow pit (h"cr)’ may attested in parallelism or ili sequence with Akk.
be directly compared to thè Akk. sinnistu burtu setu - saparu (saparru), thè most common terms
burtu suttatu Iteti tu ‘a woman is a pitfall, a pit, a for “net,” both equated in thè syn. list (CAD S
diteli’” (BWL 147:51, Dialogue of Pessimism). 340a lex. section). Accordingly, II nn» is to be
Held also maintains that thè substantive nni» equated both semantically and etymologically to
“pit, netherworld” is hidden in Ps 35:8a, where Akk. sëtu “net.” Namely, thè Heb. idiom »2n
nm» should be read for nKi», i.e., n3 ^ET nm»3 nn»>5 “ to catch/capture in a net” (Ezek 19:4,8)
“he shall fall into thè pit.” The latter seems to be is thè semantic equivalent of thè Akk. idiomatic

394
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion i-or Biblical Hebrf.w

expression ina seti asàsu/ba’àru “to catch/capture Heb. employs thè verbal forili j,n©i2 six times
in a net,” e.g., me tadluhma nilni tahàr setu taddima only in thè idiom “Pp3 j'TlttfO, “one who urinates
issuràti tàsus “you (Hnlil) roiled thè water and against thè wall” (iSam 25:22,34; ìKgs 14:10;
caught fìsh, cast a net and captured birds” (CAD 16:11; 21:21; 2Kgs 9:8). While Bauer-Leander
B 3a lex. section). eonsider thè forili as Qal with reflexive 11,
Held observes that “thè preservation of sahat II part., Meyer derives thè forni as Hiph il from a
‘net’ in Ezekiel 19 should by no means be viewed secondary root jn©. Ili Akk. sànu occurs in thè
as a totally isolateci case...one should also include Qal (inf. only), Qal i-infìx (i.e., istán) (CAD S
here thè term niPPITO, where thè lexeme denotes 409)1), as well as saldimi “to urinate” (SB; CAD
‘net’ rather than ‘pit’.” Thus, nilTTOà “pb “to S 1923), where thè C'AD considers thè forili as a
capture 111 toils” (Lam 4:20) should be directly possible secondary by-form of sdnu.
equated to nilEQ È?Sn in Ezek 19:4,8, as already Akk. saldimi occurs said of both humans and
observed by Ibn Ezra. animals, e.g., summa amelu ina saldlisu sinàtisu istin
Ili Held, JANLS 5 (1973) 181 85. “if a man urinates in his sleep” (C'AD S >92b),
,j?' as well as: assu kalbu amiti sa sinàtisu ana muhhiya
cf. I nrro.
istituì palhàkuma “I ani afraid because of this dog,
which has urinateci 011 me” (CAD S 1933); summa
= Akk. samtu (samtu) s. (C’AD S 339a; AHw suràmu ana apti bit ameli sinàtisu istin itbuk “if a cat
1 1 59a). acacia. urinates and discharges its urine 011 thè window
of a man’s house” (CAD ibid.). Further, thè
The CAD notes that thè word is probably from
notion of thè Heb. idiom n'pa 1TIK7I2 “one who
Egyptian sndt (CAD S 339b)
urinates against a wall” (said of a simple man), or
“one who urinates in an upper chamber” (said of
FIQty = Akk. setti v. SB 011 (CAD S 3433; AIIw a royalty), seems absent from Akk. (see ZAW 101
i222a). to spread out. IÌ989] 101).

denotativi:
Ili KB- 1 i479h.

1. (Dc'112) (to spread, scatter an object) ÉHSril cf. t #.

nisnn rbv nK?n bv ^jDipn nx “she
took a cloth, spread it over thè mouth of thè well, jip* = Akk. sinàtu s. pi. tantum; OAkk. 011 (CAD
and scattered groats 011 top of it” (2Sam 17:19); S 4ob; AIIw 1241 b). urine.
Akk: sai màt quràdisu kima buqli astima “I (Sargon
si o; ! n < I N I .
II) spread out thè corpses ofhis warriors like malt”
(CAD S 343b 1); kt arditi isettdi “that they spread 1. (Secp) (exerement- urine) CTràCT bv X^n
out paini branches” (C'AD S 343b 1); . nin?;1?] an--n n.x bzyb nipiin bv oató’n
2. (De'112) (to lay out, arrange) 013*7 H??© nzrpy cn-rr “ was not rather to thè men sitting
nn?»] 1 “(he exalts nations, then destroys them;) 011 thè wall, who, together with you, will have
he lays out nations, then leads them away” (Job to eat their own exerement and drink their own
12:23); temensu istetti (is-te-ti) uzaqqiru resàsu “he urine?” (2Kgs 18:27 = Isa 36:12). Akk: attu sàru sa
laid its foundation, he built it high” (C'AI) ibid.) birìt zc u situiti attu “you are thè wind between thè
,r) Cf. naca. feces and thè urine” (CAD S 1383 b).

This Assyrian warning to thè Judeans ofjerusalem

nrrtf cf. 1 nn©. ” in 2Kgs is similar in phraseology to thè Assyrian
T -

treaty curse formula of Assur-nTrarl V and

Esarhaddon: (“may dust be their food...) situiti
l'ty = Akk. satin v. MB on (C'AD S i 409b; AIIw interi ana satisunu...lissakin “may ass’s urine be their
I 2 2 s b ) . to urinate. drink” (CAI ) S 423 e); (qiru kupru lu màkàlàkunu)

395
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Bihi icai. Hebrew

sitiàti interi hi masqitkunu “(may dry bitumen and “for soon I shall lie in rest in thè dust (i.e.,
bitumen be your food) ass’s urine your drink” netherworld) (when you seek me I shall be
(Wiseman, 'treaties, 490—91 = SAA II 49:490- gone)” (Job 7:21); Vn3i? 03? nin 332? a “for
9')- David lay with bis ancestors” (ìKgs 1 1:21); Akk.
Both thè Akk and thè Heb. lexemes are (D-Stem): tatbal ummànàt Assur...ina ni ut la finiti
employed in pi. tantum. kayàna sukkupu you carried off thè armies of
cf. ntàs. Assur, forever in premature death they are laid to
rest” (CAD S 74b 2).

“P5p = Akk. scru 13 s. Man, RS, SB, NB (CAD S, sakàpu refers to being dead in only thè one
335a; AHw 1 21 yb). song. above-cited passage, whicli uses thè D-Stem.
sakàpu never has thè connotation of lying down
PIIRASEOI.OGY
for purposes of sexual intercourse, as does DDE?.
1. (Phr2) (to sing a song) TE? “PE?, e.g., n'E? The much more common Akk. verb for “to lie
E?nn -re? 'nb ‘ ‘sing to thè Lord a new song” (Ps down” is rabàsu and milu.
96:1); Akk. sera zamàru, e.g., ANNUWASE scram sa
ma\...\ izammuru “they sang ANNUWASH, a song
“1Ì35Ì? = Akk. sakru adj. SB, NA (C’AD S i92b;
of [...]” (CAD S 335 aa).
AHw 1 141 b). drunk.
The hapax noun sani tu “position of a singer”
DENOTATIVE
occurs in EA as a WSem. lw. derived from Heb.
HE? “singer,” e.g., assum mdrtika sa ina CN metti 1. (Dc'112) (characteristic of a drunkard), e.g.,
\assu\m salmisa u summa irabbi taddansi ana sàru te u i^pn ni3E? niunns “ as a vomiting drunkard goes
lu ana belint “concerning your daughter who is in astray” (Isa 19:14); Akk: lubàrsakru u samù limitasti
thè town of Rubutu, we are informed about her letka “let thè drunk and thè sober (alike) slap your
welfare and when she grows up, you should give face” (CAD S i i92b).
her to become a singer or to a husband” (CAD S (JÍ' Cf. 130 v., “130 ,]Ì“I30.
1443; let. Ta’anakh).
The semantic equivalent of die WSem.
— Akk. sakanu v. OAkk. on (CAD S 1 i6b;
sàrutu is thè standard Akk. word nàriitu “singing ALIw 1 134b). Akk. to place; Heb. to dwell.
profession,” also employed 111 reference to
women: u lurnd a\na Su\bat-l:nlil suressinàtima ina Idiomatic: Usaci;

bitika lu tms[bà\ nàmtam lisàljizusin\àti\ “or send 1. (Id2) (to establish fame) DE? ]3E?, e.g., n'ÌTI
them (thè daughters of Yahdun-Lim) to Subat- □e? ia# |DE?b ìd D^nb^ ’n nny Dipan
Enlil, so that they shall live in your house; they “thè site where thè Lord your Cìod will choose
shall teach them thè musician’s craft” (ARM I 64: to establish His name there” (characteristic of
r- 4“7)- Deut 12:11; 14:23; 16:2,6,11; 26:2; cf. also Deut
12:5; Jer 7:12; Neh 1:9); cf. DE? DE? (Deut 12:5,21;
14:24); Akk: suina sakànu, e.g., kima ahuka sumani
= Akk. sakàpu B v. OB on (CAD S 74b; AHw
rabem istaknu u atta...sumam rabem si\tkan\ “just
101 ih), to lie down.
as your brother established great fame, so you
denotative yourself establish great fame” (CAD S 1443 b,
1. (Den 1) (to lie down to sleep) bi? DDE? ioni Mari).As noted by Weinfeld “thè phrase DE? ]3E?
Ì33??r3 "inri3 inar? “while he was asleep 011 his itself seems tei be very ancient and is indeed found
bed in his bedehamber” (2Kg2 4:7); Akk: la iskup in thè Jerusalemite letters from Tel El Aniarna.”
musi u uni “did not lie down to rest night and The idiom pertains to thè city of Jerusalem: amur
day” (*CAD S 743 1). sani sakan sumsu ina màt IJrusalim ana dàris u la
2. (Deni) (to lay dead) 33©K nSi?b nni? 'D cle’i czàbi sa màtàt IJrusalim “for your information!
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

as thc king has established his name in Jerusalem l’HRASEOI.OCY

forever, 1 am unable to abandon thè lands of 1. (Phri) (to drink an intoxicant) "ip# nn#,
Jerusalem” (LA 287:60—63; cf. also EA 288:5—7, e.g., nn#' xb np# fpm fon “ vinegar of wine
lets Jerusalem) = Heb: THD3 n#X □b#m , 3: ] and of an intoxicant he shall not drink” (Num
□bis?1? -r:r ntt, cp#x bxn#' ap# Vip “ànd in 6:3); Akk: sikara salti, e.g., ul idi lìnkidu aklam atta
Jerusalem, which I chose out of all thè tribes of akàlitn sikaram atta satcni la lutnmud “Enkidu did
Israel, I will establish My name forever” (2Kgs
not know how to eat bread, how to drink ale,
21:7).
he had never been shown” (Cìeorge, Oilgantcsh,
Weinfeld further concludes that “originally,
176:90—92).
however, (thè idiom) had nothing to do with an
2. (Phri) (to draw an intoxicant) np# Kpp,
abstract notion of Cìod, it was thè Deuteronomic
e.g., np# nxpp" nnpx rnx “come, I will get
school that endowed it with a specifìc theological
some wine, let us draw some alocoholic drink”
meaning.”
(Isa 56:12); Akk: sikara sabiì, e.g., isihti PN sàbti sa
Note thè WSem. forms yaskuit “he has
ina dittiti isbii “assigned to PN, thè beer merchant,
placed” (EA 108:59 and passim); tiskunu “they
who drew beer in thè fortifìed area” (CAD S
have set” (HA 74:42); tiskatt “you have set” (HA
5 a).
34:12 etc.).
SEQUENCINC,
DENOTATIVE
3. (Seq2) (beer - wine) np# - (e.g., see
2. (Den 1) (to dwell) lÌ3#b □‘'bm fn??3
Nuin 6:3 above; Isa 29:9; Prov 31:6); Akk: sikaru
“they dwell in thè gullies of wadis” (Job 30:6);
- karànu, e.g., upunta sartina dispa sikara karàna ina
Akk: itici muhhi I I ) (IN istakkau “he made camp 011
thè C.N river” (CAD S 1273 q). muhhi tuqarrab “you present flour, oil, honey, beer
(and) wine” (CAD S 42 3 b e).
IH Weinfeld, Deutcronomy, 193 97; Morali, lltiity and
Divcrsity, 162:46. In addition to beer, sikaru and its Sumerian
logogram RAS can designate date wine (sikar
suluppt). The CAD (S 428b 11.) notes that “thè
"1327 = Akk. sakàru v. SB on (CAD S | 1 57b; AHw
term sikaru is probably a Kulturu'ort, possibly used
1 1393). to be drunk (Akk. Cì-Stem; Heb. Qal); to
for any alcoholic beverage.”
make drunk (Akk. D-Stem; Heb. Hiph'il).
,JÍ' Ci. ~IDW ,TÌ32? v., p-ISE?.
DENOTATIVE
1.(Deii2) TTI^ Hpcpn m 03 “you
|Ì“lpty = Akk. sakartu s. (CAD S ( 157b; AHw
(Judah) too shall be drunk, confused (lit. be in thè
1 1393). drunkenness.
dark)” (Nah 3:11); Akk: \ina\ masc seri sitakkuri
11 la sibit tc\nii t\cnkiiuu iltcitinikunu\si\ “through IT IR ASEOI .OCY
forgetting yourselves, perpetually being drunk, 1. (Phr 1 ) ]1~ip#tp
nn#, e.g., on arpn#5!
and not making decisions, you keep changing 1
Tinp# ? “(you shall eat fat to satiety) and drink
your minds” (C'AD S 1 57b).
your fili of blood” (Lzek 39:19); Akk (hapax):
2. (Deii2) (to make drunk) IT - ]# Tnp#ni
karàna isattu adi sakarti “they will drink wine to
napni “I shall get its officials and wisemen
thè point of drunkenness” (CAD S 1 57b).
drunk” (Jer 51:57); cintela ana sukktiri “in order to
,íf ' cf. “D© ,“h3© v., np©.
make a man drunk, (you tie ...)” (CAD S 1 57b).
^ Cf. "Dt? ,1Ì3V.
bp Cf. BA Ò# s.

— Akk. sikaru (sikru) s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S

420a; AHw i232b). Akk. beer, alcoholic beverage; nb?? = Akk. salgu s. OB on (CAD S i 24ib; AHw
Heb. alcoholic beverage. 1 i47b). snow, sleet.

397
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion lor Biblical Hlbrew

SLQULNCINCi 41:10; cf. also Jer 20:10; 38:22; Ob 7); Akk: bel
1. (Scq2) (rain - show) 31 ?© - □©}, e.g., '3 salimi, e.g., bel salimika imàtma àlsu talampi “your
□^©n io ròtórn tt “for as tlie rain ally will die and you will lay siege to bis city”
or snow drops from heaven” (Isa 55:10); — “ICSQ (C'AI) S i03b); eli bel salitncsu sar C . N namurratu
a 1 ?©, e.g., TSj?3 "ias3, i f n |p3 3^3 “lik e snow atbuk “I (Sennacherib) heapcd terror on his ally,
in summer and rain at harvesttime” (Prov 26:1); thè king of Elam” (CAD ibid.).
Akk: sanili u salga iklanucti “rain and snow Has IMIRASIiOI OCY
delayed us” (C’AI) S 2423 2).
4. (Pliri) (to go in peace) □ib©*?/? Tjbn, e.g.,
2. (Seq2) (ice — snow) ab© — PIlp, e.g.,
□ib©3 inxp 13^1 “they went from bini in peace”
ab© □ l ?yrr itrbi? nnj? 3‘n‘ipn “they are dark
(Cien 26:31; 1 Sani 29:7; 2Sani 3:2i/iSam 20:13;
with ice; snow obscures them” (Job 6:16); Akk:
2Kgs 5:19); Akk: ina sulmi alàku (C'AD S 2S4b);
sai (rn — suripu, e.g., \rnusabs\ii kiisu halpà suripa salgi
salmis alàku, e.g., salmis alik ina salame i'irma “go
“who causes cold, frost, ice and snow” (C’AI) S
safely and proceed in safety” (C'AD S 2553); ultu
2423 c).
tàmtim elit adi tàmtim saplit salmis lu attaUakma “from
c:f dSe v. thè Upper Sea to thè Lower Sea I (Esarhaddon)
marched everywhere safely” (CAD S 2ssb).
lÒt!? = Akk. salagli v. Man, MB (C’AI) S i i93b). 5. (Phr 1 ) (to lead in peace)) Qib©3 b31PI,
to snow. e.g., jibrnn □i i ?©3i wsn nnp©3 a “ for you
shall leave in joy and you shall be brought out
dinotativi:
(i.e., led) ili peace (i.e., safely)” (Isa 55:12);
1. (Den 1) (BH hapax) H3 □‘obp H© ©”123 Akk: ina salmi abàlu/subititi/ubbutu, e.g., ina
abepn “ when Shaddai scattered thè kings it salmim attabbaìsinàti ina ncmcqiya ustapzirsinàti “I
seemed like a snowstorm in Zalmon” (Ps 68:1 5); (Hammurabi) governed them in security, in my
Akk: e.g., inuma salgum ina C.N isallagu “when wisdom I provided them with protection” (C'AD
snow will snow 011 GN” (*CA1) S 193K Mari). Ai 23b). For thè juxtaposition IXSn Pinp©3
,jr c:f. abc. pbriin nib©3i compare thè Akk. phraseology,
e.g., umu sulmu arhu Uidàtu sattu Itegallasa libila “let
thè day bring well-being, thè month joy, thè year
□ibty — Akk. sulmu (salirmi), s. OAkk. on (for
wealth” (CAD S ? 2483).
sulmu), OB 011 (for sàlimu). (C’AD S 2473; AHw
6. (Phr2) (to send to offer peace) (‘'“□“l) PI 1 ?©
i268b; CAD S loob; AHw 101 sb). well-being (for
sulmu); concord (for salirmi).
□ib©, e.g., ]i3©n ^bp lina bx...D'3xbp nb©xi
□ib© ,_I3T “I (M oses) will send messengers...to
IDIOMATIC USACI; king Sihon of Fleshbon with an offer of peace”
1. (Idi) (to send a greeting, lit. to inquire (Deut 2:26; Esth 9:30); Akk: saiima sapàru, e.g.,
about one’s well-being) DÌ 1 ?© 1 ? b>X©, s.v. btt©. Cf ana salimim ana sèr P N istanapparu “they constantly
Jer 38:4 for DÌ 1 ?© 1 ? ©~n. send messages to l ’ N for peace” (CAD S ioib c);
2. (Id2) (offer terms of peace) DÌ 1 ?© 1 ? IHj?, sarru ana sarri salimam isappar “a king sends to a
e.g., ntnj?i □n i ?n i ? “ps ^ 3ijpn '3 king for a peace agreement” (*CA1) ibid.,). Note
□ib© 1 ? 1 ‘when you approach a city to attack it, you also that Akk. employs thè idiom ana sulmi sapàru
shall offer it terms of peace” (Deut 20:10; Judg “to send/write for (one’s) well-being,” in a non-
21:14); Akk: saiima sasu, e.g., istu à\Iam\ sàtu Unni military sense (CAD S ( 2S2b 3').
sali\mam\ issisumma “when he had besieged that 7. (Phr2) (to arrange for peace) /□©/il©I7/|na
city he offered it peace” (C'AD S loib, Mari). C'f. 31*7© nS© (Lev 26:6; Hag 2:9/Josh 9:1 5; Isa 27:5/
Tigay, Deutcronomy, 380:27; Ephal, Siege 23:16. Num 6:26/Isa 26:12); Akk: saiima/sulma epcsu/
3. (Id2) (ally) DÌ 1 ?© ©'X, e.g., 'pibtp ©'H 33 sakànu, e.g., salimam birit ( I N u G N askun “I made
13 Tini23 “l©X “my ally in whom I trusted” (Ps peace between thè Hancans and Idamaras” (C’AD

39«
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hebkf.w nìbti
T

S ioia b); itti GN salimam damqis cpusma “arrange 1 2. (Phr2) (to grant peace) Dibc? X&3, e.g., 1XÉT
for a peace witb good terms witb Lullùm” (CAI) □x?b nibc? □nn “let thè mountains grant well-
S loib); ana cpësi sulmi adi unii anni “to make being for thè people” (Ps 72:3); Akk: (idiomatic-
peace until this day” (C'AI) 253!“) 3). functional equivalent) salma qàsu “to grant
8. (Phr2) (to pronounce well-being) “13T well-being,” e.g., atta KN...suhnam u balàtam...
□ib», e.g., D'iíb Dibc; -1311 “! Ic shal1 pronounce liqisusum “let (thè gods) grant Samsuiluna well-
peace to thè nations” (Zech 9:10); Dib© “13“!'' '3
being and life” (CAD S 247)1 1).
ia? b^ “He (thè 1 ^ord) will pronounce well-being
13. (Phr2) (to see thè well-being) Dib» HÌO,
to His people” (Ps 85:9; 122:8); Akk: salma qabii,
e.g., Tj’nx mb» m nx-] X3 ib “go see thè well-
e.g., ilàni sulumka liqlm “may thè gods pronounce
being of your brothers” (Cìen 37:14); Akk: sulma
well-being for you” (CAI) S 25 la 3); lilliku
amàru to see (one’s) well-being, e.g., adi istcn ina
sulainka ìiqhiu “let (thè gods) go and pronounce
libbikunu...ina ekalli sulmu sa sarri...emmaruni “until
your (thè king’s) well-being” (CAD ibid.).
one aniong you sees thè well-being of thè king in
9. (Phr2) (to have peace) Dibtó ÌTil, e.g., Dibïn
thè palace” (CAD S 247b 1).
□aoa r-as? bsa ib na “and he (Sol 0111011) had
14. (Phr2) (path of integrity) Dib^ “ini
peace 011 all his borders roundabout” (ìKgs 5:4);
(transferred mng.), e.g., 'pX'] xb Dib^ “[“1.1
~b‘“3 3ibr *“■ “ may there be well-being within
" bi nnb irpy DirninTu erbata? Essa
your (jerusalem) citadels” (Ps 122:7); Akk: salimu
□ib© sn; **b ‘ ‘they do not recognize thè way of
basti, e.g., aràd massaràti tasmù u salimu ina màti ibassi
integrity, there is 110 justice 011 their paths, they
“retiring of thè garrisons (from thè fortresses),
make their courses crooked, 110 one who walks
there will be obedience and peace in thè land”
111 them recognizes integrity” (Isa 59:8); Akk:
(CAD S loob 1). For thè idiom ~b‘n3 nibtf
“safety/well-being in your citadels” compare thè (metaphoric use) uruh/girrit sulmi, e.g., uruh sulmu u

Akk. expression sulmu ana birti sa sani “thè king’s tasme ustasbitus harràn 11 “on thè path to success and
fortress is well” (C'AD S 2503). C'f. also, e.g., authority did they set him marching” (Fai. el. IV
sulum ana ckurri àli u bili sa bcliya sakin “well-being 34); re ti kenu sàibit uruh sulmu “(Nebuchadnezzar
is granted to thè tempie, thè city, and thè house II) thè loyal shepherd who follows thè path of
of my lord” (CAD ibid.). integrity” (*CAI) S 254n); girrit sulum u hud libbi
10. (Phr2) (to come in peace) Dibí?3 XÌ3, lipusa ana qcrcb GN “may he walk in peace and
e.g., ina bx Dibrà Tjbpn X3 “my lord thè gladness of heart into Babylon” (CAD G 913 c).
king has come liome in peace” (2Sam 19:31; cf. SEQUENCINC
also 2Sam 19:25; 1 Kgs 22:27); Akk: ina sulmi crcbu, 15. (Seq2) (life — well-being) Diben □ , 'T1, e.g.,
e.g., ina sulmi u baiati ana Bàbilirn erbamma “enter ib aar □ibtói D'n niapi “they shall bestow
Babylon in well-being and good liealth” (*CAI) 011 you years of life and well-being” (Prov 3:2);
s, ' via c). □ibtërn □,,nn inx nnn ■'nna “ my covenant of
1 1. (Phr2) (to return safely) Dib^S 31® (e.g.,
health and well-being was with him” (Mal 2:5);
Josh 10:21; Judg 11:31; 2Sam 15:27); Akk: salmis
Akk: balàtu u sulmu, e.g., ina pika liisà balàtu ina
tàru, e.g., salmis ana àlisu iturra he “returned safely
to his city” (*CA1) S 255!-)) = Heb: “TOH n3© saptika lissakin salarmi “hfe should be pronounced
Dibffi>3 ' '‘return safely to thè city” (2Sam 15:27); by your mouth, well-being placed on your lips”
itti hubti ma’di saltati kabitti satmes alma ana Ninna (CAD B 473); ana qàte dainqàti sa iliya ana sulntc
“I (Assurbanipal) with much spoil and heavy loot balàti piqdanni “entrust me to thè propitious hands
returned safely to Nineveh” (*CA1) ibid.); TQffi’'] of my god for well-being antl health” (CAD S
ax na bt<; aibrà “if i return safely to my father’s 2483).
house” (Cìen 28:21); Akk: ina sulmi tàru “to return
safely,” e.g., harràni illika litùr ina sulmi “(By) thè For thè sibilant \, 5 in sulmu, salimu, cf. Steiner
road he carne let limi go back in safety” (Cìeorge, 1977: 48-51.
Gilgamesh, 716:217). •j>' C'f. crjia1?® ,Dbe?.

399
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

— Akk. taslimtu s. Mari, MB on (C'AD T fòt!? — Akk. silihtu s. OB on (C'AD S 4433; AI lw

2(>ob; AHw 133 SL>). payment. 1 23 sb); channel.

diìnotati ve : The I leb. subst3ntiven i ?E? occurs twice designating

1. (Den2) bx© "ipn “thè prince a W3ter conduit: l^an ]:b nb# n n?i5 npin nx:
asks and thè judge is ready for payment” (Mie “3S well 3s thc W3II ofthe conduit of thè pool 3t thè
7:3) = Akk: taslimàta I usci litiga u taslimàta ulteliga king’s gmrden” (Neh 3:15); D'130 imXS npi^l]
auàku amila.. .anandinakka (“release thè distrained
□•'31 “h is (thè ccd3r) br3iiches were long
man to me and ) I will pay you compensation, if I
bec3tise of abund3iit water in his channel” (Ezek
do not pay compensation, I will give one man to
31:5). The third occurrence, SoS 4:13, seems to
you” (CAD T 2913). Ili LI I tlie variant ffibpn is
indicate tli3t in 1 ?© connotes “your grove” (lit.
attested (Ben-Yehuda, Dictionary 79383).
“pkice of irrigation ditches”). In Akk. silihtu is
employed 3S water conduit, part of 3 large C3nal,
rÒ5!7 = Akk. sai a hu v. CA (C’AD S | i94b 2; AHw
e.g., si!ititi sa nàr Battiti “ silihtu from thè Banitu
1 1423, s.v. salatiti I 2). to send.
C'3113] ” (CAD S 443b); nari... imit.fi u siimeli ultu

salàhu usually means “to retrieve, to tear out.” bàbisu adi silihtisu asar mesu illakii “thè C3113I, to thè
There are two inst3nces, however, both 111 OA, right 3nd to thè left, from it opening to its silihtu,
in which thè verb mc3iis “to send,” referring to wherever its W3ter flows” (C’AD ibid.).
orders to send tin: u affama PN asar atta C.N annakam
anni am isalluhuni miliksumma “3iid you yourself,
Cbty = Akk. salàtu A v. OA, OB 011 (CAD S 2383;
PN, advise him concerning his dispatching this tin
AHw 1 i47<i). to dominate.
to C.N” (C’AD S i I94b 2). The st3iid3rd Akk. verb
for “to send, dispstch” is sapàru; in thè second sy nt a cric construction
OA text salàhu 3iid sapàru 3re employed together:
1. (Syn2) (to rule over) bv/ 2 ab®, e.g., "10?
tasallahani ana pani PN supurma antiiki luscribunim
nan Dnnn its 1 ?© - ’ “thè Jews ruled
“send 3 messagc to meet PN (telling bini) when
over their enemies” (Esth 9:1; cf. 3lso Ecc 2:19;
you want to dispatch my tin, so that they can
bring me my tin” (CAD S I94b 2). 8:9); D»n by ìvhv c~'i?: m “al so their servants
Concerning thè Akk. verb salàhu, thè C’AD ruled over their people” (Neh 5:15); Akk: ana,
(S t94b n.) notes that “Meanings 1 and 2 are iti a muhhi...salàtu, e.g., you 3 re my subjects sar màt
assumed to reflect different points of reference, Assur ana iuuhhikuiiu ul isallat “thè king of AssyrÌ3
thè origin of thè goods and destination. Another will not rule over you” (CAD S 2383 b); ina
possibility is to connect mng. 2 with WSem. siti muhhi mcmetii ina bit bcliya la saltali “I 110 longcr
‘to send, to dispatch’.” li3ve control over 3nything in my lord’s house”
( ì . n^(o). (CAD ibid.).
IJ? ' Cf. E 1 ?!? ,D' i 7©.
n'^Cp) :: suluhtu s. E A (CAD S 26 ib).
shipmcnt. uhC?* = Akk. saltu s. NA, NB 011 (CAD S 27ib;
AHw 1 1 5 13). quiver.
1MIR ASrOI.OCY

1. (Phr2) nino n'^trà “ sending gifts” (Esth SEQUENCINC

9:19,22); Akk: e.g., [u\ssir sarru bcliya suluhta ina 1. (Scq2) (3rrow - quiver) CD 1 ?© - CSSIl, e.g,
qàt PN ana yàsi u nadan PN kàsi huràsi u 12 tapal kitc n'ubv ifcòp D^nn nnn “polish thè 3rrows, fili
“thè king my lord sent a shipmcnt (i.e., present) to thè quiver” (Jer 51:1 1); Akk: saltu - siltàhu, e.g,
me in care of Tahmaya, and Tahni3y3 gsve (me) a 1 saltu 20 siltàhu ina libbi 10 sa lutiti “one bow-
gold goblet and twelve sets of linen” (C'AD 26 ih; and-3rrow case, twenty arrows, ten of them with
let. Palestine). 3rrowheads” (C'AD S 27ib a).
•#" cf. ròc v. 2. (Seq2) (spear - quiver) - n'?n, e.g,

400
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion hok Biblical Hebrew bbw TT

cra^n ns- rrann ns niKran "r*? ;-in fnn I 'I no 1 \ 1 1 \ 1

“thc priest gave thè chief of hundreds spears 1. (Dem) bs oan ala nìbp nnx a
and quivers” (2Kgs i i : i o); Akk: azrnarù - saltu, in’ “because you plundered many nations
e.g., izmarunu parziìli sa ina bit makkilru u salata all surviving people shall plunder you” (Hab 2:8;
itti tiuimu lubilatiu “send iron lances whicli are in cf. Zech 2:12); ~r i rr~ ÌTUI ÒbffiO “they
thè storehouse, and weapon cases with stakes(?)” will plunder your wealth and make spoil your
(CAI) S 27ih b). merchandise” (Ezek 26:12); Akk: ba’ulàta/nise
IH Borger, VT 22 (1972) 392-9X. salàlu “to plunder people/nations,” e.g., ba'ulàt
arba’i... sa ina zikir Assur beliya ina meteI libirriya
aslula “(I |Sargon II] settled) thè people of thè
rrSt£7 = Akk. silitu s. OB 011 (CAI) S 26411; AHw
four (regions) whom I took captive by thè power
1043I1). afterbirth.
of my scepter at Assur’s command” (CAD S
i)i\oi \ 1 1 \ 1 I97a); la nilc àli suàti salàllunu akpidma “I (Sargon
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax), fai? nasl’H II) planned to take thè people of that city into
“thè afterbirth that issues from between captivity” (CAD S 197I1); bulelu makkùrsu...
her legs” (Deut 28:57); Akk: e.g., summa enza Ululammo ana màt Ass'tir ilqà “he (Esarhaddon)
silita ulid “if a goat gives birth to (nothing but) an carried off thè goods and thè possessions...and
afterbirth” (CAD S 26411 1). took them to Assyria” (C'AD S 1983).
c:r. bbp.
Akk. silitu, which is equated in thè syn. list to
remu (= Heb. nrn), is used as a poetic word for
“womb” (CAD ibid. lex. section). = Akk. sallatu A s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) S i 248a;
AHw 1 148b). booty.

= Akk. tallisu s. NB; talalilànu (NA, NB) l’IIRASEOEOGY

(AHw 13393). Akk. third man 011 thè chariot; I leb. 1. (Phri) (to take booty) bbp npb, e.g.,
third man 011 thè chariot, third 111 rank, adjutant. inpb -rx binari “thè greàt booty that
they took (from thè lands of thè Philistines and
As noted by Tadmor and Cogan, “contextually
th ere is 110 clear statement as to thè function of Judah)” ( 1 Sani 30:16); Akk: saltata leqiì, e.g., wardi
thè salii Only Hxod. 14:7 (i.e., nÌKO tip sallatam mattata ilqe “(should thè king say) my
•fe bv z'sbp: “ six hundred chariots... with subject has taken mudi booty” (C'AD S 249a,
third men 011 thè chariot in all of them”), hints Mari). C'f. also for “to take booty” bbttf "D 1 ?,
as his possible service in thè chariot corps, but e.g., lanob -rx tp-ien lab iara npnan pi
Exod. 15:4 does not support this interpertation. “we retain as booty only thè cattle and thè spoil
Egyptian reliefs of thè New Kingdom depict ofthe cities that we captured” (Deut 2:35); Akk:
two-man crews 011 chariots 111 thè battle scenes sailata sabàtu, e.g., àlàrii ma’dute la GN adi halsilunu
with thè Hittites, whose wagons also contain two ilànilutiu sallassunu is\bat\ “(Sanisi-Adad V) took
men. Only those chariots belonging to thè Sea many cities of Babylonia, together with their
People (‘Philistines’) are matined by a crew of
fortresses, their divine images, and plunder from
three. By late eiglith century, three-man crews
them” (C'AD S ( 25 1 a).
became standard in Assyria,” e.g., Ahdi-ili tallisa sa
2. (Phri) (to carry booty) K&a, e.g.,
rab sa resi “Abdi-ili thè third 011 thè chariot ofthe
“IKI? n?11 bbp wr-l “they Oudah) carried much
chief eunuch” (Iraq 23 [1961], 29; NI) 2451:20).
spoil” (2C.hr 14:12); Akk: sailata nalu, e.g., larru...
IH Rabin, Or. 32 (1963) 133-34; Mastin, VTSupp. 30
sallutu la GN uasà (for naia) “thè king brought
(1979) 125-54; C'ogan ami 'l'admor, AB 1 1 81-82.
booty from Dur-Jakin” (C'AD N i02a).
3. (Phr 1 ) (to enjoy booty) ^*7© e.g.,
bbìD — Akk. salàlu A v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S 1963; I1? ’n |na -;rx bbp rs rVrx: “and
AHw 1 I42a). to plunder. enjoy tlie spoil of your enemy, which thè Lord

401
bbw
77 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

your Cìod gives you” (Deut 20:14; 1 Sani 14:30); The CAD (S 2_S2b 11.) notes that “111 royal
Akk: sillata akàlu, e.g., sillat nàkinya lukul buse inscriptions where sallatu occurs beside busti, etc.,
màtitàn Inserii) ana qereb màtiya “may I (Nabunaid) or 111 late texts, beside hubtu, it is often difficult
enjoy booty from my enemies, may I bring thè to distinguisi! whether thè latter refers to goods
possessions of all thè lands to my country” (VAB and sallatu to persons, or whether sallatu is a
IV 260 ii 41—42); sàbum kalusu sallatam ikul “thè more generai terni for booty, including objects,
whole army enjoyed thè booty” (CAD S 2493). livestocks, gods, and prisoners.”
4. (Phri) (to burn booty) bbti K?S3 E "H^i e.g., C.f. bbv v.
nbbv bz nsi T'ffn ns mz naifcn “ and burn thè
city and all its spoils” (Deut 13:17); Akk: 3000
— Akk. salanti! (salatini) v. OAkk. on (for
sallassu ina isàti asrup “three thousand of them I
salàmu); OB 011 (for salàniu). (CAD S 2o8b; AHw
(Assurnasirpal II) burned, all its capture” (C'AD
1 143b; CAD S 89I-); AIIw 1013b). to be well, to
249b 3')-
complete (Akk. Cì-Stem, Heb. Qal); to make right,
5. (Pliri) (to plunder) bbtì To/? 1 ?», e.g.,
repay, compensate, complete (Akk. D-Stem; Heb.
ra rnbi ^ bbýb “ to take spoil and seize
Pi'el); to bring about peace (Akk. D-Steni; Heb.
plunder” (Ezek 38:i2/Deut 20:14; ^a 10:6); pi
Hiph‘il)
inn nnarni “ you may plunder only thè
spoil and thè cattle” (Josh 8:2); Akk: sailata salàlu, IMIRASLOl.OGY
e.g., ki saltai nàkiri ana salàli uma’ir sàbasu “he sent
1. (Phri) (to repay kindness) *7103 e.g.,
his troops (to Babylon) as if to take booty from an
“that he will repay tlie kindness you have done”
enemy” (CAD S 200a 2); Akk: sallata kabàtu, e.g.,
(Ps 137:8; Prov 19:17); Akk: ('inulta sullumu, e.g.,
nisë u sallat (IN sa... ahbuta “thè people and spoils
gimiltu ittika lusallimka “I will show you special
that I had taken from Elam” (C'AD S 25 ia).
consideration” (CAD S 224b b).
6. (Phr2) (to distribute booty) bbc* p^pn, e.g.,
2. (Phr2) (to pay a debt) e.g.,
ip^ir *òn “ they must be distributing
and pay your debt” (2Kgs 4:7); Akk:
thè spoil they have found” (Judg 5:30; Cìen 49:27;
hubulla sullumu, e.g., urdusu habulli lusallimka “let
Isa 33:23) - Akk. sallata zàzu, e.g., sitti saltati
his servant pay his debts to you” (C’AD S 227b).
nàkiri kabittu atta gitnir karàsiya...kima seni tu uza’iz
DENOTATIVE
“I (Sennacherib) distnbuted thè rest of thè booty
of thè enemy like sheep aniong my whole camp” 3. (Dem) (to complete), e.g., bz □ i ?5?ni
(CAD Z 82b). npiòan “and thè work (ofthe House of thè Lord)
7. (Phr2) (great booty) n311/31/bin3 bbti was completed” (ìKgs 7:51 = 2C.hr 5:1); D^tpri]
“great/enormous/much booty” (iSam 30:16; noinn “and thè wall was completed” (Neh 6:1 5);
Ezek 38:i3/2Sam 3:22; Ps 1 19: ió2/2Chr 14:12); Akk: e.g., kima dullu s'a D N ...nigdamar hitu issilim
Akk: sallatu kabittu “vast booty,” e.g., sallassu “after we have finished work 011 (thè statue) of
kabbita amhursu “I (Assurnasirpal II) received from l)N and thè tempie has been completed” (CAD
him a vast amount of spoils” (CAD S | 25ob 2 1 ); S 217!-»); summa bitu bàbànisu sullumu “if a house’s
assu... paqàdu sallat nàkiri kabittu sa usatiima Assur doors are finished” (C'AD S 2243).
“in order to review thè vast booty (taken) from 4. (Dem) (to compensate) 1 ÏV D 1 ?©
enemies, which Assur bestowed on me” (C'AD nnn “h e must compensate an ox for thè
S 2513); sallassu kabitta ana paniya lu ësnr “I ox” (Exod 21:36,37); Akk: \i\nanna PN...I alpa
inspected personally thè heavy booty taken from ana PN usaliim u 1 intera PN ...ana PN usallimsu
•i 3 -
him” (C'AD A 42ib). “now PN compensated PN with one ox and PN
8. (Phr2) (enemy booty) ITirS bbp (Deut compensated PN with one donkey” (C'AD S
20:14; Josh 22:8); Akk: sallat nàkiri “enemies’ 22 7 a; RS).
booty,” e.g., sillat nàkinya lùkul “may I (Nabunaid) 5. (Dem) (to bring about peace)
enjoy booty from my enemies” (CAD S 25 ih). Vsi'w' I 1 ?!? cr “J ehoshaphat reconciled with thè

402
 An Akkadian Lexic;al Companion for Biblical Hebrew

king of Israel” (ìKgs 22:45; cf also iClir 19:19); The lexeme employed in thè hapax
□H5Ì7»1 ^*05?’ nX ID^En “and they (Aram) diction unx nn n'pxn Q’Eoxn (Gen
made peace with Israel and became their vassals” 34:21) is unsatisfactorily rendered for example
(2Sam 10:19; c f- also Josh 10:1; 11:19); Akk: (in as “”these men are our friends” (Speiser; NEB;
I)) sullumu, e.g., sarràni kilallë itti aljàmes ussallimmu NJPS); “these men are well disposed towards us”
“thè two kings have made a peace agreement” (Westermann); “these men are peaceable with
(C'AI) S 91 b 2); (IN suUumu\mma\ usallam... alani us” (IB). In Akk., thè adj. salmu (salmu in RS) is
sunùti suìl\umumma\ usallam “I will surely bring employed numerous times as a convenantal term
about peace with Urkis, I will surely have those for “allied,” used with thè preposition itti “with,”
cities make peace” (CAD ibid., Mari). e.g., itti salmika salmàku “I will be allied with
6. (Den2) (to be well) □ i p?H V^X nE;j?n ■'0 your ally” (CAD S 1041% Mari treaty); itti salmiya
“who has hardened himself against Him and lu salirti itti nakriya In nakir “I will be allied with
remained safe?” (Job 9:4); 003 □‘pipi 113? X3 ]30n my allies, I will be an enemy with my enemies”
/"DÌO 1DXl3n ‘ ‘adjust now yours to Him and stay (*CAD ibid.); itti nakriya nakir u itti salameya salini
well, good things will come to you therehy” (Job “I will be ali enemy with my enemies, I will
22:21); Akk: e.g., lublut luslimma dalilika lud\lul\ be allied with all my allies” (*CAD ibid., RS,
“let me stay alive in good health, so that I may treaty); lu ina pi nakrisu lu ina pi salimesu “either
sing your praises” (CAD S 2iob c). from thè mouth ofhis enemy or from thè mouth
7. (I)eii2) (to make right, repay) iròì? 1 ? TI D 1 ???'' of his ally” (C'AD ibid., Wiseman, Treaties). In
ns?nn “ may thè Lord repay thè wicked light of thè Akk. usage of salmu/salmu it seems
for their wickedness” (2Sam 3:39; Jer 32:18); more suitable to render Cìen 34:21 : “these men
Akk: (reverse mng. in D-stem), i.e.,“ to right thè are allied with us.”
wrong,” e.g., musallimu hihilti ettsi “who rights Sarna notes that “thè reference may well lie­
thè wrongs thè weak (have suffered)” (C'AD S to some existing treaty arrangement between thè
2293; Esarh); ami sussuhugilla\ti\ stisù hititu sullumu city of Shechem and thè clan ofjacob. City-states
“to extirpate sin, to remove crime, to make good that dominated a wide area usually rcgulated their
error” (CAD S 229b). relationsliips with thè nomadic groups within
their domain by means of formai treaties.”
Although thè hapax phrase rPSH Z1X D^l (ìKgs
9:25) is rendered by thè NJPS as “and he kept IH Sarna, (ieitesis, 237.
thè House in repair,” NJPS states “Meaning of (íí ' Cf. EÒE? v.
Heb. uncertain.” In light ofthe usage of thè Akk.
verb sullumu (D-stem) 111 thè scuse of “to bring
— Akk. sulmanu (salilimanti) s. MB, NA 011
work into completion,” e.g., summa bitu Imbàttisi!
(CAD S ( 244b; ALIw i268a). gift.
sullumu “if a house’s doors are finished” (C'AD
S ( 2243), and more specifically \adi\ bit a usailamu DENOTATIVE
“until he finishcs thè work 011 thè house” (C'AD i.(I)en2) (BI I hapax) □ , 3b‘?^//nrrà?
S | 22jb 1 1 ), one may safely render rP3n I*IX D^tpi “presents//gifts,” e.g., CT333 ,- 13m CT11Ì0
as “and he (Solomon) completed (thè work) of tnb1?!?; *1"H1 nn» nnx iVs “your rulers are
thè I louse” = e.g., D 1 ?© 'il IV3 “thè I louse of thè rogues and comrades of thieves, each one is avid
Lord was completed” (2C.hr 8:16). for presents and pursues gifts” (Isa 1:23); Akk: e.g.,
Cf. D1?© màrsu rabú itti igisé sulmàni usatiimautii “he handed
over to me (Sargon II) his oldest son together
with gifts and presents” (CAD S 2463 d).
0^27 = Akk. salmu adj. OA, OB 011 (C'AD S i 2s6a;
AHw 1 149a); salmu adj. 015 011 (CAD S io4b; Akk. sulmànu is equated in thè syn. list to, and
AHw ioi6a). in good condition (for salmu); allied, employed in thè literary text in sequence with,
friendly (for salmu). ta tù “bribe,” e.g., sa...ta 'tu qislu u sulmànu imahliaru

403
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n lor Biblical Hebrew

“whoever accepts a bribe, present, or gratuity” (masc. ntó^tp) = Akk. salàs (salàsat fem.) OA,
(CAI) S, 24ób; cf. also ibid. lex. section). OB 011 (C3A1) S | 2 3 2a; AHw 1 1463). three.
In a context similar to Isa 1:23, which refers
c.f. tibv jà'bti v. ,nits’ ì 7©.
to thè inorai and social corruption of thè elite,
a hymn to Samas contams thè following: dayàna
salpa ntesira tukallani màiliir tati la musteseru tusazbal = Akk. salàsu v. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 236b;
ama “you (Samas) give thè unscrupulous judge AH w 1 146b). to do for thè third time (Akk. Cì-Stem
experience of fetters, him who accepts a present and l)-Steni; I leb. Pi ci and Pu'al).
and yet lets justice miscarry you make bear his denotativi:
punishment” (BWL 132:97-100, Hymns).
1. (Den2) rjVr". ivbw i3?n 13?;
Although thè CAI) (S 244b) and AIIw
“and he (Elijali) said do it a second time and they
(i268a) relate thè substantive sulmànu to thè
did it a second time, he said do it a third time and
Akk. verb salàmu, Cohen maintains that “ili fact they did it a third time” (ìKgs 18:34); Akk: e.g.,
sulmànu should be considercd as a primary 1101111 sinisu waddi tëpusanni anni taslisani “twice, indeed
in Akkadian, and there is 110 Akkadian terni that you did this to me, now you have done it to me
is both etymologically and semantically equivalent a third time” (CAD S | 236b 1).
to Hebrew '.olien further argues that
C'f. DitL? 1 ?© ,wbp ,w'bvi.
Akk. salàmu does not mean “to pay.” C'ohen,
how-ever, overlooks thè usage of Akk. salàmu in
— Akk. salsùmi adv. OB on (CAD S 268;
thè l)-stem, i.e., sullumu (— Heb: D 1 ?® in Pi'el),
AHw i i 5ob). thè day before yesterday.
which indeed connotes “to pay in full, to repay”
(CAI) S 22ób 12) and in thè passive “to be paid” ’ l'he terni occurs only in thè idiomatic combination)
(CAI) S 229b 14). ai® 1 ??; Virir/N “ yesterday a day before yesterday”;
I l i C ' o h e n , Hapax 40-42: i2oa,i2i. Akk: ittimàli/timàli - salsùmi. Cif. In E A thè

C ' f . v.
WSem. adverbial forili salsàmi is employed, e.g.,
agami lumài salsàmi manganimi itianna tumài salsàmi
tiqbùni “today, yesterday, tlie day before yesterday
= Akk. salàpu v. OB 011 (C3A1) S 23ob; AHw (Byblos) is..., and now, yesterday, thè day before
1 145b). Akk. to draw from thè sheath, tear out, yesterday they said” (CAD S | 2C>2b; EA 362; let.
pulì out, rescue; Heb. to draw (a sword) from thè Byblos).
sheath, pulì out.

1*1 irasloi.ogy Dt?? = Akk. sumu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 2843; AHw
1. (Phr2) (to draw a sword) 2”in ^ 1 ???, e.g., i274b). name.
i31D “ìwn ìòi, “ and thè youth did not idiomatic usaci:
draw his sword” (Judg 8:20; 9:54); Ì21D Il NI njp’1
1. (Idi) (to be, make famous) DE7 KIT, e.g.,
nnynp nB i ??n “and he (David) grasped bis sword -•ri 0133 DE 1*7 KS'Ì “ your beauty won you
and drew it from its sheath” (iSam 17:51); Akk: fame among thè nations” (Ezek 16:14); Ì!3?7
namsara/patra salàpu, e.g., salpai namsaru zaq-tu pinnp 1 ? np “bis (Uzziah’s) fame spread far” (2C.hr
ana epes tàhazi “(Istar) was holding unsheathed a 26:15); nianxn TH Dtf K3TÌ “David’s fame
pointed sword fit for waging battle” (CAD S^ 23ob spread over all thè countries” (iC'.hr 14:17); Akk:
1); sa kakka la idù sa lip patarsu “(thè inhabitant of zikir stimi susù “to make famous” (lit. “to cause
Babylon) who used to know 110 weapon has his a name to go out”), e.g., zikir sumisu usessù ana
sword drawn” (CAD ibid.); islup namsar sibbisu resàti “(Sargon) whose fame (thè gods) extend (lit.
“he drew forth thè dirk from his belt” (Cìeorge, cause to go out) to thè utmost” (Lyon, Sargon,
Gilgamesh, 666:16). 30:3)-
404
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hebrf.w

cf. also cr ‘na, e.g., ^pt? n^nasi ip-nsi his offspring and progeny in thè land” (CiAD S (
“and I will bless you (Abram) and 1 will make you 295I1).
famous (lit. make your name great)” (Cien 12:2; 4. (Id2) (important man) nintf/D?? '©3N, e.g.,
cf. also 2Sam 7:26; iCihr 17:24); Akk: suma/zikir □0 'mwnsïn ■’K1jp//nnj? “chieftain of thè
suini surbti/suruhlju “to make thè name famous” community//, chosen in thè assembly//men of
(lit. great), e.g., lusàpi zikirsu lusarbi sumsu “let me repute” (Num [6:2; cf. also Cien 6:4; iCihr 5:24;
proclaim bis (Ansar’s) fame, let me make his name 12:30); Akk: (Mari) awil sumim, e.g., assurri assurti
famous” (*CAD R 4yb c); ina qibit Bau usarbi anni sumim diku ina aliitikunu tasemmema li\bbak\
sumsa ana kai nisc “at thè command of Bau I will unii inahhid “doubtless you will hear from your
make her name famous to all thè people” (*CAD acquaintances of thè murder of a man of renown
ibid.); eli sarràni sa kibràt arba'i suini ràbis lusarbù and become worried” (ARM 1 90 r. 22—24).
“(when Assur) made my (Assurnàsinpal) fame far PUR asi-oi.ocy
greater than that of all thè world’s kings” (CiAl)
5. (Phri) (to know a name). □27 SJT, e.g., p 1 ?
S j 293b e), ni^na “establish great fame,”
’P© ■'ïïi? “assuredly, My people shall learn My
eig., miniai riV-a ^ mi? 1 ? “ to establish for
name” (Isa 52:6, cf. also Jer 16:21; Ps 91:14; 2Cihr
Yourself great and marvelous fame” (iCihr 17:21);
6:33); Akk: suma idù “to know a name” (said
Akk: suma rabà/kabta sakànu “to establish great/
of humans), e.g., assunt la tanisianninia suini tidii
honorabie name,” e.g., kima ahuka sumam rabem “because you have not forgotten me and (stili)
istaknu u alla i\na màtika\ sumam rabem si\tkan\ know my name” (CiAD S 2893 c’).
“even as your brother who acquired great fame 6. (Phri) (lionored, important name)
for himself, so you acquire for yourself renown i33a, e.g., nx n-in xniarn n3??n a#n ns nKT*?
in your land” (ARM 1 69 r. 180-86, Mari); ilu il “to reverence this lionored and awesome
rabutu...suine kabtu zikri sira eli naphar bele nta’dis Name, thè Lord your Ciod” (Deut 28:58); Akk:
iskunu’inni “thè great gods established for me sumu kabtu (lit. “heavy name,” e.g. ana zikir
(Salmanesser III) an honorabie name, exalted sutniya kabtu kullat nàkiri littarri ìinusu “let all my
fame, superior to all thè other rulers” (3R 7 L4). (Nebuchadnezzar’s) enemies shake and tremble at
2. (Id2) (to create) DE?3 in» (six times, all thè mere niention of my mighty name” (CiAD
in Second Isaiah), e.g., dW?...;T?S ITO 'P WH Z 1 13b 2); (said of gods), e.g., ana zikir sumisunu
N’IjP"' D©3 “see who created these...He (thè Lord) kabtu pitluhàk ili u istar “I (Nebuchadnezzar)
created all of them” (Isa 40:26; cf. also Isa 43:1; became filled with awe at thè mere niention of
45:3,4; 49:1; 62:2); Akk: suina nabli/zakàru, e.g., thè natne of a god or goddess” (CiAD Z 1 13b 2).
minima sa suina nabli si mia tasaina “whatever is c;f. n-issn a© ni&yb Tja» nana |? “thus
created (lit. called by name) you decree its fate” did You lead Your people to witi for Yourself a
(Reiner, Surpu, 53:15); Akk: (nabli without sumu), glorious name” (Isa 63:14); Akk: sumu siru “exalted,
i.e., nabli//suma zakàru, e.g., entmia elis la nabli glorious name,” e.g., ina màtu ditti sumka siri “in
samàmu// saptis ammatu suma la zakrat “when 011 thè upper country your natile is exalted” (CiAD
high 110 name was given to heaven, nor below S 28411); siimi Istar suqur niseya ustàljiz tauàdàti sarri
was thè netherworld called by name” (E11. el. I ilis umassil “I provoked my people to value thè
1—2; see also Cohen, JANES 1 11968] 32—34). goddess’s name, I made praise for thè king like a
3. (Id2) (to destroy offspring) nS ìrT'Ipni god’s” (BWL 40:30-3 1, Ludlul).
pan ÌP 13P# “and they (thè Cianaanites) shall 7. (Phri) (good name) 3ÌCD □#, e.g., rniK
destroy our offspring from thè earth” (Josh 7:9); 31CD p 'il “let me praise Your name for indeed it
□5? T'fptpn/nSN/nDS “destroy/cut off/annihilate is good” (Ps 54:8; cf. also Ps 52:1 1); Akk: sumu
offspring,” (Ps 4i:6/l)cut i2:3/iSam 24:21); tabu, e.g., resiya ultima suma tàba ina màti iskunanni
Akk: (in curses) suma lialàqu/nasàhu “to destroy/ “he (Sin) singled me out (lit. elevated my head)
remove a name,” offspring, e.g., sumsu zërasu... and made me (Nabunaid) famous (lit. established
ina màti luhalliqu “may they (thè gods) destroy for me a good name) in thè land” (VAB IV 290

405
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n hor Biblical Hebrew

21-22); cf. Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 58-60. Cf. sumka ili| latta' | id\ datilika lud\lul] “let me praise your
datniq “your reputation is good” (CAI) S 2933 d); name to thè (other) gods (and) proclami your
siimi damqam....... ina pi nist lu askun “I established glory” (CiAD Z i 1 3a lex. section); arkù narua amia
a good name for myself among thè people” limurnta suini li’udu |...| “when a future ruler sees
(CiAD 1) 693); sumam damqa.........lisrukakkum “may this stela of mine, let him praise my name” (CiAD
(Marduk) grant you a good reputation” (CiAD N io2b); Akk: zikra dalàlti “to praise thè name,”
ibid., OB let.); sumni damqam ina diini tumassaku e.g., adallal zikirka Marduk “I praise your name,
“(who are you) that you should sully our good Marduk” (CiAD 1) 47a).
name in our city?” (CiAD ibid., OB let.). 12. (Phr2) (to make a name known)
8. (Phr2) (to revile a name) 02? ySÏ/bbn. e.g., DE7, e.g., ^Tìn 1 ? “to make Your
■qpt? isx: Vr: dï?i “h ow base people revile Your name known to your enemies” (Isa 64:1); Akk:
name” (Ps 74:18; cf. also Ps 74:10; Jer 34:16); zikra sùpti, e.g., zikir RN abim wàlidiya in kibràtim
Akk: suma mussuku, e.g., aran sumni damqam àlini lu usepi “I proclaimed thè fame of my father, Sin-
umassaku “as punishment for thè fact that he muballit, all over thè world” (CiAD A 2033).
reviles our good reputation 111 our city” (CiAD 13. (Phr2) (to inscribe a name) bi? □© 3H3,
M ( 322a 2). e.g., inQÌ? bi? 3P13n ÌOt? ©'S “each man will
9. (Phr2) (to name) 027 K“ip, e.g., ÌOp bi? write his name on his staff’ (Num 17:17,18; Deut
Hp© “that is why He named it Babylon” 27:8); Akk: ina muhhi.. .suma satàru, e.g., sumu sa
(Cien 1 1:9); nb’bt? ÌD© ]3 “and she sarri bcliya ina muhhi nistur “let us write thè name
bore a son and she named him Solomon” (2Sam of thè king my lord 011 it” (CiAD S 29ob).
12:24); Akk: lubbima sum\su Bàbil\i bilat ili rabuti 14. (Phr2) (to erase a name) “I3T/D© ÌIIIO,
“I shall cali |its] name [Babylon|, Houses of thè e.g., nwn nnnp ir:© ns 'n nnpi “and thè Lord
Great Gods” (En. el. V 129); Bàbilam sumsu strani blotted out his name from under heaven” (Deut
ibbiu “named thè city of Babylon with its august 29:19; cf. also Deut 9:14; 25:6; Ps 9:6; 109:14/
name” (CiH Prologue); ana RN tnàriya sa arka Exod 17:4; Deut 25:19); Akk: suma pasàtu/nasàku,
RN sumsu nabli “to Esarhaddon, my son, who e.g., summa...stimi satram ipsitma sumsu istatar “if
was later named Assur-etel-ka’in-apla” (CiAD he erases my written name and writes his name
33b b’). Eor 0© D©/}3© Akk: stima sakànu “to (instead)” (CAD S 2903 d); sa... suini usassakuma
establish a name,” cf. p© v. sumsu isattaru “who removes my name and writes
10. (Phr2) (to invoke by name) D©3 lOjp, his own name” (CiAD 29ob); cf. Tawil, JNES 32
e.g., D,n'i7S/'n D©5 iqj? “invoke Ciod’s name” (i973) 479-
(e.g., ìKgs 18:24,25; Isa 64:6; 65:1; Ps 116:4); 1 5 . (Phr2 ) (to forget a name) !T?©n/n3©
vrib'bv crïïi?3 wnin ìbi273 wij? “ invoke His □©, e.g., onbibra 'P© 'pi? ns narrV trntpnn
(thè Lord’s) name, make His deeds known among •p© ns nni3s ™3 © -©X3 insnb ©*s ' ~ 5~ ' ~i©s
thè people” (Isa 12:4 = Ps 105:1); Akk: sum 1 )N bs?33 “ thè pian to make my people forget my
nabu, e.g., Girru bclu gitmàlu nannaràta naln sumka name, by means of thè dreams that they teli each
“O Girru perfect lord, you are invoked (with other, just as their fathers forgot my name because
thè words) ‘you are brilliant’” (CiAD N | 3sb 2); of Baal” (Jer 23:27); Akk: suina masti, e.g., sumsu
sa sanie erseti tahitta ina kibràt màtàti kalisina nabu ay intmasu ana dtir dàru “may his name never be
stimsa “(Istar) whose name is called upon in all thè forgotten” (CiAD 1) io8a 2').
lands as thè one who penetrates heaven and earth” 16. (Phr2) (everlasting name) Dbiï? □©,
(CiAD ibid.). For 027 "IpTÌT Akk: suma zakàru “to e.g., abii? □© ib ni©??1? ornsp cp s?pi3 “who
invoke, praise,” cf. “13T v. divided thè waters before them to make Himself
11. (Phr2) (to praise a name) □© bbn/ÌTlin an everlasting name” (Isa 63:12); obiï? □© }n3
n/crn'bx “ praise thè name of God” (Ps 74:21; “establish an everlasting name,” e.g., |ns nbii? □©
148:5,13; I49:3/Ps 99:3; 138:2); Akk: (said of n“!3n xb 1©S ib “I (thè Lord) shall establish for
gods, humans) suina nadu, e.g., zikir sume\ka ana him an everlasting name that shall not be cut off’
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hebrew

(Isa 56:5); Akk: suina darà sakànu “to establish an 2. (Phr 1 ) (to descend from heaven) (I?) TV
everlasting name,” e.g., \s\uman dàrìatn sa sarrùtiya □"TO, e.g., nini f íon 'n “Lord, bend your
lu askun “I established everlasting fame for my heaven and come down” (Ps 144:5); Akk: istu sante
kingship” (AfO 12 11937/9I 364-65: 19-21); suina aràdu, e.g., stimma lamassàtu istu sanie urdànimma “if
sa dàru anàku lustakuam “a name that is eternai thè spirits carne down from heaven” (*CAD A
I will establish for ever” (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 2i6a b); ultu sanie urradàni “(thè two daughters of
202:188); zikir smnika lissakin ana ùnti dàrùti “may Anu) carne down from heaven” (*CAD ibid.).
your (Nabopolassar) fame be established forever” 3. (Phri) (to dwell in heaven), e.g., □©V
(VAB IV 68 41); sumam dàrìam sa sarrutiya Iti lob pràr Darà “He who dwells (i.e.,
astakkan “I (Nebuchadnezar II) keep establising enthroned) in heaven laughs, thè Lord niocks
everlasting fame for my kingship” (ibid. 84 II: 14— them” (Ps 2:4; cf. also 1 Kgs 8:30,49; 2Chr 6:21);
16). Akk: e.g., ilù rabùti àsibù sanie Anim “thè great
gods, dwellers of Anu’s heaven” (*CAD A 3973);

= Akk. samù A (sama'u, santamu) s. pi. tantum. Samas u Adad àsib samè ellùti “Samas and Adad,
OAkk. 011 (CAD S i 339b; AHw 1 160I1). heaven. dweller(s) of thè pure heavens” (*CAI) ibid.,).
4. (Phr 1 ) (midst of thè sky) CTÏ3fn nb, e.g.,
piirashoi.ogy own nb is mz "lai nnni “ thè mountain was
1. (Phr 1) (to ascend to heaven) D’QE? rÒiT, ablaze with flames to thè midst of thè sky” (Deut
e.g., ITI D'Otf TÒS '0 “who has ascendedto 4:1 1); Akk: libbi samè, e.g., qcrcbsu kima libbi samè
heaven and come down?” (Prov 30:4); lirbx bi?’] ubami “I (Tiglat-pil-eser I) made thè interior (of
□atón rnjjoa “ and Hlijah ascended to heaven in thè building) as beautiful as thè midst of heaven”
a whirlwmd” (2l<gs 2:11; cf aiso 2Kgs 2:1; Isa (CAD S i 344I1); Akk: qcrcb samè, e.g., alsika bèli
14:1 3; Jer 5 1:53); D'OC? pbo, e.g., DE? D'OC pSK DK ina qcrcb samc ellùti “I called upon you, my lord, ili
iiriX “if I shall ascend to heaven, Y011 are there” thè midst of holy heaven” (CAD Q 220a f).
(Ps 139:8); Akk: (atta) sante ehi, e.g., ilù sa sanie 5. (Phri) (heavenly omcns) D'Q^n nini*, e.g.,
ana samè itelù “thè gods of heaven went up into ìnnn bx D'DEH ninxm “do not be pamcked by
heaven” (CAD S 34ih 3); ittehsu itelù ana sanie sa thè omens of thè sky” (Jer 10:2); Akk: ittàtu/idàtu
Anim “(thè gods, for fear of thè flood) departed sa samè “omens of heaven,” e.g., idàt erseti itti samè
and went up to thè heaven of Anu” (CAD ibid.); sadda inassàni samè u erseti istcnis giskimtna abballini
ellima ina samàmi ni| .*//>] “I (Etana) will go up and \ah\ctiuà ni ttssurù samè u crscti ithuzu “thè signs
dwell in heaven” (Rtana II 43); ina tabi itammà ili occurring in thè sky as well as those 011 thè earth
samà'i “in prosperity they speak of scaling heaven” gives us signals, heaven and earth bring us omens
(bwl 40:46, Ludlul). cf. rràinn ht D'ntó òs' in thè sanie way, they are not released separately
“(thè waves) mounting up to heaven, plunging (because) heaven and earth are interconnected”
down to thc depths” (Ps 107:26); Akk: e.g., ana (CAD I/J 307b); ittàti sa samè u ersctim kalisina
samè ellima...urrad ana apsi Anunnaki upaqqad “I ittahar “he took all thc omens of heaven and
will ascend to heaven, I will descend into thè apsù earth” (*CAD I/J 3o6a).
and assign thè lower gods their duties” (CAD 6. (Phri) (foundation of heaven) ni-ipira
A 2i6b c); Akk: stimma uitelli ana sanie (gloss: 1T3"V D’Q© “thè foundations of heaven shook”
samema) stimma nurrad ina erseti “(even) though we (2Sam 22:8); Akk: isid samè, e.g., istu isid sanie
were to go up to heaven, (even) if we were to go ana elàt samè adàsunu utaddùnu “from thè base
down to thè netherworld” (CAD E 3iob). Note of heaven to thè top of heaven their (celestial)
thè gloss in EA 264:15-19: summa nitelli ana samè sections can be recognized” (CAD I/J 333 5);
(gloss: samema \*samayma\) summa nurrad ina ersete ilàntma istu isid samè urpatu salimtu “a black cloud
u resunu (gloss: rùsunu) ina qàteka “whether we go rose up from thè horizon” (CAD I/J 24ob g).
up to heaven or go down to thè netherworld, our Cf □’Qffi’ìl at?;: DWn “thè heavens to their
head is in your hands” (let. C;intikirmil(?)). uttermost reaches (lit. thè heavens and thè heaven

407
•T
An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l . C o m p a n i o n hor Biblical Hebrew

of heavens)” (Deut 10:14; cf. also ìKgs 8:27; Ps taptà “you (Samas) opened thè door of heaven”
68:34; 148:4; Neh 9:6; 2Chr 2:5); Akk: ciaf sanie (CAD 1) 55a h); daltu rabitu sa samc ellùti ina
“thè heights of heaven” (as opposed to isid samc petc\ka\ “in your opening of thè great door of
“thè foundation, base of thè sky”), e.g., ina isid pure heaven” (*CAD ibid.); cf. also: edlùti sikkùr
samc itcrup ina dal samc irtabi “(thè sun) darkens 011 sanie tupatti “you (Samas) open thè locked bolts of
thè horizon, (thè moon) beeomes extinguished in thè sky” (CAD S 3443). Cf 3ra©n T-S: “thè
thè heights of heaven” (CAD E 793 e); istu isid heavens were opened” (Ezek 1:1); Akk: sanie
samc ana ddt samc adàsurtu utaddunu “their (thè petti “to open thè heavens” (CAD S 34oa lex.
moon’s and sun’s) daily tasks were assigned (to section).
them) from thè base of heaven up to thè heights 13. (Phr2) (to tremble, said thè heavens)
ofheaven” (CAD ibid.). l'he relationship of Akk. era© mn/1©sn “heaven trembles,” e.g., (said
isid samc - dàt samc “base of heaven - heights of of God): npippp pxn ©inni nns Q'P© p bv
heaven” corresponds to thè Heb. D^P©!! HÍnpÍD “therefore I will cause thè heavens to tremble and
“thè foundation ofheaven” and Q , 'P©n ’P© “thè thè earth shall shake from its place” (Isa 13:1 3); ’ni
uttermost reaches of heavens” (cf. □np©n ninoia). pxi na© wsni ibip ]rr □behTpi 3«©’ |i’sp
Note also that thè Akk. expression dàt samc is to “and thè Lord will thunder (lit. roar) from Zion
be equated to LH n^rb^n CPP©n thè “upper and thunder (lit. give his voice) from Jerusalem
heavens” and thè Akk. compound isid samc seems so that heaven and earth tremble” (Joel 4:16; cf.
to be thè equivalent of LH tniniinn D'P© “lower also Joel 2:10); Akk: samù ràbu “heaven tremble,”
heavens/ ’ e.g., "[ina srpn 'ir xnpn npx© ny©3 e.g., ana hissat sumiki samù u ersetu irubbù ilù isubbu
□^innrin o^p© wjjti rps?sp$n nsrp nn^ D'pn inarrutù Anunnaki “at thè inention of your name
□■'irbsjn D'p©n ■'api “ at thè time when thè Lord (Istar), heaven and earth quake, thè gods tremble,
said: ‘Let there be an expanse in thè midst of and thè Anunnaku shiver” (CAD R s6a b); irkalla
thè water’, thè middle drop (i.e., layer of water) lunisma lisbu’u samàmi “I will make bell shake and
congealed, then thè lower heavens and thè upper heaven tremble” (Erra IV 123).
heavens were created” (Cìen. Rab. 4:12; cf. also 14. (Phr2) (to stretch out thè heavens) nt?3
Dt. Rab. 1 1:10). Cf. also Akk: samu ch'iti, qablùti, era©, e.g., Tis ■’p pan i?pn "npb Q’P© npi “wlio
saplùti “upper, middle, lower heavens” (AHw stretches out this heaven, who unaided spreads out
1 i6ob 4). thè earth” (Isa 44:24); pK nCH Dra© npà “who
7. (Phri) (queen of heaven) □ , D©n Hpbp stretches out thè heaven and establishes fìrmly thè
(cf. also Jer 44:17,18,19,25) Akk: sarrat/bdet samc earth” (Zech 12:1; cf. also Isa 51:13; Ps 104:2; Job
“queen of heaven,” i.e., Istar, e.g., Istar....ana 9:8); Akk: sanie rapasti, e.g., dna saknat erseti ritpàsu
sarruI samc ikappud “Istar plots to become queen sanie “wherever thè earth is laid, and thè heavens
ofheaven” (CAD S 34ob). Cf. D^p. are stretched out” (BWL 58:37, Ludlul).
8. (Phri) (heaven and earth) pKl D^P© ; 15. (Phr2) (to rcjoice, said of thè heavens)
Akk: samù u crscti. Cf. f"]X. pxn bini □ , P©n •npp- “let thè heavens rcjoice
9. (Phn) CT!2E;n '33Í3 “st ars of heaven”; and thè earth exalt” (Ps 96:11 = iChr 16:31);
Akk: kak-kabi samc. Cf. 33Ì3. Akk: samù lihdùka//apsù liris\ki\ “let thè heavens
10. (Pliri) iTP©n '“bs/bx “ God ofheaven”; rejoicc over you//the cosmic subterranean waters
Akk: ili (sa) samc. Cf. btf. exalt over you” (*CAD S | 343a).
1 1. (Pliri) Dra© nÌ312 “bird ofheaven”; Akk: 16. (Phr2) (to thunder from heaven) DS?“V
issur samc. Cf. niSS. ibip ir)' ]i,bay/'n D’P© |P “thè Lord thundered
12. (Phri) (to open thè door of heaven) 11113 from heaven//thc Most High sent forth His
□"P© 'tÒn “open thè doors ofheaven,” e.g., US’] voice” (2Sam 22:14 = 18:14); Akk: cnùma
nns era© Tlbni bï?pp D'pn© “He commanded Adad ina qcrcb samc rigimsu ittanandù “when Adad
thè skies above, he opened thè doors ofheaven” keeps thundering in thè midst of thè sky” (CAD
(Ps 78:23); Akk: (said of thè gods), e.g., dalat samc S 346b 41 ).

408
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew . j

i 7. (Phr2) (to rain said ofheaven) /ìSSJT O'P® 22. (Phr2) (gate ofheaven) DWn n?», e.g.,
WS?"]’ “heaven will rain” (Prov 3:2o/Isa 45:8); 2‘P‘^n ni?c?> nn m'bx na nx a nr ]-x “this is
Akk: saniti zanànu “to rain” (lit. “heaven rains”), none other than thè house of God and this is thè
e.g., umani sat ima sanili taliittum izttunnia “it rained gate ofheaven” (Cien 28:17); Akk: abiti samc, e.g.,
(so) hard that day” (CAD Z 4ih 1); ùmum irrttpma anàku killaka assente issu libbi almi samè attaqallala
samùm ul izannun “it will be eloudy, but it will “I (Assur) have heard your cry of distress, I float
not ram” (CAD ibid.); cf. DWn ]D “ItDQn “rain down(?) from thè gate ofheaven” (C'AD A 873
from heaven” (Lxod 16:4); “1CSQ “rain of b); patàma abullàti sa sanie ra\psùti\ “thè gates ofthe
heaven” (Deut 11:11); Akk: ziiitui ina samc milu wide heaven are open” (CAD ibid.).
ina naqbi mithàris illakuni “there will be rain from 23. (Phr2) (border ofheaven) D’OC 3H, e.g.,
thè sky as well as floods troni thè springs” (CAD “bnr.- crar aini nx-- xb- ib nrip na» “thè
Z I62a e). Cf. 3'pn/bp UnVìairV “thè clouds screen Him so he cannot see as He nioves
heavens will rain, give dew” (Deut 33:28 = Prov about thè limits ofheaven” (Job 22:14); Akk:
3:2o/Jer 14:22; Zach 8:12); Akk: e.g., \ntusa\znin puluk sanie, e.g., ina lë'ika kini mukin puluk sanie u
nalsi ina serrct samàmi “(Marduk) who lets dew fall crscti “on your (Marduk’s) reliable writing board,
from thè udders ofheaven” (CAD N 2033) which establishes thè border ofheaven and earth”
1 8. (Phr2) (to reach heaven) /CPDE;n ni? ST3n (CAD S | 344a). In light of this Akk. phrase that
naa&n, e.g., naa^n sraa it^xni nanx rasa obp expresses thè idea of Marduk’s establishing thè
“a stairway has been set upon thè earth with its border of heaven and earth 011 bis “writing board,”
top reaching to thè sky” (Clen 28:12; cf. also thè verb IpìTp employed in thè verse bi? 3in IpPIp
2Chr 28:9); Akk: sa elis resàsa samàmi etnia “(thè □inn ‘'32 (Prov 8:27) should be rendered “when
mountain) whose summit reaches above to thè He (thè Lord) inscribed thè limits (i.e., 3H) upon
sky” (CAD E 1 39b); saqà resàstt samàmi cndu “its thè deep,” and not just “He fixed” (NJPS).
(temple’s) top was high and reached thè sky” 24. (Phr2) (ends ofheaven) CTP$n nSp e.g.,
( c : ad s 3 47 b 2'). binsn npnp n^nan nasp npi cra©n nspabi
19. (Phr2) (fire fili from thè sky) □ , n'bx K?X n-|n “from one end of heaven to thè other: has
|P nbpa “great (lit. God’s) fire fell from anything as grand as this ever happened?” (Deut
heaven” (Job 1:16); Akk: summa isàtu istu sanie 4:32); aatën naspa pipp pxa crxa “ they carne
iniqui “if fire falls from thè sky” (CAD S 346b from a distant land from thè end ofheaven” (Isa
5')- 13:5; cf. also Deut 30:4; Ps 19:7; Neh 1:9); Akk.
20. (Plir2) (said of darkness in thè sky) bpXH pàt sanie “ends of heaven” e.g., sarrùti aria pàt samc
bl?pp nijpi pxn “(for this) thè earth u crscti listepi “let my kingship be manifested unto
mourns, and thè skies are dark above” (Jer 4:28; thè ends ofheaven and earth” (CAD P 305K lex.
1 Kgs 18:45); Akk: summa.. .saniti etti “if thè sky is section); puluhti mclammi sarrutiya pàt sanie u ersctim
dark” (CAD S | 346b 5'). lit iktum “thè awe of my (Samsuiluna) royal aura
21. (Phr2) '(rules ofheaven) □"W nipn, e.g., has indeed covered thè whole heaven and earth”
xb pxi D'ac; nipn nb^bi nav Trnp kb nx (CAD ibid., 3093 d)). Note that “thè heaven was
'riptp “as surely as I have established My covenant
portrayed as a dome standing atop pillars situated
with day and night, thè rules ofheaven and earth
at thè ends of earth; hence thè ends ofheaven and
(so 1 will never reject thè offspring ofjacob)” (Jer
earth were continuous” (See Tigay, Deut 55).
33:25); p*a intptpp a-'m ox D'arc nipn np-rn
25. (Phr2) (heights of heaven) npá/Hpa
“do you know thè rules of heaven or impose its
authority 011 earth” (Job 38:33); Akk: sipit sanie, □W (Job 11:8/22:12); Akk: samc saqi (CAD S,
e.g., sipit sanie crscti udannan “I will keep a strong i6b ia).
rule over heaven and earth” (CAD S 343a); parsi 26. (Phr2) (clear sky), e.g., □'TOn DSSJpì
sanie u ersctim ìiammat “(Istar) who gathers for nnÉsb “like thè very sky for purity” (Exod 24:10);
berseli tlie rules ofheaven and earth” (*CAD H Akk: sanie ellùti “pure heaven” (said ofthe gods’
59a 2). dwelling place), e.g., Sin nati nani àsib sanie ellùti

409
 An Akkadian Lexical Combanion hok. Biblical Hebrew

“Sin, thc luminary, dwcllcr of thc pure heavens” beli lu dàri “may my lord be as lasting as heaven
(*CAD S 34ob); béltu surhùtu àsibat samè ellùti and earth” (C'AD S i 347a f, OB letters); beli u
“(Culla) great lady who lives in thè pure heavens” beiti kima sanie u ersetim lissuriika “may my Lord
(CAD ibid.); sigar Lime ellutu subita liqbùkùm “let and my Lady guard you like heaven and earth”
thè bolt ofthe pure heavens greet you (Samas)” (C'AD S 347b); itti samè u erseti likùn palùa “may
(CAD S | 344a).C:f. rDT i D'O© “heaven i to my (Bsarliaddon’s) rule have stability like (lit.
be pure,” e.g., Ì3T lÒ D'PEn fcÒ ItZHj?:? |H with) heaven and earth” (C'AD S 347a) = Aram.
PrSJD “1 le (thè Lord) puts no trust in His holy •wd nsns (pbo ino ko“d ...àjnbx ■poKÒin
ones, thè heavens are not pure in I Iis sight” (Job ■pOS p027 “may (thè) god Baalshamen (make thè
15:15); Akk: samù zakùtu “pure heaven,” e.g., throne of thè Lord of tlie kingdoms), Pharaoh,
abnu sikirisu kima sanie zakùti aspù sumsu “thè stone enduring as thè days ofheaven” (KAI L266; thè
that has thè appearance of thè clear sky is called Adon insc.). C'f. Paul,JNES 31 (1972) 353.
jasper” (CAD Z 23b b). t 'I. BA l’Ot?*.
27. (Phr2) (treaty curse formula concerning
a lack of rain) nC’PQ ''027 “brazen (lit. copper)
= Akk. sanimi (*samanu) s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S |
heaven,” e.g., nt?m TjEttn bv ~im ‘‘“1
321 a; AHw 1 1 57b). oil, fat.
Vii- T^n pani “ thè skies above you
shall be copper, thè earth under you iron” (Deut l'IIRASLOLOGY
28:23) = Lev 26:19: n^l bniD dtw ns Tirai 1. (Pliri) (to mix with oil) bbz, e.g.,
riDilB DD2Í1S “1 will make your skies like iron ;ps? bìba nbt pÉSi] “a tenth of a measure of
and your earth like copper”; Akk: sanie sa siparri choice flour mixed with oil” (Exod 29:40; Num
brazen sky, e.g., qaqqarkunu ki parziìli lipusù...kt sa 28:5; Ps 92:11); Akk: ina samni balàlu, e.g., ina
istu libbi samè sa siparri zumiti la izannununi “may samni tàbi dispi liiméti kurunnu mutinni sikar sadi
they (thè gods) make your ground like iron (so abluta sallaru “I (Esarhaddon) mixed thè mortar
that none of you may flourish: lit. shall split it for with fine oil, honey, ghee, beer, wine, and
plowing), just as rain cannot fall from a brazen sky ‘mountain beer’” (CAD B 40a 2).
(so may rain and dew not come upon your field)” 2. (Phr 1 ) (fragrant oil) 3ÌtD e.g., /□‘TO?
(Wiseman, Treaties, 528—31 = SAA II 51:528-31). 3ÌtD “spices, fragrant oil” (2Kgs 20:13 = Isa
See Weinfeld, Bib. 46 (1965) 417. 39:2); ttfmn bv nicsn pt?P “(how good and how
d i - n o t a t i vi; pleasant it is that brothers dwell together) it is like
28. (Dem) (citiesreachingheaven) ribna □‘HSJ a sweet-smelling oil 011 thè head” (Ps 133:2); 3Ì£D
arge cities fortified up to heaven 3ÍCD ]PE?P DE? “a good reputation is better than
(i.e., with walls sky-high)” (Deut 1:28; 9:1); Akk: fragrant oil” (Ecc 7:1); pC? OpiCD J3Ot0 11'’“!*7
(similar phraseology), e.g., (IN bit tuklatesu sa ina IP© p“rïn “than thè smeli of your fragrant oil,
biri\t mi\sriya u màt Yaudi ... ana sanie saqù “thè Turaq oil is your name” (SoS 1:3); Akk: samnu
city of Azakah, his stronghold, which is between tàbu, e.g., sùbita sanma tàba ana lapàti sa GIS sanie
my border and thè land of Judah...reaching high “send me sccnted oil for rubbing 011 thè (wooden)
into heaven” (BASOR 214 [ 1974] 26:5—6; cf. also baldachin” (CAD L 86b); u samni sa tàbu abiya 2
Rost, 'Tiglat-Pileser III, 18:16). kukkubu usseranni “and send me, my brother, two
29. (Dem) (eternity of thè heavens) 'Fli???! containers of sweet-smelling oil” (EA 35:24—25;
D'OC? ’ÌT? ÌNp?1 ÌS?“]T ~iVb “I (thè Lord) will let. Alasiya).
establish his line forever, his throne as long as thè 3. (Phri) (choicest oil) IP®, e.g., ]P??
heavens last” (Ps 89:30); =?*!?* 13T ■'SpNI 'r bs tfin “let my head not refuse choice
pxn bv D’wn ■'pp.-npisn bv “to thè oil” (Ps 141:5); cnoc? nw-n yïïP? crn
end that you and your children may endure in intóp -1 “who drink from bowls of wine and anoint
thè land... as long as there is a heaven over thè themselves with thè choicest of oils” (Amos 6:6);
earth” (Deut 1 1:21); Akk: kima samù u ersetmn dàru Akk: samnu réstu/rùstu, e.g., samnam ana pitassiya la

410
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a i . C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hebrew

isu lu restarti sa dlim lu restarti sa (IN tàbtam sa ekallim oil,” is juxtaposed (in reverse order) with niqà
ina alàhiha ana pitassiya bikini “I do not have oil naqu “to libate.”
(here) with which to anoint myself (so) when you 7. (Phr2) (to sprinkle oil) |Pfn ]P H-TH, e.g.,
are traveling bring to me here either prime oil ti "sb D’p»? sny ìP'“ ip n-rni “and
from thè City or perfumed prime oil from (IN he (thè priest) shall sprinkle some of thè oil with
from thè palace for anointing myself’ (CAD R his finger seven times before thè Lord” (Lev
272b 3); samnu rustu “finest oil” (C'AD R 430a 14:16,27); Akk: samna salàhu, e.g., ussi suàti igulà
a); cf màkàlè ili uhi samni “turn to thè pure divine saman rusti liima me nàri lu asluh “I (Sennacherib)
food, thè best of thè oil” (C’AD S 328a j). sprinkled this foundation with perfumed oil and
4. (Phri) (fili a horn with oil) }P$ Tjnp lÒP choicest oil as if they were water from thè river”
“fili your horn with oil” (iSam 16:1,13; ^gs (*CAD S 86b 2).
1:39); Akk: qarni samnam tàbam niallia “fili thè 8. (Phr2) (to soften with oil) ìP$P/3 1?“),
horns with fine oil” (CAD Q 1 38b 4). e.g., ìpf3 nasi iòi iràn ìòi nt “(thè
5. (Phr2) (to anoint) ]PC?>5 ITOÌp, e.g., “IPX bruises) not pressed out, not bound up, not
tznpn ina ne?p “who (thè high priest) was softened with oil” (Isa 1:6); 1ptS>p Tnrn Ì31 “his
anointed with thè sacred oil” (Num 35:25); 'p^plì words were more soothing (lit. soften) than oil”
]Pffi>3 □‘'TOP niup “unleavened wafers spread (Ps 55:22); Akk: samna labàku, e.g., subàti tàbam
with oil” (Exod 29:2; Lev 7:12; Num 6:15); Akk: ula isu samnam esemti ula ulabbah “I have 110 fine
ina samni pasàsu (in a legai ceremony), e.g., samna garment for myself, I cannot make my body
qaqqassunu pasis “their (thè buyer’s and seller’s) supple with oil” (CAD L 8a b). The above Akk.
heads are anointed with oil” (CAD Q i02b 4). phrase is semantically parallel to thè verse in Ps
6. (Phr2) (to pour oil) plT, e.g., np,,I 23:5: ■'©in |prà n3EH “You moisten my head
itfió bs ps" |p©n tjs nx ‘ ‘and Samuel with oil” = e.g., DSS7 HaitO nPlfDE? “good
took a flask of oil and poured olito his (Saul’s) news fattens (i.e., soften with oil) one’s bones
head” ( 1 Sani 10:1; cf. also 2Kgs 9:6); Akk: samna (i.e., body)” (Prov 15:30).
ukallunililiumma pissas' “you will be offered oil; 9. (Phr2) (container of oil) ^2 “ container
anoint” (Adapa 32'); summa ailu lu samna ana of oil” ( 1 Sani 1 o: 1 ; 2Kgs 9:1,3); Akk: karpat samni
qaqqadi itimi; “if a man pours oil onto thè head “container of oil” (CAD S 322a 2').
(of a girl)” (C’AD Q i02b 4). Ili a ritual ceremony 10. (Phr2) (olive oil) n?T |P® (Exod 27:20;
for anointing an inscribed monunient: 3pS?'’ DS"] 30:24; Lev 24:2); Akk: saman sirdi “olive oil,”
n'by idi nr^r: ins 13-1 -rx ciippa nnsp e.g., saman sirdi...ana pissas sarri ni “olive oil as an
ipir IT1?!? pin -]P3 “and Jacob erected a stela at ointment for kings” (*CAD S 3 1 2a e) saman sirdi
thè site where He had spoken to him, a stela of u hibisti sa kiràti...uraqqà ana riisti “I (Sennacherib)
stone, and he offered a hbation on it and poured made fine perfume from olive oil and aromatics
oil 011 it” (Clen 35:14); Akk: nard/musarà pasàsu from thè groves” (C’AD ibid.).
“to anoint a stele,” e.g., tiare sa Samsi-Adad abiya SHQULNCIMG

samna apsus“l (Tiglat-pileser I) anointed thè stelas n.(Seqi) (oil - honey) ràT) |P®, e.g.,
of Samas-Adad, my father, with oil” (C'AD S en“n ]pc?i n^b -b Tin? •’pnb'i “thè food
326a g); atta hi yàtima musarli sitir sumiya arnurma that I have given you, thè choice flour, thè oil,
samna pusus niqà iqi itti musare sitir sumilia suhun and thè honey” (Ezek 16:19; 16:13; 27:17 only);
“so you should read thè inscribed object hearing Akk: dispu 11 samnu, e.g., ina...samni tàbi dispi
my name, anoint it, make a hbation (before it) hitneti...ablula “I mixed it with scented oil, honey,
and place it beside thè inscribed object hearing ghee...” (CAD 1) iC)2b 2).
your name” (CAD M 232b). In Cìen 35:15 thè 12. (Seqi) (oil - water) |Pffi> CTP, e.g., ITISI
juxtaposition of ^05 ^03 “libate” with }PC2 plT )prà 15QK1...D -I P3 “I batlied you in water, (and
“anoint with oil” (a stela) is parallel to thè above washed thè blood off you), and anointed you with
Akk. text, where samna pasàsu “to anoint with oil” (Ezek 16:9; Ps 109:18); Akk: mu u sanniti, e.g.,
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n por Biblical Hebrew

nisc màt Assur sa adc...ana nasàir sarrutiya ina me u 4. (Phr2) (to accept prayer) /nn/n 1 ??? S?DE?
samni itimi “thc people of Assyria who swore an -inr./D-^nr. “h ear,” i.e., “to accept prayer/
oath...with water and oil to safeguard my rule” outcry/plea/supplication” (ìKgs 8:28; 2Kgs
(CAI) M, i52b). 20:5 = Isa 38:_s/Jer 14:12; Ps io6:44/Ps 28:2,6;
i 3. (Seqi) (oil - wine) }PE?11" (Hag 2:12; Prov 143:1/1 Kgs 8:30; Ps 6:10); Akk: tesìita/suppà/
27:17; 1 Chr 9:29; 12:40); Akk: samnu karànu, e.g., sulla/ikriba/unneni semù “to hear,” i.e., “to accept
kurummatu samni karànc ... uscii “I provisioned it prayer/plea/supplication,” e.g., ON senni testiti//
with food, oil, wine ...” (CAI) S 3243). Icqù unnetìi “l)N, who listens to prayer//who
accepts supplication” (*CA1) S_ 284b); seinàt
n;m = Akk. samane (fem. samanat, Ass. samane, testiti u suppc tè qàt ikrihi 11 untimi “(Tasmetu) who

samànat) num. OA, 013 on (CAI) S 1 lob; AHw harkens to supplication and prayer, who accepts
all kinds ofimploration” (CAD S 3933 a), cf. I leb:
ioi7b). eight.
np' 'nban ,n//,n3nin ’n s?de? “thè Lord h eeds my
plea//the Lord accepts my prayers” (Ps 6:10).
S7QK7 = Akk. semtì v. OAkk. on (CAI) S 2773;
AHw 121 ib). to hear.
II = Akk. samàru v. OB 011 (CAD S 2963;
PI IR ASLOI .oc Y AHw i 1 54a). to rage.

1. (Phri) (referring to thè faculty of hearing)

Held’s observation 011 thè existence of two
wde ; frÒ! pòt? 1 ? nnb “ they have ears to hear
homonyms I “IDE? “to guard, watch” and II “IDE?
but hear not” (Ezek 12:2); Akk: petàma ul isemmà
“to rage, be furious” was accepted by Paul, Amos,
uznàya “my ears are open but cannot hear” (CAI)
66. The key verse that depiets II “IDE? “to rage,
S, 277b ia); tòl DrÒ □ , 3TN 1XT iÒl OH 1 ? □‘TS?
be furious” is Jer 3:5: “IDE?" 1 DS □bis? 1 ? “lÉS^D
1PDE? 11 “they have eyes but cannot see, they have
traditionally rendered as “will He (thè
ears but cannot hear” (Jer 5:21 = Ps 1 15:6); Akk:
Lord) nurse a grudge forever, retain bis anger
palsàma ul inattaI inàya petàmma ul isemmà uznàya
always?” Held states that “such a rendering is
“my eyes stare but do not see, my ears are open
without any philological basis whatsoever” since
but do not hear” (BWL 42:73—74, Ludlul).
“thè direct objects grudge and anger are not to
2. (Phr2) (to hear a voice) bìp Ï7DE?, e.g., p
be found in thè I lebrew text.” Held renders
rnpnps nns tipde? ròirp Vip “i (Jeremiah)
Jer 3:5 as: “will He (thè Lord) rage forever, be
heard a voice as of one in travail, a cry (rd.
in fury for eternity?” maintaining thè existence
as of a woman hearing her first child” (Jer 4:31;
of “IS3//“1DE? “guard//watch” (e.g., Deut 33:9;
Deut 5:20; Josh 6:5; Jer 5:24); Akk: rigma semù,
Ps 12:8; 105:45) and their pseudo-homonyms
e.g., summa rigim marsi tasmema kima rigirìi [...] “if
“I£D3//“1DE? II “rage//be in a fury” (Jer 3:5). Held
when you bear thè voice of thè sick man it is
further asserts that “thè verbs II “IDE? and II “IÍD3
like thè voice of [...]” (CAD R 329!^); ana ikkillisa
are statives generally employed without an object.
ana rigim hàlisa natiti arti Sin istemi rigimsa “at her O11 thè other hand, thè verbs “1^3//“1DE? ‘to guard’
(thè cow’s) wailing, at her crying in labor, Sin thè
are transitive and must take an object...further thè
luminary heard her crying” (CAD R 33ob). poetic synonym of Hebrew I “IDE? “to guard” is
3. (Phr2) (to hear thè word, obey) /H^D S?DE?
always “IÏS3 never “12)3...it is only in thè Song of
“irn, e.g., rns nni ns iè??? rfotp? “when Esaìi
Songs, a text characterized by its mixed dialect,
heard his father’s words” (Gen 27:34); 5?ÌDE? 1S?DE?
that “ICD3 is attested four times with thè meaning
Tlbp “ listen to what I say” (Job 13:17); Akk:
amata/qibita semù, e.g., amat sarri bcliya ul asme ‘to guard’ (C'ant i:6(twice); 8:1 1,12) and in these
“thè word of thè king, my lord, I did not obey” passages it is clearly thè Aramaic counterpart of
(*CA1) S 2843); ina puhri lu semài qibiti “may Hebrew “1^3.” Accordingly, thè Heb. pair II
my orders be listened to in thè assembly” (C'AD “IQ3//II IDE? is thè etymological and semantic
ibid.). equivalent of thè Akk. verbs samàru - nadàru “to

412
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hf.brew

rage - to he furious,” e.g., atta...sàru ezzu sa tibusu Heb: 10312 p.^Dì ITITÌ? pK!2 ‘ïïï rX V'ï'.t:
nauduru samru czza sa samris illaku “you are a ©PE7Ì1 “I will resene My people from thè lands
fierce wind, whose rising is terrifying, vehenient of thè east and from thè lands ofthe west” (Zach
and fierce one that sweeps along savagely” (C'AD 8:7); rensjppi ©pc? rnrpp “from thè nsing of
S | 330a); cf. “ltD3 v. Held further maintains that thè sun and from her entering (i.e., from east and
thè verb II “IO© “rage, be furious” is employed west)” (Isa 45:6).
once more 111 Amos i : i i: ÍrmïJl Ì3X “1JJ 1 ? ï ptD ? ’! 3. (Phr2) (to become dark, said of thè sun)
nnipp, where thè pair of nouns rnnSJ//*]K cjpfn nnnp/nDttfn/Tjtón, e.g., inxsa rpsr
“wrath//fury” would then function as thè subject HÌK nTl “thè sun shall be dark when
of thè verbs and not as their objects. Thus, Held it rises and thè 1110011 shall diffuse 110 glow” (Isa
proposes to render thè verse: “his (Edom’s) anger i3:io/Ecc i2:2/Job 2:10; 4:15); Akk: samsu ekclu/
seethed forever, his wrath raged for eternity” da’àmu “thè sun becomes dark,” e.g., iti Umu sa
IH Held, JANES 3 (1970/1) 47 55. gimir kimtiya sa qerbi mude samassun ikil “thè day
became gloomy for my entire family, thè sun of
= Akk. samsu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD S i 3353; thè people dose (to me), of (my) acquaintances,
AHw 1 1 58b). sun. has darkened” (CAD li 643, Ludlul; CAD D ia).
SLQUF.NCINC;
I’ 1 IRASHOl .OC Y
4. (Seq2) (sun - moon). n“n e.g.,
1. (Phn) (rising ofthe sun) »P»n KIT “thè
D’IH “IH ni; 'ZZb) VQV DV “may they fear you
rising of thè sun, ” e.g., pxn bv K2T rr^r: “thè
as thè sun and as thè moon for all generations”
sun rose over thè land” (Cien 19:23; Isa 13:10);
(Ps 72:5 cf. also Cien 37:9; Deut 4:19; 2Kgs 23:5);
Akk: samsu asti, e.g., ana asika naturi hasà uznàsun
Akk: Sin u Samas ina samè...atta diir dàr lipiltl màtu
“watch for your (Samas’) splendid rising” (C'AD
“as long as thè 1110011 and sun are in thè sky...
A 367!! 2); ulta asé sanisi adi ereb sanisi “from thè
may they rule over thè country forever” (jNES
rising of thè sun until thc setting of thè sun”
3 1 [ I 9 7 2 | 354:24).
(*CAD S 336b); Heb: 'ÏZZT. nXS “setting ofthe
sun,” i.e., “east” (e.g., Judg 5:31); Akk: sit sanisi, In light of thè LXX’s reading most commentators
e.g., màtàiti istu sit Samsi adi ereb Sanisi liksudu have amended thè verb ràttf DI? ^WT'' 111 Ps 72:5
qàtàya “may I conquer with my own hands all thè to “let be long” (as thè sun), where Paul
lands from thè east to thè west” (C'AD S 2i7b) renders “let his days be as (long as thè sun).” This
cf. LIeb: ©PC£?n IT1TP “thè rising ofthe sun,” i.e., rendering is indeed forced. The Hiph'il ^HNO
“east” (e.g., Deut 4:47; Josh 13:5). is usually followed by a direct object, and in thè
2. (Phr2) (setting of thè sun) /K3 SpEII expression “to prolong (one’s) hfe, days” IHXH
Ì1X3 (e.g., Cìen 28:11; Lev 22:7; Deut 24:15/ is always (twenty times) followed by thè direct
Cìen 15:17; Judg 19:14); Akk: samsu crcbu, e.g., object CP' “days, life,” absent from Ps 72:5.
Samas ina erebika nùr nifi ut tatti “when you set, In Akk., thè notion of longevity is sometimes
Sun God, thè light of mankind is turned into expressed by thè idea of seeing thè light of thè
darkness” (CAD E 2693 c), cf. Heb: Z2 ZT, 'rn sun, i.e., samsa amàru “to see thè sun,” e.g., àrid
irn rrobsn nxa “when thè sun set and it was very qistiya ul utarra ana arkisti 11 salmis ul ussima ul
dark” (Cien 1 5:17). I leb: tSTOH X'D/X'hp “setting immar samsu “he who goes down to my (fox’s)
(lit. entering) ofthe sun,” i.e., “west” (e.g., Deut thicket does not get out again, nor does he escape
1 1:3o; Josh 23:4; Zacli 8:7/Deut 16:6; 24:1 3); Akk: to see thè light of thè sun” (BWL 200 iv 1—2,
crei) sanisi “thè entering of thè sun,” i.e., “sunset Fable of thè Fox); maunumma iqbi amàr samsisu ina
- west,” e.g., sarràni eqdute la pàdiite istu sit Sanisi libbi manni ibbasi ctcq suqisu “who thought that he
adi crcb Sanisi pà istcn usaskin “he (Assurnasirpal II) would see his Sun? who imagined that he would
forced ulto conformity thè wild and uncivilized walk along his Street?” (BWL 58:31—32, Ludlul).
kings from East to West” (C'AD E 258b b), cf. In light of thè above idiomatic expression that
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

conveys thc notion of longevity, i.e., samsa amàru 7. (Phr2) (to knock out a tooth) bSH, e.g.,
“to see (thc light of) sun,” thc vocalization of MT nnn ':r}b~' Tsnb b'sr ir.px ix H51? it? dxi
'pX“V? “they shall fcar you” should be altered to Ì3tp “ifhe knocks out thc tooth ofhis slave, male
rà© Di? “they shall see you (as one sees) or female, he shall let Inni go free on account of
thè sun,” i.e., you (thè king) shall live long. his tooth” (Exod 21:27); Akk: sinna nadu, e.g.,
Ili] Paul, JNF.S 31 (1972) 351-55. summa awihtm sitiui awilim mehrisu ittadi strinasti
inaddù “if an aunlu should knock out thc tooth of
another awiìu ofhis own rank, they should knock
}K? = Akk. simiu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD S ( 4Sb; AIIw
out his tooth” (CH §200).
I243a). tooth, fang, ivory.
8. (Phr2) (to grind teeth) □ , '35p 0“13rt, e.g.,
PIIRASLOLOCY "1SX3 ■’attf fan? D“l?n “He ground my
1. (Phr2) (to bite with thè tecth) CT327? TjtfJ tecth in thè gravel, he trampled me into thè dust”
“bite with thc tecth”: D!T3©3 'Ì?V “my (Lam 3:16); Akk: sinna maràqu, e.g., stimma alpu
people when they bite with their tecth” (Mie sinnèsu imruqma “if thc ox grinds its tecth” (C'AD
3:5); Akk: ina simiàti nasàku, e.g., summa lisànsu M j 266b b).
itia sinnàtisu nasik “if he bites his tongue with his 9. (Phr2) (lion’s fangs) (D , 'T23/n , nX ''3??
tecth” (CAD S 5oa). nÌf2H3) “fangs of lion(s) (beasts)” (Joel i:6/Job
2. (Phri) (ehair of inlaid ivory) |t? X03; Akk: 4:io/Deut 32:24); Akk: simiàti sa labbi “lion’s
kussù sa sitnii. See X03. fangs” (CAD S ( sia e).
3. (Phri) (ivory palace) }E? " |i T'P' i ri; Akk: ekal/ IH NOI \ 1 1 \ 1
ekallàti sa siimi piri “ivory palace(s).” See bo'ri.
10. (Den2) (sharp teeth, fangs) n^PI
4. (Phri) (sbatter teeth) DW “O®, e.g., P
ffSm “their teeth are spears and arrows” (Ps
n~i3© D^en 'nb •'rrx bs nx n'sn “indeed
57:5); V3© ni3nn -m “a breed whose tecth are
You slap all my enemies 011 thè check, You break
swords,” i.e., “sharp (whose jaws are knives)”
thè teeth of thè wicked” (Ps 3:8); Akk: sinna
(Prov 30:14); Akk: (said of demons’ fangs), e.g.,
seberu, e.g., summa iraggumù tuppu annù sinnàtisunu
zaqtuma siimi “their (thè monsters’) fangs are
usabbar “if they lodge a complaint, this document
sharp” (C'AD S sob d); (said ofa divine weapon),
will shatter their teeth” (C’AD S 49b).
e.g., mittu sa sinna marni iimmàtm ukamrnar “thè
5. (Phr2) (ivory bed) ]E? ni£30, e.g., □ , 3?É;n
divine weapon with thè bitter biade (i.e., tooth)
□nitol» bv DHipi 1$ niïïp bv “who lie upon
piles up thè (bodies of thè) troops” (CiAD K 1 1 3 a
beds of ivory, sprawlcd out 011 their couches”
(Amos 6:4); Akk: eres siimi, e.g., 1 eres siimi may alti lex. section); sinnàsunti nasà imta “(their lips are
kaspi tapsuhti ilùtima tamlit abnc huràsi “one bed of curled back,) their teeth bear venom” (E11. el. IV
ivory (with) silver fraine, thc god’s own resting 53)-
place, set with precious stones and gold” (C'AD
E 3i6a, Sar.); 1 ersu sa usi sinni piri huràsa uhhuzu
rn?; = Akk. sittu s. OB on (CAD S^ob; AHw
3 ersetu sa usi huràsa uhhuzu “one bed of ebony,
overlaid with ivory and gold, three beds of ebony i252a). sleep.
overlaid with gold” (C’AD E 3 1 sb b’, EA s:2of.). pi irasl:olo(;y
cf. r-,?.
1. (Phr2) (sweet sleep) Hpini? TTO, e.g., HpìnD
6. (Phr2) (to gnash thè teeth) pin, e.g.,
bssó rann Dxi toyp nx ~qi?n nati “ sweet is thè
01231 pnrp ra© 01731 HXT vpl “thè wicked man sleep of thè worker, whether he has much or little
shall see it and be angry, he shall gnash his teeth, to eat” (Lee 5:1 1); Akk: sittu tàbtu, e.g., sitta tàbta
his courage shall fail” (Ps 1 12:10; cf. also Ps 35:16; ul isbà panila “my face did not bave cnough of
37:12; Job 16:9; Lam 2:16); Akk: simiàti g/kasàsu, sweet sleep” (George, (ìilgamcsh, 692:254); linihka
e.g., summa amèlu ina itiilisu sinnàtisu ikassas “if a sittu tàbtu sittu balàtu u pasàhu elika ìimqut “may
man gnashes his teeth in bis sleep” (*CAD Ci S2b sweet sleep pacify you, may a healthy and relaxing
la; med. text). sleep fall upon you” (C'AD S 141 b b).
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hf.brew TT

2. (Pliri) (to awaken from sleep) ^pn/nÍW sanati qatù, e.g., ina (text ana) hussi u hip libbi liqattà
rrop, e.g., arntpo ni?' xbi i^p; xb “(until thè sauàtisa “may she (thc sorceress) finish her life (lit.
very sky splits open) he will not awaken and will years) in woe and heartbreak” (CiAD Q 1 8 1 a c).
not arouse from his sleep” (Job 14:12; cf. also Cien imirasloi ocy
28:16; Judg 16:14,20; Zeph 4:1); Akk: crii sa sitti 2. (Phr 1 ) (to add years) ’TOln, e.g., '3
(CiAI) E 326a lex. section, s.v. crii). □"n niatp ^b ia'on Tj'a; ai' p “ for through
3. (Phr2) (to be deprivcd of sleep) mt? bf??, me your days will increase and years of life will
e.g., xb nx anw nbnri ìs?t xb nx ut?;1 xb be added to you” (Prov 9:1 1; cf. also 2Kgs 20:6;
'‘for they cannot sleep unless they have Joel 2:2); Akk: sanàti ussubu, e.g., urriku urne ussibu
done evil, unless they make soineonc fili they are sanàti “they(?) lengthened thè days, increased thè
robbed of sleep” (Prov 4:16); Akk: sitta ekètnu, e.g., (number of) years” (CiAD A 354a); iskunanni umu
atta ahi lemmi chini sitti sa anicla ana tabuli iz\zazzu arkiitu sanàit tub libbi ussipamma “(Sin) established
atta| “whether you are thè evil rt/fi-demon who for me (Nabunaid) lcngth of days, he added years
robs (him) of sleep, who lies in wait to carry off of happiness to my (years)” (*CAD A 354a b;
thè man” (CAD S 141;i lex. section); sittam sa ih VAB IV 292 22-24).
anàku ekmcku “I ani deprivcd of thc sleep of thè 3. (Phr 1 ) (beginning of thè year) (1) tPXI
gods” (CiAD S 14[b b); Akk: sitta zumimi “to be toh , e.g., t!?X“i? lanibab to crám on©???
deprivcd of sleep,” e.g., ina huburisina uzamma EHhb TO23 TOH “in thè beginning ofthe year
sitta “with their uproar, I ani deprivcd of sleep” in thè twenty-fifth year of our exile thè tenth day
(Atra-hasis, 66:359). ofthe month” (Ezek 40:1); (2) rTOil rTKH, e.g.,
4. (Phr2) (to be engulfed by sleep) TO D“1T, TO n'inx “IS7Ì TOH n^-ID “frolli thc ycar’s
e.g., ^'bn- Tana npin vt to anrp-ir “You beginning to thè year’s end” (Deut 1 1:12); Akk:
engulf men in sleep at daybreak, they are like rcs salti, e.g., ina rcs satti u qit satti attatal miriti
grass that renews itself’ (Ps 90:5); Akk: sittu relui, “from thè beginning to thc end of thè year I find
e.g., anuimmis sittu irhii cliya “as soon as sleep my pasturage” (BWL 178:26, Ox and Horse); ina
flowed over me (you woke me up)” (CiAD R Nisannu rcs satti “in Nisannu thc beginning ofthe
254a b, s.v. rehii); Anunnaki ina luibur nisc ul irehhii year” (CiAD S_ Hj8a 3').
sittu “thc Anunnaku wcrc unable to sleep because 4. (Phr2) (end of thè year) TO nnnX (Deut
of mankind’s clamor” (CiAD ibid.). The Heb. 1 1:12); Akk: qit/taqtit satti, e.g., ahi kaspi ina rcs
idiom bi? nr:™ b'an/b?3 “ fall, cast deep sleep satti u ahi kaspi ina qit satti inauditi “he will pay half
upon” (Cicli 15:12; 1 Sani 26:12; Job 4:13; 33:15/ of thè silver at thc beginning and half at thè end
Cien 2:21; Prov 19:15) is thc semantic equivalent of thè year” (CiAD S i99a c).
of thè commonly employed Akk. expression sittu 5. (Phr2) (next year) rnnXH TO, e.g., “IE?X
maqàtu, e.g., liuilika sittu tàbtu sittu balàtu u pasàhu n-rxr- TO3 n-rn nriob rnb '?jb nbn “whom
clika limqut “may sweet sleep pacify you, may Sarah shall bear to you at this season next year”
healthy and relaxing sleep fall upon you” (CiAD (Cien 17:21); Akk: sattu èribtu, e.g., arliti àsti lunula
S, 141I1 b). litbal sattu èribtu dumuqsa lukallimanni “may thè
month that is endiiig carry away thè evil, may
na® = Akk. sattu s. masc. and fem., OAkk. 011 thè coming year let me see its favor” (CiAD E
(CiAD S 197a; AHw 1201 a), year. 293 a 1); sep satti èribti inusallimti “sign of a pcaceful
coming year” (CiAD S 20ib d). Heb. likewise
IDIOMATIC usaci; employs thc idiom ÌTI1 nj?3 for “next year”
1. (Id2) (to end one’s hfe) Din/nbs, (Cien 18:10,14; 2 Kg s 4:16,17), to be semantically
n?n io? ito "’br “we finish our hfe (i.e.,
e.g., equated to thè commonly used Akk. expression
years) like a sigh” (Ps 90:9); Timn 'TI prò ib? 'S ana balàt “next year” lit. “to life,” e.g., ana balàt
nmxa “I fi nished my life in sorrow, my years in ayikà lullik “where will I go (to live) next year?”
grief’ (Ps 31:1 1; cf. also Ps 78:33; 102:28); Akk: (CiAD B 5 ili 3); sattam ana balàt “this year and

4'5
TT
An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

next year” (C'AD Li 52,1). See Cogan-Tadmor, satti “day after day, month after month, year after
AB 1 1 57. year” (C'AD S_ 203b 5).
6. (Phr2) (in a single year) nnX n3©3, e.g.,
Note thè Aniarna (362:66) phonetic variant
“1 will not drive
MU//saiùta (annita) “(this) year” (Rainey AOAT
them out from before you in a single year” (Exod
8, 22:66).
23:29); Akk: in satti istct, e.g., ina l’asrìti qaqqad
RN ina Addari qaqqad RN ina istct satti unakkis “I
(Esarhaddon) in Tasritu I cut off thè head of RN, I H3ÍZ7 = Akk. santi B v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S 4033;
in Addaru thè head of RN , (both) within a single AHw i i66a). to become different.
year” (C'AD S I99b b). IMIRASLOl OC, Y
7. (Phr2) (year of abundance) nÌ3Ì£D
1. (Phr 1 ) (to change one’s mood) DS?2 113©
e.g., nbxn nian ninbn D'3t£;n b?x bs ni? *S2“"
“become deranged, insane, change one’s mood”;
“and they gathered all thè food of those years of
see DSJE).
abundance that are coming” (Cien 41:35); Akk:
2. (Pliri) (to change appearance) Ì13P,
sanai hcgalli, e.g., muti ri sàtu arali tasilàti sanàt hcgalli
e.g., X3©' ras Ti?*! V33 TXFl DnX npon “a nian’s
aria sirikti lisrukunu “may (thè gods) grant me days
wisdom lights up his face but a fierce (look)
ofjoy, months of rejoicing, years of abundance”
changes his face, i.e., appearance” (Ecc 8:1; cf.
(C'AD S_ 204b 3').
also Job 14:20); Akk: panù santi, e.g., isnti panùsa
8. (Phr2) (year of famine) 31H n3tp (C leu
“(Saltu grew angry), her face changed” (C'AD S
41:50/41:27,30); Akk: sanàt husahhim, e.g., unii
403b ia).
isùti sanàt husahhim “short days and years of
3. (Phr2) ^311 nx ni3©b nxp 'btn np “how
famine” (C’I I Epilogue).
you cheapen yourself by changing your counsel”
9. (Phr2) (years of life) D'H nÌ3©, e.g., "Q
(Jer 2:36; cf. also Mal 3:6; Lam 4:6); Akk: sane
crn niatp ^b is'D'n ?pp; qt “ for through me
tallakti “change ofbehavior” (C'AD S 404a), e.g.,
your days will increase and years of life will be
□rrb? xb apsr *'33 onxi ■'rn© xb 'ri ■’? “for
added to you” (Prov 9:1 1; cf. also Prov 3:2; 4:jo);
I am thè Lord, I have not changed and you, thè
Akk: sanat balàti, e.g., màdàtim sanàt balàtim ana
children of Jacob, have not ceased to be” (Mal
RN tusatlim istar “Istar granted many years of life
3:6); dì? bsp ni3© DnT.n* “ and whose (thejews)
to Ammiditana” (CAD i\ 20sa c).
laws are different from those of any other people”
10. (Phr2) (lasting years) "ili ^/nift?, e.g.,
(fisth 3:8); qitrubassu sùt la mahra mala sunna lisànu
th ' w "il? ^pi*’ xb 1HDS1 nbisjn |p n;n? xb
“those who were not seen before(?), (people) of
-lini “ (nothing like it) has ever happened, and
different languages, bring their offerings” (CAD
it shall never happen again through thè lasting
S 403b lex. section).
years” (Joel 2:2 cf. also Deut 32:7); Akk: sanàti
dàràti “lasting years,” e.g., sanàti dàiràti ana sani c:f. lì A K3© v.
bcliya liddinu “may (thè gods) give lasting years to
thè king, my lord” (C'AD S 20sb); sànàti dàriàti II ntà = Akk. saniì A v. OAkk. on (C'AD S 39Kb;
ìusbà littùti “let me be sated with long life for ALIw 1 16sb). to repeat.
lasting years” (CAD ibid.), cf. Heb: □ , pbi5> ïlW
“everlasting years” (Ps 77:6). l’I IR ASliOLOC.Y
1. (Phri) (referring to speech) xb H?-! H.DX
SY NT a cric, construction
■'nbp iC’bf) 13C?*1 “they will not repeat after
11. (Sym) (year after year): n3©3/n3© 113©, my words (i.e., when I spoke no one spoke again),
e.g., rn© nj© nn&n x?rn Tjjnr nxntji b? “(you my words fell gently upon them” (Job 29:22);
shall set aside) every year thè yield of your sowing Akk: awàtu stimiti “to repeat a word,” e.g., awàti
that is brought from thè field” (Deut 14:22/ mala abi upaqqidu ana sarritn usarmi “thè words that
Lev 25:53; iSam 1:7,16; 1 Kgs 5:25); Akk: sattu my father commissioned me (to repeat) I repeated
ana satti, e.g., uniti ana ùmi urhu ana urhi sattu ina to thè king” (C'AD S 400b c).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

DENOTATIVE Q?3P — Akk. sina (sena) num. CA, Ci)B on (CiAD S

2. (l)eni) (said ofa dream) aibnn rran bi?i 32b; AHw i24ob). two.
□'as?? nins bx “ concerning die repetition of
Cif. ’ató m?#.
die dream twice to Pharaoh” (Cien 41:32); Akk:
asnima stimila \anattal\ ina suiti at\tulu musitiya| “a
second time [I saw a dream], and in |my night JV3© = Akk. saniti1 adv. OB 011 (CiAD S i 38711;
dream that] I |saw|” (BWL 48:21—22, Ludlul). AHw 1 1 C>4a). again.
ij7 Cf. wbv v., rras. SY NI'A c r i c CONSTRUCTION
1. (Syn2) (furthermore) “I32ÍX '3X ^b H"©"'
= Akk. siimi piri s. EA, NA (CiAl) S | S2a 2; “furthermore, whom should I serve” (2Sani
AHW 8C>7a, I243a). depliant tnsk, ivory. 16:19); Akk: sani lam “furthermore” (CiAD S
387I1 b). This Akk. expression is commonly
The Heb. hapax employed in 1 Kgs employed in Mari, RS, EA correspondence to
10:22(= 2Chr 9:21), referring to Solomon’s introduce a new topic. sanitam summa tiqabbu ...
export of D,r,3ni D'api D'arTO ^031 3HT “gold “furthermore, ifyou also say, ...” (HA 252:23—31;
and silver, depliant tusks, apes, and pcacocks,” is let. Jerusalem)
a compound word, i.e., □’'3ìl-3© lit. “thè tooth of
DENOTATIVE
thè depliant,” which is thè semantic equivalent
2. (Deii2) D'Qtón IP rriCL.Xnp^l “and (thè
of thè Akk: siimi piri “depliant tusk” = Aram: }©
angel of thè Lord) called (Abraham) a second time
b'an (cf. Tg. J 011 Amos 3:15 and 6:4). The second
from heaven” (Cìen 22:15; 4 |: 5; I Kgs 9:2); Akk:
elenient D^Sil probably has an Egyptian origin
summa sanitam tappi ulteb\ilakku\ “when I have
'bu> “depliant” = Aram: 31, which is thè name
sent you a tablet of mine again” (CiAD S 387b
of thè island in thè Nile known as Elephantine.
a).
In Amarna, in a letter from Ciyprus, aniong many
other presents, thè Egyptian pharaoh receives 1 Note thè employent ofthe hapax WSem. adverb

sintm sa piri “one depliant tusk” (CiAD S 5 ia 2). masna (>santi) “for thè second time” in thè Akk.
texts fr. Ugarit (CiAD M i 38 ib; AHw 628b;
The Neo-Assyrian king Tiglat-pileser I boasts
Huehnergard, 1987:187, 190).
maskisuna sinnàtisunu............ ana àliya Assur tibia “(I
killed ten elephants and) brought their hides and IH Frankena, 48.

their tusks to my city, Assur” (CiAD ibid.). '•er Cif. cntp p?#.
IH Ellenhogen, 162; KB 1 , 1602I1.

Cif. 1© = Akk. se ù v. Ci)Akk. 011 (CiAD S 3 5 sa; AI lw

I222b). to look for.

‘'22? = Akk. santi adj. Ci)Akk. on (CiAD S | 388b; denotativi;

AHw 1 i64b). second, another. 1. (Dem) n ns^i bins^ ©inp bi? w© xbi
ikth xb “ they have not turned to thè Holy
IT IRASEOI. ocy
One of Isracl//they have not souglit thè Lord”
1. (Phr 1 ) (second day) 'ÌE? Di' 1 (Cien 1:8); Akk:
(Isa 31:1; cf. also Ps 119:117); nS?t?T Xinn DV3
sani limi (CiAD S 390a 3).
nr^nri bxnÉr ttfnp bx rrj?i intoi? bs? onxn
2. (Phr 1 ) (second year) ITÌE? (Gen 47:8;
“in that day, men shall seek bis maker, their eyes
Exod 40:17); Akk: sauitu sattu (CiAD S 39ob).
shall look to thè Holy One of Israel” (Isa 17:7);
3. (Phr2) (second month) '3© 2?“in (Gen 7:1 1 ;
Akk: sahàru//se'ti, e.g., ashurka es’èka nasà qàtàiya
8:14; Exod 16:1); Akk: santi warhu (CiAD S 390
sapalka akmis “I appealed to you, I sought you
3)- out with hands raised (in prayer), I knelt down
^ Cif. cnsp. at your feet” (CiAD S 42a c); alsiki beiti izizzimma

417
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n eor Biblical Hebrew

sitili yàti es'èki asliurki “I called you, my lady, stand C'AI) (ibid.) likewise notes that “in thè letters
by me, hearken to me, I sought you, 1 appealed and legai texts, predominantly from peripheral
you” (('Al ) ibid.; assurti tayàràta esteeka assurti areas, thè function of judge may be simply one
muppalsàta àtamar panika “because you (god) are of thè functions of thè governor or other high
ever-forgivmg, 1 have sought you out, because officials.”
you are favorably inclined, I have seen your face” The usage of sapàtu as a gloss for paràsu, attested 111
(CAI ) S 357a b). a Late Bronze Age letter from Hazor (Horowitz,
IFJ 50 I2001] 17:20-22). As noted by LIorowitz
“1S72? :: salivi s. EA; WSem. word (CAI) S | loob). (ibid. 22:19), “Akkadian paràsu and sapàtu have thè
(city) gate. sanie basic meaning ‘to judge’, and nouns from
thè two roots occur together in The Lawcode of
EA 244:15—17: 11 lame nile’ii asc abitili (gloss:
I lammurabi XXVL87-88: asar siptirn 11 purusscm
sahri) istu pani Labaya “and we cannot go out
‘thè place of judgement and decision...thè root
of thè city-gate in thè presence of Labaya” (let.
SP’l'occurs previously at Hazor in thè name Isput-
Jerus aleni); cf. Heb: “I5?E7 b$ 0X3© □flttS'ìrn
Addu” (I lorowitz and ShafFer IEJ 42 [ 1992] 27).
“PUH “you shall take thè two of them out to thè
city-gate” (l)eut 22:24).
C23E7* = Akk. siptu A s. OB 011 (C'AD S ( 91 a; AHw
i247a). judgment.
Í03S7 = Akk. sapàtu A v. OB (C’AD S 450I1; AHw
1 1 72a). Akk. to issue orders, exercise authority; Heb. IMIRASLOl OGY
to judge, rule, pass judgment, administer justice. i. (Phr2) (to execute judgment) □ , '£32© H©17
“mete out punishments” (e.g., Exod 12:12; Num
cognitivi; / accusative
33:4; Ezek 5:10,15; 11:9); Akk: sipta sakànu/
1. (CA) (to render a decision) £32©P £33©,
nadànu, e.g., ina libbi nisc la kansuti siptu askun “I
e.g., £32© -;©x £32?;Qn m barir br “all
(Assurbanipal) punished thè unsubmissive” (C’AD
Israel heard thè decision he had rendered” (I Kgs
S 92b); nàdin sipti u punisse aria napljar kai àlàni
3:28; Jer 5:28; Ezek 7:27; 24:35); Akk: sipta sapàtu,
“who issues verdiets and decrces to all cities of thè
e.g., siptarn annerii bèli ispitma “this is thè decree
world” (CAD S ( 91 b).
that my lord promulgateci” (CAD S 45 ia).
The C'AI ) has two entries for siptu with somewhat
denotativi;
similar meanings, siptu A “judgment,” siptu B
2. (Dem) (to rule) fHNn DS7 £32©...DnÌ -'1
“strict order,” this separation being based on thè
“and Jotham...rules thè people of thè land”
existence of two verbs sapàtu A “to issue orders”
( 2 Kgs 15:5); Akk: eliya watar cliya sàba isti u ciiya
and B “to inforni” with different vocalization in
màtam isappar kima suina isappitu u anàku ina àliya
Old Babylonian.
asappit “Is RN greater than I am? Does he have
more troops than I? And does he rule with more
authority than I? Just as he exercises authority, so = Akk. sibbu s. MB on (C'AD S 3 7 5 a ; AHw
I exercise authority in my city” (CAD ibid.). 122ób). snake.

Both thè Akk. verb sapàtu and thè substantive diìnotati vi;
sàpitu “district governor, high administrative 1. (J)en2) (BH hapax) “["n ©TO |"J ’H’
officiai, judge” (CAD S 4y8a) are attested only niX 'bv |2'2© “Dan shall be a serpent by thè
in OB, Mari, and Rimah. As noted by thè CAD road, a snake by thè path” (Cien 49:17); Akk:
(S 459I1 n.) “only in referring to Samas is sàpitu e.g., kima sibbi crhckuma ina gisallàt sadi pasqàte
used with thè sanie meaning as dayàrtu” (— Heb: saltis ctettiq “I (Tiglat-pileser I) myself, as quick
I""!), e.g., sàpit ili u awiìutim “(Samas) judge of thè as a sibbu-sndkc, triumphantly advanced along thè
gods and of mankind” (CAD S | 459b 2). The narrow mountain ledges” (AKA 45 ii 76); quràd
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion for Biblical Hebrfw

Assur kima sibbi eli ummàn sar Kassits\ir\ “(Tukulti- BH employs thè verb “J3C£? figuratively in thè
Ninurta) thc hero of Assur advaneed like a sibbu- following expressions: /□l?T/[Ì“in/npn
snake against thè army ofthe Kassite king” (C'AI) nb/^^/nn/n^Tn/nnnn/n^/na/nn?? “tó
S, 375b). pour out wrath” (Ezek 21:7 and passim)/“anger”
In thè biblical and Akk. texts, Dan, Tiglat-pileser (Lam 4:1 i)/“indigation” (Zeph 3:8)/“vexation”
I, and Tutulti-Ninurta are compared to thè sibbu- (Hos 5:1 o)/“disgrace” (Job 1 2:2 i)/“complaint”
snake, a creature known for its swift and cunning (Ps 142:3)/“bile” (Job 16:13)/“whoring” (Ezek
attack style. 16:15)/“spirit” (Ezek 39:29)/“oneself ’ (iSam
1:15)/“heart” (Ps 62:9; Lam 2:19).” This notion
(Il C ' o h e n , Hapax 1 0 9 : 3 .
is absent from Akkadian.

Note thè existence of a separate verb tabàku,

“[DE? = Akk. sapàku v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) S i 4i2a;
which most often means “to pile up, to pour”
AHw 1 i68a). to heap up, pour.
(CAD T ia). Whether also this verb is related to
PI I R AS Lio LOC Y is unclear.
1. (Pliri) (to pour water) D'Q ^[3^ “pour IH Ephal, Sic(v, 82:154-- 57.
water” nrán P1?3©'1 “lX;n 'irai? nnp^l “take c:f.
thè waters of thè Nile and pour (them) oven thè
dry land” (Lxod 4:9; 1 Sani 7:6; Amos 5:8; 9:6);
T[D2? = Akk. sipku A s. OB on (C'AD S 70a; AI lw
Akk: me sapàku “to pour water,” e.g., summa aduli
i245a). heap.
me ana nàrtirn la isappak liqiya adi allakassu “if he
has not yet poured water into thè canal, he should 1h \ 1 ■ ■ \ 1 ; \ 1
wait for me until I arri ve” (C'AD S 4i7a 2).
1. (Dem) (BI I hapax) [EHn “ash heap”
2. (Phr2) (to pile up earthworks for a siege
(Lev 4:12 (twice)); Akk: (commonly employed in
ramp) nbbb “[3K7, e.g., pn nìpb n^Ò “[St? 1 ?
thè idiom) sipik epri “heap of earth” (CAD S 7ob
“to pile up an earthen siege ramp, to build a siege
>)•
wall” (Ezek 21:27; 26:8; cf. also 2Sam 20:15;
c:f. "p© v.
2Kgs 19:32); Akk: ararnma sapàku, e.g., amm­
ina sipik epri isse u alme marsis pasqis \usakbis\
irili
“I had (my soldiers) pack down with their feet ^D^ = Akk. sapàlu v. OA, OB on (CAD S i 422a;
under great hardship a ramp with piled-up earth, AHw 1 iC>9a). to become low.
wood, and stones” (C'AI) A 227b 2). As noted
by Eph al, Akk. employs two technical terms for diìnotati vi;

constructing a siege ramp, which indicate two 1. (Den 1) (to humble, be humbled) □‘TX n]X3
different technical activities: (1) epra sapàku “to Th:? nn b35?1 '^'srr. “a man’s 'pride
pile earth and stones”; (2) ararnma sukbustt “to pack will bring Inni low (i.e., humiliate) but a humble
down a ramp,” an idiom that depiets thè action of man will obtain honor” (Prov 29:23); D’nbx '3
treading 011 thè earth and stones and compacting on; nn b , 3^ i : nr ïï3é> “for n is c;od who gives
them, e.g., ina sukbus aramme mihis supè(l) àia suàitu judgment, I le lowers down one man, He lifts up
iksuduma “they conquered that city by means of another” (Ps 75:8); DÌThf? b'3rà “ (thè Lord)
packing down a ramp and by blows of battering lowers down, He also lifts high” ( 1 Sani 2:7); Akk:
rams” (*CAI) A 228a); ina sukbus aramme u qitrub dannu la usappaìuni saplu la imattahuni “that he may
stipi rnitljus zuk sëpë pilsi niksi u kalbannàte alme humble thè mighty or lift up thè lowly” (CAD ^
aksud “I (Sennacherib) conquered (thè city) after 427a 5); usasqu amat kabti sa litmuda sagà\sa\ usappalu
a siege, using piled up siege ramps, thè action of dunnamà sa la isu liibil\ta\ “people extol thè word
battering rams and an infantry attack (by means of a strong man who is trained in murder, (but)
of) breaches, mines and scaling ladders” (CAD Z bring down thè powerless one who has done no
1 54a b). wrong” (BWL 86:267-68, Theodicy); susqiì u

419
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

suspulu si lu qàtka “it is in your power (Marduk) deniythologized battle between God and his
to exalt and to abase” (CAI) S 427a 8). rcbellious helpers, aniong whom is Yam,” thè
2. (Denz) (to (be) physically lower) “IH boi Canaanite god of thè sea.
every mountain and bill brought IH Tur-Sinai, Job, 383—84; Cohen, 50.
low” (Isa 40:4); Akk: ina tamìc stilè Ballili sa ekalli
sciti istappila bàbànisa “raising thè level of thè
IStp* = Akk. supuru s. OB 011 (C'AI) S 396b; AHw
processionai road to Babylon resulted in that
1061 a), fold, pen.
palace’s entranceways becoming too low” (CAI)
S 423a). Based 011 LH, thè BH hapax “1SE7* (Cìen 49:21) is
c:f. 13A bw V . traditionally rendered as “lovely” (NJPS), “loved
one” (KB 1 ), and thè like. As noted by KB ! (1999)
“thè meaning ofthe sub. is disputed.” However,
= Akk. saplu adj. OAkk. 011 (C’AI) S i 468a;
thè notili can be clarified in light of its Akk.
AHw 1 I74a). low, lowly.
cognate supuru, “fold, pen,” e.g., sizbu sa istu
l’i I R AS HO LO( IY
supùri ellu ubluni “milk, which they brought from
thè holy sheepfold” (CAI) S 397a lex. section);
1. (Phr2) (in substanti vai use) bstól TI CH ' 3
tarbasu lirpis listaindilu supùri “may (my) cattlepen
IH" pCHPP H331 nXT “Indeed thè Lord is exalted
expand, my fold become wide” (C'AI) S 397a).
and yet He regards thè lowly but thè haughty he
More speofically, thè Heb. idiomatic hapax ■'IPX
recognizes troni afar” (Ps 138:6; cf. also Job 5:1 1);
“132? will then be thè etymological and semantic
b'stpn rnarn rn?n nbsfn “lift thè lowly, lower
equivalent of thè Akk. expression immerù supùri
thè lofty” (Ezek 21:31); Akk: dannu la usappaluni
“sheep of thè sheepfold,” e.g., lahru pulidssa immer
saplu la imattahuni “that he may humble thè mighty
supùri “thè ewe her lamb, thè sheep of thè fold”
or lift up thè lowly” (CAI) S j 427a 5).
(C’AI) S 396b lex. section); alpa ina tarliasi ul aklàs
cf. ba© v. \imme\ri ina supùri \ul\ aklàs “I did not withhold
from him an ox from thè cattle pen, I did not
“IDE?* = Akk. saparru A s. 013 011; Sum. lw. sa-par withhold from Inni sheep from thè fold” (C'AI)
(C’AI) S 161 a; AHw i026a). net. S 397a).
Cf. —
The difficult hapax lexeme ÌTISE? employed
in Job 26:13 was first compared to thè Akk.
= Akk. siqdu, siqittu s. OAkk. on (C'AI) S (
substantive saparru “net” by Tur-Sinai. The MT
94b, 9.sb; AHw 124711). almond.
of job 26:13 reads: In; nbbn rns?? D'ptf im-Q
nna ®ni In this mythological context Tur-Sinai SLQULNCING

suggests reading DÈ? “He (thè Lord) put Yam” i. (Seqi) (almond — pistachio) rnp-TQ inp
for thè MT D'OC?, and to read rnStp “Llis net” for □'“IpOÌ “take choice produets ofthe
thè MT rnStp “brightness.” Accordingly, Tur- land...pistachio and almond” (Cìen 43:11); Akk:
Sinai renders thè verse as follows “by His (thè butuntu siqda tarpi’a “thè pistachio, thè almond,
Lord’s) wind he put (thè god) Yam into his net. and tlie tarpi’u trees” (CAI) S 94b).
His hand slew thè serpent slant.” As claborated
by Cohen, thè usage of saparru in thè above
np27 = Akk. saqù 13 v. C^)Akk. 011 (C'AI) S 24b;
mythological context, in which Marduk captures
AHw 1 18 la), to give to drink, irrigate.
Tiamat in his net and then lets loose thè evil wind
against her, e.g., usparrirma bélu saparrasu usalmcsi IMI R ASLOI.OC; Y

“thè lord spread out his net, encircled her” (En. 1. (Phr2) (to water animals) /□‘'bp? Hptpn
el. IV 95) “provides a clear thematic parallel to 1n;n/|X^ “water camels/flocks/
thè above biblical text, whose provenance is thè

420
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hebrew

wild beasts/herds” (Gen 24:46/(1011 29:3,8,10/ “you chop these 24 herbs and aromatics and
Ps 104:1 1/Cien 29:2); Akk: sena/sisi/litta saqù “to weigh them in a balance” (C’AD Z looa).
water a flock ofsheep/horses/cow” (C’AD S 2f>b
b).
bpRD = Akk. siqlu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD S 96a; AHw
2. (Phr2) (to irrigate fields and gardens)
i248a). shekel (a measure of weight, 011 sixtieth of a
pn; |3/ni?yyep/|3 npl^n “to irrigate a garden/
mina, about eight and one-third grams).
plantation/park/vegetable garden” (Cien 2:10/
Ezek i7:7/Ecc 2:6/Deut 1 1:10); Akk: eqla/ugara/ For thè imagery of 30 shekels as a trifling amount,
kirà saqù “to irrigate field/plantation/garden” see E. Reiner, “Thirty Pieces of Silver,” JAOS 88
(C’AD S, 26b 3). (1968), pp. 186-190.
3. (Phr2) (to give to drink poison, bad liquid) IH KB-' iÓ43a.
□npn werrtn -p/nVrnr. ^ nptpn “give to [jt- ( L BA bpn.
drink poison/bitter draft/bitter water” (Ps 60:5/
Jer 9:14; 23:15/1x111111 5:24); Akk: imta/samma/mc
la baiati saqù “to give to drink venoni/poison/ nQpP = Akk. musku s. NA (C’AD M 27CK1; AHw
unhealthy waters” (C’AD S 25b 2). 684a). sycamore tree.
4. (Pbr2) (to give to drink water or wine)
Thompson was thè first to identify Akk. musku
J'VD'P nptpn “give to drink water/wine” (Judg
with Heb. npptp “sycamore” (e.g., 1 Kgs 10:27
4:19; 1 Sani 30:1 [/Cien 19:35; Jer 35:2; Amos
= 2Chr 1:15; 9:27; Amos 7:14), arguing that
2:12); Akk: me/karàna/sikara saqù “to give to
metathesis is not uncommon when there is an ni
drink water/wine/beer” (CiAD S 2sa).
in thè word. Following Thompson, Steiner adds
“that thè H-vowel in thè first syllable matches that
bpV! — Akk. saqàlu v. OA, OB 011 (C'AD S la; of Christian Palestinian Aramaic XfDpTO.” Akk.
AHw I i78a). to weigh. musku is employed in an eighth-century Assyrian
letter dealing with timber for construction: ina
IDIOMATIC USACI!
muhhi muski gusti rii sa rab kàri...imattahuni “as for
1. (Idi) (to pay, lit. weigh out silver) ^pE?
thè beams of(?) musku-wood that thè customs
e.g., ^Sn n$ 'h nbp^l “I paid bini
officiai is carrying” (C’AD M 276a).
(seventeen shekels of silver)” (Jer 32:9); Akk:
Ili Thompson, 1949:321-22; Steiner, 2003:29.
kaspa saqàlu, e.g., ana harpim isaqqal 10 kaspam ana
saniùtim harpè isaqqalma “he will pay (ten minas of
silver) by harvest time and ten minas of silver by "Ip27 = Akk. sughimi v. OB 011 (CAD S | 19Sb, s.v.
thè second harvest” (CAD S 4a 3). sug^uru; AHw i282a). to cheat

PURASEOLOGY
The verb npCS>/np© is employed four times in
2. (Phr 1 ) (to weigh hair) ittfKn nSJ& nX thè sense “to be unfaithful, to violate a treaty.”
“and he (Absalom) weighed thè hair ofhis head” The idioms njìDK/nnrn np® “ to be unfaithful
(2Sam 14:26); Akk: sàrat pulì saqàlu “to weigh thè to a covenant/treaty” (Ps 44:18/89:34) are
hair of thè head,” e.g., ëpus zibàttila sa suqulti sàuti parallel to thè OAram. covcnantal term Xnin
ana suqulti asqul “I made a balance for (fmding) D/nnptC’ “you shall be unfaithful to thè treaty”
thè weight, and I weighed my hair” (CAD S 2a (e.g., Sefire iB:23,38; 111: 16-17,19). Likewise,
2'). thè Sefire (1A:24~25) covenantal chiuse np©"' |m
3. (Phr2) (to weigh 011 a balance) "^pET nnpjj^i nnn bmpn “and if Matfei should
'npn rrfrs s~'.' pna “rxr:- “let Him weigh me be unfaithful <to Bar-Gayah> and to his son and
011 thè scale of righteousness, let God ascertain to his offspring” is parallel to thè treaty formula
my integrity” (Job 31:6; cf. also Jer 32:10); Akk: employed in Cien 21:23: '~Z:b' ^ “Iptón DK
24 sanimi u riqqa annùti takassim ina zibàniti tasaqqal “(therefore swear to me here by God) that you

421
 An A k k a d i a n L b x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hebrew

will not deal unfaithfully with me or my kith as masc. The BH plural nÌ12? with -ót ending
and kin.” I lowever, in thè few cases found in (which does not itself determine thè gender of thè
Akk., sug^uru does not have this very WSem. word) “tells against a loan (from Akk.), suggesting
eonvenantal meaning. Rather it means simply an early affìxation of ìnherited unmarked root.”
“to lie, eheat,” e.g., tussu u napraku usamgaru eliya UH Mankowski, 146.
“they combine against me in slander and lies”
(BWL 34:69, Ludlul).
11 m®* = Akk. satiri C v. Mari, MB 011 (C’AI)
Idi Fitzmyer, Sefire 230, s.v. HptV.
S 4o8b; AIIw 1 iC>7a, s.v. satin VI), to flood, wet
^ C'f. np©. down; Heb. sub.

l’he BFI hapax substantive H“ltpp employed in thè

IpE? = Akk. tasgirtu s. SB (CAI) T 286a; AHw
const. state in thè idiomatic hapax D’33i? ni2?P,
1339I1). deceit.
e.g., xb D’nis? nii??p bpi xb ia?? fpiri
inioMA'Lic usaci ; ìinttT “he (thè Nazirite) shall not drink vinegar
1. (Id2) (lies, lit. words of deceit) of wine, neither shall he drink anything in which
1p5? ’IPX, e.g., p’115 X3S?’ “pw1 “131 “a righteous grapes have been steeped” (Num 6:3). The noun
man abhors lies” (Prov 13:5; cf. Ps 119:118); nntpp is to be derived from thè verb ITI® “soak,
np® 'IPX? c'*:v b'zvb “ to destroy thè poor with wet, in water” absent from BH, but commonly
lies” (Isa 32:7); sa muskena ihabbilu ettsa ana danni employed in MH, e.g., nÌ2?ia £D’£D ]'-\ÌV }’X
isarraku sa ina tasqirti màr àlisu “who oppresses thè errò paiV |’X| D’airi “ one may not soak
poor, who gives thè weak into thè power of thè clay in a public thoroughfare, nor make bricks”
strong, who [...] a fellow citizen with lies” (BWL (m. B. Mec. 10:5); np?; D’1?13n ]P l’X’DP ]’X
119:11 — 15, Hymns); sarru ketiu dàbib damqàte sa D’Pa “they may not bring it from dried olives
ikkibsu amat tasgirti “(Sargon II) thè nghtful king, that have been soaked in water” (m. Men. 8:3).
who speaks (only) thè truth, who abhors lies” Likewise, thè noun rn^p is commonly used in
(CAD I/J s6b b); MH (e.g., 111. Ber. 3:5; 111. B. Mes. 6:1). The verb
r™ “ soak” fi 11 els its cognate in thè Aramaic forni
xnn (i.e., d’dm? rntfp Num 6:3 = Tg. o. nnjip
EFine; - Akk. sabbine Cf. £03?;.
Not identified by von Soden, thè closest
IH Mankowski, 147-49. etymological and semantic equivalent of niE?
“soak, wet, flood in water” is thè Akk. verb satiri
(to be construed with interchange of thè
HIE?* = Akk. semeru s. OAkk. on (CAD S 2Hja;
Heb: 1; Akk: 3), which in thè syn. list is followed
AHw I03ób). brac elet, anklet.
by me rahàsu “soak, wash (in) water” (C’AD S
Il: NO! \ ! 1 vi 408b section). Akk: batqu sa astimi isabbat uri isanni
1. (Deni) (BH hapax) ’3l*? l’p; 1 Xnn DÌ’3 “he will repair thè damp course of thè walls and
nistpan D’nn&rn □■'pitóni D’q?i?n r-.xar nx seal (i.e., wet down) thè roof’ (C’AD S| 4o8b).
nintpni “in that day thè Lord will strip off thè The root HI© in Job 37:3 and Jer 15:11 is
fmery anklets, thè fillets, and tlie crescents, off not to be equated to 1112? “soak, wash in water.”
thè eardrops, thè bracelets” (Isa 3:18—19); Akk: While thè usage in Jer 15:1 1 is problematic and
e.g., patra lubulti birme kitc ulabbissu semeri tamii difficult, thè eniployment of tlie verbal root nnE?
almi utlimanu arkus “I (Sargon II) clad him in a in Job 37:3 is to be etymologically and semantically
dagger and a linen garment with multicolored equated to thè Ug. verb sry “to flash” as noted by
trini, I fastened armbands inlaid with stones on Pope, job 37:2-3 reads: ^a nnn x?’. rsp nani
(his) arms” (C'AD S 22ih 3'). pxn nis?5 bv nixi iniB?’ D’PEn “(hear His
thunderous voice) thè sound that comes from
Akk. scwiru had a regular plural -ù and is construed
Flis mouth beneath thè whole heaven, He flashes

422
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

it, His lightning to thc corners ofthe earth.” As noted by A. L. Oppenheim (JC’S 4 11950]
Contextually, thè notion ofjob’s description may 193:24): “thè scale armors shown 011 thè Assyrian
he compared to Ba'al’s appearance as a weather reliefs are niostly worn by archers..., rarely by
phenomenon, e.g., (wiiap dn nitrii b'I y dn dii horsmen...; they reach as far as thè hips worn
t_kl bglt) ivln qlh b rpt srh lars brqtn “now thè time apparently over longish tunic or mantle, or covers
of his rain (Ba‘al will keep, thè time of showers thè legs to thè ankles... The rows of thè scales are
with snow), he will utter his voice in thè clouds, depicted in various ways: we see ovai, square and
flash lightning to thè earth” (i.e., srh lars brqni) scale-like designs with rows separateci (or not) by
(Gordon, 51 IV 68-71). The intervocalic li of thè horizontal interstices.”
suffix hu probably is elided following thè h ofthe Ili cuneiform texts thè terni siriani connotes
root yisrchchtì becoming > yisrchù. as well thè protettive armor 011 horses and a
IH Pope, Ali 15 280; Morcshct, 37X-79. protective covering 011 parts of thè chariot, e.g.:
c:i'. IHS V. - Akk. sapti. sariam sa ariteli sariain sa sisc (u narkabti) (C’AI ) 3 i 4a
b).
Note also that Ug. spells thè word with thè
]T'1V — Akk. siriani (siriannu) s. masc. and fem.,
PS phonetic value t, i.e., Iryni, e.g., trym ahd d
MB on (CAI) S 3 13a; AIIw i02yb, s.v. sari(y)am).
bus' “on suit of armour for a man” (DULAT II:
(a type of body clothing; 111 BH: body armor; 111
934-35)-
Akk. body armor and everyday body garment). The
F. Speiser notes (JAOS 70 [1950I 47): “C'-G
Heb. term occurs also as |V“!p, [ntp, nn?;.
von Brandenstem would derive s/siryon/àn and
IMIRASLOl,OCY its Semitic relativcs from Hurrian saryan(n)i ‘coat
1. (Phri) (with other battle equipment) [rUI of mail’.”
}v-ip inx kq'p’] bs n^n? snip “and he put IH Speiser, JAOS 70 (1950) 47-49.
a helmet ofbrass 011 his head and clothed him with
a coat of mai!” (iSam 17:38); D’3312 X31Sn bob 2?*"12? = Akk. sursu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) S 3C>3a; AHw
cro^p "piò* nin^pi nirnetf] □“’in'bi onp-n i286a). root.
“for thè army: shields, and spears, and helmets,
and coats of mail, and bows, and slingstones” (2 IM IR ASLOI ocy

Chr 26:14; cf. also 1 Sani 17:5; Isa 59:17; Akk: 1. (Phr2) (to wither, said of roots) EH»
attalbisa siriani huliam simat sciti dpira rama “I put e.g., Jlisr b'I n? ©3; DEH® “their (Ephraim")
011 a coat of mail and covered my head with thè root is withered, they cannot produce a branch”
helmet fit for battle” (*CA1) S 3 13b). (Hos 9:16); i-rsp bp’ vpnv nnnp
“bis roots below dry up//and above his branches
denotativi:
wither” (Job 18:16); Akk: sursu abàlu/na àpu, e.g.,
2. (I)en2) (with reference to construction)
sursuka libalu kisittaka li'np “may your roots dry
1 Sani 17:5: 3-rprp irne; “a sealed of
up, your trunk wither” (CAI) N 7a a); siirsùm
iron: istcn sir anu parziìli istcn karballatu sa sir’annu
lita'upu kisittasn libai “may his roots all wither
“one iron coat of body armor, one armored
away, may his trunk dry up” (CAI) ibid.).
headpiece” (*CAI) S 3 14a); of bronze: 3 tapalu
2. (PI11-2) (to tear out by thè roots) EH fi? pri3,
sariani sa siparri “three sets of bronze body armor”
e.g., oplp" 1 nns rxy/pr.r n^ntó xibn “will
(C’AI) S 3 1 3b); of leather: sar\i'am\ sa maski (CAI)
he (thè first eagle) not tear out its roots//and rip
S ibid.). siriani not always connotes body cover
off its crown?” (Ezek 17:9); Akk: sursa nasàhu/
for war. In several references it is made of gentler
kasànm, e.g., issc u apparàte ina quirite iksilu//issuhu
material and sometimes for women: isteI sir’ani
mnissu “they cut down with axes thè trees and
sa kili amiltu “one woman’s linen siriani'; sir'ani
thè reed and pulled out thè roots” (C'AI) K 287a
sa tabarri “siriani of red-purple wool”; i sir’ani sa
b); (in transferred mng.); Assur ina Icmuttim surussu
qallal “one siriani for a slave girl” (C’AI) 3 14.I1 2).
11 zcrasu liksuni “may Assur ruthlessly cut down his

423
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l . C o m p a n i o n for Bibiical Hebrew

‘root’ and his seed” (CAI) S 3C>4a c, Man). '2727 — Akk. scssu (sissu, fem. sedistu) adj. OA, OB
3. (Phn) (referring to roots and water), e.g., 011 (C’AI) S i 338a; AHw i22ob). sixth.
era mns ■'tzntz; “ my roots reaching water”
(job 29:19); □■'ai □ , a b$ ìpie; nn ‘ ‘because P11 R A S 1:0 F O ( i Y
its stock stood by abundant waters” (Ezek 31:7); 1. (Phn) (sixth year) nWH njtòn (Lev 25:21 ;
rene; ròtir b3v “ sending forth its roots by a Ezek 8:1); Akk: sedistum sattum “thè sixth year”
stream” (Jer 17:8); Akk: e.g., kima sums kibri nari (CAD S, 338a).
“like roots on thè river bank” (CAI) S 3C>4a). 2. (Phr2) (sixth month) ‘SSn E?inn “thè
sixth month” (e.g., Hag 1:1,15; iC'hr 27:9); Akk:
CONTRASTINO, USACI:
sessi warhi, e.g., istu sessim warhim adi taqtit saitim
4. (C0112) (above and below) -nnnp/niBOb
“from thè sixth month until thè end of thè year”
bypp/n^jjp1?, e.g., rnirr n’3 na^s nspi
(CH §273).
n^yp1? ns nfrs?i niap^ eh© nnximn “ and thè
survivors of thè 1 louse of Judah that have escaped
shall regenerate its stock below and produce nera = Akk. sarscrru (sasseru, sesscru) s. Man, Nuzi,
boughs above” (zKgs 19:30 = Isa 37:3i/Amos SB, NA, NB (C’AI) S i24b; ALIw 1 191 b). red clay
2:9; Job 18:16); Akk: saplànu - elcnu, e.g., saplànu or paste.
sursisu... elcnu artasu “below its roots, above its
Pi I R A S F O I . O C Y
foliage” (CAD S ; 3C>3b 2').
1. (Phr2) (to smear with red) 1E?EQ PIEtà,
denotativi:
e.g., □■'nna niòsn ninp n’3 4 n:3X npxn
5. (I)en2) (base of a mountain), e.g., ETp ì pn3 ip©3 rrittfoi nx3 [isoi ■’jiS'n ò snj?i “who
□nn ®i©p ^sn ìt nb© “man sets his hands says I will build me a vast palace with spacious
against thè flinty rock and overturns mountains by
upper chambers and enlarge for himself wmdows
thè base (lit. roots)” (Job 28:9); Akk: sa elis; resàsa
paneled with cedar smeared with vermilion” (Jer
samàmi cndama saplànu sursùsa sursudu qcrcb avalli
22:14); Akk: sarserra pasàsu, e.g., panisu sarserra
“(thè mountain) whose peak reaches thè heaven
above, below its roots are well-founded in thè tapassas “you smear its (lion-headed figurine’s)
midst of thè netherworld” (*CA1) A 226I1 a). face with sarscrru” (C'AD S i 24b b).

Whereas BH employs thè denominative verb diìnotati vi;

CHE? “uproot,” (cf. e.g., Isa 27:6, 40:24; Jer 12:2; 2. (I)eii2) (said of figunnes) npni? Nini
Ps 52:7 and passim) it is absent from Akk. -1^3 n'ppn □■'nrá Tj?n bv “she saw

(H Paul, Amos, <Sy.

(figures of) men engraved 011 thè wall, figurmes
of Chaldeans incised in red paste” (Ezek 23:14);
Akk: istcn salmu sarscrru ana tillisu labis “one
ni2?12? = Akk. sederratu, sedenti, sursurràtu s. OA, figurine wearing sarscrru as its outfit” (( Al ) S
OB on (C'AD S_ 32ob, 32ib, 366a; AIIw I2i8a). i24b b); istcn salarti DN sa Inni sarserra labsat “one
chains. figurine of DN (made of) tamarisk wearing red
PIIRASHOI OCY paste” (*CA1) S i25a).

1. (Phr2) (golden chains) 3Ì1T nlEH© “golden Note that Akk. sarscrru >*sasseru > BH sàsar(r).
chains” (Exod 28:14); Akk: sadarratu sa huràsi ( I II Mankowski, 149.
“golden chain” (C'AD S 321 a a).
2. (Phr2) Tni nii?h# “eh ains of thè inner
Sanctuary” (2C.hr 3:16); cf. Akk: sursurràtu sa ekalli nnE? = Akk. satti A V . OA, OB on (CAD S, 20 7 a;
“chains of thè palace” (C’AD S ( 366a). AHw i202b). to drink.

sfqufncinc

= Akk. scssct num. OB 011 (C'AD S 337b; 1. (Seqi) (eat — drink) nn© - Akk: akàlu
AHw 122ob). six. - satù; cf. box v.

424
 An Akkadian Llxr;al Companion for Biblical Hebrew

IM IR ASLOLOCY
‘'1127 — Akk. sutù s. OA, OB 011 (C'AI) S ( 4o8a;
2. (Phn) D’o nn©, e.g., nn©n cro©n ia??'? AHw I293b). wrap.
□’S “you shall drink rainwater” (Deut i i : i i);
denotativi;
Akk: me satù, e.g., ana harràn illaku me sanie isatti
1. (I)eii2) (always with 31.3?) 31?n ÍK T)©n
“(die army) will drink rainwater on thè eampaigii
“thè wrap or thè woof’ (all in Lev 13:48—59);
that it is undertaking” (C'AI) S 2oya b).
Akk: sa subàtim pauam istënama limsudù la iqattupùsu
3. (Phri) (to drink from a cup) DÌ3p/3 nn© sutùsu lu màdat “let them comb one side only of
“drink from a cup/bowl” (2Sam 12:3; Jer 25:28; thè textile, they must not pick thè wool off it, its
49:12; cf. pnrp in Amos 6:6); Akk: sate kàsi, e.g., weave should be close(?)” (CAI) Q i6sa d).
ina rikis passùri sate kàsi “ (you will not adjure each
Whereas Akk. employs thè verb satù “to weave, spili”
other) by a (common) banquet, by drinking from (C'AI) S 2i7b), thè verb does not occur in BH.
(thè sanie) cup, (kindling a tire, by water, by oil,
or by touching thè breast)” (CAI) S 2i2b 7).
= Akk. sitlu s. (CAD S( i3oa; AHw 125 ia).
4. (Phr 1 ) (to drink beer, an alcoholic beverage)
sapling.
13© nn© = Akk. sikara satù. Cf “13©.
(BH hapax): ^n 1 ?© 1 ? 3’30 DTTT 'bn©3 TpJD
5. (Pliri) Dn nn© = Akk. dama satù “to drink
“your sons, like olive saplings around your table”
blood.” Cf On.
(Ps 128:3).
6. (Phri) l’© nn©* “drink urine”; Akk: stilati
sititi is attested only in lexical texts. The more
satù. Cf. 1’©.
common Akk. word for sapling is ziqpu (CAD Z
7. (Phr2) (to drink wine) nn©, e.g., n©1
i27a), which occurs in thè syn. list with sitlu.
13©1 ]?»n |P “he (Noali) drank from thè wme
and became drunk” (Cien 9:21); Akk: karàna satù,
e.g., karànu issatù adi sakarti “they kept drinking Sntó = Akk. satàlu v. SB (C'AD S i97b; AHw
wine until they were drunk” (CAI) S 21 ib,). 1033a), to plant.
8. (Phr2) (to drink milk) 3*711 nn© (Ezek DENOTATIVE
25:4; SoS 5:1); "“rn in©’ nani -—h: òrx* i. (i)en2) ara bp ^in© p? n;ni “it will
“they shall eat your produce and drink your milk” be like a tree planted by water” (Jer 17:8); Akk:
(Ezek 25:4); Akk: sizbu satù, e.g., màr sarri sa ana ana supsuhi a-lakti me sunùti agatnmu usabstma susù
luti illiku sizib illati ina sulle sa Samas partisti banù qerebsa astiI “I (Sennacherib) created a pond in
“thè prince who carne to tlie tempie drank milk, order to check (lit. ease) thè flow of that water
his face was beaming while he prayed to Samas” and planted a canebrake in it” (C'AD S I97b).
(CAI) S_ 2 1 2a 4) The standard Akk. verb for “to plant” is zaqàpu
(CAD Z 51 a).

4^5
 n
KFl ?? Akk. ta'u s. OAkk., 013, SB (AHw i 34ob). The Heb. DXn “ to bear twins” (SoS 4:2; 6:6),
ínner-room, chanibcr. absent from Akk., is a denominative verb.

Elcvcn of the thirteen denotative of 1 leb. Xfi, are

rt3Xri = Akk. tittu (pi. tindtu(m)) s. 013 011 (C'AI) T
in the description of tlie new tempie in Ezekiel
43Sa; AHw 1 363a). fig, fig tree.
40, with a meaning “gate chamber” (e.g., Ezek
40:10,12). Tbe 1101111 is used in 1 Kgs 14:28 (= SEQUENCINC
2Chr 12:11) in the expression D’inn Xn “the
1. (Seqi) (grapevine — fìg - pomegranate) ]S3
inner-room, guardroom of the outrunners.” |Ìf2“l - ìl3Xn (Deut 8:8; cf. also Num 20:5; 1 lag
In Akk. tà’u is utilized in reference to a srod’s O 2:19); Akk: tittu - nurmti - karànu (C’AD T 43 5b
chamber: tà'is ili sumsu usàmid “he had his name... 2); for just grapevine — fig HJXri ]33 (e.g., 2Kgs
in the chamber ofthe god” (WO i [1950] 35b); 18:31; Isa 34:4; Jer 5:17; Joel 1:12 and passim);
inatitia aìki atti atkasi tà’isa “now, go away you, go Akk: tittu - gapnu (CAD G 45a and passim).
off to her (Istar’s) chamber” (ibid. 357).
IMIRASEOEOCY
The C'AI) does not accept a word td’u
“chamber,” but instead understands it as a 2. (Phr2) (fig leaves) 7 ìbV nsn»l “they

preposition dais “toward” (CAI) I) 27a). sewed fig leaves” (C'.en 3:7); Akk: arti titti ina sizhi
“(you knead ...) fig leaves in milk (for a bandage)”
Ili) voli S o d e n , WC) i (1950) 356 6i.
(C'AI) T 435b 2); hashallat fitti “foliage of a fig
tree” (CAD H i26a; AHw 33ob, s.v. has/shaltu).
(tron) traian — Akk. tu'arnu (tu’ìmu), tu’ti s. 3. (Phr2) (figs strung together) D’3Xri rÒDI,
013 on (C'AI) T 443a; AHw 136411). twin. e.g.,;-nr-; bv irrrv inp’i r:xr r^" 'np
’n’] ‘“get a circle of figs.’ they got it, put it 011
DENOTATIVE
the rash, and he recovered” (2Kgs 20:7 = Isa
1. (I)eni) (pregnant with twins) ÌTIT
38:21); Akk: atiumma ... chli sa tinàti ana sulmiki
mtprn npin nani rn1?^ “when ber (Rebekah’s)
ustchilakkim “now I send you strings of figs as a
time to give birth was at hand, there were twins
greeting present” (CAD T 436a b).
in her womb” (Cien 25:24); nani nn-ò nsn ■'ITI
4. (Phr2) (fìg tree) nn?n ïÓ n3KIl 'S “that the
D’pÍXn “when the time carne for her
fìg tree will not blossom” (1 lab 3:17); Akk.: irtibsa
(Tamar’s) to give birth, there were twins in her
lissi luishuri tittu salluru karànu “may the appiè tree,
womb” (Cìen 38:27); Akk: (said of humans), e.g.,
fig tree, plum(?) tree, and vine bear fruit” (CAD
summa sinnistu zikara tu’amu ulid “if a woman T 435a 1).
gives birth to male twins” (LKU 126:27); crilu
tu'amu aràt “the pregnant woman is pregnant with Note the idiomatic hapax f*’p 3Ò3 “basket of
twins” (TI)P 206:71 and 210:98). summer fruits,” i.e., “figs” (Amos 8:1), which are
2. (I)en2) (animai twins) D’ISS? harvested at the end of the summer (i.e., f’p),
IT3ÏÍ ’aiNri “your breasts are like two twin gazelle during the months of August and September.
fawns” (SoS 4:5; 7:4); Akk: (said of animals) 8 Consequently, the Akk. name of the month (w)
urmahhu tu'ame “eight twin lions” (AElw 143 ib, arali sa tinàtim “month of figs” (AHw 1363a)
s.v. urmahhu). employed in Old Assyrian may correspond to

427
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion poh Busi icai Hkisrfw

thc period of the agricultural year in the Gezer (Assurnasirpal II) gave the older palaces a splendici
Calendar that is called f*p PIT (line 7) “month new appearance and heaped stores of barley and
of'summer fruit” (KAI I, 182:7), '- e -> “month of straw within them” (CAD ibid.); husahhu seim
figs.” libili 11 sanimi ina màti ibassi “there will be lack of
IH Lmgdon, [935:4011. 5. barley, straw, and fodder in the land” (CAD I I
26ia 2, s.v. husahhu).
C.f. ]"p.
2. (Seq2) (straw - fodder) KìBppi j3ÏÏ “straw-
fodder,” e.g., DÒpa 1 ? XÌSQPI |3ri “and he
— Akk. hi baiti s. MB on (CAD T 21 a; AHw gave straw and fodder to the camels” (Clen 24:32;
[ 2(j8a). dry land. cf. also Gen 24:25; Judg 19:19); Akk: sananti 11
tibnu, e.g., massit sanimi 11 libiti ilik sarri mala basti
Although NJPS, for example, consistently renders
“delivery of grass and straw, or any royal service,
as “world,” it seems better to translate the
whatever there may be” (C'AD M 389K s.v.
word as “dry land.” (tí)n, which is derived
massilu); lu issi lu sanimi lu tibna lu uttata u hi minima
from ^3K; Akk: abalu “to dry up,” is employed
massita.. .la nasè “not to carry either wood or grass
at least 21 times in parallelism with pX (iSam
or straw or barley or any delivery” (C’AD ibid; cf.
2:8; Isa 14:21; 18:3; 24:4; 26:9,18; 34:1; Jer 10:12;
also C'AD S | 3 17(1 b).
51:15; Ps 19:5; 24:1; 38:8; 77:19; 89:1; 90:2; 97:4;
Prov 8:26;Job 35:13; 37:12; Lam 4:12). Likewise, PII RASE. (11.OCY

^3r] attested as the antonym of “sea” (Ps 3. (Phr 1 ) (to eat straw) ]3£l bpiÓ “ip33
98:7) and era/n; ’psx “bed of the sea/ocean” (Ps “and a lion will eat straw like a cow” (Isa 1 1:7);
18:7 = 2Sam 22:16). Similar is the case in Akk. Akk: tibna ikul “(if in his dream) he eats straw”
where tàbahi “dry land” is attested at least four (CAD T 38511).
times as the antonym of nani “river,” e.g., ruqqëtu
sa nari seleppùtàtum sa t ab ali “the she-turtles of the
rP33Fì = Akk. talmitu B s. NB (CAD T 3oa; AI lw
river and the she-turtles ofthe dry land” (C'AD
i299a). Akk. offspring; Heb. forni.
S 272I1, s.v. selepputu A); halle nari kai le tàbali la
nasésunu “so that the officials responsible for work denotativi:

on the canals and the officials responsible for 1. (Deu2) t£TK nrnnp intojn “he Iliade
inland work shall not cali them to duty” (CAD K it in human forili” (Isa 44:13); Akk: labili! apsi
83b 1); umàmu lu sa tàbali lu sa nari “let there be bukur :lAnim “(the god Nergal) offspring of the
a creature of the dry land and also of the river” subterranean waters, fìrstborn of heaven” (*CAD
(AHw 1412b, s.v. umàmu). T 3° a ).
[J?- Cf. v. tj? ' Cf. ma.

]3n = Akk. libriti s. OB on (C'AD T 38ob; AIIw □ini 7 ! = Akk. tàrntu (tiàmatu) s. OAkk. 011 (CAD T
1354I1). straw. 1 5oa; AHw 1353I1). sea.

SEQUENCINC IM I R ANEOEOC Y

1. (Seq2) (barley - straw) □nýfrn'l [. (Pliri) (waters ofthe sea) Dlnri ’P, e.g.,
ràlb] ITpTO 1 ? “barley and straw for the horses n3i Dinn ‘p nrnnpn rx xiSri “it was
and the swift steeds” (ìKgs 5:8); Akk: (describing you who dried up the sea, tlie waters of the great
famine) se'u u tibnu barley-straw, e.g., seim u deep” (Isa 51:10); Akk: me làmti, e.g., ine tàmii
filma ana mtlr nisqi uselà ittisun “along with them tatuate rapsate “water of the ocean, the wide sea”
I (Sennacherib) loaded barley and straw for the (CAD R i62b 3).
steeds” (CAD S 349b); ekallàti mahràti.. .ussimsina 2. (Phn) (the great sea) Dinil ni^WP ^3 IJJppa
usarrihsina se’am u tibnu ina libbisina atbuk “I Ì13“l “all the fountains of the great deep burst

428
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

open” (Cien 7:11; cf. also Isa 51:10; Amos 7:4; purple wool, and hurhuratu (made) from worms”
Ps 37:7; 78:15); Akk: hursàiiu tiara tu buràtu tàmlu (CAD H 25ob, Nuzi). Cf. Heb: iÒÌFp ÌD'IK' DK
rabitu “mountains, rivers, wells, tlie great sea (... ViT “(if your sins will be crimson, they can
should be witnesses)” (C'AI) T 1 5óa 3). turn snow-white), be they red as (a red made)
3. (Phr2) (wide sea) D'T 311“!] Djn PIT worm, they can become like wool” (Isa 1:18).
“this is the sea vast and wide” (Ps 104:25). Akk: sa SLQULNCINC
ina tamti rapasti tue 100 berti “whose (roots) through
2. (Seq2) (crop-consuming insect) lÒDIT
one hundred leagues of water in the broad sea
Wpisn ©"i.;\..ni? i pnn -òrxr..-"xr “(thè seed,
(reach down to the bottoni of the netherworld)”
vineyards, all the trees) the locust shall consume
(CAD T 150I1).
it...the worm shall devour them...thè cricket
l’I IRASLOI.OCY shall take over all the trees” (Deut 28:38—42. Cf.
4. (Phr2) (fountains and the deep) /ÍTÍrS?!? alsojon 4:7). Eor the above Heb. curse formula
□inri nirs? (Cien 7: Il ; 8:2/Prov 8:28; nÒiim HÌPi? compare the OAram. curse: H31N p2? SOE71
Deut 8:7); Akk: tiagltu - tamtu, e.g., bel nagbe u ’ax bs in pisr ps?| snen nsb'tn p© jnen
tatuati “(Ninurta) god of springs and seas” (CAD npix “for seven years may the locust devour, and
N ioyb 2). for seven years may the worm consume, and for
5. (Phr2) (to tremble before god) D“’f2 seven |years may] the caterpillar of the field come
rrànn irn’ *]$ òtt ara ?pin “thè up upon the face ofthe earth” (Sefire IA:27—28);
waters saw you, Ciod, the waters saw you and Akk: (curse), e.g., kalmutu rnùnu àkilu àlànikunu
were convulsed; the very deep quaked as well” màlkutiii nagtkunu lusàkilù “may lice, caterpillar(s),
(Ps 77:17); Akk: \aiia\ utazzumisu i’arrura tatuali (and) àkilu-pest eat bare your cities, your land,
“at his (Marduk’s) roaring the seas tremble” your provinces” (CAD M 207b). See Tawil,
(CAD T 1 5 1 a). BASOR 225 (1977) 59—62.

□inn is employed eight times in synonymous The I leb. usage of 'njòiri in thè transferred mng.,
parallelism with “sea” (Exod 15:4—5,8; Isa expressing the idea of one’s self-abasement and
51:10; Ps 33:7; 135:6; Prov 8:28—29; Job 28:14; msignifìcance (e.g., Isa 41:14, i.e., 3pST nï^Ín.
38:16). Similarly, Akk. tamtu is equated to its C'f. also Ps 22:7), is absent from Akk.
WSem. equivalent ym “sea,” attested in the
Ugaritic pantheon (Ugaritica 5 11968] 45:29).
Hin — Akk. turru (turni) s. Sum. lw. dur, MA, MB,
The primary noun Diiin and thè name Tiamat,
NA (AHw 1397a). binding, knotted thread, string.
the Akk. goddess of the pnmeval ocean in the
Babylonian creation story IInuma lìlis, are quite l’I IR ASHOI OCY
likely related. 1. (Phr2) (as an ornameli t) □ , 'Tnn//Dnri
HI I I IAT 2:1026—31 (with bibliography); KB 1 . “strings//heads,” e.g., r-^//C'-rZ 11X3
□'TTinS “your cheeks are comely with strings//
your neck with beads” (SoS 1:10); nt?I?3 3HT n “l‘in
(ni^in) nsònn = Akk. tùim s. ob on (cad t
niip? av ^b “ strings of gold we will make
466'd; AHw 1369V)). worm.
for you//along with silver spanglcs” (SoS 1:1 1);
PII R AS I; ()I.()(iY Akk: turru sa huràsi “string of gold” (AHw I397a

1. (Phr2) (red ofthe worm) p® - ''327 nSÒW lex. section): ina turre huràsi tasakkak “you string
with golden thread” (AHw 1397a); 9 turre sa
niòim “th e red of the worm (i.e., crimson stufi),”
e.g., ptf ny^rn |DnKi ròprn “and blue, purple, huràsi ahhuza “nine cords of gold mounted 011 ...”
(AHw 1 397a 3).
and crimson yarn” (Exod 26:1; 39:5); Akk: tiiltu
sànitu “the red of the worm” (CAD T 4C>7a c); Akk. turru occurs mainly with the verbs sakàku
hurhurati sa tùlti, e.g., ana sipàt takilti ana sipàt “to string” and taum “to weave” (said of linen/
kinahhi u ana hurhurati sa tùlti “for blue wool, red- woolen thread), e.g., ina turri kitè tusakkak “you

429
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

string on a linen thread” (C'AI) K 4743); ina timi e.g., n©x U3©rsn n»x nninn ■'s bv
sipàri pesati tusakkak “you string 011 a white wool ^ inOX' “(you shall act) in accordatice with the
thread” (*( 'Al ) S [ 14b e); sipàri uqnàti sipàri pesati instructions given you and the ruling handed
istenis 3 turn tetemmi “blue wool and white wool down to you” (Deut 17:1 1; cf. also Exod 24:12;
you twist together into a triple(?) cord” (C'AI) S | Deut 33:10); Akk: tèreti (w)u’uru, e.g., têrëti sa ili
1 14H c); (said of charm stones), e.g., turri abnàti kalisutiu utna'\ir\ “he had given all the orders of
simmat... “strings of (anuilet) stones for paralysis the gods” (*CA1) A 321 b); ultu têrëtim ttapharsina
of...” (SAA VII 85:4); abile kisàdi 8 turri “neck- urna'irn “after he had given all the commands”
stones, 8 strings” (ibid., line 6). Note also the (En. el. VI 45).
Alalakh reference: 200 turri issuri “200 strings of 2. (Phri) (instructions of god) □‘'rÒX nnin
birds” (AHw I397a 4). (Isa 1:10; Hos 4:6; Ps 37:31 and passim); Akk:
Note further that “lì 7 ! is attested twice in LBH, tèreti sa ili, e.g., tèreti sa Hi kalisutiu luhmum “I will
semantically developed to mean “next in line,” gather to myself the commands of the gods, all of
i.e., “turn,” e.g., xin1? rni?3i rni?3 nn mi- them” (C'AD H 59a 2b).
“when each girl’s turn carne” (Esth 2:1 2,1 5). This 3. (Phr2) (to obey instructions) nnin
semantic development is absent Akk. e.g., innin? iyp© xbi ^ibn i^nnn ax x^i “in
whose ways they would not follow and whose
"Iin = Akk. tàru v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) T 250a; AHw Teaching they would not obey” (Isa 42:24; cf.
1 3 32b). Akk: to return; Heb. to scout. also Zach 7:12); Akk: tèrta na’àdu, e.g., apputtum
ana tcrtiya ihid “please, pay attention to my
Ili the great majority of biblical occurrences the instructions” (C'AD N 3a); anàku annakam ana
verb “lin means “to scout,” and is particularly tertikunu nahdàku “here I am always attentive to
common in the phrase pxn njf? “MI 1 ? ‘ ‘to scout your instructions” (C'AD ibid., and passim).
the land.” This meaning is absent from Akkadian.
SLQULNCINC
One passage that may approximate the Akkadian
4. (Secp) (instructions — rules) tDStóiDi nnin
sense “to turn back to ” is DD331? nnx ninn *6]
“instruction(s) and rule(s)” (Num I5:i6)/nnin
“do not give in to your urges (i.e., turn after your
□‘’CpStórDI □‘pni “instruction(s), laws and rules”
heart)” (Num 15:39).
Heb. twice employs mn with nnO “to rove (2Chr 33:8; cf. also Neh 9:13)/^?^ nnin

around” > “to deal, trade,” e.g., Dnnn ‘£:XE 1^7 “instruction and commandment” (Josh 22:5; cf.
□Òpnn nnOQÌ “besides (what carne) from traders also 2Kgs 17:37); Akk: sakkù u tcrctu “rules and
and the business of merchants” ( 1 Kgs 1 o: 1 5) = commandments,” e.g., hàniim sakke u tèreti “who
□nnbni Dnnn "w;xr: nn1? “besides what traders Controls (and wields) rules and commands” (CAD
and merchants (brought)” (2Chr 9:14). Such is also H 59a 2b).
the case in Akk., where in the lexical texts tàru is c:f. m’ v.
equated to sahàru “to go around, to circle” (CAI)
S 38a), and likewise employed in parallelism, e.g.,
nann = Akk. teninu s. S13 (C'AD T 343a; AHw
la tattanurra//la tassanaiihura “you (demons) shall
I347a). supplication.
not keep returning//you shall not keep prowlmg
around” (C'AD S 38I1). PIIRAS];OI.(ÌCY
Ci. ino v. 1. (Phr2) (to heed supplication) /SJD©/n3S
nann Ix nnn? nin 1 ? “ turn/heed/your
eyes be open to supplication” (ìKgs 8:28/8:30;
rnin = Akk. tèrtu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD T 3 57b;
Ps 6:10/1 Kgs 8:28); Akk: (in similar context),
AHw i3 50a). instruction.
e.g., ana tettiti nis qàteya suhhirani panikunu “(C)
piiraslolocy gods) turn to my supplication and prayer” (C'AD
i.(Phri) (to give instruction) nnin nnin, T 343; >).

430
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion por Biblical Hebrfw

In CT ! 8, 22 ii 32 tininu is equated to rcrnu EA 252:25-26 reads: summa tiqahhu appùnama

“mercy” (= Heb: Crani). nupulme tahtamu u timahhasuka. Morali (AL 305-
Cf. pn v. 306) renders: “if you say, moreover, ‘fall down
beneath them so they can strike you’.” Moran
(ibid), together with von Soden (ibid), considers
27FIFI = Akk. dusù A s. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw. du -
the word as WSem. origin. Rainey (CAT L92)
si-a/duh-si-a (C'AI) I) 200a; AHw i7yb). Akk.
remarks that the EA forni *tahtanw goes back
(a precious stone); (a dyed leather); Heb. (a dyed
to the originai ancient WSem. forni *tahtahimu
leather).
(ibid., 168).
©nn occurs in BH 14 times: six times in Exodus However, note also that the C’AD (T 299a s.v.
in the expression D'©!!! 7 ) nlj? Ì"ID3ÌD, describing ta' tamii) reads the E A word as ta’ tamii (tahtamu)
the covering over the tent beneath which the and renders the word as “assembly (?).”
tabernacle was set (Exod 25:5; 26:14; 35:7,2,3;
36:19; 39:34). The phrase ©tin 1ÌSJ npDD/103
K7T1 = Akk. dassu (tassii) s. SB* (CAD 1) i2ob;
“covering of tahas-skin” is employed in Numbers
AI lw 165a). Akk. buck (said of gazelles and goats);
referring to the cover of the table of offerings
I leb. billy goat.
together with its food (Num 4:6,8,10—i 2,14,25).
In Ezek 16:10 shoes of /a/uj/leather are part ofthe ©TI is employed in sequence with D'Ty “she-
finery in which the fallen woman of Jerusalem is
goats,” DÒni “he-goats,” “rams” (Gn
clothed by God, e.g., ©nn H!p|pi ~©": i ?N'; 32:14; cf. also 2C'hr 17:11; Cin 30:35). In Akk.
, ©!? ©©3 “v'rV^' “I clothed you with dassu is equated in the lex. list with gizzu “shorn
embroidered garments and shod you in tahas,
goats” and sahitu “gazelle” (C'AI) ibid., lex. list). In
and turbaned you in linen, and covered you with
an ineantation text dassu is employed in sequence
silk.”
with mfiqu “kid,” puhàlu “ram” e.g., lithi dassu
C'AI) I) 202a states, “The color of the
ìirtakahu unìqi \ I!DIN\ ina rcs ersiya In rakis dassu
precious stone dusu seems to have been either
ina sipit ersiya lu nakis puhàlu “let the male gazelle
yellow or orange.... Its name is used to describe
mount upon the kid ofthe plain, let a he-goat be
the color of goat leather.”
tied to the head of my bed, let a ram be tied to the
S. Dalley, in her extensive study 011 duhsu =
foot of my bed” (C'AD ibid).
©fin concludes: “Hebrew tahas is cognate with
Hurrian/Akkadian/Sumerian duhsu. It denotes
beading and attaching pendants, and inlaying in rÒDFl = Akk. takiltu s. MB 011 (CAD T 7ob; AHw
stone, metal, faience and glass, and it is usually 1306I1). (a bluish-purple wool).
made 011 leather but sometimes also wool or linen
SP.QULNCINC
or as cloisonné 111 precious metals, timber, etc. ...
i.(Seqi) (bluish-purple wool — reddish
The covering of the tabernacle in the Pentateuch
purple wool) see ]03nK.
with its underlay of red, madder-light leather has
According to Akkadian texts takiltu was used as
its precise countcrpart in craft materials from Isin
a decorative trimming 011 belts, headcoverings,
and Mari around 2000—1800 li.C.H. The sandals
cushions, sandals, and even daggers.
in Ezekiel have their countcrpart in the Amarna
letters and in the grave goods from Tutankhamun’s
tomb.” ^Fl = Akk. tillu s. OAkk 011 (CAD 7' 4oya; AHw
1 359b). teli, niound.
IH Tad mor, IÌM, s.v. ©nn; Greenberg, AB 3 2 178;
Dalley, )SS 45 (2000) 1-19.
IM 1 R AS LO I OC Y

1. (Phr2) (to become a ruin) brb ÌTÌl, e.g.,

nnn :: Akk. tahla EA* adv. (AHw I 302b). under. nis; nian iò □‘pia ^n nn^n] “and (thè city) shall

43'
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n for Biblical Hebrew

become an everlasting mound, never to be rebuilt” Akk. tillu often assumes the determinative KUS
(Deut 13:17; cf. also Jer 49:2); Akk: (said of cities, “leather.” (AHw 1 358b 2).
in the stereotype idiom) ana fili u kanni tàru/
turru /rum /sumu “to turn into/become ruin,” e.g., TP 1 ?? = Akk. talmidu s. OB 011 (CAI) T 1033;
àlànisutiu ina isàti asrup appul aqqur ana fili u kanni AFIw 1 3 1 ih), pupil.
uftr “their towns I burned, completely destroyed,
r Fhe BH hapax T'Opri occurs 111 LBH opposite
and turned them into heaps of ruin” (C’AI) K
218a and passim); cf. Heb: nfc? rrin* the word ■p3f3 “teacher,” e.g., ]'3I2 ]b[?3
nipo® nb)v bn na^n “ and Joshua burned Ai, T'pbn Di? “the great and the small alike, a teacher
and turned it into a mound of ruins, desolation” with a pupil” (iC’hr 25:8); Akk: e.g., u màrìsunu
(Josh 8:28); Akk: ana tili sakànu (AHw 135911); cf. rabutu talmidà\nisunu\ dullu mimi\nu la ...| “for
Akk: llbabbara.. .imù tillànis “Ebabbar became a her sons, the journeymen are stili students, they
heap of ruins” (C’AD E 414I1 and passim). cannot [do] substantial work” (RA 60 [1966]
61:13—15). hi an Akk. lexical text from RS*
The once-; ittested GN 3'3K bn, e.g., ^ KÌ3X1
"133 “in? b$ □•’rrcrn 3n3X bri nbian “and i talmidu is a variant of the Sum. lw. gab-zu-zii;

(Ezekiel) carne to the exile community that dwelt Akk: kabzuzu “expert, wise” (C'AD K 29b). In a
in Tel Abib, by the C'hebar canal” (Ezek 3:15). lexical text talmidu follows the compound idiom
Heb: 3, 3K- i ?n; Akk: hi abubi “mound of flood”; màri ummiànni “artisan, expert” (AHw 13 1 ib). As
that is, a mound long deserted and believed to noted by Mankowski, the 1101111 “is common in
have been the cite of a town destroyed by the Aramaic but hapax in BH, and Wagner is probably
primevai Flood, e.g, màssu ana tiì abubim litër “may right to list it as a trans-Aramaic loan.”
(Adad) turn his land into hills of ruins” (C’AD A | 111 Mankowski, 151.
78a b and passim). c:f. nnb v.

T'ýZbP. = Akk. talbustu (talbultu) s. SB, NB (CAD ?? Akk. taltaltu s. SB, NA. Sum. dal-dal
T 93b; AHw 13 ioa). Akk: clothing allotmcnt. (C’AD T i04a; AHw 1 3 12a). pollen, stameli of a

COCNATlì ACCUSATIVI'
date paini.

1. (C:A) (BH hapax) nt^n Djp? '-!?3 CS1?9] The Heb. hapax D'^n^ri employed in SoS 5:1 1:
“He clothed Himself with ...-garments of 3-111:3 ninno a^n'pn vniisij? ts on? iota “His
retribution” (Isa 59:1 7); Akk: talbultu sa sarri “royal head is finest gold, his locks ..., and black as a
clothingissues” (C’AD T 93b); talbusti tulabbas\i(?)\ raven” as a metaphor was equated by some to
“you will provide (them?) with clothing” (ibid.).
Akk. tallallu. While Landsberger dismisses this
'-f CA'uìnb v. ;5rà ì pa equation, stating that “Hebr. taltallim is different
from Akk. taltallu” and “this identifìcation, of
= Akk. tillu C s. OB on (CAD T 41 ia; AHw course, excludes the comparison to Hebr. taltallim
1 3 58b). quiver. C'ant. V 11,” von Soden, on the other hand,
equates both vocables with a question mark.
Siili I \ < INI,
IH Landsberger, Date Palm, 1 11. 1; 19 11. 59; KB 1 ,
i. (Seq2) (quiver — bow): (BH hapax) X? X© nFlI?] 1741-42; Pope, AB 7C.
—ï -V n-Tisi nn&n asi ^ntópi i,lp3 “and
now pick up your gear, your quiver and bow, binn cf. ‘?r:r.N.
and go out to the field and hunt me some game”
(Cìen 27:3); Akk: Nergal bel tille u qasàte kakktsu
lisebbir “may Nergal, lord of quivers and bows, □•'pn = Akk. tamìmu adj. NB, Aram. lw. (C'AD T
break bis weapons” (C’AD T 41 ib). 1 193; AHw 13 14b). perfect.

432
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical H EBRF.W

PIIRASLOLOCY ih noi \11\1

i. (Phr2) (said of animals) 3. (Den2) "‘pnia *^fpin nnx •’pD'i "pbo nap 'n
nirpiycrpn nn3/nÉq3/nó/“is “perfect ram/ “my Lord is my allotted share and portion (lit.
lamb/calf/bull/goat/she lamb/cow” (e.g., Lev cup), You uphold my destiny” (Ps 16:5); pnX'l
5:1 5,18,25/Lev 23:12; Num 6:i4/Lev y:2,3/Lev TT3 Dpn nini “and Aaron and Hur held bis
4:3; Ezek 43:23/Hxod I2:s/Lev 14:10; Num 6:14; (Moses’s) hand (i.e., supported him)” (Hxod 1 7:1 2;
Num 19:2); Akk: alpu/atànu/littu /parru/uniqu cf. also Cien 48:17)/ir?3y/“nKr33 nnb» ITT
tamimu “perfect ox/mare/cow/lamb/female kid” DOri “she sets her hands to the distaff//and
(CAD T 1 1 y a). her palms hold the spindle” (Prov 3 1:19); ’^'TISPK
Akk. tamimu, unlike Heb. □"'PH, is restricted to ’pna T’P'D ïpnppn *pri“!TSJ “I strengthened
modifying animals. you and helped you and I uphold you with My
In standard Akk. the adj. suklulu “perfect, loyal right hand” (Isa 41:10); ^“inK , 'tE?S3 np3n
r? I5*’P? nppn '3 “my selfis attached to You, Your
complete” is employed for sacrificial animals,
i.e., gunidhu/alpu suklulu “perfect, ungelded, right hauti supports me” (Ps 63:9); Akk: sa...paras
uncastrated choice bull/ox,” e.g., sa um 2 gumàlfi sanie ina qàtisu tamhu “(Sin) who holds in his hand
marùti suklu\lù\ti istcn alpu tabu suklul sa minàtisunu the ordinance ofheaven” (AHw 13 I2b 4d); hattu
suk\lulù\ “each day two fattened, ungelded isartu.. .sibirru la pàdù.. .usatmih rittuya “(Assur)
gumàhu bulls (and) one fine ungelded bull, whose made my (Sennacherib) hands grasp a legitimate
proportions are perfect” (CAD S 221 a 2); 1 alpu scepter (and) an unsparing staff” (CAD R 383a).
suklulu màr satti “one one-year-old ungelded bull”
(*CAD S 22 ib and passim) = Heb: “DT D^n
nian = Akk. tinuru s. OB on (CAD T 42oa; AHw
H327 }3 “a perfect yearling male lamb” (Hxod 12:5;
i36ob). oven.
Num 6:14).
HI von Soden, Or. 37 (196X) 268:148. simill / ml tapiior

1. (SM2) “nana “irà ks nrn nan d “for lo!

that day is at hand, burning like an oven” (Mal
""|0n = Akk. tamàhu v. OB on (C'AD T i07a; AHw
13 I2b). to grasp. 3:19; cf. also Hos 7:6,7; Ps 21:10; Lam 5:10); Akk:
kima tinùri labili ana nukkurika maris “like an old
PI ir asf, 01 .OCY oven, it is hard to replace you” (BWL 245:10-13,
1. (Phr2) (to grasp the scepter, i.e., to rule) Pro verbs).
aiti “[Gin “one who holds a scepter,” i.e.,
There is a similarity in phraseology, where Heb.
“ruler,” e.g. COriE? T] 13 ini “IHOKP Tl“prn
“Pan employed in parallelism with “PS*7 “tordi”
“I will cut off the ruler from Aslidod and
is semantically equal to the Akk. pair kinùnu//
the scepter-bearer from Ashkelon” (Amos 1:8; cf.
dipàru “stove//torch.” Accordingly, Heb., e.g.,
also Amos 1:5) = Akk. tàmih batti “one who holds
m Tsby^j? “nan “smoking oven//and flaming
the scepter,” i.e., “a ruler” (first attested as the
tordi” (Cien 15:17); Akk: e.g., età qatru limmir
title of the Assyrian king Assur-res-isi, 1 1 33—1 1 16,
kiniini//biliti linnapih dipàri “may my dark and
and passim in royal inscriptions) (C’AD H 1 54a 1);
smoky hearth glow (again)//my extinguished
batta isarta/uspara kina ina qàti /retti RN sutmubu
tordi flare up” (C’AD I) 1 56b a).
“to cause the hand of RN to hold the legitimate
scepter/thè just staff’ = OAram: “ICDII Tntf “hold a 111 Mankowski, 1 50-5 1.

scepter” (Tawil, Or. 43 1974:46; Paul, Amos, 52;

CAD H 1 54b d). r?n* — Akk.tappinnu (tuppinnu) s. Sum. lw. fr.
2. (Phr2) (to uphold justice) DPlV CDSKjpi TH OAkk. 011 (C'AD T i82b; AHw 1321 a), a kind of
“judgment and justice will be upheld” (job 36:17);
coarse flour; bread Iliade of t. flour.
Akk: tàmih kitti u misari “one who upholds justice
and judgment” (*CAD K 47ob 2 1 ). As noted for example by B.Levine (Leviticus,39)

433
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

“Hebrew tufìtiim... is yet unexplained. and countries), e.g., Mann aya dallju utaqqin “I
Coninientators have assunteci that it derives from (Sargon II) reorganized the Manneans, who had
the root ’-f-h, ‘to bake, but that the alef of the been in confusion” (CAD D 49b, s.v. daìhu (a)
root was elidei!.” The hapax lexeme is attested in and passim); parsi tuqqunu “to set in good order
Lev 6:14 envolving the grain offering of the High ordinance” (AHw 1 323b 4); hussa / sarruta tuqqunu
Priest e.g., n:x-ar raa-p -t'z? nana bv “to set in good order, secure a throne/kingship”
n'ipn D'ns nn?p l'ari “shall be prepared with (ALIw ibid.); hima nin samni taqna hibràt erbettim
oil on a gnddle, you shall bring it well soaked “the entire world was as pleasant (lit. in good
and offer it as Infine - offering of backed slices order) as fine oil” (CAD K 332a).
(of pleasing odor to the Lord”). On etymological Cf. 13A jpn v.
semantic as well on contextual ground, it
seems best to equate Heb. ‘pSFl* with the well
m3“iri = Akk. tarlntu A s. 013 on (CAD T 223a;
attested Akk. substansive tappinnu, employed for
AHw i 328b). rearling.
example in the Akk. incantations text Surpu (VII
54-5) as follows: sibit ahai tappimi dii leqe\ma\ Although Levine maintains that “the Hebrew
ina siparri suhuhma “take seven loaves of pure tarbùt ‘frecci’ is umque in biblical literature, and
bread made from coarse barley flour and string requires an explanation,” he does not equate
them 011 a bronze skewer” (CAD T i82b. lex. the hapax niann to Akk. tarlntu “rearling” or
section). More specifìcally, not unlike Heb., Akk. “seedling.” Accordingly, in light of Akk., the Heb.
commonley employs tuppinnu in ritual texts e.g., phrase CTXan D’EttX nìann might be rendered as
14 ahai tappiui samna halsa tapassas “14 loaves of “(and behold, you have risen up in your father’s
coarse flour bread with refined oil” (CAD T 1 83b place), a rearling of sinful men” (Num 32:14). Cf.
2. and passim). I leb: (semantic equivalent □ , 'SJ“!P Ì7TT “seedlings
In light of the gemination of pp in Akk., Heb. of evildoers” Isa 1:4); Akk: tarlntu “upbringing,”
may be revocolized with dages forte i.e., ‘’ISH . e.g., summa awilum màrsu ana sùnuqim ana tarbitim
iddinma “if a man gave his son for suckling, for
upbringing” (LE B II: 15).
|pn = Akk. taqàtiu v. 013 on (CAD T 1 <J7b; AHw
<í? ' Cf. nnn v., n^ann ,nn.
1 323L)). to secure (Akk. D-Steni; Heb. Pi‘el).

The verb jpn occurs 3 times in LBI1111 Ecclesiastes;

(rr , 3“)0) rr'Bin = Akk. ribbatu (*ribbetu) s. OB,
twice in the abstract sense: jpnb bar xb nwp
on (C'AD R 3 1 sa; AHw 98ob). Akk. back payment,
“what is made crooked cannot be straightened”
arrears.
(Ecc 1 :15); jpnb bar -p -a a-n'bxn -t'vr: nxn
in^i? "i^ nx “ see the activity of God, for who Both n'ann (twice) and n'anp (once), which are
is able to put in good order what He twisted?” employed alongside “a bite” (i.e., “interest”)
(Ecc 7:13). The verb occurs once more in the (Lev 25:36; Ezek i8:8/Lev 25:37), may be
Pi'el, in the concrete sense, i.e., □ , 'b»P jpn “put etymologically and semantically equated to the
in good order (i.e., arrange, edit) proverbs,” e.g., Akk. sub. ribbatu = LH: n'a - ], which means “back
|- tx ] Dan nx nan npb niy non nbnp n^ntf nrn payment, arrears.” If so, the sense would be the
nain □'bop |pn npni “additionally, because additional payment one owed from the time he
Qohelet was a sage, he constantly taught the borrowed, e.g., ribbat suhàriya l’N ITI.i.KAM ina
people knowledge, he listened and deliberated, mubhiya iskunu “they imposed 011 me one month
he put in order many proverbs” (Ecc 12:9). In ofthe arrears of my servant l’N” (C'AD R 31 sa);
Akk. taqànu/tuqqunu occurs in the abstract sense bd ribbit awiìim bit awiìim itabbal “the owner of
in the idiom dalha tuqqunn “to put in good order,” thc man’s arrears will take possession of the man’s
i.e., “to reorganize confusion” (said of people house” (C'AD R 3 1 sb and passim).

434
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i g a i . C o m p a n i o n for Biblr:ae Hebrew

As noted by Levine “tbe fiict that in verse 37 ìin :: Akk. tarnu s. Ug.* (C’AD T 23911; ALIw
ncshehlt v. used with reference to silver and marbit 133 ia). mast, single post.
with reference to foodstuffs, led the Mishna Bava
Metsia 5:1 to define ncshehh as a demani! for diìnotati vi:
payment in excess of what was lent, and larbit or i.(l)en2) DV/pri “mast//single post”
marbit as the demani! for more grain or foodstuffs nu?3n by 03ay/nnn mi bi? pina (what is left
than were provided by the borrower.” of you) “is like a mast 011 a hilltop//like a pole
IH Loewenstamm, |BL 88 (1968) 78 80; Levine, upon a mountain” (Isa 30:17); (said of a boat):
Levitimi, 178. 03 icns ba ann p ba T’ban toïï3 “their
ropes are slack, they cannot steady the sockets of
tí?' cf. mi v. main ,31.
their masts, they cannot spread sail” (Isa 33:23);
■^bj? jnn niÈ?s?b inpb |i3abp na “ they took
D3"iri — Akk. ta/turguniannu s. OB 011 (C'AD T a cedar from Lebanon to make a mast for you”
229a; Ai lw 132911). interpreter, dragoman. (Ezek 27:5); Akk (hapax): assurti G I S tanti rabi hi
taspuranni “when you wrote to me concerning a
The LB hapax denominative verb □3“inQ
large mast” (CAD T 23911).
“translated,” e.g., rronij: ama lineari anai
rPOnK DSnnpì “a letter written in Aramaic and
translated Aramaic” (Ezra 4:7), has its cognate ^^“ìri ?? Akk. russii adj., SB, NB, Sum. lw. (C'AD
also in Hittite tarhummiya; Ug. targumiànu; Aram. R 427I1; AHw 996b s.v. russu I). a reddish sheen.
ta/uri’màuà and Arab. targa/urnàn/turgumàn. As
noted by Celli, there is little reason to relate it to ETEnn occurs with ano “onyx” and nS?T
the verb ragàmu “to speak,” or to consider it of “jasper” in describing the breastplate of the high
Akk. origin. In contrast, C’AD R Ó2b does equate priest (Exod 28:20; 39:13 cf. also Ezek 28:13).
turgumànn to the Akk. verb ragàmu. Note also The word is twice employed in Ezek 1:16 and
that in the synonym list Nabnitu, turgumannn is 10:9 in the expression ETEHnil f"’S73, describing
equated to the sub. nàpalu “conversation” (CAD the wheels of the chariot. It occurs once in SoS
N | 2771-)).
5:14 in portraying the hands ofthe male-lover
Ili CJelb, (ìlossa II (1968) 93 104; Kaulìnan, AIA, i.e., ETtshria □nòna anr ■’b'bs rn; “bis hands
107. are like golden rods set with Tarsis.” Lastly, in
Dan 10:6 the man clothed with linen is described
nnn = Akk. tur'azu (tar'aza, serhazu). s. lex* (CAD as "rsba tts?i pna nxnp? rjsi tzrsshria inn?i
T 48_sa; AI lw 1 2 16a s.v. verja(z)zum). a nut tree. “bis body was like Tarsis and his face like
the appearance of lightning and his eyes like
As noted by Landsberger “serhazunt is a phonetic
torches of fire” The biblical refrences do not
variant of ta/tir’azu” (MSL V 103:136-7 note).
allude to the color of the stone, yet ETEHri is
Lines 133-137 ofthe lexical series Ilar-ra liubullii
commonly rendered “beryl.” However, both
(tablet III) lists the following trees: 133: gis-al-la-
the versions and the medieval commentators
an — aliami “Kanis oak”; 134: gis.lam.mar— alianti;
135: gis-lam-gal — bututtum “pistachio tree”; 137: are devided as to the color of the stone: LXX-
gis-lam-tur = tur’azu. In I leb. ìlT^n is employed as Vulgat. chrusolithos (Spanish) “topaz” (yellow);
a hapax in Isa. 44:14 alongside |ibx e.g., nnab Symmachus, “jacinith”; Tg. O., Tg. J. Dina
liba] nnn npn crnx ib... “ for his (the idols’ kit (blue); Peskta Kann 'Baa (on SoS), xbna
craftsman) use, he hews down cedar, he chooses “beryl” (on Rzek.28:i3); LXX (on Ezek 10:9;
tirza and allon.” It is signifìcant that in both the 28:13) sardion; Vulgate (011 Lzek 28:13) sardius
Akk. Ilar-ra Ijubullu lexical text and in Isa 44:14 (red); Sa’adiya-Ibn-Janah pnTK “blue.” As noted
aliami (Heb. jibtf) and tur'azu (Heb. nini7!) appear by L’M (8:946) “it seems that the word Tarsis
in sequence. has no connection to the G N Tarsis “Tarsus”
'■#' ( I. . (cf. also KB 1797I1). Consequently, although no

435
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n por Biblical Hebrew

etymological or semantical cognate is provided, siimeli aqlnsuma “I appointed one of my officers

it seems plausibile to adopt the suggestion of liM as governor over them and named him turtanu of
(8:946), followed by Y. Klein (Olam Hatanach, s.v. the ‘left’ territory” (CAD 1’ 48yb a).
SoS |iyy6| sob) and equate Heb. ETKHri to the
The Hurrian word tard/temili “field-marshal” is
Akk. adj. russu “having a reddish sheen.” Thus,
modified as a military term in MA and NA as
according to this assumption the color of the
tartànu rabù “chief field-marshal”; saniti sa turtàni -
precious stone ETEnn should be red. The Akk.
turtàni sanili “second to the field-marshal”; turtànu
verb rasàsu means “to glow” e.g., adi erri irassusu
“until the coper compound glows (red)” (C'AI) imitti - tartànu stinteli “field-marshal of the right

R lyib 1). The adj. russu is employed as a poetic wing (ofthe army) - field-marshal of the left wing
epithet of gold, i.e., hurdsu russu “red gold,” e.g., (ofthe army)” (AIIw i332a).
sallarussti hurdsu russa hltna gassi u itti... usalbis “I Note also the eniployment of the Hurr. sub.
overlaid its (the temple’s) walls with ruddy gold tartànu 111 limar (1 18:12 and passim; see Pentiuc
as (lavishly as if with) whitewash and bitumen”
2001:181).
(CiAD R 428a a), russu is commonly used with
IH Mankowski, 151—52.
the noun zlmu “countenance” 111 describing
if?' cf. npti? :n .ono.
divine and royal radiance, e.g., ina butùsu uamruti
zimesti russùti “with bis shilling face and gleaniing
countenance” (CAI) R 42Kb 5); sanisi ilàni = Akk. tisi' 1111111. fem., OB 011 (CiAD T 432b;
zlmê rassfiti “(Marduk) sun of the gods, dazzling AHw i3C>2a). niiie.
features” (C'AD ibid.). The latter description calls
to mind Daniel’s portrayal of the man clothed
witli linen (Dan 10:6, see above). T: ■
= Akk. tisi! 1111111. masc., OB 011 (CiAD
'
T
432b; AIIw 1 362a). nine.

jrnri = Akk. turtànu s. Nuzi, MA, NA (C'AD T

48yb; AIIw i332a). (a high military officiai). "STtín = Akk. tisiitu 1111111. masc., OB on (CiAD T
433b; AHw 1 362I-)). ninth.
I>1 IR ASLOI OCY

i. (Phr2) (in sequence with) CHO ni “chief

= Akk. tisù 1111111. fem., OB 011 (CiAD T
eunuch” and ìlp© 2"] “chiefbutler” (2Kgs 1 8:17);
Akk: slit rësiya bel pàhati disunii askun LÚ turtànu bit 433b; AHw I 362b). ninth.

436
 Biblical Aramaic

K ITnnK = Akk. ahràtu. Cf. Heb. nnnK.

DK = Akk. abu. C'f. Heb. DN. TTK = Akk. isu. Cf. I leb. 2?\ BA: TTK ìÒ; Akk: la
isu > Assyrian lassù.
= Akk. abàtu. C'f. Heb. “QX v.
bnX = Akk. akàlu. C;f. Heb. bsN. C.f. BA KlHj?.
~ Akk. abnu. C'f. Heb. |5X.
nbxv: = Akk. ilu. C'f. Heb. btf.
t

= Akk. egirtu. Cf. Heb. n")3N.

BA: N3n/ni “great Cìod” (Dan 2:45/Lzra
IH Kaufman, AIA 48. 5:8); Akk: ilu rabù/ilàtiu rabùtu “great god/gods”
(C’AD R 35a c; Tallqvist; Cjdtterepitbeta, s.v. rabù
T1K = Akk. a(d)daru. Cf. Heb. “HN. and rabùtu); Akk: beiti rabù/beltu rabitu “great lord/
lady” (CAD R ibid.).
THS* = Akk. adru (idru) s. OA, MA, NA (C'AI) A | BA: nbx “H xnyrn “decree, law of the
i2yb; AI lw i2b). threshing floor. Lord” (Dan 2:1 5; 6:16; Ezra 7:26) = Akk. parsu sa
ili “the ordinance ofa god” (AHw 835a).
BA (hapax), e.g., niK |Q “I1»3 lini “and
they became like chaff of the summer’s threshing
HQX*
T-
= Akk. ammatu. C'f. Heb. Í1ÏÏK.T -
floor” (Dan 2:35); Akk: e.g., ilu ina libbi adri ekalli
ussa sa libbi adri ekalli ana kirt illaka “(Nabu, whose
“1QK* = Akk. irnmeru. C'f. Heb. “IQK.
ceremony in Calali are described) moves from
the threshing floor of the palace, (those) who
have been present on the threshing floor (for the 33S* = Akk. inbu (enbu, imbu) s. fr. OAkk., OB 011
ceremony) go to the garden (of the palace where (C'AI) I/J i44a; AHw 38 ih). Akk. fruit tree, fruit,
a sacrifice is to be made)” (CAD A 13oa 2’). offspring, child, (sexual attractiveness and power);
As noted by the C’AD (A | i^obti.) “the variant BA fruit.
idru (MA only) should be compared to Aram.
BA: X'32? rQ3X “abundant fruit,” e.g., !TSS?
iddar and may reflect an Aramaic influence.”
fcrSÓ rQ3iO “P3E? “its foliage was beautiful, and

in“!K cf. Heb. srnr.- its fruit abundant” (Dan 4:9,18); Akk: inbu ma'du
t:v :
“abundant fruit,” e.g., inibsu ma'du sa minitu la isti
iqtupuma “(my soldiers) picked the fruit that was
nX* = Akk. ahu. C'f. Heb. nX.
so numerous that it could not be counted” (C'AD
I/J i 45 ab).
= Akk. hittu. Cf. Heb. ÌTTn (Dan 5:12). Il II Kauinian, AIA 58—59.
BA with prosthetic aleph.

437
 ma
t
An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n por Biblical Hebrew

will harm the kingdom” (Ezra 4:13); Akk: appitti

H3K cf. Heb. ’DÌIN.
t t
e.g, anàku ul asetnmcsi...attutiti appittinnna sàràtesu la
tasemmà “I do not listen to it, and you accordingly
wna»
t:----------
- Akk. uhm. Cf. Heb. ■Dim : :
do not listen to his falsehoods” (C'AD A 11S4I-1;
NB and passim in NB and LB).
Both in NB and in Ezra this adv. is employed
^5^* = Akk. appu. Cf. Heb. uose; BA: face. in letters. Kaufman notes, however, that “thc BA
BA (idiomatic hapax) KS?X bs ^33 “fall on one’s ’aptiu has possible Persian etymologies and is less
likely to be connected to our word even if von
face,” i.e., “prostrate” (I)an 2:46); Akk: ana patii
Soden’s interpretation is correct” (AIA, 47). As
maqàtu “to fall on thc face, prostrate” (EA 189;
noted by Tadmor, an alternative solution is to
195; 201); Akk: appa qadàdu “to prostrate” =
equate DFI3N to the Akk. substantive iptu (C'AD
Heb: D'SK T!j? = Heb: D'SN bv bS3 cf. Heb.
I/J 171 a; AHw 3Ssb), employed 111 SB and NB to
tns mean “tax, income, tribute, produce,” e.g., bisiti
BA (idiomatic hapax) spK N3K? “change the sadtm fiisib tanniti ipti kabitti igisà summuhu ana àliya
foce,” i.e., “be angry,” e.g., , ' l ?pnO Hx? Bàbili ana tnalirisu userinima “I (Nebuchadnezzar)
13F1 m •'HÍS?» nblSl «120 “ then Nebuchadnezzar brought to my capitai Babylon, before him
was filled with anger // his face was changed” (Marduk), the produce ofthe mountains, the yield
(Dan 3:19); Akk: (agàgu)//patiti santi “to become of the seas, heavy tribute, sumptuous presents”
angry//change the face,” e.g., igtlg isnu \pa\nusa (CAD I/J 171 a); ipat kibràt erbetti tiuhus tàmàti...
“(Saltu) grew angry, her face changed” (*CAD S ana Esagita.. .Inserii) “let me (Nabunaid) bring into
Esagila the tribute of all regions, the abundant
403b ia, OB Agusaya).
yield ofthe seas...” (CAD ibid.). Accordingly,
'■*' Cf. BA. VT; Heb. D’33.
Tadmor suggests to read □'pbp ~2K and to render
the verse as: “the incoine of the kings (shall be
nnax
:-
= Akk. atta, ct: Heb. nnx.
t T hurt).”
III Tadmor, Heltzer I : cst., 143* 45*.
]in3X = Akk. attimu. Cf. I leb. OriN.
S?3“!S = Akk. erbe. Cf. Heb.

npS/"nDK s. = Akk. eseru v. Cf. Heb. "I0K v. to

bind, shut in, confine. = Akk. argamannu. C'f. Heb. 1P3"1N.

Whereas both Akk. and Heb. employ the verbal ba in twins oabn/onb “ wear/cloth with purple
forni, it is absent from BA. However, Heb. and wool” (Dan 5:7,16,29).
BA employ the substantives “HON (BA "TON)
“band” and ~1DK (BA. “IDN) “binding obligation, niX* = Akk. urhu. C'f. Heb. ITlk.
interdici.” These two substantives are absent from
BA in tDOj? "n?!2// CH n "^) “<J ust work//) right
Akk.
way” (Dan 4:34; cf. also Dan 5:23); Akk: uruh kitti
“right path,” e.g., umma scrii uruh la kitti “they
UK = Akk. isu. Cf. Heb. fy.
abandon the wrong path” (AI lw 142911).
BA N33N1 “wood and stone” (Dan 5:4,23);
Akk: issu u abnàtu. Cf. Heb. ]DN. = Akk. aràku. C'f. Heb. ~pK. v.

□FISK* = Akk. appitti (fr. atta pitti) adv. NB, LB np“lX = Akk. arku. Cf. Heb. "["IN.
(CAD A_ i84a; AHw 6oa). accordingly, thus, just
BA (idiomatic hapax) ^OC?) fcO"!N “grant
as.
long life” (Dan 7:12). For Akk.-Heb. idioms cf.
BA (hapax), e.g., pT?nn D^P □il?^ “and thus it Heb. "["IN.

438
 An Akkadian Lf,xical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

(p1*0 SHN! = Akk. ersetu. Cf. Heb. pi*. foundation be as secure as this tempie and (its)
foundation” (C.AD ibid.).
Note the BA sequence Npntf/NpK-Kra?; (Dan
4:32; 6:28/Jer 10:1 1). Cf. Heb. pN.
Note the BA idiom XpN ^ÍO (Dan 4:8,19). - n-
Cf. Heb. pxn m s.v. ps.
KTX3* = Akk. Insù adj. Bogh., SB, NB, LB (CAD
E?K* = Akk. ussu s. OAkk., MA, NA, MB, NB B 27ob; AHw 13 ia). malodorous, ofbad quality,
(AHw i442a). foundation. (morally) evil.

ba (xnbi*) rr3 n “ foundations of the BA (morally evil), e.g., KnETÌpl Kn“ni2 NIT“ìp
House (of the Lord)” (Ezra 5:16) = Akk. ussi bitim “(Jerusalem) rebellious and wicked city” (Ezra

“house foundations” (AHw i442a D, OAkk.). 4:12); Akk: (morally evil), e.g., minima sa atta

BA (idiomatic hapax) fcTON 3ÌT “lay a muhhi màt Assur Insti ina GN itepsu “in Uruk they

foundation” (Ezra 5:16); Akk: itssa nadu “to lay have clone all that is detrimental to Assyria” (CAD

a foundation,” e.g., usscsu additila itkin libnassu “I B 27ih b); arki uqu libbi Insù ittaskan “afterward
(Sargon II) laid its (the temple’s) foundations, I the people became disposed to evil” (CAD ibid.,
correctly set its brickwork” (*CAD N 83a and 1 )ar. and passim).
passim). » Cf. Heb. IS A C2K3 v.

Ili Falkenstein, Or. 35 (1966) jjyff'.

t£?XD = Akk. ba’àsu. Cf. Heb. 0X3 smeli bad, be of
KE7X
TV
= Akk. isàtu. Cf. Heb C9X. bad quality.

Note that the 13A verb 0X3 employed in Dan 6:1 5

= Akk. (w)àsipu. Cf Heb. in the idiomatic hapax phrase bs 0X3 N'ilÓ (absent
from BH) is commonly rendered as “displeased”
nx* = Akk. ittu. c:f. Heb. nix.
T
(BDB, KB-’, WBC, Collins) as well as “distressed”
(NRSV, REB, NEB). Akk. however, employs
Note the BA idiom “QÍ7 (Dan 3:32,33;
(NB only) the verb ba'àsu in tlie idiom patià ba'àsu
6:28). c:f. Heb. nix n’c/Dt, s.v. nix.
ili the sense “to look bad, be angry” e.g, pani sa
bcliya ana libbiya Insù' “my lord is angry with me”
■pnx* — Akk. ututtu. (atunu) s. fr. OB 011; Sum. Lw.
(CAD B sa b); lu rnàidu panisunu Insù’ “they are
udun (AHw 144sb). kiln, furnace.
very angry” (C'AD ibid., and passim). In light of
ba nipi “ cast into a furnace” (1 )an 3:6,11,15 this Akk. usage, the lì A verb may likewise exhibit
and passim); Akk: atta utuui sakànu/nadànu “to Darius’ state of anger. This idiomatic phrase may
place into a furnace” (AHw 1445b 1—2). be rendered as: “(the king) was greatly angered”
111 Kaufman, AIA 1 10. = (Akk: màdti (panisunu) bisu ). This was the
understanding of Ralbag, who translated the
""iniX = Akk. asm s. fr. OAkk., OA, OB 011 (CAD Aram, phrase to Heb. as ib TTIIl “1ÌKQ “he was
A 4s6a; AHw 82I1). place, cite, location. very angry.” Cf. Heb. ETX3.

BA (111 sacrai context), e.g., bi? N?"' Knbì* rrni

ben = Akk. batàlu V. OB, MB, SB, NA, NB (CAD
rrinK 1 ‘and let the House of the Lord be rebuilt
B i74b; AHw 1 i6a). to stop, interrupt an activity,
on its sacred place” (Ezra 5:15; 6:7; cf. also Ezra
come to an end.
6:5); Akk: (in sacred context), e.g., asar sagisunu lu
kùn asrukka “let your sacred place be established BA: e.g., XnS? 1V3 nT3S? nblïï? 'p"tK3 “that
in their sanctuaries” (CAD A 4S8b 2’); itti asri time, work of the House of the Lord stopped”
u kigalli likùna temettsu “may his (kingship’s) (Ezra 4:24); Akk: e.g., “repair this city (and)
 nT3 An Akkadian Lexical Companion fok Biblical Hrbrew
T

tcinplc” isiq nindalrí sa ili sunuti la tabattjl “do not

- 3 -
stop being concerned about the duty of delivering
food offerings to these gods” (C'AI) B 17511 4’).
“nH = Akk. gadàdu v. lex.* (C'AD G 8a; AHw
The Heb. hapax verb is employed in
LBH in Eee 12:3. Cf. Heb. v. 273»). to chop.

The verb is twice employed in BA. 'H3 is once

rt”P3*
T
= Akk. birtu. C’f. I leb. ÌIT’S. T employed in parallelism with i.e., 113
, nÌS3i? “ cut down the tree//chop
IH Kaufman, AIA 44.
up its branches” (Dan 4:11), and once the verb
JV3 = Akk. bitu. Cf. Heb. rP2. occurs in parallelism with ban, e.g., //XÒ'K 113
■’rnbnm “ cut down the tree and destroy it” (Dan
4:20). In Akk., the verb gadàdu is employed once
H^D* = Akk. baiti ef. Heb. rÒ3. v.
111 the lex. list with basalti “to crush, sbatter” and
IH Kaufman, AIA 44. kapàru “to clip, trini” (C'AD K i8oa).

— Akk. biltu s. fr. OA OB on (C'AI) B 22ya;

“13T3* = Akk. gatizabaru s. LB*; Old Pers. lw.
AHw I2óa). yield, produce, tax.
(C'AD Ci 43a; AHw 28 ìa). treasurer.
Note the BA terms "^bni ibs rn3D “tribute, poll-
tax and land-tax” (Ezra 4:13,20; 7:24). In Akk. BA (hapax) Ezra 7:21.
however, these three terms do not occur together.
Rather, the two Akk. terms, biltu and maddattu “P3* = Akk. kiru. Cf. Heb. “V3.
(man.dat.tu), are commonly employed in NA, e.g.,
bilta u maddatta issa “he brought to me as tribute
b^a = Akk. qalàlu s. SB, NB, LB*; WSem. lw.
and gifts” (C'AD B 235b bi’ and passim).
Note also that Akk. biltu is derived from the (C'AD C! 1 ia; AHw 273b). pebble; a stone treated
verb (u>)abàìu “to bring.” CT. Heb. bu'. in a spccific way.
IH Kaufman, AIA 44. The BA 1101111 bb? is twice employed in the idiom
i T i73 e.g., “be it known to the king, that we
7133 = Akk. banú. C'f. I leb. Ì133. v.
went to the province of Judah, to the house of
the great god” ^3 fèti, N3?rií? Nini... “it is being
= Akk. bti'ti. C'f. Heb. ìlin. v. rebuilt of ebeti gelàì” (Ezra 5:8); bb? fèti, “H
Nnbri “three courses of ebeti gelai (Ezra 6:4). The
— Akk. beiti. Cf. Heb. idiom has usually been translated as “great stones”
(AV, RV); “huge/great stones” (NJPS). In light
BA in the idiom DSJtp bffS Ezra 4:8,9,17. Cf. Heb.
of the usage of Akk. galàlu, it seems best to render
DUCO v.; BA DSJt?.
the BA idiom as “a stone treated in a specific
way” or, as suggested by Williamson, “specifically
"Ip3 = Akk. p/buqquru v. fr. OA, OB 011 (AHw
I04b s.v baqàru) “to (lay) claim to, clami for”; BA selected stone”; Akk: e.g., sa ina muhhi asuminëtu
“to seek, investigate.” Cf. Heb. rnp3. sa gal ài a astimi “which I (Nabunaid) wrote upon
a stela with reliefs made of galàhi-stonc” (CAD

“13* = Akk. barn. C'f. Heb. “13. G 1 ib 2).

Ili Williamson, BASOR 280 (1990) 83 88.

— Akk. karabu. C'f. Heb. pn v.

raa* = Akk. kanàzti. C'f. Heb. T33*.

Tj“)3 = Akk. birku (burliti). C'f. Heb. “^“Q. *]?* = Akk. kappu. Cf. Heb. *133.

440
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n por Biblical Hebrew

- “I - " ? l/ , n — Akk. ilku. s. fr. OB, MA on (C’AD I/J 73a;

AHw 371 a), duty (011 a land or produce).
DT = Akk. daini Cf. Heb. 3Í. BA employed three times in the sequence rHDQ
Ì?™ ‘ ‘tribute, poll-tax and land duty” (Ezra
nm = Akk. zebù. C’f. Heb. !"QT v. 4:13,20; 7:24).
Cf. BA i^3 ,rn?i3.
nnn* = Akk. zibu. C’f. I leb. rQT.

- T-
Ctfin = Akk. dàsu. Cf. Heb. 27H v.

13A (hapax) employed in sequence with ppn, e.g., pT = Akk. zatiànu B v. fr. OB on (C’AD Z 43b;

napnni -::rn' “ tread it down and crush it (the AH w 15 ioa). Akk. to provide food, provide an
earth)” (Dan 7:23). institution (tempie or a city) with means of support;
BA to provide food.
pn - Akk. dinu. Cf. Heb. jp. Whereas the BA hapax verb ]1T and the sub. ]ÌTQ
BA |p 12ÍJ (Ezra 7:26); Heb. ]p nÉW; Akk. dina twice connote “to provide food,” i.e., “PS© ÌTSS7
epcsu. ba naoì.-nn xbib pron nt - -- in :
“its foliage was beautiful, its fruit abundant, it was
pn = Akk. datili v. Cf. Heb. TH. v. food for all...from it all flesh was fed” (Dan 4:9;
cf. also Dan 4:18), the verb is absent from BH.
However, not unlike Akk., BH employs the sub.
I^n = Akk. dayàtiu. C’f. I leb. jH.
jÍTÍD once in the sense of provision of food, i.e.,
|irm on 1 ?] nn mp nin*? nm) “and ten she-
ppn = Akk. duquqqu. Cf. Heb. ppn. v; BA bffitl. asses laden with grain, bread and food provisions”
(Cìen 45:23), and once more in the sense of
Tin* = Akk. ddtu. Cf. Heb. m. T provisions (not for food), rather for fortified cities
T
and their institutions by means of support, i.e.,
BA Nnb$ nn law of God (Ezra 7:26); Akk: (said
nnb jiran nnb irn nnspn pi? bnb “to all thè
of gods), e.g., ina data amia' sigi sa Ahurumazda'
fortified cities, and he (Abijah the son of Maach)
imHiki “live (imp.) according to this law that
gave them abundant provisions” (2Chr 11:23).
Ahuramazda has proniulgated” (C’AD 1) i2}a b).
Such is also the use of the commonly employed
Akk. verb zanatiu referring to food provisions
«nn* = Akk. disu. Cf. Heb. NEH.
for humans, e.g., PN l PN
i nadit Ninurta timi
BA (idiomatic hapax) H titilli“grass ofthe màdutim iznunnia “after PN had provided 'PN ,
field” (Dan 4:12,20) = Heb: (idiomatic hapax) the naditu-womnn of Ninurta, for many days
|pN(!2) NEH “grass (out) of earth” (2Sam 23:4). with food” (CAD Z 44a a), as well as to temples
or cities, e.g., csreti Bàbili u Barsip uscpis aznun
“I (Nebuchadnezzar) rebuilt the sanctuaries of
-n- Babylon and Borsippa and provided for them”
(CAD Z 44b 2’); inulti Marduk...zanànam màhàzi
mn = Akk. ewti. C’f. Heb. ITÌI.
uddusu csreti rabis uma'irattni “when Marduk
solemnly commanded me (Nebuchadnezzar) to

bD^n* = Akk. ekallu. C’f. I leb. b^H. provide for the cult centers and to renew the
sanctuaries” (CAD ibid. and passim). Note also
(^n) “ìjbn = Akk. alakti. C’f. Heb. “1*711. v.
that although not commonly attested, the Akk.
subs. zanànutu “support, provision” (SB) and

441
 An A k k a d i a n L f . x i c a l C o m l a n i o n kor Biblical Hebrew

zutinu “care provision” (Sii*) are employed as “IQT — Akk. zitnru. C'f. I leb. PHOT.
follows: zanànùtum esrat parak illma “support is a
neeessity for the sanctuaries of the gods” (CAD Z
4Sa, En. el.); ina z turni ramaniya dura sàsu lu epus ‘V’SÍT* = Akk. siimi. Cf. Heb. “pys, "TOT.
“I built that wall with that care that is naturai to
me” (C'AD Z iC>2b).
^IpT = Akk. zaqàipu. C'f. Heb. “^pT v.
Note the Emarite sub. zànititi “provider” (Emar
545:391’; see Pentiuc 2001:194). ba (hapax), e.g., Knprr ^pn nrr3 |p s ? k no?iv
'‘a beam shall be removed from his house,

VT* = Akk. zimu s. fr. OB 011; lw. fr. Akk. (C’AD Z and he shall be impaled 011 it” (Ezra 6:1 1); Akk:
1 1 <)b; AHw 1 528a). appearance, looks, countenance, ana isc izzagapusunuti “they impaled them” (C'AD
luster, glow. Z 53a 4’ d); ina isi izaqqupusi la iqabbirusi “one
impales her and leaves her unburied” (C'AD Z
BA VT '32? “change the countenance,” i.e., “be 53b). Note that unlike Akk. and BA, Heb. ^JpT
gloomy,” e.g., ■'nrsni ™ 'nrr éo^P ”~s does not connote “impale.”
then the king’s countenance was IH Kaufman AIA: 1 1 2 .
changed and his thought depresseci him” (Dan
5:6; cf. also Dan 5:9,10; 7:28); Akk: zitna nakàm/ jnT* = Akk. zcru. Cf. Heb. 2?“IT.
suntitì “change the countenance, be gloomy,” e.g.,
“my (Sargon’s II) soldiers having crossed difficult BA (idiomatic hapax) XC3K SJ"]T (Dan 2:43);
mountains” ikkirà zimùsim “their countenanccs Akk: zer amclùti = Heb: D'tSON SJ"]T “male
were gloomy” (C'AD Z 12ob 2’); ...zimisunu descendents.”
ittakrù ul ittiqù riluti “their countenanccs have
changed (from lack of food), they have not
traversed the city square” (BI IT, pi. 5, voi. 1,
-n-
11:13—16) / \inàsu pard\à ztmùsu sunna “his eyes
bnn = Akk. habàlu A. C'f. Heb. II ^311. v.
frightened, his countenance changed” (*CAD Z
1 2 1 b 2’). BA and Akk. (Late Babylonian only) employ the
ILI Gruber, 358 62; Paul, JANES 22 (1993) 122 25. verb in reference to a building, e.g., “and may the
Cf. Heb. CT33. Lord...cause the downfall of any king” - '“I

xnS? ma ròsn 1 ? rrp... “ that undertakes

to alter or damage that House of the Lord...”
13T = Akk. zakiìtu s. fr. OA, OB (Mari) 011 (CAD
(Ezra 6:12); Akk: e.g., [/a anàku epusu la um\ahhisù
Z 32a; AHw 1507^. Akk. clear and definite
la uhabbalùs “may (the gods) neither damage nor
information, cleanliness, exemption; BA ninocence,
destroy what I (Atraxerxes) have built” (CAD H
purity.
5b 2). This notion is absent from BH.
BA (hapax), e.g., T?li? ^ ^rDIltpn DT
rnn» xb ròno *0712 “ innocence was found bnn = Akk. hibiìtu a. cf. i leb. 11
for me by Him and also before you O king, I
BA (Dan 3:25; 6:24; Ezra 4:22).
have clone no wrong” (Dan 6:23); Akk: sa mari
àli sutiùti zakussunu ustàbil kabat\ti\ “I conceived a
""130* = Akk. Unti. C'f. Heb. “1311.
desire to (establish) freedoni from encumbrances
for the native of this city (Assur)” (CAD Z 33a).
Cf. Heb. Ì13T v. min = Akk. hidùtu. Cf. Heb. min.
t : v * : ”

BA (hapax, said at the Tempie dedication), e.g.,

]fpT = Akk. simàna. C'f. I leb. ]QT. “the Israelites, the priests, and the Levites, and all
the other exiles celebrated” Ì13T Kìlbx IV3 113311
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hf.brew nintfn

ÌTHI15 “che dedication of thc I louse of Cìod with nQ3n* — Akk. uttatu (untatu). C'f. Heb. HQn.
joy” (Ezra 6:16); Akk: e.g., ina tadirti u bikiti...
qàteya ummid ina hidùti usaklil “I (Assurbanipal)
pn = Akk. enenu. Cf. Heb. pn. v.
began (the building) amongst sorrow and tears. I
finished it amongst rejoidngs” (C'AI) H i83b a).
TDD = Akk. Ijescru. C'f. Heb. non. v.
nin = Akk. cssu (<edsu). Cf. Heb. EHIT

^Pn = Akk. hasbu s. fr. MB on (C'AD H >32a;

(trn) mn = Akk. hàtu. cf. Heb. crn. v.
AI lw 322a). (formed) clay, potsherd.
BA (hapax said of foundatation), e.g.,
BA (idiomatic hapax) nns H ^00 “ potter’s clay,
TOH' XW) ìbbsCE? “they are completing the
sherd” (Dan 2:41); Akk: hasbi pahhàri “sherd of
walls and examining the foundation” (Ezra
the potter,” e.g., kima hasbi pursit pahhàri ina ribeti
4:12); Akk: (said of foundations) temeuna hàtu
lihtappù “may they be smashed in the square like
“to examine the foundation,” e.g., tcnwnnu hitnta
sherds of the potter’s pursitu-pot” (C'AD H <32a
libitta subbu “examine the substructure, look over lex. section). C'f. Heb.
the brickwork” (C'AI) H i6ob); temensu labiri aljit
ab rema “I (Nebuchadnezzar II) carefully scarched 3"in = Akk. haràbu. Cf. Heb. 3nn. v.
for its old substructure” (C’AI) I I 161 a 3).
IH Kaufman, AIA 55.
□bnn = Akk. hartibi. Cf. I leb. DÓnn*.
■’BD = Akk. hitu. cf. Heb. Npn.
flD* = Akk. hansàtu. Cf. Heb. □"’lïbn (interchange
ofn"3ïïb). waist, hips, loins.
"'D = Akk. hayyu. (EA) cf. I leb. *in.
BA (hapax) Dan 5:6. Cf. BA ntDp.

b"n = Akk. hi àiu. c:f. i ieb. bri.

nt!?n = Akk. Iiasàhu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD H '34-b;
BA (idiomatic hapax), e.g., ^5© “host of AHw 332I1). to need, require, desire.
heaven” (Dan 4:32); Heb: N3S.
BA (twice employed), e.g., bv KjmX 'pITOn Vlb
□'SD s. = Akk. hakàmu v. C'f. Heb. D3n. v. innnrò nans nan “we have 110 need to answer
you in this matter” (Dan 3:16; cf. also I-zra 6:9);
Akk: e.g., assum imeri sa hashata alkamma interi sani
^bn = Akk. halàpu v. C'f. Heb. r |bn. v.
“as to the donkeys that you need, come and buy
BA (said of time) jni? r ] t ?n “season is passed on” donkeys!” (CAD H 1 34b and passini) = BA: nipi
(Dan 4:13,20,22,29); Heb: (idiomatic hapax, said "nps: PIDII inin 'ani '|!Wï “whatever they
of season) D^n // “QÏ? rnon “thè winter is need—young bulls, rams, or lambs” (Ezra 6:9).
past // the rainy season is gone” (SOS 2:1 1). Cf. cf. ba rantpn.
BA n». 11)1 Kaufman, AIA, 102.
nintpn = Akk. hisihtu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD H 204a;
KQn
v:
t
= Akk. imtu. C'f. I leb. non. t •• AHw 349a). need, lack, needed materials, supplies,
necessities.
BA (idiomatic hapax) K!pn ìÒO (1) an 3:19); Heb:
nrpn *òo; Akk: imta malti “to be filled with anger, ba (hapax), e.g., b?-1 ’n -nbs H’5 mntfn nxch
venom.” jriapb 1*7 “and any other supplies for the I louse
of your Cìod that it fails to you to supply (do so
nQn = Akk. Itimru. C'f. I leb. “1011. from the royal treasury)” (Ezra 7:20); Akk: e.g.,
mntfn An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l . C o m p a n i o n por Bibi.icai. Heiìrew

minima unut biti Insiliti lisarra essis epus “all kmds , ’3N“!;b ii;3Ì£D), concludes the reports of multiple
of iniplenients for thc tempio, thc necessary plots against Nehemiah with the correspondents
equipment for Esarra I (Esarhaddon) made anew” ofTobiah, one of Nehemiah’s arch-enemies. Paul
(CAD H 204b 2 and passim). notes that many commentators and translators stili
IJ? ' Cf. BA: non V. interpret as though the nobles were singing the
praises or “good deeds” of Tobiah. The correct
understanding of TrQÍCD was noted by Geiger
= Akk. basala. Cf. Heb. btfn.
and Low who repointed the sub. rn3t?, deriving
BA (hapax, parallelism) b-H//~p“ “crush// it from Aram. K3t? (fr. 33Q) = Heb. N3T (fr.
sbatter” (Dan 2:40). 33“I)=Akk. dibbu (fr. dabàbu) “report, rumor.”
Accordingly, it seems clear that they were
repeating reports and rumors about Tobiah in the
- CD -
presence of Nehemiah and not praising him.
UH Paul, HAR I (1977) 177.
(nC) nXQ = Akk. tidbu (tabu). Cf. Heb. 310
(ao').
Í73CD
T”
cf. Heb. n3Q.
T

The twice-employed BA verbal idiom bi? 3XtD

“to please oneself,” e.g., 3KB K'W N31 ?!? H#?
KVtp = Akk. tidu (litu, tidd/ttu). C’f. Heb. £3'’CO and
■Hihi? “th en the king was very pleased” (Dan
BA ^on.
6:24; cf. also Ezra 7:18), should be equated with
the Akk. verbal expression tidbu eli, e.g., ana
annimma ilsu hadis tabi eli Samas irdbsu dumqu “in II bbc = Akk. sullulu. Cf. Heb. bbas. v.
this a man’s god takes pleasure, it is pleasing to
Samas, who will repay him with pleasure” (BWL
□Pt? = Akk. tèmu. Cf. I leb. Di?tD.
102:63—64, Precepts); tabi eli Samas balata uttdr
“it is pleasing to Samas, and he will prolong his BA DJ?? □‘t? “give an order,” e.g., ìobl?
life” (BWL 132:100, Hymns) = Heb: (employed □i?£2 riQÈ? “You, O King, gave an order” (Dan
only in LBH), e.g., ...71 3ÌD 3?‘bi? ON “if you 3:10, employed 19 times in BA); Akk: tèrna
please and if the Lord...” (iChr 13:2; Esth 1:19; sakànu (fr. MA, MB 011), e.g., ina libbikunu mannu
5:4; 7:3; 8:5; Neh 2:7) = BA (idiomatic hapax), kì sarrumma tèma isakk\anu\ “who aniong you
e.g., 312 fcoba by in “ if it please the king” gives order as king?” (CAD S >45a c); ki unqu
(Ezra 5:17) = Heb: e.g., 3ÌQ bi? DK “if it sa sarri bèliya dmuruni tènui asakkan “as soon as I
pleases the king” (Esth 1:19); Akk: e.g., epes pisu saw the sealed order of the king, my lord, I gave
eli ili u sani (ab “his word pleases god and king” orders” (C'AD S 145b). Note that Akk. employs
(BAM 161 11 10). the term sakin tèmi (MB, SB, NA, NB) “a minor
administrative officiai, provincial governor,” e.g.,
cf. Heb. 3ÌB aclj. sakin tèmi 11 dayànù dibbisunu ismu “the governor
(of Uruk) and thè judges (of the saknu) heard their
BA (idiomatic hapax) 3B 3Ì1T “fine gold” (Dan
case” (CAD S 161 b 2a). BA DS?P 3n nn “counsel,
2:32); Akk: (semantic equivalent) hurdsu damqu
advise,” e.g., □SJfpì Kt?i? 3TH bs"n l'IKS
“gold of good quality” (C’AD D 72a e, s.v. damqu)
N3bQ H N;n3tD 31 “ then Daniel (responded)
= Heb: 3ÍÍD 3Ì1T (Gen 2:12; 2Chr 3:5,8).
with counsel and advice to Arioch, the chief of
the royal executioners” (Dan 2:14); Akk: tema
—Akk. dibbu “report, rumor.” Cf. Heb.
turru — I leb: □!?£? 32?ìl. BA (idiomatic hapax)
K31.
T
□JJtpi “counsel and advice” (Dan 2:14); Akk:
Note the pricope of Neh 6:19 (e.g., Vn3ÌtD D3 milku u tèmu “intelligence and understanding,”
nbtó rrnas ib cr^ia rn •'-n-p 'asb anrpk rn e.g., sa ina milki u tèmi ibbanu “(the king) who

444
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

was created with intelligence and understanding” □;* = Akk. yamu. C'f. Heb. D\
(*CA1) M 68b b); ina libbikunu sa tènie u milku
ul ibaf\fi\ “there is none aniong you with
understanding and intelligence” (C'AI) ibid.). BA = Akk. (u)asàbu. Cf. Heb. r |0\ v.

(idiomatic hapax) DSJC? *7173 “commander,” e.g.,

*nSD avi? ^ mni IHN “then Rehum = Akk. (ujasù. C'f. Heb. v.
the commander and Shinishai the scribe” (Ezra
The BA hapax forili (Ezra 6:1 5) fcOlT?'’ “finish,”
4:9; 9:7) = Akk. bèl tèmi reporter (AHw 1387b
is employed in Jewish Palestinian Aramaic,
10). As noted by Kaufman (AIA 109:390), “the
BA title b’I t'm ‘commander’ is probably modeled Saniaritan Aramaic, C'hristian Palestinian Aramaic,

after Persian and not Akkadian...thè expression and in thc Targums. It is usually connected to
bèl tèmi does occur in Akkadian..., but it refers to the Akk. causative (Shaf cl) of (tu)asiì, i.e., fusti.
someone who delivers orders as an intermediary, However, as correctly noted by Kaufman (AIA,
not to someone who makes them. The correct 140), “the Akk. never means anything at all similar
NA equivalent of the BA expression is rather to ‘to finish, complete’ or ‘destroy’.” Since KT®
sakin tèmi.” “is found only in the West, either representing
a limited survival of Imperiai Aramaic term or
“I3£p* = Akk. supru. Cf Heb. ]"]S25. indicating that the verb was always native to the
west,” Kaufman favors “a loan or some influence
Both BA and Akk. employ the vocable in reference
from some other North-West Semitic language
to an animai: BA 'pi??? H 'nÌ“l?Ql “and his nails
where d > s (and which also had Shaf cl, such as
like [the talons of] birds” (Dan 4:30); Akk: supur
Ugaritic) seems more likely than Akk. influence
nèsi/kalbi “lion’s/dog’s claws” (CAD S 252b 2’).
here.”
T his usage is absent in BH.

"Ip"' = Akk. qàdu. C'f. Heb. Hp\ v.

“HQ = Akk. taràdu v. fr. OAkk. on (AHw i 3Sob).
to send off, dispatch, send away (Ci); to drive away
a person, enemy, denion, illness (D). “)jP s = Akk. (u)aqru. Cf. Heb. “Ip\

BA (employed 4 times in the idiom) |P “P“]£p

NÓ3N “driven away from men” (Dan 4:22,29,30; rn"1 = Akk. (w)arhu. Cf. Heb. ITT.
5:21); Akk: (in the idiom) istu ... taràdu / turru dn
“to send away / drive away from” (AHw 1380— npi;* = Akk. (1 v)arkatu. C'f. I leb. rp"V.
1381 a). Cf Heb. “DtD v.

rvT = Akk. itti. c;f. Heb. nx.

“ì

DrP = Akk. (w)afabu. Cf. Heb. 3ET. v.

= Akk. (1 v) abàlu. Cf. Heb. *73\ v.
(idiomatic hapax) Sn -1 “thè court will sit”
(for judgment) (Dan 7:26); Akk: (said of court),
T = Akk. yadi (EA*). Cf. I leb. T.
e.g., itti dayàni ina dinim ul uffab “(the convicted
judge) must not sit in court with the (other)
J7T = Akk. idù. Cf. Heb. SJT. v. judges” (CAD I) 154b 5).

□I" 1 = Akk. umu. Cf. I leb. Dl\ "ITT = Akk. ( w)atru. Cf. I leb. “irv.

3Q 1 ' cf. BA 3KB.

445
3 An Akkadian Lexical Companion i-or Biblical Hebrew

The BA hapax PÒlHS (Dan 3:21) is employed

- 3 -
alongside ^STO* “shirt” or “coat,” ETE3S
“trousers” and other garments (i.e., |in , l?73i 7).
3 = Akk. ki. Cf. Heb. '3.
karballatu is employed in NB in enumeration of
garments, provisions, etc. As noted by the C'AD,
313* = Akk. kazàbu v. (LA*). Cf. Heb. 30. v.
it is a foreign word and “the NA and NB passages
suggest a piece of cheap linen apparel for soldiers.”
133* = Akk. kakkaru. Cf. I leb. 1 3 3 . It is interesting to note that in a LB text, only
the description of the “Cimmerians as wearing
S>3* = Akk. kallu. Cf. Heb. ^3. their headgear in a pointed shape refers directly
to the use of this piece of apparel,” i.e., CAmirri
^3 Cf. 13A v. sa karballatisu zaqpa' “the Cimmerians, whose
headgear is pointed” (*CAD K 2i5b c).
K?33 = Akk. kanàsu. Cf. LIeb. 033 v.
H13 = Akk. karù v. fr. OB, MB on (CAD K 2293;
BA (Dan 3:2,3,27).
AH w 452b). to become short, be short (said of
Note that the Akk. substantive kinistu (CIAD
breath, temper).
K 386a; ALIw 48ob) is employed in NA and NB
as Aram. lw. and connotes “class of priests of a 'Tlie BA verbal hapax ÌT13 employed in the
low status” (conccrned with the preparation of
idiomatic hapax ‘’ITn n’-priN (Dan 7: [ 5) was
food offerings). von Soden equates it to the Aram.
poetically rendered as “my spirit was distressed”
kni/ustà gathenng, assembly (ALIw 48ob).
(BDB, KB 1 , Collins, 311); “my spirit was
(Ili Cìreenfield, Morag Irst., 33*—39*.
disturbed “(NJPS, WBC 30, 146); “my spirit was
troubled” (NEB, AB 23, 203), neglecting to stand
H33* = Akk. kinattu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD K 38 1 a ;
011 thc concrete notion that this idiom exhibits.
AIIw 47<jb). Akk. menial, person of servile status
attachcd to household, someone doing agricultural The Akk. verb karù “to be/become short” is
and other work under supervision; person of equal commonly employed particularly 111 medicai
social status, comrade, colleague. texts with napistu (= Heb. 2733) to connote “to
become short of breath,” e.g., summa panusu
ba, e.g., *n?o ■'Ppen dsjq bv? mrn
issanutidu napistasu iktanarru(wr. LUCÚD.ME) “if
|inni33 “lNt2h “then Rehum the commissioner
his head swims, he constantly gasps for breath”
and Shimshai the scribe, and the rest of their
colleagues” (Ezra 4:9; cf. also 4:17,23 and passim); (CAD K 23oa b’, med. text). Indeed, the BA
Akk: e.g., “she brought a suit” ana mahar PN idiomatic hapax ITH ÌT13 (Dan 7:15), which
kinàtesu dayànu “before PN and the judges, his semantically corresponds to the Akk. napista karù,
colleagues” (CAD K 382b; Darius and passim). may be rendered idiomatically as: (as for me,
Daniel) “constantly my breath was shortened”
^03 = Akk. kaspu. Cf. LIeb. ^3. (i.e., 'nn n--.3r.Ni “with in me and the vision of
my mind disturbed me” (i.e., ": i 7“3' 'mi ITITI).
“13 = Akk. kurru. Cf. Heb. “13. It should be observed that contexually Sa adya
renders the idiom as 'ni - ! Ì1QÌJD3 “my breath carne
BA (hapax) )'ip3n “kor of wheat.”
in gasps” and Qimhi understood it as ’lin ÌTIlSjp

n ì 7? - |3* = Akk. karballatu s. NA, NB, LB (CAD “my breath was shortened.”
K 2i_sb; AHw 449a). piece of linen headgear for
soldiers, cap. KD13*
: t
= Akk. kiíssú. Cf. Heb. K03. '

446
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

- b - Hip — Akk. maddattu (mandatiti). Cf Heb. II rna

tribute. C.f. BA )bz,

T
- Akk. la. C.f Heb. xb.
nla = Akk. mutu. C'f. Heb. niD.
- Akk. niéu. cf. i ieb. anb/zb.

Xn?3 = Akk. mahàsu. Cf. Heb. fila. v.

= Akk. lubsu. Cf Heb. BD 1 ?.
The BA idiomatic hapax T3 XPia “to thwart
(1111 action),” e.g., HT? Nni?" H TPK iòl
= Akk. labàsu. C.f Heb. 52Q 1 ?. v.
r.-pr na rb “ there is none to stay His hand (to
thwart His action), or say to I lini ‘what have You
nan*?* — Akk. *alahhinatu (lahhinatu) s. NA (CAI) clone?’” (Dan 4:32) was compared by Held to LH
A 2<j4a; AI lw 52811). an officiai (of tlie qucen’s
mihhà b'yàd, Arabie Daraba ‘alà yadihi as well as
court).
with the Akk. expression retta mahàsu, e.g., imhas
BA (employed in sequence wi th Akk: sa ritti màhisiya (usaddi kakkasu Marduk) “he smote the
ekalli) “queen” (I)an 5:2,3,23); Akk: e.g., PN hand of my sniiter, (it was Marduk who made his
lahhinutu sa PN sakintu sa ekalli labirti “PN, the weapon fall)” (BWL 58: i 1 — 12, Ludlul).
lahhinatu of PN , the woman in charge of the Old IH Held, JAOS 79 (1959) 17la.
Palace” (CAD A i 29411); 6 laljbinàlu “*6 tempie
stewardesses...(6 (female) Aramaic scribes)” (SAA XÍDÍ3 = Akk. masti. C'f. Heb. X2JÍ2. v.
VII 24Ì r. 1—2).
Note that thc masc. substantive alahhinu fcÒft = Akk. malti. Cf. Heb. lòa. v.
(lahhitm, allietili) “1111 administrative officiai” is
commonly employed from OA 011. In NA the
"^0* = Akk. milku s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD M 6611;
from lahhinu is used (CAD L 294b).
AHw 65211). advice, counsel.

■'b"' 1 ?* = Akk. Iilàtu. Cf. I leb. n^ 1 ?. BA (hapax) Dan 4:24; cf. Heb. II “[ba v.

|D = Akk. manni. C'f. Heb. ]0.

^ = Akk. lisàn 11. Cf. Heb. fi® 1 ?.

X3Í3 = Akk. manti A (manà'u) s. fr. OAkk. on (CAD

M 21 yb; AIIw 60411). mina (one sixtieth of a talent
- 0 -
(biltu), ca. 480 grams).

nKQ = Akk. meat (màt, me). Cf. Heb. HXa. BA (hapax), e.g., bffi iOB KM D’EH ,>T1 mi
l’OISì “this is the writing that is inscribed: MENE
MENE TEKEL UPHRSIN” (Dan 5:25).
1*0* — Akk. unutu (NA euutn(m)) s. fr. OAkk. and on
Most scholars consider Sum. ma-na to be an
(AHw >422b). tools, equipment, household utcnsils.
old loanword from Akk. manti.
BA xn'px n’3 •’I “ the vessels of the house Akk. uses the terni manti sehru equated in a lex.
of the Lord” (Ezra 5:14; 6:5); Akk: umlt ekallim list to sullulti siqlitn “one third ofa shekel” (lit. small
“the vessels ofthe tempie” (ALIw 1422!} 4); '3KD mina) (CAD M | 2Hjb lex. section). C'f. Heb. ÌT1Q.

K3rn “gold and silver vessels” (Dan 5:2,3); 111 Kaufman; AIA 69.
Akk: unut huràsi kaspi “gold (and) silver vessels”
(AHw 142311 7). C.f Heb. HpN. — Akk. mandetu s. NB; Aram. lw. (C'AD
M 2o8b; AI lw 60211). Akk. information; BA
= Akk. inagallatu. C'f. LIeb. knowledge, power of knowing.

447
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n p o r B i b l i c a l H e b r e w

ba , e.g., urfeÉn irnni niTT nn “ extra ordinary loanword in Akkadian. Perhaps this is related in
spirit, knowledge and understanding” (l)an 5:12; origin to BA nbzbli ‘gift’.”
cf. also Dan 2:21; 4:3 1,33). Note the Akk. usage, e.g., ina libbi nibzi
Akk. mandctu is restricted to NB and Assuraya ina libbi nibzi Artnaya issataru “they
connotes only “inforniation,” employed mainly wrote 011 (the amount of silver owed) (both) on
in the idiom mandcta sapàru “to send inforniation, an Assyrian document 011 an Aramaic document”
news,” e.g., mandcti sa ana sarri bcliya aspura sipirti (CAD N, 2o6a).
aga sa PN “the information that I had sent to the
king, my lord, this message about PN” (C’AD M ^[313 = Akk. natbàiku (nadabàku) s. MB, MA, NA,
2o8b and passim). NB (C’AD N 1 1 8b; AHw 766a). Akk. decanting,
Note that the Heb. substantive SJ1D (<i?n3I3) Hbation; course of bricks.
“knowledge, mind, thought,” is employed only in
BA (hapax), e.g., Xrbn bb? H T’33"!?
LHB in 2Chr 1:10,1 1,12; Ree 10:20; Dan 1:4,17.
nnn j?k h ‘ ‘with a course of unfused timber for
each three courses of liewn stone” (Ezra 6:4);
= Akk. manu. Cf. Heb. n3!2. v.
Akk: e.g., sina nadabakku ina muhhi luti anauda u
gisallu anatida “I will lay two courses of bricks 011
nn3Q = Akk. manhàti. C’f. I leb. nn30.
T:• :• t
the house and I will instali the parapet” (C’AD N
1 iya 2. and passim). Akk. natbàku is derived frolli
the verb tabàku “to pour” (AI lw i2<j_sa).
Ipp - Akk. minu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AD M y6a; AHw
C)55b). number, account, accounting.
"IH3 = Akk. nani. cf. Heb. ina.
BA (hapax) Ezra 6:17. Cif. BA n3E v.

"Tina cf. BA 113. Cf. Heb. nin3.

D3E7f2* = Akk. maskabum. Cf. f leb. 33E?p.

m3* = Akk. nàhu. Cf. Heb. I m3. v.

— Akk. maskanu. Cif. I leb.

Ila = Akk. nuru A s. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD 347b;

= Akk. mastitu. C'.f. I leb. nintpp.
AHw Sosa). Akk. light, fire, lamp; BA fire.
BA (idiomatic hapax) IT’3 “house of pT3 = Akk. nazaqu v. fr. OA. 011 (C'AD N I36a;
drinking, banquet hall.” (Dan 5:10). AHw 772a). to wrong, be upset (Akk. Ci-stem; BA
Pe'al); to cause to wrong, to upset (Akk. S-stem;
BA Aph'el).
- 3 -

BA (said of kings) e.g., pT3 Xl.n1? *0*701

“in order that the king not be troubled” (Dan
&Q3 = Akk. nabù. Cf. Heb. X33. v.
6:3); pba nprcn 1 ? na 1 ? “lest more
damage and trouble done to the king” i.e., “the
n3T33 = Akk. nizbu s. NA, NB; Aram. lw.(?) (CAD kingdom” (Ezra 4:22; cf. also Ezra 4:13, 15); Akk:
N 2o6a; AHw 786a). Akk. tablet, document; BA (said of kings) summa assum sinnistim sàti sì\r RN\
gift, present. inazziqam “should |Yarinilim] become upset on
the account of this woman” (CAD N 1 3 i)b, Mari
BA n3T33 “present” is employed in sequence
and passim).
with |3ni2 “gifts” (e.g., Dan 2:6). The substantive
lJ? Cf. Heb. pra.
nzb is employed 111 Aram, beginning in the fifth
t^na = Akk. nuhustn. Cif. Heb. ntEjíll
century B . C . E . Aramaic papyri to meati “receipt.”
H owever, as noted by Kaufman (AIA, 77), “110
etyniology is known, but it (Aram.) certainly is a ma = Akk. nasata. Cif. Heb. “ICS 3 ,“I3S3. v.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrlw "inaTV

D?3* ~ Akk. nikkassu. C'f. I leb. 033*. n»* — Akk. adannu (edannu) fr. OB and MA 011
(CAI) A i y7b; AHw lob; i84b). a moment oftinie
Il 1 II Kaufman, AIA 77.
at the end of specified period, period of time of
predetermined lengtli or characterized by a sequence
“1123 = Akk. tritimi. C'f. I leb. “101
of spccific events.

ba pi» “ pass time” (l)an 4:13,20,22,29);

1103 = Akk. nasàhu. C'f. I leb. noi v.
Akk: adanna ctëqu “time elapse,” e.g., ana sirumma
adannam sa issaknu tustctiqaninni “in addition you
X5£?3 = Akk. nasù. C'f. Heb. v. are causing me to exceed the date that had been
set” (CAD E 392a fand passim).

1273 = Akk. nasru. Cf. Heb. “lEfa. TP* = Akk. enz'u (ezzu). C'f. Heb. TS?.

|ri3 = Akk. nadànu. C'f. I leb. jn3. v. ■pS? = Akk. mu. Cf. Heb. l'S?.

bl? = Akk. eli. C:f. Heb. bs.

- D -

^30 = Akk. zabàlu. Cf Heb. *730. DI? = Akk. ammu. C'f. Heb. DS7.

BA (idiomatic hapax) "riSt*' “and its (the

nniJ* = Akk. urti. Cf. Heb. miS?.
Temple’s) foundations are fìrmly raised up” (Ezra T:” T :v

6:3); Akk: (functional equivalent) tcmmena sursudu

“to fìrmly establish foundations,” e.g., tcinniensu Iwl? = Akk. esir. Cf. I leb. 12?S?.
kima sapàk sadc usarsid//ukìn ussisu and dur dàris
“1 made its platform as solid as a mountain’s mass ■pl^B = Akk. esrà. Cf. Heb. □■'12???.
// I sccured its foundation for eternity” (C’AI) R
1 88b 2 and passim).
]39* = Akk. saknu. Cf. Heb. - 3
-

pbD = Akk. salàqu. C'f. Heb. p^O. v. nnsT V cf. Heb. nns. TV

1U0 = Akk. sedu. Cf. I leb. 1SJD. v. ins = Akk. paliàru s. Sum. lw. bahàr. OAkk.,
Alalakh, Nuzi, MB, SB, NB, LB (CAD P21; AIIw
8ioa). potter.
TDD* = Akk. sipru. Cf. Heb. ISO.
BA (hapax) 1112 “H ^00 (l’HÌO) “(part) potter’s
clay” (Dan 2:41); Akk: hasbi pahàri “potter’s
"ISO* = Akk. scpiru. C'f. Heb. “ISO.
pot(sherd),” e.g., kima hasbi pursit pahàri ina riluti
lihtapptì “may they be smashed like sherds from
a potter’s bowl (tossed out) in the main Street”
- s? - (CAD P 2ib lex. section).
Note the following equation in the Akk. Syn.
X113 = Akk. eber nàri. Cf. I leb. 15130“QS?-
list: duk-sika-bahár = rc-[í' LÚ pa\-har = hansabu
“pottery sherd” = “potter’s grog” = “potter’s
li? = Akk. adi. Cf. Heb. li?. clay” (Hg. A II 1 16); (“the admixture of crushed
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sherds is a well-known tcchnique for tempering □3 cf. Heb. n?.

thc clay,” C'AI) LI i 33a, s.v. *hassabu).

lÒD cf. Heb. 3*73 v. ^HS cf. I leb. b.H5-

D“13 cf. Heb. 013. v.

ròs — Akk. pai ahu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) P 37;
Al lw 8i2a). Co fcar, revere, respect, serve.
013 = Akk. parisi1 B s. Alalakh, Bogh. (CAD P
ba nbx PÒS “ fcar, respect of the Lord, a god,”
186; AIIw 83 3b). Akk. one-half of a kor (measure
e.g., ]TÒS Kiras '1 wnbx TPX |11... “for so it
of capacity); BA one-half of a shekel.
must be, our Ciod whom we revere...” (Dan 3:17;
cf also Dan 6:17,21); Akk: ila/istarta palàhu “to BA (attested twice), i.e., p0~)31 “?pn WO ÌOP
respect, fear god/ goddess,” e.g., sa...sarra u ilànisu (Dan 5:25); ^rns^p npns DI? “PRRHS: your
la iptalhuma “who dici not respect either the king kingdom has been divided” (Dan 5:28). Note
or his gods” (BBst. No. 6 ii 32; AHw 8133 e and also the OAram. sequence bpsn 013 (api) “and
passim); nak-di palili Istar ukammar luh\da\ “the peres (stood) at a shekel” (KAI 215:6). Cf. Heb.
humble man who fears his goddess accumulates 013 v.
wealth” (BWL 70:22, Theodicy) = I leb: (for IH KB 1 , 1958/59; DNWSI, 940-41.
similar idea), e.g., 'ïpKT 1 ? ^310 31Ì1Q
“how abundant is the wealth that You have in p13 cf. Heb. p13 v.
store for those who fear you” (Ps 31:20). C'f.
also OAram: OrÒK ~pi3) anbx ròa “thè onc 1^3 cf. Heb. 1ffi>3, pica in3 v.
who reveres, serves god (the blessed one of god)”
(KAI 243:2) = Heb: (semantic equivalent) 'il NT BA (idiomatic hapax) P1273 1C7S “interpret

z'-bw “h e who fears God /thè Lord” (e.g., Ps intepretations (of dream),” e.g., (and I have

25:12; Prov 14:2 /Job 1:8; Ecc 7:18). heard about you) piPpl itfSP^ pi»? ^ìOn '1

BA (idiomatic hapax) “serve, «Irà 1 ?

“ that you can give interpretations and
solve problems” (Dan 5:16); Akk: pisra pasàru
revere dominion” (Dan 7:27); Akk: beluta palàhu
“to interpret interpretations (of dreams),” see
“to fear rulership, dominion,” e.g., Assurti pàlih
Oppenheim, Dreams, 343:19L
bëlútiya ina libbi uscsib “the Assyrians who fear
my (Sargons II) rulership I shall settle therein”
nns = cf. Heb. nns v.
(Winckler, Sargon, 102:32; AHw 8 i 3a 3e).
(íí' C'f. l^pa. BA pi30 nn? (Dan 7:10); Akk: nasparta petti; cf.
Heb. ni?x /13? nns.
BA piO nn? (Dan 6:1 1); Akk: apta petti; cf.
lil^S - Akk. puluhtu s., OB, Man, SB, NA, NB
i icb. p^n nna.
(GAI) P 505; AHw 878b). fear, respect.

BA (idiomatic hapax) n 1 ^ n'3 IPT^S “service of

2
the House of God, ” e.g., ^ pPHPnP 'I N^KPI
“thè vessels for the service of
the House of your God that are given to you” = Akk. sebù (sabù). v. SB, NB, LB (CAD S
(Ezra 7:19); Akk: puìuhti ekalli “reverence of 1 iyb; AHw i073a). to wish, desire, need.
the palace,” e.g., puluhti ekalli umtnan usahnid “I BA (said ofthe king), e.g., D'IO 111 K315 nill H
taught the populace reverence for the palace” b’sispp xin «in ■’“!'! “h e raised high whom he
(BWL 40:32, Ludlul). wished and whom he wished he brought low”
cf. ròs. (Dan 5:19); Akk: (said of a king), e.g., sa anàku

450
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a i , C o m p a n i o n p o r B i i s l i c . a l H f . b r e w

aqabbàssinàtu ippussa’ libbu sa anàku scbàku “what

I (Darius) command them they carry out just as
I desire” (C'AD S i2oa h); mimmu sa sarru scbu
^3p = Akk. qubbulu. Cf. Heb. bzp. v.
“whatever the king wishes” (CAD S i 2ob d).
BA (said ofa god): ‘rra 1?» ITasppI
ETTp = Akk. quddusu. C'f. I leb. t£?i"lp.
XÏHK ’T-Jl “I le does as I le wishes with the host
of heaven and with the inhabitants of tlie earth”
(Dan 4:32); Akk: e.g., Ahuramazda libbusu issebi nfpTp* — Akk. qadmis. C’f. I leb. iipip.

“it was Ahuramazda’s wish” (C'AD S 1 20a b).

b'Qp = Akk. qatàlu. Cf. Heb. *?£0p. v.
13^ = Akk. sibùtu. Cf. Heb. pS.
Itpp = Akk. kisru s. (kisaru) fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K
43ób; AHw 48Mb). Akk. knot, joint of the human
Ï02S = Akk. sabù (sapti). v. OB, MB, SB, NB (C'AD
or animai body (and various other mngs.); BA knot,
S 4Sb; AHw io82b, s.v. sapti) to soak, irrigate, joint.
flood.
BA (twice employed in the idiom) THPp
BA, e.g., intor irai? “he shall be soaked “loosen knots,” i.e., “solve problems,” e.g.,
with thc dew of heaven” (Dan 4:12,20,22,30; l'I^P K“!®Q1 // una r-inx' // “interpret
dreams // explain riddles // and solve problems”
5:21) = Akk., e.g., cqlum mala sipram cpsu u me
(Dan 5:12); X-.rpV l'itppl // "ItS^P 1 ? in??? “give
salvi “as mudi field as has been worked and
interpretation // and solve problems” (Dan 5:16);
soaked with water” (CAD S 45I-) ia and passim). Akk: kisra patàru/putluru “to untie a knot” (in
As noted by the CAD (S 46)1 11.) “the nuance ‘to magical context), e.g., (ana) kisir lumni sa iksuntsu
paint’ is attested only rarely (see mng. 2b) and patàri “to untie the evil knots that they have tied
in contexts in which ‘to soak (in a liquid)’ is not against him” (C'AI) K 43711 ia); kisrì sunùti sa
ishuruni puttir“untie these (magic) knots that have
excluded.” Cf Heb. im. v.
encircled me” (C'AD K 437b).
BA (idiomatic hapax) T’inrá n^“in 'Ht?p
= Akk. saduq. Cf'. Heb. p’HS. “the joint of his loins were loosened” (i.e., an
expression of panie and fear), e.g., ÌO^P

= Akk. stiliti A (stiliti, saliti) v. (CIAD S 366a;

pntrá r-ï-n —pp: -pVnr -nrr-i •'rrhtf
'Z'p: nt nn33-|Ki “ thè (king’s) appearance
AHw ios6a). to pray, implore (gods).
has changed, and his thoughts alarmed him, the
BA (said ofa god), e.g., Dlp iCliPÌ iÒSpi joints of his loins were loosened and his knees
knocked together” (Dan 5:6).
“and he (Daniel) prayed and made confession to
As noted by Paul, the overwhelming terrible
his god” (Dan 6:1 1; cf. also Hzra 6:10); Akk: e.g., effect of the king’s state of mind expressed by
assi qàtcya usalli Assur “I (Assurbanipal) raised my thc idiomatic phrase jnntpp PT?nn nppl is a
hands (and) prayed to Assur” (*C'AD S 366b and physiological phenomenon likewise depicted by
passim). the Akk. cognate equivalents kasli (pi.) and riksi
(pi.) putluru “to loosen, untie sinews / joint.” Such
a description of an anguished sufferer is portrayed
□blJ = Akk. salmu. C'f. I leb. obs.
in BWL as follows: ina sàt musi ul unappasanni surris
ina itablakkuti putturù riksùa “nor at night does he
""ISIS* = Akk. issuru. C'f. Heb. “11312. let me relax for a minute; through twisting my
sinews are parted” (BWL 44: 103-4, Ludlul).

IH Waldman, JNF.S 28 (1969) 250-54; Paul, (ANLS

22 (1993) 125-27.

45'
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n p o r B i b l i c a l H e i ì r p w

ED?p = Akk. qesu. Cf. Heb. j*'p. karsa qabii calls to mind thc Imperiai Aram, idiom
•^“D “10N, e.g., mi3K iÒ 2TN ^“Dl “you have
not denouneed anyone” (KAI 269:2).
iOp = Akk. qanii. Cf. Heb. H3p. v.
Note also that thc BA follows the Akk., using
the plural of the noun. Cf. Heb. pp- v.
= Akk. qasàpu. C.f. Heb. ^p. v.
I H Held, J C S 1 5 ( 1 9 6 1 ) 1 2 I 1 ; Barker, 1 2 0 ; Kaufman,
AIA 63.
fUp = Akk. qasàsu. C'f. Heb. f^Jp- v.

- “1 -
D"1p = Akk. qarebu. Cf. Heb. 31p. v.

tDX1 = Akk. resti. Cf. Heb. ©XI.

D"lp = Akk. qaràbu. Cf. Heb. 31p.

BA (idiomatic hapax) 3"lp "135? “do battle, fìght” 31 = Akk. rabù. adj. C’f. Heb. 31.
(Dan 7:21); Akk: qaràba epësu “to do battle,” e.g.,
stimma qaràbu tuppas epsa ul à rat» me a mà anàku ina
1131 = Akk. rabù. v. Cf. Heb. 131. v.
libbi la qurbàk “if you want to do battle, do it or
let it go, 1 have nothing to do with it” (CAD Q
126a and passim). p^n* = Akk. ruqu. C'f. Heb. pini.

]"!p = Akk. qarnn. Cf. Heb. ]“lp.

l"Qni = Akk. remu v. Cf. Heb. Orn.

BA (idiomatic hapax) popi KÏ?? “ ask for mercy/

pp — Akk. karsu (qarstt) s. fr. OB on (CAD K
compassion” (from Cìod) (Dan 2:18); Akk: rema
222b; CAD K 41 la, s.v. kirsu; AHw 45ob; 4683, s.v.
sabàtu “to ask for mercy,” e.g., ihtalqa rëmu ana
k/gersu). calumny (lit. somethmg pinched off).
sarri issabat “he ran away and asked the king for
BA (in the twice-employed idiom) ‘'^“Ip ^3X mercy” (CAD S 32a, s.v. rema b).
slander, e.g., iO.Tirr H ]ÌrPS“ip ÒDgl “they
slander the Jews” (Dan 3:8; cf. also Dan 6:25) = fm = Akk. rahasu C v. SB, NA, NB (CAD R 74a;
Akk. karsa akàlu to slander, e.g., sarru ana awiìi AI lw 943a). to trust, rely.
sarrùti sa ikkalunirn karsiya ana pani sarri bcliya la
BA (hapax), e.g., ...■’lil^*? 3'T2?1 rÒ© H
tesemme “may the king not heed thc faithless men
■'nibs? isrnnn h “ who (the Lord) sent his angel
who calumniate against me, who slander me 111
and rescued his servants who trust in him” (Dan
the presence of the king, my lord” (*C'AD S 1 82b
3:28); Akk: e.g., iltct idàti sarri beìiya lùmurma ana
c; EA, let. of Aziri); sa ahhcsu màr ummisu karsisunu
muhhi nirhusma “let me see one sign from the king,
la takkalani “(you swear) that you will not slander
my lord, so that we can be confìdent” (CAD R
His (Assurbanipal’s) brothers on his mother’s side”
74a c and passim).
(Wiseman, Treaties, 270 = SAA II 39: 270).
As noted by Held, thc Amarna letters have
XQ1 = Akk. ranni B v. fr. OB, MB, SB, NA, NB
the variant karsa qabfi for karsa akàlu. It is further
(C'AD R 1 33a; AHw 952b). to set in place, take up
interesting to note that EA karsa qabu is glossed
residence, dwell; BA to throw, take up residence.
by sirti (Qal pass, of Heb. “112? and “nlE? “to
treat disloyally, slander.” C'f. Heb. “112?), e.g., BA (idiomatic hapax), e.g., NCH3 KOI “set in
qabi karsiya (gloss: sirti) ina pani sarrima bêliya “I place a throne,” e.g., ...pTlB] VQ“| ]1D“D H “li?
(Lab’ayu) am slandered before there king, my 3JV ’ppiV.. “until throncs wcrc set, and an Ancient
lord” (EA 252: 13—15; let. fr. Shechem). Amarna of Days took his seat” (Dan 7:9); Akk: subta/

452
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrf.w t :

parakka ranni “to take up residence,” e.g., Ina AHw 1236«), blasphemy, sacrilege, insult, slander.
tnuhtt imiti subassu “when Irra had been appeased
BA (idiomatic hapax H3Ì7I2 “commit an
and had taken his seat (again)” (C'AI) R i34a 2
ofFonse,” e.g., ilIH bv ~~V'?b h® Ì1H 'pTnn “be
and passini); iddtisumma parali mbùti...ana màlikùti
careful of conimitting an offense concerning this
irtnc “they (the gods) created for him (Marduk) a
matter” (Ezra 4:22); Akk: sillata epcsu “to commit
princely dais, he took up his seat to (exercise his)
an offense,” e.g., summa (var. adds minima) arnam u
rule” (C'AI) R 13411 b); Nabli u Sarpànitu parakka
sillatam teppasa “if she (the slave woman) commits
eliti ramu “Nabli and SarpanTtu took up residence
an offense or an act of insolence (the buyer may
in the holy shrine” (CAI) ibid., and passim). Cf.
sell her)” (CAI) S 44CKI c).
Heb. nan v.
lì A (sequentiaì hapax) HITTOI ÒC? “insolence
and misdeed,” e.g., nn30SS>n iÒ njvncn Ò27 ^31
D2“l = Akk. rapasti. Cf. I leb. 0D“l/t2S“l. v.
‘and 110 insolence or misdeed was to be
found on him” (Dan 6:5); Akk: arnu sillatu
“offense and insolence” (CIAD ibid.).
- &/& -
BA (idiomatic hapax) ^ TDK “utter
blasphemy,” e.g., “I have decrecd that (anyone
= Akk. sibu. Cf. Heb. 327.
of) any people, nation, or language” 1^27 “IttX -1 H
ìinn^ bv ‘ ‘who will utter blasphemy against the
= Akk. saklu. adj. Cf. Heb. *7327. v. gods (of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego)”
(Dan 3:29); Akk: sillata qabu/dabàbu “to speak/
utter blasphemous talk,” e.g., ana sakkanakki
bhov — Akk. suklulu (saklulu) v. CA, OB, MB,
zànin màhàzisunu iqabbti sillatu rabitu “they utter
SB, NA, NB (CAI) S| 22ib; AHw i2C>4b). to
grievous blasphemies against the governor who
complete a construction, perfect the appearance of maintains their shrines” (CAD S, 446a b); ina
a 11 arti fact.
puhri stilati idbuba “he slandered me in public”
BA (employed in all cases in thc idiomatic (CAD S, 44 6a d).

compound) ì T i ?3C!7 - H33 “ build - complete,” e.g., Note the possibility that the BH hapax
~ i 7i r3r- ~:3 31 ì 7N-ir-i7 -Vr:- “and a great king may be equated also to Akk. sillatu. Accordingly,

to Israel built and completed it” (Ezra 5:1 1 ; cf. also the majority of medieval Jewish commentators
follow Tg. J’s rendering of 2Sam 6:7: 327 irp*!
Ezra 4:12,13,16; 5:3,9; 6:14); Akk: epcsu - suklulu
(in hendiadys) “build - complete,” e.g., bitàit ilàni
bpn by as ■'bntpKT bv "i íqrr?? |!pn ■'rrnm
“and...thè Lord struck him down there because
sa àliya Assur anhùte epus useklil “I (Tiglat-piieser
of the offense he unintentionally commited.”
I) completcly restored the tottering temples of
Note also that the Heb. mtfQ/rmE? “sin/
the gods 111 my city Assur” (C'AI) S ( 223a b’ and
error (that has been unintentionally commited)”
passim) / bauli - suklulu (in hendiadys) “build -
is commonly translated by the T’argums as /ÒtS*
complete,” e.g., bita ana sihirtisu.. .abni usaklil “I
NnÒffi' (cf., e.g., Tg. N on Cìen 43:12; Lev 4:22;
(Assur-uballit I) finished building the tempio in its
5:18; N11111 15:25). In place of^H (in 2Sam
entirety” (CAI) ibid.). Kaufman (AIA, 104) notes
6:7), the parallel text in iChr 13:10 has bv irp*]
that “there is 110 compelling reason to treat thc
lilKn bv ÌT nbtó "I0K “all d (the Lord) struck
Aramaic as a Ioanword.”
him (Uzza) down because he laid a hand 011 the
Note also the twice-cmploycd passive
ark.”
and the walls will be completed” (Ezra
Il il Kaufman, AIA 102; Paul 2001, 286.
4:13,16); Akk: (III/2) sutaklulu, e.g., citta bitu
suàti ustaklaluma “whenever that tempie will be
□bp = Akk. sulmu. Cf. Heb. 3^27.
completed” (*CAI) S 226a 2 and passim).
1^27 = Akk. sillatu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD S 44sa; Note that the BA idiom N3ÉT “may your
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a i . C o m p a n i o n p o r B i i s p i c a l H e b r e w

well-being abound” (l)an 3:3 1 ; 6:26) seems absent to me must not change” (CAD S 404a d); pi ilirn
from I leb. and Akk. isanni sinit temim “the command of the god will
change, (there will be) a change of mind” (C’AD
Dtf* = Akk. sumu. Cf. Heb. □27. ibid.). This idiom is unattested in BH.
BA (idiomatic hapax) 331 ? M27 “change
BA (idiomatic hapax) DÌT/D2? establish/give (one’s) heart,” i.e., “alter the mind,” e.g., nn? 1 ?
a name” (Dan 5:12; Ezra 5:14); Akk: suma sakànu/ I122T K273N J0... “let his mind be altered from
nadànu. Cf. Heb. DE?.
that of a man” (Dan 4:13); Akk: libba santi, e.g.,
missum kiamma libbiki isnima qulàli tepusini “why
= Akk. samù. Cf. Heb. DM127.
did your heart so change that you treated me with
BA (idiomatic hapax) KMt? ’T "ni? disrespect?” (CAD S 405 li 3’ and passim). This
“(to worship) the gods ofheaven and earth” (Jer idiom is unattested 111 BI T
10:11); Akk: ilàtiu sa samc n crscti “the gods of
heaven and earth” (CAD I/J y2b 2’ and passim). mE?*
T:
= Akk. sattu. Cf. Heb. H327.TT
Note that Heb. employs a similar idiom (idiomatic
BA (idiomatic hapax) 1&T32? ] , ?t£7 “many years”
hapax): pxn DMtsn '“Vx “thè Cod of
(Ezra 5:11) = ] leb: nÌ31 CT327; Akk: sanàti madàti.
heaven and the Cìod of earth” (Cien 24:3). Cf.
Cf. Heb. H327.
Heb. b$.
BA (idiomatic hapax) X’027 K"IO “Lord of
Í2SE7 = Akk. sapàtu. C’f. Heb. £0327.
heaven,” e.g., nOOÌ-inn XMtp «"10 “but you
(Belshazzar) exalted yourself above the Lord of
H eaven” (Dan 5:23); Akk: e.g., hclum ina samc ^327 = Akk. sapàtu. Cif. Heb. 1?327.
bclùtam ina ersctim “O (Sin) Lord in heaven,
Note that whereas the BA idiomatic hapax *732711
sovereign 011 earth” (*CAD B \i)2b lex. section);
23*? (I )an 5:22) connotes “to lower (one’s) heart,”
samc u ersetu bélsunu attama “you (Nanna) are
i.e., “to be humble,” the Akk. expression libba
lord of heaven and earth” (C’AD ibid.). Note
sapàlu means “to be depresseci” (C'AD S f).
that whereas the BA epithet of Cìod “Lord of
H eaven” is unattested 111 BH, the title is attested
*7327 = Akk. saplu. Cif. Heb. *7227.
in the Aramaic papyri of the fifth century li.C.E. as
KME? K"10 (Cowley, 13:15).
EHÈ?* = Akk. sursu. Cf. Heb. E7n®.
BD5!? = Akk. senni. Cf. Heb. i?027. v.

Tinti
:t
= Akk. satu. Cif. Heb. nn27. v.
K27Í32?
:•
t
= Akk. samsu. Cf. Heb. 27027.
ba tqpn nntp (Dan 5:1,4,23) = Heb: p; nn»;
BA (idiomatic hapax) *«£70» ,l ?I?!? “the setting of Akk: karàna satù “to drink wine.”
the sun” (Dan 6:1 5) = I leb: (functional equivalent) iíf' Cif. Heb. nn©. v.
nX3/K3 27027Ì1; Akk: samsa crcbu.

1^* = Akk. sinnu. Cif. Heb. jt£7. -n-

= Akk. santi B. Cf. Heb. H3t£7. v. “On = Akk. seberu. Cf. I leb. "Q27. v.

BA (idiomatic hapax) XOinS/n^O K327 “alter (the

Tin* = Akk. suru. Cif. Heb. "l1t£7.
king’s) command/decree” (Dan 3:28/Ezra 6:1 1);
Akk: amata /pi santi “to change word/command,”
e.g., amatka ittiya la tasanna “your word (spoken) ninn = Akk. tahtàmu. cif. Heb. nnn.
454
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion hor Biblical Hf.brew

ibn — Akk. s a l g a . Cif. Heb. i b t i . ^pFl = Akk. liqlu. Cif. Heb. bptp.

nbn = Akk. s a l d i c:f. Heb. v b t i . ]pn = Akk. taqànu. Cif. I leb. |pn. v.
t: t

S?nn = Akk. Ialini. Cif. Heb. “1Ì727.

ri 3n = Akk. lami. (if. Heb. II Ì12©. v.
The BA metathesis forni SHI 7 ! “gate” is employed
niran = Akk. satiitu. Cif. Heb. n , 3©. once in LB as tarahu, in the idiom bàbe tarali PN
“the door of the gate of PN” (AHw 1324K s.v.
tarahu).
^pn = Akk. saqàlu. Cif. Heb. bp®. v.

455
 Hebrew and Akkadian Name Correspondence

Ijbïïn'lX (2Kgs 19:37 - Isa 37:38): = /1 c £? í /- i I N[N. udumnya “Qaushmalaka of Edom” (Tadmor,
LIL (pronounced Arda-tnilissu) (Ass. RN). II P Sumni Inscription 7:11). In WSem. his
shortened name is known from the seal of one
was bypassed in thc line of
of his courtiers as I sti' ‘bd ' h z “(belonging) to
succession in favor of Esarhaddon, a younger
Ashna, servant of Ahaz” (Cogan and Tadmor,
son. Accordingly, Parpola maintains that biblical
AB 11:185:16).
would be a slight corruption of the
originai name Arda-milissu. Namely, r and ti
have interchanged by metathesis, and k may have "12jyK (Iìzra4:1 o): = Assur-bau i-apIi(Ashurbanìpal,
entered thc text as a late scribal error for 5. 669—627) “(the god) Assur is the creator of the heir.”
(Ass. RN).
"^“PP b'HN (2Kgs 25:27; Jer 52:31): = Awil- As observed by Millard (JSS 21 [1975] 11)
Marduk (Evil-Mcrodach, 562—560) “Man of “the identifìcation with Aslnirbanipal can hardly
Marduk.” (Bab. RN). be doubted even if the process of change cannot
be traccd fully at present.” Shift of final / to r
(ìKgs 16:28,29,30; 2Kgs 1:1; 3:5 and passim). may be a sign of Persian influence, or it may be
873-852: = Aljabbu Ahab. (Heb. RN). a Semitic shift. The loss of mediai rb could be
attributed to scribal or orai ellipsis.
Ahab’s name is recorded in the inscriptions
ofShalmaneser III (858-824) as one ofthe major
members of the Syro-Palcstinian coalition in pn-no» (2Kgs 19:37; Isa 37:38; Ezra 4:2): =
thc battle of Qarqar against Shalmaneser III. Assur-ah-iddin (a) (Esarhaddon 681—669) “(thè
At the head of the coalition stood Adad-idri god) Assur has given a brother.” (Ass. RN).
(“Hadad-ezer”) of Damascus, with a force of
1,200 chariots, 1,200 cavalry, and 20,000 troops.
"inpX Esther (Esth 2:7,8 and passim): = Istar(?).
Immediately following him are Irhulctii of
(I leb. PN).
I lamath with a force 700 chariots, 700 cavalry
and 10,000 troops. The third of the twelve king Her name is of uncertain origin, it bemg
coalition is “Ahab of Israel” i.e., àhabbu sir'ild’a derived either from the Babylonian goddess Istar
with a force of 20,000 chariots, 10,000 troops (as a shortened theophoric name) or the Persian
(Cirayson, AR II 23:89-92). stara “star” as b. Meg. 13:1 maintains:
bv nmx pip nbïvn moix rn© -inox nmp]
TIIK (2Kgs 15:38, 16:1; Isa 7:1, occurs 38 times). 743— inox ‘ ‘and why was she called Esther, because
727: = Ya ukaz i Jehoahaz = Ahaz. (I leb. RN). the nations of the world used to cali ber name

The name Ahaz is a hypocoristicon and Istallar.” Cf. ^p».

appears in full in Tiglat-pileser III’s inscription
as Yauhazi Yaudaya “Ychoahaz of judah.” His Kn^nnnx/Kn^nnwKnppnnnx
name appears before \Mi\tinti Asqalutiaya Artaxerxes (Ezra 7:1,11 and passim/Ezra 4:7/Ezra
“ | IVI i | ti liti of Ashkelon,” and after Qausinalaka 4:8,11,23; 6:14) Arta-xerxes I 465—423; Artaxerxes

457
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion kir Biblical Hebrew

II 404—358: — Art aksat su / Artakasassu / Belteshazzar (Dan 1:7; 10:1 and passim):
Artabsassu (RLA 1 :i5f>a—i_s8a). (Per. RN). = B a l a t - s a r r i - u s u r or B a l a s s u - u s u r “Protect the
life of the king” or “Protect his life.” (Bab. PN).

nfí'CpX Ashinia (2Kgs 17:30): = Yasumunu. (Ph. DanicTs given name.

| ? f 1 ) N ).
Bilshan (Hzra 2:2; Neh 7:7): = B c l s u n u
As observed by Cogan and Tadmor (AH
“Their lord.” (Bab. PN).
II 212), “graphically tlie closest divine name is
Fishmun, a Phoenician god of heal-ing whose One ofthe leaders ofthe returnees from the
name appears as ll la-as-mu-nu in the treaty of Babylonian exile.
Lìsarhaddon with Baal ofTyre.” However, Cogan
(1)1)1): 105) notes that “the name of this deity, ma?; 1 ?? (Dan 5:1,2,22,29,30): — Bcl-sarra-usur

attested in Phoenician and Punk: inscriptions as (Belshazzar) “Bel, pro-tect the king.” (Bab. RN).
well as in cuneiform texts is always written with The biblical account incorrectly states that
final consonant nuli, and so the identifìcation was the son of Nebuchadnezzar and
with Ashima is questionatile.” the last king of Babylon. Ili fact, B c l - s a r r a - u s u r
was the son of the Babylonian king N a b ù - n à ’ i d
Astienili (occurs 40 times, e.g., 2Kgs 23:6,7): (556—539) and never did become king, although
= Asiratu /Asirtu /Asratu. (Can. DN). he served as co-regent for N a b ù - t i à ’ i d , while his
father was in Tema in Arabia.
Ugaritic literature provides our primary
source concerning this goddess. Her name in
(occurs 76 times). Ba‘al: = B a ’ a l . (Can. DN).
Ugr. is atrt ym “The one who steps 011 the sea.”
“According to Pettinato thc 1101111 b a ' a l was
She is the consort of HI and the mother of the
originally used as a divine name. It is attested
gods.
as such already in third millennium text. The
niention of d B a - a l in the list of deities from Abu
Ethbaal II (1 Kgs 16:31). 750-740(?): 1 '
Sàlablkh provides the oldest evidence of Ba‘al’s
— l'uba ’ il. (Ph. RN).
worship” (Herrmann 1)1)1) 249).
The biblical account records that Ahab the
son of Omri “took as wife Jezebel the daughter of "l"in Ben-Hadad II (ìKgs 20:1-34; 2 ^gs 6:24;
Kthba'al the king of Sidon” (ìKgs 16:31 8:7,9). 870—842: = Adad-idri (/lladad-lizcr).
which means “With him is Ba'al,” was the father (Aram. RN).
of I liram II. His name appears for the first time
As noted by Cogan and Tadmor (AB 11 78),
III cuneiform inscriptions in Tiglat-pileser’s stela
a royal title borile by several kings of Aram-
from Iran, among the various West Semitic kings
Damascus, meaning “the son of (the god) Hadad.”
who paid tribute to the Assyrian king. l’uba ’il of
At least two, if not three, persons by this name
Tyre comes after Rahi’atiu Rezin of Damascus,
are known: Ben-Hadad contemporary of Baasha
Mitiihimc of Samaria and follows Sibitba’il of
(ìKgs 15:18), i.e., Ben-Hadad I, Ben-Hadad III
Cubia (Byblos).
son of Hazael (2Kgs 13:3), and Ben-Hadad II foe
of Ahab. Ben-Hadad II is identical to Adad-idri
^3 (Isa 46:1; Jer 50:2; 51:44). Bel: = Bclu (<*Ba'lu)
ofthe Assyrian inscription. He is mentioned by
“lord.” (Bab. DN). Shalmaneser III as leading the coalition of the
Another name for Marduk, god of Babylon Syrian kings against him. His death is recorded
(cf 0-pP). by Shalmaneser III (cf. btfTn).

458
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Darius I (e.g., Hag 2:10; Zech 1:1,7; 7:l ) : =

irPpm/rrpTn (2Kgs 18:1,13,14 and passim/2Kgs
Dariamus/Dari' u s s u . 522-486. “He who upholds 16:20; 19:9, and passim). 727-698: = H a z a q i y a ' u
the good.” (Per. RN). Hezekiah/Hezekiahu. (Heb. RN).

Hezekiah’s name is attested various times in

penn ( 2 Kgs 15:30; 17:1,3,4,6; 18:1,9, io). 732-724: the account ofthe third campaign of Sennacherib
= A u s i i I loshea. (I leb. RN). in 701. In the siege of Jerusalem we obtain the
following celebrateci account: s a l i i L ’ i m a i s s u r
quppi qcrcb IJrsalimmu dì sarrùtisu csirsu
Zerubbabel (Hag 1:1,12; Zech 4:6,7; Ezra
“Himself (i.e., I Iezekiah), I (Sennacherib) locked
2:2; 3:8; Neh 7:7; 12:1; 1 Chr 3:19 and passim): =
him up within Jerusalem, his royal city, like a
Zcr-lidliHi “seed/offspring of Babylon.” (Akk. bird in a cage” (OIP 2 333 iii 27a). His name
PN). occurs as l i z q y h w in a seal impression of one of
Zerubbabel the son ofSheal-tiel, a Babylonian his ofScers: lylnvzrh bn hlqyhw 'bd hzqyhw
Jew, served as a governor of Judah under Darius “(belonging) to Yehozrah son of Hilkiah servant
I (522-486). of I Iezekiah” (Hestrim and Dayagi, I KJ 24 [1974]
27-29).

p1p5D I Iabakkuk (Hab 1:1; 3:1). 605—575: =

□Tn/DiTn Hiram I (ìKgs s:24,32/2Sam 5:11,
H a b b a q u q u / H a m b a q u q u . (Heb. PN).
and passim). 969—936: = H i r u m m u II. 739—730.
Most modern scholars follow Noth (IPN, (Ph. RN).
231), who derives it from Akk. habbaqúqú/
The biblical name Hiram is a shortened
hambaqùqu “plant/fruit tree” (CiAD H ila;
version of the Phoenician A h i r à m “my brother
AHw 304b). Likewise CiAD (ibid.) maintains
is exalted.” The name is inscribed dSd mr™
that “possibly the word is connected with Heb. ^33 “ A h i r à m king of Byblos” 011 the celebrateci
personal name Habakkuk, cf. Hambaqa (PN) sarcophagus at Byblos (KAI I:i) It should be
VAS 4 132:6, NB.” noted that in the cuneiform inscription of
Tiglat-pileser III the name H i r u m m y u Sura’à
Hazael (1 Kgs 19:15,17; 2Kgs 8:28; 9:14 occurs refers to Hiram II of Tyre. Li is name comes
23 times). 842-806: = H a z a ’ i l u . (Aram. RN). after R a l i i ' a n u Rezin of Damascus, M c n i h i m c
Menahem of Samaria and follows S i b i t t i b i - i ' l i
H azael is first mentioned in inscriptions
S i b i t t i b i ' i l of Cubia (Byblos).
from 841, the eighteenth year of Shalmaneser III:
Haza 'ilu sa Di masq i ati a gip issàbcsu ittahilnia
KIÌT (1 Kgs 19:16,17; 2Kgs 9:2,5,13 and passim).
sàbcsu atta mà’dis i d h à “Hazael of Damascus
842—814: = l a u a Jehu. (Heb. RN).
trusting in the might ofhis soldiers, carried out
an extensive muster of his troops” (Cirayson, Jehu (the son ofjehoshaphat son of Nimshi) is
mentioned 011 the Black Obelisk of Shalmaneser
AR II 54:46—48). On a large basalt statue of
III (858—824) as l a n a m à r H u m r i “Jehu, son of
Shalmaneser III, Hazael’s seizure of power in
Omri.” As noted by Cogan and Tadmor (AB
Damascus is hmted at by the use of the belittling
11 106), “the designation ‘son’ in Assyrian texts
Akkadian epithet said of usurpers: Adad-idri
refers to ancestral founder ofa dynastic house and
sadàsu cmid Haza’ilu màr la mani mari kussà
not the name of an individual’s father. It is not
isbat sàbcsu ma'du idkà “Adad-idri died (or:
possible that the Assyrian scribes were unawarc
disappeared). Hazael the son of nobody seized that Jehu seized the throne ili Samaria.” Jehu
the throne. Ile sumnioned his numerous army” is shown in the Black Obelisk upon his hands
(KAH 30:25-28; Pitard, 135). and knees with his face to the ground while
presenting tribute to Shalmanesser III (ANEP,

459
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n p o r B i b l i c a l H p b r e w

355)- to Nineveh, where he is mentioned as: Menasi

sar màt Yaudi “Menasseh king of Judah.” Llis
inm/nmvirnrjv'pznrr jehoiakm J
( 2 Kgs
v
name precedcs Ba'lu sar màt Surri “Ba'alu king
t : t t : t : t : t : I • t : ^

24:6,8,12 [10 times]/Jeconiahu, Jer 24: i/Jcconiah, of Tyre” and followed by Qausgabri sar màt
Jer 27:20; 28:4 [6 times]/ Coniahu, Jer 22:24,28; Udu me “Kamos-gabri king of Edom” (Borger,
37:1). 597: — |/íj|’ ukilt u/lakukin u. (Heb. KN). Esar., p. 60:55-56).

The consonant ku (in la ku kinu) is

(2Kgs 20:12; Isa 39:1):
interchanged witli ha in Neo-Babylonian, as 111
= Marduk-apla-iddiua (Merodach-baladan II,
the transcription of the name Judah, lahuda/
722—10; 704—703) “(the god) Marduk gave an heir.”
Iakuda.
(Bab. RN).

mìriymv ( 2 Kgs 13:13,14; Hos 1:1; Amos i:i/2Kgs Merodach-baladan was a Chaldean prince
13:10). 800—784: = Ya'asu (Yausu, Yu ’asu) Joash. ofthe Bit-Yakin tribe of southern Babylonia. As
(Heb. KN). noted by Cogan and Tadmor (AB 11 259) “the
name of his father is unattested in cuneiform
The name Joash (the son of Jehoahaz) is
sources. The Hebrew ‘son of Baladan’ may be
recorded 011 the stela of Adad-niràri III (811 —
an abbreviated forni of a name whose theophoric
783) found at Teli al Rimali. He is called Ya 'asu
element has been lost through haplography, thus
Samerinàya “Joash (of the land) of Samaria,”
bti<ub>bldn ‘son of <Nabu>baladan’.”
paying tribute to Adad-nïrari III.

(|er 50:2). Marduk: = Marduk. (Bab.

27"lì3 Cyrus II (occurs 22 times, e.g., Isa 44:28;
DN).'
45:1; Dan 1:21; 6:29; Hzra 1:1,2; 2Chr 36:22,23): =
Kuras. 550—530. Marduk was the supreme god of Babylon. In
Sum. his name is written J AMAR.U1). According
The meaning of the name is unclear. (Per.
to T. Abuscli (DDD:s43b) “It seems better...to
RN).
treat the name as an originai Sumerian name:
amar.uda.ak. This agrees with the fact that the
□TOQ (2Kgs 15:14,16,17,19-23). 747-737: =
name possesses a long forni: (A)marut/duk (=
Menihimme Menahem. (Heb. RN).
MT: Meròdàk, LXX: Marodak)...While the
Menahem (the son of Gadi) is attested twice name is usually interpreted as ‘calf/son of the
in the inscriptions of Tiglat-pileser III (745— Sun’, the interpretation ‘calf of the storili’, is
727) as Meti ihimtne Samerinàya “Menahem preferred especially since Marduk is not a solar
of Samaria” (Tadmor, ITP 68:10—11), where he deity.” Ili BH appears in parallelism with
is twice preceded by Rahi’anu sa-imcrisu’a *73, e.g., HI"! // ^3 ©pii “Bel is shamed
“Rezin (Rahianu) of Damascus” and followed by // Merodach is dismayed” (Jer 50:2). With his
Hirummu Surra “Hiram of Tyre” and ’luba’il exaltation, Mar-duk assumed the name Bel
Surra “Tubajil ofTyre” (Tadmor, ITP 106:4—6). from the title bel (= Can. Ba'al = Heb: ’Adonày
“Lord.”) as his proper name. Marduk appears as
Manasseh (2Kgs 20:21; 21:1,9 and passim). a theophoric element in such royal names in BH
698—642: = Menasi/Minsi. (Heb. RN). as Evil-Merodach and Merodach-baladan.

Manasseh’s name appears in thecontemporary

Mordecai (Esth 2:5,7,10 and passim; Ezra
records of the Assyrian kmgs Esarhaddon
2:2; Neh 2:7): = Mardukà/àqùqu/à’i/u. (Heb.
and Assurbanipal. His name is Srst mentioned
PN).
among twcnty-two Assyrian vassal kings of
the west who were ordered by Esarhaddon to The PN "3T-1Q is known from two different
transport timber and stone colossi from Lebanon sources. The first is Mordechai the son of Yà'irof
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical H EBREW

thc Book of Hsther and thc sccond is as a head of occurrcnce to Nebuzaradan” (AB 11 318—19).
a family that returned to Israel with Zerubbabel
(Ezra 2:2; Neh 7:7). The name Mordechai is nSK315133/n3K-l“I3133 (occurs 61 times): =
almost certainly derived from Marduk, the name Na bù- k n d tir ri- us u r (Nebuchadrezzar II, 605—562).
of the chief god of Babylon (cf^-pD). As a PN, “Nabli, protect my offspring.” (Bab. KN).
Mardukà is known from cuneiform inscriptions
Nebuchadrezzar II, the son of Nabopolassar,
from NB (Tallqvist, APN, i28a; Stallini, 342).
the founder of the Neo-Babylonian dynasty,
inherited the throne upon bis father’s death 111
Mcshezabel (Neh 3:4; 10:22; 11:4): =
605. In light of the Akkadian spelling of the
Musezib-ilu. (Bab. PN).
name, the Hebrew forili nbkdr’sr (e.g., Jer 21:2,
The name of three different leaders aniong 7; Ezek 26:7; 29:18-19) is historically more
the rcturnees from Babylon. The PN Musczib- accurate than the more common forili nbkdn 'sr.
ilu “Cìod saves” occurs frequently in cuneiform As noted by Brinkman, (Post-Kassite Babylonìa,
inscriptions (cf. Tallqvist, APN 14la). 104 11. 565) the older explanations ofthe name
took the second element of the name, kudurru,
"03 (Isa 46:1). Nebo: = Nabli. (Bab. I)N). to mean “boundary, boundary stone.” I lowever,
lexical evidence makes this less likely. Akkadian
Nabli is the Babylonian god of writing. His
kudurru is equated to aplu “son” (CiAD K 497a
name appears in BH in parallelism with his father
lex. section). Another suggestion put forth by
Marduk: 13? D“p // bï SH3 “Bel is bowed //
G.W. van Beek and other scholars is that of
Nebo is cowering” (Isa 46:1). As noted by Millard
the two biblical renderings of the king’s name,
(DDD:6o7), “Nabli appears in Akk. sources in
was an insulting word play on the
the second millennium B.C.E. as Nabi'um, a
second element of his Babylonian name by
forili which suggests his name comes from the
some Judeans who substituted the word kudanl
base NB' ‘to cali’ and may mean ‘herald’.” As
“my jackass” for kudurri, thus Nabù-kùdani-usur
a theophoric element his name appears in BH
“Nabli, protect my jackass.”
in such names as Nebuchadrezzar, Nebuzaradan
and Nebushazban.
Ì3TP133 Nebushazban (Jer39:13): = Nabù-sezibanni
“Nabli, deliver me” (Tallqvist, APN i6oa). (Bab.
Nebuzaradan (2Kgs 25:8,11, 20; Jer
PN).
39:9,10 and passim): = Nabtì-zèr-idditia “Nabli
has given seed/offsprmg.” (Bab. PN). Nebushazban was Nebuchad-rezzar’s
D’IO “chief eunuch” = Akk: rab sa resi.
The Babylonian high-ranking military
officiai who played a key role in the destruction
Trn3 (2Kgs 17:31). Nibhaz: = Ibnahaza. (Elam.
of Jerusalem in 587. Nebuzaradan’s title was 3“1
DN).
D^rDED lit. “chief cook.” His title equals that of
Akk: rab(i) uuljatimmi lit. “chief-cook,” an The deity Nibhaz was wor-shipped by the
officiai in charge of the kitchen. It is interesting Avvites of Elam. I lis name was found ili a god-
to observe that in the court of Nebuchadnezzar II, list (Litke, 214:188), where the Eiamite gods
llIbnahaza and ''Dakdadra seem to reflect thè
Nabù-zer-iddin a rab nuhatimmi “Nabuzaradan
the chief cook,” is mentioned second in the list biblical pair Nibhaz and ’l’artak (2Kgs 17:31).
of the king’s courtiers, followed by Nabuzeribni Ibnahaz is equated in the above Eiamite list to
the chief royal guard (ANET, 307b). As noted the Babylonian deity Ea, god of fresh water and
by Cogan and Tadmor “Nebuzaradan is wisdom.
missing from the list of Jer 39:3. But the name
Nergalsharezer, there repeated twice, must b3“)3 (2Kgs 17:30). Nergal: = Nergal. (Bab. DN).
be an error and should be corrected in its first According to 2Kgs 17:30 “the people of

461
 An Akkadian Lexical. Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Cutha made Nergal.” Indeed, from cuneiform ibid., 195 n. 74).

sources we learn of the association of Nergal with
the Babylonian city Cutha (20 miles northeast of ni33 nisp (2Kgs 17:30) “Sukkoth-Benoth.”
Babylon). Nergal was a god of plague, pestilence, Akkadian: Sakkut-Bànìtu. (Mes. DN).
and war. As a theophoric element his name The identifìcation of the first element of
appears in BH in the personal name Nergal- this deity is problematic. Sakkuth has often been
sharezer. related to Sikkut-' I SAC.UP in Amos 5:6, “but
the specific worship of him in Babylon is not
Nergalsarezer (Jer 39:3, 13): —
known” (Cogan and Tadmor, AB 11 211). The
Ncrgaì-iar(ra)~nsur “Nergal, protect the king.”
second element ni33 is explicable as a forni of
(Bab. PN). the divine name ^Bànitu “the creatress” (CiAD
Nergalsarezer was connected with the B 95a), the Neo-Assyrian and Neo-Babylonian
fall of Jerusalem. His name is followed by the epithet of Istar of Nineveh, identified with the
Heb. word—reconstructed by scholars as the goddess Sarpanitu = zcrbàmtu “the creatress of
equivalent of the Akk. (IN Sin-màgir, the name seed/offspring” (AHw I520a). Lipinski suggests
of a district north of Babylon; a prism lists the translating the MT skwt bnwt as “image of
names of the officials of Nabuchadrezz.ar, among Batiitu” (UF 5 [ 19751 202-204).
whom is Ncrgal-sar-usur anici Stn-màgir
“Nergalsarezer man of Sin-magir” (ANET Sanballat (Neh 2:10,19, occurs 10 times,
3o8a). “This officer is likely to be identical witli only in Nehemiah): = Sin-uballit “(the 1110011-
the one of that name (also rendered Nerigilissar) god) Sin gives life.” (Horonite PN).
who ruled Babylon from 560—556” (Holladay,
Sanballat was tlie leading figure ili thè
Jcremiah 2:2yib). Cf. Srn (DN); 3!3 ni.
opposition that Nehemiah (445) encountered in
rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem. In the Aramaic
^PQ3 (2Kgs 19:37= Isa 37:38). Nisroch: = Ninurta?
documents from Elephantine he is depicted as
(Bab. |?| DN).
the “governor of Samaria” i.e., ],HÌ3E? nPIS (CAP
Uehlinger maintains that “with reasonable 30:29).
certitude, the Assyrian deity who hides behind the
name Nisroch may be identiSed with Ninurta. 3in3p/3‘Hn3p (2Kgs 18:13; 19:16,36; isa 36:1;
The spelling 0ÌD3 ' s probably best understood as 37:17,21,37; 2Chr 32:1,2,9, 10,22 / 2 Kgs 19:20): =
a textual corruption from 1*1133 (graphically the Sin-ahhc-criba (Sennacherib, 705—681) “(the god)
letter 0 < Ì3 and D < 1) philological speculations Sin compensated for (dead) brothers.” (Ass. KN).
thus being dispensable” (DDD 631 a). Cif. PN
-tipi
]1iriP (Isa 20:1): = Sarru-ki/cn (Sargon II, 722—
705) “The king is legitimate.” (Ass. KN).
TOSO (Amos 5:26): = Sakkud “Sikkuth” (an astrai
deity). (Mes. DN).
innrB/nnr»=irr?» (2 Kgs 14:21; 15:1,7,17,23,27,/
As observed by Paul (1991:195—6), “ITDO is the
2Kgs 15:6,8 = 2Kgs 15:13,34; Isa 1:1; 6:1; 7:1 and
Hebrew transliteration of ll SAC.,KUl) (— Sakkud),
passim). Azarya/Azaryahu = Uzziya. 785—733: =
an astrai deity known from Mesopotamian
Azriya’u. (Heb. KN).
sources and also found in a list of gods from
Ugarit. There he is identiSed with Ninurta (and The name Azaryah is attested in the annals
thus secondarily with the planet Saturn).” The of Tiglat-pileser as Az-ri-ia-a-u (Tadmor,
epithet (raso) “ (Sikkuth) is your king” ITP Ann 19:10), as the name of the rebel who
following the deity’s proper name is a hierarchical confronted Tiglat-pileser in north Syria 111
device for ranking gods in Mesopotamia” (Paul, the vicinity of Hamath in 739—738: 19 tiagc
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n p o r B i b l i c a l H f . b r e w

sa Hammàtti adi alani sa sihirtisunu sa ahi njP3 (^Kgs 15:25,27,29, and passim). 735-732: =
tàmtim sa sulum sanisi sa ina hitti u gullultc
Paqaha Pekali. (Heb. KN).
a na Azriya ’ u chi ni ù ana ni isir màt Assu r utirra
Pekah (the son of Kemaliah) is recorded in
“19 districts of I lamatli together with the cities
the Siimmary Inscription of Tiglat-pileser III as
of their environs whicli are 011 the seacoast ofthe
follows: màt Blt-Humriya.. ,ti\ll ut
west, which in rehellion was seized for Azariyau
puhur niscsu \...ana\ màt Assur urà Paqaha
I annexed to Assyria” (Tadmor I I P, Ann 19:9-
sa r ras un u \...\...Ausi'i [ana sarru ti i\na
II ; A1111 26:5—8).
muhhi sunti askun “The land of Bit-Humriya,
|. -.itsj ‘auxiliary army’, |...| all of its people, |...|
■ | “1QÌ7 ([Kgs 16:16,17,22,23 and passini): = Humri
I carried off |to] Assyria. Peqah, their king 11/
Giuri. (Heb. KN).
they killed] and I installed Hoslie; 1 [as king| over
The name Omri is recorded in cuneiform them” (Tadmor, ITP Summary Inscription 4:15—
text in the phrase hit Humri “the house of Omri.” , 8).
His name also appears for the first time in the
Black Obelisk of Shalmanesser III (858—824) in m Kezin (2Kgs 15:37; 16:5 occurs 9 times). 740—
la na màr Humri “Jehu the son of Omri.” In 732: = Rahi’auu/Raqi’anu. (Aram. RN).
West Semitic inscriptions his name appears in
The name is attested in the inscription of
the Moabite Mesha inscription (lines 4—5): "Ol
Tiglat-pileser III in thc forni Rahi'anu, e.g.,
bvnv' "“ins? Mann “and because
Hàdara hit ahìsu sa Rahiani Dimasqa \asar\
he (god Chemosh) let me (Mesha) take revenge
i al d u a I m c a k s ud 800 ni sc adi rn a rs i t i s u n u
upon my enemy Omri king of Israel.”
“(the home of) Hadara, the homo of the dynasty
of Kezin of Damascus, [the palace] where he was
ÏÏ3Í? (^Kgs 17:31). Anammelech: — Auu-sarru.
borii, I surrounded and captured 800 people with
(Mes. DN).
their possessions” (Tadmor, ITP, Ann 23:13—14
Although elusive, among others Cogan and and passim). The second forili of Kezin’s name,
Tadmor (AB 11 212) maintain that the name Raqi’anu is attested once in Tiglat-pileser III’s
may be tentatively identifìed with An(u), the stela from Iran, wherein he pays tribute to the
god of heaven. Namely, this divine name is a latter. Both forms of the name show that the
combination of the revered Meso-potaniian god second consonant of the MT rsyn is Proto-
Anu with WSem. “Anu is king.” Indeed, Semitic d and that the yod is consonantal. The
this god is referred to in Akk. as Anu tu sarru Akk. forili rahi'anu, according to Landsberger
(ittasà salam hauti) “A1111 the king (has risen, the reproduces the Aramaic ra'yàn. Since all
beautiful constellation)” (F. Thureau-1 )angin, Aramaic inscriptions of the eightli century
Ritucls accadicns [Paris 1921] 119:17). represent etymological d with qop, the name was
pronounced radyan but written raqyàn (= Akk.
blS ( 2 Kgs 15:19; iC.hr 5:26): = P h I u “limestone raqi’anu), a hypocoristic name that probably
(block).” (Ass. KN). means “(the god) is pleased” (Pitard, 179—82).
Cogan and Tadmor (AB 11 171): “P11I is
hypocoristicon by which Tiglath-pileser III was SI. arezer (Zech 7:2): — Sarru-usur!Sarru-
known in late cuneiform sources and in the nàsir “Protect the king” (with god or other name
Hellenistic Ptolemaic Canon.. ./’/i/rt is a well- understood [Tallqvist, APN 219a[). (LIeb. PN).
attested Assyrian name meaning ‘limestone One of two emissaries sent by the people of
(block)’ and might have been associated in folk Bethel in 518 to inquire of the tempie priest and
etymology with the second element — pileser in prophets in Jerusalem concerning the practice
the full name as a nickname.” of fasting 011 the Sfth ofthe month. Cif. “125X327
(KN).

463
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n p o r B i b l i c a l H e b r e w

“ioK3*pa/"in^n/na^n tcin- 5: 6, 26; 2 chr

(2Kgs 17:3; 18:9): — Suhnanu-asaridu 28:20): = Tukulti-apil-TJarra (Tiglath-pileser III,
(Shalmaneser V, 727-722) “(tlie god) Sulman is 745—727) “My trust is the son ofthe Esarra.” (Ass.
preeminent.” (Ass. RN). RN).
As observed by Millard (JSS 21 ( 1975] 4): Esarra “thc house of power/completeness”
“loss of the final letter in Hebrew may result was the tempie of thc god Assur in the city
from haplography in tlie biblical text or from Assur.
assimilatoti of the final element.” Note also
that Shalmaneser bore a different name, IJIfdayu TTHFl Tanimuz: = Dumuzù. (Bab. 1)N).
“(one borii in the month) IJIulu” (—Heb. blbtf). The name of this deity occurs once in Ezek
His name is also attested in the Assur ostracon 8:14, where, according to the vision reported by
as 'bbti (KAI 233:15), preceding nobs rten the prophet, Tammuz was introdueed into the
(Tiglath-pileser) and followed by ]D"I® (Sargon). tempie in Jerusalem, where wonien are said to
As observed by Starnili (Namaigcbung, p. 272), wail over the death of tlie god at the north gate
it was a known practice to name children after of the tempie. Hebrew Tammuz derives from the
their birth dates (whether month or day). Sum. ''Dumu-zi. The annual death and descent
to the netherworld of Tammuz was observed
"I3M0 Shen azzar (iChr 3:18): — Sarra-usur with wailing for him, a women’s rite practiccd
“Protect thc king.” (Heb. PN). widely throughout the Near East for centuries. A
seventh-century lì.C.H. Assyrian daybook ordains
Shenazzar is the name of the fourth son of
bikitu “weeping” 011 the second of the month of
Jehoiachin (=Jeconia), who was exiled to Babylon
Tammuz.
by Nebuchadnezzar (597).

prnn (2Kgs 17:31) Tartak: = ll Dakdadrap. (Elam.

(^Kgs 19:37; Isa 37:38): = Sar-usur DN).
“Protect the king” (with a god or other name
Nibhaz and Tartak are named as two gods
understood). (Ass. RN).
worshippcd by the Avvites of Elam according to
Although “1310 E? is unknown from cuneiform 2Kgs 17:31. In an Assyrian god-list (CT 25 24 ii
sources, most re-cently Parpola (Mcsopotamia 8 12 [cf. Litke, 214:188—189 with variants|) a deity
119801 171—82) adduced new evidence to show Ib-na-ha-za is immediately followed by the god
that Sennacherib’s murderer was áDak-da-ad-ra (who is idcntifìcd with Sin in the
text). Quite possibly these two gods should be
(2Kgs 15:29; i6:io/2Kgs idcntifìcd as the two gods Nibhaz and Tartak of
16:7); 2Kgs 17:31 (DDD 837a).

464
 BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE AKKADIAN LANGUAGE

i. History Akkadian, the language of thc Assyrians and

Akkadi an belon gs to thc Scnntic family of Babylonians, is the earliest attested member of thc
languages and was written in Mesopotamia (modern Semi tic family of languages and bclongs to the East
Iraq and Syria) and other countries of the ancient Semitic group. Other members ofthe Semitic family
Near East for over two and a half thousand years, of languages are Ugaritic, Hebrew, Phoenician,
from roughly 2600 B.C.E. until approximately 50 Moabite, Amorite, Edomite, Ammonite, and
C.E. The term “Akkadian” embraces the Assyrian Aramaic, all of which belong to the Northwest
dialect, spoken in northern Mesopotamia, and thc Semitic group. Other Semitic languages include
Babylonian dialect, spoken in the south. Eblaite, a cuneiform language closely related to
The name “Akkadian” derives from the city Akkadian, attested in tliird-millennium texts from
Akkad, the seat of a Scmitic-spcaking dynasty the city of Ebla (in present-day Syria); the various
(ca. 2350-2150 15.C.E.) in southern Mesopotamia Old (or Epigraphic) South Arabian languages, which
founded by Sargon I. The location of Akkad is are attested from the eighth century B.C.E. until the
not defìnitely known; several sites in the vicinity sixth century C.E. (these languages—Sabaic, Minaic
of Babylon (notably Teli Der), and even Babylon or Madhabic, Qatabanic, and Hadramitic—are
itself, bave been suggested as possibilities. Akkad sometimes referred to collectively as Sayhadic); and
is mentioned once in tlie Bible, in Genesis 10:10: thc Etluopian Semitic languages, including classical
pxa --x' *733inpbp» r.-rx- ,nrn Ethiopic or Gc'ez.
“the niainstays of his (Nimrod’s) kingdom The chicf dialects of Akkadian corrcsponding to
were Babylon, Eredi, Akkad and Callidi in the the geographical regions of northern and southern
land ofShinar.”
Mesopotamia can be subdivided as follows:
In 1692 the word “cuneiform” was coincd to
apply to the distinctivcly Mesopotamian style of
Old Akkadian (OAkk.)
wcdged-shaped writing observed 011 stone reliefs and
2350-2000 B.C.il.
clay tablets brought back to Europe by travellers to
the Near East. Akkadian was not the first language Old Akkadian is first attested in personal names
to use thc cuneiform script. I listory’s earliest writing found in texts of thc Fara period (2600 B.C.E.),
appears in southern Mesopotamia, near the end of and from 2350 to 2000 we fìnd texts completely
the fourth millennium. The language for which written 111 Old Akkadian. This corpus consists
the first writing was invented was Sumerian, which of royal inscriptions, economie documents, and
was not related to the Semitic languages or to any administrative and legai texts. The Old Akkadian
other known languages. Speakers of Sumerian texts are important because they exemplify early
and speakers of Akkadian cocxisted in southern phonological and morphological charactcristics of
Mesopotamia for centuries and the two languages thc language that would later be lost, such as the
naturally had significant impact 011 onc another. presence of Semitic s and 1 (which would later be
’Fhe date of Sumerian’s demise as a spoken language merged with other phonemes), the absence of later
is much debated, being placed variously between vowel contraction, and thc use of the productive
the mid-third and early second millennium. dual.
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Babylonian Late Babylonian (LB)

Old Babylonian (OB) 600 U.C.lì.—50 C.lì.

IQ50—1600 U.C.li. Late Babylonian, which encompasscs the fmal

The Old Babylonian dialect isrichly documentcd period of texts written in Akkadian, is the language
in thc largo numbers of letters, cconomic rccords, of tlie Chaldean, Persian, and Seleucid-Arsacid
and royal inscriptions, which includes thc famous periods. The very last attested cuneiform documents

“code” of laws of Hammurabi. There aro also deal mainly with astrological subjects.

hymns and prayors that were written in a somewhat

more archaic forni of Old Babylonian (the so- Standard Babylonian (SB)
after 1500 U.C.lì.
called hymnic-epic dialect), whicli would ramili
an ideal literary standard throughout the reniainmg During the Kassite period, the Old Babylonian
history of tlie language. There are also epic and period had come to be regarded as the classical period
mythological texts, of which the best known are of Akkadian language and literature. Scribes in both
Cìilgames, Atrahasis (The Flood Story), and Anzii Babylonia and Assyria attempted to duplicate it as a
and thc Tablets of Destiny. purely literary (i.e., unspoken) dialect. These literary
texts have been termed “Standard Babylonian.”

Middle Babylonian (MB) Standard Babylonian is the dialect in which such

important works as the 1 Inuma llìis (the Babylonian
and Pcriphcral Dialects
story of creation) and the later version of Cìilgames
1600-1000 U.C.li.
are written.
Middle Babylonian is the language of texts
from the Kassite period. It is known from letters,
Assyrian
legai texts, economie texts, a few royal inscriptions,
Old Assyrian (OA)
and inscribed boundary stones (kudurrus). It was in
/950—/750 B.C.lì.
this period that Akkadian was the lingua franca in
Old Assyrian is known from approximately
Egypt, Syria-Palestine, Anatolia, Iran, and northern
fìfteen thousand letters and legai and economie
Mesopotamian Hurrian centers such as Nuzi.
documents, most of which have been found in
Middle Babylonian texts have been discovered
Cappadocia (eastern Turkcy) and the site of Kanes
in sitcs such as El-Amarna (ancient Akhetaten) 111
(modern Kultepe). The majority of texts concern
Egypt, Ugarit in Syria, Hattusa in Anatolia (modern
the business activities of Assyrian merchant houses
Boghazkoy, the capitai of the Hittite lands), as well
and their trade with outposts in Anatolia. The
as at Alalakh and Emar. The Akkadian language
corpus includes a small amount of royal inscriptions,
of these texts, which was written by non-native one literary text, and an meantation. The language
speakers, is usually termed Peripheral Akkadian, is more conservative than its contemporary,
for they contain aspeets of the locai language of the Old Babylonian. In particular, it resists vocalic
scribe. contraction. A persistent characteristic of Assyrian in
all periods is the so-called Assyrian vowel harmony,
Neo-Babylonian (NB) e.g., the Assyrian equivalent of Babylonian isbatu,
1000-600 U.C.lì. ittassi would be isbutu, ittisi.
Neo-Babylonian refers to the spoken, nonliterary
language of southern Mesopotamia. Ending with Middle Assyrian (MA)
the fall of the Assyrian Empire, Neo-Babylonian is 1500—1000 U.C.lì.

attested mainly in letters and contracts. The Neo- Middle Assyrian occurs in a sparsely attested
Babylonian dialect shows the inereasing influence variety of genres, such as letters, legai texts,
of Aramaic. economie texts, and inscriptions of the kings of the
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

early empire of Assyria. The best-known Middle (e.g., dati, pai, bir). Individuai consonants cannot
Assyrian document is the so-called “Middle Assyrian be written. Thus, without stressing the vowels,
Laws” from Assur. the word dannum “strong” could be written as
dan-num (two signs), dan-nu-um or da-att-num
Neo-Assyrian (NA) (three signs), or da-an-nu-um (four signs).
1000-600 B.C.li. Hasily available locai materials from the Southern
Neo-Assyrian texts consist of a great many Mesopotamian alluvial plain served as the ordinary
letters, economie and administrative documents writing materials: clay shaped into tablets on which
of both court and private individuals, many royal the impressions were made and a piece of reed to
inscriptions, and scholarly writings. It should be serve as the stylus. The clay was softened in water
noted that the Neo-Assyrian royal inscriptions are as for a potter, then an inner core was wrapped
written in Babylonian. The relative absence of legai around with a thin outer layer. Tablets vary in size,
materials from the private sector seems to be due to from about an inch square to about a foot and a
the increasing use of Aramaic. Documents written half square. Most tablets are rcctangular, usually
in tlie Neo-Assyrian dialect come to an abrupt end lotiger than they are wide. But other shapes exist,
with the destruction of Nineveh in 612 B . C . E . and such as circular-shaped tablets often used for school
the complete collapsc of the Assyrian Lmpire shortly exercises and standing prisms.
thereafter. Although clay was the major material for
writing, stone and metal were generally reserved for
inscriptions commissioned by members of royalty,
2. Writing System
although not all royal inscriptions were written 011
The Sumcrians, a non-Scmitic people living in these materials. Another medium for cuneiform
southern Mesopotamia, invented the script in the inscriptions was the writing board, fiat pieces of
late fourth millennium B . C . E . Cuneiform writing ivory or wood bound together with hinges, coated
was subsequcntly adapted for Akkadian and other with a layer of wax to which orpiment was added.
languages, including Eiamite in Iran and Hittite
in Anatolia. This system of writing is formed by PHONOLOGY
impressing a styltis 011 wet clay. The resulting
1. Consonants
wedge-shaped indentations give rise to the term
“cuneiform,” from Latin cuneus “wedge.” Individuai Proto-Semitic (PS), the ancestral language from
signs may consist of one wedge (such as the signs for which all attested Semitic languages descended,

the sounds A S and U ) , two wedges (such as B A I ) had twenty-nine consonants (all of which remain

and M A S ) , or many wedges (such as I N ani! I C ) . distinct in Old South Arabian languages). In Biblical

The writing was at first pictographic, with fairly Hebrew, which had only twcnty-three consonants,
some of the originai Semitic consonants had
represcntational drawings. Fairly soon, however, it
obviously merged. The onc Hebrew consonant
became more and more stylized until the pictographs
X .j reflects the three PS consonant ’s, *f, *0. Four
ultimatcly became unrecognizable. Sumerian script
other Hebrew consonants each reflect two distinct PS
became both logographic and syllabic. Adaptation
consonants: T r, from PS *ò and PI li from PS *h
of the cuneiform script for Akkadian was, by and
and *lj; V ' from PS *' and g; 527 /, from PS *.< and *0.
large, syllabic, with a small smattering of Sumerian
The following chart lists all the Hebrew consonants
logogranis. There are three type of syllables in thc
and their PS anccstors, as well as the reflexes of the
cuneiform system:
PS, consonants in some of the other major Semitic
V: vowel (a, e, i, 11);
languages (a slash (/), indicates an alternative reflex: e.g.,
CV or VC: consonant plus vowel (e.g., da, tm) PS *0 appears in Ugaritic sometimes as z, other times
or vowel plus consonant (e.g., ad, un); as g; parentheses enclose alternative transliterations:
CVC: consonant plus vowel plus consonant e.g., Ugaritic ò is also transliterated d).
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biislicai Hebrew

Proto- Hebrew Aramaic Ugaritic Arabie Old South Ethiopic Akkadian

Seni itic (Syriac) Arabian (Cìe'ez)

*1 7-
*h b b b /) b b b

*X X X x j x X X

*d d d d d d d d

*h h h h h h h 7-

*w w w w il' w w w/-

*Ò d d/d (d) ò (d) d (d) Z-

*Jz

*b li h II // 11 II 7-

*h li h li II h II b

*ì t t t t t t t

*y Y y y Y V y y/-
*k k k k k k k k

*1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*m tu m m m Hi m ni

*t 1 tt n n n tl 11 u

*'s .S' s $ s'(s) s s

*■ 7-

*X X & X 7-

*p P V V f f f V
*'s $ >' s s $ s
* d 4 m S

*0 t z z s $
Ug
<ì(h) q(y) q(k) <\ q(k)
*r r r r r r r r

*s s $ s s m s(s) s

*s s s s >* s'(s) s s

*0 s t m m m s $

*t t t t t 1 t t

After Huehnergard 2002:12

468
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Sound changes are regular. The correspondenccs are idcntifìcd by a circumflcx (a, è, i, u), e.g., dàt
given above, therefore, are also regular, since they < di'àt “she is high” and bantì < batta’u “to build.”
reflect sound changes (niergers) that have occurred Akkadian seems not to have the phonemic vowel
in the various languages over time. Thus, for quality 0.
example, s in a Hebrew root must correspond with
/, and only s, in a potentially cognate Arabie root. MORPHOLOGY
A .s in a Hebrew root may correspond to z in a
1. Nauti
potentially cognate Arabie root, but if the proposed
root is also attested in Aramaic, the latter must have The Akkadian 1101111 has two gcnders (masculine
t in the sanie slot for all three to be a valid cognate and feminiiie), three numbers (singular, plural,
set” (Huehnergard 2002:1 1 — 12). and dual), and three cases (nominative, accusative,
Akkadian belongs to the Semitic family of and genitive). Masculine nouns have no special
languages whose chief characteristic is that nearly all idcntifying sign, but femmine nouns, other than
verbs and nouns can be traced to an originai triliteral being naturally iemale (e.g., umnmni “mother”),
root. Although written in cuneiform, Akkadian has often possess a -/ or -at ending (e.g. awatum “word”;
retained the standard Semitic consonants, including daltuni “door”; isàtum “fire”). Akkadian does not
h (I feb. hct), t ((et), s (sade), and 5 (sin). It has an indicate defìniteness in its nouns (this is a West
àlep that can represent an etymological 'àlep (e.g., Semitic featurc only attested after 1200 li.C.E.) so
Akk. abum “father” = Heb. ab; Akk. agàrnm “to that a word such as bclum “lord” can mean either
hire” = Heb. ’àgar) or a glottal stop between vowels “a lord” or “the lord.” Ili Old Babylonian (|OB|
(e.g., se'um “grain”). Some Akkadian consonants our paradigm dialect) the singular noun (and both
undergo assimilation before other consonants, e.g., the singular and plural femmine) is characterized
(1) the letter n at thc end of a syllabic assimilates by mimation, an m occurring after thc case vowel.
to the following consonant (e.g., inditi > iddin “he This mimation disappears in later dialects (e.g., OB
gave,” like Hebrew yintcn > yittën); (2) a f-infix (see sarrum, Neo-Assyrian sarru). The plural ofa noun
below) in verbs with initial s, [, or ~ will produce is indicated by a lengthenmg ofthe ultimate vowel
the following changes st > ss (istabat > issabat ), tt > in masculine nouns and of penultimate vowels in
tt (ittarad > inarati), zt > zz (iztakar > izzakar); (3) feminine nouns: bclum “lord” beiti “lords”; bdtum
when a sibilant or a dentai precedes the third-person “lady,” bdëtum “ladies.” The dual number is far
suffixes (su or sunti), both the sibilant or dentai and more widespread in Akkadian than in Hebrew and
the s of the suffìx will assimilate to (bitsu >bissu is morphologically distinguished from thc plural, as
“his house”). seen, for example, with munì “an eye,” inu “eyes,”
Over the course of time, the language lost tua “two eyes.” Duals are used for nouns such as risa
the Semitic laryngeals (Heb. n, n, and 1?), though “two heads,” originally referring to the tops of the
reflections of these lost laryngeals are visible in the two towers 111 a fortress or city gate (cf. Ps 24:7),
later language. Thus the presence of the e vowel is and kisàdà “two necks,” originally referring to two
often a due that an originai laryngcal has dropped necks or two banks of a river.
out. For example, Akk. e zebù “to leave” corresponds Akkadian has retained the three classical Semitic
to I leb. nTs?. case endings, remnants of which have survived in
Hebrew. There are three distinctive case endings
2. Vowels in thc singular (nominative -u, accusative -a, and
Akkadian has the standard four Semitic vowels a, genitive -/'). The nominative is used when the
c, i, u, which can be short or long. In normalization, noun is the subjcct of a sentence, and tlie accusative
short vowels have no special Identification mark, when the 1101111 is the object of a verb, as in the
e.g., abnu “stone,” ilu “goti.” Long vowels are phrase summa aunìum amlain ubbir “if a man accuscs
idcntifìcd by a macron (a, c, i, it) ami those that (another) man” (CH i). The genitive is used when
result from the contraction of two adjaccnt vowels the noun is prcceded by a preposition, such as ina
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

bitim (“111 the house”), and in the construct state (see “I” has three forms: nominative anàku; genitive/
below). In the plural there are only two case endings. accusative yàti; and dative yàsi. Pronomiiial suffìxes
One is used for the nominative (u for masculine may be attached to nouns, verbs, and prepositions. A
nouns |sarru “kings” | and dtum for femmine nouns striking difference between Akkadian and Hebrew is
\sarrdtum “queens”|) and one for the accusative and that Akkadian uses forms with / for the third person
genitive (i for masculine nouns \sarri\ and dtim for (su “he,” si “she,” sunti “they”), whereas Hebrew
fem nouns \sarràtim\). uses forms with he (IìiV “he,” hi' “she,” hëm “they”).
When a noun precedes another one in the There is a correlatoli between these third-person
genitive case (e.g., “hand ofthe king”), it is in the pronouns and the initial consonant of the causative
construct state and may have a genitive ending (qàti conjunctions in both languages. The pronomi sa
sarrim). At times, it may lose its case endings and (=1 lebrew se) is used as a relative pronomi or as a
forni a special construct forni, as in qdt sarrim (cf. genitive indicator expressing “the one of’ or “that
Hebrew yad hammclck). Iti this construction the two of,” such as ili sa ekallim “of thc palace.” Ili some
words make up a compound idea “the king’s hand.” dialects sa is deelined and has a plural (sut). When
Some nouns regularly drop their case endings in the used as a relative pronomi sa must be followed by
construct (e.g., bel “lord of,” din “case of’). Others, a verb with a special “subjunctive” ending u (see
especially plurals, regularly use the genitive (e.g., abi below).
“father of,” sarri “kings of’), and some nouns have The Akk demonstrative “this” is annuiti (=1 leb.
special forms for the construct (e.g., sar “king of,”
lutinoli) and is deelined as an adjective (masculine
arad “slave of,” and uzuti “ear of’).
annàm [plural annùtum\, femmine annitum |plural
Most Akkadian nouns are formed from verbal
attuatimi]). The interrogative pronouns are: mannum
roots according to established patterns. For example,
“who” (=Heb. mi), mimmi “what” (=1 leb. mah),
the classica! tiomen agentis forms (those denoting a
ayytìnt “which” (=Heb. ’ayyeli). The mdefmites are
profession) are represented by participial formations
mammatn, manama “whoever,” mimma “whatever,”
(nàditium “seller” from the G-conjugation of nadànu;
and ayyumma “whichever.”
muna<y>iru “informer” from the D-conjugation of
nagdru; and rnusaddinu “(tax) collector” from the
4. Verb
S-conjugation of nadànu) and by the characteristic
qattàlum forni (dayyànum “judge”). Abstract nouns Traditionally, Akkadian grammanans have used
are formed by the addition of the ending utum the paradigm forili of the root prs “cut” to describe
(Heb. -ut) to a noun, such as sarrum “king,” (=Heb. the Akkadian verb. Akkadian has three temporal
melek), sarrutum “kingship” (=Heb. màlkùt). forms: the present/future (iparras), the perfect
(iptaras), and the preterite (iprus). The stative suffixed
2. Adjective forili paris represents a state of being (e.g., kabit “it/
he is/was heavy” [cf. Heb. kàbed|). The genesis of
The adjective normally follows the noun and
the Hebrew suffix conjugation is clearly recognizable
agrees with it in number, gender, and case, such
as sarrurn dannum “a strong king,” sarràtim dannàtim in the Akkadian stative, which has been thought by
“strong queens.” The formation of the adjective some to help elucidate the origin of the Hebrew
is similar to that of the noun except that in the iwiu'-consecutive. The paradigm of the verb in the
masculine plural the forms are not like the noun G(=Cnwii)-conjugation (=1 leb. Qal) is as follows in
u and i, but rather ùtim. Consequently, the phrase most periods.
“strong kings” is sarru dannùtum in the nominative
and sarri dannutim ili the accusative/ genitive. SINGULAR prps / put PRP.TPR. STATIVI!

3rd masc/coni iparras iprus paris

j. Pronomi 3rd fem iparras iprus parsat
The forni of the Akkadian independent pronomi 2nd masc taparras taprus parsàta
depends on its case in the sentence. Thus the pronomi 2nd fem taparrasi taprusi parsàti

470
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion pop. Biblical Hebrew

1 st common aparras aprus parsaku of the u vowel added to a verb in a subordinate

clause (“the king who carne” sarrum sa illiku). This
PI LJRAI.
u vowel is traditionally termed the “subjunctive,”
3rd masc iparrasu iprusu parsu tliough its function is complctely unlike that found
3rd fem iparrasà iprusà parsài
in Indo-Furopean languages, where the subjunctive
2nd masc taparrasà taprusà parsàtunu
expresses a thought or wish. There are 110 parallels
2nd fem taparrasà taprusà parsàtiua
1 st common to these usages of the ventive or subjunctive in
niparras niprus parsami
Hebrew.
Akkadian has four conjugations, thc G Unlike I Iebrew, which has an infinitive absolute
(=C,rund “basic”), 1) (=Dcippel “doublé”), S, and N and an infinitive construct, Akkadian has only one
(thc consonants / and n being their characteristic infinitive forni. The infinitive can be deelined
features). The G-conjugation expresses the basic like a noun (jiaràsum, paràsam, paràsim). Thus, for
meaning of the verb and corresponds to the Heb.
instance, after a preposition the infinitive is in the
Qal. The l)-conjugation niodifìes the meanings
genitive (atta kasàdim “to arrive”). As in Hebrew,
of the G-conjugation in a variety of ways and
the infinitive with a preposition serves as a temporal
corresponds to the Heb. Pi'el. The main function
of the I)-conjugation is to make verbs factitive, chiuse. Por example, the preposition itia (“in”) with
e.g., lamàdu in the (i-conjugation means “to learn,” the infinitive kasàdu “to arrive” and the suffìx su
in the I )-conjugation lummudu “to teach”; masàlu “hc/hini” (ina kasàdisu) has the meaning “when he
in the (i-conjugation means to “to be equal,” in arnved.”
the I)-conjugation mussulu “to make equal.” The The precative (or jussive) expresses a wish or
S-conjugation is mainly causative and corresponds
desire and is formed by lu followed by the preterite
to the Heb. Hiphil, e.g., maqàtu “to fall,” sumqutu
forni (e.g., lu taprus “may you cut”). Ili some cases
“to cause to fall.” The N-conjugation corresponds
(ist pers. sing. and 3rd pers. sing./pl.), lu is joined to
to the Heb. Niph al and serves as a passive for the
(i-conjugation, e.g., pasàsu “to anoint,” napsusu “to the preterite, as in hiprus “let me cut,” liprus “may
be anointed.” he cut.” Its parallel in Hebrew is thc conditional
Akkadian also modifies its verbs by means of particle Iti.
infixes (f-infix and /í»/-infix). The /-ìnfix has reflexive In common with other Semitic languages,
or reciprocai (expressing mutuai relation) meaning, Akkadian employs the verb with a cognate accu­
such as isriq “he stole,” istariq “he stole for himself.”
sative, that is, a 1101111 derived from the sanie root,
In some dialects the t expresses the past tense. The
such as in diuatn idin (cf. I leb. PQT PQT “he Iliade
toz-infix gives the root an iterative (frequentative)
a sacrifice”). A noticeable syntactic difference be­
or habitual connotation, such as istauakkan “he will
continually put.” Relics of these infixes have been tween Akkadian and Hebrew (and other West
shown to occur in Biblical Hebrew. Por example, Semitic languages) is the placcment of the verb in
the iterative aspect of the tati-infix is found in forms a sentence. Whereas in Hebrew the verb precedes
such as niithallck “walking around” (Gen 3:8) and the object, in Akkadian (under Sumerian influence)
mista eh “gazing fixedly” (Cien 24:21) so that a case the object precedes the verb (summa aunlum anni am
can be made that some Hitpa el forms should be
ubhir “if a man accuses [another] man”). Thus,
treated as if they were infixed frt/i-forms.
when occasionally a verb occurs at the end of a
Akkadian uses a verbal suffìx -am, called the
sentence in Hebrew, it may represent influence of
ventive, which gives verbs a dative or special lexical
meanings (isruk “he gave”; isrukam “he gave to Akkadian legai style. We see an example of this in
me”; illik “he went,” illikam “he carne” [lit. “he Lev iy:8:rá’ Í3Í1? vtìkl “and he who eats of it shall
went bere”]). Mudi more common is the use bear his guilt” (after Marcus, 2002: 24—28).
 Akkadian to Hebrew Concordante

abaku B "jan akatina P? apàru “1SX

abàlu A *73’ akbaru “1331? appadàti(n) ]“TSi<

abàlu B biti àkilu appu

abarakku~\in$, akkú II apu A H3X

abàru A rnSS? alàdu apu B 3ÌX

abàru B T3X alaktu apàru “13K

abàtu A HDX alàku i?i apu US'

abdu nns: alàlu B bbl aqàru “Ip-'

abiktu ì"DSn algamcs/su -'33^ aqdamàtu D“!p

àliku aqrabu 3"lpJ?
abnu
allànu
abru “OX aqru “Ip'
albi iÒO
abu 3X àrIS'
ahnanutu mapbx
adàru B aràdu “IT’
almattu
Addaru “I"1X aràku
alpu
adì IS arkatu ÌTp“V
ammatu
àdiru B THX arànu
ammu ns
adii IS aràru “nx
amsali
agammu D3X argamannu ]lp3“-)X
arntu nnx
agannu P arliu A ni’
anmrriqànu
agyapu ari bu 3"!Ì?
anàhu B PI3K
ahamma (n)nx arku ““N
anàku , 03X
aharàtu ~IÌnX arti abu n33“]X
anàyi ÌT3X
abàtu ninx arqu p"V
anduràru TÌ“n
ahàzu TPIN ani “lì S
àniyàma H3K
ahhutu rnn« asìtu n;t?K
annaku
ahu nX amiti nan
askuppu/atu ^ÍptjýQ

ahurrù '"inK asuppu

annuqu pai?
akalu b?# anpatu HS3X asàbu C ]D' 1

akàlu bnx apàpu asu xar

472
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

asàbu 3C2T hauti a nn bu su A ©X?

asàsu baràqu pn3 Ini ti nSQ
àsipu ^©X barraqtu np“13 bubbulu bnr;
àsisu ETET barn B 3Jn bubu tu nS?3SQK
assatu n m barn nX3 budulhu nbn?
atànu lina bàru B “13 Imiti A 1 bn
a tàru -in 1 ' bàrti H3 bulu il ba
atartu a nnn’ basàru T33 buqàuu “Ip3
atm nn' bassu p buràsu ©03
atta nnx basàlu bviZ burru ~13
atti nx basmu |nS burtu nns
attilla nanx batàqu pn3 burtu A nX3
attutili □nx batqu p“I3 bum A nS
atiidu mni? batultu nbin? bftru B ni3
ay 'X batàlu ben bum C 3i?n
aya ’ÍX bazru “IT3 bussurtu nnifcn
ayàbu 3'X bela b»3 bussuru nin
ayàbùtu nS'X belli bl?3 busu B S?n2
ayalu A b*X beritu JVn busu 1) f13
ayalu B b'X berti A nn3 busta n©3
ayaru “I^SJ berti A n“l3(3) Imtuttu
ayù n^X bi <ini rnrm

azù non bi ll nX3 da’apu ^nn

bikitu n'33 dabru n3n
ba’àsu A E7X3 biltu bn' daini 3n
ba’àsu B ©Ì3 biuta n? daddaru nnnn
bà’u X13 birtu |3 dàdu nin
badi ii T birku dagàlu bnn
bakru n33 ,13? birmu A erpins dàiqu p'n
baku n33 birqu p"]3 dalàhu nbn
balàtu bbz birrikàtu n3“13 dalàlu I bbl
balàt 'ri 1 ?? birtu nT3 dalàpu ibn
ballu b'bì Insù n-rX3 dallu bn
balu ^3 bitànu fri 1 ’3 daltu nbn
baiti n^3 bitru "IP13 dalli nbn
hamtu 13 bitu nn ,nn dalli A bm

473
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

dàlti A 'bn eddetu im erbu n3“X

damamii II DDn eddu nn crcbu nn?
damtu B niQ"7] edcdu nnn crèmi ]nX
damu Dn e desti ©nn crèsii B ©nn
damiti ]n edti nK < usui nrnx
dànu ^n ëdu T!T eritu ninn
daqqu pn egirtu nn.3X erpetu bsny
darag^u ekallu bon ersetu px
dàru A II “TH ekëlu 'b'bsn ersu A a.©nn
dàru B I nin ekèpu ^p3 ,*pK ersu s. I ©n?
dàsu ©in elammakku CHI? 1 ?*! erti a. DnSJ
dassu V'n elclu crbibn eni v. nnn
dà tu rn désti fby èru mu
dayànu }’n eli bv crubàtu nnny
dckti npn clmcsu ©’pbn ,bi2©n esèpu '"pK
desìi Kt£H dà nby eséru A nO'
dibbu nan elulu bibi? cséru 15 nOK
diglu a bn ememuDDn efebi b^y
dimtu nypn emétti nian esemtu D3S?
dinu ^n emmu II an eséru A n2T

dipàru n'ìsb emmùtu DÌI ésirti n3Ì1'

dispu ©3“! emsu A I pn esiti bX3

disu emsu ©pii esti nan

ditànu 1ÉTT emù I DII esébu ni?y
dudu nn etnuqu II p!2SÌ eséru n©'
duhnu }nn ménti pn esir n©y
duppuru nnn encqu p3' esqu pm
duqququ ppn enésu ©3X està D,1t??
dura'u ?ÌnT cnsupu cssu ©nn
dimi a ©nn enzu TSJ ctéqu pny
cpattu nSK etcmniu D’EX
ebèru 13S? epcru nSi? etti ntDÌ?
eblu epqu pn3 cmi n'n
dui H3Ì7 epti nsK ezébu I Dry
eburu “ia» cqbu 3py ezéz u rry
ebuttu ainy erbe nynnx ezzu T?

474
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion for Biblical Hlisrfw

gulcnu Díb} haràku ~pS?

1ui um '13
gttlgullu nbibìi liaràmu Dnn
gali ii H33
gullatu A nb? haràpu A ^pn
gab' ii nSJ33 guliu nb? karàsu A |On
gadu ■'13
harisu II finn
gallàbu 3^3 habàbu B 33PI harpu ^nh
galli II rÒ3 hahàlu A II b^n ,11 bnn hartibi Dbnn
gain 03 habasillatu nb^DD hàru "TV
gamàlu bft3 hàbu b nnx harubu 3inn
gamàru “103 hadassatu n©nn basarti n?Sn
gammalu bfD3 hadù nnn basini
gatiàuu |33 hlidu nin hassinu ]T“13
gaunatu |3 ballimi nn hasàlu b©n
gapnu |S3 liakàmu DDn hastu i nn©
garàbu 3“13 kakù non basii e n©n
garàru A bb3 halàpu ^bn
hàsu A ©in
garàru B II "113 halàsu fnb
hatànu |nn
gasàsu B f'ISp hàlilu b b'bn
hatluuu nbnn
gasira n3Jp hahi nbn
hatnutu nnn
ga ú Ì1X3 halli B I bn
hattu nn
gazàzu TT3 halli C II bn
hatù A xnn
geni n“13 hamàsu 00n
hatàmu DtDn
gidlu bn3 hantàsu II fon
batti'u xen
gidu T3 hainis rr:n
batti KtOn
git(a)du nb? Ijarnqu p02?
hàtu CD'n
gimillu blQ3 battisti A ■'ET00
hayaru n'17
girru “113 hanàliu f?n
hazeti nrn
girti ìl"13 lianàpu A ^XI
ha zitti bon
gissu 'pp hanàqu p3n
haziri n^J?
gizzu T3 hannipu ^n
hepcru nsn
/C,

hansàtu □"'^bn
U
>

heseru non
gubbuhu n?3 liausà DTPO hesù a non
gubburu “Q3 hauutu ni3n hi'àlu bn
gubnatu nr?? hapàpu ^an hibrii i nnn
gudùdu in3 liaràbu A II 3nn hibsu A ©sii
gabbi bìlD haràdu A nin? hidru nnn

475
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n f o r B i b l i c a l H e b r e w

hiduiu nnn imtu npn kahtu n;b?

Ijilpu nbn inhu nrax kallatu nb>3
hilù ‘rn initu n’3X kallu b3
himctu nxpn inu T'S? kalmatu 333

himru npn irgilu bhn kalu Xb3

himtu npn ishunnu b3©X kamànu jlS
hisiu fan is qàti □"’pTX kamàru A nb3P
hittu nnn issuru “IÌS25 kamàsu A Df33

hititu nxtsn isu f? kamú B m3

hitu Xtpn isartu “l©"' kanàisu II D33

hua nX isarti n©' kattàzu T33

*r-
©x

-1
ni nnn isàtu

u
huhum

hubutu niny isdu nio? .nnrx kannu III |33

hullu A •'bn iskaru A “135?^ kiinu |13

hullu B bi? isku -©x kapàpu ^33

Ijulmittu topn ispatu ns©x kapàru I “133

humitu npin istcn mtpi? kapàsu j’Bp

hunnutu mn isYi ©’. kappu ^33 ,^3

huràsu I finn itbàrtu nrnnnn kapru n?3

huribtu nnnn itti nx karàbu n3"13

hurru “ih ittu nix karàsu fnp

husannu ]Sn izirtu nntjj karàtu n“!3

hutàru A “ItDPI izuzzu nrirp karsu ©13

huziru T'm kasàntu 303

kà u X'p kasitu np?

ibaru nnmn kabàru 133 kaspu ^03

ibm nnn kabàsu ©33 kàsu DÌ3

idù s?t kabàtu “133 kasàbu 32Jp

ikkaru n3X kabbatu n33 kasàpu ^©3

iklctu rab^bpn kabru T33 kassapu ^©3

ildu n'b; kabsu ©3? kattinu '|Ìn,'3

Hqu npibi? kabtu n33 kayamànu ]V3

ilu bx kakkabu 33Ì3 kazàbu 3T3

irncru npn ,-lÌDO kakkaru “133 kazbutu 3T3

kalappu r|b’'3
immeru npX kena I }3

imnu '[•'P' kalbu 3b? keptì nss

476
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

ki '3 lababu 33b Ittu B 3lb

kibntu rrnaa labànatu njinb lu ib

kibsu ©33 labàuu pb luu s?b

kilallàn D'iÒ? labàsu IZnb lubsu ©ab
kililu A b'b? labbu X'?b
kìlu «b? ladinnu cb mà HO

kilubi 3ìb? labru bni ma'da

kima 133 labàsu ©nb masam i©yp

kinattu J133 tabù 'nb madàdu 1113

kinnàru "1133 làbu nb madbaru 1313
kinu II }3 lamàdu lab maddaltu II 113
kipdù 113p lari tal tu nbp? madgaltu bl30

kippn ^33 lamdu liab magallatii ibip

kislti bt)3 Iaiuti mb magrattu ìli
Kissibmu ibp3 lapani '3Sb mahari 1113
kisu A D'3 lapàtu nsb mahàsu }TIO
kispu ^©3 laqàtu Bpb tnàhàzu Tìnp

kitmu 31133 làsu A ©ib maliiru l'Iip

kiùru A li'3 latti tOlb tnahziràmu monp

kullu bl3 le ú ixb màkàlu
kullulu bb3 le u mb maklalu bibpp
kumru “i tà Icku "[nb malàlju nbp
kunnu 133 lèmu nnb malàku A II ^bo
kupru “133 Icqù npb malàku B I ^bo
kurìbu 3113 libbatu nnb màlaku A "^bnO
kurìtu SJ13 libbitu n ?5b
malkatu A nsbp
kurkànù 3313 libbu 33b/3b
malku A ^bp
kurru 13 uhm ©nb
malti v. xba
kursinnu A bòip lilàtu nb'b
malli a. «bp
kùru B “113 lìbtu n'b'b
manhàti 11133
lìuùtu mib/mib
kussii X33 manni I|3
limu 3Xb
kutàuu mn? mannu II }3
kutimmu DH3 liqtu 3pb
man li v.
lisànu |1©b
manu s. ™p
la Xb lisdu i©b
mauzaltu A b-TO
la'atti 3ub lìiikiu T]nb
maqqabu I13pP

477
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

maqqahu Dnpba meat nxa mutu rno

maràqu pia meliti A ■'Pia mutili Di?a

marci m TID nielli rb?a

maràsu po mclultu bina na'àru IVI

maràsu ODI mcrcnu mi? nabà’u A SJ33

mardtu tona mesu oxa ,11 ©1»

nahabii 3133
marni “IO mctequ pntf
nabàhu 1133
martu rni“ia mczehu PITa
imbàtti tD33
marù ina middatu 1 ÌTia
nabu bQ3
mas'alu bitf©a tnihsii pa
nadànu |n3
masr’itu n“IX©a miksu nona
nadàru “ltD3
milu niòa
massu OD uculti Ì113
minima nawrp
massari i IS 1 ?? nàtili A “1X3
masti xisa miriti! npp
nahallu bn?
màsti piD miru xna
naliàbi B bn3
mas’alt.u nbx©a mirùtu npp
uahàsu II ©tl3
misàru -riera
masàlm 13 n©aa
misihtu il nroa
uahiru “in?
mas àlu b©a
nahlaptu nS'bn
misru -isa
maskanu |3©a
nahsàtu II n#il?
mitar -itpa
rnaskattu nÌ3ppa
mittu ntsa nálju I PI13
masqaltu bp©a
n akàlu b=3
masqù !lp©a mú era
mudù sna iiakamàtu nb?
mastitu nn©a
muhhu na nakàm II “D3
mastaru

masti n©3
muràru -ina nakru n33
murru “ib nalbasu chaba
matahu nnnaX
mustikkannu Ì^PP tialbattu ]??ba
matàqu pílO
mus’airànu uarnba ’u SJQQ
mati na
musti A X2ia uamlu nba?
matnu
mùsabu 3©ia tiamti ni?
matqu pina
museniqtu np3'a napàhu Ì1S3
matu ma
muskenu }3pa napàsu A fS3
matti £DSJa
muskenutu n??pa napàsu ©23
mazlagu ibta
musku nap© napistu ©23
mazru rntp
mutqu b pria nappti H23
mazù rra
mutu Ha napultu nb???
mazuru “nra

478
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

naqàbu 3p3 nisannu IO" 1 ? pasàru in3

tiaqdmu Dp3 nisirtu “1133 pasàsu DOS
uaqàru np3 nitiru un? patàlu bns
nàqidu np3 niziqtu pT3 patàru “ItD3
naqsapu uùbtu nS3 pàtu nxs
nàqu pX3 nudunnti n? pcmtu nns
narkabtu Ì123“1Ì3 nuhustn I n©h3 pentii DS?S
narqitu B nnpnO nuppultu nb?3 pcq(q)ù ni?p3
nasàhu PID3 nupul bS3 pcssu no?
nasàhu 3153 nuqdu ~Ip3 petti nns
tiasàru nurmù piri piditu nns
nàsu f*X3 num nnna piijatu nn?
nàsu H3Ì3 pilakku I "i]bs
nasàhu "[©3 padù rns pilku A II T]bs
nasàpu 3©3 pagru A 133 piqittu nnps
nasàqu p©3 pahàzu rns piqu np13
nasru n©3 pahhuztì TI1S pir’u ns
nasù A iim palàku 3^3 pirdu nns
natàku ira palgu íbs pirhu nns
natàru in nn3 pannigli 333 pirku A p3
natbahu nSCDD panu Ì133 pirsti pS
nazàlu bT3 panù □,'33
pirsa 'ii ©Ì?nS
nazaqu pi?T paqàdu npS pisannu D'OS
nc'u X13 paqru Hip? pisru n©3
ncbcrtu nn2?l3 paràdu II “P3
pitiltu bn?
parahu 1113
ncrnclu boi? pttu a nns
ncsbcttu I733N pararti A pIS
pitru 1E23
in sti Zi%b paràsu 013
piyàm/nu B IO'?
nig^allu b3D paràsu II ÉHS
pù a ns
nihlatu nbn3 paràsu B p3
pulatu tobs
nikiltu b?3 pardcsu D113
puquddu ]Ì1j?S
nikkassu A D03 pariktu pS
pùru A nns
parsa ©”13
tiimru “IO? pùru B mS
muti 13PT3 .13n3N parti A N13
pùtu ns
niqmu B Dp3 parzillu bt13

niru A "P3 pasàliu I ra©

qahlti b?p
479
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

qabru n3p qinàtu n3pD ràqu pn

qabùtu A ni?3p qinitu ]'3p ràqu pn
qadàdanis n'nnp qinnazu fip rasàpu

qadàdu np qirsu II È?"!?? ratàtu nrp

qadàsu EHp qissù KltS’p ralbu 3Qn
qadistu n©“Ip qi’u X3p ràtu ann
qadmis nfpnp qù A np ,1p re’ti nsn
qadu Ip 1 ’ qu ’ù Hip re ti nin
qalàlu bbp qubbulu bDp rcbii a. -'?,3"|
qalitu ’bp qubùru nni3p rebù S?3“1.
qallu bp quddusu ©ITp rcmcnù □irn
qalù ìlbp
qudmu D“Ip renili □m

qanànu PP qussudu ©np rcnm onn

qannà’u X3p
qutnnu nntDp requ pnn
qanù s. Ì13p
qutru “lla'p rcstu rvspin
qanù v. H3p resu ©IO
qaqqadu ""Iplp
rà’u II HJH ribbatu Ki3n , n*’n“)n
qaqqaru ^p"lp
rab biti JV3-3n rikistu D3h

qaràbu 3np
rab magi 30-3"] ritnu A DN”!

qaràmu Dlp
rab saq! np©-3n ripiitu nw?n
qarbu n“)p rabàku “P“i ftqis npn
rabàsu pn riqqu npn
qarnu j“)p

qastu n©p
rabi nubatimmi D'IISB 3"] risiptu nsijn
ràbisu ph rittu a nnn
qatàlu btop
rabitu B 13"] ru'u in
qatanu ]Qp

qatàpu n^p
rabù a. 3*1 rub su 1*3“!
rabù A v. Ì 13“l rukùbu 3D“1
qatàru ntDp
radàpu '"pn rupustu ©S“!
qatnu Ì?P
qebëru “13p
ràdu nan ruqqu npn
rabàsu B pn rùqu pinn
qcmu n?Dp
rakàbu 30n mssù ©'©nn
qcnù X3p
qcrbu 3Ìnp ,3“lp
rakàsu DDn ruttubu 3ton
qcrcbu 3np
rakbtì 33n
ramu b non sablu b3D
qcritu HI?
raqàdu npn sabii N3D
qcrù K"lp ,mD
raqàqu ppn sàbu nm
qcsu pp

480
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

saddinnu ]'HD sekeru A nOO samù

sàdu a nn© sdlu bo sapànu pa
sagànu f30 semeru nn© sàpitu nsap
sahàpu ^nD scpiru nsb sàpùuu 1133
sahàru "1110 siàqu p!3 saràhu B nna
sahirtu ÌTllnp sidm nng saràpu
sàhiru A s. I "liliO sihpu ^pn© sarsàru A

sàhiru A a. II nillO sikiltn nb3p sawàrum nxia

sakànu pO silitu mb© sclu uba

sakàtu nOO siltu a nbb sèmi )U£3
sàkinu simanu m senti |K2S
saklu boo simmiltu □bp serretu A n33
sakru "1130 sipittu nspo scrru A I ma
salàqu 13 pbo sippu II ^P scrru b na
samàdiru “HpQ siqu pi©> scru nna
samànc npp siri mp setu p'3
samrutu “iopa siriani IVI© sesuma II 32
sàmlu □n© sissinnu n303p sibili n?3
sapàdu “ISO sisù 010 sibutu p3
sapàqu pS© sukku l]0 sihru mSJT ,mi?3
saparru A 13© supuru n?© sibtu pÌ135
sapiuatu n^Bp suqu pi© sillu ba
saplu bsp Slitti a nxp sillu A |ibp
sappartu 1DÌ© simdu noa
sappu A I ^0 sabà'u ÍG3 sipu soa
sapunu jlSiS sahàtu CDD3
sirhu nna
saqqu p© sahitu n»33 sirti ma
sàqu p!3 sàbu K33 siru li ma
saràru no saduq p'na sissatu I f”3
sarràtu rno sahàtu an©
suà’u iva
sarru b in© síihu pna
subbii naa
sàsu 00 salàpu ^bo
suddii ma
satàlu bn© saliptu ^jbp
suda ma
sche SH© salmu aba
sullulu bbto ,bba
schtì samàdu n?D3
sulmu nisba
sedu nao samàtu nnox
sumàmitu |ixaa
4S i
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

sumbu 33 samalju 11QÈ? sebù !?3©

sumu K03 sarna ni II IO© sedu 1©
suparàtu “PS3 samnu jO© segii S?3©
supru A fi 53 samsu tiipti sehànu |T1©
surru samtu 1Q© sehlàtu nbn©
stima ,-13 samù A D'O© schu m©
saniti! mti selelm bai©
sa ti/ti/ti santi A v. II 13© semù i?0©
sa ekalli biti sanù C 11© senti |NP
sa resi D'IO sanù a. '3© senti A ]ÌND

sabàsu p©3 sdnu ]'© sepu y©3

Sabàtu ED3© sapàku “[3© serscrratu

sabbiti! A 23© sapàlu bs© scrscrm nn©"|©

sàbu 31È? sapàtu A tDS© seni A nn©

sadàdu saplu b3© seni B T©

sahadu H© saptu 13© scssct n©©

sakànu pti saqàlu bp© scssu ■’©©

sakàpu B 33© saqù B 1p© setu a li nm© ,nn©

sakartu |Ì13© saràpu ^1© selli na©

sakàru 13©’ saràtu ©£01 sib'u i?3©

sakru 1Ì3© sarscrru Ititi sibbu IS'3©

salàgu Òti sàrtu lì?© sibbù s. S?3©

sarti a. T©!? sibru A II n?©
salàhu nb©
sarù v. “irà s i I m i u n:r©
salàlu A bbti
sàru sigàru n?1P
salàmu abti
sàru niffp sìfjù iva©
salàpu *\bti
samtu 1©ï? sikaru n3©
salàstibti
sasàyu IP© silihtu nb??
salàsu tibti
sattu 13© sina C-3©
salàtu A ab©

salgu ìbti
satti A in© sinàtu ]’©
satù B II COI© siimi piri D'Sn?©
sallatu A bb©
satani 1£D1© simili 1©
salmu abti
sàtu A I COI© sipku A T13?;
salsùmi □i©b©
se’ù li?© sipru n3D
saltu ibtf©
seberu 13©
saliti CO 1 ?© siptu A tD3©
sebru 13©
sàlu bx© siqdu np©
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hehrfw

siqittu np© tappinuu l'Sn tabu Dia

siqlu bpp taqànu f pn taltaltu nbaba
siru nx© tarbàsu |*33np tanàpu ^aa
sillu b^n© tarlntu A m3“in tapàlu bsa
s i t t u na© tamii it» tapàisu ©3a
s u a n© tarsiàtu liin taràdu a nna
su'ii I?i© tartànu innn tanni ma
subii A Ù© tàru -nn Tcbctu nraa
subultu nbs© tasgertu “)p© tcini ina
sugguru np© taslinitu mb© téma QSQ
sulmànu □^abb© tastisi! II ©'b© tcnu ina
sulmu □i bp Tcbctu nna tcpii nsa
suluhlu n'b©(p) temëru... jfDCD tiabu Dia
sumclu bìtà© tenìnu nanri tidu a'a
sumclu 'bxtpp, tcnìqu p3Ì' limitu map
sumu OC? tcrtu nnin timurù noK
sumu n'mv) té’u ma tipu nsa
suuitmm crmao tiamtu □inn tubu aia
surpu nS”|© tibnu ]3n
tupsarru np?a/a
sursu I ) ©“]© tillu a bn
tur'azu nnn
sursurràtu ni©"!© tillu c ■'bn
turru nin
siiru B “li© timàli/u bionx

su ni nm tinuru man
ubànu inn
sutù ti© lise s;©n
ulmd nnins?
tisit na©n
uggu a^an
tà u xn tisi tu T©F
ubburu il naan
tàbalu b?n tisu mir©n
ulihuru nnx
tùbuìtu b mann tittu naxn
ul bx
tahta nnn tii amu □•'pian
ulàlu b'bx
takiltu nbpri tuitu nybin
ummànu ipx
talbustu n©àbn turba ’u SJDn
ummatu npx
talmidu mpbn turgumanuu Dann
ummu DN!
taltaiiu bnbn ummiiqu pb?
tamàihu “jnn tabàhu nna
umu □V
tauiirnu crpn tàbih u naa
unqu pai?
tamii! nwbp tàbtu b nnia
upnu l?n

4#3
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

uppulu b'3K yamu □' araqu p“)T

uqùpu Hip yànu |'X aru nnr

urbu D“)N yapu na; rlni nnr
urhu n“lK yàritu EH' cru SH|

urru “IÌN yàritutu nEH' ibbatu D3T

uni i nnx yaspu nSE?; ibtu B na*

uru n nn? ycuu ]'' Um A nnr
urudù ii nnx ibu B DN;

umllu nbn?
zabàlu bnr ,bDO r ikaru npT

ussu fn
zàbu D1T ikru npT
zabzabgù 3030 rilahda nnbs
usurtu nna
zà'iru nT :imru nnpr
uttatu nan
zakakatu n'DlDT :iqnu IpT
uznu |TX
zakàru nor riqu nip'T
uzzu TS?
zaku a. ^[T ~ìzu B T'T
zakii v. “[DT a nxi
~jù
yabdmam n?pp'
zamàru A HOT ru tu n?r
yàbilutu bDI'
zamù n'iT tumbu D1DT
yabilu bDI'
zanziru n'T“]T ~ùpu D1TN
yagàtu 113'
zaqàpu t t
yahuduiini nn'

484
 Akkadian to Biblical Aramaic Concordante

adannu n» karballatu nb?”]? rahasu fm

adru "11K karù ma ramu «on

appitti nrisx kinàttu np

alahhiuatu mnb kisru ntOp sebù *03
asm "inx sillatu hp
mandctu Un?P suklulu bbo©
biltu ib?
suiiù xbas
natbàku "pia
gadàdu 113 niz’bu nana
ussu Viti
galàlu bb? nuru ma
utuuu pnK

hasahu nt^n pahàru nPIS

zatiànu ]1T
hasbu palàhu nb?
ztmu VT
hisihtu ran^n paràsu 013

parisu D"1S

inbu aaN puluhtu

ilku

485
 Selected Bibliography

Ahituv, Shimiel Northwest—Semitic Form ol the Word BRDI.,

B(A)RZ(1Ì)L, Iron.” JNF.S 28, 268- 70.
1975 “11130. Ixsonenu 39, 37-40.

Artzi, Pinhas and Abraham Malamat

Albright, William F.
■993 “The Great King: A Preeminent Royal Title
1941 “Two Letters troni Ugarit (Ras Sliamra).”
in Cuneiform Sources and the Bible.” In Mark
BASOR 82, 43-49.
F,. C'ohen, Daniel C. Snell, David B. Weisberg,
'943 “Two Little Understood Amarna Letters from eds., The Tablets and the Scroll: Near lìastem Studies
thè Middle Jordan Valley.” BASOR 8 9 , 7 - 1 7 . in Honor of William W. Hallo. Bethesda, Md, 28
1944 “The Oracles ol Balaam.” JBL 6 3 , 207 3 4 . 38.
1944 “A Prince of'Taanach in the Filteenth Century
B.C.”BASOR 9 4 , 1 2 - 2 7 . Aster, Shawn Z.
1951 “Tlie Hebrew Expression lor ‘Making A 2008 ‘“They Feared God’/‘They Diti Not Fear God’:
Covenant’ in Pre—Israelite Documents.” O11 the Use of yerë' Y I I W 1 1 and yàrc’ 'et Y 1 I W I 1
BASOR i 2 i , 2 1 - 2 2 . in 2 Kings 17:24-41.” In C'haim C'ohen, Victor
1950-5 i “A Catalogne of Early Hebrew Lyric Poems Avigdor Hurowitz, Avi Hurvitz, Yochanan
(Psalm LXVIII).” Hebrew Union College Mutfs, Baruch J. Schwartz and Jeffrey ligay eds.,
Annual. Birkat Shalom: Studies in the Bible and Ancient Near
lìastem Literature and Bostbiblical Judaism Voi. 1.
1956 Archacology and thc keligion oj Israel. 4th ed.
Winona Lake, Ind, 135 141.
Baltimore.
1957 “The High Place in Ancient Palestine.” VTSupp. Avishur, Yitzhak
4, Leiden 242-58.
1977 “Biblical Words and Phrases in Light of Their
1961 “Abram the Hebrew: A New Archaeological Akkadian Parallels” Situatoti: An Annual for
Interpretation.” BASOR 163, 36—53. Biblical and A ticient Near lìastem Studies, 2,11 13.
(Heb.).
Andersen, Francis 1. and David Noel Freedman
1982 “D'Drn nnb na© sb (Isaiah 47:6) - Biblical Style
1980 llosca. The Anchor Bible. voi. 15. Garden City, or Translated Idiom?” Slittatoti: An Annual for
N.Y. Biblical and Ancient Near lìastem Studies, 5-6,
91-99- (Heb.).
Arbeli, Soshana
1982 “Who Has Measured the Waters in the Hollow
1984 Wonien in the Bible in Position of Privilege and of His Hand (Isaiah 40:12)” Te’udali 2, 131-37
Their lnvolvement in Social Politicai Affairs. (Heb.).
Ph.l). Diss. |erusalem. (Heb.)
2001 “‘ r | , ÒX’ and lr |lbs3“l’ - Development in Meaning
of These Terms from Biblical Hebrew until
Armstrong, James F.
Contemporary 1 lebrew.” Ha’Ivrit Wcahyoteha
1960 “A Criticai Note 011 Genesis VI i6a.” VT 10, 1, 9-22 (Heb.).
33S—33.
2009 “013 in Light of Archeological Finds ami
Epigraphic Texts in Semitic Languages.” In
Artzi, Pinhas
Daniel Sivan, David Talshir and C'haim C'ohen,
1963 “The ‘Cìlosses’ in thc El—Amarna Tablets.” Bar— eds., '/.aphcnath-Bancali: I.inguisticStudiesBrcsented
Ilan 1, 24 57. (Heb.). to lìlisha Qitnroti 011 thc Ocaision of his Sixty-Bifth
1969 “O11 the Cuneiform Background of the Birthday. Beer Sheva, 1 — 14. (Heb.)

486
 An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion for Biblical Hf.brew

Baar, James Brichto, Herbert Chanan

1991 “Is Hebrew jp ‘Nest’ a Metaphor?” In Alan S. 1963 The Problem oj “Curse’’ in the Hebrew Bible. JBL,
Kaye, ed., Semitic Studies in Honor of Wolf Leslait Monograph Series XIII. Philadelphia.
Wicsbaden, 1 50—61.
Brinkman, John A.
Barker, Kenneth Lee
1964 “Mcrodach-Baladen II.” In Studies ìhesented to
1969 A Comparative Lexical and Grammatical
A. Leo Oppenheim. Chicago, 6—53.
Study of the Amarna Canaanism ami Canaanite
Vocabulary. Ph.D. Diss., Dropsie College, 1968 A Politica! History of Post—Kassite Baby Ionia.
Philadelphia. Rome.

Beaulieu, Paul—Alain Brown, F., Driver, S.R. and Briggs, C.A.

1989 The Reign oj Ntibouitlus King of Babylon 556—5 59 1929 A Hebrew and Lnglish Lexicon ofthe Old l'estament.
/i.e:. Yale Near Eastern Researches 1 0 . New Oxford.
1 laven.
Buccellati, Giorgio
Beek, Gus W. van
1997 “Akkadian.” In Robert Hetzron, ed., The Semitic
i960 “Frankincense and Myrrh.” lì A 23/3, 70-95. Languages. Florence, Ky,6y— 99.

Ben --Yeliuda, Lliezer Campbell Jr., Edward F.

1959 A Complete Dictionary of Ancient and Modern 1975 Ruth. The Anchor Bible. Voi 7. Garden City,
Hebrew. 8 vols. Jerusalem. N.Y.

Bcnnett, Patrick R. Caplice, Richard

1998 Comparative Semitic Lingnistics: A Mannal. Winona
1988 Introdnction to Akkadian. 3rd rev. ed. Studia Polii:
Lake, Ind.
Series Maior 9. Rome.

Biggs, Robert. D. 1992 “Akkadian.” Anchor Bible Dictionary 4:170—73.

1967 SA.XJ.GA. Ancient Mesopotamian Potency

Cassuto, Umberto
Incantations, Text from Cuneiform Sources, 11.
Locust Valley, N.Y. 1949 “The Journey of Ashera in II AB, IV 1 18 from
1967 “Semitic Names 111 the Lara Period.” Orientalia Ugarit.” In f.N. Upstein L'estschrift. Jerusalem, 1 7
36, 55-66. (Heb.).
1959 Proni Noah to Abraham: A Commentary on Genesis
Black, Jeremy, Andrew George, and Nicholas Postgate VI-XI. Jerusalem.
1999 A Concise Dictionary of Akkiidiiin. Wicsbaden.
Cavigncaux, A.
Bòllenriicher, Josef
1984 “Lexikalische Listen.” RLA 6, 609-41.
1904 C,ebete nnd Hymnen ini Nergal. Leipziger Semi—
tistischc Studici), voi. 1, 110. 6. Leipzig. C'ivii, Miguel

1984 “Lexieography.” AS 20, 123 57.

Borger, Rykle
1994 I he Parmer’s Instructions: A Sumerian Agricultural
1956 Die Inschriften Asarltaddons Konigs Assyrien.Gr.\z.
Manna!. Aula Orientalis, Supplementa 5.
1972 “Die Waffentriiger des Kònigs Darius.” VT 22,
385 98. Barcelona.

1967-75 Handbnch der Keilscliriftliteratiir. 3 vols. Berlin

Cines, David. J.A.
and New York.
1992 “Wasthercan 'blII (bedry) in Classical I lebrevv?”
Botterweck, G. Johannes VT 42, i — io.
1980 DST, Theological Dictionary of the Old Testament 4. 1993 2001 The Dictionary of Classical Hebrew. 5 vols.
Michigan. Sheffield.

487
 An Akkadian Lexk:ai. Companion por Biislicai. Hhiìrew

Codiavi—Rainey, Zipora C'ohen, C'haim and Jacob Klein

1997 “Selected Similes, Descriptions, ami Figures of 2001 “kermes (Scythc) and magai (Sickle) in the Bible
Speech from the El—Amarna Letters and Their and Their Parallels: Ugaritic HrmtJ and Akkadian
Biblical Parallels.” Lesonenu 60, 165-79 (Heb.). Nigqalu.” In Z. Talshir et al., eds., Homage to
Shmuel Ahituv: Studies in the World oj the Bible.
Cogan, Mordechai Jerusalem, 245—68 (Heb.).
1983 “‘Rippitig Open Pregnant Women’ in Light of
C'ohen, C'haim and Elisila Qimron
Assyrian Analogue.” JAOS 103, 755-58.
1993 “Modern Biblical Lexieography” JS 33, 69—77.
2002 / Kings. l'he Anchor Bible. Voi 11 A. Garden
City,'N.Y.
C'ohen, David
Cogan, Mordechai and Hayim Tadmor 1970 Dictiotinaire de liacines sémitiqnes ou attestées dans
les ìangnes sémitiqnes. Paris.
1988 II Kings. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 1 iB. Garden
City, N.Y.
C'ohen, Mark E.
C'ohen, C'haim 1988 lite (Ainonical Lamentatiotisoj Ancient Mesopotamia.
2 vols. Potomac, Md.
1969 “Foam in Hosea 10:7.” JANES 2, 25 29.
1993 lite (Utìtic (Àtlendars 0/ thè Ancient Near Last.
1973 “The ‘Widowed’ City.”JANES 5, 75-81.
Belhesda, Md.
1978 Biblical Hapax Ligomena in the Light of Akkadian
and Ugaritic. Missoula, Mont. Collins, John J.
1979 “Neo—Assyrian Elements in the First Speech of 1993 Daniel: A Commentary ou the Book of Daniel.
tlie Biblical llab—saqeIOS 9, 32—48. Hermeneia: A Criticai ami Historical
1982 “Overlooked Akkadian Evidence Concerning Commentary 011 the Bible. Minneapolis.
the Etymology and Meaning of the Biblical
Terni SttfD.” Te’udah 2, 3 1 5-24 (Heb.). C'owley, Arthur E.
1987 “Elements of‘Peshat’ in Traditional Jewish Bible 1923 Aramaic Papyri ofthe L’ifth Century B.C. Oxford.
Exegesis.” Immanuel 21, 30—42.
1989 “3e? ,i 7l3n i 7T!(Ps29:[o)- A New Interpretation.” Croatto, J. Severino
D’sotiettu 53, 193-201 (Heb.). 1966 “Abrek ‘Iniendant’ dans Cìen. XLI 4 1, 43.” VT
1989 “l’he ‘Held Method’ for Comparative Semitic 16, 11 3-1 5.
Philology.”JANES 19,9 23.
Cross, Frank Moore and David Noci Freedman
1993 “The Biblical Priestly Blessing (Num. 6:24-26)
in the Light of Akkadian Parallels.” lei—Aviv 20, 1975 Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry. Missoula,
228-38. Mont.
1995 “The Basic Meaning of the Terni
‘Darkness’.” Hebrew Studies 36, 7-12. Dahood, Mitchcll

1996 “The Meaning of ‘Darkness’: A Study 1966 Psalms iso. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 16. Garden
in Philological Method.” In Michael V. Fox, City, N.Y.
ed., l'exts, Temples, and Iraditions: A Tribute to
Menahem Hurdu. Winona Lake, Ind, 287-309. Dalley, Stephanie
1997 “The Literary Motif of |acob’s Ladder (Cìen. 2000 “Hebrew Tahas, Akkadian Duhsu, Faience and
28:12).” In Yaakov ben—Tulilah, ed., Shay Beadwork.” JSS 45, 1-19.
L’Haddassah. Eshel Be’er Slieva, 15 26 (Heb.).
Dan, Doron
1999 “A Philological Reevahiation of Some Signifi­
cali! DSS Variants ofthe MT in Isaiah 1—5.” In 2005 “The Myriad ol Meanings of “|K (and the
T. Muraoka and J.F. Elwolde, eds., Dig^ers at thè Directives of the Verbs Pp3 and 131) 111 Isaiah,
Well. Leiden, 40-55. 34:14 15.” Beit Mikra 183, 345-361. Heb.
1999 “The Idioms t£?X3 ri 1??;/-3 m n 1 ?© and the Literary
Daniels, Peter T.
Structure of Amos 1:3 2:5 in Light ofthe Amarna
Letters.” Lesonenu 62, 7 1 3 . (Heb.). 1983 “Semitic Scripts.” In Cì. Bergstrasser, ed.,

488
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eok Biblical Hebrew

Introduction to the Semitic Languages: 'I ’ext Specimcrts Ebeling, Erich et al., eds.
and C,rammaricai Sketches. Winona Lakc, Imi,
1932 lieallexikon der Assyriologie und Vorderasiatischen
236-60.
Archeologie.
1994 “The 1 )ccipherment of Mesopotamian
Cuneiform in the Edward Mincks Biccntenary Ehrlich, Arnold B
Lectures.” Dublin.
1908 Randglossen z:ur hebraischcn Bible 1. Leipzig.

Davis, Graham I.
Elat, Moshe
1991 Ancient Hebrew Inscriptions: Volume 1: Corpus and
2000 “Arguments for the Identifìcation ofthe lu Urbi
Concordtiuce. Cambridge.
in Assyrian Royal Inscriptions.” In Gershon Galli
Delitzsch, Friedrich and Moshe Weinfeld, eds., Studies in Historical
Ceography and Biblical Historiography. Preseuted to
1896 Assyrisches Hanthivrlerbuch. Leipzig.
Zechariah Kallai. VTSupp. 81. Leiden, 232-38.

Demsky, Aaron
Elgavish, David
1983 “ Pelekh in Nehemiah 3.” IF.) 33, 242-44.
1998 The Diplomatic Service in the Bible and Ancient Near
Lastern Sources. Jerusalem. (Heb.).
Donner, Herbert ant) Wolfgang Rollig
1966-69 Kanaaniiische tttid aramaische Inschriften 1 III. Ellenbogen, Maximilian
Wicsbaden.
1962 Loreign Words in the Old Testament: Their Origin
and Ltymology. L.ondon.
Dossin, Georges
1955 “L’inscription de Fondation de lahdun-Lim Roi Ellis, Maria dejong
de Mari.” Syriii 32, 1-28.
1989 “Observations 011 Mesopotamian Oracles and
Prophetic I exts: Literary and Historiographic
Dougherty, Raymond Philip
Considerations.” JC'S 41, 127—86.
1929 Nabonidus and Bclslhtzzar. YOS 15. New York.
Elman, Yaakov
Driver, Godfrey Rolles
1976 “A11 Akkadian Cognate of Hebrew selliti.”
1932 “Problems in Proverbs." ZAW 50, 141 48. JANES 8, 33 -34.
1933 “Studies in the Vocabulary of thè Old Testament
VI.” JTS 34, 33—44. Emcrton, John A

1936 “Confused I lebrew Roots.” In Bruno Schindler, 1969 “Notes 011 Jeremiah 12:9 and on Some Sugges-
ed., Occident and Orient: Caster Anniversary tions of J.l ). Michaelis about the Hebrew Words
Volume. London, 73- 82. tiahd, tebrd, and yachr." ZAW 81, 182—91.
1937 “Linguistic and Textual Problems: Isaiah 1997 “Comparative Semitic Philology and Hebrew
I-XXXIX.” JTS 38, 36-50. Lexieography.” VTSupp. 66, 1-24.
1954 “Ezekiel: Linguistic and Textual Problems.” Bib
3 5 , 1 4 5 -5 9 ; 299-3 12. Eph’al, Israel

1966 Suge and Its Ancient Near liastem Mauifestations.

Driver, Godfrey Rolles and John C. Miles Jerusalem (Heb.).
1955 The Babylonian Laws. Oxford.
Falkenstein, Adam
Duhni, Bernhard
1966 “Sumerische Bauausdriicke.” Oricntalia 35, 229—
1897 Das Buclt Hiob. Freiburg. 46.

Ebeling, Lìrici] Fensham, Charles F.

193 1 Lod itnd Leben nach den Vorstelluugen dcr Babylonier. 1962 “A Cìappadocian Parallel to Hebrew kutònct.”
Berlin, Leipzig. VT 12, 196-98.

489
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Finkelstein, Jacob J. Friedrich, Johannes

1956 “Hebrew 1311 and Semitic *1JBR.” JBL 75, 1932 “Zum Urartaischen Lexikon.” ArOr 4, 55 70.
328-31.
Garfìnkel, Stephen
1962 “Mesopotamia.” JNES 21, 73-92.
1983 Studies in Akkadian Influences in the Book of
1968 “An Old Babylonian Herding Contract and
Ezekiel. Ph.D. Diss., Columbia University.
Genesis 3 1:38.” JAOS 88, 30-36.
1987 “Of Thistles and Thorns: A New Approach to
1969 “Three Amarna Notes.” El 9, 33-34.
Ezekiel li 6 1 .” VT 37, 421-37.

Fishbane, Michael
Gelb, Ignatius J.
' 9 7 5 “The Biblical OT.” Situatoti: An Annuiti for
1952 Old Akkadian Writing and Grammar. MAI) 2.
Biblical and Ancient Near lìastem Studies, 213s 34.
Chicago.
(Heb.).
Gelb, Ignatius J. et al. (eds.)
Fitzmyer, Joseph A.
1956 The Assyrian Dictionary of the Orientai Institute oj
1958 “The Aramaic Suzerainty Treaty from Sefire in the University of (ìhicago. Chicago.
the Museum of Beirut*.” CBQ 20, 444-76.
1971 Genesis Apocryphon of Qumran Gave I. 2d ed. Cìeorge, Andrew R.
Rome. 2003 The Babylonian (.'Ugamesh lìjiic. 2 vols. Oxford.
1995 The Aramaic Inscription of Sefire. 2d ed. Rome.
Gesenius, Wilhelm
Fleming, Daniel E. 1922 Hebrew Gnimmar. Translated by A.E Cowley
1992 “The Installation of Baal’s Lligh Priestessat Emar: from the 2Sth Cìerman ed. 2d ed. Oxford.
A Window 011 Ancient Syrian Religion.” HSS 1949 Hebreu>-(ìhaldee Lexicon to the Old Testament.
42. Atlanta. Grand Rapids, Mieli.
1993 “The Etymological Origins of the Hebrew nubi':
The One who Invokes Cìod.” CBQ 55, 217 Cìevirtz, Stanley
24. 1963 “Jericho and Shechem: A Religio Literary
[993 “Nabú and Muuabbiatu: Two New Syrian Aspect of City Destruction.” VT 13, 52-62.
Religious Pcrsonnel.” JAOS 113, 175 83.
Gianto, Agustinus
1997 “Two Kissu Festivals.” Iti William W. Hallo
and K. Lawson Younger, Jr., eds., Ganonical 1995 “Amarna Lexieography: The Cìlosses in Byblos
(ìompositions from the Biblical World. Voi. 1 of The Letters.” In ’Llie Lexieography ofthe Ancient Near
Gontext of Scripture. Leiden, 442—43. lìastem Ijinguages. Verona, 65-73.

Foster, Benjamin R. Gibson, J0I111 C.L.

1982 7 ’extbook of Syrian Semi tic Inscriptions III: Phoenician
1997 “The Babylonian Theodicy.” Iti William W.
Inscriptions: Including Inscriptions in the Mixed
Halloand K. Lawson Younger,Jr., eds., Gtmonical
Dialect of Arslan l'ash. Oxford.
(ìompositions from thè Biblical World. Voi. i of The
Gontext of Scripture. Leiden, 492—95.
Cìinsberg, H. L.
2005 Before the Mnses: An Anthology of Akkadian
1936 Kitve Ugarit. Jerusalem (Heb.).
Literature. 3rd ed. Bethesda, Md.
1943 “The Ugaritic Texts and Textual Criticism.”
Frankena, Rintje JBL. 62, 109- 15.
1945 “The North Canaanite Mytli of Anath and
1974 “Some Remarks on a New Approach to
Aqhat. II.” BASOR 98, 15 23.
Hebrew.” in M. S. H. Ci. 1 leerma van Voss, Ph.
H. J. Houwink ten Cate and N. A. van Uchelen, 1961 rÒTlp. Tel-Aviv/ Jerusalem. (Heb.).
eds., Travels iti the World ofthe Old Testament: 1963 ‘“Roots Below and Fruits Above’ and Related
Studies Preseuted to Professor M. A. Beek ou the Matters.” In I). W. Thomas and W. 1). Me Hardy,
Occasion ofhis 6$th Birthday. Assen, 41-49. eds., Hebrew and Semitic studies, Preseuted to

490
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical Hf.brew

Godfrey llolles Driver in Celebratimi ofhis Seventieth 1 983, 1997 llzekiel. The Anchor Bible. Vols. 22A-B.
Birthday. Oxford, 72 76. Garden City, N.Y.

Gluska, Issac Cìreenfield, Jonas

2005 “Akkadian Influenccs 011 thc Book of Ezekiel.” 1958 “Lexicographical Notes I*.” HUC'A 29, 202
In Yitschak Sciati, Pinhas Artzi, C'haim C'ohen, 28.
Barry L. Eichler and Victor A. Hurowitz eds.,
1959 “Lexicographical Notes II.” 1 1 UCA 30, 141 —
“An lixperienced Seri he Who Neglects Nothing”:
52-
Ancient Near lìastem Studies iti Honor ofjacob Klein.
1965 “The Etymology' of nnriHK.” ZAW 77, 90—92.
Bethcsda, Md, 718-37.
1969 “Some Glosses 011 the Keret Epic*.” El 9, 60—
Goedicke, Hans 65.

1996 “ hartuiiuniiti.” Orientatili 65, 24-30. 1982 “Two Biblical Passages in the Light of Their
Near Eastern Background Ezekiel 16:30 and
Cìordon, C'yrus H. Malachi 3:17.” El 16, 51-56.

1967 Ugaritic 'I'extbook. Rome. 1996 “Three Related Roots: KMS, KNS, KNS.” In
Moshe Bar—Asher, ed., Studies in Hebrew and
Cìordon, Robert P. Jeunsli Languages, Preseuted to Shelomo Morag.
Jerusalem, *33—*39.
1978 “Micah 8:19 and Akkadian kabàsu.” V I 28,
3 5 5 • Grecnspahn, Frederick E., ed.

Cìrave, Cecilia 1991 llssentiaI Papers on Israel and the Ancient Near llast.
New York.
1982 “Northwest Semitic sapànu in a Break-np ofan
Egyptian Stereotipe Phrase in EA 147.” Orientatiti Cìreenstein, Edward L.
5 1, 161-82.
1982 ‘“To Grasp the Hem’ in Ugaritic Literature.” VT
32, 217 218.
Cìray, John
1989 “TheSyntaxofSaying‘Yes’ in Biblical Hebrew.”
1977 I and II Kings. 3d ed. London.
JANES 19, 5 1-59.

Cirayson, A. Kirk 2002 “Some Developmcnts in the Study of Language

and Some Implications for Interpreting Ancient
1975 Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles. Texts from
Texts and Cultures.” IOS 20, 441-79.
Cuneiform Sources 5. Locust Valley, N.Y.
2004 “Another Case of I liphil in Amarna Age
1977 Assyrian Rulers oj the lùirly L'irst Millennium BC II
Canaanite.” In Sefer Moshe (= Weinfeld Pestschrift).
(858—745 BC). Toronto.
Winona Lake, 351 60.

Cìreenberg, Moshe
Gruber, Mayer
1951 “Hebrew s'gulh1 ; Akkadian sikiltu.” JAOS 71,
1970 “Akkadian Influcnces in the Book of Ezekiel.”
172—7-I - M.A. Diss., Columbia University.
i960 “Some Postulates ol Biblical Criminal Law.” In
1980 Aspects oj Notiverbal Communication in the Ancient
M. Haran, ed., Studies in Bible and Jeivish Religion:
Near Last. I II. Rome.
Yehezkel Kaufman Jubilee Volume. Jerusalem,
5 28. 198 1 “Ten I )ance 1 )eri ved Expressions in the Hebrew
Bible.” Bib 62, 328 46.
1977 “ NHSTK (Ezek. 16:36): Another Hebrew
1983 “The qàdes in the Book of Kings and in Other
Cognate of Akkadian nahàsu.” In Maria de Jong
Sources.” 7 ’arbiz 52, 167-76 (Heb.).
F.llis, ed., hssays on the Ancient Near llast in Memory
oj Jacob Joel lïnkelsteín. Hamden, Comi, 85 86. 1986 “Hebrew ijedesàli and Her Canaanite and
Akkadian Cognates.” UF 18, 133-48.
1 995 “The Etymology ol r n } ‘(Menstrual) Impurity’.”
In Ziony Zevit et al., eds., Solving Riddles and 1987 “Hebrew Da'abati Nepes ‘Dryness of Throat:’:
Untying Knots. Biblical, Lpigraphic, and Semitic From Symptom to Literary Convention.” VT
Studies in Honor oJJonas C. Green field. Winona 37, 365-67.
Lake, Ind, 69 77. 2001 “ina -DVÒX ob’n?” In Z. Talshir et al., eds.,

491
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Homage lo Shmuel Ahituv: Studies in the World oj 1962 “The yqtl-qtl (qtl-yqtÍ) Sequence of Identical
thc Bible. Jerusalem, 81-87 (Heb,). Verbs in Biblical Hebrew and in Ugaritic.” In
M. Ben-Horin, ed., Studies and Lssays in Honour
Cìwaltney, W. C., |r. of Abraham A. Nvumann. Leiden, 281 90.
2001 “The Biblical Book of Lamcntations in the 1965 “The Action Restili(Factitive Passive) Sequence
Context of Near Eastern Lament Literature.” In of Identical Verbs in Biblical Hebrew and
F. E. Cìreenspahn, ed., lissentia! Papers on Israel Ugaritic.” JBL 84, 272-82.
tind the Ancient Near Past. New York, 242 268.
1965 “Studies in Comparative Semi tic Lexieography.”
In Hans Cì. Cìiiterbock and Thorkild Jacobsen,
Hallo, William W.
eds., Studies in Honor oj Benno Landsberger on His
1985 “Biblical Abomi nations and Sumerian Taboos*.” Seventy—Piftli Birthday. AS 16. Chicago, 395-
JQR 76, 21 -40. 406.
1991 The Book ofthe People. BJS 225. Atlanta. 1968 “The Root zbl/sbl in Akkadian, Ugaritic and
Biblica! Hebrew.” JAOS 88, 90—96.
Hallo, William W. and K. Lawson Younger, Jr., eds.
1969 “Rlietorical Questions in Ugaritic and Biblical
1997,2000 ’Phe Context of Scripture. Voi. 1: Canonica! Hebrew.” LI 9, 71-79.
Compositions from the Biblical World. Voi. 2:
1970 “Philological Notes 011 the Mari Covenant
Monumentai Inscriptions from the Biblical World.
Rituals.” BASOR 200, 32-40.
Leiden.
1970/71 “Studies in Biblical 1 lomonyms in the Light
Hanson, Paul C. of Akkadian.” JANES 3, 46 55.

1968 “The Song of Heshbon and David’s NÍR.” ■973 “Pits and Pitfalls in Akkadian and Biblical
HTR 61, 297-320. Hebrew.” The Caster Irstschrift. JANF.S 5, 173
90.
Harper, Robert F. 1974 “Hebrew ma ’agtil: A Study in Lexical Parallelism.”
1892-1914 Assyrian and Babylonian Letters. Chicago. JANES 6, 107-16.
1976 “Two Philological Notes 011 Ltunna Llis.” Ili
Harris, Zelig S. Barry L. Eichler et al., eds., Kramer Anniversary
1936 A Crammar of thc Phoenician Language. New Volume. AOAT 25, 231 39.
Haven. 1979 “On Terms for Deporlation in the Old Babylo
1939 Development of the Canaanite Dialects. New man Royal Inscriptions with Special Reference
Haven. to Yahdunlini.” JANES 1 i, 53—62.
1982 “Studies in Biblical Lexieography in the Light of
Held, Moshe Akkadian, Part I.” H.M. Orlinsky Volume. El
1953 “A Biblical Crux and Its Parallel in Ugaritic.” El 16, 76 85 (Heb.).
3, 101-3 (1 leb.). 198 5 “Marginai Notes to the Biblical Lexicon.” In A1111
1953 “More Pairs of Parallel Words in the Bible and Kort and Scott Morschauser, eds., Biblical and
in the Ugaritic Writings.” lx'sonenu 18, 145—60. Related Studies Preseuted to Samuel Iwry. Winona
(Heb.). Lake, Ind, 93 103.
1953 “Moshe David Cassuto asa Philologist.” Lesonenu 1987 “Studies in Biblical Lexieography in the Light of
18, 50 52 (Heb.). Akkadian, Part II.” In Studies in Bible Dedicated to
1957 Studies in Ugaritic Lexieography and Poetic Style. the Memory of Umberto Cassuto. Jerusalem, 104—26
Ph.D. Diss., |ohns Hopkins University. (Heb.).

1959 “mhs/*mljs in Ugaritic ani! Other Semitic

Heltzer, Michael
Languages (A Study in Comparative
Lexieography)*.” JAOS 79, 169-76. 1989 “Akkadian katiunu and I lebrew kidòu ‘Sword’.”
1961 “A Faithful Lover in an Old Babylonian JC'S 41, 65-68.
Dialogue.” JC'S 15, 1-26.
Hess, Richard S.
1962 “A Faithful Loverinan Old Babylonian I )ialogue:
Addenda et Corrigenda.” JC'S 16, 37-39. 1993 Amarna Personal Names. Winona Lake, Ind.

492
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Hestrin, R. and M. Dayagi—Mcndels 1997 A Grammar of Akkadian. HSS 45. Atlanta.

1974 “A Seal Impression ol a Servant of King 1999 “On the Etymology of Ndbi” El 26, 88*—93*.
Hczekiah.” IL) 24, 37-29.
2002 “Introduction.” In Steven McKenzie and John
1975 Seals from the l'irst Tempio Period. Jerusalem. Kaltner, eds., Beyond Babel: A Hand book for Biblica!
(Heb.). Hebrew and Related Languages. Leiden, 1-16.
2002 “Comparative Semitic Linguistics.” IOS 20,
Hezron, Robert, ed.
1 19-1 50.
■ 9 9 7 I lio Semitic Lmguages. London.
1 biffinoli, Herbert B.
Hillers, Delbert R.
1965 Amorite Personal Names in the Mari Texts.
1964 “A Note 011 Some Treaty Terminology in thc Baltimore.
Old Testament.” BASOR 176, 46—47.
1966 “The Treaty Background of Hebrew yàda
BASOR 181, 3 1-37.
Hoch, James E.

1994 Semi tic Words in I -gyptian 'I ’exts ofthe New Kingdom Huffnion, 1 ierbert B. and Parker B. Simon
and l’hird Intermediate Period. New Jersey.
1966 “A Further Note on the Treaty Background of
Hebrew yàda'.’1 BASOR 184, 36 38.
Hodgc, C'arlton T.

1991 “DrDB” In Alan S. Kaye, ed., Semitic Studies in Hurowitz, Avigdor V.

Honor of Wolf Leshiu. Wicsbaden, 634 44.
1966 “Three Biblical Expressions for Being Merciful
Hoffner, Harry A. in Light of Akkadian ami Aramaic.” In Michael
V. Fox et al., eds., Texts, Temples, and Traditions.
[ 967 “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew
A Tribute to Manahem Haran. Winona Lake, Ind,
'<>/>.” JBL 86, 385-401.
359 68 .

Hoftijzcr, ]. and K. Jongcling 1996 “ Kesep ‘Ober Lassoher (Genesis 23:16).” ZAW
108, i 3—19.
1995 Dictionary of thè North—West Semitic Inscriptions.
voi. 1—2. Leiden • New York • Kòln. 1999 “JTStm ps - A New Interpretation.” JBL 1 18,
201-08.
1 lolladay, William A. 2002 in Malachi 3:1 1 - Caterpillar.” JBL 121,
327-30.
1988, 1989 Jcrcmiah 1-2. Hcrmeneia: A Criticai
and Historical Commentary 011 the Bible. 2002 Review of Akkadian Loauwords in Biblical Hebrew
Minneapolis. by Paul V. Markowski. JAOS 122, 136—38.
2003 “ The Jehoash Inscription under a Magnifying
Holma, Harri
Glass.” Beit Mikra 176, 89-102 (Heb.).
1911 Die Ninnai der Korperteile ini Assyrisch—
Babylouischen. Leipzig. Hurvitz, Avi

■ 9 7 7 “The Historical Quest for ‘Ancient Israel’ and

I lorowitz, Wayne
thc Linguistic Evidence of the Hebrew Bible:
2000 “Two Late Bronze Age Tablets from Hazor*.” Some Mcthodological Observations.” VT 47,
IEJ 50, 16-28. 301 — 15.

Huehnergard, John ibn Janah, Abulwalid Merwàn ibn

1985 “Biblical Notes on Some New Akkadian Texts 1896 Sepher Haschoraschim (ed. Wilhelm Bachcr).
troni Emar (Syria).” CBQ 47, 428 34. Berlin.
*9 ^ 7 Ugaritic Vocabulary in Syllabic Transcription. HSS
32. Atlanta. Izre’el, Shlomo

1987 “Northwest Semitic Vocabulary in Akkadian 1998 “A New Dictionary of Northwest Semitic and
Texts.” JAOS 107, 713-25. the Aniarna Glosses.” IOS 18, 421—30.
1989 The Akkadian of Ugarit. 1 1 SS 34. Atlanta. 2ooi Adapa and thc South Wind. Winona Lake, Ind.

493
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew

Jastrow, Marcus Krahmalkov, Charles R.

1950 A Dictionary of thc ’l'argumim, thc 'talmud Baldi 1971 “Northwest Semitic Cìlosses in Amarna Letter
and Yerushalmi and the Midrashic Literature. ( 1886— No. 64:22-23.” JNES 30, 140-43.
1903). Reprint. New York. 2000 Phoenician—Putite Dictionary. Leuven.

Jouon, Patii Kramer, Samuel Noah

1991 A Grammar of Biblical ilebrew (Translated and 1969 “Lamentation over the Destruction of Nippur:
Updated by Takamilsu Muraoka). 2 vols. A Prcliminary Report.” LI 9, 90.
Rome.
Kraus, Hans J.
Katzenstcin, Jacob 1988 l’salms /—j59 A Clommentary. Translated by Hilton
Cì. Oswald. Minneapolis.
1973 ’l’he History of 'I yre. Jerusalem.

Kutscher, Edouard Y.
Kaufman, Stephen A.
1954 “New Aramaic Texts.” JAOS 74, 233 48.
1974 lite Akkadian htflucnces ou Aramaic. AS 19.
1965 in-nnbim D’^a. Jerusalem. (Heb.).
Chicago.
1967 “Mittelhebrliisch und Judisch Aramaisch ini
Kilmer, Anne Draffkorn neuen Kohlcr-Baumgartner.” VTSupp. 16,
1 58-75.
1963 “The First Tablet of Malku = Sarru Together
With Its Explicit Version.” JAOS 83, 421—46. Kutscher, Raphael
1965 “The Strings of Musical Instruments: Their
1969/70 “The Sumerian Equivalents ol Akkadian
Names, Numbers, and Signilìcance.” In Hans Cì. màhàz'u.” Irsonenu 34, 267—69 (Heb.).
Cìiiterbock ami Thorkild Jacobsen, eds., Studies
in Honor of Benno Landsberger on His Seventy—Pifth Labat, René
Birthday. AS 16. Chicago, 261 72.
1951 I ’raité akkadien de diagnostics et prognostics medicaux.
Paris & Leiden.
Kinnicr Wilson, James V.
1976 Manuel d’épigraphie iikkadiemie (signes, sylla-
1966 “Leprosy in Ancient Mesopotamia.” RA 60, baire, idéogrammes). Rev. and corr. by Florence
47-58. Malbran-Labat. Paris.
1988 Manuel d’épigraphie akkadienne (signes, syllabaire,
Klein, Jacob idéogrammes). 6th ed. by Florence Malbran-Labat.
1977 “]13SJT “Qt2 (Cìen 22:19) m the Light ofan Old Paris.
Babylonian Parallel*.” Proccedings of the Sixth
World (Àmgrcss ofjewish Studies I. 237—44. Lambdin, Thomas O.
1979 “The Reading and Prononnciation of thè >953 “Egyptian Words in Teli El Aniarna Letter 14.”
Sumerian Word for ‘Monkey’.” JC’S 31, 149- Orientatici 22, 362-69.
60. 1953 “Egyptian Loan Words in the Old Testament.”
JAOS 73, I45-55-
Knudtzon, Jòrgen A.
Lambert, Wilfred Cì.
1915 Die Ll-Amarna—Iafeln. VAB 2. Leipzig.
1954 “Two Akkadian Cognates.” JJS 5, 40-41.
Kòcher, Franz and A. Leo Oppenheim 1957 “Ancestors, Authors, and Canonicily.” JC'S 1 1,
1 1 4 .
1957/8 “The Old—Babylonian Omen Text VAT
7525*.” AfO 18, 62-77. i960 Babylonian Wisdom Literature. Oxford.
1959/60 “Three Literary Prayers of thè Babylonians.”
Koehler, Ludwig and Walter Baumgartncr AfO 19, 47-66.
1994-2000 The Hebrew and Aramaic lexicon of the Old 1969 “A11 Eye -Stone of Esarhaddon’s Queen and
Testametit. Trans, andedit. by M.E.J. Richardson. Other Similar Cìems.” RA 63, 65-71.
4 vols. Leiden. New York. Kòln. 1989 “Notes 011 a Work ofthe Most Ancient Semitic

494
 An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n eor Biblical Hebrew

Literature.” JC'S 41, 1-32. 1989 Lcviticus: TheJPS l'orah Commentary. Philadel—
2003 Review of Akkadian Loanwords in Biblical I lebreiv phia.
by Paul V. Mankowski, JSS 48, 131 32. 1993 “Silence, Sound and the Phenomenology of
Mourning in Biblical Israel.” JANES 22, 89—
Lambert, Wilfrcd G. ami Alan R. Millard
106.
1969 Atra—Hasìs: The Babylonian Story of the I;lood.
1993,2000 Nmnbcrs. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 4A.
Oxford.
Garden City, N.Y.
1 995 “The Semantic of Loss: Two Exerciscs in Biblical
Landes, George. M.
Hebrew Lexieography.” In Ziony Zevit et al.,
1982 “Linguistic Criteria and the Date ofthe Book of
eds., Solving Riddles and Untying Knots. Biblical,
Jonah.” El 16, 147-70.
Lpigraphic, and Semitic Studies in Honor of jouas C.
Landsberger, Benno Cìreenfield. Winona Lake, Ind, 137-58.

1934 Die lùnula des Alten Mesopotamia nacli der 14. Taf'el I.ewy, fulius
der Serie Ijar—ra=Hnbullu. Leipzig.
1950 “Studies in Old Assyrian Grammar and
>949 “Jahres/citcn ini Sumerisch--Akkadischen*.”
[NES 8, 248 97. Lexieography.” Orientalia 19, 1 -36.

1957 The Series Har.ra=Ilubullu Tablels, I—IV. MSI. 5.

Lieberman, Stephen J.
Rome.
1976 'I he Sumerian Loanwords in OB Akkadian. \ 1 SS 22.
1964-66 “F.inige unvcrkannt gebliebene oder
Atlanta.
verkannte Nomina des Akkadischen.” WO 3,
246-268.
Lichtenstein, Murray
1965 “Tin and Lead: The Adventurcs of Two
Vocables.” |NES 24, 285-96. 1972 “Psalms 68:7 Revisited.” JANES 4, 97-105.
1967 “Akkadisch—Hcbraische Wortgleichungen.”
VTSupp. 16, 176—204. Lipinski, Edouard

1967 “The Date Palm and Its Byproducts according 1973 “SKN et SGN dans le Sémitique Occidental du
to the Cuneiform Sources.” AfO Beiheft 17. Nord.” UF 5, 191-207.
Graz.
1997 “Semitic Languages: Ondine of a Comparative
1967 “Uber Earben ini Sumerisch-akkadischcii.” JCS Grammar.” Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 80.
2I , '3 9 -1 7 3 - Leuven.

1998 “Emprunts sumcro-akkadiens en hebrcu bibli-

Langdon, Stephen
que.” ZAH I, 61—73.
1935 Babylonian Meuologies and the Semitic Calendar.
London. Litke, Richard L.

Leichty, Eric 1998 A Reconstruction of the Assyro— Babylonian Cìod—

Lists. New Haven.
1976 The Omen Series Stimma I~bu. TGS IV. Locust
Valley, N.Y.
Loewenstamm, Samuel

Leslau, Wolf 1965 naens '3ÍX. Lesonenu 29. 69 70 (Heb.).

1991 Comparative Dictionary of Cc’ez. Wicsbaden. 1969 "[E?] and n'3in/D. JBL 88, 78-80.
1980 Comparative Studies in Biblical and Ancient Orientai
Levine, Baruch
Literatures. Neukirchen—Vluyn.
1965 “Comments 011 Some Technical Terms ofthe 1982 crnax crQopD nis 1 ? xnpon d'jt’b. Te Tuia 2,187-
Biblical Cult..” Lesonenu 30, 3-1 1 ( 1 leb.). 96.
1969 El 9, 88 95.
1974 In the Presence ofthe Lord. Leiden. Loretz, Oswald

1982 Research in the Priestly Source: The Linguistic 1966 “1 )ie theologische Bedeutungdes Hohenliedes.”
Factor.” El 16, 125 -31 (Heb.). 1 3 Z 10, 29-43.

495
 An Akkadian Lexicae Companion eor 13ih i k:al Hebrew

Low, Immanuel Margaliot, Mordechai

1924—34 Die Tiara der ]tuien. Vienna. 1976 “The Exegesis of Isaiah 5:30.” Animai of Bar-llan
University Studies in fudaicii and Humanities 12,
Machinist, Peter 24 26.

1983 “Assyria and Its Image in the First Isaiah.”JAOS

Margalit, Othniel
103, 719-37-
1985 “Samson’s Foxes.” VT 35, 224-28.
1991 “The Question of 1 )istinetiveness in Ancient
Israel: A11 Essay.” Iti Mordechai Cogan and Mastin, B.A.
Israel Eph’al, eds., Ali Assyria... Studies in Assyria
*979 “Jonathan at the Feast: A Note 011 thè Text of i
History and Ancient Near lìastem Historiography
Samuel 20:25 ').” VTSupp. 30, 1 13 24.
Preseuted to Hayim 'Tadmor. Jerusalem, 196-212.

McCarter, Kyle P.
Malamat, Abraham
1980 I Samuel. The Anchor Bible. Voi. SA. Garden
1959 “History and Prophetic Vision in a Mari Letter.”
City, N.Y.
El 5, 67 -73 (Heb.).
1962 “Mari and the Bible: Some Patterns of Tribai Mendenhall, Cìeorge
Organization and Institutions.” JAOS 82, 143 1954 “Poppy and Lettuce in Northwest—Semitic
50. Covenant Making.” BASOR 133, 26 30.
1963 “Aspects of the Foreign Policies ol David and
Solomon.” JANES 22, 1-17. Meyers, Carol L. and Eric M. Meyers
1982 “Longevity: Biblical Concepts of Some Ancient 1993 ZecharidliQ—14. The Anchor Bible. voi. 2 5 C . New
Near Eastern Parallels.” AfO Beiheft 19, 217- York.
24.
Milgrom, Jacob
1987 “A Forerunner of Biblical Prophecy: The Man
Documents.” In P. I). Miller, Jr. et al., eds., 1990 Numbers. The jPS'Tornii (ìommenlary. Philadelphia.
Ancient Israelite Rcligion: lìssays in Honor of Trunk 1991 Lcviticus 1—16: The Anchor Bible. voi. 3. New
Moorc Cross. Philadelphia, 33-52. York.
[995 “A Recently Discovered Word for‘Clan’ in Mari 2000 Lcviticus 17—22: The Anchor Bible. voi. 3a. New
and Its Hebrew Cognate.” In Ziony Zevit et al., York.
eds., Solving Riddlcs and Untying Knots. Biblical, 2000 Lcviticus 2;—27: The Anchor Bible. voi. 3I1. New
lìpigrnphic, and Semitic Studies in Honor oj Jonas C. York.
Grccnfìeld. Winona Lake, Ind, 177-79.
Millard, Alan R.
Mankowski, Paul V. 1972 “'N/l IÌKALLI - SOL - "SAGAUÌ." UF 4,
2000 Akkadian Loanwords in Biblical Hebrew. H arvard 161—62.
Semitic Studies. Winona Lake, Ind. 1976 “Assyrian Royal Names in Biblical Hebrew.”
JSS 21, 1-14.
Marcus, David
Montgomery, James A.
1973 “Famous Analogy of Rib-Haddi.” JANES 5,
281-86. 1927 A (Ìriticul und lìxegctical (ìonnncntary on 'The Book
of Daniel. New York.
'975 “The Terni ‘Coffin’ in the Semitic Languages.”
JANES 7, 85 94. Morali, William L.
1977 “Animai Similes in Assyrian Royal Inscriptions.” 1950 A Syntactical Study ofthe Dialect oj Byblos as Rejìectcd
Orientalia 46, 86-106. iti thc Amarmi ’l'ublets. Michigan.
1978 A Manual of Akkadian. Lanham, Md. 1958 “Ugaritic sísúma and Hebrew sis.” Bib 39, 69-
2002 “Akkadian.” In Steven McKenzie and John 7'-
Kaltner, eds., Beyond Babel: A Handbookjor Biblical 1963 “A Note 011 the Treaty Terminology of the
Hebrew and Related Languages. Leiden, 19-43. Sefire Stelas.” JNES 22, 173-76.

496
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

1969 “New Evidente from Mari on die History of (ìemeinsemitischen Namengebung. New York.
Prophecy(*).” Bib 50, 15-56.
1970 A Syntactical Study ofthe Dialect of Byblos as O’C'onnor, Michael
Reflected in the Aniarna Letters. Ph.D. Diss., 2002 “Semitic Lexieography: Europcan Dictionaries
Johns Hopkins University, 1950. University of Biblical Hebrew in tlie Twentieth Century.”
Micro fìlms. IOS 20, 173-21 1.
1975 “Aniarna Glosses.” RA 69, 147-58.
Oded, Bustenay
'975 “The Syrian Scribe of the Jerusalem Amarna
Letters.” In I lans Cìoedicke and J.J.M. Roberts, 1979 Mass Deportations and Deportces in the Neo-Assyrian
eds., IJnity and Diversity: lìssays in thc History, lìmpire. Wicsbaden.
Literature and Religiou 0/ the Ancient Near Last.
Baltimore and London, 146 66. Olma Lete, Gregorio del, and Joaquin Sanmartin
1992 'l'he Aniarna Letters. Baltimore. 2003 A Dictionary of the Ugaritic Language in tlie Alphabetic
’l’radition. voi. 1-2. Leiden & Boston.
Morcshet, Menahem

1980 A lexicon of the New Verbs in Tannaitic Hebrew. Oppenheim, A. Leo

Ramat-Gan. (Heb.). 1941 “Idiomatic Aecadian (Lexicographical
Researches).” JAOS 61, 251-71.
Morgenstern, Julian
1946 “Assyriological Notes to thè Old Testament.”
1917 “The Etymological I listory ofthe Three Hebrew JQR 3 7 , 17.V 76.
Synonyms for ‘to dance’, F1 GG, HIT and KRR 1947 “A Fiscal Practicc of the Ancient Near East.”
and Their Cultural Signifìcancc.” JAOS 36, JNES 6, 116—20.
3 21 •
' 9 4 9 “The Golden Garments of the Gods.” JNES 8,
172-93.
Muffs, Yochanan
1956 The Interpretation of Dreams in thè Ancient Near
1969 Studies in the Aramaic Legai Papyrifrotn Llephautine.
lìast. Philadelphia.
Leiden.
1962 “Assyria and Babylonia.” The luterpreter’s
1973 “Two Comparative Lexical Studies.” JANES 5,
Dictionary ofthe Bible. New York & Nashville.
295-98.
1965 “On Royal Gardens in Mesopotamia.” JNES 24,
[982 “Abraham the Noble Warrior: Patriarchal
328-33.
Politics and Laws ol War in Ancient Israel*.”
JJS 33, 81-107. 1967 “EssayonOverlandTradeintheFirstMillennium
B.C.” JC'S 21, 236-254.
Miiller, Hans-Peter 1970 (ìlass and C ìlassmaking in Ancient Mesopotamia.
New York.
1969 “Die Hebraische Wurzel ITE?.” VT 19, 361—71.
1973 “A Note on sa resi.” JANES 5, 325 -34.
Muraoka, Takamitsu
Orcdsson, Dag
1998 Semitics of Ancient Hebrew. Ancient Near Eastern
Studies Supplcment Series 6. Leuven. 2000 Moats in Aucieut Palestine. Stockholm.

Na’aman, Nadav Parnas, Moshe

2005 “From Conscriptionof Forced Labor to a Symbol 1975 “Ldut, lìdot, lìdu’dt in thè Bible, Against
of Bondage: MAS in thè Biblical Literature.” In the Background of Ancient Near Eastern
Yitschak Sefati, Pinhas Artzi, CTiaini C'ohen, Documents.” Slittatoti: An Animai for Biblical and
Barry L. Eichler and Victor A. Hurowitz eds., Ancient Near lìastem Studies, 235—46. (Heb.).
“An Lxperienced Scribe Who Neglecls Nothing”:
Ancient Near lìastem Studies in Honor offacob Klein. Parpola, Simo
Bethesda, Md, 746—58. 1980 “The Murder ol Sennacherib.” Mesopotamia 8,
171-82.
Noth, Martin
1983 Lettcrsjrom Assyrian Scholars to the Kings lìsarhaddon
1928 Die Israelitischeti Personennamcn in Rahmeu der and Assurbanipal. Part II. Neukirchen Vluyn.

497
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

Paul, Shalom M. Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday, voi. 2. Winona

Lake, Ind, 787-94.
1967 “Jerusalem: A City ofGold.” IEJ 17, 359-63.
1968 “1 )eutero-lsaiah and Cuneiform Royal Peels, Hcndrik Cì. L.
Inscriptions.” JAOS 88, 180-86.
1995 The Vengeance of God: l ite Meaning of the Root
1968 “The Image ol the Oven and the Cake in Hosea
NQM 1 md The liinction of the NQM—Texts iti
8:4—10.” VT 18, 114 20.
the Gontext of Revelatioti in the Old Testament.
1972 “Psalm 72:5: A Traditional Blessing lor the Long Leiden.
Life ofthe King.” JNES 3 1, 35 1—55.
1978 “Mosca 8:8-10 ‘CT“IC1 "f?» and Ancient Pentiuc, Eugen J.
Near Eastern Royal Epithets.” In J. Blau and Y. 1999 “West Semitic Terms in Akkadian Texts from
Avishur, eds., Studies in thè Bible and thè Ancient Emar*.” JNES 58, 81 -96.
Near Last. Jerusalem, 309 17.
1999 West Semitic Vocabulary in the A kkadian I exts from
1979 “Unrecognizcd Biblical l egai Idioms in the limar. HSS 49. Winona Lake.
Light of Comparative Akkadian Expressions.”
RB 86, 23 1 39. Pitard, Wayne T.
[979-8° “Adoption Eormulae: A Study of 1982 “Aniarna ekemu and I lebrew nàqam*” Ma 'arav 3,
Cuneifonn and Biblical Legai Clauses.” Ma’arav
5 “ 2 5-
2/2, 173-185.
1987 Ancient Damascus: A Historical Study of the Syrian
1982 “Two Cognate Semitic Terms lor Mating and Gity— State from Larliest Times until Its Lati to the
Copulation.” VT 32, 492-93. Assyrians 752 nei;. Winona Lake, Ind.
1989 “A Technical Expression from Archcry in 1996 “The Arclieology of Emar.” In M.W. C'havalas,
Zechariah 9:13a.” VT 39, 495-96. ed., limar: Ihe History, Reiigion and Gulture of a
1991 Amos. Hermeneia: A Criticai and Historical Syrian Town in the Lite Bronze Age. Bethcsda, Md,
Commentary 011 the Bible. Minneapolis. 13 23.
1992 “Exodus 1:21: ‘To Found a Family’ A Biblical
and Akkadian Idiom.” Ma’arav H, 139—42. Pope, Marvin H
'993 “Cìleanings from the Biblical and Talmudic 1965 fot). The Anchor Bible. Voi. 15. Garden City,
Lexica in Light of Akkadian.” In M. Brettler N.Y.
ani! M. Fishbane, eds., Minhah le—Nahum: Biblical 1977 Song of Songs. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 7C.
and Other Studies Preseuted to Nahnm M. Sama. Garden City, N.Y.
Sheffield, 242-56.
1993 “Decodinga ‘Joint’ Expression in 1 )aniel 5:6,16.” Pritchard, James B., ed.
JANES 22, 121-27. 1971 The Ancient Near Last: An Anthology oj 'Lexts and
1994 “Expressions for Premature Death in Semitic Pictures. 3d ed. Princeton.
Languages.” In Sara Japhet, ed., The Bible in
the Light of its Interpreters: Sarah Kamin Memoria! Qimhi, David
Volume. Jerusalem, 575-586. (1 leb.) 1847 D'EHE? nao Liber radicum (eds. Biesenthal and
2001 “The Mesopotamian Background of Daniel Lcbrccht). Berlin.
1—6.” In J. J. Collins and P. W. Flint, eds., The
Book of Daniel: Gomposition and Reception, 1. Rabin, Chaim
Leiden, Boston, and Kòln, 55—68. 1963 “Hittite Words in Hebrew.” Orientalia 32, 1 13—
2005 “Hebrew (D’) - !’? and its Intcrdialectal 39-
Equivalents.” In Yitschak Sciati, Pinhas Artzi, “nmn EM vi, 1066-70.
C'haim Cohen, Barry L. Eichler and Victor
A. Hurowitz eds., “An Lxperienced Scribe Who “333.” EM VL509.
Neglects Nothing”: Ancient Near Lastern Studies in
Honor of facob Klein. Bethcsda, Md, 759—63. Rainey, Anson F.

2006 “Jerusalem of Gold Rcvisited.” In A.M. Maeir 1973 “Reflcction on the Suffìx C'onjugation in West
ami P. de Miroschedji, eds., “I Will Speak the Semitized Aniarna Tablets.” UF 5, 235—62.
Riddles of Ancient 'Limes": Archeological and 1978 LI Amarmi Tablets $59— 579. Neukirchen—Vluyn
Historical Studies in Honor of Amihai Mazar on the (-AOAT 8).

498
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

1989/90 “A New Translation ofthe Aniarna Letters 1990 Jonah. T he Anchor Bible. Voi. 24B. Garden
after 100 years*.” AIO 36/37, 56—75. City, N.Y.
[996 Canaanite in thc A marna 'l'ablets: A Linguistic 1995 ed., Civilizations ofthe Ancient Near Last. 4 vols.
Analysis oj thè Mixed Dialect IJsed by the Scribes New York.
from Canaan. Leiden.
2004 “The King’s Table: Food and Fealty in Old
Babylonian Mari.” In Cristiano Grottanelli and
Redlord, Donald B.
Lucio Milano, eds., L'ood and Idcntity in the Ancient
1970 A Study oti the Biblica! Story 0/ Joseph (Genesis World (History of the Ancient Near East, Studies
37-ao). VTSupp. 20. 9; Ridua: S.A.R.G.O.N. Editrice e Libreria),
179-215.
Reiner, Erica

1958 Surpu: A Collection of Sumerian and Akkadian Sasson, Victor

ìncantations. AfO Beiheft 1 1. Graz.
1982 “Ugaritic t‘ and ^rand Hebrew sówa' and ozer.”
1966 A Linguistic Analysis of Akkadian. The Haguc. UF 14, 202 208.
1970 “Akkadian.” In T. A. Sebeok, ed., Linguistics in
South West Asia and North Africa. Current Trcnds Sivan, Daniel
in Linguistics, 6. The Magne, 274-303.
1983 “Dual Nouns in Ugaritic.” JSS 28, 233-40.
1978 “Die akkadische I.iteratur.” In Wolfgang Ròllig,
1984 (ìrammatical Analysis and Cìlossary of the Northwest
ed., Altorientalisclie Literaturen: Neues Handbucli
Semitic Vocables in Akkadian Texts of the i stli—i j-
der Uteratunmsseuschaft. Wicsbaden, 151—210.
th Cì. B. (ì. from C ìanaan and Syria. AOAT 214.
Rcndsburg, Gary Kevelaer & Neiikirchener—Vluyn.
1997 “T he Glosses in thc Akkadian Texts From
2002 Israelian Hebrew in the Book of Kings. Bethcsda,
Md. Ugarit.” Shnaton: An Annual for Biblical and
Ancient Near lìastem Studies, 222-36. (Heb.).
Roth, Martha
von Soden, Wolfram
1997 Law (ìollections from Mesopotamia and Asia Minor.
Atlanta. 1950 “Akkadisch ta’u un hebraisch ta’ als
Raumbezeichnungen.” WO 1, 356—61.
Saggs, Henry WT. 1957- 5>S “ aqrabu und nasru." AfO 18, 393.
1969 Assyriology and the Study ofthe Old Testament. 1958 “Zum Akkadischen Wòrterbuch.” Orientalia 27,
Carditi'. 97 104.
1959—81 Akkadisches Handwórterbuch. Wicsbaden.
Salonen, Arnias
1966 “Aramaische Worter in neuassyrischen und neu—
1950 “Akkadian Lexieography.” Orientalia 19,404 7.
und spatbabylonischen Tcxten. Ein Vorbcriclit
1953 Alte Substrat- unti Kulturwòrter im Arabischen. l(<ft>í/ *nius)." Orientalia 35, 1 20.
1 lelsinki.
1968 “Aramaische Worter in neuassyrischen undneu—
und spatbabylonischen Tcxten. Ein Vorbcriclit
Sarna, Nahuni M.
II.” Orientalia 37, 261 71.
1971 “Hebrew and Bible Studies in Medieval Spaili.”
1969 Cìrundriss der akkadischen Grammatik. AnOr 47.
In R. I). Barnett, ed., The Sephardic Heritage. Voi.
Rome.
I. London, 323-63.
1972 “Altbab. ga’ùm - hebr. ga’à ‘sich iiberheben.”
1989 Genesis. ThcJPSTorah Commentary. Philadelphia,
UF 4, 160.
Jerusalem.
1 977 “Aramaische Worter in neuassyrischen und neu—
Sasson, Jack und spatbabylonischen Tcxten. Ein Vorbcriclit
1972 “A Note 011 sarbit.” VT 22, m i .
III.” Orientalia 46, 183-97.

■973 “The Worship ofthe Golden Calf.” In Harry 1981 “Zum Hebriiischen Wòrterbuch.” UF 13, 157—
A. Hoffner, Jr., ed., Orient and Occideut: lìssays 64.
Preseuted to Cyrus H. Cìordon on the Occasion ofhis 1994 The Ancient Orient — an Introduction to the Study of
Sixty-Lifth Birthday. AOAT 23. Vluyn, 1 57 59. the Ancient Near lìast. Grand Rapids, Mi.

499
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biblical Hebrew

Sokoloff, Michael Stieglilz, Robert. R.

1990 A Dictionary of fewish Palestinian Aramaic. Ramat 1987 “Ancient Records and thc Exodus Plagues.”
Clan. BAR 1 3/6, 46-49.

Speier, Salomon Stol, Marten

1953 “Bermerkungen zu Amos.” VT 3, 305 10. 1986 “Blindness and Night Blindness in Akkadian."
JNES 45, 295-99.
Speiser, Ephraim A. 1987 “Garlic, Onion, l.eek.” BAS 3, 57—92.
1950 “O11 Some Articles of Armor and their Names.” 1993 “Biblical Idiom in Akkadian.” In Mark E. Cohen,
JAOS 70, 47-49- Daniel C. Snell, David B. Weisbcrg, eds., The
1952 “The ‘Elative’ in West Semitic and Akkadian.” l’ablet and the Scroti: Near lìastem Studies in Ilonor
|CS 6, 8 1-92. of William W. Haìio. Bethcsda, Md, 246—49.
1955 “‘Ed’ in the Story ol Creation.” BASOR 140,
Szemerényi, Oswald
9-1 1.
1958 “Censusand Ritual Expiation in Mari and Israel.” 1980 “Semitic Inllucnce on the Iranian Lexicon 1.”
BASOR 149, 17—25. In Cì. Rendsburg et al., eds., The Bible World,
lìssays in Honor of Cìyrus H. Gordon. New York,
1958 “Thc muskènum.” Orientalia 27, 19-28.
22 ' 37-
1960 “‘People’ and ‘Nation’ ol Israel.” )BL 79, 157—
63- Tadmor, Hayim
1961 “The Verb shr in Genesis and Early I lehrcvv 1958 “fino IKOn” El 5, 150-63 (Heb.).
Movements.” BASOR 164, 23—28.
1975 “Assyria ami the West: The Ninth Century
1965 Genesis. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 1. Garden City, and Its Aftermath.” In H. Goedicke and J.J.M.
N.Y. Robcrts, eds., Unity iind Diversity: lìssays in the
1967 Orientai and Biblica! Studies. Philadelphia. History, Literature and Religion of the Ancient Near
lìast. Baltimore, 36—48.
Sperling, S. David 1981 “History ami ldcology in the Assyrian Royal
■993 “HBR and Friends.” In Mark E. Cohen, Daniel Inscriptions.” In F. M. Fales, ed., Assyrian Royal
C. Snell, David B. Weisbcrg, eds., The Tablet and Inscriptions: Neu> ilorizons in Literary, IdeologicaI
the Scroll: Near lìastem Studies in Honor of William and Historical Analysis. Rome, 229—40.
W. Hallo. Bethcsda, Md, 225—29. 1982 “The Aramaization ot Assyria: Aspects of
Western Impact.” In H.J. Nissen andj. Renger,
Starnili, Johann Jakob eds., Mesopotamien und scine Nachbarn. CRRA1
'939 “Die Akkadische Namengcbung.” MVAG 44. 25. Berlin, 449 70.
1982 “Treaty and Oath in thè Ancient Near East: A
Steiner, Richard C. Historian’s Approach.” In G. M. Tuckerand D.
1977 The Cìasc for Lricativc—Liiterals in Proto-Semitic. A. Kniglit, eds., Humanizing America’ s lumie Book.
New Haven. Society of Biblical LJterature (ìentennial Addresses
1989 “New Light 011 the Biblical Millo troni Hatran tgSo. Cliico, Calif, 127 152.
Inscriptions.” BASOR 276, 15—23. 1983 “Some Aspects of the History of Samaria during
1993 “Emphatic 3 in the Masoretic Pronunciation ot the Biblical Period.” The jerusalem Cathedra 3,
iriBX (Dan 11:45).” hi H. Ben Sfiammai, ed., 1 — 11.
Hebrew and Arabie Studies in Honour ojjoshua Blau 1983 “Rab—Saris and Rab—Shakeh in 2 Kings 18.” In
Jerusalem. 551 61. (Heb.). Carol Meyers and Michael Patrick O’Connor,
1997 “The‘Araniean’ofDeut26: 5: PeshatAnd Derash." eds., The Word of thc Lord Shall Go Lorth. lìssays
In M. Cogan, B. Eichler, J. Tigay, eds., Tehilla in Honor of David Noci Vreedman. Winona Lake,
le-Moshe: Biblical and Judaic Studies in Honor of Ind. 279-85.
Moshe Greenberg. Winona Lake, Ind. 127—138. 1985 “Toward the Early I Iistory of qatdlu.” JQR 76,
2003 “Stockmen from Tckoa, Sycamores from Sheba: 51-54.
A Study of Amos Occupations.” CBQ M.S. 1988 “The urbi of Hezekiah.” Be’er Sheva 3, 171—78
36. (Heb.).
500
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hf.brew

1989 “lira robooa rrn-ixn *?© nmpo bs" El, 45-53 1998 “Hebrew Aramaic "ISO Neo-Babylonian sirpu/
(Heb.). sirapu: A Lexicographical Note IV.” Beit Mikra
1994 7 he Inscriptions of 7 'iglath—Pileser III King of Assyria. '5 4 /5 5 , 3 3 9 4 4 -
Jerusalem. 2000 “Was Chiropractic Known in Biblical Times?
1999 “DhBX in Ezra 4:13” lu Yitzhak Avishur Hebrew j’Sn: A Lexicographical Note VI.”
and Robert Deutsch eds., Michael: Historical, Nahala 2, 1 13.
Lpigraphical and Biblica! Studies in Honor of Prof. 2002 “I Iebrew Akkadian qàta napàsu: A Term of
Mich<iel Heltzer. Tel Aviv—Jalìà. 143* 145* Non Allegiance: A Lexicographical Note VII.”
(Heb.). JAOS 1 22, 79 82.
2002 “Two Biblical and Akkadian Comparative
Tallqvist, Knut L.
Lexical Notes Vili.” JSS 47, 209-14.
1914 Assyrian Personal Names. Helsinki.
2004 “Hebrew “I0\ Akkadian eseru: A Term ol Forced
1938 Akkadische Cottercpithcta. Helsinki. Labor.” (Lexicographical Note IX). In M. H.
Heltzer and M. Maini, eds., ’Leshùnìt La Avishur,
Talmon, Shemaryalni and Weston Fields Lestschrift Presented to Prof. Yitzhak Avishur on
1989 “The Collocalion 31TSJ1 TIX5J1 Tpn 1TTO0 and its the Occasion of his ó^th Birthday. Td-Aviv—Jaffa,
Meaning.” ZAW 101, 85-1 12. 185* 190*.
2004 “Two Biblical Architectural Images in Light of
Talshir, David
Cuneiform Sources (Lexicographical Note X).”
1999 “Transformations in the Meaning of ~IK73 and BASOR 341, 37-52.
E3■’SJ.” Lesonenu (n, 107-24. (Heb.). 2007 “‘Il thc Sun has Riseli 011 Him’: Legai
Terminology in Light ol Cuneiform Texts from
Tawil, Hayim Ugarit.” Lesonenu 69, 3 1-37. (Heb.).
1971 “A Note 011 thè Ahiràm Inscription.” JANES 3,
33 36. Thomas, Winton I ).
1974 “Sonic Literary Elements in the Opening i960 “Kelcbh ‘Dog’: Its Origin and Some Usages of
Sections of the Hadad, Zakir and thè Nerab 11 it in thc Old Testament.” VT 10, 410—27.
Inscriptions in the Light of East and West Semitic
Royal Inscriptions.” Orientalia 43, 40—65. Thompson, R. Campbell
1976 “Hebrew rÒSil/nba Akkadian cscru/susuru: A 1923 Assyrian Medicai l'cxts. London.
Lexicographical Note.” JBL 95, 405-13.
1949 A Dictionary of Assyrian Botany. London.
1977 “A Curse Concerning C'rop—Constiniing Insects
in the Sdire Treaty and in Akkadian: A New Thurcau-I)angin, Francois
Interpretation.” BASOR 225, 59-62.
1912 line Relation de la Huitieme Campagne de Sargon.
1980 “Two Notes 011 thè Treaty Terminology ofthe
TCL 3. Paris.
Sdire Inscriptions.” CBQ 42, 30-37.
1921 Rituels accadiens. Paris.
1980 “ AzazclThe PrinceolthcSteepe: A Comparative
Study.” ZAW 92, 43—59.
Tigay, Jeffrcy
1982 “The Historicity of 2 Kings 19:24 (-Isaiah
37:25): The Problcm of ye’orè Màisór.” JNES 41, [978 “Heavy of Monili’ and Heavy ofTongue’: O11
195 206. Moses’ Speech Dilììculty.” BASOR 231, 57
67.
1996 “Amos’ Oracles Against the Nations: A New
Interpretation.” lieit Mikra 147, 373-88. 1982 lite Li’olution of the (ìilgameslt Lpic. Philadel­
phia.
1996 “Hebrew ^bo Mishnaic Hebrew Akkadian
salàpu/sullupir. A Lexicographical Note 11.” Beit 1996 Deutcronomy. ’l'heJPS 'l'ondi Commentary. Phila­
Mikra 146, 276 92. delphia, Jerusalem.
[997 “Balhingin Milk (SoS 5:12): A New Look.” Beit
Mikra 151, 387—92. Tomback, Richard S.

1998 “Hebrew Akkadian saklu: A 1978 A Comparative Semitic Lexicon ofthe Phoenician and
Lexicographical Note III.” Beit Mikra 153, 202- Puuic Languages. Missoula, Mont.
16. 1982 “Psalm 23:2 Reconsidered.” JNSL 10, 93—96.

501
 An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion por Biblical Hebrew

van der Toorn, Karcl, Bob Becking and Pieter W. van 1972 “Addenda to JAOS 90 (1970) p. 184.” JAOS 92,
der Horst (eds.) 468-69.
1999 Dictionary of Deitics and Demons in thc liiblc. Grand 1972 Deutcronomy and thc Denteronomic Scliool.
Rapids, MÌ. Oxford.
'973 “Covenant Terminology in the Ancient Near
Tsevat, Matitiahu East and Its Influence on the West.” JAOS 93,
1948 “Some Biblical Notes.” HUG.A 24, 107 14. 190-99.
1975 The Book of Genesis. Tel- Aviv. (Heb.).
Tsumura, David T’oshio 1976 “The Loyalty Oath in the Ancient Near East.”
1982 “Hab. 2:2 in the I-iglitof Akkadian Legai Fradice.” UF 8, 379 414.
ZAW 94, 294—95. 1977 “Ancient Near Eastern Pattcrns in Prophetic
Literature.” VT 27, 178-95.
Tur—Sinai, Naftali Herz
1978 ‘“They Fought from Heaven’: Divine
1960 Ha-Lashon weba-Scpher. Voi. 2. Jerusalem. Intervention in War in Ancient Israel and in the
1961 “A Contribution to the Understanding of Isaiah Ancient Near East.” F.I 14, 20-30 (Heb.).
1 XII.” Scripta Hicrosolymitana 8, 154-88. 1978 “lOrÒU D’Otm p” El 14,23 30 (Heb.).
1967 The Book of job: A New Commentary. Jerusalem. 1982 “The Counsel ofthe ‘Elders’ to Rehoboam and
Its Implications.” Ma'arav 3, 27 53.
Ungnad, Arthur
1991 Deutcronomy t—11. The Anchor Bible. Voi. 5.
1992 Akkadian Grammar. Translated by Harry A. Garden City, N.Y.
Hoffner, Jr. Atlanta.
2000 “pclekli in Nehemiah 3.” In Gershon Galil
and Moshe Weinfeld, eds., Studies in Historical
Wagner, Max
Geography and Biblical Historiography Preseuted to
1966 Di Lexikadiscbem und Grammatihalischcm Zechariah Kalìai. VTSupp. 81. Leiden, 249 50.
Aramaismen ini Alttes Tamcnttischen Hcbràisch.
Berli ti. Westermann, Claus
1984 (ìetiesis 1—11: A Commentary. Trans. John J.
Waldman, Nahum M.
Scuttion. Minneapolis.
1964 “A Note on Genesis 30:27!-).” JQR 55, 164-65.
1985 Genesis 12—16: A Commentary. Trans. John J.
1969 “Akkadian kasàru and Semantic F.quivalents.” Scuttion. Minneapolis.
JNES 28, 250-54.
1986 (ìencsis 57—50: A Commentary. 'Trans. John J.
1970 “A Note on Canticles 4:9.” JBL 89, 215-17. Scuttion. Minneapolis.
1976 “A Note on Excessive Speech and Falsehood.”
JQR 67, 142 45. Wildbergcr, Hans
1977 “The Breaking of the Bow*.” JQR 69, 82 88. 1991 Isaiah 1—12. Trans. Thomas H. Trapp. Minne­
apolis.
Watson, Wilfred G.E.
198 [ “Hebrew ‘To Be Happy’: An Idiom Idcntifìcd.” Williamson, Hugh G.M.
VT 3 1, 92-94. 1982 New Century Bible Commentary: 1 and 2 Chronicles.
Grand Rapids.
von Weiher, Fgbert
1990 '“'ebetigelàl' (Ezra 5:8; 6:4) Again.” BASOR 280,
[ 971 DerBabylonische C,ottNergal. AOAT 2. Neukirchen 83-88.
& Vluyn.
Wiseman, Donald J.
Weinfeld, Moshe
1953 lìie Alalakh Tablets. London.
1965 “Traces of Assyrian Treaty Formulae in
1958 “The Vassal T reaties of Esarhaddon.” Iraq 20.
Deutcronomy (*).” Bib 46, 417 27.
1961 Chronicles of Chaldean Kings. London.
1970 “The Covenant of Grant in the Old Testament
and m thc Ancient Near East.” JAOS 90, 184 1982 “Ts It Peace?’ Covenant and Diplomacy.” VT
203. 32,311 26.
 An Akkadian Lexical Companion hor Biblical. Hlbrf.w

Wolf, I fans Walter Zadok, Ran

1 977 JoeLindAmos. 1 lermencia:ACriticalandHistorical 1977 On West Scmitcs in Babylotiia during thc Cltaldcau
and Achacmcnian Periods: An Onomastic Study.
Commentary on the Bible. Minneapolis. Jerusalem.
1984 “Assyro-Babylonian Lexical and Onomastic
Youngblood, Cìeorge F,. Notes.” BiOi'41, 33—46.

1961 The Amarna Correspondcnce of'Rib I laddi Ziffer, Irit

Brince ol’ Byblos ( F . A 68 96). Ph.l). Diss., 2003 “What 1 lappened under the Cìrapcvine — New
Oropsie College. Insights mto Ashurbanipals’s Cìarden Party
Relief.” F.I 27 (2003) 204-21 1. (Heb.).

503
About the Author
Hayim lawil retx'ived his Ph.l). in thc Dept. of Middle Eastern Languages and Culture at Columbia

University. He is currently Professor of Hebrew at Yeshiva University in New York. He is the author

of over thirty articles in the field of comparitive semitic lexieography. Aniong his other works are the

books: I h e R o s e a n d t h è T h o r t i , O p e r a t i o n T s t l i e r : O p e n i n g t h è D o o r t o t h c L a s t J e w s o f Y e m e n and T h e C r o w n

o f A l e p p o : I h e M y s t e r y o f t h e O l d e s t H e b r e w B i b l e Coclex, due to be published in 2010.

 A n A kkadian L exical C ompanion
F or B iblical H ebrew
The work of Professor Hayim Tawil contributes to the study of the Hebrew Bible and its language at its highest level. His
expertise in the Bible, its language, and in the world of the Ancient Near East is apparent from this important study. Many
idioms and expressions from the Book of Books fìnd their elucidation in Professor Tawil’s explications.
-Moshe Bar Asher, Professor Emeritus, The Hebrew University
President ofthe Academy ofthe Hebrew Language Winner ofthe Israel Prize in 1993

Since the decipherment of cuneiform in the nineteenth century, Bible scholars have searched the Akkadian texts for cognates to
Biblical Hebrew lexemes. In the twentieth century, their search was substantially facilitated by the Chicago Assyrian Dictionary
(CAD) and Von Soden’s Akkadisches Handwòrterbuch (Ahw). But the twenty first century promises to usher in a new age for the
criticai utilization of the comparative lexical evidence, thanks to Hayim Tawil’s Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical
Hebrew. Tawil has systematically combed the standard dictionaries of Akkadian (and occasionally, Ugaritic) to list every
potential or proposed cognate to the Biblical Hebrew lexicon. Individuai studies, widely scattered in the periodical and mono-
graphic literature, have also been adduced. The author has organized the material according to such categories as idiomatic
usage, phraseology, sequencing and denotation. The result is an impressive demonstration of the extent to which the languages
in question illuminate each other - and of the limits of the comparisons.
-William W. Hallo
The William M. Laffan Professor Emeritus of Assyriology and Babylonian Literature, Yale University

I can only admire the immense amount of labor you are expending on this project.. .1 view your project as rather unique, as I
am not familiar with anyone who has endeavored to undertake what you are about here. And what I find especially significant
and helpful is that you do not confine your interest to etymological equivalents but also embrace semantic and idiomatic
relationships. This certainly enhances the usefulness of your work. While the prodigious amount of data you have assembled
will appeal primarily to Hebrew Bible and/or East Semitic scholars, I think anyone with some knowledge with biblical Hebrew
and Akkadian would want to consult this Lexical Companion from time to time in connection with linguistic interpretation in
their own work.
-George M. Landes, Professor Emeritus, Union Theological Seminary

Close contacts between ancient Mesopotamia and the Hebrew Bible have long been acknowledged and long been discussed.
Now Hayim Tawil has given us a new and important tool to deal with the issues at stake. His An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for Biblical Hebrew will allow a much more precise study than we have been able to pursue not only of the linguistic ties between
Mesopotamia and Biblical Israel, but also of the broader relationships in culture, religion, politics, society, and economy.
Comprehensively and meticulously executed, Tawil's lexicon should become an essential reference for all future scholarship in
this challenging field.
- Peter Machinist, Hancock Professor of Hebrew and Other Orientai Languages
Harvard University, Dept. ofNear Eastern Languages and Civilizations

Your work will be of major importance to the studies of the Bible. It is obviously impossible today to study Biblical
Hebrew successfully without knowledge of Akkadian, and your forthcoming Lexical Companion should be particu­
larly important to students.
-Nahum Ai. Sartia, Professor Emeritus, Brandeis University

9781602801141

78 -160280-1141
'